Senzori

Sensors
Vision
Wireless
Lighting & Indicators
Machine Safety
2012
Who we are
If youve done business with Banner, you know that were a strong friendly team of professionals totally committed to making your job easier. If youre new to Banner, we invite you to experience our extraordinary products, customized solutions and outstanding service. Were a global leader in industrial and process automation with an extensive product line of award-winning photo eyes and sensors, wireless sensors, vision sensors and vision lighting, machine safety and indicator lights. Whether youre in the field or on the factory floor, youll find us to be fast, flexible problem solvers, eager to address your process and factory automation challenges. This customers first philosophy permeates everything we do. And its responsible for the success of our global, continually growing firm.
Strong past, bright future

Its been over 40 years since Bob Fayfield founded Banner, a small electronics engineering firm focused on personal service and smart, customized solutions. Today, Banner is a global leader in photo eyes, sensors, wireless sensors, vision sensors and vision lighting, machine safety, and indicator lights. With worldwide distributors and thousands of products, Banner still maintains a steadfast focus on attentive service and rapid customization. Every year Banner releases hundreds of new products for industrial and process automation. Banners products help customers increase efficiency, reduce costs, ensure quality, monitor and control processes, and safeguard employees. And the firm continues to attract the industrys top talent: inventive product designers, highly skilled application engineers, talented business managers, and strong channel partners.
Banner values
Customers First Integrity Always Quality in Everything New Solutions Every Day
Banner Engineering is a global company providing industrial automation and process automation solutions around the world. Banner distributors can help you select the right solution for your application.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
What's New Selection Guide Legacy Products Applications
page 5 page 10 page 365 & 630 page 42
Plastic Fibers Glass Fibers
page 252
Plastic fibers are for general purpose use. They tolerate severe flexing, can be cut to length during installation.
page 269
Glass fibers are the best fiber choice for challenging environments such as high temperatures, corrosive materials and moisture.
Photoelectric Sensors
Miniature
page 52
page 61
Special-Purpose Sensors
Part-Sensing
LX ..................................................277
page 276
page 277
Miniature photoelectric sensors are tiny and slim, for mounting in confined spaces. Opposed-mode sensing distance is up to 15 m. Dimensions, in millimeters, range from 12x16x15 to 26x9x16. WORLD-BEAM Q12 .......................62 M12..................................................66 T8 ....................................................70 S12/SB12 ........................................73 VSM .................................................76 VS1 ..................................................80 VS2 ..................................................83 VS3 ..................................................86
Part-sensing sensors detect objects that pass through an area defined by an array of sensing beams.
Slot & Label
page 279
Compact
page 89
Slot sensors, sometimes called optical fork sensors because of their "forked" shape, detect objects that pass between the two armsone with the emitter, the other with the receiver. The fixed slot width provides reliable opposed-mode sensing of objects as small as 0.30 mm. SLM ...............................................280 SL ..................................................283
Compact photoelectric sensors are about the size of a thumb and are either rectangular or barrel shaped. Opposed-mode sensing distance is up to 30 m and operate with ac, dc or ac/dc universal voltage. Dimensions, in millimeters, range from 35x31x15 to 81x30.7x12.2. WORLD-BEAM QS18 .....................90 WORLD-BEAM Q20 .....................105 WORLD-BEAM Q26 .....................110 MINI-BEAM ...................................112 S18/M18 ........................................131 T18 ................................................138 TM18 .............................................144 Q25 ................................................148
Registration Mark & Color

R58 ................................................287
page 286
Registration mark sensors detect subtle color contrasts to inspect registration marks, using one, two or three color LEDs. True color sensors accurately analyze and compare color to color or varying intensities of one color. QC50/QCX50 ................................291
Midsize
page 153
Luminescence
QL50..............................................294
page 293
Midsize photoelectric sensors are rectangular or barrel shaped. Opposed-mode sensing distance is up to 60 m and operate with ac, dc or ac/dc universal voltage. Dimensions, in millimeters, range from 42x42x12.7 to 102x30.7x12.2 for rectangles and 102x30 for barrels. WORLD-BEAM QS30 ...................154 S30 ................................................165 SM30/SMI30 ..................................170 T30 ................................................174 Q40 ................................................179 PicoDot .........................................183 QM42/QMT42 ................................187
Luminescence sensors detect luminescence that is inherent in a material or luminophores that have been added to a material to make it luminescent. QL56..............................................296
Optical Touch Buttons

OTB/LTB .......................................477 VTB ...............................................475
page 299
Ergonomic optical switches require no physical pressure to operate, eliminating the hand stress that can lead to repetitive-motion injuries. STB ...............................................481
Fullsize
Q45 ................................................194 OMNI-BEAM .................................211
page 193
Fullsize photoelectric sensors can sense distances up to 200 m, operate with ac, dc, or ac/dc universal voltage and offer E/M relay outputs. Dimensions, in mm, range from 67x52x25 to 98.6x54.6x44.5. Q60 ................................................221
Measurement & Inspection Sensors

Light Gauging
LT3 ................................................304 LT7 ................................................308
page 300
page 303
Fiber Optic Sensors

Fiber Sensors
DF-G1 ............................................229 D10 ................................................234
page 226
page 226
Light gauging sensors use lasers to deliver precise, long-distance sensing at the speed of light. LH ..................................................311 LG5/LG10......................................313
Fiber optic sensors are ideal for harsh conditions: high vibration, extreme heat, and wet, explosive or corrosive environments. In confined areas, the flexible fibers can be positioned precisely. D12 ................................................243 R55F ..............................................248
More information online at bannerengineering.com
Ultrasonic
QT50U ...........................................317 S18U..............................................322 WORLD-BEAM QS18U ................325 T30U/T30UX..................................328
page 316
Because ultrasonic sensors use sound waves rather than light, they are ideal for sensing uneven surfaces, liquids, clear objects and objects in dirty environments. M25U .............................................336 T18U ..............................................338 Q45U .............................................340 Q45UR...........................................344

Task Lights
WLS28...........................................417 WLA ..............................................420
page 415
page 416
Photoelectrics Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Special Purpose Sensors Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Fiber Optic Safety Systems Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches Emergency Stop & Stop Control
Task Lights provide a variety of sizes of bright and even illumination for enclosures, area lighting, machine lighting and control panels. WL50 .............................................422 WL50S...........................................424
Measuring Arrays
EZ-ARRAY ....................................349 High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY.....352
page 348
Using an array of closely spaced light beams, measuring light screens are designed for profiling, inspections and process monitoring. MINI-ARRAY .................................356
Vision Lights
page 427
Banner offers a wide selection of high-intensity LED lights with built-in current and strobe control. A variety of specialty lights are available, including fluorescent lights. A complete selection of polarizing filter kits, colored filters and lighting diffusers are offered to improve lighting quality. Ring Lights ...................................430 Area Lights ...................................432 Backlights ....................................434 Linear Array Lights ......................435 On-Axis Lights .............................436 Low-Angle Lights ........................436 Spot Lights ...................................437 Tubular Fluorescent ....................438 Structured Lights.........................438
Radar
QT50R ...........................................362
page 362
Radar sensors use Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave (FMCW) radar to reliably detect moving or stationary targets, including cars, trains, trucks and cargo in extreme weather conditions.
Tower Lights page 367

page 372
Tower Lights ................................442
page 442
Vision
iVu Image Sensors
iVu .................................................372
Displays up to five lights in a single tower, multiple lights can be on simultaneously, includes models with audible alert and intensity adjustable.
Small Indicators
T8L ................................................451 T18 ................................................451
page 451
LEGACY APPLICATIONS WHAT'S NEW
Touch screen image sensors delivers superior inspection performance faster and easier; no PC or external controller required. iVu Plus ........................................373
EZ-LIGHT indicators provide real-time operational indication for workers and supervisors. Two housing choices of right-angle or barrel are available for small spaces. M18................................................451
PresencePlus Vision Sensors

ProII .............................................378 P4 OMNI ........................................382
page 378
Full-featured vision sensors with a complete suite of location, inspection, analysis and geometric tools; all can be used simultaneously for inspecting multiple features and solving complex applications. P4 Dedicated-Function................385
Medium Indicators
T30 ................................................454 K30L ..............................................454 K50L ..............................................454 K50L Audible ................................454
page 454
EZ-LIGHT indicators provide real-time operational indication for works and supervisors. Medium indicators are available in T-style or dome housings and are generally used in panel mounting applications. K50FL............................................454 K50L Daylight...............................454 K50BLD Beacon...........................454
Lenses Lighting
Ring Lights ...................................430 Area Lights ...................................432 Backlights ....................................434 Linear Array Lights ......................435 On-Axis Lights .............................436
page 389
Standard, high-performance or megapixel C-mount and Microvideo lenses provide enhanced sensor performance.
Large Indicators
K80L ..............................................459 K80L Audible ................................459 K80L Call Light ............................459
page 459
page 390
Specialized lighting creates all-important contrast between the feature of interest and its background. Low-Angle Lights ........................436 Spot Lights ...................................437 Tubular Fluorescent ....................438 Structured Lights.........................438
EZ-LIGHT indicators provide real-time operational indication for works and supervisors. Large indicators are available in flat profile or dome housings and have audible, segmented and daylight visible options. K80L Segmented .........................459 Call Lights ....................................459 Traffic Lights ................................459
Actuators
K50/K80 ........................................465 PVD ...............................................470 PVA................................................472
page 464
Actuators help manufacturers reduce the risk of error in the assembly process, boosting product quality and reducing cost.
Wireless
Performance.................................393 DX80..............................................396 DX99..............................................404
page 391
The Banner SureCross Wireless System is an industrial wireless I/O network that can operate in extreme environments while eliminating the need for costly wiring runs. MultiHop .......................................408 Ethernet Radio .............................408 DX70..............................................409
VTB ...............................................475 OTB/LTB .......................................477 STB ...............................................481
More on next page
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Machine Safety
Light Screens
EZ-SCREEN Type 4 14 or 30 mm..................................493 EZ-SCREEN Type 4 Low Profile 14 or 25 mm..................................501
page 483
page 489
Accessories
Brackets Cordsets Retroreflectors Stands & Mounting Systems
page 631
page 632 page 693 page 724 page 736 page 740 page 742 page 746 page 749 page 750
Safety light screens protect personnel from injury and machines from damage by guarding points of operation, access, areas and perimeters. EZ-SCREEN Type 2 30 mm ...........................................511 EZ-SCREEN Grids & Points.............................516
Laser Scanner
AG4 ...............................................525
page 525
Safety laser scanners are used to protect personnel, as well as stationary and mobile systems, within a user-designated, two-dimensional area.
Mirrors Enclosures Lens Shields Alignment Tools Apertures & Replacement Lenses Power Supplies & Interfacing Products Work Lights, Indicators & Lamps
Controllers & Modules

SC22-3/-3E ....................................533 E-Stop & Interlocked Guard........537 Universal Input.............................545 Safety Mat Monitoring .................547
page 529
Safety modules and controllers provide an interface between safety devices and the machines and processes those devices monitor. Muting ...........................................550 Safe Speed Monitoring................554 Extension Relay ...........................556 Interface Relay .............................558
Two-Hand Control Modules

DUO-TOUCH SG Two-Hand Control Modules ........562 STB Buttons .................................567
page 560
page 753 page 757
Module monitors the output of each mechanical switch button and de-energizes when the machine operator removes one or both hands from the buttons. DUO-TOUCH SG Run Bars.......................................570
Reference
Hookups Wiring Diagrams Glossary International Reps
page 758
page 758 page 790 page 838 page 848
Interlock Switches
Magnet Style ................................575 Hinge Style ...................................578 Compact Plastic...........................584
page 572
Safety interlock switches respond when a mechanical guard opens. They feature "positive opening" contacts for high reliability and coded actuators to discourage tampering or defeat. Compact Metal .............................590 Locking Style ...............................593
Emergency Stop & Stop Control

Mechanical E-Stop Buttons ........608 Rope Pulls ....................................617
page 607
Emergency stop devices provide workers a means of stopping a device during an emergency by pushing a button or pulling a rope. Enabling Device ...........................627
Index
page 853
Whats New!
Q26 Clear Object Sensors
Reliable detection of clear, translucent or opaque objects including mirror like surfaces Coaxial optics enable reliable detection of targets to the face of the sensor Simple setup with an easy-to-use single turn sensitivity adjustment potentiometer Light Operate and Dark Operate selection by rotary switch Compact design ideal for tight spaces See page 110
DF-G1 Dual Fiber Amplifer

Easy to read dual digital displays show both signal level and threshold simultaneously Lever action fiber clamp provides stable, reliable, and trouble free fiber clamping Expert TEACH and SET methods ensure optimal gain and threshold for all applications, especially low contrast applications ECO display mode reduces amplifier power consumption by 25% Cross talk avoidance algorithm allows two sensors to operate in close proximity for many applications Visible red LED sensing beam for easy alignment to the target See page 229
R58B Color Sensors

Sensor automatically selects red, green or blue LED to maximize contrast Excellent color contrast sensitivity; can sense 16 levels of gray Simple TEACH mode function with push button or remote input Smart gain control algorithm to boost performance in low-contrast, high-gloss situations See page 287
Whats New!
DX80 Performance Series
Networks are formed using a Gateway and one or more Nodes operating in the same frequency band Selectable transmit power levels up to 1 Watt to extend the networks range Optional E housing model includes a battery integrated into the housing Universal analog inputs allow the customer to select between mA or V dc See page 393
DX80 MultiHop with I/O

Networks are automatically formed using one master radio and up to 50 repeater or slave radios operating in the same frequency band Selectable transmit power levels up to 1 Watt; license-free operation up to 4 Watt EIRP, with a high-gain antenna, in the U.S. and Canada for 900 MHz FlexPower power input options allow for 10 to 30V dc, solar, or battery power sources Optional E housing model includes a battery integrated into the housing Optional C housing is Class I, Division 2 certified when installed in an approved enclosure See page 408
Whats New!
WL50S Spot Work Light
Highly concentrated, focused light available in three colors Three high-intensity LED lights create impeccable illumination Lenses come in three sizes to cover area of concentration Rugged sealed housing rated to IP69K Cabled and quick-disconnect models available 50 mm diameter with threaded profile and 30 mm mounting base See page 424
WLS28 Push-Button and Sealed Work Light Strip

New models are available in waterproof housing rated IEC IP68 ON/OFF switch and non-switch models available LED lights available in six colors ranging from 145 to 1130 mm lighted lengths Low power consumption less than 9 watts per foot Cabled or quick-disconnect models for installation flexibility and convenient cascading of lights Swivel mounting brackets included See page 417
WLA Work Light Area with Lenses

Highpower, solid-state LED array with cool white, warm white, red, green, blue or yellow light Available in four sizes Illuminates a large area with an even pattern of light and no shadows Extremely long-lasting LED technology for greater than 50,000 hours of continuous working life Rugged thermoplastic housing rated to IP69K Lensed models provide a concentrated, more intense beam pattern See page 420
Whats New!
TL50BL Beacon Tower Light
Rugged, cost-effective and easy-to-install multi-segment indicators Displays up to four colors plus audible Illuminated segments provide easy-to-see operator guidance and indication of equipment status Immune to EMI/RFI interference Easily adjustable for variable sound intensity See page 447
K50BL Beacon Light

Intense levels of light output for areas with high ambient light even outdoors Viewable around entire perimeter; some models also emit light from top 1- or 2-color models available Rugged, sealed thermoplastic housing rated for IP67 and IP69K Cabled and quick-disconnect models available 12 to 30V dc or 85 to 130V ac (75 to 120V dc) operation, depending on model 12V dc operation useful for applications on mobile vehicles Consult factory for models with strobing capability See page 454
K30 Push Button

Rugged, cost-effective and easy-to-install solutions for error-proofing and parts-verification applications Illuminated dome provides an easy-to-see green job light; some models also light red for alternate operation Waterproof IP65 construction for washdown environments Compact devices are self-contained no controller needed Immune to EMI and RFI interference 12 to 30V dc operation Cabled and Quick Disconnect models available See page 464
Whats New!
EZ-mount E-Stops Flush Mount E-Stop Buttons
Push-to-stop, twist-to-release operation per IEC 60947-5-5 Latching design complies with ISO 13850; direct (positive) opening operation per IEC 60947-5-1 Safe Break Action ensures NC contacts will open if the contact block is damaged or separated from the actuator Rugged design; easy installation with no assembly or individual wiring required Models available with lockable emergency stop push buttons Models designed to interface with Safety BUS nodes/gateways See page 608
EZ-mount E-Stops 30 mm Mount E-Stop Buttons

Push-to-stop, twist-to-release or pull-to-release operation per IEC 60947-5-5 Safe Break Action ensures NC contacts will open if the contact block is damaged or separated from the actuator Rugged design; easy installation with no assembly or individual wiring required Models designed to interface with Safety BUS nodes/gateways Models with YELLOW and RED indication of actuation (armed or depressed/ latched button) and machine status (optional) Model with RED LED indication of actuation (depressed/latched button) See page 610
Selection Guide
Miniature
Series Catalog Page Description
WORLD-BEAM Q12
62 Miniature side-mount sensors
M12
66 12 mm threaded barrel-mount sensor with visible red sensing beam Opposed: 5 m Retro Non-Polar: 2.5 m Retro Polarized: 1.5 m Diffuse: 400 mm Fixed-field: 75 mm 12 x 67.5 mm Nickel-plated brass IP67; NEMA 6P, IP68
T8
70 Right-angle barrel-mount sensor for small areas
S12/SB12T
73 Opposed-mode barrel-mount sensors
Maximum Sensing Range
Opposed: 2 m Retro Non-Polar: 1.5 m Retro Polarized: 1 m Fixed-Field: 50 mm
Opposed: 2 m Diffuse: 100 mm
Opposed: 15 m
Dimensions (h x w x d) Housing Material Protection Rating Operating Temperature Power Supply Outputs
23 x 8 x 12 mm Thermoplastic elastomer IP67
19 x 16 x 16 mm ABS IP67; NEMA 6
SB12: 16 x 31 mm S12: 12 x 64 mm ABS SB12: IP65 SB12T: IP67 S12: IP67; NEMA 6P SB12: -20 to +50 C S12: -40 to +70 C 10 to 30V dc Solid-state
-20 to +55 C 10 to 30V dc Bipolar NPN/PNP, PNP, NPN
-20 to +60 C 10 to 30V dc Solid-state
Output Response Time
Opposed: 1.3 ms ON/900 s OFF All others: 700 s ON/OFF
Opposed: 625 s ON/375 s OFF All others: 500 s ON/OFF
1 ms ON/0.5 ms OFF
SB12: 2.5 ms ON; 1.75 ms OFF S12: 3.0 ms ON; 1.5 ms OFF
Adjustments
10
Selection Guide
Miniature
VSM
76 Tiny, heavy-duty metal sensors
VS1
80 Miniature, convergent-mode sensor
VS2
83 Ultra-thin miniature sensor for confined flush-mounting
VS3
86 Miniature sensor with advanced optics and coaxial retroreflective models
Opposed: 250 mm Convergent: 90 mm
Convergent: 15 mm focus
Opposed: 3 m Convergent: 30 mm
250 mm
VSM4: 4 x 36.8 mm VSM5: 5 x 36.8 mm VSMQ: 40 x 5 mm Stainless steel IP67
0 to +55 C 10 to 30V dc Solid-state
2.5 ms
1 ms ON/OFF
Opposed: 1 ms ON/0.5 ms OFF Convergent: 1 ms ON/OFF
1 ms ON/OFF
11
Selection Guide
Compact
WORLD-BEAM QS18
90 Right-angle barrel- and side-mount senors Opposed: 20 m Laser Emitter:15 m Retro Non-Polarized: 6.5 m Retro Polarized: 3.5 m Laser Retro Polarized: 10 m Diffuse: 1 m Laser Diffuse: 300 mm Convergent: 43 mm Adjustable-Field: 300 mm Laser Adjustable-Field: 250 mm Fixed-Field: 100 mm Ultrasonic: 500 mm Glass &Plastic: depends on fiber used 35 x 15 x 31 mm ABS IP67; NEMA 6 -20 to +70 C (most models) 10 to 30V dc, 20 to 140V ac/dc, or 20 to 270V ac/dc Solid-state, P-MOSFET, N-MOSFET
WORLD-BEAM Q20
105 Side-mount rectangular sensors
Q26
110 Side-mount rectangular sensors
MINI-BEAM
112 Comprehensive family of Photoelectric sensors
Opposed: 20 m Retro Polarized: 4 m Retro Non-Polar: 6 m Diffuse: 1500 mm Fixed-Field: 100 mm
Retro Polarized: 800 mm
Opposed: 30 m Retro Non-Polarized: 5 m Retro Polarized: 3 m Diffuse: 380 mm Divergent: 130 mm Convergent: 49 mm Glass & Plastic: depends on fiber used
Dimensions (h x w x d) Housing Material Protection Rating Operating Temperature Power Supply
32 x 12 x 20 mm ABS IP67; NEMA 6 -20 to +60 C 10 to 30V dc
52 x 14 x 25 mm ABS IP67; NEMA 6 -10 to +55 C 12 to 30V dc
Depends on model (see page 112) PBT polyester IP67; NEMA 4X NAMUR: -40 to +70 C All others: -20 to +70 C 10 to 30V dc, 24 to 240V ac or 5 to 15V dc (NAMUR) DC & Expert: Bipolar NPN/PNP AC: SPST SCR solid-state NAMUR: Constant current Depends on model Depends on model
Outputs Output Response Time Adjustments
Solid-state
Solid-state
Depends on model Depends on sensing mode
Opposed: 1 ms ON/600 s OFF All others: 800 s ON/OFF Depends on sensing mode
250 s ON/OFF LO/DO selection 270 sensitivity adjustment
12
Selection Guide
Compact
S18 & M18

131 EZ-BEAM-style 18 mm barrel-mount sensor in thermoplastic or stainless steel
T18
138 EZ-BEAM-style right-angle barrel-mount sensor
TM18
144 Heavy-duty, right-angle barrel-mount sensor
Q25
148 EZ-BEAM-style right-angle base-mount sensor
Opposed: 20 m Retro Polarized: 2 m Retro Non-Polar: 2 m Diffuse: 300 mm Fixed-Field: 100 mm
Opposed: 20 m Retro Polarized: 2 m Retro Non-Polar: 2 m Diffuse DC: 500 mm Diffuse AC: 300 mm Fixed-Field: 100 mm
Opposed: 20 m Retro Polarized: 5.5 m Fixed-Field: 100 mm
Opposed: 20 m Retro Polarized: 2 m Fixed-Field: 100 mm
DC: 18 x 59 mm AC: 18 x 85 mm S18: PBT polyester M18: Stainless steel IP67; NEMA 6P QD models: IP69K per DIN 40050-9 -40 to +70 C 10 to 30V dc or 20 to 250V ac
DC: 42 x 30 x 30 mm AC: 52 x 30 x 30 mm PBT polyester IP67; NEMA 6P QD models: IP69K per DIN 40050-9 -40 to +70 C 10 to 30V dc or 20 to 250V ac
41 x 30 x 30 mm Zinc die-cast IP67 or IP69K -40 to +70 C 10 to 30V dc
50 x 25 x 30 mm PBT polyester IP67; NEMA 6P QD models: IP69K per DIN 40050-9 -40 to +70 C 10 to 30V dc or 20 to 250V ac
Solid-state
Solid-state
Solid-state
Solid-state
Depends on model
Depends on model Depends on sensing mode
Depends on model
Depends on model
13
Selection Guide
Midsize
WORLD-BEAM QS30
154 Midsize right-angle barrel- and side-mount sensors Opposed: 60 m Opposed High Power: 213 m Opposed Water: 8 m Retro Polarized: 8 m Retro Non-Polarized: 12 m Laser Retro Polar: 18 m Clear Object: 2 m Diffuse: 1 m Laser Diffuse: 800 mm Adjustable-Field: 600 mm Fixed-Field: 600 mm 44 x 22 x 35 mm or 44 x 22 x 52 mm PC/ABS (most models) IP67; NEMA 6 (most models) -20 to +70 C (most models) 10 to 30V dc, 12 to 250V dc or 24 to 250V ac DC: Bipolar NPN/PNP AC/DC: SPDT e/m relay Depends on model Depends on model
S30
165 EZ-BEAM-style 30 mm barrel-mount sensors
SM30/SMI30
170 Harsh-duty or intrinsically safe opposed-mode sensor with 30 mm threaded barrel
SM30: 200 m SMI30: 140 m
Dimensions (h x w x d) Housing Material Protection Rating Operating Temperature Power Supply Outputs Output Response Time Adjustments
DC: 30 x 69 mm AC: 30 x 81 mm PBT polyester NEMA 6P; IP67 QD models: IP69K per DIN 40050-9 -40 to +70 C 10 to 30V dc or 20 to 250V ac Solid-state
30 x 102 mm PBT polyester or stainless steel IP67; NEMA 6P -40 to +70 C 10 to 30V dc or 24 to 240V ac DC: Bi-Modal (NPN or PNP) AC: SPST solid-state SMI: NPN 10 ms ON/OFF
Depends on model
14
Selection Guide
Midsize
T30
174 EZ-BEAM-style right-angle barrel-mount sensors
Q40
179 EZ-BEAM-style right-angle base-mount sensors
PicoDot
183 Compact laser for precise position detection, inspection and counting
QM42 & QMT42

187 Rugged sensors in die-cast housing with a range of sensing modes
Laser Convergent: 305 mm Laser Retro Polarized: 10.6 m
Opposed: 10 m Retro Polarized: 3 m Diffuse (LR): 6 m Diffuse (SR): 400 mm Adjustable-Field: 400 mm Fixed-Field: 2 m Plastic fiber optics: depends on fiber used
52 x 40 x 45 mm PBT polyester NEMA 6P; IP67 QD models: IP69K per DIN 40050-9 -40 to +70 C 10 to 30V dc or 20 to 250V ac Solid-state
70 x 40 x 46 mm PBT polyester NEMA 6P; IP67 QD models: IP69K per DIN 40050-9 -40 to +70 C 10 to 30V dc or 20 to 250V ac Solid-state
PD45: 41 x 13 x 46 mm PD49: 43 x 15 x 49 mm ABS/polycarbonate PD45: IP54; NEMA 3 PD49: IP67; NEMA 6 -10 to +45 C 10 to 30V dc
QM42: 42 x 13 x 42 mm QMT42: 58 x 18 x 42 mm Zinc alloy IP67; NEMA 6 LR models: -20 to +55 C SR models: -20 to +70 C 10 to 30V dc
Solid-state
Solid-state
Depends on model
Depends on model
200 s ON/OFF 12-turn Sensitivity (Gain) adjustment
Depends on model Depends on model
15
Selection Guide
Fullsize
Q45
194 Advanced one-piece, rugged sensor with outstanding optical performance Opposed: 60 m Retro Laser: 70 m Retro Non-Polar: 9 m Retro Polarized: 6 m Diffuse: 3 m Convergent: 100 mm Glass & Plastic fiber optic: depends on fiber used 88 x 45 x 55 mm PBT polyester IP67; NEMA 6P DC: -40 to +70 C AC: -40 to +70 C AC/DC: -25 to +55 C 10 to 30V dc, 90 to 250V ac, 24 to 250V ac, 12 to 250V dc or 5 to 15V dc (NAMUR) DC: Bipolar NPN/PNP AC: SPST or SPDT Relay NAMUR: Constant current Depends on model LO/DO switch, sensitivity adjustment control
OMNI-BEAM
211 Modular, limit-switch style, field-programmable sensor Opposed: 45 m Retro Non-Polar: 9 m Retro Polarized: 4.5 m Retro Clear Object: 4 m Diffuse: 2 m Convergent: 38 mm Glass & Plastic fiber optic: depends on fiber used DC: 76 x 45 x 55 mm AC: 99 x 45 x 55 mm PBT polyester IP66; NEMA 4
Q60
221 Laser or LED sensor for low reflectivity targets, regardless of background
Adjustable-Field: 2 m
Dimensions (h x w x d) Housing Material Protection Rating Operating Temperature
75 x 25 x 60 mm ABS/Polycarbonate IP67; NEMA 6
-40 to +70 C
-20 to +55 C (most models)
Power Supply
10 to 30V dc, 105 to 130V ac or 210 to 250V ac
10 to 30V dc, 12 to 250V dc or 24 to 250V ac
Outputs Output Response Time Adjustments
DC: Bi-Modal AC: SPST relay
DC: Bipolar NPN/PNP AC/DC: SPST or SPDT Relay
Depends on model Field-programmable for 4 operating parameters
Depends on model 2 momentary push buttons/ remote program wire
16
Selection Guide
Fiber Optic Sensors
Series Catalog Page Description Maximum Sensing Range Dimensions (h x w x d) Housing Material Protection Rating Operating Temperature Power Supply
DF-G1
229 High-performance, low-contrast sensor with dual displays Range varies with response speed selection and with fiber optics used 33 x 10 x 72 mm
D10
234 High-performance, low-contrast sensor with numeric or bargraph display Range varies with power level/ speed selection and with fiber optics used 36 x 10 x 68 mm
D12
243 Versatile, high-power sensor with bargraph display Range varies depending on sensing mode and fiber optics used Plastic Fibers: 30 x 12 x 64 mm Glass Fibers: 30 x 12 x 70 mm
R55F
248 Fiber optic sensor for outstanding color contrast sensitivity Range varies depending on sensing mode and fiber optics used 25 x 30 x 85 mm
ABS/Polycarbonate
ABS/Polycarbonate
ABS
ABS/Polycarbonate
IP50; NEMA 1
IP50; NEMA 1
IP11; NEMA 2
IP67; NEMA 6
-10 to +55 C, depending on model
-20 to +55 C, depending on model 10 to 30V dc, 12 to 30V dc, 12 to 24V dc or 15 to 24V dc
-40 to +70 C or -20 to +70 C, depending on model
-10 to +55 C
10 to 30V dc
10 to 30V dc
10 to 30V dc
Outputs
Solid-state
Expert Numeric Discrete: Two solid-state Expert Numeric Analog/Discrete: 0 to 10V or 4 to 20 mA and Expert: Solid-state Solid-state Standard: Solid-state Expert Bargraph Discrete: AC Coupled: Bipolar NPN/PNP Bipolar NPN/PNP Discrete: Bipolar NPN/PNP Expert Small Object Counter: NPN or PNP Expert: 200 s ON/OFF Standard: 50 or 500 s ON/OFF AC Coupled: 50 s ON/OFF
Bipolar NPN/PNP
High Speed: 200 us Standard: 500 us Long Range: 2 ms Extra Long Range: 5 ms
Depends on model
50 s
* Operating temperature range for plastic fiber optic assemblies is typically -30 to +70 C and -140 to +250 C for metal-sheathed glass fiber optic assemblies. See the Fiber Sensor section (beginning on page 243) for specific fiber optic temperature information.
17
Selection Guide
Special Purpose
LX
277 High-speed light screens to detect tiny objects Standard Normal: 300 to 2 m Reduced: 150 to 600 mm Short-range Normal: 100 to 200 mm Reduced: 75 to 150 mm 25 x 32 mm x height Array heights: 113 mm 190 mm 266 mm 342 mm 418 mm 494 mm 571 mm 647 mm Aluminum IP65 -20 to +70 C
SLM
280 Fixed opposed-mode metal slot sensor for easy installation, in eight slot widths
SL Series
283 Opposed-mode slot sensor with multiple setup options, in two slot widths
R58
287 High-performance color registration sensor with 3 light colors
10, 20, 30, 50, 80, 120, 180 or 220 mm
10 or 30 mm
Focus: 10 mm
Dimensions (h x w x d)
Max size: 12 x 252 x 140 mm
72 x 52 x 19 mm
62 x 30 x 83 mm
Housing Material Protection Rating Operating Temperature Power Supply Outputs Output Response Time Adjustments
Zinc and ABS IP67; NEMA 6 -20 to +60 C
ABS IP67; NEMA 6 SL30, SL10 & SLO: -40 to 70 C SLE30 & SLE10: -20 to 70 C
Zinc alloy IP67 R58E: -10 to +50 C R58A: -10 to +50 C
10 to 30V dc
10 to 30V dc
10 to 30V dc
10 to 30V dc
Bipolar NPN/PNP 0.8 to 6.4 ms (ON-time) 6 to 11.5 ms (OFF-time)
Bipolar NPN/PNP, PNP or NPN 500 s One-turn sensitivity potentiometer
Bipolar NPN/PNP 150, 300 or 500 s or 1 ms, depending on model Depends on model
Bipolar NPN/PNP 50 s R58E: Push button and remote TEACH R58A: Potentiometer
18
Selection Guide
Special Purpose
QC50 & QCX50

291 True color sensor for detecting color and intensity
QL50
294 Compact luminescence sensor with an ultraviolet LED
QL56
296 Compact luminescence sensor with an ultraviolet LED
Optical Buttons
299 Ergonomic touch buttons to prevent repetitive motion stress
20 mm (typical)
40 mm
50 mm
50 x 25 x 50 mm
66 x 15 x 50 mm
97 x 66 x 32 mm
57 x 60 x 43 mm
ABS IP62 -10 to +55 C
ABS IP62 -25 to +55 C
Aluminum IP67 -10 to +55 C
Black polysulfone or red polycarbonate with polyester or polycarbonate base IP66; NEMA 4X OTB/LTB/VTB: -20 to +50 C STB: 0 to +50 C 10 to 30V dc, 20 to 30V ac/dc, 120V ac, 220/240V ac or 12 to 30V dc Depends on model OTB/LTB/VTB: 100 ms STB: 20 ms
10 to 30V dc
10 to 30V dc
15 to 30V dc
NPN or PNP, 3 channel QC50: 335 s QCX50: Selectable 5 ms or 1 ms 2 push buttons program teach, delay and tolerance level
Discrete PNP or NPN 250 s
Bipolar PNP/NPN & analog 250 s
1 push button and remote program wire
2 push buttons
19
Selection Guide
Light Gauging
Series Catalog Page Description Technology Maximum Sensing Range Dimensions (h x w x d) Light Source Housing Material Protection Rating Operating Temperature Power Supply Outputs Discrete Outputs Analog Outputs Analog Resolution or Discrete Repeatability Response Speed Adjustments
LT3
304 Advanced laser distance-gauging sensor for precise inspections Time-of-Flight Laser Retro: 50 m Diffuse: 5 m 69 x 35 x 87 mm Class 1 and 2 laser ABS/polycarbonate IP67; NEMA 6 0 to +50 C 12 to 24V dc Analog and discrete, or dual discrete One NPN or PNP, or Dual NPN or PNP, depending on model 0 to 10V dc or 4 to 20 mA Retro: 5 or 10 mm Diffuse: 1 or 3.2 mm 1 to 192 ms, depending on model and setting Window limits, response speed
LT7
308 Self-contained long-range laser sensor for accurate distance sensing Time-of-Flight Laser Retro: 250 m Diffuse: 10 m 93 x 42 x 95 mm Class 1 ABS IP67 -10 to +50 C 18 to 30V dc Analog and discrete, or dual discrete 2 PNP 4 to 20 mA Retro: 2 mm Diffuse: 4 mm 12 ms See Specifications
20
Selection Guide
Light Gauging
LH
311 High-precision laser sensor for displacement and thickness measurements Laser /CMOS imager triangulation LH30: 35 mm LH80: 100 mm LH150: 200 mm 80 x 33 x 65 mm Class 2 laser Aluminum IP67 -10 to +45 C 18 to 30V dc Analog and Serial 4-20 mA LH30: 1 m LH80: 4 m LH150: 10 m 250 s typical Advanced configuration software
LG
313 Economical short-range laser sensor with analog and discrete outputs Laser/PSD triangulation LG5: 60 mm LG10: 125 mm 55 x 20 x 82 mm Class 2 laser Zinc alloy die-cast; black painted finish IP67; NEMA 6 -10 to +50 C 12 to 30V dc Analog and discrete One NPN or PNP 0 to 10V dc or 4 to 20 mA LG5: 3 m @ 50 mm LG10: 10 m @ 100 mm 2, 10 or 100 ms, depending on setting Window limits, response speed
21
Selection Guide
Ultrasonic
Series Catalog Page Description Outputs Maximum Sensing Range
QT50U
317 Long-range programmable, precision ultrasonic sensor Analog, dual discrete or e/m relay Proximity mode 200 mm to 8 m DC & AC/DC: 84 x 74 x 67 mm Teflon Protected: 85 x 74 x 73 mm ABS/polycarbonate IP67; NEMA 6P -20 to +70 C 10 to 30V dc or 85 to 264V ac / 24 to 250V dc DC: Selectable dual NPN or PNP AC/DC: SPDT e/m relay 1.0 mm 0 to 10V dc or 4 to 20 mA, Selectable Yes Window limits, DIP switch functions
S18U
322 Compact barrel-mount ultrasonic sensor in straight or right-angle housing Analog or discrete Proximity mode 30 to 300 mm
QS18U
325 Low-cost right-angle, barreland side-mount ultrasonic sensor in a compact universal housing Discrete Proximity mode 50 to 500 mm
T30UX/T30U
328 Compact right-angle barrel-mount ultrasonic sensors in long- and short-range Analog and discrete, dual discrete or analog Proximity mode 0.15 to 1.0 m, 0.3 to 2.0 m, 0.1 to 1 m, 0.2 to 2.0 m or 0.3 to 3.0 m Short- & Long-Range: 52 x 40 x 45 mm Teflon Protected: 64 x 40 x 48 mm PBT polyester T30UX: IP67; NEMA 6 T30U: IP67, NEMA 6P T30UX: -40 to +70 C T30U: -20 to +70 C 10 to 30V dc, 12 to 24V dc or 15 to 24V dc, depending on model NPN or PNP, or NPN/PNP selectable, depending on model T30UX: 0.1% of distance T30U: 0.25% of sensing distance 0 to 10V dc or 4 to 20 mA, depending on model Yes Window limits, output selection, analog output slope, temperature compensation and response speed
Dimensions (h x w x d) Housing Material Protection Rating Operating Temperature Power Supply Discrete Outputs (when available) Analog Resolution or Discrete repeatability Analog Output (when available) High/low Limit Control (pump control) Adjustments
Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont.
Straight: 18 x 81 mm Right-angle: 18 x 85 mm PBT polyester, ABS/ polycarbonate IP67; NEMA 6P -20 to +60 C 10 to 30V dc Bipolar NPN/PNP 0.5 mm 0 to 10V dc or 4 to 20 mA, depending on model
41 x 15 x 33 mm
ABS Push button: IP67; NEMA 6P Remote TEACH: IP68, NEMA 6P -20 to +60 C 12 to 30V dc
NPN or PNP
0.7 mm
Near & far window limits
Near & far window limits
22
Selection Guide
Ultrasonic
M25U
336 Stainless steel opposed-mode ultrasonic sensors Discrete Normal Speed: 500 mm High Speed: 250 mm
T18U
338 Right-angle, barrel-mount opposed-mode ultrasonic sensors Discrete Opposed mode 0.6 m
Q45U
340 Programmable ultrasonic sensor with temperature compensation Analog or discrete Proximity mode 0.1 to 1.4 m or 0.25 to 3.0 m Short range: 88 x 45 x 61 mm Long range: 88 x 45 x 79 mm PBT polyester IP67; NEMA 6P -25 to +70 C 12 to 24V dc or 15 to 24V dc, depending on model Bipolar NPN/PNP 0.1% of sensing distance (0.25 or 0.5 mm min.) Selectable 0 to 10V dc or 4 to 20 mA Yes Near & far window limits; DIP Switch functions
Q45UR
344 High-precision ultrasonic sensor with remote sensing transducer Analog or discrete Proximity mode 50 to 250 mm Controller: 88 x 45 x 6 mm Remote transducers: 28 x 28 x 12 mm flat or 18 x 45 mm barrel PBT polyester or stainless steel Sensor: IP65; NEMA 4 Controller: IP67; NEMA 6P -25 to +70 C 12 to 24V dc or 15 to 24V dc, depending on model Bipolar NPN/PNP 0.2% of sensing distance
25 x 103 mm
52 x 40 x 30 mm
316 stainless steel IP67; NEMA 6, IP69K -20 to +70 C 10 to 30V dc
PBT polyester IP67; NEMA 6P -40 to +70 C 12 to 30V dc Complementary NPN or PNP, depending on model 1 or 2 mm, depending on resolution
Bipolar NPN/PNP Normal Speed: 4.0 ms High Speed: 3.0 ms
Selectable 0 to 10V dc or 4 to 20 mA Near & far window limits; DIP Switch functions
23
Selection Guide
Measuring Arrays
Series Catalog Page Description Minimum Object Detection Size Maximum Sensing Range
EZ-ARRAY
349 Cost-effective light curtains for quick installation and tough sensing application 5 mm 4m 36.0 x 45.2 x height Array heights:
High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY
352 High-speed, high-resolution scanning 2.5 mm 0.4 mm to 1.8 m 38.1 x 38.1 x height Array heights: 236 mm 399 mm 559 mm 724 mm 887 mm 1049 mm 1215 mm 1377 mm 1540 mm 1703 mm 1865 mm 2028 mm
MINI-ARRAY
356 Compact long-range array with flexible output configurations 19 mm for arrays/ 9.5 mm beam spacing 38 mm for arrays/ 19 mm beam spacing 0.6 to 17 m, depending on model 38.1 x 38.1 x height Approximate array heights: 201 mm 356 mm 505 mm 659 mm 810 mm 963 mm 1115 mm 1267 mm 1572 mm 1877 mm
Emitters and Receivers
Dimensions (h x w x d) Power Supply Construction Protection Rating Operating Temperature Power Supply
227 mm 379 mm 529 mm 678 mm
828 mm 978 mm 1128 mm 1278 mm 12 to 30V dc
1578 mm 1878 mm 2178 mm 2478 mm
Supplied by controller Black anodized aluminum IP65; NEMA 4, 13 0 to +50 C 16 to 30V dc
Supplied by controller Black anodized aluminum IP65; NEMA 4, 13 -20 to +70 C 16 to 30V dc MAC-1:One reed relay & one NPN MACN-1: Two NPN MAC16N-1: 16 NPN MACP-1: Two PNP MAC16P-1: 16 PNP MACV-1: Two 0-10V dc sourcing analog + one NPN MACI-1: Two 4-20 mA sinking analog + one NPN Serial RS-232 and/or RS-485, depending on model MACNXDN-1: 2 NPN (DeviceNet) MACPXDN-1: 2 PNP (DeviceNet)
Anodized aluminum IP65 -40 to +70 C
Output Configuration
MAHCVP-1: Two analog 0 to 10V sourcing + two PNP MAHCVN-1: Two analog 0 to 10V sourcing + two NPN MAHCIP-1: Two analog 4 to 20 mA sinking + two PNP MAHCIN-1: Two analog 4 to 20 mA sinking + two NPN All models: Serial RS-232 & RS-485
Controllers
Protection Rating Operating Temperature
IP20; NEMA 1 0 to +50 C
IP20; NEMA 1 -20 to +70 C
24
Selection Guide
Radar
Series Catalog Page Description Operating Principle Detectable Objects Radio Frequency Range Dimensions Power supply Housing Material Protection Rating Operating Temperature Output Configuration Adjustments
R-GAGE
362 Radar-based sensor for a wide variety of outdoor or challenging applications
Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave (FMCW) radar
Objects containing metal or similar high-dielectric materials 24 GHz, ISM Band
up to 15 m
100 x 74 x 46 mm
12 to 30V dc
ABS/polycarbonate
IP67
-40 to +65 C
Bipolar NPN/PNP
DIP-switch functions
25
Selection Guide
Vision
Series Catalog Page Description Integrated I/O Interchangeable Lenses Hardware Imager Effective Resolution Imager Speed Construction Environmental Rating Communications Serial Ethernet Connection Programmable Outputs Runs without a PC Strobe OUT Remote TEACH Demo Mode Tools Multiple Inspections
iVu TG
372
iVu Plus TG
372
iVu BCR
373
iVu Plus BCR

373
One-piece image sensor with integrated touch screen or two-piece image sensor with remote touch screen 5 Microvideo CMOS 752 x 480 320 x 240 100 frames per second Black Valox housing, acrylic window IP67 2 Area, Blemish and Match 6 Microvideo CMOS 752 x 480 320 x 240 100 frames per second Black Valox housing*, acrylic window IP67 RS-232 3 Area, Blemish, Match and Sort
One-piece image sensor with integrated touch screen or two-piece image sensor with remote touch screen 5 Microvideo CMOS 752 x 480 752 x 480 50 frames per second Black Valox housing, acrylic window IP67 RS-232 2 Bar Code 6 Microvideo CMOS 752 x 480 752 x 480 50 frames per second Black Valox housing*, acrylic window IP67 RS-232 3 Bar Code
* Die cast Zinc on Plus Integrated LCD models
26
Inspection
Programming/Interface
Selection Guide
Vision
Series Catalog Page
Pro
378
P4 OMNI
378
P4 Dedicated Function
385
Description
Two-piece, all-purpose vision sensor with a full range of inspection tools
AREA: Inspects sizes, shapes and intensity EDGE: Counts and measures multiple edges One-piece, all-purpose vision sensor with and objects a full range of inspection tools GEO: Pattern recognition, regardless of orientation BCR: Reads and grades 2D and 1D bar codes 7 C-Mount OMNI: CCD OMNI 1.3: CMOS OMNI COLOR: CMOS OMNI: 640 x 480 OMNI 1.3: 1280 x 1024 OMNI COLOR: 752 x 480 OMNI: 48 fps OMNI 1.3: 27 fps OMNI COLOR: 17 fps 32 MB 7 C-Mount AREA & AREA 1.3: CMOS BCR: CCD, BCR 1.3: CMOS EDGE & EDGE 1.3: CMOS GEO & GEO 1.3: CMOS AREA, EDGE & GEO: 128 x 100 BCR: 640 x 480 AREA1.3, EDGE 1.3, GEO 1.3 & BCR 1.3: 1280 x 1024 AREA, EDGE & GEO: 500 fps BCR: 48 fps AREA1.3, EDGE 1.3, GEO 1.3 & BCR 1.3: 27 fps AREA, EDGE, GEO & BCR: 8 MB AREA1.3, EDGE 1.3, GEO 1.3 & BCR 1.3: 32 MB
Integrated I/O Interchangeable Lenses Imager
14 C-Mount PROII: CCD & CMOS PROII 1.3: CMOS PROII COLOR: CMOS PROII: 640 x 480 PROII 1.3: 1280 x 1024 PROII COLOR: 752 x 480 PROII: 48 fps PROII 1.3: 18 fps PROII COLOR: 17 fps 64 MB Black anodized aluminum/ IP20; NEMA 1
Resolution
Hardware
Imager Speed (frames per second) Live Video Output Memory
Construction/ Environmental Rating
Camera:
Nickel-plated aluminum/ IP68, NEMA 6P 316 stainless steel/ IP68; NEMA 6P & 4X
Black anodized aluminum/IP20; NEMA 1 or Nickel-plated aluminum/ IP68
Black anodized aluminum/IP20; NEMA 1
Controller:
Steel with zinc plating/ IP20; NEMA 1 10/100 RS-232 6 4 EtherNet/IP & Modbus TCP/IP Yes 4 EtherNet/IP & Modbus TCP/IP OCR/OCV (BCR model only)
Ethernet Serial Programmable Discrete I/O Industrial Ethernet Protocols Software Premium Tools Runs without a PC ActiveX interface Quick & Remote TEACH
Communications & Programming/Interface
EtherNet/IP & Modbus TCP/IP
Bar Code Reader (BCR), OCR/OCV and Bead
27
Selection Guide
SureCross Wireless
Performance
393 Point-to-Multipoint Wireless Network Up to 1 Watt
DX80
396 Point-to-Multipoint Wireless Network
DX99
404 Point-to-Multipoint for Hazardous Areas
MultiHop
406 MultiHop Wireless Network Up to 1 Watt
Radio Frequency and Range
900 MHz: up to 9.6 km 2.4 GHz: up to 3.2 km
Power Supply
10 to 30V dc, Solar, DX81 or DX81P6
10 to 30V dc, Solar, DX81 or DX81P6
Integrated battery
10 to 30V dc, Solar or DX81P6
Inputs/Outputs
Discrete: PNP/NPN/NMOS, Discrete: PNP/NPN/NMOS, Dry Contact, Counter Dry Contact, Counter Analog: 020 mA, 010V dc, Analog: 020 mA, 010V dc, PT100 RTD, PT100 RTD, Thermocouple Thermocouple
Discrete: PNP/NPN/NMOS, Discrete: PNP/NPN/NMOS, Dry Contact Dry Contact, Counter Analog: 020 mA, 010V dc, Analog: 020 mA, 010V dc, PT100 RTD, PT100 RTD, Thermocouple, Thermocouple, Bridge Bridge, SDI-12
Dimensions and Housing Material
Polycarbonate: 127 81 60 mm
Metal: 127 110 mm
Protection Rating
DX80: IP67; NEMA 6 DX80C: IP20; NEMA 1
DX80: IP67; NEMA 6 DX80C: IP20; NEMA 1
IP68; NEMA 4X
IP67; NEMA 6
Certified Area
DX80C: CI D2, Zone 2
CI D1, Zone 0 and 20
CI D2, Zone 2
Operating Temperature
40 to +85 C
40 to +85 C
40 to +70 C
40 to +85 C
Communication
Gateway: Modbus RTU Master Gateway: Modbus RTU Master and Slave, Modbus TCP/IP and and Slave, Modbus TCP/IP and EtherNet/IP EtherNet/IP
See DX80 Gateway
Modbus: RS-232 and RS-485 or EtherNet/IP
28
Selection Guide
Task Lights
WLS28
417 28 mm wide industrial strip lighting for enclosure and area lighting
WLA
420 Rugged, sealed light for area and machine lighting
WL50/WL50F
422 50 mm light for enclosure and area lighting
WL50S
424 Intense, sealed spot light for area and machine lighting
Color
Cool White, Warm White, Red, Green, Blue, Yellow
Cool White, Warm White, Red, Green, Blue, Yellow
White
White, Red, Green, Blue
28 x 21 x (H) mm
Dimensions
(H): 183.5 to 1181 mm (depending on position and light length)
105 x 180 mm 190 x 180 mm 275 x 180 mm 360 x 180 mm
WL50: 47.5 x 50 mm WL50F: 76 x 23 x 50 mm
66 x 50 mm
Power Supply
12 to 30V dc
12 to 30V dc
10 to 30V dc
12 to 30V dc
Construction
Clear anodized aluminum
Valox
Polycarbonate
Black anodized aluminum
Mounting
End mounting
Flat mount
WL50: 30 mm threaded base mount WL50F: Flat mount
30 mm threaded base mount
Environmental Rating
IP50
IP69K
Standard models: IP69K per DIN 40050 Push-button models: IEC IP67
IP69K
29
Selection Guide
Vision Lights
Ring Lights
430 Mounts directly to the sensor for easy setup and illuminates any object directly in front of the sensor
Area Lights
432 Provides even illumination in a concentrated area
Backlights
434 Installs behind the target, directly facing the sensor; has a highly diffused surface and uniform brightness
Linear Array Lights

435 Provides high-intensity illumination of large areas, at long distances
On-Axis Lights
436 Provides collimated illumination along the same optical path as camera
Low-Angle Ring Lights

436 Illuminates nearly perpendicular to the direction of an inspection
Spot Lights
437 Provides even illumination in a small concentrated spot
Tubular Fluorescent Lights

438 Features flicker-free high-intensity illumination of large areas
Structured Lights
438 Uses Class 2 laser line for 3-dimensional sensing
For additional Vision Lighting selection information, see page 415.
30
Selection Guide
Indicators
TL50 Tower Lights

442
TL30F Tower Lights

442
CL50 Column Lights

445 Large single illuminated segment with 30 mm base
TL50BL Beacon Lights

447 Preassembled, highly visible, multi-segmented indicators with up to 4 colors in a single tower.
Preassembled and Preassembled and preconfigured preconfigured multi-segment indicators with up multi-segment indicators with to five colors in a single tower three or five colors in one tower General-Purpose: 5 Audible: 4
Maximum Colors in One Housing*
3 & Audible Alert
General-Purpose: 5 Audible: 4
Indication
General-Purpose: Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, White General-Purpose: Audible: Green, Yellow, Red, Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, White Blue, White, Audible Alert
General-Purpose: Green, Red, Yellow Audible: Green, Red, Yellow and Audible Alert
General-Purpose: Green, Red, Yellow, Blue Audible: Green, Red, Yellow, Blue and Audible Alert
Typical Audible
IP50: 92 dB @ 1 m IP67: 94 dB @ 1 m 50 mm x (H) Tower Height (H) General Purpose: 61.2 to 224.0 mm Audible (IP50): 92.0 to 214.1 mm Audible (IP67): 74.4 to 237.2 mm
IP50: 92 dB @ 1 m IP67: 94 dB @ 1 m
IP50: 92 dB @ 1 m IP67: 94 dB @ 1 m 50 mm x (H)
30 x 19.1 mm x height Tower Height 3 Color: 128.1 mm 5 Color: 204.3 mm
Dimensions
General Purpose: 50 x 114.2 mm Audible (IP50): 50 x 145.3 mm Audible (IP67): 50 x 168.2 mm
Tower Height (H) General Purpose: 46.2 to 123.6 mm Audible (IP50): 77.1 to 154.5 mm Audible (IP67): 100.2 to 177.6 mm
Mounting
Flat mount
Construction
ABS/Polycarbonate (black or gray housings) General-Purpose: IP67 Audible: IP50 or IP67, depending on model General-Purpose: -40 to +50 C Audible: -20 to +50 C
Black Painted Aluminum
ABS/Polycarbonate (black or gray housings) General-Purpose: IP67 Audible: IP50 orIP67, depending on model
ABS/Polycarbonate (black or gray housings) General-Purpose: IP67 Audible: IP50 orIP67, depending on model
IP65
Operating Temperature
-40 to +50 C
General-Purpose: -40 to +50 C General-Purpose: -40 to +50 C Audible: -20 to +50 C Audible: -20 to +50 C
Power Supply
* Contact factory for other colors and color combinations.
18 to 30V dc or 24V ac
18 to 30V dc
31
Selection Guide
Indicators
Housing Catalog Page Description Maximum Colors in One Housing
K80L
444 50 mm dome or flat profile
K50L & K50FL

444 50 mm dome or flat profile
T30
432 30 mm T-style
K30L
432 30 mm dome
5 General-Purpose: Green, Red, Yellow Multi-Function: Green, Red, Yellow, Blue, White ON, flashing or alternating Sensor Emulator: Green, Yellow Audible: Green, Red, Yellow, Steady or Pulsed Tone Segmented: Green, Red, Yellow, Blue, White Steady or Pulsed: Typical75 dB @ 1 m Min66 dB @ 1 m Loud Steady: Typical92 dB @ 1 m Min84 dB @ 1 m Segmented: 110 x 81 x 41mm All others: 110 x 81 x 66 mm
Indication*
General-Purpose: Green, Red, Yellow Multi-Function: Green, Red, Yellow, Blue, White ON, flashing or alternating Sensor Emulator: Green, Yellow Audible: Green, Red, Yellow, Steady or Pulsed Tone Daylight Visible: Green, Red, Yellow, Blue, White Steady or Pulsed: Typical75 dB @ 1 m Min66 dB @ 1 m Loud Steady: Typical92 dB @ 1 m Min84 dB @ 1 m K50L: 57 x 50 mm K50FL: 60 x 50 mm Daylight visible: 50 x 50 mm 30 mm threaded base or flat mount K50L: Polycarbonate K50FL: ABS/polycarbonate Daylight Visible: Polycarbonate Audible: IP50 All others: IP67 Audible: -20 to +50 C All others: -40 to +50 C 15 to 30V dc, 24V dc, 18 to 30V dc or 85 to 130V ac depending on model
General-Purpose: Green, Red, Yellow Multi-Function: Green, Red, Yellow ON, flashing or alternating Sensor Emulator: Green, Yellow
General-Purpose: Green, Red, Yellow Sensor Emulator: Green, Yellow
Audible
Dimensions Mounting Construction Protection Rating Operating Temperature Power Supply
64 x 40 x 45 mm
42 x 30 mm
Flat or DIN-rail mount
30 mm threaded mount
Polycarbonate Audible: IP50 All others: IP67 Audible: -20 to +50 C All others: -40 to +50 C 18 to 30V dc, 24V dc or 85 to 130V ac
Thermoplastic polyester
Polycarbonate
IP67
IP67
-40 to +50 C
-40 to +50 C
10 to 30V dc
10 to 30V dc
* Contact factory for other colors and color combinations.
32
Selection Guide
Indicators
T18
432 18 mm T-style
M18
432 18 mm barrel
T8L
432 8 mm T-style
K80CLR Call Light

439 Battery-powered 50 mm dome
Traffic Lights
440 Preassembled indicators for signaling and traffic control 1 Light: 3 2 Light: 1 (each light) 3 Light: 1 (each light)
General-Purpose: Green, Red, Yellow Multi-Function: Green, Red, Yellow ON, flashing or alternating Sensor Emulator: Green, Yellow
Red
1 Light: Green, Red, Yellow 2 Light: TopRed BottomGreen 3 Light: TopRed MiddleYellow BottomGreen
40 x 33 x 16 mm
51 x 18 mm
19 x 16 x 16 mm
80 x 81 x 41 mm
1 Light: 110 x 81 x 92 mm 2 Light: 190 x 88 x 110 mm 3 Light: 210 x 80 105 mm Flat or DIN-mount polycarbonate Polycarbonate 1 Light: IP67 2 & 3 Light: IP65 -40 to +50 C
18 mm threaded mount
18 mm threaded barrel mount
8 mm threaded nose mount
Flat or DIN-mount
Thermoplastic polyester
Nickel-plated brass
Polycarbonate/ABS blend
Polycarbonate
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP50
-40 to +50 C
-40 to +50 C
-40 to +50 C
-20 to +50 C
10 to 30V dc
10 to 30V dc
10 to 30V dc
18V (two 9V batteries)
15 to 30V dc or 85-130V ac, depending on model
33
Selection Guide
Actuators
K50 & K80

465 50 mm dome light with sensor in two housing styles
PVD
470 One-component light sensor for part assembly and error-proofing
PVA
472 Two-component light screen for part-pick verification
VTB
475 Ultra-bright optical touch buttons for indicating bin-picking sequences
Job Light Color
Green, Red, Yellow
Green, Red
Green
Green, Red, Blue
Retroreflective: 2 m Fixed-Field: 100 mm Push button:
Retroreflective: 2 m Diffuse: 400 mm
Opposed: 2 m
Minimum Object Detection Size
Retroreflective: 51 to 100 mm Diffuse: 55 mm
Opposed:35 mm
Dimensions (h x w x d)
K50: 50 x 57 mm K80: 110 x 81 x 73 mm
PVD100:138 x 30 x 16 mm PVD225: 266 x 30 x 16 mm
30 x 15 mm x height Array heights: 138 mm 341 mm 266 mm 417 mm
57 x 60 x 43 mm
Construction
Polycarbonate & Thermoplastic
Black painted aluminum
Black polysulfone or red polycarbonate with white polycarbonate base
Protection Rating Operating Temperature Power Supply
IP69K (depending on installation)
IP62; NEMA 2
IP62; NEMA 2
IP66; NEMA 4X
-40 to +50 C
0 to +50 C
0 to +50 C
-20 to +50 C
12 to 30V dc
12 to 30V dc
12 to 30V dc
12 to 30V dc
Output configuration
One NPN or PNP & NO or NC, depending on model
One user-selectable PNP or NPN
One NPN or PNP, depending on model; programmable for Light or Dark Operate
One NPN or PNP, depending on model
34
Selection Guide
Safety Light Screens
Series Catalog Page
EZ-SCREEN Type 4
493 2-piece system 14 or 30 mm resolution light screen 14 or 25 mm resolution LP light screen 2-, 3- or 4- Beam Grids Single-beam Points
EZ-SCREEN Type 2
511
EZ-SCREEN TYPE 4 Grids & Points

516
Description
2-piece, 30 mm resolution light screen system for lower risk applications
Suited to a variety of access and long-range perimeter guarding applications
Safety Rating (Depends on model)
Type 4 /Category 4/PLe
Type 2 /Category 2
Type 4 /Category 4/PLe
System Components Range Supply Voltage Safety Output Aux. Output Response Time
Emitter, receiver and one cordset for each. Optional interfacing components available. 14 or 30 mm: up to 18 m 14 or 25 mm: up to 7 m Grids & Points: up to 70 m 24V dc 2 PNP OSSD Yes 8 to 56 ms, depending on model
Emitter, receiver and one cordset for each. Optional interfacing components available.
Emitter, receiver and one cordset for each. Optional interfacing components available.
up to 15 m
up to 70 m
24V dc 2 PNP OSSD 11 to 25 ms
24V dc 2 PNP OSSD
24 ms or less
Defined Area (Protected Height)
14 mm resolution: 150 to 1800 mm 30 mm resolution: 150 to 2400 mm 14 or 25 mm resolution: 270 to 1810 mm Grids: 500 to 1066 mm Points: 25 mm beam diameter
150 to 1500 mm
500 to 1066 mm
Cascading
Allow up to 4 emitter/receiver pairs (14, 25 or 30 mm systems) to be wired together to form a single safety device. Only matched pairs must be the same length and resolution.
35
Selection Guide
Safety Laser Scanner Safety Controllers
AG4
525 Two-dimensional, programmable area scanner
Series Catalog Page
SC22-3/-3E
533 Four standard models and four models for direct connectivity to EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP industrial networks
Description
Type 3/Category 3
Safety Rating (Depends on models)

Laser scanner, configuration cordset and communication cordset
Category 2, 3 or 4
System Components
Functional Stop Category
0&1
Protective Field
up to 6 m
Voltage
up to 15 m
24V dc
Warning Field
Inputs Scanning Angle

190
22 input terminals monitor safety and non-safety devices.
Supply Voltage
24V dc
Safety Output
6 PNP (3 pair)
Safety Output
2 PNP OSSD
Aux. Output
10 discrete status outputs, EtherNet/IP & Modbus TCP
Aux. Output
2 PNP

* USSI = Universal Safety Stop Interface
10 ms
Response Time
80 ms (adjustable to 640 ms)
36
Selection Guide
Safety Modules
Series Catalog Page
E-Stop & Interlocked Guard

537
Universal Input
545
Safety Mat
547
Muting
550
Safe Speed
554
Description
Modules monitor contacts of E-stop switches, guard interlock switches or the outputs of other safety modules.
Modules monitor one or two solid-state PNP or relay contact outputs from safety or non-safety devices, such as sensors or safety light screens.
Modules monitor one 4-wire safety mat (or multiple connected in series).
Modules suspend safeguarding during non-hazards time in the machine's cycle.
Modules monitor two sensors with PNP outputs for rotation and linear movements.
Safety Rating (Depends on model) Functional Stop Category
Category 2 or 4, depending on model
Category 2, 3 or 4
Category 3 (with mat)
Category 2, 3 or 4
Category 3
0&1
Supply Voltage
24V ac/dc, 115V ac & 12-24V dc, 230V ac & 12-24V dc or 24V dc
24V ac/dc
115V ac & 12-24V dc or 230V ac & 12-24V dc
24V dc
24V ad/dc
Safety Outputs
2 NO, 3 NO, 4 NO, 2 NO & 2 NO w/delay or 4 NO & 4 NO w/delay 1 NC, 1 NC & 2 PNP, or 1 NC (immediate) & 1 NC (delayed)
3 NO or 2 NO
4 NO
2 PNP OSSD or 2 NO
2 NO
Aux. Outputs
1 NC
1 NC & 2 PNP
1 PNP or 1 NC
1 NC
25, 35 or 50 ms
25 ms
50 ms
10 or 20 ms
700 or 350 ms
37
Selection Guide
Safety Modules
Series Catalog Page
Extension Relay
556
Interface Relay
558
Description
Single or dual (depending on model) input One dual input accepts the single or dual channels accept the outputs of a primary safety output of a primary safety device. safety device. Modules provide additional Typically interfaced with devices solid-state safety outputs for a primary safety device. OSSD outputs. Module increases switching Typically interfaced with safety modules with current capacity (up to 6 amps) for the relay outputs. output of a primary safety device.
Category 2, 3 or 4 (Depends on hookup)
Category 2, 3 or 4 (Depends on hookup)
0 or 1
Supply Voltage
24V dc or 24V ac/dc, depending on model
24V dc
Safety Outputs
4 NO or 4 NO (w/delay)
3 NO or 2 NO
Aux. Outputs
1 NC, depending on model
20, 30 or 35 ms, depending on model
20 ms
38
Selection Guide
Two-Hand Control
DUO-TOUCH SG THC Modules

562
DUO-TOUCH SG Run Bars

570
Two-Hand Control Modules; STB compatible
Two-hand control Run Bar with pre-mounted STB buttons
Inputs
Two STB Self-Checking Touch Buttons or Form C Mechanical Button
Requires IIIC Two-Hand Control logic device for safe guarding applications
Safety Rating
Category 4 (module); Type IIIC
Dependent on controller/module
Modules
Five models with different supply voltage, outputs and control functions (example, muting)
Five models with different supply voltage, outputs and control functions (purchased separately)
Supply Voltage
24V ac/dc, 115V ac/24V dc or 230V ac/24V dc, depending on model
10 to 30V dc
Safety Outputs
2 NO or 4 NO
Aux. Outputs/Function
AT-FM-10K: none All others: 1 NPN, 1 PNP & 1 NC
Models with or without E-Stop buttons
STB Touch Buttons
Six models with varying supply voltage, output type, cable and housing material Kits with modules and STB buttons available
2 x STBVP6
39
Selection Guide
Safety Interlock Switches
Series Catalog Page
Magnet
575
Hinge
578
Compact Plastic & Metal

584 & 590
Locking
593
Type
Magnetic
Electromechanical Non-Locking
Electromechanical Locking
Package Style
2-piece
1-piece
2-piece
2-piece
Housing Material
Plastic
Plastic or metal
Plastic or metal
Plastic or metal
Actuator Contacts
1 NO & 1 NC
2 NC & 1 NO, SPDT (Form C), 1 NC & 1 NO, or 2 NC
2 NC & 1 NO, 1 NC & 1 NO, 2 NC, 1 NC, or 1 NO & 1 NC
1 NC & 1 NO, 2 NC, 2 NC & 1 NO, or 3 NC
Solenoid Contacts
1 NC & 1 NO, or 1 NC
40
Selection Guide
Emergency Stop & Stop Control Devices
Mechanical E-Stop Buttons

608 Mechanical E-Stop Push Buttons
Rope Pull Switches

617 E-Stop and Stop Control Rope Pulls
Enabling Devices
627
Stop Control Enabling Devices
Housing Material
Plastic or metal
Plastic or metal
Plastic
Contacts
2 NC, 1 NC & 1 NO, or 2 NC & 1 NO
Safety Contacts: 2 NC or 4 NC Aux. Contacts: 2 NO or 1 NO
2 NC & 1 NO Aux. or 2 NC & 1 NO Aux. & 1 NO momentary push button, or 2 NC & 2 NO momentary push button
41
Applications
Sensor Applications
Low-Profile Object Detection Reflective Object Counting Part Presence People Detection
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 62
Product: To detect the presence of integrated circuit chips in a confined space.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 62
Product: To reliably count metal rings passing on a conveyor.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 62
Product: To verify the presence of colored caps on bottles of childrens medicine.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 73
Product: To detect people as they enter/ exit an escalator.
Precise Counting
Sorting
Liquid Leak Detection
Reflective Package Detection
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 90
Product: To count the narrow barrels of syringes.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 90
Product: To sort letters from packages, based on height.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 90
Product: To detect a hazardous fluid leaking from pipes inside a valve box.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 90
Product: To detect the presence of product wrapped in reflective Mylar on a conveyor belt.
Tilt Tray Inspection
Outsert Detection
Thread Hole Inspection
Feeder Bowl Level Monitoring
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 105
Product: To detect items in a tray for sorting.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 105
Product: To ensure that a coupon is present before applying it to a bottle cap.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 154
Product: To verify, from a distance, that threads have been cut into holes in a manifold.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 154
Product: To monitor supply level of caps as they move out of the feeder bowl.
Lumber Inspection
Vehicle Detection
Liquid Detection
Clear Bottle Counting
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
Product: To check lumber for warping.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 154
page 154
Product: To verify that a vehicle is in position in a car wash.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 154
Product: To detect water or liquid containing water, regardless of bottle color.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 154
Product: To reliably count clear bottles moving on a high-speed conveyor line.
42
Applications
Sensor Applications
Long-Distance Feature Detection Product Flow Control Edge Guiding Lead Frame Presence Detection
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 221
Product: To detect a small flange from a long distance.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 221
Product: To signal the machine control when cans are absent, using a time delay to filter out gaps between the cans.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 234
Product: To keep a roll of plastic in the correct position by monitoring the edge.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 234
Product: To detect the presence of an IC lead frame.
Loop Tension Monitoring
Wafer Mapping
Poly Bag Seal Detection
Thread Break Detection
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 234
Product: To control the speed of a web using a loop control system.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 234
Product: To map the presence of wafers in a cassette.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 234
Product: To locate the perforations between bags on a web.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 234
Product: To detect broken threads on a loom.
Color Sorting
Pill Counting
Part Detection Error-Proofing
Equipment Inspection
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 234
Product: To sort gum packets by label color.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 234
Product: To quickly and accurately count small pills, tablets and gelatin tablets to ensure correct fill level.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 234
Product: To check that certain steps have been performed before the assembly process can continue.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 248
Product: To check whether the weld tips of an automotive welder are within specifications.
Small Part Detection
Small Object Detection
Splice Detection
Registration Mark Detection
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 277
Product: To detect extremely small parts as they fall through a web of sensing beams.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 277
Product: To accurately detect flat objects passing on a conveyor.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 287
Product: To identify splices on a roll of paper.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 287
Product: To detect registration marks on labels as they pass at high speeds.
43
Applications
Sensor Applications
Counting Gear Tooth Sensing Tamper Evident Seal Detection Range of Motion
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 280
Product: To count syringe barrels in an assembly line.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 283
Product: To sense the teeth of a timing gear to produce pulses used in automated production machinery.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 294
Product: To detect the presence of a tamper evident seal on a bottle.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 304
Product: To accurately measure the range of motion of an auto seat back.
Dry Fill Level
Extremely Long-Range Sensing
Long-Range Sensing
Thickness Measurement
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 304
Product: To accurately determine the level of dry bulk material in a bin hopper, despite the materials uneven surface.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 308
Product: To instantly measure the location of an automated storage and retrieval shuttle, to track its position.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 308
Product: To detect the presence and position of a car seat on an automotive assembly line.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 313
Product: To measure thickness of drywall at the points across the width of a sheet.
Wood Profiling
Liquid Level Monitoring
Roll Size
Pallet Load
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 311
Product: To accurately profile wooden moldings, regardless of color.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 317
Product: To monitor the level of liquid in a tank by sending a continuous signal that represents the current depth.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 317
Product: To monitor the decreasing size of a roll of material, so it can be replaced when empty.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 317
Product: To detect that a pallet with packages stacked at different heights is loaded and ready for wrapping.
Loop Control
Liquid Level Detection
Bottle Counting
Liquid Level Detection
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 322
Product: To control the amount of play in a loop of clear plastic within a set range.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 322
Product: To accurately determine the level of liquid in a narrow tube.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 325
Product: To count tinted glass bottles on a conveyor in a soft drink bottling operation.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 325
Product: To monitor the level of soap in a reservoir in a car wash.
44
Applications
Sensor Applications
Loop Control of Clear Plastic Moonroof Detection Pharmaceutical Bottle Detection Inverted Object Detection
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 328
Product: To control the speed of a web by reliably detecting the clear plastic film.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 328
Product: To reliably detect the presence of clear glass to ensure that the moonroof has been installed.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 336
Product: To reliably detect clear bottles in an aseptic environment.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 340
Product: To detect a product that has flipped over by measuring small differences in height.
Height Measurement
Ink Level
Web Thickness
Empty Rack Verification
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 344
Product: To verify that a stack of boards has the correct number.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 344
Product: To monitor the ink level in a printer tray.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 344
Product: To measure the thickness of webbing.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 338
Product: To verify that all glass hard disks are removed from the holding rack after the disks are rinsed.
Carton Sizing
Plastic Bottle Detection
Carpet Web Detection
Vehicle Separation
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 349
Product: To measure height, length and width of cartons for storage or palletizing
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 349
Product: To ensure that clear bottles are properly placed on a conveyer.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 349
Product: To determine the location of two edge transitions on carpet web: air to selvage and selvage to tufting.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 356
Product: To detect vehicle separation in an Automated Vehicle Classification (AVC) system.
Edge Monitoring
Train and Tram Detection
Cargo Positioning
Automobile Detection in Drive-Through
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 356
Product: To track the edge of a web as it rolls, to make sure it stays aligned.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 362
Product: To detect and locate a train or tram in a tunnel.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 362
Product: To detect and position cargo on a truck bed.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 362
Product: To detect the presence of large moving or stationary objects, regardless of shape or color.
45
Applications
Vision Applications
Label Alignment Inspection Date/Lot Code Inspection Punch Hole Inspection Vial Stopper Inspection
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 372
Product: To verify that each bottle has a label applied and that each label is applied straight.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 372
Product: To verify each package has a date/lot code printed on it.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 372
Product: To verify that the expected number of holes exist on a small metal part.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 372
Product: To ensure that a stopper is properly inserted as each vial leaves the filling station.
Part Flaw Detection
Intelligent Mail Bar Code (IMB) Reading
Lot Code Inspection
Pharmaceutical Insert Verification
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 372
Product: To detect bent or missing connectors, and make sure electronic components are correctly oriented.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 372
Product: To sort mail by reading the information encoded in the bar code.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 372
Product: To verify that a readable lot code is present on the chip.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 372
Product: To read pharma code on insert to verify it is the correct insert for the product.
Vial Fill Level and Cap Seal Inspection
Stamped Metal Pin Inspection
Color Inspection and Verification
Capping and Fill Inspection
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 378
Product: To rapidly verify that vials are filled to the correct level and that the vial caps are correctly aligned.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 378
Product: To check for correct count, straightness and pitch of connector pins on a stamped metal subassembly.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 378
Product: To inspect pour spouts for correct insertion and color.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 378
Product: To make sure bottles are filled and capped properly.
Verification of Two Bar Codes on a Part
Product ID and Lot Control
Label Inspection in a Wet Environment
2D Stamped Bar Code Verification
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 378
Product: To read and verify 1D and 2D bar codes on a part.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 378
Product: To track a batch of a pharmaceutical product.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 378
Product: To confirm that each bottle in a wet environment has a label in the correct position.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 378
Product: To detect and verify a dot-peened bar code on a metal part.
46
Applications
Wireless Applications
Remote HVAC Controls Warehouse Door Report Activated Emergency Shower Location Rotary Bottle Filler Monitoring
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 393
Product: To monitor production line monitors machine status a Node is installed at each location.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
Product:
To control the routing of an Automated Guided Vehicle (AGV) through a facility a FlexNode is positioned at each door.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 396
page 396
Product: To alert management when and where an emergency shower has been activated.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 396
Product: To monitor fill level, temperature and pressure to determine when to activate the inflow into the tank.
Gated Community Entry
Call for Parts (Flooring Monitoring)
Energy Management
Pick-to-Light
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 396
Product: To open/close gates by detecting presence/absence of vehicles using a wireless M-GAGE Node.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 396
Product: To allow operators to call forklift drivers to deliver additional parts or remove completed assemblies.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 396
Product: To control and optimize energy consumption by turning on and off industrial fans and air movers.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 396
Product: To deploy a wireless pick-to-light system using a FlexNode equipped with low-power EZ-LIGHT models.
Tank Level Management
Process Tank Level Monitoring
Valve Temperature Monitoring in a Steam Power Plant
Failing Conduit Replacement
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 396
Product: To monitor tank levels, pressure or flow rates with a FlexPower Node and external sensor.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 396
Product: To maintain optimal fill level with a FlexPower Node and poweroptimized ultrasonic sensor.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 396
Product: To monitor the valve temperature to identify possible energy losses and schedule repairs.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 409
Product: To replace failing wired systems with a Node and Gateway pair.
Robotics Retrofit
Temp and Humidity Control
Retention Pond Monitoring
Center Pivot Irrigation
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 396
Product: To eliminate the need for slip rings using a FlexNode to capture data onboard a moving robot.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 396
Product: To monitor and maintain important environmental conditions.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 406
Product: To remotely monitor retention ponds and eliminate manual collection measurements.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 406
Product: To monitor every motor along the center pivot arm and ensure all sections are rotating properly.
47
Applications
Indicator & Actuator Applications
Machine Status Indication Pump Panel Status Indication Checkout Lane Status Indication Conveyor Jam detection
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 442
Product: To clearly indicate where in the process the machine is, and when the machine needs attention.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 442
Product: To use multiple lights and audible alert to communicate pump status, even from a distance.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 441
Product: To identify which grocery store lanes are open, which are closed and which are about to close.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 454
Product: To use an indicator light and audible alert to signal a conveyor jam.
Part Loaded Indicator
Process Inspection Indicator
Remote Level Indication
Traffic Control
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 441
Product: To signal to an operator that a part is placed correctly, without leaving the station.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 441
Product: To allow an inspector to monitor the pass/fail reading of several sensors at the same time.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 441
Product: To alert the operator that a sensor has detected that the content level is running low.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 459
Product: To indicate the status of a loading dock.
Call for Parts
Incorrect Pick Signal
Wide Bin Confirmation
Call for Service
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 459
Product: To alert personal to refill bins before parts are depleted.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 465
Product: To indicate whether the operator is picking from the correct bin or wrong bin.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 465
Product: To provide compact part-pick confirmation for a shelf with a wide opening.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 465
Product: To signal and indicate that service is required using a hanging indicator and push button.
Enclosure Lighting
Order Fulfillment
Long Bin Pick-to-Light
Part Pick Verification
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 422
Product: To provide bright, even illumination where space is limited.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 470
Product: To guide a packer to the next item in an order and to confirm the pick.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 472
Product: To provide pick-to-light sensing for bins that extend beyond the rack.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 475
Product: To indicate which part to pick for an assembly and to verify the pick is done.
48
Applications
Machine Safety Applications
Personnel Protection with Fixed Blanking Guarding in ESD-Sensitive Environment Safe Material Access Perimeter Guarding
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 489
Product: To protect hands and fingers from the hazardous parts of a carton erector.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 489
Product: To guard a wafer cell in an environment sensitive to electrostatic discharge.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 489
Product: To prevent injury while allowing materials into a process.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 489
Product: To combine a light screen and mirrors to guard access to a work cell.
Vertical and Horizontal Guarding
Weld Cell Protection
L-Configured Guarding
Small Machine Guarding
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 489
Product: Guarding of two sides of machine because of separate operator load and unload stations.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 489
Product: To protect operators in semi-automated operations involving the manual feeding and/or removal of parts.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 489
Product: To link multiple light screens to safeguard a robotic cell.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 501
Product: To provide low-profile, point-ofoperation guarding for small machinery.
U-Configured Guarding
L-Configured Guarding without Overlapping
Lower-Risk Machine Guarding
Lower-Risk Machine Guarding
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 501
Product: To guard multiple sides of a machine without overlapping light curtains.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 501
Product: To provide continual sensing with no gaps.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 511
Product: To provide guarding for a lower-risk application.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 511
Product: To protect personnel from a machine that can cause slight injuries.
Perimeter Guarding
Single-Point Access Guarding
Entry/Exit Guarding with Muting
Explosive Environment Point-of-Operation Guarding
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 516
Product: To shut off the hazardous motion of a tube bender when someone enters the cell.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 516
Product: To prevent personnel from accessing a hazardous area.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 525
Product: To prevent personnel from accessing a hazardous area.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
Product:
To protect hands from a hazard while allowing material to pass through, by spacing individual Points as needed.
page 516
49
Applications
Moving Door Monitoring Explosive Environment Guarding with Muting Monitoring Access to an Assembly Line Collision Avoidance
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 516
Product: To prevent passengers from being struck by closing doors.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 516
Product: To provide entry/exit guarding and muting, using Points in an explosive environment.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 525
Product: To detect the presence/absence of objects or personnel as vehicles move along an assembly line.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 525
Product: To provide collision avoidance for automated guided vehicle (AGV).
Two-Zone Monitoring
AGV Turn Clearance
Point-of-Operation Guarding
Whole Body Detection
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 525
Product: To detect the approach of personnel to each of two operator work stations of a robotic cell.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
Product:
To detect the presence of personnel or objects in the path of the automated guided vehicle (AGV).
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
Product:
To detect a hand, arm or entire body using reference container monitoring.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
Product:
To safeguard a pallet load/unload station using two scanners with field pair switch over.
page 525
page 525
page 525
Monitoring of Multiple Safety Devices
Monitoring of Multiple Safety Devices
Emergency Stop Monitoring
Emergency Stop Monitoring
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
Product:
To provide monitoring of safety light grids, interlock switches, E-Stop button and a run bar with one safety controller.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
Product:
To monitor a safety light screen, selfchecking touch buttons and an E-Stop button with one safety controller.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 533
page 533
page 537
Product: To stop a machines operation in an emergency, using a module with three output switching channels.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 537
Product: To stop a machines operation in an emergency, using a module with four output switching channels.
Gate Monitoring
Mat Monitoring
Safe Material Access
Two-Hand Control Monitoring
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 529
Product: To monitor a door-guarding switch, whether the switch is mechanical or magnetic.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 547
Product: To monitor a safety mat that provides area guarding by responding to pressure.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 529
Product: To prevent injury while allowing material into a process.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 560
Product: To monitor any actuation device pair, using a module with two redundant output contacts.
50
Applications
Two-Hand Control Monitoring Two-Hand Control Monitoring with Muting Swinging Gate Monitoring Gate Monitoring
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 560
Product: To monitor any actuation device pair, using a module with four redundant output contacts.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 560
Product: To use a two-hand control to start a cycle and mute during the cycles safe portion.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 578
Product: To safeguard a hazard with a guard, gate or door that is mounted on a hinge.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 578
Product: To prevent trapping or crushing by protecting an interlocked breakaway guard with an integral hinge.
Switch Door Locking
Sliding Door Monitoring
Emergency Stopping
Emergency Stopping
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 593
Product: To lock out an area until a machines hazardous motion stops.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 593
Product: To instantly stop a hazardous machine when sliding door is opened.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 610
Product: To instantly stop the hazardous motion of a conveyor from multiple points, using a heavy-duty switch.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
Product:
To instantly stop the hazardous motion of a conveyor from multiple points, using a center-mounted switch.
page 617
Emergency Stopping
Emergency Stopping
Emergency Stopping
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 617
Product: To instantly stop the hazardous motion of a conveyor from multiple points, using an end-mounted switch.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 617
Product: To instantly stop the hazardous motion of a machine from a safe distance.
ONLINE
LOOK FOR MORE INFO
page 606
Product: To instantly stop the hazardous motion of a machine from a safe distance.
51
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
SENSORS
Photoelectric Miniature Compact Midsize Fullsize
Page 60 61 89 153 193
Fiber Optic Sensors Fiber Sensors Plastic Fibers Glass Fibers
Page 226 226 252 269
Special Purpose Part & Area Slot & Label Registration Mark & Color Luminescence Optical Touch Buttons
Page 276 277 279 286 293 299
Measurement & Inspection Light Gauging Ultrasonic Measuring Array Radar
Page 300 303 316 348 362
52
Basics of Photoelectric Sensing

How a sensor pair works
A photoelectric sensor is an optical control used in a variety of automated processes. It works by detecting a visible or invisible beam of light, and responding to a change in the received light intensity. Effective beam: Working part of a photoelectric beam. Radiation pattern: Total area of sensing energy emission. Field of view: Area of response.
Sensing Modes
One way to tell sensors apart is by their sensing mode, the method in which a sensor sends and receives light. Photoelectric sensors are divided into three basic OPPOSED sensing modes: opposed, retroreflective and proximity. (more on page 54) Opposed mode: The sensors emitter and receiver are housed in two RETROREFLECTIVE separate units. The emitter is placed opposite the receiver. An object is detected when it breaks the effective beam. Retroreflective mode: The sensor contains both the emitter and receiver elements. The effective beam is established between the emitter, the retroreflector and the receiver. As with an opposed-mode sensor, an object is sensed when it interrupts or breaks the effective beam.
Photoelectrics Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Special Purpose Sensors Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches Emergency Stop & Stop Control
Components of a Sensor
Emitter contains the light source, usually an LED, and an oscillator which modulates the LED at a high rate of speed. The emitter sends a modulated light beam to the receiver. Receiver decodes the light beam and switches an output device that interfaces with the load.
Receiver Field of View E ective Beam Emitter Radiation Pattern
Proximity mode: These sensors contain both emitter and receiver elements. A proximity-mode sensor detects an object when emitted light is reflected off CONVERGENT the object, DIFFUSE the sensor. back to
DIVERGENT DIVERGENT
CONVERGENT BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION
DIFFUSE
EMITTER
RECEIVER
FIXED-FIELD BACKGROUND
SUPPRESSION
FOREGROUND SUPPRESSION
MINIATURE COMPACT MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
Types of Sensors
1. Self-contained sensors: One-piece photoelectric sensors that contain both the optics and the electronics. These sensors perform their own modulation, demodulation, amplification and output switching. 2. Remote systems: Sensing systems in which the amplification and the optical sensing are divided. The opto-elements contain only the optical components, allowing the sensing heads to be extremely small. The amplifier module contains the power input, amplification and output switching. This allows the sensitive electronics to be located away from the Amplifier Opto-Elements sensing event. 3. Fiber optic systems: Sensing systems in which fiber optic cables are used with either remote or self-contained sensors. Fiber optic devices have no electrical circuitry and no moving parts, and can be used to safely pipe light into and out of hostile environments.
Fibers
Right-Angle Housing
In-Line Housing
Range
The range is the specified operating distance of a sensor or sensing system. Opposed mode: The distance from the emitter to the receiver. Retroreflective mode: The distance from the sensor to the retroreflector. Proximity mode: The distance from the sensor to the object being sensed.
Contrast
Contrast is the ratio of the amount of light falling on a receiver in the light state, compared to the dark state. Increasing contrast in any sensing situation will increase the reliability of the sensing system. (more on page 57)
Excess Gain
Excess gain is a measurement of the amount of light falling on a receiver, over and above the amount of light required to operate the sensor. (more on page 55)
Beam Pattern
A beam pattern is plotted on a 2-dimensional graph to illustrate how the sensor responds to its emitter or sensing target. Use the beam pattern to estimate placement of the sensing system with respect to adjacent objects. (more on page 56)
53
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Learning about sensing modes

Mode
OPPOSED
Features
Most reliable mode for opaque targets High excess gain results in long sensing range Good performance in contaminated environments High tolerance to misalignment
E X C E S S G A I N
Excess Gain
Beam Pattern
SENSORS
DISTANCE
RETROREFLECTIVE
Convenient when space is limited High excess gain results in long sensing range
E X C E S S G A I N
Retroreflective Mode
with BRT-84 Reflector
DISTANCE
DIFFUSE
Convenient when space is limited Used in applications requiring reflectivity monitoring
E X C E S S G A I N DISTANCE
DIVERGENT
Convenient when space is limited Good performance in detecting clear materials at close range Used in applications requiring reflectivity monitoring Reliable in detection of shiny or vibrating surfaces
CONVERGENT
Used for accurate positioning Excellent in small color mark or small object detection applications Used for accurate counting of radiused objects High excess gain allows detection of objects having low reflectivity
BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION
Definite range limit used to ignore backgrounds High excess gain allows detection of objects having low reflectivity Good at detecting targets of varying reflectivity
Definite range limit used to sense backgrounds Reliable detection when the color or shape of the objects vary Detect objects that return no light to sensor
54
What is Excess Gain?

Measuring Excess Gain
Excess gain is a measurement of the sensing light energy over and above the minimum amount required to operate the sensors amplifier. This extra sensing energy is used to overcome signal attenuation caused by contaminants in the sensing environment. Choose a sensor that will give you the optimal excess gain for your application. In most sensing situations, high excess gain relates directly to sensing reliability. Excess Gain = Light energy falling on receiver element Sensors amplifier threshold
Excess Gain Curve

An excess gain curve is plotted on an X/Y axis. E It shows the excess gain available for a particular X C sensor or sensing system as a function of distance. E S Excess gain curves are plotted for conditions of S perfectly clean air and maximum receiver gain. G
1000
Photoelectrics Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Special Purpose Sensors Measurement & Inspection Sensors
100 With BRT-3 Reflector 10
Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators
Threshold: The level of sensing energy
A I requiredN
to cause the sensors output to switch ON or OFF. 1.01 m .033' Excess gain of one (1x) is the measured voltage at the amplifier threshold level. Excess gain charts are useful when comparing sensors for an application, as direct measurement of amplifier voltage is often impractical.
.10 m .33'
1.0 m 3.3'
10 m 33'
Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules
Blind Spot
DISTANCE
Reading an Excess Gain Curve

OPPOSED MODE The excess gain of an opposed-mode sensor pair is directly related to sensing distance. If the sensing distance is doubled, the excess gain is reduced by a factor of one-fourth, so the curve is always a straight line, when plotted on a log-log scale.
1000
Safety Interlock Switches Emergency Stop & Stop Control
E X C E S S G A I N
100
10
OPPOSED OPPOSED
1 .01 m .033'
Reading an Opposed Mode Curve If an environment is moderately dirty (with 10x minimum excess gain required), sensors can be mounted up to approximately 1.2 meters apart.
.10 m .33' 1.0 m 3.3' 10 m 33'
DISTANCE
1000
RETROREFLECTIVE MODE RETROREFLECTIVE

OPPOSED
RETROREFLECTIVE
RETROREFLECTIVE
The shape of a retroreflective excess gain curve is significantly influenced by the size of the retroreflector. The larger the retroreflector, the larger the shape and size of the curve.
E X C E S S G A I N
100 With BRT-3 Reflector 10
1 .01 m .033'
Blind Spot
.10 m .33'
1.0 m 3.3'
10 m 33'
Reading a Retro Mode Curve If an environment is moderately dirty (with 10x minimum excess gain required), a BRT-3 retroreflector can be mounted 0.15 to 0.5 meters away from the sensor for reliable sensing.
DISTANCE
PROXIMITY MODE
1000
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
Excess gain for proximity-mode sensors is usually lower than that of other photoelectric sensing modes, because proximity modes depend on light reflected off the surface of a target. The curves are plotted using a Kodak 90% CONVERGENT reflectance white test card as the reference material. CONVERGENT Other materials are ranked compared to the test card in the table below.
CONVERGENT BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION
E X C E S S G A I N
Range based on 90% reflectance white test card
100
10
1 1 mm 0.04"
10 mm 0.4"
100 mm 4"
1000 mm 40"
Reading a Proximity Mode Curve Use the online Relative Reflectivity Chart to estimate the excess gain required. Multiply the excess gain required to sense the material by the excess gain level required for the environment.
DISTANCE
DIFFUSE DIVERGENT
DIVERGENT
Excess Gain Guidelines

Excess DIVERGENT (1x) describes the measured sensing energy at the amplifier gain of one BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION threshold level. These guidelines show how much excess gain is required to overcome environmental conditions.
Relative Reflectivity
When using a proximity sensor, refer to the Relative Reflectivity chart to determine how reflectivity of different target surfaces will affect the excess gain requirements. Here are some sample targets.
EG
1.5x
General Conditions
Clean air: No dirt buildup on lenses or reflectors. Slightly dirty: Slight buildup of dust, dirt, oil, moisture, etc. on lenses or reflectors. Lenses are cleaned on a regular schedule. Moderately dirty: Obvious contamination of lenses or reflectors (but not obscured). Lenses cleaned occasionally or when necessary. Very dirty: Heavy contamination of lenses. Heavy fog, mist, dust, smoke, or oil film. Minimal cleaning of lenses.
Material
Stainless steel, microfinish Natural aluminum, unfinished Kraft paper, cardboard
General Reflectivity
400% 140% 70% 40% 35% 20%
Minimum Excess Gain Required

0.2 0.6 1.3 2.3 2.6 4.5
5x
10x
Clear plastic bottle Tissue paper (1 ply) Rough wood pallet (clean)
50x
55
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
How to read a beam pattern

Beam Pattern Measuring a beam pattern
Uses for Beam Patterns

Predict general radiation pattern given a specific target. Predict how multiple sensors can be mounted on a line without generating crosstalk. Provide accurate depiction of a light pattern a few feet from the sensor.
SENSORS
A beam pattern is plotted on a 2-dimensional graph to illustrate how the photoelectric receiver is designed to respond to its emitter. Maximum light energy occurs along the sensors optical axis. The light energy decreases towards the beam pattern boundaries. The horizontal axis usually shows the range of the sensor.
300 mm 200 mm 100 mm 12.0 " 8.0 " 4.0 "
Optical Axis
E #1
R #1 E #1 R #1 E #2 R #3 E #1 E #2 E #3 R #1 R #2 R #3
Emitter
100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 0 .6 m 2' 1.2 m 4' 1.8 m 6' 2.4 m 8'
Receiver
4.0 " 8.0 " 12.0 " 3.0 m 10' 3.6 m 12'
E #3 R #3 E #2 R #2
R #2 E #3
Distance from emitter to receiver
Beam Pattern
Mechanical Separation
Alternating Emitter/Receiver Beam Pattern (Non-Polarized)
Off-Angle
Diffuse-Mode Beam
Beam Pattern Beam Pattern (Opposed Mode shown) Beam Pattern
Using Beam Patterns to Avoid Optical Crosstalk
Beam Pattern (Non-Polarized) Beam Pattern (Non-Polarized)
Diffuse-Mode Bea Diffuse-Mode Beam
Reading a Beam Pattern

300 mm 200 mm 300 mm 100 mm 300 mm 200 mm Emitter 200 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 12.0" 8.0" 12.0" 4.0" 12.0" 8.0" Receiver8.0" 4.0" 4.0" 4.0"
OPPOSED MODE
Emitter Emitter 200 mm

OPPOSED
100 mm 300 mm 100 mm 200 mm 200 mm 0 300 mm 300 mm 0 0
Receiver8.0" Receiver
Uses: To predict how closely adjacent, parallel opposed-mode sensor pairs can be placed to each other without generating optical crosstalk. Horizontal: Scale shows separation distance between the emitter and receiver. Vertical: The balloon-shaped plot defines the boundary of the receivers response to the emitter. The receiver response is measured on either side of the optical axis.
.6 m 2' .6 m 2' 2'
1.2 m 4' 1.2 m 4' 4'
1.8 m 6' 1.8 m 6' 6'
2.4 m 8' 2.4 m 8' 8'
3.0 m 10' 3.0 m 3.0 m 10' 10'
4.0" 12.0" 4.0" 8.0" 8.0" 3.6 m 12.0" 12'12.0"
Distance 1.2 m emitter to receiver from 1.8 m .6 m 2.4 m Distance from emitter to receiver Distance from emitter to receiver
3.6 m 3.6 m 12' 12'
60 mm 40 mm 60 mm 20 mm 60 mm 40 mm Sensor 40 mm 20 mm 20 mm
2.4 " 1.6" 2.4 0.8"" 2.4 " 1.6" BRT-3 Reflector 1.6" 0.8" 0.8" 0.8"
Uses: To show the area within which the sensor will respond to the retroreflector. The size of the beam pattern is proportional to the size and the reflective efficiency of the retroreflector. Horizontal: The scale shows the related distance between the retroreflective sensor and the retroreflector. Vertical: The scale depicts the farthest distance on either side of the sensors optical axis where a retroreflector can establish a beam with the sensor. Blind Spot: If a beam pattern shows an area of no response at close range, it is indicating that the sensor has a blind spot area, where a retroreflector should not be located.
RETROREFLECTIVE MODE
Sensor Sensor 40 mm
20 mm 60 mm 20 mm 40 mm 40 mm 0 60 mm 60 mm
BRT-3 Reflector 1.6" BRT-3 Reflector

0.8" 2.4" 0.8" 1.6" 1.6" 3.6 m 2.4" 12' 2.4"
.6 m 2'
1.2 m 4'
1.8 m 6
2.4 m 8'
3.0 m 10'
RETRO
Distance m 0 .6 from the m 1.2 sensor to retroreflector m 1.8 m 2.4 m 3.0 0 .6 m 1.2 m 1.8 m 2.4 m 3.0 m 2' 4' 6 8' 10' 2' 4' 6 8' 10' Distance from the sensor to retroreflector Distance from the sensor to retroreflector
3.6 m 3.6 m 12' 12'
Retroreflective beam patterns are plotted using a model BRT-3 (75 mm) retroreflector (except where otherwise specified).
18 mm
0.75" 0.50" 0.75" 0.25" 0.75" 0.50" 0 Target 0.50" 0.25" 0.25" 0.25" 0 Target 0.50" Target 0 0.25" 0.75" 0.25" 0.50" 0.50" 375 mm 450 mm 0.75" 15' 18' 0.75"
PROXIMITY MODE
12 mm 18 mm 6 mm 18 mm 12 mm Sensor 12 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm
DIFFUSE
Sensor 12 mm Sensor
Uses: To show the boundary within which the edge of a light-colored diffuse surface will be detected as it moves past the sensor. The sensors optical axis is represented as 0 on the vertical scale. Horizontal: The scale shows the distance from the sensor to the targets surface. Vertical: The scale shows the width of the sensor response measured on either side of the optical axis.
CONVERGENT DIVERGENT
6 mm 18 mm 6 mm 12 mm 12 mm 0 18 mm 18 mm
75 mm 3'
150 mm 6'
225 mm 9'
300 mm 12'
0 75 mm 150 mm 225 mm surface375 mm 450 mm Distance from sensor225 target300mm 375 mm 450 mm to mm 300 mm 0 75 mm 150 mm 3' 6' 9' 12' 15' 18' 3' 6' 9' 12' 15' 18'
DIFFUSE
Distance from sensor to target surface Distance from patterns are plotted using an 8 x 10 Proximity-mode beamsensor to target surface 90% reflective white Kodak test card.
56
Learning about contrast

Measuring contrast
Contrast is also referred to as the light-to-dark ratio. While most sensors do not allow direct measurement of light signals, contrast can be estimated. The higher the contrast ratio, the better and more accurately your sensor will detect its target. Contrast = Received light in the light condition Received light in the dark condition
Contrast Guidelines
Follow these contrast guidelines to improve sensing reliability: 1. Choose a sensor or lensing option that will optimize contrast in any photoelectric sensing situation. 2. Adjust alignment and gain for maximum contrast during sensor installation. 3. If light and dark conditions are separated by 1/3 or more of the adjustment range of a sensors sensitivity potentiometer, contrast is sufficient. Most Banner sensors intended for low-contrast applications are microprocessor-driven and will provide feedback of relative contrast.
Photoelectrics Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Special Purpose Sensors Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches
ON
Hysteresis
OFF
Hysteresis: Difference of output switchpoint (threshold) from on-to-off, vs. off-to-on. Prevents output chatter.
Bargraph LED Number Relative Contrast/ Recommendation
Excellent: Very stable operation Good: Minor sensing variables will not affect sensing reliability. Low: Minor sensing variables will affect sensing reiability. Marginal: Consider an alternate sensing scheme.
OFF
Light Condition
ON
Dark Condition
OFF
ON
6 to 8 4 to 5 2 to 3 1
Threshold: Point where output change-of-state occurs.
Threshold
Adjusting Sensitivity
Field-adjust the sensitivity of a sensor in order to maximize the contrast in an application.
Bargraph sensors offer relative feedback in low-contrast applications. Concept Concept Concept
Technique
Process
Concept
Operating sensitivity setting Operating sensitivity setting (midway between light and dark thresholds) Operating sensitivity setting (midway between light and dark thresholds) (midway between light and dark thresholds)
Switchpoint Switchpoint threshold for Switchpoint threshold for light condition threshold for light condition light condition
Minimum sensitivity Minimum Minimum sensitivity sensitivity Switching hysteresis Switching Switching hysteresis hysteresis
Potentiometer Adjustment
Manually adjust sensitivity with the potentiometer.
1. Adjust potentiometer to minimum. 2. Present the light and dark sensing conditions individually, turning the potentiometer slowly clockwise, until the alignment indicator just comes on. Note the settings. 3. Adjust the potentiometer to approximately midway between the two settings.
Switchpoint Switchpoint threshold for Switchpoint threshold for dark condition threshold for dark condition dark condition
Maximum sensitivity Maximum Maximum sensitivity sensitivity
SET Mode Adjustment

Sensors microprocessor automates sensitivity adjustment.
Operating sensitivity setting Operating sensitivity setting (automatically set by sensor) Operating sensitivity setting (automatically set by sensor) (automatically set by sensor) SET
Present the dark sensing condition, and press the SET button. The sensor automatically sets the operating sensitivity below the switchpoint threshold for the dark condition.
SET dark condition SET dark condition dark condition

Minimum sensitivity Minimum Minimum sensitivity sensitivity
Switching hysteresis Switching Switching hysteresis hysteresis
TEACH Mode Adjustment

Sensors microprocessor optimizes sensitivity adjustment between two user-set reference points.
1. Present the light sensing condition, and single-click the TEACH button. 2. Present the dark sensing condition, and (again) single-click the TEACH button. 3. The sensor automatically sets the operating sensitivity.
TEACH TEACH light condition TEACH light condition light condition

Minimum sensitivity Minimum Minimum sensitivity sensitivity
Operating sensitivity setting Operating sensitivity setting (automatically set by sensor) Operating sensitivity setting (automatically set by sensor) (automatically set by sensor)
TEACH darkTEACH condition TEACH dark condition dark condition

Switching hysteresis Switching Switching hysteresis hysteresis
57
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
What is response time?

Response time is the maximum time required for the sensor to respond to a change in the input signal. It is the time from when the sensor sees its target to when it gives an output signal to the load. Response time is the time between the leading (or trailing) edge of the sensing event and the outputs change of state. The response time of sensors with discrete output depends largely on the sensors output switching device. In general, sensors with solid-state outputs provide faster switching.
T1
Calculating Response Time

You can determine a sensors required response time when you know the size, speed and spacing of the objects to be detected.
SENSORS
Sensing event
TR
Output turns on
Response Time =
Object width (or gap between objects) Object velocity

75 mm 25 mm (typical)
T1 = Time of one light pulse TR = Response time
Response time can help determine how long a fast-moving object must stay in the sensors field-of-view in order to be detected. It is especially important when your application requires detection of: High-speed events Small objects moving at high speeds Narrow gaps between objects Brief intervals between sensing events
600/minute
Packet Speed = 1 m/sec
Response time vs. sensing range

The speed of response of a modulated photoelectric sensor is limited by its frequency of modulation. There is a direct trade-off between sensor response time and sensing range (excess gain). High-speed sensors are modulated faster, thus yielding shorter range. If an LED is pulsed less often, it can be pulsed with a higher current, thereby producing more light energy.
Calculate Response Time for Seed Packets with a Convergent Sensor
Application Example
To calculate the required sensor response time, the production line speed is first converted to the speed of, in this case, a seed packet. When calculating the speed of the seed packet, take into account the space between the packets. 1. Determine how many packets are being processed per second: 600 packets/minute = 10 packets per second 2. Determine the distance of linear travel: 75 mm (packet width) + 25 mm (space between packets) = 100 mm 3. Calculate speed of packet = 100 mm/packet x 10 packets/sec Packet Speed = 1 m/sec Knowing the speed of the object (1 m/sec), it is possible to calculate the time during which the sensor sees a packet of seeds.
Light Energy
Time
Fast Response Yields Lower Excess Gain
Repeatability
The repeatability specification is used in applications where customers need to know the precise position of a moving part. The sensors output is allowed to switch only after a few modulated light pulses are counted. The response time before a modulated sensor turns on is equal to the time required for the sensor to count that number of pulses, and the sensor output changes state as soon as the sensor counts enough light pulses of the correct frequency. Since the sensing event can occur at any time during a modulation cycle, the actual time between the sensing event and the sensors output change can vary by up to one modulation cycle. This variation is the sensors repeatability.
Light condition: Sensing condition characterized by higher level of

received sensing energy. Object width (75 mm) Object velocity (1 m/sec) Time of each packet passing the sensor = .075 sec = 75 ms
Dark condition:
energy (or none).
Sensing condition characterized by lower level of light Space width (25 mm) Object velocity (1 m/sec) Time of each space passing the sensor = .025 sec = 25 ms
In this application, the time between the packets is much less than the time during which the sensor sees a packet. As a result, the dark (or OFF) time between packets is the more important consideration.
58
Learning about outputs

The output circuit is the section of the sensor that interfaces to the external load. Output also refers to the useful energy delivered by the sensor. Knowing the voltage and current requirements of the load is crucial to selecting the best sensor. Sensors with analog outputs always interface to circuits or devices which operate at low levels of dc voltage and current. Sensors with discrete outputs interface to either ac or dc loads.
Light Operate/Dark Operate

The sensor should be active when the application requires it. With discrete photoelectric sensors, the input and the output are characterized by one of two sensing terms: Light Operate and Dark Operate. Light Operate Dark Operate Dark Light Operate Light Operate Operate Dark Operate
Photoelectrics Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Special Purpose Sensors Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners
Discrete/Analog Output
The output of a sensor is either discrete or analog. A discrete, or switched, output has only two states: ON and OFF. ON and OFF commonly refer to the status of the load that the sensor output is controlling. Analog
Output
ON
Discrete
Digital
OFF
Safety Controllers & Modules
An analog sensor is one that varies over a range of voltage (or current) and is proportional to some sensing parameter. Analog sensors provide a metered or gradual response.
ON
The sensor sees light. The sensor The sensor sees light. The sensor sees dark. sees dark.
The sensor sees light.
The sensor sees dark.
Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches Emergency Stop & Stop Control
Output
Light Operate (LO):

OFF
Dark Operate (DO):

The complement of LO, where the sensor output energizes its load when it no longer sees the modulated light.
Analog Analog
Digital
A condition where a photoelectric sensor output energizes its load when the sensor sees a sufficient amount of its own modulated light.
Contact Configuration Types

Solid-State Relays
Switching is accomplished by elements such as a transistor or SCR, without moving parts, heated filament or vacuum gaps. Complementary outputs: The dual-output configuration of a sensing device, where one output is Normally Open and the other is Normally Closed. In this case, both outputs have the same switchpoint, but only one output conducts at a time. NPN output (sinking): Output switch configured with its collector open and its emitter connected to ground (dc common). to The load is connected between the output + V dc (collector) and the positive of the dc supply.
Output
LOAD
E/M Relays
Used when a sensor provides direct control of a load that draws more current than can be handled by a solid-state relay. Double-throw contacts are used in interfaces that require complementary switching. E/M relays are useful when a string of sensor outputs are wired together in series for AND logic. Some E/M relay configurations include SPST, SPDT, DPST and DPDT.
Relay (NC)
Common
Switch (NC)
Common
PNP output (sourcing): Output switch configured with its collector open and its emitter connected to the positive of the sensor supply voltage. The load is connected between the output (collector) and ground (dc common). Bipolar outputs: The dual-output configuration of a dc sensing device, where one output switch is a sinking device (NPN) and the other output switch is a sourcing device (PNP). Both outputs have the same switchpoint.
to dc common
(NO)
(NO)
NPN Transistor Switching element (NPN transistor)
to + V dc
Output
LOAD
Normally Open (NO): Designation for contacts of a switch or relay that are not connected when at rest. When activated, the contacts close (become connected). Normally Closed (NC): Designation for contacts of a switch or relay that are connected when at rest. When activated, the contacts open (separate).
Switching element PNP Transistor (PNP transistor)

LOAD LOAD
to dc common
+ V dc
Bipolar Output
dc common
59
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Miniature. . . . . . . . . . . . . page 61 WORLD-BEAM Q12 M12 T8 S12/SB12 VSM VS1 VS2 VS3
SENSORS
60
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 89 WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM S18/M18 T18 TM18 Q25
Midsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 153 WORLD-BEAM QS30 S30 SM30/SMI30 T30 Q40 PicoDot QM42/QMT42
Fullsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 193 Q45 OMNI-BEAM Q60
MINIATURE SENSORS
WORLD-BEAM Q12 M12 T8 S12/SB12
Photoelectrics Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Special Purpose Sensors Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens
VSM
VS1
VS2
VS3
Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches Emergency Stop & Stop Control
MINIATURE
WORLD-BEAM Q12
page 62
M12
page 66
T8
8 mm thread ultra-miniature sensor Convenient T-shaped package 50 or 100 mm diffuse range Powerful 2 m opposed range
page 70
COMPACT MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
Universal housing for consistent mounting regardless of sensing mode Fits in extremely confined areas Opposed, retroreflective and fixed-field modes Overmolded design for enhanced durability and shielding Models with PFA jacket for wet or corrosive environments
12 mm threaded metal barrel Ideal replacement for range limited proximity sensors Opposed, retroreflective, diffuse and fixed-field modes Excellent background suppression for fixed-field models
S12/SB12
12 mm plastic barrel Thread- or snap-barrel housing 1.5 or 15 m opposed-mode sensing range Can be easily embedded in machinery
page 73
VSM
page 76
VS1
page 80
Tough stainless steel housing with sapphire lens in convergent and opposed sensing modes Sensor with housings as small as 4 mm diameter Well focused beam to allow recessing into fixtures
Available with 10 or 15 mm focal length Available in Dark- or Light-Operate models Provides high-quality, low-cost replacement for competitive miniature sensors
VS2
Ultra-thin opposed and convergent modes Flat front mounting Range up to 3 m
page 83
VS3
Advanced coaxial lens design Range up to 250 mm Accurate detection of shiny objects Sensing up to the face of the sensor
page 86
61
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Side-Mount Sensors
WORLD-BEAM Q12
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Features a housing as small as 22 x 8 x 12 mm for powerful sensing performance in extremely confined areas Rated IP67 for use in a wide range of locations and applications Mounts directly on or inside manufacturing equipment using robust metal-lined mounting holes Provides excellent crosstalk avoidance circuitry for multi-sensor applications Uses unique overmolded design for enhanced durability and shielding Provides bright, visible red (640 nm) sensing beam for simple alignment Features models with liquid-tight PFA jackets for use in wet and corrosive environments
Q12 Sensing Modes
page 64
OPPOSED
RETRO
P
POLAR RETRO
Q12 Opposed
page 63
Q12 Retroreflective
page 63
Q12 Fixed-Field
page 63
page 63 Q12 PFA-Jacketed Liquid tight to withstand wet and corrosive environments Chemical resistant for use in cleaning, printing, etching and other chemical processes Opposed and fixed-field models
FIXED-FIELD
2 m range 1.3 millisecond response time Embeddable in confined spaces
Range up to 1.5 m 700 microsecond response time Ideal for difficult to access areas and detection of shiny objects (polarized retroreflective models)
Range of 15, 30 or 50 mm, depending on model Excellent background cutoff Small sensitivity to target color
8 mm 12.4 mm
22 mm 15 mm
12.5 mm 22.6 mm
28.8 mm
Opposed, Retroreflective and Fixed-field Models Suffix E, R, LV and FF
Chemical-resistant Models Suffix CR
62
WORLD-BEAM Q12, 10-30V dc

Sensing Mode/LED Range Connection
2m 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m
OPPOSED
Visible Red LED
Output
Bipolar NPN/PNP Bipolar NPN/PNP PNP NPN Bipolar NPN/PNP Bipolar NPN/PNP PNP NPN Bipolar NPN/PNP Bipolar NPN/PNP PNP NPN Bipolar NPN/PNP Bipolar NPN/PNP PNP NPN Bipolar NPN/PNP Bipolar NPN/PNP PNP NPN Bipolar NPN/PNP Bipolar NPN/PNP PNP NPN
Models LO
Models DO
Excess Gain
Beam Pattern
Photoelectrics Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Special Purpose Sensors Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision
Q126E Emitter Q126EQ Emitter Q12AB6R Q12AB6RQ
Q126EQ3 Emitter Q12RB6R Q12RB6RQ
2m 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m
EGC-1 (p. 64)
BP-1 (p. 65)
Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules
Q12AP6RQ3 Q12AN6RQ3 Q12AB6LV Q12AB6LVQ Q12AP6LVQ3 Q12AN6LVQ3 Q12AB6LP Q12AB6LPQ Q12AP6LPQ3 Q12AN6LPQ3 Q12AB6FF15 Q12AB6FF15Q Q12AP6FF15Q3 Q12AN6FF15Q3 Q12AB6FF30
Q12RP6RQ3 Q12RN6RQ3 Q12RB6LV Q12RB6LVQ Q12RP6LVQ3 Q12RN6LVQ3 Q12RB6LP Q12RB6LPQ Q12RP6LPQ3 Q12RN6LPQ3 Q12RB6FF15 Q12RB6FF15Q Q12RP6FF15Q3 Q12RN6FF15Q3 Q12RB6FF30

1.5 m
RETRO
EGC-2 (p. 64)
BP-2 (p. 65)
P
POLAR RETRO
1 m
4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD
EGC-3 (p. 64)
BP-3 (p. 65)
ACCESSORIES
page 64
15 mm Cutoff
EGC-4 (p. 65)
MINIATURE WORLD-BEAM Q12 M12
30 mm Cutoff
FIXED-FIELD FIXED-FIELD
Q12AB6FF30Q Q12AP6FF30Q3 Q12AB6FF50

Q12RB6FF30Q Q12RP6FF30Q3 Q12RB6FF50

EGC-5 (p. 65)
T8 S12/SB12 VSM VS1 VS2 VS3 COMPACT
Q12AN6FF30Q3 Q12AB6FF50Q
Q12RN6FF30Q3 Q12RB6FF50Q
50 mm Cutoff
Q12AP6FF50Q3
Q12RP6FF50Q3
EGC-6 (p. 65)
MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
Q12AN6FF50Q3
Q12RN6FF50Q3
Connection options:
Bipolar Models Only: For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q12AB W/30). QD models: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 64). For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style QD, add suffix Q5 (example, Q126EQ5). For sensors with a PFA chemical-resistant jacket (opposed and fixed-field), add suffix CR to the 2 m model number (example, Q12AB6R15CR). Retroreflective range is specified using a BRT-60X40C retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. PFA chemical-resistant models provide a range of 1.5 m in opposed mode and 12, 28 or 48 mm in fixed-field mode, depending on model.
WORLD-BEAM Q12 Specifications

Sensing Beam Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating 640 nm visible red 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) @ 20 mA max. current Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Bipolar: 1 NPN (current sinking) and 1 PNP (current sourcing); Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO), depending on model Single-output: 1 NPN or 1 PNP; light operate (LO) or dark operate (DO), depending on model 50 mA total across both outputs with overload and short circuit protection OFF-state leakage current: ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: 200 A NPN: 1.25V @ 50 mA PNP: 10 A PNP: 1.45V @ 50 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up; short-circuit protected. Opposed: 1.3 milliseconds ON; 900 microseconds OFF All others: 700 microseconds ON/OFF
More on next page
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time
63
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE

Delay at Power-up Repeatability Switching Frequency 175 microseconds Opposed models: 385 Hz
(contd)
120 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time.
All other models: 715 Hz
SENSORS
Indicators
2 LED indicators (Emitters-Green only): Greenpower ON Yellowlight sensed Polarized Retroreflective: Thermoplastic elastomer housing with glass lens Standard: Thermoplastic elastomer housing with polycarbonate lens Chemical-resistant: Housing encased in PFA jacket; cable encased in 3/16" O.D. PFA tubing. Standard: IEC IP67 Chemical-resistant: IEC IP67 (NEMA 6) and PW12 1200 psi washdown per NEMA ICS 5, Annex F-2002 Bipolar: 2 m or 9 m attached PVC cable, or 150 mm pigtail with 4-pin Pico-style (Q) or 4-pin Euro-style (Q5) quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See pages 62. Single output: 150 mm pigtail with 3-pin Pico-style (Q3) quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 64. Chemical-resistant: 2 m attached cable encased in 3/16" O.D. PFA tubing Temperature: -20 to +55 C Storage temperature: -30 to +75 C Relative humidity: 95% max. @ 50 C (non-condensing)
Construction
Environmental Rating Connections
Operating Conditions Certifications Hookup Diagrams
Emitters: DC02 (p. 758)
Bipolar: DC04 (p. 758)
Single output: DC01 (p. 758)
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
Pico QD
See page 693 Threaded 4-Pin Length Straight Right-Angle
2.00 m 5.00 m 7.00 m 9.00 m PKG4M-2 PKG4M-5 PKG4M-9 PKW4M-2 PKW4M-5 PKW4M-9
WORLD-BEAM Q12
Threaded 3-Pin Straight Right-Angle
PKG3M-2 PKG3M-5 PKG3M-7 PKG3M-9 PKG3M-10 PKW3M-2 PKW3M-5 PKW3M-9 pg. 681 SMBQ12A pg. 681 SMBQ12T

MQDC-406 MQDC-415 MQDC-430 MQDC-406RA MQDC-415RA MQDC-430RA
Additional cordset information available. See page 693.
10.0 mREFLECTORS
APERTURES
Additional bracket information available. See page 632.
REFLECTORS
APERTURES
PAGE 724
PAGE 750
Excess Gain Curves

= Visible Red LED P = Visible Red LED Polarized
Opposed Mode WORLD-BEAM Q12

1000
Retroreflective Mode WORLD-BEAM Q12

1000
Polarized Retroreflective Mode WORLD-BEAM Q12

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Q12..
Opposed Mode 100 Standard 10 Chemical-Resistant
E X C E S S G A I N
Q12..LV
Retroreflective 100 with BRT-60X40C Reflector
E X C E S S G A I N
Q12..LP
Polarized Retro 100 with BRT-60X40C Reflector
10
10
1 0.01 m 0.033'
0.1 m 0.33'
1m 3.3'
10 m 33'
1 0.01 m 0.03'
0.1 m 0.33'
1m 3.3'
10 m 33'
1 0.01 m 0.03'
0.1 m 0.33'
1m 3.3'
10 m 33'
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
EGC-3
DISTANCE
Range: 2 m
LED:
Range: 1.5 m
LED:
Range: 1 m
LED:
More on next page
64
Excess Gain Curves (Performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
= Visible Red LED
Fixed-Field Mode WORLD-BEAM Q12

1000

1000
E X C E 100 S S G A I N
10
Q12..FF15
Fixed-Field
Standard
90% white card Standard Models: 0.4 mm spot size @ 10 mm focus 1.5 mm spot size @ 15 mm cutoff Chemical-Resistant Models: 0.4 mm spot size @ 8 mm focus 1.5 mm spot size @ 13 mm cutoff
1000 mm 40.0"
10
Q12..FF30
Fixed-Field
Standard
90% white card Standard Models: 0.5 mm spot size @ 16 mm focus 3.0 mm spot size @ 30 mm cutoff Chemical-Resistant Models 0.5 mm spot size @ 14 mm focus 3.0 mm spot size @ 28 mm cutoff Using 18% gray test card: cutoff distance will be 90% of value shown. Using 6% black test card: cutoff distance will be 80% of value shown.
Chemical-Resistant 1 1 mm 0.04" 10 mm 0.4" 100 mm 4.0"
Chemical-Resistant 1 1 mm 0.04" 10 mm 0.4" 100 mm 4.0" 1000 mm 40.0"
EGC-4
DISTANCE
Cutoff: 15 mm LED:
Using 18% gray test card: cutoff distance will be 95% of value shown. Using 6% black test card: cutoff distance will be 90% of value shown.
EGC-5
DISTANCE
Cutoff: 30 mm LED:

1000
10
Q12..FF50
Fixed-Field Mode
90% white card Standard Models: 0.5 mm spot size @ 16 mm focus 6.5 mm spot size @ 50 mm cutoff Chemical-Resistant Models: 0.5 mm spot size @ 14 mm focus 6.5 mm spot size @ 48 mm cutoff Using 18% gray test card: cutoff distance will be 80% (standard) or 70% (chemical resistant) of value shown. Using 6% black test card: cutoff distance will be 60% (standard) or 50% (chemical resistant) of value shown.
Standard
Chemical-Resistant 1 1 mm 0.04" 10 mm 0.4" 100 mm 4.0" 1000 mm 40.0"
MINIATURE WORLD-BEAM Q12 M12 T8 S12/SB12 VSM VS1 VS2 VS3 COMPACT MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
EGC-6
DISTANCE
Cutoff: 50 mm LED:
Beam Patterns

Effective Beam: 5.7 mm
3 mm 2 mm 1 mm 0 1 mm 2 mm 3 mm 0 0.5 m 20" 1m 40" 1.5 m 60" Standard 2m 80" Chemical-Resistant

Q12..LV
Retroreflective

with BRT-60X40C Reflector
Q12..
Opposed Mode
0.12" 0.08" 0.04"

0
30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 0
with BRT-60X40C Reflector
1.2" 0.8" 0.4" 0 0.4" 0.8" 1.2"
9 mm 6 mm 3 mm 0 3 mm 6 mm 9 mm 0
Q12..LP
Polarized Retro
0.3" 0.2" 0.1" 0 0.1" 0.2" 0.3"
0.04" 0.08" 0.12" 2.5 m 100"
300 mm 600 mm 900 mm 1200 mm 1500 mm 12" 24" 35" 47" 59"
300 mm 600 mm 900 mm 1200 mm 1500 mm 12" 24" 35" 47" 59"
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-1
BP-2
BP-3
Range: 2 m
LED:
Range: 1.5 m
LED:
Range: 1 m
LED: P
65
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Barrel-Mount Sensors
M12
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Features compact 12 mm threaded metal barrel Available in opposed, polarized and non-polarized retroreflective, diffuse and fixed-field modes Provides excellent crosstalk avoidance circuitry for diffuse, retroreflective and fixed-field models Provides single-turn sensitivity adjustment on opposed, retroreflective and diffuse models Features fixed-field models with excellent background suppression and recessed mounting Visible red sensing beam for easy alignment Fully encapsulated electronicsrated IP67
page 68
67.5 mm
OPPOSED
RETRO
P
POLAR RETRO
12 mm
DIFFUSE
Opposed, Retroreflective Diffuse and Fixed-field Models Suffix E, R, LP, LV, D and FF
FIXED-FIELD
M12, 10-30V dc
2m 5m
OPPOSED
Visible Red LED
Models NPN
M12E Emitter
Models PNP
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 68)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 69)
4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m M12NR M12NRQ8 M12ND M12NDQ8 M12NLV
M12EQ8 Emitter M12PR M12PRQ8 M12PD M12PDQ8 M12PLV M12PLVQ8 M12PLP M12PLPQ8
400 mm
DIFFUSE
4-Pin Euro QD 2m 2.5 m
EGC-4 (p. 68)
BP-4 (p. 69)
RETRO
4-Pin Euro QD 2m 1.5 m 4-Pin Euro QD
M12NLVQ8 M12NLP M12NLPQ8
EGC-2 (p. 68)
BP-2 (p. 69)
P
POLAR RETRO
EGC-3 (p. 68)
BP-3 (p. 69)
More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 68). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, M12PD W/30). QD models: For a 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, M12PDQ5). Retroreflective range is specified using a BRT-84 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information.
66
M12, 10-30V dc (contd)

Sensing Mode/LED Range
25 mm Cutoff 50 mm Cutoff
Visible Red LED
Connection
2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD
Models NPN
M12NFF25 M12NFF25Q8 M12NFF50 M12NFF50Q8 M12NFF75 M12NFF75Q8
Models PNP
M12PFF25 M12PFF25Q8 M12PFF50 M12PFF50Q8 M12PFF75 M12PFF75Q8
Excess Gain
EGC-5 (p. 68) EGC-6 (p. 68) EGC-7 (p. 68)
Beam Pattern
Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches Emergency Stop & Stop Control
75 mm Cutoff
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 68). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, M12PD W/30). QD models: For a 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, M12PDQ5).
ACCESSORIES
M12 Specifications
Sensing Beam Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Ratings Fixed-field: 680 nm visible red All others: 660 nm visible red 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) @ 20 mA max current (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Complementary (1 normally open and 1 normally closed) solid-state, NPN or PNP, depending on model 100 mA total across both outputs with overload and short circuit protection OFF-state leakage current: ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: less than 200 A @ 30V dc (see Application Note 1) NPN: less than 1.6V @ 100 mA PNP: less than 10 A @ 30V dc PNP: less than 3.0V @ 100 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up, short-circuit protected Opposed: 625 microsecond ON/375 microseconds OFF All others: 500 microseconds ON/OFF 100 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time. Opposed: 85 microseconds All others: 95 microseconds 2 LED indicators: Greenpower ON Yellowlight sensed Fixed-field: none All others: single-turn Gain (sensitivity) potentiometer Housing: Nickel-plated brass Lenses: PMMA Cable endcap and Gain potentiometer adjuster: PBT IEC IP67; NEMA 6, IEC IP68 and 1200 PSI washdown, NEMA 1CS 5 Annex F-2002 2 m or 9 m 4-wire PVC-jacketed cable, 4-pin integral Euro-style QD (Q8), or 150 mm pigtail with 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting (Q5), depending on model. QD cordsets ordered separately. See page 68. Operating temperature: 20 to +60 C Relative humidity: 90% max @ +50 C NPN off-state leakage current is < 200 A for load resistances > 3 k or optically isolated loads. For load current of 100 mA, leakage is < 1% of load current
page 68
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Delay at Power-up Repeatability Indicators
Adjustments Construction
Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams
All others: DC03 (p. 758)
67
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
REFLECTORS
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m
Brackets
M12
REFLECTORS

MQDC-406 MQDC-415 MQDC-430 MQDC-406RA MQDC-415RA MQDC-430RA pg. 683 SMBQS12PD Additional bracket information available. See page 632.
SENSORS
4.57 m 9.14 m
PAGE 724
Excess Gain Curves

= Visible Red LED
(Diffuse and Fixed-field mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
P = Visible Red LED Polarized
Opposed Mode M12

10000 M12 Opposed
Retroreflective Mode M12

1000
Polarized Retroreflective Mode M12

1000
Diffuse Mode M12

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
1000
100
E X C E S S G A I N
M12 Retroreflective with BRT-84 reflector
100
E X C E S S G A I N
M12 Polarized Retro with BRT-84 reflector
100
E X C E S S G A I N
M12 Diffuse 100
10
10
10
10
EGC-1
1 0.01 m (.03')
0.1 m (0.3')
1.0 m (3.0')
10.0 m (30.0')
1 0.01 m (0.03')
0.1 m (0.3')
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 0.01 m (0.03')
0.1 m (0.3')
EGC-3
DISTANCE
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 1 mm (.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40.0")
EGC-4
DISTANCE
Range: 5 m
LED:
Range: 2.5 m LED:
Range: 1.5 m LED: P
Range: 400 mm LED:
Fixed-Field Mode M12

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
M12 Fixed Field - 25 mm 100
90% white test card: 2 mm spot size @ 25 mm focus 2 mm spot size @ 25 mm cutoff
E X C E S S G A I N
10
10
1 1 mm (.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40.0")
EGC-5
DISTANCE
EGC-6
1 1 mm (.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40.0")
DISTANCE
Cutoff: 25 mm LED:
Cutoff: 50 mm LED:

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
10
EGC-7
1 1 mm (.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40.0")
DISTANCE
Cutoff: 75 mm LED:
68
Beam Patterns
= Visible Red LED
(Diffuse mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
Opposed Mode M12

Effective Beam: 10 mm

80 mm (3.1") (2.4") (1.6")

40 mm 30 mm 20 mm (1.6") (1.2") (0.8")
Diffuse Mode M12
600 mm 400 mm
M12 Opposed
60 mm
(24") (16") (8") 0 (8") (16") (24")
15 mm 10 mm
40 mm
M12 Diffuse
Wireless
(0.6") (0.4") (0.2") 0 (0.2") (0.4") (0.6")
Beam Width
Beam Width
Beam Width
20 mm 0 -20 mm -40 mm -60 mm -80 mm 0
200 mm 0 -200 mm -400 mm -600 mm 0 1m (3.3') 2m (6.6') 3m (9.8') 4m (13')
M12 Retroreflective with BRT-84 reflector
(0.8") 0 (0.8") (1.6") (2.4") (3.1")
Beam Width
10 mm 0 -10 mm -20 mm -30 mm -30 mm 0
M12 Polarized Retro with BRT-84 reflector
(0.4") 0 (0.4") (0.8") (1.2") (1.6")
5 mm 0 -5 mm -10 mm -15 mm 0 100 mm (4") 200 mm (8") 300 mm (12")
Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches Emergency Stop & Stop Control
5m (16')
0.5 m (1.6')
1m (3.3')
1.5 m (4.9')
2m (6.6')
2.5 m (8.2')
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
0.4 m (1.3')
0.8 m (2.6')
1.2 m (3.9')
1.6 m (5.2')
2.0 m (6.5')
400 mm 500 mm (16") (20")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-1
BP-2
BP-3
BP-4
Range: 5 m
LED:
Range: 2.5 m
LED:
Range: 1.5 m
LED: P
Range: 400 mm LED:
69
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Right-Angle Barrel-Mount Sensors

T8
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Features EZ-BEAM technology, with specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments Ideal for presence sensing in small areas previously accessible only to remote sensors and fiber optic cable Offers visible sensing beam for easy alignment Can replace range-limited 8 mm inductive proximity sensors Available in dark- or light-operate models Offered in opposed mode with 2 m range or diffuse mode with 50 and 100 mm ranges
page 72
16.3 mm 8.8 mm
OPPOSED
8 mm
DIFFUSE
15.8 mm 19.1 mm
ONLINE
AUTOCAD, STEP, IGES & PDF
Opposed and Diffuse Models Suffix E, R and D
T8, 10-30V dc
2m 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m
OPPOSED
Visible Red LED
Output Type
LO DO
Models NPN
Models PNP
Excess Gain
Beam Pattern
T86EV Emitter T86EVQ Emitter T8AN6R T8AN6RQ T8RN6R T8RN6RQ T8AP6R T8AP6RQ T8RP6R T8RP6RQ EGC-1 (p. 72) BP-1 (p. 72)
More on next page
2m 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 72). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T8AN6D50 W/30).
70
T8, 10-30V dc (contd)

50 mm
Visible Red LED
Connection
2m 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m
Output Type
LO DO LO DO
Models NPN
T8AN6D50 T8AN6D50Q T8RN6D50 T8RN6D50Q T8AN6D100 T8AN6D100Q T8RN6D100 T8RN6D100Q
Models PNP
T8AP6D50 T8AP6D50Q T8RP6D50 T8RP6D50Q T8AP6D100 T8AP6D100Q T8RP6D100 T8RP6D100Q
Excess Gain
EGC-2 (p. 72)
Beam Pattern
BP-2 (p. 72)
Photoelectrics Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Special Purpose Sensors Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators
DIFFUSE
100 mm
3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD
EGC-3 (p. 72)
BP-3 (p. 72)
Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches Emergency Stop & Stop Control
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 72). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T8AN6D50 W/30).
ACCESSORIES
T8 Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 25 mA (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state switch NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model. Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO), depending on model. 50 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A at 24V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 0.25V at 10 mA dc; less than 0.5V at 50 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Overload trip point 100 mA 1 millisecond ON; 0.5 milliseconds OFF Maximum 100 milliseconds (150 milliseconds for Diffuse); output does not conduct during this time. Opposed: 100 microseconds Diffuse: 160 microseconds Opposed: Receiver has Green and Red LED Emitter has one Green LED Green: power ON Red: light sensed Red: light is sensed
page 72
Output Rating
Diffuse: Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock
Reinforced polycarbonate/ABS alloy housing, acrylic window with 8 mm ABS nut IEC IP67; NEMA 6 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 150 mm pigtail with 3-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 72. Temperature: -20 to +55 C Relative humidity: 80% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Vibration: All models meet IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60947-5-2, UL491 Section 40, MIL-STD-202F Method 201A; 10 to 60 Hz, 0.5 mm peak to peak Shock: All models meet IEC 60068-2-27, IEC 60947-5-2; 30g peak acceleration, 11 millisecond pulse duration, half-sine wave pulse shape
Certifications Hookup Diagrams Emitters: DC02 (p. 758) All others: DC01 (p. 758)
71
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Cordsets
Pico QD
See page 693 Length
2.00 m
Brackets
T8

PKG3M-2 PKG3M-5 PKG3M-7 PKG3M-9 PKG3M-10 PKW3M-2 PKW3M-9 pg. 659 SMB8MM Additional bracket information available. See page 632.
SENSORS
5.00 m 7.00 m 9.00 m 10.0 m
Excess Gain Curves (Diffuse mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
= Visible Red LED
Opposed Mode T8
1000
Diffuse Mode T8
1000
Diffuse Mode T8
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
T8E&R
Opposed Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
T8xx6D50
Diffuse Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
T8xx6D100
Diffuse Mode 100
10
10
10
1 0.01 (0.032')
0.1 m (0.32')
1m (3.2')
10 m (32')
1 1.0 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1.0 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
EGC-3
DISTANCE
Range: 2 m
LED:
Range: 50 mm LED:
Range:100 mm LED:
Beam Patterns (Diffuse mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
= Visible Red LED
Opposed Mode T8
60.0 mm 40.0 mm 20.0 mm 0 20.0 mm 40.0 mm 60.0 mm 0 0.4 m (1.3') 0.8 m (2.6') 1.2 m (3.9') 1.6 m (5.2')
Diffuse Mode T8
T8xx6D50
Diffuse Mode
Diffuse Mode T8
T8E&R
Opposed Mode
2.25" 1.50" 0.75" 0 0.75" 1.50" 2.25" 2.0 m (6.5')
60 mm 40 mm 20 mm 0 20 mm 40 mm 60 mm 0
2.4" 1.6" 0.8" 0 0.8" 1.6" 2.4"
60 mm 40 mm 20 mm 0 20 mm 40 mm 60 mm 0
T8xx6D100
Diffuse Mode
2.4" 1.6" 0.8" 0 0.8" 1.6" 2.4"
20 mm (0.8")
40 mm (1.6")
60 mm (2.4")
80 mm 100 mm (3.2") (4.0")
BP-1
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
20 mm (0.8")
40 mm (1.6")
60 mm (2.4")
80 mm 100 mm (3.2") (4.0")
BP-2
BP-3
DISTANCE
Range: 2 m
LED:
Range: 50 mm LED:
Range: 100 mm LED:
72
S12 & SB12
Opposed-Mode Barrel-Mount Sensors

S12 threaded housing rated for IP67 for heavy-duty industrial sensing and reliable detection up to 15 m Economical SB12/SB12T sensors for personal detection applications in escalators, turnstiles and ticket booths - SB12 snap-barrel housing for applications where mounting holes are precisely located and formed, and sensor can be hidden behind a protective window - SB12T threaded housing for robust mounting in applications with vibration, rough handling or vandalism - Narrow beams for reliable operation of multiple sensors in close proximity and reliable short-range detection up to 1.5 m
ACCESSORIES
page 75
64 mm
31 mm
30.4 mm
ONLINE
12 mm 15.8 mm 12 mm 15.8 mm
MINIATURE WORLD-BEAM Q12 M12 T8 S12/SB12 VSM VS1 VS2 Visible Red LED VS3 COMPACT MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
S12 Opposed Models
SB12 Opposed Models
SB12T Opposed Models
S12, 10-30V dc
15 m
OPPOSED Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 75). QD models: For a 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix QP (example, S12SN6RQP).
Connection
2m
Models NPN
S126E Emitter S12SN6R
Models PNP
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 75)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 75)
OPPOSED
S12SP6R
OPPOSED
SB12, 10-30V dc
1.5 m
OPPOSED Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 75). QD models: For a 3-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q3 (example, SB12E1Q3).
Infrared Red LED
Connection
2m
Output
_ LO DO
Models NPN
SB12ANR SB12RNR
Models PNP
SB12APR SB12RPR
Excess Gain
Beam Pattern
BP-2 (p. 75)
SB12E1 Emitter
73
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Infrared Red LED
SB12T, 10-30V dc
1.5 m
Connection
2m
Output
_ LO DO
Models NPN
SB12TANR SB12TRNR
Models PNP
SB12TAPR SB12TRPR
Excess Gain
Beam Pattern
BP-2 (p. 75)
SB12TE1 Emitter
SENSORS
OPPOSED Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 75). QD models: For a 3-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q3 (example, SB12TE1Q3).
S12/SB12 Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration
ACCESSORIES
S12: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); 25 mA (emitters) or 20 mA (receivers) exclusive of load SB12/SB12T: 10 to 30V dc; less than 15 mA max exclusive of load Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages SB12/SB12T: One solid state output, NPN (sinking) or PNP (sourcing), depending on model S12: Complementary solid-state dc switch; choose NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing) models Light Operate: N.O. output conducts when the sensor sees the emitters modulated light Dark Operate: N.C. output conducts when the sensor sees dark; The N.C. (normally closed) output may be wired as a normally open marginal signal alarm output, depending upon hookup to the power supply S12: 100 mA maximum (each) in standard hookup; when wired for alarm output, the total load may not exceed 100 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V @ 10 mA; less than 1.5V @ 150 mA SB12/SB12T: 100 mA OFF-state leakage current: < 10 A ON-state saturation voltage: < 0.2V @ 10 mA; < 0.6V @ 100 mA
page 75
Output Ratings
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Delay at Power-up Repeatability Switching Frequency Indicators Construction
Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs S12: 3 milliseconds ON, 1.5 milliseconds OFF SB12/SB12T: 2.5 milliseconds ON, 1.75 milliseconds OFF S12: 100 millisecond; outputs are non-conducting during this time. SB12/SB12T: Less than 1 second S12: 375 microseconds SB12/SB12T: 350 microseconds SB12/SB12T: 235 Hz Green LED (emitter and receiver): power ON Amber LED (receiver only): light sensed S12: Housings are reinforced thermoplastic polyester; lenses are Lexan; Polyurethane end cap SB12/SB12T: Housing: ABS Lens: Polycarbonate; epoxy encapsulant Cable: PVC-jacketed S12: Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P (IEC IP67) SB12: IP65 SB12T: IP67 S12: 2 m or 9 m cable, or a 150 mm pigtail with 4-pin Pico-style QD SB12/SB12T: 2 m cable or 150 mm pigtail with 3-pin Pico-style QD QD cordset ordered separately. See page 75. S12: Temperature: -40 to +70 C SB12/SB12T: Temperature: -20 to +50 C Maximum relative humidity: 90% at 50C (non-condensing)
Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications Hookup Diagrams
S12: Meets Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration: frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max., double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation).
Emitters: DC02 (p. 758) S12 Receivers NPN: DC05 (p. 759)
S12 Receivers PNP: DC06 (p. 759)
SB12/SB12T Receivers: DC01 (p. 758)
Lexan is a registered trademark of General Electric Co.
74
Cordsets
Pico QD
See page 693 Length
2.00 m 5.00 m 7.00 m 9.00 m 10.0 m
Brackets
Pico QD
See page 695 Snap-on 4-Pin Length Straight Right-Angle
2.00 m PKG4-2 PKW4Z-2 pg. 649 SMB12MM Additional bracket information available. See page 632.
S12

PKG3M-2 PKG3M-5 PKG3M-7 PKG3M-9 PKG3M-10 PKW3M-2 PKW3M-5 PKW3M-9
Excess Gain Curves

= Visible Red LED
MINIATURE WORLD-BEAM Q12 M12 T8 S12/SB12
1000
Opposed Mode S12

E X C E S S G A I N
S12 Series
Opposed Mode
VSM VS1 VS2 VS3 COMPACT MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
100
10
EGC-1
1 .1 m .33'
1m 3.3'
10 m 33'
100 m 330'
DISTANCE
Range: 15 m
LED:
egc s12 series opp.eps
Beam Patterns
= Visible Red LED = Infrared LED
Opposed Mode S12

1500 mm 1000 mm 500 mm 0 500 mm 1000 mm 1500 mm 0 5m 16' 10 m 32' 15 m 49' 20 m 66'
Opposed Mode SB12/SB12T

60'' 40'' 20'' 0 20'' 40'' 60'' 25 m 82'
S12 Series
Opposed Mode
150 mm 100 mm 50 mm
0
Opposed Mode
SB12
6" 4" 2"

0
50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 0 0.4 m 16" 0.8 m 32" 1.2 m 48" 1.6 m 64"
2" 4" 6" 2.0 m 80"
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-1
BP-2
Range: 15 m
LED:
Range: 1.5 m
LED:
75
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Heavy-Duty Metal Sensors

VSM
SENSORS
300 series stainless steel body with sapphire lens withstands a wide variety of chemicals and cutting fluids Models available about the size of a single optical fiber assembly Economical, self-contained sensors are available in convergent or opposed sensing modes; no separate amplifier required Advanced convergent optical design provides high performance with repeatable sensing A narrow well focused beam allows the entire sensor to be recessed into fixtures Smooth, stainless steel barrel is perfect for hygienic applications that require routine cleaning A choice of housing styles are available
5 mm
ACCESSORIES
page 77
OPPOSED
40 mm
CONVERGENT
4 mm 7 mm CV10/CV20 36.8 mm E/R/CV50 35 mm CV10/CV20 36.8 mm E/R/CV50 35 mm
5 mm
ONLINE
VSMQ Convergent Models
VSM4 Opposed and Convergent Models
VSM5 Opposed and Convergent Models

Infrared LED
VSM, 10-30V dc
Sensing Mode/LED Housing Style
4 mm Smooth Barrel
Range
Connection
2m 3-Pin Pico QD 2m 3-Pin Pico QD 2m
Output Type
Models NPN
Models PNP
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 78)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 79)
VSM46E Emitter VSM46EQ7 Emitter VSM4RN6R VSM4RN6RQ7 VSM4RP6R VSM4RP6RQ7
250 mm
OPPOSED
DO
OPPOSED
5 mm Threaded Barrel
250 mm
3-Pin Pico QD 2m 3-Pin Pico QD
VSM5RN6R
VSM56E Emitter VSM56EQ7 Emitter VSM5RP6R VSM5RP6RQ7 VSM4AP6CV10 VSM4AP6CV10Q7 VSM4AP6CV20 VSM4AP6CV20Q7 VSM4AP6CV50 VSM4AP6CV50Q7 EGC-2 (p. 78) EGC-3 (p. 78) EGC-4 (p. 78) BP-2 (p. 79) BP-3 (p. 79) BP-4 (p. 79)
More on next page
EGC-1 (p. 78)
BP-1 (p. 79)
DO
VSM5RN6RQ7 VSM4AN6CV10 VSM4AN6CV10Q7
10 mm 4 mm Smooth Barrel
CONVERGENT
2m 3-Pin Pico QD 2m 3-Pin Pico QD 2m 3-Pin Pico QD LO
20 mm
VSM4AN6CV20 VSM4AN6CV20Q7 VSM4AN6CV50 VSM4AN6CV50Q7
50 mm
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 77).
76
VSM, 10-30V dc (contd)

Sensing Mode/LED Housing Style Range
10 mm 5 mm Threaded Barrel
Infrared LED
Connection
2m 3-Pin Pico QD 2m 3-Pin Pico QD 2m 3-Pin Pico QD
Output Type
Models NPN
VSM5AN6CV10 VSM5AN6CV10Q7
Models PNP
VSM5AP6CV10 VSM5AP6CV10Q7 VSM5AP6CV20 VSM5AP6CV20Q7 VSM5AP6CV50 VSM5AP6CV50Q7 VSMQAP6CV20 VSMQAP6CV50 VSMQAP6CV90
Excess Gain
EGC-2 (p. 78) EGC-3 (p. 78) EGC-4 (p. 78) EGC-5 (p. 78) EGC-6 (p. 78) EGC-7 (p. 78)
Beam Pattern
BP-2 (p. 79) BP-3 (p. 79) BP-4 (p. 79) BP-5 (p. 79) BP-6 (p. 79) BP-7 (p. 79)
20 mm
LO
VSM5AN6CV20 VSM5AN6CV20Q7 VSM5AN6CV50 VSM5AN6CV50Q7 VSMQAN6CV20
CONVERGENT
50 mm 20 mm Flat-Pack, Side-Looker
CONVERGENT
50 mm 90 mm
2m
LO
VSMQAN6CV50 VSMQAN6CV90
ACCESSORIES
VSM Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Single-output: 1 NPN or 1 PNP, Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO), depending on model 100 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A ON-state saturation voltage: less than 2V @ 100 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Overload trip point 100 mA 2.5 milliseconds 20 milliseconds 1 millisecond Yellow LED: light sensed 300 series stainless steel with sapphire lens and PVC cable IP67 2 m PVC-jacketed cable or 3-pin Pico-style integral QD (Q7), depending on model. QD cordsets ordered separately. See page 77. Operating temperature: 0 to +55 C Emitters: DC02 (p. 758) Receivers: DC01 (p. 758)
page 77
Output Protection Circuitry Response Time Delay at Power-up Repeatability Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Hookup Diagram Certification
(pending)
Cordsets
Pico QD
See page 693 Length
2.00 m 5.00 m 9.00 m
Brackets
VSM

PKG3M-2 PKG3M-5 PKG3M-9 PKW3M-2 PKW3M-5 PKW3M-9 pg. 689 SMBVSM4 Additional bracket information available. See page 632.
77
MINIATURE
100 mm 80 mm 60 mm 40 mm 20 mm
LTK-1040-20*
Beam Pattern
LTK-1040-301-505
COMPACT
5 mm 4 mm 3 mm
Beam Pattern
MIDSIZE
50 mm 30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 mm 10 mm
LTK-0507-301-501
FULLSIZE
LTK-0507-301
Response Curve
50 mm 40 mm 30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 mm 10 mm
Beam Pattern
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
0 mm 20 mm 40 mm
40 mm 2 mm (Convergent performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
1 mm 0 mm 1 mm 2 mm
Opposed Mode VSM4 & VSM5

80 mm 100 mm
60 mm
50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm
DISTANCE
Convergent Mode VSM4 & VSM5

4 mm 5 mm 2 mm 4 mm 6 mm 8 mm
3 mm
10 mm
DISTANCE

20 mm 30 mm 40 mm 50 mm 4 mm 8 mm 12 mm 16 mm 20 mm

20 mm 30 mm 40 mm 50 mm 5 mm 15 mm
25 mm 35 mm
45 mm
SENSORS
Excess Gain
1000
Excess Gain
25
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
Excess Gain
20 100
Excess Gain
20
100
15
10
10
10
LTK-1040-301-506
10
0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm 300 mm
LTK-0507-301 Response Curve 5

Beam Pattern 0 2 mm 4 mm
0
1 0
4 mm
LTK-0507-301-502
8 mm 12 mm 16 mm
1 0 mm 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm 50 mm 60 mm
20 mm
EGC-1
EGC-2 5 mm
4 mm
50 mm 40 mm 30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 mm 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm 50 mm
Response Curve
6 mm
8 mm
10 mm
Beam Pattern
EGC-3
50 mm 40 mm
EGC-4
30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 mm
Range: 250 mm LED:
Range: 10 mm LED:
2 mm 1 mm 0 mm 1 mm 2 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm
3 mm
Range: 20 mm LED:
Range: 50 mm
LED:
Convergent Mode VSMQ

Excess Gain
25

4 mm
5 mm 15 mm 25 mm 35 mm 45 mm

10 mm
DISTANCE
8 mm 12 mm 16 mm 20 mm DISTANCE
DISTANCE
Excess Gain
100 100
Excess Gain
20
15
10
10
10
1 0 mm 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm 50 mm 60 mm 1 0 18 mm 36 mm 54 mm 72 mm 96 mm
EGC-5 EGC-1
4 mm
8 mm
12 mm
16 mm
20 mm
EGC-6
EGC-7
Range: 20 mm LED:
Range: 50 mm LED:
Range: 90 mm LED:
78
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
(Convergent performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
Opposed Mode LTK-1040-20* VSM4 & VSM5

Beam Pattern
100 mm 80 mm 60 mm 40 mm 20 mm 0 mm 20 mm 40 mm 60 mm 80 mm 100 mm 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm
Convergent Mode LTK-1040-301-505 VSM4 & VSM5

Beam Pattern
5 mm 4 mm 3 mm 2 mm 1 mm 0 mm 1 mm 2 mm 3 mm 4 mm
LTK-0507-301-501 Convergent Mode VSM4 & VSM5

Beam Pattern
50 mm 40 mm 30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 mm 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm 50 mm 4 mm 8 mm 12 mm 16 mm 20 mm

50 mm 40 mm 30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 mm 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm 50 mm 5 mm 15 mm
LTK-0507-301
Response Curve
BP-1
DISTANCE
5 mm
25 mm 35 mm
45 mm
BP-2
2 mm 4 mm
6 mm
8 mm
10 mm
DISTANCE
BP-3
DISTANCE
BP-4
DISTANCE
Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches Emergency Stop & Stop Control
Excess Gain Range: 250 mm LED: 1000
Range: 10 mm LED: Excess Gain

25

20
Range: 50 mm
100
Excess Gain LED:
100
Convergent Mode Response Curve VSMQ

Beam Pattern
5 mm 4 mm 3 mm
0
LTK-1040-301-506

20 15 10 50 mm
40 mm 5 30 mm 20 mm 0 10 mm 0 mm 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm 50 mm 5 mm 15 mm
LTK-0507-301
Response Curve
10
LTK-0507-301-502 Convergent Mode VSMQ

Beam Pattern
8 mm 12 mm
10
10
1 50 mm 0 40 mm 4 mm 30 mm 20 mm 16 mm 20 mm
1 0 mm 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm 50 mm 60 mm
50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm 300 mm
2 mm 1 mm 0 mm 1 mm 2 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 4 mm 8 mm 12 mm 16 mm 20 mm
2 mm
4 mm
6 mm
8 mm
10 mm
10 mm 0 mm 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm
MINIATURE
20 mm 40 mm 60 mm 80 mm 100 mm
25 mm 35 mm
45 mm
50 mm
WORLD-BEAM Q12 M12 T8 S12/SB12 VSM VS1 VS2
ain
EGC-1 BP-5
DISTANCE
BP-6
DISTANCE
BP-7
DISTANCE
Range: 20 mm LED:

100
Excess Gain Range: 90 mm LED:

100
10
10
VS3 COMPACT MIDSIZE

0 18 mm 36 mm 54 mm 72 mm 96 mm
1 0 mm
16 mm 20 mm
10 mm
20 mm
30 mm
40 mm
50 mm
60 mm
FULLSIZE
79
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Small Convergent-Mode Sensors

VS1
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments Provides high-quality, low-cost replacement for competitive miniature sensors Available with 10 or 15 mm focal length Available in Dark or Light Operate models Available with integral cable or 150 mm pigtail quick-disconnect
page 82
11.6 mm 8.3 mm
CONVERGENT
25.7 mm
ONLINE
VS1, 10-30V dc
Sensing Mode/LED
Convergent Models Suffix CV, C1 and C2 2m 10 mm focus 2m 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m
CONVERGENT
Red LED
Range
Connection
Output Type
LO DO LO DO
Models NPN
VS1AN5CV10 VS1AN5CV10Q VS1RN5CV10 VS1RN5CV10Q VS1AN5CV20 VS1AN5CV20Q VS1RN5CV20 VS1RN5CV20Q
Models PNP
VS1AP5CV10 VS1AP5CV10Q VS1RP5CV10 VS1RP5CV10Q VS1AP5CV20 VS1AP5CV20Q VS1RP5CV20 VS1RP5CV20Q
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 82)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 82)
3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD
15 mm focus
EGC-2 (p. 82)
BP-2 (p. 82)
More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 82). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, VS1AN5CV10 W/30).
80
VS1, 10-30V dc (contd)

10 mm focus
Infrared LED
Connection
Output Type
LO DO LO DO
Models NPN
VS1AN5C10 VS1AN5C10Q VS1RN5C10 VS1RN5C10Q VS1AN5C20 VS1AN5C20Q VS1RN5C20 VS1RN5C20Q
Models PNP
VS1AP5C10 VS1AP5C10Q VS1RP5C10 VS1RP5C10Q VS1AP5C20 VS1AP5C20Q VS1RP5C20 VS1RP5C20Q
Excess Gain
EGC-3 (p. 82)
Beam Pattern
BP-3 (p. 82)
CONVERGENT
15 mm focus
EGC-4 (p. 82)
BP-4 (p. 82)
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 693). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, VS1AN5CV10 W/30).
VS1 Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 25 mA (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state switch NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO) models 50 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A at 24V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 0.25V at 10 mA dc; less than 0.5V at 50 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Overload trip point 100 mA 1 millisecond ON/OFF 250 microseconds Two LEDs: Green: power ON Yellow: light sensed Black ABS/polycarbonate housing with clear acrylic lens IP54; NEMA 3 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 150 mm pigtail with 3-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cables are ordered separately. See page 80. Temperature: -20 to +55 C Relative humidity: 80% at 50 C (non-condensing)
MINIATURE WORLD-BEAM Q12 T8 M12 S12/SB12 VSM VS1 VS2 VS3 COMPACT MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
Output Rating
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Repeatability Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams
M2 stainless steel mounting hardware is included. Optional mounting brackets are available. See page 632.
DC01 (p. 758)
81
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Cordsets
Pico QD
See page 693 Length
2.00 m
Brackets
VS1

PKG3M-2 PKG3M-5 PKG3M-7 PKG3M-9 PKG3M-10 PKW3M-2 PKW3M-5 PKW3M-9 Additional bracket information available. See page 632. pg. 688 SMBVS1T pg. 688 SMBVS1TC pg. 688 SMBVS1S pg. 688 SMBVS1SC
SENSORS
5.00 m 7.00 m 9.00 m 10.0 m
Excess Gain Curves

Convergent Mode VS1

1000
Convergent Mode VS1

1000
Convergent Mode VS1

1000
Convergent Mode VS1

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
VS1 Series Visible Red

Convergent Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N

Convergent Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
VS1 Series Infrared

Convergent Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
VS1 Series Infrared

Convergent Mode 100
10
10
10
10
1 1 mm 0.04"
10 mm 0.4"
100 mm 4.0"
1000 mm 40.0"
EGC-1
DISTANCE
1 1 mm 0.04"
10 mm 0.4"
100 mm 4.0"
1000 mm 40.0"
1 1 mm 0.04"
10 mm 0.4"
100 mm 4.0"
1000 mm 40"
EGC-2
DISTANCE
EGC-3
DISTANCE
1 1 mm 0.04"
10 mm 0.4"
EGC-4
DISTANCE
100 mm 4.0"
1000 mm 40"
Range: 10 mm LED:
Range: 15 mm LED:
Range: 10 mm LED:
Range: 15 mm
LED:
Beam Patterns
= Visible Red LED
= Infrared LED
Convergent Mode VS1

3 mm 2 mm 1 mm 0 1 mm 2 mm 3 mm 0 4 mm 0.16" 8 mm 0.31"
Convergent Mode VS1

0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
Convergent Mode VS1

4 mm 0.16" 0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12" 0 4 mm 0.16" 8 mm 0.31" 0.16" 12 mm 16 mm 20 mm 24 mm 0.47" 0.63" 0.79" 0.94"
Convergent Mode VS1

6 mm 4 mm 2 mm 0 2 mm 4 mm 6 mm 0 0.24" 0.16" 0.08" 0 0.08" 0.16" 0.24" 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm 50 mm 0.40" 0.80" 1.20" 1.60" 2.00"

Convergent Mode

6 mm 4 mm 2 mm 0 2 mm 4 mm 6 mm 0 Convergent Mode 0.24" 0.16" 0.08" 0 0.08" 0.16" 0.24" 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm 50 mm 0.4" 0.80" 1.20" 1.60" 2.00"
3 mm 2 mm 1 mm 0 1 mm 2 mm 3 mm 4 mm
VS1 Series Infrared

Convergent Mode
VS1 Series Infrared

Convergent Mode
12 mm 16 mm 20 mm 0.47" 0.63" 0.79"
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-1
BP-2
BP-3
BP-4
Range: 10 mm LED:
Range: 15 mm LED:
Range: 10 mm LED:
Range: 15 mm LED:
82
Ultra-Thin Miniature Sensors

VS2
Specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments Ideal as a low-cost, high-quality miniaturized solution for confined areas Available in opposed and convergent modes Available in Dark or Light Operate models Offers flat front mounting or optional bracket
ACCESSORIES
page 85
12.0 mm 4.3 mm
25.1 mm
12.0 mm 4.7 mm
MINIATURE WORLD-BEAM Q12 T8 M12 S12/SB12 VSM
25.1 mm
ONLINE
VS1 VS2 VS3 COMPACT MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
8.0 mm
Opposed Models Suffix E and R
Convergent Models Suffix C

OPPOSED
VS2, 10-30V dc
2m 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD Optimum up to 600 mm, 1.2 m max. 2m 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 3.0 m
OPPOSED
Visible Red LED
Infrared LED
Output Type
LO DO LO DO
Models NPN
Models PNP
Excess Gain
Beam Pattern
CONVERGENT
VS25EV Emitter VS25EVQ Emitter VS2AN5R VS2AN5RQ VS2RN5R VS2RN5RQ VS2AP5R VS2AP5RQ VS2RP5R VS2RP5RQ VS25E Emitter VS25EQ Emitter VS2AN5R VS2AN5RQ VS2RN5R VS2RN5RQ VS2AP5R VS2AP5RQ VS2RP5R VS2RP5RQ EGC-2 (p. 85) BP-2 (p. 85)
More on next page
EGC-1 (p. 85)
BP-1 (p. 85)
OPPOSED
2m 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 3-Pin Pico Pigtail QD
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 85). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, VS2RP5R W/30). Opposed-mode models also sold as pairs. Contact factory for more information 1-888-373-6767.
83
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Visible Red LED
VS2, 10-30V dc (contd)

15 mm 5 mm
Connection
Output Type
LO DO LO DO
Models NPN
VS2AN5CV15 VS2AN5CV15Q VS2RN5CV15 VS2RN5CV15Q VS2AN5CV30 VS2AN5CV30Q VS2RN5CV30 VS2RN5CV30Q
Models PNP
VS2AP5CV15 VS2AP5CV15Q VS2RP5CV15 VS2RP5CV15Q VS2AP5CV30 VS2AP5CV30Q VS2RP5CV30 VS2RP5CV30Q
Excess Gain
EGC-3 (p. 85)
Beam Pattern
BP-3 (p. 85)
SENSORS
CONVERGENT
30 mm 10 mm
EGC-4 (p. 85)
BP-4 (p. 85)
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 85). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, VS2RP5R W/30).
ACCESSORIES
page 83
VS2 Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) Emitter: 25 mA (visible red); 30 mA (infrared) Convergent: at less than 25 mA (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state switch NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO), depending on model 50 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A at 24V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 0.25V at 10 mA dc; less than 0.5V at 50 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Overload trip point 100 mA Opposed: 1 millisecond ON; 0.5 millisecond OFF Convergent: 1 millisecond ON; OFF Maximum 100 millisecond (opposed) and 150 millisecond (convergent); output does not conduct during this time. Opposed: 100 microseconds Two LEDs: Green: power ON Yellow: light sensed Opposed: Black ABS housing with clear MABS lens Convergent: Black ABS housing with acrylic lens IEC IP67; NEMA 6 2 m or 9 m attached cable or 150 mm pigtail with 3-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 85. Temperature: -20 to +55 C Relative humidity: 80% at 50 C (non-condensing) Convergent: 160 microseconds
Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration
Output Rating
Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams
Vibration: All models meet IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60947-5-2, UL491 Section 40, MIL-STD-202F Method 201A; 10 to 60 Hz, 0.5 mm peak to peak Shock: All models meet IEC 60068-2-27, IEC 60947-5-2; 30g peak acceleration, 11 millisecond pulse duration, half-sine wave pulse shape M2 stainless steel mounting hardware is included. Optional mounting brackets are available. See page 85.
84
Cordsets
Pico QD
See page 693 Length
2.00 m 5.00 m 7.00 m 9.00 m 10.0 m
Brackets
VS2
APERTURES
APERTURES

PKG3M-2 PKG3M-5 PKG3M-7 PKG3M-9 PKG3M-10 PKW3M-2 PKW3M-5 PKW3M-9 pg. 689 SMBVS2RA Additional bracket information available. See page 632.
PAGE 750
Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches Emergency Stop & Stop Control
Excess Gain Curves

(Convergent mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
Opposed Mode VS2

1000
Opposed Mode VS2

1000
Convergent Mode VS2

1000
Convergent Mode VS2

1000
MINIATURE
VS2CV30
E X C E S S G A I N
VS2 Series
100 Opposed Mode
E X C E S S G A I N
VS2 Series
100 Opposed Mode Infrared
E X C E S S G A I N
VS2CV15
100 Convergent Mode
E X C E S S G A I N
WORLD-BEAM Q12 T8 M12 S12/SB12 VSM VS1 VS2
100
Convergent Mode
10
10
10
10
1 0.01 m (0.4")
0.10 m (4")
1.0 m (40")
10.0 m (400")
1 0.01 m 0.4"
0.10 m 4"
1.0 m 40"
10.0 m 400"
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
VS3 COMPACT MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
EGC-3
DISTANCE
EGC-4
DISTANCE
Range: 1.2 m
LED:
Range: 3 m
LED:
Range: 15 mm LED:
Range: 30 mm LED:
Beam Patterns
= Visible Red LED
= Infrared LED
Opposed Mode VS2

300 mm 200 mm 100 mm 0 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 0 0.3 m (12") 0.6 m (24") 0.9 m (36") 1.2 m (48")
Opposed Mode VS2

12" 8" 4" 0 4" 8" 12"
0 600 mm 400 mm 200 mm 0 -200 mm -400 mm -600 mm 0.75 m 2.5' 1.5 m 5' 2.25 m 7.4' 3.0 m 10 ' Opposed Mode Infrared
Convergent Mode VS2
Convergent Mode VS2
VS2 Series
Opposed Mode
VS2 Series
24" 16" 8" 0 -8" -16" -24" 3.75 m 13.1'
6 mm 4 mm 2 mm 0 2 mm 4 mm 6 mm 0
VS2CV15
Convergent Mode
0.24" 0.16" 0.08" 0 0.08" 0.16" 0.24"
9 mm 6 mm 3 mm 0 3 mm 6 mm 9 mm 0
VS2CV30
Convergent Mode
0.36" 0.24" 0.12" 0 0.12" 0.24" 0.36"
1.5 m (60")
20 mm (0.8")
40 mm (1.6")
60 mm (2.4")
80 mm 100 mm (3.2") (4.0")
40 mm (1.6")
80 mm (3.2")
120 mm 160 mm 200 mm (4.8") (6.4") (8.0")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-1
DISTANCE
BP-2
BP-3
BP-4
Range: 1.2 m
LED:
Range: 3 m
LED:
Range: 15 mm LED:
Range: 30 mm LED:
85
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Sensors with Advanced Optics

VS3
SENSORS
Specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments Offers extremely compact self-contained miniature design Uses coaxial optics to eliminate blind areas at close range Accurately detects shiny objects Features visible sensing beam for easy alignment Available in Dark or Light Operate models
4.5 mm
9 mm 13.6 mm
16.6 mm 3.2 mm
ACCESSORIES
page 87
9.0 mm
16.4 mm
25.4 mm 15.6 mm
14.2 mm 35.2 mm
COAXIAL RETRO
7.3 mm
14.2 mm 25.4 mm
P
COAXIAL POLAR RETRO
16.6 mm
9 mm
ONLINE
25.4 mm
Non-Polarized Retroreflective Models Suffix LV
Polarized Retroreflective Models Suffix LP

Visible Red LED
VS3, 10-30V dc
Connection
2m 3-Pin Pico QD 2m 3-Pin Pico QD 2m 3-Pin Pico QD 2m 3-Pin Pico QD
Output Type
LO DO LO DO
Models NPN
VS3AN5XLV VS3AN5XLVQ VS3RN5XLV VS3RN5XLVQ VS3AN5XLP VS3AN5XLPQ VS3RN5XLP VS3RN5XLPQ
Models PNP
VS3AP5XLV VS3AP5XLVQ VS3RP5XLV VS3RP5XLVQ VS3AP5XLP VS3AP5XLPQ VS3RP5XLP VS3RP5XLPQ
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 88)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 88)
250 mm
COAXIAL RETRO
P
COAXIAL POLAR RETRO
250 mm
EGC-2 (p. 88)
BP-2 (p. 88)
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 87). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, VS3AN5XLV W/30). Retroflective range is specified using one model BRT-32X20AM retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See accessories for more information.
86
VS3 Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 25 mA (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state switch NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO), depending on model Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs. Overload trip point 100 mA 50 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A at 24V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 0.25V at 10 mA dc; less than 0.5V at 50 mA dc 1 millisecond ON/OFF 150 millisecond; output does not conduct during this time. 160 microseconds Two LEDs: Green: power ON Yellow: light sensed Non-polarized Retroreflective: Black ABS housing with acrylic lens Polarized Retroreflective: Black ABS housing with glass lens and acrylic cover IEC IP67; NEMA 6 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 3-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 85. Temperature: -20 to +55 C Relative humidity: 80% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Output Protection Circuitry Output Rating
Output Response Time Delay at Power-up Repeatability Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions
Vibration and Mechanical Shock Vibration: All models meet IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60947-5-2, UL491 Section 40, MIL-STD-202F Method 201A; 10 to 60 Hz, 0.5 mm peak to peak Shock: All models meet IEC 60068-2-27, IEC 60947-5-2; 30g peak acceleration, 11 millisecond pulse duration, half-sine wave pulse shape Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams M3 stainless steel mounting hardware is included. Optional mounting brackets are available. See page 87.
MINIATURE WORLD-BEAM Q12 T8 M12 S12/SB12 VSM VS1 VS2
VS3 COMPACT MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
Cordsets
Pico QD
See page 693 Length
2.00 m 5.00 m 7.00 m 9.00 m 10.0 m
Brackets
VS3
REFLECTORS

PKG3M-2 PKG3M-5 PKG3M-7 PKG3M-9 PKG3M-10 PKW3M-2 PKW3M-5 PKW3M-9 pg. 689 SMBVS3S pg. 689 SMBVS3T
REFLECTORS
PAGE 724
87
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Excess Gain Curves

Retroreflective Mode VS3
Polarized Retroreflective Mode VS3

1000
SENSORS
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
VS3XLV
100 Retroreflective Mode
E X C E S S G A I N
VS3XLP
100 Polarized Retroreflective Mode
10 with BRT-32X20AM Reflector 1 1 mm (0.04")
10 with BRT-32X20AM Reflector 1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
Range:250 mm LED:
Range:250 mm LED: P
Beam Patterns
Retroreflective Mode VS3
Polarized Retroreflective Mode VS3

0.60" 0.40" 0.20" 0
15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 0 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 0 50 mm (2.0") with BRT-32X20AM Reflector
15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 0 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 0
VS3XLV
Retroreflective Mode with BRT-32X20AM Reflector
VS3XLP
0.60" 0.40" 0.20" 0 0.20" 0.40" 0.60" 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm (4.0") (6.0") (8.0") (10.0")
0.20" 0.40" 0.60"
50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm (2.0") (4.0") (6.0") (8.0") (10.0")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-1
BP-2
Range: 250 mm LED:
Range: 250 mm LED: P
88
COMPACT SENSORS
WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM S18
M18
T18
TM18
Q25
WORLD-BEAM QS18
page 90
WORLD-BEAM Q20
page 105
WORLD-BEAM Q26 page 110

Reliable detection of clear, translucent or opaque objects including mirror like surfaces Coaxial optics enable reliable detection of targets to the face of the sensor Simple setup with a single turn sensitivity adjustment potentiometer
MINI-BEAM
page 112
Universal photoelectric family with 18 mm threaded lens or side mounts Ideal replacement for hundreds of other sensor styles All sensing modes available, including laser, fiber optic and ultrasonic xpert push-button teach models E available Models for ac or dc power
Powerful sensing in a small package Rugged overmolded design for enhanced durability Ranges up to 20 m Four sensing modes Universal threaded inserts with 25.4 mm hole spacing
Extensive family in all sensing modes and ranges up to 30 m Expert push-button teach models available Models available for challenging applications including clear plastic detection and NAMUR outputs Worlds most popular photoelectric
S18
page 131
M18
page 131
T18
page 138
TM18
page 144
Q25
page 148
Completely epoxy-encapsulated 18 mm threaded plastic barrels Specialized laser diode emitter models Specially designed EZ-BEAM style optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments Models for ac or dc power
Rugged 18 mm stainless steel threaded barrels Opposed, polarized and non-polarized retroreflective, diffuse and fixed-field modes Specially designed EZ-BEAM style optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments
Completely epoxy-encapsulated right-angle, T-shaped package Specialized fixed-field and polarized retroreflective models Specially designed EZ-BEAM style optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments Models for ac or dc power
Rugged, metal right-angle, T-shaped package Opposed, polarized retroreflective, diffuse and fixed-field models Specially designed EZ-BEAM style optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments
Compact, rectangular 25 mm right-angle housing with 18 mm threaded mounting base Completely epoxy-encapsulated Specially designed EZ-BEAM style optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments Models for ac or dc power
89
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Right-Angle Barrel- & Side-Mount Sensors

WORLD-BEAM QS18
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Replaces hundreds of other sensors by having a compact housing for limited space setups Meets IP67 and NEMA 6 standards for harsh environments Available in opposed, polarized and non-polarized retroreflective, convergent, regular and wide-angle diffuse, laser, ultrasonic (see page 321), plastic or glass fiber optic, fixed-field and adjustable-field sensing modes Models for dc or ac/dc universal voltage operation Easy push-button TEACH-mode setup in Expert QS18E and ultrasonic models Ranges up to 20 m Features bright LED operating status indicators visible from 360
QS18 Sensing Modes
page 98
LASER EMITTER
OPPOSED
page 91
RETRO
page 91 QS18 Laser Opposed, diffuse, retroreflective and adjustable-field models High-performance sensing with visible Class 1 and 2 lasers Long sensing ranges Ideal for confined areas Narrow effective beam for small object detection and precise position control Emitter models available with five beam shapes QS18 Adjustable-Field
page 92 QS18 Expert
page 95
QS18 Eight sensing modes for solving most applications: opposed, retroreflective, convergent, diffuse, plastic and glass fiber optic, and adjustable field and fixed field High-power infared or visible red sensing beam Models for dc or ac/dc operation
RETRO LASER
P
POLAR RETRO
DIFFUSE
Background suppression models for detection of objects when the background condition is not fixed Foreground suppression models for detection when background is fixed and object varies in color or shape Visible red LED or laser sensing beam Long-range models for reliable sensing up to 300 mm Models with crosstalk avoidance circuity for reliable sensing
Single push-button programing of advanced sensing options Five sensor configuration options Diffuse, convergent, retroreflective and plastic fiber optic modes Reliable detection of reflective objects
DIFFUSE LASER
WORLD-BEAM QS18 DC Series

15.0 mm 31.0 mm
CONVERGENT
ADJUSTABLE-FIELD
15.0 mm
15.0 mm
15.0 mm
36.9 mm
LASER ADJUSTABLE-FIELD
21.0 mm
35.0 mm
24.1 mm 35.0 mm
FIXED-FIELD
27.5 mm 35.0 mm
35.0 mm
Glass Fiber Models Suffix F

ULTRASONIC
Plastic Fiber Models Suffix FP
Opposed, Diffuse and Adjustable-field Models Suffix EB, RB, DB, W and AF
UR
EURO
-S
GLASS FIBER
PLASTIC FIBER
Opposed, Retroreflective, Laser Retroreflective, Convergent, Diffuse, Laser Diffuse and Fixed-field Models Suffix E, R, LV, LP, LLP, CV15, CV45, D, LD, LE and FF
ONLINE
E YL
PIGTAIL P
QPMA
CA LL FACTORY
C
A BL
90
WORLD-BEAM QS18, 10-30V dc

2m 20 m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Visible Red Laser
Models* NPN
QS186E Emitter
Models* PNP
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 99)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 101)
QS186EQ8 Emitter QS18VN6R QS18VN6RQ8 QS18VP6R QS18VP6RQ8 QS186EB Emitter QS186EBQ8 Emitter QS18VN6RB QS18VN6RBQ8 QS186LE** QS186LEQ8** QS186LE10 QS186LE10Q8 QS186LE11 QS186LE11Q8 QS186LE12 QS186LE12Q8 QS186LE14 QS186LE14Q8 QS186LE2** QS186LE2Q8** QS186LE210 QS186LE210Q8 QS186LE211 QS186LE211Q8 QS186LE212 QS186LE212Q8 QS186LE214 QS186LE214Q8 QS18VN6LV QS18VN6LVQ8 QS18VN6LP QS18VN6LPQ8 QS18VN6LLP QS18VN6LLPQ8 QS18VP6LV QS18VP6LVQ8 QS18VP6LP QS18VP6LPQ8 QS18VP6LLP QS18VP6LLPQ8 QS18VP6RB QS18VP6RBQ8
3m
4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD
EGC-2 (p. 99)
BP-2 (p. 101)
Class 1
15 m (4500 X excess gain)
2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m
LASER EMITTER Class 1 LASER SPOT
Class 1 LASER SPOT
See data sheet for

Class 1 LASER SPOT Class 1 LASER SPOT
4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD
See data sheet for more information.
ACCESSORIES
page 98
more information.
MINIATURE COMPACT WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM S18/M18 T18 TM18 Q25 MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
Class 2
15 m (7000 X excess gain)
LASER EMITTER Class 2 LASER SPOT
Class 2 LASER SPOT
See data sheet for

Class 2 LASER SPOT Class 2 LASER SPOT
4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m
See data sheet for more information.
more information.
6.5 m
RETRO
4-pin Euro QD 2m 3.5 m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 0.1-10 m 4-pin Euro QD
EGC-3 (p. 99)
BP-3 (p. 101)
P
POLAR RETRO Class 1
EGC-4 (p. 99)
BP-4 (p. 101)
P
LASER POLAR RETRO
EGC-5 (p. 99)
More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 98). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS18VN6LV W/30). QD models (except Laser Emitters): A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 98). For 4-pin integral Euro-style QD, add suffix Q8 (example, QS18VN6LVQ8). For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, QS18VN6LVQ5). For 4-pin integral Pico-style QD, add suffix Q7 (example, QS18VN6LVQ7). For 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q (example, QS18VN6LVQ). Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-84 retroreflector. Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-51X51BM or BRT-TVHG-2X2 retroreflector. Contact factory at 1-888-373-6767 for Bipolar NPN/PNP output model options. Specified with QS18 threaded lens receiver. Not recommended for dusty or dirty environments; the scattered light would greatly reduce excess gain.
* **
91
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Infrared LED Visible Red LED Visible Red Laser

16 mm
(contd)
Models* NPN
QS18VN6CV15 QS18VN6CV15Q8 QS18VN6CV45 QS18VN6CV45Q8 QS18VN6D QS18VN6DQ8 QS18VN6DB QS18VN6DBQ8 QS18VN6W QS18VN6WQ8 QS18VN6LD QS18VN6LDQ8 QS18VN6AFF200 QS18VN6AFF200Q5 QS18VN6AFF40 QS18VN6AFF40Q5 QS18VN6AF300 QS18VN6AF300Q5 QS18VN6AF40 QS18VN6AF40Q5
Connection
2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m
Models* PNP
QS18VP6CV15 QS18VP6CV15Q8 QS18VP6CV45 QS18VP6CV45Q8 QS18VP6D QS18VP6DQ8 QS18VP6DB QS18VP6DBQ8 QS18VP6W QS18VP6WQ8 QS18VP6LD QS18VP6LDQ8 QS18VP6AFF200 QS18VP6AFF200Q5 QS18VP6AFF40 QS18VP6AFF40Q5 QS18VP6AF300 QS18VP6AF300Q5 QS18VP6AF40 QS18VP6AF40Q5
Excess Gain
EGC-17 (p. 100) EGC-18 (p. 100) EGC-7 (p. 99) EGC-8 (p. 99) EGC-9 (p. 99)
Beam Pattern
BP-16 (p. 102) BP-17 (p. 102) BP-6 (p. 101) BP-7 (p. 101) BP-8 (p. 101)
SENSORS
CONVERGENT
43 mm
450 mm
DIFFUSE
DIVERGENT
100 mm
DIFFUSE DIVERGENT DIFFUSE
4-pin Euro QD 2m 300 mm 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD
CLASS 1
EGC-10 (p. 99) EGC-24 (p. 100) Min Separation Distance MSD-2 (p. 101) EGC-22 (p. 98) Min Separation Distance MSD-4 (p. 103) EGC-23 (p. 100) Min Separation Distance MSD-1 (p. 103) EGC-21 (p. 100) Min Separation Distance MSD-3 (p. 103) EGC-25 (p. 100) Cutoff Point Deviation Curve CPDC-1 (p. 104) EGC-26 (p. 100) Cutoff Point Deviation Curve CPDC-2 (p. 104) EGC-27 (p. 100) Cutoff Point Deviation Curve CPDC-3 (p. 104)
BP-9 (p. 102)
DIFFUSE LASER
ACCESSORIES
page 98
Adjustable between 30-200 mm
QS18AB6AFF200 (Bipolar NPN/PNP) QS18AB6AFF200Q5 (Bipolar NPN/PNP) QS18AB6AFF40 (Bipolar NPN/PNP) QS18AB6AFF40Q5 (Bipolar NPN/PNP) QS18AB6AF300 (Bipolar NPN/PNP) QS18AB6AF300Q5 (Bipolar NPN/PNP) QS18AB6AF40 (Bipolar NPN/PNP) QS18AB6AF40Q5 (Bipolar NPN/PNP) QS18VN6AF100 QS18VN6AF100Q5 QS18VN6LAF QS18VN6LAFQ5 QS18VN6LAF250 QS18VN6LAF250Q5 QS18VP6AF100 QS18VP6AF100Q5 QS18VP6LAF QS18VP6LAFQ5 QS18VP6LAF250 QS18VP6LAF250Q5
ADJUSTABLE-FIELD FOREGROUND
ADJUSTABLE-FIELD BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION
1 mm to cutoff point (adjustable between 20-100 mm)

LASER (CLASS 1)
ADJUSTABLE-FIELD BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION LASER (CLASS 2)
ADJUSTABLE-FIELD BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION
More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 98). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS18VN6D W/30). QD models (except Adjustable-Field): For 4-pin integral Euro-style QD, add suffix Q8 (example, QS18VN6LVQ8). For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, QS18VN6LVQ5). For 4-pin integral Pico-style QD, add suffix Q7 (example, QS18VN6LVQ7). For 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q (example, QS18VN6LVQ). QD models (Adjustable-Field only): For 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style QD, add suffix Q (example, QS18VP6AF100Q). For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, QS18VP6AF100Q5). * Contact factory at 1-888-373-6767 for Bipolar NPN/PNP output model options.
92

0-50 mm Cutoff
FIXED-FIELD
(contd)
Models* NPN
QS18VN6FF50 QS18VN6FF50Q8 QS18VN6FF100 QS18VN6FF100Q8 QS18VN6F QS18VN6FQ8 QS18VN6FP QS18VN6FPQ8
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Connection
2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD
Models* PNP
QS18VP6FF50 QS18VP6FF50Q8 QS18VP6FF100 QS18VP6FF100Q8 QS18VP6F QS18VP6FQ8 QS18VP6FP QS18VP6FPQ8
Excess Gain
EGC-28 (p. 100)
Beam Pattern
Photoelectrics Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Special Purpose Sensors Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision Wireless
0-100 mm Cutoff
FIXED-FIELD
EGC-29 (p. 100) EGC-30 & EGC-31 (p. 100) EGC-32 & EGC-33 (p. 100)
Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules
GLASS FIBER GLASS FIBER
Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used
BP-20 & BP-21 (p. 102)
BP-22 & BP-23 (p. 102)
PLASTIC FIBER PLASTIC FIBER
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 98). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS18VN6LV W/30). QD models: For 4-pin integral Euro-style QD, add suffix Q8 (example, QS18VN6LVQ8). For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, QS18VN6LVQ5). For 4-pin integral Pico-style QD, add suffix Q7 (example, QS18VN6LVQ7). For 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q (example, QS18VN6LVQ). * Contact factory at 1-888-373-6767 for Bipolar NPN/PNP output model options.
ACCESSORIES
page 98
MINIATURE COMPACT
WORLD-BEAM QS18 DC Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current Retroreflective, Diffuse and Adjustable-field Laser: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 15 mA, exclusive of load Laser Emitters: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 35 mA Adjustable-field (40, 200 & 300 mm): 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 27 mA All others: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 25 mA, exclusive of load Wavelength: Class 1: 650 nm visible red Class 2: Adjustable-field658 nm visible red Laser Emitter650 nm visible red
WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM S18/M18 T18 TM18 Q25 MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
Laser Characteristics (Laser models only) Supply Protection Circuitry Laser Control (Emitters only)
Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Apply 0V dc to white wire to enable beam Apply +10 to 30V dc to white wire to inhibit beam Enable Time: Class 1240 ms Class 28 ms Disable time: Class 1100 ms Class 21 ms Solid-state complementary; NPN (current sinking), PNP (current sourcing), or bipolar (both sinking and sourcing depending on model) Rating: 100 mA max. each output at 25 C OFF-state leakage current: Adjustable-field LED (40, 200 & 300 mm), Retroreflective, Diffuse and Adjustable-field Laser: NPN: less than 200 A @ 30V dc (see Application Note 1) PNP: less than 10 A @ 30V dc Fixed-field: less than 200 A @ 30V dc All others: less than 50 A @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: Adjustable-field LED (40, 200 & 300 mm), Retroreflective, Diffuse and Adjustable-field Laser: NPN: less than 1.6V @ 100 mA PNP: less than 3.0V @ 100 mA All others: less than 1V @ 10 mA; less than 1.5V @ 100 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 750 microseconds ON; 375 microseconds OFF Retroreflective Laser, Diffuse Laser and Adjustable-field (100, 150 & 250 mm): 700 microseconds ON/OFF Adjustable-field:(40, 200 & 300 mm): 2.5 milliseconds ON/OFF Fixed-field: 850 microseconds ON/OFF All others: 600 microseconds ON/OFF Laser Emitters: Class 1250 milliseconds Class 210 milliseconds Adjustable-field LED (40, 200 & 300 mm), Retroreflective, Diffuse and Adjustable-field Laser: 200 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time. All others: 100 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time.
Output Configuration*
Output Response Time*
Delay at Power-up
More on next page
* Does not apply to laser emitter models.
93
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
WORLD-BEAM QS18 DC Specifications (contd)

Repeatability* Opposed: 100 microseconds Retroreflective Laser, Diffuse Laser and Adjustable-field Laser: 130 microseconds Adjustable-field LED (100 mm): 175 microseconds Adjustable-field LED (40, 200 & 300 mm): 250 microseconds Fixed-field: 160 microseconds All others: 150 microseconds Retroreflective Laser: 12% of range typical Diffuse Laser: 15% of range typical Adjustable-field (100 mm): 0.5% of range typical at 20 mm cutoff, 1% of range typical at 50 mm cutoff, 3% of range typical at 100 mm cutoff Adjustable-field Laser (Class 1): 1% range typical at 30 mm cutoff, 2% range typical at 75 mm cutoff, 5% range typical at 150 mm cutoff Adjustable-field Laser (Class 2): 1% range typical at 50 mm cutoff, 2% range typical at 150 mm cutoff, 5% range typical at 250 mm cutoff Retroreflective, Retroreflective Laser, Convergent, Diffuse, Diffuse Laser and Glass & Plastic Fiber Optic: Single-turn sensitivity (Gain) adjustment potentiometer Adjustable-field: Five-turn adjustment screw sets cutoff distance between min. and max. position Laser Emitters: Green LED: Power applied All others, 2 LED indicators: Green: Power ON Yellow: Light sensed See data sheet for detailed information Construction Environmental Rating Connections ABS housing; acrylic lens cover (Laser Emitter models have PMMA window) 2.5 mm (adjustable-field only) and 3 mm mounting hardware included Rated IEC IP67; NEMA 6; UL Type 1 2 m or 9 m 4-wire PVC cable, or 4-pin 150 mm pigtail Pico-style QD (Q), or 4-pin 150 mm pigtail Euro-style QD (Q5), or 4-pin Integral Pico-style QD (Q7), or 4-pin Integral Euro-style QD (Q8), depending on model. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 98. Lasers Adjustable-field LED (100 mm) Temperature: -10 to +50 C 0 to +55 C Relative humidity: 95% @ 50 C (non-condensing) Adjustable-field LED (40, 200 & 300 mm) -20 to +55 C All others -20 to +70 C
SENSORS
Sensing Hysteresis*
Adjustments*
Indicators
Operating Conditions
Laser Classification (Laser models only) Certifications Application Notes Hookup Diagrams
* Does not apply to laser emitter models.
Class 1 and Class 2 laser product; complies with IEC 60825-1: 2001 and 21 CFR 1040.10, except deviations pursuant to Laser Notice 50, dated 7-26-01.
NPN off-state leakage current is < 200 A for load resistances > 3 k or optically isolated loads. For load current of 100 mA, leakage is < 1% of load current LED Emitters: DC02 (p. 758) Single output: DC03 (p. 758) Bipolar: DC04 (p. 758) Laser Emitters: DC22 (p. 762)
Class 1 Laser Sensors Lasers that are safe under reasonably foreseeable conditions of operation, including the use of optical instruments for intrabeam viewing. Reference IEC 60825-1: 2001, section 8.2. Class 2 Lasers Lasers that emit visible radiation in the wavelength range from 400 nm to 700 nm, where eye protection is normally afforded by aversion responses, including the blink reflex. This reaction may be expected to provide adequate protection under reasonably foreseeable conditions of operation, including the use of optical instruments for intrabeam viewing. Reference IEC 60825-1:2001, section 8.2. For safe laser use (Class 1 or Class 2): Do not permit a person to stare at the laser from within the beam. Do not point the laser at a persons eye at close range. Terminate the beam emitted by a Class 2 laser product at the end of its useful path. Locate open laser beam paths either above or below eye level, where practical.
94
WORLD-BEAM QS18 Expert and Ultrasonic Sensors

31.0 mm Programming Button 15.0 mm
ONLINE
Vision Wireless
35.0 mm
Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens
24.1 mm
15.0 mm
E YL
Safety Laser Scanners

15.0 mm
15.0 mm
Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules
PIGTAIL P
UR
QPMA
CA LL FACTORY
EURO
35.0 mm 21.0 mm
33.5 mm 35.0 mm
-S
27.5 mm
Safety Interlock Switches

35.0 mm
Retroreflective, Convergent and Diffuse Models Suffix LP, CV15, CV45, D and DV

3.5 m 4-pin Euro QD 16 mm 43 mm 800 mm 500 mm 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 300 mm
A BL
Diffuse Models Suffix DB and W
Ultrasonic Models Suffix NA and PA
ACCESSORIES
page 98
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Connection
2m
Models NPN
QS18EN6LP QS18EN6LPQ8 QS18EN6CV15 QS18EN6CV15Q8 QS18EN6CV45 QS18EN6CV45Q8 QS18EN6D QS18EN6DQ8 QS18EN6DB QS18EN6DBQ8 QS18EN6W QS18EN6WQ8 QS18EN6DV QS18EN6DVQ8 QS18EN6FP QS18EN6FPQ8
Models PNP
QS18EP6LP QS18EP6LPQ8 QS18EP6CV15 QS18EP6CV15Q8 QS18EP6CV45 QS18EP6CV45Q8 QS18EP6D QS18EP6DQ8 QS18EP6DB QS18EP6DBQ8 QS18EP6W QS18EP6WQ8 QS18EP6DV QS18EP6DVQ8 QS18EP6FP QS18EP6FPQ8
Excess Gain
Beam Pattern
BP-5 (p. 101) BP-18 (p. 102) BP-19 (p. 102) BP-12 (p. 102) BP-13 (p. 102) BP-14 (p. 102)
P
POLAR RETRO
CONVERGENT
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
DIVERGENT
4-pin Euro QD 2m 600 mm
DIFFUSE
4-pin Euro QD Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 2m 4-pin Euro QD
EGC-16 (p. 99)
BP-15 (p. 102)
EGC-34 & EGC-35 (p. 101)
BP-24 & BP-25 (p. 102)
PLASTIC FIBER
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 98). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS18EN6LP W/30). QD models For 4-pin integral Euro-style QD, add suffix Q8 (example, QS18EN6LPQ8). For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, QS18EN6LPQ5). For 4-pin integral Pico-style QD, add suffix Q7 (example, QS18EN6LPQ7). For 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q (example, QS18EN6LPQ). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-84 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information.
95
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
WORLD-BEAM QS18 Ultrasonic, 12-30V dc

50 - 500 mm
ULTRASONIC ULTRASONIC
Connection
2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD
Models NPN
QS18UNA QS18UNAQ8 QS18UNAE
Models PNP
QS18UPA QS18UPAQ8 QS18UPAE QS18UPAEQ8
Excess Gain
Beam Pattern
SENSORS
QS18UNAEQ8
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 98). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS18UNA W/30). QD models: For 4-pin integral Euro-style QD, add suffix Q8 (example, QS18UNAQ8). For 4-pin integral Pico-style QD, add suffix Q7 (example, QS18UNAQ7). For complete information see QS18U Ultrasonic Sensors on page 325. Models are epoxy-encapsulated, IP68; NEMA 6P with remote TEACH programming.
For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, QS18UNAQ5). For 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q (example, QS18UNAQ).
ACCESSORIES
WORLD-BEAM QS18 Expert Specifications

Supply Voltage Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 35 mA, exclusive of load; 10 to 24V dc @ greater than 55 C Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model Light (LO) or Dark Operate (DO) selectable Selectable 30 millisecond output OFF-delay Rating: 100 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 50 A @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1.5V (2 m cable); 1.7V (9 m cable) Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of output 600 microseconds ON/OFF Momentary delay on power-up; outputs do not conduct during this time 75 microseconds Thresholds: Push-button/remote-wire configurable Five Expert-style TEACH and SET options Light/Dark Operate: selectable by programming order (load output follows the first taught target condition) Push-button enable/disable: (remote wire only) See data sheet for detailed information 2 LED indicators: Green: RUN mode, output short-circuit Yellow: Output ON/marginal, TEACH mode
page 98
Output Response Time Delay at Power-up Repeatability Adjustments
Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Certifications Hookup Diagrams
ABS housing, PMMA lens rated IEC IP67; NEMA 6 3 mm mounting hardware included Meets NEMA 6; IEC IP67; UL Type 1 2 m or 9 m 4-wire PVC cable, or 4-pin 150 mm pigtail Pico-style QD (Q), or 4-pin 150 mm pigtail Euro-style QD (Q5), or 4-pin Integral Pico-style QD (Q7), or 4-pin Integral Euro-style QD (Q8). QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 98. Temperature: -20 to +70 C Relative humidity: 95% @ 50 C (non-condensing)
DC07 (p. 759)
WORLD-BEAM QS18 Ultrasonic Specifications

See page 326
96
WORLD-BEAM QS18 Universal Voltage Sensors

15.0 mm 34.0 mm
24.1 mm
80.5 mm
Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules
ONLINE
ACCESSORIES
page 98
WORLD-BEAM QS18 Universal Voltage, 20-140V ac/dc or 20-270V ac/dc

20 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Output
N-MOSFET (Sinking) P-MOSFET (Sourcing) N-MOSFET (Sinking)
Models LO
QS18ANWR QS18APWR QS18ANWLP QS18APWLP QS18ANWLV QS18APWLV QS18ANWDL QS18APWDL QS18ANWDXL QS18APWDXL
Models DO
QS18RNWR QS18RPWR QS18RNWLP QS18RPWLP QS18RNWLV QS18RPWLV QS18RNWDL QS18RPWDL QS18RNWDXL QS18RPWDXL
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 99)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 101)
MINIATURE COMPACT WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM S18/M18
QS18WE Emitter
P
POLAR RETRO
3.5 m
P-MOSFET (Sourcing) N-MOSFET (Sinking) 6.5 m
EGC-4 (p. 99)
BP-4 (p. 101)
T18 TM18 Q25 MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
RETRO
P-MOSFET (Sourcing) N-MOSFET (Sinking) 450 mm
EGC-3 (p. 99)
BP-3 (p. 101)
DIFFUSE
P-MOSFET (Sourcing) N-MOSFET (Sinking) 1m
EGC-11 (p. 99)
BP-10 (p. 102)
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
P-MOSFET (Sourcing)
EGC-12 (p. 99)
BP-11 (p. 102)
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 98). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS18WE W/30). QD models For 4-pin 150 mm Micro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q2 to the model number (example, QS18WEQ2). 600V cable models: Standard models are supplied with 300V cable. For a 600V cable, add suffix C1 to the 2 m model number (example, QS18WEC1). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-84 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. MOSFET: Metal oxide semiconductor field-effect transistor.
WORLD-BEAM QS18 Universal Voltage Specifications

Supply Voltage Supply Protection Circuitry
P-MOSFET Models: 20 to 140V ac/dc @ < 10 mA, exclusive of load N-MOSFET Models: 20 to 270V ac/dc @ < 10 mA, exclusive of load Protected against reverse polarity and transient over-voltages
More on next page
97
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
WORLD-BEAM QS18 Universal Voltage Specifications (contd)

Single Discrete Output, 100 mA load rating N-MOSFET or P-MOSFET, depending on model number Light Operate or Dark Operate, depending on model number P-MOSFET models 100 mA with short circuit protection OFF-state leakage current: < 400 A ON-state saturation voltage: 2.75V Protected against output short-circuit and false pulse on power up Latching short-circuit protection; reset by cycling power 100 milliseconds max. dc, 300 milliseconds max. ac; outputs do not conduct during this time 1.5 milliseconds Opposed mode: 16.6 milliseconds (1 cycle at 60 Hz) All other modes: 8.3 milliseconds ( cycle at 60 Hz) Diffuse, Retroreflective and Polarized Retroreflective models only: 1-turn potentiometer Sensitivity (Gain) adjustment Green: Power ON Housing: ABS Lenses: PMMA Gain Adjuster: acetal IEC IP67 (NEMA 6); 1200 PSI washdown NEMA ICS5, Annex F-2002 (PW12); UL Type 1 2 m 3-conductor, 22 AWG PVC cable (300V ac), or 150 mm pigtail PVC cable with 4-pin threaded Micro-style connector; C1 suffix models: 2 m 3-conductor, 22 AWG PVC cable (600V ac) Temperature: Less than 140V ac/dc: 25 to +70 C (N-MOSFET and P-MOSFET models) 140V ac/dc or greater: 25 to +55 C (N-MOSFET models only) Max. Relative Humidity: 95% @ 55 C (non-condensing) Yellow: Light Sensed N-MOSFET models 100 mA with short circuit protection OFF-state leakage current: < 400 A ON-state saturation voltage: 2.5V
Output Rating
SENSORS
Output Protection Circuitry Delay at Power-up Repeatability Output Response Time Adjustments Indicators Construction
Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions
Certifications
8N35 IND. CONT. EQ.
Hookup Diagrams
Cabled Emitters: UN03 (p. 767) QD Emitters: UN04 (p. 767)
Other cable models: UN05 (p. 768) Other QD models: UN06 (p. 768)
Euro Straight
Euro Right-Angle
Pico Straight
Pico Right-Angle
Micro Straight
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Euro QD (with Shield)

See page 697 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Pico QD
2.00 m PKG4-2 PKW4Z-2
Pico QD (with Shield)

See page 695 Length
2.00 m
Micro QD
See page 712 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m


MQDEC2-406 MQDEC2-415 MQDEC2-430 MQDEC2-406RA MQDEC2-415RA MQDEC2-430RA
Snap-on 4-Pin Straight Right-Angle

PKG4S-2 PKW4ZS-2
Threaded 4-Pin Straight

MQAC-406 MQAC-415 MQAC-430
Brackets
QS18
REFLECTORS
APERTURES
REFLECTORS
APERTURES
pg. 650 SMB18A
pg. 651 SMB18FA..
pg. 683 SMBQS18A
pg. 684 SMBQS18AF
pg. 652 SMB18SF
PAGE 724
PAGE 750
Additional brackets and information available. See page 632.
98
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
= Visible Red LED
LP = Visible Red Laser Polarized
= Visible Red Laser

Polarized Retroreflective Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18
1000
Opposed Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18

1000

1000
Retroreflective Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
QS186E and QS18...R

Opposed Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS186EB and QS18...RB

Opposed Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18...LV
Retroreflective Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
10 m (33')
QS18...LP
Retroreflective Mode 100 with BRT-84 Reflector 10
10
10
10
Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners
1 0.1 m (0.3')
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1 0.01 m (0.03')
0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 0.01 m (0.03')
0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
1 0.01 m (0.03')
0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
EGC-3
DISTANCE
EGC-4
DISTANCE
Range: 20 m
LED:
Range: 3 m
LED:
Range: 6.5 m LED:
Range: 3.5 m LED: P

Class 1 Laser
QS18...LLP with BRT-51X51BM with BRT-TVHG-2X2
10 1000
Polarized Retroreflective Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18 Expert

1000
Diffuse Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18E..LP
Retroreflective Mode 100 With BRT-84 Reflector 10
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18...D
Diffuse Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18...DB
Diffuse Mode 100
10
10
1 10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
10000 mm (400")
100000 mm (4000")
DISTANCE
1 0.01 m 0.10 m 1.00 m 10.00 m
EGC-5
EGC-6
DISTANCE
EGC-7
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40.0")
DISTANCE
EGC-8
1 1 mm (0.04")
MINIATURE
10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4.0") 1000 mm (40.0")
COMPACT WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM S18/M18 T18 TM18 Q25 MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
DISTANCE
Range: 20 m
LED: LP
Range: 3.5 m LED: P
Range: 450 mm LED:
Range: 450 mm LED:
Divergent Diffuse Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18

1000

Class 1 Laser
1000

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18...W
Divergent Diffuse Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18..LD
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18A..WDL
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18A..WDXL
100
10
10
10
10
EGC-9
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40.0")
DISTANCE
EGC-10
1 1 mm (0.04")
1
10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4.0") 1000 mm (40.0")
1 1 mm 0.04" 10 mm 0.4" 100 mm 4" 1000 mm 40"
DISTANCE
EGC-11
DISTANCE
EGC-12
1 mm 0.04"
10 mm 0.4"
100 mm 4"
1000 mm 40"
DISTANCE
Range: 100 mm LED:
Range: 300 mm LED:
Range: 450mm LED:
Range: 1 m
LED:
Diffuse Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18 Expert

1000

1000
Divergent Diffuse Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18 Expert

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18E..D
Diffuse
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18E..DB
Diffuse
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18E..W
Diffuse
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18E..DV
Diffuse
100
10
10
10
10
1 1 mm 0.04" 10 mm 0.4" 100 mm 4" 1000 mm 40"
1 1 mm 0.04" 10 mm 0.4" 100 mm 4" 1000 mm 40" 1 mm 0.04" 10 mm 0.4" 100 mm 4" 1000 mm 40"
1 1 mm 0.04" 10 mm 0.4" 100 mm 4" 1000 mm 40"
EGC-13
DISTANCE
EGC-14
DISTANCE
EGC-15
DISTANCE
EGC-16
DISTANCE
Range: 800 mm LED:
Range: 500 mm LED:
Range: 300 mm LED:
Range: 600 mm LED:
More on next page
99
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
(Convergent, Diffuse, Adjustable-Field and Fixed-Field mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
= Visible Red LED
= Visible Red Laser

Convergent Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18
1000
Convergent Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18 Expert

1000

1000
SENSORS
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18...CV15
Convergent Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18...CV45
Convergent Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18E..CV15
Convergent Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18E..CV45
Convergent Mode 100
10
10
10
10
EGC-17
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40.0")
DISTANCE
EGC-18
1 1 mm (0.04")
1
10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4.0") 1000 mm (40.0")
DISTANCE
EGC-19
1.0 mm 0.04"
10.0 mm 0.4"
100 mm 4.0"
1000 mm 40.0"
DISTANCE
EGC-20
1.0 mm 0.04"
10.0 mm 0.4"
100 mm 4.0"
1000 mm 40.0"
DISTANCE
Range: 16 mm LED:
Range: 43 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:
Range: 43 mm LED:
Adjustable-Field Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18 Background Suppression

1000 QS18..AF at 40 mm at 15 mm 100
Excess Gain
Adjustable-Field Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18 Foreground Suppression

1000 QS18..AF at 40 mm at 15 mm 100
Excess Gain
Background Suppression
E X C E S S G A I N
1000
Adjustable-Field Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18
Foreground Suppression
1000
QS18..AF at 30 mm at 300 mm
100
E X C E S S G A I N
100
10
10
10
10
1 1 10
Range (mm)
1 100 1 10
Range (mm)
1 1 mm .04" 10 mm .4" 100 mm 4" 1000 mm 40"
100
1 mm .04"
10 mm .4"
100 mm 4"
1000 mm 40"
EGC-21
EGC-22
EGC-23
DISTANCE
EGC-24
DISTANCE
Cutoff: 15-40 mm LED:
Cutoff: 30-300mm LED:
Cutoff: 30-200mm LED:

1000

Class 1 Laser
1000

Class 2 Laser
1000
Fixed-Field Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
100
E X C E S S G A I N
100
E X C E S S G A I N
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18...FF50
Fixed-Field 100
10
10
10
10
EGC-25
1 1 mm .04"
10 mm .4"
100 mm 4"
1000 mm 40"
DISTANCE
EGC-26
1 1 mm .04"
1 10 mm .4" 100 mm 4" 1000 mm 40" 1 mm .04" 10 mm .4" 100 mm 4" 1000 mm 40"
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1.0 mm (0.04")
10.0 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
DISTANCE
EGC-27
DISTANCE
EGC-28
DISTANCE
Cutoff: 20 -100 mm
LED:
Cutoff: 30 -150 mm
LED:
Cutoff: 50 - 250 mm
LED:
Cutoff: 50 mm LED:

1000
Opposed Mode Glass Fiber WORLD-BEAM QS18

1000
Diffuse Mode Glass Fiber WORLD-BEAM QS18

1000
Opposed Mode Plastic Fiber WORLD-BEAM QS18

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18...FF100
Fixed-Field 100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18F
Opposed Mode Glass Fibers IT23S Fibers w/L9 lenses
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18F
Diffuse Mode Glass Fibers
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18..FP QS18..FP
Opposed Mode Plastic Fibers
100
10
10 IT13S Fibers 1 0.01 m (0.033') 0.1 m (0.33') IT23S Fibers 1m (3.3') 10 m (33')
10
BT23S Fiber
PIT66U Fiber 10 PIT46U Fiber
BT13S Fiber 1 1 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4") 1000 mm (40")
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1.0 mm (0.04")
10.0 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.40")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-29
DISTANCE
EGC-30
DISTANCE
EGC-31
DISTANCE
EGC-32
DISTANCE
Cutoff: 100 mm LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
More on next page
100
Excess Gain Curves

= Visible Red LED
Diffuse Mode Plastic Fiber WORLD-BEAM QS18

1000
Opposed Mode Plastic Fiber WORLD-BEAM QS18 Expert

1000
Diffuse Mode Plastic Fiber WORLD-BEAM QS18 Expert

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18..FP QS18..FP
Diffuse Mode Plastic Fibers PBT66U Fiber
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18EFP
Opposed Mode 100
PIT66U fibers
E X C E S S G A I N
QS18EFP
Diffuse Mode 100 PBT66U fibers
Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners
10
10
PIT46U fibers
10
PBT46U Fiber 1 0.1 mm (0.004") 1 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4")
PBT46U fibers 1 0.1 mm 0.004" 1.0 mm 0.04" 10 mm 0.4" 100 mm 4"
1 1.0 mm 0.04" 10.0 mm 0.4" 100 mm 4.0" 1000 mm 40.0"
EGC-33
DISTANCE
EGC-34
DISTANCE
EGC-35
DISTANCE
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
MINIATURE COMPACT
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM S18/M18 T18 TM18 Q25 MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
QS18...LV
QS18...LP
Retroreflective Mode with BRT-84 Reflector
= Visible Red LED

750 mm 500 mm 250 mm 0 250 mm 500 mm 750 mm 0 4m (12') 8m (26') 12 m (40') 16 m (52')

30" 20" 10" 0 10" 20" 30" 20 m (66')

6" 4"
30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 0 0.75 m (2.5') 1.5 m (5') 2.25 m (7.5') 3.0 m (10') 1.2" 0.8" 0.4" 0 0.4" 0.8" 1.2" 3.75 m (12.5')
QS186E and QS18...R

Opposed Mode
450 mm 300 mm 150 mm 0 150 mm 300 mm 450 mm 0
QS186EB and QS18...RB

Opposed Mode
18" 12" 6" 0 6" 12" 18"
150 mm 100 mm 50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 0
2" 0 2" 4" 6"
0.75 m (2.5')
1.5 m (5')
2.25 m (7.5')
3.0 m (10')
3.75 m (12.5')
1.5 m (5')
3.0 m (10')
4.5 m (15')
6.0 m (20')
7.5 m (25')
BP-1
DISTANCE
BP-2
DISTANCE
BP-3
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-4
Range: 20 m
LED:
Range: 3 m
LED:
Range: 6.5 m
LED:
Range: 3.5 m
LED: P
Polarized Retroreflective Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18 Expert

B E A M W I D T H
60 mm 40 mm 20 mm 0 20 mm 40 mm 60 mm 0 0.75 m 2.5 1.5 m 5 2.25 m 7.5 3m 10 With BRT-84 Reflector
Divergent Diffuse Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18
QS18E..LP
2.4" 1.6" 0.8" 0 0.8" 1.6" 2.4" 3.75 m 12.5
6 mm 4 mm 2 mm 0 2 mm 4 mm 6 mm 0
QS18...D
Diffuse Mode
0.24" 0.16" 0.08" 0 0.08" 0.16" 0.24"
30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 0
QS18...DB
Diffuse Mode
1.2" 0.8" 0.4" 0 0.4" 0.8" 1.2"
30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 0
QS18...W
1.2" 0.8" 0.4" 0 0.4" 0.8" 1.2"
DISTANCE
100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400mm 500 mm (4.0") (8.0") (12.0") (16.0") (20.0")
100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400mm 500 mm (4.0") (8.0") (12.0") (16.0") (20.0")
20 mm (0.8")
40 mm (1.6")
60 mm (2.4")
80 mm 100 mm (3.2") (4.0")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-5
BP-6
BP-7
BP-8
Range: 3.5 m
LED: P
Range: 450 mm LED:
Range: 450 mm LED:
Range: 100 mm LED:
More on next page
101
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
(Diffuse and Convergent mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
= Visible Red LED
= Visible Red Laser

Diffuse Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18 Diffuse Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18 Diffuse Mode WORLD-BEAM QS18 Expert

Class 1 Laser
QS18..LD
SENSORS
3 mm 2 mm 1 mm 0 1 mm 2 mm 3 mm 0
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
6 mm 4 mm 2 mm
0
QS18A..WDL
0.23" 0.15" 0.07"

0
15 mm 10 mm 5 mm
0
QS18A..WDXL
0.6" 0.4" 0.2"

0
30 mm
QS18E..D
Diffuse
1.2" 0.8" 0.4" 0 0.4" 0.8" 1.2"
B 20 mm E A 10 mm M W I 10 mm D T 20 mm H
30 mm 0 200 mm 8" 400 mm 16" 600 mm 24" 0
2 mm 4 mm 6 mm 0
0.07" 0.15" 0.23" 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 500 mm (4") (8") (12") (16") (20")
5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 0
0.2" 0.4" 0.6" 200 mm 400 mm 600 mm 800 mm 1000 mm (8") (16") (24") (32") (40")
60 mm 120 mm 180 mm 240 mm 300 mm (2.36") (4.72") (7.09") (9.45") (11.8")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
800 mm 1000 mm 36" 40"
DISTANCE
BP-9
BP-10
BP-11
BP-12
Range: 300 mm LED:
Range: 450mm LED:
Range: 1 m
LED:
Range: 800 mm LED:
45 mm
B E 30 mm A M 15 mm
0 W I D 15 mm T 30 mm H 45 mm 0 100 mm 4" 200 mm 8" 300 mm 12"
QS18E..DB Diffuse
1.8" 1.2" 0.6" 0 0.6" 1.2" 1.8"
45 mm
B E A M W I D T H
QS18E..W Diffuse
1.8" 1.2" 0.6" 0 0.6" 1.2" 1.8"
30 mm 15 mm 0 15 mm 30 mm 45 mm 0 100 mm 4" 200 mm 8" 300 mm 12"
B E 20 mm A M 10 mm
0 W I D 10 mm T H 20 mm 30 mm 0 125 mm 5" 250 mm 10" 375 mm 15"
30 mm
QS18E..DV Diffuse
1.2" 0.8" 0.4" 0 0.4" 0.8" 1.2"
6 mm 4 mm 2 mm 0 2 mm 4 mm 6 mm 0
QS18...CV15
Convergent Mode
0.24" 0.16" 0.08" 0 0.08" 0.16" 0.24"
400 mm 500 mm 16" 20"
400 mm 500 mm 16" 20"
500 mm 20"
625 mm 25"
10 mm (0.4")
20 mm (0.8")
30 mm (1.2")
40 mm (1.6")
50 mm (2.0")
BP-13
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-14
BP-15
BP-16
Range: 500 mm LED:
Range: 300 mm LED:
Range: 600 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:

QS18E..CV15
Convergent Mode

QS18E..CV45
Convergent Mode
Opposed Mode Glass Fiber WORLD-BEAM QS18
6 mm 4 mm 2 mm 0 2 mm 4 mm 6 mm 0
QS18...CV45
Convergent Mode
0.24" 0.16" 0.08" 0 0.08" 0.16" 0.24"
B E A M W I D T H
6 mm 4 mm 2 mm 0 2 mm 4 mm 6 mm 0
0.24" 0.16" 0.08" 0 0.08" 0.16" 0.24"
B E A M W I D T H
9 mm 6 mm 3 mm 0 3 mm 6 mm 9 mm 0 20 mm 0.8" 40 mm 1.6"
0.3" 0.2" 0.1" 0 0.1" 0.2" 0.3"
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm
QS18F
Opposed Mode
3" 2" 1"
IT13S
IT23S
0 1" 2" 3"
15 mm (0.6")
30 mm (1.2")
45 mm (1.8")
60 mm (2.4")
75 mm (3.0")
10 mm 0.4"
20 mm 0.8"
30 mm 1.2"
40 mm 1.6"
50 mm 2.0"
60 mm 2.4"
80 mm 3.2"
100 mm 4.0"
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 500 mm (4") (8") (12") (16") (20")
DISTANCE
BP-17
BP-18
BP-19
BP-20
Range: 43 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:
Range: 43 mm LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Diffuse Mode Glass Fiber WORLD-BEAM QS18
Opposed Mode Plastic Fiber WORLD-BEAM QS18

QS18..FP QS18..FP
PIT66U PIT46U
Diffuse Mode Plastic Fiber WORLD-BEAM QS18

QS18..FP QS18..FP
Opposed Mode Plastic Fiber WORLD-BEAM QS18 Expert

B E A M W I D T H
60 mm 40 mm 20 mm 0 20 mm 40 mm 60 mm 0 50 mm 2.0" 100 mm 4.0" 150 mm 6.0" PIT46U Fibers PIT66U Fibers
1.9 mm 1.3 mm 0.65 mm 0 0.65 mm 1.3 mm 1.9 mm 0 BT13S
QS18F
Diffuse Mode
0.075" 0.050" 0.025" BT23S 0 0.025" 0.050" 0.075"
60 mm 40 mm 20 mm 0 20 mm 40 mm 60 mm 0
2.4" 1.6" 0.8" 0 0.8"
30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 0
1.2" 0.8"
QS18EFP
Opposed Mode
2.4" 1.6" 0.8" 0 0.8" 1.6" 2.4"
Diffuse Mode Plastic Fibers
PBT66U
0.4" 0 0.4"
Opposed Mode Plastic Fibers 50 mm (2")
1.6" 2.4"
PBT46U
0.8" 1.2"
7.5 mm (0.3")
15 mm 22.5 mm 30 mm 37.5 mm (0.6") (0.9") (1.2") (1.5")
100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm (4") (6") (8") (10")
20 mm (0.8")
40 mm (1.6")
60 mm (2.4")
80 mm 100 mm (3.2") (4.8")
200 mm 250 mm 8.0" 10.0"
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-21
BP-22
BP-23
BP-24
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
More on next page
102
Beam Patterns
= Visible Red LED
Diffuse Mode Plastic Fiber WORLD-BEAM QS18 Expert
B E A M W I D T H
30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 0
QS18EFP
Diffuse Mode PBT66U Fibers
1.2" 0.8" 0.4" 0
PBT46U Fibers
0.4" 0.8" 1.2"
20 mm 0.8"
40 mm 1.6"
60 mm 2.4"
80 mm 3.2"
100 mm 4.0"
DISTANCE
BP-25
Range: Varies
LED:
Minimum Separation Distance

WORLD-BEAM QS18 Adjustable-Field Background Suppression LED (30-300 mm)
50
WORLD-BEAM QS18 Adjustable-Field Foreground Suppression LED (30-200 mm)

0
QS18AF300 Minimum Separation Between Object to Background (Background Suppression Mode)

Object / Background
QS18AFF200 Minimum Separation Between Object to Background (Foreground Suppression Mode)

White / White
40
Minimum Separation (mm)
Black / White
-10
Gray / Gray
30
Gray / White
-20
-30
Black / White, Gray, or Black
T18 TM18 Q25 MIDSIZE
20
White / White
-40
10
-50 0
Object / Background
50 100 150 200 250 300 350
FULLSIZE
0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Distance (mm )
MSD-1
Distance (mm )
MSD-2
WORLD-BEAM QS18 Adjustable-Field Background Suppression LED (15-40 mm)

QS18AF40 Minimum Separation Between Object to Background (Background Suppression Mode)
3.0
WORLD-BEAM QS18 Adjustable-Field Foreground Suppression LED (15-40 mm)

QS18AFF40 Minimum Separation Between Object to Background (Foreground Suppression Mode)
0.0
Object / Background
2.5 Minimum Separation (mm)
Black / White
-0.5
White / White
2.0
Gray / Gray
-1.0
1.5
-1.5
1.0
-2.0
Gray / White
0.5
-2.5
Black / White, Gray, or Black
White / White
0.0
-3.0
Object / Background
50
MSD-3
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Distance (mm )
MSD-4
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
Distance (mm )
103
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Cutoff Point Deviation

WORLD-BEAM QS18 Adjustable-Field Background Suppression LED (20-100 mm) WORLD-BEAM QS18 Adjustable-Field Background Suppression Class 1 Laser (30-150 mm)
SENSORS
0 -2 Percent Deviation
Percent Deviation
0 -4 -8 -12 -16 -20
-4 -6 -8 -10
18% Gray Card 6% Black Card 20 35 50 75 100
18% Gray Card 6% Black Card 30 60 90 120 150
Cutoff Setting (90% White Card)
Cutoff Setting in mm (90% White Card)
CPDC-1
CPDC-2
WORLD-BEAM QS18 Adjustable-Field Background Suppression Class 2 Laser (50-250 mm)
-4 Percent Deviation
-8
-12
-16
18% Gray Card 6% Black Card
-20
50
100
150
200
250
Cutoff Setting in mm (90% White Card)
CPDC-3
104
Side-Mount Rectangular Sensor

WORLD-BEAM Q20
Features compact, rectangular housing with industry-standard mounting configuration Available in opposed, polarized and non-polarized retroreflective, diffuse and fixed-field models Offers visible red beam for easy alignment on most models Features bright LED status indicators visible from 360 Provides water-tight, IP67 and NEMA 6 rated enclosure for rugged, reliable sensing Rated to 1200 psi for washdown environments Features an advanced electronic design for excellent noise immunity and crosstalk avoidance Provides versatile mounting options, including M3 (3 mm) inserts and 25.4 mm hole spacing Includes single-turn gain potentiometer for easy configuration, depending on model Background suppression models provide reliable detection up to 150 mm while ignoring objects in the background
ACCESSORIES
page 107
12.0 mm 20.0 mm
ONLINE
32.0 mm 25.4 mm
Outsert Detection
OPPOSED
Opposed, Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse Models Suffix E, EL, R, RL, LP, LV, D, DL, DXL and FF
Highly Reflective Container Detection
Tilt Tray Inspection

RETRO
P
POLAR RETRO

DIFFUSE
Sensing Mode/LED
Range
Connection
2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD
Models* NPN
Q20E Emitter
Models* PNP
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 108)
Beam Pattern
FIXED-FIELD
12 m
OPPOSED
Q20EQ5 Emitter Q20NR Q20NRQ5 Q20PR Q20PRQ5
BP-1 (p. 109)
More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 107). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q20ND W/30). QD models: For a 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, Q20NDQ5). For a 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q (example, Q20NDQ). For a 4-pin integral Pico-style QD, add suffix Q7 (example, Q20NDQ7).
* Available with health or alarm mode output; contact factory at 1-888-373-6767 for details.
105
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Infrared LED Visible Red LED

2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 6 m
RETRO
Models* NPN
Q20EL Emitter
Models* PNP
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 108)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 109)
SENSORS
20 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Q20ELQ5 Emitter Q20NRL Q20NRLQ5 Q20NLV Q20NLVQ5 Q20NLP Q20NLPQ5 Q20ND Q20NDQ5 Q20NDL Q20NDLQ5 Q20NDXL Q20NDXLQ5 Q20NFF50 Q20NFF50Q5 Q20NFF100 Q20NFF100Q5 Q20NFF150 Q20NFF150Q5 Q20PRL Q20PRLQ5 Q20PLV Q20PLVQ5 Q20PLP Q20PLPQ5 Q20PD Q20PDQ5 Q20PDL Q20PDLQ5 Q20PDXL Q20PDXLQ5 Q20PFF50 Q20PFF50Q5 Q20PFF100 Q20PFF100Q5 Q20PFF150 Q20PFF150Q5
4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4 m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 250 mm 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 1500 mm
EGC-2 (p. 108)
BP-2 (p. 109)
P
POLAR RETRO
EGC-3 (p. 108) EGC-4 (p. 108) EGC-5 (p. 108) EGC-6 (p. 108)
BP-3 (p. 109) BP-4 (p. 109) BP-5 (p. 109) BP-6 (p. 109)
DIFFUSE
ACCESSORIES
800 mm
page 107
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 0-50 mm Cutoff 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD
EGC-7 (p. 108)
0-100 mm Cutoff
FIXED-FIELD
EGC-8 (p. 108)
0-150 mm Cutoff
EGC-9 (p. 108)
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 107). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q20ND W/30). QD models: For a 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 (example, Q20NDQ5). For a 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q (example, Q20NDQ). For a 4-pin integral Pico-style QD, add suffix Q7 (example, Q20NDQ7). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-84 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories section for more information. * Available with health or alarm mode output; contact factory at 1-888-373-6767 for details.

Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuity Output Configuration Output Rating 10 to 30V dc (10% maximum ripple) at less than 18 mA, exclusive of load Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state complementary; PNP (sourcing) or NPN (sinking), depending on model 100 mA with short circuit protection OFF-state leakage current: NPN: less than 200 A sinking ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: less than 1.6V @ 100 mA Opposed: 1 millisecond/600 microseconds OFF 100 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time Opposed: 140 microseconds All others: 155 microseconds Diffuse, Retroreflective and Polarized Retroreflective: single-turn sensitivity (Gain) adjustment potentiometer Emitters: Green power ON only All others: Two LED Indicators: Green: Power ON Yellow: Black (LO) wire conducting
More on next page
PNP: less than 10 A sourcing PNP: less than 3.0V @ 100 mA
Output Response Time Delay a Power-up Repeatability Adjustments Indicators
All others: 800 microseconds ON/OFF
106
WORLD-BEAM Q20 Specifications (contd)

Construction Connections Operating Conditions Enviromental Rating Vibration and Mechanical Shock Application Note Housing: ABS Lenses: PPMA Gain Adjuster: PBT 2 m or 9 m 4-wire PVC cable, 4-pin 150 mm pigtail Pico-style QD (Q), or 4-pin 150 mm pigtail Euro-style QD (Q5), or 4-pin integral Pico-style QD (Q7), depending on model. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See pages 107. Temperature: 20 to +60 C Relative humidity: 95% @ 50 C (non-condensing)
Photoelectrics Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Special Purpose Sensors Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules
IEC IP67; NEMA 6 and 1200 psi washdown NEMA ICS 5, Annex F-2002 All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements method 201A (vibration: 10 to 60 Hz max., double amplitude 0.06", maximum acceleration 10G). Also meets IEC 947-5-2: 30G 11 ms duration, half sine wave 1. Opposed mode sensor spacing can be reduced by alternating emitters and receivers or by applying crosstalk filters (visible red models only). 2. NPN OFF-state leakage current is < 200 A for load resistances > 3 k or optically isolated loads. For load currents of 100 mA, leakage is < 1% of load current.
Certification Hookup Diagram Emitters: DC02 (p. 758) All others: DC03 (p. 758)
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Pico QD
2.00 m PKG4-2 PKW4Z-2
Pico QD
See page 695 Length
2.00 m 5.00 m 9.00 m


PKG4M-2 PKG4M-5 PKG4M-9 PKW4M-2 PKW4M-5 PKW4M-9 MINIATURE COMPACT WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26
Brackets
Q20
REFLECTORS APERTURES
MINI-BEAM S18/M18 T18 TM18 Q25 MIDSIZE
REFLECTORS
APERTURES
pg. 682 SMBQ20H
pg. 682 SMBQ20L
pg. 682 SMBQ20LV
pg. 682 SMBQ20U
PAGE 724
PAGE 750
FULLSIZE
107
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
(Diffuse and Fixed-Field mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
= Visible Red LED

1000

1000
Diffuse Mode WORLD-BEAM Q20

1000
SENSORS
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Q20
Opposed
100
E X C E S S G A I N
100 m 300'
Q20
Retroreflective 100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q20
Polarized Retro 100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q20
Short Range Diffuse 100
10
Filter
Infrared
10
10
10
Visible 1 0.1 m 0.3' 1.0 m 3.0' 10 m 30'
1 0.01 m 0.03' 0.1 m 0.3' 1.0 m 3.0' 10 m 30'
1 0.01 m 0.03' 0.1 m 0.3' 1.0 m 3.0' 10 m 30'
1 1.0 mm 0.04" 10.0 mm 0.4" 100 mm 4.0" 1000 mm 40.0"
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
EGC-3
DISTANCE
EGC-4
DISTANCE
Range: 20 m
LED:
Range: 6 m
LED:
Range: 4 m
LED: P
Range: 250 mm LED:

1000

1000
Fixed-Field Mode Q20

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Q20
Long Range Diffuse
100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q20
Long Range Diffuse
100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q20 FF
Fixed-Field 100
6 mm spot size @ 25 mm focus 6 mm spot size @ 50 mm cutoff
10 Visible 1
10
Infrared
10
1.0 mm 0.04"
10.0 mm 0.4"
EGC-5
DISTANCE
100 mm 4.0"
1000 mm 40.0"
1.0 mm 0.04"
10.0 mm 0.4"
EGC-6
DISTANCE
100 mm 4.0"
1000 mm 40.0"
1 1.0 mm 0.04" 10.0 mm 0.4" 100 mm 4.0" 1000 mm 40.0"
EGC-7
DISTANCE
Using 18% gray test card: Cutoff distance will be 95% of value shown. Using 6% black test card: Cutoff distance will be 90% of value shown.
Range: 800 mm LED:
Range:1500 mm LED:
Cutoff: 50 mm LED:

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Q20 FF
Fixed-Field 100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q20 FF
Fixed-Field 100
10
EGC-8
1.0 mm 0.04"
10.0 mm 0.4"
100 mm 4.0"
1000 mm 40.0"
10
DISTANCE
EGC-9
1.0 mm 0.04"
10.0 mm 0.4"
100 mm 4.0"
1000 mm 40.0"
Using 18% gray test card: Cutoff distance will be 80% of value shown. Using 6% black test card: Cutoff distance will be 70% of value shown. More on next page
DISTANCE
Cutoff: 100 mm LED:
Cutoff: 150 mm LED:
108
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
= Visible Red LED

1200 mm 800 mm 400 mm 0 mm 400 mm 800 mm 1200 mm 0 3m 9.8' 6m 19.7' 9m 29.5' 12 m 39.4' 15 m 49.2' 18 m 59.0'

Q20 Polarized Retroreflective with BRT-84 Reflector
Q20 Opposed Mode Infrared Visible
47" 31" 16" 0 16" 31" 47" 21 m 68.9'
150 mm 100 mm 50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 0
Q20 Retroreflective with BRT-84 Reflector
6" 4" 2" 0 2" 4" 6"
150 mm 100 mm 50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 0
6" 4" 2" 0 2" 4" 6"
30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 0
Q20 Diffuse short range
1.2" 0.8" 0.4" 0 0.4" 0.8" 1.2"
Filters
DISTANCE
2m 6.6'
4m 13'
6m 20'
8m 26'
10 m 33'
1m 3.3'
2m 6.6'
3m 10'
4m 13'
5m 16'
50 mm 2.0"
100 mm 4.0"
150 mm 6.0"
200 mm 250 mm 8.0" 10"
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-1
BP-2
BP-3
BP-4
Range: 20 m
LED:
Range: 6 m
LED:
Range: 4 m
LED: P
Range: 250 mm LED:
60 mm 40 mm 20 mm 0 20 mm 40 mm 60 mm 0
Q20 Diffuse long range
2.4" 1.6"
60 mm 40 mm 20 mm 0 20 mm 40 mm 60 mm 0
Q20 Diffuse long range Infrared
2.4" 1.6" 0.8" 0 0.8" 1.6" 2.4"
Visible
0.8" 0 0.8" 1.6" 2.4"
300 mm 12"
600 mm 24"
900 mm 1200 mm 1500 mm 35" 47" 59"
300 mm 12"
600 mm 24"
900 mm 1200 mm 1500 mm 35" 47" 59"
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-5
BP-6
Range: 800 mm LED:
Range: 1500 mm LED:
109
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Clear Object Sensor

Q26
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Reliable detection of clear, translucent or opaque objects including mirror like surfaces Coaxial optics enable reliable detection of targets to the face of the sensor Simple setup with a single turn sensitivity adjustment potentiometer Light Operate and Dark Operate selection by rotary switch Compact design ideal for when space is limited
page 111
COAXIAL
14.0 mm 25.0 mm
P
POLAR RETRO
20.0 mm
52.3 mm
ONLINE
Q26, 12-30V dc
Sensing Mode/LED
COAXIAL
Range
5-800 mm sensor to reflector distance with no detection
Connection
4-pin Pico QD 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD
Models NPN
Q26NXLPQ7 Q26NXLPQ5
Models PNP
Q26PXLPQ7 Q26PXLPQ5
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 111)
P
POLAR RETRO
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 111). For a 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q26NXLPQ7 W/30)
110
Q26 Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuity Output Configuration Output Rating 12 to 30V dc (10% maximum ripple within specified limits); supply current (exclusive of load current): 15mA Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Primary output (pin 2) NPN or PNP (current sinking or sourcing), depending on model; second output (pin 4) is a Health mode output. 100 mA max OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 microamp @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V @ 10 mA dc; less than 1.5V @ 150 mA dc Protected against false power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs 250 S ON and OFF 50 microseconds Green steady: Power ON Yellow steady: Output conducting ABS plastic housing; glass window Temperature: -10 to +55 C Leakproof design rated IP67 4-pin Threaded/Snap M8/Pico-Style QD connector or 4-pin 150 mm (6") Euro-style pigtail QD with PVC cable jacket depending on model. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 111. EN60068-2-6 and EN60068-2-27 Relative Humidity: 90% at 50; non-condensing
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Repeatability Indicators Construction Operating Conditions Environmental Rating Connection Vibration and Shock Certifications Hookup Diagrams
DC23 (p. 763)
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
Pico QD
See page 695 Length
2.00 m 5.00 m 9.00 m
MINIATURE
Q26
COMPACT WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM S18/M18


PKG4M-2 PKG4M-5 PKG4M-9 PKW4M-2 PKW4M-5 PKW4M-9 pg. 670 SMBLSTDLQ26 pg. 671 SMBLSTQ26
APERTURES
REFLECTORS
APERTURES
REFLECTORS
PAGE 750
PAGE 724
Beam Patterns
Spot Diameter
Polarized Retroreflective Mode Q26
40.0

50 mm 40 mm 30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm 50 mm Q26 with BRT-60X40C
SPOT DIAMETER (mm)
35.0 30.0 25.0 20.0 15.0 10.0 5.0 0.0 0 200 400 600 800 1000
BP-1
500 mm
1000 mm
DISTANCE
SEPARATION DISTANCE (mm)
Range: 800 mm LED: P
111
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Comprehensive Family of Photoelectric Sensors

MINI-BEAM
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Compact, high-performance sensors feature 18 mm threaded lens or side mount Available models include opposed, opposed clear plastic detection, diffuse and divergent diffuse, polarized and non-polarized retroreflective, convergent, glass and plastic fiber optic Models are available for ac or dc operation Convergent and fiber optic models offer infrared or visible red, blue, white, or green LED light source; select a color based on the application SME312 Expert models offer easy, push-button TEACH-mode setup MIAD9 series NAMUR models are for hazardous environments with approved switching amplifiers having intrinsically safe input circuits MINI-BEAM models detect clear plastic; MINI-BEAM Expert models detect clear objects
DC Models AC Models Expert Models page 112 115 118 121
page 122
OPPOSED
CLEAR PLASTIC
NAMUR Models
MINI-BEAM DC Sensors
12.2 mm
OPPOSED
RETRO
P
POLAR RETRO
CLEAR PLASTIC
24.1 mm
P
POLAR RETRO
30.7 mm
DIFFUSE DIVERGENT
53.3 mm
ONLINE
Opposed, Retroreflective, Diffuse and Convergent Models Suffix E, R, EPD, RPD, D, LV, LP, C, C2, CV, CV2, CVB, CV2B, CVG and CV2G
DIFFUSE
CONVERGENT
GLASS FIBER
12.2 mm 12.2 mm
12.2 mm
PLASTIC FIBER
30.7 mm
30.7 mm
30.7 mm
57.5 mm
42.1 mm
39.1 mm
Glass Fiber Models Suffix F, FV, FVG and FVB
Plastic Fiber Models Suffix FP, FPG and FPB
Diffuse Models Suffix DBZ and W
112
MINI-BEAM, 10-30V dc
2m 3m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Visible Green LED
Visible Blue LED
Output
Models
SM31E Emitter SM31EQD Emitter SM31R SM31RQD SM31EL Emitter
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 123)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 127)
2m 30 m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 0.3 m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 5 m Bipolar NPN/PNP
SM31ELQD Emitter SM31RL SM31RLQD SM31EPD Emitter SM31EPDQD Emitter SM31RPD SM31RPDQD SM312LV SM312LVQD
EGC-2 (p. 123)
BP-2 (p. 127)
CLEAR PLASTIC
See Note Below***
See Note Below***
OPPOSED
RETRO
4-Pin Euro QD 2m 50 mm - 2 m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 10 mm - 3 m 4-Pin Euro QD 380 mm 300 mm 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 130 mm Bipolar NPN/PNP Bipolar NPN/PNP
EGC-4 (p. 123)
BP-4 (p. 127)
ACCESSORIES
page 122
P
POLAR RETRO EXTENDED RANGE
SM312LVAG SM312LVAGQD SM312LP SM312LPQD SM312D SM312DQD SM312DBZ SM312DBZQD SM312W SM312WQD SM312C SM312CQD SM312C2 SM312C2QD SM312CV SM312CVQD SM312CV2
EGC-5 (p. 123)
BP-5 (p. 127)
P
POLAR RETRO
EGC-6 (p. 123) EGC-12 (p. 123) EGC-13 (p. 123) EGC-14 (p. 123) EGC-20 (p. 124) EGC-21 (p. 124) EGC-22 (p. 124) EGC-23 (p. 124) EGC-24 (p. 124) EGC-25 (p. 124) EGC-26 (p. 124) EGC-27 (p. 124)
BP-6 (p. 127) BP-12 (p. 127) BP-13 (p. 127) BP-14 (p. 127) BP-20 (p. 128) BP-21 (p. 128) BP-22 (p. 128) BP-23 (p. 128) BP-24 (p. 128) BP-25 (p. 128) BP-26 (p. 128) BP-27 (p. 128)
More on next page
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
DIVERGENT
4-Pin Euro QD 16 mm 43 mm 16 mm 43 mm 16 mm 49 mm 16 mm 49 mm 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD Bipolar NPN/PNP
CONVERGENT
CONVERGENT
SM312CV2QD SM312CVG SM312CVGQD SM312CV2G SM312CV2GQD SM312CVB SM312CVBQD SM312CV2B SM312CV2BQD
CONVERGENT CONVERGENT
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 122). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SM312D W/30). *** Actual range depends on light transmission through the plastic being sensed. Some clear plastic materials may not be detected. When in doubt, ask your Banner representative to evaluate material samples. Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information.
113
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
Infrared LED
FULLSIZE
Visible Red LED Visible Green LED Visible Blue LED
MINI-BEAM, 10-30V dc
(contd)
Connection
2m
Output
Models
SM312F SM312FQD SM312FV
Excess Gain
EGC-35 & EGC-36 (p. 125) EGC-37 & EGC-38 (p. 125) EGC-39 (p. 125)
Beam Pattern
BP-35 & BP-36 (p. 129) BP-37 & BP-38 (p. 129) BP-39 (p. 129)
SENSORS
4-Pin Euro QD 2m
GLASS FIBER
4-Pin Euro QD 2m
Bipolar NPN/PNP
SM312FVQD SM312FVG SM312FVGQD SM312FVB SM312FVBQD SM312FP SM312FPQD
4-Pin Euro QD Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m
EGC-40 (p. 125) EGC-50 & EGC-51 (p. 126) EGC-52 (p. 126)
BP-40 (p. 129) BP-50 & BP-51 (p. 130) BP-52 (p. 130)
ACCESSORIES
PLASTIC FIBER
4-Pin Euro QD 2m Bipolar NPN/PNP
page 122
SM312FPG SM312FPGQD SM312FPB SM312FPBQD
4-Pin Euro QD 2m
GLASS FIBER PLASTIC FIBER
4-Pin Euro QD
EGC-53 (p. 126)
BP-53 (p. 130)
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 122). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SM312F W/30).
MINI-BEAM DC Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 25 mA (exclusive of load) Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Bipolar: One current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN) open-collector transistor; Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO) selectable. 150 mA max. each output at 25 C, derated to 100 mA at 70 C (derate 1 mA per C) OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A Output saturation voltage (PNP output): less than 1 V @ 10 mA; less than 2 V @ 150 mA Output saturation voltage (NPN output): less than 200 mV @ 10mA; less than 1 V @ 150 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short-circuit of outputs Sensors will respond to either a light or a dark signal of 1 millisecond or longer duration, 500 Hz max. 0.3 millisecond response modification is available. See note below. 100 millisecond; outputs do not conduct during this time. Opposed: 0.14 milliseconds Non-Polarized and Polarized Retroreflective, Diffuse, Convergent, and Glass and Plastic Fiber Optic: 0.3 milliseconds. Response time and repeatability specifications are independent of signal strength.
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Delay at Power-up Repeatability Adjustments Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Certifications Hookup Diagrams
Light or Dark Operate select switch and 15-turn GAIN (sensitivity) adjustment potentiometer Alignment Indicating Device system (AID) lights a rear-panel mounted red LED indicator whenever the sensor sees a light condition, with a superimposed pulse rate proportional to the light signal strength (the stronger the signal, the faster the pulse rate) Reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing, totally encapsulated, o-ring sealing, acrylic lenses, and stainless steel screws Meets NEMA standards 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 12, and 13; IEC IP67 PVC-jacketed 4-conductor 2 m or 9 m cables, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting are available. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 122. Temperature: -20 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Other Models: DC04 (p. 758)
NOTE: DC MINI-BEAMs may be ordered with 0.3 millisecond ON/OFF response by adding suffix MHS to the model number (example, SM312LVMHS). This modification reduces sensing range (and excess gain).
114
MINI-BEAM AC Sensors
12.2 mm
24.1 mm
30.7 mm
66.0 mm
ONLINE
Opposed, Retroreflective, Diffuse and Convergent Models Suffix E, R, EPD, RPD, D, LV, LP, C and CV
12.2 mm 12.2 mm
12.2 mm
ACCESSORIES
30.7 mm
30.7 mm
30.7 mm
page 122
MINIATURE
69.9 mm
54.8 mm
51.8 mm
COMPACT WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM S18/M18 T18 TM18 Q25
Glass Fiber Models Suffix F and FV
Diffuse Models Suffix DBZ and W
MINI-BEAM, 24-240V ac
2m 3m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
Output
Models
SMA31E Emitter SMA31EQD Emitter SM2A31R SM2A31RQD SMA31EL Emitter
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 123)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 127)
2m 30 m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD SPST Solid-State 2-Wire
SMA31ELQD Emitter SM2A31RL SM2A31RLQD SMA31EPD Emitter SMA31EPQD Emitter SM2A31RPD SM2A31RPDQD
EGC-2 (p. 123)
BP-2 (p. 127)
CLEAR PLASTIC
2m 0.3 m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD
See Note Below***
See Note Below***

More on next page
OPPOSED
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 122). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SM2A312D W/30). *** Actual range depends on light transmission through the plastic being sensed. Some clear plastic materials may not be detected. When in doubt, ask your Banner representative to evaluate material samples.
115
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Infrared LED Visible Red LED Visible Green LED
MINI-BEAM, 24-240V ac (contd)

380 mm
Connection
2m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m
Output
Models
SM2A312D SM2A312DQD
Excess Gain
EGC-12 (p. 123) EGC-13 (p. 123) EGC-14 (p. 123)
Beam Pattern
BP-12 (p. 127) BP-13 (p. 127) BP-14 (p. 127)
SENSORS
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
DIVERGENT
300 mm
SPST Solid-State 2-Wire
SM2A312DBZ SM2A312DBZQD SM2A312W SM2A312WQD SM2A312LV SM2A312LVQD
130 mm
3-Pin Micro QD 2m 5 m
RETRO
3-Pin Micro QD 2m 50 mm - 2 m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 10 mm - 3 m 3-Pin Micro QD 16 mm 2m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD 2m 16 mm SPST Solid-State 2-Wire SPST Solid-State 2-Wire
EGC-4 (p. 123)
BP-4 (p. 127)
P
POLAR RETRO
ACCESSORIES
SM2A312LVAG SM2A312LVAGQD SM2A312LP SM2A312LPQD SM2A312C SM2A312CQD SM2A312C2 SM2A312C2QD SM2A312CV SM2A312CVQD SM2A312CV2 SM2A312CV2QD SM2A312CVG SM2A312CVGQD SM2A312F
EGC-5 (p. 123)
BP-5 (p. 127)
EXTENDED RANGE
page 122
P
POLAR RETRO
EGC-6 (p. 123) EGC-20 (p. 124) EGC-21 (p. 124) EGC-22 (p. 124) EGC-23 (p. 124) EGC-24 (p. 124) EGC-35 & EGC-36 (p. 125) EGC-37 & EGC-38 (p. 125) EGC-50 & EGC-51 (p. 126)
BP-6 (p. 127) BP-20 (p. 128) BP-21 (p. 128) BP-22 (p. 128) BP-23 (p. 128) BP-24 (p. 128) BP-35 & BP-36 (p. 129) BP-37 & BP-38 (p. 129) BP-50 & BP-51 (p. 130)
CONVERGENT
43 mm
16 mm
CONVERGENT
43 mm
3-Pin Micro QD 2m
Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used
3-Pin Micro QD 2m 3-Pin Micro QD
SM2A312FQD SM2A312FV SM2A312FVQD
GLASS FIBER
PLASTIC FIBER
2m 3-Pin Micro QD
SM2A312FP SM2A312FPQD
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 122). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SM2A312LP W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information.
116
MINI-BEAM AC Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating 24 to 240V ac (50/60 Hz), 250V ac max Protected against transient voltages SPST SCR solid-state relay (light/dark operate selectable); 2-wire hookup Min. load current 5 mA max. steady-state load capability 300 mA to 50 C ambient 100 mA to 70 C ambient Inrush capability: 3 amps for 1 second (non repetitive); 10 amps for 1 cycle (non repetitive) OFF-state leakage current: less than 1.7 mA rms ON-state voltage drop: 5 volts at 300 mA load, 10 volts at 15 mA load Protected against false pulse on power-up Opposed: 2 milliseconds ON and 1 millisecond OFF Non-Polarized and Polarized Retroreflective, Convergent and Plastic Fiber Optic: 4 milliseconds ON and OFF Diffuse and Glass Fiber Optic: 8 milliseconds ON and OFF OFF response time specification does not include load response of up to ac cycle (8.3 milliseconds) Response time specification of load should be considered when important 300 milliseconds Opposed: 0.3 milliseconds Non-Polarized and Polarized Retroreflective, Convergent and Plastic Fiber Optic:1.3 milliseconds Diffuse and Glass Fiber Optics: 2.6 milliseconds Response time and repeatability specifications are independent of signal strength Light or Dark Operate select switch and 15-turn slotted GAIN (sensitivity) adjustment potentiometer Red indicator LED on rear of sensor is ON when the load is energized Reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing, totally encapsulated, o-ring sealing, acrylic lenses, and stainless steel screws Meets NEMA standards 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 12, and 13; IEC IP67 PVC-jacketed 2-conductor 2 m or 9 m cables, or 3-pin Micro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting are available. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 122. Temperature: -20 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Delay at Power-up Repeatability
Adjustments Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Application Notes
1. Overload conditions can destroy ac MINI-BEAM sensors. Directly wiring sensor without load series across hot and neutral will damage sensor (except emitter models). 2. Low voltage use requires careful analysis of the load to determine if the leakage current or on-state voltage of the sensor will interfere with proper operation of the load. 3. The false-pulse protection feature may cause momentary drop-out of the load when the sensor is wired in series or parallel with mechanical switch contacts.
Certifications
Hookup Diagrams
Cabled Emitters: AC03 (p. 764) QD Emitters: AC04 (p. 764)
All Other Cables Models: AC01 (p. 764) All Other Cabled Models: AC02 (p. 764)
117
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
12.2 mm
MINI-BEAM Expert Sensors

12.2 mm
30.7 mm
SENSORS
24.1 mm
30.7 mm
69.9 mm
Glass Fiber Models Suffix F, FV, FVG, FVB and FVW

66.0 mm
12.2 mm
12.2 mm
Retroreflective, Diffuse and Convergent Models Suffix LV, LP, D, DV, CV, CV2, CVG, CVB and CVW
30.7 mm
30.7 mm
ACCESSORIES
page 122
ONLINE
54.8 mm
51.8 mm
Plastic Fiber Models Suffix FP, FPG, FPB and FPW
Diffuse Models Suffix W
MINI-BEAM Expert, 10-30V dc

5 m
RETRO
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Connection
2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m
Output
Models
SME312LV SME312LVQD SME312LP
Excess Gain
EGC-7 (p. 123)
Beam Pattern
BP-7 (p. 127)
P
POLAR RETRO CLEAR OBJECT
10 mm - 3 m
5-Pin Euro QD 2m
Bipolar NPN/PNP
SME312LPQD SME312LPC* SME312LPCQD* SME312D SME312DQD SME312DV
EGC-8 (p. 123)
BP-8 (p. 127)
1m
POLAR RETRO
5-Pin Euro QD 2m 380 mm
EGC-9 (p. 123)
BP-9 (p. 127)
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
5-Pin Euro QD 2m 1100 mm Bipolar NPN/PNP 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 130 mm
EGC-15 (p. 123)
BP-15 (p. 127)
DIVERGENT
DIFFUSE
SME312DVQD SME312W SME312WQD
EGC-17 (p. 124)
BP-17 (p. 128)
5-Pin Euro QD
EGC-16 (p. 123)
BP-16 (p. 127)
More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 122). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SME312D W/30). * NOTE: For clear object detection, sensing range varies, according to the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector(s) used. For these low-contrast applications, the model BRT-2X2 reflector is recommended and is included with each SME312LPC(QD) sensor. For applications with high vibration, the model BRT-51X51BM, with its micro-prism geometry, is recommended. For long-range applications, the BRT-77X77C reflector provides a range up to 2 m. SME312LPC(QD) are for use with corner cube type reflectors only; reflective tape is not recommended. See page 724 for more information. NOTE: Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector, unless otherwise noted. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories section for more information.
118
MINI-BEAM Expert, 10-30V dc (contd)

16 mm
Infrared LED Visible Green LED
Visible Red LED Visible Blue LED
Visible White LED
Connection
2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m
Output
Models
SME312CV SME312CVQD SME312CV2 SME312CV2QD SME312CVG
Excess Gain
EGC-28 (p. 124) EGC-29 (p. 124) EGC-30 (p. 128)
Beam Pattern
BP-28 (p. 128) BP-29 (p. 128) BP-30 (p. 128)
CONVERGENT
43 mm
16 mm
Bipolar NPN/PNP
SME312CVGQD SME312CVB SME312CVBQD SME312CVW SME312CVWQD SME312F SME312FQD SME312FV SME312FVQD SME312FVG
EGC-31 (p. 124)
BP-31 (p. 128)
5-Pin Euro QD 2m
EGC-32 (p. 124) EGC-41 & EGC-42 (p. 125) EGC-43 & EGC-44 (p. 125) EGC-45 (p. 125)
BP-32 (p. 128) BP-41 & BP-42 (p. 129) BP-43 & BP-44 (p. 129) BP-45 (p. 129)
ACCESSORIES
page 122
5-Pin Euro QD 2m
MINIATURE COMPACT WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM S18/M18 T18
GLASS FIBER
5-Pin Euro QD Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 2m Bipolar NPN/PNP 5-Pin Euro QD 2m
SME312FVGQD SME312FVB SME312FVBQD SME312FVW SME312FVWQD SME312FP SME312FPQD SME312FPG SME312FPGQD Bipolar NPN/PNP SME312FPB SME312FPBQD SME312FPW SME312FPWQD
5-Pin Euro QD 2m
EGC-46 (p. 125)
BP-46 (p. 129)
TM18 Q25 MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
PLASTICFIBER GLASS FIBER
5-Pin Euro QD 2m
EGC-47 (p. 125) EGC-54 & EGC-55 (p. 126) EGC-56 (p. 126)
BP-47 (p. 129) BP-54 & BP-55 (p. 130) BP-56 (p. 130)
PLASTIC FIBER
5-Pin Euro QD 2m
5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m
EGC-57 (p. 126)
BP-57 (p. 130)
5-Pin Euro QD
EGC-58 (p. 126)
BP-58 (p. 130)
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 122). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SME312CV W/30).
119
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
MINI-BEAM Expert Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 45 mA, exclusive of load Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Bipolar: One current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN) open-collector transistor Configuration in TEACH sequence for Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO) 150 mA max. each output at 25 C, derated to 100 mA at 70 C (derate 1 mA per C) OFF-state leakage current: less than 5 A @ 30V dc Output saturation voltage (PNP output): less than 1 V at 10 mA and less than 2 V at 150 mA Output saturation voltage (NPN output): less than 200 mV at 10 mA and less than 1 V at 150 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short-circuit of outputs Sensors will respond to either a light or a dark signal of 500 microseconds or longer duration, 1 kHz max. 1 second; outputs do not conduct during this time 100 microseconds (all models) Push-button TEACH mode sensitivity setting; remote TEACH mode input is provided (gray wire) Two LEDs: Yellow and Bicolor Green/Red Green: power ON Red: OFF when no signal is received. Yellow (TEACH Mode): ON to indicate sensor is ready to learn output ON condition OFF to indicate sensor is ready to learn output OFF condition Yellow (RUN Mode): ON when outputs are conducting See data sheet for more detailed information. Reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing, totally encapsulated, o-ring seal, acrylic lenses, and stainless steel screws Meets NEMA standards 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 12, and 13; IEC IP67 PVC-jacketed 5-conductor 2 m or 9 m unterminated cable, or 5-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting are available. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 118. Temperature: -20 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
SENSORS
Output Rating
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Delay at Power-up Repeatability Adjustments Indicators
The first condition presented during TEACH mode becomes the output ON condition
DC08 (p. 759)
120
MINI-BEAM NAMUR Sensors
12.2 mm
12.2 mm
30.7 mm
24.1 mm
Vision Wireless
30.7 mm
Glass Fiber Models Suffix F
69.9 mm
Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners
12.2 mm
66.0 mm
Opposed, Retroreflective, Diffuse and Convergent Models Suffix E, R, LV, D and CV
30.7 mm
ONLINE
Diffuse Models Suffix W

51.8 mm
ACCESSORIES
page 122
MINI-BEAM NAMUR Sensors, 5-15V dc

2m 6m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Output Type
Models
MI9E Emitter MI9EQ Emitter MIAD9R MIAD9RQ MIAD9LV MIAD9LVQ MIAD9LVAG MIAD9LVAGQ MIAD9D
Excess Gain
EGC-3 (p. 123)
Beam Pattern
BP-3 (p. 127)
MINIATURE COMPACT WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM S18/M18 T18 TM18 Q25
5 m
RETRO
4-Pin Euro QD 2m
EGC-10 (p. 123)
BP-10 (p. 127)
MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
P
POLAR RETRO
50 mm - 2 m
4-Pin Euro QD 2m
EGC-11 (p. 123)
BP-11 (p. 127)
380 mm
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE DIVERGENT
Constant Current: 1.2 mA dark 2.1 mA light
MIAD9DQ MIAD9W MIAD9WQ MIAD9CV MIAD9CVQ MIAD9CV2 MIAD9CV2Q MIAD9F MIAD9FQ
EGC-18 (p. 124)
BP-18 (p. 128)
4-Pin Euro QD 16 mm 43 mm Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD
EGC-19 (p. 124) EGC-33 (p. 125) EGC-34 (p. 125) EGC-48 & EGC-49 (p. 125)
BP-19 (p. 128) BP-33 (p. 129) BP-34 (p. 129) BP-48 & BP-49 (p. 129)
CONVERGENT
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 122). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, MIAD9LV W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories section for more information.
121
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
MINI-BEAM NAMUR Specifications

Supply Voltage Output Output Response Time 5 to 15V dc (provided by the amplifier to which the sensor is connected) Constant current output: 1.2 mA in the dark condition and 2.1 mA in the light condition Opposed receiver: 2 milliseconds ON/400 microseconds OFF All others: 5 milliseconds ON/OFF (does not include amplifier response) GAIN (sensitivity) adjustment potentiometer Red LED Alignment Indicator Device (AID) located on rear panel lights when the sensor sees a light condition; pulse rate is proportional to signal strength (the stronger the signal, the faster the pulse rate). Reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing, totally encapsulated, o-ring sealing, acrylic lenses, and stainless steel screws Meets NEMA standards 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13; IEC IP67 PVC-jacketed 2-conductor 2 m or 9 m cables, or special 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting are available; QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 122. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
SENSORS
Adjustments Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Design Standards Certifications
MIAD9 Series sensors comply with the following standards: DIN 19 234, EN 50 014 Part 1. 1977, EN50 020 Part 7. 1977, Factory Mutual #3610 and 3611, CSA 22.2 #157-92 and 22.2 #213-M1987
L IS T E D
Hookup Diagrams
SP01 (p. 770)
APPROVALS
CSA: #LR 41887 Instrinsically Safe, with Entity for Class I, Groups A-D Class I, Div. 2, Groups A-D II IG EEx ia IIC T6 FM: #J.I. 5Y3A4.AX Intrinsically Safe, with Entity for Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A-G Class I, II, III, Div. 2, Groups A-D and G
KEMA: #03ATEX1441X
ETL: #553868
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Micro
See page 712 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
NAMUR Euro QD
See page 697 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m


MQDC1-506 MQDC1-515 MQDC1-530 MQDC1-506RA MQDC1-515RA MQDC1-530RA


MQD9-406 MQD9-415 MQD9-406RA MQD9-415RA
Brackets
MINI-BEAM
REFLECTORS
APERTURES
pg. 650 SMB18A
pg. 651 SMB18FA..
pg. 652 SMB18SF
pg. 655 SMB312B
pg. 652 SMB3018SC
PAGE 724
PAGE 750
122
Excess Gain Curves (Diffuse mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
= Infrared LED = Visible Red LED P = Visible Red LED Polarized = Visible Red Clear Object Detection Polarized
Opposed Mode MINI-BEAM

1000

1000
Opposed Mode MINI-BEAM NAMUR

1000
Retroreflective Mode MINI-BEAM

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
SM31E & SM31R, SMA31E & SM2A31R

Opposed Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SM31EL & SM31RL, SMA31EL & SM2A31RL

Opposed Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
MI9E & MIAD9R

Opposed Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312LV SM2A312LV
Retroreflective Mode With BRT-3 Reflector
100
10
10
10
10
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.10 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 0.1 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.10 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.10 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
EGC-3
DISTANCE
EGC-4
DISTANCE
Range: 3 m
LED:
Range: 30 m
LED:
Range: 6 m
LED:
Range: 5 m
LED:
Polarized Retroreflective Mode MINI-BEAM

1000

1000
Retroreflective Mode MINI-BEAM Expert

1000
Polarized Retroreflective Mode MINI-BEAM Expert

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312LVAG SM2A312LVAG
100
With BRT-3 Reflector 10
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312LPQD
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312LV
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312LP
100
10 with BRT-3 Reflector 1 0.01 m (0.03')
10
10 With BRT-3 Reflector 1 0.01 m (0.03')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.10 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
0.1 m (0.3')
1m (3')
10 m (30')
1 .01 m (.033')
MINIATURE
0.1 m (0.3') 1m (3') 10 m (30')
.10 m (.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
COMPACT WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM S18/M18 T18 TM18 Q25 MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
EGC-5
DISTANCE
EGC-6
DISTANCE
EGC-7
DISTANCE
EGC-8
DISTANCE
Range: 2 m
LED: P
Range: 3 m
LED: P
Range: 5 m
LED:
Range: 3 m
LED: P

1000
Retroreflective Mode MINI-BEAM NAMUR

1000
Polarized Retroreflective Mode MINI-BEAM NAMUR

1000
Diffuse Mode MINI-BEAM

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312LPC
with BRT-77X77 Reflector Retroreflective Mode
100
10
with BRT-2X2 Reflector
E X C E S S G A I N
MIAD9LV
100
E X C E S S G A I N
MIAD9LVAG
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312D SM2A312D
Diffuse Mode
100
10
10
10
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.1 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 .0 m (33')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.10 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.10 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 1 mm (0.04")
EGC-9
DISTANCE
EGC-10
DISTANCE
EGC-11
DISTANCE
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-12
DISTANCE
Range: 1 m
LED:
Range: 5 m
LED:
Range: 2 m
LED: P
Range: 380 mm LED:

1000
Divergent Diffuse Mode MINI-BEAM

1000
Diffuse Mode MINI-BEAM Expert

1000
Divergent Diffuse Mode MINI-BEAM Expert

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312DBZ SM2A312DBZ
Diffuse Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312W SM2A312W
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312D
Diffuse Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312W
100
10
10
10
10
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.40")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-13
DISTANCE
EGC-14
DISTANCE
EGC-15
DISTANCE
EGC-16
DISTANCE
Range: 300 mm LED:
Range: 130 mm LED:
Range: 380 mm LED:
Range: 130 mm LED:
More on next page
123
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
(Diffuse and Convergent mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
= Visible Red LED
= Visible Green LED
= Visible Blue LED
= Visible White LED
Diffuse Mode MINI-BEAM NAMUR

1000
Divergent Diffuse Mode MINI-BEAM NAMUR

1000
Convergent Mode MINI-BEAM

1000
SENSORS
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312DV
100 Diffuse Mode
E X C E S S G A I N
MIAD9D
Diffuse Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
MIAD9W
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312C, SM2A312C
Convergent Mode
100
10
10
10
10
1 10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
10000 mm (400")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 0.01 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-17
DISTANCE
EGC-18
DISTANCE
EGC-19
DISTANCE
EGC-20
DISTANCE
Range:1100 mm LED:
Range: 380 mm LED:
Range: 75 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:

1000

1000

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312C2 SM2A312C2
Convergent Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312CV SM2A312CV
Convergent Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312CV2 SM2A312CV2
Convergent Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312CVG, SM2A312CVG
Convergent Mode
100
10
10
10
10
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04'')
10 mm (0.4'')
100 mm (4'')
1000 mm (40'')
EGC-21
DISTANCE
EGC-22
DISTANCE
EGC-23
DISTANCE
EGC-24
DISTANCE
Range: 43 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:
Range: 43 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:

1000

1000

1000
Convergent Mode MINI-BEAM Expert

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312CV2G
Convergent Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312CVB
Convergent Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312CV2B
Convergent Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312CV
Convergent Mode
100
10
10
10
10
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (.04 ")
10 mm (.4 ")
100 mm (4 ")
1000 mm (40 ")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-25
DISTANCE
EGC-26
DISTANCE
EGC-27
DISTANCE
EGC-28
DISTANCE
Range: 49 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:
Range: 49 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:

1000

1000

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312CV2
Convergent Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312CVG
100 Convergent Mode
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312CVB
100 Convergent Mode
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312CVW
100
Convergent Mode
10
10
10
10
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
EGC-29
DISTANCE
EGC-30
DISTANCE
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
EGC-31
DISTANCE
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-32
DISTANCE
Range: 43 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:
More on next page
124
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
(Convergent and Diffuse mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
= Visible Red LED
= Visible Green LED
= Visible Blue LED
= Visible White LED
Convergent Mode MINI-BEAM NAMUR

1000

1000
Opposed Mode Glass Fiber MINI-BEAM

1000
Diffuse Mode Glass Fiber MINI-BEAM

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
MIAD9CV
Convergent Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
MIAD9CV2
Convergent Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312F / SM2A312F
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312F SM2A312F
100
10
10
10
BT23S Fiber
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-33
DISTANCE
EGC-34
DISTANCE
EGC-35
DISTANCE
EGC-36
DISTANCE
Range: 16 mm LED:
Range: 43 mm LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:

1000

1000

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312FV SM2A312FV
100 Opposed Mode
IT23S Fiber 10 IT13S Fiber
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312FV SM2A312FV
Diffuse Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312FVG
Diffuse Mode
100
BT23S Fiber 10
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312FVB
Diffuse Mode
100
BT23S Fiber 10
10
BT23S Fiber
BT13S Fiber 1 0.1 mm (0.004") 1 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.40") 100 mm (4")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.40")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-37
DISTANCE
EGC-38
DISTANCE
EGC-39
DISTANCE
EGC-40
DISTANCE
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Opposed Mode Glass Fiber MINI-BEAM Expert

1000
Diffuse Mode Glass Fiber MINI-BEAM Expert

1000

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312F
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312F
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312FV
100 Opposed Mode
10
BT23S Fiber
IT23S Fiber 10 IT13S Fiber
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312FV
Diffuse Mode
100
10
BT23S Fiber
BT13S Fiber 1 .1 mm (.004") 1 mm (.04") 10 mm (.40") 100 mm (4")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.40")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-41
DISTANCE
EGC-42
DISTANCE
EGC-43
DISTANCE
EGC-44
DISTANCE
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:

1000

1000

1000
Opposed Mode Glass Fiber MINI-BEAM NAMUR

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312FVG
100
Diffuse Mode
BT23S Fiber 10
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312FVB
100
Diffuse Mode
BT23S Fiber 10
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312FVW
100
Diffuse Mode
E X C E S S G A I N
MIAD9F
100 Opposed Mode Glass Fibers IT23S Fiber 10 IT13S Fiber
BT23S Fiber 10
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.40")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-45
DISTANCE
EGC-46
DISTANCE
EGC-47
DISTANCE
EGC-48
DISTANCE
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
More on next page
125
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
= Visible Red LED
= Visible Green LED
= Visible Blue LED
= Visible White LED
Diffuse Mode Glass Fiber MINI-BEAM NAMUR
Opposed Mode Plastic Fiber MINI-BEAM

1000
Diffuse Mode Plastic Fiber MINI-BEAM

1000

1000
SENSORS
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
MIAD9F
100
E X C E S S G A I N
100 mm (4")
SM312FP SM2A312FP
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312FP SM2A312FP
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312FPG
Diffuse Mode Plastic Fiber
100
10
BT23S Fiber
10
PIT46U Fiber PIT26U Fiber
10
10
PBT46U Fiber
BT13S Fiber 1 0.1 mm (0.004") 1 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.40")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
EGC-49
DISTANCE
EGC-50
DISTANCE
EGC-51
DISTANCE
EGC-52
DISTANCE
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:

1000
Opposed Mode Plastic Fiber MINI-BEAM Expert

1000
Diffuse Mode Plastic Fiber MINI-BEAM Expert

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
SM312FPB
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312FP
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312FP
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312FPG
100
Diffuse Mode Plastic Fiber PBT46U Fiber
10
PBT46U Fiber
10
PIT46U Fiber PIT26U Fiber
10
10
PBT26U Fiber 1 .1 mm (0.004") 1 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4")
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.40")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
EGC-53
DISTANCE
EGC-54
DISTANCE
EGC-55
DISTANCE
EGC-56
DISTANCE
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312FPB
100
E X C E S S G A I N
SME312FPW
100
10
10
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
EGC-57
DISTANCE
EGC-58
DISTANCE
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
126
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
= Visible Red LED
= Visible Red Clear Object Detection Polarized

300 mm 200 mm 100 mm 0 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 0 0.6 m (2') 1.2 m (4') 1.8 m (6') 2.4 m (8')

12.0" 8.0" 4.0" 0 4.0" 8.0" 12.0" 3.0 m (10')
750 mm 500 mm 250 mm 0 250 mm 500 mm 750 mm 0 6m (20') 12 m (40') 18 m (60') 24 m (80')
Opposed Mode MINI-BEAM NAMUR

30.0" 20.0" 10.0" 0 10.0" 20.0" 30.0" 30 m (100')
Retroreflective Mode MINI-BEAM
SM31E & SM31R, SMA31E & SM2A31R

Opposed Mode
SM31EL & SM31RL, SMA31EL & SM2A31RL

Opposed Mode
150 mm 100 mm 50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 0
MI9E & MIAD9R

Opposed Mode
6" 4" 2" 0 2" 4" 6"
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0
SM312LV, SM2A312LV
3.0" 2.0" 1.0" 0 1.0"
With BRT-3 Reflector
2.0" 3.0"
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
1.2 m (4')
2.4 m (8')
3.6 m (12')
4.8 m (16')
6m (20')
1m (3')
2m (6')
3m (9')
4m (12')
5m (15')
DISTANCE
BP-1
BP-2
BP-3
DISTANCE
BP-4
Range: 3 m
LED:
Range: 30 m
LED:
Range: 6 m
LED:
Range: 5 m
LED:

75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0 0.6 m (2') 1.2 m (4') With BRT-3 Reflector 1.8 m (6') 2.4 m (8')

3.0" 2.0" 1.0" 0 1.0" 2.0" 3.0" 3.0 m (10')

SME312LV

3.0" 2.0" 1.0" 0 1.0" 2.0" 3.0"
60 mm 40 mm 20 mm 0 20 mm 40 mm 60 mm 0 0.6 m (2') 1.2 m (4') With BRT-3 Reflector 1.8 m (6') 2.4 m (8')
SM312LVAG, SM2A312LVAG
60 mm 40 mm 20 mm 0 20 mm 40 mm 60 mm 0
SM312LP/SM2A312LP
2.4" 1.6" 0.8" 0 0.8" 1.6"
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0
SME312LP
2.4" 1.6" 0.8" 0 0.8" 1.6" 2.4" 3.0 m (10')
With BRT-3 Reflector 0.6 m (2') 1.2 m (4') 1.8 m (6') 2.4 m (8')
2.4" 3.0 m (10')
1m (3')
2m (6')
3m (9')
4m (12')
5m (15')
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-5
BP-6
BP-7
BP-8
Range: 2 m
LED: P
Range: 3 m
LED: P
Range: 5 m
LED:
Range: 3 m
LED: P

150 mm 100 mm 50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 0 .5 m (1.7') 1m (3.3') 1.5 m (5') 2m (6.6') with BRT-2X2 Reflector with BRT-77X77 Reflector
Retroreflective Mode MINI-BEAM NAMUR
Polarized Retroreflective Mode MINI-BEAM NAMUR

3.0" 2.0"
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0 1m (3') 2m (6') With BRT-3 Reflector MIAD9LVAG
SME312LPC
6" 4" 2" 0 2" 4" 6" 2.5 m (8.3')
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0
MIAD9LV
Retroreflective Mode MIAD9LV
MIAD9LVAG
3.0" 2.0" 1.0" 0 1.0" 2.0" 3.0" 5m (15')
15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 0 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 0
SM312D, SM2A312D
Diffuse Mode
0.6" 0.4" 0.2" 0 0.2" 0.4" 0.6"
1.0" 0 1.0"
2.0" 3.0" 5m (15')
1m (3')
2m (6')
3m (9')
4m (12')
3m (9')
4m (12')
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
75 mm 150 mm 225 mm 300 mm 375 mm (3.0") (6.0") (9.0") (12.0") (15.0")
DISTANCE
BP-9
BP-10
BP-11
BP-12
Range: 1 m
LED:
Range: 5 m
LED:
Range: 2 m
LED: P
Range: 380 mm LED:
Divergent Diffuse Mode MINI-BEAM
15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 0 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 0
SM312DBZ/SM2A312DBZ
Diffuse Mode
0.6" 0.4" 0.2" 0 0.2" 0.4" 0.6"
22.5 mm 15.0 mm 7.5 mm 0 7.5 mm 15.0 mm 22.5 mm 0
SM312W, SM2A312W
Diffuse Mode
0.9" 0.6" 0.3" 0 0.3" 0.6" 0.9"
15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 0 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 0
SME312D
Diffuse Mode
0.6" 0.4" 0.2" 0 0.2" 0.4" 0.6"
22.5 mm 15.0 mm 7.5 mm 0 7.5 mm 15.0 mm 22.5 mm 0
Diffuse Mode
SME312W
0.9" 0.6" 0.3" 0 0.3" 0.6" 0.9"
75 mm 150 mm 225 mm 300 mm 375 mm (3.0") (6.0") (9.0") (12.0") (15.0")
25 mm (1.0")
50 mm (2.0")
75 mm (3.0")
100 mm 125 mm (4.0") (5.0")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
75 mm (3.0")
150 mm 225 mm 300 mm 375 mm (6.0") (9.0") (12.0") (15.0")
25 mm (1.0")
50 mm (2.0")
75 mm 100 mm 125 mm (3.0") (4.0") (5.0")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-13
BP-14
BP-15
BP-16
Range: 300 mm LED:
Range: 130 mm LED:
Range: 380 mm LED:
Range: 130 mm LED:
More on next page
127
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
= Visible Red LED
= Visible Green LED
= Visible Blue LED
= Visible White LED
Diffuse Mode MINI-BEAM NAMUR

MIAD9D
Diffuse Mode
Divergent Diffuse Mode MINI-BEAM NAMUR

MIAD9W
15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 0 5 mm 10mm 15 mm 0 25 mm (1") 50 mm (2") Divergent Mode 0.6" 0.4" 0.2" 0 0.2" 0.4" 0.6" 75 mm 100 mm 125 mm (3") (4") (5")
SENSORS
30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 0
SME312DV
Diffuse Mode
1.20" 0.80" 0.40" 0 0.40" 0.80" 1.20"
15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 0 5 mm 10mm 15 mm 0
0.6" 0.4" 0.2" 0 0.2" 0.4" 0.6"
3.8 mm 2.5 mm 1.2 mm 0 1.2 mm 2.5 mm 3.8 mm 0
SM312C, SM2A312C
Convergent Mode
0.15" 0.10" 0.05" 0 0.05" 0.10" 0.15"
300 mm 600 mm 900 mm 1200 mm 1500 mm (12.0") (24.0") (36.0") (48.0") (60.0")
75 mm 150 mm 225 mm 300 mm 375 mm (3") (6") (9") (12") (15")
25 mm (1")
50 mm (2")
75 mm 100 mm 125 mm (3") (4") (5")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-17
BP-18
BP-19
BP-20
Range:1100 mm LED:
Range: 380 mm LED:
Range: 75 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:
3.8 mm 2.5 mm 1.2 mm 0 1.2 mm 2.5 mm 3.8 mm 0
SM312C2, SM2A312C2
Convergent Mode
0.15" 0.10" 0.05" 0 0.05" 0.10" 0.15"
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0
SM312CV, SM2A312CV
Convergent Mode
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0
SM312CV2, SM2A312CV2
Convergent Mode
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
1.20 mm 0.80 mm 0.40 mm 0 0.40 mm 0.80 mm 1.20 mm 0
SM312CVG, SM2A312CVG
Convergent Mode
0.045" 0.030" 0.015" 0 0.015" 0.030" 0.045"
25 mm (1")
50 mm (2")
75 mm 100 mm 125 mm (3") (4") (5")
DISTANCE
7.5 mm (0.3")
15 mm 22.5 mm 30 mm 37.5 mm (0.6") (0.9") (1.2") (1.5")
25 mm (1")
50 mm (2")
75 mm 100 mm 125 mm (3") (4") (5")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
7.5 mm (0.3")
15 mm 22.5 mm 30 mm 37.5 mm (0.6") (0.9") (1.2") (1.5")
DISTANCE
BP-21
BP-22
BP-23
BP-24
Range: 43 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:
Range: 43 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0
SM312CV2G
Convergent Mode
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
1.20 mm 0.80 mm 0.40 mm 0 0.40 mm 0.80 mm 1.20 mm 0
Convergent Mode
SM312CVB
0.045" 0.030" 0.015" 0 0.015" 0.030" 0.045"
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0
SM312CV2B
Convergent Mode
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0
SME312CV
Convergent Mode
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
25 mm (1")
50 mm (2")
75 mm 100 mm 125 mm (3") (4") (5")
7.5 mm (0.3")
15 mm 22.5 mm 30 mm 37.5 mm (0.6") (0.9") (1.2") (1.5")
25 mm (1")
50 mm (2")
75 mm (3")
100 mm 125 mm (4") (5")
7.5 mm (0.3")
15 mm 22.5 mm 30 mm 37.5 mm (0.6") (0.9") (1.2") (1.5")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-25
BP-26
BP-27
BP-28
Range: 49 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:
Range: 49 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:

SME312CVG

SME312CVW
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0
SME312CV2
Convergent Mode
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0
0.12" 0.08"
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0
SME312CVB
0.12" 0.08"
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0
0.12" 0.08"
Convergent Mode
0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
Convergent Mode
0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
Convergent Mode
0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
25 mm (1")
50 mm (2")
75 mm 100 mm 125 mm (3") (4") (5")
7.5 mm (0.3")
15 mm (0.6")
22.5 mm (0.9")
30 mm (1.2")
37.5 mm (1.5")
7.5 mm (0.3")
15 mm (0.6")
22.5 mm (0.9")
30 mm (1.2")
37.5 mm (1.5")
7.5 mm (0.3")
15 mm (0.6")
22.5 mm (0.9")
30 mm (1.2")
37.5 mm (1.5")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-29
BP-30
BP-31
BP-32
Range: 43 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:
Range: 16 mm LED:
More on next page
128
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
= Visible Red LED
= Visible Green LED
= Visible Blue LED
= Visible White LED

MIAD9CV
3 mm 2 mm 1 mm 0 1 mm 2 mm 3 mm 0 25 mm (1") 50 mm (2") Convergent Mode 1.2" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 1.2" 75 mm 100 mm 125 mm (3") (4") (5")

MIAD9CV2
3 mm 2 mm 1 mm 0 1 mm 2 mm 3 mm 0 25 mm (1") 50 mm (2") Convergent Mode 1.2" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 1.2" 75 mm 100 mm 125 mm (3") (4") (5")
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0
SM312F/SM2A312F
Opposed Mode
3" 2" 1"
SM312F/SM2A312F
Diffuse Mode BT23S
0.075" 0.050" 0.025" 0 0.025" 0.050" 0.075"
IT13S
IT23S
0 1" 2" 3"
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 500 mm (4") (8") (12") (16") (20")
7.5 mm (0.3")
15 mm 22.5 mm 30 mm 37.5 mm (0.6") (0.9") (1.2") (1.5")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-33
BP-34
BP-35
BP-36
Range: 16 mm LED:
Range: 43 mm LED:
Fiber: Individual
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:

SM312FV, SM2A312FV
Diffuse Mode
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0
SM312FV, SM2A312FV
Opposed Mode
3" 2" 1"
1.95 mm 1.30 mm 0.65 mm 0 0.65 mm 1.30mm 1.95 mm 0
0.075" 0.050" 0.025"
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0
SM312FVG
Diffuse Mode
0.12" 0.08" 0.04"
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0
SM312FVB
Diffuse Mode
0.12" 0.08" 0.04"
IT13S
IT23S
0 1" 2" 3"
BT13S
BT23S
0 0.025" 0.050" 0.075"
BT13S
BT23S
0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
BT13S
BT23S
0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm (2") (4") (6") (8") (10")
5 mm (0.2")
10 mm (0.4")
15 mm (0.6")
20 mm (0.8")
25 mm (1.0")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
8 mm (0.3")
16 mm (0.6")
24 mm (0.9")
32 mm (1.2")
40 mm (1.5")
8 mm (0.3")
16 mm (0.6")
24 mm (0.9")
32 mm (1.2")
40 mm (1.5")
MINIATURE COMPACT WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-37
BP-38
BP-39
BP-40
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM S18/M18 T18 TM18 Q25 MIDSIZE FULLSIZE

SME312FV
Diffuse Mode
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0
SME312F
Opposed Mode
3" 2" 1"
SME312F
Diffuse Mode BT23S
0.075" 0.050" 0.025" 0 0.025" 0.050" 0.075"
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm
SME312FV
Opposed Mode
3" 2" 1"
1.95 mm 1.30 mm 0.65 mm 0 0.65 mm 1.30mm 1.95 mm 0
0.075" 0.050" 0.025"
IT13S
IT23S
0 1" 2" 3"
IT13S
IT23S
0 1" 2" 3"
BT13S
BT23S
0 0.025" 0.050" 0.075"
100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 500 mm (4") (8") (12") (16") (20")
7.5 mm (0.3")
15 mm 22.5 mm 30 mm 37.5 mm (0.6") (0.9") (1.2") (1.5")
DISTANCE
50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm (2") (4") (6") (8") (10")
5 mm (0.2")
10 mm (0.4")
15 mm (0.6")
20 mm (0.8")
25 mm (1.0")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-41
BP-42
BP-43
BP-44
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:

SME312FVG
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0 8 mm (0.3") 16 mm (0.6") 24 mm (0.9") 32 mm (1.2") BT13S BT23S Diffuse Mode 0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12" 40 mm (1.5")

SME312FVB

SME312FVW
Opposed Mode Glass Fiber MINI-BEAM NAMUR

MIAD9F
Opposed Mode
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0
3" 2" 1"
IT13S
IT23S
0 1" 2" 3"
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 500 mm (4") (8") (12") (16") (20")
DISTANCE
BP-45
BP-46
BP-47
BP-48
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
More on next page
129
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
= Visible Red LED
= Visible Green LED
= Visible Blue LED
= Visible White LED
Diffuse Mode Glass Fiber MINI-BEAM NAMUR
Opposed Mode Plastic Fiber MINI-BEAM

SM312FP/SM2A312FP
Diffuse Mode

SM312FPG
Diffuse Mode
SENSORS
1.8 mm 1.2 mm .06 mm 0 .06 mm 1.2 mm 1.8 mm 0 7.5 mm (0.3") BT13S
MIAD9F
Diffuse Mode
.075" .050" .025" BT23S 0 .025" .050" .075"
45 mm 30 mm 15 mm 0 15 mm 30 mm 45 mm 0
SM312FP/SM2A312FP
Opposed Mode
1.8" 1.2" 0.6"
3.8 mm 2.5 mm 1.2 mm 0 1.2 mm 2.5 mm 3.8 mm 0
0.15" 0.10" 0.05"
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" PBT46U 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
PIT26U
PIT46U
0 0.6" 1.2" 1.8"
PBT26U
PBT46U
0 0.05" 0.01" 0.015"
15 mm 22.5 mm 30 mm 37.5 mm (0.6") (0.9") (1.2") (1.5")
DISTANCE
25 mm (1")
50 mm (2")
75 mm (3")
100 mm 125 mm (4") (5")
7.5 mm (0.3")
15 mm 22.5 mm 30 mm 37.5 mm (0.6") (0.9") (1.2") (1.5")
4 mm (0.15")
8 mm (0.30")
12 mm (0.45")
16 mm (0.60")
20 mm (0.75")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-49
BP-50
BP-51
BP-52
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:

SM312FPB
Diffuse Mode
Opposed Mode Plastic Fiber MINI-BEAM Expert

SME312FP
Diffuse Mode
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" PBT46U 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
45 mm 30 mm 15 mm 0 15 mm 30 mm 45 mm 0
SME312FP
Opposed Mode
1.8" 1.2" 0.6"
3.8 mm 2.5 mm 1.2 mm 0 1.2 mm 2.5 mm 3.8 mm 0
0.15" 0.10" 0.05"
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0 4 mm (0.15") 8 mm (0.30") Diffuse Mode Plastic Fiber PBT46U
SME312FPG
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
PIT26U
PIT46U
0 0.6" 1.2" 1.8"
PBT26U
PBT46U
0 0.05" 0.10" 0.15"
4 mm (0.15")
8 mm (0.30")
12 mm (0.45")
16 mm (0.60")
20 mm (0.75")
25 mm (1")
50 mm (2")
75 mm (3")
100 mm 125 mm (4") (5")
7.5 mm (0.3")
15 mm 22.5 mm 30 mm 37.5 mm (0.6") (0.9") (1.2") (1.5")
12 mm (0.45")
16 mm (0.60")
20 mm (0.75")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-53
BP-54
BP-55
BP-56
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
SME312FPB
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
SME312FPW
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
12 mm (0.45")
16 mm (0.60")
20 mm (0.75")
12 mm (0.45")
16 mm (0.60")
20 mm (0.75")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-57
BP-58
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
130
S18 and M18
Specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments Plastic threaded barrel (S18) or stainless steel threaded barrel sensor (M18) available Completely epoxy-encapsulated to provide superior durability, even in harsh sensing environments Uses innovative dual-indicator system to reduce complexity of monitoring sensor performance Models available for ac or dc power Meets rigorous IP69K standards for use in washdown applications Includes advanced diagnostics to warn of marginal sensing conditions or output overload (dc models)
ACCESSORIES
S18 DC Models M18 DC Models
page 131 132
S18 AC Models
page 134
page 135
S18 and M18 DC Sensors
MINIATURE COMPACT WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM
18.0 mm
18.0 mm
S18/M18 T18 TM18 Q25
59.2 mm
59.2 mm
MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
ONLINE
S18 Opposed, Non-polarized Retroreflective and Diffuse Models Suffix E, R, L and D
M18 Opposed, Non-polarized Retroreflective and Diffuse Models Suffix E, R, L, D and DL
OPPOSED
RETRO
P
65.0 mm
S18 Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field Models Suffix LP and FF
65.0 mm
M18 Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field Models Suffix LP and FF
POLAR RETRO
DIFFUSE
S18, 10-30V dc
20 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
FIXED-FIELD
Connection
Models NPN
Models PNP
S186E Emitter S186EQ Emitter
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 136)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 137)
S18SN6R S18SN6RQ
S18SP6R S18SP6RQ
More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see pages 135). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, S18SP6R W/30).
131
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
S18, 10-30V dc (contd)

2 m
Connection
2m
Models NPN
S18SN6L S18SN6LQ S18SN6LP S18SN6LPQ S18SN6FF25 S18SN6FF25Q S18SN6FF50 S18SN6FF50Q S18SN6FF100 S18SN6FF100Q S18SN6D S18SN6DQ S18SN6DL S18SN6DLQ
Models PNP
S18SP6L S18SP6LQ S18SP6LP S18SP6LPQ S18SP6FF25 S18SP6FF25Q S18SP6FF50 S18SP6FF50Q S18SP6FF100 S18SP6FF100Q S18SP6D S18SP6DQ S18SP6DL S18SP6DLQ
Excess Gain
EGC-2 (p. 136)
Beam Pattern
BP-2 (p. 137)
SENSORS
RETRO RETRO
4-pin Euro QD 2m
P
POLAR RETRO
2 m 4-pin Euro QD 0 - 25 mm Cutoff 0 - 50 mm Cutoff 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD
BP-3 (p. 137)
BP-4 (p. 137) BP-5 (p. 137)
0 - 100 mm Cutoff 100 mm
ACCESSORIES
page 131
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
300 mm
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 135). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, S18SP6D W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories section for more information.
M18, 10-30V dc
20 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Connection
Models NPN
M186E Emitter
Models PNP
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 136)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 137)
M186EQ Emitter M18SN6R M18SN6RQ M18SN6L M18SN6LQ M18SN6LP M18SN6LPQ M18SN6FF25 M18SN6FF25Q M18SN6FF50 M18SN6FF50Q M18SN6FF100 M18SN6FF100Q M18SN6D M18SN6DQ M18SN6DL M18SN6DLQ M18SP6R M18SP6RQ M18SP6L M18SP6LQ M18SP6LP M18SP6LPQ M18SP6FF25 M18SP6FF25Q M18SP6FF50 M18SP6FF50Q M18SP6FF100 M18SP6FF100Q M18SP6D M18SP6DQ M18SP6DL M18SP6DLQ
2 m
RETRO RETRO
4-pin Euro QD 2m
EGC-2 (p. 136)
BP-2 (p. 137)
P
POLAR RETRO
2 m 4-pin Euro QD 0 - 25 mm Cutoff 0 - 50 mm Cutoff 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD
BP-3 (p.137)
BP-4 (p. 137) BP-5 (p. 137)
0 - 100 mm Cutoff 100 mm
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
300 mm
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 135). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, M18SP6D W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector, unless otherwise noted. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories section for more information.
132
S18 and M18 DC Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); Supply current (exclusive of load current): Opposed Emitters: 25 mA Opposed Receivers: 20 mA Polarized Retroreflective: 30 mA Non-polarized Retroreflective: 25 mA Fixed-field: 35 mA Diffuse: 25 mA Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state complementary dc switch; NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model The Dark Operate (DO) output may be wired as a normally open marginal signal alarm output, depending upon hookup to the power supply 150 mA max. (each) in standard hookup. When wired for alarm output, the total load may not exceed 150 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V at 10 mA dc; less than1.5V at 150 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 3 milliseconds ON, 1.5 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective, Non-polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 3 milliseconds ON/OFF 100 milliseconds; outputs are non-conducting during this time Opposed: 375 microseconds Polarized Retroreflective, Non-polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 750 microseconds. Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. Two LEDs: Green: Power is ON Yellow: Light Operate (LO) output is energized M18 models: stainless steel housing S18 models: thermoplastic polyester housing Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; S18 and M18 models come with two jam nuts Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P, IP67. QD models rated IP69K per DIN 40050-9. 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 135. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating
Construction
Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications
MINIATURE COMPACT WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM S18/M18 T18 TM18 Q25
All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max., double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation)
S18 and M18 models: Hookup Diagrams Emitters: DC02 (p. 758)
S18 models: NPN Models: DC05 (p. 759) PNP Models: DC06 (p. 759)
MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
133
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
S18 AC Sensors
ONLINE
SENSORS
18.0 mm
85.3 mm
86.3 mm
Opposed, Non-polarized Retroreflective and Diffuse Models Suffix E, R, L and D
Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field Models Suffix LP and FF
S18, 20-250V ac
Sensing Mode/LED
ACCESSORIES
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Range
20 m
Connection
2m 4-pin Micro QD 2m 4-pin Micro QD 2m
Models LO
S183E Emitter
Models DO
S183EQ1 Emitter
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 136)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 137)
page 135
OPPOSED OPPOSED
S18AW3R S18AW3RQ1 S18AW3L S18AW3LQ1 S18AW3LP S18AW3LPQ1 S18AW3FF25 S18AW3FF25Q1 S18AW3FF50 S18AW3FF50Q1 S18AW3FF100 S18AW3FF100Q1 S18AW3D S18AW3DQ1 S18AW3DL S18AW3DLQ1
S18RW3R S18RW3RQ1 S18RW3L S18RW3LQ1 S18RW3LP S18RW3LPQ1 S18RW3FF25 S18RW3FF25Q1 S18RW3FF50 S18RW3FF50Q1 S18RW3FF100 S18RW3FF100Q1 S18RW3D S18RW3DQ1 S18RW3DL S18RW3DLQ1
2 m
RETRO RETRO
4-pin Micro QD 2m
EGC-2 (p. 136)
BP-2 (p. 137)
P
POLAR RETRO
2 m 4-pin Micro QD 0 - 25 mm Cutoff 0 - 50 mm Cutoff 2m 4-pin Micro QD 2m 4-pin Micro QD 2m 4-pin Micro QD 2m 4-pin Micro QD 2m 4-pin Micro QD
BP-3 (p.137)
BP-4 (p. 137) BP-5 (p. 137)
0 - 100 mm Cutoff 100 mm 300 mm
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 135). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, S18AW3D W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector, unless otherwise noted. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories section for more information.
S18 AC Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 20 to 250V ac (50/60 Hz). Average current: 20 mA. Peak current: 200 mA at 20V ac, 500 mA at 120V ac, 750 mA at 250V ac Protected against transient voltages Solid-state ac switch; three-wire hookup; Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO), depending on model Light Operate: Output conducts when the sensor sees its own (or the emitters) modulated light Dark Operate: Output conducts when sensor sees dark 300 mA max. (continuous) Fixed-field: derate 5 mA/ C above +50 C Inrush capability: 1 amp for 20 milliseconds, non-repetitive OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 A ON-state voltage drop: 3V at 300 mA ac; 2V at 15 mA ac
Output Rating
More on next page
134
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Delay at Power-up Repeatability
(contd)
Protected against false pulse on power-up Opposed: 16 milliseconds ON, 8 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective, Non-polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 16 milliseconds ON/OFF 100 milliseconds Opposed: 2 milliseconds Polarized Retroreflective, Non-polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 4 milliseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. Two LEDs: Green: Power ON Yellow: Light sensed Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; two jam nuts included. Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P, IP67. QD models rated IP69K per DIN 40050-9. 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Micro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 135. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications Hookup Diagrams
All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max, double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation)
Other Cabled Models: AC05 (p. 765) Other QD Models: AC06 (p. 765)
MINIATURE COMPACT WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
MINI-BEAM S18/M18 T18 TM18 Q25 MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
Micro QD
See page 712 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m


MQAC-406 MQAC-415 MQAC-430 MQAC-406RA MQAC-415RA MQAC-430RA
Brackets
M18 & S18
REFLECTORS
APERTURES
pg. 651 SMB18FA..
pg. 650 SMB18A
pg. 652 SMB3018SC
pg. 660 SMBAMS18P
PAGE 724
PAGE 750
135
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
(Diffuse and Fixed-Field mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
Opposed Mode S18/M18
Retroreflective Mode S18/M18

1000
Polarized Retroreflective Mode S18/M18

1000
Diffuse Mode S18/M18

1000
SENSORS
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
S18/M18 Series
Opposed Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
S18/M18 Series
Non-Polarized Retro
100
with BRT-3 Reflector 10
E X C E S S G A I N
S18/M18 Series
Polarized Retro
100
E X C E S S G A I N
S18/M18 Series
Short Range Diffuse Mode Maximum Gain
100
10
10 Minimum Gain 1 1 mm (0.04")
1 0.1 m (0.33')
EGC-1
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
EGC-3
DISTANCE
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-4
DISTANCE
Range: 20 m
LED:
Range: 2 m
LED:
Range: 2 m
LED: P
Range: 100 mm LED:

1000 1000
Fixed-Field Mode S18/M18

E X C E S S G A I N
S18/M18 Series
Fixed-field mode with 25 mm far limit cutoff
E X C E S S G A I N
S18/M18 Series
Long Range Diffuse Mode
100
Maximum Gain
100
10 Minimum Gain 1 1 mm (0.04")
10
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
EGC-5
DISTANCE
EGC-6
DISTANCE
Range: 300 mm LED:
Cutoff: 25 mm LED:

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
S18/M18 Series
100
E X C E S S G A I N
S18/M18 Series
100
10
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
EGC-7
DISTANCE
10
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
EGC-8
DISTANCE
Cutoff: 50 mm LED:
Cutoff: 100 mm LED:
136
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
Opposed Mode S18/M18

Retroreflective Mode S18/M18
Polarized Retroreflective Mode S18/M18
S18 Series
Opposed Mode
60" 40" 20" 0 20" 40" 60" 25 m (82')
120 mm 80 mm 40 mm 0 40 mm 80 mm 120 mm 0
S18 Series
Non-Polarized Retro
4.7" 3.2" 1.6"
150 mm 100 mm 50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 0
S18 Series
Polarized Retro
6" 4" 2"
15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 0 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 0
S18 Series
Short Range Diffuse
0.6" 0.4" 0.2" 0 0.2" 0.4" 0.6"
0 1.6" 3.2" 4.7"
0 2" 4" 6"
0.5 m (1.6')
1.0 m (3.2')
1.5 m (4.8')
2.0 m (6.4')
2.5 m (8.0')
0.5 m (1.6')
1.0 m (3.2')
1.5 m (4.8')
2.0 m (6.4')
2.5 m (8.0')
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
25 mm (1")
50 mm (2")
75 mm 100 mm 125 mm (3") (4") (5")
DISTANCE
BP-1
BP-2
BP-3
BP-4
Range: 20 m
LED:
Range: 2 m
LED:
Range: 2 m
LED: P
Range: 100 mm LED:

S18 Series
15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 0 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 0 Long Range Diffuse 0.6" 0.4" 0.2" 0 0.2" 0.4" 0.6" 80 mm 160 mm 240 mm 320 mm 400 mm (15") (3") (6") (9") (12")
DISTANCE
BP-5
Range: 300 mm LED:
137
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE

T18
SENSORS
Specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments on most models T-style plastic housing with 18 mm threaded lens mount Available in opposed, retroreflective, diffuse and fixed-field modes Completely epoxy-encapsulated to provide superior durability, even in harsh sensing environments Uses innovative dual-indicator system to take the guesswork out of monitoring sensor performance Models available for ac or dc power Includes advanced diagnostics to warn of marginal sensing conditions or output overload (dc models)
ACCESSORIES
T18 DC Models
page 134 136
page 142
T18 DC Sensors
30.0 mm
T18 AC Models
RETRO
P
POLAR RETRO
41.5 mm
DIFFUSE
30.0 mm
ONLINE
FIXED-FIELD
18.0 mm
DC Sensors (all models)
T18, 10-30V dc
20 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Connection
Models NPN
Models PNP
T186E Emitter T186EQ Emitter
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 142)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 143)
T18SN6R T18SN6RQ T18SN6L T18SN6LQ T18SN6LP T18SN6LPQ
T18SP6R T18SP6RQ T18SP6L T18SP6LQ T18SP6LP T18SP6LPQ
2 m
RETRO RETRO
4-pin Euro QD 2m
EGC-2 (p. 142)
BP-2 (p. 143)
P
POLAR RETRO
2 m 4-pin Euro QD
EGC-3 (p. 142)
BP-3 (p. 143)
More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 142). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T18SN6L W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories section for more information.
138

500 mm
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
Infrared LED
Connection
2m 4-pin Euro QD
Models NPN
T18SN6D T18SN6DQ T18SN6FF25 T18SN6FF25Q T18SN6FF50 T18SN6FF50Q T18SN6FF100 T18SN6FF100Q
Models PNP
T18SP6D T18SP6DQ T18SP6FF25 T18SP6FF25Q T18SP6FF50 T18SP6FF50Q T18SP6FF100 T18SP6FF100Q
Excess Gain
Beam Pattern
BP-4 (p. 143)
Photoelectrics Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Special Purpose Sensors Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Laser Scanners Fiber Optic Safety Systems Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches Emergency Stop & Stop Control
0 - 25 mm Cutoff 0 - 50 mm Cutoff
2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD
0 - 100 mm Cutoff
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 142). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T18SN6D W/30).
ACCESSORIES
page 142
T18 DC Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); Supply current (exclusive of load current): Opposed Emitters: 25 mA Opposed Receivers: 20 mA Polarized Retroreflective: 30 mA Non-polarized Retroreflective: 25 mA Diffuse: 25 mA Fixed-field: 35 mA Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state complementary dc switch; NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model. The Dark Operate (DO) output may be wired as a normally open marginal signal alarm output, depending upon hookup to the power supply. 150 mA max. (each) in standard hookup. When wired for alarm output, the total load may not exceed 150 mA. OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V at 10 mA dc; less than 1.5V at 150 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 3 milliseconds ON, 1.5 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective, Non-polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 3 milliseconds ON/OFF 100 milliseconds; outputs are non-conducting during this time T18 Series infrared non-polarized retroreflective and diffuse mode models (only) have a single-turn SENSITIVITY control for adjustment of system gain Opposed: 375 microseconds Polarized Retroreflective, Non-polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 750 microseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. Two LEDs: Green: Power ON Yellow: Light Operate (LO) output energized
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Delay at Power-up Adjustments Repeatability
Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications
Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; one jam nut included Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P, IP67. QD models rated IP69K per DIN 40050-9 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 142. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Hookup Diagrams
NPN Models: DC05 (p. 759)
PNP Models: DC06 (p. 759)
139
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
T18 AC Sensors
SENSORS
40.0 mm 51.5 mm
30.0 mm
18.0 mm
ONLINE
AC Sensors (all models)

ACCESSORIES
page 142
T18, 20-250V ac
20 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Connection
2m 4-pin Micro QD 2m 4-pin Micro QD 2m
Models LO
T183E Emitter
Models DO
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 142)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 143)
T183EQ1 Emitter T18AW3R T18AW3RQ1 T18AW3L T18AW3LQ1 T18AW3LP T18AW3LPQ1 T18AW3D T18AW3DQ1 T18AW3FF25 T18AW3FF25Q1 T18AW3FF50 T18AW3FF50Q1 T18AW3FF100 T18AW3FF100Q1 T18RW3R T18RW3RQ1 T18RW3L T18RW3LQ1 T18RW3LP T18RW3LPQ1 T18RW3D T18RW3DQ1 T18RW3FF25 T18RW3FF25Q1 T18RW3FF50 T18RW3FF50Q1 T18RW3FF100 T18RW3FF100Q1
2 m
RETRO RETRO
4-pin Micro QD 2m
EGC-2 (p. 142)
BP-2 (p. 143)
P
POLAR RETRO
2 m 4-pin Micro QD 2m 300 mm

DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
EGC-3 (p. 142)
BP-3 (p. 143)
4-pin Micro QD 0 - 25 mm Cutoff 0 - 50 mm Cutoff 2m 4-pin Micro QD 2m 4-pin Micro QD 2m 4-pin Micro QD
BP-5 (p. 143)
0 - 100 mm Cutoff
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 142). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T18AW3FF25 W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories section for more information.
140
T18 AC Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 20 to 250V ac (50/60 Hz) Average current: 20 mA Peak current: 200 mA at 20V ac, 500 mA at 120V ac, 750 mA at 250V ac Protected against transient voltages Solid-state ac switch; three-wire hookup; Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO), depending on model Light Operate: Output conducts when the sensor sees its own (or the emitters) modulated light Dark Operate: Output conducts when sensor sees dark 300 mA max. (continuous) Fixed-field: derate 5 mA/ C above +50 C Inrush capability: 1 amp for 20 milliseconds, non-repetitive OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 A ON-state voltage drop: 3V at 300 mA ac; 2V at 15 mA ac Protected against false pulse on power-up Opposed: 16 milliseconds ON, 8 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective, Non-polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 16 milliseconds ON/OFF 100 milliseconds Opposed: 2 milliseconds Polarized Retroreflective, Non-polarized Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Diffuse: 4 milliseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. T18 Series infrared non-polarized retroreflective and diffuse mode models (only) have a single-turn SENSITIVITY control for adjustment of system gain Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green: Power ON Yellow: Light sensed Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; one jam nut included. Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P, IP67. QD models rated IP69K per DIN 40050-9. 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4 pin Micro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 142. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Photoelectrics Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Special Purpose Sensors Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Laser Scanners Fiber Optic Safety Systems Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches Emergency Stop & Stop Control
Output Rating
Other cabled Models: AC05 (p. 765) Other QD Models: AC06 (p. 765)
141
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m
Micro QD
See page 712 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m


SENSORS
4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
T18
REFLECTORS
APERTURES
REFLECTORS
APERTURES
pg. 650 SMB1815SF
pg. 650 SMB18A
pg. 651 SMB18FM
pg. 660 SMBAMS18P
PAGE 724
PAGE 750
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
(Diffuse and Fixed-field mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
Opposed Mode T18

1000
Retroreflective Mode T18

1000
Polarized Retroreflective Mode T18

1000
Diffuse Mode T18

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
T18 Series
Opposed Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
T18 Series
Non-Polarized Retro with BRT-3 Reflector
100
E X C E S S G A I N
T18 Series
Polarized Retro
100
E X C E S S G A I N
T18 Series
DC Diffuse mode
100
10
10
10
1 0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.1 m (0.33')
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.1 m (0.33')
EGC-3
DISTANCE
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
EGC-4
DISTANCE
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
Range: 20 m
LED:
Range: 2 m
LED:
Range: 2 m
LED: P
Range: 500 mm LED:
Diffuse Mode T18

1000
Fixed-Field Mode T18

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
T18 Series
AC Diffuse mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
T18 Series
100
10
10
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
EGC-5
DISTANCE
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
EGC-6
DISTANCE
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
More on next page
Range: 300 mm LED:
Cutoff: 25 mm LED:
142
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
(Fixed-field mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
T18 Series
100
E X C E S S G A I N
T18 Series
100
Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Laser Scanners
10
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
EGC-7
DISTANCE
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
10
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
EGC-8
DISTANCE
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
Fiber Optic Safety Systems Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches Emergency Stop & Stop Control
Cutoff: 50 mm LED:
Cutoff: 100 mm LED:
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
MINIATURE COMPACT WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26
Opposed Mode T18

Retroreflective Mode T18
Diffuse Mode T18
MINI-BEAM S18/M18 T18 TM18 Q25
T18 Series
Opposed Mode
60" 40" 20" 0 20" 40" 60"
120 mm 80 mm 40 mm 0 40 mm 80 mm 120 mm 0
T18 Series
Non-Polarized Retro
4.7" 3.2" 1.6"
150 mm 100 mm 50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 0
T18 Series
Polarized Retro
6" 4" 2"
60 mm 40 mm 20 mm 0 20 mm 40 mm 60 mm 0
T18 Series
DC Diffuse Mode
2.4" 1.6" 0.8" 0 0.8" 1.6" 2.4"
MIDSIZE FULLSIZE
0 1.6" 3.2" 4.7"
0 2" 4" 6"
25 m (82')
0.5 m (1.6')
1.0 m (3.2')
1.5 m (4.8')
2.0 m (6.4')
2.5 m (8.0')
0.5 m (1.6')
1.0 m (3.2')
1.5 m (4.8')
2.0 m (6.4')
2.5 m (8.0')
125 mm 250 mm 375 mm 500 mm 625 mm (5") (10") (15") (20") (25")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-1
DISTANCE
BP-2
BP-3
BP-4
Range: 20 m
LED:
Range: 2 m
LED:
Range: 2 m
LED: P
Range: 500 mm LED:
Diffuse Mode T18

T18 Series
15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 0 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 0 80 mm (3.2") AC Diffuse Mode 0.6" 0.4" 0.2" 0 0.2" 0.4" 0.6" 160 mm 240 mm 320 mm 400 mm (6.4") (9.6") (12.8") (16")
DISTANCE
BP-5
Range: 300 mm LED:
143
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Heavy-Duty Right-Angle Barrel-Mount Sensors

TM18
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
page 146
Heavy-duty, die-cast metal housing with integral metal QD prevents sensor damage during machine assembly, transport, maintenance and operation Robust, all-metal,one-piece design easily fits in tight places for added sensor protection Specially designed optics and electronics provides reliable sensing without adjustments All models have an extremely bright LED red sensing beam for easy sensor alignment Completely epoxy-encapsulated electronics deliver superior durability, especially in harsh sensing environments Sensors models with a QD are rated IP69K for resistance to intermittent high-pressure washdown Fixed-field models have enhanced immunity to fluorescent lights Crosstalk avoidance, on polarized and fixed-field models, allows two sensors to be used in close proximity Uses innovative dual-indicator system to reduce complexity of monitoring sensor performance
OPPOSED
P
POLAR RETRO
30 mm 30.0 mm
FIXED-FIELD
DIFFUSE
18 mm 41 mm
ONLINE
TM18, 10-30V dc
2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 20 m
OPPOSED
Visible Red LED
Output Type
LO DO LO/DO
Models NPN
TM186E Emitter
Models PNP
Excess Gain
Beam Pattern
TM186EQ8 Emitter TM18AN6R TM18AN6RQ8 TM18RN6R TM18RN6RQ8 TM18VN6R TM18VN6RQ8 TM18AP6R TM18AP6RQ8 TM18RP6R TM18RP6RQ8 TM18VP6R TM18VP6RQ8
More on next page
EGC-1 (p. 146)
BP-1 (p. 147)
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 146). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, TM186E W/30). QD models: For a 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 to the 2 m model number (example, TM186EQ5).
144
TM18, 10-30V dc (contd)

2m 4-pin Euro QD
Visible Red LED
Output Type
LO DO LO/DO LO LO/DO LO LO/DO LO LO/DO LO DO LO/DO
Models NPN
TM18AN6LP TM18AN6LPQ8 TM18RN6LP TM18RN6LPQ8 TM18VN6LP TM18VN6LPQ8 TM18AN6FF25 TM18AN6FF25Q8 TM18VN6FF25 TM18VN6FF25Q8 TM18AN6FF50 TM18AN6FF50Q8 TM18VN6FF50 TM18VN6FF50Q8 TM18AN6FF100 TM18AN6FF100Q8 TM18VN6FF100 TM18VN6FF5100Q8 TM18AN6DV TM18AN6DVQ8 TM18RN6DV TM18RN6DVQ8 TM18VN6DV TM18VN6DVQ8
Models PNP
TM18AP6LP TM18AP6LPQ8 TM18RP6LP TM18RP6LPQ8 TM18VP6LP TM18VP6LPQ8 TM18AP6FF25 TM18AP6FF25Q8 TM18VP6FF25 TM18VP6FF25Q8 TM18AP6FF50 TM18AP6FF50Q8 TM18VP6FF50 TM18VP6FF50Q8 TM18AP6FF100 TM18AP6FF100Q8 TM18VP6FF100 TM18VP6FF100Q8 TM18AP6DV TM18AP6DVQ8 TM18RP6DV TM18RP6DVQ8 TM18VP6DV TM18VP6DVQ8
Excess Gain
Beam Pattern
P
POLAR RETRO
5.5 m
2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD
EGC-2 (p. 146)
BP-2 (p. 147)
Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens
25 mm
EGC-4 (p. 147)
Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules
50 mm
EGC-5 (p. 147)
100 mm
EGC-6 (p. 147)
ACCESSORIES
page 146
500 mm
DIFFUSE
EGC-3 (p. 146)
BP-3 (p. 147)
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 146). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, TM186E W/30). QD models: For a 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix Q5 to the 2 m model number (example, TM186EQ5). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-84 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories section for more information.
TM18 Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple within specified limits); supply current (exclusive of load current): Opposed Emitters: 25 mA Opposed Receivers: 20 mA Polarized Retroreflector: 20 mA Diffuse and Fixed Field: 35 mA Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state dc switch; NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model Light Operate: Output conducts when sensor sees its own (or the emitters) modulated light Dark Operate: Output conducts when sensor does not see its own (or the emitter's) modulated light 150 mA max. each output at 25 C, derated to 100mA at 70 C (derate about 1mA per C) OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 mA @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V @ 10 mA dc; less than 1.5V @ 150 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 1.5 milliseconds ON, 0.75 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective: 3 milliseconds ON/OFF Diffuse and Fixed-Field: 3 milliseconds ON, 1.5 milliseconds OFF 100 milliseconds Outputs do not conduct during this time. Opposed: 190 microseconds Polarized Retroreflective: 585 microseconds Diffuse and Fixed-Field: 185 microseconds
More on next page
Output Rating
145
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
TM18 Specifications (contd)

Adjustments Indicators Construction Diffuse models only: single turn rear panel sensitivity control Two LEDs: Green: Power ON Yellow: Output energized Housing: Zinc die-cast with nickel plating Lens: PC or PMMA Black Cover: PBT polyester housing; polycarbonate (opposed mode) or acrylic lens Leakproof design rated NEMA 6; IP67, IP69K QD models and cable models when PVC jacket is protected 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Euro-style integral or pigtail QD, depending on model. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 146. Temperature: 40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% @ 50 C
SENSORS
Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications
All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max., double amplitude 0.06" acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation)
Hookup Diagrams
All Others: DC03 (p. 758)
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.86 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
TM18
REFLECTORS

MQDC-406 MQDC-415 MQDC-430 MQDC-406RA MQDC-415RA MQDC-430RA pg. 687 SMBT18Y pg. 650 SMB18A pg. 660 SMBAMS18P
REFLECTORS
PAGE 724
Excess Gain Curves

= Visible Red LED
Opposed Mode TM18

1000
Polarized Retroreflective Mode TM18

1000
Diffuse Mode TM18

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
TM18
E&R
100
E X C E S S G A I N
Polarized Retroreflective
TM18LP
100
E X C E S S G A I N
TM18 Diffuse
100
10
10
10
1 0.1 m 1m 10 m 100 m
1 0.01 m .033'
0.1 m .33'
1m 3.3'
10 m 33'
1 1 mm 10 mm 100 mm 1000 mm
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
EGC-3
DISTANCE
Range: 20 m
LED:
Range: 5.5 m LED: P
Range: 500 mm LED:
More on next page
146
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Fixed-field mode with 25 mm far limit cutoff 100
E X C E S S G A I N
Fixed-field mode with 50 mm far limit cutoff 100
Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens
10
1 0.1 mm
1 mm
10 mm
100 mm
EGC-4
DISTANCE
10
1 0.1 mm 1 mm 10 mm 100 mm
EGC-5
DISTANCE
Cutoff: 25 mm LED:
Cutoff: 50 mm LED:

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
100
10
1 0.1 mm
1 mm
10 mm
100 mm
EGC-6
DISTANCE
Cutoff: 100 mm LED:
Beam Patterns
Opposed Mode TM18

0
Polarized Retroreflective Mode TM18
Diffuse Mode TM18
60 mm 40 mm
TM18LP
15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 0 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm
TM18 Diffuse
Beam Pattern
TM18
E&R
20 mm 0 20 mm 40 mm 60 mm
5m
10 m
15 m
20 m
DISTANCE
1m
2m
3m
4m
5m
6m
100
200
300
400
500
600
DISTANCE
BP-1
BP-2
BP-3
DISTANCE (mm)
Range: 20 m
LED:
Range: 5.5 m
LED: P
Range: 500 m
LED:
147
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Right-Angle Base-Mount Rectangular Sensors

Q25
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments Available in opposed, retroreflective or fixed-field modes in rectangular 25 mm plastic housing with 18 mm threaded mounting base Completely epoxy-encapsulated for superior durability, even in harsh sensing environments Uses an innovative dual-indicator system to reduce complexity of monitoring sensor performance Models available for ac or dc power Includes advanced diagnostics to warn of marginal sensing conditions or output overload (dc models)
page 151
25.0 mm 30.0 mm
OPPOSED
P
POLAR RETRO
25.0 mm 31.0 mm
50.2 mm
FIXED-FIELD
50.2 mm
Fixed-field Models Suffix FF

18 mm
ONLINE
Opposed and Retroreflective Models Suffix E, R and LP
Q25, 10-30V dc
2m 20 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Models NPN
Q256E Emitter
Models PNP
Q256EQ Emitter
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 152)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 152)
4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD Q25SN6R Q25SN6RQ
Q25SP6R Q25SP6RQ
More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 151). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q25SN6R W/30).
148
Q25, 10-30V dc (contd)

2m
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Connection
2m 4-pin Euro QD
Models NPN
Q25SN6LP Q25SN6LPQ Q25SN6FF25 Q25SN6FF25Q Q25SN6FF50 Q25SN6FF50Q Q25SN6FF100 Q25SN6FF100Q
Models PNP
Q25SP6LP Q25SP6LPQ Q25SP6FF25 Q25SP6FF25Q Q25SP6FF50 Q25SP6FF50Q Q25SP6FF100 Q25SP6FF100Q
Excess Gain
Beam Pattern
BP-2 (p. 152)
P
POLAR RETRO
0 - 100 mm Cutoff
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 151). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q25SN6LP W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories section for more information.
ACCESSORIES
page 151
Q25, 20-250V ac
2m 20 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Models LO
Q253E Emitter
Models DO
Q253EQ1 Emitter
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 152)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 152)
MINIATURE COMPACT WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM S18/M18 T18
4-pin Micro QD 2m 4-pin Micro QD 2m Q25AW3R Q25AW3RQ1 Q25AW3LP Q25AW3LPQ1 Q25AW3FF25
Q25RW3R Q25RW3RQ1 Q25RW3LP Q25RW3LPQ1 Q25RW3FF25 Q25RW3FF25Q1 Q25RW3FF50 Q25RW3FF50Q1 Q25RW3FF100 Q25RW3FF100Q1
P
POLAR RETRO
2m
4-pin Micro QD 0 - 25 mm Cutoff 0 - 50 mm Cutoff 2m 4-pin Micro QD 2m 4-pin Micro QD 2m 4-pin Micro QD
BP-2 (p. 152)
Q25AW3FF25Q1 Q25AW3FF50 Q25AW3FF50Q1 Q25AW3FF100 Q25AW3FF100Q1
0 - 100 mm Cutoff
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 151). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q25AW3LP W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories section for more information.
Q25 DC Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); Supply current (exclusive of load current): Opposed Emitters: 25 mA Opposed Receivers: 20 mA Polarized Retroreflective: 30 mA Fixed-field: 35 mA Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state complementary dc switch; NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model The Dark Operate (DO) output may be wired as a normally open marginal signal alarm output, depending upon hookup to the power supply
More on next page
149
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Output Rating
(contd)
150 mA max. (each) in standard hookup. When wired for alarm output, the total load may not exceed 150 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V at 10 mA dc; less than 1.5V at 150 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 3 milliseconds ON, 1.5 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 3 milliseconds ON/OFF 100 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time Opposed: 375 microseconds Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 750 microseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength Two LEDs: Green: Power ON Yellow: Light Operate (LO) output energized Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; one jam nut included. Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P, IP67. QD models rated IP69K per DIN 40050-9. 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 151. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Output Protection Circuitry
SENSORS
Output Response Time Delay at Power-up Repeatability Indicators
Q25 AC Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current 20 to 250V ac (50/60 Hz) Average current: 20 mA Peak current: 200 mA at 20V ac, 500 mA at 120V ac, 750 mA at 250V ac Protected against transient voltages Solid-state ac switch; three-wire hookup; Choose Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO), depending on model Light Operate: Output conducts when the sensor sees its own (or the emitters) modulated light Dark Operate: Output conducts when sensor sees dark 300 mA max. (continuous) Fixed-field: derate 5 mA/ C above +50 C Inrush capability: 1 amp for 20 milliseconds, non-repetitive OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 A ON-state voltage drop: 3V at 300 mA ac; 2V at 15 mA ac Protected against false pulse on power-up Opposed: 16 milliseconds ON, 8 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 16 milliseconds ON/OFF 100 milliseconds Opposed: 2 milliseconds; Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 4 milliseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green: Power ON Yellow: Light sensed Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; one jam nut included. Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P, IP67. QD models rated IP69K per DIN 40050-9. 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Micro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 152.
More on next page
Output Rating
Construction Environmental Rating Connections
150
Q25 AC Specifications (contd)

Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications Cabled Emitters: AC03 (p. 764) QD Emitters: AC07 (p. 765) Other Cabled Models: AC05 (p. 765) Other QD Models: AC06 (p. 765) Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing) All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max, double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation)
Hookup Diagrams
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
Micro QD
See page 712 Length Threaded 4-Pin Straight Right-Angle
MQAC-406RA MQAC-415RA MQAC-430RA pg. 650 SMB18A pg. 651 SMB18FA.. pg. 652 SMB18SF MINIATURE COMPACT WORLD-BEAM QS18 WORLD-BEAM Q20 WORLD-BEAM Q26 MINI-BEAM S18/M18 T18
Q25

1.83 m MQAC-406 4.57 m MQAC-415 9.14 m MQAC-430
REFLECTORS
REFLECTORS
PAGE 724
151
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
Opposed Mode Q25

1000

1000
SENSORS
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Q25 Series
Opposed Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q25 Series
Polarized Retro
100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q25 Series
100
10
10
1 0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
EGC-1
DISTANCE
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.1 m (0.33')
EGC-2
DISTANCE
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
EGC-3
DISTANCE
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
Range: 20 m
LED:
Range: 2 m
LED: P
Cutoff: 25 mm LED:

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Q25 Series
100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q25 Series
100
10
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
EGC-4
DISTANCE
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
10
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
EGC-5
DISTANCE
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
Cutoff: 50 mm LED:
Cutoff: 100 mm LED:
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED P = Visible Red LED Polarized
Opposed Mode Q25

Q25 Series
Opposed Mode
60" 40" 20" 0 20" 40" 60"
150 mm 100 mm 50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 0
Q25 Series
Polarized Retro
6" 4" 2"
0 2" 4" 6"
25 m (82')
0.5 m (1.6')
1.0 m (3.2')
1.5 m (4.8')
2.0 m (6.4')
2.5 m (8.0')
DISTANCE
BP-1
DISTANCE
BP-2
Range: 20 m
LED:
Range: 2 m
LED: P
152
MIDSIZE SENSORS
WORLD-BEAM QS30 S30 SM30/SMI30 T30
Q40
PicoDot
QM42/QMT42
WORLD-BEAM QS30 page 158 S30

Universal housing with 30 mm threaded lens or side mount High-power opposed sensing available with certain models Popular dc or ac/dc universal power supply options xpert models with push-button E TEACH-mode setup Models to detect water, or liquids that contain water New models for reliable clear object detection
page 165 SM30/SMI30
page 170 T30
page 174
EZ-BEAM technology for reliable sensing without adjustments 30 mm plastic threaded barrel sensor in opposed, retroreflective and fixedfield modes Completely epoxy encapsulated Models available for ac or dc power
Economical, easy-to-use opposed-mode barrel sensors Models certified as intrinsically safe for use in hazardous atmospheres Quad-ring sealed lens to eliminate capillary leakage Very high excess gain with a 200 m sensing range
Right-angle T-style housing with 30 mm threaded lens Completely epoxy encapsulated Models available for ac or dc power and bus network compatible connection Specially designed EZ-BEAM style optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments
Q40
page 179 PicoDot Lasers
page 183 QM42/QMT42
page 187
Rectangular 40 mm plastic housing with 30 mm threaded mounting base in opposed, retroreflective and fixed-field modes Models available for ac or dc power Completely epoxy encapsulated Specially designed EZ-BEAM style optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments
Convergent and retroreflective mode laser sensors for accurate position detection, inspection or counting Convergent models with precise 0.25 mm focus point beam width and background suppression Retroreflective models for sensing small objects at close range or larger objects up to 10.6 m
Rugged low-cost dc sensor in die-cast housing Outstanding immunity to noise Opposed, retroreflective, diffuse, fixed-field, adjustable-field and plastic fiber models
153
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Right-Angle Barrel- & Side-Mount

WORLD-BEAM QS30
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Innovative housing design with 30 mm threaded lens or side mount suits almost any mounting requirement Available in opposed, high-power opposed, polarized and non-polarized retroreflective, diffuse, laser, and fixed-field and adjustable-field sensing modes High-power sensing with ranges up to 213 m Class 1 visible laser in diffuse and retroreflective models and Class 2 in diffuse models for small object detection and precise position control Specialized models for reliable detection of water or liquids containing water, as well as clear object detection Easy push-button Expert configuration in laser, clear object detection and visible red diffuse models Models available with dc supply or ac/dc supply voltage Light or Dark Operate selectable or configurable, depending on model IP67 or IP69K environmental rating, depending on model
page 159
QS30 Sensing Modes
OPPOSED WATER DETECTION
OPPOSED OPPOSED
page 155 QS30 QS30 Expert
page 158 QS30 Lasers
page 158
page 154 QS30 Adjustable-Field Background suppression models for detection of objects when background condition is not fixed Foreground suppression models for detection when background is fixed and object varies in color or shape Fluorescent light and crosstalk immunity for reliable sensing Long range for reliable sensing up to 600 mm Accurate and reliable even with low-reflectivity targets
page 160 QS30 Universal Voltage Universal voltage for use anywhere regardless of supply voltage Available in opposed, retroreflective and fixed-field sensing modes Operation from 12 to 250V dc or 24 to 250V ac Convenient SPDT electromechanical relay to switch up to 5 A
RETRO
P
POLAR RETRO
P
LASER POLAR RETRO CLEAR OBJECT
P
POLAR RETRO
Available in opposed, polarized and non-polarized retroreflective, and diffuse sensing modes Precise background and foreground suppression models Ranges up to 213 m High-power opposed and water detecting models Large bright output state indicator
Visible red LED or laser for easy alignment Models for reliable clear object detection Push-button configuration 8-segment LED bargraph for easy setup
High-performance sensing with visible Class 1 and Class 2 lasers Available in diffuse or retroreflective sensing modes Visible beam for easy alignment and long-range sensing Convenient push-button TEACH or SET programming 8-segment LED bargraph for easy setup
DIFFUSE
DIFFUSE LASER
WORLD-BEAM QS30 DC Sensors

22.0 mm 35.0 mm
FIXED-FIELD
ADJUSTABLE-FIELD
22.0 mm
22.0 mm
44 mm 33 mm
44 mm
43.0 mm
44 mm
51.5 mm
ONLINE
Opposed High-Power Models Suffix EX and RX Opposed, Retroreflective, Diffuse and Fixed-field Models Suffix E, R, LP, LV, D, AF and FF
Opposed Water Detector and Adjustable-field Models Suffix H2O and AFF
154

2m 60 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Output Type
Bipolar NPN/PNP Bipolar NPN/PNP LO Bipolar NPN/PNP DO Bipolar NPN/PNP LO Bipolar NPN/PNP DO Bipolar NPN/PNP LO Bipolar NPN/PNP DO Bipolar NPN/PNP LO Bipolar NPN/PNP DO
Model
QS30E Emitter QS30EQ Emitter QS30R QS30RQ QS30EX Emitter QS30EXQ Emitter QS30ARX QS30ARXQ QS30RRX QS30RRXQ QS30EXH2O Emitter* QS30EXH2OQ5 Emitter* QS30ARXH2O QS30ARXH2OQ5 QS30RRXH2O QS30RRXH2OQ5 QS30ARH2O QS30ARH2OQ5 QS30RRH2O QS30RRH2OQ5 QS30EXSH2O Emitter* QS30EXSH2OQ5 Emitter* QS30ARXSH2O QS30ARXSH2OQ5 QS30RRXSH2O QS30RRXSH2OQ5 QS30LV
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 162)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 163)
HIGH-POWERED
213 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m
EGC-2 (p. 162)
BP-2 (p. 163)
4 m
ACCESSORIES
EGC-3 (p. 162)
BP-3 (p. 163)
page 159
2 m
MINIATURE COMPACT MIDSIZE WORLD-BEAM QS30 S30 SM30/SMI30 T30 Q40 PicoDot QM42/QMT42 FULLSIZE
SUPER HIGH-POWER
5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 8 m 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 12 m
EGC-3 (p. 162)
BP-3 (p. 163)
Bipolar NPN/PNP 5-pin Euro QD 2m QS30LVQ QS30LP Bipolar NPN/PNP 5-pin Euro QD 2m QS30LPQ QS30D Bipolar NPN/PNP 5-pin Euro QD QS30DQ
EGC-4 (p. 162)
BP-4 (p. 163)
RETRO
P
POLAR RETRO
8 m
EGC-5 (p. 162)
BP-5 (p. 163)
1m
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
EGC-8 (p. 162)
BP-6 (p. 163)
More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 159). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS30D W/30). * Standard emitters will only work with standard receivers. Super High-Power emitters will only work with Super High-Power receivers. Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-84 retroreflector. Sensors can be used at ranges greater than listed for applications that require less excess gain. Please consult the factory for assistance on your long-range applications. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information.
155
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Visible Red LED
WORLD-BEAM QS30, 10-30V dc (contd)

Sensing Mode/LED
ADJUSTABLE-FIELD
Range
Connection
2m
Output Type
Bipolar NPN/PNP
Model
QS30AF600 QS30AF600Q QS30AFF400
Excess Gain
EGC-13 (p. 163) Min separation distance MSD-1 (p. 164) EGC-12 (p. 163) Min separation distance MSD-2 (p. 164) EGC-14 (p. 163) EGC-15 (p. 163) EGC-16 (p. 163)
Beam Pattern

SENSORS
FIXED-FIELD BACKGROUND
5-pin Euro QD 2m Bipolar NPN/PNP 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD Bipolar NPN/PNP
SUPPRESSION
ADJUSTABLE-FIELD

QS30AFF400Q QS30FF200 QS30FF200Q QS30FF400 QS30FF400Q QS30FF600 QS30FF600Q

600 mm Cutoff
ACCESSORIES
page 159
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 159). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS30FF200 W/30).

Supply Voltage Emitters (High-Powered): 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 70 mA Receivers (High-Powered): 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 22 mA Emitters (Water): 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 80 mA Receivers (Water): 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 65 mA (exclusive of load) Adjustable-field: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); current consumption: less than 80 mA at 10V dc, less than 40 mA at 30V dc All others: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at 40 mA, (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Adjustable-field: 200 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time All others: 100 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time (except Opposed High-Powered and Water) Bipolar: One PNP (current sourcing) and one NPN (current sinking); Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO) selectable or configurable (depending on model) Opposed (High-Power): 100 mA max. load OFF-state leakage current: less than 200 A ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1.5V at 100 mA; less than 900 mV at 10 mA Opposed (Water): 100 mA max. load at 25 C OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: less than 200 mV at 10 mA; less than 1V at 100 mA PNP: less than 1.2V at 10 mA; less than 2.5V at 100 mA Adjustable-field: 100 mA total output current (derate 1 mA per C above 30C) Off-state leakage current: less than 5 A @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: less than 1.5V @ 100 mA PNP: less than 2.0V @ 100 mA All others: 100 mA max. each output at 25 C OFF-state leakage current: NPN: less than 200 A @ 30V dc PNP: less than 10 A ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: less than 1.6V @ 100 mA PNP: less than 2.0V @ 100 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 5 milliseconds ON/OFF Opposed (High-Power): 30 milliseconds ON/OFF Opposed (Water): 10 x excess gain or more Standard: 1 millisecond ON/OFF 2x to 10x excess gain Standard: 3 milliseconds ON/OFF Adjustable-field: 5 milliseconds ON/OFF All others: 2 milliseconds ON/OFF
Supply Protection Circuitry Delay at Power-Up Output Configuration Output Rating
Output Protection Output Response Time
Super High-Power: 10 milliseconds ON/OFF Super High-Power: 30 milliseconds ON/OFF

More on next page
156

Repeatability
(contd)
Super High-Power: 5 milliseconds Super High-Power: 25 milliseconds
Opposed: not applicable Opposed (High-Power): 5 milliseconds Opposed (Water): 10 x excess gain or more Standard: 500 microseconds 2x to 10x excess gain Standard: 2.5 milliseconds Adjustable-field: 750 microseconds All others: 500 microseconds
Adjustments
Opposed (High-Power and Water): Light Operate/Dark Operatedependent on model selected Frequency via gray wire: A: Gray (+) B: Gray (-) Emitter only: LED inhibit, via white wire White (-) turns emitter LED OFF (to allow verification of sensor operation) Opposed, Retroreflective, and Polarized Retroreflective: Selectable Light/Dark Operate is achieved via the gray wire Light Operate - Low (0 to 3V)* Dark Operate - High (open or 5 to 30V)* Diffuse and Fixed-field: Selectable Light/Dark Operate is achieved via the gray wire Light Operate - High (open or 5 to 30V)* Dark Operate - Low (0 to 3V)* Diffuse, Retroreflective, and Polarized Retroreflective (only): Single-turn sensitivity (Gain) adjustment potentiometer Adjustable-field: Four-turn adjustment screw sets cutoff distance between min and max. positions, clutched at both ends of travel LO/DO adjustment * Input impedance 10 k See data sheets for more detailed information
Indicators
Opposed (High-Power): 4-LED Signal Strength light bar Green LED: Power ON Frequency indicator: (A or B) Receiver only: Yellow LED: Output conducting All others (except emitters): Large, oval LED indicator on sensor back Yellow: Output conducting Small indicator on back (adjustable-field only) Blue/Red: End of travel (EOT) LED 2 indicators on top Green: Power ON Yellow: Light sensed
Construction Environmental Rating
ABS plastic housing; acrylic lens cover Opposed (High-Power): Cabled: IP67; NEMA 6P QD: IP69K per DIN 40050-9 Opposed (Water): IEC IP67 (NEMA 6); PW12 1200 PSI washdown per NEMA PW12 Adjustable-field: IEC IP67; NEMA 6 All others: IP67; NEMA 6 5-conductor 2 m or 9 m PVC cable, or 5-pin 150 mm pigtail or integral Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting, depending on model. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 157. Opposed (Water), Opposed (High-Power) and Adjustable-field: -20 to +60 C All others: -20 to +70 C Relative humidity: 95% (non-condensing) Relative humidity: 95% (non-condensing)
Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications
All models (except Opposed High-Power) meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration: 10 to 60Hz max. double amplitude 0.06", max. acceleration 10G). Also meets IEC 947-5-2 requirements: 30G, 11 milliseconds duration, half sine wave.
Adjustable-field: Hookup Diagrams
(pending)
All others: Receivers: DC11 (p. 760) Bipolar NPN/PNP: DC08 (p. 759)
High-Powered and Water models: Emitters: DC10 (p. 760) All other models: Emitters: DC02 (p. 758)
157
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
WORLD-BEAM QS30 Expert Sensors

22.0 mm
SENSORS
35.0 mm
44 mm 33 mm
ONLINE
ACCESSORIES
page 159
Laser Retroreflective, LED Diffuse, Laser Diffuse and LED Retroreflective Models Suffix LLP, LLPC, LVC, EDV, LD and LDL
WORLD-BEAM QS30 Expert, 10-30V dc

Sensing Mode/LED Laser Class Range Connection
RETRO
Visible Red LED
Visible Red Laser
Model Bipolar NPN/PNP

QS30LLP QS30LLPQ QS30LLPC QS30LLPCQ QS30ELVC
Excess Gain
EGC-6 & EGC-7 (p. 162)
Beam Pattern
P
LASER POLAR RETRO CLEAR OBJECT
Class 1
0.2-18 m
100 mm to 2 m 5-pin Euro QD High-Speed: 1100 mm Normal: 1400 mm 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD QS30ELVCQ QS30EDV QS30EDVQ QS30LD QS30LDQ QS30LDL QS30LDLQ
DIFFUSE
EGC-11 (p. 163) EGC-9 (p. 163) EGC-10 (p. 163)
BP-9 (p. 163) BP-7 (p. 163) BP-8 (p. 163)
Class 1
DIFFUSE LASER
400 mm 800 mm
Class 2
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 159). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS30LLP W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-36X40BM retroreflector. BRT-TVHG-2X2 and BRT-36X40BM are included. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. BRT-2X2LVC and BRT40X19A retroreflectors are included with sensor.
158
WORLD-BEAM QS30 Expert Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Sensing Beam Beam size at Aperture Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating Diffuse LED and Retroreflective LED: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 25 mA, exclusive of load Diffuse Laser and Retroreflective Laser: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple @ 10% duty cycle) @ 35 mA max current, exclusive of load LED models: 660 nm visible Red Laser models: Class 1: 650 nm visible Red Diffuse Laser: Approx. 2 mm Retroreflective Laser: Approx. 3 mm Protected against reverse polarity; over voltage and transient voltages Bipolar: One NPN (current sinking) and one PNP (current sourcing); Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO) configurable Retroreflective LED (see Application Note 1) and Diffuse LED: 150 mA max. load (derate ~ 1 mA/ C above 25 C) OFF-state leakage current: less than 50 A @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: less than 200 mV @ 10 mA; less than 1V @ 150 mA PNP: less than 1.25V @ 10 mA; less than 2V @ 150 mA Diffuse Laser and Retroreflective Laser: 150 mA max. load OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: less than 1.0V @ 150 mA load PNP: less than 2.0V @ 150 mA load Protected against output short-circuit, continuous overload, transient over-voltages and false pulse on power-up Diffuse LED: High-speed mode: 300 microseconds Normal mode: 1.8 milliseconds Diffuse Laser, Retroreflective Laser and Retroreflective LED: 500 microseconds Diffuse LED and Retroreflective LED: 250 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time Diffuse Laser and Retroreflective Laser: 1 second max.; outputs do not conduct during this time Diffuse LED: High-speed mode: 100 microseconds Normal mode: 150 microseconds Retroreflective LED: 150 microseconds Diffuse Laser and Retroreflective Laser: 70 microseconds 2 push buttons and remote wire for TEACH programming and configuration See data sheet for detailed information 2 LEDs: Green: Power ON Yellow: Output conducting See data sheets for more detailed information PC/ABS housing with acrylic lens cover Retroreflective LED: IEC IP67 (NEMA 6); PW12 1200 PSI washdown All others: IP67; NEMA 6 5-conductor 2 m or 9 m attached PVC cable, or 5-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordset are ordered separately. See page 159. Diffuse LED and Retroreflective LED: Temperature: -10 to +55 C Diffuse Laser and Retroreflective Laser: Temperature: -10 to +50 C Relative humidity: 95% @ 55 C (non-condensing) Relative humidity: 95% @ 50 C (non-condensing) Class 2: 658 nm visible Red
Adjustments Indicators
Vibration and Mechanical Shock Application Note Certification Hookup Diagrams
All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz max., double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Also meets IEC 947-5-2 requirements: 30G, 11 milliseconds duration, half-sine wave. If supply voltage is > 24V dc, derate maximum output current 1 mA/C above 25C
DC08: (p. 759)

REFLECTORS
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 699 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
QS30
REFLECTORS

MQDC1-506 MQDC1-515 MQDC1-530 MQDC1-506RA MQDC1-515RA MQDC1-530RA pg. 653 SMB30A pg. 685 SMBQS30L pg. 686 SMBQS30YL pg. 685 SMBQS30Y
PAGE 724 APERTURES
APERTURES
Additional brackets and more information available. See page 632.
PAGE 750
159
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
SENSORS
Class 1 Lasers
Lasers that are safe under reasonably foreseeable conditions of operation, including the use of optical instruments for intrabeam viewing. Reference 60825-1 Amend. 2 IEC:2001(E), section 8.2.
Class 2 Lasers
Lasers that emit visible radiation in the wavelength range from 400 to 700 nm where eye protection is normally afforded by aversion responses, including the blink reflex. This reaction may be expected to provide adequate protection under reasonably foreseeable conditions of operation, including the use of optical instruments for intrabeam viewing. Reference 60825-1 Amend. 2 IEC:2001(E), section 8.2.
For safe laser use:

Do not permit a person to stare at the laser from within the beam. Do not point the laser at a persons eye at close range. Locate open laser beam paths either above or below eye level, where practical.
For safe laser use:

ACCESSORIES
page 161
WORLD-BEAM QS30 Universal Voltage Sensors

51.5 mm
33 mm
-S
44 mm
ONLINE
E YL
PIGTAIL P
UR
QPMA
CA LL FACTORY
EURO
A BL
Opposed, Retroreflective and Fixed-field Models Suffix R, E, LP and FF
22 mm
WORLD-BEAM QS30 Universal Voltage, 12-250V dc or 24-250V ac

2m 60 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Output Type
SPDT e/m Relay
Model
QS303E Emitter
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 162)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 163)
2m
QS30VR3R
P
POLAR RETRO Connection options:
8 m
2m
SPDT e/m Relay
QS30VR3LP
EGC-5 (p. 162)
BP-5 (p. 163)
More on next page
For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS303E W/30). QD models: Available with modified specification, contact factory at 1-888-373-6767.
Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-84 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information.
160
WORLD-BEAM QS30 Universal Voltage, 12-250V dc or 24-250V ac

(contd)
Excess Gain
EGC-14 (p. 163) EGC-15 (p. 163) EGC-16 (p. 163)
Visible Red LED
Connection
2m 2m 2m
Output Type
Model
QS30VR3FF200
Beam Pattern

SPDT e/m Relay
QS30VR3FF400 QS30VR3FF600
600 mm Cutoff
Connection options: For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS303E W/30). QD models: Available with modified specification, contact factory at 1-888-373-6767.
WORLD-BEAM QS30 Universal Voltage Specifications

Supply Voltage Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating 24 to 250V ac, 50/60 Hz or 12 to 250V dc (1.0 watt max.) Protected against transient voltages SPDT (Single-Pole Double-Throw) electromechanical relay output (all models except emitters) Max. Switching Power (resistive load): 150 W, 1250 VA Max. Switching Voltage (resistive load): 250V ac; 125V dc Max. Switching Current (resistive load): 5 A @ 250V ac; 5 A @ 30V dc derated to 200 mA @ 125V dc Min. Voltage and Current: 5V dc, 10 mA Mechanical life of relay: 50 million operations Electrical life of relay at full resistive load: 100,000 operations 15 milliseconds ON/OFF 100 millisecond delay; output does not conduct during this time. 2 LED indicators on sensor top: Green: Power ON Yellow: Light sensed Large, oval LED indicator on sensor back (except emitters): Yellow: Output conducting See data sheet for detailed information Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Certifications Hookup Diagrams Emitters: UN02 (p. 767) All other models: UN01 (p. 767) ABS housing; Acrylic lens cover IEC IP67; NEMA 6 2 m or 9 m 5-wire PVC cable Temperature: -20 to +70 C Relative humidity: 95% @ 50 C (non-condensing)
Output Response Delay at Power-Up Indicators
Brackets
QS30
REFLECTORS
REFLECTORS
PAGE 724 APERTURES

pg. 653 SMB30A pg. 685 SMBQS30L
APERTURES
Additional brackets and more information available. See page 632.
PAGE 750
161
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
(Diffuse, Adjustable-Field and Fixed-field mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
= Visible Red LED
LP = Visible Red Laser Polarized
= Visible Red Laser

1000

High Power
100000

High-Power Water
1000000 Super High Power
SENSORS
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
QS30
Opposed Mode
E X C E S S G A I N
10000
QS30
Opposed Mode High Power
100
1000
E X C 100000 E S S 10000 G A I N
QS30
Opposed Mode Water Sensor
High Gain Low Gain
E X C E S S G A I N
BRT-92 x 92 BRT-84 BRT-3 BRT-THG-3X3
QS30LV
Retroreflective
100
100
10
10
10
1000
1 0.3 m 1'
3m 10'
30 m 100'
300 m 1000'
0.3 m (1')
3m (10')
30 m (100')
300 m (1000')
100 0.1 m (0.3')
1
1.0 m (3.3') 10 m (33')
0.1 m 0.4'
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
EGC-3
DISTANCE
1m 4'
10 m 40'
100 m 400'
EGC-4
DISTANCE
Range: 60 m
LED:
Range: 213 m
LED:
Range: 8 m
LED:
Range: 12 m
LED:

1000
Retroreflective Mode WORLD-BEAM QS30 Expert

Class 1 Laser
1000
Retroreflective Mode WORLD-BEAM QS30 Expert

Class 1 Laser
1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
BRT-92 x 92 BRT-84 BRT-3 BRT-THG-3X3
QS30..LP
Polarized Retroreflective
100
E X C E S S G A I N
with BRT-36X40BM
100
E X C E S S G A I N
with BRT-TVHG-2X2
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS30D
Diffuse Mode 100
10
10
10
10
1 .01 m 0.04' 0.1 m 0.4' 1m 4' 10 m 40.0'
1 0.1 m 0.33'
1.0 m 3.3'
10 m 33'
100 m 330'
1 0.1 m 0.33'
1.0 m 3.3'
10 m 33'
100 m 330'
1 1 mm 0.04"
10 mm 0.4"
100 mm 4"
1000 mm 40"
EGC-5
DISTANCE
EGC-6
DISTANCE
EGC-7
DISTANCE
EGC-8
DISTANCE
Range: 8 m
LED: P
Range: 18 m
LED: LP
Range: 2 m
LED: LP
Range: 1 m
LED:

Class 1 Laser
1000

Class 2 Laser
1000

Visible Red LED
10000
Foreground Suppression
E X C E 100 S S G 10 A I N 1
1000 QS30AFF400 (based on 90% White Card)
E X C E S S G A I N
QS30
Diffuse Mode Laser
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS30
Diffuse Mode Laser
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS30EDV Series 1000

High Speed Normal Speed
100
10
10
10
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (3.9")
1000 mm (39.4")
10000 mm (393.7")
1 1 mm .04"
10 mm .4"
100 mm 4"
1000 mm 40"
1 1 mm .04"
10 mm .4"
100 mm 4"
1000 mm 40"
DISTANCE
EGC-9
DISTANCE
EGC-10
DISTANCE
EGC-11
* Normal mode: 1100 mm, High-Speed mode: 1400 mm
EGC-12
10 0.4"
100 4"
1000 40"
DISTANCE
Range: 400 mm LED:
Range: 800 mm LED:
Range:1400 mm* LED:
Cutoff: 50-400 mm
LED:
Background Suppression
E X C E 100 S S G 10 A I N 1
1000
1000

E X C E S S G A I N
QS30..FF200
Fixed-Field Mode 100
QS30AF600 (based on 90% White Card)
10 mm spot size @ 160 mm focus 7 mm spot size @ 200 mm cutoff Using 18% gray test card: performance will be 95% of values shown. Using 6% black test card: performance will be 90% of values shown.
More on next page
10
EGC-13
10 0.4"
100 4"
1000 40"
DISTANCE
EGC-14
1 1 mm 0.04"
10 mm 0.4"
100 mm 4"
1000 mm 40"
DISTANCE
Cutoff: 200 mm LED:
162
Excess Gain Curves

= Visible Red LED

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
QS30FF..400
Fixed-Field Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QS30FF 600
Fixed-Field Mode 100
Wireless
10
10
1 1 mm 0.04"
10 mm 0.4"
100 mm 4"
1000 mm 40"
1 1 mm 0.04"
10 mm 0.4"
100 mm 4"
1000 mm 40"
EGC-15
DISTANCE
EGC-16
DISTANCE
Cutoff: 400 mm LED:
Cutoff: 600 mm LED:
MINIATURE COMPACT
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
MIDSIZE WORLD-BEAM QS30 S30 SM30/SMI30 T30
= Visible Red LED
= Visible Red Laser

Opposed Mode WORLD-BEAM QS30 Water

6m 3m 1.5 m 0 1.5 m 3m 6m 0 15 m 50' 30 m 100' 46 m 150' 61 m 200' Opposed Mode
Opposed Mode WORLD-BEAM QS30 High Power

15' 10' 5' 0 5' 10' 15' 76 m 250'

QS30..LV
Q40 PicoDot QM42/QMT42 FULLSIZE
QS30
B E A M W I D T H
4.6 m 3.0 m 0.3 m 0 0.3 m 3.0 m 4.6 m 0
QS30 Series
Opposed Mode
15' 10' 5' 0' 5' 10' 15'
450 mm 300 mm 150 mm 0 150 mm 300 mm 450 mm 0 2.0 m (6') 4.0 m (12') Low Gain High Gain
QS30
Opposed Mode Water Sensor
18" 12" 6" 0 6"
160 mm 100 mm 40 mm 0 40 mm 100 mm 160 mm 0 3m 10' 6m 20' 9m 30' with BRT-84 Reflector
Retroreflective
6.3" 3.9" 1.6" 0 1.6" 3.9" 6.3"
Super High Power
12" 18"
45 m 150'
90 m 300'
135 m 450'
180 m 600'
225 m 750'
12 m 40'
15 m 50'
BP-1
DISTANCE
BP-2
DISTANCE
6.0 m (18')
8.0 m (24')
DISTANCE
BP-3
DISTANCE
BP-4
Range: 60 m
LED:
Range: 213 m LED:
Range: 8 m
LED:
Range: 12 m
LED:

160 mm 100 mm 40 mm 0 40 mm 100 mm 160 mm 0 2m 8' 4m 16' 6m 24' 8m 32' with BRT-84 Reflector Polarized Retroreflective

QS30D
Diffuse

Class 1 Laser

Class 2 Laser
QS30..LP
6.3" 3.9" 1.6" 0 1.6" 3.9" 6.3"
60 mm 40 mm 20 mm 0 20 mm 40 mm 60 mm 0
2.4" 1.6" 0.8" 0 0.8" 1.6" 2.4"
6 mm 4 mm 2 mm 0 2 mm 4 mm 6 mm 0 Diffuse Mode
0.24"
QS30
0.24"
0.16" 0.08" 0 0.08" 0.16" 0.24"
QS30
0.16" 0.08" 0 0.08" 0.16" 0.24"
10 m 40'
200 mm 400 mm 600 mm 800 mm 1000 mm 8" 16" 24" 32" 40"
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
100 mm 200mm 300 mm 400 mm 4.0" 8.0" 12.0" 16.0"
200 mm 400mm 600 mm 800 mm 8.0" 16.0" 24.0" 32.0"
BP-5
BP-6
BP-7
DISTANCE
BP-8
DISTANCE
Range: 8 m
LED: P
Range: 1 m
LED:
Range: 400 mm LED:

T18 Series
15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 0 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 0 AC Diffuse Mode 0.6" 0.4" 0.2" 0 0.2" 0.4" 0.6" 80 mm 160 mm 240 mm 320 mm 400 mm (3.2") (6.4") (9.6") (12.8") (16")
Range: 800 mm LED:
More on next page
DISTANCE
163
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Beam Patterns
= Visible Red LED
Diffuse Mode WORLD-BEAM Expert

Visible Red LED
SENSORS
12 mm
QS30EDV Series
High Speed Normal Speed
0.47" 0.31" 0.16" 0 -0.16" -0.31" -0.47"
B E A M W I D T H
8 mm 4 mm 0 -4 mm -8 mm -12 mm 0 300 mm (11.8") 600 mm (23.6") 900 mm (35.4")
1200 mm 1500 mm (47.2") (59.0")
DISTANCE
BP-9
Range: 1400 mm LED:
Minimum Separation Distance

WORLD-BEAM QS30 Adjustable-Field Background Suppression (50-600 mm)
QS30AF600 Minimum Separation Between Object and Background
50
WORLD-BEAM QS30 Adjustable-Field Foreground Suppression (50-400 mm)

QS30AF400 Minimum Separation Between Object and Background
0
Object/Background Black/White Gray/White

White/White
-10
40
30
-20
Gray/Gray
20
-30
10
White/White
-40
Black/White, Gray or Black
Object/Background
0
MSD-1
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
-50
Distance (mm )
MSD-2
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
Distance (mm )
164
S30
Specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments Completely epoxy-encapsulated to provide superior durability, even in harsh environments Uses innovative dual-indicator system to reduce the complexity of monitoring sensor performance Available in 30 mm plastic threaded barrel sensor in opposed, retroreflective and fixed-field modes Models available for ac or dc power Includes advanced diagnostics to warn of marginal sensing conditions or output overload (dc models)
ACCESSORIES
DC Models AC Models
page 165 167
page 168
S30 DC Sensors
MINIATURE COMPACT MIDSIZE WORLD-BEAM QS30 S30 SM30/SMI30 T30
30 mm
Q40 PicoDot QM42/QMT42
68.7 mm
ONLINE
FULLSIZE
OPPOSED
Opposed, Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field Models Suffix E, R, LP and FF
P
POLAR RETRO
S30, 10-30V dc
2m 60 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Models NPN
Models PNP
S306E Emitter S306EQ Emitter
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 169)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 169)
FIXED-FIELD
4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m S30SN6R S30SN6RQ S30SN6LP
S30SP6R S30SP6RQ S30SP6LP S30SP6LPQ
P
POLAR RETRO
6m
4-Pin Euro QD
S30SN6LPQ
EGC-2 (p. 169)
BP-2 (p. 169)
More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 168). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, S30SP6LP W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information.
165
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Infrared LED
S30, 10-30V dc
(contd)
Connection
Models NPN
S30SN6FF200 S30SN6FF200Q S30SN6FF400 S30SN6FF400Q S30SN6FF600 S30SN6FF600Q
Models PNP
S30SP6FF200 S30SP6FF200Q S30SP6FF400 S30SP6FF400Q S30SP6FF600 S30SP6FF600Q
Excess Gain
EGC-3 (p. 165) EGC-4 (p. 165) EGC-5 (p. 165)
Beam Pattern
SENSORS
0 - 200 mm Cutoff 0 - 400 mm Cutoff 0 - 600 mm Cutoff
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 164). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, S30SP6FF W/30).
ACCESSORIES
page 168
S30 DC Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); Supply current (exclusive of load current): Opposed Emitters: 25 mA Opposed Receivers: 20 mA Polarized Retroreflective: 30 mA Fixed-field: 35 mA Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state complementary; choose NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing) models The Dark Operate (DO) output may be wired as a normally open marginal signal alarm output, depending upon hookup to the power supply. 150 mA max. (each) in standard hookup; When wired for alarm output, the total load may not exceed 150 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V at 10 mA dc; less than 1.5V at 150 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 3 milliseconds ON; 1.5 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 3 milliseconds ON/OFF 100 milliseconds; outputs are non-conducting during this time Opposed: 375 microseconds Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 750 microseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength Two LEDs: Green: Power ON Yellow: Light Operate (LO) energized See data sheet for detailed information Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; two jam nuts included. Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P, IP67. QD models rated IP69K per DIN 40050-9. 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 168. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Output Rating
Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications
Hookup Diagrams
166
S30 AC Sensors
80.7 mm
ONLINE
Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners
30 mm
Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches Infrared LED Visible Red LED Emergency Stop & Stop Control
S30, 20-250V ac
2m 60 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Models LO
Models DO
S303E Emitter S303EQ1 Emitter
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 169)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 165)
ACCESSORIES
page 168
4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m S30AW3R S30AW3RQ1 S30AW3LP
S30RW3R S30RW3RQ1
MINIATURE
P
POLAR RETRO
S30RW3LP S30RW3LPQ1 S30RW3FF200 S30RW3FF200Q1 S30RW3FF400 S30RW3FF400Q1 S30RW3FF600 S30RW3FF600Q1
6 m 4-Pin Micro QD 0 - 200 mm Cutoff 0 - 400 mm Cutoff 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD S30AW3LPQ1 S30AW3FF200 S30AW3FF200Q1 S30AW3FF400 S30AW3FF400Q1 S30AW3FF600 S30AW3FF600Q1
EGC-2 (p. 169)
BP-2 (p. 165)
COMPACT MIDSIZE WORLD-BEAM QS30 S30 SM30/SMI30
EGC-3 (p. 169) EGC-4 (p. 169) EGC-5 (p. 169)
T30 Q40 PicoDot QM42/QMT42
FULLSIZE
0 - 600 mm Cutoff
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 168). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, S30AW3FF200 W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information.
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 20 to 250V ac (50/60 Hz). Average current: 20 mA Peak current: 200 mA at 20V ac, 500 mA at 120V ac, 750 mA at 250V ac Protected against transient voltages Solid-state ac switch; three-wire hookup; choose Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO) models; Light Operate: Output conducts when the sensor sees its own (or the emitters) modulated light Dark Operate: Output conducts when sensor sees dark 300 mA max. (continuous) Fixed-field: derate 5 mA/ C above +50 C Inrush capability: 1 amp for 20 milliseconds, non-repetitive OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 A ON-state voltage drop: 3V at 300 mA ac; 2V at 15 mA ac
Output Rating
More on next page
167
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Delay at Power-up
(contd)
Protected against false pulse on power-up Opposed: 16 milliseconds ON; 8 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 16 milliseconds ON/OFF 100 milliseconds Opposed: 2 milliseconds Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 4 milliseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength Two LEDs: Green: Power ON Yellow: Light sensed See data sheet for detailed information Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; two jam nuts included Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P, IP67. QD models rated IP69K per DIN 40050-9 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Micro-style quick-disconnect fitting QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 168. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing) All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration; frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max, double amplitude 0.06-inch acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation)
SENSORS
Repeatability Indicators
Cabled Models: AC05 (p. 765) QD Models: AC06 (p. 765)
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 4-Pin Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Micro QD
See page 712 Right-Angle
MQDC-406RA MQDC-415RA MQDC-430RA
Straight
MQDC-406 MQDC-415 MQDC-430
Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m

Brackets
S30
REFLECTORS
REFLECTORS
pg. 653 SMB30A
pg. 653 SMB30FA..
pg. 654 SMB30SC
pg. 661 SMBAMS30P
PAGE 724
168
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
Opposed Mode S30

1000
Polarized Retroreflective Mode S30

1000
Fixed-Field Mode S30

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
S30 Series
Opposed Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
S30 Series
Polarized Retro
100
E X C E S S G A I N
S30 Series
Wireless
100 Fixed-field mode with 200 mm far limit cutoff 10
16 mm spot size @ 35 mm focus 20 mm spot size @ 200 mm cutoff Using 18% gray test card: Cutoff distance will be 95% of value shown. Using 6% black test card: Cutoff distance will be 90% of value shown.
10
1 0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
EGC-1
DISTANCE
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.1 m (0.33')
EGC-2
DISTANCE
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
EGC-3
DISTANCE
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
Range: 60 m
LED:
Range: 6 m
LED: P
Cutoff: 200 mm LED:

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
S30 Series
E X C E S S G A I N
S30 Series
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
EGC-4
DISTANCE
100 mm 4")
1000 mm 40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
EGC-5
DISTANCE
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
Cutoff: 400 mm LED:
Cutoff: 600 mm LED:
Beam Patterns
Opposed Mode S30

750 mm 500 mm 250 mm 0 250 mm 500 mm 750 mm 0 15 m (50') 30 m (100') 45 m (150') 60 m (200')
Polarized Retroreflective Mode S30

30" 20" 10" 0 10" 20" 30" 75 m (250')
150 mm 100 mm 50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 0 1.5 m (5') 3.0 m (10') 4.5 m (15') 6.0 m (20') with BRT-3 Reflector
S30 Series
Opposed Mode
S30 Series
Polarized Retro
6" 4" 2" 0 2" 4" 6" 7.5 m (25')
BP-1
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-2
Range: 60 m
LED:
Range: 6 m
LED: P
169
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
High-Power, Opposed-Mode Barrel Sensors

SM30 and SMI30
SENSORS
Features reliable sensing without the need for adjustments Operates in opposed mode with very high excess gain Models available for either ac or dc operation (standard SM30 Series) Certified as intrinsically safe for use in hazardous atmospheres (SMI30 Series) Uses positive sealing to eliminate even capillary leakage, has a quad-ring-sealed lens Exceeds IEC IP67 (NEMA 6P) ratings; ideal in equipment washdown environments
SM30 Sensors
ACCESSORIES
SM30
102 mm
page 170 172
page 173
SMI30 Intrinsically Safe
OPPOSED
ONLINE
Opposed ModelsAll Frequencies Suffix E and R (Metal Housing Shown)
30 mm
SM30 Emitters, 10-30V dc or 12-240V ac, Frequency A

Sensing Mode/LED Housing
Plastic 150 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Range
Connection
2m 3-Pin Mini QD 2m 3-Pin Mini QD
Output Type
Models
SMA30PEL SMA30PELQD SMA30SEL SMA30SELQD
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 173)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 173)
N/A
Stainless Steel
SM30 Receivers, 10-30V dc Frequency A

Plastic 150 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Range
Connection
Output Type
Bi-Modal NPN or PNP
Models
SM30PRL SM30PRLQD SM30SRL SM30SRLQD
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 173)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 173)
Stainless Steel
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 173). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SM30PR W/30). Modulation frequency A is standard; frequencies B and C are also available to minimize optical crosstalk potential between adjacent pairs and are specified by adding B or C at the end of the standard model number (example, SM30PRLB or SM30PRLC).
170
SM30 Receivers, 24-240V ac, Frequency A

Plastic
Infrared LED
Range
Connection
2m 3-Pin Mini QD 2m
Output Type
Models
SM2A30PRL SM2A30PRLQD SM2A30SRL SM2A30SRLQD SM2A30PRLNC
Excess Gain
Beam Pattern
LO
Stainless Steel 150 m

OPPOSED OPPOSED
3-Pin Mini QD 2m 3-Pin Mini QD 2m 3-Pin Mini QD DO
EGC-1 (p. 173)
BP-1 (p. 173)
Plastic
SM2A30PRLNCQD SM2A30SRLNC SM2A30SRLNCQD
Stainless Steel
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 173). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SM2A30PRL W/30). Modulation frequency A is standard; frequencies B and C are also available to minimize optical crosstalk potential between adjacent pairs and are specified by adding B or C at the end of the standard model number (example, SM30PRLB or SM30PRLC).
ACCESSORIES
page 173
SM30 Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current Emitters: 12 to 240V ac (50/60 Hz) or 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at 20 mA DC Receivers: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at 10 mA max, exclusive of load AC Receivers: 24 to 240V ac (50/60 Hz) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages DC Receivers: Bi-Modal output (PNP sourcing or NPN sinking). Selection of sourcing or sinking configuration depends upon receivers power supply hookup polarity. Once wired, the unit performs as a solid-state switch. AC Receivers: Solid-state switch offer Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO) by model
Output Rating
DC Receivers: 250 mA continuous Output saturation voltage: (PNP & NPN configuration) less than 1 volt at 10 mA; less than 2 volts at 250 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A AC Receivers: Max. steady-state load capability is 500 mA Inrush capability: 10 amps for 1 second (non-repeating) OFF-state leakage: current less than 1.7 mA rms ON-state voltage drop: less than 3.5 volts rms across a 500 mA load; less than 5 volts rms across a 15 mA load Outputs of dc receivers are short circuit protected 10 milliseconds ON/OFF A frequency units: 1 millisecond B frequency units: 1.5 milliseconds C frequency units: 2.3 milliseconds Internal Red LED, visible through the lens or from side of the sensor. Emitters: Red Power ON indicator LED DC Receivers: Lights whenever receiver sees its modulated light source AC Receivers: Lights whenever receivers output is conducting Fully epoxy-encapsulated tubular threaded housing, positive sealed at both ends, quad-ring sealed acrylic lens. Plastic models: 30 mm diameter thermoplastic polyester housing and jam nuts Stainless Steel models: 30 mm diameter 303 stainless steel housing and jam nuts Exceeds NEMA 6P; IEC IP67 standards PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m cables or Mini-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting are available. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 173. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Repeatability
Indicators
Construction
Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Certifications
Hookup Diagrams
Cabled Emitters: UN10 (p. 769) AC Cabled Receivers: AC10 (p. 766) DC Receivers: DC20 & DC21 (pp. 762 & 788)
QD Emitters: AC04 (p. 764) AC QD Receivers: AC11 (p. 766)
171
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Intrinsically Safe DC Sensors

SMI30
SENSORS
Extremely rugged and powerful opposed-mode intrinsically safe barrel sensors are designed for the most demanding hazardous area sensing applications Sensor is certified as intrinsically safe for use in all hazardous atmospheres as defined by Article 500 of the National Electrical Code, when used with approved positive input intrinsic safety barriers Sensor is certified by Factory Mutual and CSA as non-incendive devices when used in Division 2 locations (except Groups E and F) without intrinsic safety barriers Use each sensor pair with model CI3RC2 current trip point amplifier and dual-channel intrinsic safety barrier for a complete intrinsically safe sensing system (components available as a kit)
102 mm
30 mm
ACCESSORIES
page 173
SMI30, 10-30V dc, Frequency A

105 m 3-Pin Mini QD
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Connection
Output Type
NPN/LO NPN/DO NPN/LO NPN/DO
Response Time
10 ms
Models
SMI306EQ SMI30AN6RQ SMI30RN6RQ SMI306EYQ
Excess Gain
Frequency: A: EGC-2 B: EGC-3 C: EGC-4 (p. 173)
Beam Pattern
BP-2 (p. 173)
45 m
1 ms
SMI30AN6RYQ SMI30RN6RYQ
BP-3 (p. 173)
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a special Mini-style mating cordset (see page 173). Modulation frequency A is standard; frequencies B and C are also available to minimize optical crosstalk potential between adjacent pairs and are specified by adding B or C at the end of the standard model number (example, SMI306EBQ or SMI306ECQ).
Intrinsic Safety Kits for Use with SMI30 Intrinsically Safe Sensors
Model
CI2BK-1 CI2BK-2 CI3RC2 CIB-1 CI2B-1
Description
Includes a CI3RC2 current amplifier, one RS-11 socket, one DIN-rail mount and one single-channel intrinsically safe barrier Includes a CI3RC2 current amplifier, one RS-11 socket, one DIN-rail mount and one dual-channel intrinsically safe barrier Current trip point amplifier Single channel intrinsic safety barrier Dual channel intrinsic safety barrier
SMI30 Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Repeatability Emitters: 10 to 30V dc at 25 mA Receivers: 10 to 30V dc at 15 mA max. Division 1 use, with barriers, requires minimum system supply voltage of 10V. Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Receivers: Current sinking NPN open-collector transistor Three-wire hookup sinks 15 mA max. continuous, 10 to 30V dc. Two-wire hookup sinks 10 mA Outputs are short circuit protected 10 milliseconds or 1 millisecond ON/OFF, depending on models; independent of signal strength A frequency units: 10 millisecond receiver is 1 milliseconds and 1 millisecond receiver is 360 microseconds B frequency units: 1.6 milliseconds C frequency units: 10 millisecond receiver is 2.3 milliseconds and 1 millisecond receiver is 210 microseconds Repeatability is independent of signal strength
More on next page
172
SMI30 Specifications
Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Certifications Hookup Diagrams
(contd)
Internal Red LED lights whenever the receiver sees the emitters modulated light source. Emitters have Red power on indicator LED. All indicators are visible through the lens or from side of the sensor. 30 mm diameter tubular threaded thermoplastic polyester housing, fully epoxy-encapsulated, positive sealing at both ends, quad-ring sealed acrylic lens. Two thermoplastic polyester jam nuts provided. IP67; NEMA 6P 3-wire Mini-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting. Use cordset models SMICC-3xx (p. 173). Cable electric properties: 40 pf/ft; 20 H/ft. Order cable separately from sensor. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
See data sheet for detailed Hookup Diagrams.
Cordsets
Mini QD
See page 714 3-Pin Length
1.83 m 3.66 m 9.14 m SM30CC-306 SM30CC-312
Brackets
SM30 & SMI30
4-Pin
APERTURES
APERTURES
3-Pin* Threaded Straight

SMICC-306 SMICC-312 SMICC-330
MBCC-406 MBCC-412 MBCC-430 pg. 653 SMB30A pg. 653 SMB30FA.. pg. 654 SMB30SC pg. 661 SMBAMS30P
PAGE 750
* Required for Intrinsically safe Additional cordset information available. See page 693.
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
MINIATURE COMPACT MIDSIZE WORLD-BEAM QS30 S30
Opposed Mode SM30

100000
Opposed Mode SMI30 - Frequency A

100000
Opposed Mode SMI30 - Frequency B

100000
Opposed Mode SMI30 - Frequency C

100000
SM30/SMI30 T30 Q40 PicoDot QM42/QMT42 FULLSIZE
E X C E S S G A I N
SM30 Series
10000 Opposed Mode
10000
SMI30 Series
Opposed Mode
SMI30 Series
Opposed Mode 10000 10000
SMI30 Series
Opposed Mode
1000
100
E X C E S S G A I N
1000
E X C E S S
10 ms Response models
1000
E X C E S S
1000
100
10
10
G A I N
100
G A I N
100
10
10
1 1m (3.3') 10 m (33') 100 m (330') 1000 m (3300')

1 0.1 m (0.33') 1m (3.3') 10 m (33') 100 m (330') 1000 m (3300')
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
EGC-3
1 0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
DISTANCE
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1000 m (3300')
EGC-4
1 0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
DISTANCE
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1000 m (3300')
Range: 200 m
LED:
Range: 140 m
LED:
Range: 140 m
LED:
Range: 140 m
LED:
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
Opposed Mode SM30

SM30 Series
1500 mm 1000 mm 500 mm 0 500 mm 1000 mm 1500 mm 0 45 m (150') 90 m (300') 135 m (450') 180 m (600') Opposed Mode 60" 40" 20" 0 20" 40" 60" 225 m (750')
Opposed Mode SMI30

SMI30 Series
1500 mm 1000 mm 500 mm 0 500 mm 1000 mm 1500 mm 0 30 m (100') 60 m (200') 90 m (300') 120 m (400') Opposed Mode 10 ms Response 60" 40" 20" 0 20" 40" 60"
Opposed Mode SMI30

1500 mm 1000 mm 500 mm 0 500 mm 1000 mm 1500 mm 0 15 m (50') 30 m (100') 45 m (150') 60 m (200') 1 ms Response
SMI30 Series
Opposed Mode
60.0" 40.0" 20.0" 0 20.0" 40.0" 60.0" 75 m (250')
150 m (500')
DISTANCE
BP-1
BP-2
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
EGC-3
Range: 200 m LED:
Range: 140 m LED:
Range: 60 m
LED:
173
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE

T30
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments Completely epoxy-encapsulated to provide superior durability, even in harsh sensing environments Uses an innovative dual-indicator system to reduce complexity of monitoring sensor performance Includes advanced diagnostics to warn of marginal sensing conditions or output overload (dc models) Features T-style plastic housing with 30 mm threaded lens in opposed, retroreflective and fixed-field modes Models available for ac or dc power
page 177
40 mm
OPPOSED
P
POLAR RETRO
30 mm
FIXED-FIELD
22.3 mm 51.5 mm 44.8 mm
ONLINE
T30, 10-30V dc
2m 60 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Models NPN
T306E Emitter T306EQ Emitter T30SN6R T30SN6RQ T30SN6LP T30SN6LPQ
Models PNP
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 178)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 178)
T30SP6R T30SP6RQ T30SP6LP T30SP6LPQ
P
POLAR RETRO
6 m 4-Pin Euro QD
EGC-2 (p. 178)
BP-2 (p. 178)
More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 177). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T30SN6LP W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using a BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information.
174

Infrared LED
Connection
Models NPN
T30SN6FF200 T30SN6FF200Q T30SN6FF400 T30SN6FF400Q T30SN6FF600 T30SN6FF600Q
Models PNP
T30SP6FF200 T30SP6FF200Q T30SP6FF400 T30SP6FF400Q T30SP6FF600 T30SP6FF600Q
Excess Gain
EGC-3 (p. 178) EGC-4 (p. 178) EGC-5 (p. 178)
Beam Pattern
Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules
0 - 600 mm Cutoff
T30, 20-250V ac
2m 60 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Models LO
T303E Emitter T303EQ1 Emitter T30AW3R T30AW3RQ1 T30AW3LP T30AW3LPQ1 T30AW3FF200 T30AW3FF200Q1 T30AW3FF400 T30AW3FF400Q1 T30AW3FF600 T30AW3FF600Q1
Models DO
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 178)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 178)
ACCESSORIES
4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m
page 177
T30RW3R T30RW3RQ1 T30RW3LP T30RW3LPQ1 T30RW3FF200 T30RW3FF200Q1 T30RW3FF400 T30RW3FF400Q1 T30RW3FF600 T30RW3FF600Q1
P
POLAR RETRO
6 m 4-Pin Micro QD 0 - 200 mm Cutoff 0 - 400 mm Cutoff 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD
EGC-2 (p. 178)
BP-2 (p. 178)
MINIATURE COMPACT MIDSIZE WORLD-BEAM QS30
EGC-3 (p. 178) EGC-4 (p. 178) EGC-5 (p. 178)
S30 SM30/SMI30 T30
0 - 600 mm Cutoff
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 177). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T30AW3FF200 W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using a BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information.
Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); Supply current (exclusive of load current): Opposed Emitters: 25 mA Opposed Receivers: 20 mA Polarized Retroreflective: 30 mA Fixed-field: 35 mA Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state dc switch; three-wire hookup; choose Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO) models Light Operate: Output conducts when the sensor sees its own (or the emitters) modulated light Dark Operate: Output conducts when sensor sees dark 150 mA max. (each) in standard hookup; When wired for alarm output, the total load may not exceed 150 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V at 10 mA dc; less than 1.5V at 150 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs
Output Rating
More on next page
175
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Output Response Time Delay at Power-up
(contd)
Opposed: 3 milliseconds ON; 1.5 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 3 milliseconds ON/OFF 100 milliseconds; outputs are non-conducting during this time Opposed: 375 microseconds Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field 750 microseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength. Two LEDs: Green: Power ON Yellow: Light operate (LO) output energized Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; one jam nut included. Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P, IP67. QD models rated IP69K per DIN 40050-9. 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 177. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
SENSORS
Repeatability
Indicators
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 20 to 250V ac (50/60 Hz). Average current: 20 mA Peak current: 200 mA at 20V ac, 500 mA at 120V ac, 750 mA at 250V ac Protected against transient voltages Solid-state ac switch; three-wire hookup; choose Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO) models Light Operate: Output conducts when the sensor sees its own (or the emitters) modulated light Dark Operate: Output conducts when sensor sees dark 300 mA max. (continuous) Fixed-field: derate 5 mA/ C above +50 C Inrush capability: 1 amp for 20 milliseconds, non-repetitive OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 A ON-state voltage drop: 3V at 300 mA ac; 2V at 15 mA ac Protected against false pulse on power-up Opposed: 16 milliseconds ON; 8 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 16 milliseconds ON/OFF 100 milliseconds Opposed: 2 milliseconds Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 4 milliseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength Two LEDs: Green: Power ON Yellow: Light sensed Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; one jam nut included. Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P, IP67. QD models rated IP69K per DIN 40050-9. 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Micro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 177. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
More on next page
Output Rating
Indicators
176
Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications
(contd)
Hookup Diagrams
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Micro QD
See page 712 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m


MQAC-406 MQAC-415 MQAC-430 MQAC-406RA MQAC-415RA MQAC-430RA MINIATURE COMPACT MIDSIZE WORLD-BEAM QS30 S30 SM30/SMI30
Brackets
T30
REFLECTORS
T30 Q40 PicoDot QM42/QMT42 FULLSIZE
REFLECTORS
pg. 650 SMB1815SF
pg. 653 SMB30A
pg. 653 SMB30FA..
pg. 661 SMBAMS30P
PAGE 724
177
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
Opposed Mode T30

1000

1000
SENSORS
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
T30 Series
Opposed Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
T30 Series
Polarized Retro
100
E X C E S S G A I N
T30 Series
16 mm spot size @ 35 mm focus 20 mm spot size @ 200 mm cutoff Using 18% gray test card: cutoff distance will be 95% of value shown. Using 6% black test card: cutoff distance will be 90% of value shown.
10
1 0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
EGC-1
DISTANCE
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.1 m (0.33')
EGC-2
DISTANCE
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
EGC-3
DISTANCE
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
Range: 60 m
LED:
Range: 6 m
LED: P
Cutoff: 200 mm LED:

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
T30 Series
EGC-5
E X C E S S G A I N
T30 Series
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
EGC-4
DISTANCE
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
DISTANCE
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
Cutoff: 400 mm LED:
Cutoff: 600 mm LED:
Beam Patterns
Opposed Mode T30

750 mm 500 mm 250 mm 0 250 mm 500 mm 750 mm 0 15 m (50') 30 m (100') 45 m (150') 60 m (200') Opposed Mode

30" 20" 10" 0 10" 20" 30" 75 m (250')
T30 Series
T30 Series
Polarized Retro
6" 4" 2" 0 2" 4" 6" 7.5 m (25')
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-1
BP-2
Range: 60 m
LED:
Range: 6 m
LED: P
178
Right-Angle Base-Mount Rectangular Sensors

Q40
Specially designed optics and electronics for reliable sensing without adjustments Features rectangular 40 mm plastic housing with 30 mm threaded mounting base in opposed, retroreflective and fixed-field modes Completely epoxy-encapsulated to provide superior durability, even in harsh sensing environments; rated to IP69K Uses an innovative dual-indicator system reduce complexity of monitoring sensor performance Models available for ac or dc power Uses advanced diagnostics to warn of marginal sensing conditions or output overload (dc models)
ACCESSORIES
40.1 mm 46.0 mm
page 181
ONLINE
MINIATURE COMPACT
69.8 mm
MIDSIZE WORLD-BEAM QS30 S30
Q40, 10-30V dc
2m 60 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Models NPN
Q406E Emitter Q406EQ Emitter Q40SN6R Q40SN6RQ Q40SN6LP Q40SN6LPQ Q40SN6FF200 Q40SN6FF200Q Q40SN6FF400 Q40SN6FF400Q Q40SN6FF600 Q40SN6FF600Q
Models PNP
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 182)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 182)
OPPOSED
P
POLAR RETRO
Q40SP6R Q40SP6RQ Q40SP6LP Q40SP6LPQ Q40SP6FF200 Q40SP6FF200Q Q40SP6FF400 Q40SP6FF400Q Q40SP6FF600 Q40SP6FF600Q
FIXED-FIELD
P
POLAR RETRO
6 m 4-Pin Euro QD 0 - 200 mm Cutoff 0 - 400 mm Cutoff 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD
BP-2 (p. 182)

More on next page
0 - 600 mm Cutoff
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 181). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q40SN6R W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using a BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information.
179
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Q40, 20-250V ac (contd)

2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 6 m 4-Pin Micro QD 0 - 200 mm Cutoff 0 - 400 mm Cutoff
Models LO
Q403E Emitter
Models DO
Q403EQ1 Emitter
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 182)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 182)
SENSORS
60 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Q40AW3R Q40AW3RQ1 Q40AW3LP Q40AW3LPQ1 Q40AW3FF200 Q40AW3FF200Q1 Q40AW3FF400 Q40AW3FF400Q1 Q40AW3FF600 Q40AW3FF600Q1
Q40RW3R Q40RW3RQ1 Q40RW3LP Q40RW3LPQ1 Q40RW3FF200 Q40RW3FF200Q1 Q40RW3FF400 Q40RW3FF400Q1 Q40RW3FF600 Q40RW3FF600Q1
P
POLAR RETRO
EGC-2 (p. 182)
BP-2 (p. 182)
2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD
EGC-3 (p. 182) EGC-4 (p. 182) EGC-5 (p. 182)
ACCESSORIES
0 - 600 mm Cutoff
page 181
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 181). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q40AW3FF200 W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using a BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information.
Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); Supply current (exclusive of load current): Opposed Emitters: 25 mA Opposed Receivers: 20 mA Polarized Retroreflective: 30 mA Fixed-field: 35 mA Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state complementary; choose NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing) models The Dark Operate (DO) output may be wired as a normally open marginal signal alarm output, depending upon hookup to the power supply 150 mA max. (each) in standard hookup; When wired for alarm output, the total load may not exceed 150 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V at 10 mA dc; less than 1.5V at 150 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 3 milliseconds ON; 1.5 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 3 milliseconds ON/OFF 100 milliseconds; outputs are non-conducting during this time Opposed: 375 microseconds Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 750 microseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green: Power ON Yellow: Light Operate (LO) output energized See data sheet for detailed information Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; one jam nut included. Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P, IP67. QD models rated IP69K per DIN 40050-9. 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 181. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
180
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 20 to 250V ac (50/60 Hz) Average current: 20 mA Protected against transient voltages Solid-state ac switch; three-wire hookup; choose Light Operate (LO) or Dark Operate (DO) models Light Operate: Output conducts when the sensor sees its own (or the emitters) modulated light Dark Operate: Output conducts when sensor sees dark 300 mA max. (continuous) Fixed-field: derate 5 mA/ C above +50 C Inrush capability: 1 amp for 20 milliseconds, non-repetitive OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 A ON-state voltage drop: 3V at 300 mA ac; 2V at 15 mA ac Protected against false pulse on power-up Opposed: 16 milliseconds ON; 8 milliseconds OFF Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 16 milliseconds ON/OFF 100 milliseconds Opposed: 2 milliseconds Polarized Retroreflective and Fixed-field: 4 milliseconds Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength Two LEDs: Green: Power ON Yellow: Light sensed See data sheet for detailed information Housings are thermoplastic polyester. Lenses are polycarbonate or acrylic; one jam nut included. Leakproof design rated NEMA 6P, IP67. QD models rated IP69K per DIN 40050-9. 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Micro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 181. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing) Peak current: 200 mA at 20V ac, 500 mA at 120V ac, 750 mA at 250V ac
Output Rating
MINIATURE COMPACT MIDSIZE WORLD-BEAM QS30 S30 SM30/SMI30 T30
Cordsets
Euro QD to Flying Leads
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
REFLECTORS
Micro QD
See page 712 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
REFLECTORS


PAGE 724
Brackets
Q40
pg. 653 SMB30A
pg. 653 SMB30FA..
pg. 654 SMB30SC
pg. 661 SMBAMS30P
181
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
Opposed Mode Q40
Polarized Retroreflective Q40

1000

1000
SENSORS
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Q40 Series
Opposed Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q40 Series
Polarized Retro
100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q40 Series
10
1 0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
EGC-1
DISTANCE
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.1 m (0.33')
EGC-2
DISTANCE
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
EGC-3
DISTANCE
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
Range: 60 m
LED:
Range: 6 m
LED: P
Cutoff: 200 mm LED:

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Q40 Series
E X C E S S G A I N
Q40 Series
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
EGC-4
DISTANCE
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
EGC-5
DISTANCE
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
Cutoff: 400 mm LED:
Cutoff: 600 mm LED:
Beam Patterns
Opposed Mode Q40


30" 20" 10" 0 10" 20" 30" 75 m (250')
Q40 Series
Opposed Mode
Q40 Series
Polarized Retro
6" 4" 2" 0 2" 4" 6" 7.5 m (25')
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-1
BP-2
Range: 60 mm LED:
Range: 6 m
LED: P
182
Laser Precision Sensors

PicoDot
Convergent-mode laser sensor delivers precise position detection, inspection and counting Powerful retroreflective models offer long-range retroreflective sensing Fixed-field technology in the convergent-mode models ignores objects beyond the maximum sensing distance Convergent models have precise 0.25 mm beam width at the convergent focus point Retroreflective models have a precise, narrow beam to sense small objects at close range or larger objects to 10.6 m All models have a gain sensitivity potentiometer for fine tuning sensor performance Models are available with compact light-weight housing (PD45) or with environmentally sealed housing (PD49)
ACCESSORIES
12.7 mm 45.6 mm
15.2 mm 49.1 mm
page 185
ONLINE
32.0 mm 40.6 mm
T

E YL
PIGTAIL P
UR
32.0 mm 42.7 mm
QPMA
CA LL FACTORY
EURO
-S
A BL
PD45 Models
PD49 Models
PicoDot, 10-30V dc
Sensing Mode/LED
CLASS 2
P
Visible Red LED
LASER POLAR RETRO
Range or Focus
0.2 m - 10.6 m
Connection
2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m
Housing Rating
IP54, NEMA 3 IP67, NEMA 6 IP54, NEMA 3 IP67, NEMA 6 IP54, NEMA 3 IP67, NEMA 6
NPN Models
PD45VN6LLP PD45VN6LLPQ PD49VN6LLP PD49VN6LLPQ PD45VN6C50 PD45VN6C50Q PD49VN6C50 PD49VN6C50Q PD45VN6C100 PD45VN6C100Q PD49VN6C100 PD49VN6C100Q
PNP Models
PD45VP6LLP PD45VP6LLPQ PD49VP6LLP PD49VP6LLPQ PD45VP6C50 PD45VP6C50Q PD49VP6C50 PD49VP6C50Q PD45VP6C100 PD45VP6C100Q PD49VP6C100 PD49VP6C100Q
Excess Gain
EGC-1, EGC-2 & EGC-3 (p. 186)
Beam Pattern
LASER CONVERGENT
P
LASER POLAR RETRO
50 mm
CLASS 2
EGC-4 (p. 186)
BP-1 (p. 186)
LASER CONVERGENT
102 mm
5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD
EGC-5 (p. 186)
BP-2 (p. 186)
More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 185). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, PD45VN6LLP W/30). Tested using a BRT-36X40BM retro target (included with each sensor). Actual range depends on the efficiency and size of the retroreflective target. Some targets have produced ranges up to 40 m.
183
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Visible Red LED
PicoDot, 10-30V dc (contd)

Sensing Mode/LED Range or Focus
203 mm
CLASS 2
Connection
2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m
Housing Rating
IP54, NEMA 3 IP67, NEMA 6 IP54, NEMA 3 IP67, NEMA 6
NPN Models
PD45VN6C200 PD45VN6C200Q PD49VN6C200 PD49VN6C200Q PD45VN6C300 PD45VN6C300Q PD49VN6C300 PD49VN6C300Q
PNP Models
PD45VP6C200 PD45VP6C200Q PD49VP6C200 PD49VP6C200Q PD45VP6C300 PD45VP6C300Q PD49VP6C300 PD49VP6C300Q
Excess Gain
EGC-6 (p. 186)
Beam Pattern
BP-3 (p. 186)
SENSORS
LASER CONVERGENT
305 mm
5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD
EGC-7 (p. 186)
BP-4 (p. 186)
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 185). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, PD45VN6C100 W/30).
ACCESSORIES
page 185
PicoDot Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (10% max ripple) at less than 20 mA, exclusive of load Beam Size at Aperture Beam Divergence Laser Classification Supply Protection Circuitry Delay at Power-up Output Configuration Output Rating 3.75 x 1.85 mm (Retroreflective Models) Approx. 1 milliradian (Retroreflective Models) Class 2 safety (CDRH (FDA) 1040.10 and IEC 60875-1) Protected against reverse polarity, over voltage, and transient voltages < 1 second Solid-state complementary; choose NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing) models 150 mA max. (each output) OFF-state leakage current: less than A at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 0.3V at 10 mA dc; less than 0.8V at 150 mA dc Protected against continuous overload or short-circuit of outputs; Overload trip point 220 milliamps 0.2 milliseconds (200 microseconds) ON/OFF 50 microseconds; Rep Rate 20 KHz 0.25 mm C50 models: 25 to 58 mm; focus at 50 mm 5 mm C100 models: 25 to 115 mm; focus at 102 mm 5 mm C200 models: 25 to 216 mm; focus at 203 mm 5 mm C300 models: 25 to 317 mm; focus at 305 mm 5 mm LLP models: 0.2 to 10.6 m, using supplied retroreflective target 12-turn slotted brass Gain (sensitivity) adjustment potentiometer Gray wire held low for laser operation; high to turn laser OFF; Low 1.0V dc; High Vsupply -4.0V dc (< 30V dc) or disconnect wire; 100 milliseconds delay upon enable Two LEDs: Green: Power ON Yellow: Light sensed; Light Operate (LO) output conducting See data sheet for detailed information PD45: Housings are heat-resistant ABS, UL94-VO rated; acrylic lens cover PD49: Housings are sealed, heat resistant ABS/polycarbonate alloy, UL94-VO rated, acrylic lens cover PD45: IP54; NEMA 3 PD49: IP67; NEMA 6
More on next page
Output Protection Output Response Time Repeatability Spot Size at Focus Range
Adjustments Extinguishing Wire Indicators
184
PicoDot Specifications
Connections Operating Conditions Weight Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams DC12 (p. 760)
(contd)
Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing) PD49: Sensor only: 28 g Sensor plus 2 m cable: 68 g
2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 5-pin Euro-style 150 mm pigtail quick-disconnect fitting; mating cordsets for QD models are ordered separately. See page 185. Temperature: -10 to +45 C PD45: Sensor only: 22 g Sensor plus 2 m cable: 62 g False pulse may occur less than 1 second after power-up
Class 2 Laser Safety Notes Low-power lasers are by definition incapable of causing eye injury within the duration of the blink (aversion response) of 0.25 seconds. They also must emit only visible wavelengths (400 - 700 nm). Therefore, an ocular hazard can exist only if an individual overcomes their natural aversion to bright light and stares directly into the laser beam. For safe laser use: Do not permit a person to stare at the laser from within the beam. Do not point the laser at a persons eye at close range. The beam emitted by a Class 2 laser product should be terminated at the end of its useful path. Open laser beam paths should be located above or below eye level where practical.
DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCT Avoid exposure - laser light emitted from this aperture PEAK POWER 2 mW 20KHz 10% DUTY CYCLE 660 - 680 nm COMPLIES TO 21 CFR PART 1040.10 AND EN60825-1:1994
LASER LIGHT
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 699 Length
0.5 m 1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
PicoDot
REFLECTORS
REFLECTORS

MQDC1-501.5 MQDC1-506 MQDC1-515 MQDC1-530 MQDC1-506RA MQDC1-515RA MQDC1-530RA pg. 657 SMB46A pg. 657 SMB46S pg. 657 SMB46L pg. 658 SMB46U
PAGE 724
185
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Excess Gain Curves

LP = Visible Red Laser LED Polarized
= Visible Red Laser LED

Retroreflective Mode PicoDot
Class 2 Laser
1000

Class 2 Laser

Class 2 Laser
1000
Convergent Mode PicoDot

Class 2 Laser
1000
SENSORS
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Retroreflective PicoDot
with BRT-36X40BM (included) 100
E X C E S S G A I N
with BRT-2X2 (optional) 100
E X C E S S G A I N
with BRT-THG (optional) 100
E X C E S S G A I N
50 mm PicoDot
Convergent Mode 100
10
10
10
10
1 0.1 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1 0.1 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1 0.1 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
EGC-3
DISTANCE
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-4
DISTANCE
Range: 10.6 m LED: LP
Range: 39.6 m LED: LP
Range: 6 m
LED: LP
Range: 50 mm LED:

Class 2 Laser
1000

Class 2 Laser
1000

Class 2 Laser
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
100 mm PicoDot
Convergent Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
200 mm PicoDot
Convergent Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
300 mm PicoDot
Convergent Mode
100
10
10
10
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-5
DISTANCE
EGC-6
DISTANCE
EGC-7
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
DISTANCE
Range: 102 mm LED:
Range: 203 mm LED:
Range: 305 mm LED:
egc q45cv conv.eps
Beam Patterns
= Visible Red Laser LED
Class 2 Laser

Class 2 Laser
100 mm (4 in) PicoDot
Convergent Mode

Class 2 Laser
Convergent Mode

Class 2 Laser
Convergent Mode
3 mm 2 mm 1 mm 0 1 mm 2 mm 3 mm 0
Convergent Mode
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
3 mm 2 mm 1 mm 0 1 mm 2 mm 3 mm 0
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
3 mm 2 mm 1 mm 0 1 mm 2 mm 3 mm 0
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
3 mm 2 mm 1 mm 0 1 mm 2 mm 3 mm 0
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
12.5 mm 25 mm 37.5 mm 50 mm 62.5 mm (0.5") (1.0") (1.5") (2.0") (2.5")
25 mm (1.0")
50 mm (2.0")
75 mm 100 mm 125 mm (3.0") (4.0") (5.0")
50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm (2.0") (4.0") (6.0") (8.0") 10.0")
75 mm 150 mm 225 mm 300 mm 375 mm (3.0") (6.0") (8.0") (12.0") (14.0")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-1
BP-2
BP-3
BP-4
Range: 50 mm LED:
Range: 102 mm LED:
Range: 203 mm LED:
Range: 305 mm LED:
186
Rugged Die-Cast Family of Sensors

QM42 and QMT42
Features compact, low-cost dc sensors in NEMA 6 (IEC IP67) die-cast housings Delivers outstanding immunity to electrical noise Includes marginal and Power ON gain indicator QM42 series: Available in opposed, polarized retroreflective, diffuse, short-range adjustable-field and plastic fiber optic modes QMT42 series (slightly larger): Available in fixed-field, diffuse and long-range adjustable-field modes
ACCESSORIES
page 189
42.0 mm
ONLINE
42.0 mm
MINIATURE COMPACT MIDSIZE WORLD-BEAM QS30 S30
12.7 mm

42.0 mm
OPPOSED
58.0 mm 42.0 mm
27.1 mm
18.0 mm
27.1 mm 12.7 mm
48.5 mm
P
POLAR RETRO
QMT42 Long-range Diffuse, Fixed-field and Adjustable-field Model Suffix DX, FF and AFV400
QM42 Opposed, Retroreflective, Short-range Diffuse, and Short-range Adjustable-field Model Suffix E, R, LP, D, AFV150 and FP
QM42 Plastic Fiber Optic Models Suffix FP
DIFFUSE
FIXED-FIELD
QM42 and QMT42, 10-30V dc

2m 10 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Models NPN
Models PNP
QM426E Emitter QM426EQ Emitter
ADJUSTABLE-FIELD
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 190)
Beam Pattern
PLASTIC FIBER
4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD QM42VN6R QM42VN6RQ
QM42VP6R QM42VP6RQ
BP-1 (p. 191)
More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 189). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QM42VN6R W/30).
187
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
QM42 and QMT42, 10-30V dc

3 m
(contd)
Models NPN
QM42VN6LP QM42VN6LPQ QM42VN6D QM42VN6DQ QMT42VN6DX QMT42VN6DXQ QMT42VN6FF500 QMT42VN6FF500Q QMT42VN6FF750 QMT42VN6FF750Q QMT42VN6FF1000 QMT42VN6FF1000Q QMT42VN6FF1500 QMT42VN6FF1500Q QMT42VN6FF2000 QMT42VN6FF2000Q QM42VN6AFV150 QM42VN6AFV150Q QMT42VN6AFV400 QMT42VN6AFV400Q QM42VN6FP QM42VN6FPQ
Connection
2m 4-Pin Euro QD
Models PNP
QM42VP6LP QM42VP6LPQ QM42VP6D QM42VP6DQ QMT42VP6DX QMT42VP6DXQ QMT42VP6FF500 QMT42VP6FF500Q QMT42VP6FF750 QMT42VP6FF750Q QMT42VP6FF1000 QMT42VP6FF1000Q QMT42VP6FF1500 QMT42VP6FF1500Q QMT42VP6FF2000 QMT42VP6FF2000Q QM42VP6AFV150 QM42VP6AFV150Q QMT42VP6AFV400 QMT42VP6AFV400Q QM42VP6FP QM42VP6FPQ
Excess Gain
EGC-2 (p. 190)
Beam Pattern
BP-2 (p. 191)
SENSORS
POLAR RETRO
Short-Range 400 mm
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD
EGC-3 (p. 190) EGC-4 (p. 190) EGC-7 (p. 190) EGC-8 (p. 190) EGC-9 (p. 190) EGC-10 (p. 190) EGC-11 (p. 190) EGC-5 (p. 190) Cutoff Point Deviation Curve CPDC-1 (p. 191) EGC-6 (p. 190) Cutoff Point Deviation Curve CPDC-2 (p. 191) EGC-12 (p. 190) & EGC-13 (p. 190)
BP-3 (p. 191) BP-4 (p. 191)
Long-Range 10 mm- 6 m 50 - 500 mm Cutoff 50 - 750 mm Cutoff 50 - 1000 mm Cutoff
ACCESSORIES
page 189

SHORT RANGE
ADJUSTABLE-FIELD FIXED-FIELD LONG RANGE
5 mm to Cutoff point (adjustable from 50 to 150 mm) 25 mm to Cutoff point (adjustable from 125 to 400 mm) Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used
ADJUSTABLE-FIELD FIXED-FIELD
PLASTIC FIBER
BP-5 (p. 191) & BP-6 (p. 191)
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 189). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QM42VN6LP W/30). Tested using a BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual range depends on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information.
QM42 and QMT42 Specifications

Sensing Beam Supply Voltage and Current Opposed, Diffuse, Retroreflective, Fixed-field and Fiber Optic: Infrared, 880 nm; Visible Red, 660 nm Adjustable-field: Visible Red, 680 nm 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than: Opposed: 30 mA (emitter), 10 mA (receiver) Short-range diffuse and retroreflective: 20 mA Fiber optic: 30 mA Adjustable-field: 50 mA Fixed-field and long-range diffuse: 40 mA Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Solid-state complementary; choose NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing) models
More on next page
188
QM42 and QMT42 Specifications

Output Rating
(contd)
100 mA max. (each output) OFF-state leakage current: less than A at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V at 10 mA dc; less than 1.5V at 100 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Overload trip point 150 mA, typical at 20 C Opposed: 1 millisecond ON; 0.5 millisecond OFF Plastic Fiber Optic: 0.25 millisecond ON/OFF Diffuse, Retroreflective, Adjustable-field and Fixed-field: 1 millisecond ON/OFF
100 milliseconds; outputs are non-conducting during this time Opposed: 120 microseconds Diffuse, Retroreflective, Adjustable-field and Fixed-field: 250 microseconds Fiber Optic: 60 microseconds. Repeatability and response are independent of signal strength Long-range diffuse: less than 20% of set sensing distance Adjustable-field: less than 7% of set cutoff distance Fixed-field: 2000 mm models less than 5% of set cutoff distance 1500 mm models less than 4% of set cutoff distance 1000 mm models less than 3% of set cutoff distance 750 mm models less than 2% of set cutoff distance 500 mm models less than 1% of set cutoff distance Fixed-field: 10% of nominal cutoff distance All models (except emitters, Adjustable-field, Fixed-field and Long-range Diffuse): 15-turn slotted brass GAIN (sensitivity) adjustment potentiometer 150 mm Adjustable-field: 12-turn slotted brass cutoff distance adjustment potentiometer 400 mm Adjustable-field: 15-turn slotted brass cutoff distance adjustment potentiometer Long-range diffuse: 4-turn slotted GAIN (sensitivity) adjustment potentiometer Fixed-field: No adjustments See data sheet for detailed information Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green: Power ON; Opposed emitters: Green power ON Yellow: Light sensed; Light Operate (LO) See data sheet for detailed information Housings are die-cast zinc alloy with black acrylic polyurethane finish; lenses are acrylic IP67; NEMA 6 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 189. Temperature: Long-range Diffuse, Adjustable-field and Fixed-field: -20 to +55 C All others: -20 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Sensing Hysteresis
Cutoff Point Tolerance Adjustments
Indicators
Certifications Hookup Diagrams
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
QM42/QMT42
REFLECTORS

MQDC-406 MQDC-415 MQDC-430 Additional options: MQDC-406RA MQDC-415RA MQDC-430RA Additional cordset information available. See page 693. pg. 654 SMB30SK Additional options: pg. 657 SMB46S pg. 657 SMB46L
REFLECTORS
PAGE 724
189
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
(Diffuse, Adjustable-field and Fixed-field mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)
= Visible Red LED
Opposed Mode QM42
Polarized Retroreflective Mode QM42

1000
Diffuse Mode QM42

1000
Diffuse Mode QMT42

1000
SENSORS
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
QM42E/R
Opposed Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QM42LP
100
10
10
E X C E S S G A I N
QM42D
Diffuse Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QMT42DX
Diffuse Mode 100
10
10
1 0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
EGC-1
DISTANCE
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1 0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
EGC-2
DISTANCE
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
EGC-3
DISTANCE
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.1 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
EGC-4
DISTANCE
Range: 10 m
LED:
Range: 3 m
LED: P
Range: 400 mm LED:
Range: 6 m
LED:
Adjustable-Field Mode QM42

1000
Adjustable-Field Mode QMT42

1000
Fixed-Field Mode QMT42

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
QM42..AF150 at 50 mm at 150 mm
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QMT42..AF400 at 125 mm at 400 mm
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QMT42FF500
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QMT42FF750
100
10
10
10
500 mm
10
750 mm
1 1 mm 0.04"
10 mm 0.4"
100 mm 4.0"
1000 mm 40"
1 1 mm 0.04"
10 mm 0.4"
100 mm 4.0"
1000 mm 40"
EGC-5
DISTANCE
EGC-6
DISTANCE
1 10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
10000 mm (400")
1 10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
EGC-7
DISTANCE
EGC-8
DISTANCE
1000 mm (40")
10000 mm (400")
Cutoff: 50- 150 mm
LED:
Cutoff: 125- 400 mm LED:
Cutoff: 500 mm LED:
Cutoff: 750 mm LED:

1000

1000

1000
Opposed ModePlastic Fiber QM42

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
QMT42FF1000
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QMT42FF1500
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QMT42FF2000
100
E X C E S S G A I N
QM42FP
Opposed Mode
100
10
1000 mm
10
1500 mm
with PIT46U Fibers 10
10
2000 mm
1 10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
EGC-9
DISTANCE
1000 mm (40")
10000 mm (400")
1 10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
EGC-10
DISTANCE
1000 mm (40")
10000 mm (400")
1 10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
EGC-11
DISTANCE
1000 mm (40")
10000 mm (400")
EGC-12
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
DISTANCE
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
Cutoff:1000 mm LED:
Cutoff:1500 mm LED:
Cutoff:2000 mm LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Diffuse ModePlastic Fiber QM42

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
QM42FP
Diffuse Mode
100
10 with PBT46U Fiber
EGC-13
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
DISTANCE
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
Range: Varies
LED:
190
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
= Visible Red LED
Opposed Mode QM42

300 mm 200 mm 100 mm 0 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 0 2m (6.5") 4m (13") 6m (19.5") 8m (26")
Polarized Retroreflective Mode QM42

12" 8" 4" 0 4" 8" 12" 10 m (32.5")
60 mm 40 mm 20 mm 0 20 mm 40 mm 60 mm 0 0.75 m (2.5') 1.5 m (5.0') 2.25 m (7.5') 3.0 m (10.0') with BRT-3 Reflector
Diffuse Mode QM42
Diffuse Mode QMT42
QM42E/R
Opposed Mode
QM42LP
2.4" 1.6" 0.8" 0 0.8" 1.6" 2.4" 3.75 m (12.5')
30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 0
QM42D
Diffuse Mode
1.2" 0.8" 0.4" 0 0.2" 0.4" 0.6"
30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 0 1.5 m (5') 3.0 m (10') 4.5 m (15')
QMT42DX
Diffuse Mode
1.2" 0.8" 0.4" 0 0.4" 0.8" 1.2"
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 500 mm (4") (8") (12") (16") (20")
DISTANCE
6.0 m (20')
7.5 m (25')
BP-1
BP-2
BP-3
DISTANCE
BP-4
Range: 10 m
LED:
Range: 3 m
LED: P
Range: 400 mm LED:
Range: 6 m
LED:
Opposed ModePlastic Fiber QM42
Diffuse ModePlastic Fiber QM42
30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 0
QM42FP
Opposed Mode
1.2" 0.8" 0.4" 0
6 mm 4 mm 2 mm 0 2 mm 4 mm 6 mm 0
QM42FP
Diffuse Mode
0.24" 0.16" 0.08" 0
with PIT46U Fibers
0.4" 0.8" 1.2"
with PBT46U Fiber
0.08" 0.16" 0.24"
20 mm (0.8")
40 mm (1.6")
60 mm (2.4")
80 mm 100 mm (3.2") (4.0")
10 mm (0.4")
20 mm (0.8")
30 mm (1.2")
40 mm (1.6")
50 mm (2.0")
MINIATURE COMPACT MIDSIZE WORLD-BEAM QS30
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-5
BP-6
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
S30 SM30/SMI30 T30 Q40 PicoDot QM42/QMT42 FULLSIZE
Cutoff Point Deviations

QM42 Adjustable-Field 150 mm
0 -1 -2 -3 -4 Percent Deviation -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 0 25 mm (1") 50 mm (2") 75 mm (3") 100 mm (4") 125 mm (5") 150 mm (6") -5 18% Gray 6% Black
QMT42 Adjustable-Field 400 mm
+10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 Percent Deviation -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 0 75 mm (3") 150 mm (6") 225 mm (9") 300 mm (12") 375 mm (15") 450 mm (18") 18% Gray Color Sensitivity 6% Black Color Sensitivity
Cutoff Point Variation Relative to 90% Reflectance White Test Card
Cutoff Point Variation Relative to 90% Reflectance White Test Card
CPDC-1
CPDC-2
191
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
SENSORS
Opposed-Mode Water Sensors
WORLD-BEAM QS30H2O
Reliable liquid detection in WORLD-BEAM housing

Detect water and water-based liquids inside containers
Fluid filled IV bags HDPE milk containers Clear glass test tubes Colored PET beverage bottles Etched or frosted glass containers Liquid point level in sight glass Thin walled PFA/FEP tubes Nozzle spray verification
Versatile models to meet demanding requirements
High-power, infrared sensor for reliable detection of water and water-based liquids
The WORLD-BEAM QS30H2O Sensor uses a 1450 nm sensing beam to burn through many types of thin-walled glass and plastic containers, creating contrast for reliable liquid detection. The QS30H2O Sensor is an innovative addition to Banners complete line of cost-effective, rugged and powerful WORLD-BEAM photoelectric sensors.
Robust housing with 30 mm threaded barrel and integrated side mount Receivers with a choice of outputs and range

Models with bipolar NPN/PNP output and 2 m range High-gain models with bipolar NPN/PNP output and 4 m range Analog (0-10V) output with 4 m range
Liquid detection for challenging clear or translucent plastic or glass containers

Emits light that water-based liquids will attenuate, enhancing contrast in challenging low-contrast applications Burns through many plastic and glass containers Detects water-based liquids including liquor, beer, shampoos, conditioners, lotions and sauces Penetrates many labels (material thickness and type dependent) Features WORLD-BEAM QS30 housing with popular 30 mm threaded lens and side mount
Specified ranges of up to 4 m (longer range possible) Offers built-in electronic crosstalk avoidance Resists harsh environments with rugged IP67 (NEMA 6) housing and encapsulated electronics Rated PW12 (1200 psi washdown) Offers choice of 10 to 30V dc operation with bipolar, NPN (sinking) and PNP (sourcing) output or 15 to 30V dc with analog (0-10V) output Delivers highly visible power and output status indicators Includes accessory apertures to attenuate or shape the beam
Light operate (LO) or dark operate (DO), depending on model (discrete only)
Operating temperature from -20 to 60 C
Large output status indicator on back of receiver
Bright LED status indicators on sensor top
2 m or 9 m attached cable or 5-pin Euro-style pigtail quick-disconnect
www.bannerengineering.com
1.888.373.6767
bannerengineering.com
192
FULLSIZE SENSORS
Q45 OMNI-BEAM Q60
Q45
page 194
OMNI-BEAM
page 211
Q60
page 221
Extremely rugged design that exceeds NEMA 6P and IEC IP67 standards, and withstands 1200 psi washdown Standard models accommodate output timing logic or expansion for a 7-segment LED display of signal strength Available in opposed, polarized and nonpolarized retroreflective, diffuse, convergent, and glass and plastic fiber optic modes Available in models for dc, ac or ac/dc universal voltage power A laser retroreflective version for extended 70 m sensing range
Advanced modular design for customized configuration at user level Sensor heads in opposed, retroreflective, diffuse, convergent, and glass and plastic fiber optic modes For use with analog ac or dc power blocks
Available in both Class 1 or extended-range Class 2 laser and visible red or infrared LED formats Adjustable-field setpoints from 200 to 2000 mm Advanced background suppression technology to ignore objects beyond the setpoint
193
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Advanced One-Piece Sensors

Q45
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Uses extremely rugged design that exceeds NEMA 6P and IEC IP67 standards and withstands 1200 psi washdown Features highly visible Power, Signal and Output indicator LEDs Accommodates output timing logic or 7-segment LED signal strength display on standard models Available in opposed, polarized and non-polarized retroreflective, diffuse, convergent, and glass and plastic fiber optic modes Models available for dc, ac or ac/dc universal voltage power Available in laser diode retroreflective and NAMUR models Features triple LED multi-function indicators under gasketed transparent cover
Q45 Sensing Modes
page 206
OPPOSED
RETRO
P
POLAR RETRO
page 194 Q45 DC or AC Models for ac/dc power Opposed, retroreflective, diffuse, convergent, laser, and glass and plastic fiber optic modes Electromechanical or solid-state outputs Q45 Retroreflective Laser
page 194 Q45 Universal Voltage
page 198 Q45 NAMUR
page 204
RETRO LASER
Extended 70 m sensing range Visible laser beam for easy target alignment Precision small object or edge detection
P
LASER POLAR RETRO
Models for ac/dc power Opposed, retroreflective, diffuse, convergent, and glass and plastic fiber optic modes A variety of cable and connector options
Intrinsically safe dc models for potentially explosive environments 1.2 mA output or less in dark condition and 2.1 mA or more in light condition For use with approved DIN 19 234 switching amplifiers
44.5 mm
57.9 mm
DIFFUSE
61.7 mm 44.5 mm
54.1 mm
44.5 mm
CONVERGENT
87.6 mm
GLASS FIBER
87.6 mm
87.6 mm
PLASTIC FIBER
Retroreflective Laser Models Suffix LL and LLP

59.9 mm 44.5 mm
Convergent Models Suffix CV and CV4

60.5 mm 44.5 mm
E YL
PIGTAIL P
UR
QPMA
CA LL FACTORY
EURO
-S
A BL
ONLINE
30.0 mm
87.6 mm
87.6 mm
Opposed, Retroreflective and Diffuse Models Suffix E, R, D, DL, DX, LV and LP
Plastic Fiber Model Suffix FP
194
Q45, 10-30V dc
2m 4-Pin Mini QD 60 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Visible Red Laser
Output Type
Models
Q456E Emitter Q456EQ Emitter Q456EQ5 Emitter Q45BB6R Q45BB6RQ Q45BB6RQ5 Q45BB6LV Q45BB6LVQ
Excess Gain
Beam Pattern
4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m Bipolar NPN/PNP
EGC-1 (p. 206)
BP-1 (p. 208)
0.08 - 9 m
RETRO
4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m Bipolar NPN/PNP
EGC-3 (p. 206)
BP-3 (p. 208)
Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches
Q45BB6LVQ5 Q45BB6LP Q45BB6LPQ Q45BB6LPQ5 Q45BB6LL Q45BB6LLQ EGC-5 (p. 206) BP-5 (p. 209) EGC-4 (p. 206) BP-4 (p. 208)
P
POLAR RETRO CLASS 2
0.15 - 6 m
4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m
ACCESSORIES
0.3 - 70 m
RETRO LASER CLASS 2
page 206
Q45BB6LLQ6 Q45BB6LLP Q45BB6LLPQ Q45BB6LLPQ6 Q45BB6D Q45BB6DQ Q45BB6DQ5 Q45BB6DL EGC-9 (p. 207) BP-8 (p. 209) EGC-6 (p. 206) BP-5 (p. 209)
MINIATURE COMPACT MIDSIZE FULLSIZE Q45 OMNI-BEAM Q60
P
LASER POLAR RETRO SHORT RANGE
0.6 - 40 m
450 mm
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE LONG RANGE
1.8 m
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE HIGH POWER
Q45BB6DLQ Q45BB6DLQ5 Q45BB6DX Q45BB6DXQ Q45BB6DXQ5 Q45BB6CV Q45BB6CVQ Q45BB6CVQ5 Q45BB6CV4 Q45BB6CV4Q Q45BB6CV4Q5 Q45BB6F Q45BB6FQ
EGC-10 (p. 207)
BP-9 (p. 209)
3m
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
EGC-11 (p. 207)
BP-10 (p. 209)
38 mm
EGC-14 (p. 207)
BP-13 (p. 209)
CONVERGENT
100 mm
4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD
BP-14 (p. 209) BP-17 & BP-18 (p. 209) BP-19 & BP-20 (p. 209)
4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD
Bipolar NPN/PNP
Q45BB6FQ5 Q45BB6FV Q45BB6FVQ Q45BB6FVQ5
4-Pin Euro QD
More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 206). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45BB6LV W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector (BRT-2X2 for Q45BB6LL models). Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information.
195
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Visible Red LED

Connection
2m 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD
Output Type
Bipolar NPN/PNP
Models
Q45BB6FP Q45BB6FPQ Q45BB6FPQ5
Excess Gain
EGC-26 & EGC-27 (p. 208)
Beam Pattern
BP-25 & BP-26 (p. 210)
SENSORS
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 206). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45BB6FP W/30).
Q45, 90-250V ac
Sensing Mode/LED
ACCESSORIES
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Range
Connection
2m 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD
Output Type
SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay
Models
Q452E Emitter Q452EQ Emitter Q452EQ1 Emitter Q45VR2R Q45VR2RQ Q45BW22R Q45BW22RQ Q45BW22RQ1 Q45VR2LV Q45VR2LVQ Q45BW22LV Q45BW22LVQ Q45BW22LVQ1 Q45VR2LP Q45VR2LPQ Q45BW22LP Q45BW22LPQ Q45BW22LPQ1 Q45VR2D Q45VR2DQ Q45BW22D Q45BW22DQ Q45BW22DQ1 Q45VR2DL Q45VR2DLQ Q45BW22DL Q45BW22DLQ Q45BW22DLQ1
Excess Gain
Beam Pattern
page 206
60 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
EGC-1 (p. 206)
BP-1 (p. 208)
0.08 - 9 m
RETRO
2m 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD
EGC-3 (p. 206)
BP-3 (p. 208)
P
POLAR RETRO
0.15 - 6 m
2m 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD 2m
EGC-4 (p. 206)
BP-4 (p. 208)
SHORT RANGE
5-Pin Mini QD 450 mm 2m 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD 2m
EGC-9 (p. 207)
BP-8 (p. 219)
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE LONG RANGE
LONG RANGE
5-Pin Mini QD 1.8 m 2m 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD
EGC-10 (p. 207)
BP-9 (p. 209)

More on next page
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 206). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45VR2LV W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information.
196
Q45, 90-250V ac
Sensing Mode/LED
HIGH POWER
(contd)
Connection
2m 5-Pin Mini QD 3m 2m 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Range
Output Type
SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay
Models
Q45VR2DX Q45VR2DXQ Q45BW22DX Q45BW22DXQ Q45BW22DXQ1 Q45VR2CV Q45VR2CVQ Q45BW22CV Q45BW22CVQ Q45BW22CVQ1 Q45VR2CV4 Q45VR2CV4Q Q45BW22CV4 Q45BW22CV4Q Q45BW22CV4Q1 Q45VR2F Q45VR2FQ Q45BW22F Q45BW22FQ Q45BW22FQ1 Q45VR2FV Q45VR2FVQ Q45BW22FV Q45BW22FVQ Q45BW22FVQ1 Q45VR2FP Q45VR2FPQ Q45BW22FP Q45BW22FPQ Q45BW22FPQ1
Excess Gain
EGC-11 (p. 207)
Beam Pattern
BP-10 (p. 209)
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
38 mm
2m 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD 2m
EGC-14 (p. 207)
BP-13 (p. 209)
CONVERGENT
5-Pin Mini QD 100 mm 2m 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD 2m Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 3-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Micro QD
EGC-15 (p. 207)
BP-14 (p. 209)
ACCESSORIES
page 206
EGC-18 & EGC-19 (p. 207)
BP-17 & BP-18 (p. 209)
MINIATURE COMPACT MIDSIZE FULLSIZE Q45
EGC-20 & EGC-21 (p. 207)
BP-19 & BP-20 (p. 209)
OMNI-BEAM Q60
EGC-26 & EGC-27 (p. 208)
BP-25 & BP-26 (p. 208)
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 206). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45VR2DX W/30).
197
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Q45 Universal Voltage, 12-250V dc or 24-250V ac

2m 3-Pin Mini QD
Output Type
SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay
Models
Q453E Emitter Q453EQ Emitter Q45VR3R Q45VR3RQ Q45BW13R Q45BW13RQ Q45VR3LV Q45VR3LVQ Q45BW13LV Q45BW13LVQ Q45VR3LP Q45VR3LPQ Q45BW13LP Q45BW13LPQ Q45VR3D Q45VR3DQ Q45BW13D Q45BW13DQ Q45VR3DL Q45VR3DLQ Q45BW13DL Q45BW13DLQ Q45VR3DX Q45VR3DXQ Q45BW13DX Q45BW13DXQ Q45VR3CV Q45VR3CVQ Q45BW13CV Q45BW13CVQ Q45VR3CV4 Q45VR3CV4Q Q45BW13CV4 Q45BW13CV4Q
Excess Gain
Beam Pattern
SENSORS
60 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 2m
EGC-1 (p. 206)
BP-1 (p. 208)
0.08 - 9 m
RETRO
5-Pin Mini QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 2m
EGC-3 (p. 206)
BP-3 (p. 208)
P
ACCESSORIES
0.15 - 6 m
5-Pin Mini QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD
EGC-4 (p. 206)
BP-4 (p. 208)
POLAR RETRO
page 206
SHORT RANGE
2m 5-Pin Mini QD 450 mm 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 1.8 m 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 3m 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 38 mm 2m 4-Pin Mini QD
EGC-9 (p. 207)
BP-8 (p. 209)
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
LONG RANGE
EGC-10 (p. 207)
BP-9 (p. 209)
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
HIGH POWER
EGC-11 (p. 207)
BP-10 (p. 209)
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
EGC-14 (p. 207)
BP-13 (p. 209)
CONVERGENT
2m 100 mm 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD
EGC-15 (p. 207)
BP-14 (p. 209)

More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 206). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45VR3R W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information.
198

2m
SHORT RANGE
(contd)
Models
Q45VR3F Q45VR3FQ Q45BW13F Q45BW13FQ Q45VR3FV Q45VR3FVQ Q45BW13FV Q45BW13FVQ Q45VR3FP Q45VR3FPQ Q45BW13FP Q45BW13FPQ
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Output Type
SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST Solid-state Relay
Excess Gain
EGC-18 & EGC-19 (p. 207)
Beam Pattern
BP-17 & BP-18 (p. 220)
5-Pin Mini QD 2m
4-Pin Mini QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m
EGC-20 & EGC-21 (p. 207)
BP-19 & BP-20 (p. 220)
Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches
4-Pin Mini QD 2m Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD
EGC-26 & EGC-27 (p. 208)
BP-25 & BP-26 (p. 210)
ACCESSORIES
page 206
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 206). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45VR3F W/30).
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple), at less than 50 mA (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Bipolar: one current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN) open-collector transistor 250 mA max. each output up to 50 C, derated to 150 mA at 70 C (derate 5 mA/ C) OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A Output saturation voltage (both outputs): less than 1 volt at 10 mA and less than 2 volts at 250 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs Opposed: 2 milliseconds ON and 1 millisecond OFF Laser Retroreflective: less than 2 milliseconds All others: 2 milliseconds ON/OFF 100 milliseconds; output does not conduct during this time Opposed: 0.25 milliseconds All others: 0.5 milliseconds Response time and repeatability specifications are independent of signal strength Light Operate (LO), Dark Operate (DO) select switch and multi-turn sensitivity control. Optional logic and logic/display modules have adjustable timing functions. See data sheet for detailed information. Power (Green): LED lights whenever 10 to 30V dc power is applied, and flashes to indicate output overload or output short circuit Signal (Red): LED lights whenever the sensor sees its modulated light source, and pulses at a rate proportional to the strength of the received light signal Load (Yellow): LED lights whenever an output is conducting Optional 7-element: LED signal strength display module
Delay at Power-up Repeatability Adjustments Indicators
More on next page
199
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Construction
(contd)
Molded reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing, o-ring sealed transparent polycarbonate cover, molded acrylic lenses, and stainless steel hardware. Q45s are designed to withstand 1200 psi washdown. The base of cabled models has a " NPS integral internal conduit thread. IP67; NEMA 6P Class II laser product. US Safety Standards 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11; European Standards EN 60825 and IEC 60825 PVC-jacketed 4-wire (5-wire for Laser Retroreflective) 2 m or 9 m cables. For 4-pin Mini-style QD use Q suffix, (5-pin Mini-style QD for Laser Retroreflective use Q suffix) or for 4-pin Euro-style use Q5 suffix (5-pin Euro-style QD for Laser Retroreflective use Q6 suffix). QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 202. Temperature: -40 to +70 C (-10 to +40 C for Retroreflective Laser models) Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing) Optional logic timing modules are available. See page 199 for more information. Retroreflective Laser: All others:
SENSORS
Laser Classification (Laser Retroreflective models only) Connections
Operating Conditions Application Notes Certifications
Hookup Diagrams
Emitters: DC02 (p. 758) Other DC Models: DC04 (p. 758)
Laser Retroreflective Models: DC13 (p. 761)
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating 90 to 250V ac (50 - 60 Hz) Average current: 20 mA. Peak current: 500 mA at 120V ac, 750 mA at 250V ac Protected against transient voltages Q45VR2 models: SPDT (single-pole double-throw) electromechanical relay output (except emitters) Q45BW22 models: Short circuit/overload protected FET solid-state relay Q45VR2 models: Max. switching power (resistive load): 150W, 600 VA Max. switching voltage (resistive load): 250V ac or 30V dc Max. switching current (resistive load): 5A @ 250V ac Min. voltage and current: 5V dc, 0.1 mA Mechanical life of relay: 10,000,000 operations Electrical life of relay at full resistive load: 100,000 operations Q45BW22 models: Continuous current: 300 mA max. to 50 C (derate to 200 mA at 70 C, 5 mA/ C) Inrush current: 3A max. for 100 milliseconds, 5A max. for 1 millisecond OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 A Saturation voltage: less than 3V at 200 mA
More on next page
200
Q45 AC Specifications (contd)

Output Protection Circuitry Q45VR2 models: Protected against false pulse on power-up Q45BW22 models: Manually-resettable output latch-out trips in the event of an output overload or short circuit condition. The green Power LED flashes to indicate the latch-out. To reset the output, remove power to the sensor and load for 5 seconds, then restore power. Q45VR2 models: 15 milliseconds ON/OFF Q45BW22 models: Opposed: 2 milliseconds ON, 1 millisecond OFF All others: 2 milliseconds ON/OFF 100 milliseconds; output does not conduct during this time Opposed: 0.25 milliseconds; All others: 0.5 milliseconds Response time and repeatability specifications are independent of signal strength Light Operate (LO), Dark Operate (DO) select switch and multi-turn sensitivity control, optional logic and logic/display modules have adjustable timing functions. See data sheet for detailed information. Power (Green): LED lights whenever 90-250V ac power is applied, and flashes to indicate output overload or output short circuit Signal (Red): LED lights whenever the sensor sees its modulated light source, and pulses at a rate proportional to the strength of the received light signal Load (Yellow): LED lights whenever an output relay is energized Optional 7-element: LED signal strength display module Molded reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing, o-ring sealed transparent polycarbonate cover, molded acrylic lenses, and stainless steel hardware. Q45s are designed to withstand 1200 psi washdown. The base of cabled models has a " NPS integral internal conduit thread. NEMA 6P; IEC IP67 Q45VR2 models: PVC-jacketed 2-wire emitters or 5-wire (all others) 2 m or 9 m unterminated cables, or 3-pin (emitters) or 5-pin (all others) Mini-style quick-disconnect (QD) fittings are available (Q- suffix models). QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 206. Q45BW22 models: PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m cables, or 3-pin Mini-style (Q suffix models) or 4-pin Micro-style (Q1 suffix models) quick-disconnect (QD) fittings are available. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 202. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Delay at Power-up Repeatability Adjustments Indicators
Operating Conditions Application Notes Certifications
Transient suppression is recommended for contacts switching inductive loads. Optional logic timing modules are available. See page 203 for more information. Q45VR2 models: Q45BW22 models:
Hookup Diagrams
VR2 Models: Emitters: AC03 (p. 764) BW22 Models: Cabled & Mini QD: AC05 (p. 765) Cabled & Mini QD Emitters: AC03 (p. 764)
Other VR2 Models: AC08 (p. 765) Micro QD: AC06 (p. 765) Micro QD Emitters: AC07 (p. 765)
Q45 Universal Voltage Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 24 to 250V ac, 50/60 Hz or 12 to 250V dc (1.5 watts max.) Protected against transient voltages. DC hookup is without regard to polarity. Q45VR3 models: SPDT (Single-Pole, Double-Throw) electromechanical relay output. All models except emitters. Q45BW13 models: Optically isolated SPST solid-state switch. All models except emitters.
More on next page
201
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Q45 Universal Voltage Specifications (contd)

Output Rating Q45VR3 models: Max. switching power (resistive load): 1250VA, 150W Max. switching voltage (resistive load): 250V ac, 125V dc Max. switching current (resistive load): 5A @ 250V ac, 5A @ 30V dc derated to 200 mA @ 125V dc Min. voltage and current: 5V dc, 10 mA Mechanical life of relay: 50,000,000 operations Electrical life of relay at full resistive load: 100,000 operations Q45BW13 models: 250V ac, 250V dc, 300 mA Output saturation voltage: 3V at 300 mA, 2V at 15 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 50 A Inrush current: 1 amp for 20 milliseconds, non-repetitive Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Protected against false pulse on power-up Q45VR3 models: 15 milliseconds ON/OFF NOTE: 100 millisecond delay on power-up. Relay is de-energized during this time. Q45BW13 models: Opposed: 2 milliseconds ON, 1 millisecond OFF All others: 2 milliseconds ON/OFF 100 milliseconds; output does not conduct during this time Opposed: 0.25 milliseconds All others: 0.5 milliseconds Response time and repeatability specifications are independent of signal strength Light Operate (LO), Dark Operate (DO) select switch and multi-turn sensitivity control on top of sensor, optional logic and logic/display modules have adjustable timing functions. See data sheet for detailed information. Power (Green) LED lights whenever 24 to 250V ac, or 12 to 250V dc power is applied Signal (Red) LED lights whenever the sensor sees its modulated light source, and pulses at a rate proportional to the strength of the received light signal Load (Yellow) LED lights whenever the output relay is energized Optional 7-element LED signal strength display module Molded reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing, o-ring-sealed transparent polycarbonate cover, molded acrylic lenses, and stainless steel hardware. Q45s are designed to withstand 1200 psi washdown. The base of cabled models has a " NPS integral internal conduit thread. IP67; NEMA 6P Q45VR3 models: PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m unterminated cables, or 5-pin Mini-style quick-disconnect (QD) fittings are available (Q- suffix models). QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 206. Q45BW13 models: PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m unterminated cables, or 4-pin Mini-style quick-disconnect (QD) fittings are available (Q- suffix models). QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 206. Operating Conditions Application Notes Certifications Temperature: -25 to +55 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
SENSORS
Delay at Power-up Repeatability Adjustments Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections
Transient suppression is recommended for contacts switching inductive loads. Optional output timing modules are available. See page 203 for more information. Q45VR3 models: Q45BW13 models:
Hookup Diagrams
VR3 Models: BW13 Models:
Emitters: UN02 (p. 767) Emitters: UN02 (p. 767)
Other VR3 Models: UN01 (p. 767) Other AC/DC Models: UN07 (p. 768)
202
45LM Series Modules

Q45 sensors easily accept the addition of output timing logic and signal strength display functions. Display models have a 7-element display which gives a finer indication of excess gain than does the LED that is standard on most Q45 sensors. The modules listed below may be used with all Q45 sensors except NAMUR models.
Function
Model
Timing Logic Functions

Models with programmable output timing provide the following timing logic functions: - ON delay - ON delayed one-shot - OFF delay - Repeat cycle timer - ON/OFF delay - Limit timer - Retriggerable one-shot - Rate sensor - Non-retriggerable one-shot - Flip-flop (alternate action) - Delayed one-shot Selectable timing ranges: 0.01 to 0.15 seconds 0.1 to 1.5 seconds 1 to 15 seconds
Programmable output timing logic
45LM58
Programmable output timing, plus signal strength display
45LM58D
Delay and hold time ranges may be individually selected and times precisely set using 15-turn adjustment potentiometers. Delay or hold time may also be displayed (zero seconds). Module allows sensor output to be programmed for normally-open or normally-closed operation. Models with signal strength display gives precise indication of excess gain; see page 203 for more information. Valuable for sensor setup and alignment, critical evaluation of alternative sensing schemes and close monitoring of sensing performance over time (example, dirt build-up on lenses or progressive misalignment).
Signal strength display, only (no programmable functions)
45LMD
45LM Series Module Specifications

Operating Temperature Timing Adjustments Timing Repeatability Useful Time Range Response Time LED Display -40 to +70 C Two 15-turn clutched potentiometers with brass elements, accessible from outside at the top of the sensor, beneath an o-ring sealed polycarbonate cover. Plus or minus 2% of the timing range (max.); assumes conditions of constant temperature and power supply. Useful time range is from maximum time down to 5% of maximum. When the timing potentiometer is set fully counterclockwise, time will be approximately 5% of maximum. When the delay time is switched OFF, the card adds no measurable sensing response time. 7-element LED display, visible through transparent top sensor cover. The more LEDs that are lit, the stronger is the received light signal; three LEDs lit is equivalent to an excess gain of about 1x.
Signal Strength Display

LED Number #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 Approximate Gain 0.25x 0.5x 1.0x 2.0x 4.0x 6.0x 8.0x Display
203
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Q45 NAMUR Sensors

44.5 mm
60.5 mm
54.1 mm
44.5 mm
SENSORS
ONLINE
87.6 mm
87.6 mm
61.7 mm 44.5 mm
59.9 mm 44.5 mm
ACCESSORIES
30.0 mm
87.6 mm
page 206
Opposed, Retroreflective and Diffuse Models Suffix E, R, D, DL, LV and LP
87.6 mm
Convergent Models Suffix CV and CV4
Plastic Fiber Model Suffix FP
Q45 NAMUR, 5-15V dc

6m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Connection
Output Type
Models
Q459E Emitter Q459EQ Emitter Q45AD9R Q45AD9RQ Q45AD9LV
Excess Gain
EGC-2 (p. 206)
Beam Pattern
BP-2 (p. 208)
9 m
RETRO
4-Pin Euro QD 2m
P
POLAR RETRO
6 m
4-Pin Euro QD 2m
Constant Current 1.2 mA dark 2.1 mA light
Q45AD9LVQ Q45AD9LP Q45AD9LPQ Q45AD9D Q45AD9DQ Q45AD9DL Q45AD9DLQ
EGC-7 (p. 206) EGC-8 (p. 206)
BP-6 (p. 209) BP-7 (p. 209)
300 mm
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE LONG-RANGE
4-Pin Euro QD 2m
EGC-12 (p. 207)
BP-11 (p. 209)
1m
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
4-Pin Euro QD
EGC-13 (p. 207)
BP-12 (p. 209)
More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 206). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45AD9LV W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information.
204
Q45 NAMUR, 5-15V dc

38 mm 100 mm
(contd)
Connection
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Output Type
Models
Q45AD9CV Q45AD9CVQ Q45AD9CV4 Q45AD9CV4Q Q45AD9F
Excess Gain
EGC-16 (p. 207) EGC-17 (p. 207) EGC-22 & EGC-23 (p. 207) EGC-24 & EGC-25 (p. 207) EGC-28 & EGC-29 (p. 207)
Beam Pattern
BP-15 (p. 209) BP-16 (p. 209) BP-21 & BP-22 (p. 210) BP-23 & BP-24 (p. 210) BP-27 & BP-28 (p. 210)
CONVERGENT
4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD
Constant Current 1.2 mA dark 2.1 mA light
Q45AD9FQ Q45AD9FV Q45AD9FVQ Q45AD9FP Q45AD9FPQ
GLASS FIBER
PLASTIC FIBER
2m 4-Pin Euro QD
ACCESSORIES
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 206). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45AD9LV W/30).
page 206
Q45 NAMUR Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Output Output Response Time Adjustments Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Design Standards Certifications 5 to 15V dc. Supply voltage is provided by the amplifier to which the sensor is connected. Constant current output: 1.2 mA in the dark condition and 2.1 mA in the light condition Opposed receiver: 2 milliseconds ON/0.4 milliseconds OFF All others: 5 milliseconds ON/OFF (does not include amplifier response) Multi-turn sensitivity control on top of sensor Power (Red): LED (emitters only) lights whenever 5 - 15V dc power is applied Signal (Red): LED lights whenever the sensor sees its modulated light source Molded thermoplastic polyester housing, o-ring sealed transparent Lexan top cover, molded acrylic lenses, and stainless steel hardware. Q45s are designed to withstand 1200 psi washdown. The base of cabled models has a " NPS integral internal conduit thread. IP67; NEMA 6P PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m cables, or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting are available. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 206. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Q45AD9 Series sensors comply with the following standards: DIN 19234, EN 50 014: 1977, EN 50 020: 2002
Hookup Diagrams
SP01 (p. 756)
Lexan is a registered trademark of General Electric Co.
APPROVALS
CSA: #LR 41887 Intrinsically Safe, with Entity for Class I, Groups A-D Class I, Div. 2, Groups A-D Intrinsically Safe, with Entity for Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A-G Class I, II, III, Div. 2, Groups A-D and G KEMA: #03 ATEX 1441x II IG EEx ia IICTC
FM: #J.I. 5Y3A4.AX
ETL: #558044
Tested per FM and CSA as shown above
205
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length Threaded 4-Pin Straight Right-Angle
NAMUR Euro QD
See page 697 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m
Micro QD
See page 712 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Mini QD
See page 714 3-Pin Length Threaded Straight
1.83 m 3.66 m 9.14 m MBCC-306 MBCC-312 MBCC-330

MQD9-406 MQD9-415 MQD9-406RA MQD9-415RA

SENSORS
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m

4-Pin Length Threaded Straight

1.83 m 3.66 m 9.14 m MBCC-406 MBCC-412 MBCC-430
5-Pin Length Threaded Straight

1.83 m MBCC-506 MBCC-512 MBCC-530 3.66 m 9.14 m
Brackets
Q45
REFLECTORS
REFLECTORS
pg. 653 SMB30A
pg. 653 SMB30FA..
pg. 654 SMB30SC
PAGE 724
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED = Visible Red LED P = Visible Red LED Polarized LP = Visible Red Laser Polarized
= Visible Red Laser

1000
Opposed Mode Q45

1000
Opposed Mode Q45 NAMUR

1000
Retroreflective Mode Q45

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45E/R
Opposed Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45AD9 E/R
Opposed Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45LV
100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45LP
100
10
10
10
10
With BRT-3 Reflector 1 0.01 m (0.033') 0.10 m (0.33') 1.0 m (3.3') 10 m (33')
1 0.1 m (0.33")
1.0 m (3.3")
10 m (33")
100 m (330")
1 0.1 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.10 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
EGC-3
DISTANCE
EGC-4
DISTANCE
Range: 60 m
LED:
Range: 6 m
LED:
Range: 9 m
LED:
Range: 6 m
LED: P
Retroreflective Mode Q45 Class 2 Laser

1000
Polarized Retroreflective Mode Q45 Class 2 Laser

1000
Retroreflective Mode Q45 NAMUR

1000
Polarized Retroreflective Mode Q45 NAMUR

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45LL (Q)
Retroreflective Mode 100 BRT 2 x 2 Reflector (included)
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45LLP (Q)
Retroreflective Mode 100 BRT 2 x 2 Reflector (included)
10 BRT-THG Tape (optional) 1 0.1 m (0.33')
10
BRT-THG Tape (optional)
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45AD9LV
100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45AD9LP
100
With BRT-3 Reflector 10
10
With BRT-3 Reflector 1 0.01 m (0.033') 0.10 m (0.33') 1.0 m (3.3') 10 m (33')
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
EGC-5
DISTANCE
1 0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.10 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
EGC-6
DISTANCE
EGC-7
DISTANCE
EGC-8
DISTANCE
Range: 70 m
LED:
Range: 40 m
LED: LP
Range: 9 m
LED:
Range: 6 m
LED: P
More on next page
206
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
(Diffuse and Convergent mode performance based on 90% reflectance white card)
= Visible Red LED
Diffuse Mode Q45

1000
Diffuse Mode Q45

1000
Diffuse Mode Q45

1000
Diffuse Mode Q45 NAMUR

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45D
Diffuse Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45DL
Diffuse Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45DX
Diffuse Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45AD9D
Diffuse Mode 100
10
10
10
10

10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4.0") 1000 mm (40")
1 1.0 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.10 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.1 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 1.0 mm (0.04")
EGC-9
DISTANCE
EGC-10
DISTANCE
EGC-11
DISTANCE
EGC-12
DISTANCE
Range: 450 mm LED:
Range: 1.8 m
LED:
Range: 3 m
LED:
Range: 300 mm LED:

1000
Convergent Mode Q45

1000
Convergent Mode Q45

1000
Convergent Mode Q45 NAMUR

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45AD9DL
Diffuse Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45CV
Convergent Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45CV4
Convergent Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45AD9CV
Convergent Mode 100
10
10
10
10
1 0.01 m (0.0033')
0.1 m (0.033')
1m (0.33')
10 m (3.3')
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
MINIATURE
10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4") 1000 mm (40")
COMPACT MIDSIZE FULLSIZE Q45 OMNI-BEAM Q60
EGC-13
DISTANCE
EGC-14
DISTANCE
EGC-15
DISTANCE
EGC-16
DISTANCE
Range: 1 m
LED:
Range: 38 mm LED:
Range: 100 mm LED:
Range: 38 mm LED:

1000
Opposed ModeGlass Fiber Q45

1000
Diffuse ModeGlass Fiber Q45

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45AD9CV4
Convergent Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45F
Opposed Mode 100 IT23S fibers 10 IT13S fibers
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45F
Diffuse Mode 100
BT23S Fiber 10 BT13S Fiber 1 1 mm (0.04")
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45FV
Opposed Mode 100 IT23S Fibers 10 IT13S Fibers
10
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 0.01 m (0.03')
0.1 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
1 1.0 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-17
DISTANCE
EGC-18
DISTANCE
EGC-19
DISTANCE
EGC-20
DISTANCE
Range: 100 mm LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:

1000
Opposed ModeGlass Fiber Q45 NAMUR

1000
Diffuse ModeGlass Fiber Q45 NAMUR

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45FV
Diffuse Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45AD9F
Opposed Mode 100 IT23S fibers
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45AD9F
Diffuse Mode 100
BT23S fiber 10
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45AD9FV
Opposed Mode 100 IT23S Fibers 10 IT13S Fibers
10 BT13S Fiber 1 1 mm (0.04") BT23S Fiber
10 IT13S fibers
BT13S fiber 1 1.0 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4") 1000 mm (40")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
1 1.0 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1.0 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-21
DISTANCE
EGC-22
DISTANCE
EGC-23
DISTANCE
EGC-24
DISTANCE
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
More on next page
207
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Excess Gain Curves

= Visible Red LED
(Diffuse mode performance based on 90% reflectance white card)
Opposed ModePlastic Fiber Q45

1000
Diffuse ModePlastic Fiber Q45

1000
Opposed ModePlastic Fiber Q45 NAMUR

1000
SENSORS
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45AD9FV
Diffuse Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45FP
Opposed Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45FP
Diffuse Mode 100 PBT46U Fiber
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45AD9FP
Opposed Mode 100
10 BT13S Fiber 1 1 mm 0.04 in BT23S Fiber
PIT46U Fibers 10 PIT26U Fibers 1 1 mm (0.04")
PIT46U Fibers 10 PIT26U Fibers 1 1 mm (0.04")
10
10 mm 0.4 in
100 mm 4.0 in
1000 mm 40 in
EGC-25
DISTANCE
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
PBT26U Fiber 1 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-26
DISTANCE
EGC-27
DISTANCE
EGC-28
DISTANCE
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Diffuse ModePlastic Fiber Q45 NAMUR

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
Q45AD9FP
Diffuse Mode 100 PBT46U Fiber
10
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
PBT26U Fiber 1 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4")
EGC-29
DISTANCE
Range: Varies LED:
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED = Visible Red LED P = Visible Red LED Polarized
Opposed Mode Q45

1.5 m 1.0 m 0.5 m 0 0.5 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 0 12 m 40 ft 24 m 80 ft 36 m 120 ft 48 m 160 ft
Opposed Mode Q45 NAMUR

60 in 40 in 20 in 0 20 in 40 in 60 in 60 m 200 ft
Retroreflective Mode Q45

3.0 in 2.0 in 1.0 in
Q45E/R
Opposed Mode
150 mm 100 mm 50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 0
Q45AD9 E/R
Opposed Mode
6 in 4 in 2 in 0 2 in 4 in 6 in
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0 3m 10 ft 6m 20 ft With BRT-3 Reflector
Q45LV
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0 1.5 m 5 ft 3m 10 ft 4.5 m 15 ft With BRT-3 Reflector
Q45LP
3.0 in 2.0 in 1.0 in 0 1.0 in 2.0 in 3.0 in
0 1.0 in 2.0 in 3.0 in 9m 30 ft 12 m 40 ft 15 m 50 ft
1.2 m 4 ft
2.4 m 8 ft
3.6 m 12 ft
4.8 m 16 ft
6m 20 ft
6m 20 ft
7.5 m 25 ft
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-1
BP-2
BP-3
BP-4
Range: 60 m
LED:
Range: 6 m
LED:
Range: 9 m
LED:
Range: 6 m
LED: P
More on next page
208
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
= Visible Red LED
= Visible Red Laser
Retroreflective Mode Q45 Class 2 Laser

Q45BB6LL
Retroreflective Mode Q45 NAMUR
Polarized Retroreflective Mode Q45 NAMUR

3.0 in 2.0 in 1.0 in 75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0 1.5 m 5 ft 3m 10 ft 4.5 m 15 ft 6m 20 ft With BRT-3 Reflector
Photoelectrics Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Special Purpose Sensors
Diffuse Mode Q45
Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision Wireless
30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 0
with BRT-2X2 Reflector
1.2" 0.8" 0.4" 0 0.4" 0.8" 1.2"
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0 3m 10 ft 6m 20 ft With BRT-3 Reflector
Q45AD9LV
Q45AD9LP
3.0 in 2.0 in 1.0 in 0 1.0 in 2.0 in 3.0 in
0.6 in
Q45D
0.4 in 0.2 in 0 0.2 in 0.4 in 0.6 in
0 1.0 in 2.0 in 3.0 in 9m 30 ft 12 m 40 ft 15 m 50 ft
15 m 50'
30 m 100'
46 m 150'
61 m 200'
76 m 250'
7.5 m 25 ft
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
100 mm 200mm 300 mm 400 mm 500 mm 4.0 in 8.0 in 12.0 in 16.0 in 20.0 in
DISTANCE
BP-5
BP-6
BP-7
BP-8
Range: 70 m
LED:
Range: 9 m
LED:
Range: 6 m
LED: P
Range: 450 mm LED:
Diffuse Mode Q45

Q45DL
Diffuse Mode Q45

Q45DX
Diffuse Mode

Q45AD9DL
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0
Diffuse Mode
3.0 in 2.0 in 1.0 in 0 1.0 in 2.0 in 3.0 in
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0
3.0 in 2.0 in 1.0 in 0 1.0 in 2.0 in 3.0 in
15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 0 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 0
Diffuse Mode
Q45AD9D
0.6 in 0.4 in 0.2 in 0 0.2 in 0.4 in 0.6 in
7.5 mm 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 0 2.5 mm 5.0 mm 7.5 mm 0
Diffuse Mode
0.3 in 0.2 in 0.1 in 0 0.1 in 0.2 in 0.3 in
0.6 m 2 ft
1.2 m 4 ft
1.8 m 6 ft
2.4 m 8 ft
3.0 m 10 ft
0.6 m 2 ft
1.2 m 4 ft
1.8 m 6 ft
2.4 m 8 ft
3.0 m 10 ft
100 mm 200mm 300 mm 400 mm 500 mm 4.0 in 8.0 in 12.0 in 16.0 in 20.0 in
0.3 m 1 ft
0.6 m 2 ft
0.9 m 3 ft
1.2 m 4 ft
1.5 m 5 ft
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-9
BP-10
BP-11
BP-12
Range: 1.8 m
LED:
Range: 3 m
LED:
Range: 300 mm LED:
Range: 1 m
LED:
Convergent Mode Q45
Convergent Mode Q45
3.8 mm 2.5 mm 1.2 mm 0 1.2 mm 2.5 mm 3.8 mm 0
Q45CV
Convergent Mode
0.15 in 0.10 in 0.05 in 0 0.05 in 0.10 in 0.15 in
3.8 mm 2.5 mm 1.2 mm 0 1.2 mm 2.5 mm 3.8 mm 0
Q45CV4
Convergent Mode
0.15 in 0.10 in 0.05 in 0 0.05 in 0.10 in 0.15 in
3.8 mm 2.5 mm 1.2 mm 0 1.2 mm 2.5 mm 3.8 mm 0
Q45AD9CV
Convergent Mode
0.15 in 0.10 in 0.05 in 0 0.05 in 0.10 in 0.15 in
3.8 mm 2.5 mm 1.2 mm 0 1.2 mm 2.5 mm 3.8 mm 0
Q45AD9CV4
Convergent Mode
0.15 in 0.10 in 0.05 in 0 0.05 in 0.10 in 0.15 in
38 mm 1.5 in
75 mm 113 mm 150 mm 190 mm 3.0 in 4.5 in 6.0 in 7.5 in
38 mm 1.5 in
75 mm 3.0 in
113 mm 150 mm 190 mm 4.5 in 6.0 in 7.5 in
38 mm 1.5 in
38 mm 1.5 in
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-13
BP-14
BP-15
BP-16
Range: 38 mm LED:
Range: 100 mm LED:
Range: 38 mm LED:
Range: 100 mm LED:
150 mm 100 mm 50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 0 0.4 m 15 in 0.8 m 30 in 1.2 m 45 in IT13S Fibers IT23S Fibers
Q45F
Opposed Mode
6.0 in 4.0 in 2.0 in 0 2.0 in 4.0 in 6.0 in
3.8 mm 2.5 mm 1.3 mm 0 1.3 mm 2.5 mm 3.8 mm 0 25 mm 1 in 50 mm 2 in BT13S Fiber
Q45F
Diffuse Mode
0.15 in 0.10 in 0.05 in
30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 0 IT13S Fibers
Opposed Mode IT23S Fibers
Q45FV
1.2 in 0.8 in 0.4 in 0 0.4 in 0.8 in 1.2 in
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0 5 mm 0.2 in 10 mm 0.4 in 15 mm 0.6 in BT23S Fiber BT13S Fiber
Q45FV
Diffuse Mode
0.12 in 0.08 in 0.04 in 0 0.04 in 0.08 in 0.12 in
BT23S Fiber
0 0.05 in 0.10 in 0.15 in
1.6 m 60 in
2.0 m 75 in
75 mm 100 mm 125 mm 3 in 4 in 5 in
DISTANCE
100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm 300 mm 4 in 6 in 8 in 10 in 12 in
20 mm 0.8 in
25 mm 1.0 in
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-17
BP-18
BP-19
BP-20
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
More on next page
209
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
= Visible Red LED
SENSORS
37.5 mm 25.0 mm 12.5 mm 0 12.5 mm 25.0 mm 37.5 mm 0
Opposed Mode
Q45AD9F
IT23S Fibers
1.5 in 1.0 in 0.5 in 0 0.5 in 1.0 in 1.5 in
1.5 mm 1.0 mm 0.5 mm 0 0.5 mm 1.0 mm 1.5 mm 0 BT13S Fiber BT23S Fiber
Q45AD9F
Diffuse Mode
0.06 in 0.04 in 0.02 in 0 0.02 in 0.04 in 0.06 in
30 mm 20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 0 100 mm 4" 150 mm 6" 200 mm 8" IT13S Fibers
Q45AD9FV 1.2"
0.8" 0.4" 0 0.4" 0.8" 1.2"
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0 5 mm 0.2" 10 mm 0.4" 15 mm 0.6" BT23S Fiber BT13S Fiber
Q45AD9FV
Diffuse Mode
0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12"
IT13S Fibers
125 mm 250 mm 375 mm 500 mm 625 mm 5 in 10 in 15 in 20 in 25 in
12.5 mm 25.0 mm 37.5 mm 50.0 mm 62.5 mm 0.5 in 1.0 in 1.5 in 2.0 in 2.5 in
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
250 mm 300 mm 10" 12"
20 mm 0.8"
25 mm 1.0"
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-21
BP-22
BP-23
BP-24
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Opposed ModePlastic Fiber Q45
Diffuse ModePlastic Fiber Q45
Opposed ModePlastic Fiber Q45 NAMUR
Diffuse ModePlastic Fiber Q45 NAMUR

Q45AD9FP
45 mm 30 mm 15 mm 0 15 mm 30 mm 45 mm 0
Q45FP
Opposed Mode PIT46U Fibers
1.8 in 1.2 in 0.6 in PIT26U Fibers 0 0.6 in 1.2 in 1.8 in
18 mm 12 mm 6 mm 0 6 mm 12 mm 18 mm 0
Q45FP
Diffuse Mode PBT46U Fiber
0.75 in 0.50 in 0.25 in 0 0.25 in 0.50 in 0.75 in
45 mm 30 mm 15 mm 0 15 mm 30 mm 45 mm 0
Q45AD9FP
Opposed Mode PIT46U Fibers
1.8 in 1.2 in 0.6 in
2.4 mm 1.6 mm 0.8 mm 0 0.8 mm 1.6 mm 2.4 mm 0
Diffuse Mode
0.09 in 0.06 in PBT46U Fiber 0.03 in 0 0.03 in 0.06 in 0.09 in
PIT26U Fibers
0 0.6 in 1.2 in 1.8 in
25 mm 1.0 in
50 mm 2.0 in
75 mm 100 mm 125 mm 3.0 in 4.0 in 5.0 in
10 mm 0.4 in
20 mm 0.8 in
30 mm 1.2 in
40 mm 1.6 in
50 mm 2.0 in
25 mm 1.0 in
50 mm 2.0 in
75 mm 3.0 in
100 mm 125 mm 4.0 in 5.0 in
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
10 mm 0.4 in
20 mm 0.8 in
30 mm 1.2 in
40 mm 1.6 in
50 mm 2.0 in
DISTANCE
BP-25
BP-26
BP-27
BP-28
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
210
Modular Limit-Switch Style Sensors

OMNI-BEAM
Modular self-contained photoelectric sensors that you can customize for a specific application Includes a sensor head and a power block; timing logic module is optional Offers interchangeable ac or dc power blocks Features exclusive multiple-LED system that displays received signal strength, sensing contrast and seven different warnings Easily field-programmable for sensing hysteresis, signal strength display scale factor and light/dark operate Available in opposed, retroreflective, diffuse, convergent and fiber optic modes Available in convergent and fiber optic models with choice of red, blue or green LED for color-differentiation applications
ACCESSORIES
Sensor Heads Timing Logic Modules Power Blocks
page 212 214 214
page 217
44.5 mm
54.6 mm
76.2 mm w/DC Power Block 98.6 mm w/AC Power Block
OPPOSED
RETRO
ONLINE
P
POLAR RETRO CLEAR OBJECT
30.0 mm
P
POLAR RETRO
AC Model (shown) Opposed, Retroreflective and Diffuse Models Suffix E, R, D, DX, LV, LVAG and LVAGC
DIFFUSE
61.7 mm 44.5 mm 44.5 mm
59.8 mm (2.35")
44.5 mm
60.5 mm (2.38")
CONVERGENT
GLASS FIBER
76.2 mm w/DC Power Block 98.6mm w/AC Power Block
PLASTIC FIBER
Convergent Models Suffix CV, CVB and CVG
Plastic Fiber Models Suffx FP, FPB and FPG
Glass Fiber Models Suffix F, FAC, FX, FV, FVB, FVG, EF and RF
211
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Selecting Components for OMNI-BEAM Sensors

OMNI-BEAM sensors are modular self-contained photoelectric sensors that you can customize for a specific application. STEP 1: Choose a sensor head with the required sensing mode.
STEP 2:
SENSORS
Choose a power block for the required sensor power (ac or dc) and interface.
STEP 3:
Choose an optional timing logic module. STEP 4: Plug and bolt components together without interwiring.
2
ACCESSORIES
page 217
OMNI-BEAM modular components are sold separately. The three modular components, and the lenses, can be replaced in the field.
OMNI-BEAM Sensor Heads

45 m
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Supply Voltage
Response & Repeatability

Response: 2 ms Repeatability: 0.01 ms
Models
OSBE Emitter OSBR OSBLV
Excess Gain
EGC-1 (p. 217)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 (p. 219)
0.15-9 m
RETRO
EGC-2 (p. 217)
BP-2 (p. 219)
P
POLAR RETRO CLEAR-OBJECT
0.3-4.5 m Provided by Power Block (see page 210)
OSBLVAG
EGC-3 (p. 217)
BP-3 (p. 219)
P
POLAR RETRO HIGH-SPEED
4 m
OSBLVAGC
EGC-4 (p. 217)
300 mm
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE HIGH-POWER
OSBD
EGC-5 (p. 218)
BP-4 (p. 219)
2m
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
Response: 15 ms Repeatability: 1 ms
OSBDX
EGC-6 (p. 218)
BP-5 (p. 219)
More on next page
Retroreflective range is specified using one model BRT-3 retroreflector. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector in use. See Accessories for more information. NOTE: Sensor heads require a power block. See page 214.
212
OMNI-BEAM Sensor Heads

Sensing Mode/LED Range Supply Voltage
(contd)
Response & Repeatability
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Visible Green LED
Visible Blue LED
Models
OSBCV
Excess Gain
EGC-7 (p. 218)
Beam Pattern
BP-6 (p. 219)
CONVERGENT
38 mm
CONVERGENT
OSBCVB
EGC-8 (p. 218)
BP-7 (p. 219)
OSBCVG
CONVERGENT CONVERGENT HIGH-SPEED
BP-8 (p. 219) BP-9 & BP-10 (p. 220) BP-11 & BP-12 (p. 220)
OSBF
GLASS FIBER GLASS FIBER HIGH-SPEED
OSBFV
GLASS FIBER HIGH-SPEED
ACCESSORIES
Response: 2 ms Repeatability: 0.1 ms OSBFVB
page 217
EGC-14 (p. 218)
BP-13 (p. 220)

MINIATURE
GLASS FIBER GLASS FIBER HIGH-SPEED
GLASS FIBER GLASS FIBER HIGH-POWER
Provided by Power Block (see page 210)
OSBFVG
EGC-15 (p. 218)
BP-14 (p. 220)
COMPACT MIDSIZE FULLSIZE Q45 OMNI-BEAM Q60
Response: 15 ms Repeatability: 1 ms
GLASS FIBER GLASS FIBER AC-COUPLED
OSBFX
EGC-16 & EGC-17 (p. 218)
BP-15 & BP-16 (p. 220)

OSBFAC
Maximum Range: IT23S fibers, opposed mode: 180 mm

OSBEF OSBRF
EGC-18 & EGC-19 (p. 218) EGC-20 & EGC-21 (p. 218) EGC-22 (p. 219)
BP-17 & BP-18 (p. 220) BP-19 & BP-20 (p. 220) BP-21 (p. 220)
OSBFP
PLASTIC FIBER
PLASTIC FIBER GLASS FIBER
OSBFPB
OSBFPG
EGC-23 (p. 219)
BP-22 (p. 220)
NOTE: Sensor heads require a power block. See page 214.
213
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
OMNI-BEAM Timing Logic Modules

Type
Delay Timer Logic Module
Logic Function
ON-DELAY or OFF-DELAY or ON/OFF DELAY ONE-SHOT pulse timer or DELAYED ONE-SHOT logic timer ONE-SHOT pulse timer or DELAYED ONE-SHOT logic timer
Timing Ranges
ON-Delay: 0.01-1 sec., 0.15-15 sec., or none OFF-Delay: 0.01-1 sec., 0.15-15 sec., or none Delay: 0.01-1 sec., 0.15-15 sec., or none Pulse: 0.01-1 sec., 0.15-15 sec.
Models
OLM5
Timing Diagrams
SENSORS
Pulse Timer Logic Module
OLM8
For information on Timing Diagrams, see data sheets
Pulse Timer Logic Module
Delay: 0.002-0.1 sec., 0.03-1.5 sec., or none Pulse: 0.002-0.1 sec., 0.03-1.5 sec.
OLM8M1
OMNI-BEAM Power Blocks, DC Voltage

ACCESSORIES
page 217
Connection
2m 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD
Supply Voltage
Models
OPBT2 OPBT2QD
Output Type
Bi-Modal NPN or PNP Two outputs: Load and Alarm No output: for powering emitter-only sensor heads
10-30V dc
OPBT2QDH OPBTE OPBTEQD OPBTEQDH
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 217). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, OPBT2 W/30).
OMNI-BEAM Power Blocks, AC Voltage

Connection
2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD 2m 5-Pin Mini QD
Supply Voltage
105-130V ac
Models
OPBA2 OPBA2QD OPBB2 OPBB2QD OPBAE OPBAEQD OPBBE OPBBEQD
Output Type
SPST solid-state ac relay Two outputs: Load and Alarm
210-250V ac
105-130V ac
210-250V ac
No output: for powering emitter only sensor heads
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 217). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, OPBA2 W/30).
214
OMNI-BEAM Sensor Head Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Output Response Time Delay at Power-up Adjustments Supplied by OMNI-BEAM power block. See page 214. See individual sensing heads for response times. See page 212. 200 milliseconds; outputs are non-conducting during this time Four programming DIP switches SWITCH #1 selects the amount of sensing hysteresis SWITCH #2 selects the alarm output configuration SWITCH #3 selects Light Operate (switch #3 OFF) or Dark Operate (switch #3 ON) SWITCH #4 selects the STANDARD (switch #4 OFF) or Fine (switch #4 ON) scale factor for the D.A.T.A. light signal strength indicator array Sensitivity: 15-turn slotted brass screw Gain (sensitivity) adjustment potentiometer Sense and Load indicator LEDs are located on the top of the sensor head on either side of the D.A.T.A. array Sense LED indicates when a target has been sensed Load LED lights whenever the load (sensor output) is energized Also, Banners exclusive, D.A.T.A. sensor self-diagnostic system located on the top of the sensor head warns of marginal sensing conditions usually before a sensing failure occurs (except on model OSBFAC) Sensor heads are molded of rugged thermoplastic polyester; top view window is polycarbonate; acrylic lenses; stainless steel hardware Meets NEMA standards 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12, and 13; IEC IP66 when assembled to power block Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Operating Conditions Certifications
OMNI-BEAM Timing Logic Module Specifications

Response Time Timing Adjustments A disabled timing function adds no measurable sensing response time All logic modules feature 15-turn clutched potentiometers for accurate timing adjustments. The logic module slides into the sensor head housing and interconnects without wires. Timing adjustments are easily accessible at the top of the sensor head and are protected by the sensors transparent cover. 2% of timing range (max.); assumes conditions of constant temperature and power supply Useful range is from maximum time down to 10% of maximum (all models); when timing potentiometer is set fully counterclockwise, time will be approximately 1% of maximum for models OLM5 and OLM8, and 2% of maximum for model OLM8M1 Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Timing Repeatability Time Range Operating Conditions Certifications
215
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
OMNI-BEAM DC Power Block Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 80 mA (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages OPBT2, OPBT2QD, OPBT2QDH: Bi-Modal NPN or PNP, depending upon hookup to power supply (see hookup diagrams) OPBTE, OPBTEQD, OPBTEQDH: No output - for use with emitters only 100 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 A Output saturation voltage (NPN or PNP outputs): less than 1 volt at 10 mA and less than 1.5 volts at 100 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short-circuit of outputs Reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing with totally epoxy-encapsulated circuitry, and 30 mm threaded hub for swivel bracket or through-hole mounting Meets NEMA standards 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12, and 13; IEC IP66 when assembled to sensor head PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m cables, or 4-pin Mini- or Euro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting are available. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 217. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
SENSORS
Output Rating
Output Protection Circuitry Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams
Interface to TTL logic is not direct (contact factory). When the load and the OMNI-BEAM do not share a common power supply, load voltage must be the sensor supply voltage
Other DC Models: DC14 (p. 761)
OMNI-BEAM AC Power Block Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Load Output Rating 120V models: 105 to 130V ac, 50/60 Hz, 4 watts (excluding load) 220/240V models: 210 to 250V ac, 50/60 Hz, 4 watts (excluding load) Protected against transient voltages OPBA2, OPBA2QD, OPBB2 and OPBB2QD: Isolated SPST solid-state ac relay OPBAE, OPBAEQD, OPBBE and OPBBEQD: No output - for use with emitter only 500 mA max to 25 C, derated 1% per C to 70 C; 7 amps max inrush for 1 second or 20 amps max for one cycle (non-repeating) OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 A max. ON-state voltage drop: less than 3V ac at full load 200 mA max to 25 C, derated 2% per C to 70 C; 2 amps max inrush for 1 second or 3 amps max for 1 cycle (non-repeating) OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 A max. ON-state voltage drop: less than 2.5V ac at full load Protected against false pulse on power-up Reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing with totally epoxy-encapsulated circuitry, and 30 mm threaded hub for swivel bracket or through-hole mounting Meets NEMA standards 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12, and 13; IEC IP66 when assembled with sensor head PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m cables, or 5-pin Mini-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting are available. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 217. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Alarm Output Rating
Output Protection Circuitry Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Certifications Hookup Diagrams
Emitters: AC03 (p. 764)
Other AC Models: AC09 (p. 766)
216
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Mini QD
See page 715 Length
1.83 m 3.66 m 9.14 m

Threaded 4-Pin Threaded 5-Pin Straight

MBCC-406 MBCC-412 MBCC-430 MBCC-506 MBCC-512 MBCC-530
Brackets
OMNI-BEAM
REFLECTORS
REFLECTORS
pg. 653 SMB30A
pg. 653 SMB30FA..
pg. 654 SMB30SC
PAGE 724
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED = Visible Red LED P = Visible Red LED Polarized = Visible Red Clear Object Detection Polarized
Opposed Mode OMNI-BEAM

1000
Retroreflective Mode OMNI-BEAM

1000
Polarized Retroreflective Mode OMNI-BEAM

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBE & OSBR

Opposed Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBLV
Retroreflective Mode 100 With BRT-3 Reflector 10
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBLVAG
Retroreflective Mode 100 W/BRT-3 Reflector
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBLVAGC
Retroreflective Mode 100 W/BRT-3 Reflector
10
10
10
1 0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
100 m (330')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.10 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.10 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.10 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
EGC-3
DISTANCE
EGC-4
DISTANCE
Range: 45 m
LED:
Range: 9 m
LED:
Range: 4.5 m LED: P
Range: 4 m
LED:
More on next page
217
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Excess Gain Curves

= Infrared LED
= Visible Red LED
= Visible Blue LED
= Visible Green LED
Diffuse Mode OMNI-BEAM

1000
Convergent Mode OMNI-BEAM

1000

1000
SENSORS
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBD
Diffuse Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBDX
Diffuse Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBCV
100
Convergent Mode
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBCVB
100
Convergent Mode
10
10
10
10
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.1 m (0.33')
1.0 m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-5
DISTANCE
EGC-6
DISTANCE
EGC-7
DISTANCE
EGC-8
DISTANCE
Range: 300 mm LED:
Range: 2 m
LED:
Range: 38 mm LED:
Range: 38 mm LED:

1000
Opposed ModeGlass Fiber OMNI-BEAM

1000
Diffuse ModeGlass Fiber OMNI-BEAM

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBCVG
100
Convergent Mode
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBF
Opposed Mode
100
IT23S Fibers
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBF
Diffuse Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBFV
Opposed Mode
100 IT23S Fibers
10
10
IT13S Fibers
10
BT23S Fiber
10 IT13S Fibers 1 1 mm (0.04")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-9
DISTANCE
EGC-10
DISTANCE
EGC-11
DISTANCE
EGC-12
DISTANCE
Range: 38 mm LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:

1000

1000

1000
Opposed ModeGlass Fiber OMNI-BEAM High Power

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBFV
Diffuse Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
100 mm (4")
OSBFVB
Diffuse Mode
100
E X C E S S G A I N
100 mm (4")
OSBFVG Diffuse Mode 100
E X C E S S G A I N
100 mm (4")
OSBFX
Opposed Mode 100 IT23S fibers 10 IT13S fibers
10
BT23S Fiber
10
BT23S Fiber
10
BT23S Fiber
BT13S Fiber 1 0.1 mm (0.004") 1.0 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4")
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1.0 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
EGC-13
DISTANCE
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1.0 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
1 0.01 m (0.03")
0.1 m (0.33")
1.0 m (3.3")
10 m (33')
EGC-14
DISTANCE
EGC-15
DISTANCE
EGC-16
DISTANCE
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Diffuse ModeGlass Fiber OMNI-BEAM High Power

1000
Opposed ModeGlass Fiber OMNI-BEAM Emitter/Receiver

1000

1000
Opposed ModePlastic Fiber OMNI-BEAM

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBFX
Diffuse Mode 100
BT23S Fiber 10 BT13S Fiber 1 1 mm (0.04")
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBEF and OSBRF

Opposed Mode
100 IT23S Fibers 10 IT13S Fibers 1 1.0 mm (0.04")
E X C E S S G A I N
Opposed Mode 100 IT23S Fibers w/L16 Lenses
OSBEF and OSBRF
10
IT23S Fibers w/L9 Lenses
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBFP
100
Opposed Mode Plastic Fibers PIT46U Fibers PIT26U Fibers
10
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
1 0.01 m (0.033')
0.1 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
EGC-17
DISTANCE
EGC-18
DISTANCE
EGC-19
DISTANCE
1 1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.40")
100 mm (4.0")
1000 mm (40")
EGC-20
DISTANCE
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
More on next page
218
Excess Gain Curves

= Visible Red LED
= Visible Blue LED
= Visible Green LED
Diffuse ModePlastic Fiber OMNI-BEAM

1000

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
OSBFP
Diffuse Mode
100 PBT46U Fiber 10
E X C E S S G A I N
100
E X C E S S G A I N
Wireless
100
10 PBT46U Fiber
10 PBT46U Fiber
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
1 0.1 mm (0.004")
1 mm (0.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4")
EGC-21
DISTANCE
EGC-22
DISTANCE
EGC-23
DISTANCE
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
MINIATURE COMPACT
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE Q45
= Visible Red LED
= Visible Blue LED
= Visible Green LED
OMNI-BEAM Q60
Opposed Mode OMNI-BEAM

Retroreflective Mode OMNI-BEAM

6.0" 4.0" 2.0" 0 2.0"

OSBD
OSBE and OSBR

Opposed Mode
60" 40" 20" 0 20" 40" 60" 50 m (150')
150 mm 100 mm 50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 0
OSBLV
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0
OSBLVAG
3.0" 2.0" 1.0" 0
7.5 mm 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 0 2.5 mm 5.0 mm 7.5 mm 0
Diffuse Mode
0.3" 0.2" 0.1" 0 0.1" 0.2" 0.3"
1.0" 2.0" 3.0"
4.0" 6.0"
2m (6.6')
4m (13')
6m (20')
8m (26')
10 m (33')
1m (3.3')
2m (6.6')
3m (10')
4m (13')
5m (16')
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
75 mm 150 mm 225 mm 300 mm 375 mm (3") (6") (9") (12") (15")
DISTANCE
BP-1
BP-2
BP-3
BP-4
Range: 45 m
LED:
Range: 9 m
LED:
Range: 4.5 m
LED: P
Range: 300 mm LED:
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0
OSBDX
Diffuse Mode
3.0" 2.0" 1.0" 0 1.0" 2.0" 3.0"
2.4 mm 1.6 mm 0.8 mm 0 0.8 mm 1.6 mm 2.4 mm 0
OSBCV
Convergent Mode
0.09" 0.06" 0.03" 0 0.03" 0.06" 0.09"
2.4 mm 1.6 mm 0.8 mm 0 0.8 mm 1.6 mm 2.4 mm 0
OSBCVB
Convergent Mode
0.09" 0.06" 0.03" 0 0.03" 0.06" 0.09"
2.4 mm 1.6 mm 0.8 mm 0 0.8 mm 1.6 mm 2.4 mm 0
Convergent Mode
OSBCVG
0.09" 0.06" 0.03" 0 0.03" 0.06" 0.09"
0.4 m (1.25')
0.8 m (2.5')
1.2 m (3.75')
1.6 m (5.0')
2.0 m (6.25')
12.5 mm 25 mm 37.5 mm 50 mm 62.5 mm (0.50") (1.0") (1.5") (2.0") (2.5")
12.5 mm (0.50")
25 mm (1.0")
37.5 mm (1.5")
50 mm (2.0")
62.5 mm (2.5")
12.5 mm (0.50")
25 mm (1.0")
37.5 mm (1.5")
50 mm (2.0")
62.5 mm (2.5")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-5
DISTANCE
BP-6
BP-7
BP-8
Range: 2 m
LED:
Range: 38 mm LED:
Range: 38 mm LED:
Range: 38 mm LED:
219
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Beam Patterns
= Infrared LED
= Visible Red LED
= Visible Blue LED
= Visible Green LED

OSBFV

OSBFV
SENSORS
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 0 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 0
OSBF
Opposed Mode
3" 2" 1"
OSBF
Diffuse Mode BT23S
0.075" 0.050" 0.025" 0 0.025" 0.050" 0.075"
37.5 mm 25.0 mm 12.5 mm 0 12.5 mm 25.0 mm 37.5 mm 0
1.5" 1.0" 0.5"
1.8 mm 1.2 mm 0.6 mm 0 0.6 mm 1.2 mm 1.8 mm 0
Diffuse Mode BT23S Fiber BT13S Fiber
0.075" 0.050" 0.025" 0 0.025" 0.050" 0.075"
IT13S
IT23S
0 1" 2" 3"
IT13S Fibers
0 0.5" 1.0" 1.5"
100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 500 mm (4") (8") (12") (16") (20")
7.5 mm (0.3")
15 mm 22.5 mm 30 mm 37.5 mm (0.6") (0.9") (1.2") (1.5")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
75 mm 150 mm 225 mm 300 mm 375 mm (3") (6") (9") (12") (15")
5 mm (0.2")
10 mm (0.4")
15 mm (0.6")
20 mm (0.8")
25 mm (1.0")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-9
BP-10
BP-11
BP-12
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:

OSBFVB/FVG
BT23S Fiber

OSBFVB/FVG
BT23S Fiber
Opposed ModeGlass Fiber OMNI-BEAM High Power
Diffuse ModeGlass Fiber OMNI-BEAM High Power
1.8 mm 1.2 mm 0.6 mm 0 0.6 mm 1.2 mm 1.8 mm 0
Diffuse Mode
0.075" 0.050" 0.025" 0 0.025" 0.050" 0.075"
1.8 mm 1.2 mm 0.6 mm 0 0.6 mm 1.2 mm 1.8 mm 0
Diffuse Mode
0.075" 0.050" 0.025" 0 0.025" 0.050" 0.075"
150 mm 100 mm 50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 0 0.4 m (15") 0.8 m (30") 1.2 m (45") IT13S Fibers IT23S Fibers
OSBFX
Opposed Mode
6.0" 4.0" 2.0" 0 2.0" 4.0" 6.0"
3.8 mm 2.5 mm 1.3 mm 0 1.3 mm 2.5 mm 3.8 mm 0 25 mm (1") 50 mm (2") BT13S Fiber
OSBFX
Diffuse Mode
0.15" 0.10" 0.05"
BT23S Fiber
0 0.05" 0.10" 0.15"
5 mm (0.2")
10 mm (0.4")
15 mm (0.6")
20 mm (0.8")
25 mm (1.0")
5 mm (0.2")
10 mm (0.4")
15 mm (0.6")
20 mm (0.8")
25 mm (1.0")
1.6 m (60")
2.0 m (75")
75 mm 100 mm 125 mm (3") (4") (5")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-13
BP-14
BP-15
BP-16
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:

OSBEF and OSBRF
IT23S Fibers IT13S Fibers

OSBEF and OSBRF
IT23S Fibers w/L16 Lenses IT23S Fibers w/L9 Lenses
Opposed ModePlastic Fiber OMNI-BEAM

OSBFP
Diffuse Mode
37.5 mm 25.0 mm 12.5 mm 0 12.5 mm 25.0 mm 37.5 mm 0
Opposed Mode
1.5" 1.0" 0.5" 0 0.5" 1.0" 1.5"
300 mm 200 mm 100 mm 0 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 0
Opposed Mode
12" 8" 4" 0 4" 8" 12"
45 mm 30 mm 15 mm 0 15 mm 30 mm 45 mm 0
OSBFP
Opposed Mode
1.8" 1.2" 0.6"
3.8 mm 2.5 mm 1.2 mm 0 1.2 mm 2.5 mm 3.8 mm 0
0.15" 0.10" 0.05"
PIT26U
PIT46U
0 0.6" 1.2" 1.8"
PBT26U
PBT46U
0 0.05" 0.10" 0.15"
100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 500 mm (4") (8") (12") (16") (20")
DISTANCE
2.4 m (8')
4.8 m (16')
7.2 m (24')
9.6 m (32')
12 m (40')
25 mm (1")
50 mm (2")
75 mm (3")
100 mm 125 mm (4") (5")
7.5 mm (0.3")
15 mm 22.5 mm 30 mm 37.5 mm (0.6") (0.9") (1.2") (1.5")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-17
BP-18
BP-19
BP-20
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:

OSBFPB
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0 4 mm (0.15") 8 mm (0.30") 12 mm (0.45") 16 mm (0.60") PBT46U Diffuse Mode 0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12" 20 mm (0.75")

OSBFPG
3.0 mm 2.0 mm 1.0 mm 0 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 0 4 mm (0.15") 8 mm (0.30") 12 mm (0.45") 16 mm (0.60") PBT46U Diffuse Mode 0.12" 0.08" 0.04" 0 0.04" 0.08" 0.12" 20 mm (0.75")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-21
BP-22
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
220
Long-Range Adjustable-Field Sensors

Q60
Detects objects within a defined sensing field, ignoring objects located just beyond the sensing field cutoff point Features two-turn, logarithmic adjustment of sensing field cutoff point from 0.2 to 2 m, making it easy to set a cutoff point Offers infrared, visible red LED or laser sensing beam Uses rotating pointer to indicate relative cutoff point setting within sensing range Features easy push-button or remote programming of Light/Dark Operate and output timing Uses continuous status indicators to verify all settings at a glance Models available for dc or ac/dc universal voltage operation Models available with visible red lasers for small part detection from long distances
ACCESSORIES
page 224
25.0 mm 60.0 mm
MINIATURE COMPACT MIDSIZE
67.0 mm
T
FULLSIZE
E YL
PIGTAIL P
UR
75.0 mm
QPMA
CA LL FACTORY
EURO
-S
ONLINE
Q45 OMNI-BEAM Q60
C
A BL
ADJUSTABLE-FIELD
Adjustable-field Models Suffix AF, AFV and LAF
Q60, 10-30V dc
Min.: 65 - 130 mm Cutoff: 200 - 1000 mm
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Connection
2m
Output Type
Models
Q60BB6AFV1000
Excess Gain and Cutoff Point Deviation

EGC-1 (p. 224) Cutoff Point Deviation Curves CPD-3 & CPD-4 (p. 225) EGC-2 (p. 224) Cutoff Point Deviation Curves CPD-1 & CPD-2 (p. 225)
More on next page
5-Pin Euro QD Bipolar NPN/PNP Min.: 50 - 125 mm Cutoff: 200 - 2000 mm
Q60BB6AFV1000Q
2m
Q60BB6AF2000
ADJUST ABLE-FIELD ADJUSTABLE-FIELD
5-Pin Euro QD
Q60BB6AF2000Q
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 224). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q60BB6AF2000 W/30). Minimum range varies by established cutoff point (see excess gain curves, page 224 and cutoff point deviation curves, page 225).
221
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Visible Red Laser

Sensing Mode/LED
CLASS 1 LASER
Range
Min.: 100 - 260 mm Cutoff: 200 - 1400 mm
Connection
2m
Output Type
Models
Q60BB6LAF1400

EGC-3 (p. 224) Cutoff Point Deviation Curves CPD-5 & CPD-6 (p. 225) EGC-4 (p. 224) Cutoff Point Deviation Curves CPD-5 & CPD-6 (p. 225)
SENSORS
5-Pin Euro QD Bipolar NPN/PNP
Q60BB6LAF1400Q
CLASS 2 LASER
2m Min.: 75 - 240 mm Cutoff: 200 - 2000 mm 5-Pin Euro QD
Q60BB6LAF2000
Q60BB6LAF2000Q
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 224). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q60BB6LAF2000 W/30). Minimum range varies by established cutoff point (see excess gain curves, page 224 and cutoff point deviation curves, page 225).
ACCESSORIES
page 224

Min.: 65 - 130 mm Cutoff: 200 - 1000 mm
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Visible Red Laser
Connection
2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m 4-Pin Micro QD 2m
Output Type
SPDT e/m Relay SPST e/m Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST e/m Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST e/m Relay SPDT e/m Relay SPST e/m Relay
Models
Q60VR3AFV1000 Q60VR3AFV1000Q1 Q60VR3AF2000 Q60VR3AF2000Q1 Q60VR3LAF1400 Q60VR3LAF1400Q1 Q60VR3LAF2000

EGC-1 (p. 224) Cutoff Point Deviation Curves CPD-3 & CPD-4 (p. 225) EGC-2 (p. 224) Cutoff Point Deviation Curves CPD-1 & CPD-2 (p. 225) EGC-3 (p. 224) Cutoff Point Deviation Curves CPD-5 & CPD-6 (p. 225) EGC-4 (p. 224) Cutoff Point Deviation Curves CPD-5 & CPD-6 (p. 225)
Min.: 50 - 125 mm Cutoff: 200 - 2000 mm

ADJUST ABLE-FIELD ADJUSTABLE-FIELD
CLASS 1 LASER
LASER ADJUSTABLE-FIELD CLASS 2 LASER
Min.: 100 - 260 mm Cutoff: 200 - 1400 mm
Min.: 75 - 240 mm Cutoff: 200 - 2000 mm
4-Pin Micro QD
Q60VR3LAF2000Q1
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 224). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q60VR3AFV1000 W/30). Minimum range varies by established cutoff point (see excess gain curves, page 224 and cutoff point deviation curves, page 225).
Q60 Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current Q60BB6AF and Q60BB6AFV models: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 50 mA exclusive of load Q60BB6LAF models: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 35 mA exclusive of load Q60VR3LAF and Q60VR3AFV Universal models: 12 to 250V dc or 24 to 250V ac, 50/60 Hz Input power 1.5 W max. Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages (Q60VR3 models dc hookup is without regard to polarity)
Supply Protection Circuitry
More on next page
222
Q60 Specifications (contd)

Output Configuration Q60BB6AF, Q60BB6AFV and Q60BB6LAF models: Bipolar: one NPN (current sinking) and one PNP (current sourcing) open-collector transistor Q60VR3AF, Q60VR3LAF and Q60VR3AFV cabled models: E/M Relay (SPDT), normally closed and normally open contacts Q60VR3AFQ1, Q60VR3AFVQ1 and Q60VR3LAFQ1 (QD) models: E/M Relay (SPST), normally open contact DC models:150 mA max. each output @ 25 C OFF-state leakage current: less than 5 A @ 30V dc Output saturation NPN: less than 200 mV @ 10 mA; less than 1V @ 150 mA Output saturation PNP: less than 1V at 10 mA; less than 1.5V at 150 mA Universal Voltage models: Min. voltage and current: 5V dc, 10 mA Mechanical life of relay: 50,000,000 operations Electrical life of relay at full resistive load: 100,000 operations Max. switching power (resistive load):Cabled models: 1250VA, 150 W Max. switching voltage (resistive load):Cabled models: 250V ac, 125V dc Max. switching current (resistive load): Cabled models: 5 A @ 250V ac, 5 A @ 30V dc derated to 200 mA @ 125V dc QD models: 3 A @ 250V ac, 3 A @ 30V dc derated to 200 mA @ 125V dc
Output Rating
QD models: 750VA, 90W QD models: 250V ac, 125V dc
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Delay at Power-up Repeatability Sensing Hysteresis
Q60BB6AF, Q60BB6LAF and Q60BB6AFV models: Protected against continuous overload or short circuit of outputs All models: Protected against false pulse on power-up Q60BB6AF, Q60BB6LAF and Q60BB6AFV models: 2 milliseconds ON/OFF Q60VR3AF, Q60VR3LAF and Q60VR3AFV Universal models: 15 milliseconds ON/OFF 150 milliseconds (Q60BB6LAF has 1 second max.); outputs do not conduct during this time 500 microseconds For Infrared models, see chart HC-2; for Visible Red models, see chart HC-1; and for Laser models, see chart HC-3, all on page 221 2000 mm cutoff - less than 3% of set cutoff distance 1600 mm cutoff - less than 2.25% of set cutoff distance 1200 mm cutoff - less than 1.30% of set cutoff distance 800 mm cutoff - less than 0.5% of set cutoff distance 400 mm cutoff - less than 0.25% of set cutoff distance 2 momentary push buttons: ON-delay and OFF-delay ON Delay select: 8 milliseconds to 16 seconds OFF Delay select: 8 milliseconds to 16 seconds LO/DO select Push-button lockout: for security
Adjustments
Slotted, geared, 2-turn, cutoff range adjustment screw (mechanical stops on both ends of travel) Indicators Q60AF, Q60AFV and Q60LAF models: ON-Delay Green ON Steady: Run mode, ON-delay is active Green Flashing: ON-delay Selection mode is active OFF-Delay Green ON Steady: Run mode, OFF-delay is active Green Flashing: OFF-delay Selection mode is active 5-Segment Light Bar*: Indicates relative delay time during ON/OFF-delay Selection modes Output Amber ON Steady: Outputs are conducting Green ON Steady: During ON/OFF-delay Selection modes Dark Operate Green ON Steady: Dark Operate is selected Lockout Green ON Steady: Buttons are locked out Light Operate Green ON Steady: Light Operate is selected Signal Green ON Steady: Sensor is receiving signal Green Flashing: Marginal signal (1.0 to 2.25 excess gain) *Output, Dark Operate, Lockout, Light Operate and Signal indicators function as 5-Segment Light Bar during ON/OFF-delay Selection modes Laser Characteristics Spot Size: approximately 4 x 2 mm throughout range (collimated beam) Angle of Divergence: 5 milliradians NOTE: Contact factory for custom laser spot size. Housing: ABS polycarbonate blend IEC IP67; NEMA 6 2 m or 9 m integral cable. DC models offer a 5-pin Euro-style QD fitting. AC models offer 4-pin Micro-style QD fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 224. Temperature: Q60BB6LAF (DC) models: -10 to +50 C Q60VR3LAF Universal models: -10 to +45 C All others: -20 to +55 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing) Lens: acrylic Cover: Clear ABS
NOTE: outputs are active during on/off timing selection mode.
More on next page
223
MINIATURE
COMPACT
MIDSIZE
FULLSIZE
Q60 Specifications
(contd)
DC: DC08 (p. 759)
Universal Cabled: UN01 (p. 767)
Universal QD: UN08 (p. 768)
SENSORS
Class 1 Lasers
Class 2 Lasers
Lasers that emit visible radiation in the wavelength range from 400 nm to 700 nm where eye protection is normally afforded by aversion responses, including the blink reflex. This reaction may be expected to provide adequate protection under reasonably foreseeable conditions of operation, including the use of optical instruments for intrabeam viewing. Reference 60825-1 Amend. 2 IEC:2001(E), section 8.2.
For safe laser use:

For safe laser use:

Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 699 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
Micro QD
See page 712 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Q60


MQAC-406 MQAC-415 MQAC-430 MQAC-406RA MQAC-415RA MQAC-430RA pg. 664 SMBAMSQ60IP pg. 664 SMBAMSQ60P pg. 683 SMBQ60
Excess Gain
= Infrared LED
(Performance based on 90% reflectance white card)
= Visible Red LED
= Visible Red Laser

Adjustable-Field Mode Q60 Infrared
10000
Q60AF Infrared at 200 mm at 2000 mm
Adjustable-Field Mode Q60 Visible Red

10000
Q60AF Visible Red at 200 mm at 1000 mm
Adjustable-Field Mode Q60 Class 1 Laser

1000
Adjustable-Field Mode Q60 Class 2 Laser

1000
1000
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
100
10
E X C E S S G A I N
100
E X C E S S G A I N
Q60AF Class I at 200 mm at 1400 mm
100
10
10
E X C E S S G A I N
Q60AF Class II at 200 mm at 2000 mm
100
10
1 1 mm 0.04"
10 mm 0.4"
100 mm 4"
1000 mm 40"
1 0.01 m (0.03')
0.10 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 0.01 m (0.03')
0.10 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
1 0.01 m (0.03')
0.10 m (0.33')
1m (3.3')
10 m (33')
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE
EGC-3
DISTANCE
EGC-4
DISTANCE
224
Hysteresis Curves
= Infrared LED = Visible Red LED
= Visible Red Laser

Adjustable-Field Mode Q60 Infrared
3.0
6% Black Card

2.0 Hysteresis (% of Cutoff)
Adjustable-Field Mode Q60 Lasers

Class 1 Laser 18% Gray Card 6% Black Card Class 2 Laser 18% Gray Card 6% Black Card
Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision Wireless
Hysteresis (% of Cutoff)
1.5 1.0 0.5 0 200
2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5
Hysteresis (% of Cutoff)
6% Black Card
2.5
6.0
4.0
2.0
400
600
800
1000
Cutoff Setting (mm) with 90% White Card
0 200
0 200
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 Cutoff Setting (mm) with 90% White Card
400
600
800
1000 1200 1400
1600 1800 2000
HC-1
HC-2
HC-3
Cutoff: 1000 mm
LED:
Cutoff: 2000 mm
LED:
Cutoff: Class 1: 1400 mm Class 2: 2000 mm LED:
Cuttoff Point Deviation Curves

Adjustable-Field Mode Q60 Infrared LED
0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 200
Adjustable-Field Mode Q60 Infrared LED
Minimum Range with a 6% Black Card (mm)
150 140
0 -1 Percent Deviation -2 -3 -4
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Percent Deviation
130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
CPD-1
CPD-2
Cutoff Distance (mm) with 90% White Card
-5 200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
CPD-3
Adjustable-Field Mode Q60 Visible Red LED

Minimum Range with a 6% Black Card (mm) 150 140 130

Cutoff Point Deviation
0 -1 -2 -3

Minimum Range vs. Cutoff Setting*
300 Class 1 250 Class 2
Minimum Range (mm)
Percent Deviation
120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 200
-4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10
Class 1 Laser 18% Gray Card 6% Black Card Class 2 Laser 18% Gray Card 6% Black Card
200 150 100 50 0 200

Class 1 Laser 6% Black Card Class 2 Laser 6% Black Card
400
600
800
1000
CPD-4
CPD-5
-12 200
400
600
800
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
400
600
800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
CPD-6

*NOTE: Minimum range is independent of target reflectivity
See data sheet for detailed deviation information.
225
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
FIBER OPTIC SENSORS

DF-G1 D10 D12 R55F
SENSORS
DF-G1
page 229
D10
page 234
D12
page 243
Simple user interface ensures easy sensor set-up and programming Expert TEACH and SET for low contrast applications Thermally stable electronics minimize warm-up drift and the effect of side-by-side mounting of multiple fiber amplifiers
Advanced amplifier for use with plastic fibers High-performance, low-contrast sensor with numeric or bargraph display Models with push-button programming or manual gain adjustment Bussable power models for simplified wiring
Glass and plastic fiber optic models Models for standard applications, high-speed response and increased power AC-coupled for high-sensitivity applications
R55F
page 248
Plastic Fibers
page 252
Glass Fibers
page 269
Green, blue, white, red or infrared LED colors For mounting flat or to a 35 mm DIN rail Models for glass and plastic fiber optics
Inexpensive and easily cut to length during installation Very bendable, for a precise fit Available coiled, for applications requiring articulated or reciprocating motion Diameters of 0.25, 0.5, 1.0 or 1.5 mm
For hostile environments: high temperatures, corrosive materials, extreme moisture and high levels of shock and vibration Inherent immunity to extreme electrical noise Quickly custom designed and built for your unique applications
226
DF-G1 Expert
Dual Display Fiber Amplifier
Dual digital display provides constant feedback
Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches Emergency Stop & Stop Control
Syringe Presence Detection The DF-G1 sensor can be easily configured for detection of small targets like syringes in a limited space packaging process. The high flex plastic fiber also provides easy mounting at the sensing point.
FIBER SENSORS PLASTIC FIBERS GLASS FIBERS
Easy-to-use dual display fiber optic amplifier with high performance and energy savings
The DF-G1 Expert Dual Display Fiber Amplifier is an easy-to-use fiber optic system that can be set up quickly to reduce installation time. The user interface is intuitive and the amplifier features a dual display screen, indicating the signal level and threshold simultaneously for simple operation. The DF-G1 has minimal warm-up drift, taking only minutes to start up and operate at full performance. Easy-to-read dual digital display indicates signal level and threshold simultaneously for simple operation Simple user interface ensures easy sensor set up and programming for reduced installation time User has complete control over operating parameters, including switch point threshold, Light Operate or Dark Operate, output timing functions, gain level, and response speed Thermally stable electronics minimize warm-up drift and allows for side-by-side mounting of multiple fiber amplifiers
Small Part Counting Small part counting applications are easy to set up and calibrate. The timing can be easily adjusted for various part sizes.
ECO (economy) display mode reduces amplifier power consumption by 25% Cross-talk avoidance algorithm allows two sensors to operate in close proximity for many applications Expert TEACH and SET methods ensure optimal gain and threshold for all applications, especially low contrast applications Secure and reliable fiber clamping Sleek 10 mm wide housing mounts to 35 mm DIN rail Visible red LED sensing beam makes alignment easy
40-plus years of sensor design experience, quality control, sales support and costeffective solutions: Banner quality products with global availability Rapid customization with most products shipping in 3 days or less Industrys largest force of application engineers to solve your toughest challenges More than 3,000 factory and local field representatives to serve you

1.888.373.6767
227
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
The broadest selection of fiber systems in the world.

Fiber Systems
Two-part fiber systems include the sensor and the separately purchased application-specific fiber.
DIN Rail Mountable Amplifiers for use with Fibers

Sensor Model
DF-G1
Models for Plastic Fibers
Models for Glass Fibers
Page Number
page 229
SENSORS
1. Sensors The sensor contains all the electronics, the amplifier and the mechanical interface to the fiber. Some models are sealed and rated IP67 to mount directly on a machine; others are designed to be DIN-rail mounted in a centralized control enclosure. 2. Fibers Sensing fibers are non-electronic, light-transmitting, optical-quality glass or plastic strands encased in cladding that reflects light to the core. Fibers transmit and/or receive light from the LED of a sensor. Glass fibers are arranged in bundles, and plastic fibers are typically packaged as monofilaments with a protective jacket of polyethylene, PVC, stainless-steel braid or other material. Fiber sensing tips have a wide variety of shapes and configurations.
D10
page 234
D12
page 243
ST AT IC
ST AT IC
SE
SE
DO LO
DO
P TU
LO
P TU
Sw itc h Po
Sw
OF De F lay
OF De F lay
itc h Po
R55F
page 248
int
MI C
int
DY NA
DY NA MI C
D11
When to Use Fiber Systems

Confined areas. The small size and flexibility of fibers allows precise positioning where space is limited. High temperatures. Fiber optic assemblies can tolerate elevated temperaturesin some cases as high as 480 C. High vibration and shock. The low mass of fibers enables them to withstand extreme vibration and mechanical shock. Corrosive and wet environments. Special-purpose fibers withstand corrosive materials, moisture and even repeated washdown. Explosive environments. Fibers are passive and can safely pipe light to and from hazardous areas. Noisy environments. Fibers are non-electronic mechanical components and are completely immune to electrical noise. Unique target shapes and requirements. Fiber optic sensing heads can be custom designed and optimally shaped to the physical and optical requirements of a specific application.
Sealed Machine Mountable Sensors for use with Fibers

Sensor Model
WORLD-BEAM QS18
Models for Plastic Fibers
MINI-BEAM
QM42
Q45
Typical Applications
Punch presses Vibratory feeders Conveyors Web control Tablet counting Ovens Semiconductor processing equipment Liquid level
OMNI-BEAM
FI22
ECONO-BEAM
MAXI-BEAM
MULTI-BEAM
PC44
VALU-BEAM
228
D11
ON
page 365
Models for Glass Fibers
Page Number
page 90
page 112
page 187
page 194
page 211
page 365
page 365
page 365
page 365
See data sheet
page 365
Expert Dual Display Fiber Amplifier

DF-G1 Series
Easy to read dual digital displays show both signal level and threshold simultaneously Lever action fiber clamp provides stable, reliable, and trouble-free fiber clamping Simple user interface ensures easy sensor set-up and programming via displays and switches/buttons, remote input teach wire, or IO-Link (coming soon) Expert TEACH and SET methods ensure optimal gain and threshold for all applications, especially low contrast applications User has full control over all operating parameters: threshold, Light or Dark Operate, output timing functions, gain level, and response speed Thermally stable electronics minimize warm-up drift and the effect of side-by-side mounting of multiple fiber amplifiers ECO (economy) display mode reduces amplifier power consumption by 25% Cross talk avoidance algorithm allows two sensors to operate in close proximity for many applications Response speeds of: 200 s (High Speed), 500 s (Standard Speed), 2 ms (Long Range), and 5 ms (Extra Long Range) allow operator to optimize for fast or long distance applications Sleek 10 mm wide housing mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail Visible red LED sensing beam for easy alignment to the target
10 mm
ACCESSORIES
page 233
1
72 mm 33 mm
FIBER SENSORS DF-G1 D10 D12 R55F PLASTIC FIBERS GLASS FIBERS
1 2 3 4 5
Output LED LO/DO Switch RUN/PRG/ADJ Mode Switch Lever Action Fiber Clamp Red Signal Level Green Threshold +/Set/- Rocker Button
ONLINE
6 7
DF-G1, 10-30V dc
Sensing Mode/LED Connection
2m Range varies by Speed Selection used and with fiber optics used. See fibers section on page 230 or reference website for range information.
Range
Output
NPN PNP NPN PNP IO-Link
Model
DF-G1-NS-2M DF-G1-PS-2M DF-G1-NS-Q7 DF-G1-PS-Q7 DF-G1-KS-Q5
PLASTIC FIBER
Integral M8 Pico connector 150mm PVC pigtail, M12 Euro connector
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 233). For 9 m cable, change the suffix 2M to 9M in the 2 m model number (example, DF-G1-NS-9M). For M8 Pico pigtail change the suffix 2M to Q3 in the 2 m model number (example, DF-G1-NS-Q3). For M12 Euro pigtail change the suffix 2M to Q5 in the 2 m model number (example, DF-G1-NS-Q5).
229
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
DF-G1 Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 10 to 30V dc (10% max ripple) @ less than 100 mA exclusive of load Standard Mode: 960 mW, Current consumption < 40 mA @ 24V dc Protected against reverse polarity, over voltage, and transient voltages 1 current sourcing (PNP) or 1 current sinking (NPN) output, depending on model 100 mA max. load (derate 1 mA per C above 30 C) OFF-state leakage current: < 5 A at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: < 1.5V; PNP: < 2V Protected against output short-circuit, continuous overload, transient over-voltages, and false pulse on power up High Speed: 200 us Standard: 500 us Long Range: 2 ms Extra Long Range: 5 ms 500 milliseconds max.; outputs do not conduct during this time 3-way RUN/PRG/ADJ Mode Switch 2-way LO/DO Switch 3-way +/SET/- Rocker Button See data sheet for detailed information. Red 4-digit Display: Signal Level Green 4-digit Display: Threshold (In Program Mode, Red and Green displays are used for programming menus) Yellow LED: Output conducting Black ABS/polycarbonate alloy (UL94 V-0 rated) housing, clear polycarbonate cover IEC IP50, NEMA 1 PVC-jacketed 2 or 9 m 4-wire integral cable, integral 4-pin Pico-style QD, Pico-style QD or Euro QD. See page 233. Temperature: -10 to +55 C Storage: -20 to +85 C Relative Humidity: 95% @ 60 C (non-condensing) ECO Mode: 720 mW, Current consumption < 30 mA @ 24V dc
SENSORS
Output Rating
Delay at Power-up Adjustments
Indicators
Certifications Hookup Diagrams DC07 (p. 759)
DF-G1 Range with Selected Fiber Optics (See page 252 for other fibers)
Model Number
PBT16U
polyethylene
Drawing & Dimensions (mm)

2X 1.0 M3 x 0.5 stainless steel
Core Dia. (mm)

0.25
Min. Bend Radius (mm)

8 Thread
Features
Free Cut*
Typical DF-G1 Range (mm)

Standard or High Speed: 5 Long Range: 10 Extra Long Range: 12
2000
11.0
2X 1.0
Pla stic Diffuse
PBT26U
polyethylene
M3 x 0.5 nickel plated brass
0.5
2000 2X 2.2 11.0
12
Thread
Standard
PBT46U
polyethylene
4.0
1.0
2000 2X 2.2 M6 x 0.75 nickel plated brass 14.0 3.0
25
Thread
PBT66U
polyethylene
4.0
1.5
2000 14.0 3.0
38
Thread; long range
More on next page
Fibers can be free cut using fiber cutter (see page 268).
230
Model Number
PLI-A10
polyethylene
(contd)
Free Cut* Typical DF-G1 Range (mm)

2X 1.25 3.0 smooth ferrule stainless anodized aluminum knurled locking ferrule M6 x 0.75 anodized aluminum
Core Dia. (mm)

0.5 9X 0.25

12
Features
Anodized AL tip; 0.5-3.2 mm beam spot Glass lens
2000
32.2
PBCT26UMFR
2000 36 2X 1.25 4 polyethylene PVC flex-relief 2 M3 X 0.5 stainless steel 1 18.5 0.5
0.5 10X 0.25
12
Thread Overmolded flex relief
PBCT26UM4M2.5
2X 1.25 polyethylene
Coaxial
M4 x 0.7 stainless steel
M2.5 x 0.045
0.5 9X 0.25
11.0 3.0
12
Thread
2000
2X 2.2
PBCT46U
polyethylene
4.0
1.0 16X 0.265

14.0 3.0
25
Thread
2000
PBCT46UMFR
2000 25 2X 2.2 15 3
Plastic Diffuse
polyethylene
PVC flex-relief
11.5
M6 X 0.75 stainless steel
1.0 16X 0.265
25
FIBER SENSORS DF-G1 D10 D12
PBT46UHF
2X 2.2 polyethylene
4.0
1.0
2000 14.0 3.0
Thread
R55F PLASTIC FIBERS GLASS FIBERS
PBT26UHF
2X 1.0 polyethylene
High Flex
0.5
2000 11.0
7.9 6.35 2X 2.2 M4 X 0.7 stainless steel 2 jam nuts and 1 ITLW included 19.1 7.0
Thread
PBAT46UHFMTA
Polyethylene
1.0
Threaded right angle Stainless steel
2000
PBT43TMB5
shrink junction
3.6 SS braid over monocoil
17.0 4.0 stainless steel
15.4
29.9
2X 2.9 SS braid over monocoil 191 1000
M6 X 0.75 SS jam nuts IX SS ITLW
1.0
12
Threaded Stainless steel
PBCT23TMB5 PBCT23TMB5MTA PBAT43TMB5MTA
3.6 SS Braid Over Monocoil 2.2 4.6 Shrink Junction 11.5 6.0 15.4 29.9 2X 2.9 SS Braid Over Monocoil 191 1000 M6 X 0.75 SS Jam Nuts IX SS ITLW 8.0
SteelSkin
1.0
12
2.2
4.6
Shrink Junction
3.6 SS Braid Over Monocoil 7.9 6.4
15.4
29.9
2X 2.9 SS Braid Over Monocoil 191 1000
M4 X 0.7 SS Jam Nuts IX SS ITLW
12.7
0.5 & 9x 0.25

0.5 Fiber Core
12
Threaded right angle Stainless steel Coxial
shrink junction
3.6 SS braid over monocoil
4.4 stainless steel M3 X 0.5 2X SS jam nuts 1X SS ITLW
18.5 13.2
15.4
29.9
2X 2.9 SS braid over monocoil 191 1000
0.5 & 9x 0.25
12
Threaded Stainless steel Coxial
More on next page
Indicates lens available for model. See page 260 for details.
231
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
Model Number Drawing & Dimensions (mm)
1.0 polyethylene 2.3 beam exit stainless steel 8.2 2000
2000
(contd)
Core Dia. (mm)

3.0

12
Features
Low beam divergence angle of 2 Ideal for wafer mapping
SENSORS
PLIS-1
0.5
4.0 31.4
13 10 35 1
3.0
PIT26UMFR
2.2
0.5
PVC flex-relief M2.6 X 0.45 M4 X 0.7 stainless steel
12
polyethylene
1.0
PIT16U
polyethylene
M2.5 x 0.45 stainless steel
0.25
2000 10.0
Thread
1.0
PIT26U
polyethylene
0.5
2000 plastic 2.2 10.8 plastic 11.0
12
Thread
Standard
M8 x 1 acrylic lens
PIL46U
polyethylene
1.0
2000
2000
25
Plastic lens; ultra-long range Lens available separately, see page 257
7.6
13 10
19.1
12.7
PIT46UMFR
Plastic Opposed
2.2
35
1.0
M2.6 X 0.45 M4 X 0.7 stainless steel
25
polyethylene
PVC flex-relief
2.2
PIT46U
polyethylene
M2.5 x 0.045
Thread 1.0 25
2000
11.0
3.0 M2.5 x 0.045
2.2
PIT66U
polyethylene
1.5
2000 11.0 3.0
38
Thread; long range
2.2
PIT46UHF
polyethylene
M2.5 x 0.045
1.0
2000
2000
Thread
High Flex
11.0
3.0
PIAT46UHFMTA
Polyethylene
2.2
Stainless Steel
M4 X 0.7 Stainless steel jam nut and ITLW M2.5 X 0.45
7.9 5.0 6.5 3.0
7.0
1.0
Right angle; threaded, stainless steel
aluminum
15.0 10.0 (0.39) 2.5 2.2 5.25 8.0 16X 0.265 polyethylene 15.0
PIRS1X166U
Array
3X M3 x 0.5
16X 0.265
25
Ultra-compact head; side exit; 5.25 mm width
2000
5.0
PDIS46UM12
polyethylene
2X 3.5
24.0
plastic sensing beam 1.0 fibers 5.0
Slot
18.0
2X 2.2
7.0
24.0
24.0
1.0
25
Easy mount fork head; DURA-BEND fiber
2000
32.0
More on next page
232
Model Number
PIT43TMB5
(contd)

2.9 SS braid over monocoil 15.4 M4 x 0.7 stainless steel 22.1 12.0 3.0
Core Dia. (mm)
Features
P last ic Opposed
SteelSkin
29.9
M3 X 0.5 2X SS hex jam nuts 1X SS ITLW M2.5 x 0.45 1000

4.6 1000 7.9 Stainless SS Jam Nut, IX SS ITLW M2.5 X 0.45 2.9 SS Braid Over Monocoil
1.0
12
BAT16.6ST5MTA PIAT43TMB5MTA
2.2 15.4 29.9
M4 X 0.7
1.0
12
2.2
4.6
shrink junction
12.0 6.4
Glass Diffu se
15.4 29.9
3X 3.0 stainless steel 191 2000
Standard
M6 X 0.75 SS jam nut and ITLW included
8.0 3.0
1.7
12
BT13.5ST5
2.2
4.6
shrink junction
6.3 stainless steel
12.7 7.4
38.1
15.4
29.9
2X 3.0 stainless steel 191 1067
5/16-24 stainless steel 2X Jam Nuts included
1.5
19
FIBER SENSORS
IA.31.7ST5ETA
2.2 15.4 29.9
4.6
4.8 stainless steel 3.0 stainless steel 508
0.5
0.9
19.6
12
Smooth ferrule Side exit Stainless steel
DF-G1 D10 D12 R55F PLASTIC FIBERS GLASS FIBERS
Glass Opposed
2.2
4.6
4.0 stainless steel 3.0 PVC over monocoil 750
19.6
Standard
IA.82.5PT5
15.4 29.9
12.7 R 9.4 3.0
24.4
1.3
16
Smooth ferrule 90 angle Stainless steel
IA.83.3ST5ETA
10.0 2.2 15.4 29.9 4.6 3.1 stainless steel 1000
15.0 5.0
4.0
2.0 1.3
3.0
1.3
12
Smooth ferrule Side exit Stainless steel
Cordsets
Pico QD
See page 694 Snap-on 4-Pin Threaded 4-Pin Length Straight Right-Angle Straight Right-Angle
2.00 m 5.00 m 9.00 m PKG4-2 PKG4-5 PKG4-9 PKW4Z-2 PKG4M-2 PKG4M-5 PKG4M-9 PKW4M-2 PKW4M-5 PKW4M-9
Brackets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Clamps
DF-G1
DF-G1

MQDC-406 MQDC-415 MQDC-430 MQDC-406RA MQDC-415RA MQDC-430RA pg. 641 DIN-35.. pg. 648 SA-DIN-BRACKET SA-DIN-CLAMP
233
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
High-Performance Fiber Optic Sensing

D10 Series
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Features advanced fiber optic amplifier for use with plastic fibers Available in bipolar, discrete and analog/discrete output models Available with a numeric or bargraph display on Expert models Delivers high-performance, low-contrast sensing with automatic TEACH options or manual adjustment Available with visible red or green beam Available in Light or Dark Operate Includes specially designed models for reliable detection of objects as small as 1.5 mm Features bussable models for side-by-side mounting and simplified wiring of up to 16 sensors Features thin 10 mm housing for standard 35 mm DIN-rail mounting
page 241
PLASTIC FIBERS
PAGE 243
PLASTIC FIBER
D10 Expert with Numeric Display

page 235
Numeric display of signal strength and operating status Two output options: two discrete outputs in the same sensor; or discrete output and either a 4-20 mA current or a 0-10V dc voltage analog output in the same sensor Push buttons for easy-to-set static, dynamic light set, dark set and window set programming Manual fine tuning and remote configuration using TEACH wire Four mode power and speed selection with automatic crosstalk avoidance circuity Response times as fast as 50 microseconds
D10 Expert with Bargraph Display

page 236
Easy-to-read 8-segment light bar display indicator for TEACH and signal strength Bipolar discrete outputs: one current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN) Push buttons for easy-to-set static, dynamic light set, dark set and window SET programming Manual fine tuning Bussable power models with improved temperature compensation for side-byside mounting and simplified wiring of up to 16 sensors Selectable high-speed mode option for 200 microsecond response
D10Discrete Output
page 236
12-turn manual sensitivity adjustment Pulse rate LED indicator for signal strength Bipolar discrete outputs: one current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN) Response time as fast as 200 microseconds
D10 Expert Small Object Counter

page 267
Reliable low-contrast sensing for small object counting Easy-to-set selectable threshold with automatic compensation algorithm to compensate for dust or contamination on the fiber optic array and for ambient temperature changes Single discrete output plus Health mode output to indicate preventative maintenance is required A choice of three standard size fiber optic assemblies Custom size fibers for your application User-configurable Dynamic Event Stretcher (DES) to prevent double counting of objects Push buttons or remote wire for easy sensor configuration
234
10.0 mm
LAY DE 0 ms ms 40
ONLINE
35.9 mm
68.1 mm 10.0 mm
D10Discrete Models
35.9 mm 68.1 mm
68.1 mm 35.9 mm
ACCESSORIES
D10 Expert Models with Numeric Display

10.0 mm
D10 Expert with Numeric DisplayDual Discrete, 12-24V dc

2m
PLASTIC FIBER
Range varies by Power Level/Speed Selection used and with fiber optics used. See data sheet for range information.
D10 Expert with Numeric DisplayAnalog/Discrete, 12-24V dc

2m
PLASTIC FIBER
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 241). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, D10DNFP W/30).
Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules
D10 Expert Models with Bargraph Display
page 241
Visible Red LED
Visible Green LED
Models Dual NPN

D10DNFP D10DNFPQ D10DNFPG D10DNFPGQ
Models Dual PNP

D10DPFP D10DPFPQ D10DPFPG D10DPFPGQ
6-pin Snap-on Pico QD 2m 6-pin Snap-on Pico QD
Visible Red LED
Visible Green LED
Analog Output
4-20 mA
Models NPN
D10INFP D10INFPQ D10INFPG
Models PNP
D10IPFP D10IPFPQ D10IPFPG D10IPFPGQ
4-20 mA D10INFPGQ
235
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
Visible Red LED Visible Green LED
D10 Expert with Numeric DisplayAnalog/Discrete, 15-24V dc

2m
Analog Output
0-10V
Models NPN
D10UNFP D10UNFPQ D10UNFPG
Models PNP
D10UPFP D10UPFPQ D10UPFPG D10UPFPGQ
SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBER
Range varies by Power Level/Speed Selection used and with fiber optics used. See fibers section on page 252 or reference data sheet for range information.
0-10V D10UNFPGQ
D10 Expert with Bargraph DisplayDiscrete

ACCESSORIES
Visible Red LED
Visible Green LED
Sensing Mode/LED
Range
Range varies by Power Level/ Speed Selection used and with fiber optics used. See fibers section on page 252 or reference data sheet for range information.
Connection
2m
Output Type
Supply Voltage
Description
Models
D10BFP
Excess Gain
EGC-1 to EGC-4 (p. 241) EGC-5 to EGC-8 (p. 241)
Beam Pattern
BP-1 to BP-4 (p. 242) BP-5 to BP-8 (p. 242)
page 241
PLASTIC FIBER
Bipolar NPN/PNP
D10BFPQ 10 to 30V dc Standard models D10BFPG D10BFPGQ
Bussable Power Models

Range varies by Power Level/ Speed Selection used and with fiber optics used. See fibers section on page 252 or reference data sheet for range information. Bipolar NPN/PNP 2m PNP NPN 12 to 30V dc Main unit Sub unit Sub unit D10B5FP D10B2PFP D10B2NFP EGC-1 to EGC-4 (p. 233) BP-1 to BP-4 (p. 242)
PLASTIC FIBER
D10Discrete, 10-30V dc
2m
PLASTIC FIBER
Visible Red LED
Visible Green LED
Output Type
Response Time
Models
D10AFP
Range varies by Power Level/Speed Selection used and with fiber optics used. See fibers section on page 252 or reference data sheet for range information.
Bipolar NPN/PNP
500 microseconds
D10AFPQ D10AFPG D10AFPGQ

More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 241). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, D10UNFP W/30).
236
D10Discrete, 10-30V dc (contd)

Sensing Mode/LED
HIGH-SPEED
Visible Red LED
Visible Green LED
Range
Connection
2m
Output Type
Response Time
Models
D10AFPY D10AFPYQ D10AFPGY D10AFPGYQ
PLASTIC FIBER HIGH-SPEED
Range varies by Power Level/Speed Selection used and with fiber optics used. See fibers section on page 252 or reference data sheet range information.
Bipolar NPN/PNP
200 microseconds
Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches
D10 Expert Small Object Counter with Numeric DisplayDiscrete, 12-24V dc

Sensing Mode/LED Connection
2m 6-pin Snap-on Pico QD
PLASTIC FIBER
Visible Red LED
Output
NPN
Sensor Models
D10DNCFP D10DNCFPQ D10DPCFP D10DPCFPQ
ACCESSORIES
page 241
2m 6-pin Snap-on Pico QD
PNP
Fiber Optic Arrays

Detection Window Dimensions**
10 x 25 mm 25 x 25 mm 34 x 25 mm
Fiber Exit
Side Exit End Exit Side Exit End Exit Side Exit End Exit
Minimum Object Detection

1.5 mm 3 mm 4 mm
Array Models*
PFCVA-10X25-S PFCVA-10X25-E PFCVA-25X25-S PFCVA-25X25-E PFCVA-34X25-S PFCVA-34X25-E
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 241). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, D10DNDFP W/30). * Custom fiber arrays and mounting configurations are possible. Consult factory for assistance with your small object counting application. ** Detailed dimension drawings for fibers are on page 267. With 2% Threshold Offset Percentage
D10 Expert with Numeric DisplayDual-Discrete Specifications

Required Fiber Optic Cable Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating Banner P-Series plastic fibers (See Plastic Fiber Optic section, page 252) 12 to 24V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 65 mA, exclusive of load Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltage Two independently configured current sourcing (PNP) or current sinking (NPN) solid-state transistors, depending on model 150 mA max. load OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A at 24V dc ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: less than 1.5V at 150 mA load Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous short-circuit
PNP: less than 2.5V at 150 mA load
More on next page
237
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
D10 Expert with Numeric DisplayDual-Discrete Specifications

Output Response Time Delay at Power-up Adjustments Indicators Programmable, 50 microseconds, 200 microseconds, 1 millisecond, 2.5 milliseconds Less than 1 second; outputs do not conduct during this time
(contd)
Two push buttons or remote programming of (TEACH) switching threshold response time, OFF-delay, light/dark operate, and display Four-digit digital display plus LED indicators for active channel, push-button lockout, OFF-delay and light/dark operate selection; two yellow LED output indicators Black ABS/polycarbonate alloy (UL94 V-0 rated) housing, clear polycarbonate cover IEC IP50; NEMA 1 PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m 6-wire integral cable, or integral 6-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page page 241. Temperature: -20 to +55 C Number of Devices Stacked 3 7 10 Storage Temperature: -20 to +80 C Ambient Temperature Rating 55 C 50 C 45 C Relative humidity: 90% @ 50 C Load Specification 150 mA 50 mA 50 mA
SENSORS
Installation Certifications Hookup Diagrams
35 mm DIN rail or included mounting bracket
DC15 (p. 761)
D10 Expert with Numeric DisplayAnalog/Discrete Specifications

Required Fiber Optic Cable Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating Banner P-Series plastic fibers (See Plastic Fiber Optic section, page 252) 4-20 mA Analog Models: 12-24V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 65 mA exclusive of load 0-10V dc Analog Models: 15-24V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 70 mA exclusive of load Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltage Two independently configurable outputs, depending on model: NPN w/analog (4-20 mA or 0-10V) or PNP w/analog (4-20 mA or 0-10V) Discrete Output: 150 mA, max. load OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A at 24V dc ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: < 1.5V @ 150 mA PNP: < 2.5V @ 150 mA Analog Output: 4-20 mA or 0-10V dc Load: 4-20 mA Models: 100 max. impedance 0-10V dc Models: 1 M min. impedance
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Delay at Power-up Adjustments Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections
Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous short-circuit Discrete Output: Programmable, 50 microseconds, 200 microseconds, 1 millisecond, 2.5 milliseconds Analog Output: 1 millisecond Less than 1 second; outputs do not conduct during this time Push-button or remote programming of (TEACH) switching threshold response time, OFF-delay, light/dark operate, and display Four-digit digital display plus LED indicators for active channel, push-button lockout, OFF-delay and light/dark operate selection; two yellow output indicators Black ABS/polycarbonate alloy (UL94 V-0 rated) housing, clear polycarbonate cover IEC IP50; NEMA 1 PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m 6-wire integral cable, or integral 6-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 241. Temperature: -20 to +55 C Number of Devices Stacked Storage Temperature: -20 to +80 C Ambient Temperature Rating 55 C 50 C 45 C Relative humidity: 90% @ 50 C Load Specification 150 mA 50 mA 50 mA
Operating Conditions
3 7 10
Installation Certifications Hookup Diagrams
238
D10 Expert with Bargraph DisplayDiscrete Specifications

Standard Sensors Required Fiber Optic Cable Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Delay at Power Up Output Configuration Bipolar: 1 current sourcing (PNP) and 1 current sinking (NPN) Output Rating Banner P-Series plastic fibers (See Plastic Fiber Optic section, page 241) 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 45 mA, exclusive of load 200 milliseconds max.; outputs do not conduct during this time 12 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 45 mA, exclusive of load Models with Bussable Power
Protected against reverse polarity, over voltage and transient voltage 850 milliseconds max.; outputs do not conduct during this time Main units: Bipolar; 1 current sourcing (PNP) and 1 current sinking (NPN) Sub-units: 1 current sourcing (PNP) or 1 current sinking (NPN) output, depending on model 100 mA max. load (derate 1 mA per C) OFF-state leakage current: less than 5 A at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: less than 1.5V PNP: less than 2V Less than 15V supply (9 m cable): up to 4 units with 100 mA outputs up to 8 units with 50 mA outputs
150 mA max. load @ 25 C (derate 1 mA per C increase) OFF-state leakage current: less than 5 A at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: less than 200 mV at 10 mA and 1V at 150 mA load PNP: less than 1V at 10 mA and 1.5V at 150 mA load
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Repeatability Adjustments
Protected against output short-circuit, continuous overload, transient over-voltages, and false pulse on power-up 500 microseconds (normal mode) or 200 microseconds (high-speed mode) 100 microseconds (normal mode) or 66 microseconds (high-speed mode) Two push buttons and remote wire Expert -style configuration (Static and Dynamic TEACH, light SET, dark SET and Windows SET) Manually Adjust (+/) sensitivity (from buttons only) LO/DO, OFF-Delay, and response speed configurable (from buttons or remote wire) Push-button lockout (from remote wire only) Factory Default Settings: Light Operate, Normal Speed, No Delay 8-segment red bargraph* Green Status Indicators: LO, DO, High Speed (HS) and OFF-Delay Green LED: Power ON Yellow LED: Output conducting *See data sheet for detailed information Black ABS/polycarbonate alloy (UL94 V-0 rated) housing, clear polycarbonate cover. IEC IP50, NEMA 1 PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m 6-wire integral cable, or integral 6-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 241. Temperature: -10 to +55 C Main units: PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m 5-wire integral cable Sub-units: PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m 2-wire integral cable Relative humidity: 90% @ 55 C
Indicators
Operating Conditions Installation Certifications Hookup Diagrams
Storage Temperature: -20 to +85 C
Standard Models and Main Unit: DC08 (p. 759)
Sub-Units: DC09 (p. 760)
D10Discrete Specifications
Required Fiber Optic Cable Supply Voltage & Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating Banner P-Series plastic fibers (See Plastic Fiber Optic section, page 252) 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) @ less than 25 mA, exclusive of load Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltage Bipolar: 1 current sourcing (PNP) and 1 current sinking (NPN) 100 mA per output with short circuit protection OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A sourcing; 200 A sinking ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: 1.6V @ 100 mA PNP: 2.0V @ 100 mA Protected against output short-circuit and false pulse on power up Max. 100 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time
More on next page
Output Protection Circuitry Delay at Power-up
239
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
D10Discrete Specifications
Output Response Time Repeatability
(contd)
Standard models (with crosstalk avoidance circuitry): 500 microseconds High-speed models: 200 microseconds Standard models: 95 microseconds High-speed models: 50 microseconds 12-turn Sensitivity potentiometer with relative position indicator; LO/DO Selection switch; 0 or 40 milliseconds OFF-delay switch NOTE: Use proper ESD techniques while making adjustments under cover. Two LEDs: Green and Yellow Green: Power ON Yellow: Light Sensed Signal strength indicator See data sheet for detailed information Black ABS/polycarbonate alloy (UL94 V-0 rated) housing, clear polycarbonate cover. IEC IP50; NEMA 1 PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 241. Temperature: -10 to +55 C Storage: -20 to +85 C Relative humidity: 90% @ 55 C (non-condensing)
SENSORS
Adjustments
Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Certifications Hookup Diagrams
DC04 (p. 758)
D10 Expert Small Object CounterNumeric Display Specifications

Required Fiber Optics Sensing Beam Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating PFCVA models (Custom fiber arrays and mounting configurations are possible. Consult factory for assistance with your small object counting application.) Visible red, 680 nm 12 to 24V dc (10% maximum ripple) at less than 65 mA, exclusive of load Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltage 2 NPN or 2 PNP, depending on model 150 mA maximum load OFF-state leakage current: < 10 A at 24V dc ON-state saturation voltage: NPN < 1.5V at 150 mA load PNP < 2.5V at 150 mA load Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous short-circuit Programmable, 150 microseconds, 225 microseconds, 300 microseconds Less than 1 second; outputs do not conduct during this time. Push-button or remote programming of threshold offset percentage, light/dark operate, Dynamic Event Stretcher (DES), display, and power/speed Four-digit digital display, 2 arrow icons, push-button lockout, Dynamic Event Stretcher, light/dark operate selection and 2 amber output LEDs Black ABS/polycarbonate alloy (UL94 V-0 rated) housing, clear polycarbonate cover NEMA 1; IEC IP50 PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m 6-wire integral cable or integral 6-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 241. Temperature: -20 to +55 C Storage Temperature: -20 to +80 C Relative Humidity: 90% @ 50 C (non-condensing) Number of Devices, Stacked 3 7 10 Installation Certifications Hookup Diagrams DC18 (p. 762) 35 mm DIN rail or included mounting bracket Ambient Temperature Rating 55 C 50 C 45 C Load Specification 150 mA 50 mA 50 mA
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Delay at Power-up Adjustments Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions
240
Cordsets
Pico QD
2.00 m 9.00 m PKG4-2 PKW4Z-2
Brackets
D10
Snap-on 6-Pin Straight Right-Angle
PKG6Z-2 PKG6Z-9 PKW6Z-2 PKW6Z-9 pg. 641 DIN-35... pg. 686 SMBR55F01 pg. 686 SMBR55FRA
Excess Gain Curves

= Visible Red LED
(Diffuse-mode performance based on 90% reflectance white test card)

FIBER SENSORS
= Visible Green LED
Opposed Mode D10 Expert with Bargraph

1000

1000
Diffuse Mode D10 Expert with Bargraph

1000
10000

10000
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
100
E X C E S S
PIT26U PIT16U
100
E X C E S S G A I N
D10BFP
Opposed Mode 100 PIT66U fibers
1000
E X C E S S G A I N
100
1000
10
G A I N
1000 mm (40.0")
10
10
PIT46U
PIT66U PIT46U fibers
10
E X C E S S
PBT16U A
PBT26U
100
E X C E S S
PBT26U
100
1000
PBT66U
G I N
10
G A I N
PBT16U
10
E X C E S S G A I N
PBT66U 100
10
PBT46U
PBT46U
1 1 mm (.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1 1 mm (.04")
1 10 mm 1.0 mm (0.4") 0.04"
1
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm 10.0 mm (4.0") 0.4"
1000mm 100 mm (40.0") 4.0"
1000 mm 40.0"
0.1 mm (.004")
1 mm (.04")
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
DISTANCE DISTANCE
EGC-3
DISTANCE
10 1 mm (0.4") 0.1 mm (.004")
100 mm (4.0") 1 mm
(.04")
0.1 mm 100 (.004") mm

(4.0")
1 mm 1 (.04") mm 0.1
(.004")
10 mm (0.4") 1 mm
100 mm 10(4.0") mm
(0.4")
1000 mm
100 mm (40.0") 1000 mm (4.0") (40.0")
DISTANCE
EGC-4
DISTANCE
(.04")
DISTANCE
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:

1000

1000

1000

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
100
E X C E S S G A I N
100 mm (4.0") 1000 mm (40.0")
100
E X C E S S
PIT66U PIT46U
100
E X C E S S
PBT26U
100
10 PIT26U PIT16U 1 1 mm (.04")
10
G A I N
1000 mm (40.0")
10
10 mm (0.4")
1 1 mm (.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
1 0.1 mm (.004")
G A I N
100 mm (4.0")
10 PBT46U 1 0.1 mm (.004")
PBT66U
1 mm (.04")
10 mm (0.4")
EGC-5
DISTANCE
EGC-6
DISTANCE
EGC-7
DISTANCE
1 mm (.04")
10 mm (0.4")
100 mm (4.0")
EGC-8
DISTANCE
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
241
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
Beam Patterns
= Visible Red LED
= Visible Green LED

100 mm 3.93" 2.95" 1.97"
PBT66U PBT46U
SENSORS
100 mm 75 mm
3.93" 2.95" 1.97" 0.98" 0 0.98" 1.97" 2.95"
30 mm
BEAM WIDTH
BEAM WIDTH
BEAM WIDTH
BEAM WIDTH
BEAM WIDTH
BEAM WIDTH
BEAM WIDTH
BEAM WIDTH
20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm
30 mm PIT26U 20 mm 10 mm 0 PIT16U 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm
1.18" PIT26U 0.78" 0.39" PIT16U 0 0.39" 0.78" 1.18"
1.18" 0.78" 0.39" 0
300 mm 200 mm 100 mm 0 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 0
300 mm PIT66U 200 mm 100 mm 0PIT46U 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm
PIT66U
11.81" 7.87" 3.93" PIT46U 0 3.93" 7.87" 11.81"
11.81" 7.87" 3.93" 0 3.93" 7.87" 11.81"
15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 0 5 mm 10 mm 100 mm 0 4 mm (0.15") PBT26U
15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 0 PBT16U 5 mm 10 mm 100 mm PBT26U PBT16U
0.59" 0.39" 0.19" 0 0.19" 0.39" 0.59"

4 mm 8 mm 12 mm 16 mm 2012 mm mm (0.15") (0.31") (0.47") (0.47") (0.63") (0.78") 16 mm (0.63")
75 mm
0.59" 0.39" 0.19" 0
50 mm 25 mm 0
PBT66U
50 mm 25 mm
0.98" 0 0.98" 1.97" 2.95"
0 PBT46U 25 mm 50 mm 75 mm 100 mm
0.39" 0.78" 1.18" 60 mm (2.36")
25 mm 50 mm 75 mm
0.19" 0.39" 0.59"
100 mm
20 mm (0.78")
12 mm 0 24 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 12 36 24 48 36 60 48 (0.47") (0.94") (1.42") (1.90") (2.36") (0.47") (0.94") (1.42") (1.90")
80 mm 0 160 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 400 mm 80 240 160 320 240 400 320 (3.15") (6.30") (9.45") (12.59") (15.74") (3.15") (6.30") (9.45") (12.59") (15.74")
8 mm 0 (0.31")
DISTANCE DISTANCE
DISTANCE DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
32 mm (1.26")
3.93" 3.93" 0 mm mm mm 64 mm 3296 mm 64128 mm 96160 mm128 mm 160 mm (2.52") (1.26") (2.52") (3.78") (5.04") (6.30") (3.78") (5.04") (6.30")
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-1
BP-2
BP-3
BP-4
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:

2.36" PIT66U 1.77"
8 mm 6 mm 4 mm PIT26U
0.31" 0.23"
60 mm 45 mm 30 mm
1.5 mm
0.06"
30 mm
1.18" PBT66U PBT46U 0.78" 0.39" 0 0.39" 0.78" 1.18" 0 10 mm (0.39") 20 mm (0.78") 30 mm (1.18") 40 mm (1.57") 50 mm (1.97")
BEAM WIDTH
BEAM WIDTH
BEAM WIDTH
0.16" 0.08" PIT16U 0 0.08" 0.16" 0.23" 0.31" 0 4 mm (0.16") 8 mm (0.31") 12 mm (0.47") 16 mm (0.63") 20 mm (0.78")
1.18" 0.59" PIT46U 0 0.59" 1.18" 1.77" 2.36" 0 24 mm (0.71") 48 mm (1.42") 72 mm (2.12") 96 mm 120 mm (2.83") (3.54")
1.0 mm 0.5 mm 0 0.5 mm 1.0 mm 1.5 mm 0 1 mm (0.04") 2 mm (0.08") 3 mm (0.12") 4 mm (0.16") 5 mm (0.19") PBT26U
0.04" 0.02" 0 0.02" 0.04" 0.02" 6 mm (0.23")
20 mm 10 mm 0 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm
BEAM WIDTH
2 mm 0 2 mm 4 mm 6 mm 8 mm
15 mm 0 15 mm 30 mm 45 mm 60 mm
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
BP-5
BP-6
BP-7
BP-8
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies
LED:
242
Complete Family of Plastic and Glass Fiber Optic Sensors

D12
Features LED bargraph that indicates signal strength, sensing contrast, programming status and diagnostic warnings, when not in high-speed mode Available in glass and plastic fiber optic models Includes marginal gain indicator with alarm output Solves routine applications with economical standard models Features high-speed sensing response and higher sensing power in some models Excels in low-contrast applications with ac-coupled models Features easy push-button TEACH-mode setup on D12E Expert models Easily mounts to standard 35 mm DIN-rail mounting
ACCESSORIES
30.0 mm
12.0 mm
page 247
FIBER SENSORS DF-G1 D10 D12
12.0 mm
R55F PLASTIC FIBERS GLASS FIBERS

PLASTIC FIBERS
64.0 mm
30.0 mm
ONLINE
70.0 mm
PAGE 252
GLASS FIBERS
PAGE 269
Plastic Fiber Models Suffix FP and FPY
Glass Fiber Models Suffix FV and FVY
D12 Expert, 10-30V dc

Sensing Mode/LED Maximum Range Switching Threshold Setting
Just above the dark condition
GLASS FIBER
Visible Red LED
Connection
Models NPN
D12EN6FV D12E2N6FV
Models PNP
D12EP6FV D12E2P6FV D12EP6FP D12E2P6FP
Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used. See data sheet for maximum range specifications.
Midway between dark and light conditions Just above the dark condition Midway between dark and light conditions
2m D12EN6FP D12E2N6FP
PLASTIC FIBER Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 247). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, D12EN6FV W/30).
243
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
Visible Red LED
D12 and D12 High-Speed, 10-30V dc

2m 500 s
Output Response
Models NPN
D12SN6FV D12SN6FVQ D12SN6FVY
Models PNP
D12SP6FV D12SP6FVQ D12SP6FVY D12SP6FVYQ D12SP6FVY1 D12SP6FVY1Q D12SP6FP D12SP6FPQ D12SP6FPY D12SP6FPYQ D12SP6FPY1 D12SP6FPY1Q
Excess Gain
EGC-1 & EGC-2 (p. 247)
SENSORS
GLASS FIBER HIGH-SPEED
4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 2m 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Selectable 50 s or 500 s*
D12SN6FVYQ D12SN6FVY1 D12SN6FVY1Q D12SN6FP
EGC-3 & EGC-4 (p. 247)
GLASS FIBER
4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 500 s
PLASTIC FIBER HIGH-SPEED
4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used 2m 4-Pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Selectable 50 s or 500 s*
D12SN6FPQ D12SN6FPY D12SN6FPYQ D12SN6FPY1 D12SN6FPY1Q
EGC- 5 & EGC-6 (p. 247)
EGC-7 & EGC-8 (p. 247)
ACCESSORIES
PLASTIC FIBER
page 247
D12 High-Power, 10-30V dc

PLASTIC FIBER
Visible Red LED
Connection
2m
Output Response
500 s
Models NPN
D12SN6FPH D12SN6FPHQ
Models PNP
D12SP6FPH D12SP6FPHQ
Excess Gain
EGC- 9 & EGC-10 (p. 247)
D12 AC-Coupled, 10-30V dc

2m
GLASS FIBER
Visible Red LED
Output Type
Output Response
Models
D12DAB6FV
Bipolar NPN/PNP
D12DAB6FVQ 50 s D12DAB6FP D12DAB6FPQ
PLASTIC FIBER Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 247). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, D12SN6FV W/30). Y1 models have 20 milliseconds output pulse stretcher. * When 50 microseconds is selected, bargraph is disabled.
244
D12 Expert Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 10 to 30V dc at 45 mA max. (exclusive of load); 10% max. ripple Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages NPN open collector (both outputs) or PNP open collector (both outputs), depending on model Load output: Normally open and programmable Light or Dark Operate; Alarm output: Normally open 150 mA max. each output OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1 volt at 10 mA dc; less than 1.5 volts at 150 mA dc The total load may not exceed 150 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up and short circuit of outputs (trips at 175 mA) 200 microseconds ON/OFF (40 milliseconds OFF when OFF-delay selected) NOTE: False pulse protection circuit causes a 0.1 second delay on power-up Light or Dark Operate: selected by push button ON/OFF (no delay) or fixed 40 millisecond OFF-delay; selected by push button 66 microseconds Push-button TEACH-mode sensitivity setting; Remote teaching input is provided Green: power ON and flashes when ready for TEACH mode Yellow: output conducting 7-segment moving dot red LED See data sheet for detailed information D12 Sensors mount directly to a standard DIN rail, or may be through-hole mounted using the supplied mounting bracket and M3 x 0.5 hardware Black ABS housing with acrylic cover, stainless steel M3 x 0.5 hardware for use with thermoplastic polyester mounting bracket (supplied); the plastic fiber clamping element is acetal IEC IP11; NEMA 2 PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m cables, or 150 mm pigtail with 4-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect (QD) are available. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 247. Temperature: -20 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Output Rating
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Output Operation Mode Output Timing Functions Repeatability Adjustments Indicators
Mounting Bracket Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Certifications (except D10E2) Hookup Diagrams
DC19 (p. 762)
D12 Standard, High-Speed and High-Power Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 10 to 30V dc at 45 mA max. (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Outputs are NPN (sinking) or PNP (sourcing), depending on model Complementary: one normally open (NO) and the other normally closed (NC); NC output may be wired as diagnostic alarm output by reversing power supply connections except high speed Y and Y1 suffix models (see hookups) 150 mA max. each output OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1 volt at 10 mA dc; less than 1.5 volts at 150 mA dc The total load may not exceed 150 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up and short circuit of outputs Standard and High-Power Models: 500 microseconds ON/OFF High-Speed Models: selectable 50 or 500 microseconds ON/OFF NOTE: False pulse protection circuit causes a 0.1 second delay on power-up Y1 models have fixed 20 milliseconds pulse stretcher (OFF-delay) when 50 microseconds mode is used 130 microseconds; Y and Y1 models have selectable 50 microseconds/500 microseconds response; repeatability in 50 microseconds mode is 15 microseconds 15-turn adjustment sensitivity; Y and Y1 (high speed models) also have a response mode selector switch
Output Rating
Output Timing Functions Repeatability Adjustments
More on next page
245
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
D12 Standard, High-Speed and High-Power Specifications

Indicators
(contd)
SENSORS
Two top-mounted LED indicators: one yellow and one green, and one 7-segment red LED moving dot bargraph; Note that the 7-segment bargraph and marginal excess gain indication (bargraph segment #7) are inoperative in the 50 s response mode of Y and Y1 models Green: LED lights for DC Power ON Yellow: LED lights for normally open output conducting On all models in 500 microseconds response mode, the 7-segment moving dot red LED bargraph lights to indicate relative received light signal strength; On all models in 50 and 500 microseconds response mode, segment #1 flashes to indicate OUTPUT OVERLOAD; On all models in the 500 microseconds response mode, segment #7 flashes to indicate MARGINAL EXCESS GAIN; On standard and high power models, a flashing LED corresponds to the ON state of the alarm output; (Alarm output not available on Y & Y1 models) D12 Sensors mount directly to a standard DIN rail, or may be through-hole mounted using the supplied mounting bracket and M3 x 0.5 hardware Black ABS housing with acrylic cover, stainless steel M3 x 0.5 hardware for use with thermoplastic polyester mounting bracket (supplied); the plastic fiber clamping element is acetal IEC IP11; NEMA 2 PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m cables, or 150 mm pigtail with 4-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect (QD) are available. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 247. Temperature: -20 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Mounting Bracket Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Certifications Hookup Diagrams
D12 AC-Coupled Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating 10 to 30V dc at 60 mA max. (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Bipolar: one NPN (current sinking) and one PNP (current sourcing) open-collector transistor 150 mA max. each output OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A at 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1 volt at 10 mA dc; less than 1.5 volts at 150 mA dc The total load may not exceed 150 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up and short circuit of outputs 50 microseconds ON/OFF NOTE: False pulse protection circuit causes a 0.1 second delay on power-up Light operate or dark operate: selected by switch Pulse output; adjustable from 1 to 70 milliseconds 15 microseconds ON Three top-panel controls: SENSITIVITY control (15-turn slotted brass screw, clutched at both ends of adjustment), a light- or dark-operate select switch, and an OUTPUT PULSE adjustment (3/4-turn potentiometer) Three top-mounted LED indicators: Green LED: Lights to indicate dc Power ON Yellow LED: Lights for Output Conducting Red LED: Lights whenever AGC system is locked onto the signal D12 Sensors mount directly to a standard DIN rail, or may be through-hole mounted using the supplied mounting bracket and M3 x 0.5 hardware Black ABS housing with acrylic cover, stainless steel M3 x 0.5 hardware for use with thermoplastic polyester mounting bracket (supplied); the plastic fiber clamping element is acetal IEC IP11; NEMA 2 PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m cables, or 150 mm pigtail with 4-pin Pico-style quick-disconnect (QD) are available. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 247. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Output Operation Mode Output Timing Functions Repeatability Adjustments Indicators
Mounting Bracket Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Application Note Certifications Hookup Diagrams
D12 AC-coupled sensors should not be used in areas of known electrical noise or RF fields.
DC04 (p. 758)
246
Cordsets
Pico QD
2.00 m PKG4-2 PKW4Z-2
Brackets
D12
pg. 641 DIN-35...
pg. 686 SMBR55F01
pg. 686 SMBR55FRA
Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules
Excess Gain Curves

= Visible Red LED
Opposed ModeGlass Fiber D12 Standard

1000
Diffuse ModeGlass Fiber D12 Standard

1000
Opposed ModeGlass Fiber D12 High Speed

1000
Diffuse ModeGlass Fiber D12 High Speed

1000
ms
ms
ms
40
ms
DO
LO
ALM
G A I N
10
w/IT13S Fibers
w/IT23S Fibers
ALM
LO
DO
40
1
1 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4.0") 1000 mm (40")
EGC-1
DISTANCE
EGC-2
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Opposed ModePlastic Fiber D12 Standard

1000
Diffuse ModePlastic Fiber D12 Standard

1000
ms
ms
40
ms
DO
LO
ALM
ALM
LO
DO
40
ms
G A I N
10
PIT26U Fibers
1
1.0 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4.0") 1000 mm (40")
EGC-5
DISTANCE
EGC-6
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Opposed ModePlastic Fiber D12 High Power

1000
Diffuse ModePlastic Fiber D12 High Power

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
D12FPH Series Sensors
100 PIT46U Fibers 10

7 6 5 4 3 2 1
ON
ON
PIT26U Fibers
1
1.0 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4.0") 1000 mm (40")
EGC-9
DISTANCE
EGC-10
Range: Varies
LED:
Range: Varies LED:
E X C E S S
D12FP models
Opposed mode
100
PIT46U Fibers
ON
ON
E X C E S S
D12FV models
Opposed mode
100
ON
E X C E S S G A I N
D12FV models
Diffuse mode
100
w/BT23S Fiber
w/BT13S Fiber 10
E X C E S S G A I N
D12 FVY & FVY1 models

Opposed mode
100 w/IT23S Fibers 10 w/IT13S Fibers
E X C E S S G A I N
D12FVY & FVY1 models

Diffuse mode
100
w/BT23S Fiber
ON
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7
10
w/BT13S Fiber
FIBER SENSORS
1
0.1 mm (0.004") 1 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4")
1
0.1 mm (0.004") 1 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4")
1
1 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4.0") 1000 mm (40")

DISTANCE
DISTANCE
EGC-3
DISTANCE
EGC-4
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
Opposed ModePlastic Fiber D12 High Speed

1000
Diffuse ModePlastic Fiber D12 High Speed

1000
E X C E S S G A I N
D12FP models
Diffuse mode
PBT46U Fiber
100
E X C E S S G A I N
D12FPY & FPY1 models

Opposed mode
100
PIT46U Fibers
10
E X C E S S G A I N
D12FPY & FPY1 models

Diffuse mode
100
PBT46U Fiber
10
10
PBT26U Fiber
1
0.1 mm (0.004") 1.0 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4")
PIT26U Fibers
1
1.0 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4.0") 1000 mm (40")
PBT26U Fiber
1
0.1 mm (0.004") 1.0 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4")
DISTANCE
EGC-7
DISTANCE
EGC-8
DISTANCE
Range: Varies LED:
Range: Varies LED:
E X C E S S G A I N
D12FPH Series Sensors
100 PBT46U Fiber
10
PBT26U Fiber
1
1 mm (0.04") 10 mm (0.4") 100 mm (4.0") 1000 mm (40")
DISTANCE
247
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
Glass or Plastic Fiber Optic Sensors

R55F
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Delivers outstanding color contrast sensitivity Features innovative TEACH function with two options for setting the sensing threshold Reliably detects 16 levels of grayscale at up to 10,000 actuations per second Available in two fiber types: economical plastic for repeated flexing and glass for harsh conditions Easily mounts in confined areas, either flat or to 35 mm DIN rail Provides bipolar (NPN/PNP) outputs with delay settings of 0, 20 and 40 milliseconds Clearly displays relative received signal strength with 10-element indicator bargraph
page 250
PLASTIC FIBERS
PAGE 252
GLASS FIBERS
PAGE 252
ONLINE
85.4 mm
25.0 mm 30.0 mm
R55F Fiber Optic, 10-30V dc

2m
Infrared LED
Visible Red LED
Output Type
Models
R55F R55FQ R55FV R55FVQ
Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used.
Bipolar NPN/PNP
GLASS FIBER Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 250). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, R55F W/30).
248
R55F Fiber Optic, 10-30V dc

Visible Green LED
Visible Blue LED
Visible White LED
Visible Red LED
Connection
2m
Output Type
Models
R55FVG R55FVGQ R55FVB R55FVBQ R55FVW R55FVWQ R55FP R55FPQ R55FPG R55FPGQ R55FPB R55FPBQ R55FPW R55FPWQ
5-pin Euro QD 2m
5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m
GLASS FIBER GLASSFIBER
Range varies by sensing mode and fiber optics used.

PLASTIC FIBER
Bipolar NPN/PNP
ACCESSORIES
page 250
5-pin Euro QD 2m
FIBER SENSORS D10 D12 R55F PLASTIC FIBERS GLASS FIBERS
5-pin Euro QD 2m
5-pin Euro QD
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 250). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, R55F W/30).
R55F Fiber Optic Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 70 mA, exclusive of load Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Bipolar: One current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN) open-collector transistor 150 mA max each output @ 25 C (derate 1 mA per C increase) OFF-state leakage current: less than 5 A @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: PNP: less than 1V @ 10 mA; 1.5V @ 150 mA NPN: less than 200 mV @ 10 mA; 1V @ 150 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short-circuit of outputs 50 microseconds 100 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time.
More on next page
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Delay at Power-up
249
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
R55F Fiber Optic Specifications

Adjustments
(contd)
SENSORS
Using push buttons (+ Dynamic and - Static): Manually adjust Switch Point using + or - buttons Dynamic TEACH (teach on-the-fly) sensitivity adjustment Static TEACH sensitivity adjustment Static Single-Point TEACH Light operate/Dark operate OFF-Delay select: 0 milliseconds, 20 milliseconds or 40 milliseconds Using Remote TEACH input (gray wire): Dynamic TEACH (teach on-the-fly) sensitivity adjustment Static TEACH sensitivity adjustment Static Single-Point TEACH Light operate/Dark operate OFF-Delay select: 0 milliseconds, 20 milliseconds or 40 milliseconds Push button lockout for security
Indicators
10-segment light bar indicates signal strength Light Operate: Green Dark Operate: Green Outputs Conducting: Yellow OFF-Delay (Green): SETUP Mode: OFFno delay Flashing20 milliseconds delay ON40 milliseconds delay
RUN Mode: OFFno delay ON20 or 40 milliseconds delay
Black ABS/polycarbonate blend; nylon fiber clip mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail. 1 stainless steel right angle bracket and 1 PBT polyester bracket for mounting to flat surfaces also included with sensor. IEC IP67; NEMA 6 2 m or 9 m PVC-jacketed 5-conductor cable, or 5-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 250. Fibers: Fiber clip (no tool required) Temperature: -10 to +55 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing) Do not mount the fiber tip directly perpendicular to shiny surfaces; position it at approximately a 15 angle in relation to the sensing target. Minimize web or product flutter whenever possible to maximize sensing reliability.
Operating Conditions Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams
DC08 (p. 759)
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 699 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
R55F

MQDC1-506 MQDC1-515 MQDC1-530 MQDC1-506RA MQDC1-515RA MQDC1-530RA pg. 641 DIN-35... pg. 686 SMBR55F01 pg. 686 SMBR55FRA
250
Choosing Plastic or Glass

Fiber Construction Glass
Sheath
Plastic fibers are for general purpose use. They tolerate severe flexing, can be cut to length in the field and cost less than glass fibers. Glass fibers are the best choice for challenging environments such as high temperatures, corrosive materials and moisture.
Core and cladding
Plastic
Jacket Cladding Core
Core Cladding Jacket/ Sheath
Thin glass or plastic center of the fiber through which light travels. Outer optical material surrounding the core that reflects light back into the core. Protective layer to protect fiber from damage and moisture.
Plastic fibers page 252 Inexpensive and easily cut to length during installation Bend for a precise fit Available in high-flex models to withstand flexing Offered with special jackets that withstand corrosion, impact and abrasion Available in coiled versions for applications requiring articulated or reciprocating motion Available in diameters of 0.25, 0.5, 1.0 or 1.5 mm Can be quickly custom designed and built for your unique applications
Glass fibers page 269 Solve numerous challenging sensing requirements Ideal for hostile environments such as high temperatures to 480 C, corrosive materials and extreme moisture Withstand high levels of shock and vibration Inherently immune to extreme electrical noise Available with choice of sheathings: standard stainless-steel flexible conduit, PVC or other flexible tubing Can be quickly custom designed
FIBER SENSORS PLASTIC FIBERS GLASS FIBERS
Specialty fibers for specific sensing applications.
DURA-BEND for extremely tight radius bends
Fluoropolymer encapsulated fibers
Focused beam fibers
Convergent beam Linear array fibers fibers
Liquid level detection fibers
High temperature fibers
SteelSkin for impact and abrasion
251
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
Plastic Fiber Optics

Provide an economical alternative to glass fiber optics for piping photoelectric sensing light to and from confined areas with suitable environments Ideal for detecting small objects Withstand repeated flexing and bending Available in individual or bifurcated styles* Available with optional DURA-BEND fibers for improved flexibility in difficult-to-access locations, without the decreased performance to which excessively bent standard plastic fibers optics are prone Available with core diameters of 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0 and 1.5 mm
SENSORS
Plastic Fiber Optic Model Key P B P 4 6 U C X

PLASTIC FIBER FAMILY designator Same for all plastic fibers ASSEMBLY STYLE designator B = Bifurcated fiber I = Individual fiber* DI = Dual Individual fiber* SENSING END designator A = 90 Angle AT = 90 Angle/Thread CF = Coaxial Ferrule CT = Coaxial Thread E = Encapsulated EFP = Extended Ferrule Probe F = Ferrule FM = Ferrule Miniature FMP = Ferrule Miniature Probe L = Lensed P = Probe PF = Probe Ferrule PMSB = Probe Miniature Side-view Bendable PS = Probe Side-view PSB = Probe Side-view Bendable PSM = Probe Side-view Miniature R = Rectangular RS = Rectangular Side-view T = Thread TA = Thread/90 Angle TP = Thread/Probe
*
MODIFICATIONS designator MFR = Flex relief MSW = Slot width MTL = Thread length MAL = Array length MPL = Probe length MFL = Ferrule length
CONTROL END designator T5 = Terminated TMB5 = STEELSKIN braiding over monocoil reinforcement U = Unterminated straight cable** UC = Unterminated Coiled cable UHF = Unterminated DURA-BEND multi-core cable
FIBER LENGTH designator 3 = 1 m (1000 mm) 6 = 2 m (2000 mm) 100 = 30 m (30480 mm)
FIBER CORE DIAMETER designator 1 = 0.25 mm 2 = 0.50 mm 3 = 0.75 mm 4 = 1.00 mm 6 = 1.50 mm 1X4 = 4 x 0.25 mm 1X16 = 16 x 0.265 mm 1X32 = 32 x 0.265 mm
All individual plastic fiber optics are sold and used in pairs. Bifurcated fibers are two-way fibers with a single sensing end that both emits and receives light and with dual-control sensor ends that attach separately to the sensors LED and photodetector. ** Plastic fibers with U in the suffix of the model numbers have unterminated control ends; cut them to the required length using the supplied cutter. Not all modifications can be applied to all fiber assemblies. Please consult factory for verification of modifications.
252
Plastic Fiber Optics Specifications

Construction Optical Fiber: acrylic (PMMA) monofilament, except as noted Protective Jacket: black polyethylene, except as noted Threaded End Tips and Hardware: nickel-plated brass, except as noted Probe End Tips: annealed (bendable) 304 stainless steel Angled End tips: hardened 304 stainless steel Ferrule End Tips: 303 stainless steel Refer to the specific fiber optic/sensor combination All dimensions are in millimeters: x = 2.5 mm, x.x = 0.25 mm and x.xx = 0.12 mm, unless specified. L = 40 mm per meter 8 mm for 0.25 mm diameter fibers 12 mm for 0.5 mm diameter fibers (except DURA-BEND) 25 mm for 1.0 mm diameter fibers (except DURA-BEND) 38 mm for 1.5 mm diameter fibers Life expectancy of plastic fiber optic cable is in excess of one million cycles at bend radii of no less than the minimum and a bend of 90 or less. Avoid stress at the point where the cable enters the sensor (control end) and at the sensing end tip. Coiled plastic fiber optic assemblies are recommended for any application requiring reciprocating fiber motion. The acrylic core of the monofilament optical fiber will be damaged by contact with acids, strong bases (alkalis) and solvents. The polyethylene jacket will protect the fiber from most chemical environments. However, materials may migrate through the jacket with long term exposure. Samples of fiber optic material are available from Banner for testing and evaluation. Temperatures below -30 C will cause embrittlement of the plastic materials but will not cause transmission loss. Temperatures above +70 C will cause both transmission loss and fiber shrinkage. -30 to +70 C, unless otherwise specified
Sensing Range Implied Dimensional Tolerance Minimum Bend Radius
Repeat Bending/Flexing
Chemical Resistance
Temperature Extremes Operating Temperature
FIBER SENSORS PLASTIC FIBERS Diffuse Opposed Accessories GLASS FIBERS
!
1
ApplicAtion notes And WArnings !
Plastic fiber assemblies with U in the suffix of the model numbers have unterminated control ends (the end that is coupled to the photoelectric sensor). The customer can cut these fiber optic assemblies to the required length using the supplied cutter. Use only the supplied cutter to ensure optimal light coupling efficiency. Terminated plastic fiber assemblies are optically ground and polished and cannot be shortened, spliced or otherwise modified. Do not subject the plastic fibers to sharp bends, pinching, high tensile loads or high levels of radiation. When ordering fiber lengths in excess of 2 m, take into account light signal attenuation due to the additional length. Due to their light transmission properties, plastic fiber optics are recommended for use only with visible light fiber optic sensors. Use caution when applying fiber optics in hazardous locations. Although fiber optic assemblies are, by themselves, intrinsically safe, the sensor and associated electronics must be LOCATED IN A SAFE ENVIRONMENT. Alternatively, fiber optics may be used with NAMUR sensor model Q45AD9FP (page 204). Fiber optics do not necessarily provide a hermetic seal between a hazardous environment and the safe environment.
2 3 4 5 6
253
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
SENSORS
Model Number
polyethylene

2X 1.0 stainless steel 3.0
Core Dia. Min. Bend Radius (mm) (mm)

0.25 8
Features
Free Cut*
Typical Range (mm)
PBF16U
Smooth ferrule
5 10 15 20 25 30
2000
2X 1.0 stainless steel
16.0
PBF26U
polyethylene
4.1
0.5
2000 2X 2.2 stainless steel 16.0 5.1
12
Smooth ferrule
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
PBF46U
polyethylene
1.0
2000 17.0
25
Smooth ferrule
50 100 150 200 250 300
PBF46UM3MJ1.3
2X 1.3 polyethylene
stainless steel
3.0
1.0
2000 2X 2.2 stainless steel 17.0
25
Smooth ferrule; thin jacket ( 1.3)

50 100 150 200 250 300
5.1
PBF66U
polyethylene
1.5
2000 2X 1.0 M3 x 0.5 stainless steel 17.0
38
Smooth ferrule; long range

100 200 300 400 500
PBFM16U
polyethylene
0.5 stainless steel (non-bendable) ferrule
Standard
Diffuse
0.25
2000 2X 2.2 stainless steel 15.0 5.1 3.05 15.0
Non-bendable miniature tip

5 10 15 20 25 30
PBFM46U
polyethylene
1.0
2000 2X 1.0 14.0 17.0
25
Smooth ferrule
50 100 150 200 250 300
PBT16U
polyethylene
0.25
2000 11.0
Thread
5 10 15 20 25 30
2X 1.0
PBT26U
polyethylene
0.5
11.0
12
Thread
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
2000
PBT26UMFR
2000 36 1 2X 1.25 4 polyethylene PVC flex-relief 2 M3 X 0.5 stainless steel 18.5 0.5
0.5
12
20
40
60
80
100
2X 2.2
PBT46U
polyethylene
4.0
1.0
14.0 3.0
25
Thread
50 100 150 200 250 300
2000
PBT46UMFR
2000 25 2X 2.2 15 3
1.0
polyethylene PVC flex-relief 11.5 M6 X 0.75 stainless steel
25
50
100
150
200
250
300
More on next page
NA: WORLD-BEAM QS18 not recommended. * Fibers can be free cut using fiber cutter (see page 268).
254
Model Number Standard

PBT66U
polyethylene

2X 2.2 M6 x 0.75 nickel plated brass 4.0

1.5 38
Features
Free Cut*
Typical Range (mm)
Vision Wireless
Thread; long range

100 200 300 400 500
2000 2X 1.0
3.0
PBEFP26U
polyethylene
1.65
1.27
0.5
15.0 20.0 2.0
12
Smooth ferrule; non-bendable tip

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
2000
PBFMP16UMP.2
2X 1.0 polyethylene
stainless steel
3.0 0.82
0.25
2000
2X 1.0 M3 x 0.5 nickel plated brass

5 10 15 20 25 30
15.0
5.0
PBP16U
polyethylene
0.81
annealed stainless steel (bendable) probe 10.0
5.0 bendable
area
0.25
Thread; bendable tip

5 10 15 20 25 30
2000
11.0
63
2X 1.0
PBP26U
Probe
polyethylene
1.47
annealed stainless steel (bendable) probe
0.5
12

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
FIBER SENSORS PLASTIC FIBERS Diffuse Opposed Accessories
2000 2X 2.2 M6 x 0.75 nickel plated brass
11.0 3.0
89 annealed stainless steel (bendable) probe
PBP46U
polyethylene
1.0
2000 2X 1.0 17.0 1.65 M4 x 0.7 stainless steel 5.0 bendable
area
25

50 100 150 200 250 300
GLASS FIBERS
Diffuse
89.0 annealed stainless steel (bendable) probe 1.27 10.0 2.0
PBPF26U
polyethylene
0.5
12

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
2000
2X 1.0 polyethylene
15.0
65
annealed stainless steel (bendable) probe 1.27 2.0 3.0 10.0 2X 0.5
PBPF26UMB
2X 3.4 aluminum
1.65
0.5
12
Flat mounting block; bendable tip

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
2000 2X 2.2 polyethylene
65 annealed stainless steel (bendable) probe 2.1
PBPMSB36U
2.50 2.30
0.75
5.0 bendable
area
20
10.0
Smooth ferrule; bendable tip

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
2000 2X 1.0
65 3.0 1.47 2.5
PBPS26U
polyethylene
0.5
14.0 51 3.2 3.0
12
Side-View

10 20 30 40 50
2000 2X 2.2 5.1 stainless steel
PBPS46U
stainless steel (non-bendable) probe 3.0
polyethylene
1.0
14.0 51 3.2 3.0
25

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
2000
PBPS46UMT
2X 2.2 polyethylene
1.0
2000 14.0 51
25
Thread; non-bendable tip

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
More on next page
255
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
SENSORS
Model Number Right-Angle Side-View

PBPS66U
polyethylene

2X 2.2 stainless steel stainless steel (non-bendable) probe 5.1 3.8 3.0 2.5

7.9
Features
Free Cut*
Typical Range (mm)
Polyethylene
1.5
6.35 19.1
7.0
38
2000
2X 2.2
51 14.0 M4 X 0.7 stainless steel 2 jam nuts and 1 ITLW included
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
PBCF21X46U PBAT46UHFMTA
Polyethylene
2000 2X 2.2 M4 X 0.7 stainless steel 2 jam nuts and 1 ITLW included
7.9 6.35 19.1
7.0
1.0
Right Angle, threaded, stainless steel

45 90 135 180 225
2000
2X 1.0 polyethylene stainless steel 3.0 2.0
0.5 4X 0.25
15.0 15.0
12
Miniature probe tip

20 40 60 80 100 120
2000
2X 2.2
stainless steel
5.1
PBCF46U
polyethylene
1.0 16X 0.265

2000 17.0 2X 1.0 polyethylene
25
Smooth ferrule
50 100 150 200 250 300 350
PBCT21X46U
0.5 4X 0.25
12.0
12
Miniature thread
20 40 60 80 100 120
2000 2X 1.25 M4 x 0.7 stainless steel
Diffuse
PBCT26U
polyethylene
0.5 9X 0.25
2000 18.0
2000 36 2X 1.25 4 polyethylene PVC flex-relief 2 M3 X 0.5 stainless steel 1 18.5 0.5
12
Thread
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
PBCT26UMFR
Coaxial
0.5 10X 0.25
12

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
PBCT26UM3
3.0
0.5 9X 0.25
12
Miniature thread
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
2000
5.0
13.0
PBCT26UM4M2.5
M2.5 x 0.045
0.5 9X 0.25
11.0 3.0
12
Thread
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
2000
2X 2.2
PBCT46U
polyethylene
4.0
1.0 16X 0.265

14.0 3.0
25
Thread
50 100 150 200 250 300 350
2000
PBCT46UMFR
2000 25 2X 2.2 15 3
1.0 16X 0.265
25
polyethylene
PVC flex-relief
11.5
M6 X 0.75 stainless steel
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
More on next page
NA: WORLD-BEAM QS18 not recommended. Indicates lens available for model. See page 260 for details. * Fibers can be free cut using fiber cutter (see page 268).
256
Model Number
PBFM1X43T5
2.2

4.6 1.88 PVC with monocoil polyethylene 1.0 stainless steel

4X 0.25 8
Features
Best for repetitive flexing (1,000s of cycles)
Free Cut*
Typical Range (mm)
15.5
30.0 152 1000 polyethylene
24.5
15.0
10
20
30
40
50
Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners
High-Flex
PBP46UC
2X 2.2 23
3.0
annealed ss (bendable) probe
1.0
280 17.0 M6 x 0.75 nickel plated brass 89.0 4.0
25
For applications involving reciprocating motion

20 40 60 80 100 120
200
2000 fully extended
polyethylene
PBT46UC
2X 2.2 23
1.0
280 17.0 3.0 M6 x 0.75 anodized aluminum
25
For applications involving reciprocating motion Anodized AL tip; 0.5-3.2 mm beam spot Glass lens
200
2000 fully extended 2X 1.25
20
40
60
80
100
120
Convergent Beam Spot
PLI-A10
polyethylene
3.0 smooth ferrule stainless
anodized aluminum knurled locking ferrule
0.5 9X 0.25
12
2000
32.2
2X 2.2
PBF46UHF
stainless steel
5.1
polyethylene
1.0
2000
2X 2.2 polyethylene stainless steel 5.1
Smooth ferrule
50 100 150 200 250
FIBER SENSORS PLASTIC FIBERS Diffuse Opposed Accessories
17.0
PBFM46UHF
3.05
1.0
2000 2X 2.2 polyethylene M6 x 0.75 nickel plated brass 3.0 14.0 17.0
Smooth ferrule
50 100 150 200 250
GLASS FIBERS
Diffuse
PBP46UHF
DURA-BEND
1.0
2000 17.0 89.0

50 100 150 200 250
PBPS46UHF
2X 2.2 polyethylene stainless steel
stainless steel (non-bendable) probe 5.1 3.0
3.2 3.0
1.0
14.0 51

20 40 60 80 100
2000 2X 1.0
PBT26UHF
polyethylene
0.5
2000
2X 2.2 M6 x 0.75 nickel plated brass
Thread
10 20 30 40 50 60
11.0
PBT46UHF
polyethylene
4.0
1.0
2000
3X M3 x 0.5 polyethylene 2X 2.2 15.0 20.0 10.85 aluminum
Thread
50 100 150 200 250
14.0
3.0
Area Sensing (Array)
PBR1X326U
32X 0.265
32X 0.265 5.0
25
Rectangular tip
50 100 150 200 250 300
13.0 2000 20.0
PBRS1X326U
20.0 32X 0.265 3X M3 x 0.5 13.0 15.0 20.0
5.0
10.85
32X 0.265
25
Rectangular tip; side sensing

50 100 150 200 250 300
2000
aluminum
polyethylene
2X 2.2
More on next page
NA: MINI-BEAM Expert not recommended.
257
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
SENSORS
Model Number
P22-C1
polyethylene

2X 3.4 6 countersink 2X 1.0 14.2 8.4 plastic 19.0 2000 2X 3.4 6 countersink 7.0 3 0.50 2X 1.0 Polyethylene 2x 1.3
2.2

5.0
Features
Straight exit with lenses; 3 mm range; DURA-BEND fiber
Free Cut*
Typical Range (mm)
0.5
12
Mechanical Convergent
3 0.50 5.0 plastic
14.2
8.4
19.0
0.5
12
2000 2X 3.2 Shrink 3.6 Stainless 4.6 6.0 countersink deep Junction Braid Over Monocoil Plastic
15.5
Side exit with lenses; 3 mm range; DURA-BEND fiber
P12-C1
polyethylene 7.0
14.0
25.4
13.0 2.4
1.0
16.5
25
2000
2.9 Stainless 3.6 Stainless Braid Over 14.0 Braid Over Monocoil Monocoil 191
stainless 19.65 steel 5.1 25.4
3.0 R 12.7 M6 x 0.75 stainless steel 4.0
Flat mount; 6 mm range; lensed convergent optics
P32-C6
2.2
4.6
Shrink 30.0 Junction
14.0 3.0
PBAT43TMB5
1000 15.5 30.0 191 1000 2.9 Stainless Braid Over Monocoil stainless steel 5.1
3.0 R 12.7 M6 x 0.75 stainless steel 4.0
16.5
1.0
12
90 angle/thread
50 100 150 200 250
14.0 3.0
PBCT23TMB5
2.2
4.6
Shrink Junction
3.6 Stainless Braid Over Monocoil
4.4
15.5 30.0 191
2.9 Stainless Braid Over Monocoil 1000
13.2 18.4
0.5 9X 0.25
Miniature thread 12
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
Diffuse
PBCT23TMB5M4
2.2
4.6
Shrink Junction
4.4
15.5 30.0
2.9 Stainless Braid Over Monocoil 191 1000 4.6 Shrink Junction
18.2 24.0
0.5 9X 0.25
12
Thread
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
SteelSkin
2.2
PBF43TMB5
3.6 Stainless Braid stainless Over Monocoil steel
5.1
15.5 30.0 191
2.9 Stainless Braid Over Monocoil 1000
17.0
1.0
12
Smooth ferrule
50 100 150 200 250
PBPS43TMB5
2.2
4.6
Shrink Junction
5.1
15.5 30.0
2.9 Stainless Braid Over Monocoil 191 1000 4.6 Shrink Junction
stainless steel 14.0
1.0
12

20 40 60 80 100
51
PBT43TMB5
2.2
M6 x 0.75
15.5 30.0 191
2.9 Stainless Braid Over Monocoil 1000 3.6 Stainless Braid Over Monocoil
2.0 17.0
4.0
1.0
12
Thread
50 100 150 200 250
2.2
4.6
17.0
25.4
PBTA43TMB5
Shrink Junction
15.5 30.0 191
3.0 R 12.7 25.4
1.0
12
Thread/90 angle
50 100 150 200 250
stainless steel 1000
More on next page * Fibers can be free cut using fiber cutter (see page 268).
NA: WORLD-BEAM QS18 not recommended.
258
Model Number
PBTP43TMB5

2.2 4.6 Shrink Junction 3.6 Stainless Braid Over Monocoil
Features
Free Cut*
Typical Range (mm)
Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules
SteelSkin
15.5 30.0
2.9 Stainless Braid Over Monocoil 191 1000
M6 x 0.75 stainless steel 17.0
3.0 89
1.0
12

50 100 150 200 250
High-Temp
PBT46UHT1
2X 2.2 polyethylene
4.0
1.0
2000 14.0 3.0
25
Thread; withstands 105 C

50 100 150 200 250
PBE46UTMLLP
2X 2.2
5.7 FEP Teflon
75 Do not bend this area
16.5
6.0
polyethylene 1830 2000
1.0
6.0
25
Fluoropolymer encapsulated Sensor switches when tip of fiber is immersed in liquid Fluoropolymer encapsulated; withstands 105 C Sensor switches when tip of fiber is immersed in liquid
PBE46UTMLLPHT1
2X 2.2
5.7 FEP Teflon
75 Do not bend this area
16.5
6.0
6.0
1.0
25
FIBER SENSORS PLASTIC FIBERS Diffuse Opposed
Liquid Level
Diffuse
PBT26UM6M.1
polyethylene
2X 2.2
4.0
0.5
2000 31.6 7.6 14.0 3.0
12
Accessories
TGR3/8MPFMQ
3.0
M6 x 0.75 o-ring quartz glass rod
15.7
90
12.7 11.4 stainless steel collar
0.5
12
Quartz probe; polypropylene housing Sensor switches when tip of quartz is immersed in liquid
GLASS FIBERS
6.4
3/8 - 32 polypropylene 2 nylon jam nuts
3.0
A - A CROSS-SECTION DETAIL
20
PDI46U-LLD
5.1
15.2
polyethylene 2.2 7.3 4.2 2000 2X 0.5 fibers 1.6 7.5 Outer: 2X 4.4 Inner: 2X 3.2 9.0 2X 1.0 plastic 2000 25.0 5.0 3.2 20 plastic 9.0
1.0
Clear tube mount; DURA-BEND fiber Sensor switches when liquid meniscus reaches optical axis
Flat Pack
polyethylene
PBRS26U
0.5
12
3.2 mm thickness; DURA-BEND fiber

10 20 30 40 50 60
PBE46UTMNL
Chemical Resistant
2X 2.2
5.7 FEP Teflon
18.0
6.0
1.0
25
Fluoropolymer encapsulated tip

50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
More on next page
NA: WORLD-BEAM QS18 not recommended. NA: D10Discrete not recommended. * Fibers can be free cut using fiber cutter (see page 268).
259
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
SENSORS
Model Number
L4C6
6.0

4.0

ref. model PBCT26U ref. model PBCT26U
Features
Anodized AL housing; 0.25 mm beam spot @ 6 mm Fixed focus Anodized AL housing; 4 mm beam spot @ 20 mm Fixed focus Anodized AL housing; 0.5 - 3.2 mm adj. beam spot Adjustable focus
Free Cut*
Typical Range (mm)
lens optic 11.0 20.2 9.2
Convergent Spot Lens
4.0
Dif f use
L4C20
6.0 9.0 13.7 4.7
lens optic
ref. model PBCT26U
ref. model PBCT26U
8.6
2X 3.1 black anodized aluminum
4.5 glass lens 12.5
LZ3C8
15.5 M3 x 0.5 thread 2.0
6.0
ref. model PBT26UM3
ref. model PBCT26UM3
5.4
Model Number
polyethylene

1.0 1.42 0.91 4.8

0.25 8
Features
Free Cut*
Typical Range (mm)
PIA16U
7.6 2000 25
R 3.5
90 angle
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
1.0
0.91
PIA26U
polyethylene R 3.5 25
1.47
polyethylene
1.0
4.8 25.4
R 5.1
0.5
9.6 11.0
12
90 angle
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
2000
polyethylene 1.0
stainless steel
25.4 2000 1.47 R 5.1
PIAT16U
polyethylene
stainless steel 1.0 2000
M3 x 0.5 nickel plated brass 9.6 25.4 11.0 R 5.1
Oppose d
Standard
M3 x 0.5 nickel plated brass 1.47 stainless steel
0.25
9.6 11.0
90 angle/thread
20 40 60 80 100
polyethylene
PIAT26U
2000
2000
1.0
2.2 polyethylene 2000
M3 x 0.5 25.4 nickel plated 13.9 25.4 brass R 5.1 1.47 9.6
stainless steel 2000

13.9 3.3
M3 x 0.5 nickel plated stainless brass steel

25.4 1.47
0.5
16.5
12
90 angle/thread
50 100 150 200 250 300
11.0
R 12.7
10.9 3.0
PIAT46U
M2.5 x 0.45 2.2 polyethylene 3.3 stainless steel 1.47 16.5
R 12.7
1.0
25
90 angle/thread
200 400 600 800 1000
M4 x 0.7 stainless steel M2.5 x 0.45
10.9 3.0
PIAT46UM.4X.4MT
2000 2.2 polyethylene
12.7
10.1
stainless steel 3.2 1.47 M2.5 x 0.045 stainless steel
R 7.9 4.0
10.1 5.1 3.0
10.
25
90 angle/thread
200 400 600 800 1000
More on next page
260

2000 13.9 25.4
Model Number
polyethylene

2.2 2000 polyethylene 2.2 13.9 3.3 stainless 25.4 steel 1.47 R 12.7 M4 x 0.7 stainless steel 3.3 stainless steel 1.47 R 19.1 M2.5 x 0.45 25.4

16.5 10.9 3.0
Features
Free Cut*
Typical Range (mm)
PIAT66U
1.5
38
90 angle/thread; long range

500 1000 1500 2000
M4 x 0.7 stainless steel M2.5 x 0.45 1.0 stainless steel
10.9 3.0
polyethylene
2.0
PIF16U
0.25
2000 1.0 stainless steel 15.0
Smooth ferrule
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
PIF26U
polyethylene
2.2
0.5
12
Smooth ferrule
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
PIF26UMLS
polyethylene
3.0
0.5
2000 15.0
12
Smooth ferrule; thick jacket ( 2.2 mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
2.2
FIBER SENSORS PLASTIC FIBERS Diffuse
PIF46U
polyethylene
stainless steel
3.18
1.0
2000 2.2 stainless steel 17.0 3.18
25
Smooth ferrule
200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Opposed Accessories GLASS FIBERS
Opposed
Standard
polyethylene
PIF66U
1.5
2000 2.2 15.0 3.0 stainless steel
38
Smooth ferrule; long range

500 1000 1500 2000 2500
PIFM46U
polyethylene
1.0
2000 plastic 2.2 10.8 plastic 15.0
25
Smooth ferrule; miniature tip

200 400 600 800 1000 1200
M8 x 1 acrylic lens
PIL46U
polyethylene
1.0
2000 1.0 7.6 19.1 12.7
25
Plastic lens; ultra-long range Lens available separately, see page 257
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
PIT16U
polyethylene
M2.5 x 0.45 stainless steel
0.25
2000 1.0 10.0
Thread
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
PIT26U
polyethylene
0.5
2000
2000 13 10 2.2 35 1
12
Thread
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
11.0
PIT26UMFR
0.5
12
polyethylene
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
More on next page
261
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
SENSORS
Model Number
PIT46U
polyethylene

2.2 M4 x 0.7 nickel plated brass M2.5 x 0.045

1.0 25
Features
Free Cut*
Typical Range (mm)
Thread
200 400 600 800 1000 1200
2000
11.0
3.0
2000
13 10
Standard
PIT46UMFR
2.2
35
1.0
M2.5 x 0.045
25
polyethylene

200 400 600 800 1000 1200
2.2
PIT66U
polyethylene
1.5
2000 11.0 3.0
38
Thread; long range

500 1000 1500 2000 2500
1.0
1.3 0.91
PIP16U
polyethylene
stainless steel (non-bendable) probe
0.25

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
2000
7.6
25.4
1.0
Probe
PIP26U
polyethylene
0.91
0.5
2000 11.0 89
12

50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Opposed
2.2
PIP46U
polyethylene
1.0
2000 14.0 89
25

200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1.0
PLIS-1
polyethylene
2.3 beam exit stainless steel 8.2
3.0 4.0 3.0
0.5
12
2000
31.4 stainless steel (non-bendable) probe stainless steel 0.91
Low beam divergence angle of 2 Ideal for wafer mapping
250
500
750
1000
1250
1500
PIPS26U
polyethylene
1.0
2.5
3.0 2.5
0.5
51
12

20 40 60 80 100 120 140
14.0 stainless steel (non-bendable) probe 1.47
Side-View
3.0 2.5 1.0
PIPS46U
polyethylene
1.0
25

100 200 300 400 500
2000
14.0
51
2.2
stainless steel 3.0
PIPS66U
polyethylene
stainless steel (non-bendable) probe
3.0 2.5
2.11 2000 15.0 51
1.5
38

200 400 600 800 1000
2.2
PIPSB46U
polyethylene
stainless steel 3.0
2.5 2.0
1.0
5.0 2000 15.0
bendable area
25
10.2

100 200 300 400 500
65.0
More on next page
NA: WORLD-BEAM QS18 not recommended. Fibers can be free cut using fiber cutter (see page 268).
262
Model Number
PIPSM26U
polyethylene

1.0 2.49 0.82 stainless steel

0.5
15.0
Features
Miniature smooth ferrule; non-bendable tip
Free Cut*
Typical Range (mm)
Vision Wireless
12

20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Side-View
2000
15.0
Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches
2.5 8.0 2.8 lens optic
4.0
ref. model PIT46U

Plastic 7.6
ref. model PIT46U
Compact glass prism M2.5 thread
PIAT46UHFMTA PIA46UHFMB8X12
L2RA
Polyethylene
2.2 2000
2X 2.3 12.0
2000 (79)
8.0
Right-Angle
1.0
3.0
7.9 5.0 (0.31) (0.20) 6.5 (0.26) 3.0 (0.12) 7.0 (0.28)
Right angle; side exit; Delrin

150 300 450 600 750
Polyethylene
2000
2.2 (0.09)
Stainless Steel
M4 X 0.7 Stainless steel jam nut and ITLW 7.0 7.9 M2.5 X 0.45
Polyethylene
2.2
Stainless Steel
M4 X 0.7 Stainless steel jam nut and ITLW M2.5 X 0.45
5.0 6.5 3.0
1.0
Right angle; threaded, stainless steel

150 300 450 600 750
1.0
PIFM1X46U
polyethylene
stainless steel
1.5
4X 0.25
2000 10.0
Best for repetitive flexing (1,000s of cycles)

50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Opposed
Opposed Accessories GLASS FIBERS
1.0
PIT1X46U
polyethylene
4X 0.25
2000 10.0
High-Flex
Best for repetitive flexing (1,000s of cycles) For applications involving reciprocating motion For applications involving reciprocating motion
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
polyethylene
PIP46UC
2.2 23
1.0
14.0 89
25
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
200
2000 fully extended polyethylene
280
PIT46UC
2.2 23 2.2 200
2000
13.9
25.4 M2.5 x 0.045
1.0
3.3 280 13.9 stainless steel 11.0 3.0 1.47 25.4 R 12.7 16.5
25
2000 fully extended polyethylene 2000
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
M4 x 0.7 stainless steel M2.5 x 0.45
10.9 3.0
PIAT46UHF
2.2 polyethylene
DURA-BEND
3.3
R 12.7
16.5
1.0
90 angle/thread
200 400 600 800 1000 1200
M4 x 0.7 stainless steel M2.5 x 0.45 2.2 stainless steel
10.9 3.0 3.18
PIF46UHF
polyethylene
1.0
2000 17.0
Smooth ferrule
200 400 600 800 1000
More on next page
263
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
SENSORS
Model Number
PIFM46UHF
polyethylene

2.2 stainless steel 3.0

1.0 1
Features
Smooth ferrule; miniature tip
Free Cut*
Typical Range (mm)
2000
15.0
200
400
600
800
1000
2.2
PIP46UHF
polyethylene
1.0
2000 14.0 89

200 400 600 800 1000
PIPS46UHF
2.2 polyethylene
3.0 2.5 1.0
DURA-BEND
1.0

50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
2000 2.2 polyethylene stainless steel 3.0
14.0 annealed stainless steel (bendable) probe 1.27
51 2.5 2.0
bendable area
PIPSB46UHF
5.0 2000 1.0 15.0
10.2
1.0

50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
65.0
PIT26UHF
polyethylene
0.5
2000 11.0
Thread
50 100 150 200 250 300
2.2
Opposed
PIT46UHF
polyethylene
M2.5 x 0.045
1.0
2000 11.0 3.0
Thread
200 400 600 800 1000
2.2
4.0 FEP Teflon
22.0 L2 lens
PIE46UT
polyethylene 1830 2000 4.0 FEP Teflon
5.0
1.0
25
Fluoropolymer encapsulated; lens

500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Chemical Resistant
PIE66UTMNL
18.0
2.2
polyethylene 1830 2000 4.0 FEP Teflon 22.0
5.0
1.5
38
Fluoropolymer encapsulated; lens

200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
2.2
PIES46UT
5.0
L2RA side-view prism
1.0
25
Fluoropolymer encapsulated; side-view prism
100
200
300
400
500
600
2.2
3X M3 x 0.5 10.0 2.5
aluminum 5.25
PIR1X166U
polyethylene 15.0
16X 0.265
16X 0.265 5.0
25
8.0 15.0
Ultra-compact head; straight exit; 5.25 mm width

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
2000
PIRS1X166U
aluminum 3X M3 x 0.5
15.0 10.0 (0.39) 2.5 2.2 5.25 8.0 16X 0.265 polyethylene 15.0
16X 0.265
25
Ultra-compact head; side exit; 5.25 mm width

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
2000
5.0
More on next page
264
Model Number
PIRS1X166UM.4

4.0 2X 3.175 7.1 countersink both sides R 3.6 polyethylene 2.2 20.0 4.2 10.0
Features
Compact head; side exit; 10 mm width
Free Cut*
Typical Range (mm)
20.0
16X 0.265
2000
25
16X .265
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches
9.5
19 (REF) 5.1
PIRS1X166UMPM.75
16X 0.265 2X 3.0 polyethylene 2.2
1.25 plastic
16X 0.265
19.0 2.5
25
Side exit; 19 mm width

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
6.3
25 38.0 16X 0.265
R 1.5
2000
2.2
PIRS1X166UMPMAL
5.1 34 (REF) 2X 3.0 plastic
polyethylene
2.2
16X 0.265
19.0
25
Side exit; 34 mm width
200
400
600
800
1000
2.5 2000
6.3
25 38.0
R 1.5
High-Temp
PIT46UHT1
cross-linked polyethylene
2.2
M2.5 x 0.045
Opposed
Opposed
1.0
2000 11.0 3.0
25
Thread; withstands 105 C

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Accessories GLASS FIBERS
PDIS16UM5
Polyethylene 2x 1.3
2X 3.2 29.0 10.0 Plastic 2000 40.7 5.0
7.0 5.0 15.0
0.25
10
Easy mount fork head; 5 mm gap
PDIS16UM10
Polyethylene 2x 1.3
2X 3.2
20.0
7.0 5.0 10.0 12.0 20.0
0.25
10
Plastic 2000 31.7
Easy mount fork head; 10 mm gap
polyethylene
2X 3.5
24.0
plastic sensing beam 1.0 fibers 5.0 7.0 6.2
PDIS46UM12
18.0
2X 2.2
7.0
24.0
24.0
1.0
25
Easy mount fork head; DURA-BEND fiber
Slot
2000
32.0
PDISM46UM5MA
plastic 2X 3.2 3.6 2X 1.0 fibers 6.4
4X R 1.6
2X 2.2
2X 0.8 18.4 26.2
1.0
25
90 angle; compact fork head; DURA-BEND fiber

More on next page
19.0
5.0
18.4 polyethylene
7.2
8.3
2000
14.5
3.5
265
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
SENSORS
Model Number
PIAT43TMB5
2.2

1000 2.9 Stainless Braid Over Monocoil 25.0 4.0 3.2 stainless steel 1.5 stainless steel R 12.6 M4 x 0.7 stainless steel M2.5 x 0.45 3.0 16.5
Features
Free Cut*
Typical Range (mm)
4.6
1.0
12
90 angle/thread
15.5 30.0
14.0 22.9
14.0
200
400
600
800
1000
PIF43TMB5
2.2
4.6
stainless steel 6.6
4.0
3.0
15.5 30.0 1000

2.9 Stainless Braid Over Monocoil 4.0 3.2
1.0
15.0
12
Smooth ferrule
200 400 600 800 1000
PIPS43TMB5
S teel S kin
2.2
4.6
stainless steel (non-bendable) probe 1.5 51
3.2 2.5
15.5 30.0 1000 2.9 Stainless Braid Over Monocoil 21.3
stainless steel
1.0
12

50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
PIT43TMB5
2.2
4.6
4.0
M4 x 0.7 M2.5 x 0.45 3.0
15.5 30.0 1000 2.2 4.6 M4 x 0.7 stainless steel
13.0 22.0
1.0
12
Thread
200 400 600 800 1000
PITA43TMB5
25.4 1.47 R 12.7 stainless steel annealed stainless steel (bendable) probe 1.9 89.0 25.4
15.5 30.0
Opposed
4.0
14.0 20.6 1000
1.0
12
Thread/90 angle
200 400 600 800 1000
PITP43TMB5
2.2
4.6
4.0
15.5 30.0
2.9 Stainless Braid Over Monocoil 1000 4.6 polyethylene 2X 1.0
6.6
14.0 20.6
1.0
12

200 400 600 800 1000
PDIT26T5
2.2
2X M3 x 0.5 nickel plated brass
Dual Individual
15.5 30.0 2000 2X 2.2 polyethylene M4 x 0.7 nickel plated brass 2X 11.0 M2.5 x 0.045
0.5
12
Accomplish two inspections using only one sensor
50
100
150
200
250
300
PDIT4100U
11.0
3.0
1.0
25
30 m duplex fiber cable
Contact factory for sensing range.
30480 2.2 polyethylene
305
PIF66UM.52M.19D
Vacuum
stainless steel
4.75
1.5
2000 4.0 4.3 9.2 mounting nuts 13.2
38
For use with VFT-M8MVS (ambient side) See page 265. Range-extending lens M2.5 thread Ultra-long rangeextending lens; use with raw plastic fiber
Extended Range Lens
lens optic
ref. model PIT46U
ref. model PIT46U
L2
nut
compression washer
M8 x 1 lens optic
L08FP
ref. model PIL46U
ref. model PIL46U
compression gasket
XX.X
More on next page
NA: WORLD-BEAM QS18 not recommended. NA: MINI-BEAM Expert not recommended. Fibers can be free cut using fiber cutter (see page 268).
266
Model Number
BMT16.6S-HT

2.2 4.6
2.2
Features
High performance glass fiber optics for use with Banner D10 plastic fiber sensors Miniature thread; end tip withstands 315 C High performance glass fiber optics for use with Banner D10 plastic fiber sensors Miniature thread; end tip withstands 315 C
Free Cut*
Typical Range (mm)
Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches Emergency Stop & Stop Control
High-Temp
PVC shrink junction

4.6 PVC shrink junction
4.2
4.2
Dif f use
15.5
15.5 30.0
3.0
30.0 150
3.0
38 2000
38 2000
stainless steel stainless

steel
15.0
1.57
19
15.0
150
100
200
300
400
High-Temp
IMT.756.6S-HT
Opposed
2.2
4.6 2.2
3.0 4.6
3.0 stainless stainless 4.2 steel steel
4.2 M4 x 0.7M4 x 0.7 M2.5 M2.5 stainless stainless steel steel x 0.045 x 0.045
1.27
15.5 30.0
15.5 30.0 2000
19
12.0 2000
12.0 3.0
3.0
200
400
600
800
1000
NA: WORLD-BEAM QS18 not recommended. NA: MINI-BEAM Expert not recommended. * Fibers can be free cut using fiber cutter (see page 268). Fibers are sold separately, must order two fibers to form a pair.
FIBER SENSORS PLASTIC FIBERS Diffuse Opposed Accessories GLASS FIBERS
D10 Expert Small Object Counter Fiber Optic Arrays

Model Number* Fiber Exit
PFCVA-10X25-S Side Exit
30.0 10.0 25.0 42.0

83.0 14.5
Detection Window
Used With
10 x 25 mm
4X 3.2 6.5 countersink 3.0 deep
1.5 mm
PFCVA-10X25-E
End Exit
75.0
83.0
14.5
PFCVA-25X25-S
Side Exit
25.0 30.0 42.0
25 x 25 mm
25.0
3 mm
PFCVA-25X25-E
End Exit
75.0
D10DNCFP... D10DPCFP... (see page 229)
83.0
14.5
PFCVA-34X25-S
Side Exit
34.0 30.0 42.0
34 x 25 mm
25.0
4 mm
PFCVA-34X25-E
End Exit
75.0
Custom fiber arrays and mounting configurations are possible. Contact factory with your small object counting application. With 2% Threshold Offset Percentage
267
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
Fiber Optic Accessories

Model Number Model Specific Features
For use with 0.25 and 0.5 mm diameter cables.
General Features
Drawings
SENSORS
Fiber Cutters
PFK20
PFK40
For use with 1 and 1.5 mm diameter cables.
These kits are used with unterminated plastic fiber cables. Each kit contains 40 bushings and 10 cutter assemblies (cutters can be purchased separately in packages of 25 - reference model PFC-2-25).
NOTE: Bushings used with Q45, OMNI-BEAM, ECONO-BEAM, MAXI-BEAM and VALU-BEAM sensors only.
Plastic Fiber Field-Installable Sheathing
PFS69S6T
May be used with bifurcated fiber assemblies having M6 x 0.75 threaded end tips (e.g., PBCT46U, PBP46U, PBT46UHT1 and PBT66U). May be used with individual or bifurcated fiber assemblies having M4 x 0.7 threaded end tips (e.g., PBCT26U, PBPF26U, PIP46U, PIT46U and PIT66U). May be used with individual fiber assemblies having M3 x 0.5 threaded end tips (e.g., PIP26U, PIT26U and PIT1X46U). Use to adapt plastic fiber optic cables with outside jacket diameter of 1.0 mm, such as PIT26U and PBP16U.
PFS53S6T
Stainless steel sheathing with stainless steel end fittings (one end internally threaded to capture fiber end tips, other end non-threaded) is used in applications where protection is required for plastic fiber optic cables. All models listed are 1.8 m in length. Other lengths are available by contacting Banner Applications Department.
PFS44S6T
Plastic Fiber Adapters
UPFA-1-100
UPFA-2-100
Use to adapt plastic fiber optic cables with outside jacket diameter of 1.25 mm or 1.3 mm, such as PBCT26U and PBF46UM3MJ1.3.
Compression fitting adapters are used with small-diameter unterminated plastic fiber cables. Use when interfacing small-diameter plastic fibers to D10, D11, D12, QM42, QS18, R55F, FI22 and MINI-BEAM plastic fiber sensor families. Each kit contains 100 pairs of adapters. One pair will interface either one bifurcated fiber optic cable or a pair of individual cables to a fiber optic amplifier.
Fiber end
Adapter
Model Number
PIU230U
Core
0.5 mm
Length
9m
Type
Single
Drawing
Unterminated Individual and Bifurcated Plastic Fibers
PIU260U PIU430U 1.0 mm PIU460U PIU630U 1.5 mm PIU660U PBU430U 1.0 mm PBU460U
18 m 9m Single 18 m 9m Single 18 m 9m Duplex 18 m
268
Glass Fiber Optics
Solve numerous challenging sensing applications in the most hostile environments, including temperatures up to 480 C, corrosive materials and extreme moisture Withstand severe shock and vibration Ignore extreme electrical noise Constructed of a combination of optical glass fiber, stainless steel, PVC, brass, molded thermoplastics and optical-grade epoxy
Glass Fiber Optic Model Key I

ASSEMBLY STYLE designator B = Bifurcated fiber I = Individual fiber*
A T 2 3 S X X
MODIFICATIONS designator MXX = Sensing end tip modification M600 = Sensing end withstands 315 C M900 = Sensing end withstands 480 C SHEATHING MATERIAL designator
FIBER SENSORS PLASTIC FIBERS GLASS FIBERS Diffuse Opposed
SENSING END TIP STYLE designator A = 90 Angle AM = Miniature 90 Angle AT = 90 Angle/Thread F = Ferrule M = Miniature Tip MP = Miniature Probe MT = Miniature Thread R = Rectangular Bundle Termination T = Thread TA = Thread/90 Angle TETA = Thread and Extra Tight 90 Angle
S = Stainless steel flexible conduit P = PVC with galvanized monocoil reinforcing wire OVERALL LENGTH designator (in feet) 2 = 2 ft. = 610 mm 38 mm 3 = 3 ft. = 914 mm 38 mm
FIBER BUNDLE DIAMETER designator .44 = 0.7 mm .5 = 0.8 mm .75 = 1.2 mm 1 = 1.6 mm 1.5 = 2.3 mm 2 = 3.2 mm 2.5 = 4.0 mm
* Individual glass fibers are packaged separately.
269
FIBER SENSORS
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
Glass Fiber Optics Specifications

Construction Sensing Range Bend Radius Combination of optical glass fiber, stainless steel or PVC, brass, molded thermoplastics, and optical-grade epoxy. Optical fiber is F2 core, EN1 clad, approx. 50 m diameter per strand. Flexible steel interlock sheathing is 302 stainless. Refer to the specific fiber optic to be used Inside bend radius must be 12 mm or greater for PVC covered fiber optic assemblies, and 25 mm or greater for stainless steel armored cable covered fibers Standard length for assemblies is 915 mm; see dimension diagrams. Most models are available from the factory with shorter or longer cable lengths, up to 18 m max. Overall assembly length: 12 mm per 300 mm of length Shrink junction dimensions: 12 mm
SENSORS
Length Length Dimension Tolerance Operating Conditions
Implied Dimensional Tolerances All dimensions are in millimeters: x = 2.5 mm, x.x = 0.25 mm and x.xx = 0.12 mm, unless specified. Fiber assemblies with stainless-steel (SS) sheathing and metal end tips: -140 to +249 C Fiber assemblies with PVC sheathing and/or plastic end tips: -40 to +105 C Special order assemblies with SS sheathing and metal end tips and model suffix M600: -140 to +315 C* Special order assemblies with SS sheathing and metal end tips and model suffix M900: -140 to +480 C*; note dimensional changes from STD models * sensing end tip only
! Application Notes and Warnings !

1 The ends of glass fiber optic assemblies are optically ground and polished. Care taken in this manufacturing process accounts for the light coupling efficiency of the fiber optic assembly. As a result, glass fiber assemblies cannot be shortened, spliced or otherwise modified. Use caution when applying fiber optics in hazardous locations. Although fiber optic assemblies are by themselves, intrinsically safe, the sensor and associated electronics must be LOCATED IN A SAFE ENVIRONMENT. Alternatively, fiber optics may be used with sensor model SMI912FQD (page 365). This sensor is approved for use inside hazardous areas when used with an appropriate intrinsic barrier. Also, see NAMUR sensor models Q45AD9F (page 204) and MIAD9F (page 121). Fiber optics do not necessarily provide a hermetic seal between a hazardous environment and the safe environment. In applications where glass fibers to insulate the control from high voltage, specify silicone rubber, Teflon, or high-density polyethylene sheathing with no reinforcing wire in the cable. It is the responsibility of the user to test each fiber optic assembly for insulation capacity. Do not subject the fibers to sharp bends, pinching, repeated flexing or high levels of radiation. When ordering fiber lengths in excess of 1 m, take into account light signal reduction of 5 percent per 300 mm of additional length. Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont.
4 5
270
Indicates lenses available for model. See page 272 for details.
P
M600
R55F SME312 D12E D12
AvailableM900 models. Add M600 to end of model number (example, BA23SM600). 315 C Available 480 C models. Add M900 to end of model number (example, BA23SM900). Dimensions may vary for these models.
M600 QS18
M900
Model Number
4.7
BA23S
BAT23S
Standard
BF23P
BMT.442P
BT23S
Diffuse
BTA23S
BAM.752S
Miniature Probe
BM.752S
BMP.753P
BR2.53S
BR23S
ST AT IC DO LO
SE TU
h itc Sw
OF De F lay DY NA MI C
t in Po

914 7.4 PVC shrink junction 6.4 12.7 27.9
Core Dia.
(mm)

19
Features
90 angle M600
Typical Range (mm)
3.18
12.7 4.7 12.7 7.4 191 38.1 stainless steel 4.8 20.3 R 12.7
M900
50 100 150 200
PVC shrink junction
6.4
12.7
27.9
12.7
12.7 191
38.1
stainless steel
7.4
4.8 R 12.7
20.3
90 angle/thread 3.18
38.1 5/16-24 UNF brass 2 brass jam nuts included
Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches
19
M600 M900
50 100 150 200
914 4.7 7.4 PVC shrink junction 5.8
7.4
4.8
3.18
3.18
12.7 12.7 191 38.1 914 7.4 4.7 PVC shrink junction 3.8 #8-32 thd brass 2 jam nuts included PVC with monocoil 12.7 12.7
19
Smooth ferrule
50 100 150 200
3.0
38.1 12.7 16.5 191 610 4.7 7.4 PVC shrink junction 6.4
PVC with monocoil
12.7
12.7
0.69
9.5
Miniature thread
NA
2 4 6 8 10
FIBER SENSORS PLASTIC FIBERS GLASS FIBERS Diffuse Opposed
8.0
5/16-24 thd brass 2 jam nuts included
3.18
Thread 3.18 19
M600 M900
50 100 150 200
12.7
12.7 191
38.1
stainless steel 914
12.7
38.1
4.7
7.4
PVC shrink junction
6.4
12.7
38.1
15.8
12.7
12.7 191
38.1
stainless 8.0 steel
R 9.7 4.8
27.9
3.18
19
Thread/90 angle M600 M900
50
100
150
200
914 4.7 7.4 PVC shrink junction 6.4 8.0 1.5
4.8
12.7
12.7 191
38.1
stainless steel 35.6 610
R 3.05 25.4
1.17
19
1.5 mm non-bendable probe; 90 angle M600 M900
NA
10
20
30
40
50
4.7
7.4
PVC shrink junction
6.4
7.4
4.6
1.5
12.7
12.7 191
38.1
stainless steel 12.7 610 12.7 25.4
1.17
19
NA 1.5 mm non-bendable probe M600 M900
10
20
30
40
50
7.4
4.7
PVC shrink junction
PVC with monocoil 3.0 12.7 3.8 25.4 1.5
38.1 12.7 16.5 191 914

4.7 7.4 PVC shrink junction 6.4
1.17
9.5
1.5 mm non-bendable probe
NA
10
9.4
20
30
40
50
2x 4.8 25.4
38.1 50.8
12.7
12.7
191
38.1 914
stainless steel
12.7 6.4 38.1
3.96
19
0.25
Straight exit; 38 mm width M600
M900
50
100
150
200
250
4.7
7.4
PVC shrink junction
6.4
2.54 11.7
6.3 9.7
12.7
12.7
191 914
38.1
stainless steel 2x 3.2
19.1 0.8
3.18
19
19.1
Straight exit; 10 mm width M600 M900
50
100
150
200
More on next page
271
FIBER SENSORS
ST AT IC
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
R55F
SENSORS
Model Number
BA1.53SMETA
4.7
Side-View
BA1.53SMTA
BTETA1.53S
Diffuse
BMT13SMVF
Vacuum
Convergent Beam Spot
L10
272
DO LO
SE TU P
h itc Sw
t in Po
SME312
D12E
D12
QS18
M600
AvailableM900 models. Add M600 to end of model number (example, BA23SM600). 315 C

914 7.4 PVC shrink junction 5.1 5.3 4.8 3.05
Core Dia.
(mm)
Features
Typical Range (mm)
2.29
12.7 12.7 191 38.1 stainless steel 12.7 25.4
19
Ultra-compact head M600 M900

25 50 75 100 125 150
914 4.7 7.4 PVC shrink junction 5.3 6.4 3.05
2.29
12.7 12.7 191 38.1 stainless steel 35.1 2.29 (0.09)
19
Compact head M600 M900

25 50 75 100 125 150
4.7
7.4
PVC shrink junction
6.4
8.0
4.8
3.05
12.7
12.7 191
38.1
stainless steel 914
12.7
38.1
25.4
5.3
2.29
19
Ultra-compact head; thread

M600 M900
25 50 75 100 125 150
4.7
4.0
Teflon shrink junction
stainless steel
4.2
3.0 29.0 150 914 3.0
15.0
1.57
19
Miniature thread; entire cable withstands 480 C
lens optic 14.3 5/16" - 24 thread 45.7
ref. glass fiber key or call factory
ref. glass fiber key or call factory
Glass lens; withstands 315 C Focuses light to .80 mm with 1.6 mm fiber
Glass Fiber OpticsAdditional Models Available
dels re Mo le! Mo ilab Ava
In addition to the configurations shown, Banner offers thousands of readily available alternative fiber models: Substitute PVC over monocoil sheathing for stainless steel. Reduce or increase glass fiber optic bundle diameters. Example: Change 3.18 mm bundle to 1.57 mm. Substitute a rectangular-shaped fiber bundle (0.5 x 2.5 mm) for a circular bundle. Change endtip material from brass to stainless steel.
Modify straight or angled probe tip dimensions. Modify overall fiber length in intervals of 305 mm (standard lengths are 914 and 610 mm).
Indicates lenses available for model. See page 272 for details.
P
M600
R55F SME312 D12E D12
Available 315 C models. Add M600 to end of model number (example, BA23SM600). M900 Available 480 C models. Add M900 to end of model number (example, BA23SM900). Dimensions may vary for these models.
M600 QS18
M900
Model Number
IA23S
4.7
IAT23S
Standard
IF23P
IMT.442P
IT23S
Opposed
ITA23S
IAM.752S
Miniature Probe
IM.752S
IMP.753P
IR2.53S
IR23S
ST AT IC DO LO
SE TU
h itc Sw
t in Po

914 7.4 6.4 12.7 27.9
Core Dia.
(mm)

19
Features
90 angle M600
Typical Range (mm)
3.18
12.7 12.7 stainless steel 4.87 20.3 R 12.7
M900

200 400 600 800 1000 1200
914 4.7 7.4 6.4 12.7 27.9
12.7
12.7
stainless steel
7.4
4.8 R 12.7
20.3
90 angle/thread 3.18 19
M600 M900
200 400 600 800 1000 1200
5/16-24 UNF brass 2 brass jam nuts included
38.1
5.8 4.7 7.4 PVC with monocoil
7.4
4.8
3.18
12.7 12.7 914 4.7 PVC with monocoil 3.0 3.8 #8-32 thd brass 2 jam nuts included 12.7 12.7
19
Smooth ferrule M600 M900

NA
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
7.4
0.69
12.7 16.5 914 7.4 6.4 8.0 5/16-24 thd brass 2 jam nuts included 3.18 12.7 12.7
9.5
Miniature thread
20 40 60 80 100 120
FIBER SENSORS PLASTIC FIBERS GLASS FIBERS Diffuse
4.7
Thread 3.18 19
M600
15.8
Opposed
12.7
12.7
stainless steel
12.7 914
914
38.1
M900
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
7.4
6.4
12.7
38.1
12.7
12.7
stainless steel 8.0 5/16-24 thd brass 2 jam nuts included
R 9.7 4.8
3.18
27.9
19
Thread/90 angle M600 M900

200 400 600 800 1000 1200
4.7
7.4
6.4
8.0
1.5 4.8
12.7
12.7
stainless steel 610
R 3.05 35.6 25.4
1.17
19
1.5 mm non-bendable probe; 90 angle M600 M900

NA 1.5 mm non-bendable probe M600 M900 NA
50
100
150
200
4.7
7.4
6.4
7.4
4.6
1.5
1.17
12.7 12.7 stainless steel 610 3.0 7.4 4.7 PVC with monocoil 12.7 914 25.4 3.8 1.5 12.7 12.7 25.4
19
50
100
150
200
12.7
16.5
1.17
9.5
1.5 mm non-bendable probe
50
100
150
200
4.7
7.4
6.4
6.4
38.1
9.4
25.4 12.7 12.7 stainless steel 914 12.7 2x 4.8
38.1 50.8
3.69
19
0.25 6.4 2.54 6.3
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
4.7
7.4
11.7 12.7 12.7 stainless steel 914 2x 3.2 19.1
19.1
9.7
3.18
19
0.8
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
More on next page
273
FIBER SENSORS
ST AT IC
PLASTIC FIBERS
GLASS FIBERS
R55F
SENSORS
Model Number
IA1.53SMETA
7.4
Side-View
IA1.53SMTA
ITETA1.53S
IMT.753SMVF
Vacuum
L9
Extended Range Lens
Opposed
L16F
L16FAL
L16FSS
Vacuum Feed Through
VFT-M8MVS
Liquid Level
TGR
274
DO LO
SE TU P
h itc Sw
t in Po
SME312
D12E
D12
QS18
M600
M900 Available 315 C models. Add M600 to end of model number (example, BA23SM600).

5.1 stainless steel 5.3 4.8 3.05
Core Dia.
(mm)

19
Features
Ultra-compact head
M600 M900
Typical Range (mm)
5.3 12.7 12.7 914 3.05 12.7 25.4
2.29
100
200
300
400
500
600
5.3
stainless steel
6.4
7.1 35.1 914

5/16-24 thd brass 2 jam nuts included 4.8 3.05
2.29
19
Compact head
M600 M900
100 200 300 400 500 600
4.7
7.4
6.4
8.0
12.7
12.7
stainless steel 914
5.3 12.7 38.1 25.4
2.29
19
Ultra-compact head; thread M600 M900
100
200
300
400
500
600
3.0 4.7 4.0
stainless steel
4.2
M2.5 x 0.045
1.27
29.0 914 10.0 12.0 3.0
19
Miniature thread; entire cable withstands 480 C
lens optic 14.3 5/16" - 24 thread 45.7
ref. model IT23S
ref. model IT23S
Glass lens; withstands 315 C
lens optic 28.6 5/16" - 24 thread
58.4
ref. model IT23S
ref. model IT23S
Plastic housing; withstands 105 C
58.4
ref. model IT23S
ref. model IT23S
Aluminum housing; withstands 315 C
ref. model IT23S

58.4
19
Stainless steel housing withstands 480 C
M8 x 1.25 22.23
A A
4.0 3.56 image conduit #4-40 SS set screw 9.53 4.75 Viton O-ring
A - A CROSS-SECTION DETAIL
4.0 12.7 10.0 stainless steel electropolish finish #4-40 SS set screw 4.75 35.0
3.56
Seals to 1 x 10-9 torr; withstands 120 C
40.0
5/16-24 brass internal thread
9.7
3.18 (0.125) 12.7 glass rod
3.18
97.8 effective length
Use with BT23S Sensor switches when tip of glass rod is immersed in liquid
90
Mark Sensors
R58 Registration
Provide High-Speed, Low-Contrast Sensitivity
Detect small color marks and differentiate low-contrast colors

Fast and reliable detection of registration marks in variety of industries
Photoelectrics Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Special Purpose Sensors Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules
High-Speed Detection in Printing and Labeling
Splice Detection
FIBER SENSORS
Tube Filling
PLASTIC FIBERS GLASS FIBERS
Range and application tolerant

Tolerates
a +/-3 mm shift from the 10 mm focal point web flutter and similar variations in the
Accommodates
targets location
Two Sensors Detect all Registration Marks on Hard-To-Read Surfaces.

R58 Registration Mark Sensors detect subtle registration marks in common printing and material registration applications often found in the printing, packaging and pharmaceutical industries. The excellent contrast sensitivity of the R58, coupled with its small 1.2 x 3.8 mm sensing image, makes it easy to detect critical features even on difficult-to-sense material. Outstanding color contrast sensitivity; detecting contrasts as low as 2% over a wide range of colors Excellent performance in low-contrast or highgloss applications Ultra-fast 10 kHz switching frequency (10,000 actuations per second); 15 s repeatability Rugged, mechanical housing to withstand ambient electrical noise and vibration; rated IP67 High-quality acrylic lens suitable for food processing applications Choice of high-performance, Expert push-button models or easy-to-apply and cost-effective potentiometer setup models Fast warm-up and excellent temperature stability Bright, highly visible LEDs for easy configuration and monitoring during operation Bipolar NPN/PNP with selectable light/dark operate (LO/DO)
3 mm 10 mm +3 mm
Convenient and flexible mounting

Includes
sensor
two lens locations on each
Offers
threaded lens and cap for easy exchange without tools
Available Includes
with a vertical or horizontal light spot, depending on model
industry standard mounting holes
1.888.373.6767
275
PART & AREA
SLOT & LABEL
REGISTRATION & COLOR
LUMINESCENCE
OPTICAL TOUCH BUTTONS
Part & Area LX
page 277
SENSORS
Slot & Label SLM SL
page 279
Registration & Color R58 QC50/QCX50
page 287
Luminescence QL50 QL56
page 293
Optical Touch Buttons OTB/LTB VTB STB
page 477
Pick-to-Light Sensors page 465

K50 and K80 low-cost, self-contained sensors for bin-picking operations Ultra-bright optical touch buttons for indicating bin-picking sequences Two- or one-component light sensors for part assembly and error proofing
276
High-Speed Part-Sensing Light Screen

LX
Ideal for die-protection (part ejection verification), small part or pill counting, parcel handling and sorting by height Generates a multiple-beam infrared pattern for extraordinary sensitively to small objects Detects objects as small as 5.6 mm and extremely flat objects that pass anywhere through the light screen Responds in 0.8 to 6.4 millisecondsfaster than comparable products, even at its slowest response speed Enables automated systems to operate at peak efficiency Features rugged silver anodized housing with IP65 rating Uses integrated T-slot mounting channel for unique mounting flexibility
Photoelectrics Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Special Purpose Sensors Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches Emergency Stop & Control Stop
ACCESSORIES
25.4 mm
31.8 mm
page 278
Models
LX3 LX6 LX9 LX12 LX15 LX18 LX21 LX24
Length (L)
113.4 mm 189.6 mm 265.8 mm 342.0 mm 418.2 mm 494.4 mm 570.6 mm 646.8 mm L
Emitter Sensing is most effective in the center 80% of the range Receiver
PART & AREA LX SLOT & LABEL REGISTRATION & COLOR LUMINESCENCE OPTICAL TOUCH BUTTONS
ONLINE
LX Series optical crosshatch pattern
LX Light Screens, 10-30V dc

Sensing Array Length
Short-Range (75-200 mm) Min object detection size: 5.6 mm dia. Emitters Receivers
LX3ESR LX6ESR LX12ESR LX3RSR LX6RSR LX12RSR
Standard Range (150 mm - 2 m) Min object detection size: 9.5 mm dia. Emitters Receivers
LX3E LX6E LX9E LX12E LX15E LX18E LX21E LX24E LX3R LX6R LX9R LX12R LX15R LX18R LX21R LX24R
Connection
Output Type
2m
Bipolar NPN/PNP
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 278). For 5-pin 150 mm Euro-style Pigtail QD, add suffix Q to the 2 m model number (example, LX3EQ).
277
PART & AREA
SLOT & LABEL
LUMINESCENCE
LX Specifications
Sensing Range Normal (see hookups) Short-range models: 100 to 200 mm Standard-range models: 300 mm to 2 m Reduced 75 to 150 mm 150 to 600 mm
Supply Voltage and Current
10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 1 watt each for emitter and receiver (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Bipolar: One current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN) open-collector transistor 125 mA max. each output OFF-state leakage current: less than 5 A Output saturation voltage (PNP output): less than 1 volt at 10 mA and less than 1.5 volts at 100 mA Output saturation voltage (NPN output): less than 0.5 volts at 10 mA and less than 0.6 volts at 100 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs LX3: 0.8 milliseconds ON-time; 6 milliseconds OFF-time (5 milliseconds OFF-delay) LX6: 1.6 milliseconds ON-time; 7 milliseconds OFF-time (5 milliseconds OFF-delay) LX9: 2.4 milliseconds ON-time; 7.5 milliseconds OFF-time (5 milliseconds OFF-delay) LX12: 3.2 milliseconds ON-time; 8.5 milliseconds OFF-time (5 milliseconds OFF-delay) LX15: 4.0 milliseconds ON-time; 9 milliseconds OFF-time (5 milliseconds OFF-delay) LX18: 4.8 milliseconds ON-time; 10 milliseconds OFF-time (5 milliseconds OFF-delay) LX21: 5.6 milliseconds ON-time; 11 milliseconds OFF-time (5 milliseconds OFF-delay) LX24: 6.4 milliseconds ON-time; 11.5 milliseconds OFF-time (5 milliseconds OFF-delay) Smallest diameter rod that can be detected in sensing range: 5.6 mm (short-range) or 9.5 mm (standard-range), depending on model Emitter: LED1 (Green) ON: Power ON, good sensor OFF: Reduced Range LED2 (Red) ON: Reduced range OFF: Normal range Flashing: Emitter hardware failure LED2 (Bicolor Green/Red) Green: Normal range Red: Reduced range Flashing Red: Receiver hardware failure
SENSORS
Minimum Object Detection Size Indicators
Receiver:
LED1 (Yellow) ON: Output conducting OFF: Output not conducting
Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Application Notes
Aluminum housing, die-cast zinc with black e-coated painted encaps, acrylic lens window IEC IP65 2 m 5-conductor (with drain) PVC-jacketed cable or 150 mm pigtail with 5-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting, depending on model. Cordsets are ordered separately. See page 278. Temperature: -20 to +70 C 1. 2. 3. 4. Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
The best sensing resolution occurs within the center 80% of the sensing range Low-profile packages can be reliably detected Outputs are active while the light screen is interrupted For reliable detection, successive parts must be spaced up to the total of ON-time plus OFF-time apart. (i.e., 12 milliseconds for the LX12)
Certifications Hookup Diagrams SP02 (p. 770)
Cordsets
Euro QD (with Shield)
See page 701 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
LX

MQDEC2-506 MQDEC2-515 MQDEC2-530 MQDEC2-506RA MQDEC2-515RA MQDEC2-530RA pg. 672 SMBLX pg. 672 SMBLXR
278
SLOT & LABEL SENSORS

SLM SL
PART & AREA SLOT & LABEL SLM SL REGISTRATION & COLOR LUMINESCENCE OPTICAL TOUCH BUTTONS
SLM
page 280
SL
page 283
Available in eight slot widths, from 10 to 220 mm Installs easily using molded-in beam guides that simplify beam placement Includes single-turn potentiometer sensitivity adjustment and visible red beam Features sealed die-cast metal housing rated IEC IP67; NEMA 6 Ideal for counting, sensing parts on conveyor rails and belts, detecting edges and gear teeth, and other applications
Self-contained fixed-distance opposed-mode slot sensors Rugged U-shaped housings Molded-in beam guides to simplify mounting and beam placement Models with 10 and 30 mm wide slots Fixed sensitivity, potentiometer sensitivity adjustment or push-button programming, depending on model
279
PART & AREA
SLOT & LABEL
LUMINESCENCE
Rugged Metal Fixed-distance Slot Sensors

SLM
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Senses objects that pass between the fixed-distance, opposed-mode emitter and receiver Requires no alignment or fibers Delivers a fast response time of 500 microseconds Available in painted or nickel-plated die-cast metal housings Mounts easily and economically, using molded-in beam guides that simplify beam placement Available with current sourcing (PNP), current sinking (NPN) or bipolar (one NPN and one PNP) output, depending on model Features a single-turn potentiometer sensitivity adjustment and a visible red beam Offers Light or Dark Operate, selected with a sealed switch Features rugged, sealed, die-cast metal housing rated IEC IP67 (NEMA 6)
page 282
12.0 mm
SLOT SLOT
W
E YL
PIGTAIL P
UR
QPMA
CA LL FACTORY
EURO
-S
A BL
ONLINE
Nickel-plated models available for ESD sensitive applications or cleanroom locations.
SLM, 10-30V dc
Sensing Mode/LED Slot Width/ Depth
10 mm/ 60.8 mm
Visible Red LED
Overall Width (W)

42 mm
Overall Depth (D)

80 mm
Connection
2m 4-Pin Euro Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico QD
Response
Models NPN
Models PNP
SLM10B6 (Bipolar NPN/PNP) SLM10B6QPMA (Bipolar NPN/PNP) 500 s SLM10N6Q SLM10P6Q
SLOT SLOT
2m 20 mm/ 60.8 mm 52 mm 80 mm 4-Pin Euro Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico QD
SLM20B6 (Bipolar NPN/PNP) SLM20B6QPMA (Bipolar NPN/PNP) SLM20N6Q SLM20P6Q

More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 282). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SLM10B6 W/30). Standard models have yellow painted surface. For models with nickel-plated surface, add the suffix N to the model number (example, SLM10P6QN).
280
SLM, 10-30V dc
Sensing Mode/LED
(contd)
Overall Width (W)
62 mm
Visible Red LED
Slot Width/ Depth

30 mm/ 60.8 mm
Overall Depth (D)

80 mm
Connection
2m 4-Pin Euro Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico QD 2m
Response
Models NPN
Models PNP
50 mm/ 60.8 mm
82 mm
80 mm
4-Pin Euro Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico QD 2m
SLM80B6 (Bipolar NPN/PNP) SLM80B6QPMA (Bipolar NPN/PNP) 500 s SLM80N6Q SLM80P6Q
80 mm/ 60.8 mm
112 mm
80 mm
4-Pin Euro Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico QD
SLOT SLOT
2m 120 mm/ 120.7 mm 152 mm 140 mm 4-Pin Euro Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico QD 2m 180 mm/ 120.7 mm 202 mm 140 mm 4-Pin Euro Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico QD 2m 220 mm/ 120.7 mm 252 mm 140 mm 4-Pin Euro Pigtail QD 3-Pin Pico QD
ACCESSORIES
page 282
SLM220B6 (Bipolar NPN/PNP) SLM220B6QPMA (Bipolar NPN/PNP) SLM220P6Q SLM220N6Q

Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 282). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SLM10B6 W/30). Standard models have yellow painted surface. For models with nickel-plated surface, add the suffix N to the model number (example, SLM10P6QN).
SLM Specifications
Slot Opening Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating 10, 20, 30, 50, 80, 120, 180 or 220 mm (depending on model); beam is 5 mm from outer edge 10 to 30V dc (10% ripple) @ less than 25 mA, exclusive of load. Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages. Cabled and Euro-style QD models: Bipolar: One current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN) Pico-style QD models: Current sourcing (PNP) or current sinking (NPN), depending on model 100 mA with short circuit protection OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A sourcing; less than 200 A sinking ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: 1.6V @ 100 mA PNP: 2.0V @ 100 mA Protected against output short-circuit and false pulse on power up. 100 milliseconds max. delay at power up; outputs do not conduct during this time. SLM10 1.00 mm 0.30 mm 0.10 mm 0.02 mm SLM20... 1.25 mm 0.30 mm 0.10 mm 0.02 mm SLM30 1.50 mm 0.40 mm 0.10 mm 0.02 mm SLM50 1.65 mm 0.60 mm 0.10 mm 0.04 mm SLM80 1.80 mm 0.75 mm 0.20 mm 0.06 mm SLM120 1.80 mm 0.90 mm 0.20 mm 0.08 mm SLM180 1.80 mm 0.90 mm 0.20 mm 0.08 mm SLM220 2.40 mm 1.00 mm 0.20 mm 0.08 mm
More on next page
Output Protection Circuitry Minimum Object Detection* at Max. Gain Minimum Object Detection* at 2X Excess gain Hysteresis** Repeatability***
* Minimum Object Detection: Smallest diameter rod that can be detected when passed slowly through sensing beam. NOTE: Minimum object detection is measured midway between the emitter and receiver. For best results, objects to be detected should be placed in the midway position when possible. The minimum object detection size may increase if the object is very close to the receiver side. ** Hysteresis: Distance an object must move to toggle between output OFF and output ON conditions. *** Repeatability: Variation in switching distance for a standard target at controlled sensing conditions.
281
PART & AREA
SLOT & LABEL
LUMINESCENCE
SLM Specifications
Output Response Time Repeatability Adjustments
(contd)
500 microseconds 95 microseconds 1-turn potentiometer Sensitivity adjustment Light Operate / Dark Operate Selection switch Two LED Indicators: Green: Power ON Yellow: Output activated See data sheet for detailed information Housing: Die-cast zinc with yellow paint; models with N at the end of the model number have nickel plating Endcaps: ABS Optic windows: Acrylic IEC IP67; NEMA 6 Cabled models: 2 m or 9 m 4-conductor, PVC-jacketed cable Pico-style QD models: 3-pin, threaded (see page 282) Euro-style QD models: 4-pin, threaded 150 mm pigtail with polyurethane (PUR) cable (see page 282) Temperature: -20 to +60 C Relative humidity: 95% @ 55 C (non-condensing)
SENSORS
Indicators
Operating Conditions Certifications Hookup Diagrams
Bipolar Models: DC04 (p. 758)
Cordsets
Pico QD
See page 693 Length
2.00 m 5.00 m 7.00 m 9.00 m 10.0 m
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m


282
Opposed-Mode Fixed-Distance Sensors

SL30 and SL10
Ideal for registration mark detection, hole detection, gear tooth detection, edge guiding and counting Provides easy-to-use self-contained opposed-mode sensor pair in a rugged U-shaped housing Uses molded-in beam guides to simplify beam placement Provides an economical choice for many OEM applications with fixed sensitivity (SLO model) Available in 10 mm-wide sensing slot (SL10 models) or 30 mm-wide sensing slot (SL30 models) Uses visible red sensing beam (infrared on SLO models) Features manual sensitivity adjustment or easy push-button TEACH-mode setup, depending on model
ACCESSORIES
page 285
72.0 mm
ONLINE
PART & AREA SLOT & LABEL SLM SL
40.0 mm
52.0 mm
72.0 mm
REGISTRATION & COLOR LUMINESCENCE OPTICAL TOUCH BUTTONS

52.0 mm
SLOT SLOT
18.8 mm
18.8 mm
SL30, SLO30 and SLE30 Models
SL10 and SLE10 Models
SL30 and SL10, 10-30V dc

Sensing Mode/LED Slot Width Connection
2m 30 mm 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD
SLOT SLOT
Visible Red LED
Output Type
Bipolar NPN/PNP
Response
1 ms 300 s 1 ms
Repeatability
250 s 75 s 250 s 75 s
Models
SL30VB6V SL30VB6VQ SL30VB6VY SL30VB6VYQ SL10VB6V SL10VB6VQ SL10VB6VY SL10VB6VYQ
2m 10 mm 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD Bipolar NPN/PNP
300 s
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 285). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SL30VB6V W/30).
283
PART & AREA
SLOT & LABEL
LUMINESCENCE

Infrared LED
SLO30, 10-30V dc
2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD
Output Type
Bipolar NPN/PNP
Response
1 ms 300 s
Repeatability
250 s 75 s
Models
SLO30VB6 SLO30VB6Q SLO30VB6Y SLO30VB6YQ
SENSORS
30 mm
SLOT SLOT
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 285). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SLO30VB6 W/30).
SL30, SL10 and SLO30 Specifications

ACCESSORIES
10 to 30V dc, 30 mA Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Bipolar: One current sinking (NPN) and one current sourcing (PNP) open-collector transistor 150 mA, each output Protected against false pulse on power-up and short-circuit of outputs 1 millisecond or 300 microseconds, depending on model 250 microseconds or 75 microseconds, depending on model SL30 and SL10: 4-turn clutched potentiometer sensitivity adjustment SLO30: None Green: Power ON/OFF indicator Yellow: Signal condition indicator Housing: ABS/polycarbonate Lenses: Acrylic IP67; NEMA 6 2 m or 9 m 5-conductor PVC-jacketed attached cable, or 5-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 285. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% @ 50 C (non-condensing)
Output Rating Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Repeatability Adjustments Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Certifications Hookup Diagrams
page 285
SP03 (p. 770)
SLE30 and SLE10 Expert, 10-30V dc

2m 30 mm
SLOT SLOT
Visible Red LED
Output Type
Response
500 s 150 s
Repeatability
100 s 75 s 100 s 75 s
Models
SLE30B6V SLE30B6VQ SLE30B6VY SLE30B6VYQ SLE10B6V SLE10B6VQ SLE10B6VY SLE10B6VYQ
5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD Bipolar NPN/PNP
500 s 150 s
10 mm
SLOT SLOT
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 285). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, SLE30B6V W/30).
284
SLE30 and SLE10 Expert Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 45 mA, exclusive of load Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Bipolar: One current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN) open-collector transistor 150 mA max. each output at 25 C, derated to 100 mA at 70 C (derate 1 mA per C) OFF-state leakage current: less than 5 A @ 30V dc ON-state saturation current: less than 1V @ 10 mA; less than 1.5V @ 150 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short-circuit of outputs Sensors will respond to either a light or a dark signal of 500 microseconds (or 150 microseconds, depending on model) or longer duration, 1 kHz max 1 second; outputs are non-conducting during this time 100 microseconds or 75 microseconds, depending on model Push-button TEACH-mode sensitivity setting; remote TEACH-mode input Two LEDs: Yellow and Bicolor Green/Red Green (RUN Mode): ON when power is applied Flashes when received light level approaches the switching threshold Red (TEACH Mode): OFF when no signal is received. Pulses to indicate signal strength (received light level). Rate is proportional to signal strength (the stronger the signal, the faster the pulse rate). This is a function of Banners Alignment Indicating Device (AID). Alternating Red/Green: Microprocessor memory error Flashing Yellow (Static TEACH): ON to indicate sensor is ready to learn output ON condition OFF to indicate sensor is ready to learn output OFF condition Yellow (Dynamic TEACH): Pulses at 0.5 Hz when ready to sample ON to indicate Dynamic TEACH sampling OFF to indicate sampling was accepted Yellow (RUN Mode): ON when outputs are conducting Housing: ABS/polycarbonate IEC IP67; NEMA 6 PVC-jacketed 5-conductor 2 m or 9 m unterminated cable, or 5-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 285. Temperature: -20 to +70 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing) Lenses: Acrylic
The first condition presented during TEACH mode becomes the output ON condition
DC08 (p. 759)
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 699 Length
0.50 m 1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
SL

MQDC1-501.5 MQDC1-506 MQDC1-515 MQDC1-530 MQDC1-506RA MQDC1-515RA MQDC1-530RA pg. 687 SMBSL Additional bracket information available. See page 632.
285
PART & AREA
SLOT & LABEL
LUMINESCENCE
REGISTRATION MARK & COLOR

R58 QC50/QCX50
SENSORS
R58
page 287
QC50/QCX50
page 291
Outstanding color contrast sensitivity even in low-contrast or high-gloss applications Ultra-fast 10 kHz switching frequency Models with push-button or potentiometer configuration Bipolar discrete outputs: one current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN)
For comparing three different colors or shades of one color Models for challenging applications such as differentiating dark blue from black Easy to set and program Three programming parameters: channel, sensing mode and tolerance level
286
Registration Mark Sensors

R58
Outstanding color contrast sensitivity; detecting contrasts as low as 2% over a wide range of colors Excellent performance in low-contrast or high-gloss applications Ultra-fast 10 kHz switching frequency (10,000 actuations per second); 15 s repeatability Rugged, mechanical housing to withstand ambient electrical noise and vibration; rated IP67 High-quality acrylic lens suitable for food processing applications Provides a sensing image that measures 1.2 by 3.8 mm at 10 mm from lens Models with push-button or potentiometer configuration Fast warm-up and excellent temperature stability Bright, highly visible LEDs for easy configuration and monitoring during operation Bipolar NPN/PNP with selectable Light/Dark Operate (LO/DO) Models with OFF-delay for applications requiring a delay for reliable detection
ACCESSORIES
page 290
PART & AREA SLOT & LABEL REGISTRATION & COLOR R58 QC50/QCX50 LUMINESCENCE OPTICAL TOUCH BUTTONS
R58E Expert
page 288
R58B
page 288 R58A
page 288
Senses a variety of color marks without changing sensors Automatically selects the correct LED to optimize contrast for each application Features easy-to-set TEACH options: Dynamic or Static using push buttons, or remote switch Provides easy-to-read, 8-segment bargraph display for TEACH and signal strength
Detects contrasts as low as 2% Excellent performance in low-contrast or highgloss applications Ultra-fast switching frequency Rugged, mechanical housing to withstand ambient electrical noise and vibration High-quality acrylic lens suitable for food processing applications Fast warm-up and excellent temperature stability
Provides a single emitter color; red or green, depending on model Delivers a simplified setup with potentiometer adjustment of switching threshold and switch selectable Light/Dark Operate (LO/DO) Includes easy-to-see output and setup indicators
R58E interface
R58B interface
R58A interface
Convenient and flexible mounting

Two lens locations on each sensor Threaded lens and cap for easy exchange without tools Vertical or horizontal light spot, depending on model Industry standard mounting holes
Range and application tolerant

Tolerates a +/-3 mm shift from the 10 mm focal point Accommodates for web flutter and similar variations in the targets location
287
PART & AREA
SLOT & LABEL
LUMINESCENCE
R58 Sensors
83.3 mm
SENSORS
62.1 mm
28.0 mm 30.0 mm
R58 Expert Sensors
Perpendicular to sensor length
ONLINE
ACCESSORIES
R58B Sensors
R58A Sensors
page 290
R58E Expert, 10-30V dc

CONVERGENT
Visible Red, Green or Blue LED, depending on registration mark
Sensing Mode/LED
Focus
Connection
2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD
Output Type
Sensing Image Orientation

Parallel to sensor length
Models
R58ECRGB1 R58ECRGB1Q
CONVERGENT
10 mm
CONVERGENT
Bipolar NPN/PNP
R58ECRGB2 R58ECRGB2Q
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 281) For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, R58ECRGB1 W/30). CONVERGENT QD models: For integral 5-pin Euro-style QD, add suffix Q8 to the 2 m model number (example R58ECRGB1Q8).
R58B Expert, 10-30V dc

Sensing Mode/LED Focus Connection
2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD 10 mm
CONVERGENT
Visible Red, Green or Blue LED, depending on registration mark
Output Type
PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN
Models
R58BPCRGB1 R58BNCRGB1 R58BPCRGB1Q R58BNCRGB1Q
R58BPCRGB2 R58BNCRGB2 R58BPCRGB2Q R58BNCRGB2Q
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 281) For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, R58BPCRGB1 W/30). CONVERGENT QD models: For integral 5-pin Euro-style QD, add suffix Q8 to the 2 m model number (example R58BPCRGB1Q8).
288

R58A, 10-30V dc
Sensing Mode/LED Focus Connection
Visible Red LED
Visible Green LED
Output Type
OFF-Delay
0 ms
Models
R58ACG1 R58ACG1Q R58ACG1D R58ACG1DQ R58ACR1 R58ACR1Q R58ACR1D R58ACR1DQ R58ACG2 R58ACG2Q R58ACG2D R58ACG2DQ R58ACR2 R58ACR2Q R58ACR2D R58ACR2DQ
2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 10 mm 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD Bipolar NPN/PNP
20 ms
CONVERGENT
20 ms
0
2m 10 mm 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 4-pin Euro Pigtail QD Bipolar NPN/PNP
20 ms
ACCESSORIES
page 290
CONVERGENT
20 ms
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 290) For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, R58ACG1 W/30). QD models: For integral 4-pin Euro-style QD, add suffix Q8 to the 2 m model number (example, R58ACG1Q8).
PART & AREA SLOT & LABEL REGISTRATION & COLOR R58
QC50/QCX50 LUMINESCENCE OPTICAL TOUCH BUTTONS
R58 Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages R58 Expert & R58A: Bipolar: One current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN) R58B: Single output: One current sourcing (PNP) or one current sinking (NPN) R58 Expert & R58B: 100 mA max. (each output) OFF-state leakage current: NPN less than 200 A; PNP less than 10 A NPN saturation: less than 1.6V @ 100 mA PNP saturation: less than 3V @ 100 mA R58A: 150 mA max. (each output) OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A NPN saturation: less than 200 mV @ 10 mA and less than 1V @ 150 mA PNP saturation: less than 1V @ 10 mA and less than 2V @ 150 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short-circuit of outputs 50 microseconds 100 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time. 15 microseconds
More on next page
289
PART & AREA
SLOT & LABEL
LUMINESCENCE
R58 Specifications
Sensing Image Adjustments
(contd)
Rectangular: 1.2 x 3.8 mm at 10 mm from face of lens; image oriented either parallel or perpendicular to sensor length, depending on model R58 Expert & R58B: 2 push buttons and remote wire for sensor TEACH programming and configuration. See data sheet for detailed information. R58A: Light/Dark Operate (LO/DO) select switch, and 15-turn switchpoint adjustment potentiometer R58 Expert: 8-segment Bargraph display: Green: Power ON Yellow: Outputs ON 2-position Green: LED ON next to DO for dark operate LED ON next to LO for light operate 2-position Green: LED ON next to ON for ON-delay LED ON next to OFF for OFF-delay R58B: Green: Power ON Amber: Output active R58A: Amber: Output active Green: Switchpoint threshold adjustment indicators See data sheet for detailed information.
SENSORS
Indicators
Construction
Zinc alloy die-cast housing with black painted finish and o-ring sealed lens port cap. Lens: Acrylic Lens port cap and lens holder: ABS Sensitivity and LO/DO adjusters: Acetal QD: Anodized aluminum IEC IP67 PVC-jacketed 4-conductor 2 m or 9 m attached cable with internal strain relief, integrated 4-pin Euro-style QD fitting or 150 mm pigtail with 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 290. Temperature: -10 to +50 C Storage temperature: -20 to +80 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Shock and Vibration Certification Hookup Diagrams
All models meet IEC 68-2-6 and IEC 68-2-27 testing criteria.
DC04 (p. 758)
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Euro QD (With Shield)

See page 701 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m


Brackets
R58E/R58A
pg. 658 SMB55A
pg. 659 SMB55RA
pg. 658 SMB55F
pg. 659 SMB55S
290
True Color Sensor

QC50/QCX50
Accurately analyzes and compares colors or varying intensities of color Available in two versions for application flexibility: QC50 models for most applications and QCX50 models for challenging applications such as differentiating dark blue from black Offers easy-to-set push-button programming options for up to three colors Features compact, self-contained design Offers fast sensing response time of 335 microsecond (QC50) and 5 milliseconds (QCX50) Includes three programming parameters: channel, sensing mode and tolerance level Available in models with three NPN or three PNP outputs, one for each color channel Provides bright LED indicators for output of programmed color Includes a 3-position swivel connector for installation flexibility
ACCESSORIES
page 292
50.0 mm
PART & AREA SLOT & LABEL REGISTRATION & COLOR R58 QC50/QCX50 LUMINESCENCE OPTICAL TOUCH BUTTONS
50.0 mm
40.0 mm
ONLINE
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
25.0 mm
QC50/QCX50, 10-30V dc
Sensing Beam Range
20 mm typical; varies according to sensor configuration
Visible White LED
Connection
Response Time
335 s
Output Type
NPN, 3 channels PNP, 3 channels NPN, 3 channels PNP, 3 channels
Models
QC50A3N6XDWQ QC50A3P6XDWQ QCX50A3N6XDWQ QCX50A3P6XDWQ
8-pin Euro QD Selectable 5 ms or 1 ms
DIFFUSE DIFFUSE
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 290)
291
PART & AREA
SLOT & LABEL
LUMINESCENCE
QC50/QCX50 Specifications
Sensing Receiver Minimum Spot Diameter Supply Voltage and Current Solid-state photodiode device with R, G, B filters 4 mm 10 to 30V dc, 2 V pp max ripple 40 mA max @ 24V dc (excluding output current) Protected against reverse polarity, over-voltage, and transient voltage 3 PNP or 3 NPN outputs, depending on model 30V dc max. Saturation voltage: less than 2V 100 mA max. load per output channel Protected against output short-circuit, continuous overload, transient over-voltages, and false pulse on power-up QC50 models: 335 microseconds QCX50 models: Selectable 5 milliseconds (normal) or 1 millisecond QC50 models QCX50 models Gate ON-time: 335 microseconds 700 microseconds Gate OFF-time: 170 microseconds 400 microseconds 500 milliseconds; outputs do not conduct during this time EEPROM nonvolatile memory According to EN 609475-2 2 push buttons (Set and Select) Color, scanning, color modes, delay and tolerance Manual adjustment of color channels, sensing mode and tolerance level 4-Digit LCD Display: indicates sensing mode, run status, tolerance level, output status Yellow Output LED: ON when any output is conducting 3 Green Channel Output Status LEDs: ON when its corresponding output is conducting ABS shock-resistant housing; glass window and lens IEC IP62 8-pin Euro-style swivel quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 292. Temperature: -10 to +55 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
SENSORS
Output Rating Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time
Delay at Power-up Data Retention Ambient Light Rejection Adjustments
Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Shock Resistance Vibration Certifications Hookup Diagrams
Approx. 30 G; 3 shocks per axis; 11 milliseconds duration 0.5 mm amplitude; 10 to 60 Hz frequency; 30 minutes for each X, Y, Z axis
NPN Models: SP05 (p. 771)
PNP Models: SP06 (p. 771)
Cordsets
Euro QD (Open-Shield)
See page 704 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m 15.2 m
Brackets
QC50/QCX50

MQDC2S-806 MQDC2S-815 MQDC2S-830 MQDC2S-850 Additional cordset information available. See page 693. pg. 683 SMBQC50 Additional bracket information available. See page 632.
292
LUMINESCENCE SENSORS
QL50 QL56
PART & AREA SLOT & LABEL REGISTRATION & COLOR LUMINESCENCE OPTICAL TOUCH BUTTONS
QL50 page 294 Cost-effective, compact and simplified set up Sensing range of 40 mm Shock resistent, ABS plastic housing 3-position swivel QD connector
QL56 page 296 IP67-rated housing for use in rugged industrial environments Push buttons to adjust switchpoint sensitivity and OFF-delay Choice of operating distance, depending on model 5-position swivel QD connection
293
PART & AREA
SLOT & LABEL
LUMINESCENCE
Luminescence Sensors
QL50 and QL56
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Features compact, self-contained design Detects luminescence inherent in a material or luminophores added to a material to make it luminescent Senses luminescent marks, even on luminescent backgrounds and reflective surfaces such as ceramic, metal or mirrored glass Includes easy-to-set programming options Responds in 250 microseconds Available in models with NPN or PNP discrete outputs or with selectable NPN or PNP outputs
page 297
QL50 Models QL56 Models
page 294 296
QL50 Sensors
DIFFUSED
15.0 mm
50.0 mm
40.0 mm
66.0 mm
ONLINE
QL50, 10-30V dc
Sensing Beam/LED Range Connection
Black Ultraviolet LED
Returned Luminescence
Models NPN
Models PNP
0-40 mm
DIFFUSE
4-pin Euro QD
QL50AN6XD20BQ
QL50AP6XD20BQ
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 297)
294
QL50 Specifications
Spot Diameter Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 1.5 mm @ 10 mm 10 to 30V dc, 2V max. ripple 30 mA max. @ 30V dc (excluding output current) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages PNP or NPN discrete output, depending on model 30V dc max Leakage current: less than 1 A 100 mA max. load Protected against output overload and short circuit 250 microseconds See chart RC-1 on page 290 EEPROM nonvolatile memory According to EN 60947-5-2 1 push button (set), and remote program wire: Fine-detect autoset for Light Operate or Dark Operate 20 milliseconds output OFF-delay Remote wire to +V dc for remote programming and/or push-button lockout Yellow Output LED: ON when output is conducting Bicolor Ready/Error LED: Green ON: Default and Quick-Set programming RUN mode Green OFF: Threshold Green Flashing: Fine-Detection Program mode/Delay status Green/Red bicolor flashing: programming error ABS shock-resistant housing; glass lens and window (tilted, antireflective) IEC IP62 4-pin Euro-style swivel quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 289. Temperature: -25 to +55 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C non-condensing
Output Rating Output Protection Output Response Time Response Curve Data Retention Ambient Light Rejection Adjustments
Indicators
PART & AREA SLOT & LABEL REGISTRATION & COLOR LUMINESCENCE QL50 QL56 OPTICAL TOUCH BUTTONS
Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Shock Resistance Vibration Certifications
Approx. 30 G; 3 shocks per axis; 11 milliseconds duration 0.5 mm amplitude; 10 to 60 Hz frequency; 30 minutes for each X, Y, Z axis
Hookup Diagrams
SP07 (p. 771)
295
PART & AREA
SLOT & LABEL
LUMINESCENCE

ONLINE
QL56 Sensors
SENSORS
96.5 mm 96.5 mm 96.5 mm
88.7 mm 31.9 mm 65.5 mm
82.2 mm 31.9 mm
QL56M6XD30BQ8 Models
31.9 mm
QL56M6XD40BQ8 Models QL56M6XD15BQ8 Models
ACCESSORIES
page 297
QL56, 15-30V dc
Sensing Beam/LED Range
10-20 mm 20-40 mm
DIFFUSE
Black Ultraviolet LED
Returned Luminescence
Connection
Output Type
Models
QL56M6XD15BQ
5-pin Euro QD
Bipolar NPN/PNP plus one 0.75-5.5V dc analog
QL56M6XD30BQ QL56M6XD40BQ
30-50 mm
296
QL56 Specifications
Sensing Beam Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Analog Output Analog Output Impedance Output Rating Output Saturation Voltage Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Response Time Ambient Light Rejection Adjustments Switching Frequency Delay at Power-up Indicators LED UV, 375 nm; class 1 15 to 30V dc, (2 V pp max ripple); 50 mA max @ 24V dc (excluding output current) Protected against reverse polarity Bipolar (1 NPN & 1 PNP), plus 0.75 to 5.5V dc analog output 0.75 to 5.5V dc max 2.2 k (short-circuit protection) 100 mA max. < 2V Overload and short circuit protection 250 microseconds See charts RC-3, RC-4 and RC-5 on page 298 According to EN 60947-5-2 + and push buttons determine sensitivity Set push button activates delay and keylock function 2 kHz 0 milliseconds (default) or 20 milliseconds user selectable Green Ready LED: ON indicates power ON Yellow Output LED: ON indicates output conducting Green Ready LED: ON indicates power on; Flashing indicates output overload Orange Delay LED: ON indicates 20 milliseconds delay activated Orange Keylock LED: ON indicates push buttons are unlocked 5-segment bar graph: Indicates sensitivity Aluminum housing, glass lens; mass 180 g. max. IP67 5-pin Euro-style (M12). QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 297. Temperature: -10 to +55 C Storage Temperature: -20 to 70 C 2 x 8 mm @ 10 mm (QL56M6XD15BQ) 3 x 11 mm @ 24 mm (QL56M6XD30BQ) 4 x 15 mm @ 50 mm (QL56M6XD40BQ) 30 G; 6 shocks per axis; 11 milliseconds duration (EN60068-2-27) 0.5 mm amplitude; 10 to 55 Hz frequency; per axis (EN60068-2-6) The lens must be used in the lower position, and the cap must remain in place on the end position.
PART & AREA SLOT & LABEL REGISTRATION & COLOR LUMINESCENCE QL50 QL56 OPTICAL TOUCH BUTTONS
Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Minimum Spot Dimensions
Shock Resistance Vibration Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams
SP07 (p. 771)
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 699 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
QL50/QL51/QL56

MQDC1-506 MQDC1-515 MQDC1-530 MQDC1-506RA MQDC1-515RA MQDC1-530RA pg. 658 SMB55A pg. 659 SMB55RA pg. 658 SMB55F pg. 659 SMB55S
297
PART & AREA
SLOT & LABEL
LUMINESCENCE
Response Curves
QL50
100%
QL56 QL56M6XD15BQ
SENSORS
Relative Received Signal
80%
120% 100% 80% 60% 60% 20% 0% 5 mm 15 mm 25 mm Sensing Distance 35 mm
60%
40%
20%
0 0 10 mm (0.4") 20 mm (0.8") 30 mm (1.2") 40 mm (1.6")
RC-1
Sensing Distance
RC-2
QL56 QL56M6XD30BQ
QL56 QL56M6XD40BQ
60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 20% 0% 5 mm 15 mm 25 mm 35 mm 45 mm 55 mm Sensing Distance
40% 30% 30% 25% 0%

Sensing Distance
RC-3
RC-4
298

OTB/LTB VTB STB
PART & AREA SLOT & LABEL REGISTRATION & COLOR LUMINESCENCE OPTICAL TOUCH BUTTONS
OTB/LTB
page 477 VTB
page 475 STB
page 481
Replaces mechanical push buttons Features ergonomic design to prevent repetitive motion stress Senses light, not pressure Provides a choice of momentary-action or alternate-action touch buttons
Bright, easy-to-see sequence indicators A cost-effective and easy-to-install solution for areas that cannot accommodate a light screen No physical pressure to operate, reducing hand, wrist and arm stress
Self-checking for use with safety controls LED power, output and fault indicators 10 to 30V dc or 20 to 30V ac/dc Housing sealed to IP66 Optional field cover colors
299
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
MEASUREMENT & INSPECTION

Light Gauging LT3 LT7 LH LG page 303
SENSORS
Ultrasonic QT50U S18U QS18U T30U/T30UX M25U T18U Q45U Q45UR Measuring Arrays
page 316
page 348
EZ-ARRAY High-Resolution MIN-ARRAY MINI-ARRAY
Radar QT50R
page 362
300
Light Gauging Sensors

Light gauging sensors utilize either Time of Flight or triangulation technology to detect the presence and position of targets. Time of Flight: Measurement of the amount of time that it takes emitted light to travel to the target and return to the sensor. This technology is used in long-range sensing applications. Triangulation: An emitter transmits visible light through a lens, towards a target. The beam bounces off the target, returning some of the light to the sensors Position Sensitive Device (PSD) receiver element. The targets distance from the receiver determines the angle at which the light travels to the receiver element. This angle, in turn, determines where the received light will fall along the PSD receiver element. The position of the light on the PSD receiver element is processed through analog and/or digital electronics to calculate the appropriate output value.
PSD Receiver Element
Color Effects
The color of the object being measured can affect the resolution and accuracy of the readings. White, red, yellow and orange targets will reflect more light than green, blue or black targets. The resolution for dark targets may be up to four times less than for white targets.
The graph below shows the relative amount of received light that is reflected from various target colors, using visible red light. The resolution is roughly affected according to the square of the received light. For example, reducing the amount of light by a factor of nine will degrade the resolution by a factor of three.
Lenses Near Limit Far Limit
Signal Conditioning Circuitry
Object Movement Microprocessor
Output Circuitry Emitter Circuitry E Laser Emitter Programmed Sensing Window
LIGHT GAUGING ULTRASONIC MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR
Triangulation Technology
Surface Reflectivity and Texture

Triangulation sensors depend on the diffuse reflections of light from the target. A diffuse reflection is one in which the light tends to scatter equally in all directions from the target. If the target surface is mirror-like, then light will tend to reflect in only one direction (If this target is not perpendicular to the sensor, the light will be reflected away from the sensor). Triangulation sensors also require a non-porous, opaque surface for accurate operation. Measurement errors will result from semi-transparent targets such as clear plastic, or from porous materials such as foam.
Metal Surfaces
Signal
PSD Receiver Element
Conditioning Bare metal surfaces do not exhibit consistent reflectivity across their surfaces. As a Far Near Circuitry Limit Limit Lenses result, the repeatability from one point on a metal surface to another, even at the same Object Movement Microprocessor distance from the sensor, will degrade. This effect varies from metal to metal and is dependent upon surface finish. Output Circuitry Emitter Circuitry
E Laser Emitter
Programmed Sensing Window
Best
Worst
Typical
X
More light is reflected in the y-direction than the x-direction
Diffuse targets (e.g., matte finish white ceramic) reflect light consistently in all directions
Specular targets (e.g., a mirror) reflect light in only one direction
Mixed targets (most objects) display traits of both diffuse and specular targets
Total Expected Measurement Error

Keep in mind that the overall expected accuracy of an analog sensor is the combination of several performance parameters, not simply the sensors resolution. Linearity and temperature effect can also affect accuracy.
301
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
Ultrasonic Sensors
Ultrasonic sensors emit a pulse of energy which travels at the speed of sound. A portion of this energy is reflected off of a target and travels back to the sensor. The sensor measures the total time required for the energy to reach the target and return to the sensor and calculates the distance from the sensor to the target.
Target Angle
A flat target that is perpendicular to the beam axis will reflect the most sound energy back to the sensor. As the target angle increases, the amount of energy received by the sensor decreases. For most ultrasonic sensors, the target angle should be 10 or less.
Target Angle
SENSORS
Temperature Effect
The speed of sound depends on chemical composition, pressure and temperature of the gas in which it is traveling. In most ultrasonic applications, the composition and pressure of the gas are relatively fixed, while the temperature is not. The speed of sound increases roughly 1% per 10 F (6 C) temperature increase.
Sensor
Air Currents
Cold Environment
Air currents due to wind, fans, pneumatic equipment or other sources can deflect or disturb the path of the ultrasonic energy, so a sensor may fail to recognize the correct location of the target.
Warm Environment
Measuring Light Screens

Banner light screens have a vertical array of photoelectric emitters and receivers: The emitters in one housing, the receivers in another. An object placed between the emitter and receiver will block the emitted light from reaching the corresponding receivers.

The minimum object detection size is a function of the lens diameter for an individual channel and the spacing between channels. The minimum object detection size is defined as the smallest diameter rod that can be detected reliably.
Maximum Part Speed

Emitter Receiver
Synchronous Scanning
Identifies which of the beams is blocked, by enabling one emitter channel to pulse light while simultaneously directing its corresponding receiver to look for a signal. The system records which beam channels are blocked and which are clear, and then outputs a signal, either analog or discrete.
The maximum speed of a passing part is a function of the part size, the lens diameter and the maximum response time of the system.
Measuring Modes Sensor Response Time

The time required for an array system to see an object varies depending on which channel is blocked, when the object blocks a particular channel and when that particular channel is scanned. The result is that the minimum response time is equal to 1 ms; the maximum response time is equal to twice the scan time. The scan time, in turn, varies according to array length and scanning mode, and is specified in the product literature. Banners measuring light screens can be configured, with a simple Windows setup program, for several measuring modes for both analog and discrete outputs. For example, the output can be based on the: First beam blocked Last beam blocked Total number of beams blocked First beam made Last beam made Total number of beams made Center beam of several blocked beams Number of transitions from blocked to made Highest number of contiguous beams blocked
302
L-GAGE LIGHT GAUGING SENSORS

LT3 LT7 LH LG
LIGHT GAUGING ULTRASONIC MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR
LT3
page 304
LT7
page 308 LH
page 311 LG
page 313
Exceptionally accurate advanced time-of-flight sensing technology provides precise measurements over long ranges Retroreflective mode sensor has 50 m range Ranges with diffuse-mode sensor are 5 m for white targets and 3 m for gray targets Sensors offer either analog and discrete, or dual-discrete output with independent window limits
Extremely long-range sensor uses a Class 1 laser beam for accuracy over long distances Retroreflective-mode sensor has 250 m range Ranges with diffuse-mode sensor are up to 10 m for white, 7 m for gray and 3 m for black targets Models are available with discrete output only or with discrete and analog output RS-422 or SSI compatible serial connections are provided
High-precision laser displacement sensor provides reliable measurement results on real-world targets, such as machined metal, wood, ceramic and paper Non-contact sensor provides precise measurement on moving processes, hot parts, machined parts, and soft or sticky parts Ranges are up to 200 mm, depending on model Two sensors self-synchronize for easy thickness measurements and calculations
One-piece laser gauging system requires no separate controller Ultra narrow beam delivers precise distance, height and thickness measurement and gauging Two sensing ranges are available: 45 to 60 mm and 75 to 125 mm
303
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
Laser Distance-Gauging Sensors

L-GAGE LT3
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Uses advanced time-of-flight technology for precise, long-distance gauging at the speed of light Available in diffuse-mode models with ranges to 5 m and retroreflective models with a 50 m range Offered in dual-discrete or analog/discrete models Features push-button TEACH-mode programming for custom sensing windows Offers remote programming for added security and convenience Includes push-button programming for three output response speeds Simplifies alignment with a bright, visible laser spot Emits one million pulses per second Reliably detects angled targets Uses rugged construction to withstand demanding sensing environmentsrated IEC IP67; NEMA 6
page 307
LT3 Sensing Ranges

LASER DIFFUSE
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT

RADIANT POWER 0.15mW 10ns PULSE, 1MHz 650 - 670 nm Complies with IEC 60825-1:2001 and 21 CFR 1040.10 & 1040.11 except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated July 26, 2001
LASER LIGHT
Diffuse models with gray targets: 0.3 - 3 m

RETRO LASER
Diffuse models with white targets: 0.3 - 5 m Retroreflective models with retroreflector: 0.5 - 50 m Meters
Class 1 Label
Laser light emitted from this aperture
LASER LIGHT
DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCT

RADIANT POWER 0.5mW 10ns PULSE, 1MHz 650 - 670 nm COMPLIES TO 21 CFR PART 1040.10 AND EN60825-1:1994
Avoid exposure- laser light emitted from this aperture
5...
50
Class 2 Label
87.0 mm
48.8 mm
E YL
PIGTAIL P
UR
68.5 mm
QPMA
CA LL FACTORY
EURO
ONLINE
-S
A BL
75.6 mm 35.3 mm
304
L-GAGE LT3, 12-24V dc

Sensing Mode/LED Laser Class Sensing Distance Connection
2m 8-pin Euro QD Class 2
DIFFUSE LASER
Visible Red Laser
Analog Output
None
Models NPN
Models PNP
LT3BD (Dual NPN or PNP selectable) LT3BDQ (Dual NPN or PNP selectable) LT3NU LT3NUQ 4 to 20 mA LT3NI LT3NIQ None LT3PU LT3PUQ LT3PI LT3PIQ
0.3 to 5 m for 90% reflectivity white card (see Performance Curve RRC-1 on page 299 for more information)
0 to 10V dc
LT3BDLV (Dual NPN or PNP selectable) LT3BDLVQ (Dual NPN or PNP selectable) LT3NULV LT3NULVQ LT3PULV LT3PULVQ LT3PILV LT3PILVQ
Class 1
LASER RETRO
0.5 to 50 m (see Performance Curve RRC-2 on page 299 for more information)
0 to 10V dc
4 to 20 mA
LT3NILV LT3NILVQ
ACCESSORIES
page 307
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 307). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, LT3BD W/30). Retroreflective range is specified using a BRT-TVHG-8X10P high-grade target. Actual sensing range may differ, depending on the efficiency and reflective area of the retroreflector used. See Accessories for more information. LIGHT GAUGING LT3 LT7 LH LG ULTRASONIC MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR
L-GAGE LT3 Specifications

Sensing Beam Typical beam diameter: 6 mm @ 3 m Typical laser lifetime: 75,000 hours Diffuse: 658 nm visible red IEC and CDRH Class 2 laser; 0.5 mW max. radiant output power Retroreflective: 658 nm visible red IEC and CDRH Class 1 laser, 0.15 mW max. radiant output power Diffuse: 90% white card: 0.3 to 5 m 18% gray card: 0.3 to 3 m 6% black card: 0.3 to 2 m Retroreflective: 0.5 to 50 m (using supplied target)
Sensing Range
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Delay at Power-up Output Rating
12 to 24V dc (10% max. ripple); 108 mA max. @ 24V dc or [2600/V dc] mA Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages 1 second; outputs do not conduct during this time Discrete (switched) output: 100 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 5 A Output saturation NPN: less than 200 mV @ 10 mA; less than 600 mV @ 100 mA Output saturation PNP: less than 1.2V at 10 mA; less than 1.6V at 100 mA Analog voltage output: 2.5 k min. load impedance (voltage sourcing) Analog current output: 1 k max. @ 24V; max. load resistance = [Vcc-4.5/0.02 ] (current sourcing) Discrete (switched): Solid-state switch; NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing), depending on model. Dual-discrete models feature selectable NPN or PNP, depending on wiring hookup. Analog output: 0 to 10V dc or 4 to 20 mA Protected against short circuit conditions
Output Protection
More on next page
305
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR

(contd)
SENSORS
Discrete output Fast: 1 millisecond ON/OFF Medium: 10 milliseconds ON/OFF Slow: 100 milliseconds ON/OFF Diffuse Analog Voltage output (-3 dB) Fast: 450 Hz (1 millisecond average/1 millisecond update rate) Medium: 45 Hz (10 milliseconds average/2 milliseconds update rate) Slow: 4.5 Hz (100 milliseconds average/4 milliseconds update rate) Retroreflective Analog Voltage output (-3 dB) Fast: 114 Hz (6 milliseconds average/ 1 millisecond update rate) Medium: 10 Hz (48 milliseconds average/ 1 millisecond update rate) Slow: 2.5 Hz (192 milliseconds average/ 1 millisecond update rate) See charts RRC-1 and RRC-2 on page 299 Diffuse: 90% white to 18% gray: less than 10 mm; 90% white to 6% black: less than 20 mm. See chart CSC-1 on page 299. Retroreflective: 60 mm from 0.5 to 50 m (0.12% of full scale) (Specified @ 24V dc, 22 C using supplied BRT-TVHG-8X10P retroreflector) Diffuse: 30 mm from 0.3 to 1.5 m; 20 mm from 1.5 to 5 m (Specified @ 24V dc, 22 C using a 90% reflectance white card)
Resolution/Repeatability Color Sensitivity (typical) Analog Linearity
Discrete Output Hysteresis
Diffuse Fast: 10 mm Medium: 5 mm Slow: 3 mm Diffuse: less than 2 mm/ C Diffuse: 20 mm 18 k min. (65 k at 5V dc)
Retroreflective Fast: 20 mm Medium: 10 mm Slow: 6 mm Retroreflective: less than 3 mm/ C Retroreflective: 40 mm
Temperature Effect Minimum Window Size Remote TEACH Input Remote TEACH Adjustments
To teach: Connect yellow wire to +5 to 24V dc To disable: Connect yellow wire to 0 to +2V dc (or open connection) Response speed: Push button toggles between fast, medium and slow (see Output Response Time) Window limits (analog or discrete): TEACH-mode programming of near and far window limits. Limits may also be taught remotely using TEACH input. Analog output slope: The first limit taught is assigned to minimum output current or voltage (4 mA or 0V dc) Connect red wire to +5 to 24V dc to enable laser beam; connect to 0 to +1.8V dc (or open connection) to disable. See data sheet for delay time on enable. Green Power ON LED: Indicates when power is ON, overloaded output and laser status Yellow Output LED: Indicates when discrete load output is conducting Red Signal LED: Indicates target is within sensing range and the condition of the received light signal Yellow Speed LED: Indicates the response speed setting Red/Yellow TEACH LEDs: In programming mode; indicate active output(s) Housing: ABS/polycarbonate blend Window: Acrylic Quick-disconnect: ABS/polycarbonate blend IP67; NEMA 6 2 m or 9 m shielded 7-conductor (with drain) PVC-jacketed attached cable, or 8-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 307. Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Laser Control Indicators
Construction
Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Application Notes
For best accuracy, allow 30-minute warm-up before programming or operating Retroreflective performance specifications are based on use with supplied BRT-TVHG-8X10P high-grade target. Results may vary with other retroreflective target materials.
Certifications
Hookup Diagrams
Discrete/Analog Models: NPN: MI01 (p. 772) Dual-Discrete Models: NPN: MI03 (p. 772)
PNP: MI02 (p. 772) PNP: MI04 (p. 772)
306
Cordsets
See page 703 Length
2m 5m 9m
Brackets
LT3
REFLECTORS
REFLECTORS

MQDC-806 MQDC-815 MQDC-830 Additional cordset information available. See page 693. pg. 664 SMBAMSLT3IP pg. 671 SMBLT31 pg. 671 SMBLT32 pg. 671 SMBLT3IP
PAGE 724
Repeatability/Resolution Curves
= Visible Red Laser
LT3
5 4 3 2 1 Slow 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 Medium Resolution/Repeatability vs. Distance 20 18 Fast Repeatability (mm) 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 10
LT3
Resolution/Repeatability vs. Distance
Fast
LIGHT GAUGING LT3 LT7 LH LG ULTRASONIC

50
Medium Slow
Resolution (mm)
6% Black 18% Gray 90% White
Distance (m)
20 30 Distance (m)
40
MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR
RRC-1
RRC-2
Range: 5 m
Mode: Diffuse
LED:
Range: 50 m
Mode: Retroreflective
LED:
Color Sensitivity Curves

= Visible Red Laser
LT3
20 Color Sensitivity (mm) 10 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 0 1 2 3 Target Position (m) 4 5
90% White to 18% Gray 90% White to 6% Black
CSC-1
Range: 5 m
Mode: Diffuse
LED:
307
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
Highly Accurate Time-of-Flight Laser Gauging Sensors

L-GAGE LT7
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Available in extremely long-range retroreflective models with ranges up to 250 m or in diffuse models with ranges up to 10 m Provides two alarm outputs with ongoing LCD display for easy troubleshooting Uses visible Class 2 alignment laser for accurate alignment Provides quick warm-up to minimize drift Offered in dual-discrete or analog/discrete models Features TEACH-mode programming using integrated push buttons or a serial interface Continually displays sensing distance in millimeters or hundredths of an inch Delivers excellent 10 mm linearity Offers choice of RS-422 or SSI-compatible serial connection
page 310
LT7 Sensing Ranges

LASER DIFFUSE
Diffuse models with gray targets: 0.5 - 7 m Diffuse models with white targets: 0.5 - 10 m Retroreflective models with specified reflector: 0.5 - 250 m
Operating Mode Laser Class 1 Setup Mode Laser Class 2 Do not stare into beam
RETRO LASER
250 . . .
10
Meters
95.0 mm
81.5 mm
93.0 mm
ONLINE
42.0 mm
42.0 mm
308
L-GAGE LT7, 18-30V dc

Sensing Mode/LED Laser Class Sensing Distance* Connection Discrete Output Analog Output
12-pin M16 QD 0.5 to 10 m
DIFFUSE LASER Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 310). * Diffuse-mode range specified using a 90% reflectance white card. Retroreflective range is specified using a BRT-250, BRT-540 or BRT-700 retroreflective target (see page 724).
Infrared Laser
Models
Serial
0.5 to 250 m
RETRO LASER
LT7PLVQ RS-422 or SSI
Class 1 Sensing Laser (Class 2 Alignment Laser)
2 PNP 4-20 mA LT7PIDQ
ACCESSORIES
page 310

Sensing Range LT7PLVQ: 0.5 to 250 m (using specified reflector) LT7PIDQ: 6% Black card: 0.5 to 3 m 18% Gray card: 0.5 to 7 m 90% White card: 0.5 to 10 m 18 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) Less than 4.5 W @ 25 C Infrared, 900 nm, Class 1 Measurement laser is ON when sensor is ON. Pilot (visible) laser enabled during Programming mode; alternates with measurement laser. LT7PLVQ: Distance 10 m 50 m 100 m 250 m 4m 6m 10 m Spot Size 20 mm 100 mm 200 mm 500 mm 3 x 10 mm 4 x 12 mm 10 x 20 mm
LIGHT GAUGING LT3 LT7 LH LG ULTRASONIC MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR
Supply Voltage and Current Power Consumption Measuring Laser Laser Control Spot Size
LT7PIDQ:
Pilot Laser (Alignment) Discrete & Analog Output Protection Discrete Outputs Discrete Switch Points Discrete Output Hysteresis Alarm Outputs Analog Output Maximum Cordset Length Output Response Time Linearity Resolution/Repeatability Color Sensitivity Temperature Effect
Visible red, 650 nm, Class 2 Protected against continuous overload and short circuit (2) 100 mA, PNP Adjustable in 1 mm steps Adjustable, 10 mm min. 50 mA, PNP (NO) LT7PLVQ: None LT7PIDQ: 4-20 mA 100 m 12 milliseconds 10 mm LT7PLVQ: 2 mm LT7PLVQ: Not Applicable LT7PIDQ: 4 mm LT7PIDQ: Contact Factory
More on next page
Less than 5 mm over the total sensing range
309
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
L-GAGE LT7 Specifications (contd)

Minimum Analog Window Size Adjustments LT7PLVQ: Not Applicable LT7PIDQ: 300 mm Push-button-directed password enable/disable, measurement unit select, offset value select, output limits set, output mode select, analog output slope select (diffuse models only) and output limit manual adjust. See data sheet for information. RS-422 or SSI compatible SSI: 1.4 milliseconds (SSI cycle 80 microseconds) RS-422: 2.9 milliseconds @ 57.6 kBaud 4 LEDs: Green: Power ON/OFF Red: Alarm (Error) LED Orange: Output 1 and Output 2 conducting LEDs 2-line digital LCD display. See data sheet for detailed information. Construction Weight Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Storage Temperature Vibration/Shock Application Notes ABS shock-resistant housing; PMMA window; polycarbonate displays Approximately 230 g IEC IP67 12-pin M16 connector; 100 m max. cable length; use only cables listed on page 310 Temperature: -10 to +50 C in continuous operation -30 to +75 C EN 60947-5-2 All specifications are based on the specified surface at constant ambient conditions and following a minimum operating time of 15 minutes For best accuracy, allow a 15 minute warm-up before programming or operating Crosstalk avoidance: Light spots must be separated by at least 200 mm
SENSORS
Serial Interface Serial Measurement Speed Indicators
Certifications Hookup Diagrams MI05 (p. 773)
Cordsets
M16 QD
See page 711 Length
3m 10 m 30 m
Brackets
LT7
REFLECTORS
REFLECTORS

MQDC-1210ST MQDC-1230ST MQDC-1210RA MQDC-1230RA MQDC-1290RA pg. 672 SMBLT7 Additional brackets and information available. See page 632.
PAGE 710
Class 1 (Infrared Sensing Laser)

Operating Mode Laser Class 1 Setup Mode Laser Class 2 Do not stare into beam
Class 2 (Visible Alignment Laser)

Lasers that emit visible radiation in the wavelength range from 400 to 700 nm where eye protection is normally afforded by aversion responses, including the blink reflex. This reaction may be expected to provide adequate protection under reasonably foreseeable conditions of operation, including the use of optical instruments for intrabeam viewing. Reference 60825-1 Amend. 2 IEC:2001(E), section 8.2.
310
High-Precision Laser Sensors for Displacement & Thickness Measurements

L-GAGE LH
High-precision laser technology provides reliable and accurate measurement on virtually any material, including machined metal, wood, ceramic, paper and painted targets Extremely accurate, robust and self-contained laser displacement sensor with a 1024 pixel CMOS linear imager Non-contact precise measurement on moving processes, hot parts, machined parts, and soft or sticky parts Precise red laser spot for easy alignment to the target Target displacement or thickness measurement with high-resolution 4-20 mA or RS-485 serial communication outputs Automatic laser power and measurement rate control for reliable measurement under changing or challenging target conditions Two sensors self-synchronize for thickness measurements and thickness calculation within the sensors without the need for an external contoller A network of up to 32 sensors can be setup for combined measurement in multitask or process control applications Dedicated software for sensor setup and performance monitoring
Actuators,Indicators & Illuminators
ACCESSORIES
Two sensors self-synchronize for thickness measurements and calculation within the sensors without the need for an external controller.
page 312
LIGHT GAUGING LT3 LT7 LH LG ULTRASONIC MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR
80 mm
DIFFUSE LASER
ONLINE
33 mm
65 mm
L-GAGE LH, 18-30V dc

Sensing Mode/LED Start of End of Spot Size at Laser Measurement Measurement Reference Measuring Reference Class Span Range Distance Range Connection Output Distance
10 mm Class 2
DIFFUSE LASER
Visible Red Laser
Models
LH30IX485QP LH80IX485QP LH150IX485QP
25 mm 60 mm 100 mm
30 mm 80 mm 150 mm
35 mm 100 mm 200 mm 8-pin Euro Pigtail QD Analog 4-20 mA & RS-485
50 micron 125 micron 225 micron
40 mm 100 mm
311
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
L-GAGE LH Specifications
Sensing Beam Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry 670 nm (1mW) visible red IEC and CDRH Class 2 laser 18 to 30V dc (10% maximum ripple); 250 mA max @ 24V dc (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient over voltages 1.25 seconds 0.01% of measurement range/C 0.1% of measurement range LH30: 1 m LH80: 4 m LH15: 10 m Resolution obtained with an average of 64 readings on a white ceramic target 3000 Lux Dynamically adjusted from 300 to 4000 Hz depending on target conditions, or locked via LH Series configurator square None on sensor; Configuration through LH Series Configurator Software Green: Power ON; Flashing = target at reference distance Housing: Aluminum IP67 150 mm 8-pin M12/Euro-style pigtail quick-disconnect. Mating QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 312. Analog current output: 4 to 20 mA (current sourcing) Analog output rating: 1 k max @ 24V dc, max load resistance = [(Vcc-4.5)/0.02] User adjustable output filtering via LH series configurator software RS-485, optically isolated, up to 230 KBaud LH-Ring Serial Protocol Operating Temperature: 10 to +45 C Storage Temperature: 0 to +80 C Maximum relative humidity: 85% at +50 C, non-condensing Vibration: 60 Hz, 30 minutes, 3 axes Shock: 30G for 11 milliseconds, half sine wave, 3 axes Cover: Aluminum Orange: Target inside measurement range Lens: Glass Cable: PVC and nickel-plated brass
SENSORS
Delay at Power-up Temperature Effect Linearity Resolution Ambient Light Measurement Frequency Adjustments Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Output Configuration Output Response Serial Communication Interface Data Formats Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Application Notes Factory Default Settings Certifications Hookup Diagrams
Allow 30-minute warm-up for specified performance Mode: Displacement Mode Baud Rate: 115200 Sensor Address: Unset (address 0) Analog Output: 4-20 mA, positive slope, full range
MI06 (p. 773)
Cordsets
See page 703 Length
2m 5m 9m
Euro QDDouble Ended (With Shield)

See page 703 Threaded 8-Pin Straight Male to Straight Male to Straight Female Straight Male
MQLH-806-MF MQLH-815-MF MQLH-830-MF MQLH-801-MM
Euro QDSplitter
See page 706 Length Branches Trunk
2x0m 2 x 0.6 m 3 x 0.6 m 0.0 m 0.3 m 0.3 m

MQLH-806-F MQLH-815-F MQLH-830-F Additional cordset information available. See page 693.
Threaded 8-Pin
CSB-M1280M1280-LH CSB-M1281M1282-LH CSB3-M1281M1282-LH
Length
0.3 m 2m 5m 9m
Brackets
LH
Serial Adapters
See page 739
Easy configuration of a single sensor or network of sensors USB to RS-485 serial adapter with integral communication cordset and USB cable
Model
INTUSB485-LH
pg. 670 SMBLH1
pg. 670 SMBLH30
pg. 670 SMBLH80
pg. 670 SMBLH150
Converts an LH Network to the Modbus 485-RTU protocol Supports baud rates up to 230,400 baud Supports LH Networks with up to 32 sensors
INTMOD485-LH
312
Short-range Laser Sensors

L-GAGE LG
Non-contact precise measurement on moving processes, hot parts and sticky parts Replaces large, two-piece laser gauging sensors with a completely self-contained, compact housing Houses discrete (switched) and analog outputs in the same unit, each independently programmable Automatically scales the analog output over the width of the programmed sensing window Features an outstanding maximum resolution of 3 m for flat white targets Uses an ultra-narrow beam for applications requiring precise measurement of distance, height or thickness as well as gauging applications Can easily select the exact range needed with the push of a button Offers remote programming for added security and convenience Uses push-button programming for other output response speeds
ACCESSORIES
page 315
82.3 mm
45.5 mm
LIGHT GAUGING
LASER LIGHT
DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCT
LT3 LT7 LH LG ULTRASONIC MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR
Avoid exposure laser light emitted from this aperture

RADIANT POWER 0.2 mW 9.8KHz 11-20% DUTY CYCLE 660 - 680 nm COMPLIES WITH 21 CFR 1040.10 AND EN60825-1:1994
55.3 mm
ONLINE
68.3 mm 20.2 mm
DIFFUSE LASER
L-GAGE LG5, 12-30V dc

Sensing Beam/LED Laser Class Sensing Distance Beam Size
At 53 mm: 0.4 mm x 0.6 mm Focus: 70 mm
Visible Red Laser
Connection
2m 8-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 8-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 8-pin Euro Pigtail QD 2m 8-pin Euro Pigtail QD
Analog Output
0-10V dc
Models NPN
LG5A65NU LG5A65NUQ LG5A65NI LG5A65NIQ LG5B65NU LG5B65NUQ LG5B65NI LG5B65NIQ
Models PNP
LG5A65PU LG5A65PUQ LG5A65PI LG5A65PIQ LG5B65PU LG5B65PUQ LG5B65PI LG5B65PIQ
Class 2
DIFFUSE LASER
45-60 mm
4-20 mA
Class 2
DIFFUSE LASER
45-60 mm
At 53 mm: 0.1 mm Focus: 53 mm
0-10V dc
4-20 mA
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 315). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, LG5A65PU W/30).
313
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
Visible Red Laser
L-GAGE LG10, 12-30V dc

Sensing Beam/LED Laser Class Sensing Distance Beam Size
At 125 mm: 0.6 mm x 0.8 mm Focus:180 mm
Connection
Analog Output
0-10V dc
Models NPN
LG10A65NU LG10A65NUQ LG10A65NI LG10A65NIQ
Models PNP
LG10A65PU LG10A65PUQ LG10A65PI LG10A65PIQ
SENSORS
Class 2
DIFFUSE LASER
75-125 mm
4-20 mA
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 315). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, LG10A65PU W/30).
L-GAGE LG5 and LG10 Specifications

ACCESSORIES
Sensing Beam Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Delay at Power-up Output Rating
650 nm visible Red IEC and CDRH Class 2 laser; 0.20 mW max. radiant output power 12 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); 50 mA max @ 24V dc (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient overvoltages 1.25 second Discrete (switched) and Alarm outputs: 100 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 5 A Output saturation voltage PNP outputs: less than 1.2V at 10 mA and less than 1.6V at 100 mA NPN outputs: less than 200 mV at 10 mA and less than 600 mV at 100 mA Analog Current output: 1 k max @ 24V dc, max load resistance = [(Vcc - 4.5)/0.02] Analog Voltage output: 2.5 k min. load impedance Discrete (switched) & alarm outputs: Solid-state switch; choose NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing) models Analog output: 4 to 20 mA (current sourcing) or 0 to 10V dc (voltage sourcing), depending on model Discrete and alarm outputs are protected against continuous overload and short circuit Discrete Outputs (ON/OFF) Fast: 2.0 milliseconds Medium: 10 milliseconds Analog Output (-3dB) Fast: 450 Hz (1 millisecond average/1 millisecond update rate) Medium: 45 Hz (10 millisecond average/2 millisecond update rate) Slow: 4.5 Hz (100 millisecond average/5 millisecond update rate) LG5: Fast: Less than 40 m @ 50 mm Medium: Less than 12 m @ 50 mm Slow: Less than 3 m @ 50 mm See chart RRC-1 on page 307 LG5: +/- 60 m over 45 to 60 mm sensing window +/- 10 m over 49 to 51 mm sensing window LG5: 1.5 mm LG5: Less than 0.2 mm Slow: 100 milliseconds
page 315
Output Configuration Output Protection Output Response Time
Analog Resolution and Repeatability of Discrete Trip Point* Analog Linearity* *Resolution and linearity specified @ 24V dc, 22 C, using a white ceramic test surface (see Application Notes) Minimum Window Size (Analog or Discrete) Discrete Output Hysteresis Color Sensitivity (typical) Temperature Effect Remote TEACH and Laser Control Input Impedance Remote TEACH
LG10: Fast: Less than 150 m @ 100 mm Medium: Less than 50 m @ 100 mm Slow: Less than 10 m @ 100 mm See chart RRC-2 on page 307 LG10: +/- 200 m over 75 to 125 mm sensing window +/- 20 m over 95 to 100 mm sensing window LG10: 5 mm LG10: Less than 1.0 mm
LG5: Less than 75 m for white to dark gray ceramic target LG10: Less than 100 m for white to dark gray ceramic target LG5: +/- 7 m/ C 18 k min. (65 k min. at 5V dc) To teach: Connect yellow wire to +5 to 30V dc To disable: Connect yellow wire to 0 to +2V dc (or open connection)
More on next page
LG10: +/- 25 m/ C
314
L-GAGE LG5 and LG10 Specifications (contd)

Adjustments Response speed: Push button toggles between Slow, Medium, and Fast (see Output Response Time) Window limits (analog or discrete): TEACH-mode programming of near and far window limits. Limits may also be taught remotely using TEACH wire. Analog output slope: The first limit taught is assigned to the minimum analog output (0V dc or 4 mA). To enable laser: Connect green wire to +5 to 30V dc To disable laser: Connect green wire to 0 to +2V dc (or open connection) 250 millisecond delay upon enable/disable Green Power ON LED: Indicates when power is ON, overloaded output and laser status Yellow Output LED: Indicates when discrete load output is conducting Red Signal LED: Indicates when target is within sensing range and the condition of the received light signal Tri-color Red/Green/Yellow TEACH LED: Indicates sensor is ready for programming each limit (indicates Red for analog output, Green for discrete, and Yellow for simultaneous analog and discrete) Yellow Fast/Slow LEDs: Combination of 2 lights ON or OFF indicates 1 of 3 response speeds Housing: Zinc alloy die-cast, plated and painted finish Cover plate: aluminum with painted finish Lens: acrylic IP67; NEMA 6 2 m or 9 m 7-conductor shielded PVC-jacketed attached cable, or 150 mm 8-pin Euro-style pigtail quick-disconnect. Mating QD cordsets are purchased separately. See page 307. Temperature: -10 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing) Vibration: 60 Hz, 30 minutes, 3 axes Shock: 30G for 11 milliseconds, half sine wave, 3 axes For comparison, a white ceramic test surface has approximately 91% of the reflectivity of a white Kodak test card with a matte finish. A dark gray ceramic test surface has approximately 11% of the reflectivity of a white Kodak test card with a matte finish. (Allow 15-minute warm-up for maximum linearity.)
Laser Control Indicators
Construction
Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Application Notes
Certifications
LIGHT GAUGING LT3
Hookup Diagrams
NPN Models: MI06 (p. 773)
PNP Models: MI07 (p. 773)
LT7 LH LG ULTRASONIC MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR
Cordsets
See page 703 Length
2m 5m 9m
Brackets
LG5/LG10
8-Pin Threaded Straight

MQDC-806 MQDC-818 MQDC-830 Additional cordset information available. See page 693. pg. 669 SMBLG pg. 670 SMBLGA
Repeatability/Resolution Curves
= Visible Red Laser
LG5
40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 45 50 55 Distance (mm) Medium Slow 60 65 Fast
Resolution/Repeatability (microns)
LG10
225 200 175 150 125 100 75 50 25 0 75 95 105 Distance (mm) 115 Slow 125 135 Medium Fast
45 Resolution/Repeatability (microns)
RRC-1
RRC-2
Range: 60 mm
Mode: Diffuse
LED:
Range: 125 mm
Mode: Diffuse
LED:
315
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
U-GAGE ULTRASONIC SENSORS

QT50U S18U QS18U T30UX/T30U
SENSORS
M25U
T18U
Q45U
Q45UR
QT50U
page 317
S18U
page 322
QS18U
page 325
T30U/T30UX
page 328
Long-range ac or dc sensor with 8 m range and minimal dead zone Advanced programming capability with a unique temperature compensation feature Retrosonic mode with a reduced dead zone Two independent near and far limits for each output Optional Teflon coating for resistance to harsh chemicals
Compact 18 mm straight or right-angle housing Highly accurate detection from 30 to 300 mm Wide range of mounting options
Compact 18 mm universal housing Compensation for air temperature fluctuations Encapsulated models for a range of harsh conditions
Right-angle T-style housing with 30 mm threaded lens Analog and discrete outputs in the same sensor A choice of programmable sensing windows, depending on response time T30UX models with temperature compensation, longer sensing ranges and shorter dead zones Optional Teflon coating for resistance to harsh chemicals
M25U
page 336
T18U
page 338
Q45U
page 340
Q45UR
page 344
Features smooth 316 stainless steel construction to withstand tough sanitary environments Rated IP69K with fully encapsulated electronics Withstands high-temperature sprays of up to 80 C and 1500 psi
Dual range, opposed ultrasonic sensors Two combinations of range and response time in the same unit Ideal for sensing under bright lighting and for clear materials T-style sensor with 18 mm threaded lens
Operating window limits from 100 mm to 3 m Discrete output models for ON/OFF presence detection or HIGH/LOW level control Programmable response time
Ultra-accurate remote gauging Compact housing with choice of three remote sensing heads Compensation for temperature variations at remote head
316
Long-Range Ultrasonic Sensor

U-GAGE QT50U
Senses extended range of up to 8 m Features ultrasonic dead-zone of only 2.5% of the total range75% less than comparable products Available in analog or discrete dc models and in ac/dc universal voltage models with electromechanical relay output Offers retrosonic sensing mode Features a completely sealed, shock-resistant housing that is ideal for monitoring levels of liquids as well as solids Uses a narrow sensing beam to detect targets at long range within confined areassuch as a storage tankwithout interference from the tank walls Available in a chemically resistant model with a Teflon coating to protect the transducer Features push-button programing for easy setup Provides continuous monitoring (analog model) Offers dual-discrete option for setting independent near and far limits for both outputs, for applications requiring high and low-limit sensing Compensates for temperature for greatest sensing accuracy
ACCESSORIES
page 320
Chemically resistant models
Sensor Power Indicator Output 1 Push Button
Target Signal Strength Indicator Output 2 Push Button
LIGHT GAUGING ULTRASONIC QT50U S18U QS18U T30U/T30UX M25U T18U Q45U Q45UR MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR
Dead Zone
200 mm Minimum Range
8 m Maximum Range
Output 1 Indicator
Output 2 Indicator
74.1 mm
ONLINE
84.2 mm 50.8 mm 67.4 mm
74.1 mm 73.1 mm
85.2 mm
DC and Universal Voltage Models
M56 x 1.5
Teflon-protected Models (Suffix -CRFV)
317
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
U-GAGE QT50U, 10-30V dc

Range
200 mm - 8 m
Connection
2m 5-pin Mini QD 5-pin Euro QD 2m
Output
Selectable 0 to 10V dc or 4 to 20 mA
Models*
QT50ULB QT50ULBQ QT50ULBQ6 QT50UDB
SENSORS
200 mm - 8 m
5-pin Mini QD 5-pin Euro QD
Selectable Dual NPN or PNP
QT50UDBQ QT50UDBQ6
U-GAGE QT50U Universal Voltage, 85-264V ac/24-250V dc

Range
ACCESSORIES
Connection
2m 5-pin Micro QD 5-pin Mini QD 2m
Output Operation Mode

Window-limit (complementary outputs)
Output
SPDT e/m relay
Models*
QT50UVR3W QT50UVR3WQ1 QT50UVR3WQ
page 320
200 mm - 8 m
200 mm - 8 m
5-pin Micro QD 5-pin Mini QD
Pump/level control (pump-in and pump-out logic)
QT50UVR3F SPDT e/m relay QT50UVR3FQ1 QT50UVR3FQ
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 320). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QT50ULB W/30). * For sensors with Teflon -protected face and transducer, add suffix -CRFV to the model number (example, QT50ULB-CRFV). Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont.
U-GAGE QT50U DC Specifications

Effective Beam Supply Voltage and Current Ultrasonic Frequency Supply Protection Circuitry Output Protection Delay at Power-up Output Configuration Output Ratings See Charts EBPC-1, EBPC-2 and EBPC-3 on page 321 Analog models: 10 - 30V dc (10% max. ripple); 100 mA max @ 10V, 40 mA max. @ 30V (exclusive of load) Dual-discrete models: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); 100 mA max. @ 10V, 40 mA @ 30V (exclusive of load) 75 kHz burst, rep. rate 96 milliseconds Protected against reverse polarity and transient overvoltages Protected against short circuit conditions 1.5 seconds Analog models: Voltage sourcing: 0 to 10V dc Current sourcing: 4 to 20 mA Dual-discrete models: Dual PNP or NPN, selectable using DIP switch Analog Voltage Output: 0 to 10V dc Minimum load resistance = 500 Minimum required supply voltage for full 0-10V output span = ( 1 0 0 0 + 13)V dc RLOAD Analog Current Output: 4 to 20 mA Maximum load resistance = 1 k or ( V supply - 5 ) , whichever is lower 0.02 Minimum required supply voltage for full 4-20 mA output span = 10V dc or [(RLoad x 0.02)+5]V dc, whichever is greater. 4-20 mA output calibrated at 25 C with 250 load. Discrete Output: 150 mA max. OFF-State leakage current: less than 5 A Output saturation: NPN: less than 200 mV @ 10 mA; less than 650 mV @ 150 mA PNP: less than 1.2V @ 10 mA; less than 1.65V @ 150 mA Uncompensated: 0.2% of distance/ C Compensated: 0.02% of distance/ C
Temperature Effect
More on next page
318
U-GAGE QT50U DC Specifications

Linearity (Analog Models) Resolution/Repeatability Hysteresis Output Response Time Minimum Window Size Adjustments Indicators 1.0 mm 5 mm
(contd)
+/- 0.2% of span from 200 to 8000 mm; +/- 0.1% of span from 500 to 8000 mm (1 mm minimum)
Analog models: 100 to 2300 milliseconds Dual-discrete models: 100 to 1600 milliseconds 20 mm Sensing window limits: TEACH-Mode programming of near and far window limits may be set using the push buttons or remotely using TEACH input. Green Power ON LED: Indicates power is ON Red Signal LED: Indicates target is within sensing range, and the condition of the received signal TEACH/Output indicator (bicolor Yellow/Red): YellowTarget is within taught limits Yellow OFF (Discrete)Target is outside taught window limits RedSensor is in TEACH mode Yellow Flashing (Analog)Target is outside taught window limits See data sheet Transducer: Ceramic/Epoxy composite Membrane Switch: Polyester Leakproof design is rated IEC IP67; NEMA 6P 2 m or 9 m shielded 5-conductor (with drain) PVC jacketed attached cable, or 5-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect or 5-pin Mini-style quick-disconnect. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 320. Temperature: -20 to +70 C Relative humidity: 100% All models meet Mil Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (vibration: 10 to 60Hz max., double amplitude 0.06", maximum acceleration 10G). Also meets IEC 947-5-2 requirements: 30G 11 milliseconds duration, half sine wave. Less than 0.8% of sensing distance upon power-up with Temperature Compensation enabled Objects passing inside the specified near limit (200 mm ) may produce a false response For best accuracy, allow 30 minute warm-up before programming or operating Housing: ABS/Polycarbonate Lightpipes: Acrylic
Remote TEACH Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Temperature Warmup Drift Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams
Analog Models: MI09 (p. 774)
Discrete Models: MI10 (p. 774)
U-GAGE QT50U Universal Voltage Specifications

Effective Beam Supply Voltage Ultrasonic Frequency Supply Protection Circuitry Output Protection Delay at Power-up Output Configuration Output Ratings See Charts EBPC-1, EBPC-2 and EBPC-3 on page 313 85 to 264V ac, 50/60 Hz / 24 to 250V dc (1.5 watts max., exclusive of load) 75 kHz burst, rep. rate 96 milliseconds Protected against transient over voltages. DC hookup is without regard to polarity. Protected against short circuit conditions 1.5 seconds SPDT (Single-Pole, Double-Throw) electromechanical relay output. One normally open (NO) and one normally closed (NC). Max. switching power (resistive load): 2000 VA, 240 W (1000 VA, 120 W for sensors with Micro QD) Max. switching voltage (resistive load): 250V ac, 125V dc Max. switching current (resistive load): 8A @ 250V ac, 8A @ 30V dc derated to 200 mA @ 125V dc (4A max. for sensors with Micro QD) Min. voltage and current: 5V dc, 10 mA Mechanical life of relay: 50,000,000 operations Electrical life of relay at full resistive load: 100,000 operations NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Temperature Effect Repeatability Uncompensated: 0.2% of distance/ C 1.0 mm Compensated: 0.02% of distance/ C
More on next page
319
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
U-GAGE QT50U Universal Voltage Specifications

Hysteresis Output Response Time Minimum Window Size Window-limit sensor models: 5 mm Selectable 1600, 400 or 100 milliseconds 20 mm
(contd)
Fill-level control sensor models: 0 mm
SENSORS
Adjustments
Sensing limits: TEACH-Mode programming of near and far limits may be set using the TEACH push button Sensor configuration: Output response time and temperature compensation mode may be set using the Speed push button Factory default settings: 400 milliseconds output response time; temperature compensation enabled Green Power ON LED: Indicates power is ON Red Signal LED: Indicates target is within sensing range, and the condition of the received signal Output indicator (bicolor Yellow/Red): Indicates output status or TEACH mode Response indicator (bicolor Yellow/Red): Indicates output response time selection Transducer: Ceramic/Epoxy composite Membrane Switch: Polyester Leakproof design is rated IEC IP67; NEMA 6P 2 m or 9 m shielded 5-conductor (with drain) PVC jacketed attached cable, or 5-pin Micro-style quick-disconnect or 5-pin Mini-style quick-disconnect. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 320. Temperature: -20 to +70 C Relative humidity: 100% Housing: ABS
Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Temperature Warmup Drift Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams
All models meet Mil Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (vibration: 10 to 60Hz max., double amplitude 0.06", maximum acceleration 10G). Also meets IEC 947-5-2 requirements: 30G 11 milliseconds duration, half sine wave Less than 1.0% of sensing distance upon power-up with Temperature Compensation enabled Objects passing inside the specified minimum sensing distance (200 mm) may produce a false response
UN09 (p. 769)
Cordsets
See page 701 Length
2m 5m 9m
Micro QD (With Shield)

See page 713 Length
2m 5m 10 m
Mini QD (With Shield)

See page 713 Length
2m 4m 10 m


MQVR3S-506 MQVR3S-515 MQVR3S-530 MQVR3S-506RA MQVR3S-515RA MQVR3S-530RA

MBCC2-506 MBCC2-512 MBCC2-530
Brackets
QT50U
pg. 653 SMB30A
pg. 653 SMB30MM
pg. 654 SMB30SC
320
Effective Beam Patterns

QT50U (Typical) QT50U (with 500 mm Plate) Maximum Target Rotation Angle
1000 mm 800 mm 600 mm
25 mm Rod 500 mm Plate
40 30 20
Target Rotation
400 mm
Lateral Distance
200 mm 0 -200 mm -400 mm -600 mm -800 mm -1000 mm 0 1m 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 7m 8m
10 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 0 1m 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 7m 8m
Target Distance
Target Distance
EBPC-1
EBPC-2
QT50U Teflon-Encapsulated (Typical)
1000 mm 800 mm 600 mm 400 mm
25 mm Rod
LIGHT GAUGING ULTRASONIC QT50U S18U

500 mm Plate
Lateral Distance
200 mm 0 -200 mm -400 mm -600 mm -800 mm -1000 mm 0 1m 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 7m 8m
QS18U T30U/T30UX M25U T18U Q45U Q45UR MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR
Target Distance
EBPC-3
321
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
Compact Barrel-Mount Ultrasonic Sensor

U-GAGE S18U
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Ideal for material handling and packaged goods applications, such as bottling or liquid level detection and as a control for small containers Features minimal dead zone and can eliminate dead zone if used in retrosonic mode Senses from 30 to 300 mm Available in analog or discrete models Available in straight or right-angle versions with a wide variety of mounting hardware for enhanced sensing versatility Offers programmable background suppression Compensates for temperature for greatest sensing accuracy Simplifies setup with push-button and remote TEACH-mode programming Shows status during setup and operation, using highly visible LED indicators
page 324
Accessory wave guides are available for narrowing sensing beam. (see page 324)
80.8 mm
85.1 mm
ONLINE
18.0 mm
18.0 mm
Straight Models
S18U Right-Angle Models
U-GAGE S18U, 10-30V dc

Range Connections
2m 30 - 300 mm 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 30 - 300 mm 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 30 - 300 mm 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cable (see page 324). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, S18UUA W/30).
Output
0 to 10V dc
Housing Configuration
Models
S18UUA S18UUAQ S18UIA S18UIAQ S18UUAR
Straight 4 to 20 mA
0 to 10V dc Right-Angle 4 to 20 mA
S18UUARQ S18UIAR S18UIARQ
Straight Bipolar NPN/PNP Right-Angle
S18UBA S18UBAQ S18UBAR S18UBARQ
322
U-GAGE S18U Specifications

Effective Beam Supply Voltage and Current Ultrasonic Frequency Supply Protection Circuitry Output Protection Output Ratings See Charts EBPC-1 and EBPC-2 on page 316. 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); 65 mA max. (exclusive of load), 40 mA typical @ 25V input 300 kHz, rep. rate 2.5 milliseconds Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Protected against short circuit conditions Analog: Analog Voltage Output: 2.5 k min. load resistance Minimum supply for a full 10V output is 12V dc (for supply voltages between 10 and 12, V out max is at least V supply -2) Analog Current Output: 1 k max @ 24V input Max load resistance = (Vcc-4)/0.02 Discrete: 100 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 5 A NPN saturation: less than 200 mV @ 10 mA and less than 600 mV @ 100 mA PNP saturation: less than 1.2V @ 10 mA and less than 1.6V @ 100 mA Analog: 0 to 10V dc or 4 to 20 mA, depending on model Discrete: Bipolar: One NPN (current sinking) and one PNP (current sourcing) output in each model. Solid-state switch conducts when target is sensed within sensing window. Analog: 30 milliseconds: Black wire at 0-2V dc (or open) 2.5 milliseconds: Black wire at 5-30V dc 300 milliseconds 2.5 milliseconds response: 1 mm 30 milliseconds response: 0.5 mm 2.5 milliseconds response: 1 mm 30 milliseconds response: 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.02% of distance/ C Less than 1.7% of sensing distance upon power-up 5 mm 0.7 mm Sensing window limits: TEACH-Mode programming of near and far window limits may be set using the push-button or remotely using TEACH input Power/Signal Strength (Red/Green) GreenTarget is within sensing range RedTarget is outside sensing range OFFSensing power is OFF TEACH/Output Indicator (Yellow/Red) Yellow Target is within taught limits OFFTarget is outside taught window limits RedSensor is in TEACH mode Remote TEACH Input Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Impedance: 12 k Threaded Barrel: Thermoplastic polyester Push Button: Santoprene Leakproof design is rated IEC IP67; NEMA 6P 2 m or 9 m shielded 5-conductor (with drain) PVC jacketed attached cable, or 5-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 324. Temperature: -20 to +60 C Relative humidity: 100% Push-Button Housing: ABS/PC Lightpipes: Acrylic Discrete: 5 milliseconds
Output Response Time Delay at Power-up Linearity* (Analog output models) Resolution* (Analog output models) Repeatability (Discrete models) Temperature Effect Temperature Warmup Drift Minimum Window Size Switching Hysteresis (Discrete output models) Adjustments Indicators
More on next page
* Linearity and resolution are specified using a 50 x 50 mm aluminum plate at 22 C under fixed sensing conditions.
323
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
U-GAGE S18U Specifications (contd)

Vibration and Mechanical Shock Application Notes All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. method 201A (vibration: 10 to 60 Hz max., double amplitude 0.06, maximum acceleration 10G). Also meets IEC 947-5-2 requirements: 30G 11 milliseconds duration, half sine wave Objects passing inside the specified near limit may produce a false response.
SENSORS
Certifications Hookup Diagrams Analog Models: MI11 (p. 774) Discrete Models: MI10 (p. 774)
Cordsets
See page 701 Length
2m 5m 9m
Brackets
S18U
Ultrasonic Wave Guides

Inside Diameter
5.0 mm
Model
UWG18-5.0

MQDEC2-506 MQDEC2-515 MQDEC2-530 MQDEC2-506RA MQDEC2-515RA MQDEC2-530RA pg. 650 SMB18A pg. 651 SMB18FM pg. 652 SMB18SF
6.4 mm
UWG18-6.4 pg. 327

S18U (Typical)
2.25 mm rod 8 mm rod 50 mm x 50 mm
S18U (with 500 mm Plate) Maximum Target Rotation Angle
20 mm 15 mm
15
Aluminum target used: 50 mm x 50 mm
Lateral Distance
10 mm 5 mm 0 -5 mm -10 mm -15 mm -20 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm 300 mm
Target Rotation
10 5 0 -5 -10 -15 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm 300 mm
Sensing Distance
Sensing Distance
EBPC-1
EBPC-2
324
Ultrasonic WORLD-BEAM Sensor

QS18U
Senses clear and transparent materials, as well as color variations, including clear web material, clear or shiny bottles, highly reflective surfaces and liquid or dry bulk materials inside cramped locations Features a universal housing with an 18 mm threaded lens or side mounts Senses within a 50 to 500 mm window and has a 15 millisecond response time Delivers high accuracy in wet or dirty environments Available in encapsulated IP68 models rated for a range of harsh conditions Features push-button TEACH for easy programming at the sensor or remotely Featuring wide operating range of -20 to +60 C Offers retrosonic sensing mode Delivers bright LED operating indicators visible from 360
ACCESSORIES
page 327
15.0 mm
33.5 mm 41.5 mm 24.1 mm

LIGHT GAUGING ULTRASONIC QT50U S18U QS18U T30U/T30UX M25U
ONLINE
T18U
Accessory wave guides are available for narrowing sensing beam. (see page 327)
Q45U Q45UR MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR
WORLD-BEAM QS18U, 12-30V dc

Range
50 - 500 mm 4-pin Euro QD 2m 50 - 500 mm 4-pin Euro QD
Connection
2m
TEACH Options
Integral push button and remote TEACH (IP67; NEMA 6P) Remote TEACH (epoxy-encapsulated, IP68; NEMA 6P)
Models NPN
QS18UNA QS18UNAQ8 QS18UNAE QS18UNAEQ8
Models PNP
QS18UPA QS18UPAQ8 QS18UPAE QS18UPAEQ8
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 327). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS18UNA W/30). QD models: For 4-pin integral Euro-style QD, add suffix Q8 (example, QS18UNAQ8). For 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail, add suffix Q5 (example, QS18UNAQ5). For 4-pin integral Pico-style QD, add suffix Q7 (example, QS18UNAQ7). For 4-pin 150 mm Pico-style pigtail, add suffix Q (example, QS18UNAFQ).
Models are epoxy-encapsulated, IP68; NEMA 6P with remote TEACH programming
325
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
WORLD-BEAM QS18U Specifications

Effective Beam Sensing Range Supply Voltage and Current See Charts EBPC-1 and EBPC-2 on page 327. 50 to 500 mm 12 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); 25 mA max. (exclusive of load) 300 kHz, rep. rate 7.5 milliseconds Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Protected against short circuit conditions 300 milliseconds Solid-state switch conducts when target is sensed within sensing window; one NPN (current sinking) or one PNP (current sourcing), depending on model Non-encapsulated models: 0.05% per C from -20 to +50 C, 0.1% per C from +50 to +60 C Encapsulated models: 0.05% per C from 0 to +60 C, 0.1% per C from -20 to 0 C 0.7 mm 1.4 mm 100 mA max. (see Application Note 1) OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A (sourcing); less than 200 A (sinking); See Application Note 2 NPN ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1.6V @ 100 mA PNP ON-state saturation voltage: less than 2.0V @ 100 mA 15 milliseconds 5 mm Sensing window limits: TEACH-Mode programming of near and far window limits may be set using the push button or remotely using TEACH input Range Indicator (Red/Green) GreenTarget is within sensing range RedTarget is outside sensing range OFFSensing power is OFF Housing: ABS Push Button: TPE TEACH/Output Indicator (Yellow/Red) YellowTarget is within taught limits OFFTarget is outside taught window limits RedSensor is in TEACH mode Push-Button Housing: ABS Lightpipes: Polycarbonate
SENSORS
Ultrasonic Frequency Supply Protection Circuitry Output Protection Delay at Power-Up Output Configurations Temperature Effect Repeatability Hysteresis Output Ratings
Output Response Time Minimum Window Size Adjustments Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Temperature Warmup Drift Application Notes
Leakproof design, rated IEC IP67 or IP68; NEMA 6P, depending on model; UL type 1 2 m or 9 m 4-conductor PVC jacketed attached cable, or 4-pin Euro-style integral QD (Q8), or 4-pin Pico-style integral QD (Q7), or 4-pin Euro-style 150 mm pigtail QD (Q5), or 4-pin Pico-style 150 mm pigtail QD (Q), depending on model. See page 327. Temperature: -20 to +60 C Relative humidity: 100% (non-condensing)
All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements method 201A (vibration: 10 to 60 Hz max., double amplitude 0.06", maximum acceleration 10G). Also meets IEC 947-5-2 requirements: 30G 11 milliseconds duration, half sine wave. See data sheet 1. If supply voltage is > 24V dc, derate maximum output current 5 mA/C above 50C. 2. NPN OFF-state leakage current is < 200 A for load resistances > 3 k or optically isolated loads. For load current of 100 mA, leakage is < 1% of load current. 3. Objects passing inside the specified near limit may produce a false response.
326
Cordsets
See page 697 Length
2m 5m 9m
Brackets
Pico QD (With Shield)
See page 695 Length
2m
QS18U

Snap-On 4-Pin Straight Right-Angle

PKG4S-2 PKW4ZS-2 pg. 650 SMB18A pg. 651 SMB18FA.. pg. 652 SMB18SF

Inside Diameter
5.0 mm
Model
UWG18-5.0
6.4 mm
UWG18-6.4
LIGHT GAUGING ULTRASONIC QT50U S18U QS18U T30U/T30UX M25U

QS18U (Typical)
2.5 mm rod 8 mm rod 50 mm x 50 mm plate
T18U Q45U
QS18U Maximum Target Rotation Angle
Q45UR MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR
50 mm 40 mm 30 mm
15
Lateral Distance
20 mm 10 mm 0 -10 mm -20 mm -30 mm -40 mm -50 mm 0 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 500 mm
Target Rotation
10 5 0 -5 -10 -15 0 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 500 mm
Sensing Distance
Sensing Distance
EBPC-1
EBPC-2
327
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
Compact Sensors in Universal Housing

U-GAGE T30UX/T30U
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Features T-style right-angle sensor package with popular 30 mm threaded barrel and a wide variety of mounting brackets Offers choice of three ranges for reliable sensing from 100 mm to 3 m Includes models with a single analog or single discrete, two discrete, or analog and discrete in the same sensor Simplifies setup with push-button TEACH programming of custom sensing window Allows remote programming with an external switch, computer or controller for added security and convenience Presents sensor operating status using highly visible indicators LEDs Resists harsh environments with rugged IP67 (NEMA 6) housing and fully encapsulated electronics Provides digital filtering for exceptional electrical and noise immunity
page 333
T30UX
Built-in temperature compensation for high-accuracy across a wide range of ambient temperatures Extended sensing ranges and short dead zones with 100 mm to 1 m, 200 mm to 2 m or 300 mm to 3 m Models with either analog or configurable discrete output Analog output models for applications requiring a continuous current or voltage output Wide operating temperature range of -40 to +70 C
T30U
Range of 150 mm to 1 m or 300 mm to 2 m, depending on model Models with either dual-discrete or analog/discrete outputs Dual-discrete models for ON/OFF switching or pump/level control Independently programmable outputs Analog output models for applications requiring a continuous current or voltage output Chemically resistant models with a Teflon coating to protect the transducer
U-GAGE T30UX/T30U Sensors

40.0 mm
ONLINE
45.0 mm
40.0 mm
48.3 mm
51.5 mm
63.7 mm
45.0 mm 51.5 mm
30.0 mm
M36 x 1.5
T30UX and T30U (Long-range) Models
T30U Teflon-protected Models Suffix -CRFV
T30U (Short-range) Models
328
U-GAGE T30UX, 10-30V dc

Range
100 mm to 1 m
Frequency
224 kHz
Connection
2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m
Response Time
45 ms
Output
Models*
T30UXDA T30UXDAQ8
200 mm to 2 m
174 kHz
92 ms
Discrete: NPN, PNP, NO, NC, Selectable
T30UXDB T30UXDBQ8 T30UXDC T30UXDCQ8
300 mm to 3 m
114 kHz
135 ms
100 mm to 1 m
224 kHz
Analog: 0 to 10V dc Selectable 45 or 105 ms Analog: 4 to 20 mA
T30UXUA T30UXUAQ8 T30UXIA T30UXIAQ8 T30UXUB T30UXUBQ8 T30UXIB T30UXIBQ8 T30UXUC T30UXUCQ8 T30UXIC T30UXICQ8
200 mm to 2 m
174 kHz
ACCESSORIES
page 333
300 mm to 3 m
114 kHz
4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 333). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T30UXDA W/30). QD models: For a 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style PUR pigtail QD, add suffix QPMA the 2 m model number (example, T30UXDAQPMA). * Contact factory to request chemically resistant flange or fill-level control models.
U-GAGE T30U, 12-24V dc

Range Frequency Connection
2m 150 mm - 1 m 228 kHz 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 300 mm - 2 m 128 kHz 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 150 mm - 1 m 228 kHz 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 333). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T30UINA W/30). * For sensors with Teflon -protected face and transducer (long-range models only), add suffix -CRFV to the model number (example, T30UINB-CRFV). Teflon -encapsulated models have a range of 300 mm - 1.5 m. Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont.
Response Time
Discrete Output(s)
NPN
Analog Output
Models*
T30UINA T30UINAQ T30UIPA T30UIPAQ T30UINB T30UINBQ T30UIPB T30UIPBQ T30UDNA T30UDNAQ T30UDPA T30UDPAQ
48 ms PNP NPN 96 ms PNP Dual NPN 48 ms Dual PNP
4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
None
329
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR

Range Frequency Connection
2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 150 mm - 1 m 300 mm - 2 m 150 mm - 1 m 300 mm - 2 m 228 kHz 128 kHz 228 kHz 128 kHz 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Euro QD 48 ms 96 ms 48 ms 96 ms
Response Time
Discrete Output(s)
Dual NPN
Analog Output
Models*
T30UDNB T30UDNBQ T30UDPB T30UDPBQ T30UHNA T30UHNAQ T30UHNB T30UHNBQ T30UHPA
SENSORS
300 mm - 2 m
128 kHz
96 ms Dual PNP
None
Pump/Level Control Dual NPN
None
Pump/Level Control Dual PNP
None
T30UHPAQ T30UHPB T30UHPBQ
ACCESSORIES
page 333
For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T30UDNB W/30). * For sensors with Teflon -protected face and transducer (long-range models only), add suffix -CRFV to the model number (example, T30UDNB-CRFV). Teflon -encapsulated models have a range of 300 mm - 1.5 m.

Range
150 mm - 1 m
Frequency
228 kHz
Connection
Response Time
48 ms
Analog Output
0 to 10V dc
Models* NPN
T30UUNA T30UUNAQ T30UUNB T30UUNBQ
Models* PNP
T30UUPA T30UUPAQ T30UUPB T30UUPBQ
300 mm - 2 m
128 kHz
96 ms
0 to 10V dc
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 333). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T30UUNA W/30). * For sensors with Teflon -protected face and transducer (long-range models only), add suffix -CRFV to the model number (example, T30UUNB-CRFV). Teflon -encapsulated models have a range of 300 mm - 1.5 m. Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont.
U-GAGE T30UX Specifications

Effective Beam Sensing Range See Chart EPBC-1 to EPBC-6 on page 326. A suffix models: 100 mm to 1 m B suffix models: 200 mm to 2 m C suffix models: 300 mm to 3 m A suffix models: 224 kHz B suffix models: 174 kHz C suffix models: 114 kHz 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at 40 mA, exclusive of load Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Discrete (switched) output models: SPST solid-state switch. Configurable as NPN (sinking) or PNP (sourcing) via Mode push button. Normally Open (NO) or Normally Closed (NC) operation is also selectable via Mode push button. The default setting is PNP/NO. Analog output models: 0 to 10V dc or 4 to 20 mA, depending on model
Ultrasonic Frequency
More on next page
330
U-GAGE T30UX Specifications

Output Ratings Discrete output models: 100 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: NPN: < 200 A @ 30V dc (see NOTE 1) ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: < 1.6V @ 100 mA PNP: < 10 A @ 30V dc PNP: < 3V @ 100 mA
Analog output models: Analog Voltage Output: 2.5 k min. load resistance Minimum supply for a full 10V output is 12V dc (for supply voltages between 10 and 12, V out max. is at least V supply -2) Analog Current Output: 1 k max. @ 24V input; max. load resistance = (Vcc-4)/0.02 For current output (4-20 mA) models, ideal results are achieved when the total load resistance R = [(Vin 4)/0.020]. Example, at Vin = 24V dc, R 1 k (1 watt) Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Protected against short circuit conditions A suffix models: 45 milliseconds B suffix models: 92 milliseconds C suffix models: 135 milliseconds 500 milliseconds 0.02% of distance/ C 0.25% of distance A suffix models: 0.1% of distance (0.5 mm min.) B suffix models: 0.1% of distance (1.0 mm min.) C suffix models: 0.1% of distance (1.5 mm min.) A suffix models: 2 mm B suffix models: 3 mm C suffix models: 4 mm 10 mm Sensing window limits: TEACH-Mode configuration of near and far window limits may be set using the push button or remotely viaTEACH input Discrete output models: Output Configuration: NPN, PNP, Normally Open (NO), Normally Closed (NC) select Advanced configuration options: Push button enabled/disabled, temperature compensation enabled/disabled Analog output models: Response speed selection: Fast or Slow Advanced configuration options: Analog output slope, push button enabled/disabled, temperature compensation enabled/disabled Green Power LED ON: Power ON, RUN mode Red Signal LED: Target signal strength Amber Output LED: Output enabled; sensor receiving a signal within the window limits Amber Mode LED: Currently selected mode 0 to 10V dc models: Analog output goes to 0V 4 to 20 mA models: Analog output goes to 3.6 mA Housing: PBT polyester Push buttons: polyester Transducer: epoxy /ceramic composite Leakproof design, rated IEC IP67 (NEMA 6) 2 m or 9 m shielded 4-conductor (with drain) PVC cable, 150 mm PUR Euro-style pigtail (QPMA), or 4-pin integral Euro-style connector (Q8). QD cordsets ordered separately. See page 325. Temperature: -40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 95% at 50C non-condensing
Delay at Power-up Temperature Effect Linearity (analog models) Repeatability/Resolution
Sensing Hysteresis (discrete models) Minimum Window Size Adjustments
Indicators
Loss of Signal Indication (analog models) Construction
Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams
All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration: 10 to 60Hz max., double amplitude 0.06", maximum acceleration 10G). Also meets IEC 947-5-2 requirements: 30G, 11 milliseconds duration, half sine wave. The temperature warmup drift upon power-up is less than 1% of the sensing distance.
Discrete Models: MI13 (p. 775) Analog Models: MI14 (p. 775)
NOTE: NPN < 200 A for load impedance > 3 k; for load current of 100 mA, leakage < 1% of load current
331
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
U-GAGE T30U Specifications

Effective Beam Sensing Range See Chart EPBC-7 to EPBC-11 on page 327. A suffix models: 150 mm min. near limit; 1 m max. far limit B suffix models: 300 mm min. near limit; 2 m max. far limit -CRFV models: 300 mm min. near limit; 1.5 m max. far limit Current sourcing analog output models: 12 to 24V dc (10% max. ripple); 90 mA (exclusive of load) Voltage sourcing analog output models: 15 to 24V dc (10% max. ripple); 90 mA (exclusive of load) Dual-discrete output models: 12 to 24V dc (10% max. ripple); 90 mA (exclusive of load) Short Range: 228 kHz Long Range: 128 kHz Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Protected against continuous overload and short-circuit; transient over-voltage; no false pulse on power-up Discrete (switched) output: Solid-state switch conducts when target is sensed within sensing window; choose NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing) models. Analog output: Choose 0 to 10V dc sourcing or 4 to 20 mA sourcing output models; output slope may be selected using TEACH sequence. Discrete (switched) output: 100 mA max., totalboth outputs OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V at 10 mA and less than 1.5V at 100 mA Analog Output: Voltage sourcing: 0 to 10V dc (at 1 k min. resistance) Current sourcing: 4 to 20 mA, 1 to Rmax. Rmax = Vsupply - 7V 20 mA Output Response Time Discrete output: A suffix models: 48 milliseconds B suffix models: 96 milliseconds Analog output: A suffix models: 48 milliseconds average, 16-millisecond update B suffix models: 96 milliseconds average, 32-millisecond update
SENSORS
Ultrasonic Frequency Supply Protection Circuitry Output Protection Output Configuration
Output Ratings
Analog sensing resolution or discrete output repeatability: 0.25% of measured distance Sensing Performance (Specified using a 100 x 100 mm A suffix models: .5 mm min aluminum target at 25 C under B suffix models: 1 mm min fixed sensing conditions.) Analog linearity: 0.5% of full-scale span Min. window size: 10 mm Hysteresis of discrete output: 2.5 mm Temperature effect: 0.2% of sensing distance per C Adjustments Sensing window limits (analog or discrete): TEACH-mode programming of near and far window limits may be set using membrane push buttons on sensor or remotely using TEACH input. Window limits may be programmed separately, or together. Analog output slope: the first limit taught is assigned to the minimum output value (4 mA or 0V). Four status LEDs: In RUN mode: Green ON Steady: Power ON, RUN mode Green Flashing: Discrete output is overloaded Red Flashing: Relative received signal strength Yellow analog ON Steady: Target is inside window limits Yellow discrete ON Steady: Output conducting In Program mode: Green OFF: PROGRAM mode Red Flashing: Relative received signal strength Yellow ON Steady: Ready for first window limit Yellow Flashing: Ready for second limit Yellow OFF: Not teaching this output Molded reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing Leakproof design is rated IEC IP67; NEMA 6P 2 m or 9 m 5-conductor PVC-covered attached cable, or 5-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 325. Temperature: -20 to +70 C Relative humidity: 100%
Indicators
More on next page
332
U-GAGE T30U Specifications (contd)

Vibration and Mechanical Shock Application Notes Certifications Hookup Diagrams All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration: 10 to 60Hz max., double amplitude 0.06", maximum acceleration 10G). Also meets IEC 947-5-2 requirements: 30G, 11 milliseconds duration, half sine wave. Objects passing inside the specified near limit will produce a false response. NOTE: For more information about out-of-range and signal loss response of the analog output, see product literature.
Analog/Discrete Models: MI16 (p. 775) Dual-Discrete Models: MI15 (p. 775)
Cordsets
See page 697 Length
2m 5m 9m
Brackets
T30UX/T30U
MQDEC2-506 MQDEC2-515 MQDEC2-530 MQDEC2-506RA MQDEC2-515RA MQDEC2-530RA pg. 650 SMB1815SF pg. 653 SMB30A pg. 653 SMB30FA..

Additional brackets and information available. See page 632. LIGHT GAUGING ULTRASONIC QT50U S18U QS18U T30U/T30UX M25U T18U Q45U Q45UR MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR
333
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR

T30UX with Plate Target (Typical) 1-Meter Models
200 mm 8.0" 6.0" 100 x 100 mm 4.0" 2.0" 0 2.0" 4.0" 6.0" 0 200 mm (8.0") 400 mm (16.0") 600 mm (24.0") Distance 800 mm (32.0") 8.0" 1000 mm (40.0")
T30UX with Rod Target (Typical) 1-Meter Models

200 mm 150 mm 100 mm 50 mm Width 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 0 200 mm (8.0") 400 mm (16.0") 600 mm (24.0") Distance 800 mm (32.0") 25 mm Rod 10 mm Rod 8.0" 6.0" 4.0" 2.0" 0 2.0" 4.0" 6.0" 8.0" 1000 mm (40.0")
SENSORS
150 mm 100 mm 50 mm Width 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm
EBPC-1
EBPC-2

400 mm 300 mm 200 mm 100 mm Width 0 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 0 400 mm (16.0") 800 mm (32.0") 1200 mm (48.0") Distance 1600 mm (64.0" 100 x 100 mm 16.0" 12.0" 8.0" 4.0" 0 4.0" 8.0" 12.0" 16.0" 2000 mm (80.0")

400 mm 300 mm 200 mm 100 mm Width 0 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 0 400 mm (16.0") 800 mm (32.0") 1200 mm (48.0") Distance 1600 mm (64.0") 10 mm Rod 25 mm Rod 16.0" 12.0" 8.0" 4.0" 0 4.0" 8.0" 12.0" 16.0" 2000 mm (80.0")
EBPC-3
EBPC-4

400 mm 300 mm 200 mm 100 mm Width 0 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 0 600 mm (24.0") 1200 mm (48.0") 1800 mm (72.0") 2400 mm (96.0") 100 x 100 mm 16.0" 12.0" 8.0" 4.0" 0 4.0" 8.0" 12.0" 16.0" 3000 mm (120.0")

400 mm 300 mm 200 mm 100 mm Width 0 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 0 600 mm (24.0") 1200 mm (48.0") 1800 mm (72.0") 2400 mm (96.0") 10 mm Rod 25 mm Rod 16.0" 12.0" 8.0" 4.0" 0 4.0" 8.0" 12.0" 16.0" 3000 mm (120.0")
Distance
Distance
EBPC-5
EBPC-6
More on next page
334

T30U with Plate Target (Typical) 1-Meter Models
200 mm 150 mm 100 mm 100 x 100 mm 10 x 10 mm
T30U with Rod Target (Typical) 1-Meter Models

200 mm 150 mm 100 mm
Lateral Distance
50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm
Lateral Distance
50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm
25 mm Rod 10 mm Rod
Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules
200 mm
400 mm
600 mm
800 mm
1000 mm
200 mm
400 mm
600 mm
800 mm
1000 mm
Target Distance
Target Distance
EBPC-7
EBPC-8
T30U with Plate Target (Typical) 2-Meter Models

400 mm 300 mm 200 mm
T30U with Rod Target (Typical) 2-Meter Models

400 mm 300 mm 200 mm
LIGHT GAUGING
25 mm Rod
Lateral Distance
100 x 100 mm
Lateral Distance
100 mm 0 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm
100 mm 0 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm
ULTRASONIC QT50U S18U QS18U T30U/T30UX M25U T18U Q45U
400 mm
800 mm
1200 mm
1600 mm
2000 mm
400 mm
Target Distance
400 mm
800 mm
1200 mm
1600 mm
2000 mm
Q45UR MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR
Target Distance
EBPC-9
EBPC-10
T30U Teflon-Encapsulated (Typical)
200 mm 150 mm 100 mm 25 mm Rod
Lateral Distance
50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm
100 mm Plate
300 mm
600 mm
900 mm
1200 mm
1500 mm
Target Distance
EBPC-11
335
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
Stainless Steel Opposed-Mode Ultrasonic Sensors

U-GAGE M25U
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Features smooth 316 series stainless steel construction to withstand the toughest sanitary challenges Cleans easily with no thread, gaps or seams to trap debris Constructed with FDA approved materials Disinfects and cleans up with minimal effort Offers user-selectable dual range, depending on response time Rated IP69K, IEC IP67 (NEMA 6) with fully encapsulated electronics Withstands high-temperature sprays of up to 80 C and 1500 psi occurring every few hours Features high immunity to ambient electrical and sonic noise Provides a wide standard operating temperature range of -20 to +70C Indicates status using highly visible LEDs protected by a sealed, transparent cover
page 337
103.0 mm
ONLINE
25.0 mm
M-GAGE M25U, 10 to 30V dc

Range*
Normal Speed: 500 mm High Speed: 250 mm
Frequency
140 kHz
Connection
4-pin Euro QD 5-pin Euro QD
Output
Bipolar NPN/PNP
Response Time
Normal Speed: 4.0 ms High Speed: 3.0 ms
Models
M25UEQ8 Emitter M25URBQ8 Receiver
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 337). * M25U receivers may be wired for either of two speed modes: Normal or High, depending on hookup. The Normal-Speed mode offers a sensing range of 500 mm. The Normal-Speed mode maximizes sensing energy, as is required in demanding environments. The High-Speed mode offers a sensing range of 250 mm. The High-Speed mode maximizes sensing response, as is needed in high-speed counting applications.
336
U-GAGE M25U Specifications

Sensing Range Normal Speed: 500 mm High Speed: 250 mm 140KHz Emitter: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 85 mA Receiver: 10 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 38 mA (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Bipolar (1 NPN & 1 PNP) solid-state output; Normally Closed (output is activated when an object blocks the sensing beam) 100 mA (each output) with short circuit protection; see Note 1 OFF-state leakage current: NPN: < 200 A sinking PNP: < 10 A sourcing ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: < 1.6V @ 100 mA PNP: < 3.0V @ 100 mA Protected against short circuit conditions Normal Speed: 4.0 milliseconds High Speed: 3.0 milliseconds 1 millisecond < 250 milliseconds 20 milliseconds Green Power LED: indicates Power ON Amber Output LED: indicates output activated Housing: 316 Stainless Steel LED window: Polysulfone Emitter: 4-pin Euro-Style QD Receiver: 5-pin Euro-Style QD QD cordsets ordered separately. See page 337. Leakproof design, rated IEC IP67 (NEMA 6), IP69K Temperature: -20 to +70 C Max. Relative Humidity: 95% at 50 C non-condensing All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements method 201A (vibration: 10 to 60 Hz max. amplitude 0.06", max. acceleration 10G). Also meets IEC 947-5-2; 30G 11 ms duration.
Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Receiver Output Configuration Output Rating
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Repeatability Delay at Power-up Delay for Switching Between Normal and High Speed Indicators Construction Connections
Environmental Rating Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications Notes
1. NPN < 200 A for load impedance > 3 K; for load current of 100 mA, leakage < 1% of load current 2. When mounting the M25U, care should be taken to acoustically isolate the emitter and receiver to eliminate sound energy coupling between the sensor pair. This is best accomplished with elastomeric materials between the sensor and rigid mounting brackets. Emitter Models: MI21 (p. 777) Receiver Models: MI17 (p. 776)
Hookups Diagrams
Cordsets
See page 701 Length
2m 5m 9m
Brackets
Washdown Euro QD
See page 700 Length
2m 9m
M25U


MQDCWD-506 MQDCWD-530 pg. 673 SMBM25A pg. 673 SMBM25B
337
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
Opposed Dual Range Sensors

U-GAGE T18U
Offers response time of 2 milliseconds and range of 600 mm for longer-range applications Features ultra-fast response time of 1 millisecond with a range of 300 mm for high-speed applications such as counting Uses high-frequency acoustic emitter and tuned receiver for accurate sensing in bright light and for reliable detection of clear materials such as glass Offers high immunity to electrical and acoustic noise Operates at temperature range from -40 to +70 C Includes signal strength indicator to make alignment easy Housed in T-style right-angle sensor package with 18 mm threaded mounting hub, for versatile mounting
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
page 339
300 mm Range 1 ms Response
600 mm Range 2 ms Response
40.0 mm 30.0 mm
51.5 mm 18.0 mm
ONLINE

Range
NORMAL resolution: 600 mm HIGH resolution: 300 mm
Connection
Response Time
NORMAL resolution: 2 ms or HIGH resolution: 1 ms
Models* NPN
Models* PNP
T186UE Emitter T186UEQ Emitter T18VN6UR T18VN6URQ T18VP6UR T18VP6URQ
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 339). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, T18VN6UR W/30). Receivers may be wired for either resolutions: Normal or High. * Sensor pair requires one emitter and one receiver.
338
U-GAGE T18U Specifications

Sensing Range (no minimum range) Supply Voltage and Current Ultrasonic Frequency Minimum spacing (adjacent pairs) Receiver Output Configuration Receiver Output Rating NORMAL resolution mode: to 600 mm HIGH resolution mode: to 300 mm 12 to 30V dc, 10% max. ac ripple 50 mA (emitters); 35 mA (receivers), exclusive of output load 230 kHz 50 mm for emitter-to-receiver separations of up to 150 mm Add 10 mm of adjacent-pair spacing for every 100 mm of emitter-to-receiver spacing beyond 150 mm T18VN models: NPN sinking, NO and NC (complementary) T18VP models: PNP sourcing, NO and NC (complementary) 150 mA max. each output at 25 C, derated to 100 mA at 70 C (derate 1 mA per C). Both outputs may be used simultaneously. ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1.5V at 10 mA; less than 2.0 V at 150 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A at 30V dc Output protection: Overload and short-circuit protected. No false pulse upon receiver power-up: false pulse protection causes a 100 millisecond delay upon power-up. NORMAL resolution mode: 2 milliseconds ON/OFF HIGH resolution mode: 1 millisecond ON/OFF NORMAL resolution mode: 125 Hz max. HIGH resolution mode: 200 Hz max. NORMAL resolution mode: less than 2 mm HIGH resolution mode: less than 1 mm 15 2 Emitters have a green LED for dc power ON. Receivers have two LEDs, one yellow and one green. Green: power ON Yellow: sonic signal received (flash rate is proportional to received signal strength; flash is from full to half intensity). See data sheet for detailed information. T-style yellow PBT polyester housing with black PBT polyester back cover. Transducer housing is threaded M18 x 1. Mating jam nut is supplied for mounting. Acoustic face is epoxy reinforced. Circuitry is epoxy-encapsulated. IEC IP67; NEMA 6P Emitters: 2 m long attached PVC- covered 2-wire cable or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. Receivers: 2 m long attached PVC-covered 4-wire cable or 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. 9 m long cables are available by request. Mating Euro-style quick-disconnect cordsets are also available. See page 339. -40 to +70 C All models meets Mil.Std 202F requirements method 201A (Vibration: frequency 10 to 60 Hz, max., and double amplitude 0.06", maximum acceleration 10G) and method 213B conditions H&I (Shock: 75G with unit operation; 100G for non-operation). Also meets IEC 947-5-2 requirements: 30G, 11 milliseconds duration, half sine wave.
Output Response Time Rep Rate Mechanical Sensing Repeatability at 300 mm range Beam Angle (-3dB full angle) Indicators
Operating Temperature Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications Hookup Diagrams
Emitter Models: MI21 (p. 777)
NPN Models: MI19 (p. 776)
PNP Models: MI20 (p. 776)
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
2m 5m 9m
Brackets
T18U

MQDC-406 MQDC-415 MQDC-430 MQDC-406RA MQDC-415RA MQDC-430RA pg. 650 SMB18A pg. 650 SMB18155F pg. 651 SMB18FA..
339
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
Flexible Ultrasonic Sensors

U-GAGE Q45U
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Available ranges include 100 to 1400 mm for the short-range models and 0.25 to 3.0 m for the long-range models Push-button TEACH programming makes it extremely simple to set the near/far limits of the sensing window Bipolar discrete models have switches for ON/OFF presence detection and HIGH/LOW level control - In ON/OFF mode, bipolar discrete models detect when the target is within the set range or when it is outside the range - In HIGH/LOW mode, bipolar discrete models detect when the target is outside the configured range, for fill level control, web tensioning control and similar applications Response time is programmed with switches in discrete models and with a potentiometer in analog models For remote programming, analog models can be wired directly to an external switch, controller or computer to set window limitsideal for inaccessible applications such as roll diameter detection for overhead cranes
44.5 mm 60.5 mm
page 343
Program storage cards After you set up window limits, you can store the limits on circuit cards with non-volatile memory for fast setup. Just store the settings from any Q45U sensor on the Q45UML card, and then transfer the settings to any Q45U sensor with the same available sensing range.
87.6 mm
79.4 mm 44.5 mm
30.0 mm
87.6 mm
ONLINE
Short-range Models
Long-range Models
U-GAGE Q45U Discrete Output, 12-24V dc

Range Temperature Compensation
No 100 mm - 1.4 m Yes
Connection
2m 5-pin Mini QD 5-pin Euro QD 2m 5-pin Mini QD 5-pin Euro QD
Output Type
Response Time
Models
Q45UBB63DA Q45UBB63DAQ
Bipolar NPN/PNP
Programmable for 20, 40, 160 or 640 ms
Q45UBB63DAQ6 Q45UBB63DAC Q45UBB63DACQ Q45UBB63DACQ6

More on next page
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 343). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45UBB63DA W/30).
340
U-GAGE Q45U Discrete Output, 12-24V dc (contd)

Range
250 mm - 3 m
Temperature Compensation
Yes
Connection
2m 5-pin Mini QD 5-pin Euro QD
Output Type
Bipolar NPN/PNP
Response Time
Programmable for 40, 80, 320 or 1280 ms
Models
Q45UBB63BC Q45UBB63BCQ Q45UBB63BCQ6
U-GAGE Q45U Analog Output, 15-24V dc

Range
100 mm - 1.4 m
Temperature Compensation
Yes
Connection *
Output Type
Response Time
Adjustable from 40 to 1280 ms
Safety Two-Hand Control Modules
Models
Q45ULIU64ACR Q45ULIU64ACRQ Q45ULIU64ACRQ6 Q45ULIU64BCR
ACCESSORIES
250 mm - 3 m
Yes
Adjustable from 80 to 2560 ms
page 343
Q45ULIU64BCRQ Q45ULIU64BCRQ6
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 343). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45UBB63DA W/30). The far limit may be extended as far as 3.9 m for good acoustical targetshard surfaces with area greater than 100 cm2. LIGHT GAUGING ULTRASONIC QT50U S18U QS18U T30U/T30UX M25U T18U Q45U Q45UR MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR
U-GAGE Q45U Specifications

Sensing Range Short Range: Near limit: 100 mm min. Short Range: Far limit: 1.4 m max. Long Range: Near limit: 250 mm min. Long Range: Far limit: 3.0 m max.
NOTE: The far limit may be extended on long range units, as far as 3.9 m for good acoustical targets (hard surfaces with area greater than 100 cm2) Supply Voltage and Current Ultrasonic Frequency Supply Protection Circuitry Output Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Discrete: 12 to 24V dc (10% max. ripple); 100 mA (exclusive of load) Analog: 15 to 24V dc (10% max. ripple); 100 mA (exclusive of load) Long Range: 128 kHz Short Range: 230 kHz
Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short-circuit of outputs Discrete: Bipolar: One current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN) open-collector transistor Analog: One voltage sourcing and one current sourcing; one or the other output is enabled by internal programming switch #2. Discrete: 150 mA max. (each) OFF-state leakage current: less than 25 A at 24V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1.5V at 10 mA; less than 2.0V at 150 mA Analog: Voltage sourcing: 0 to 10V dc, 10 mA max. Current sourcing: 4 to 20 mA, 1 to 500 impedance
Output Ratings
More on next page
341
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
U-GAGE Q45U Specifications (contd)

Performance Specifications Short Range Analog resolution or discrete repeatability: 0.1% of sensing distance ( 0.25 mm min.) Analog Linearity: 1% of full scale Temperature effect: 0.05% of sensing distance/ C with temp. comp. 0.2% of sensing distance/ C without temp. comp. Min. window size: 10 mm Hysteresis (discrete output): 5 mm See EBPC-1 to EBPC-4 on page 343. The following may be selected by a 4-position DIP switch. Discrete: Switch 1: Output normally open/normally closed (pump in/pump out) Switch 2: High/Low level control mode or ON/OFF presence sensing mode Switch 3 & 4: Response speed selection (digital filter) Analog: Switch 1: Output slope positive or output slope negative Switch 2: Current output mode or voltage output mode Switch 3: Loss of echo min/max mode or loss of echo Hold Mode Switch 4: Loss of echo min/max default output value Discrete: Three status LEDs: Green: power ON Yellow: outputs are conducting (Yellow LED also indicates programming status during setup mode) Red: indicates relative strength of received echo Analog: Three status LEDs: Green: power ON Yellow: target is sensed within the window limits (Yellow LED also indicates programming status during setup mode) Red flashing: indicates relative strength of received echo 5-segment moving dot LED indicates the position of the target within the sensing window. See data sheet for detailed information. Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock Application Notes Molded PBT polyester thermoplastic polyester housing, o-ring sealed transparent acrylic top cover, and stainless steel hardware. Q45U sensors are designed to withstand 1200 psi washdown. The base of cabled models has a "-14NPS internal conduit thread. Leakproof design is rated IEC IP67; NEMA 6P 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 5-pin Mini-style or 5-pin Euro-style QD fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See pages 343. Temperature: -25 to +70 C Relative humidity: 100% Long Range 0.1% of sensing distance ( 0.5 mm min.) 1% of full scale 0.05% of sensing distance/ C 25 mm 10 mm
SENSORS
Effective Beam Adjustments
Indicators
All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration: 10 to 60Hz max., double amplitude 0.06", maximum acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H & I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation). Also meets IEC 947-5-2 requirements: 30G, 11 milliseconds duration, half sine wave. Short Range: Min. target size: 10 x 10 mm aluminum plate at 500 mm 35 x 35 mm aluminum plate at 1.4 m Long Range: Min. target size: 50 x 50 mm aluminum plate at 3 m Discrete: Enable/Disable; Connect yellow wire to +5 to 24V dc to enable sensor and 0 to +2V dc to disable sensor. When the sensor is disabled, the last output state is held until the sensor is re-enabled. The wire must be held to the appropriate voltage for at least 40 milliseconds for the sensor to enable or disable.
Certifications
Hookup Diagrams
MI18 (p. 776)
342
Cordsets
See page 701 Length
2m 5m 9m
Brackets
See page 715 Length
2m 4m 10 m
Q45U


MBCC2-506 MBCC2-512 MBCC2-530 pg. 653 SMB30A pg. 653 SMB30MM pg. 654 SMB30SC

Q45U Short Range with Rod Target (Typical) Q45U Short Range with Plate Target (Typical)
150 mm
150 mm
LIGHT GAUGING
100 x 100 mm Plate 10 x 10 mm Plate
Lateral Distance
100 mm 50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 0
25 mm Rod 10 mm Rod
Lateral Distance
100 mm 50 mm 0 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 0
ULTRASONIC QT50U S18U QS18U T30U/T30UX M25U
200 mm
400 mm
600 mm
800 mm
1000 mm
1200 mm 1400 mm
200 mm
400 mm
600 mm
800 mm
1000 mm
1200 mm 1400 mm
Sensing Distance
T18U Q45U Q45UR MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR
Sensing Distance
EBPC-1
EBPC-2
Q45U Long Range with 25 mm Rod Target (Typical)
Q45U Long Range with 100 x 100 mm Plate Target (Typical)
400 mm 300 mm
400 mm 300 mm
Lateral Distance
Lateral Distance
200 mm 100 mm 0 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 0 500 mm 1000 mm 1500 mm 2000 mm 2500 mm 3000 mm 3500 mm 4000 mm
200 mm 100 mm 0 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 0 500 mm 1000 mm 1500 mm 2000 mm 2500 mm 3000 mm 3500 mm 4000 mm
Sensing Distance
Sensing Distance
EBPC-3
EBPC-4
343
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
Remote Ultrasonic Sensors

U-GAGE Q45UR
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Sensing head choices are 18 mm diameter threaded barrel housing in plastic or stainless steel, or ultra-compact plastic Flat-Pak Sensing range is 50 to 250 mm All models feature built-in temperature compensation and an operating temperature range from -25 to +70 C Analog models feature a selectable positive or negative output slope Resolution is 0.1 mm for analog models and 0.6 mm for bipolar discrete models Push-button TEACH-mode programming enables exact programming of sensing ranges and sensing windows Environmental rating is IEC IP65 and NEMA 4 Digital filtering provides immunity from random electrical and acoustic noise Response time is programmed with switches in discrete models and with a potentiometer in analog models
page 347
44.5 mm 60.5 mm
87.6 mm
18 x 1 mm Thread
ONLINE
45.0 mm
12.0 mm
M18C2.0 & S18C2.0 Remote Sensors
27.5 mm
30.0 mm Q45UR Controllers (S18C2.0 Remote Sensor separate)
27.5 mm
Q13C2.0 Remote Sensors
U-GAGE Q45UR Discrete Output, 12-24V dc

Sensor Range
50 - 250 mm
Controller Connection
Controller Output
Bipolar NPN/PNP
Kit Models
Q45UR3BA63CK Q45UR3BA63CQK Q45UR3BA63CQ6K Q45UR3BA63CKQ Q45UR3BA63CQKQ Q45UR3BA63CQ6KQ Q45UR3BA63CKS Q45UR3BA63CQKS Q45UR3BA63CQ6KS
Kit Includes Controller Models Sensor Models

Q45UR3BA63C Q45UR3BA63CQ Q45UR3BA63CQ6 Q45UR3BA63C Q45UR3BA63CQ Q45UR3BA63CQ6 Q45UR3BA63C Q45UR3BA63CQ Q45UR3BA63CQ6 M18C2.0 Stainless Steel Barrel Q13C2.0 Flat-Pak S18C2.0 Molded Barrel
50 - 250 mm
5-pin Mini QD 5-pin Euro QD 2m
Bipolar NPN/PNP
50 - 250 mm
Bipolar NPN/PNP
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 347). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45UR3BA63CK W/30).
344
U-GAGE Q45UR Analog Output, 15-24V dc

Sensor Range
50 - 250 mm
Controller Cable
Controller Output
Kit Models
Q45UR3LIU64CK Q45UR3LIU64CQK Q45UR3LIU64CQ6K
Kit Includes Controller Models Sensor Models

Q45UR3LIU64C Q45UR3LIU64CQ Q45UR3LIU64CQ6 Q45UR3LIU64C Q45UR3LIU64CQ Q45UR3LIU64CQ6 Q45UR3LIU64C Q45UR3LIU64CQ Q45UR3LIU64CQ6 S18C2.0 Molded Barrel Q13C2.0 Flat-Pak M18C2.0 Stainless Steel Barrel
50 - 250 mm
5-pin Mini QD 5-pin Euro QD 2m
Q45UR3LIU64CKQ Q45UR3LIU64CQKQ Q45UR3LIU64CQ6KQ Q45UR3LIU64CKS Q45UR3LIU64CQKS Q45UR3LIU64CQ6KS
50 - 250 mm
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 347). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, Q45UR3BA63CK W/30).
ACCESSORIES
page 347
U-GAGE Q45UR High-Gain Controllers

Product P/N
63060 63667
Version
Q45UR3BA63CQ6-63060 Q45UR3LIU64CQ6-63667 Discrete Analog
NOTE: Special High-Gain controllers are available for small object detection. Contact factory for more information.
U-GAGE Q45UR Remote Sensors Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Ultrasonic Frequency Supply Protection Circuitry Output Protection Circuitry Output Rating Discrete: 12 to 24V dc (10% max. ripple); 100 mA (exclusive of load) Analog: 15 to 24V dc (10% max. ripple); 100 mA (exclusive of load) 400 kHz Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Both outputs are protected against continuous overload and short circuit Discrete: 150 mA max. (each output) OFF-state leakage current: less than 25 A at 24V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1.5V at 10 mA; less than 2.0V at 150 mA Analog: Voltage sourcing: 0 to 10V dc, 10 mA max. Current sourcing: 4 to 20 mA, 1 to 500 impedance Discrete: Bipolar: One current sourcing (PNP) and one current sinking (NPN) open collector transistor Analog: One voltage sourcing and one current sourcing; one or the other output is enabled by internal programming switch #2
More on next page
345
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
U-GAGE Q45UR Remote Sensors Specifications (contd)

Performance Specifications Discrete: Response Speed: 40 or 160 milliseconds (switch selectable) Repeatability*: 0.2% of measured distance Temperature stability: 0.03% of the window limit positions per C from 0 to 50 C, (0.05% per C over remainder of operating temperature range) Sensing window width: 5 to 200 mm, when independent near and far limits are taught; 1, 2, 3, or 4 mm (switch selectable), when a sensing distance set point is taught Hysteresis: 0.5 mm Ultrasonic beam angle: 3.5 Analog: Response Speed: 10 to 320 milliseconds (2 to 64 cycles) selectable Resolution*: 0.2% of sensing distance at 320 milliseconds response, 0.4% of sensing distance at 10 milliseconds response Linearity*: 1% of full scale Temperature stability: 0.03% of sensing distance per C from 0 to 50 C, (0.05% per C over remainder of operating temperature) Ultrasonic beam angle: 3.5 * Repeatability and analog resolution and linearity are specified using a 50 x 50 mm aluminum plate at 22 C under fixed sensing conditions (Analog: using the 4 to 20 mA output @ 15V dc) Effective Beam Adjustments See page 347. Discrete: The following may be selected by a 4-position DIP switch Switch 1: Output normally open (output is energized when target is within sensing window limits), or normally closed (output is energized when target is outside sensing window limits) Switches 2 & 3: Sensing window size (1, 2, 3 or 4 mm) Switch 4: Response speed selection (40 or 160 milliseconds) Analog: Push-button TEACH-mode programming of window limits. The following may be selected by a 4-position DIP switch located on top of the controller, beneath a transparent o-ring sealed acrylic cover and beneath the black inner cover Switch 1: Output slope: output value increases or decreases with distance Switch 2: Output mode: current output or voltage output Switches 3 & 4: Response to loss of echo Response Speed Adjustment: Single-turn potentiometer selects six response values from 10 to 320 milliseconds Indicators Discrete: Three status LEDs: Green: Power ON Yellow: Output are conducting (Yellow also indicates programming status during setup) Red: Relative strength of received echo 5-segment moving dot LED indicates the position of the target within the sensing window Analog: Three status LEDs: Green: Power ON Yellow: Target is sensed within the window limits (Yellow LED also indicates programming status during setup mode) Red: Relative strength of received echo 5-segment moving dot LED indicates the position of the target within the sensing window See data sheet for detailed information Construction Controller: Molded thermoplastic polyester housing, o-ring sealed transparent acrylic top cover, and stainless steel hardware Sensors: M18C2.0: Stainless steel M18 threaded barrel housing and jam nuts, polyetherimide front cover, ceramic transducer, polyurethane rear cover S18C2.0: Thermoplastic polyester S18 threaded barrel housing and jam nuts, polyetherimide front cover, ceramic transducer, polyurethane rear cover Q13C2.0: Molded 30% glass reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing, ceramic transducer, fully epoxy-encapsulated Controller: IEC IP67; NEMA 6P Sensor: IEC IP65; NEMA 4
SENSORS
Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Vibration and Mechanical Shock
Controller: 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 5-pin Mini-style or Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting. See page 339. Sensor: 2 m attached PVC cable terminated with 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect fitting for connection to controller. Controller and sensor: -25 to +70 C Relative humidity: 85% (non-condensing)
All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A Vibration: 10 to 60Hz max., double amplitude 0.06" (maximum acceleration 10G). Method 213B conditions H & I (Shock: 75G with unit operating; 100G for non-operation). Also meets IEC 947-5-2 requirements: 30G, 11 milliseconds duration, half sine wave.
More on next page
346
U-GAGE Q45UR Remote Sensors Specifications

Application Notes
(contd)
Discrete: The TEACH-mode function of the controller is used to set the sensing distance set point. The sensing window size is set using DIP switches #2 and #3. The sensing distance set point is centered within the sensing widow. The size of the sensing window may be adjusted at any time, with or without power applied, and without re-teaching the sensing distance set point. The controller has non-volatile memory which remembers the last sensing distance set point setting if power is removed and later reapplied. The sensing distance set point may be programmed using the Remote TEACH input (see hookup diagrams). Acceptable target angle is within 5 of normal for a smooth, flat target; target rotation does affect the apparent target location with respect to the sensor. Analog: The controller has non-volatile memory which remembers the last sensing distance set point setting if power is removed and later reapplied. The sensing distance set point may be programmed using the Remote TEACH input (see hookup diagrams). Acceptable target angle is within 5 of normal for a smooth, flat target; target rotation does affect the apparent target location with respect to the sensor.
Cordsets
See page 701 Length
2m 5m 9m
Brackets
See page 715 Length
2m 4m 10 m
Q45UR


MBCC2-506 MBCC2-512 MBCC2-530 pg. 653 SMB30A pg. 653 SMB30MM pg. 654 SMB30SC LIGHT GAUGING ULTRASONIC QT50U S18U QS18U T30U/T30UX M25U T18U Q45U Q45UR MEASURING ARRAYS RADAR

Q45UR
12.0 mm 10.0 mm 8.0 mm 6.0 mm 4.0 mm
Lateral Distance
2.0 mm 0 -2.0 mm -4.0 mm -6.0 mm -8.0 mm 50 mm x 50 mm Alum. Plate 10 mm Dia. Alum. Rod 0
-10.0 mm -12.0 mm 50 mm 75 mm 100 mm 125 mm 150 mm 175 mm 200 mm 225 mm 250 mm
Target Distance
EBPC-1
NOTE: The pattern displayed for the 50 mm x 50 mm Aluminum plate is referenced to the EDGE of the plate. The pattern displayed for the 10 mm dia. Aluminum rod is referenced to the CENTER of the rod.
347
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
MEASURING ARRAYS
EZ-ARRAY High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY MINI-ARRAY
SENSORS
EZ-ARRAY
page 349
Applications include edge and centerguiding, loop tension control, hole sizing, parts counting and on-the-fly product sizing and profiling. Closely spaced infrared beams detect objects as small as 5 mm wide; edge resolution is 2.5 mm. Controller functionality is built into the receiver, so basic setup requires no controller, software or PC. Easy-to-use software is included for advanced configuration, using a PC. Configuration options include 14 measurement modes, three scanning methods, two analog and two discrete outputs and a serial output. Range is 4 meters. Array heights range from 150 to 2400 mm.
page 352
MINI-ARRAY
page 356
High-resolution array excels at highspeed, precise process monitoring and inspection applications. Available heights range from 163 to 1951 mm. Closely spaced beams detect objects as small as 2.5 mm. Emitters and receivers can be up to 1.8 m apart. Controllers can be configured for a variety of measurement modes, scan modes and output configurations.
Low-profile light screen pairs are designed for profiling and inspections. Available heights range from 133 to 1819 mm. Depending on the models beam spacing, the array detects objects as small as 19 to 38 mm. Emitters and receivers can be up to 6 m apart or up to 17 m apart, depending on model. Configuration options include blanking, sensitivity and scanning mode. Controllers are available with DeviceNet -compatible output.
DeviceNet is a trademark of Open DeviceNet Vendor Association Inc.
348
Two-Piece Measuring Light Screens

A-GAGE EZ-ARRAY
Applications include edge and center guarding, loop tension control, hole sizing, part counting and on-the-fly product sizing and profiling Two-piece design eliminates the need for a separate controller Two push buttons are provided for gain method selection and alignment/ blanking High-excess-gain option for detecting opaque objects and maximizing range in dirty environments Edge resolution of 2.5 mm on opaque objects in single and double edge scan mode Low-contrast sensing of semi-transparent materials and objects as small as 5 mm Seven Zone LEDs provide instant alignment and beam blockage information Remote TEACH-wire option is included for alignment, blanking, sensitivity, inverted display and DIP switch enabled/disabled Aluminum housing is compact and rugged for demanding applications
ACCESSORIES
D Provides powerful configuration capabilities Straightforward applications can be configured using six-position DIP switch on front of the receiver. Easy-to-use graphic user interface software is included for advanced configuration using a PC (USB serial adapter requiredsold separately). Integrated 3-digit diagnostic display indicates number of beams blocked, blanking configuration and troubleshooting codes. Bicolor LEDs indicate system and serial communication status. Array lengths range from 150 to 2400 mm Standard working range is 0.4 to 4 m, with 5 mm beam spacing Shorter range models with a 0.3 to 1.5 m working 3-Digit Diagnostic Display range are available
Push button/Blanking Zone Indicators Bicolor LEDs
page 351
LIGHT GAUGING ULTRASONIC MEASURING ARRAYS EZ-ARRAY
High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY MINI-ARRAY RADAR
DIP Switch Configuration
ONLINE
EZ-ARRAY Light Screen
W = 36.0 mm D = 45.2 mm
Specialty Application Solutions

Clear Object Detection Carpet Edge Detection
Short-range models with carpet-specific algorithm automatically detect both the carpet tufting and backing edges. Kits are available with an emitter, short-range receiver and mounting bracket for ease of installation and alignment. Clear plate glass profiling (Measure width of glass) Clear plastic bottle detection (Detect presence/absence of bottle) Air-to-backing and backing-to-tufting monitoring
Clear object models (0.3 m to 1.5 m) are designed to detect low-contrast, translucent objects in clean industrial environments. Short-range and low-contrast models are available for plate glass, clear film and bottle detection. Contact Banner Engineering at 1-888-373-6767 or visit bannerengineering.com/ezarray for detailed application and ordering information.
349
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
A-GAGE EZ-ARRAY, 12-30V dc5 mm Beam Spacing

Housing Length (L)
227 mm
Array Length
150 mm 300 mm 450 mm 600 mm 750 mm 900 mm 1050 mm** 1200 mm** 1500 mm** 1800 mm** 2100 mm** 2400 mm**
Total Beams
30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 300 360 420 480
Connection
Range*
Analog Output
Current (420 mA) Voltage (010V) Current (420 mA) Voltage (010V) Current (420 mA) Voltage (010V) Current (420 mA) Voltage (010V) Current (420 mA) Voltage (010V) Current (420 mA)
Emitter Model
EA5E150Q EA5E300Q EA5E450Q EA5E600Q EA5E750Q EA5E900Q EA5E1050Q EA5E1200Q EA5E1500Q EA5E1800Q EA5E2100Q EA5E2400Q
Receiver Model NPN Outputs

EA5R150NIXMODQ EA5R150NUXMODQ EA5R300NIXMODQ EA5R300NUXMODQ EA5R450NIXMODQ EA5R450NUXMODQ EA5R600NIXMODQ EA5R600NUXMODQ EA5R750NIXMODQ EA5R750NUXMODQ EA5R900NIXMODQ EA5R900NUXMODQ EA5R1050NIXMODQ EA5R1050NUXMODQ EA5R1200NIXMODQ EA5R1200NUXMODQ EA5R1500NIXMODQ EA5R1500NUXMODQ EA5R1800NIXMODQ EA5R1800NUXMODQ EA5R2100NIXMODQ EA5R2100NUXMODQ EA5R2400NIXMODQ EA5R2400NUXMODQ
Receiver Model PNP Outputs

EA5R150PIXMODQ EA5R150PUXMODQ EA5R300PIXMODQ EA5R300PUXMODQ EA5R450PIXMODQ EA5R450PUXMODQ EA5R600PIXMODQ EA5R600PUXMODQ EA5R750PIXMODQ EA5R750PUXMODQ EA5R900PIXMODQ EA5R900PUXMODQ EA5R1050PIXMODQ EA5R1050PUXMODQ EA5R1200PIXMODQ EA5R1200PUXMODQ EA5R1500PIXMODQ EA5R1500PUXMODQ EA5R1800PIXMODQ EA5R1800PUXMODQ EA5R2100PIXMODQ EA5R2100PUXMODQ EA5R2400PIXMODQ EA5R2400PUXMODQ
SENSORS
379 mm 529 mm 678 mm 828 mm 978 mm 1128 mm 1278 mm
8-pin Euro QD
0.44 m
Voltage (010V) Current (420 mA) Voltage (010V) Current (420 mA) Voltage (010V) Current (420 mA) Voltage (010V) Current (420 mA) Voltage (010V) Current (420 mA) Voltage (010V) Current (420 mA) Voltage (010V)
ACCESSORIES
page 351
1578 mm 1878 mm 2178 mm 2478 mm
QD models: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 351). * Models with a range of 100 mm to 1.5 m models are available upon request. Contact factory at 1-888-373-6767 for more information. ** Models with array lengths 1050 mm and longer ship with a center bracket and two end-cap brackets.
A-GAGE EZ-ARRAY Specification

Supply Voltage (Limit Values) Supply Power Requirements Emitter/Receiver Range Field of View Beam Spacing Light Source Minimum Object Detection Size Sensor Positional Resolution Teach Input (Receiver Gray Wire) Two Discrete Outputs
Emitter: 12 to 30V dc Receiver Analog Current Models: 12 to 30V dc Receiver Analog Voltage Models: 15 to 30V dc Emitter/Receiver Pair (Exclusive of discrete load): Less than 9 watts 400 mm to 4 m Nominally 3 5 mm Infrared LED Straight Scan, Low-Contrast: 5 mm Straight Scan, High-Excess-Gain: 10 mm Straight Scan: 5 mm Double-Edge Scan: 2.5 mm Single-Edge Scan: 2.5 mm Low: 0 to 2 volts High: 6 to 30 volts or open (input impedance 22 k) Solid-State NPN or PNP (current sinking or sourcing) Rating: 100 mA max. each output OFF-State Leakage Current: NPN: less than 200 uA @ 30V dc PNP: less than 10 uA @ 30V dc ON-State Saturation Voltage: NPN: less than 1.6V @ 100 mA PNP: less than 2.0V @ 100 mA Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit. Voltage Sourcing: 0 to 10V (maximum current load of 5 mA) Current Sourcing: 4 to 20 mA (maximum resistance load = (Vsupply3) / 0.020)
More on next page
Power-up delay: 2 seconds
Two Analog Outputs
350
A-GAGE EZ-ARRAY Specification

Serial Communication Interface
(contd)
EIA-485 Modbus RTU (up to 15 nodes per communication ring) RTU binary format Baud Rate: 9600, 19.2K or 38.4K 8 Data Bits, 1 Stop Bit, and Even, Odd, or 2 Stop Bits and No Parity Scan times depend on scan mode and sensor length. Straight scan times range from 2.8 to 26.5 milliseconds. Emitter: Red Status LED ON SteadyStatus Flashing at 1 hzError Receiver: 7 Zone Indicators RedBlocked channels within zone GreenAll channels clear within zone 3-digit 7-segment indicators for measurement mode / diagnostic information Sensor Status Bicolor Indicator LED RedHardware Error or Marginal Alignment GreenOK Modbus Activity Indicator LED: Yellow Modbus Error Indicator LED: Red 6-position DIP switch: Used to set scanning type, measurement modes, analog slope and discrete output 2 function. Alternate software GUI interface provides additional options; see full manual. Push Buttons Two momentary push buttons for alignment and gain level selection. Serial communication: The receiver uses a PVC-jacketed, 5-conductor 22-gauge quick-disconnect cable, 5.4 mm diameter. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 351. Other sensor connections: 8-conductor quick-disconnect cordsets (one each for emitter and receiver), ordered separately (may not exceed 75 m long), PVC-jacketed cordsets measure 5.8 mm diameter, have shield wire; 22-gauge conductors. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 351. Aluminum housing with clear-anodized finish; acrylic lens cover IEC IP65 Temperature: 40 to +70 C Relative humidity: 95% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Scan Time Status Indicators
System Configuration (Receiver Interface) Connections
Construction Environmental Rating Operating Conditions Certification Hookup Diagrams
LIGHT GAUGING ULTRASONIC MEASURING ARRAYS EZ-ARRAY
NPN models: MI23 (p. 777)
PNP models: MI24 (p. 777)
High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY MINI-ARRAY RADAR
Cordsets
See page 703 Length
4.58 m 9.14 m 15.2 m
Communication Cordsets
See page 717 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m

MAQDC-815 MAQDC-830 MAQDC-850 Additional cordset information available. See page 693.

MQDMC-506 MQDMC-515 MQDMC-530 MQDMC-506RA MQDMC-515RA MQDMC-530RA
ENCLOSURES
PAGE 742
STANDS
Brackets
EZ-ARRAY
Serial Adapters
See page 739 Model
USB to RS-485 serial adapter with integral EZA-USB485-01 communication cordset and USB cable for advanced configuration with a PC.
PAGE 736
LENS SHIELDS
pg. 642 EZA-MBK-20
pg. 669 SMBLBCZB
USB to RS-485 serial adapter for advanced configuration with a PC. NOTE: Communication cordset ordered separately.
PAGE 746
INTUSB485-1
351
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
High-Resolution Inspection and Profiling Light Screen

A-GAGE High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY
Excels at high-speed, precise monitoring and inspection applications, including on-the-fly sizing, profiling, precision edge and center guiding, and hole detection Requires a controller, emitter/receiver pair and interconnecting cordsets for a complete system Offers programmable controller with a selection of measurement modes, scan modes and output configurations Provides 120 sensing beams per foot, for reliable detection of objects as small as 2.5 mm Features a 1.8 m range with a very forgiving alignment Offers programmable blanking, hysteresis and serial communications Includes advanced software for system configuration using a PC Makes status monitoring simple by having indicators visible from three sides of emitter/receiver
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
page 355
Emitters/Receivers
W D
ONLINE
High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY Sensors

W = 38.1 mm D = 38.1 mm
A-GAGE High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY Emitters/Receivers2.5 mm Beam Spacing

Housing Length (L)
236 mm
Array Length
163 mm
Total Beams
64
Connection
5-pin Mini QD
Range
0.4 - 1.8 m
Minimum Object Size

2.5 mm
Models*
MAHE6A MAHR6A
More on next page
QD models: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 355). * E and R in model numbers denotes Emitter and Receiver respectively. Sold separately.
352
A-GAGE High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY Emitters/Receivers2.5 mm Beam Spacing (contd)

Housing Length (L)
399 mm
Array Length
325 mm
Total Beams
128
Connection
Range
Minimum Object Size
Models*
MAHE13A MAHR13A MAHE19A MAHR19A MAHE26A MAHR26A MAHE32A MAHR32A MAHE38A MAHR38A
561 mm
488 mm
192
724 mm
650 mm
256
887 mm
813 mm
320
1049 mm
975 mm
384 5-pin Mini QD
1215 mm
1138 mm
448
0.4 - 1.8 m
2.5 mm
MAHE45A MAHR45A MAHE51A MAHR51A MAHE58A MAHR58A MAHE64A MAHR64A MAHE70A MAHR70A MAHE77A MAHR77A
1377 mm
1300 mm
512
ACCESSORIES
page 355
1540 mm
1463 mm
576
1703 mm
1626 mm
640
LIGHT GAUGING ULTRASONIC MEASURING ARRAYS EZ-ARRAY High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY MINI-ARRAY RADAR
1865 mm
1788 mm
704
2028 mm
1951 mm
768
QD models: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 355). * E and R in model numbers denotes Emitter and Receiver respectively. Sold separately.
Controllers
106.0 mm 115.0 mm
ONLINE
81.0 mm
High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY Controller
A-GAGE High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY Controllers, 16-30V dc

Inputs
1 Sensor pair & Trigger (Gate)
Solid-State Discrete Outputs

2 PNP 2 NPN 2 PNP 2 NPN
Analog Outputs
(2) 0-10V Sourcing (2) 0-10V Sourcing (2) 4-20 mA Sinking (2) 4-20 mA Sinking
Serial Output
RS-232 & RS-485
Controller Models
MAHCVP-1 MAHCVN-1 MAHCIP-1 MAHCIN-1
One controller and an emitter/receiver pair (of matching length) required per system.
353
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
A-GAGE High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY Emitter/Receiver Specifications

Emitter/Receiver Range Minimum Object Sensitivity Sensor Scan Time 380 mm to 1.8 m 2.5 mm 1.8 to 58.4 milliseconds, depending on scanning method and sensor length plus 1 millisecond post processing time for controller 12V dc 2%, supplied by controller Sensors connect to controller using two 5-conductor quick-disconnect cordset (one each for emitter and receiver), ordered separately. Use only Banner cordset, which incorporate a twisted pair for noise immunity. Cordsets measure 8.1 mm in diameter and are shielded and PVC-jacketed. Conductors are 20 gauge (0.9 mm). Emitter and receiver cordset may not exceed 75 m long, each. See page 355. Emitter: Receiver: Red LED lights to indicate proper emitter operation Green indicates sensors aligned Yellow indicates marginal alignment of one or more beams Red indicates sensors misaligned or one or more beam(s) blocked
SENSORS
Power Requirements Connections
Status Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Operating Conditions Certifications
Aluminum, with black anodized finish; acrylic lens cover NEMA 4, 13; IP65 Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 95% at 50 C (non-condensing)
A-GAGE High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY Controller Specifications

Power Requirements Inputs 16 to 30V dc @ 1.0 A (typical: 0.5 A @ 16V dc) Sensor input: Emitter and receiver wire in parallel to five terminals. Trigger (Gate) input: Optically isolated, requires 10 to 30V dc (7.5 k impedance) for gate signal Remote alignment input: Optically isolated, requires 10 to 30V dc (7.5 k impedance) for alignment sequence signal NPN outputs: Open collector NPN transistor rated at 30V dc max., 150 mA max. PNP outputs: Open collector PNP transistor rated at 30V dc max., 150 mA max. All discrete outputs: OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V @ 10 mA; less than 1.5V @ 150 mA RS-232 or RS-485 interface. (Up to 15 control modules may be given unique addresses on one RS-485 party line.) ASCII or binary data format 9600, 19.2K or 39.4K baud rate 8 data bits, stop bit, and even, odd or no parity Voltage-sourcing outputs: 0 to 10V dc (25 mA current limit) Current-sinking outputs: 4 to 20 mA (16 to 30V dc input) Resolution: Span / Number of sensing channels Linearity: 0.1% of full scale Temperature variation: 0.01% of full scale per C MAHCVP-1: Two PNP discrete (switched), two 0-10V voltage sourcing MAHCVN-1: Two NPN discrete (switched), two 0-10V voltage sourcing MAHCIP-1: Two PNP discrete (switched), two 4-20 mA current sinking MAHCIN-1: Two NPN discrete (switched), two 4-20 mA current sinking Via RS-232 interface to PC-compatible computer running Windows 95, 98, NT, ME, XP or 2000 and using software supplied with each control module Output 1 (Red): Lights to indicate Discrete Output #1 is active Alarm (Red): Lights to indicate Discrete Output #2 is active Gate (Red): Lights to indicate Trigger (Gate) is active Align (Green): Lights to indicate emitter and receiver are aligned Diagnostics indicator: (Key on controller side label) Identifies System errors and status Polycarbonate housing; mounts to flat surface or directly onto 35-mm DIN rail NEMA 1; IP20 Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 95% @ 50 C (non-condensing)
Discrete (Switched) Outputs
Serial Data Outputs
Analog Outputs
System Programming Status Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Operating Conditions Certifications Hookup Diagrams
0-10V sourcing: MI25 (p. 778)
4 to 20 mA voltage: MI26 (p. 778)
354
Cordsets
Mini QD (Shielded with Twisted Pair)
See page 716 Length
4.57 m 7.62 m 15.2 m 22.9 m 30.5 m 38.1 m 45.7 m QDC-515C QDC-525C QDC-550C MAQDC-575C MAQDC-5100C MAQDC-5125C MAQDC-5150C Additional cordset information available. See page 693.
DB9 Communication
See page 718 Length
2.00 m MASC
ENCLOSURES
9-Pin Straight
PAGE 742
STANDS
PAGE 736
Brackets
LENS SHIELDS
PAGE 746
pg. 628 DIN-35-..
pg. 633 MSMB-3
355
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
Inspection and Profiling Light Screens

A-GAGE MINI-ARRAY
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
Features low-profile, programmable measuring light screen for inspections and profiling Requires a controller, emitter/receiver pair and interconnecting cordsets for a complete system Offers programmable controller with a selection of measurement modes, scan modes and output configurations Offers emitters/receivers for detecting objects as small as 12.7 mm Available with 9.5 or 19 mm beam spacing Features ranges to 17 m, depending on length and beam spacing Includes advanced software for system configuration using a PC Available in models for central monitoring and control over a DeviceNet control network Features optional heated enclosures for outdoor applications Makes status monitoring easy with indicators visible from three sides of emitter/receiver
page 361
Emitters/Receivers
W D
ONLINE
L
MINI-ARRAY Sensors
W = 38.1 mm D = 38.1 mm
A-GAGE MINI-ARRAY Emitters/Receivers19.1 mm Beam Spacing

Housing Length (L)
201 mm 356 mm 505 mm
Array Length
133 mm 286 mm 438 mm
Total Beams
8
Connection
Minimum Object Size

38.1 mm
Range
Models*
BMEL616A BMRL616A
16 24
5-pin Mini QD
Interlaced Mode: 25.4 mm
0.9 - 17 m
BMEL1216A BMRL1216A BMEL1816A BMRL1816A

More on next page
QD models: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 361). * E and R in model numbers denotes Emitter and Receiver respectively. Sold separately. DeviceNet is a trademark of the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association, Inc.
356

Housing Length (L)
659 mm 810 mm 963 mm 1115 mm 1267 mm 1572 mm 1877 mm
(contd)
Range Models*
BMEL2416A BMRL2416A BMEL3016A 0.9 - 17 m BMRL3016A BMEL3616A BMRL3616A BMEL4216A BMRL4216A BMEL4816A BMRL4816A 0.9 - 14 m BMEL6016A BMRL6016A BMEL7216A BMRL7216A
Array Length
591 mm 743 mm 895 mm 1048 mm 1200 mm 1505 mm 1810 mm
Total Beams
32 40 48 56 64
Connection
Minimum Object Size
38.1 mm 5-pin Mini QD Interlaced Mode: 25.4 mm
38.1 mm 80 96 5-pin Mini QD Interlaced Mode: 25.4 mm
ACCESSORIES
page 361

Housing Length (L)
Total Beams
16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 160 192
Array Length
Connection
Minimum Object Size
Range
Models*
BMEL632A BMRL632A BMEL1232A BMRL1232A BMEL1832A BMRL1832A BMEL2432A BMRL2432A BMEL3032A BMRL3032A BMEL3632A BMRL3632A BMEL4232A BMRL4232A BMEL4832A BMRL4832A BMEL6032A BMRL6032A BMEL7232A BMRL7232A
0.6 - 6.1 m 19.1 mm 5-pin Mini QD Interlaced Mode: 12.7 mm
0.6 - 4.6 m
QD models: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 361). * E and R in models numbers denotes Emitter and Receiver respectively. Sold separately.
357
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
Controllers
100.0 mm 110.0 mm
SENSORS
ONLINE
75.0 mm
MINI-ARRAY Controller
A-GAGE MINI-ARRAY Controllers, 16-30V dc

Inputs
ACCESSORIES
Solid-State Discrete Outputs

1 Reed & 1 NPN 2 NPN
Analog Outputs
(2) 0-10V Sourcing (2) 4-20 mA Sinking
Serial Output
RS-232 & RS-485
Controller Models
MAC-1 MACN-1 MACP-1
page 361
1 Sensor pair & Trigger (Gate)
2 PNP 1 NPN 1 NPN
RS-232
MACV-1 MACI-1 MAC16N-1 MAC16P-1 MACNXDN-1* MACPXDN-1*
1 Sensor pair & Trigger (Gate) 1 Sensor pair & Trigger (Gate)
16 NPN 16 PNP 2 NPN 2 PNP
RS-232
* DeviceNet models One controller and an emitter/receiver pair (of matching length and resolution) required per system. DeviceNet is a trademark of the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association, Inc.
A-GAGE MINI-ARRAY Emitter/Receiver Specifications

Emitter/Receiver Range Max range is specified at the point where 3x excess gain remains. Minimum Object Sensitivity 9.5 mm beam spacing Array Length 143 to 1057 mm: 0.6 to 6.1 m Array Length 1210 to 1819 mm: 0.6 to 4.6 m 9.5 mm Beam Spacing Straight, Edge Modes: 19.1 mm Interlaced Mode: 12.7 mm* With DeviceNet Controller: Straight, Edge Modes: 19.1 mm Skip Mode: Multiply the above by the number of skipped beams, plus 1 Interlaced Mode: 12.7 mm* *Assumes sensing is in the middle 1/3 of sensing range. Sensor Scan Time Power Requirements Maximum current is for a 6' sensor. 55 microseconds per beam, plus 1 millisecond post process time per scan DeviceNet: Post process time will vary, based on the number of channels interrogated during each scan 9.5 mm beam spacing 12V dc 2%, supplied by controller Emitter: 0.10 A @ 12V dc Receiver: 0.75 A @ 12V dc 19.1 mm beam spacing 12V dc 2%, supplied by controller Emitter: 0.10 A @ 12V dc Receiver: 0.50 A @ 12V dc 19.1 mm beam spacing Array Length 133 to 1057 mm: 0.9 to 17 m Array Length 1200 to 1810 mm: 0.9 to 14 m 19.1 mm Beam Spacing Straight, Edge Modes: 38.1 mm Interlaced Mode: 25.4 mm* With DeviceNet Controller: Straight, Edge Modes: 38.1 mm Skip Mode: Multiply the above by the number of skipped beams, plus 1 Interlaced Mode: 25.4 mm*
More on next page
358
A-GAGE MINI-ARRAY Emitter/Receiver Specifications

Connections
(contd)
Sensors connect to controller using 5-conductor Mini-style quick-disconnect cordsets (one each for emitter and receiver), ordered separately. Use only Banner cordsets, which incorporate a twisted pair for noise immunity. Cordsets measure 8.1 mm dia. and are shielded and PVC-jacketed. Conductors are 20 gauge. Emitter and receiver cordsets may not exceed 75 m long, each. See page 361. Emitter: Red LED lights to indicate proper emitter operation Receiver: Green indicates sensors aligned (> 3x excess gain) Yellow indicates marginal alignment of one or more beams (1x -3x excess gain) Red indicates sensors misaligned or one or more beam(s) blocked Aluminum, with black anodized finish; acrylic lens cover NEMA 4, 13; IP65
Status Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Certification Operating Conditions
Temperature: -20 to +70 C
Relative humidity: 95% at 50 C (non-condensing)
A-GAGE MINI-ARRAY Controller with DeviceNet Specifications

DeviceNet Configurations Vendor code: 12 (Banner Corp.) Device type: 110 Product code: 1 (MACNXDN-1) 2 (MACPXDN-1) Connection types supported: Explicit Message, Poll, COS Network address: 0-63 (network configured), default = 63 Baud rate supported: 125K, 250K, 500K (network configured), default = 125K MACPXDN-1: Two PNP discrete (switched) MACNXDN-1: Two NPN discrete (switched) Controller, emitter and receiver: 16 to 30V dc @ 1.2 A max. (typical: 0.5 A @ 16V dc) 11 to 25V dc - supplied by DeviceNet BUS Network Sensor input: Emitter and receiver wire in parallel to five terminals. Trigger (Gate) input: Optically isolated, requires 10 to 30V dc (7.5 k impedance) for gate signal NPN outputs: Open collector NPN transistor rated at 30V dc max., 150 mA max. PNP outputs: Open collector PNP transistor rated at 30V dc max., 150 mA max. All discrete outputs: OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V @ 10 mA; less than 1.5V @ 150 mA Via DeviceNet interface and supplied EDS files. Output (steady red): Output #1 energized. Alarm (flashing red): Output #2 energized. Gate (steady red): Trigger (Gate) input status. Alignment (steady green): Proper emitter/receiver alignment and a clear, unblocked light screen (ON) when green or green/yellow receiver LEDs are ON. Diag 1 (Green), Diag 2 (Red), Diag 3 (Red): Used in combination to display System status Bicolored (Red/Green) LED visible on the control module front panel indicates network status: Steady Green: On-line, connected to master Flashing Green: On-line, address and baud rate OK Steady Red: Critical network fault or duplicate node address detected Flashing Red: Connection timeout OFF: No network power or off-line Polycarbonate housing; mounts to flat surface or directly onto 35-mm DIN rail NEMA 1; IP20 Temperature: -20 to +70 C Relative humidity: 95% @ 50 C (non-condensing)
Output Configurations Power Requirements* DeviceNet Power* Inputs Discrete Outputs
System Programming System Status Indicators
Network Status Indicator
Construction Environmental Rating Operating Conditions Application Note* Hookup Diagrams
* The controller must be powered up before the DeviceNet connection in every power-up situation for proper operation MI30 (p. 779)
DeviceNet is a trademark of the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association, Inc.
359
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
A-GAGE MINI-ARRAY Controller Specifications

Power Requirements Inputs Discrete Outputs 16 to 30V dc @ 1.25 amps max. (see current requirements for sensors); controller alone, (without sensors connected) requires 0.1 amp. Sensor input (5 connections): Emitter and receiver wire in parallel to five terminals Trigger (Gate) input: Optically isolated, requires 10 to 30V dc (7.5K input impedance) for gate signal MAC-1: Output 1 (OUT 1) - Reed relay contact rated 125V ac/dc max., 10 VA max. resistive load (non-inductive). Output 2 (ALARM) - Open collector NPN transistor rated 30V dc max., 150 mA max, short-circuit protected; may be configured as a second data analysis output, a system alarm output, or a scan trigger output for a parallel array OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V @ 10 mA; less than 1.5V @ 150 mA MACN-1: (2) Open collector NPN transistor outputs MACP-1: (2) Open collector PNP transistor outputs; transistor rated 30V dc max. 150 mA max, short circuit protected; may be configured as a second data analysis output, a system alarm output, or a scan trigger output for a parallel array OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V @ 10 mA; less than 1.5 V @ 150 mA MACV-1/MACI-1: Alarm - Open collector NPN transistor rated 30V dc max. 150 mA max, short circuit protected; may be configured as a data analysis output, a system alarm output, or a scan trigger output for a parallel array OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A @ 30V dc ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V @ 10 mA; less than 1.5 V @ 150 mA MAC16P-1: Sixteen open collector PNP transistor outputs MAC16N-1: Sixteen open collector NPN transistor outputs 30V dc max, 150 mA max., short circuit protected OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V @ 10 mA; less than 1.9V @ 150 mA Serial Data Outputs RS-232, ASCII or binary data format Baud Rate: 9600, 19.2K, or 38.4K, 8 data bits, 1 start bit, 1 stop bit, even parity Clear data may be suppressed Header string may be suppressed in binary format MAC-1: Up to 15 controllers may be given unique address for RS-485 party line MACV-1: 0-10 Volts sourcing adjustable Null and Span (20 mA current limit) MACI-1: 4-20 mA current sinking adjustable Null and Span (16 to 30V input) Resolution: Span/(Number of sensor channels) Linearity: 0.1% of Full Scale Temperature variation: 0.01% of Full Scale/ C All models: Via RS-232 PC-compatible computer running Windows 95, 98, NT, ME, XP or 2000 operating system and using Banner supplied software All models: 55 microseconds per beam plus processing time. The processing time is dependent on the scan analysis and the number of active outputs. This timing assumes a straight scan, continuous, and TBB mode MAC-1, MACN-1 & MACP-1: 1 millisecond processing time MACV-1 & MACI-1: 1.5 milliseconds processing time MAC16N-1 & MAC16P-1: 2.3 to 7 milliseconds processing time Outputs are not active for 5 seconds after system power up. Maximum response time for the system is two sensor scan cycles. A scan cycle includes a sensor scan plus any serial data transmission. Serial transmission (if activated) follows every sensor scan. The following status LEDs are located on the top surface of the module: MACV-1 & MACI-1: V OUT (Red) - (also called I OUT) Indicates that the analog outputs are active MAC-1, MACN-1 & MACP-1: OUT 1 (Red) - Indicates that output 1 is energized MAC16N-1 & MAC16P-1: OUT (Red) - Indicates that at least one output is active ALARM (Red) - Indicates that Output 2 is active/MAC16N-1 & MAC16P-1: Indicates output 16 is active GATE (Red) - Indicates voltage is applied to Trigger (Gate) input DIAG1 DIAG2 Condition (Green) (Red) ALIGN (Green) - Indicates sensor aligned (excess gain > 1x) Normal condition on off DIAG1 (Green) - Indicates power is applied to the module Receiver error on on DIAG2 (Red) - Indicates receiver failure Emitter error on off DIAG3 (Red) - Indicates emitter failure
SENSORS
Analog Outputs
Controller Programming Sensor Scan Time
System Response Time
Status Indicators
DIAG3 (Red) off off on
More on next page
360
A-GAGE MINI-ARRAY Controller Specifications (contd)

Construction Environmental Rating Operating Conditions Certifications Hookup Diagram MAC-1: MI27 (p. 778) MACV-1/MACI-1: MI29 (p. 779) MACN-1/MACP-1: MI28 (p. 778) MAC16N-1/MAC16P-1: MI31 (p. 779) Polycarbonate NEMA 1; IP20 Temperature: -20 to +70 C Relative humidity: 95% (non-condensing)
Cordsets
Mini QD (Shielded with Twisted Pair)
See page 716 Length
4.57 m 7.62 m 15.2 m 22.9 m 30.5 m 38.1 m 45.7 m QDC-515C QDC-525C QDC-550C MAQDC-575C MAQDC-5100C MAQDC-5125C MAQDC-5150C Additional cordset information available. See page 693.
DB9 Communication
See page 718 Length
2.00 m MASC
ENCLOSURES
9-Pin Straight
PAGE 742
STANDS
PAGE 736
Brackets
MINI-ARRAY
LENS SHIELDS
PAGE 746
pg. 641 DIN-35-..
pg. 646 MSMB-3
361
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
Radar-Based Adjustable-Field & Retroreflective Sensors

R-GAGE QT50R
SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
page 364
Uses Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave (FMCW) technology for detecting moving or stationary targets Provides presence, absence or change information for a detected target - Adjustable-field sensors detect objects up to a set distance, ignoring objects and backgrounds beyond the setpoint - Retro-wave sensors detect objects in front of a retroflective target, ignoring objects behind the retroflective target Operates at 24 GHz in the Industrial, Scientific and Medical (ISM) telecommunication band and does not require special licensing Rated IP67 for harsh environments Withstands extreme temperatures, rain, fog, snow, humidity and strong wind Detects vehicles at distances up to 15 m Includes DIP switches for sensing distance, sensitivity and output configuration Features extremely bright LED indicators for simple status monitoring
Presence sensing in a broad range of weather conditions
Vehicle detection on roads and near intersections (AF) Boat detection for locks and dams (AF) Proximity detection for large shipyard cranes (AF) Car detection and counting for tollbooths, parking ramps, gated access and drive-thrus (RW/AF) Train, subway and light rail detection for underground tunnels and shipyard logistics (RW/AF) Truck trailer detection at loading docks (RW/AF)
74.1 mm
46.1 mm
50.8 mm 100.2 mm
ONLINE
R-GAGE QT50R Adjustable Field, 12-30V dc

Sensing Mode/LED Max Range Connection Telecom Approval
US, Canada, Mexico and Brazil Europe (except UK), Australia and New Zealand China UK
QD models: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 364). QD models: For 5-pin Euro-style QD, add Q to the 2 m model (example, QT50RAFQ-US). Range is dependent on target object. Contact factory at 1-888-373-6767 for additional models.
Output
Bipolar NPN/PNP Selectable NO or NC
Model
QT50RAF-US QT50RAF-EU QT50RAF-CN QT50RAF-UK
More on next page
15 m
2m
362
R-GAGE QT50R Retroflective, 12-30V dc (contd)

Sensing Mode/LED Max Range Connection Telecom Approval
US, Canada, Mexico and Brazil Europe (except UK), Australia and New Zealand China UK
QD models: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 364). QD models: For 5-pin Euro-style QD, add Q to the 2 m model (example, QT50RAFQ-US-R). Range is dependent on target object. Contact factory at 1-888-373-6767 for additional models.
Output
Bipolar NPN/PNP Selectable NO or NC
Model
QT50RAF-US-R QT50RAF-EU-R QT50RAF-CN-R QT50RAF-UK-R
12 m
RETRO
2m
R-GAGE QT50R Specifications

Range Effective Beam Detectable Objects Operating Principle Operating Frequency Supply Voltage Supply Protection Circuitry Delay at Power-up Output Configuration Output Protection Indicators Sensor will detect a proper object (see below) up to 12 or 15 m, depending on model and target See charts EBPC-1 and EBPC-2 on page 356 Objects containing metal, water or similar high-dielectric material Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave (FMCW) radar 24.00-24.25 GHz, ISM Band (varies slightly by model and national telecom regulations) 12 to 30V dc, less than 100 mA (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient overvoltages Less than 2 seconds Bipolar NPN/PNP outputs, 150 mA; DIP Switch 7 selects NO (default) or NC operation Protected against short circuit conditions Power LED: Green (Power ON) Signal Strength LED: Red, flashes in proportion to signal strength Output LEDs: Yellow (output energized)/Red (configuration) See data sheets for more detailed information DIP-switch 8 selects ON/OFF response time Adjustable-field: DIP-switch-configurable sensitivity, sensing distance and output configuration Retroreflective: DIP-switch-configurable sensitivity and output configuration; remote line TEACH of the retroreflective target Housing: ABS/polycarbonate Lightpipes: Acrylic Access Cap: Polyester -40 to +65 C IP67 2 m, 5-wire, shielded, cordset or 5-pin Euro-style QD. Mating QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 364.
LIGHT GAUGING ULTRASONIC MEASURING ARRAYS TEMPERATURE RADAR QT50R
ACCESSORIES
page 364
Response Time Adjustments Construction
Operating Temperature Environmental Rating Connections Certifications
and ETSI/EN 300 440 or FCC Part 15, depending on model (consult factory for other certifications) Hookup Diagram MI22 (p. 777)
363
LIGHT GAUGING
ULTRASONIC
MEASURING ARRAYS
RADAR
Cordsets
See page 701 Length
1.83 m
Brackets
QT50R

MQDEC2-506 MQDEC2-515 MQDEC2-530 MQDEC2-506RA MQDEC2-515RA MQDEC2-530RA pg. 653 SMB30A pg. 654 SMB30SC pg. 653 SMB30MM
SENSORS
4.57 m 9.14 m
Weather Deflector Kit

QT50RCK Required if R-GAGE is exposed to rain and snow Prevents buildup of water or ice on sensor face
Radar Target
BRTR-CC20E Large corner-cube reflector in protective plastic enclosure 7x excess gain at 6 m distance

QT50R Adjustable Field (Four different targets at sensitivity level 8)
8m 6m 4m 2m 0 -2 m -4 m -6 m -8 m
RCS 300 m2 - Passenger Train RCS 3 m2 - Car Cutoff at 1m RCS 0.25 m2 - Weak Object
QT50R Adjustable Field (BRTR-CC20E, RCS=50 m2)
15 m 10 m 5m 0 -5 m Sensitivity 1
RCS 50 m2 - Large Truck
8 1 2 4 5
6 7
Sensitivity 8
-10 m -15 m
5m
10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m 30 m Distance
4m
8m Distance
12 m
16 m
EBPC-1
EBPC-2
364
Web Only
The following standard products are still available from Banner. Please go online to bannerengineering.com for full descriptions and technical references.
MINI-BEAM2 QS12
VS1
VS4
Q08
Q10/Q14
FI22 Expert
D11/D11E
ECONO-BEAM
M12 & S18 Laser Emitters
VALU-BEAM
Q85
Analog OMNI-BEAM
MAXI-BEAM
MULTI-BEAM
MAXI-AMP
MICRO-AMP & Remote Sensors
Bus-compatible Sensors
R55 & R55 Expert
Magnetic Sensors
L-GAGE Q50
T-GAGE M18T
ULTRA-BEAM Sensors
LS
365
iVu SENSORS
PresencePLUS SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
LIGHTING
iVu Image Sensor

VISION
Touch Screen Bar Code Reader
High-performance reading of industry standard bar codes

Reads and compares 1D and 2D bar codes in all industries
Data
Matrix (ECC 200) 128 39 2 of 5
Code Code
Codabar Interleaved EAN-13 EAN-8 UPCE Postnet IMB Pharmacode
iVu Image Sensor Solves Complex Bar Code Reading Applications.

The iVu Bar Code Reader (BCR) reads eleven industry-standard bar codes to facilitate advanced traceabilitya critical strategy for ensuring the highest product quality in packaging, material handling, automotive, pharmaceutical and many industrial applications. The iVu BCR, with an integrated or remote touch screen, and intuitive interface allows users to efficiently configure, monitor and modify an inspection without a PC or external controller.
Integrated Touch Screen Models
Touch Screen for Remote Monitoring
First-time users can have it up and running in minutes, without training. Using the touch screen and intuitive interface, inspection parameters are easily configured and quickly deployable without a PC or external controller. Intuitive functions allow inspections to be applied and staff-supported right on the factory floor. Sensor is available with a remote touch screen for setup and inspection monitoring when the sensor is difficult to access.
Software emulator lets users perfect their application and preload parameters offline. Sensor will read up to ten bar codes and a variety of bar code types at one time. Compact, rugged IP67-rated housing is available with or without an integrated ring light. RS-232 serial communication port is provided for exporting bar code data. Three different trigger modes are available to determine how the sensor captures and processes images.
40-plus years of sensor design experience, quality control, sales support and cost-effective solutions
quality products with global availability Rapid customization with most products shipping in 3 days or less Industrys largest force of application engineers to solve your toughest challenges More than 3,000 factory and local field representatives to serve you
Banner
1.888.373.6767
366
iVu Series Image Sensor
page 372
PresencePLUS ProII & P4 Vision Sensor
page 378
Integrated or remote touch screen and intuitive interface to easily configure and quickly deploy without a PC or external controller Easy configuration: install/connect iVu, select sensor or bar code type (depending on model), acquire image and set inspection parameters Menu-driven tools to guide you as you set up your inspection Models with four sensors in one rugged package: Match, Blemish, Area and Sort Bar Code Reader (BCR) models to solve a variety of 2D and 1D bar code applications Compact, rugged housing with or without an integrated light iVu Plus models support TCP/IP, EtherNet/IP or Modbus/TCP protocols
A complete family of multi-application or application-specific sensors for a wide range of applications Full-featured two-piece or one-piece models Universal PresencePLUS software for the entire ProII & P4 series Gray scale, color, VGA and high-resolution 1.3 megapixel models Sealed, IP68-rated housings available Optional bar code tool for locating, reading and grading 2D and 1D linear bar codes Optional OCR/OCV tool for optical character recognition and verification Optional Bead tool for material tracking
iVu Sensors PresencePLUS Accessories Lighting
Lens
page 381
Microvideo lenses for use with iVu Series Image Sensors Standard, high-performance and megapixel C-mount lenses for use with PresencePLUS Vision Sensors
Accessories
page 388
Lighting
page 427
A complete selection of lighting, including IP68-rated lights Rugged, maintenance-free LED lighting in red, green, blue, white and infrared High-intensity lighting with built-in universal strobe control and power regulation; no external controller or power supply required
Cordsets for sensor, serial, Ethernet and video connection Broad offering of brackets, fixtures and mounting systems Monitors for viewing PresencePLUS inspections Enclosures for protecting sensors and lights A variety of power supplies and interface modules for sensors and lights
367
iVu SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
LIGHTING
Vision Sensors
Vision sensing is electronic imaging, applied in a manufacturing setting for the purpose of control. Process, machine, robotic and quality control are typical applications on the plant floor. Vision is comprised of two major elements: A hardware element (camera, controller and lighting) and a software element (control system, image algorithms and graphical user interface).
Process
Visual inspection is a three-step process: 1. The sensor acquires an image of the part. 2. The microprocessor analyzes the image. 3. The microprocessor determines if the inspection passes or fails based on a set of parts, and reports the results to the manufacturing line. The part is then either passed to the next process, or it is rejected and removed.
Lens
VISION
Inspection
Visual inspection refers to the process of acquiring an image, analyzing that image based on set parameters and reporting the results. A digital camera captures images and the sensor software analyzes the images using vision tools to pass or fail the product. Vision tools are specific software algorithms used to analyze an image. Each vision sensor uses a specific tool set to extract and isolate certain features within the image in order to determine whether a part passes or fails an inspection.
SENSOR
Process the image make a decision

Imager Part Light Source
Output Results
ACQUIRE
ANALYZE
DETERMINE
Parts
1. Light Source: The light source is a critical component of any vision inspection system. Lighting is the most powerful tool for creating contrast to amplify the feature of interest, while minimizing other features of the part. Selecting the best light source depends on the shape, surface texture, color and opacity of the part.
OPPOSED MODE
PROXIMITY MODE
Backlight
Ring
Dome
Directional
Low-angle
On-axis
2. Lens: The lens focuses the light onto the sensors imager. The main consideration for selecting a lens is focal length. To determine the focal length, the field-of-view and working distance must be determined. The field-of-view is the area of the inspection captured on the sensors imager. The working distance is the distance between the back of the lens and the target object.
3. Sensor: The sensor contains the imager, microprocessors and I/O. The imager has an array of tiny light-sensitive cells that converts the target into an image. Microprocessors analyze the image and make determinations about it based on user-determined tolerances and criteria. The sensor exports the inspection results through some type of I/O (example, Discrete or Ethernet).
Field of View and Working Distance
Working Distance Horizontal FOV Vertical FOV
366
Vision Tools
Vision tools are software algorithms used to analyze an image. A vision sensor uses a set of tools to create an inspection. Using one or several tools, a user can extract and isolate certain features of an image in order to determine whether a part passes or fails an inspection. Several inspections involving different vision tools can be performed on a single image.
Applications Examples
PASS
LOCATION TOOLS compensate for translational and rotational movement

GEO Find: Determines translation and rotation movement of a part up to 360 by detecting relative movement of a pattern Locate: Determines translation and rotation by detecting relative movement of edges Pattern Find: Determines translation and rotation by detecting relative movement of a pattern Blob Find: Determines translation and rotation by detecting the presence, connectivity, size, shape and location of selected features
FAIL
Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches
PASS
Analysis TOOLS measure and evaluate the results of the vision tools
Communication: Sends images or results of selected location, vision and analysis tools over Ethernet or RS-232 serial communication ports to industrial Ethernet or PC networks Math: Performs arithmetic functions using tool outputs or constants
FAIL
Measure: Measures distance and angles between two prescribed points, lines or curves Test: Evaluates results of selected vision and analysis tools to determine whether an inspection passes or fails and activates outputs String: Performs string comparison and substring search operations on string constants and tools that produce string results
PASS
FAIL
VISION TOOLS analyze the image

Average Color: Tests or communicates color content values sensed in a selected area Color Blob: Determines the presence, connectivity, size and location of selected features with one or more colors Color Match: Inspects for matching hue and intensity Average Gray Scale: Determines the gray scale value of an area Bar Code: Finds, decodes and grades 2D and 1D linear bar codes Bead Tool: Monitors a track of material for width, consistency and location Blob Detect: Determines the presence, connectivity, size and location of selected features Edge: Determines the presence, number, classification and location of edges GEO Count: Detects the presence and location of a target pattern in any orientation Object: Determines the presence, number, classification, size and location of objects OCR/OCV: Reads and verifies optical characters
Pattern Count: Determines the presence, number and location of pattern(s) Circle Detect: Determines radius, center point and other characteristics of a circle or arc Line Detect: Determines length, end points and other characteristics of a line segment
367
iVu SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
LIGHTING
Vision Lighting
A vision sensor captures and then analyzes an electronic image. The quality of the inspections depends on the images contrast. Dedicated lighting can guarantee constant, consistent light conditions that can be manipulated to create a high-contrast image. Here are some factors to consider when choosing lighting: 1. Lighting geometry 2. Techniques 3. Optical properties of the part
Lighting Techniques
Lighting techniques refer to how the light source is mounted in relation to the target object and the sensor. Dark-Field: Illuminate objects with indirect light. Casts shadows Highlights height changes Textured surfaces are bright
VISION
Lighting Geometry
The geometry of propagation refers to how light energy leaves the source. Light can come from a point, diffuse or collimated source. When you understand how to manipulate lighting geometry, you can: Maximize contrast Eliminate glare Eliminate hot spots Minimize unimportant features
Bright-Field: Illuminate objects with direct light. Detect color change Smooth surfaces are bright
Diffuse Source
Collimated Source
Structured Light
Backlight: Transmit light from behind the object. Highlights outlines and profiles Highest contrast
Optical Properties of a Target

Optical properties of a part can be used in conjunction with lighting to highlight features.
Backlight
The main goal of lighting in a vision application is to create contrast between the features and the background.
Directional
Ring
Low-Angle
Diffused
On-Axis
Structured
Optical Properties
Shape
Example Parts
Notches Stampings Embossing Polished metal Sandpaper Wires Printing Plastic UV Coatings Drilled hole Plastics Highlights outlines and profiles Casts shadows to highlight height changes Textured surfaces are bright Smooth surfaces are dark Based on target color Height changes are bright Flat surfaces are dark Lowers contrast between shapes Flat surfaces are bright Height changes are dark Highlights changes in height of part
Surface Texture
Lowers contrast Diffuse surfaces Reflective surface between reflective are brighter are brighter and textured than reflective than diffuse surfaces Based on target color Based on target color
Color
Based on target color
Translucency
Solid parts block light, clear parts transmit light
366
Vision Lenses
The sensors lens focuses the reflected light onto the imager chip. The quality of the lens will influence the quality of the image. Lenses have one main function: To create a 2D image of the scene, by focusing the entire field-of-view (FOV) on the imager chip.
Image Quality
A camera that captures a high quality image assures the most accurate information for later analysis. To insure a high image quality, choose a lens that: Magnifies the feature of interest to fill the FOV Captures required FOV without adding distortion to the image Optimizes your FOV based on working distance Focuses entire scene of inspection Resolution: The ability of a vision sensor to differentiate between two features that are close together. If the features blur together, a higher resolution lens is required.
Lens Basics
Focal Length: The distance from the lens to the cameras imager. It is specified in millimeters. Focal length determines the relationship between working distance and the field of view(FOV). Shorter focal length results in wider FOV.
Lens Imager
Reflected Light
Focal Length
Field of View: Field of view indicates how much of the visual scene can be captured by the lens at a given distance.
Distortion: The lens can influence image quality by how it collects and focuses light on the imager chip. Different lenses have different degrees of optical distortion, or undesired change in the shape of an image.
Resolution
Longer Focal Length

(smaller FOV)
Shorter Focal Length

(longer FOV)
Part
Lens
Imager Image
Part
Lens
Imager Image
25 mm Lens
4 mm Lens
Working Distance: The distance from the camera to the target object under inspection.
Depth of Field: The in-focus range of a vision system that includes the areas which remain in focus behind and in front of the target.
Target Imager
Working Distance
Depth of Field (focus tolerance)
Lens
367
iVu SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
LIGHTING
iVu Image Sensors
ACCESSORIES
page 376
The first touch screen image sensor brings the simplicity of a photoelectric sensor and the intelligence of a vision sensor, providing high-performance inspection capabilities at your fingertips. Powerful and affordable inspection solution solves a wide variety of complex applications, including: Label alignment inspection Packaging verification Date/lot code inspection Vial cap inspection Blister pack inspection Injection molding verification Stamped hole inspection End-of-mail indication Part sorting 1D and 2D bar code reading First-time users can have it up and running in minutes, without training. Using the touch screen and intuitive interface, inspection parameters are easily configured and quickly deployable without a PC or external controller. Intuitive functions allow inspections to be applied and staff-supported right on the factory floor. iVu Plus models support the ability to obtain results and command rapid product changovers over TCP/IP, EtherNet/IP or Modbus/TCP protocols. Available for use in multiple languages, with translated text, buttons, commands and icons in the respective language The multiple inspection option of the iVu Plus provide the capability of storing and controlling up to 30 inspections for fast product change over. Software emulator lets you perfect your application offline.
No PC required to configure, change or monitor Built-in or remote touch screen Self-contained sensor with easy configuration and convenient monitoring right on the sensor Installation and configuration in 4 easy steps 1. Install and connect the sensor 2. Select the sensor or bar code type, depending on model 3. Acquire a good image 4. Set inspection parameters Intuitive operation with menu driven tools to guide you through setup Define region of interest Adjust intensity/contrast Define the pass criteria
VISION
iVu TG & iVu Plus TG

Up to four advanced sensors in one compact and rugged package A Match sensor that compares a part to a reference to determine if there is a match PASS FAIL Monitors parts for type, size, orientation and shape in four broad application categories: A Blemish sensor to find flaws on parts A Sort sensor (Plus only) to recognize and sort up to ten different patterns in the same inspection An Area sensor that detects whether a particular feature (features) is present PASS FAIL
PASS
FAIL
Match (pattern, shape or orientation)
Area (feature presence and size)
Blemish (presence and absence)
Sort (recognize and sort)
372
iVu & iVu Plus Bar Code Readers (BCR)

Conducts high-performance reading of industry standard bar codes. Reads up to ten 1D linear and 2D bar codes at one time. 2D Bar Codes Data Matrix (ECC200) 1D Bar Codes Code 128 Code 39 Codabar Interleaved 2 of 5 EAN-13 (UPC-A) EAN-8 UPCE IMB Postnet Pharmacode
Includes several trigger modes to determine how the sensor captures and processes images: External (Single), External (Gated), Continuous, Remote Command and Industrial Ethernet Only(only on PLUS models) Includes ability to compare barcode with user set constant or remotely set compare data
ACCESSORIES
page 376
iVu & iVu Plus Image Sensors

81.2 mm 52.3 mm
95.3 mm
RD35 Remote Touch Screen (sold separately)
(front) Sensors with Integrated Touch Screen (Standard iVu model shown) (back) Sensors with Remote Touch Screen
373
iVu SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
LIGHTING
iVu Image Sensor Model Key, 10 to 30V dc

Platform Model* I/O Ring Light Lens
IVU
TG
N
N = NPN P = PNP
04
VISION
TG = Gray scale with integrated touch screen RG = Gray scale with remote touch screen* TB = Bar Code Reader (BCR) with integrated touch screen RB = Bar Code Reader (BCR) with remote touch screen*
R = Red B = Blue G = Green I = Infrared W = White X = No Ring Light XC = C-mount**
04 = 4.3 mm 06 = 6 mm 08 = 8 mm 12 = 12 mm 16 = 16 mm 25 = 25 mm Blank = no lens (only C-mount)
* Remote display RD35 is required for set up and viewing of sensors with a remote touch screen. Display and cordsets ordered separately. ** Requires C-mount lens. See page 389.
ACCESSORIES
page 376
iVu Plus Image Sensor Model Key, 10 to 30V dc

Platform Model* I/O Ring Light Lens
IVU
P
P = Plus
TG
Blank = NPN/PNP selectable
04
TG = Gray scale with integrated touch screen RG = Gray scale with remote touch screen* TB = Bar Code Reader (BCR) with integrated touch screen RB = Bar Code Reader (BCR) with remote touch screen*
R = Red B = Blue G = Green I = Infrared W = White X = No Ring Light XC = C-mount**
04 = 4.3 mm 06 = 6 mm 08 = 8 mm 12 = 12 mm 16 = 16 mm 25 = 25 mm Blank = no lens (only C-mount)
* Remote display RD35 is required for set up and viewing of sensors with a remote touch screen. Display and cordsets ordered separately. ** Requires C-mount lens. See page 389.
Remote Display Touch Screen

Description
3.5" diagonal remote touch screen
Model
RD35 SMBKS Straight IVURD-MXK-803 IVURD-MXK-806 IVURD-MXK-815 IVURD-MXK-830 IVURD-MXK-850 Right-Angle IVURD-MXK-803RA IVURD-MXK-806RA IVURD-MXK-815RA IVURD-MXK-830RA IVURD-MXK-850RA
82.9 mm
Swivel mounting platform for SMBRD35 Remote Display Accessory Kit 1 m cordset, SMBRD35 bracket/docking station, stylus and hardware
97.4 mm
22.7 mm
2 m cordset, SMBRD35 bracket/docking station, stylus and hardware 5 m cordset, SMBRD35 bracket/docking station, stylus and hardware 9 m cordset, SMBRD35 bracket/docking station, stylus and hardware 16 m cordset, SMBRD35 bracket/docking station, stylus and hardware
SMBRD35 bracket/docking station and cordsets are sold individually (see page 376).
374
iVu & iVu Plus Specifications

General Supply Voltage Demo Mode Sensor Lock Integrated Ring Light Imager Lens Mount Output Rating Exposure Time Construction External Strobe Output Environmental Rating Model Specific Power Connection iVu TG (integrated touch screen): 8-pin Euro-style (M12) male connector iVu TG (remote touch screen) & iVu BCR (integrated and remote touch screen): 12-pin Euro-style (M12) male connector iVu Plus TG & iVu Plus BCR (integrated and remote touch screen): 12-pin Euro-style (M12) male connector Accessory cordset required for operation; QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 376. iVu TG and iVu BCR: 800 mA max. (exclusive of I/O load) iVu Plus TG: 850 mA max. (exclusive of I/O load) iVu Plus BCR: 850 mA max. (exclusive of I/O load) iVu TG and iVu BCR (integrated touch screen): 8-pin Euro-style (M12) female connector iVu TG and iVu BCR (remote touch screen): 4-pin Pico-style (M8) female connector iVu Plus TG and iVu Plus BCR (integrated and remote touch screen): 4-pin Pico-style (M8) female connector Optional USB cordset required for operation of USB Thumb Drive. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 376. iVu Plus TG & iVu Plus BCR: 4-pin Pico-style (M8) male connector. Ethernet cordsets are ordered separately. See page 376 iVu TG & iVu BCR: NPN or PNP determined by model iVu Plus TG & iVu Plus BCR: NPN or PNP, software selectable iVu TG: Area, Blemish and Match iVu Plus TG: Area, Blemish, Match and Sort iVu BCR and iVu Plus BCR: Bar Code Integrated touch screen: 68.5 mm (2.7") LCD Color Integrated Display 320 x 240 pixels Remote touch screen: See RD35 Remote Display specifications (page 376). iVu BCR (integrated touch screen): 50 fps (frames per second) max. iVu BCR (remote touch screen): 50 fps (frames per second) max. iVu TG (integrated and remote touch screen): 100 fps (frames per second) max. iVu Plus TG & iVu Plus BCR (integrated and remote touch screen): 100 fps (frames per second) max. Stable Ambient Temperature: iVu TG & BCR: 0 to + 50 C iVu Plus TG (integrated touch screen): 0 to +50 C iVu Plus TG (remote touch screen): 0 to +40 C iVu Plus BCR (integrated touch screen): 0 to +50 C iVu Plus BCR (remote touch screen): 0 to +40 C 8-pin Euro-style (M12) female connector Accessory cordset required for remote display; QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 376. 10-30V dc Full tool functionality on canned images Optional password protection Red, IR, Green, Blue, White or no integrated ring light 1/3 inch CMOS 752 x 480 pixels; adjustable Field-of-View (FOV) M12 X 1 mm thread(c-mount lens); microvideo lens 4.3, 6, 8, 12, 16, 25 mm 150 mA 0.1 milliseconds to 1.049 seconds Black Valox sensor housing; acrylic window iVu Plus Integrated: Die cast zinc and Black Valox + 5V dc IP67
Supply Current
USB 2.0 Host
Ethernet Connection Output Configuration Tools
Display Acquisition
Operating conditions
Remote Display connection (Remote Touch Screen Models Only) Certifications
NOTE: iVu Plus remote must use Euro QD power cordset for CE compliance. See page 376. Hookup Diagrams iVu Plus: NPN: VS01 (p. 780) iVu (Integrated Touch Screen): NPN: VS05 (p. 781) All others: NPN: VS03 (p. 780) PNP: VS02 (p. 780) PNP: VS06 (p. 781) PNP: VS04 (p. 780)
375
iVu SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
LIGHTING
iVu Remote Display Specifications

Screen Size LCD Aspect Ratio Display Resolution 3.5" diagonal 4:3 320 x 240 RGB 60 degrees left, and 60 degrees right, 50 degrees up, and 55 degrees down Polycarbonate Delrin Delrin 4.8 oz 1.1 oz Molex HandyLink connector 0 to + 50 C
VISION
Viewing Angle Housing Material Bracket Material Stylus Display Weight Bracket & Stylus Weight Connection Operating Temperature
Cordsets
Euro QDPower
See page 704 Threaded 8-Pin (Open Shield)
Used for TG models only
Power
See page 710* See page 710 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m 15.2 m
Ethernet Communication
See page 719 Length
2.00 m 5.00 m 9.00 m 16.00 m 23.00m
Threaded 12-Pin (Open Shield)

Used with iVu Plus for CE compliance
Threaded 12-Pin QD Straight Right-Angle

IVUC-1206 IVUC-1215 IVUC-1230 IVUC-1250 IVUC-1206RA IVUC-1215RA IVUC-1230RA IVUC-1250RA
RJ45 to 4-Pin Pico QD Straight

IVUC-E-406 IVUC-E-415 IVUC-E-430 IVUC-E-450 IVUC-E-475
Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m 15.2 m
Straight
MQDC2S-806 MQDC2S-815 MQDC2S-830 MQDC2S-850
Right-Angle
MQDC2S-806RA MQDC2S-815RA MQDC2S-830RA MQDC2S-850RA
Straight
Right-Angle
MQDC2S-1206RA MQDC2S-1215RA MQDC2S-1230RA MQDC2S-1250RA
* Required for CE compliance
Remote Display
See page 708 Length
0.91 m 1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m 15.2 m
USB
See page 707 8-Pin Euro QD to USB Used with: iVu TG & BCR (Integrated Touch Screen) Length
0.15 m 0.30 m 0.90 m 3.00 m
See page 695 4-Pin Pico QD to USB Used with: iVu TG & BCR (Remote Touch Screen) and iVu Plus Straight
PSG-4M-4005-USB PSG-4M-401-USB PSG-4M-403-USB PSG-4M-410-USB
8-Pin Euro QD to Molex Straight Right-Angle

IVURD-MX-803 IVURD-MX-806 IVURD-MX-815 IVURD-MX-830 IVURD-MX-850 IVURD-MX-803RA IVURD-MX-806RA IVURD-MX-815RA IVURD-MX-830RA IVURD-MX-850RA
Straight
MQDEC-8005-USB MQDEC-801-USB MQDEC-803-USB MQDEC-810-USB
Right-Angle
MQDEC-8005RA-USB MQDEC-801RA-USB MQDEC-803RA-USB MQDEC-810RA-USB
Brackets
iVu & iVu Plus Remote Display
pg. 668 SMBIVURAL*
pg. 668 SMBIVURAR*
pg. 667 SMBIVUB
pg. 668 SMBIVUU SMBRD35 SMBKS
Additional bracket information available. See page 632. * For orientation see page 668.
376
Lenses
iVu & iVu Plus
Description
4.3 mm Lens 6 mm Lens 8 mm Lens 12 mm Lens 16 mm Lens 25 mm Lens * 25mm filter holder is purchased separately.
Filter Kits
iVu & iVu Plus
Model
LMF04 LMF06 LMF08 LMF12 LMF16 LMF25*
Replacement Windows
iVu & iVu Plus Replacement Windows
Model
FLTMR FLTMB FLTMG FLTMI*
Description
Red Blue Green Infrared
Description
Focusing ring with optically clear glass Focusing ring with plastic window Replacement cover for touch screen
Model
IVUW-G IVUW IVUBC
* Infrared pass filters are preinstalled on infrared ring light models. Filter kits include 1 color and two sizes of filter holders.
Sensor Interface Module

See page 739
USB Drive
2 Gb USB Drive
Model
Stylus
Stylus
Model
STYLUS-1 (Qty 1) IVU-USBFD2 STYLUS-10 (Qty 10)
Sensor interface module for simplified wiring of iVu sensors in an electrical box
C-mount Lens Covers

iVu & iVu Plus
Description Model
iVu Sensors PresencePLUS Lens cover 50 mm - plastic window IVUSLC50-P Accessories Lighting
Lens cover 75 mm - plastic window
IVUSLC75-P
377
iVu SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
LIGHTING
General-Purpose Sensors
PresencePLUS ProII and P4
VISION
ACCESSORIES
page 388
Full-featured sensor with a complete suite of location, inspection, analysis and geometric tools; all can be used simultaneously for inspecting multiple features and solving complex applications Premium tools for enhanced inspection capabilities; including Bar Code Reading (BCR), Optical Character Reading and Verification (OCR/OCV), and Bead inspection Standard or high-resolution 1.3 megapixel gray scale, and color models for nearly any inspection challenge Sealed IP68-rated models for machine vision inspections in dirty or washdown environments Proven user interface common to all PresencePLUS sensors Intuitive Wizard-like setup procedure and common graphical interface; supports nine languages Ethernet, serial and flexible discrete I/O in the same full-featured sensor ActiveX utilities for exporting inspections, images and results Real-time video output for direct connection to a conventional monitor without a PC A choice of a two-piece system with compact camera and separate DIN-mountable controller or economical one-piece design Complete selection of lenses, lighting, brackets and accessories
PresencePLUS ProII
Compact camera with separate DIN-mountable controller A choice of standard or Mini anodized aluminum camera, or IP68-rated nickel-plated aluminum or stainless steel cameras VGA, color and high-resolution models Convenient 20-pin removable terminal block 14 configurable discrete I/O (NPN/PNP) Six bright bicolor LED indicators
PresencePLUS P4
Economical one-piece design In-line or right-angle housing A choice of anodized aluminum or IP68-rated nickel-plated aluminum housing VGA, color and high-resolution models 7 configurable discrete I/O (NPN/PNP) Three bright bicolor LED indicators
378
Software Tools
One Advanced Software Platform

Seamless functionality across the entire Pro and P4 vision sensor series Remote TEACH input similar to a photoelectric sensor self-learns the inspection tolerances of your application Easy, menu-driven, point-and-click interface on a PC Free ActiveX utilities for linking and embedding images and results Direct connectivity to EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP industrial networks In nine languages including English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Portuguese and Spanish with translated text, buttons, commands and icons in the respective language Free web download or CD-ROM; includes all Banner vision sensor manuals, troubleshooting guides, and lens and lighting selection guides Free firmware and software upgrades
VISION TOOLS analyze the image

Average Color: Tests or communicates color content values sensed in a selected area Color Blob: Determines the presence, connectivity, size and location of selected features with one or more colors Color Match: Inspects for matching hue and intensity Average Gray Scale: Determines the gray scale value of an area Bar Code: Finds, decodes and grades 2D and 1D linear bar codes Bead Tool: Monitors a track of material for width, consistency and location Blob Detect: Determines the presence, connectivity, size and location of selected features Edge: Determines the presence, number, classification and location of edges GEO Count: Detects the presence and location of a target pattern in any orientation Object: Determines the presence, number, classification, size and location of objects OCR/OCV: Reads and verifies optical characters
LOCATION TOOLS compensate for translational and rotational movement

GEO Find: Determines translation and rotation movement of a part up to 360 by detecting relative movement of a pattern Locate: Determines translation and rotation by detecting relative movement of edges Pattern Find: Determines translation and rotation by detecting relative movement of a pattern Blob Find: Determines translation and rotation by detecting the presence, connectivity, size, shape and location of selected features
ANALYSIS TOOLS measure and evaluate the results of the vision tools
Communication: Sends images or results of selected location, vision and analysis tools over the Ethernet or RS-232 serial communication ports to industrial Ethernet or PC networks Math: Performs arithmetic functions on any tool or constant
Measure: Measures distance and angles between two prescribed points, lines or curves Test: Evaluates results of selected vision and analysis tools to determine whether an inspection passes or fails and activates outputs String: Performs string comparison and substring search operations on string constants and tools that produce string results
Pattern Count: Determines the presence, number and location of pattern(s) Circle Detect: Determines radius, center point and other characteristics of a circle or arc Line Detect: Determines length, end points and other characteristics of a line segment
379
iVu SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
LIGHTING
PresencePLUS ProII Series

30.0 mm 78.5 mm 30.9 mm 32.0 mm
ONLINE
VISION
105.0 mm
133.0 mm
Controller Models
Standard Camera Models (shown with lenssold separately)
30 mm 37.1 mm 127.3 mm
104.0 mm
ACCESSORIES
page 388
32 mm 133 mm 52.5 mm
56.3 mm
Mini Camera Models (shown with lenssold separately)
IP68-Rated Camera Models (shown with cover)
IP68 Rated Camera Models (shown with ring light)
PresencePLUS P4 OMNI Series

70.2 mm 44.0 mm 66.8 mm 66.8 mm 34.3 mm 146.2 mm 124.5 mm
136.1 mm
34.3 mm
IP68-Rated Right-Angle Models (shown with cover and lenssold separately)
Right-Angle Sensor Models (shown with lenssold separately)
In-line Sensor Models (shown with lenssold separately)
380
PresencePLUS ProII Controllers & Cameras, 10-30V dc

Model PPROCTL PPROCTL1.3 PPROCTLC
Add premium tools to model (example, PPROCTL-BCBDOC)

BC = Bar Code Reader BD = Bead Tool OC = OCR/OCV BCBD = Bar Code Reader & Bead Tool
Resolution
640 x 480 Gray Scale
1280 x 1024 Gray Scale
752 x 480 Color & Gray Scale
BCOC = Bar Code Reader & OCR/OCV BDOC = Bead Tool & OCR/OCV BCBDOC = Bar Code Reader, Bead Tool & OCR/OCV
Pro Camera Model Numbers Gray Scale

PPROMCAMQ
Gray Scale 1.3

PPROMCAM1.3Q
Color
PPROMCAMCQ
Ring Light
Window
Housing
Black Anodized Aluminum Black Anodized Aluminum
PPROCAMQ
PPROCAM1.3Q
PPROCAMCQ
ACCESSORIES
IP68 Pro Camera Model Numbers Gray Scale

PPROCAMSC-G PPROCAMSC-P PPROCAMSSC-G PPROCAMSSC-P PPROCAMSR-G PPROCAMSR-P PPROCAMSSR-G PPROCAMSSR-P PPROCAMSI-G PPROCAMSI-P PPROCAMSSI-G PPROCAMSSI-P PPROCAMSB-G PPROCAMSB-P PPROCAMSSB-G PPROCAMSSB-P PPROCAMSG-G PPROCAMSG-P PPROCAMSSG-G PPROCAMSSG-P PPROCAMSW-G PPROCAMSW-P PPROCAMSSW-G PPROCAMSSW-P
Gray Scale 1.3

PPROCAM1.3SC-G PPROCAM1.3SC-P PPROCAM1.3SSC-G PPROCAM1.3SSC-P PPROCAM1.3SR-G PPROCAM1.3SR-P PPROCAM1.3SSR-G PPROCAM1.3SSR-P PPROCAM1.3SI-G PPROCAM1.3SI-P PPROCAM1.3SSI-G PPROCAM1.3SSI-P PPROCAM1.3SB-G PPROCAM1.3SB-P PPROCAM1.3SSB-G PPROCAM1.3SSB-P PPROCAM1.3SG-G PPROCAM1.3SG-P PPROCAM1.3SSG-G PPROCAM1.3SSG-P PPROCAM1.3SW-G PPROCAM1.3SW-P PPROCAM1.3SSW-G PPROCAM1.3SSW-P
Color
PPROCAMCSC-G PPROCAMCSC-P PPROCAMCSSC-G PPROCAMCSSC-P
Ring Light
Window*
Glass
Housing
Nickel-plated Aluminum Stainless Steel Nickel-plated Aluminum Stainless Steel Nickel-plated Aluminum Stainless Steel Nickel-plated Aluminum Stainless Steel Nickel-plated Aluminum Stainless Steel Nickel-plated Aluminum Stainless Steel
page 388
50 mm long Lens Cover (No Light)
Plastic Glass Plastic Glass
iVu Sensors PresencePLUS ProII P4 Accessories Lighting
Red
Infrared
Blue
Green
Plastic Glass Plastic
PPROCAMCSW-G PPROCAMCSW-P PPROCAMCSSW-G PPROCAMCSSW-P White
Glass Plastic Glass Plastic
* Windows are factory replaceable, contact factory at 1-888-373-6767. Camera without lens cover and 75 mm long lens covers are available. Contact factory at 1-888-373-6767 for additional information.
381
iVu SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
LIGHTING
P4 OMNI Sensors, 10-30V dc

Vision Tools
OMNI Gray Scale
Housing
Right-Angle In-Line Right-Angle In-Line Right-Angle
Resolution (pixels)
640 x 480
Model Number
P4OR P4OI P4O1.3R P4O1.3I P4COR
Add premium tools to model

(example, P4OR-BC)
BC = Bar Code Reader BD = Bead Tool OC = OCR/OCV BCBD = Bar Code Reader & Bead Tool BCOC = Bar Code Reader & OCR/OCV BDOC = Bead Tool & OCR/OCV
VISION
1280 x 1024
COLOR OMNI In-Line
752 x 480
P4COI
BCBDOC = Bar Code Reader, Bead Tool & OCR/OCV
Sealed P4 OMNI (IP68) Sensors, 10-30V dc

ACCESSORIES
Vision Tools
OMNI Gray Scale
Housing
Resolution (pixels)
640 x 480
Model Number
P4ORS
Add premium tools to model

(example, P4ORS-BC)
BC = Bar Code Reader BD = Bead Tool OC = OCR/OCV
page 388
OMNI Gray Scale
Right-Angle
1280 x 1024
P4O1.3RS
BCBD = Bar Code Reader & Bead Tool BCOC = Bar Code Reader & OCR/OCV
COLOR OMNI
752 x 482
P4CORS
BDOC = Bead Tool & OCR/OCV BCBDOC = Bar Code Reader, Bead Tool & OCR/OCV
PresencePLUS P4 OMNI Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current 10 to 30V dc (24V dc 10% if the sensor powers a light source) P4OR, P4OI & P4ORS: less than 650 mA (exclusive of lights and I/O load) P4O1.3R, P4O1.3I, P4COR, P4COI, P4CORS & P4O1.3RS: less than 550 mA (exclusive of lights and I/O load) 32 MB Inspection (jobs): 999 max. NPN (sinking) or PNP (sourcing) software selectable 150 mA max. each output OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 A ON-state saturation voltage: NPNless than 1V @ 150 mA max. PNPgreater than V+ -2V PASS/FAIL: Green ON steadyPASS POWER/ERROR: Green ON steadyPOWER READY/TRIGGER: Green ON steadyREADY Display Options Discrete I/O PC or NTSC video (uses 9 m max. BNC cordset) 1 Trigger IN 1 Strobe OUT 4 Programmable I/O 1 Product Change IN 1 Remote TEACH IN 10/100 Ethernet connection for running PresencePLUS P4 software and/or output inspection results P4OR, P4OI, P401.3R, P401.3I, P4COR & P4COI: RJ-45 connector P4ORS, P401.3RS & P4CORS: 8-pin M12/Euro-style (female) connector RS-232 connection for output of inspection results P4OR, P4OI & P4ORS: 640 x 480 pixels P4O1.3R, P4O1.3I & P4O1.3RS: 1280 x 1024 pixels P4COR, P4COI & P4CORS: 752 x 480 pixels
More on next page
Memory Input/Output Configuration Output Rating
Bicolor Status Indicators
Red ON steadyFAIL Red ON steadyERROR Yellow ON steadyTRIGGER
Communications
Imager Resolution
382
PresencePLUS P4 OMNI Specifications

Pixel Size Imager Size
(contd)
P4OR, P4OI, P4COR, P4COI & P4ORS: 7.4 x 7.4 m P4O1.3R, P4O1.3I & P4O1.3RS: 6.7 x 6.7 m P4CORS: 6.0 X 6.0 m P4OR, P4OI & P4ORS: 4.8 x 3.6 mm, 5.9 mm diagonal (1/3 inch CCD) P4O1.3R, P4O1.3I & P4O1.3RS: 8.6 x 6.9 mm, 11 mm diagonal (2/3 inch CMOS) P4COR, P4COI & P4CORS: 4.5 x 2.9 mm, 5.4 mm diagonal (1/3 inch CMOS) P4OR, P4OI, P4O1.3R, P4O1.3I, P4ORS & P4O1.3RS: 256 Gray Scale P4COR, P4COI & P4CORS:256 Red, Green and Blue P4OR, P4OI & P4ORS: 0.1 to 2830 milliseconds P4O1.3R, P4O1.3I & P4O1.3RS: 0.1 to 1670 milliseconds P4COR, P4COI & P4CORS: 0.1 to 1000 milliseconds P4OR, P4OI & P4ORS: 48 frames per second max.* P4O1.3R, P4O1.3I & P4O1.3RS: 26.8 frames per second max.* P4COR, P4COI & P4CORS: 17 frames per second max.* Standard C-mount (1 inch32 UN) P4OR, P4OI, P4O1.3R, P4O1.3I, P4COR & P4COI: Black anodized aluminum housing, glass lens P4ORS, P4O1.3RS & P4CORS: Die-cast nickel-plated aluminum housing, glass or acrylic window P4OI, P4O1.3I & P4COI: 293 g P4OR, P4O1.3R & P4COR: 385 g P4ORS, P4O1.3RS & P4CORS: 430 g P4OR, P4OI, P4O1.3R, P4O1.3I, P4COR & P4COI: IEC IP20; NEMA 1 P4ORS, P4O1.3RS & P4CORS: IEC IP68 Stable ambient temperature: 0 to +50 C Stable ambient lighting: No large, quick changes in light level; no direct or reflected sunlight Relative humidity: P4OR, P4OI, P4O1.3R, P4O1.3I, P4COR & P4COI: 35-90% (non-condensing)
Levels of Gray Scale or Color Exposure Time
Full Image Acquisition
Lens Mount Construction Weight
Environmental Rating Operating Conditions
Certifications Hookup Diagrams NPN: VS09 (p. 782) PNP: VS10 (p. 782)
* A reduced Field-of-View (FOV) dramatically increases acquisition rates.
PresencePLUS ProII Controller Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Memory Input/Output Configuration Output Rating Input Specifications Indicators Display Options Discrete I/O Communications Construction Weight Environmental Rating Operating Conditions Certifications
PPROCTL: 10 to 30V dc @ less than 1.5 A (exclusive of load) PPROCTL1.3 & PPROCTLC: 10 to 30V dc @ less than 1.2 A (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Storage: 64 MB Inspections (jobs): 999 max. NPN (sinking) or PNP (sourcing) software selectable 150 mA max. each output OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 A ON-state saturation voltage: NPNless than 1V @ 150 mA NPN: ONless than 3V OFF-state voltagegreater than 10V @ 4 mA max 6 LED indicators: Trigger, Ready, Power, Pass, Fail, Error PC or NTSC video (uses 9 m max. BNC cordset) 1 Trigger IN (pin 3), 1 Strobe OUT (pin 4), 1 Remote TEACH IN (pin 6), 6 Programmable I/O (pins 9-14), 1 Product Change IN (pin 15), 4 Product Select IN (pins 16-19) 1 RJ-45 10/100 Ethernet connection for running PresencePLUS Pro software and/or output inspection results 1 RS-232 DB-9 port for output of inspection results Steel with black zinc plating Approx. 0.55 kg IEC IP20; NEMA 1 Stable Ambient Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative Humidity: 90% (non-condensing) Stable Ambient Lighting: No large, quick changes in light level; no direct or reflected sunlight
PNPgreater than V+ -2V PNP: ONgreater than (+V -2)V @ 1 mA max. OFF-state voltageless than 3V @ 6 mA max.
383
iVu SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
LIGHTING
PresencePLUS ProII Camera Specifications

Image Resolution
PPROCAMQ & PPROCAMS(S): 640 x 480 pixels PPROMCAMQ, PPROMCAMCQ, PPROCAMCQ & PPROCAMCS(S): 752 x 480 pixels PPROMCAM1.3Q, PPROCAM1.3Q & PPROCAM1.3S(S): 1280 x 1024 pixels PPROCAMQ & PPROCAMS(S): 7.4 x 7.4 m PPROMCAMQ, PPROMCAMCQ, PPROCAMCQ & PPROCAMCS(S): 6.0 x 6.0 m PPROMCAM1.3Q, PPROCAM1.3Q & PPROCAM1.3S(S): 6.7 x 6.7 m PPROCAMQ & PPROCAMS(S): 4.8 x 3.6 mm, 6 mm diagonal (1/3 inch CCD) PPROMCAMQ, PPROMCAMCQ, PPROCAMCQ & PPROCAMCS(S): 4.5 x 2.9 mm, 5.4 mm diagonal (1/3 inch CMOS) PPROMCAM1.3Q, PPROCAM1.3Q & PPROCAM1.3S(S): 8.6 x 6.9 mm. 11 mm diagonal (2/3 inch CMOS) PPROMCAMQ, PPROCAMQ, PPROMCAM1.3Q, PPROCAM1.3Q, PPROCAMS(S) & PPROCAM1.3S(S): 256 Gray Scale PPROMCAMCQ, PPROCAMCQ & PPROCAMCS(S): 256 Red, Green and Blue PPROCAMQ & PPROCAMS(S): 0.10 to 2830 milliseconds PPROMCAMQ, PPROMCAMCQ, PPROCAMCQ & PPROCAMCS(S): 0.10 to 1040 milliseconds PPROMCAM1.3Q, PPROCAM1.3Q & PPROCAM1.3S(S): 0.10 to 1670 milliseconds PPROMCAMQ, PPROCAMQ & PPROCAMS(S): 48 frames per second PPROMCAMCQ: 55 frames per second max. PPROCAMCQ & PPROCAMCS(S): 17 frames per second max. PPROMCAM1.3Q, PPROCAM1.3Q & PPROCAM1.3S(S): 18 frames per second max. LVDS Standard C-mount (1 inch32UN) PPROMCAMQ, PPROCAMQ, PPROMCAM1.3Q, PPROCAM1.3Q, PPROMCAMCQ & PPROCAMCQ: black anodized aluminum and black painted die cast zinc PPROCAMS, PPROCAM1.3S & PPROCAMCS: nickel-plated aluminum (Lens covers and ring lights are nickel-plated aluminum with glass or polycarbonate window) PPROCAMSS, PPROCAM1.3SS & PPROCAMCSS: 316 stainless steel (Lens covers and ring lights are stainless steel with glass or polycarbonate window) 10 m PPROMCAMQ, PPROMCAM1.3Q & PPROMCAMCQ: approx. 96 g PPROCAMQ. PPROCAM1.3Q & PPROCAMCQ: approx. 113 g PPROCAMS, PPROCAM1.3S & PPROCAMCS: Camera onlyapprox. 288 g Camera with coverapprox. 348 g PPROCAMSS, PPROCAM1.3SS & PPROCAMCSS: Camera only723 g Camera with cover904 g
Pixel Size
VISION
Imager Size
Levels of Gray Scale or Color Exposure Time
Full Image Acquisition*
Interface Lens Mount Construction
Max. Cordset Length Weight
Camera with ring lightapprox. 585 g Camera with ring light1480 g
PPROMCAMQ, PPROCAMQ, PPROMCAM1.3Q, PPROCAM1.3Q, PPROMCAMCQ & PPROCAMCQ: IEC IP20; NEMA 1 PPROCAMS, PPROCAM1.3S & PPROCAMCS: IEC IP68; NEMA 6P PPROCAMSS, PPROCAM1.3SS & PPROCAMCSS: IEC IP68; NEMA 6P and NEMA 4X 0 to +50 C PPROMCAMQ, PPROCAMQ, PPROMCAM1.3Q, PPROCAM1.3Q, PPROMCAMCQ & PPROCAMCQ: 90% (non-condensing)
Outside Temperature Relative Humidity Certifications Hookup Diagrams
NPN: VS07 (p. 781)
PNP: VS08 (p. 781)
384
Dedicated-Function Sensors
PresencePLUS P4
Four models with Locate, Measure, Math, Test, Communications and simplified suite of vision tools High-performance vision inspections in self-contained in-line or right-angle housing styles that fit in the palm of your hand Standardized GUI supports nine languages Remote TEACH function for inspection changeovers without a PC Connects directly to real-time video display without a PC Communicates over Ethernet, configurable discrete I/O and RS-232 serial lines Provides direct connectivity to EtherNet/IP and Modbus/TCP industrial networks ActiveX utilities for custom operator controls Available with a variety of mounting brackets, lenses and lighting accessories
ACCESSORIES
page 387
iVu Sensors PresencePLUS ProII P4 Accessories
PresencePLUS P4 AREA
Uses Blob and Gray Scale tools for basic inspections of defined areas High-speed analysis up to 10,000 parts per minute Standard resolution: 128 X 100 High-resolution: 1280 X 1024
PresencePLUS P4 GEO
Uses GEO Count tool to detect presence, location and rotation of a target pattern (360) Standard resolution: 128 X 100 High-resolution: 1280 X 1024
PresencePLUS P4 EDGE
Uses Edge and Object tools to validate height, width, location and edges High-speed analysis faster than 10,000 parts per minute Standard resolution: 128 X 100 High-resolution: 1280 X 1024
PresencePLUS P4 BCR
Finds and decodes 2D and 1D linear bar codes Industry standard bar code metrics and grading Standard resolution: 640 X 480 High-resolution: 1280 X 1024
Lighting
34.3 mm 66.8 mm 136.1 mm 34.3 mm
66.8 mm
124.5 mm
In-line Sensor Models (shown with lenssold separately)
Right-Angle Sensor Models (shown with lenssold separately)
385
iVu SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
LIGHTING
P4 Sensors with Dedicated-Function Tool Set, 10-30V dc

Vision Tools Housing
Right-Angle AREA Blob & Gray Scale In-Line Right-Angle In-Line Right-Angle GEO Geometric Pattern Count & Find In-Line Right-Angle In-Line Right-Angle EDGE Edge & Object In-Line Right-Angle In-Line
ACCESSORIES
Resolution
128 x 100
Model Number
P4AR P4AI P4A1.3R P4A1.3I P4GR P4GI P4G1.3R P4G1.3I P4ER P4EI P4E1.3R P4E1.3I P4BCR* P4BCI* P4BC1.3R* P4BC1.3I*
VISION
1280 x 1024
128 x 100
1280 x 1024
128 x 100
1280 x 1024
Right-Angle BCR Bar Code Reader In-Line Right-Angle In-Line

* To add the OCR/OCV premium tool to any P4 BCR model, add suffix -OC to the model number (example, P4BCR-OC).
page 388
640 x 480
1280 x 1024
PresencePLUS P4 Dedicated-Function Specifications

10 to 30V dc (24V dc 10% if the sensor powers a light source) BCR: less than 650 mA (exclusive of lights and I/O load) AREA, GEO & EDGE: less than 500 mA (exclusive of lights and I/O load) AREA 1.3, GEO 1.3, EDGE 1.3 & BCR 1.3: less than 550 mA (exclusive of lights and I/O load) Storage: AREA, GEO, EDGE & BCR8 MB AREA 1.3, GEO 1.3, EDGE 1.3 & BCR 1.332 MB Inspection (jobs): 999 max. Inspection (jobs): 999 max.
Memory Input/Output Configuration Output Rating
NPN (sinking) or PNP (sourcing) software selectable 150 mA max. each output OFF-state leakage current: less than 100 A ON-state saturation voltage: NPNless than 1V @ 150 mA max. PNPgreater than V+ -2V PASS/FAIL: Green ON steadyPASS POWER/ERROR: Green ON steadyPOWER READY/TRIGGER: Green ON steadyREADY PC or NTSC video (uses 9 m max. BNC cordset) 1 Trigger IN 1 Strobe OUT 4 Programmable I/O 1 Product Change IN 1 Remote TEACH IN RJ-45 10/100 Ethernet connection for running PresencePLUS P4 software and/or output inspection results RS-232 connection for output of inspection results BCR: 640 x 480 pixels AREA 1.3, GEO 1.3, EDGE 1.3 & BCR 1.3: 1280 x 1024 pixels AREA, GEO & EDGE: 128 x 100 pixels BCR: 7.4 x 7.4 m AREA 1.3, GEO 1.3, EDGE 1.3 & BCR 1.3: 6.7 x 6.7 m AREA, GEO & EDGE: 20 x 20 m Red ON steadyFAIL Red ON steadyERROR Yellow ON steadyTRIGGER
Bicolor Status Indicators
Display Options Discrete I/O
Communications Imager Resolution
Pixel Size
More on next page
386
PresencePLUS P4 Dedicated-Function Specifications (contd)

Imager Size
BCR: 4.8 x 3.6 mm, 6 mm diagonal (1/3 inch CCD) AREA 1.3, GEO 1.3, EDGE 1.3 & BCR 1.3: 8.6 x 6.9 mm, 11 mm diagonal (2/3 inch CMOS) AREA, GEO & EDGE: 2.6 x 2.0 mm, 3.3 mm diagonal (1/5 inch CMOS) 256 Gray Scale BCR: 0.1 to 2830 milliseconds AREA 1.3, GEO 1.3, EDGE 1.3 & BCR 1.3: 0.1 to 1670 milliseconds AREA, GEO & EDGE: 0.1 to 20.47 milliseconds BCR: 48 frames per second max.* AREA, GEO & EDGE: 500 frames per second max. AREA 1.3, GEO 1.3, EDGE 1.3 & BCR 1.3: 27 frames per second max.* Standard C-mount (1 inch32 UN) Black anodized aluminum housing, glass lens In-line: 293 g Right-angle: 385 g IEC IP20; NEMA 1 Stable ambient temperature: 0 to +50 C Stable ambient lighting: No large, quick changes in light level; no direct or reflected sunlight Relative humidity: 90% (non-condensing)
Levels of Gray Exposure Time
Full Image Acquisition
Lens Mount Construction Weight Environmental Rating Operating Temperature
NPN: VS09 (p. 782)
NPN: VS10 (p. 782)
PresencePLUS ProII & P4 Cordsets

ProII Camera-to-Controller
See page 710 12-Pin Euro QD to DB15 Straight Right-Angle
PPC06SHF PPC13SHF PPC23SHF PPC32SHF PPC06SRAHF PPC13SRAHF PPC23SRAHF PPC32SRAHF
P4 Power
See page 711 12-Pin QD Straight
P4C06 P4C23 P4C32 P4C50 P4C75 P4C110
Sealed P4 Power
See page 711 12-Pin Euro QD Straight
Lt Gray Outlines Pattern for connector Dk Gray Yellow
ProII & P4 Video

See page 716 BNC to BNC Straight
BNC06 BNC06 BNC30 BNC48
Length
1.83 m 3.96 m 7.01 m 9.75 m
Length
1.83 m 7.01 m 9.75 m 15.2 m 22.9 m 34.0 m
Length
1.83 m 5.57 m 9.14 m 15.2 m 22.9 m
Length
1.83 m 5.57 m 9.14 m 14.6 m

Plastic Turck Turq NAMUR
MQDC2S-1215
ProII & P4 Ethernet Communication

See page 719 RJ45 to RJ45 Shielded Shielded Crossover
STP07 STP25 STP50 STP75 STPX07 STPX25 STPX50 STPX75
Sealed P4 Ethernet Communication

Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Silver
Black
ProII Serial Communication

yarG tL rotcennoc rof nrettaP
Sealed P4 Video
See page 717 Length Pico QD to BNC
2.00 m 5.00 m 9.00 m PKG4M-2/CS PKG4M-5/CS PKG4M-9/CS
See page 719 RJ45 to 8-Pin Euro QD

STP-MAQDC-806 STP-MAQDC-815 STP-MAQDC-830
Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
See page 718 DB9 to DB9
yarG kD seniltuO wolleY
Length
2.13 m 7.62 m 15.2 m 22.9 m
DB9P06 DB9P15 DB9P30
kcalB revliS RUMAN qruT kcruT citsalP
387
iVu SENSORS
ACCESSORIES
LIGHTING
Brackets
ProII Controller ProII Cameras
Lens Covers
Sealed ProII & P4 Lens Covers
Length Works with
P4 50 mm
Model
P4SLC50-G P4SLC50-P PPSLC50-G PPSLC50-P PPSLC75-G PPSLC75-P PPSSLC50-G PPSSLC50-P
pg. 675
pg. 675 SMBPPDE
pg. 676 SMBPPLU
pg. 677 SMBPPRA
pg. 678 SMBPPU 75 mm
VISION
SMBPPDH
Nickel-plated aluminum
Pro
ProII Mini Camera
Sealed ProII Camera
P4
Sealed P4
Pro & P4
50 mm
Stainless Steel
Pro
pg. 677 SMBPPROMRA
pg. 677 SMBPPSU
pg. 674 SMBP4RAB
pg. 674 SMBP4RAS
pg. 675 SMBP4SRAF
Monitors
Model*
9" Black and White NTSC Video Monitor PPM9
Sensor Interface Modules and Power Supplies

See page 753
Sensor interface modules for simplified wiring of P4 sensors in an electrical box Lighting interface for strobe operation of Banner lighting with any vision sensor Strobe control module for control of specialty strobe lights 8" Flat Panel NTSC Video Monitor
PPM8
* Monitors require a BNC cordset for connection to a PresencePLUS Sensor (see page 716).
Adjustable Mounting System

See page 738
3" and 6" column, base and knuckle kits for positioning of sensor and lights Bogen arm with clamp for added flexibility in mounting 2" pivoting knuckle assembly for positioning spot light
Enclosures
See page 742
Offers models for sensors and lights Provides protection in rugged or harsh environments Prevents tampering
Accessories for C-Mount Lenses

Description
Extension Kit (0.5, 1.0 , 5.0, 10, 20 and 40 mm) Extension Kit (0.25 and 0.5 mm) Lens Extender (increases focal length 2X) UV Lens Filter, Clear Glass 2/3
Format Size
LEK LEKS
Model
Used With
All Lenses Tamron Megapixel Lenses
LCF2X FLTUV
C-Mount Filters
Description
Infrared (> 760 nm) High-pass filter blocks visible light and passes infrared light. Included with all Banner Infrared light sources. Blue (400-525 nm) Band-pass filter improves quality by helping to reduce ambient light; it passes blue and infrared light.
Models
FLTI
Description
Green (400-575 nm) Band-pass filter improves quality by helping to reduce ambient light; it passes green and infrared light. Red (> 600 nm) High-pass filter improves quality by helping to reduce ambient light; it passes red and infrared light. Polarizing filter kit for 80 x 80 Ring Lights
Models
FLTG
FLTB
FLTR
LEDRRPFK
388
C-Mount Standard Lenses

Description
4 mm 8 mm 12 mm with Focus Locking 16 mm with Focus Locking 25 mm with Focus Locking (Rainbow) 25 mm with Focus and Aperture Locking, Metal Housing (Rainbow) 50 mm with Focus and Aperture Locking (Rainbow) 50 mm with Focus Locking, Metal Housing (Rainbow) 75 mm with Focus and Aperture Locking, Metal Housing (Rainbow) 1" 2/3 1" 1/3"
Format Size
Model
LCF04 LCF08 LCF12 LCF16 LCF25R LCF25LR LCF50L1R* LCF50L2R* LCF75LR*
Used With
All (except 1.3 megapixel models)
C-Mount Specialty Lenses

Description
3.5 mm with Focus and Aperture Locking (Kowa) 6 mm with Focus and Aperture Locking (Kowa) 10 40 mm with Zoom, and Focus and Aperture Locking (Tamron) 50 mm Telecentric (Navitar) 2/3" 1/2"
Format Size
Model
LCF03LT LCF06LK LCF1040LT* LCF50TELN
Used With
All (except 1.3 megapixel models)
C-Mount Megapixel Lenses with Focus and Aperture Locking

Description
8 mm (Tamron) 16 mm (Tamron) 25 mm (Tamron) 50 mm (Tamron) 16 mm (Pentax) 25 mm (Pentax) 35 mm (Pentax) 50 mm (Pentax) 5 mm (Computar) 8 mm (Computar) 12 mm (Computar) 16 mm (Computar) 25 mm (Computar) 35 mm (Computar) 50 mm (Computar) 75 mm (Computar) 8.5 mm (Edmund Optics) 12 mm (Edmund Optics) 16 mm (Edmund Optics) 25 mm (Edmund Optics) 35 mm (Edmund Optics)
* Lens models will not fit in opening of Banner Ring Lights. Lenses require a 75 mm cover when used with a Sealed Pro or P4 Camera (see page 388)
Format Size
2/3"
Model
LCF08LTMP LCF16LTMP LCF25LTMP LCF50LTMP LCF16LMP
Used With
2/3"
LCF25LMP LCF35LMP LCF50LMP
1/2"
LCF05LCMP LCF08LMP LCF12LMP LCF16LCMP All
2/3"
LCF25LCMP LCF35LCMP LCF50LCMP LCF75LCMP LCF08LEMP LCF12LEMP
2/3"
LCF16LEMP LCF25LEMP LCF35LEMP
389
iVu SENSORS
LENSES
LIGHTING
Vision Lighting
Critical Role in Successful Vision Sensing

VISION
No matter how powerful or robust a sensor is, successfully solving challenging vision applications relies heavily on matching the vision application with appropriate lighting. A properly chosen light can guarantee constant, consistent light conditions and can be used to create an optimally contrasted image. The correct light will highlight the features under inspection, disregard background objects and overpower any ambient light in the mix. Banner offers a wide selection of high-intensity LED lights with built-in current and strobe control. A variety of specialty lights are available, including fluorescent lights. A complete selection of polarizing filter kits, colored filters and lighting diffusers are offered to improve lighting quality. The innovation leader with more than 40 years of sensor development, Banner understands the challenges of the factory floor. Banner has over 3,000 factory and field representatives worldwide, as well as the largest force of application engineers in the industry who solve thousands of the most challenging applications every year. Banner offers one of the industrys most extensive selections of vision lighting solutions and continues its commitment of providing solutions for a variety of sensing needs.
Ring Lights page 430 Mounts directly to the sensor for easy setup and illuminates any object directly in front of the sensor
Low-Angle Ring Lights page 436 Illuminates nearly perpendicular to the direction of an inspection
Area Lights Provides even illumination in a concentrated area
page 432
Spot Lights page 437 Provides even illumination in a small concentrated spot
Backlights page 434 Installs behind the target, directly facing the sensor; has a highly diffused surface and uniform brightness
Tubular Fluorescent Lights page 438 Features flicker-free high-intensity illumination of large areas
Linear Array Lights page 435 Provides high-intensity illumination of large areas, at long distances
Structured Lights page 438 Uses Class 2 laser line for 3-dimensional sensing
On-Axis Lights page 436 Provides collimated illumination along the same optical path as camera
390
WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS

Performance DX80 DX99 MultiHop Ethernet DX70
WIRELESS Performance DX80 DX99 MultiHop Ethernet Radio DX70
Performance
page 393
DX80
page 396
DX99
page 404
MultiHop
page 406
Networks formed using a Gateway and one or more Nodes operating in the same frequency band Selectable transmit power levels up to 1 Watt to extend the networks range Optional E housing model includes a battery integrated into the housing Universal analog inputs allow the customer to select between mA or V dc
Networks formed using a Gateway and one or more Nodes operating in the same frequency band Nodes and FlexPower Nodes may be combined in each network Input and output options include discrete, analog and discrete, temperature, and M-GAGE magnetometer Gateways directly connect to Modbus RTU, EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP/IP, and other industrial protocols
Certified for operation in Class I, Division 1 and ATEX Zone 0 locations Radio communication and external sensing device powered by a battery integrated into the housing Available accessories include installation brackets and antenna feed throughs Networks formed using DX80 Gateways installed beyond the hazardous area and one or more Nodes operating in the same frequency band DX99 Nodes are certified for operation in Class I, Division 1 and ATEX Zone 0 locations
Selectable transmit power levels up to 1 Watt; license-free operation up to 4 Watt EIRP, with a high-gain antenna, in the U.S. and Canada for 900 MHz FlexPower power input options allow for 10 to 30V dc, solar, or battery power sources Networks formed using one master MultiHop radio and up to 50 MultiHop repeater or slave radios operating in the same frequency band
Ethernet Radio
page 408
DX70
page 409
Accessories
page 411
Long-range point-to-multipoint wireless ethernet network with up to 16 subscriber units RF transmission rate is 1.5 MBPS Built-in spectrum analyser
Gateway and Node pair on the same radio frequency band Plug-and-play installation with direct I/O mapping between the Gateway and Node Discrete and analog I/O in the same unit Built-in LED indicates radio signal strength
A wide selection of power supplies for Gateways, Nodes and sensors Modbus RTU remote I/O for expanding Gateway I/O capacity A complete selection of cordsets for easy wiring Antennas, cables and accessories for virtually every location challenge
391
PERFORMANCE
DX80
DX99
MultiHop
Ethernet Radio
DX70
Wireless Solutions
Specify Your Wireless Solution in 3 Simple Steps 1. Radio and Antenna Options 2. Wireless Network Architectures 3. SureCross Wireless family features
WIRELESS
1. Radio and Antenna Options

Banner recommends conducting a site survey to verify range in your location. 900 MHz recommended for use in North America 2.4 GHz Global wireless standard Antenna Options Internal External High-gain remote
2. Wireless Network Architectures

DX70 Point-to-Point DX80 and DX99 Point-to-Multipoint MultiHop Wireless Network
3. SureCross Wireless Family Features

Performance IP67 DX80 IP67 DX99 IP67 CID1 MultiHop IP67 Ethernet Radio IP67 DX70 IP67
Gateways FlexPower: 10 to 30V dc Solar I/O: Discrete Analog
Nodes FlexPower: 10 to 30V dc Battery Solar
Gateways FlexPower: 10 to 30V dc Solar
Nodes FlexPower: 10 to 30V dc Battery Solar
Intrinsically Safe Nodes FlexPower: Battery
FlexPower: 10 to 30V dc Battery Solar
FlexPower: Power: 10 to 30V dc 10 to 30V dc
I/O: Discrete I/O: Discrete I/O: Discrete I/O: Discrete I/O: Discrete Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Counter Temp: Thermocouple Counter Temp: Thermocouple Networks: Temp: Thermocouple RTD H-Bridge RTD Modbus RTU Master Networks: RTD SDI-12 Thermistor & Slave Modbus RTU Temp: Thermocouple Temp & relative EtherNet/IP Master & RTD humidity Modbus TCP/IP Slave EtherNet/IP Data: RS-232 Modbus RS-485 TCP/IP
Data: Ethernet (900 MHz only)
I/O: Discrete Analog
392
Performance
Wireless I/O Network

Networks formed using a Gateway and one or more Nodes operating in the same frequency band Selectable transmit power levels up to 1 Watt to extend the networks range Optional E housing model includes a battery integrated into the housing Universal analog inputs allow the customer to select between mA or V dc Nodes and FlexPower Nodes may be combined in each network Gateways directly connect to Modbus RTU, EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP/IP, and other industrial protocols
ACCESSORIES
page 411
ONLINE
WIRELESS
87.6 mm 80.8 mm 80.8 mm 148 mm 106 mm 65 mm
Performance DX80 DX99 MultiHop Ethernet Radio DX70
196 mm
80.3 mm 65 mm
60 mm 42 mm
59.7 mm
IP67 Housing
IP20 C Housing (External terminal strips are removable)
IP54 E Housing with Integrated Battery
DX80 EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP Gateways

Freq
DX80P2T6S-P
I/O
DX80 GatewayPro Modbus/TCP to EtherNet/IP protocol converter
Models
DX80P9T6S-P DX80P2T6S-P DX80P9A6S-P DX80P2A6S-P DX83T
900 MHz 2.4 GHz

DX80P9T6S-P
900 MHz 2.4 GHz
DX80 GatewayPro (Modbus/TCP) with advanced web-based configuration capabilities
DX83
Protocol Conversion: Modbus RTU to Modbus TCP/IP or EtherNet/IP No Radio Advanced user configuration model
DX83A
393
PERFORMANCE
DX80
DX99
MultiHop
Ethernet Radio
DX70
SureCross Performance Gateways

Discrete Freq
900 MHz 2.4 GHz
IP67 Housing
Analog Inputs
Power
FlexPower
Inputs
Outputs
Outputs
Model Number
DX80G9M2S-P DX80G2M2S-P DX80G9M6S-P2 DX80G9M6S-P2C DX80G2M6S-P2 DX80G2M6S-P2C DX80G9M2S-P7 DX80G9M2S-P7C DX80G2M2S-P7 DX80G2M2S-P7C DX80G9M2S-P8 DX80G9M2S-P8C DX80G2M2S-P8 DX80G2M2S-P8C
WIRELESS
900 MHz 10-30V dc 2.4 GHz 900 MHz FlexPower 2.4 GHz 900 MHz 10-30V dc 6 PNP 6 PNP 6 NPN 6 NMOS 4 ** 4 PNP 2 Universal * Two 020 mA
IP20 C Housing
ACCESSORIES
2.4 GHz
page 411
* Universal analog inputs can be configured in the field to be either 020 mA or 010V. ** Discrete inputs can be selected to be either PNP and NPN 6 IN/6 OUT is factory default. I/O can be configured up to 12 points. C Models have IP20 housings and are meant to be installed into a suitable enclosure.
SureCross Performance Nodes

Discrete Freq
900 MHz
IP67 Housing
Analog Inputs
Discrete Mode: 2 Thermistor Analog Mode: 2 Universal*, 2 Thermistor
Power
FlexPower Internal battery FlexPower Internal battery
Inputs
Outputs
Outputs
Other
Model Number
DX80N9X2S-P1 DX80N9X2S-P1C DX80N9X1S-P1E DX80N2X2S-P1 DX80N2X2S-P1C DX80N2X1S-P1E DX80N9X6S-P2
Discrete Mode: 2 ** Analog Mode: 2 **
Discrete Mode: 2 NMOS Analog Mode: 2 NMOS
2.4 GHz
Discrete Mode: 2 Switch Power Outputs Analog Mode: 1 Switch Power Outputs
IP20 C Housing
900 MHz 10-30V dc 2.4 GHz 4 ** 4 PNP 2 Universal * Two 020mA
DX80N9X6S-P2C DX80N2X6S-P2 DX80N2X6S-P2C DX80N9X2S-P3
900 MHz FlexPower 2.4 GHz 2 ** 1 NMOS 4 Thermocouple
DX80N9X2S-P3C DX80N9X1S-P3E DX80N2X2S-P3 DX80N2X2S-P3C DX80N2X2S-P3E

More on next page
* Universal analog inputs can be configured in the field to be either 020 mA or 010V. ** Discrete inputs can be selected to be either PNP and NPN C models have IP20 housings and are meant to be installed into a suitable enclosure. E models have IP54 housings and are meant for outdoor installations.
394
SureCross Performance Nodes (contd)

Discrete Freq Power Inputs Outputs Analog Inputs Outputs Other Model Number
DX80N9X2S-P4 900 MHz
IP67 Housing
DX80N9X2S-P4C DX80N9X1S-P4E FlexPower 4 RTD DX80N2X2S-P4
2.4 GHz
DX80N2X2S-P4C DX80N2X2S-P4E
IP20 C Housing
DX80N9X2S-P7 900 MHz DX80N9X2S-P7C FlexPower 2.4 GHz DX80N2X2S-P7C DX80N9X2S-P8 900 MHz DX80N9X2S-P8C 10-30V dc 6 PNP 6 PNP DX80N2X2S-P8 6 NPN 6 NMOS DX80N2X2S-P7
2.4 GHz DX80N2X2S-P8C
* Universal analog inputs can be configured in the field to be either 020 mA or 010V. ** Discrete inputs can be selected to be either PNP and NPN 6 IN/6 OUT is factory default. I/O can be configured up to 12 points. C models have IP20 housings and are meant to be installed into a suitable enclosure. E models ...
SureCross Performance Specifications

Range Transmit Power Network Size I/O Gateway Communications Power 900 MHz: Up to 9.6 kilometers (6 miles) 2.4 GHz: Up to 3.2 kilometers (2 miles) 900 MHz: 1 Watt (30 dBm conducted) 2.4 GHz: 65 mW (18 dBm Conducted) 1 Gateway and up to 47 remotely located Nodes Discrete, Analog, Temperature, Humidity Modbus RTU; Modbus TCP, Ethernet/IP available using GatewayPro or DX83 Ethernet Bridge + 10 to 30V dc (For European applications: + 10 to 24V dc 10%) FlexPower: + 10 to 30V dc or 3.6 to 5.5V low power option (For European applications: + 10 to 24V dc, 10% or 3.6 to 5.5V dc low power option) Integrated Battery models: 3.6V dc low power option for an internal battery 900 MHz: Maximum current draw is <100 mA and typical current draw is <50 mA at 24V dc. (2.4 GHz consumption is less.) DX80 Rating: IEC IP67; NEMA 6; DX80C Rating: IEC IP20; NEMA 1; DX80E Rating: IEC IP54; NEMA 4
Power Consumption Environmental rating
See Bannerengineering.com for more detailed specifications.
395
PERFORMANCE
DX80
DX99
MultiHop
Ethernet Radio
DX70
SureCrossDX80
Wireless I/O Network
WIRELESS
ACCESSORIES
An industrial wireless I/O network that can operate in extreme environments while eliminating the need for costly wiring runs A basic network consists of a Gateway system controller and one or more Nodes that monitor and/or control I/O in remote locations Nodes are easily deployed throughout a facility for gathering data to be concentrated at the Gateway Bi-directional communication between the Gateway and Node(s), including fully acknowledged data transmission Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS) technology and Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) control architecture combine to ensure reliable data delivery within the unlicensed Industrial, Scientific and Medical (ISM) bands FlexPower options allow for +10-30V dc, solar and battery power sources 900 MHz and 2.4 GHz models accommodate worldwide communication standards Rugged IP67/NEMA 6 design enabling simple plug-and-play installation Installation is fast and easy with flexible mounting and power options
page 411
Gateways
Gateways are the master of Banners SureCross Wireless Network Modbus RTU over RS-485 communication capability is integrated into every Gateway Gateway models are available with discrete, analog and a mix of both I/O types IP20 housing option is certified for Class I Div 2 areas
Nodes
Nodes collects the data and wirelessly transmit it to the Gateway Nodes may be powered by either 10 to 30V dc, battery or solar power options Models are available in a variety of input/output options IP20 housing option is certified for Class I Div 2 areas
User Configuration Tool RS-485 to USB Adapter Cable

BWA-UCT-900 RS-485 to USB adapter cable is used to connect the DX80 Gateway to a computer. Download your free configuration software at bannerengineering.com/wireless
BWA-UCT-900
Gateways and Node

DX85 Modbus RTU Remote I/O
ONLINE
Used to expand I/O capacity when connected to a Data Radio or Gateway (see page 402)
DX80 and DX99 Point-to-Multipoint

80.8 mm 80.8 mm
127.0 mm 65 mm
127.0 mm 65 mm
60.0 mm
60.0 mm
DX80 Gateway
DX80 Node
396
Modbus RTU Gateways, 1030V dc

Discrete Freq
900 MHz 2.4 GHz 900 MHz 2.4 GHz 900 MHz
DX80 IP67
Analog Inputs Outputs Models

DX80G9M6S6P6 DX80G9M6S6P6C DX80G2M6S6P6 DX80G2M6S6P6C DX80G9M6S6N6 DX80G9M6S6N6C DX80G2M6S6N6 DX80G2M6S6N6C DX80G9M6S4P4M2M2 DX80G9M6S4P4M2M2C DX80G2M6S4P4M2M2 DX80G2M6S4P4M2M2C DX80G9M6S4P4V2V2 DX80G9M6S4P4V2V2C DX80G2M6S4P4V2V2 DX80G2M6S4P4V2V2C DX80G9M6S8P4 DX80G9M6S8P4C DX80G2M6S8P4 DX80G2M6S8P4C DX80G9M6S4P8 DX80G9M6S4P8C DX80G2M6S4P8 DX80G2M6S4P8C DX80G9M6S0P0M4M4 DX80G9M6S0P0M4M4C DX80G2M6S0P0M4M4 DX80G2M6S0P0M4M4C DX80G9M6S0P0V4V4 DX80G9M6S0P0V4V4C DX80G2M6S0P0V4V4 DX80G2M6S0P0V4V4C
Base
IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20
Inputs
Outputs
6 **
6 PNP
6 **
6 NPN
4 **
4 PNP
Two 020 mA
Two 020 mA
2.4 GHz 900 MHz 2.4 GHz 900 MHz
ACCESSORIES
4 **
4 PNP
Two 010V
Two 010V
page 411
DX80..C IP20 External Terminal Strips
8 **
4 PNP
2.4 GHz 900 MHz 2.4 GHz 900 MHz 2.4 GHz 900 MHz 2.4 GHz
4 **
8 PNP
Four 0-20 mA
Four 0-20 mA
Four 0-10V
Four 0-10V
** Discrete inputs can be selected to be either PNP and NPN C Models have IP20 housings and are meant to be installed into a suitable enclosure
397
PERFORMANCE
DX80
DX99
MultiHop
Ethernet Radio
DX70
Nodes, 10-30V dcAnalog and Discrete

Discrete Freq
DX80 Node IP67
Analog Inputs Outputs Models

DX80N9X6S4P4M2M2 DX80N9X6S4P4M2M2C DX80N2X6S4P4M2M2 DX80N2X6S4P4M2M2C DX80N9X6S4P4V2V2
Base
IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67
Inputs
Outputs
900 MHz 2.4 GHz
WIRELESS
4 PNP
Two 020 mA
Two 020 mA
900 MHz
IP20 4 IP67 2.4 GHz IP20 4 PNP Two 010V Two 010V
DX80N9X6S4P4V2V2C
DX80N2X6S4P4V2V2
DX80N2X6S4P4V2V2C
ACCESSORIES
page 411
Nodes, FlexPowerAnalog and Discrete

Discrete Freq
900 MHz 2.4 GHz
QT50ULBQ6-75390
Analog Inputs Other Models

DX80N9X2S2N2M2 DX80N9X2S2N2M2C DX80N2X2S2N2M2 10 or 15V Switch Power Outputs DX80N2X2S2N2M2C DX80N9X2S2N2V2 DX80N9X2S2N2V2C DX80N2X2S2N2V2 DX80N2X2S2N2V2C DX80N9X2S2N2M4 DX80N9X2S2N2M4C DX80N2X2S2N2M4 DX80N2X2S2N2M4C DX80N9X2S2N2V4 DX80N9X2S2N2V4C DX80N2X2S2N2V4 DX80N2X2S2N2V4C
Base
IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20
Inputs
Outputs
2 NMOS
Two 020 mA
900 MHz
DX81
2 NMOS
Two 010V
2.4 GHz 900 MHz

DX80 Node
2 NMOS
Four 020 mA
2.4 GHz 900 MHz 2.4 GHz
2 NMOS
Four 010V
C Models have IP20 housings and are meant to be installed into a suitable enclosure
398
FlexPower Node with Integrated Battery and Switched Power Outputs

Discrete Freq
900 MHz 2 2.4 GHz IP67 900 MHz 2 2.4 GHz 1 NMOS 010V DX80N2X1S2N1V1 10 or 15V Switch Power Outputs DX80N9X1S2N1V1 1 NMOS 020 mA DX80N2X1S2N1M1
Analog Inputs Other Models

DX80N9X1S2N1M1
Base
Inputs
Outputs
Models with batteries integrated into the housing are so noted. All other FlexPower Nodes can be powered using 1030V dc, battery or solar power options. Power supplies are sold separately (see page 411).
ACCESSORIES
page 411
Nodes, 10-30V dcDiscrete

Discrete Freq
900 MHz
DX80 Node IP67
WIRELESS Performance DX80
Base
IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20
Inputs
Outputs
Models
DX80N9X6S6P6 DX80N9X6S6P6C DX80N2X6S6P6 DX80N2X6S6P6C DX80N9X6S6N6 DX80N9X6S6N6C DX80N2X6S6N6 DX80N2X6S6N6C DX80N9X6S8P4 DX80N9X6S8P4C DX80N2X6S8P4 DX80N2X6S8P4C DX80N9X6S4P8 DX80N9X6S4P8C DX80N2X6S4P8 DX80N2X6S4P8C
DX99 MultiHop Ethernet Radio DX70
6 PNP
2.4 GHz 900 MHz 2.4 GHz

6 NPN
900 MHz 2.4 GHz 900 MHz 2.4 GHz
4 PNP
8 PNP
399
PERFORMANCE
DX80
DX99
MultiHop
Ethernet Radio
DX70
Nodes, 10-30V dcAnalog

Analog Freq
DX80 Node IP67
Base
IP67
Inputs
Outputs
Models
DX80N9X6S0P0M4M4 DX80N9X6S0P0M4M4C
WIRELESS
900 MHz IP20 Four 020 mA IP67 2.4 GHz IP20 IP67 900 MHz IP20 Four 010V IP67 Four 010V DX80N2X6S0P0V4V4 DX80N2X6S0P0V4V4C DX80N9X6S0P0V4V4C DX80N2X6S0P0M4M4C DX80N9X6S0P0V4V4 Four 020 mA DX80N2X6S0P0M4M4
ACCESSORIES
page 411
2.4 GHz IP20
Counter Nodes, FlexPower

Freq Base
IP67 900 MHz
DX80 Node IP67
Power
Discrete Inputs
Discrete Outputs
Counter Input
Models
DX80N9X2S4A2
IP20 FlexPower IP67 2.4 GHz IP20 2* Two NMOS 2 Event or Rate Counter
DX80N9X2S4A2C
DX80N2X2S4A2
DX80N2X2S4A2C
Integrated battery counter Node Node IP67
900 MHz
IP67 Internal Battery 1* One NMOS 1 Event or Rate Counter
DX80N9X1S2A1
2.4 GHz
IP67
DX80N2X1S2A1
* Discrete inputs can be selected to be either PNP and NPN Models with batteries integrated into the housing are so noted. All other FlexPower models may powered using 1030V dc, battery or solar power options. Power supplies are sold separately. (see page 411).
400
Temperature Nodes, FlexPower

Discrete Freq
900 MHz IP20 2 IP67 2.4 GHz
DX80N2X2S2N2T
Temperature Inputs Models

DX80N9X2S2N2T DX80N9X2S2N2TC
Base
IP67
Inputs
Outputs
2 NMOS
3 Thermocouple DX80N2X2S2N2T DX80N2X2S2N2TC DX80N9X2S0P0R DX80N9X2S0P0RC
IP20 IP67 900 MHz IP20 IP67 2.4 GHz IP20 4 RTD
DX80N2X2S0P0R DX80N2X2S0P0RC
C Models have IP20 housings and are meant to be installed into a suitable enclosure.
ACCESSORIES
page 411
WIRELESS Performance
Temperature and Relative Humidity Nodes

Freq Base
IP67 900 MHz IP20 2 Temperature/Relative Humidity Inputs IP67 2.4 GHz IP20 900 MHz IP67 2.4 GHz 1 Temperature/Relative Humidity Input Battery integrated into the housing DX80N2X1S1S DX80N2X2S2SC DX80N9X1S1S
M12FTH2Q Temperature and relative humidity sensor 3.5% (Both offer NIST traceability)
DX80 DX99 MultiHop Ethernet Radio DX70
Inputs
Models*
DX80N9X2S2S DX80N9X2S2SC DX80N2X2S2S
Temperature & Relative Humidity FlexSensors
M12FTH1Q Temperature and relative humidity sensor 2%
* Models with batteries integrated into the housing are so noted. All other FlexPower Nodes may be powered using 1030V dc, battery or solar power options. Power supplies are sold separately. (see page 411).
401
PERFORMANCE
DX80
DX99
MultiHop
Ethernet Radio
DX70
M-GAGE Nodes
Freq
DX80N2X1W0P0ZR
Base
Description
Models
900 MHz
DX80N9X1W0P0ZR IP67 M-GAGE sensor with an internal antenna and a battery integrated into an easy-to-embed Node housing DX80N2X1W0P0ZR
WIRELESS
2.4 GHz
The M-GAGE Nodes are powered by a 3.6V lithium D cell integrated into the housing.
ACCESSORIES
page 411

Discrete Base
IP67 IP20
DX85
Analog Inputs
Two 020 mA Four 020 mA
Power
Inputs
4* 6*
Outputs
4 PNP 6 PNP 4 PNP 8 PNP
Outputs
Two 020 mA Four 020 mA
Models
DX85M4P4M2M2 DX85M4P4M2M2C DX85M6P6 DX85M6P6C DX85M8P4 DX85M8P4C DX85M4P8 DX85M4P8C DX85M0P0M4M4 DX85M0P0M4M4C DX85M-P7 DX85M-P7C DX85M-P8 DX85M-P8C
IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 1030V dc
8* 4*
DX85..C
IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP67 IP20 FlexPower 1030V dc
Up to 12 NPN inputs or 12 NMOS outputs, or a combination thereof Up to 12 PNP inputs or 12 PNP outputs, or a combination thereof
* Discrete inputs can be selected to be either PNP and NPN
402
SureCross Specifications
Range* Transmit Power Network Size I/O Gateway Communications Power 900 MHz: Up to 4.8 kilometers (3 miles) 2.4 GHz: Up to 3.2 kilometers (2 miles) 900 MHz: 150 mW (21 dBm Conducted) 2.4 GHz: 65 mW (18 dBm Conducted) One Gateway and up to 47 remotely located Nodes Discrete, Analog, Temperature, Humidity, Counter Modbus RTU; Modbus TCP, Ethernet/IP available using GatewayPro or DX83 Ethernet Bridge + 10 to 30V dc (For European applications: + 10 to 24V dc 10%) FlexPower: + 10 to 30V dc or 3.6 to 5.5V low power option (For European applications: + 10 to 24V dc, 10% or 3.6 to 5.5V dc low power option) Integrated Battery models: 3.6V dc low power option for an internal battery Less than 1.4 W (60 mA) at 24V dc DX80 Rating: IEC IP67; NEMA 6 DX80...C Rating: IEC IP20; NEMA 1
Power Consumption Environmental rating Certification (C models only)
Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D. Certificate: 1921239 Ex/AEx nA II LCIE/ATEX Zone 2 ( Group IIC). Certificate: LCIE: LCIE 10 ATEX 1012 X II 3G Ex nA IIC T4
* With the standard 2 dB antenna. High-gain antennas are available, but the range depends on the environment and line of sight. To determine the range of your wireless network, perform a Site Survey. See Bannerengineering.com for more detailed specifications.
403
PERFORMANCE
DX80
DX99
MultiHop
Ethernet Radio
DX70
SureCross DX99
WIRELESS
ACCESSORIES
Intrinsically Safe FlexPower Nodes

Networks formed using DX80 Gateways installed beyond the hazardous area and one or more Nodes operating in the same frequency band The DX99 is a state-of-the-art combination of wireless communication, battery technology and intrinsically safe electronics All models are certified for operation in Class I, Division 1 and ATEX Zone 0 locations Discrete, analog and temperature input types are available Battery power supply provides power for third-party 420 mA and NAMUR process sensors DX99 Nodes are designed to work with DX80 Gateways installed beyond the hazardous area DX99 FlexPower Nodes are available in two different housing materials: metal and polycarbonate Banner is working on expanding the I/O options for our DX99 product line; visit bannerengineering.com for the latest model information
Banner offers a variety of mounting brackets and antenna feed throughs that meet IS ratings. Visit www.bannerengineering.com for ordering information.
page 411
110 mm 127 mm
ONLINE
DX99 metal housing
DX99 Nodes, FlexPowerClass I, Div 1 and Zone 0 (Metal Housing)

Freq
900MHz 2.4GHz 900MHz 2.4GHz 900MHz 2.4GHz 900MHz 2.4GHz 900MHz 2.4GHz 900MHz 2.4GHz 900 MHz 2.4 GHz
Boost Power
18V
Certifications
I/O
Discrete: 2 selectable inputs Analog: 2 inputs (0-20 mA)
Metal Housing Models*

DX99N9X1S2N0M2X0D2 DX99N2X1S2N0M2X0D2 DX99N9X1S2N0M2X0D1 DX99N2X1S2N0M2X0D1 DX99N9X1S2N0V2X0D2 DX99N2X1S2N0V2X0D2 DX99N9X1S2N0V2X0D1 DX99N2X1S2N0V2X0D1
10V 18V 10V LCIE/ATEX Zone 0 (Group IIC) and Zone 20 (Group II) II 1 GD Ex ia IIC T4 Ex iaD 20 IP68 T82C Discrete: 2 selectable inputs Thermocouple: 3 inputs, one thermistor CJC input RTD: 4 three-wire inputs 2 Bridge inputs 2 Discrete Sinking inputs Class I, Division 1,Groups A, B, C, D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, G; Class III, Division 1 Ex ia IIC T4 AEx ia IIC T4
Discrete: 2 selectable inputs Analog: 2 inputs (0-10V dc)
N/A
DX99N9X1S2N0T4X0D0 DX99N2X1S2N0T4X0D0 DX99N9X1S0N0R4X0D0 DX99N2X1S0N0R4X0D0 DX99N9X1S2N0B2X0D0 DX99N2X1S2N0B2X0D0
N/A N/A
Metal housing models are only available with external antennas and are powered by a 3.6V D cell lithium battery integrated into the housing. Mounting and intrinsically safe antenna installation accessories are available for the metal housing models.
404
SureCross DX99 Specifications

Range Transmit Power Network Size I/O Gateway Communications Power Power Consumption Environmental rating Certifications 900 MHz: Up to 4.8 kilometers (3 miles) 2.4 GHz: Up to 3.2 kilometers (2 miles) 900 MHz: 150 mW (21 dBm Conducted) 2.4 GHz: 65 mW (18 dBm Conducted) One Gateway and up to 47 remotely located Nodes (SureCross Performance or SureCross DX80 Gateway required) Discrete, Analog, Temperature, Bridge SureCross Performance or SureCross DX80 Gateway required 3.6V low power option from an internal battery Application Dependent IEC IP68 DX99, Intrinsically Safe, Metal Housing Class I, Division 1,Groups A, B, C, D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, G; Class III, Division 1 Ex ia IIC T4 AEx ia IIC T4 LCIE/ATEX Zone 0 (Group IIC) and Zone 20 (Group II) II 1 GD Ex ia IIC T4 Ex iaD 20 IP68 T82C
Certificate 2008243(LR 41887)
Certificate LCIE 08 ATEX 6098X
405
PERFORMANCE
DX80
DX99
MultiHop
Ethernet Radio
DX70
SureCross MultiHop
Wireless Network
WIRELESS
ACCESSORIES
Networks formed using one master MultiHop radio and up to 50 MultiHop repeater or slave radios operating in the same frequency band Selectable power levels up to 1 watt transmit power; license-free operation up to 4 watt EIRP, with a high-gain antenna, in the U.S. and Canada for 900 MHz FlexPower power input options allow for +10 to 30V dc, solar or battery power Multiple hops allow for an extended range Message routing improves link performance SureCross architecture creates self-forming and self-healing wireless network DIP switches select operational modes: master, repeater or slave Built-in site survey mode enables rapid assessment of a locations RF transmission properties FHSS radios operate and synchronize automatically; selectable network IDs reduce interference from collocated networks Banner is constantly working on new models with I/O variations, contact factory for the latest model information
Used to expand I/O capacity when connected to a Data Radio or Gateway (see page 402)
page 411
MultiHop Data Radio IP67

80.8 mm 65 mm
MultiHop Radio with I/O IP67

80.8 mm
MultiHop IP20 C Housing (External terminal strips are removable)

80.8 mm
127.0 mm 80.3 mm 65 mm 80.3 mm 65 mm
42 mm 60.0 mm 87.6 mm 42 mm
MultiHop IP54 E Housing (Integrated Battery) MultiHop Wireless Network

196 mm 148 mm
ONLINE
59.7 mm
MultiHop Data Radios and MultiHop Radios with I/O can be combined to form a single network.
MultiHop Data Radios, FlexPower

Description
MultiHop Radio
Freq
900 MHz 2.4 GHz
Transmit Power
DIP switch selectable up to 1 Watt
100 mW EIRP
Models*
DX80DR9M-H DX80DR2M-H
* Serial communication style (RS-485 or RS-232) is user selectable
406
MultiHop Radios with I/O

Freq Power
FlexPower Internal battery FlexPower Internal battery 900 MHz 1030V dc 2.4 GHz 4 4 PNP Two 020 mA Two 020 mA 65 mW 250 mW or 1 Watt 2 NMOS 2 Switch Power Two 020 mA 1 Thermistor 1 Counter 65 mW
Discrete Inputs Outputs Inputs
Analog Outputs
Transmit Power
250 mW or 1 Watt
Model Number
DX80DR9M-H1 DX80DR9M-H1C DX80DR9M-H1E DX80DR2M-H1 DX80DR2M-H1C DX80DR2M-H1E DX80DR9M-H2 DX80DR9M-H2C DX80DR2M-H2 DX80DR2M-H2C DX80DR9M-H3
900 MHz
4 NPN
2.4 GHz
900 MHz
FlexPower Internal battery FlexPower Internal battery FlexPower Internal battery FlexPower Internal battery FlexPower Internal battery FlexPower Internal battery 2 NMOS 2 Switch Power Two 020 mA 1 Thermistor 1 SDI-12 or Counter Four 3-wire Pt100 RTD Four Thermocouple 1 Thermistor (CJC)
250 mW or 1 Watt
DX80DR9M-H3C DX80DR9M-H3E DX80DR2M-H3
2 NMOS
2.4 GHz
65 mW
900 MHz
250 mW or 1 Watt
2.4 GHz
65 mW
900 MHz
250 mW or 1 Watt
2.4 GHz
65 mW
DX80DR2M-H12C DX80DR2M-H12E
C Models have IP20 housings and are meant to be installed into a suitable enclosure
MultiHop Data Radio Specifications

Range Transmit Power Network Size I/O Radio Communications Power 900 MHz: Up to 9.6 kilometers (6 miles) per hop; 2.4 GHz: Up to 3.2 kilometers (2 miles) per hop 900 MHz: 1 Watt (30 dBm conducted); 2.4 GHz 65 mW (18 dBm Conducted) One Master radio and up to 50 repeater and/or slave radios per network Discrete, Analog, Temperature, Humidity, RS-485 Serial interface Each radio is able to communicate through RS-485 serial interface, Modbus RTU or Transparent Mode + 10 to 30V dc (For European applications: + 10 to 24V dc 10%) FlexPower: + 10 to 30V dc or 3.6 to 5.5V low power option (For European applications: + 10 to 24V dc, 10% or 3.6 to 5.5V dc low power option) Integrated Battery models: 3.6V dc low power option for an internal battery 900 MHz: Maximum current draw is <100 mA and typical current draw is <30 mA at 24V dc. (2.4 GHz consumption is less.) DX80 Rating: IEC IP67; NEMA 6; DX80C Rating: IEC IP20; NEMA 1; DX80E Rating: IEC IP54; NEMA 4
Power Consumption Environmental rating Certification
See Bannerengineering.com for more detailed specifications
407
PERFORMANCE
DX80
DX99
MultiHop
Ethernet Radio
DX70
SureCross Ethernet Radio

Wireless Network
WIRELESS
ACCESSORIES
Industrial grade, long-range, 900 MHz radio used to create point-to-multipoint configurations of wireless Ethernet networks RF transmission rate of 1.536 Mb/s and a throughput of 935 Kb/s 128 bit AES encryption for Ethernet data packets Sub-block error detection and retransmission Automatic scan or manual override for the best of the 12 communication channels Indicator LEDs for channel selection and signal strength Point-to-multipoint configurations with up to 16 subscriber units User configuration via internal web page Built-in spectrum analyzer and firmware upgrading
page 411
Ethernet Data Radio Network Plant-wide network

97 mm
Ethernet radio access point PLC Ethernet radio subscriber unit Managed switch
216 mm
Ethernet radio subscriber unit HMI
Ethernet radio subscriber unit
59 mm
Remote I/O
SureCross Ethernet Radio, 10-30V dc

Description
Ethernet Radio
Freq
900 MHz
Transmit Power
125 mW
Models*
DXER9
* Banner is constantly working on new models with I/O variations. Contact factory for the latest model information.
Ethernet Radio Specifications

Visit bannerengineering.com for more information.
408
SureCross
DX70 Point-to-Point I/O Wireless Pairs

DX70 models deliver an economical, dedicated wireless industrial I/O solution
A network includes a Gateway and one Node that operate in the same radio frequency band Each Gateway and Node pair provides direct I/O mapping and plug-n-play installation Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS) technology and Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) control architecture combine to ensure reliable data delivery within the unlicensed Industrial, Scientific and Medical (ISM) bands Open design supports inputs from sensors and devices made by Banner and other manufacturers The unique radio binding technology enables multiple DX70 pairs to be located within range of each other Models include discrete and analog I/O in a single device 900 MHz and 2.4 GHz models accommodate worldwide communication standards Rugged IP67/NEMA 6 design enabling simple installation
ACCESSORIES
page 411
ONLINE
Wireless Control to Eliminate Coil

80.8 mm
80.8 mm
106 mm 65 mm
106 mm 65 mm
60 mm
60 mm
Node
Gateway
Wireless Monitoring of Rotary Table

DX70 Point-to-Point
Wireless Control of HVAC System
409
PERFORMANCE
DX80
DX99
MultiHop
Ethernet Radio
DX70
DX70 Point-to-Point, 10-30V dc

Freq Discrete Inputs* Outputs Inputs Analog Outputs Kit Models
WIRELESS
900 MHz
DX70K9M6EM1
4 PNP
Two 0-20 mA
Two 0-20 mA
2.4 GHz Node
DX70K2M6EM1
900 MHz
DX70K9M6ED1
Gateway: 4 Node: 8
Gateway: 8 Node: 4
2.4 GHz Gateway
DX70K2M6ED1
* Discrete inputs can be selected to be either PNP and NPN
SureCross DX70 Specifications

Range Transmit Power Network Size I/O Power Power Consumption Environmental rating Certification
900 MHz: Up to 4.8 kilometers (3 miles) 2.4 GHz: Up to 3.2 kilometers (2 miles) 900 MHz: 150 mW (21 dBm Conducted) 2.4 GHz: 65 mW (18 dBm Conducted) 1 Gateway and 1 Node, pre-mapped from factory Discrete, Analog 10 to 30V dc (For European applications: 10 to 24V dc, +/- 10%) Less than 1.4 W (60 mA) at 24V dc IEC IP67; NEMA 6
410
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 699 Length
0.50 m 1.83 m 5.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
DX80

MQDC1-501.5 MQDC1-506 MQDC1-515 MQDC1-530 MQDC1-506RA MQDC1-515RA MQDC1-530RA pg. 653 SMBDX80DIN Additional bracket information available. See page 632.
FlexPower Accessories
Description
FlexPower Battery 6-pack delivers and manages dc voltage from six 3.6V lithium D cell batteries.
Sensors Optimized for FlexPower Devices

Model Description
The low-power MINI-BEAM is designed to work with the FlexPower Nodes.
Model
DX81P6
Retro: SM312LPQD-78447 Diffuse: SM312DQD-78419
FlexPower Battery Supply Module delivers and manages dc voltage from one 3.6V lithium D cell battery. Replacement battery: BWA-BATT-001
DX81 A long-range ultrasonic sensor designed to work with the FlexPower Nodes. DX81H
WIRELESS Performance
QT50ULBQ6-75390
DX80 DX99 MultiHop Ethernet Radio DX70
FlexPower Battery Supply Module delivers and manages dc voltage from one 3.6V lithium D cell battery and used to power the polycarbonate housed Intrinsically Safe DX99 devices. Replacement battery: BWA-BATT-001
K50 Optimized for FlexPower Devices

FlexPower Solar Supply includes solar panel, controller, and rechargeable battery pack. Replacement battery pack: BWA-BATT-003
Description
BWA-SOLAR-001
K50 EZ-LIGHT, 3 color, with push button
Model
K50FGYRPB1Q
DC Power Supplies, 24V dc

Description
500 mA, Demo kit power supply 700 mA, 5-pin Euro-style QD, Hardwired AC power connection 200 mA, DX80 low-profile housing
FlexSensor Models*
Model
PS24W EZAC-E-QE5 PS24DX
QS30WEQ (emitter) QS30WRQ (receiver) Photoelectric pair up to 100 range
Relay Box
Description
Interface Relay Box, 18-26V dc inputs, isolated relay outputs
Model
IB6RP
M12FTH1Q Temperature and relative humidity sensor 2%
M12FTH2Q Temperature and relative humidity sensor 3.5% (Both offer NIST traceability)
* FlexSensors are used with the DX80 Temp and Relative Humidity Node
411
PERFORMANCE
DX80
DX99
MultiHop
Ethernet Radio
DX70
Antenna Feed Throughs

Description Model
Surge Protection
Description Model
WIRELESS
Antenna Feed through, SS, 1/2" NPT
BWA-HW-016
900 MHz/2.4 GHz surge suppressor with bulkhead and RP-SMA
BWC-LMRSFRPB
Antenna Feed through, SS, 3/4" NPT
BWA-HW-017
Surge suppressor, bulkhead, N-Type and dc Blocking
BWC-LFNBMN-DC
User Configuration Tool RS-485 to USB Adapter Cable*
BWA-UCT-900
* MQDMC-401 adapter cable needed for connecting BWA-UCT-900 to DX80...C housing models
BWA-UCT-900 RS-485 to USB adapter cable is used to connect the DX80 Gateway to a computer. Download your free configuration software at bannerengineering.com/wireless
Enclosures
Description
Enclosure Fiberglass Hinged 14" x 12" x 8" Enclosure Fiberglass Hinged 10" x 8" x 6" Enclosure Fiberglass Hinged 8" x 6" x 6" Panel, 14" x 12" Panel, 10" x 8" Panel, 8" x 6" Pole Mount, 12" Pole Mount, 8" Pole Mount, 6"
Model
BWA-EF14128 BWA-EF1086 BWA-EF866 BWA-PA1412 BWA-PA108 BWA-PA86 BWA-PM12 BWA-PM8 BWA-PM6
412
SMA Antenna Options

Description
Antenna, Omni, 902-928 MHz, 2 dBd, Rubber Swivel, RP-SMA MALE Antenna, Omni, 902-928 MHz, 5 dBd, Rubber Swivel, RP-SMA MALE 1 Antenna, Omni, 2.4 GHz, 2 dBd, Rubber Swivel, RP-SMA MALE Antenna, Omni, 2.4 GHz, 5 dBd, Rubber Swivel, RP-SMA MALE Antenna, Omni, 2.4 GHz, 7 dBd, Rubber Swivel, RP-SMA MALE RG58 Cable, RP-SMA to RP-SMA Female Bulkhead, 0.2 m 2 RG58 Cable, RP-SMA to RP-SMA Female Bulkhead, 1 m RG58 Cable, RP-SMA to RP-SMA Female Bulkhead, 2 m RG58 Cable, RP-SMA to RP-SMA Female Bulkhead, 4 m 3 Surge Suppressor, Bulkhead, RP-SMA Type, 900 MHz/2.4 GHz RG58 Cable, RP-SMA TO RP-SMA Female Bulkhead, 0.2 m
Model
BWA-9O2-C BWA-9O5-C BWA-2O2-C BWA-2O5-C BWA-2O7-C BWC-1MRSFRSB02 BWC-1MRSFRSB1 BWC-1MRSFRSB2 BWC-1MRSFRSB4 BWC-LMRSFRPB BWC-1MRSFRSB02 BWC-1MRSFRSB1 BWC-1MRSFRSB2 BWC-1MRSFRSB4
2 3
4 5, 6 8, 9
RG58 Cable, RP-SMA TO RP-SMA Female Bulkhead, 1 m RG58 Cable, RP-SMA TO RP-SMA Female Bulkhead, 2 m RG58 Cable, RP-SMA TO RP-SMA Female, Bulkhead, 4 m
N-Type Antenna Options

Description
Antenna, Yagi, 900 MHz, 6.5 dBd, N Female
Model
BWA-9Y6-A BWA-9Y10-A BWA-9O6-A BWA-9O5-B BWA-2O8-A BWA-2O6-A BWC-4MNFN3 BWC-4MNFN6 BWC-4MNFN15 BWC-4MNFN30 BWC-LFNBMN-DC BWC-1MRSMN05 BWC-1MRSMN2
2 3 1
1
Antenna, Yagi, 900 MHz, 10 dBd, N Female Antenna, Omni, 900 MHz, 6 dBd, Fiberglass, N Female Antenna, Omni, 900 MHz, 5 dBd/7.2 dBi, With ground plane, N Female Antenna, Omni, 2.4 GHz, 8.5 dBi, N Female, Fiberglass 24 Antenna, Omni, 2.4 GHz, 6 dBi, N Female, Fiberglass 16
4
2
LMR400 Cable, N-Male to N-Female, 3 Meters LMR400 Cable, N-Male to N-Female, 6 Meters LMR400 Cable, N-Male to N-Female, 15 Meters LMR400 Cable, N-Male to N-Female, 30 Meters
5, 6 8, 9
3 4
Surge Suppressor, Bulkhead, N-Type, 900 MHz/2.4 GHz, dc Blocking LMR200 Cable, RP-SMA to N-Male, 0.5 Meters LMR200 Cable, RP-SMA to N-Male, 2 Meters
Power Supplies and Enclosure

Description
5 6 DIN Rail Section, 35mm x 105mm Long DIN Rail Bracket Assembly for DX70 and DX80 models DX81 FlexPower Battery Supply Module 7 DX81P6 FlexPower Battery Supply 6-Pack Power Supply, 24V dc, 200 mA Power Supply, 24V dc, 200 mA, Solid State Relay 8 Internal panel, 14 x 12 Fiberglass enclosure, 14x 12 x 8
Model
DIN-35-105 SMBDX80DIN DX81 DX81P6 PS24DX PS24DXSR BWA-PA1412 BWA-EF14128
413
PERFORMANCE
DX80
DX99
MultiHop
Ethernet Radio
DX70
WIRELESS
Can I rely on wireless I/O to improve efciency?
Can I monitor operator and equipment performance remotely? Can I get the timely data I need for lean manufacturing? Can I eliminate costly wiring and minimize battery replacement?
On the factory floor, you need reliable results, consistent uptime and real ROI. Be sure. With the Banner SureCross Wireless I/O Network. Visit BannerEngineering.com/FactoryAutomation. Or call (888) 373-6767.
Customers First
Integrity Always
45 Years of Excellence
New Solutions Every Day
414
Task Lights
page 416
Vision Lights
page 427
Extremely bright LEDs for enclosure, area and machine lighting, including control cabinets and panels Energy-efficient LEDs use less than one third the energy of fluorescent lighting Same efficacy (lumens per watt) as fluorescents, but are more efficient in directing light to the work area A choice of sizes and housing materials available to fit in any size area and environment Rugged housings for use in wet and dirty environments
A complete selection of lighting, including IP68-rated lights Rugged, maintenance-free LED lighting in red, green, blue, white and infrared High-intensity lighting with built-in universal strobe control and power regulation; no external controller or power supply required Complete selection of polarizing filter kits, colored filters and lighting diffusers available for improved lighting quality
TASK LIGHTS VISION LIGHTS INDICATORS ACTUATORS
Indicators page 441 Provides real-time operational status indication for workers and supervisors Installs directly on machine quickly and easily with prewired or quick-disconnect options; no assembly required Features a completely self-contained designno controller needed Displays up to 5 colors, depending on model Available in over thirteen styles/housings, including tower and column lights, segmented displays, daylight visible for outdoor applications, call lights, and dome, T-style and barrel housings Rated to IP67/IP69K for any manufacturing environment, depending on model Includes models with steady and flashing colors, and audible alerts
Actuators page 464 K50 and K80 single-point, pick-to-light sensors and push buttons for error-proofing bin-picking, order fulfillment and operator guidance operations PVD one-piece light array for part assembly, part pick and error-proofing PVA two-component light array for part-pick verification VTB verification touch buttons with illuminated base for indicating bin-picking sequence OTB/LTB optical touch buttons for zero-force ergonomic replacement of mechanical push buttons STB self-checking touch buttons for use with safety controls More information online at bannerengineering.com
415
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
TASK LIGHTS
LIGHTING & INDICATORS
WLS28 WLA WL50/WL50F WL50S
Strip Lights
page 417
Area Lights
page 420
Work Lights
page 422
Spot Lights
page 424
28 mm wide industrial strip lighting for enclosures and area lighting LED array in 145 to 1130 mm lighted lengths
Solid-state LED light for area and machine lighting Available in four sizes
50 mm light of flat or 30 mm base mounting in wet or dirty environments Standard or push-button models available
50 mm diameter with flat profile and 30 mm mounting base Highly concentrated, focused light available in four colors
416
Work Light Strips

WLS28
Low-profile, 28 mm wide housing for use inside or under any industrial control cabinet, or in a work station High-power LEDs for superior illumination with an even pattern of light LED lights available in six colors ranging from 145 to 1130 mm lighted lengths Extremely long-lasting LED technology for greater than 50,000 hours of continuous working life Low power consumption less than 9 watts per foot Cascade models for connecting multiple lights end-to-end, minimizing wiring Rugged aluminum housing rated for IP50 (New models are available in waterproof housing rated IEC IP68) Swivel mounting brackets included Cabled or quick-disconnect models for installation flexibility and convenient cascading of lights ON/OFF switch and non-switch models available
ACCESSORIES
page 419
28 mm
21 mm
28 mm
21 mm
28 mm
21 mm
TASK LIGHTS WLS28 WLA WL50 WL50S VISION LIGHTS INDICATORS ACTUATORS
Lighted Length
Lighted Length
Lighted Length
ONLINE
Stand Alone Cabled Models Stand Alone Push Button QD Models
Sealed Cascade Models
417
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
Work Light WLS28 Model Key
Family
Cascadable
LED Color
Lighted Length (mm)
Window
Construction
ON/OFF Switch
Connector
WLS28
C
C = Cascadable X = Non Cascadable
145
145 285 430 570 710 850 990 1130
X
X = Not Sealed S = Sealed
Q
Blank = 2 m Integral Cable Q = Integral 4-Pin Euro QD (mating cordset required)*
W = Cool White WW = Warm White R = Red G = Green B = Blue Y = Yellow
Blank = Clear Plastic D = Diffused Plastic
Blank = None PB = ON/OFF Switch
* Models require a mating cordset (see page 419). Sealed models not available with ON/OFF Switch
Stand-alone models have cable or male QD fitting at one end for power connection, no connections at opposite end.
Cascade models have cable or male QD fitting at one end for power connection, female QD fitting at opposite end for connection to other lights in the cascade.
Stand AloneCable
First in cascadeCable
Stand Alone or end of cascadeQD
First or middle of cascadeQD
End of cascade or Stand AloneQD
WLS28 Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current 12 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) Max. current per length: Lumens* (Typical @ 25 C) Light Length 145 mm 285 mm 430 mm 570 mm 710 mm 850 mm 990 mm 1130 mm Light Characteristics Useful Life Construction 12V dc 0.5 A 0.75 A 1.25 A 1.5 A 2.0 A 2.25 A 2.75 A 3.0 A 24V dc 0.25 A 0.375 A 0.625 A 0.75 A 1.0 A 1.125 A 1.375 A 1.5 A 30V dc 0.2 A 0.3 A 0.5 A 0.6 A 0.8 A 0.9 A 1.1 A 1.2 A Watts 6 9 15 18 24 27 33 36 Cool White 225 450 675 900 1125 1350 1575 1800 Warm White 180 360 540 720 900 1080 1260 1440 Green 126 252 378 504 630 756 882 1008 Red 60 120 180 240 300 360 420 480 Yellow 114 228 342 456 570 684 798 912 Blue 36 72 108 144 180 216 252 288
Color Temperature (CCT): Cool White: 5,0008,300 K, Warm White: 2600 - 4300 K, Green: 520 - 535 nm, Red: 620 - 630 nm, Yellow: 585 - 595 nm, Blue: 460 - 475 nm When operating within specifications, output will decrease less than 30% after 50,000 hours. Clear anodized aluminum housing; painted zinc end caps; clear acrylic window; zinc plated steel brackets
More on next page
418
WLS28 Specifications (contd)

Mounting Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions (2) swivel brackets and (4) screws included IP50, IP67/IP69K Integral 4-pin Euro style QD or 2 m integral cable, depending on model. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 419. Temperature: -20 to +50 C Relative Humidity: 90% (non-condensing) Storage Temperature: -40 to +85 C IP50: Application Notes IP67/IP69K:
Certifications When connecting cascadable lights in series it is important not to exceed maximum current limitations: Maximum length of light at 12V dc = 1.5 m Maximum length of light at 24V dc = 3.0 m Maximum length of light at 30V dc = 3.1 m LI25 (p. 789)
Hookup Diagrams
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Euro QDDouble-Ended
See page 698 Threaded 4-Pin Length Straight/Straight Straight/Right-Angle
0.30 m 0.91 m 1.83 m 3.66 m 6.10 m 9.14 m 15.2 m MQDEC-401SS MQDEC-403SS MQDEC-406SS MQDEC-412SS MQDEC-420SS MQDEC-430SS MQDEC-450SS MQDEC-401RS MQDEC-403RS MQDEC-406RS MQDEC-412RS MQDEC-420RS MQDEC-430RS MQDEC-450RS
Euro QD-Splitter
0m 0.30 m 0.30 m 0.30 m 0.30 m 0.03 m 0.03 m 0m 0m 0.30 m 2.50 m 4.60 m 7.60 m 7.60 m

Threaded 4-Pin
CSB-M1240M1240 CSB-M1240M1241 CSB-M1241M1241 CSB-M1248M1241 CSB-M12415M1241 CSB-M12425M1241 CSB-UNT425M1241
Brackets
WLS28
Magnetic Brackets
WLS28
Two magnets, two m5 phillips head screws, and two m5 nuts with lock rings SMBWLSMAG
pg. 690 SMBWLS28RA
pg. 690 SMBWLS28SM Two rubber covers for use with SMBWLSMAG to prevent scratching SMBWLSMAGR
419
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
Area Work Light

ACCESSORIES
WLA
Highpower, solid-state LED array with cool white, warm white, red, green, blue or yellow light Available in four sizes Illuminates a large area with an even pattern of light and no shadows Extremely long-lasting LED technology for greater than 50,000 hours of continuous working life Rugged thermoplastic housing rated to IP69K Lensed models provide a concentrated, more intense beam pattern
page 421
L 25.8 mm
L 25.8 mm
167.8
167.8
ONLINE
Non-Lensed Models
Lensed Models
Area Work Light WLA Model Key

Family LED Color Array Size (mm) Window Lensing Connector
WLA
W
W = Cool White WW = Warm White R = Red G = Green B = Blue Y = Yellow
105x180
105x180 190x180 275x180 360x180
L11
Blank = No Lenses L11 = 11 Degree Lenses
Blank = Clear Plastic D = Diffused Plastic
Blank = 2 m Integral Cable Q = Integral 4-Pin Euro QD (mating cordset required)*
* Models require a mating cordset (see page 421).
420
WLA Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current 12 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) Max. current per length: Lumens* (Typical @ 25 C) Size WLAW150X180 WLAW190X180 WLAW275X180 WLAW360X180 Light Characteristics Useful Life Construction Environmental Rating Operating Conditions 12V dc 1.0A 2.0A 3.0A 4.0A 24V dc 0.5A 1.0A 1.5A 2.0A 30V dc 0.4A 0.8A 1.2A 1.6A Watts 12 24 36 48 Cool White 650 1300 1950 2600 Warm White 515 1030 1545 2060 Green 385 770 1155 1540 Red 145 290 435 580 Yellow 325 650 975 1300 Blue 110 220 330 440
Color Temperature (CCT): Cool White: 5,000-8,300K, Warm White: 2,600-4,300K, Green: 520-535nm, Red: 620-630, Yellow: 585-595 , Blue: 460-475 nm When operating within specifications, output will decrease less than 30% after 50,000 hours. PBT housing; acrylic window, nickel-plated brass connector IP69K, IP67 Temperature: 20 to +50 C Relative Humidity: 95% (non-condensing) Storage Temperature: 40 to +70 C
Certifications Wiring Diagrams LI25 (p. 789)
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Euro QDDouble-Ended
See page 698 Threaded 4-Pin Length Straight/Straight Straight/Right-Angle
0.30 m 0.91 m 1.83 m 3.66 m 6.10 m 9.14 m 15.2 m MQDEC-401SS MQDEC-403SS MQDEC-406SS MQDEC-412SS MQDEC-420SS MQDEC-430SS MQDEC-450SS MQDEC-401RS MQDEC-403RS MQDEC-406RS MQDEC-412RS MQDEC-420RS MQDEC-430RS MQDEC-450RS
Euro QD-Splitter
0m 0.30 m 0.30 m 0.30 m 0.30 m 0.03 m 0.03 m 0m 0m 0.30 m 2.50 m 4.60 m 7.60 m 7.60 m

Threaded 4-Pin
CSB-M1240M1240 CSB-M1240M1241 CSB-M1241M1241 CSB-M1248M1241 CSB-M12415M1241 CSB-M12425M1241 CSB-UNT425M1241
Brackets
WLA
Magnetic Brackets
WLA
Four magnets, four m5 phillips head screws SMBWLAMAG
pg. 666 SMBBSSM SMBBSRA Four rubber covers for use with SMBWLAMAG to prevent scratching SMBWLAMAGR
421
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
Work Lights
ACCESSORIES
WL50
Compact industrial lighting for bright, even illumination where space is limited 50 mm white light for flat or 30 mm base mounting Standard or push-button models Robust IP69K (standard) or IP67 (push-button models) for use in wet and dirty environments Extremely long-lasting LED technology for greater than 50,000 hours of continuous working life Low power consumption; less than 2 watts Cabled or quick-disconnect models available Several mounting options available with low-profile, flat-pack design Ideal for lighting in wash-down and other rigorous industrial areas
page 423
23.1 mm 76 mm 76 mm
23.1 mm
50 mm
50 mm
ONLINE
WL50F
WL50F with Push Button
50 mm
50 mm
47.5 mm 30 mm 30 mm
47.5 mm
WL50
WL50 with Push Button
IlluminatorsWL50 Work Lights, 12 to 30V dc

Description
Flat mount 4-pin Euro QD White 2m 30 mm mount 4-pin Euro QD
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 406). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to 2 m model number (example, WL50F W/30). QD models: For a 4-pin 150 mm Euro-style pigtail QD, add suffix QP to 2 m model number (example, WL50FQP). Flat-mount models include a 48 mm circular velcro mounting kit and circular magnet for easy mounting with no additional hardware.
LED Color
Connection
2m
Standard Models
WL50F WL50FQ WL50 WL50Q
Push-Button Models
WL50FPB WL50FPBQ WL50PB WL50PBQ
422
WL50 Specifications
Supply Voltage 12 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) Max. current: 105 mA @ 12V dc; 55 mA @ 30V dc Max. input power: 1.7 watts Color temperature (CCT): 5,000 to 10,000 K Color: Cool white Intensity (typical): 70 lumens; 50 lux @ 1 meter Light ON: 1 millisecond max. (models without push button) Polycarbonate housing; Nickel-plated QD connector or PVC-jacketed cable Standard models: IP69K per DIN 40050 Push-button models: IEC IP67 Integral 4-pin Euro-style QD, 150 mm PVC pigtail with QD or 2 m integral cable, depending on model. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 423. Temperature: 20 to +50 C Relative Humidity: 95% (non-condensing) Storage Temperature: 40 to +70 C Push-button models: When power is initially applied to the device, push the push button to turn the light on. If power to the device is interrupted the light will turn off and will remain off when power is restored. To turn light back on, push the push button.
Light Characteristics
Power-up Response Time Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions
Application Note
Certification
Hookup Diagrams
LI25 (p. 789)

TASK LIGHTS WLS28 WLA WL50
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
WL50
WL50S VISION LIGHTS INDICATORS ACTUATORS

MQDC-406 MQDC-415 MQDC-430 MQDC-406RA MQDC-415RA MQDC-430RA pg. 653 SMB30A pg. 640 SMB30MM pg. 654 SMB30SC
423
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
Spot Work Lights

ACCESSORIES
WL50S
Highly concentrated, focused light available in three colors Three high-intensity LED lights create impeccable illumination Lenses come in three angles to cover area of concentration Rugged sealed housing rated to IP69K Cabled and quick-disconnect models available 50 mm diameter with threaded profile and 30 mm mounting base
page 425
50 mm
65.8 mm
ONLINE
WL50S
Spot Work Light WL50S Model Key

Family LED Color Lens Angle Connector
WL50S
W
W = White R = Red G = Green
L11
L5 = 5 (small) L11 = 11 (large) L20 = 20 (largest)
Blank = 2 m Integral Cable Q = Integral 4-Pin Euro QD (mating cordset required)
* Models require a mating cordset (see page 423).
424
WL50S Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current Light Characteristics 12 to 30V dc, 400 mA max. Lens Angle 5 (smaller, more focused spot) Model WL50SWL5Q WL50SRL5Q WL50SGL5Q WL50SWL11Q 11 (larger spot) WL50SRL11Q WL50SGL11Q WL50SWL20Q 20 (largest spot) WL50SRL20Q WL50SGL20Q LED Color White Red Green White Red Green White Red Green Lumens* (Typical @ 25 C) 295 110 210 285 105 200 270 100 190
Color Temperature (CCT): White: 5,000-8,300 K, Red: 620-630 nm, Green: 520-535 nm Supply Protection Circuitry Construction Useful Life Connections Operating Conditions Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Black anodized aluminum housing; polycarbonate window; nickel-plated QD connector or PVC-jacketed cable; black zinc-plated steel mounting nut When operating within specifications, output will decrease less than 30% after 50,000 hours Integral 5-pin M12/Euro style QD or 2 m (6.5) integral cable, depending on model; 4-pin connecting cordset required for QD models; only 2 wires used Temperature: 20 to +50 C Relative Humidity: 95% (non-condensing) Storage Temperature: 40 to +70 C All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements method 201A (vibration: 10 to 60 Hz max., double amplitude 0.06, maximum acceleration 10G). Also meets IEC 947-5-2; 30G 11 ms duration, half sine wave.
Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certification Hookup Diagrams
LI25 (p. 789)
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
WL50S

MQDC-406 MQDC-415 MQDC-430 MQDC-406RA MQDC-415RA MQDC-430RA pg. 653 SMB30A pg. 640 SMB30FA pg. 654 SMB30SC pg. 661 SMBAMS30P
Additional brackets and information available. See page Banner Bracket Selection Chart on page 632.
425
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
VISION LIGHTS
Ring Lights Area Lights Backlights Linear Array Lights
On-Axis Lights
Spot Lights
High-Frequency Fluorescent Tubular Lights
Vision Lighting Hundreds of lighting solutions and accessoriesthe most by any single source Robust solutions rated to IP68/NEMA 4X LEDs for up to 50,0000+ hours of maintenance-free illumination Internal self-regulation for consistent illumination Built-in universal strobe control
page 427 A comprehensive selection of lighting accessories A complete offering of sizes and colors, including: - Ring Lights - Low-Angle Ring Lights - Area Lights - Spot Lights - Backlights - Tubular Fluorescent Lights - Linear Array Lights - Structured Lights - On-Axis Lights
426
Vision Lighting
Critical Role in Successful Vision Sensing

No matter how powerful or robust a sensor is, successfully solving a challenging vision applications depends on the fit between the particular vision application and the appropriate lighting. A properly chosen light can guarantee constant, consistent light conditions and can be used to maximize the contrast in an image. The correct light will highlight the features under inspection, disregard background objects and overpower any ambient light in the mix. Banner offers a wide selection of high-intensity LED lights with built-in current and strobe control. A variety of specialty lights are available, including fluorescent lights. A complete selection of polarizing filter kits, colored filters and lighting diffusers are offered to improve lighting quality. As the innovative leader with more than 40 years of sensor development, Banner understands the challenges of the factory floor. Banner has over 3,000 factory and field representatives worldwide, as well as the largest force of application engineers in the industry. Banners engineers solve thousands of the most challenging applications every year. Banner offers one of the industrys most extensive selections of vision lighting solutions and continues its commitment to provide quality solutions for a variety of sensing needs.
Ring Lights page 430 Mounts directly to the sensor for easy setup and illuminates any object directly in front of the sensor
Low-Angle Ring Lights page 436 Illuminates nearly perpendicular to the direction of an inspection
TASK LIGHTS VISION LIGHTS Ring Lights Area Lights Backlights Linear Array Lights
Area Lights Provides even illumination in a concentrated area
page 432
Spot Lights page 437 Provides even illumination in a small concentrated spot
On-Axis Lights
Spot Lights Tubular Fluorescent Lights Structured Lights INDICATORS ACTUATORS
Backlights page 434 Installs behind the target, directly facing the sensor; has a highly diffused surface and uniform brightness
Tubular Fluorescent Lights page 438 Features flicker-free high-intensity illumination of large areas
Linear Array Lights page 435 Provides high-intensity illumination of large areas, at long distances
Structured Lights page 438 Uses Class 2 laser line for 3-dimensional sensing
On-Axis Lights page 436 Provides collimated illumination along the same optical path as camera
427
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
62 x 62 & 80 x 80 mm LED Ring Lights 70 mm High-Intensity LED Ring Lights 430
620-630 nm 5000-8300 K 465-485 nm 520-535 nm 850 nm 395 nm 24V dc 10% 5-24V dc (Active High or Low)
INDICATORS
62 x 62 & 80 x 80 mm LED Area Lights 432
62 x 62 mm: 630 nm 80 x 80 mm: 660 nm 5500 K 62 x 62 mm: 464-475 nm 80 x 80 mm: 470 nm 62 x 62 mm: 520-540 nm 80 x 80 mm: 525 nm 62 x 62 mm: 940 nm 80 x 80 mm: 850 nm 24V dc 10% 5-24V dc (Active Low) 62 x 62 mm: @ 150 mA max 80 x 80 mm: @ 250 mA max 350 mA max
ACTUATORS
70 mm High-Intensity LED Area Lights 432
620-630 nm 5000-8300 K 465-485 nm 520-535 nm 850 nm 365 nm 395 nm 24V dc 10% 5-24V dc (Active High or Low)
70 x 70 & 85 x 220 mm LED Backlights 434

660 nm 940 nm 24V dc 10% 5-24V dc (Active Low)
Page
Red White Blue Green Infrared Ultraviolet Operating Voltage Supply Voltage & Current Strobe Voltage Infrared
430
630 nm 5500 K 464 - 475 nm 520 - 540 nm 940 nm 24V dc 10% 5-24V dc (Active Low) 62 x 62 mm: @ 100 mA max 80 x 80 mm: @ 180 mA max
Color (wavelength)
All others
Current draw at Full Intensity
350 mA max 62 x 62 mm: @ 200 mA max 80 x 80 mm: @ 250 mA max Nickel-plated aluminum or 316 Stainless Steel Clear Acrylic, Clear Glass or Clear Diffused Acrylic IP68; NEMA 4X
70 x 70 mm: @ 250 mA max 85 x 220 mm: @ 500 mA max
62 x 62 mm: @ 130 mA max 80 x 80 mm: @ 250 mA max
Housing Construction
Steel with black zinc plating
Black Anodized Aluminum
Window
Clear Acrylic
Clear Diffused Acrylic
Clear Acrylic
Clear Diffused Acrylic IP50; NEMA 2 2 m 3-pin pigtail Pico QD 0.15 m 5-pin pigtail Euro QD
White Acrylic
Rating
IP20; NEMA 1 0.3 m 3-pin pigtail Pico QD
IP40; NEMA 1 2m 3-pin pigtail Pico QD
IP40; NEMA 1 2m 3-pin pigtail Pico QD
Connection
W or Q*
Model number suffix
M*
2 m or 9 m 3-conductor attached cable with flying leads
5-pin 0.15 m pigtail Euro QD
5-pin Integral Euro QD
Useful Life (LED ON time) Hours (Strobing will increase life) Operating Temperature Minimum (Clear) Effective Range (at Full Intensity) Maximum (Clear) Minimum (Clear Diffuse) Maximum (Clear Diffuse)
20,000
Visible, IR: 50,000 UV: 20,000 0 to +50 C 6" 4'
20,000
Visible, IR: 50,000 UV: 20,000 0 to +50 C 10" 10' 5" 4'
20,000
0 to +50 C 3" 62 mm: 12" 80 mm: 20"
0 to +50 C 3" 62 mm: 12" 80 mm: 20"
0 to +50 C
* Suffix M, W or Q added to model number denotes connection type. ** Clear window model light patterns are slightly more intense and smaller than diffuse models. IP68-rated models are only available in lengths of 290, 435 and 580 mm.
428
75x150, 150x150, 225x150 & 300x150 mm LED Backlights 434

633 nm 6500 K 469 nm 525 nm 850 nm 24V dc 10% 5-24V dc (Active High or Low)
145, 290, 435, 580, 870 & 1160 mm LED Linear Array Lights 435
620-630 nm 5000-8300 K 465-485 nm 520-535 nm 850 nm 365 nm 395 nm IP50: 24V dc 10% IP68: 24V dc 10% 5-24V dc (Active High or Low) 145 mm: @ 0.5 A max 290 mm: @ 1 A max 485 mm: @ 1.5 A max 580 mm: @ 2 A max 870 mm: @ 3 A max 1160 mm: @ 4 A max
50 & 100 mm LED On-Axis Lights 436

630 nm 5500 K 470 nm 530 nm 880 nm 24V dc 10% 5-24V dc (Active Low)
150 mm LED Low-Angle Ring Lights 436

640 nm 880 nm 24V dc 10% 5-24V dc (Active Low) 350 mA max
LED Spot Lights 437

620-630 nm 5000-8300 K 465-485 nm 520-535 nm High: 850 High: 395 Normal: 10-30V dc High: 12-30V dc Normal: 5-24V dc (Low) High: 5-30V dc(High or low)
High-Frequency Fluorescent Tubular Lights 438

4100 K 24V dc, 110V ac, 220V ac or 120/277V ac
75 x 150 mm: @ 550 mA 150 x 150 mm: @ 1.1 A 225 x 150 mm: @ 1.65 A 300 x 150 mm: @ 2.2 A
500 mA max. 500 mA max
Normal: 360 mA max High: 400 mA max
120V ac @ 0.15-0.26 A or 277V ac @ 0.07-0.11 A (Depending on bulb size/ wattage)

TASK LIGHTS VISION LIGHTS
Black Valox Plastic
Black Anodized Aluminum
Nickel-plated aluminum or 316 Stainless Steel
Ring Lights
Acrylic
Area Lights Backlights Linear Array Lights On-Axis Lights

White Acrylic
Clear Acrylic, Clear Glass or Clear Diffused Acrylic
Optical Glass with anti-reflective coating
Normal: Glass Lens High: Clear acrylic
Spot Lights
Clear Acrylic Tube
Tubular Fluorescent Lights Structured Lights INDICATORS ACTUATORS
IP67, NEMA 6
IP50; NEMA 2
IP68; NEMA 4X
IP0; NEMA 0 2 m 3-pin pigtail Pico QD 2 m or 9 m 3-conductor attached cable with flying leads
Normal: IP68; NEMA 4X High: IP67; IP69K Normal: 2 m 3-pin pigtail Pico QD Normal: 2 or 9 m 3-conductor cable with flying leads High: 5-pin Integral Euro QD
Visible, IR: 50,000
IP68; NEMA 4X
5-pin integral Euro QD
5-pin Integral Euro QD
2.5 m attached cable (unterminated or wall plug)
Green, White, Blue: 90,000 Red, Infrared: 100,000 0 to +50 C
Visible, IR: 50,000 UV: 20,000 0 to +50 C 9" 20' ** 6" 7' **
20,000
20,000
UV: 20,000 Normal: -40 to +50 C High: -20 to +50 C 0" Normal: 18"
0 to +50 C
0 to +50 C
-18 to +40 C
Color wavelength for ultraviolet(UVA) models is 350-400 nm.
429
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
Ring Lights
ACCESSORIES
A ring light provides direct illumination over a small area. With the lens axis through the center opening of the ring light assembly, the ring light illuminates the area directly in front of the camera. Connects directly to PresencePLUS vision sensors or an external power supply Brightly illuminates small objects Mounts directly to the camera and centers the light on the image Includes models to withstand washdown environments (IP68 rated)
page 463
LED Ring Lights (IP20), 24V dc

Pro Models 80 x 80 mm
Connection
Red White Blue Green Infrared
LEDRR80X80W LEDWR80X80W LEDBR80X80W LEDGR80X80W LEDIR80X80W
Pro Mini Camera 62 x 62 mm

LEDRRM62X62W LEDWRM62X62W LEDBRM62X62W LEDGRM62X62W LEDIRM62X62W 2m
P4 Models 80 x 80 mm
LEDRR80X80M LEDWR80X80M LEDBR80X80M LEDGR80X80M LEDIR80X80M
62 x 62 mm
LEDRR62X62W LEDWR62X62W LEDBR62X62W LEDGR62X62W LEDIR62X62W
62 x 62 mm
LEDRR62X62M LEDWR62X62M LEDBR62X62M LEDGR62X62M LEDIR62X62M
0.3 m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD*
Connection options: For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, LEDRR80X80W W/30). * Splitter cordsets available for powering two lights (see page 439).
For replacement windows and diffusers (see page 439).
High-Intensity LED Ring Light (IP50) Model Key, 24V dc

Light Color Type of Light Size Housing Construction Window Relative Intensity Intensity Adjustment Connector Type
LED
R
R = Ring Light
70
X
X = Not sealed
M
Q = 0.15 m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD M = 0.3 m 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD*
B = Blue G = Green I = Infrared R = Red W = White UV395 = UV 395 nm
70 mm
D = Diffused clear plastic
X = Fixed P = Potentiometer
* Pico QD model required for P4 sensors. Pico QD models include a built-in mounting bracket for use with P4 sensors. Models require a mating cordset (see page 439). Optional bracket SMBPPRHI required for use with Pro cameras (see page 439). Optional bracket SMBPMPRHI required for use with Pro Mini cameras (see page 439).
430
Sealed Pro LED Ring Lights (IP68), 24V dc

Color Housing
Nickel-plated Aluminum Red Stainless Steel Nickel-plated Aluminum White Stainless Steel Nickel-plated Aluminum Blue Stainless Steel Nickel-plated Aluminum Green Stainless Steel Nickel-plated Aluminum Infrared Stainless Steel
Connection options: Models requires a mating cordset (see page 439). Windows are factory replaceable, contact factory at 1-888-373-6767.
Connection
90 mm Diameter Models Glass Window Plastic Window

LEDRR90S-G LEDRR90SS-G LEDWR90S-G LEDWR90SS-G LEDBR90S-G LEDRR90S-P LEDRR90SS-P LEDWR90S-P LEDWR90SS-P LEDBR90S-P LEDBR90SS-P LEDGR90S-P LEDGR90SS-P LEDIR90S-P LEDIR90SS-P
3-pin Pico QD LEDBR90SS-G LEDGR90S-G LEDGR90SS-G LEDIR90S-G LEDIR90SS-G

ACCESSORIES
page 439
TASK LIGHTS VISION LIGHTS Ring Lights Area Lights Backlights Linear Array Lights On-Axis Lights
431
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
Area Lights
ACCESSORIES
An area light provides even illumination in a concentrated area. When properly placed area lights can create shadows and glare, allowing the vision sensor to detect the presence or absence of a feature. Creates shadows to detect changes in depth, depending on mounting High-intensity lighting for distances greater than 12 inches
page 439
High-Intensity LED Area Light (IP50) Model Key, 24V dc

Light Color Type of Light Size Housing Construction Window Relative Intensity Intensity Cable/ Adjustment Connector
LED
A
A = Area Light
70
X
X = Non-Sealed
M
M = 2 m 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD* Q = 0.15 m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD
B = Blue G = Green I = Infrared R = Red W = White UV395 = UV 395 nm
70 mm
D = Diffused clear plastic
* Pico QD model required for P4 sensors. Models require a mating cordset (see page 439). For replacement windows and diffusers (see page 439).
432
Sealed High-Intensity LED Area Light (IP68) Model Key, 24V dc

LED
A
A = Area Light
70
A
A = Nickel-plated Aluminum SS = 316 Stainless Steel
Q
Q = 5-pin Euro integral QD**
Safety Laser Scanners Fiber Optic Safety Systems Safety Controllers & Modules
B = Blue G = Green I = Infrared R = Red W = White UV365 = UV 365 nm* UV395 = UV 395 nm
70 mm
P = Plastic clear G = Glass clear D = Diffused clear plastic
* UV365 can only be used with glass window ** Models require a mating cordset (see page 439). For replacement windows and diffusers (see page 439).
ACCESSORIES
page 439
TASK LIGHTS
LED Area Lights (IP40), 24V dc

Color
Red
VISION LIGHTS Ring Lights Area Lights Backlights Linear Array Lights On-Axis Lights
Connection
2m 2 m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m
Models 80 x 80 mm
LEDRA80X80W LEDRA80X80M LEDWA80X80W LEDWA80X80M LEDBA80X80W LEDBA80X80M LEDGA80X80W LEDGA80X80M LEDIA80X80W LEDIA80X80M
62 x 62 mm
LEDRA62X62W LEDRA62X62M LEDWA62X62W LEDWA62X62M LEDBA62X62W LEDBA62X62M LEDGA62X62W LEDGA62X62M LEDIA62X62W LEDIA62X62M
White 2 m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Blue 2 m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Green 2 m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Infrared 2 m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD
Connection options: For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, LEDRA80X80W W/30). QD models can be connected directly to P4 sensors; splitter cordset available for powering two lights (see page 439). For replacement windows and diffusers (see page 439).
433
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
Backlights
ACCESSORIES
A backlight provides even bright lighting by placing the backlight behind the target and aiming it directly towards the camera. The resulting silhouette can be inspected for proper size and shape. Determines the shape and size of target objects Offers a highly diffused surface and uniform brightness, with lower intensity than other lights Provides the most robust lighting for measuring and gauging Highlights through-holes in target objects
page 439
Sealed LED Backlights (IP67) Model Key, 24V dc

LED
B
B = Backlight
75X150
P
P = Plastic
Q
Q = 5-pin Euro integral QD*
B = Blue G = Green I = Infrared R = Red W = White
75 x 150 mm 150 x 150 mm 225 x 150 mm 300 x 150 mm
W = White Plastic
X = Fixed
* Models require a mating cordset (see page 439). For replacement windows and diffusers (see page 439).
LED Backlights (IP40), 24V dc

Color
Red 2 m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m Infrared 2 m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD
Connection options: For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, LEDRB70X70W W/30). QD models can be connected directly to P4 sensors; splitter cordsets available for powering two lights (see page 439).
Connection
2m
Models 70 x 70 mm
LEDRB70X70W LEDRB70X70M LEDIB70X70W LEDIB70X70M
85 x 220 mm
LEDRB85X220W LEDRB85X220M LEDIB85X220W LEDIB85X220M
For replacement windows and diffusers (see page 439).
434
Linear Array Lights

Linear array lights provide high-intensity illumination of large areas, and for long distances. Available in 3 housings including: nickel-plated aluminum (IP68), stainless steel (IP68) and black anodized aluminum (IP50). Provides maintenance-free LED illumination of large objects from far away Provides superior high-intensity illumination of large areas Available in sealed (IP68) nickel-plated and non-sealed (IP50) housings Provides optically isolated strobe signal
ACCESSORIES
High-Intensity LED Linear Array (IP50) Model Key, 24V dc

Light Color Type of Light Size Housing Construction Window Relative Intensity Intensity Connector Adjustment Type
page 439
LED
LA
LA = Linear Array
290
X
X = Not sealed
Q
Q = 5-pin Euro Integral QD**
145 mm*** 290 mm 435 mm 580 mm 870 mm 1160 mm
X = Fixed PL = Pot & Analog wire (Strobe polarity = Low) PH = Pot & Analog wire (Strobe polarity = High)
* UV365 can only be used with glass window ** Models require a mating cordset (see page 439). *** Intensity adjustment not available on 145 mm length For replacement windows and diffusers (see page 439).
High-Intensity LED Linear Array (IP68) Model Key, 24V dc

Light Color Type of Light Size Housing Construction Window Relative Intensity Intensity Connector Adjustment Type
LED
LA
LA = Linear Array
290
A
A = Nickel-plated Aluminum SS = 316 Stainless Steel
Q
Q = 5-pin Euro Integral QD**
290 mm 435 mm 580 mm
X = Fixed
* UV365 can only be used with glass window ** Models require a mating cordset (see page 439). For replacement windows and diffusers (see page 439).
435
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
On-Axis Lights
On-axis lighting provides even, diffused illumination. A beam splitter directs the light rays along the same axis as the camera lens. Reflective surfaces perpendicular to the camera appear bright. Surfaces at an angle to the camera and non-reflective surfaces appear dark. Provides more uniform illumination than a ring light Delivers collimated illumination in the same optical path as camera Evenly illuminates flat reflective surfaces Provides minimum useful life of 10,000 to 60,000 hours, depending on model
LED On-Axis (IP40) Lights, 24V dc

Color
Red White
Connection
Models 100 x 100 mm

LEDRO100M LEDWO100M
50 x 50 mm
LEDRO50M LEDWO50M LEDBO50M LEDGO50M LEDIO50M
ACCESSORIES
page 439
Blue Green Infrared
0.6 m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD
LEDBO100M LEDGO100M LEDIO100M
Connection options: QD cordsets with flying leads are available for connecting to models other than P4 (see page 439).
For models with dust cover, add suffix -D to model number (example, LEDRO100M-D).

Low-angle lighting enhances the contrast of surface features. The low-angle light is aimed nearly perpendicular to the imaged surface of the target object so that it can highlight changes in elevation. Highlights surface irregularities Highlights slight height differences such as etching, soder balls and embossing Illuminates from an angle nearly perpendicular to object Provides minimum useful life of 10,000 to 60,000 hours, depending on model
LED Low-Angle Ring Lights, 24V dc

Color
Red Infrared
Connection options: For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, LEDRI150-3W W/30). QD models can be connected directly to P4 sensors.
Connection
2m 2 m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 2 m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD
Size
150 mm dia. 150 mm dia.
Model
LEDRI150-3W LEDRI150-3M LEDII150-3W LEDII150-3M
436
Spot Lights
A spot light provides even light with high-powered LEDs. When properly placed, spotlights can create shadows and glare, allowing the vision sensor to detect the presence or absence of a feature. Provides off-axis illumination of small areas Provides extremely bright, even light with high-power LEDs Withstands washdown Delivers constant, even light intensity, even if voltage fluctuates
Sealed LED Spot Lights (IP68), 10 to 30V dc

Color
Red White Blue Green
Connection options: For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, LEDRSW W/30). QD models can be connected directly to P4 sensors; splitter cordsets available for powering two lights (see page 439).
Connection
2m 2 m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 2 m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 2 m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD 2m 2 m Threaded 3-pin Pico Pigtail QD
Models 30 mm
LEDRSW LEDRSM LEDWSW LEDWSM LEDBSW LEDBSM LEDGSW LEDGSM
ACCESSORIES
page 439
Sealed High Intensity LED Spot Lights (IP69K), 12 to 30V dc

Lens Angle Color
Red White 5 (smaller, more focused spot) Blue Green IR UV Red White 11 (larger spot) Blue Green UV 14 (larger spot) IR Red White 20 (largest spot) Blue Green UV
Spot Lights Tubular Fluorescent Lights Structured Lights
Lumens
110 295 85 210 760* 480* 105 285 80 200 420* 665* 100 270 75 190 390*
Lux 0.5 m
8,000 13,780 4,880 13,000 4.40** 2.10** 2,500 5,460 1,540 3,900 0.78** 1.16** 1,040 2,000 700 1,700 0.42**
1m
2,000 3,445 1,220 3,250 1.10** 0.52** 625 1,365 385 975 0.19** 0.29** 260 500 175 425 0.10**
Connection
Models
LEDRS50L5-XQ LEDWS50L5-XQ LEDBS50L5-XQ LEDGS50L5-XQ LEDIS50L5-XQ LEDUV395S50L5-XQ LEDRS50L11-XQ LEDWS50L11-XQ LEDBS50L11-XQ LEDGS50L11-XQ LEDGS50L11-XQ LEDUV395S50L11-XQ LEDRS50L20-XQ LEDWS50L20-XQ LEDBS50L20-XQ LEDGS50L20-XQ LEDUV395S50L11-XQ
INDICATORS ACTUATORS
5-pin Euro integral QD connector (use with a 5-wire mating cordset)
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 439). For 2 m cable, omit suffix XQ from model number (example, LEDRS50L5). * Vales listed in milliWatts ** Values listed in mW/cm2
437
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
High-Frequency Fluorescent Tubular Lights

Tubular fluorescent lights provide easy, affordable, flicker-free illumination of large objects. Illuminates large objects with flicker-free white fluorescent light Uses waterproof housing for wash-down environment rated IP67; NEMA 4X Includes built-in mounting brackets in end caps Offers minimum useful life of 10,000 to 20,000 hours, depending on model
Sealed Fluorescent Tubular Lights (IP67)

Models Length
8" 8" 8" 12" 12" 14" 15" 15" 24" 36" 48" 8" 12" 15" 24" 36" 48"
Voltage
24V dc 110V ac 230V ac 24V dc 120 to 277V ac 24V dc 110V ac 230V ac 120 to 277V ac 120 to 277V ac 120 to 277V ac 120 to 277V ac 120 to 277V ac 120 to 277V ac 120 to 277V ac 120 to 277V ac 120 to 277V ac
Ballast
White (4100 K)
HFFW8DC HFFW8AC110 HFFW8AC230 HFFW12DC HFFW12AC
Black UV (350-400 nm)

HFFB8DC HFFB8AC110 HFFB8AC230 HFFB12DC HFFB12AC HFFB8ACR HFFB12ACR
ACCESSORIES
page 439
Integral
HFFW14DC HFFW15AC110 HFFW15AC230 HFFW24AC HFFW36AC HFFW48AC HFFW8ACR HFFW12ACR HFFW15ACR HFFW24ACR HFFW36ACR HFFW48ACR
Remote
NOTE: Replacement bulbs available, contact factory for information. All models have louvers and integral mounting flange; optional brackets are available for heavy-duty mounting (two brackets required for each light, see page 439).
Laser Emitters for Structured Illumination

Provides high-contrast illumination Senses surface height differences Provides 3D inspection with a 2D camera
QS18 Laser Emitters, 10 to 30V dc

Description
Extra Bright Horizontal Line (Class 2)
Connection options: For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, QS186LE212 W/30). For more options including vertical and circle see page 91.
Connection
2m
Model
QS186LE212
438
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 700 Threaded 5-Pin Nickel-plated Stainless Steel Nut Nut
MQDC20-506 MQDC20-515 MQDC20-530 MQDC20SS-506 MQDC20SS-515 MQDC20SS-530
Pico QD
See page 693 Threaded 3-Pin Nickel-plated Stainless Steel Nut Nut
PKG3M-5 PKG3M-7 PKG3M-10 PKGV3M-4 PKGV3M-7 PKGV3M-10
Euro QD
See page 700 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Length
4.00 m 5.00 m 7.00 m 10.0 m

Silver Black NAMUR
Pico QD Splitter
0.20 m 0.20 m
Pico QD Splitter
See page 694 Length Branches
Branch 1: 3-Pin Pico QD (0.3 m) Branch 2: 4-Pin Euro QD (0.3 m)
Pico QDDouble-Ended
Model Length
0.35 m 2.00 m
Threaded 3-Pin
CSB-M831M831
See page 693 Threaded 3-Pin

PKG3M-35-PSG3M PKG3M-2-PSG3M

Outlines
Yellow
Additional cordset information available. See page 693. Powers 2 lights from one P4 Sensor
CSB-UNT213M831F1241

Lt Gray
Pattern for connector
Dk Gray
Trunk
4 m Flying Leads
Enables strobe signal from P4 while obtaining power from an external source
Brackets
Area Lights & Backlights Linear Array Ring Lights On-Axis Tubular Lights
TASK LIGHTS VISION LIGHTS pg. 666 SMBBSSM pg. 660 SMBACM pg. 673 SMBP42ASM pg. 668 SMBLASRA pg. 675 SMBPMPRHI pg. 674 SMBP4OAL.. pg. 676 SMBPPOAL.. pg. 690 SMBWFTLS Ring Lights Area Lights Backlights Linear Array Lights On-Axis Lights
Spot Lights Tubular Fluorescent Lights Structured Lights
Color Filters
Description
Polarizing filter kit for 62 x 62 Ring Lights Polarizing filter kit for 80 x 80 Area Lights and 70 x 70 Backlights Polarizing filter kit for 62 x 62 Area Lights Polarizing filter kit for Sealed Ring Lights Kit with a variety of filters, diffusers and window replacements Polarizing filter kit for 290 mm Linear Array Lights (IP68) Polarizing filter kit for 580 mm Linear Array Lights (IP68) Polarizing filter kit for 145 mm Linear Array Lights (IP50) Polarizing filter kit for 290 mm Linear Array Lights (IP50) Polarizing filter kit for 435 mm Linear Array Lights (IP50) Polarizing filter kit for 580 mm Linear Array Lights (IP50) Polarizing filter kit for 870 mm Linear Array Lights (IP50) Polarizing filter kit for 1160 mm Linear Array Lights (IP50) Polarizing filter kit for 70 mm High-Intensity Area Lights Polarizing filter kit for 70 mm High-Intensity Ring Lights Polarizing filter kit for 70 mm IP68 High-Intensity Area Lights
INDICATORS ACTUATORS
Models
LEDRRPFKS LEDAPFK LEDAPFKS LEDRPFK90 LEDFLTK LEDLAPFK290S LEDLAPFK580S LEDLAPFK145 LEDLAPFK290 LEDLAPFK435 LEDLAPFK580 LEDLAPFK870 LEDLAPFK1160 LEDAPFK70 LEDRPFK70 LEDAPFK70S
439
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
Window Replacements and Lighting Diffusers
Use With
Clear Plastic 62 x 62 mm Ring Lights 80 x 80 mm Ring Lights 62 x 62 mm Area Lights 80 x 80 mm Area Lights 70 mm Sealed High-Intensity Area Lights 145 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 290 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 290 mm Sealed IP68 Linear Array Lights 435 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 435 mm Sealed IP68 Linear Array Lights 580 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 580 mm Sealed IP68 Linear Array Lights 870 mm Sealed IP50 Linear Array Lights 1160 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights Clear Plastic Diffuse 80 x 80 mm Ring Lights 62 x 62 mm Right Lights 70 mm High-Intensity Ring Lights 70 mm High-Intensity Area Lights 70 mm Sealed IP68 High-Intensity Area Lights 145 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 290 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 290 mm Sealed IP68 Linear Array Lights 435 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 435 mm Sealed IP68 Linear Array Lights 580 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 580 mm Sealed IP68 Linear Array Lights 870 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 1160 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights Clear Glass 70 mm Sealed IP68 High-Intensity Area Lights 145 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 290 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 290 mm Sealed IP68 Linear Array Lights 435 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 435 mm Sealed IP68 Linear Array Lights 580 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 580 mm Sealed IP68 Linear Array Lights 870 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 1160 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights
Models
Use With
White Plastic
Models
LEDRCWS LEDRCW LEDAWS LEDAW LEDA70SW-P LEDLA145XW-P LEDLA290XW-P LEDLA290SW-P LEDLA435XW-P LEDLA435SW-P LEDLA580XW-P LEDLA580SW-P LEDLA870XW-P LEDLA1160XW-P
70 x 70 mm Red Backlights 70 x 70 mm Infrared Backlights 85 x 220 mm Red Backlights 85 x 220 mm Infrared Backlights White Plastic Diffuse 62 x 62 mm Ring Lights 80 x 80 mm Ring Lights 62 x 62 mm Area Lights 80 x 80 mm Area Lights 70 mm Sealed High-Intensity Area Lights 145 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 290 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 290 mm Sealed IP68 Linear Array Lights 435 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 435 mm Sealed IP68 Linear Array Lights
LEDBW LEDBIW LEDBWL LEDBIWL
LEDRDWS LEDRDW LEDADWS LEDADW LEDA70SWDW-P LEDLA145XWDW-P LEDLA290XWDW-P LEDLA290SWDW-P LEDLA435XWDW-P LEDLA435SWDW-P LEDLA580XWDW-P LEDLA580SWDW-P LEDLA870XWDW-P LEDLA1160XWDW-P
LEDRCDW LEDRCDWS LEDR70CDW LEDA70CDW LEDA70SCDW-P LEDLA145XCDW-P LEDLA290XCDW-P LEDLA290SCDW-P LEDLA435XCDW-P LEDLA435SCDW-P LEDLA580XCDW-P LEDLA580SCDW-P LEDLA870XCDW-P LEDLA1160XCDW-P
580 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 580 mm Sealed IP68 Linear Array Lights 870 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights 1160 mm IP50 Linear Array Lights
LEDA70SW-G LEDLA145XW-G LEDLA290XW-G LEDLA290SW-G LEDLA435XW-G LEDLA435SW-G LEDLA580XW-G LEDLA580SW-G LEDLA870XW-G LEDLA1160XW-G
440
INDICATORS
Tower and Column Lights Small Indicators Medium Indicators Large Indicators
TASK LIGHTS VISION LIGHTS INDICATORS Tower Lights
Tower Lights
page 442
Small Indicators
page 451
Medium Indicators
page 454
Large Indicators
page 459
Small Indicators Medium Indicators Large Indicators ACTUATORS
Preassembled and preconfigured multi-segment indicators Up to five colors in one tower light Models for 30 mm base or flat surface mounting IP67-rated housing available Available in models with adjustable audible intensity Black or gray housing Audible only models
8 and 18 mm housings for small spaces Multiple colors and preconfigured glowing, flashing or sequenced flashing cycles in one housing Green and yellow remote indication of sensor status
30 & 50 mm T-style or dome housings Multiple colors and preconfigured glowing, flashing or sequenced flashing cycles in one housing Green and yellow remote indication of sensor status (sensor emulator) Audible models with two decibel levels
Selection of housings styles Multiple colors and preconfigured glowing, flashing or sequenced flashing cycles in one housing Green and yellow remote indication of sensor status Audible models with two decibel levels Up to four color segments in one housing
441
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
Tower Lights
ACCESSORIES
EZ-LIGHT Indicators
Delivers highly visible operational status indication for workers and supervisors Preassembled and preconfigured multi-segment indicators; no assembly required Uses LED technology for low-power consumption (2W) and long life (100,000 hours typical) Offers choice of models for 30 mm base or flat surface mounting Features models with IP67-rated, water- and oil-tight industrial housings for direct machine mounting Displays up to five lights in a single tower, multiple lights can be on simultaneously Includes models with audible alert; intensity adjustable Installs directly on machine quickly and easily with prewired or quick-disconnect options Provides excellent yet non-aggressive light brilliance and visibility at long distances Eliminates false indication from ambient light; indicators appear gray when off Offers an extensive line of elevated mounting accessories, legend plates and brackets for almost any installation requirement
page 449
EZ-LIGHT TL50 Tower Lights

Up to five colors in a single tower; choice of green, yellow, red, blue or white LED colors Optional audible function with variable intensity control 30 mm threaded base for direct cabinet and panel mounting with a single drilled hole Black or gray housing with standard or high-brightness LEDs IP67-rated housings Standoff pipe and adapters for elevated mounting
EZ-LIGHT TL30F Tower Lights

Models with five or three lights in a single tower Rugged, flat metal housing for mounting to horizontal or vertical surfaces IP65-rated housing Extensive line of brackets for any installation requirement, including direct mounting to 28 mm pipe
30 mm 18 mm 50 mm
H H
19.1 mm
ONLINE
H
30 mm
General-Purpose IP67
Audible IP50
Audible IP67
All models available in gray
TL50
Color Count
0 1 2 3 4 5
TL30F
Tower Height (H) General-Purpose IP67
61.2 mm 101.9 mm 142.6 mm 183.3 mm 224.0 mm
General-Purpose IP65 Tower Height (H)

128.1 mm 204.3 mm
Color Count Audible IP67

74.4 mm 115.1 mm 155.8 mm 196.5 mm 237.2 mm 3 5
Audible IP50
92.0 mm 92.0 mm 132.7 mm 173.4 mm 214.1 mm
SureCross Wireless I/O and EZ-LIGHT Indicators

Machine monitoring enables an entirely new category of applications and machine diagnostics free from wired limitation. See page 449.
Tower height (H) with top unscrewed approximately 3.5 mm to allow sound to escape.
442
EZ-LIGHT TL50 Tower Lights Model Key, 18-30V dc or 24V ac

Family Brightness LED Color Position 1 2 3 4 5 Audible Alarm (Audible models only**) Housing Color Connection
TL50
G Y R
R = Red G = Green Y = Yellow B = Blue W = White T = Turquoise* O = Orange* V = Violet* S = Sky Blue* M = Magenta* Blank: None
A
Blank= IP50 LS = IP67
Q
Blank = 2 m Integral Cable Q = Integral QD*** QP = Euro Pigtail QD***
Blank = Standard H = High Brightness
Blank = None A = Audible
Blank = Black C = Gray
* Colors only available in standard brightness ** Leave blank for non audible models (Non audible models rated IP67) *** Models require a mating cordset (see page 449). 5-color models are not available with audible indication
TASK LIGHTS VISION LIGHTS INDICATORS Tower Lights Small Indicators Medium Indicators Large Indicators ACTUATORS
EZ-LIGHT TL30F Tower Lights, 18-30V dc or 24V ac

LED Function* Environmental Rating Connection Input Model
3 Color: Green, Yellow, Red
4-Pin Euro QD
TL30FGYRQ
IP65
BiModal NPN/PNP
5 Color: White, Blue, Green, Yellow, Red
8-Pin Euro QD
TL30FWBGYRQ
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 449 ). Integral QD models are listed. For 150 mm PVC pigtail with QD, replace Q with QP in model number (example, TL30FGYRQP). For 2 m cable, omit suffix Q from model number (example, TL30FGYR). Contact factory for other connector and cable options. * The first color listed is the bottom color, going up in successive order.
443
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
EZ-LIGHT Tower Light Specifications
TL50: 18 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); or 21 to 27V ac Standard Brightness: Indicators: 45 mA max. current per LED color Standard Audible Alarm (IP50): @ 25 mA max. current Sealed Audible Alarm (IP67): 35 mA max. current High Brightness: max. current per LED color: Indicators: 18V dc100 mA; 30V dc60 mA; 21V ac80 mA; 27V ac70 mA Standard Audible (IP50): 25 mA max. current Sealed Audible Alarm (IP67): 35 mA max. current Audible only: @ 45mA max. TL30F: 18 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); or 21 to 27V ac @ 15 mA max per LED color TL50: LEDs are independently selected Green, Red, Yellow, Blue or White; 1-5 colors depending on model TL30F: LEDs are independently selected Green, Red, Yellow, Blue or White; 3 or 5 colors depending on model Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages Indicators ON/OFF: 10 milliseconds (max.) Audible measurements are made in the direction sound exits the device. For standard audible models, this is the top of the unit (when mounted vertically, sound is directed toward the ceiling). For sealed audible models (IP67), sound exits the vented openings in the side of the unit, which should be oriented so that the sound is directed toward the machine operator(s). In environments with high ambient noise levels or high ceilings that absorb sound, the sealed version is recommended. Standard Audible Alarm: 2.7 KHz 500 Hz oscillation frequency; max. intensity 92 db @ 1 meter (typical) Sealed Audible Alarm: 29 KHz to 250 Hz oscillation frequency; max. intensity 94 db @ 1 meter (typical) Standard Audible Alarm: Unscrew the cover (up to 1.5 turns max.) to adjust the audible intensity. (Do not exceed 1.5 turns or the cover may detach during operation.) For max. intensity, rotate the center plug 180 counterclockwise to remove it. Sealed Audible Alarm: Rotate the front cover until the desired intensity is reached. TL50: Bases and Covers ABS Light Segment Polycarbonate TL30F: Black painted aluminum housing; thermoplastic polyester end caps; acrylic light bar TL50: General-Purpose IEC IP67 Audible IEC IP50 or IEC IP67, depending on model TL30F IEC IP65
Indicators Supply Protection Circuity Input Response Time Audible Alarm (TL50 Only)
Audible Adjustments (TL50 Only)
Integral 4-pin, 5-pin or 8-pin Euro-style QD, 150 mm PVC pigtail with QD, or 2 m integral cable, depending on model General-Purpose: 40 to +50 C Audible: 20 to +50 C Relative Humidity: 95% @ 50 C (non-condensing) Storage Temperature: 40 to +70 C TL50: , TL30F: 5-pin: models: LI10 (p. 785) 8-pin models: LI11 (p. 785)
Certifications Hookup Diagrams 4-pin models: LI09 (p. 785)
444
Column Lights
EZ-LIGHT Indicators
Rugged, cost-effective and easy-to-install multi-color indicators Illumination provides easy-to-see operator guidance and equipment status indication 1-, 2-, or 3-color models available Available in black or light gray housing Audible models available with standard or sealed audible element Compact devices are completely self-contained no controller needed Immune to EMI and RFI interference
ACCESSORIES
page 449
50 mm 50 mm
195.5 mm 114.2 mm 145.3 mm
INDICATORS Tower Lights Small Indicators
ONLINE
Medium Indicators Large Indicators ACTUATORS
30.0 mm
30.0 mm
30.0 mm
General-Purpose Models (also available in gray)
Audible Models (also available in gray)
Sealed Audible Models (also available in black)
EZ-LIGHT CL50 Column Lights Model Key, 18-30V dc

Family LED Color Sequence 1 2 3 Audible Alarm (Audible models only*) Inputs Housing Color Connection
CL50
X
X = Not used G = Green R = Red Y = Yellow
X
Blank= IP50 LS = IP67
N
N= NPN P = PNP
Q
Blank = 2 m Integral Cable Q = Integral QD** QP = Euro Pigtail QD** Blank = Black C = Gray
Blank = None A = Audible
* Leave blank for non audible models (Non audible models rated IP67) ** Models require a mating cordset (see page 449). Contact factory for other colors and color combinations
445
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
EZ-LIGHT Column Light Specifications
18 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) 100 mA max. current @ 18V dc; 70 mA max. current @ 30V dc Standard Audible Alarm: 25 mA max. current Sealed Audible Alarm: 35 mA max. current Green, Red, Yellow; 1-3 colors, depending on model LEDs or audible alarm are independently selected Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltage 10 ms (max.) Standard Audible Alarm: 2.7 KHz 500 Hz oscillation frequency; max. intensity 92 db @ 1 meter (typical) Sealed Audible Alarm: 2.9 KHz 250 Hz oscillation frequency; max. intensity 94 db @ 1 meter (typical) Standard Audible Alarm: Unscrew the cover (up to 1.5 turns max.) to adjust the audible intensity. (Do not exceed 1.5 turns or the cover may detach during operation.) For max. intensity, rotate the center plug 180 counterclockwise to remove it. Sealed Audible Alarm: Rotate the front cover until the desired intensity is reached. Bases and Covers: ABS Light Segment: Polycarbonate Standard Audible:IEC IP50 General-Purpose and Sealed Audible: IEC IP67 Integral 4-pin or 5-pin M12/Euro-style QD, 150 mm PVC pigtail with QD, or 2 m (6.5) integral cable, depending on model Temperature: Standard and Sealed Audible: 20 to +50 C General-Purpose: 40 to +50 C Relative humidity: 95% @ 50 C (non-condensing) Storage Temperature: 40 to +70 C All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements method 201A (vibration: 10 to 60 Hz max., double amplitude 0.06, maximum acceleration 10G). Also meets IEC 947-5-2; 30G 11 ms duration, half sine wave.
Indicators Supply Protection Circuity Input Response Time Audible Alarm Audible Adjustments
Vibration and Mechanical Shock Certifications Hookup Diagrams
LI15 (p. 786)
446
Beacon Tower Lights

EZ-LIGHT Indicators
Rugged, cost-effective, and easy-to-install multi-segment indicators Extremely intense and can even be used in outdoor applications Illuminated segments provide easy-to-see operator guidance and indication of equipment status Displays up to 4 colors Available in black or light gray housing Optional audible function with variable intensity Audible models available with standard or sealed audible element Immune to ambient light, EMI, and RFI interference No assembly required Consult model key about flashing and rotating options
ACCESSORIES
ONLINE
page 449
TASK LIGHTS
TL50BL
50 mm H 1 2 3 4 30 mm
VISION LIGHTS
Color Count
H H
Tower Height (H) General-Purpose IP67

46.2 72.0 97.8 123.6
INDICATORS Tower Lights
Audible IP50
77.1 102.9 128.7 154.5
Audible IP67
100.2 126.0 151.8 177.6
Tower height (H) with top unscrewed approximately 3.5 mm to allow sound to escape.
General-Purpose IP67
Audible IP50
Audible IP67
EZ-LIGHT TL50BL Tower Lights Model Key, 12-30V dc or 24V ac

Family LED Color and Function C1 F1 C2 F2 C3 F3 C4 F4 Audible Alarm* Housing Color Connection
TL50BL
G 2 Y
R 1
ALS
Blank = Not used R = Red G = Green Blank = ON Solid Y = Yellow 1 = Rotating B = Blue 2 = Flashing
Blank = None A = Audible (IP50) ALS = Sealed Audible (IP67)
Blank = Black C = Gray
Blank = 2 m Integral Cable Q = Integral QD** QP = Euro Pigtail QD**
* Leave blank for non audible models (Non audible models rated IP67) ** Models require a mating cordset (see page 449).
447
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
Beacon Tower Light Specifications
12 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple); or 21 to 27V ac Indicators max. current per LED color: @ 12V dc: 125 mA @ 30V dc: 60 mA @ 21V ac: 80 mA @ 27V ac: 70 mA Standard Audible Alarm: 25 mA max. current Sealed Audible Alarm: 35 mA max. current 1-4 colors depending on model; Green, Red, Yellow, Blue LEDs are independently selected Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages 1 ms (max.) Audible measurements are made in the direction sound exits the device. For standard audible models, this is the top of the unit (when mounted vertically, sound is directed toward the ceiling). For sealed audible models, sound exits the vented openings in the side of the unit, which should be oriented so that the sound is directed toward the machine operator(s). In environments with high ambient noise levels or high ceilings that absorb sound, the sealed version is recommended. Standard Audible Alarm: 2.7 KHz 500 Hz oscillation frequency; max. intensity 92 db @ 1 meter (typical) Sealed Audible Alarm: 2.9 KHz 250 Hz oscillation frequency; max. intensity 94 db @ 1 meter (typical) Standard Audible Alarm: Unscrew the cover (up to 1.5 turns max.) to adjust the audible intensity. (Do not exceed 1.5 turns or the cover may detach during operation.) For max. intensity, rotate the center plug 180 counterclockwise to remove it. Sealed Audible Alarm: Rotate the front cover until the desired intensity is reached. Bases and Covers: ABS Light Segment: Polycarbonate General-Purpose: 40 to +50 C Standard and Sealed Audible: 20 to +50 C Max. Rel. Humidity: 95% @ 50 C (non-condensing) Integral 4-pin, 5-pin or 8-pin M12/Euro-style QD, 150 mm PVC pigtail with QD, or 2 m (6.5) integral cable, depending on model. See page 449. Temperature: General-Purpose: 40 to +50 C Standard and Sealed Audible: 20 to +50 C Max. Rel. Humidity: 95% @ 50 C (non-condensing) Storage Temperature: 40 to +70 C
Indicators Supply Protection Circuity Input Response Time Audible Alarm
Audible Adjustments
Connections Operating Conditions
Certifications (pending) Hookup Diagrams 4-pin models: LI09 (p. 785) 5-pin: models: LI10 (p. 785) 8-pin models: LI11 (p. 785)
448
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m


MQDC2S-806 MQDC2S-815 MQDC2S-830
Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m

Brackets
TL50, CL50, TL50BL TL30F
pg. 653 SMB30A
pg. 653 SMB30FA..
pg. 654 SMB30SC
pg. 661 SMBAMS30P
pg. 678 SMBPVA1
pg. 678 SMBPVA2
449
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
Elevated Mount System

Features Model
SA-M30TE12 (black acetal) SA-M30TE12C (white UHMW) Polished 304 Stainless Steel SOP-E12-150SS 150 mm (6) long SOP-E12-300SS 300 mm (12) long SOP-E12-900SS 900 mm (36) long Streamlined acetal mounting base adapter/cover Connects between NPSM/DN15 pipe and 30 mm (1-3/16) drilled hole Mounting hardware included Black Anodized Aluminum SOP-E12-150A 150 mm (6) long SOP-E12-300A 300 mm (12) long SOP-E12-900A 900 mm (36) long SA-E12M30 (black acetal) SA-E12M30C (white UHMW) Clear Anodized Aluminum SOP-E12-150AC 150 mm (6) long SOP-E12-300AC 300 mm (12) long SOP-E12-900AC 900 mm (36) long
Components
Streamlined acetal stand-off pipe adapter/cover Connects between 30 mm light base and NPSM/DN15 pipe Mounting hardware included Elevated-use stand-off pipe ( NPSM/ DN15) Polished 304 stainless steel or black anodized aluminum surface NPT thread at both ends Compatible with most industrial environments
EZ-LIGHT Controllers
Description Function Model
EZ-LIGHT Sealed Right-Angle Brackets

Description Model
5 toggle switches
LC80T Bracket kit with base, -14 pipe adapter, set screw, fasteners, o-rings and gaskets. For use with stand-off pipe (listed and sold separately). LC80R
pg. 754
LMBE12RA
ON-OFF-FLASH 12 position rotary switch
LMBE12RAC
LMB30RA Bracket kit with base, 30 mm adapter, set screw, fasteners, o-rings and gaskets LMB30RAC
450
Small Indicators
EZ-LIGHT Indicators
8 and 18 mm housings for small spaces Multiple colors and preconfigured glowing, flashing or sequenced flashing cycles in one housing Green and yellow remote indication of sensor status (sensor emulator models)
ACCESSORIES
16.3 mm 16.3 mm 19.1 mm 8 mm 15.8 mm 40.0 mm
33.0 mm
page 463
50.5 mm
ONLINE
18 mm 18.0 mm
TASK LIGHTS VISION LIGHTS INDICATORS Tower Lights Small Indicators
T8L Models
T18 Models
M18 Models
EZ-LIGHT Indicators
Medium Indicators Large Indicators ACTUATORS
Construction
LED Function*
2 Color: Green, Red 2 Color: Green, Yellow
Connection
Supply Voltage
Inputs
PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP
Model
T8LGRXPQP T8LGRXNQP T8LGXYPQP T8LGXYNQP T8LXRYPQP T8LXRYNQP T8LGYX7PQP
8 mm mount ABS blend/ polycarbonate
2 Color: Red, Yellow Use with discrete output of photoelectric and proximity sensors to duplicate the sensors Green and Yellow indicator function. When the sensor is powered, the Green LED is ON. When the sensors output is energized, the Yellow LED is ON. 3 Color: Green, Red, Yellow 2 Color: Green, Red 2 Color: Green, Yellow 2 Color: Red, Yellow
4-pin Euro Pigtail QD
10 to 30V dc
NPN PNP
NPN PNP NPN PNP 4-pin Euro QD 10 to 30V dc NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN
T8LGYX7NQP T18GRYPQ T18GRYNQ T18GRXPQ T18GRXNQ T18GXYPQ T18GXYNQ T18XRYPQ T18XRYNQ

More on next page
18 mm mount thermoplastic polyester
Connection Option: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 463). T8L models: 150 mm PVC Pigtail QD models are listed. For 2 m cable, omit suffix QP from model number (example, T8LGRXP). * Single-color models are available. Colors are independently selectable. Contact factory for other colors and color combinations.
451
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
EZ-LIGHT Indicators (contd)
Construction
LED Function*
Use with discrete output of photoelectric and proximity sensors to duplicate the sensors Green and Yellow indicator function. When the sensor is powered, the Green LED is ON. When the sensors output is energized, the Yellow LED is ON. 2 Color: Red/Green indication follows OSSD output of the EZ-SCREEN receiver 3 Color: Green, Red, Yellow
Connection
Supply Voltage
Inputs
PNP
Model
T18GYX7PQ
4-pin Euro QD
10 to 30V dc NPN T18GYX7NQ
M12/ 8-pin Euro QD
24V dc
PNP PNP NPN PNP
T18RGX8PQ8 M18GRYPQ M18GRYNQ M18GRXPQ M18GRXNQ M18GXYPQ M18GXYNQ M18XRYPQ M18XRYNQ M18GRY2PQ M18GRY2NQ M18GYX7PQ
18 mm mount nickel-plated brass
2 Color: Green, Red 2 Color: Green, Yellow 2 Color: Red, Yellow
4-pin Euro QD
10 to 30V dc
NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN
ACCESSORIES
page 463
3 Color: Choose Green, Red or Yellow ON, flashing or alternating Use with discrete output of photoelectric and proximity sensors to duplicate the sensors Green and Yellow indicator function. When the sensor is powered, the Green LED is ON. When the sensors output is energized, the Yellow LED is ON. 2 Color: Red/Green indication follows OSSD output of the EZ-SCREEN receiver
5-pin Euro QD
10 to 30V dc
PNP NPN PNP
4-pin Euro QD
10 to 30V dc NPN M18GYX7NQ
M12/ 8-pin Euro QD
24V dc
PNP
M18RGX8PQ8*
Connection Option: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 463). Integral QD models are listed. For 150 mm PVC pigtail with QD, replace Q with QP in model number (example, T18GYX7PQP). For 2 m cable, omit suffix Q from model number (example, T18GYX7P). * Single-color models are available. Colors are independently selectable. Contact factory for other colors and color combinations. Connects to Banner 4-pin Euro QD cordset. If cordset other than a Banner 4-pin Euro QD is used, a 5-pin cordset may be required.
EZ-LIGHT Small Indicator Specifications

See page 462
452
K50L Series
Audible, Easy-to-See Indicator Lights
Bright lights for operator guidance and equipment status
Tank Level Monitoring Status Indication K50L audible lights visibly and audibly alert operators when tank is filled to a certain point to prevent overflow.
Product Line Status Indication Bright domed lights indicate the status of the workstations by alerting operators when products are complete.
Rugged, self-contained bright lights with steady or pulsed audible alarms

K50L EZ-LIGHT audible job lights are the perfect solution for operator guidance and equipment status indication by providing steady or pulsed audible alarms with bright, intense LEDs. Banners EZ-LIGHT Indicators are easy-to-install, easy-to-use and cost-effective. Indicators are available in one-, two- or three- color versions. Real-time operational status indication for workers and supervisors Easy-to-see bright, high intensity LEDs with audible alarm Completely self-contained device, no external controller needed Indicators are available in one-, two- and three-color versions with standard green, yellow, and red; contact factory for additional color options
Manufacturing Line Blockage Indication A red, audible domed light alerts operators of congestion due to a box pile up.

IP67 models come with an intensity adjustment IP69K models with fixed low audible intensity are great for food and beverage applications because there are no sound ports to collect liquids and debris Cabled and quick-disconnect models available Immune to EMI and RFI interference
1.888.373.6767
453
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
Medium Indicators
ACCESSORIES
EZ-LIGHT Indicators
30 and 50 mm housings Multiple colors and preconfigured glowing, flashing or sequenced flashing cycles in one housing Green and yellow remote indication of sensor status Audible models with two decibel levels
page 463
40.0 mm 45.0 mm
30 mm
50 mm
50 mm
63.7 mm
42.0 mm
58 mm
57 mm
30 mm
22.5 mm
30 mm
30 mm
T30 Models
K30L Models
K50L Models
K50L Audible Models
44.6 mm
50 mm
60.0 mm 61.8 mm
50 mm
50 mm
50 mm 30 mm
49.5 mm
60.0 mm
30 mm
40.0 mm
30 mm K50L Daylight Models K50BLD Beacon Models
K50L Sealed Audible Models
K50FL Models
EZ-LIGHT Indicators
Construction LED Function*
3 Color: Green, Red, Yellow 30 mm mount thermoplastic polyester 2 Color: Green, Red 2 Color: Green, Yellow
Connection Option: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 463). Integral QD models are listed. For 150 mm PVC pigtail with QD, replace Q with QP in model number (example, T30GRYPQP). For 2 m cable, omit suffix Q from model number (example, T30GRYP). * Single-color models are available. Colors are independently selectable. Contact factory for other colors and color combinations.
Connection
Supply Voltage
Inputs
PNP NPN
Model
T30GRYPQ T30GRYNQ T30GRXPQ T30GRXNQ T30GXYPQ T30GXYNQ
More on next page
4-pin Euro QD
10 to 30V dc
PNP NPN PNP NPN
454
EZ-LIGHT Indicators
Construction
(contd)
LED Function*
2 Color: Red, Yellow 3 Color: Choose Green, Red or Yellow ON, flashing or alternating Use with discrete output of photoelectric and proximity sensors to duplicate the sensors Green and Yellow indicator function. When the sensor is powered, the Green LED is ON. When the sensors output is energized, the Yellow LED is ON. 2 Color: Red/Green indication follows OSSD output of the EZ-SCREEN receiver 4 Color: Green, Red, Yellow, Blue for DUO-TOUCH SG Run Bars 3 Color: Green, Red, Yellow 2 Color: Green, Red 2 Color: Green, Yellow
Connection
4-pin Euro QD 5-pin Euro QD
Supply Voltage
Inputs
PNP NPN PNP NPN
Model
T30XRYPQ T30XRYNQ T30GRY2PQ T30GRY2NQ T30GYX7PQ
10 to 30V dc PNP 4-pin Euro QD NPN M12/ 8-pin Euro QD 2m PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP 4-pin Euro QD NPN 10 to 30V dc PNP NPN PNP T30GYX7NQ
T30RGX8PQ8 24V dc PNP T30GRYB11P
ACCESSORIES
K30LGRYPQ K30LGRYNQ K30LGRXPQ K30LGRXNQ K30LGXYPQ K30LGXYNQ K30LXRYPQ K30LXRYNQ K30LGYX7PQ
page 463
30 mm dome/ 22 mm mount polycarbonate
2 Color: Red, Yellow Use with discrete output of photoelectric and proximity sensors to duplicate the sensors Green and Yellow indicator function. When the sensor is powered, the Green LED is ON. When the sensors output is energized, the Yellow LED is ON. 2 Color: Red/Green indication follows OSSD output of the EZ-SCREEN receiver 3 Color: Green, Red, Yellow 2 Color: Green, Red
NPN M12/ 8-pin Euro QD 5-pin Micro QD 4-pin Euro QD
K30LGYX7NQ
24V dc 85 to 130V ac 18 to 30V dc
PNP 85 to 130V ac PNP NPN PNP NPN
K30LRGX8PQ8 K50LGRYA120Q K50LGRYPQ K50LGRYNQ K50LGRXPQ K50LGRXNQ K50LGXYPQ K50LGXYNQ K50LXRYPQ K50LXRYNQ K50LGRYBWPQ8 K50LGRYBWNQ8 K50LGRYB4PQ K50LGRYB4NQ
More on next page
2 Color: Green, Yellow 2 Color: Red, Yellow 5 Color: Green, Red, Yellow, Blue or White ON, flashing or alternating 4 Color: Green, Red, Yellow or Blue ON, flashing or alternating
4-pin Euro QD 18 to 30V dc 8-pin Euro QD 5-pin Euro QD
PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN
Connection Option: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 463). Integral QD models are listed. For 150 mm PVC pigtail with QD, replace Q with QP in model number (example, T30XRYPQP). For 2 m cable, omit suffix Q from model number (example, T30XRYP). * Single-color models are available. Colors are independently selectable. Contact factory for other colors and color combinations.
455
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
EZ-LIGHT Indicators
(contd)
LED Function*
3 Color: Choose Green, Red or Yellow ON, flashing or alternating Use with discrete output of photoelectric and proximity sensors to duplicate the sensors Green and Yellow indicator function. When the sensor is powered, the Green LED is ON. When the sensors output is energized, the Yellow LED is ON. 2 Color: Red/Green indication follows OSSD output of the EZ-SCEEN receiver 4 Color: Green, Red, Yellow, Blue for DUO-TOUCH SG Run Bars 3 Color: Green, Red Yellow Steady (75 dB)
Construction
Connection
5-pin Euro QD
Supply Voltage
Inputs
PNP NPN
Model
K50LGRY2PQ K50LGRY2NQ K50LGYX7PQ
18 to 30V dc 4-pin Euro QD
PNP
NPN M12/ 8-pin Euro QD 2m PNP NPN 5-pin Euro QD 18 to 30V dc PNP NPN PNP NPN
K50LGYX7NQ
K50LRGX8PQ8 24V dc PNP K50LGRYB11P K50LGRA1YPQ K50LGRA1YNQ K50LGRA2YPQ K50LGRA2YNQ K50LGRAL1YPQ K50LGRAL1YNQ K50LGXASXPQ
ACCESSORIES
page 463
3 Color: Green, Red Yellow Pulsed (75 dB) 3 Color: Green, Red Yellow Loud Steady (95 dB) 1 Color: Green Steady (65 dB)
50 mm dome/ 30 mm mount polycarbonate (IP69K)
2 Color: Green, Red Steady (65 dB) 3 Color: Green, Red Yellow Steady (65 dB) 1 Color: Green Steady (94 dB)
5-pin Euro QD
12 to 30V dc
PNP
K50LGRASXPQ
K50LGRASYPQ
K50LGXALSXPQ 5-pin Euro QD
50 mm dome/ 30 mm mount polycarbonate (IP67)
2 Color: Green, Red Steady (94 dB) 3 Color: Green, Red Yellow Steady (94 dB) 3 Color: Green, Red, Yellow 2 Color: Green, Red
12 to 30V dc
PNP
K50LGRALSXPQ
K50LGRALSYPQ PNP NPN PNP 4-pin Euro QD NPN PNP NPN 18 to 30V dc PNP NPN 8-pin Euro QD 5-pin Euro QD PNP NPN PNP NPN K50FLGRYPQ K50FLGRYNQ K50FLGRXPQ K50FLGRXNQ K50FLGXYPQ K50FLGXYNQ K50FLXRYPQ K50FLXRYNQ
K50FLGRYBWPQ8 K50FLGRYBWNQ8
50 mm dome/ Flat mount ABS/ polycarbonate
2 Color: Green, Yellow 2 Color: Red, Yellow 5 Color: Green, Red, Yellow, Blue or White ON, flashing or alternating 4 Color: Green, Red, Yellow or Blue ON, flashing or alternating
K50FLGRYB4PQ
K50FLGRYB4NQ on next
page
More
Connection Option: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 463). Integral QD models are listed. For 150 mm PVC pigtail with QD, replace Q with QP in model number (example, K50LGRY2PQP). For 2 m cable, omit suffix Q from model number (example, K50LGRY2P). * Single-color models are available. Colors are independently selectable. Contact factory for other colors and color combinations. Connects to Banner 4-pin Euro QD cordset. If cordset other than Banner 4-pin Euro QD is used, a 5-pin cordset may be required.
456
EZ-LIGHT Indicators
Construction
(contd)
LED Function*
3 Color: Green, Red or Yellow ON, flashing or alternating
Connection
5-pin Euro QD
Supply Voltage
Inputs
PNP NPN
Model
K50FLGRY2PQ K50FLGRY2NQ K50FLGYX7PQ
50 mm dome/ Flat mount ABS/ polycarbonate
Use with discrete output of photoelectric and proximity sensors to duplicate the sensors Green and Yellow indicator function. When the sensor is powered, the Green LED is ON. When the sensors output is energized, the Yellow LED is ON. 2 Color: Red/Green indication follows OSSD output of the EZ-SCEEN receiver 3 Color: Green, Red, Yellow (6 LEDs per color) 3 Color: Green, Red, Blue (18 LEDs) 1 Color: Green (18 LEDs)
18 to 30V dc 4-pin Euro QD
PNP
NPN M12/ 8-pin Euro QD
K50FLGYX7NQ
24V dc
PNP PNP NPN
K50FLRGX8PQ8 K50LDGRYPQ K50LDGRYNQ K50LDGRBPQ K50LDGRBNQ K50LDXGXPQ K50LDGA120Q K50LDXRXPQ K50LDRA120Q K50LDXYXPQ K50LDYA120Q K50LDXWXPQ K50LDWA120Q K50LDXBXPQ K50LDBA120Q K50BLXGXPQ K50BLXRXPQ
4-Pin Euro QD
15 to 30V dc
PNP NPN PNP/NPN
ACCESSORIES
page 463
3-Pin Micro QD 4-Pin Euro QD 3-Pin Micro QD 4-Pin Euro QD 3-Pin Micro QD 4-Pin Euro QD 3-Pin Micro QD 4-Pin Euro QD 3-Pin Micro QD
85 to 130V ac 15 to 30V dc 85 to 130V ac 15 to 30V dc 85 to 130V ac 15 to 30V dc 85 to 130V ac 15 to 30V dc 85 to 130V ac
85-130V ac PNP/NPN 85-130V ac PNP/NPN 85-130V ac PNP/NPN 85-130V ac PNP/NPN 85-130V ac
30 mm mount polycarbonate
1 Color: Red (18 LEDs) 1 Color: Yellow (18 LEDs) 1 Color: White (18 LEDs) 1 Color: Blue (18 LEDs) 1 Color: Green (18 LEDs) 1 Color: Red (18 LEDs) 1 Color: Yellow (18 LEDs) 1 Color: Blue (18 LEDs) 2 Color: Green/Red (18 LEDs) 1 Color: Green (18 LEDs)
4-Pin Euro QD
12 to 30V dc
PNP
K50BLXYXPQ K50BLXBXPQ K50BLGRXPQ K50BLGA120Q
1 Color: Red (18 LEDs) 1 Color: Yellow (18 LEDs) 1 Color: White (18 LEDs) 1 Color: Blue (18 LEDs) 1 Color Rotating: Green (18 LEDs) 1 Color Rotating: Red (18 LEDs) 1 Color Rotating: Yellow (18 LEDs) 1 Color Rotating: Blue (18 LEDs) 5-Pin Euro QD 3-Pin Micro QD
85 to 130V ac or 75 to 120V dc
85-130V ac or 75 to 120V dc
K50BLRA120Q K50BLYA120Q K50BLWA120Q K50BLBA120Q K50BLR1XGXPQ
12 to 30V dc
PNP
K50BLR1XRXPQ K50BLR1XYXPQ
More page
K50BLR1XBXPQ on next
Connection Option: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 463). Integral QD models are listed. For 150 mm PVC pigtail with QD, replace Q with QP in model number (example, K50LDGRYPQP). For 2 m cable, omit suffix Q from model number (example, K50LDGRYP). * Single-color models are available. Colors are independently selectable. Contact factory for other colors and color combinations.
457
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
EZ-LIGHT Indicators
(contd)
LED Function*
1 Color: Green (24 LEDs) Perimeter and top view 1 Color: Red (24 LEDs) Perimeter and top view 1 Color: Yellow (24 LEDs) Perimeter and top view 1 Color: Blue (24 LEDs) Perimeter and top view 2 Color: Green/Red (24 LEDs) Perimeter and top view 1 Color Strobing: Green (24 LEDs) Perimeter and top view 12-30V dc PNP 4-Pin Euro QD
Construction
Connection
Supply Voltage
Inputs
Model
K50BCLXGXPQ K50BCLXRXPQ K50BCLXYXPQ K50BCLXBXPQ K50BCLGRXPQ K50BCLS1XGXPQ K50BCLS1XRXPQ
1 Color Strobing: Red (24 LEDs) Perimeter and top view 1 Color Strobing: Yellow (24 LEDs) Perimeter and top view 1 Color Strobing: Blue (24 LEDs) Perimeter and top view 1 Color: Green (24 LEDs) Perimeter and top view 1 Color: Red (24 LEDs) Perimeter and top view 1 Color: Yellow (24 LEDs) Perimeter and top view 1 Color: Blue (24 LEDs) Perimeter and top view
5-Pin Euro QD K50BCLS1XYXPQ K50BCLS1XBXPQ K50BCLGA120Q K50BCLRA120Q K50BCLYA120Q K50BCLBA120Q
3-Pin Micro QD
85-130V ac or 75 to 120V dc
85-130V ac or 75 to 120V dc
Connection Option: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 463). Integral QD models are listed. For 150 mm PVC pigtail with QD, replace Q with QP in model number (example, K50BCLXGXQP). For 2 m cable, omit suffix Q from model number (example, K50BCLXGX). * Single-color models are available. Colors are independently selectable. Contact factory for other colors and color combinations.
EZ-LIGHT Medium Indicator Specifications

See page 462
458
Large Indicators
EZ-LIGHT Indicators
Selection of housings with 50 mm diameter light Multiple colors and preconfigured glowing, flashing or sequenced flashing cycles in one housing Green and yellow remote indication of sensor status Audible models with two decibel levels Up to 4 color segments in one housing
ACCESSORIES
80.9 mm 41.7 mm
80.9 mm 41.7 mm
80.9 mm 41.7 mm
page 463
65.0 mm 93.1 mm
65.0 mm 93.1 mm
98.5 mm 65.0 mm
TASK LIGHTS VISION LIGHTS INDICATORS Tower Lights
50 mm 50 mm 50 mm
K80L Models
K80L Audible Models
K80 Call Light Model
80.9 mm 41.7 mm
ONLINE
65.0 mm 93.1 mm
105.2 mm
K80L Segmented Models
110.3 mm 195 mm 189.9 mm 65 mm 109.5 mm
80.9 mm 92.3 mm
80 mm
87.6 mm
SP350 Models
SP250 Models
SP150 Models
459
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
EZ-LIGHT Indicators
Construction
LED Function*
3 Color: Green, Red, Yellow 2 Color: Green, Red 2 Color: Green, Yellow 2 Color: Red, Yellow
Connection
5-pin Micro QD 4-pin Euro QD
Supply Voltage
85 to130V ac 18 to 30V dc
Inputs
85-130V ac PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN
Model
K80LGRYA120Q K80LGRYPQ K80LGRYNQ K80LGRXPQ K80LGRXNQ K80LGXYPQ K80LGXYNQ K80LXRYPQ K80LXRYNQ
K80LGRYBWPQ8 K80LGRYBWNQ8
4-pin Euro QD
50 mm dome/ Flat or DIN-mount polycarbonate
ACCESSORIES
page 463
5 Color: Green, Red, Yellow, Blue or White ON, flashing or alternating 4 Color: Green, Red, Yellow or Blue ON, flashing or alternating 3 Color: Green, Red or Yellow ON, flashing or alternating Use with discrete output of photoelectric and proximity sensors to duplicate the sensors Green and Yellow indicator function. When the sensor is powered, the Green LED is ON. When the sensors output is energized, the Yellow LED is ON. 2 Color: Red/Green indication follows OSSD output of the EZ-SCEEN receiver 3 Color: Green, Red Yellow Steady (75 dB)
8-pin Euro QD 5-pin Euro QD 5-pin Euro QD 18 to 30V dc
PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP
K80LGRYB4PQ K80LGRYB4NQ K80LGRY2PQ K80LGRY2NQ K80LGYX7PQ
4-pin Euro QD NPN M12/ 8-pin Euro QD K80LGYX7NQ
24V dc
PNP PNP NPN
K80LRGX8PQ8 K80LGRA1YPQ K80LGRA1YNQ K80LGRA2YPQ K80LGRA2YNQ

K80LGRAL1YPQ K80LGRAL1YNQ
3 Color: Green, Red Yellow Pulsed (75 dB) 3 Color: Green, Red Yellow Loud Steady (95 dB)
5-pin Euro QD
18 to 30V dc
PNP NPN PNP NPN
Flat or DIN-mount polycarbonate
Red 1 second flash
ON/OFF Switch
18Vtwo 9V batteries (batteries included)
ON/OFF Switch
K80CLR
More on next page
QD models: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 463). Integral QD models are listed. For 150 mm PVC pigtail with QD, replace Q with QP in model number (example, K80LGRYA120). * Single-color models are available. Colors are independently selectable. Contact factory for other colors and color combinations. Connects to Banner 4-pin Euro QD cordset. If cordset other than Banner 4-pin Euro QD is used, a 5-pin cordset may be required.
460
EZ-LIGHT Indicators
Construction
(contd)
LED Function*
Color 1: Green Color 2: Red Color 3: Yellow Color 4: Blue
Connection
5-pin Euro QD
Supply Voltage
Inputs
PNP
Model
K80L4GRYB1PQ
Flat or DIN-mount polycarbonate
18 to 30V dc NPN K80L4GRYB1NQ
Color 1: Green Color 2: Red Color 3: Yellow
PNP
K80L3THGRYX1PQ
Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules
NPN
K80L3THGRYX1NQ
PNP Flat or DIN-mount polycarbonate Color 1: Green Color 2: Red 5-pin Euro QD 18 to 30V dc NPN Color 1: White Color 1: Yellow Color 1: Red Color 1: Green Color 1: Blue 3 Color: Green, Red, Yellow (6 LEDs per color) Flat or DIN-mount polycarbonate 1 Color: Green (18 LEDs) 1 Color: Red (18 LEDs) 1 Color: Green (18 LEDs) 1 Color: Red (18 LEDs) Field-wired 85 to 130V ac PNP 4-Pin Euro QD 15 to 30V dc NPN PNP/NPN selectable 85 to 130V ac PNP Flat mount polycarbonate Top Indicator: Red (18 LEDs) Bottom Indicator: Green (18 LEDs) 4-Pin Euro QD 15 to 30V dc NPN Field-wired 85 to 130V ac 85 to 130V ac PNP
K80L2HGRXX1PQ
K80L2HGRXX1NQ
ACCESSORIES
page 463
K80L1WXXX1PQ K80L1YXXX1PQ K80L1RXXX1PQ K80L1GXXX1PQ K80L1BXXX1PQ SP150GRYPQ SP150GRYNQ SP150GPQ SP150RPQ SP150GA120 SP150RA120 SP250GRPQ SP250GRNQ SP250GRA120
PNP Top Indicator: Red (18 LEDs) Middle Indicator: Yellow (18 LEDs) Bottom Indicator: Green (18 LEDs) 4-Pin Euro QD 15 to 30V dc NPN
SP350GYRPQ
Flat mount polycarbonate
SP350GYRNQ
Field-wired
QD models: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 463). Integral QD models are listed. For 150 mm PVC pigtail with QD, replace Q with QP in model number (example, K80L4GRYB1PQP). * Single-color models are available. Colors are independently selectable. Contact factory for other colors and color combinations.
85 to 130V ac
85 to 130V ac
SP350GYRA120
461
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
EZ-LIGHT Indicator Specifications
DC models: T8L models: 10 to 30V dc @ 20 mA max. per LED color K30L, M18 and T18 General-Purpose models: 10 to 30V dc @ 25 mA max. per LED color K30L, M18 and T18 Emulators: 10 to 30V dc @ 30 mA max. M18 models Multi-Function: 10 to 30V dc @ 40 mA max. T30 models: 10 to 30V dc General-Purpose: @ 40 mA max. per LED color Multi-Function: @ 50 mA max. Emulators: @ 45 mA max. K50L, K50FL and K80L models: 18 to 30V dc Multi-Function: @ 50 mA max. Emulators: @ 45 mA max. All others: @ 40 mA max. per LED color (alarm) CL50 models: 18 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) Indicators: @ 100 mA max. current at 18V dc; 70 mA max. current at 30V dc; Audible Alarm (IP50): @ 25 max. current Sealed Audible Alarm (IP67): @ 35 mA max current Segmented displays: 18 to 30V dc K80L4: @ 35 mA max. per LED color, @ 90 mA max. with all LEDs ON; K80L3 @ 50 mA max. with color 1 ON, @ 35 mA max. with colors 2 or 3 ON, @ 90 mA max. with all LEDs ON; K80L2: @ 50 mA max. with colors 1 or 2 ON, @ 90 mA max. with all LEDs ON; K80L1: @ 90 mA max Daylight Visible Models: 15 to 30V dc 1-Color: @ 120 mA max. per LED; 3-Color: @ 40 mA max. per LED color SP150/SP250/SP350 Models: 15 to 30V dc 1-Color: @ 120 mA max. per LED color; 3-Color: @ 40 mA max. per LED color AC models: K50L & K80L Models: 85 to 130V ac @ 15 mA max. Daylight Visible & SP150/250/350 Models: 85 to 130V ac or 75 to 120V dc @ 16 mA max. per LED color Indicators for use with Safety Devices: K30L, M18 and T18 Models: +24V dc @ 30 mA max. T30, K50L, K50FL and K80L Models: +24V dc @ 45 mA max. Call Lights: 18V (two 9V batteries); batteries included Type: 9V alkaline (2) Life expectancy: approximately 100 hours continuous operation with high-quality alkaline batteries Multi-Color, General-Purpose: Entire translucent diffuser or dome provides indication. LEDs are independently selected: Green, Red, Yellow; 1, 2 or 3 colors, depending on model. Multi-Color, Multi-Function: Entire translucent diffuser or dome provides indication. LEDs are independently selected: Green, Red, Yellow, Blue or White, ON steady or flashing; up to 5 colors, depending on model. 2-Color for Sensor Emulation: Entire translucent diffuser or dome provides indications. Green and Yellow, when connected to discrete output of 3-wire or 4-wire sensor. Audible: LEDs or audible independently selected: Green, Red, Yellow. Segmented and Daylight Visible: LEDs are independently selected: colors and operation, depending on model. SP150/SP250/SP350: LED colors are independently selected, depending on model. Indicators for use with EZ-SCREEN: Entire translucent dome provides indication. Red/Green indication follows EZ-SCREEN OFF/ON OSSD#1 output. Call Light: Red LED Multi-Color, Multi-Function models: Indicator ON: 250 milliseconds max.; Indicator OFF: 10 milliseconds max. CL50, Daylight Visible (dc models), SP150/SP250/SP350 and Audible models: 10 milliseconds max. Indicator ON/OFF Daylight Visible (ac models): 500 microseconds max. Segmented models: Indicator ON: Initial light250 milliseconds max. Additional lights10 milliseconds max. Indicator OFF: 10 milliseconds max. Multi-Color Multi-Function models only: Single color: 1 second flash rate (500 milliseconds ON); 3-color: 1.5 second rotation rate (500 milliseconds per color); 4-Color: 2 second rotation rate (500 milliseconds per color) Call Light (Flash timing): Turn on response: 1 second Flash duration: 35 milliseconds Flash rate: 1 second K50L and K80L models: A1 models3 KHz 500 Hz A2 models3 KHz 500 Hz; pulse rate 3 Hz 20% AL1 models2.7 KHz 500 Hz CL50 models (IP50): 2.7 KHz 500 Hz oscillation frequency; Max Intensity (Typical): IP5092 dB @ 1 m CL50 models (IP67): 2.9 KHz 250 Hz oscillation frequency; Max Intensity (Typical): IP6794 db @ 1 m Standard CL50 models (IP50): Unscrew the cover (up to 1.5 turns max.) to adjust the audible intensity. (Do not exceed 1.5 turns or the cover may detach during operation.) For max. intensity, rotate the center plug 180 counterclockwise to remove it. Sealed CL50 models (IP67): Audible Alarm rotate the front cover until the desired intensity is reached. Audible Models: Standard: IEC IP50 Sealed: IEC IP67 T8L Models: IEC IP67 (not encapsulated) K80L models: IEC IP67 (encapsulated electronics only) K50L and K50FL QD Models: Fully encapsulated, meet IP69K per DIN 40050-9. Cabled models meet IP69K if the cable and cable entrance are protected from high-pressure spray. SP150/SP250/SP350 Models: Fully encapsulated; Electronics: IP66 Enclosure: SP150IEC IP67; SP250 & SP350: IEC IP65 Call Light: IP50 All others: Fully encapsulated, IEC IP67
Indicators
Input Response Time
Indicator Flash Rate
Oscillation Frequency (Audible only) Audible Adjustments (Audible only) Environmental Rating
More on next page
462
EZ-LIGHT Indicator Specifications

Connections
(contd)
QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 463. DC models: Multi-Color, General Purpose, Sensor Emulators and Daylight Visible: K80L Models: 4-pin Euro-style integral QD. Terminal-wired models available for use with bulk cable; compression fitting is optional. Contact factory for cable information. T8L Models: 2 m attached cable or 150 mm PVC pigtail with 4-pin Euro-style QD, depending on model. Other Models: 2 m attached cable, 4-pin Euro-style integral QD, or 150 mm PVC pigtail with 4-pin Euro-style QD, depending on model. Multi-Color, Multi-Function: K80L Models: 5-pin (3- or 4-color) or 8-pin (5-color) Euro-style integral QD. Terminal-wired models available for use with bulk cable; compression fitting is optional. Contact Factory for cable information. Other Models: 2 m attached cable, 5-pin (3- or 4-color), or 8-pin (5-color) Euro-style integral QD or 150 mm PVC pigtail Euro-style QD. K50L and CL50 Audible Models: 2 m attached cable, or 5-pin Euro-style integral QD or 150 mm PVC pigtail with 5-pin Euro-style QD. K80L Segmented and Audible Models: 5-pin Euro-style integral QD or 150 mm PVC pigtail with 5-pin Euro-style QD. Terminal-wired models available for use with bulk cable; compression fitting is optional. Contact factory for cable information. SP150/SP250/SP350 Models: 4-pin Euro-style integral QD or 150 mm PVC pigtail with Euro-style QD. Terminal-wired models available for use with bulk cable (wire nuts included); -14 NPSM cord grip or conduit adapter are optional. AC Models: K50L and K80L: 2 m attached cable, 5-pin Micro-style integral QD or 150 mm PVC pigtail with 5-pin Micro-style QD, depending on model. Daylight Visible Models: 3-pin Micro-style integral QD or 2 m integral cable, depending on model SP150/SP250/SP350 Models: Terminal-wired models available for use with bulk cable. Indicators for use with EZ-SCREEN: 8-pin Euro-style integral QD. Audible and Call Light models: -20 to +50C All others: -40 to +50 C
Operating Temperature Certifications Hookups
K50L & K80L: K50L & K30L: General-purpose: DC: LI12 (p. 785) AC: LI13 (p. 786) Audible: K50L & K80L: LI15 (p. 786) CL50: LI15 (p. 786) Multi-Function: 3- or 4-color: LI16 (p. 786) 5-color: LI17 (p. 787) Segmented: LI20 (p. 787) Sensor Emulators: LI18 (p. 787) Daylight Visible: 1-color models (dc): LI21 (p. 788) 3-color models (dc): LI22 (p. 788) DC Traffic Lights: SP150 models: LI12 (p. 785) SP250 models: LI24 (p. 788) AC Traffic Lights: see data sheet
TASK LIGHTS VISION LIGHTS INDICATORS
AC models: LI23 (p. 788) SP350 models: see data sheet
Tower Lights Small Indicators Medium Indicators Large Indicators ACTUATORS
Cordsets
Micro QD
See page 712 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m

Threaded 5-Pin (With Shield) Straight Right-Angle



MQDC2S-806 MQDC2S-815 MQDC2S-830
Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m

Brackets
T8L T18/M18
pg. 659 SMB8MM
pg. 650 SMB18A
pg. 650 SMB1815SF
K80L
Description Function Model
T30/K50L/CL50
K30L
5 toggle switches ON-OFF-Flash 12 position rotary switch

pg. 754
LC80T
pg. 653 SMB30A
pg. 654 SMB30SC
pg. 652 SMB22A
pg. 666 SMBDX80DIN
LC80R Elevated mounting accessories see page 738.
463
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
ACTUATORS
K50 K30 K80 PVD PVA VTB OTB/LTB STB
K30, K50 and K80
page 465
PVD
page 470
PVA
page 472
VTB
page 475
Highly visible 30 & 50 mm dome light is available in two housing styles Single-point sensor features a large integrated pick light Fixed-field background suppression, long-range retroreflective or push-button models are available Models are available for 30 mm, Flat or DIN-rail mounting
Large highly visible job lights indicate the action to perform and signal errors One-piece self-contained sensor requires no controller to operate Sensor automatically operates in either diffuse or retroreflective mode, depending on the application Two lengths fit existing bin sizes and configurations
Highly visible LEDs on the emitter and receiver show the part-assembly sequence Four lengths are available to fit common bin sizes Range is up to 2 m Array can also be used for detecting parts at least 35 mm in diameter
Illuminated button base provides a bright, easy-to-see job light to guide assembly sequence VTB buttons provide a cost-effective and easy-to-install solution for areas that cannot accommodate a light screen Ergonomic design requires no physical pressure to operate, reducing hand, wrist and arm stress
OTB/LTB
page 477
STB
page 481
Replaces mechanical push buttons Features ergonomic design to prevent repetitive motion stress Senses light, not pressure Provides a choice of momentary-action or alternate-action touch buttons
Self-checking for use with safety controls LED power, output and fault indicators 10 to 30V dc or 20 to 30V ac/dc Housing sealed to IP66 Optional field cover colors
464
Single-Point Actuators
K30, K50 and K80
Requires no external controller to operate; completely self-contained Indicates job pick status with 30 & 50 mm translucent dome containing one, two or three colored lights Shows correct order for selecting parts using a green job light in all models Models available with a red light to indicate detection of operator action or mispick Features models with background suppression to avoid sensing background objects in field-of-view, reliable retroreflective (break beam) mode or pressure activated push buttons Models available with 30 mm, Flat or DIN-rail mounting Ideal for use in abusive environmentsfully encapsulated IP67 construction; rated to IP69K depending on installation Offers AS-i module compatibility, depending on model Available without sensor for use as an indicator light (EZ-LIGHT K30, K50L & K80L, see pages 454 & 459)
ACCESSORIES
page 469
50.0 mm 17.6 mm
ONLINE
30.0 mm 62.8 mm
E YL
56.8 mm
INDICATORS ACTUATORS K30, K50 & K80 PVD PVA
PIGTAIL P
UR
QPMA
CA LL FACTORY
EURO
-S
A BL
30.0 mm
VTB OTB/LTB STB
K30 Models
K50 Models
P
POLAR RETRO
80.8 mm
FIXED-FIELD
72.5 mm
PUSH-BUTTON
65.0 mm 109.5 mm 50.0 mm
K80 Models
Andon rope pull brackets available for use in visual management systems (page 469)
465
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
K30, K50 and K80 StandardSingle Color, 12-30V dc
Job light is ON at all times while job input is active. Presence of hand initiates output change of state.
Visible Red LED
Infrared LED
Sensing Mode/LED
Housing
Range
Connection
2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD
Output
NO
Job Light
PNP Models
K50APLPGXD K50APLPGXDQ K50RPLPGXD K50RPLPGXDQ K50APFF50GXD K50APFF50GXDQ K50RPFF50GXD K50RPFF50GXDQ K50APFF100GXD K50APFF100GXDQ K50RPFF100GXD K50RPFF100GXDQ K30APPBGXD
NPN Models
K50ANLPGXD K50ANLPGXDQ K50RNLPGXD K50RNLPGXDQ K50ANFF50GXD K50ANFF50GXDQ K50RNFF50GXD K50RNFF50GXDQ K50ANFF100GXD K50ANFF100GXDQ K50RNFF100GXD K50RNFF100GXDQ K30ANPBGXD K30ANPBGXDQ K50ANPBGXD K50ANPBGXDQ K50RNPBGXD K50RNPBGXDQ K80ANPBGXD K80ANPBGXDQ K80RNPBGXD K80RNPBGXDQ
P
POLAR RETRO
2m
Green NC NO NC Green NO NC
50 mm Cutoff 50 mm dome/ 30 mm mount polycarbonate 100 mm Cutoff
ACCESSORIES
page 469 PUSH-BUTTON
2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m NO NC Green NO NC NO Green
K30APPBGXDQ K50APPBGXD K50APPBGXDQ K50RPPBGXD K50RPPBGXDQ K80APPBGXD K80APPBGXDQ K80RPPBGXD K80RPPBGXDQ
4-pin Euro QD 2m 4-pin Euro QD 2m
PUSH-BUTTON
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 469). QD models: For 150 mm 4-pin Euro-style PVC pigtail, add suffix QP to 2 m model number (example, K50APLPGXDQP). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, K50APLPGXD W/30). NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed
K50 and K80 Specialty C-SeriesTwo Color, 12-30V dc

Job light is Green while job input is active (unless hand is present.) Presence of hand (or pressing push button) initiates output change of state and turns light Red for visual verification that action was sensed. Aids in alignment of retroreflective models by providing Red signal when retroreflective target is not aligned or present.
Visible Red LED Infrared LED
Sensing Mode/LED
Housing
Range
2m
Connection
4-pin Euro QD
Output
NO NC
Job Light
PNP Models
K50APLPGRCQ K50RPLPGRCQ K50APFF50GRCQ
NPN Models
K50ANLPGRCQ K50RNLPGRCQ K50ANFF50GRCQ K50RNFF50GRCQ K50ANFF100GRCQ K50RNFF100GRCQ
More on next page
P
POLAR RETRO
Green (Red)
50 mm Cutoff
NO 4-pin Euro QD NC NO 4-pin Euro QD NC Green (Red)
K50RPFF50GRCQ K50APFF100GRCQ K50RPFF100GRCQ
100 mm Cutoff
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 469). QD models: For 150 mm 4-pin Euro-style PVC pigtail, replace suffix Q with QP (example, K50APLPGRCQP). For 2 m cable, remove Q from model number (example, K50APLPGRC) or 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, K50APLPGRC W/30). NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed For other color combinations, contact factory at 1-888-373-6767.
466
K50 and K80 Specialty C-SeriesTwo Color, 12-30V dc (contd)

Job light is Green while job input is active (unless hand is present.) Presence of hand (or pressing push button) initiates output change of state and turns light Red for visual verification that action was sensed. Aids in alignment of retroreflective models by providing Red signal when retroreflective target is not aligned or present.
Sensing Mode/LED
Housing
30 mm dome/ 22 mm mount polycarbonate 50 mm dome/ 30 mm mount polycarbonate
Range
Connection
4-pin Euro QD
Output
NO
Job Light
Green (Red)
PNP Models
K30APPBGRCQ
NPN Models
K30ANPBGRCQ
PUSH-BUTTON
NO 4-pin Euro QD NC NO 4-pin Euro QD NC Green (Red)
K50APPBGRCQ K50RPPBGRCQ K80APPBGRCQ K80RPPBGRCQ
K50ANPBGRCQ K50RNPBGRCQ K80ANPBGRCQ K80RNPBGRCQ
PUSH-BUTTON
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 469). QD models: For 150 mm 4-pin Euro-style PVC pigtail, replace suffix Q with QP (example, K50APLPGRCQP). For 2 m cable, remove Q from model number (example, K50APLPGRC) or 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, K50APLPGRC W/30). NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed For other color combinations, contact factory at 1-888-373-6767.
TASK LIGHTS VISION LIGHTS INDICATORS ACTUATORS
K50 and K80 Specialty C-SeriesThree Color, 12-30V dc

Job light is ON at all times while job input is active (unless hand is present). Presence of hand (or pressing button) activates output and turns job light Yellow for visual verification that action was sensed. Presence of hand (or pressing button) while job input is not active turns light Red signaling mispick.
Visible Red LED Infrared LED
K30, K50 & K80 PVD PVA VTB OTB/LTB STB
Sensing Mode/LED
Housing
50 mm dome/ 30 mm mount polycarbonate 50 mm dome/ 30 mm mount polycarbonate 50 mm dome/ 30 mm mount polycarbonate
Range
2m
Connection
5-pin Euro PUR Pigtail QD
Output
NC
Output Type
PNP
Job Light
Green/ Yellow/ Red Green/ Yellow/ Red
Models
K50RPLPGRYC3QPMA
P
POLAR RETRO
5-pin Euro PUR Pigtail QD
K50APFF50GRYC3QPMA K50APFF100GRYC3QPMA
NO
PNP
K50APPBGRYC3QPMA 5-pin Euro PUR Pigtail QD NO PNP Green/ Yellow/ Red K80APPBGRYC3QPMA
PUSH-BUTTON
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 469). 5-pin 150 mm Euro-style PUR pigtail QD models are listed. Other cable and connector options are available, contact factory at 1-888-373-6767. NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed PNP models are listed. For other output types, contact factory at 1-888-373-6767.
467
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
K30, K50 and K80 Specialty E-SeriesTwo Color, 12-30V dc
Job light is Green at all times while job input is active. Presence of hand (or pressing button) initiates output change of state. Presence of hand (or pressing button) while job input is inactive turns light Red, giving operator visual verification that sensor is functioning properly.
Visible Red LED
Infrared LED
Sensing Mode/LED
Housing
Range
2m
Connection
4-pin Euro QD
Output
NO NC
Job Light
PNP Models
K50APLPGREQ K50RPLPGREQ K50APFF50GREQ
NPN Models
K50ANLPGREQ K50RNLPGREQ K50ANFF50GREQ K50RNFF50GREQ K50ANFF100GREQ K50RNFF100GREQ
P
POLAR RETRO
Green (Red)
4-pin Euro QD
NO NC NO NC Green (Red) Green (Red)
K50RPFF50GREQ K50APFF100GREQ K50RPFF100GREQ
4-pin Euro QD
PUSH-BUTTON
30 mm dome/ 22 mm mount polycarbonate 50 mm dome/ 30 mm mount polycarbonate
4-pin Euro QD
NO
K30APPBGREQ
K30ANPBGREQ
NO NC 4-pin Euro QD NO NC Green (Red)
K50APPBGREQ K50RPPBGREQ K80APPBGREQ K80RPPBGREQ
K50ANPBGREQ K50RNPBGREQ K80ANPBGREQ K80RNPBGREQ
PUSH-BUTTON
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 469). QD models: For 150 mm 4-pin Euro-style PVC pigtail, replace Q with QP (example, K50APLPGREQP). For 2 m cable, remove Q from model number (example, K50APLPGRE) or 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, K50APLPGRE W/30). NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed For other color combinations, contact factory at 1-888-373-6767.
K50 and K80 Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current 12 to 30V dc, (10% max. ripple) C3 models: less than 90 mA max. current @ 12V dc (exclusive of load) less than 60 mA max. current @ 30V dc (exclusive of load) All others: less than 60 mA max. current @ 12V dc (exclusive of load) less than 40 mA max. current @ 30V dc (exclusive of load) AS-i Compatible Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages (fast transient and over-voltage) and reverse polarity PNP or NPN (depending on model) 150 mA max. C3 models: ON-state saturation voltage: PNP models: Less than 2V @ 10 mA dc; less than 2.5V @ 150 mA dc NPN models: Less than 1.5V @ 10 mA dc; less than 2V @ 150 mA dc OFF-state leakage current: Less than 10 A @ 30V dc All others: OFF-state leakage current: Less than 10 A @ 30V dc ON-state voltage: less than 2V @ 10 mA dc; less than 2.5V @ 150 mA dc Protected against false pulse on power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of output C3 models: 5 milliseconds ON/OFF All others: 3 milliseconds ON/OFF
More on next page
468
K50 and K80 Specifications (contd)

Indicators C3 models: Entire translucent dome provides indicator light. Job (Pick) indicatorGreen Pick Sensed indicatorYellow Mispick indicatorRed
All others: Entire translucent dome provides indicator light; either Job or Pick Sensed indicator inhibits the other light, depending on model. Job (Pick) indicatorGreen Pick Sensed indicatorRed or OFF, depending on model Job Light Enable Input Input impedance: 8000 SinkingInput low less than 1.5V SourcingInput high greater than 7V Base and translucent dome: polycarbonate Lens: polycarbonate or acrylic Push Button: thermoplastic Fully encapsulated; IEC IP67 Integral QD models: IP69K when using IP69K-rated cordsets Pigtail and cable models: IP69K when mounted with conduit C3 models: 5-pin 150 mm PUR pigtail Euro-style QD (QPMA). QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 447. All others: 2 m or 9 m 4-wire attached cable, 4-pin integral Euro-style QD (Q) or 4-pin 150 mm PVC pigtail Euro-style QD (QP), depending on model. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 469. Up to 5,000 lux Immunity to EMI and RFI noise sources per IEC 947-5-2 Temperature: -40 to +50 C Relative Humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Connections
Ambient Light Immunity EMI/RFI Immunity Operating Conditions Certifications
K30, K50 & K80: Hookup Diagrams
K50:
1- & 2-color models: LI01 (p. 783) 3-color models: LI02 (p. 783)
TASK LIGHTS VISION LIGHTS INDICATORS ACTUATORS K30, K50 & K80 PVD PVA VTB OTB/LTB STB
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
K50/K80
MQDC1-506 MQDC1-515 MQDC1-530 MQDC1-506RA MQDC1-515RA MQDC1-530RA pg. 653 SMB30A pg. 654 SMB30SC pg. 653 SMB30FA.. pg. 652 SMB22A
K30

Andon Solutions
K50
SMBARPL30 (Left Side) SMBARPR30 (Right Side) SMBARPB30 (Both Sides)
REFLECTORS
REFLECTORS
PAGE 724
469
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
One-Piece Pick-to-Light Sensor

ACCESSORIES
PVD
Large green job light indicates action to perform, and red job light indicates an error Two lengths are available to fit existing bins and configurations: 100 and 225 mm Easy-to-use sensor suits many part assembly, pick-to-light and error-proofing applications One-piece self-contained sensor requires no external controller Sensor automatically operates in either diffuse or retroreflective mode, depending on the application Automated setup and adjustment with a wide beam pattern makes alignment easy Protective mounting brackets are available
page 471
30.0 mm 18.0 mm 16.4 mm
Reflector
RETRO
Green job light to indicate user action
DIFFUSE
ONLINE
L
Length (L)
137.8 mm 266.4 mm
Models
PVD100 PVD225 Red job light to indicate errors
PVD, 12-30V dc
Retroreflective Mode: up to 2 m Diffuse Mode: up to 400 mm
DIFFUSE Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 471). For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, PVD100 W/30).
Visible Red LED
Array
100 mm (4 Beams) 225 mm (8 Beams)
Connection
Output
Models
PVD100 PVD100Q
RETRO
NPN/PNP 2m 5-pin Euro Pigtail QD PVD225 PVD225Q
470
PVD Specifications
Sensing Range Sensing Beam Beam Spacing Sensing Height Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Sensing Resolution Output Configuration Output Rating Retroreflective applications: 2 m, using 25 mm wide retroreflective tape Diffuse applications: 400 mm, with 18% reflectivity gray card target 630 nm, Visible red 28.6 mm 4-channel models: 111 mm 8-channel models: 240 mm Input Voltage: 12 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple @ 10% duty cycle) Input Current: less than 40 mA @ 24V dc and less than 70 mA @ 12V dc (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient over-voltage Retroreflective: 51 mm at 406 mm range, 100 mm at 2 m Diffuse: 55 mm dia. at 400 mm range User-selectable via DIP switch: 1 open-collector PNP (current sourcing) or 1 open-collector NPN (current sinking) 150 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A ON-state saturation voltage: NPN: less than 1.0V dc at 150 mA Protected against false pulse at power-up and short circuit of outputs 400 milliseconds (Includes standard 100 milliseconds ON-delay and 100 milliseconds OFF-delay) Less than 1.0 second Green: Yellow: Job Light: LED to indicate power ON/OFF LED to indicate output ON/OFF (Diffused Green LED) Turned ON and OFF by applying an external signal to the Job input (white wire). The job lights will be active high or active low, depending on user selection of DIP switch 4. Error Light: (Diffused Red LED) Turned ON and OFF by detection of an output event when job light is not ON. 4 DIP switches, located behind access panel ( denotes default setting): 1. PNP/ NPN output 2. Normally Open operation/Normally Closed 3. Job light ON solid/Job light flashing 4. Job light input high/Job light input low Black painted aluminum housing; acrylic lenses; thermoplastic polyester end caps; thermoplastic elastomer programming switch cover; stainless steel mounting brackets and hardware NEMA 2; IEC IP62 5-conductor PVC-jacketed 2 m cable which is either unterminated or terminated with a 5-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect connector, depending on model. Cable diameter is 3.3 mm. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 471. Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% relative humidity @ 50 C (non-condensing)
PNP: less than 2.0V dc at 150 mA
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time Delay at Power-Up Indicators
Adjustments
Construction Environmental Rating Connections Operating Conditions Certifications Hookup Diagrams
LI03 (p. 783)
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 699 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
PVD
REFLECTORS

MQDC1-506 MQDC1-515 MQDC1-530 MQDC1-506RA MQDC1-515RA MQDC1-530RA pg. 681 SMBPVD... pg. 679 SMBPVA..C pg. 679 SMBPVA6
REFLECTORS
PAGE 724
471
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
Pick-to-Light Parts Verification Array

ACCESSORIES
PVA
Highly visible job lights on each emitter and receiver provide a reliable error-proofing system for assembly operations Reducing the chance of missed and misassembled parts increases quality and decreases production costs Asynchronous emitter and receiver requires no external controller Sensor can detect objects larger than 35 mm in diameter Emitter and receiver interface easily with the existing process controller for simple installation, minimal maintenance and reduced wiring costs Diagnostic LEDs indicate setup and system errors at a glance, and the wide field of view makes alignment easy Operating range is up to 2 m Four lengths are available: 100, 225, 300 and 375 mm Protective brackets are available
page 474
30.0 mm 15.0 mm
OPPOSED
Emitter
ONLINE
Receiver
Models
PVA100 PVA225 PVA300 PVA375
No. of Beams
5 10 13 16
Length (L)
137.8 mm 266.4 mm 341.4 mm 416.6 mm Job Light indicates next part to pick Diagnostic LEDs indicate system status
30.0 mm
PVA, 12-30V dc
Sensing Mode/LED Description
Emitter/Receiver Pair Emitter Receiver
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Range
Array Length & Response Time

100 mm (5 Beams) 20 ms
Connection
2m
Job Light Input

NPN: 0V dc PNP: +5 to 30V dc
NPN Models
PVA100N6 PVA100N6E PVA100N6R PVA100N6Q PVA100N6EQ PVA100N6RQ
PNP Models
PVA100P6 PVA100P6E PVA100P6R PVA100P6Q PVA100P6EQ PVA100P6RQ
More on next page
Emitter/Receiver Pair Emitter Receiver
2m
472
PVA, 12-30V dc (contd)

Sensing Mode/LED Description
Emitter/Receiver Pair Emitter Receiver Emitter/Receiver Pair Emitter Receiver Emitter/Receiver Pair Emitter Receiver
OPPOSED OPPOSED
Infrared LED
Range
Array Length & Response Time

225 mm (10 Beams) 40 ms
Connection
2m
Job Light Input

NPN Models
PVA225N6 PVA225N6E PVA225N6R PVA225N6Q PVA225N6EQ PVA225N6RQ PVA300N6 PVA300N6E PVA300N6R PVA300N6Q PVA300N6EQ PVA300N6RQ PVA375N6 PVA375N6E PVA375N6R PVA375N6Q PVA375N6EQ PVA375N6RQ
PNP Models
PVA225P6 PVA225P6E PVA225P6R PVA225P6Q PVA225P6EQ PVA225P6RQ PVA300P6 PVA300P6E PVA300P6R PVA300P6Q PVA300P6EQ PVA300P6RQ PVA375P6 PVA375P6E PVA375P6R PVA375P6Q PVA375P6EQ PVA375P6RQ
Emitter/Receiver Pair Emitter Receiver Emitter/Receiver Pair Emitter Receiver Emitter/Receiver Pair Emitter Receiver
2m
300 mm (13 Beams) 52 ms
2m
ACCESSORIES
375 mm (16 Beams) 64 ms
2m
page 470
PVA Specifications
Beam Spacing Sensing Height Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 25.0 mm 100, 225, 300 or 375 mm, depending on emitter and receiver models 12 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) at less than 62 mA for the emitter and 50 mA for the receiver (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity Receivers have one solid-state dc output, programmable for Light or Dark Operate: Models PVA...N6R have current sinking (NPN) open-collector transistor Models PVA...P6R have current sourcing (PNP) open-collector transistor 150 mA max. OFF-state leakage current: less than 2 A ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1V dc at 10 mA and less than 1.5V dc at 100 mA Sensor Size 100 mm 225 mm 300 mm 375 mm Standard 20 milliseconds 40 milliseconds 52 milliseconds 64 milliseconds With Crosstalk from Adjacent Units 30 milliseconds max. 60 milliseconds max. 78 milliseconds max. 96 milliseconds max.
More on next page
Output Rating
Output Protection Circuitry Sensing Resolution
Protected against false pulse at power-up and continuous overload or short circuit of outputs 35 mm min. diameter
473
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
PVA Specifications (contd)
Status Indicators
Emitter: Receiver:
One Green LED to indicate power ON/OFF One Red LED to indicate frequency selected One Green LED to indicate power ON/OFF One Yellow LED to indicate output state
Emitter & Receiver: Both have two highly visible job lights which are turned ON/OFF by applying an external signal to the white wire. The job lights may be programmed for steady or flashing green. Construction Environmental Rating Connections Black painted aluminum housing; acrylic lenses; PBT polyester end caps; thermoplastic elastomer programming switch cover; stainless steel mounting brackets and hardware IEC IP62; NEMA 2 Emitter: 3-conductor PVC-jacketed 2 m cable which is either unterminated or terminated with a 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect connector, depending on model. Cable diameter is 3.3 mm.
Receiver: 4-conductor PVC-jacketed 2 m cable which is either unterminated or terminated with a 4-pin Euro-style quick-disconnect connector, depending on model. Cable diameter is 3.3 mm. Operating Temperature Certifications Hookup Diagrams 0 to +50 C
Emitters: LI05 (p. 784)
All others: LI04 (p. 783)
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
PVA

MQDC-406 MQDC-415 MQDC-430 MQDC-406RA MQDC-415RA MQDC-430RA pg. 679 SMBPVA... pg. 679 SMBPVA..C pg. 678 SMBPVA2
474
Verification Optical Touch Buttons

VTB
Replaces capacitive touch switches and mechanical push buttons Features illuminated base (to provide a bright, easy-to-see job light); solid, flashing or multiple color models available Models available with red, green or blue job light Requires no physical pressure to operate, eliminating hand, wrist and arm stresses associated with repeated switch operation Offers a cost-effective and easy-to-install pick-to-light solution for areas that cannot accommodate a light screen Cuts through heavy airborne contamination to function in almost any environment Withstands exposure to a variety of chemicals, depending on model
ACCESSORIES
page 476
59.9 mm 43.2 mm
57.1 mm
TASK LIGHTS
ONLINE
VISION LIGHTS INDICATORS ACTUATORS K30, K50 & K80 PVD PVA VTB OTB/LTB STB
30.0 mm
VTB, 12-30V dc
Job Light(s) Color
Green Red Blue Green & Red Green Red Blue Green & Red
Connection
2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 4-Pin Euro QD 2m 5-Pin Euro QD
Upper Housing
Job Light Input
NPN Models
VTBN6 VTBN6Q VTBN6R VTBN6RQ VTBN6B VTBN6BQ
PNP Models
VTBP6 VTBP6Q VTBP6R VTBP6RQ VTBP6B VTBP6BQ VTBP6GR VTBP6GRQ VTBP6L VTBP6LQ VTBP6RL VTBP6RLQ VTBP6BL VTBP6BLQ VTBP6GRL VTBP6GRLQ
Polysulfone
VTBN6GR VTBN6GRQ VTBN6L VTBN6LQ VTBN6RL VTBN6RLQ VTBN6BL VTBN6BLQ VTBN6GRL VTBN6GRLQ
Polycarbonate
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 476). For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, VTBN6 W/30). .
475
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
VTB Specifications
12 to 30V dc (10% max. ripple) Single-color models: Less than 120 mA max. current @ 12V dc (exclusive of load) Less than 70 mA max. current @ 30V dc (exclusive of load) Two-color models: Less than 67 mA max. current @ 12V dc (exclusive of load) Less than 40 mA max. current @ 24V dc (exclusive of load) Less than 35 mA max. current @ 30V dc (exclusive of load) Protected against transient voltages (fast-transient and over-voltage) and reverse polarity Choose 1 current sinking (NPN) open collector transistor or 1 current sourcing (PNP) open collector transistor, depending on model Max. load: 150 mA ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1.5V @ 150 mA OFF-state leakage current: less than 10 A All models protected against false pulse on power-up (outputs held OFF for 1 second at power-up). Models with solid-state outputs have overload and short-circuit protection. 100 milliseconds ON/OFF 2 Red LED indicators: Power ON and Output Conducting Base: Lights green, red, blue, or green and red as a job light when input line is enabled. One-color models may be wired for flashing rather than solid color operation. Totally encapsulated, non-metallic enclosure. Black polysulfone or red polycarbonate upper housing (see Application Note below); translucent white polycarbonate base. Electronics fully epoxy-encapsulated. IEC IP66 ; NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 2 m or 9 m attached cable, or 4-pin (single color) or 5-pin (two color) Euro-style QD fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See pages 476. Up to 120,000 lux (direct sunlight) Immune to EMI and RFI noise sources, per IEC 947-5-2. Temperature: -20 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50 C (non-condensing)
Output Protection Response Time Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Connections Ambient Light Immunity EMI/RFI Immunity Operating Conditions Application Notes
Environmental considerations for models with polysulfone upper housings: The polysulfone upper housing will become brittle with prolonged exposure to outdoor sunlight. Avoid contact with strong alkalis. Clean periodically using mild soap solution and a soft cloth. Environmental considerations for models with polycarbonate upper housings: Avoid prolonged exposure to hot water and moist, high-temperature environments above 66 C. Avoid contact with aromatic hydrocarbons (such as xylene and toluene), halogenated hydrocarbons and strong alkalis. Clean periodically using mild soap solution and a soft cloth.
Certifications Hookup Diagrams NPN Single-Color Models: LI06 (p. 784) Two-Color Models: LI22 (p. 788) PNP Single-Color Models: LI07 (p. 784)
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
Brackets
VTB
MQDC1-506 MQDC1-515 MQDC1-530 MQDC1-506RA MQDC1-515RA MQDC1-530RA pg. 653 SMB30A pg. 654 SMB30SC pg. 653 SMB30FA..
Field Covers
VTB
Models
Black Green Red Yellow OTC-1-BK OTC-1-GN OTC-1-RD OTC-1-YW

476
Optical Touch Buttons

OTB/LTB OPTO-TOUCH
Ergonomically designed touch buttons eliminate hand, wrist and arm stress Zero-force touch buttons provide an alternative to capacitive touch switches and mechanical push buttons OTB models are momentary-action touch buttons with electromechanical relay or solid-state outputs LTB models are alternate-action touch buttons with electromechanical relay outputs
ACCESSORIES
OTB Models LTB Models
page 477 479
page 480
59.9 mm
43.2 mm
TASK LIGHTS VISION LIGHTS INDICATORS ACTUATORS K30, K50 & K80 PVD PVA
57.1 mm
OTC Series Field Cover
VTB OTB/LTB STB

74.0 mm
51.0 mm 69.0 mm
30 mm
OTB and LTB Models
ONLINE
OTB and LTB Models with cover
OTB Momentary Action, 10-30V dc

Upper Housing
Polysulfone
Connection
Models NPN
OTBVN6 OTBVN6QD OTBVN6L OTBVN6LQD
Models PNP
OTBVP6 OTBVP6QD OTBVP6L OTBVP6LQD
Polycarbonate
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 480) For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, OTBVN6 W/30).
477
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
OTB Momentary Action, 20-30V ac or dc
Upper Housing
Polysulfone
Connection
Output Type
SPDT e/m Relay SPDT e/m Relay
Models
OTBVR81 OTBVR81QD OTBVR81L OTBVR81LQD
Polycarbonate
OTB Momentary Action, 120V ac

Upper Housing
Polysulfone
Connection
Output Type
Models
OTBA5 OTBA5QD OTBA5L OTBA5LQD
Polycarbonate
ACCESSORIES
page 480
OTB Momentary Action, 220/240V ac

Connection
Polysulfone
Upper Housing
Output Type
Models
OTBB5 OTBB5QD OTBB5L OTBB5LQD
Polycarbonate
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 480) For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, OTBVR81 W/30).
OTB Specifications
Supply Voltage and Current OTBVR81 models: 20 to 30V ac/dc OTBA5 models: 105 to 130V ac, 50-60 Hz OTBB5 models: 210 to 250V ac, 50-60 Hz OTBVN6/VP6 models: 10 to 30V dc All models require less than 25 mA (exclusive of load) Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages OTBVR81, OTBA5, and OTBB5 models: SPDT electromechanical relay OTBVN6 models: Complementary NPN (sinking) open-collector transistor; 1 normally open (NO) and 1 normally closed (NC) OTBVP6 models: Complementary PNP (sourcing) open-collector transistors; 1 normally open (NO) and 1 normally closed (NC) Electromechanical relay models: Max. switching current: 7 amps (resistive load), 1 HP max. Min. load: 0.05 watts (dc), 0.05 VA (ac) Mechanical life of relay: 50,000,000 operations (min.) Electrical life of relay: 100,000 operations (min.) at full resistive load Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads Solid-state output models: 150 mA max. load (each output) ON-state saturation voltage: less than 1 volt at signal levels; less than 1.5 volts at full load OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A
Output Rating
More on next page
478
OTB Specifications (contd)

Response Time Output Protection Indicators Construction 100 milliseconds ON/OFF All models protected against false pulse on power-up Models with solid-state outputs have overload and short circuit protection Two Red indicator LEDs: one lights whenever power is applied; the other lights whenever the switch is activated making the normally-open (NO) output conduct Totally encapsulated, non-metallic enclosure. Black polysulfone or red polycarbonate upper housing (see Application Notes below); fiber-reinforced thermoplastic polyester base. Electronics fully epoxy-encapsulated. Supplied with a field cover of polypropylene (TP). Meets NEMA standards 1, 3, 4, 4X, 12 and 13; IEC IP66 PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m cables, or Mini-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 480. 120,000 lux (direct sunlight) Immune to both single and mixed EMI and RFI noise sources Temperature: -20 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing)
Environmental Rating Connections Ambient Light Immunity EMI/RFI Immunity Operating Conditions Application Notes
Environmental considerations for models with polysulfone upper housings: The polysulfone upper housing will become embrittled with prolonged exposure to outdoor sunlight. Window glass effectively filters longer wavelength ultraviolet light and provides excellent protection from sunlight. Environmental considerations for models with polycarbonate upper housings: Avoid prolonged exposure to hot water and moist high-temperature environments above 66 C. Avoid contact with aromatic hydrocarbons (such as xylene and toluene), halogenated hydrocarbons and strong alkalis. Clean periodically using mild soap solution and a soft cloth. Avoid strong alkaline materials.
TASK LIGHTS VISION LIGHTS INDICATORS
DC Models: DC03 (p. 758) AC/DC Models: OTBVR81 Models: UN01 (p. 767) AC Models: OTBA5 Models: AC08 (p. 765)
ACTUATORS K30, K50 & K80
OTBB5 Models: AC08 (p. 765)
PVD PVA VTB OTB/LTB STB
LTB Alternate Action, 220/240V ac

Upper Housing
Polysulfone Polycarbonate
Connection
Output Type
SPDT e/m Relay
Models
LTBB5 LTBB5QD LTBB5L LTBB5LQD
LTB Alternate Action, 120V ac

Upper Housing
Polysulfone Polycarbonate
Connection
Output Type
SPDT e/m Relay
Models
LTBA5 LTBA5QD LTBA5L LTBA5LQD
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 480) For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, LTBA5 W/30).
479
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
LTB Specifications LIGHTING & INDICATORS

Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating LTBA5 models: 105 to 130V ac, 50-60 Hz Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages All models have SPDT electromechanical relay - complementary outputs: one normally open (NO) contact and one normally closed (NC) contact which toggle from open to closed when the button is activated Max. voltage is 250V ac or 30V dc Max. current: 7 amps (resistive load), 1 HP max. Min. load: .05 watts (dc), 0.5VA (ac) Mechanical life of relay: 50,000,000 operations (min.) Electrical life of relay: 100,000 operations (min.) at full resistive load Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. All models protected against false pulse on power-up Two Red indicator LEDs: one lights whenever power is applied; the other lights when the infrared sensing beam is interrupted Totally encapsulated, non-metallic enclosure. Black polysulfone or red polycarbonate upper housing; fiber-reinforced thermoplastic polyester base. Electronics fully epoxy-encapsulated. Supplied with a field cover of polypropylene (TP). Meets NEMA standards 1, 3, 4, 4X, 12 and 13; IEC IP66 PVC-jacketed 2 m or 9 m cables, or Mini-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 480. 120,000 lux (direct sunlight) Immune to both single and mixed EMI and RFI noise sources Temperature: -20 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% at 50 C (non-condensing) LTBB5 models: 210 to 250V ac, 50-60 Hz
Output Protection Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Connections Ambient Light Immunity EMI/RFI Immunity Operating Conditions Application Notes
Environmental considerations for models with polysulfone upper housings: The polysulfone upper housing will become embrittled with prolonged exposure to outdoor sunlight. Window glass effectively filters longer wavelength ultraviolet light and provides excellent protection from sunlight. Environmental considerations for models with polycarbonate upper housings: Avoid prolonged exposure to hot water and moist high-temperature environments above 66 C. Avoid contact with aromatic hydrocarbons (such as xylene and toluene), halogenated hydrocarbons and strong alkalis. Clean periodically using mild soap solution and a soft cloth. Avoid strong alkaline materials.
Certifications Hookup Diagrams AC08 (p. 765)
Cordsets
Mini QD
See page 714 Threaded 4-Pin Threaded 5-Pin Straight Length
1.83 m 3.66 m 9.14 m MBCC-406 MBCC-412 MBCC-430 MBCC-506 MBCC-512 MBCC-530
Field Covers
OTB/LTB
Models
Black Green Red Yellow OTC-1-BK OTC-1-GN OTC-1-RD OTC-1-YW
Brackets
OTB/LTB Optical Touch Buttons
pg. 653 SMB30A
pg. 653 SMB30MM
pg. 654 SMB30SC
480
Self-Checking Touch Buttons

STB
Provides highest level of safety for two-hand control input devices, per independent certification tests Provides redundant microprocessor and optical path Responds to a finger blocking light rather than to pressure Features ergonomic design to prevent repetitive motion stress Includes yellow field cover to prevent unintended switching Immune to ambient light and EMI and RFI interference Available with e/m relays rated for 1 amp switch capacity or solid-state outputs rated for 150 mA Polyethermide housing withstands exposure to a variety of chemicals For safety applications, STB buttons must be used with DUO-TOUCH SG Two-Hand control modules, a SC22-3Safety Controller or comparable control Type IIIC Two-Hand system
ACCESSORIES
page 482
59.9 mm 43.2 mm
ONLINE
96.1 mm 57.1 mm 51 mm 69 mm 30.0 mm
INDICATORS ACTUATORS K30, K50 & K80 PVD PVA VTB OTB/LTB STB
STB models with cover STB models
STB Self-Checking, 10-30V dc

Upper Housing
Polyethermide
Connection
Output Type
Complementary PNP Solid-state
Models
STBVP6 STBVP6Q STBVP6Q5
STB Self-Checking, 20-30V ac/dc

Upper Housing
Polyethermide
Connection
Output Type
Two Independent and Complementary e/m Relays
Models
STBVR81 STBVR81Q STBVR81Q6
Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 482) For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, STBVP6 W/30).
481
TASK LIGHTS
VISION LIGHTS
INDICATORS
ACTUATORS
STB Specifications
See page 568.
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.17 m
Mini QD
See page 715 Threaded 5-Pin Straight Right-Angle Length
1.83 m 3.66 m 9.14 m

Threaded 4-Pin Threaded 5-Pin Straight

MBCC-406 MBCC-412 MBCC-430 MBCC-506 MBCC-512 MBCC-530
MQDC1-506 MQDC1-515 MQDC1-530
MQDC1-506RA MQDC1-515RA MQDC1-530RA
Brackets
STB Optical Touch Buttons
Field Covers
STB
Models
Black Green Red OTC-1-BK OTC-1-GN OTC-1-RD OTC-1-YW
pg. 653 SMB30A
pg. 653 SMB30MM
pg. 654 SMB30SC
Yellow
482
Light Screens page 489 EZ-SCREEN TYPE 4 493 EZ-SCREEN TYPE 2 511
Laser Scanner page 525 AG4 Laser Scanner 525
Safety Controllers & Modules page 529 SC22-3 533 E-Stop & Guard 537 Universal Input 545 Safety Mat 547 Muting 550 Safe Speed 554 Extension Relay 556 Interface Relay 558
Two-Hand Control Modules page 560 DUO-TOUCH SG 562 STB Buttons 567 DUO-TOUCH SG Run Bars 570
LIGHT SCREENS LASER SCANNER CONTROLLERS & MODULES TWO-HAND CONTROL MODULES INTERLOCK SWITCHES E-STOP & CONTROL DEVICES
Safety Interlock Switches page 572 Magnet Style Hinge Style Compact Plastic Compact Metal Locking Style 575 578 584 590 593
Emergency Stop & Stop Control Devices page 607 E-Stop Buttons Rope Pull Switches Enabling Devices 613 617 627
483
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
Safeguarding Basics
Safety Interface
MACHINE SAFETY
Machine Control
Machine
Hazard PLC
FSD
Emergency Stopping
Two-Hand Control Personnel Protection
Basics of Safeguarding Machine and personnel safeguarding refers to the combination of requirements, methods and solutions used to protect people who come in contact with dangerous machines in the industrial environment.
Requirements National and regional governmental bodies have regulations, mandates, standards and recommendations for implementing a safety method or a solution. Key regulations regarding general machine guarding include the following: Machinery Directive - EU OSHA General Duty Clause USA (see page 466 for an abridged version list of industry safety standards)
Device Requirements Safety devices must be able to consistently and reliably bring a machine hazard to an orderly stop. To be considered a safety device, the following methods must be used to ensure reliable operation: fault exclusion, redundancy and self-checking. Safety Circuit Requirements A safety stop circuit typically comprises of 2 normally-open contact from mechanically-linked relays. The circuit is monitored to detect certain failures that could lead to the loss of the safety function.
484
Methods: Risk Assessment

The Risk Assessment Process in machine safeguarding is a process used to identify hazards through each phase of the machines life cycle and to minimize dangers to personnel and equipment. The basic steps in a Risk Assessment Process: 1. Identify hazards and where they occur. 2. Assess risk by severity of harm and probability of occurrence. 3. Reduce the risk through the use of protective measures. 4. Validate and document results. Risk Assessment Standards OSHA 3071, Job Hazard Analysis MIL-STD-8820, US DOD System Safety Program ANSI/RIA R15.06,Safety Requirements for Industrial Robots and Robot Systems ANSI B11.0 General (Safety) Requirements and Risk Assessment ANSI B11.TR3, Risk Assessment and Risk Reduction ISO 12100, General Principles for Design, Risk Assessment and Risk Reduction SEMI S10, Risk Assessment, Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment
Methods: Safety Circuits

Depending on the level of risk associated with the machine or operations, an appropriate level of control circuitry performance must be incorporated into safety device design.
Basic
Stop Command
Single
Protective Command
Single with Monitoring

Protective Command Monitoring Signal
Dual with Monitoring

Redundant (Safety) Stop Commands Monitoring Signal
Simple Device
Machine Stop
Generic
SafeGuarding Device
Machine Stop
SafeGuarding Device
Machine Stop
SafeGuarding Device
Machine Stop
Non safety-rated components Integrated in accordance with relevant standards Reliability depends on robust components Redundancy not required
Safety-rated components Integrated in accordance with safety principles and design Redundancy not required
Safety-rated components Conducts periodic test of system Normal operation allowed if no faults are found If unsafe fault is found, system will default to safe state or indicate that unsafe system exists
Safety-rated components Greatest degree of fault tolerance Redundancy and self-checking Single failure cannot cause loss of safety function Faults detected immediately or at next demand on system Safety function is ensured with a single fault. An accumulation of faults is not possible or detected. High or Very High Normally reserved for hand-fed applications where injuries could be severe to irreversible Control Reliable ANSI B11.19 (Clause 6.1 and Annex C)
Fault
Possible loss of safety function
Greater reliability, but possible loss of safety function Low Minor first aid, infrequent exposure or high likelihood of avoiding the hazard
Fault detected at each test Mid Range Injuries that are slight or normally reversible, requiring normal healing or only first aid
Very Low Minor bump or bruise with no lost time
ANSI / B11
Risk
Category 3 or 4 and/or PL d pr PL e satisfy Control Reliability requirements Control Reliable ANSI/RIA R15.06 (Clause 4.5)
ANSI / RIA
Simple
Single Channel
Single Channel with Monitoring
Control reliability for robots typically exceeds a Cat 3 but is not necessarily intended to be a Cat 4
ISO / EN
Category B ISO 13849-1/EN 954-1
Category 1 ISO 13849-1/EN 954-1
Category 2 ISO 13849-1/EN 954-1
Category 3 & 4 ISO 13849-1/EN 954-1
485
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
Solutions: Comparing Guards and Devices*

Type Safety Function
Provides a fixed barrier to the hazard
Advantages
Low maintenance Long life Low cost for small areas Protects all individuals Can contain ejected materials
Limitations
Poor ergonomics Limited visibility Limited access Costly for large areas Maintenance may require removal of guard Costly for large areas Increased maintenance
Requirements
Protect from identified hazard Prevent user from reaching over, under, around or through the barrier Provide safe openings
Standards
ANSI B11.19 ISO 14120 ISO 13857
MACHINE SAFETY
Guards: protective physical barrier used to prevent access. Fixed Guard
Interlocked Guard
Interrupts power to machine when guard is opened
Low initial investment Can be placed close to hazard Protects all individuals Can contain ejected materials
Must be difficult to defeat Guard may open only after machine has stoppedor must be installed at a safe distance
ANSI B11.19 NFPA 79 ISO 14119 14120 IEC 60204-1
Safeguarding Devices: components, attachments or mechanisms designed to perform a specific safeguarding function. Safety Light Screen
Arrests power to machine when sensing field is interrupted Excellent ergonomics Allows frequent access Protects all individuals Cost effective for large areas Allows for good visibility Limited to machines that can be stopped quickly No protection from ejected parts May require the use of additional guards May create a pass-through hazard Initiate immediate stop when sensing field is interrupted Appropriate resolution required to detect objects the size of a torso, ankle, hand or finger ANSI B11.19 IEC 61496 ISO 13855
Multiple-Beam Arrests power to machine when sensing field is System: interrupted Grids Points
Low initial investment Allows frequent access Allows for good visibility Protects all individuals
Limited to machines that can be stopped quickly No protection from ejected parts Large safety distance May create a pass-through hazard
Initiate immediate stop when sensing field is interrupted Appropriate resolution required to detect objects the size of a torso
ANSI B11.19 IEC 61496 ISO 13855
Two-Hand Control
Operator must use both hands to actuate machine motion hereby preventing operator access to hazardous area
Operators hands are away from hazardous area Low initial investment Low maintenance
Potential ergonomic impact Provides protection only for operator No protection from ejected parts
Concurrent actuation within 1/2 second Release and reactivation required before machine motion may be reinitiated
ANSI B11.19 NFPA 79 ISO 13851 IEC 60204-1
Safety Mat Monitor
Interrupts power to machine when a minimum pressure is applied
Excellent ergonomics Protects all individuals Allows for good visibility
Costly for large areas Maintenance intensive Large safety distance
Minimum object sensitivity of 66 lbs on and 3-1/8" surface to detect a foot
ANSI B11.19 ISO 13855 ISO 13856
Complementary Safety Devices: used to supplement a primary safeguard. E-Stop Button Rope Pull
Operator activates button in emergency situation to shut off power to machine Immediate response Safe shutdown of machine process Not considered a safeguard Requires conscious act of operator Limits injury or machine damage but typically does not prevent it Overrides all other functions and operations Reset of E-stop doesnt initiate machine motion Button must be red with yellow background Should be located at each operation station Final removal of power done by electromechanical components ANSI B11.19 NFPA 79 ISO 12100 IEC 60204-1 ISO 13850
*This represents a partial list of available safeguards & devices.
486
Solutions: Choosing and Locating a Safeguard

When choosing a safeguard, ask yourself the following questions: 1) is it safe, 2) is it legal and 3) does it make sense for the application.
Choosing a Safety Product

Guards Against Ejected Material Locate Close to Hazard
Who will use it? How will they use it? What hazards are associated with which task? What are the types of hazards? Where will the safeguard be located?
Long Machine Stop Time
Multiple Operators
Infrequent Access
Frequent Access
Maintenance $
Ergonomic
E = Excellent A = Acceptable P = Poor X = Not Acceptable
Visibility
Guarding Solutions
Fixed Hard Guard Locking Guard Interlock Guard Two-Hand Control High-Resolution SLS Low-Resolution SLS 3- or 4-Beam Perimeter 2-Beam Perimeter Safety Mats
Comments
Limited access Limited visibility to the machine Costly for large areas Costly to maintain and fix
P P P A E E E E P
P P P A E E A A A
E E A A P P A A A
E E E A E E P P P
E E A A P P A A A
P P P A E E E E E
P P P A E E E E E
E E E P E E E E E
E E E P X X X X X
Only protects operator(s) Locate closer to hazard Costs less than high resolution SLS Takes less space than 2-beam Costs less than 3- or 4-beam Maintenance-intensive
Locating a Safety Product
K * Ttotal
Ds
+ Dpf
Ds K Ts Dpf
Safety Distance Ds = K (Ts + Tr) + Dpf = Safety Distance (inches) = OSHA Hand-Speed Constant = Machine Response (sec) = Depth Penetration Factor (inches)
Hard guard or solenoid-locking guard
Low-resolution two-beam safety grid (48" Dpf) Horizontal sensing fields, including safety mats, horizontal safety light screens and area scanning devices (48" Dpf) Low-resolution three- or four-beam safety grid (36" Dpf) Standard-resolution safety light screen (3" to 36" Dpf)
Standard or magnetic interlock hard guard interlocked guard opens away or laterally from the hazard (+/- Dpf) Two-hand control (0" Dpf) High-resolution safety light screen (1" to 2" Dpf)
NOTE: Illustration examples are based upon the described safeguards being used as the primary safeguarding device, all examples having identical stopping time, and following generally accepted industrial engineering practices that are found within ANSI B11.19 and ANSI/RIA R15.06 safety standards.
487
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
Requirements: Standards
MACHINE SAFETY
Safeguarding standards are minimum requirements for product and machine design, manufacture, use and evaluation that guide the methods used to improve safety. Go online for a more comprehensive and up-to-date list of standards. General Requirements U.S. OSHA 29CFR1910.212 General Requirements for (Guarding of) All Machines International/European ISO 12100 Safety of Machinery General Principles for Design ISO 14121 (EN 1050) Safety of Machinery: Risk Assessment Standards: Safeguarding Design U.S. ANSI/NFPA 79 Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery ANSI Z535 Safety Signs, Symbols and Color Codes ANSI Z136.1 Safe Use of Lasers ANSI Z244.1 Lockout/Tagout of Energy Sources ANSI B11.21 Machine Tools Using Lasers Safety OSHA 29CFR1910.147 Control of Hazardous Energy OSHA 29CFR1910.219 Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus ANSI B11.0 Safety of Machinery; General Requirements and Risk Assessment ANSI B11.19 Performance Criteria for Safeguarding ANSI B11.TR1 Ergonomic Guidelines ANSI B11.TR3 Risk Assessment / Risk Reduction OSHA 3071 Job Hazard Analysis International/European IEC 60204-1 Electrical Equipment of Machines ISO 14118 (EN 1037) Prevention of Unexpected Start Up ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) Safety Related Parts of Control Systems ISO 14120 (EN 953) Guards General Requirements for the Design and Construction Safety Standards Acronyms ANSI: American National Standards Institute CE: Mark of European Conformity CEN: European Committee for Standardization CENELEC: European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization CSA: Canadian Standards Association EN: European Norm IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission ISO: International Organization for Standardization MIL-STD: USA Military Standard OSHA: Occupation Safety and Health Administration UL: Underwriters Laboratory Standards: Specific Machine Applications, Grouped by Type Machine Tools OSHA 29CFR1910.217 (Guarding of) Mechanical Power Press ANSI B11.1 Mechanical Power Presses EN 692 Mechanical Power Presses More online.... Conveyors ANSI/ASME B20.1 Conveyors and Related Equipment ISO 4123 Belt Conveyors ISO 9851 Overhead Electrical Monorail Conveyors Industrial Robots ANSI/RIA R15.06 Industrial Robots and Robot Systems ISO 10218 Manipulating Industrial Robots Safety Injection Molding ANSI B151.1 Horizontal Injection Molding Machines ANSI B151.21 Injection Blow Molding Machines Safety ANSI B151.26 Dynamic Reaction Injection Molding Machines ANSI B151.27 Plastics Machinery Robots Used With HIM Machines Safety Mills and Calenders OSHA 29CFR1910.261 Pulp, Paper, and Paperboard Mills OSHA 29CFR1910.216 Mills and Calenders in the Rubber and Plastics Industry ANSI B28.1 Safety Code for Rubber Mills and Calenders EN 1417 Rubber and Plastics Machines Two-Roll Mills Packaging ANSI/PMMI B155.1 Packaging and Packaging-Related Converting Machinery Safety EN 415 Safety of Packaging Machines Semiconductor SEMI S1 Safety Guideline for Equipment Safety Labels SEMI S2 Environmental, Health, and Safety Guideline for Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment SEMI S3 Safety Guidelines for Heated Chemical Baths SEMI S7 Safety Guidelines for Environmental, Safety, and Health (ESH) Evaluation of Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment SEMI S8 Safety Guidelines for Ergonomics Engineering of Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment SEMI S9 Safety Guideline for Electrical Design Verification Tests for Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment SEMI S10 Safety Guideline for Risk Assessment And More Cranes, Printing, Woodworking, Lumber and Logging
488
LIGHT SCREENS
EZ-SCREEN TYPE 4 EZ-SCREEN TYPE 2 EZ-SCREEN TYPE 4 Grids & Points
14 or 30 mm Resolution
Low-Profile 14 or 25 mm Resolution
30 mm Resolution
Grids & Points
EZ-SCREEN TYPE 4 14 or 30 mm TYPE 4 LOW PROFILE 14 or 25 mm TYPE 2 30 mm GRIDS & POINTS
page 493 EZ-SCREEN TYPE 4
page 501 EZ-SCREEN Low-Profile
page 511 EZ-SCREEN TYPE 2
page 516 Grids & Points Suited to a variety of access and longrange perimeter guarding applications Uses 1-, 2-, 3- or 4-beams to protect personnel and machinery Can be combined with other devices, such as mirrors and Points, for a custom configuration Offers optional lens shields and enclosures for added durability
Provides point-of-operation, area, access and perimeter safeguarding Protects personnel from injury and equipment from damage Offered in a standard housing with 14 & 30 mm resolution, low-profile housing with 14 & 25 mm resolution, single-beam points or multi-beam grids Reduced resolution and fixed blanking External Device Monitoring (EDM) ensures that a controller or third box is not required Easily understood advanced diagnostics allow for quick troubleshooting Safety PLC input compatible (per OSSD specifications) Rated Type 4 per IEC 61496 Available with optional ESD-safe housing, pigtail connectors and cascading on some models
Features space saving design to fit perfectly into machinery Operates in ranges up to 7 m Resists impact, twisting and abusive environments with a durable aluminum housing and metal endcaps Offers optional cascading to create up to a four sensor system that issues a single stop command
Designed for lower-risk applications Provides economical, compact optical safeguarding Rated Type 2 per IEC 61496 Offered with 30 mm resolution and 15 m range
489
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2) Supply Voltage Maximum Range

6 m/18 m
Model
Page Safety Rating
Resolution
14 & 30 mm
MACHINE SAFETY
Standard Systems
Cascade Systems
EZ-SCREEN Type 4
Low-Profile Systems
493
Type 4 Category 4 PLe SIL 3 Control Reliable
14 & 30 mm
6 m/18 m
14 & 25 mm
24V dc
7m
Low-Profile Cascade Systems

Type 4 Category 4 Control Reliable (call for PL & SIL ratings)
14 & 25 mm
7m
Grid & Point Systems
300 to 584 mm (beam spacing)
20 m/70 m
EZ-SCREEN Type 2
Type 2 Systems
511
Type 2 Category 2
30 mm
24V dc
15 m
490
Safety Output
Auxiliary Output
Blanking

9 to 56 ms
Housing Material
11 to 56 ms Yes PNP OSSD follow (when configured for 1-CH EDM) 2-beam Reduced Resolution & Fixed 8 to 43.5 ms
Aluminum housing with yellow polyester powder finish (other colors available) nickel-plated ESD, clear anodized aluminum or nickel-plated silver
2 PNP OSSD (Trip /Latch Selectable)
IEC IP65 Aluminum housing with yellow polyester powder finish, nickel-plated ESD, or clear anodized aluminum
9.5 to 43.5 ms
24 ms
Aluminum housing with yellow polyester powder finish
2 PNP OSSD (Trip or Latch)
11 to 25 ms
Aluminum housing with yellow polyester powder finish
IEC IP65
491
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
EZ-SCREEN
MACHINE SAFETY

Simple, two-piece integrated system has no control box EZ-SCREEN point-of-operation systems provide finger, hand and ankle detection in a standard or low-profile housing to fit any machine Point and Grid systems allow one-, two-, three- or four-beam perimeter and access guarding Type 4 models are designed with redundant microprocessor-controlled, self-checking circuitry to exceed control reliability requirements and are certified for CE (Type 4/Category 4 PLe) and cULus/cTUVus applications (dependent on model) Type 2 systems are suited to lower-risk applications where the result of an accident is only a slight injury and meet all requirements for CE (Type 2/Category 2) and cULus applications Superior optical design makes system extremely easy to align Status indicators and diagnostics show when alignment is complete and if there are problems with the installation Cascading models allow up to four systems of any length and resolution to be wired together to form a single safety device Systems have ranges up to 70 m, with power and range for all types of applications including long-range perimeter guarding
Interface multiple devices with the SC22-3 Safety Controller. See page 533.
page 493 Type 4 Point-of-Operation and Area Provides choice of models for finger, hand and ankle detection Includes standard or low-profile models to fit any machine Meets Type 4 requirements Offers cascading models to allow up to four systems to be wired together to form a single safety device Includes ESD-safe solutions Provides remote (TEACH) Fixed Blanking options Type 2 Point-of-Operation and Area
page 511 Type 4 Single-Point Access
page 517
page 517 Type 4 Perimeter and Access Guarding Uses one-, two-, three- or four- beams for perimeter and long-range single-sided protection Guards multiple sides of a dangerous area up to 70 m long Meets Type 4 requirements
Designed for lower-risk applications Meets Type 2 requirements Offered with 30 mm resolution and 15 m range
Uses angled mirrors to simulate a two-beam system Allows for the use of multiple units to create custom beam patterns Meets Type 4 requirements
492
EZ-SCREEN
Type 4 Point-of-Operation
Available in 14 mm resolution for finger, hand and ankle detection or 30 mm resolution for hand and ankle detection Operates in ranges from 0.1 to 6 m (14 mm models) and 0.1 to 18 m (30 mm models) Offers fixed or 2-beam reduced resolution (floating blanking) to ignore tooling or constant inflow of materials Displays operating status, configuration error codes, and blocked beams User-configurable trip or latch outputs, Scan Code 1 or 2 and Aux output Exceeds OSHA/ANSI Control Reliability requirements, certified to cULus NIPF, and CE certified to Type 4, Cat 4 PLe, and SIL 3 Provides external device monitoring (EDM) Resists impact, twisting and abusive environments with a durable aluminum housing and metal endcaps Available with standard yellow, clear anodized aluminum housing or nickel-plated ESD-safe housing for protection against electrostatic discharges (other color options available) Offers optional cascading to create up to a four sensor system that issues a single stop command Offers optional lens shields and enclosures for added durability
ACCESSORIES
page 500
45.2 mm
Some of the Available Finishes
ONLINE
L
36.0 mm
EZ-SCREEN Systems
Yellow Painted Aluminum
Clear Anodized Aluminum
Nickel-Plated ESD
Interface multiple devices with the SC22-3 Safety Controller. See page 533
493
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
EZ-SCREEN Systems, 14 mm Resolution0.1 to 6 m Range, 24V dc

Defined Area M12/Euro Connection
8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD
Housing Response Length (L) Time

262 mm 372 mm 522 mm 671 mm 821 mm 971 mm 1120 mm 1270 mm 1420 mm 1569 mm 1719 mm 1869 mm 11 ms 15 ms 19 ms 23 ms 27 ms 32 ms 36 ms 40 ms 43 ms 48 ms 52 ms 56 ms
# of Beams
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
Output
Emitter
SLSE14-150Q8 SLSE14-150P8 SLSE14-300Q8 SLSE14-300P8 SLSE14-450Q8 SLSE14-450P8 SLSE14-600Q8 SLSE14-600P8 SLSE14-750Q8 SLSE14-750P8 SLSE14-900Q8 SLSE14-900P8 SLSE14-1050Q8 SLSE14-1050P8 SLSE14-1200Q8 SLSE14-1200P8 SLSE14-1350Q8 SLSE14-1350P8 SLSE14-1500Q8 SLSE14-1500P8 SLSE14-1650Q8 SLSE14-1650P8 SLSE14-1800Q8 SLSE14-1800P8
Models* Receiver
SLSR14-150Q8 SLSR14-150P8 SLSR14-300Q8 SLSR14-300P8 SLSR14-450Q8 SLSR14-450P8 SLSR14-600Q8 SLSR14-600P8 SLSR14-750Q8 SLSR14-750P8 SLSR14-900Q8 SLSR14-900P8 SLSR14-1050Q8 SLSR14-1050P8 SLSR14-1200Q8 SLSR14-1200P8 SLSR14-1350Q8 SLSR14-1350P8 SLSR14-1500Q8 SLSR14-1500P8 SLSR14-1650Q8 SLSR14-1650P8 SLSR14-1800Q8 SLSR14-1800P8
Pair
SLSP14-150Q88 SLSP14-150P88 SLSP14-300Q88 SLSP14-300P88 SLSP14-450Q88 SLSP14-450P88 SLSP14-600Q88 SLSP14-600P88 SLSP14-750Q88 SLSP14-750P88 SLSP14-900Q88 SLSP14-900P88 SLSP14-1050Q88 SLSP14-1050P88 SLSP14-1200Q88 SLSP14-1200P88 SLSP14-1350Q88 SLSP14-1350P88 SLSP14-1500Q88 SLSP14-1500P88 SLSP14-1650Q88 SLSP14-1650P88 SLSP14-1800Q88 SLSP14-1800P88
MACHINE SAFETY
150 mm 300 mm 450 mm 600 mm 750 mm 900 mm 1050 mm
2 PNP OSSD (Trip/Latch selectable)
ACCESSORIES
1200 mm 1350 mm 1500 mm 1650 mm 1800 mm
page 500

Defined Area
150 mm 300 mm 450 mm 600 mm 750 mm 900 mm
M12/Euro Connection
8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD

262 mm 372 mm 522 mm 671 mm 821 mm 971 mm 9 ms 11 ms 13 ms 15 ms 17 ms 19 ms
# of Beams
10 20 30 40 50 60
Output
Emitter
SLSE30-150Q8 SLSE30-150P8 SLSE30-300Q8 SLSE30-300P8 SLSE30-450Q8 SLSE30-450P8 SLSE30-600Q8 SLSE30-600P8 SLSE30-750Q8 SLSE30-750P8 SLSE30-900Q8 SLSE30-900P8
Models* Receiver
SLSR30-150Q8 SLSR30-150P8 SLSR30-300Q8 SLSR30-300P8 SLSR30-450Q8 SLSR30-450P8 SLSR30-600Q8 SLSR30-600P8 SLSR30-750Q8 SLSR30-750P8 SLSR30-900Q8 SLSR30-900P8
Pair
SLSP30-150Q88 SLSP30-150P88 SLSP30-300Q88 SLSP30-300P88 SLSP30-450Q88 SLSP30-450P88 SLSP30-600Q88 SLSP30-600P88 SLSP30-750Q88 SLSP30-750P88 SLSP30-900Q88 SLSP30-900P88
More on next page
QD models: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 500). For an emitter with TEST function, replace Q8 with Q5 on emitter model numbers (example, SLSE14-150Q5) and Q88 with Q85 on pair model numbers (example, SLSP14-150Q85). For a 300 mm M12/Euro pigtail QD, replace Q with P in model numbers (example, SLSP14-150P88). For a 5-pin 300 mm M12/Euro pigtail QD with No EDM or TEST functions, replace Q8 with P5NT on emitter or receiver (example, SLSE14-150P5NT) and Q88 with P55NT on pair model numbers (example, SLSP14-150P55NT). For a 4-pin 300 mm M12/Euro pigtail QD with no EDM or TEST functions (GND/PE via mounting), replace Q8 with P4NT or Q88 with P44NT (example, SLSP14-150P44NT). * ESD-safe models: Add N to the model number, prior to the QD option designation (example, SLSE14-150NQ8). ESD-safe models are not available with the pigtail QD option. Optional housing finishes: Prior to the QD designation in the model number, add A for a clear (brushed) anodized aluminum finish, black endcaps (example, SLSE14-150AQ8); S for a nickel-plated (silver) finish, black endcaps (example, SLSE14-150SQ8), B for a black painted finish, black endcaps (example, SLSE14-150BQ8), W for a white painted finish, black endcaps (example, SLSE14-150WQ8) or SO for a safety orange painted finish, black endcaps (example, SLSE14-150SOQ8). A pair includes an emitter and receiver (example, SLSP14-150Q88). Emitters (example, SLSE14-150Q8) and receivers (example, SLSR14-150Q8) are also sold separately.
494

Defined Area
(contd)
Models* Receiver Pair
SLSP30-1050Q88 SLSP30-1050P88 SLSP30-1200Q88 SLSP30-1200P88 SLSP30-1350Q88 SLSP30-1350P88 SLSP30-1500Q88 SLSP30-1500P88 SLSP30-1650Q88 SLSP30-1650P88 SLSP30-1800Q88 SLSP30-1800P88 SLSP30-1950Q88 SLSP30-1950P88 SLSP30-2100Q88 SLSP30-2100P88 SLSP30-2250Q88 SLSP30-2250P88 SLSP30-2400Q88 SLSP30-2400P88
M12/Euro Connection
8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD

1120 mm 1270 mm 1420 mm 1569 mm 1719 mm 1869 mm 2018 mm 2168 mm 2318 mm 2468 mm 21 ms 23 ms 25 ms 27 ms 30 ms 32 ms 34 ms 36 ms 38 ms 40 ms
# of Beams
70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160
Output
Emitter
SLSE30-1050Q8 SLSE30-1050P8 SLSE30-1200Q8 SLSE30-1200P8 SLSE30-1350Q8 SLSE30-1350P8 SLSE30-1500Q8 SLSE30-1500P8 SLSE30-1650Q8 SLSE30-1650P8 SLSE30-1800Q8 SLSE30-1800P8 SLSE30-1950Q8 SLSE30-1950P8 SLSE30-2100Q8 SLSE30-2100P8 SLSE30-2250Q8 SLSE30-2250P8 SLSE30-2400Q8 SLSE30-2400P8
SLSR30-1050Q8 SLSR30-1050P8 SLSR30-1200Q8 SLSR30-1200P8 SLSR30-1350Q8 SLSR30-1350P8 SLSR30-1500Q8 SLSR30-1500P8 SLSR30-1650Q8 SLSR30-1650P8 SLSR30-1800Q8 SLSR30-1800P8 SLSR30-1950Q8 SLSR30-1950P8 SLSR30-2100Q8 SLSR30-2100P8 SLSR30-2250Q8 SLSR30-2250P8 SLSR30-2400Q8 SLSR30-2400P8
ACCESSORIES
page 500
EZ-SCREEN
EZ-SCREEN Cascade Systems, 14 mm Resolution0.1 to 6 m Range, 24V dc
Defined Area
M12/Euro Connection
8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD
Housing Response Length (L) Time**

372 mm 522 mm 671 mm 821 mm 971 mm 1120 mm 1270 mm 1420 mm 15 ms 19 ms 23 ms 27 ms 32 ms 36 ms 40 ms 43 ms
# of Beams
40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
Output
Emitter
SLSCE14-300Q8 SLSCE14-300P8 SLSCE14-450Q8 SLSCE14-450P8 SLSCE14-600Q8 SLSCE14-600P8 SLSCE14-750Q8 SLSCE14-750P8 SLSCE14-900Q8 SLSCE14-900P8 SLSCE14-1050Q8 SLSCE14-1050P8 SLSCE14-1200Q8 SLSCE14-1200P8 SLSCE14-1350Q8 SLSCE14-1350P8
Models* Receiver
SLSCR14-300Q8 SLSCR14-300P8 SLSCR14-450Q8 SLSCR14-450P8 SLSCR14-600Q8 SLSCR14-600P8 SLSCR14-750Q8 SLSCR14-750P8 SLSCR14-900Q8 SLSCR14-900P8 SLSCR14-1050Q8 SLSCR14-1050P8 SLSCR14-1200Q8 SLSCR14-1200P8 SLSCR14-1350Q8 SLSCR14-1350P8
Pair
SLSCP14-300Q88 SLSCP14-300P88 SLSCP14-450Q88 SLSCP14-450P88 SLSCP14-600Q88 SLSCP14-600P88 SLSCP14-750Q88 SLSCP14-750P88 SLSCP14-900Q88 SLSCP14-900P88 SLSCP14-1050Q88 SLSCP14-1050P88 SLSCP14-1200Q88 SLSCP14-1200P88 SLSCP14-1350Q88 SLSCP14-1350P88
More on next page
TYPE 4 14 or 30 mm TYPE 4 LOW PROFILE 14 or 25 mm TYPE 2 30 mm GRIDS & POINTS
QD models: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 500). For an emitter with TEST function, replace Q8 with Q5 on emitter model numbers (example, SLSE30-1050Q5) and Q88 with Q85 on pair model numbers (example, SLSP30-1050Q85). For a 300 mm Euro pigtail QD, replace Q with P in model numbers (example, SLSP30-1050P88). For a 5-pin 300 mm Euro pigtail QD with No EDM or TEST, replace Q8 with P5NT on emitter or receiver (example, SLSE30-1050P5NT) and Q88 with P55NT on pair models (example, SLSP30-1050P55NT). For a 4-pin 300 mm M12/Euro pigtail QD with no EDM or TEST functions (GND/PE via mounting), replace Q8 with P4NT or Q88 with P44NT (example, SLSP30-1050P44NT). ESD-safe models: Add N to the model number, prior to the QD option designation (example, SLSE30-1050NQ8). ESD-safe models are not available with the pigtail QD option. Optional housing finishes: Prior to the QD designation in the model number, add A for a clear (brushed) anodized aluminum finish, black endcaps (example, SLSE30-1050AQ8); S for a nickel-plated (silver) finish, black endcaps (example, SLSE30-1050SQ8), B for a black painted finish, black endcaps (example, SLSE30-1050BQ8), W for a white painted finish, black endcaps (example, SLSE30-1050WQ8) or SO for a safety orange painted finish, black endcaps (example, SLSE30-1050SOQ8). ** Cascading system response time: To the response time of the slowest pair, add 2 ms for each additional pair. Example: slowest pairs response time is 15 ms, and the system has three additional pairs (four pairs total), so the system maximum response time is 15 ms + 6 ms (3 pairs x 2 ms) = 21 ms. A pair includes an emitter and receiver (example, SLSP30-1050Q88). Emitters (example, SLSE30-1050Q8) and receivers (example, SLSR30-1050Q8) are also sold separately. *
495
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
EZ-SCREEN Cascade Systems, 14 mm Resolution0.1 to 6 m Range, 24V dc (contd)

Defined Area M12/Euro Connection
8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD

1569 mm 1719 mm 1869 mm 48 ms 52 ms 56 ms
# of Beams
200 220 240
Output
Emitter
SLSCE14-1500Q8 SLSCE14-1500P8 SLSCE14-1650Q8 SLSCE14-1650P8 SLSCE14-1800Q8 SLSCE14-1800P8
Models* Receiver
SLSCR14-1500Q8 SLSCR14-1500P8 SLSCR14-1650Q8 SLSCR14-1650Q8 SLSCR14-1800Q8 SLSCR14-1800Q8
Pair
SLSCP14-1500Q88 SLSCP14-1500P88 SLSCP14-1650Q88 SLSCP14-1650P88 SLSCP14-1800Q88 SLSCP14-1800P88
MACHINE SAFETY
1500 mm 1650 mm 1800 mm
EZ-SCREEN Cascade Systems, 30 mm Resolution0.1 to 18 m Range, 24V dc

Defined Area
300 mm 450 mm 600 mm 750 mm 900 mm 1050 mm 1200 mm 1350 mm 1500 mm 1650 mm 1800 mm 1950 mm 2100 mm 2250 mm 2400 mm
M12/Euro Connection
8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD 8-pin QD 8-pin Pigtail QD

372 mm 522 mm 671 mm 821 mm 971 mm 1120 mm 1270 mm 1420 mm 1569 mm 1719 mm 1869 mm 2018 mm 2168 mm 2318 mm 2468 mm 11 ms 13 ms 15 ms 17 ms 19 ms 21 ms 23 ms 25 ms 27 ms 30 ms 32 ms 34 ms 36 ms 38 ms 40 ms
# of Beams
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160
Output
Emitter
SLSCE30-300Q8 SLSCE30-300P8 SLSCE30-450Q8 SLSCE30-450P8 SLSCE30-600Q8 SLSCE30-600P8 SLSCE30-750Q8 SLSCE30-750P8 SLSCE30-900Q8 SLSCE30-900P8 SLSCE30-1050Q8 SLSCE30-1050P8 SLSCE30-1200Q8 SLSCE30-1200P8 SLSCE30-1350Q8 SLSCE30-1350P8 SLSCE30-1500Q8 SLSCE30-1500P8 SLSCE30-1650Q8 SLSCE30-1650P8 SLSCE30-1800Q8 SLSCE30-1800P8 SLSCE30-1950Q8 SLSCE30-1950P8 SLSCE30-2100Q8 SLSCE30-2100P8 SLSCE30-2250Q8 SLSCE30-2250P8 SLSCE30-2400Q8 SLSCE30-2400P8
Models* Receiver
SLSCR30-300Q8 SLSCR30-300P8 SLSCR30-450Q8 SLSCR30-450P8 SLSCR30-600Q8 SLSCR30-600P8 SLSCR30-750Q8 SLSCR30-750P8 SLSCR30-900Q8 SLSCR30-900P8 SLSCR30-1050Q8 SLSCR30-1050P8 SLSCR30-1200Q8 SLSCR30-1200P8 SLSCR30-1350Q8 SLSCR30-1350P8 SLSCR30-1500Q8 SLSCR30-1500P8 SLSCR30-1650Q8 SLSCR30-1650P8 SLSCR30-1800Q8 SLSCR30-1800P8 SLSCR30-1950Q8 SLSCR30-1950P8 SLSCR30-2100Q8 SLSCR30-2100P8 SLSCR30-2250Q8 SLSCR30-2250P8 SLSCR30-2400Q8 SLSCR30-2400P8
Pair
SLSCP30-300Q88 SLSCP30-300P88 SLSCP30-450Q88 SLSCP30-450P88 SLSCP30-600Q88 SLSCP30-600P88 SLSCP30-750Q88 SLSCP30-750P88 SLSCP30-900Q88 SLSCP30-900P88 SLSCP30-1050Q88 SLSCP30-1050P88 SLSCP30-1200Q88 SLSCP30-1200P88 SLSCP30-1350Q88 SLSCP30-1350P88 SLSCP30-1500Q88 SLSCP30-1500P88 SLSCP30-1650Q88 SLSCP30-1650P88 SLSCP30-1800Q88 SLSCP30-1800P88 SLSCP30-1950Q88 SLSCP30-1950P88 SLSCP30-2100Q88 SLSCP30-2100P88 SLSCP30-2250Q88 SLSCP30-2250P88 SLSCP30-2400Q88 SLSCP30-2400P88
ACCESSORIES
page 500
QD models: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 500). For an emitter with TEST function, replace Q8 with Q5 on emitter model numbers (example, SLSCE14-1500Q5) and Q88 with Q85 on pair model numbers (example, SLSCP14-1500Q85). For a 300 mm Euro pigtail QD, replace Q with P in model numbers (example, SLSCP30-300P88). For a 5-pin 300 mm M12/Euro pigtail QD with No EDM or TEST, replace Q8 with P5NT on emitter or receiver (example, SLSCE14-1050P5NT), and Q88 with P55NT on pair model number (example, SLSCP14-1050P55NT). For a 4-pin 300 mm M12/Euro pigtail QD with no EDM or TEST functions (GND/PE via mounting), replace Q8 with P4NT or Q88 with P44NT (example, SLSP14-1050P44NT). * ESD-safe models: Add N to the model number, prior to the QD option designation (example, SLSCE14-1500NQ8). ESD-safe models are not available with the pigtail QD option. Optional housing finishes: Prior to the QD designation in the model number, add A for a clear (brushed) anodized aluminum finish, black endcaps (example, SLSCE14-1500AQ8); S for a nickel-plated (silver) finish, black endcaps (example, SLSCE14-1500SQ8), B for a black painted finish, black endcaps (example, SLSCE14-1500BQ8), W for a white painted finish, black endcaps (example, SLSCE14-1500WQ8) or SO for a safety orange painted finish, black endcaps (example, SLSCE14-1500SOQ8). Cascading system response time: To the response time of the slowest pair, add 2 ms for each additional pair. Example: slowest pairs response time is 15 ms, and the system has three additional pairs (four pairs total), so the system maximum response time is 15 ms + 6 ms (3 pairs x 2 ms) = 21 ms. A pair includes an emitter and receiver (example, SLSCP30-300Q88). Emitters (example, SLSCE30-300Q8) and receivers (example, SLSCR30-300Q8) are also sold separately.
**
496
EZ-SCREEN 14 & 30 mm Resolution Kits

You can purchase a kit that contains an emitter and receiver of equal length and resolution; brackets; and optional interfacing solution and quick-disconnect cordsets. Detailed information about individual kit components is as follows. Emitter and Receivers Interfacing Options Cordsets Brackets Page 494 523 500 500
To Order: 1. Choose model, resolution and defined area. 2. Yellow housing is standard. To choose an optional housing, add designation listed below prior to the connection. 3. Choose the connection: Integral M12/Euro-Style QD with or without TEST, or 300 mm M12/Euro-Style pigtail with or without TEST. 4. Choose an optional interfacing solution, such as an IM-T-9A or -11 interfacing model.
5. Choose one cordset for each sensor or two cordsets for a pair. M12/Euro QD models (example, SLSK30-150Q88) require mating M12/Euro QD cordsets, such as: - QDE cordset with flying leads - DEE2R double-ended cordset - CSB series splitter cordset
See www.bannerengineering.com for complete information and a current listing of accessories and options for kitting components. Call factory with questions regarding accessories. 1-888-373-6767.
ACCESSORIES
page 500
EZ-SCREEN
Kit Model Key

Model Style Kit Resolution Defined Area Finish Connection Interfacing Options QD Cordset Length Options
S L S
Model Style SLS = Safety Light Screen SLSC = Cascading Safety Light Screen Defined Area 150 mm* 300 mm 450 mm 600 mm 750 mm 900 mm 1050 mm 1200 mm 1350 mm 1500 mm 1650 mm 1800 mm 1950 mm 2100 mm 2250 mm 2400 mm
K
Kit K = Kit
1 4
SLS Resolution 14 = 14 mm 30 = 30 mm
6 0 0
Q 8 8
R E 2 5
Sensor Finish Blank = Yellow powder coat N = Nickel plated ESD A = Clear Anodized Aluminum S = Nickel-plated (silver) B = Black powder coat W = White powder coat
Receiver & Emitter QD Options Q85 = Receiver with integral 8-pin M12/Euro QD Emitter with integral 5-pin M12/Euro QD with Test Q88 = Receiver with integral 8-pin M12/Euro QD Emitter with integral 8-pin M12/Euro QD P88 = Receiver with 8-pin M12/Euro pigtail QD Emitter with 8-pin M12/Euro pigtail QD P55NT = Receiver with 5-pin M12/Euro pigtail QD (No EDM) Emitter with 5-pin M12/Euro pigtail QD (No Test) P44NT = Receiver with 4-pin M12/Euro pigtail QD (No EDM) Emitter with 4-pin M12/Euro pigtail QD (No Test) (GND/PE via mounting)
QD Cordset Length Examples RE15 = 4.5 m, 2 each RE25 = 7.6 m, 2 each R15E25 = 4.5 m (Receiver) & 7.6 m (Emitter) R25E15 = 7.6 m (Receiver) & 4.5 m (Emitter) DD1 = 0.3 DEE2R-81D, 2 each C1D15 = CSB-M1281M1281 (Receiver) DEE2R-815D (8-pin Emitter) C8D25 = CSB-M1288M1281 (SLS Receiver) DEE2R-825D (8-pin Emitter) CU25D25 = CSB-UNT825M1281 (SLS Receiver) DEE2R-825D (8-pin Emitter)
* 150 mm not available in cascade models Longer lengths not available in 14 mm resolution models.
Interfacing Options 1 = IM-T-9A Interface Module, 1 each (3 NO) 2 = IM-T-11A Interface Module, 1 each (2 NO/ 1 NC) 3 = 11-BG00-31-D-024 Contactors (10A), 2 each 4 = BF1801L-024 Contactors (18A), 2 each 5 = EZAC-R9-QE8 = AC Interface Box (3 NO), 1 each 6 = EZAC-R11-QE8 = AC Interface Box (2 NO/1 NC), 1 each
NOTE: See notes under model number tables. Not all combinations are listed. Contact Banner Engineering Corp. for additional information and/or verification of valid kit model numbers.
497
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
EZ-SCREEN 14 & 30 mm Resolution Specifications

Supply Voltage at the Device 24V dc 15% (use a SELV-rated supply according to EN IEC60950) (The external voltage supply must be capable of buffering brief mains interruptions of 20 ms, as specified in EN/IEC 60204-1.) 10% maximum Emitter: 100 mA max. Receiver: 275 mA max., exclusive of OSSD1 and OSSD2 loads (up to an additional 0.5A each) and AUX output load (up to 75 mA) 9 to 56 milliseconds (see model number tables) Cascade Safety Stop Interface (CSSI): 40 milliseconds max. Test Mode is activated either by applying a low signal (less than 3V dc) to emitter TEST #1 terminal for a minimum of 50 milliseconds, or by opening a switch connected between TEST #1 and TEST #2 for a minimum of 50 milliseconds. Beam scanning stops to simulate a blocked condition. A high signal at TEST #1 deactivates Test Mode. High signal: 10 to 30V dc Low signal: 0 to 3V dc Input current: 35 mA inrush, 10 mA max. Infrared LEDs, 950 nm at peak emission Beam 1 (Sync Beam) 14 mm Models 30 mm Models 109 to 800 ms 81 to 495 ms All Other Beams 33 to 220 ms 25 to 152 ms
MACHINE SAFETY
Residual Ripple Supply Current Response Time Remote Test Input (Optional available only on model SLSE..-..Q5 emitters) Wavelength of Emitter Elements Recovery TimeBlocked to clear (OSSDs turn ON; varies with total number of sensing beams and whether Sync beam is blocked) EDM Input
+24V dc signals from external device contacts can be monitored (one-channel, two-channel or no monitoring) via EDM1 and EDM2 terminals in the receiver High signal: 10 to 30V dc at 30 mA typical Low signal: 0 to 3V dc The Reset input must be high for 0.25 to 2 seconds and then low to reset the receiver High signal: 10 to 30V dc at 30 mA typical Low signal: 0 to 3V dc Closed switch time: 0.25 to 2 sec
Reset Input Safety Outputs (OSSDs)
Two redundant solid-state 24V dc, 0.5 A max. sourcing OSSD (Output Signal Switching Device) safety outputs. (Use optional interface modules for ac or larger dc loads.) Capable of the Banner Safety Handshake ON-State voltage: Vin-1.5V dc OFF-State voltage: 1.2V dc max. (0-1.2V dc) Max. load capacitance: 1.0 F Max. load inductance: 10 H Leakage current: 0.50 mA maximum Cable resistance: 10 maximum OSSD test pulse width: 100 to 300 microseconds OSSD test pulse period: 10 to 27 milliseconds (varies with number of beams) Switching current: 0-0.5 A Current-sourcing (PNP) solid-state output, 24V dc at 75mA max that follow the safety outputs (lockout function optional) Emitter: Scan Code selection: 2-position switch (code 1 or 2). Factory default position is code 1. Receiver: Scan Code selection: 2-position switch (code 1 or 2). Factory default position is code 1. Trip/Latch Output selection: Redundant switches. Factory default position is T (Trip). EDM/MPCE monitor selection: 2-position switch selects between 1- or 2-channel monitoring. Factory default position is 2. Reduced Resolution (2-beam Floating Blanking): Redundant switches. Factory default is OFF. All inputs and outputs are protected from short circuits to +24V dc or dc common III 14 mm models: 0.1 m to 6 m 30 mm models: 0.1 m to 18 m Range decreases with use of mirrors and/or lens shields: Lens shields approximately 10% less range per shield Glass-surface mirrors approximately 8% less range per mirror See Accessory section for more information on a specific mirror, page 740. > 10,000 lux at 5 angle of incidence Totally immune to one Federal Signal Corp. Fireball model FB2PST strobe Meets Type 4 requirements per IEC 61496-2, 2.5 @ 3 m Materials: Extruded aluminum housing with yellow polyester powder (optional black or white or nickel-plated silver finish) and well-sealed, rugged die-cast zinc end caps, acrylic lens cover, copolyester access cover. Endcaps on silver models are also nickel-plated. Rating: IP65
Auxiliary (Aux.) Output Switching Capacity Controls and Adjustments
Short Circuit Protection Electrical Safety Class (IEC 61140) Operating Range
Ambient Light Immunity Strobe Light Immunity Effective Aperture Angle (EAA) Enclosure
More on next page
498
EZ-SCREEN 14 & 30 mm Resolution Specifications

Operating Conditions Status Indicators Temperature: 0 to +55 C
(contd)
Relative humidity: 95% (non-condensing)
Emitter: One Bi-color (Red/Green) Status Indicator indicates operating mode, Lockout or power OFF condition 7-segment Diagnostic Indicator (1 digit) indicates proper operation, scan code or error code Receiver: Yellow Reset Indicator indicates whether system is ready for operation or requires a reset Bi-Color (Red/Green) Status Indicator indicates general system and output status Bi-Color (Red/Green) Zone Status Indicators indicates condition (clear or blocked beam) of a defined group of beams 7-Segment Diagnostic Indicator (3-digit) indicates proper operation, scan code or error code, total number of blocked beams
Mounting Hardware Shock and Vibration Design Standards Certifications
Emitter and receiver each are supplied with a pair of swivel end-mounting brackets. Models longer than 900 mm also include a swivel center-mount bracket. Mounting brackets are 8-gauge cold-rolled steel, black zinc finish. EZ-SCREEN components have passed vibration and shock tests according to IEC 61496-1. This includes vibration (10 cycles) of 10-55 Hz at 0.35 mm single amplitude (0.70 mm peak-to-peak) and shock of 10 g for 16 milliseconds (6,000 cycles). Designed to comply with Type 4 per IEC 61496; Category 4 PLe per EN ISO 13849-1; SIL 3 per IEC 61508, SIL CL 3 per IEC 62061; Type 4 per UL 61496-1/-2
Wiring Diagrams
WD001, WD003, WD004, WD005, WD006, WD007, WD013, WD014, WD015, WD016, WD017, WD018, WD019 (pp. 790-800)
499
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
Cordsets
Euro QD
Euro QDDouble-Ended
5-Pin Length
See page 701 8-Pin*
Euro QD Splitter
Length
0m 0.30 m 2.50 m 4.60 m 7.60 m 7.60 m
MACHINE SAFETY
Length
4.57 m 7.62 m 15.3 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
See page 699 8-Pin

QDE-815D QDE-825D QDE-850D QDE-875D QDE-8100D
5-Pin
See page 707 8-Pin

CSB-M1280M1280 CSB-M1281M1281 CSB-M1288M1281 CSB-M12815M1281 CSB-M12825M1281 CSB-UNT825M1281
0.31 m DEE2R-81D 0.91 m DEE2R-83D 2.44 m DEE2R-88D 4.57 m DEE2R-815D 7.62 m DEE2R-825D 15.2 m DEE2R-850D 22.9 m DEE2R-875D 30.5 m DEE2R-8100D
DEE2R-51D DEE2R-53D DEE2R-58D DEE2R-515D DEE2R-525D DEE2R-550D DEE2R-575D DEE2R-5100D
Additional cordsets and information available. See page 693. NOTE: See page 501 for interfacing solutions. Additional accessories are listed on page 619.
* For connection to safety BUS gateway/node, a smart self-monitored safety module, safety controller or safety PLC see page 701.
Brackets
14 & 30 mm
14 & 30 mm Cascade
STANDS
ENCLOSURES
PAGE 736
PAGE 742
MIRRORS
pg. 642
EZA-MBK-12*
LENS SHIELDS
pg. 642
EZA-MBK-11*
pg. 642
EZA-MBK-20
pg. 643
EZA-MBK-21
Additional brackets and information available. See page 632. * Standard brackets included with emitter/receiver.
PAGE 740
PAGE 746
INTERFACE
PAGE 523
Replacement Parts
Model
EZA-ADE-1 EZA-ADE-2 EZA-ADR-1 EZA-ADR-2 EZA-MBK-12 EZA-MBK-11 EZA-TP-1 EZA-RR-1 MGA-K-1 MGA-KS0-1 EZA-HK-1 EZA-RTP-1 STP-13 STP-14 STP-15
Description
Copolyester access cover with label for 14 or 30 mm resolution emitters Copolyester access cover with inverted label for 14 or 30 mm resolution emitters Copolyester access cover with label for 14 or 30 mm resolution receiver Copolyester access cover with inverted label for 14 or 30 mm resolution receiver Center bracket kit (includes 1 bracket and hardware to mount to MSA Series stands) for 14 or 30 mm resolution EZ-SCREEN Standard bracket kit with hardware (includes 2 end brackets and hardware to mount to MSA Series stands) for 14 or 30 mm resolution EZ-SCREEN Access cover security plate (includes 2 screws, wrench) for 14 or 30 mm resolution EZ-SCREEN External normally open reset switch with 8-pin/M12 Euro-style QD Replacement key for switch MGA-KS0-1 Panel-mount keyed normally open reset switch Wrench, Security Terminator plug for cascade receiver 14 mm test piece (14 mm resolution systems) 30 mm test piece (14 mm resolution systems with 2-beam Reduced Resolution and for 30 mm resolution systems) 60 mm test piece (30 mm resolution systems with 2-beam Reduced Resolution)
Note: See Installation manual p/n 112852 for complete list of replacement parts and accessories.
500
EZ-SCREEN Low-Profile (LP)

Available in 14 mm resolution for finger, hand and ankle detection or 25 mm resolution for hand and ankle detection Features space saving design to fit perfectly into machinery Operates in ranges up to 7 m Offers reduced resolution (2-beam floating blanking) and fixed blanking to ignore tooling or constant inflow of materials Features a 7-segment display for diagnostic information and number of blocked beams Identifies clear and blocked beam using zone indicators Features user-configurable trip or latch outputs, and Scan Code 1 or 2 Provides External Device Monitoring (EDM), TEST function and Aux outputs Exceeds OSHA/ANSI Control Reliability requirements, certified to cTUVus, and CE certified to Type 4, Cat 4 PLe, and SIL 3 Resists impact, twisting and abusive environments with a durable aluminum housing and metal endcaps Available with nickel-plated ESD-safe housing for protection against electrostatic discharges, clear anodized aluminum or with a safety yellow powder-coat housing Offers optional cascading to create up to a four sensor system that issues a single stop command Easily configured reduced resolution and fixed blanking, remote Teach of fixed blanking option available on cascade models
ACCESSORIES
page 510
Remote Fixed Blanking

Simple procedure to allow for frequent configuration of a fixed blanked area, without using receiver DIP switches Available in all low-profile cascade receivers when used as a standalone or as an end receiver Requires optional EZA-RBK-1 key switch or SPDT (Form C) switch to perform remote programing See page 510.
26 mm
Available Finishes
ONLINE
L
28 mm EZ-SCREEN LP Systems
Yellow Painted Clear Anodized Nickel-Plated Aluminum Aluminum ESD
501
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
EZ-SCREEN Low-Profile Systems, 14 mm Resolution0.1 to 7 m Range, 24V dc

Defined Area Connection
Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD

270 mm 410 mm 549 mm 689 mm 829 mm 969 mm 1108 mm 1248 mm 1388 mm 1528 mm 1667 mm 1807 mm 10.5 ms 13.5 ms 16.5 ms 19.5 ms 22.5 ms 25.5 ms 28.5 ms 31.5 ms 34.5 ms 37.5 ms 40.5 ms 43.5 ms
# of Beams
27 41 55 69 83 97 111 125 139 153 167 181
Output
Emitter
SLPE14-270P8 SLPE14-270 SLPE14-410P8 SLPE14-410 SLPE14-550P8 SLPE14-550 SLPE14-690P8 SLPE14-690 SLPE14-830P8 SLPE14-830 SLPE14-970P8 SLPE14-970 SLPE14-1110P8 SLPE14-1110 SLPE14-1250P8 SLPE14-1250 SLPE14-1390P8 SLPE14-1390 SLPE14-1530P8 SLPE14-1530 SLPE14-1670P8 SLPE14-1670 SLPE14-1810P8 SLPE14-1810
Models* Receiver
SLPR14-270P8 SLPR14-270 SLPR14-410P8 SLPR14-410 SLPR14-550P8 SLPR14-550 SLPR14-690P8 SLPR14-690 SLPR14-830P8 SLPR14-830 SLPR14-970P8 SLPR14-970 SLPR14-1110P8 SLPR14-1110 SLPR14-1250P8 SLPR14-1250 SLPR14-1390P8 SLPR14-1390 SLPR14-1530P8 SLPR14-1530 SLPR14-1670P8 SLPR14-1670 SLPR14-1810P8 SLPR14-1810
Pair
SLPP14-270P88 SLPP14-270 SLPP14-410P88 SLPP14-410 SLPP14-550P88 SLPP14-550 SLPP14-690P88 SLPP14-690 SLPP14-830P88 SLPP14-830 SLPP14-970P88 SLPP14-970 SLPP14-1110P88 SLPP14-1110 SLPP14-1250P88 SLPP14-1250 SLPP14-1390P88 SLPP14-1390 SLPP14-1530P88 SLPP14-1530 SLPP14-1670P88 SLPP14-1670 SLPP14-1810P88 SLPP14-1810
MACHINE SAFETY
270 mm 410 mm 550 mm 690 mm 830 mm 970 mm 1110 mm 1250 mm 1390 mm 1530 mm 1670 mm 1810 mm
ACCESSORIES
page 510
EZ-SCREEN Low-Profile Systems, 25 mm Resolution0.1 to 7 m Range, 24V dc

Defined Area
270 mm 410 mm
Connection
Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD

270 mm 410 mm 549 mm 689 mm 829 mm 8 ms 9.5 ms 11 ms 12.5 ms 14 ms
# of Beams
14 21 28 35 42
Output
Emitter
SLPE25-270P8 SLPE25-270 SLPE25-410P8 SLPE25-410 SLPE25-550P8 SLPE25-550 SLPE25-690P8 SLPE25-690 SLPE25-830P8 SLPE25-830
Models* Receiver
SLPR25-270P8 SLPR25-270 SLPR25-410P8 SLPR25-410 SLPR25-550P8 SLPR25-550 SLPR25-690P8 SLPR25-690 SLPR25-830P8 SLPR25-830
Pair
SLPP25-270P88 SLPP25-270 SLPP25-410P88 SLPP25-410 SLPP25-550P88 SLPP25-550 SLPP25-690P88 SLPP25-690 SLPP25-830P88 SLPP25-830
More on next page
550 mm
690 mm 830 mm
Connection options: QD models: Pigtail QD models require mating cordsets with an 8-pin M12/Euro-style connector (such as QDE-8..D, DEE2R-8..D or CSB-M128..M1281; see page 510). Integral RD models require mating cordsets with a removable disconnect connector (such as RDLP-8..D or DELPE-8..D; see page 510). * Only standard yellow housing models are listed. 300 mm Pigtail QD models (example, SLPE14-270P8) have yellow PVC cable and black PVC QD overmold. For other models: Anodized aluminum housing: Prior to the connection designation (if any) in the model number, add A for a clear (brushed) anodized aluminum finish and black endcaps (example, SLPE14-270AP8). Pigtail QD models (example, SLPE14-270AP8) have black PVC cable and QD overmold. ESD-safe models: Prior to the connection designation (if any) in the model number, add N for a nickel-plated housing and endcaps (example, SLPE14-270NP8). A pair includes an emitter and receiver (example, SLPP25-270P88).
502
EZ-SCREEN Low-Profile Systems, 25 mm Resolution0.1 to 7 m Range, 24V dc (contd)

Defined Area
970 mm 1110 mm 1250 mm 1390 mm 1530 mm 1670 mm 1810 mm
Connection
Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD

969 mm 1108 mm 1248 mm 1388 mm 1528 mm 1668 mm 1807 mm 15.5 ms 17 ms 18.5 ms 20 ms 21 ms 22.5 ms 24 ms
# of Beams
49 56 63 70 77 84 91
Output
Emitter
SLPE25-970P8 SLPE25-970 SLPE25-1110P8 SLPE25-1110 SLPE25-1250P8 SLPE25-1250 SLPE25-1390P8 SLPE25-1390 SLPE25-1530P8 SLPE25-1530 SLPE25-1670P8 SLPE25-1670 SLPE25-1810P8 SLPE25-1810
Models* Receiver
SLPR25-970P8 SLPR25-970 SLPR25-1110P8 SLPR25-1110 SLPR25-1250P8 SLPR25-1250 SLPR25-1390P8 SLPR25-1390 SLPR25-1530P8 SLPR25-1530 SLPR25-1670P8 SLPR25-1670 SLPR25-1810P8 SLPR25-1810
Pair
SLPP25-970P88 SLPP25-970 SLPP25-1110P88 SLPP25-1110 SLPP25-1250P88 SLPP25-1250 SLPP25-1390P88 SLPP25-1390 SLPP25-1530P88 SLPP25-1530 SLPP25-1670P88 SLPP25-1670 SLPP25-1810P88 SLPP25-1810
ACCESSORIES
page 510
EZ-SCREEN Low-Profile Cascade Systems, 14 mm Resolution0.1 to 7 m Range, 24V dc

Defined Area
Connection
Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD

410 mm 549 mm 689 mm 829 mm 969 mm 1108 mm 1248 mm 1388 mm 1528 mm 13.5 ms 16.5 ms 19.5 ms 22.5 ms 25.5 ms 28.5 ms 31.5 ms 34.5 ms 37.5 ms
# of Beams
41 55 69 83 97 111 125 139 153
Models* Output Emitter

SLPCE14-410P8 SLPCE14-410 SLPCE14-550P8 SLPCE14-550 SLPCE14-690P8 SLPCE14-690 SLPCE14-830P8 2 PNP OSSD (Trip/Latch selectable) SLPCE14-830 SLPCE14-970P8 SLPCE14-970 SLPCE14-1110P8 SLPCE14-1110 SLPCE14-1250P8 SLPCE14-1250 SLPCE14-1390P8 SLPCE14-1390 SLPCE14-1530P8 SLPCE14-1530
Receiver
SLPCR14-410P8 SLPCR14-410 SLPCR14-550P8 SLPCR14-550 SLPCR14-690P8 SLPCR14-690 SLPCR14-830P8 SLPCR14-830 SLPCR14-970P8 SLPCR14-970 SLPCR14-1110P8 SLPCR14-1110 SLPCR14-1250P8 SLPCR14-1250 SLPCR14-1390P8 SLPCR14-1390 SLPCR14-1530P8 SLPCR14-1530
Pair
SLPCP14-410P88 SLPCP14-410 SLPCP14-550P88 SLPCP14-550 SLPCP14-690P88 SLPCP14-690 SLPCP14-830P88 SLPCP14-830 SLPCP14-970P88 SLPCP14-970 SLPCP14-1110P88 SLPCP14-1110 SLPCP14-1250P88 SLPCP14-1250 SLPCP14-1390P88 SLPCP14-1390 SLPCP14-1530P88 SLPCP14-1530
More on next page
Connection options: QD models: Pigtail QD models require mating cordsets with an 8-pin M12/Euro-style connector (such as QDE-8..D, DEE2R-8..D or CSB-M128..M1281; see page 510). Integral RD models require mating cordsets with a removable disconnect connector (such as RDLP-8..D or DELPE-8..D; see page 510). * Only standard yellow housing models are listed. Pigtail QD models (example, SLPE25-830P8) have yellow PVC cable and black PVC QD overmold. For other models: Anodized aluminum housing: Prior to the connection designation (if any) in the model number, add A for a clear (brushed) anodized aluminum finish and black endcaps (example, SLPE25-830AP8). Pigtail QD models (example, SLPE25-830AP8) have black PVC cable and QD overmold. ESD-safe models: Prior to the connection designation (if any) in the model number, add N for a nickel-plated housing and endcaps (example, SLPE25-380NP8). A pair includes an emitter and receiver (example, SLPP25-270P88).
503
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
EZ-SCREEN Low-Profile Cascade Systems, 14 mm Resolution0.1 to 7 m Range, 24V dc (contd)

Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD

1667 mm 1807 mm 40.5 ms 43.5 ms
# of Beams
167 181
Models* Output
Emitter
SLPCE14-1670P8 SLPCE14-1670 SLPCE14-1810P8 SLPCE14-1810
Receiver
SLPCR14-1670P8 SLPCR14-1670 SLPCR14-1810P8 SLPCR14-1810
Pair
SLPCP14-1670P88 SLPCP14-1670 SLPCP14-1810P88 SLPCP14-1810
MACHINE SAFETY
1670 mm 1810 mm
EZ-SCREEN Low-Profile Cascade Systems, 25 mm Resolution0.1 to 7 m Range, 24V dc

Defined Area
ACCESSORIES
Connection
Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro Integral RD

410 mm 549 mm 689 mm 829 mm 9.5 ms 11 ms 12.5 ms 14 ms
# of Beams
21 28 35 42
Output
Emitter
SLPCE25-410P8 SLPCE25-410 SLPCE25-550P8 SLPCE25-550 SLPCE25-690P8 SLPCE25-690 SLPCE25-830P8 SLPCE25-830 SLPCE25-970P8
Models* Receiver
SLPCR25-410P8 SLPCR25-410 SLPCR25-550P8 SLPCR25-550 SLPCR25-690P8 SLPCR25-690 SLPCR25-830P8 SLPCR25-830 SLPCR25-970P8 SLPCR25-970 SLPCR25-1110P8 SLPCR25-1110 SLPCR25-1250P8 SLPCR25-1250 SLPCR25-1390P8 SLPCR25-1390 SLPCR25-1530P8 SLPCR25-1530 SLPCR25-1670P8 SLPCR25-1670 SLPCR25-1810P8 SLPCR25-1810
Pair
SLPCP25-410P88 SLPCP25-410 SLPCP25-550P88 SLPCP25-550 SLPCP25-690P88 SLPCP25-690 SLPCP25-830P88 SLPCP25-830 SLPCP25-970P88 SLPCP25-970 SLPCP25-1110P88 SLPCP25-1110 SLPCP25-1250P88 SLPCP25-1250 SLPCP25-1390P88 SLPCP25-1390 SLPCP25-1530P88 SLPCP25-1530 SLPCP25-1670P88 SLPCP25-1670 SLPCP25-1810P88 SLPCP25-1810
page 510
410 mm 550 mm 690 mm 830 mm
970 mm
969 mm
15.5 ms
49 2 PNP OSSD (Trip/Latch selectable)
SLPCE25-970 SLPCE25-1110P8 SLPCE25-1110 SLPCE25-1250P8 SLPCE25-1250 SLPCE25-1390P8 SLPCE25-1390 SLPCE25-1530P8 SLPCE25-1530 SLPCE25-1670P8 SLPCE25-1670 SLPCE25-1810P8 SLPCE25-1810
1110 mm 1250 mm 1390 mm 1530 mm 1670 mm 1810 mm
1108 mm 1248 mm 1388 mm 1528 mm 1668 mm 1807 mm
17 ms 18.5 ms 20 ms 21 ms 22.5 ms 24 ms
56 63 70 77 84 91
Connection options: QD models: Pigtail QD models require mating cordsets with an 8-pin M12/Euro-style connector (such as QDE-8..D, DEE2R-8..D or CSB-M128..M1281; see page 510). Integral RD models require mating cordsets with a removable disconnect connector (such as RDLP-8..D or DELPE-8..D; see page 510). * Only standard yellow housing models are listed. Pigtail QD models (example, SLPCE25-1670P8) have yellow PVC cable and black PVC QD overmold. For other models: Anodized aluminum housing: Prior to the connection designation (if any) in the model number, add A for a clear (brushed) anodized aluminum finish and black endcaps (example, SLPCE25-1670AP8). Pigtail QD models (example, SLPCE25-1670AP8) have black PVC cable and QD overmold. ESD-safe models: Prior to the connection designation (if any) in the model number, add N for a nickel-plated housing and endcaps (example, SLPCE25-1670NP8). Pigtail QD models (example, SLPCP25-410NP88) have black PVC cable and QD overmold. A pair includes an emitter and receiver (example, SLPCP25-410P88).
504
EZ-SCREEN Low-Profile Systems with Integral Muting, 14 mm Resolution, 24V dc

Defined Area
Connection
Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD

410 mm 549 mm 689 mm 829 mm 969 mm 1108 mm 1248 mm 1388 mm 1528 mm 1667 mm 1807 mm 13.5 ms 16.5 ms 19.5 ms 22.5 ms 25.5 ms 28.5 ms 31.5 ms 34.5 ms 37.5 ms 40.5 ms 43.5 ms
# of Beams
41 55 69 83 97 111 125 139 153 167 181
Output
Emitter
SLPE14-410P8 SLPE14-410 SLPE14-550P8 SLPE14-550 SLPE14-690P8 SLPE14-690 SLPE14-830P8 SLPE14-830 SLPE14-970P8 SLPE14-970 SLPE14-1110P8 SLPE14-1110 SLPE14-1250P8 SLPE14-1250 SLPE14-1390P8 SLPE14-1390 SLPE14-1530P8 SLPE14-1530 SLPE14-1670P8 SLPE14-1670 SLPE14-1810P8 SLPE14-1810
Models Receiver
SLPMR14-410P12 SLPMR14-410 SLPMR14-550P12 SLPMR14-550 SLPMR14-690P12 SLPMR14-690 SLPMR14-830P12 SLPMR14-830 SLPMR14-970P12 SLPMR14-970 SLPMR14-1110P12 SLPMR14-1110 SLPMR14-1250P12 SLPMR14-1250 SLPMR14-1390P12 SLPMR14-1390 SLPMR14-1530P12 SLPMR14-1530 SLPMR14-1670P12 SLPMR14-1670 SLPMR14-1810P12 SLPMR14-1810
Pair
SLPMP14-410P128 SLPMP14-410 SLPMP14-550P128 SLPMP14-550 SLPMP14-690P128 SLPMP14-690 SLPMP14-830P128 SLPMP14-830 SLPMP14-970P128 SLPMP14-970 SLPMP14-1110P128 SLPMP14-1110 SLPMP14-1250P128 SLPMP14-1250 SLPMP14-1390P128 SLPMP14-1390 SLPMP14-1530P128 SLPMP14-1530 SLPMP14-1670P128 SLPMP14-1670 SLPMP14-1810P128 SLPMR25-1810
EZ-SCREEN Low-Profile Systems with Integral Muting, 25 mm Resolution, 24V dc

Defined Area
410 mm 550 mm 690 mm 830 mm
Connection
Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD

410 mm 549 mm 689 mm 829 mm 9.5 ms 11 ms 12.5 ms 14 ms
# of Beams
21 28 35 42
Output
Emitter
SLPE25-410P8 SLPE25-410 SLPE25-550P8 SLPE25-550 SLPE25-690P8 SLPE25-690 SLPE25-830P8 SLPE25-830
Models Receiver
SLPMR25-410P12 SLPMR25-410 SLPMR25-550P12 SLPMR25-550 SLPMR14-690P12 SLPMR25-690 SLPMR25-830P12 SLPMR25-830
Pair
SLPMP25-410P128 SLPMP25-410 SLPMP25-550P128 SLPMP25-550 SLPMP25-690P128 SLPMP25-690 SLPMP25-830P128 SLPMP25-830
More on next page
Connection options: QD models: Pigtail QD models require mating cordsets with an 12-pin M12/Euro-style connector (such as QDE-8..D, DEE2R-8..D or CSB-M128..M1281; see page 510). Integral RD models require mating cordsets with a removable disconnect connector (such as RDLP-8..D or DELPE-8..D; see page 510). A pair includes an emitter and receiver (example, SLPMP14-410P128).
505
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
EZ-SCREEN Low-Profile Systems with Integral Muting, 25 mm Resolution, 24V dc (contd)

Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD Pigtail QD, 12-pin M12/Euro Integral RD

969 mm 1108 mm 1248 mm 1388 mm 1528 mm 1667 mm 1807 mm 49 56 63 70 77 84 91
# of Beams
15.5 ms 17 ms 18.5 ms 20 ms 21 ms 22.5 ms 24 ms
Output
Emitter
SLPE25-970P8 SLPE25-970 SLPE25-1110P8 SLPE25-1110 SLPE25-1250P8 SLPE25-1250 SLPE25-1390P8 SLPE25-1390 SLPE25-1530P8 SLPE25-1530 SLPE25-1670P8 SLPE25-1670 SLPE25-1810P8 SLPE25-1810
Models Receiver
SLPMR25-970P12 SLPMR25-970 SLPMR25-1110P12 SLPMR25-1110 SLPMR25-1250P12 SLPMR25-1250 SLPMR25-1390P12 SLPMR25-1390 SLPMR25-1530P12 SLPMR25-1530 SLPMR25-1670P12 SLPMR25-1670 SLPMR14-1810P12 SLPMR25-1810
Pair
SLPMP25-970P128 SLPMP25-970 SLPMP25-1110P128 SLPMP25-1110 SLPMP25-1250P128 SLPMP25-1250 SLPMP25-1390P128 SLPMP25-1390 SLPMP25-1530P128 SLPMP25-1530 SLPMP25-1670P128 SLPMP14-1670 SLPMP25-1810P128 SLPMR25-1810
MACHINE SAFETY
970 mm 1110 mm 1250 mm 1390 mm 1530 mm 1670 mm 1810 mm
Connection options: QD models: Pigtail QD models require mating cordsets with an 12-pin M12/Euro-style connector (such as QDE-8..D, DEE2R-8..D or CSB-M128..M1281; see page 510). Integral RD models require mating cordsets with a removable disconnect connector (such as RDLP-8..D or DELPE-8..D; see page 510). A pair includes an emitter and receiver (example, SLPMP14-410P128).
506
EZ-SCREEN Low-Profile 14 & 25 mm Resolution Kits

You can purchase a kit that contains an emitter and receiver of equal length and resolution; brackets; and optional interfacing solution and quick-disconnect cordsets. Detailed information about individual kit components is as follows. Emitter and Receivers Interfacing Options Cordsets Brackets Page 501 523 510 510
To Order: 1. Choose model, resolution and defined area. 2. Yellow housing is standard. To choose an optional housing, add an A or N prior to the connection designation: A for anodized aluminum (clear) finish with black endcaps (example, SLPK25-270A). N for ESD-safe models with a nickel-plated housing and endcaps (example, SLPK25-270N). 3. Choose the connection: 300 mm M12/Euro-Style Pigtail QD or integral Removable Disconnect (RD). 4. Choose an optional interfacing solution, such as an IM-T-9A or -11 interfacing model.
5. Choose one cordset for each sensor or two cordsets for a pair. M12/Euro Pigtail QD models (example, SLPK25-270P88) require mating 8-pin M12/Euro QD cordsets, such as: - QDE cordset with flying leads - DEE2R double-ended cordset - CSB series splitter cordset Integral RD models (example, SLPK25-270) require mating cordsets, such as: - RDLP cordset with flying leads - DELPE double-ended cordset with M12/Euro QD (requires additional mating 8-pin M12/Euro QD cordsets) - DELP cordset in cascade application for connection of 2nd, 3rd and 4th sensors
ACCESSORIES
page 510
See www.bannerengineering.com for complete information and a current listing of accessories and options for kitting components. Call factory with questions regarding accessories. Optional housings with Pigtail QD models have a black 300 mm PVC cable and QD overmold.
Kit Model Key

Model Style Kit Resolution Defined Area Finish Connection Interfacing Options QD Cordset Length Options
S L P
Model Style SLP = Standard SLPC = Cascade SLPM = Muting Defined Area 270 mm * 410 mm 550 mm 690 mm 830 mm 970 mm 1110 mm 1250 mm 1390 mm 1530 mm 1670 mm 1810 mm Kit K = Kit
1 4
SLS Resolution 14 = 14 mm 25 = 25 mm
2 7 0
P 8 8
R 1 5 E 2 5
Sensor Finish Blank = Yellow powder coat A = Clear anodized Aluminum N = Nickel plated (ESD)
Connection Options P88 = Two 300 mm pigtail with 8-pin M12/Euro QD connector. Used with QDE-8xxD, DEE2R-8xxD or CSB-M1281M128xx. Cordsets ordered separately. R88 = Two RDLP-8xxD Removable Disconnect cordsets with flying lead wires D88 = Two DELPE-8xxD with 8-pin M12/Euro QD connector. Used with QDE-8xxD, DEE2R-8xxD or CSB-M1281M128xx. Cordsets ordered separately. D1111 = Two DELP-11xxxE cordsets for 2nd, 3rd or 4th SLPC cascade sensors.
QD Cordset Length Examples RE15 = 4.6 m, 2 each RE25 = 8 m, 2 each R15E25 = 4.6 m (Receiver) & 8 m (Emitter) R25E15 = 8 m (Receiver) & 4.6 m (Emitter) DD1 = 0.3 m, 2 each, DEE2R-8xxD, DELPE-8xxD or DELP-11xxxE, depending on QD option C1D15 = CSB-M1281M1281 (Receiver) DEE2R-815D (Emitter) C8D25 = CSB-M1288M1281 (Receiver) DEE2R-850D (Emitter) CU25D25 = CSB-UNT825M1281 (Receiver) DEE2R-825D (Emitter) Interfacing Options 1 = IM-T-9A Interface Module, 1 each (3 NO) 2 = IM-T-11A Interface Module, 1 each (2 NO/1 NC) 3 = 11-BG00-31-D-024 Contactors (10A), 2 each 4 = BF1801L-024 Contactors (18A), 2 each 5 = EZAC-R9-QE8 = AC Interface Box (3 NO), 1 each 6 = EZAC-R11-QE8 = AC Interface Box (2 NO/1 NC), 1 each
* 270 mm not available in cascade or muting models
NOTE: See notes under model number tables. Not all combinations are listed. Contact Banner Engineering Corp. for additional information and/or verification of valid kit model numbers.
507
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
EZ-SCREEN Low-Profile 14 & 25 mm Resolution Specifications

Supply Voltage at the Device
MACHINE SAFETY
24V dc 15% (use a SELV-rated supply according to EN IEC 60950) (The external voltage supply must be capable of buffering brief mains interruptions of 20 milliseconds, as specified in EN IEC 60204-1.) 10% maximum Emitter: 60 mA max., exclusive of fault load Receiver: 150 mA max., exclusive of OSSD1 and OSSD2 loads (up to an additional 0.5A each) and Aux Output load (up to an additional 0.25A) 8 to 43.5 milliseconds (see model number tables) Cascade safety stop interface (CSSI): 40 milliseconds max. (contacts must be open for 60 milliseconds min.) Test mode is activated either by applying a low signal (less than 3V dc) to emitter Test/Reset terminal for a minimum of 50 milliseconds, or by opening a switch connected between Test/Reset and 24V dc for a minimum of 50 milliseconds. Beam scanning stops to simulate a blocked condition. A high signal at Test/Reset deactivates Test Mode. High Signal: 10 to 30V dc Low Signal: 0 to 3V dc Input Current: 35 mA inrush, 10 mA max. Infrared LEDs, 850 nm at peak emission Beam 1 (Sync Beam) 14 mm Models 25 mm Models 109 to 800 ms 81 to 495 ms All Other Beams 33 to 220 ms 25 to 152 ms
Residual Ripple Supply Current
Response Time Remote Test Input
Wavelength of Emitter Elements Recovery TimeBlocked to clear (OSSDs turn ON; varies with total number of sensing beams and whether Sync beam is blocked) EDM Input
+24V dc signals from external device contacts can be monitored (one-channel, two-channel or no monitoring) via EDM1 and EDM2 terminals in the receiver High Signal: 10 to 30V dc at 30 mA typical Low Signal: 0 to 3V dc The Reset input must be high for 0.25 to 2 seconds and then low to reset the receiver High Signal: 10 to 30V dc at 30 mA typical Low Signal: 0 to 3V dc Closed Switch Time: 0.25 to 2 seconds Two redundant solid-state 24V dc, 0.5 A max. sourcing OSSD (Output Signal Switching Device) safety outputs. (Use optional interface modules for ac or larger dc loads.) Capable of the Banner Safety Handshake ON-State voltage: Vin-1.5V dc OFF-State voltage: 1.2V dc max. (0-1.2V dc) Max. load capacitance: 1.0 F Max. load inductance: 10 H Leakage Current: 0.50 mA maximum Cable Resistance: 10 maximum OSSD test pulse width: 100 to 300 microseconds OSSD test pulse period: 10 to 22 milliseconds (varies with number of beams) Switching Current: 0-0.5 A Current-sourcing (PNP) Solid-state output, 24V dc at 250 mA max. that follow safety outputs or lock out status (configurable) Emitter: Scan Code selection: 2-position switch (code 1 or 2). Factory default position is code 1. Test/Reset: 2-position switch. Factory default position is Reset. Invert Display: 2-position switch. Factory default position is OFF (Standard display). Fault: 2-position switch. Factory default position is OFF. Receiver: Scan Code selection: 2-position switch (code 1 or 2). Factory default position is code 1. Trip/Latch Output selection: Redundant switches. Factory default position is T (trip). EDM/MPCE monitor selection: 2-position switch selects between 1- or 2-channel monitoring. Factory default position is 2-channel monitoring. Reduced Resolution: Redundant switches. Factory default position is OFF. Aux/Fault: 2-position switch. Factory default position is Aux. Invert Display: 2-position switch. Factory default position is OFF.
Reset Input
Safety Outputs (OSSDs)
Auxiliary (Aux.)/Fault Output Switching Capacity Controls and Adjustments
Short Circuit Protection Electrical Safety Class (IEC 61140)
All inputs and outputs are protected from short circuits to +24V dc or dc common III
More on next page
508
EZ-SCREEN Low-Profile 14 & 25 mm Resolution Specifications (contd)

Operating Range 0.1 to 7 m Range decreases with use of mirrors and/or lens shields: Lens shields approximately 10% less range per shield Glass-surface mirrors approximately 8% less range per mirror See the Accessory section for more information on a specific mirror page 726, for further information. > 10,000 lux at 5 angle of incidence Totally immune to one Federal Signal Corp. Fireball model FB2PST strobe Meets Type 4 requirements per IEC 61496-2, 2.5 @ 3 m Materials: Extruded aluminum housing with yellow polyester powder finish standard (optional clear anodized aluminum or nickel-plated silver finish) and well-sealed, rugged die-cast zinc end caps, acrylic lens cover, copolyester access cover. End caps on silver models are also nickel-plated. ESD-safe models have static-dissipative acrylic lens cover. Rating: IP65 Temperature: 0 to +55 C Max. Relative Humidity: 95% maximum relative humidity (non-condensing) Emitter: One Bi-color (Red/Green) status indicator indicates operating mode, lockout or power OFF condition 7-segment Diagnostic Indicator (1 digit) indicates proper operation, scan code or error code Receiver: Yellow Reset indicator indicates whether system is ready for operation or requires a reset Bi-color (Red/Green) Status indicator indicates general system and output status Bi-color (Red/Green) Zone Status indicators indicate condition (clear or blocked beam) of a defined group of beams 7-Segment Diagnostic indicator (1 digit) indicates proper operation, scan code, or error code, total number of blocked beams Mounting Hardware Shock and Vibration Design Standards Certifications Emitter and receiver each are supplied with a pair of swivel end-mounting brackets and two swivel side-mounting brackets. Models longer than 690 mm also include one or more additional side-mount brackets for center support. EZ-SCREEN LP components have passed vibration and shock tests according to IEC 61496-1. This includes vibration (10 cycles) of 10-55 Hz at 0.35 mm single amplitude (0.70 mm peak-to-peak) and shock of 10 g for 16 milliseconds (6,000 cycles). Designed to comply with Type 4 per IEC 61496-1/-2; Category 4 PLe per EN ISO 13849-1; SIL 3 per IEC 61508, SIL CL3 per IEC 62061 TUV Rheinland of North America, a Nationally Recognized Test Laboratory (NRTL) in the United States according to OSHA 29 CFR 1910.7, and accredited by the Standards Council of Canada to test and certify products to Canadian National Standards, has certified the EZ-SCREEN Low Profile to all applicable U.S. and Canadian National Standards. The cTUVus mark is recognized throughout the United States and Canada by OSHA and the SCC. Actual certification mark on EZ-SCREEN Low Profile product labels. This simplified certification mark is used on the product labels due to limited space.
Ambient Light Immunity Strobe Light immunity Effective Aperture Angle (EAA) Enclosure
Operating Conditions Status Indicators
c
Wiring Diagrams
us
WD002, WD003, WD004, WD005, WD006, WD007, WD013, WD014, WD015, WD016, WD017, WD018, WD019 (pp. 790-800)
509
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
Cordsets
For use with models with integral RD connections. All standard cordsets are yellow PVC with black overmold. For black PVC cable and overmold, add suffix B to model number (example, RDLP-815DB). For use with models with Pigtail QD and DELPE-8xxD connections.
MACHINE SAFETY
RD
See page 709
RD to Euro QD*
See page 708
RD to RD
See page 709
Euro QDDouble-Ended
See page 705
Euro QD
See page 704
Length
4.57 m 7.62 m 15.2 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
8-Wire*
RDLP-815D RDLP-825D RDLP-850D RDLP-875D RDLP-8100D
Length
0.31 m 0.91 m 2.44 m 4.57 m 7.62 m 15.2 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
8-Pin Male
DELPE-81D DELPE-83D DELPE-88D DELPE-815D DELPE-825D DELPE-850D DELPE-875D DELPE-8100D
8-Pin Female
DELPEF-81D DELPEF-83D DELFEF-88D DELPEF-815D
Length
0.05 m 0.30 m 0.91 m 2.44 m 4.57 m 7.62 m 15.2 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
Cascade
DELP-110E DELP-111E DELP-113E DELP-118E DELP-1115E DELP-1125E DELP-1150E DELP-1175E DELP-11100E
Length
8-Pin*
Length
8-Pin
0.31 m DEE2R-81D 0.91 m DEE2R-83D 2.44 m DEE2R-88D 4.57 m DEE2R-815D 7.62 m DEE2R-825D 15.2 m DEE2R-850D 22.9 m DEE2R-875D 30.5 m DEE2R-8100D
4.57 m QDE-815D 7.62 m QDE-825D 15.3 m QDE-850D 22.9 m QDE-875D 30.5 m QDE-8100D
* For connection of E-Stop or other hard/relay contacts see page 695.
Additional cordsets and information available. See page 693. * Requires mating 8-pin M12/Euro cordset. 8-pin Male used for Machine Interface connection (indicator end of sensor). 8-pin Female used for cascade connection when using M12/Euro QDs. NOTE: See page 523 for interfacing solutions. Additional accessories are listed on page 631.
Euro QD Splitter
See page 707
Length
0m 0.30 m 2.50 m
8-Pin
Brackets
Low-Profile 14 & 25 mm
4.60 m 7.60 m 7.60 m
pg. 644
LPA-MBK-11*
pg. 644
LPA-MBK-12*
pg. 645
LPA-MBK-20
pg. 646
LPA-MBK-22
Low-Profile 14 & 25 mmCascade
Remote Fixed Blanking Switch

Allows frequent configuration of a fixed blanked area, without using the receiver DIP switches.
pg. 645
LPA-MBK-21
pg. 646
LPA-MBK-90
pg. 644
LPA-MBK-120
pg. 645
LPA-MBK-135
pg. 645
LPA-MBK-180 EZA-RBK-1
Additional brackets and information available. See page 632. * Standard brackets included with emitter/receiver.
STANDS
Replacement Parts
Model
STP-13 STP-17 STP-16 STP-18 LPA-TP-1 EZA-RR-1 MGA-KSO-1 MGA-K-1 DELPE-81D LPA-MBK-11 LPA-MBK-12 14 mm test piece (for 14 mm resolution systems) 34 mm test piece (for 14 mm resolution systems with 2-beam reduced resolution enabled) 25 mm test piece (for 25 mm resolution systems) 65 mm test piece (for 25 mm resolution systems with 2-beam reduced resolution enabled) Terminator plug, for SLPC... emitter/receiver (included with sensor) External normally open reset switch with 8-pin M12/Euro-style QD Panel-mount keyed normally open reset switch Replacement key for switch MGA-HSO-1 Replacement for M12-terminated pigtail QD, as shipped with standard pigtail QD models; 8-conductor cable, 22 AWG; 0.3 m long End-cap bracket kit (includes 2 end brackets and hardware to mount one sensor to MSA series stands; 360 sensor rotation; 14 ga (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc plated; die-cast zinc end-cap plate Side-mount bracket kit (includes 1 bracket and hardware to mount to MSA Series stands; +10/ 30 sensor rotation; 14 ga (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc plated; die-cast zinc clamp
PAGE 746 PAGE 740
Description
PAGE 736
MIRRORS
LENS SHIELDS
INTERFACE
PAGE 523
Note: See installation manual p/n 112852 for complete list of replacement parts and accessories.
510
EZ-SCREEN
A low-cost solution is suited to lower-risk applications where the result of an accident is only a slight injury such as a bump, bruise, knockdown or trapping (but not crushing), minor cuts and abrasions Simple two-piece system requires no control box 30 mm resolution detects narrow objects, such as a hand or ankle across long spans up to 15 m System meets all requirements for Type 2 devices per IEC 61496 (CE certified) and cULus NIPF System performs continual internal self-tests and provides Test function for external safety checks Dedicated models eliminate selectable functions, DIP switches and programming Trip output model automatically resets when the beam is cleared; Latch output model requires a manual reset Fast response times of 11 to 25 milliseconds shutdown machinery quickly
ACCESSORIES
page 515
31.8 mm
Full View
ONLINE
L
EZ-SCREEN Type 2 Systems
Yellow Painted Aluminum 25.2 mm
EZ-SCREEN Type 2 Systems, 30 mm Resolution15 m Range, 24V dc

Defined Area
150 mm 8-pin M12/Euro QD 300 mm 365 mm 13 ms 16 Latch
A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 515). A pair includes an emitter and receiver (example, LS2TP30-150Q88).
Connection

215 mm 11 ms
# of Beams
8
Output
Trip
Emitter
LS2E30-150Q8
Models Receiver
LS2TR30-150Q8 LS2LR30-150Q8 LS2TR30-300Q8
Pair
LS2TP30-150Q88 LS2LP30-150Q88 LS2TP30-300Q88 LS2LP30-300Q88
More on next page
2 PNP OSSD
Latch Trip LS2E30-300Q8
LS2LR30-300Q8
511
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
EZ-SCREEN Type 2 Systems, 30 mm Resolution15 m Range, 24V dc (contd)

Defined Area Connection Housing Response Length (L) Time
515 mm 14 ms
# of Beams
24
Output
Trip
Emitter
LS2E30-450Q8
Models Receiver
LS2TR30-450Q8 LS2LR30-450Q8 LS2TR30-600Q8
Pair
LS2TP30-450Q88 LS2LP30-450Q88 LS2TP30-600Q88 LS2LP30-600Q88 LS2TP30-750Q88 LS2LP30-750Q88 LS2TP30-900Q88 LS2LP30-900Q88 LS2TP30-1050Q88 LS2LP30-1050Q88 LS2TP30-1200Q88 LS2LP30-1200Q88 LS2TP30-1350Q88 LS2LP30-1350Q88 LS2TP30-1500Q88 LS2LP30-1500Q88 LS2TP30-1650Q88 LS2LP30-1650Q88 LS2TP30-1800Q88 LS2LP30-1800Q88
MACHINE SAFETY
450 mm
Latch Trip 600 mm 665 mm 16 ms 32 Latch Trip 750 mm 815 mm 17 ms 40 Latch Trip 900 mm 964 mm 19 ms 48 Latch Trip LS2E30-900Q8 LS2E30-750Q8 LS2E30-600Q8
LS2LR30-600Q8 LS2TR30-750Q8 LS2LR30-750Q8 LS2TR30-900Q8 LS2LR30-900Q8 LS2TR30-1050Q8 LS2E30-1050Q8 LS2LR30-1050Q8 LS2TR30-1200Q8 LS2E30-1200Q8 LS2LR30-1200Q8 LS2TR30-1350Q8 LS2E30-1350Q8 LS2LR30-1350Q8 LS2TR30-1500Q8 LS2E30-1500Q8 LS2LR30-1500Q8 LS2TR30-1650Q8 LS2E30-1650Q8 LS2LR30-1650Q8 LS2TR30-1800Q8 LS2E30-1800Q8 LS2LR30-1800Q8
ACCESSORIES
1050 mm 8-pin M12/Euro QD 1200 mm
1114 mm
21 ms
56 2 PNP OSSD Latch Trip Latch Trip
page 515
1264 mm
22 ms
64
1350 mm
1414 mm
24 ms
72 Latch Trip
1500 mm
1563 mm
25 ms
80 Latch Trip
1650 mm
1713 mm
27 ms
88 Latch Trip
1800 mm
1863 mm
29 ms
96 Latch
A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 515). A pair includes an emitter and receiver (example, LS2TP30-450Q88).
512
EZ-SCREEN Type 2 Kits

You can purchase a kit that contains an emitter and receiver of equal length; brackets; and optional interfacing solution and quick-disconnect cordsets. Detailed information about individual kit components is as follows. Emitter and Receivers Interfacing Options Cordsets Brackets Page 494 523 515 515
To Order: 1. Choose model, output and defined area. 2. Choose an optional interfacing solution, such as an IM-T-9A or -11 interfacing model. 3. Choose one cordset for each sensor or two cordsets for a pair. All models require mating 8-pin M12/Euro QD cordsets, such as: - QDE cordset with flying leads - DEE2R double-ended cordset - CSB series splitter cordset
See www.bannerengineering.com for complete information and a current listing of accessories and options for kitting components. Call factory with questions regarding accessories.
ACCESSORIES
page 515
Kit Model Key

Model Style Kit Resolution Defined Area Connection Interfacing Options QD Cordset Length Options
L S 2 T
Model Style LS2T = Type 2 Light Screen (Trip) LS2L = Type 2 Light Screen (Latch) Resolution 30 = 30 mm
K
Kit K = Kit
3 0
6 0 0
Q 8 8
R E 2 5
QD Cordset Length Examples RE15 = 4.5 m, 2 each RE25 = 7.6 m, 2 each R15E25 = 4.5 m (Receiver) & 7.6 m (Emitter) R25E15 = 8 m (Receiver) & 5 m (Emitter) RE50 = 15.2 m, 2 each R15E50 = 4.6 m (Receiver) & 15.2 m (Emitter) R50E15 = 15.2 m (Receiver) & 4.6 m (Emitter) R25E50 = 7.6 m (Receiver) & 15.2 m (Emitter) R50E25 = 15.2 m (Receiver) & 7.6 m (Emitter) RE75 = 22.8 m, 2 each RE100 = 30.4 m, 2 each
Defined Area 150 mm 300 mm 450 mm 600 mm 750 mm 900 mm 1050 mm 1200 mm 1350 mm 1500 mm 1650 mm 1800 mm
Receiver & Emitter QD Options Q88 = Receiver with integral 8-pin M12/Euro QD Emitter with integral 8-pin M12/Euro QD
Interfacing Examples 1 = IM-T-9A Interface Module, 1 each (3 NO) 2 = IM-T-11A Interface Module, 1 each (2 NO/NC) 3 = 11-BG00-31-D-024 Contactors (10A), 2 each 4 = BF1801L-024 Contactors (18A), 2 each 10 = UM-FA-9A, 1 each 11 = UM-FA-11A, 1 each
NOTE: See notes under model number tables. Not all combinations are listed below. Contact Banner Engineering Corp. for additional information and/or verification of valid kit model number.
513
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
EZ-SCREEN Type 2 Specifications

Supply Voltage at the Device 24V dc 20% (PELV) (The external voltage supply must be capable of buffering brief mains interruptions of 20 milliseconds as specified in EN/IEC 60204-1.) Emitter: 50 mA max. Receiver: 90 mA max., exclusive of OSSD1 and OSSD2 loads (up to an additional 0.5A each) Infrared LEDs, 950 nm at peak emission All inputs and outputs are protected from short circuits to +24V dc or dc common III 0.2 m to 15 m Range decreases with use of mirrors and/or lens shields: Lens shields approximately 10% less range per shield Glass-surface mirrors approximately 8% less range per mirror See Accessory section for more information on a specific mirror, page 740 Meets Type 2 requirements per IEC 61496-2; 5 @ 3 m > 10,000 lux at 5 angle of incidence Immune as per IEC 61496-2 Dependent on number of beams; see Models table on page 755 Power Monitoring accomplished via Reset/Remote Test input Connect to +24V dc via a normally closed (NC) reset switch Auto Rest (Trip Output) Models: Test/Reset Manual Rest (Latch Output) Models: Test/Restart/Reset Two redundant solid-state 24V dc, 0.5 A max. sourcing OSSD (Output Signal Switching Device) safety outputs. (Use optional interface modules for ac or larger dc loads.) Not compatible with the Banner Safety Handshake ON-State voltage: > Vin-1.5V dc OFF-State voltage: 0.2V dc max. Max. load capacitance: 0.1 F Min. load resistance: 48 Open ground leakage current: 0.65 mA max. OSSD test pulse width: 0.2 - 0.25 milliseconds OSSD test pulse period: 260 milliseconds typical Materials: Extruded aluminum housing with yellow polyester powder finish and well-sealed, rugged die-cast zinc end caps, acrylic lens cover Rating: IP65 Temperature: 0 to +55 C Relative humidity: 95% maximum (non-condensing)
MACHINE SAFETY
Supply Current Wavelength of Emitter Elements Short Circuit Protection Electrical Safety Class (IEC 61140) Operating Range
Effective Aperture Angle (EAA) Ambient Light Immunity Strobe Light Immunity Response Time EDM Input Reset Input / Remote Test Input
Safety Outputs
Enclosure
Operating Conditions Shock and Vibration Design Standards Certifications
EZ-SCREEN Type 2 components have passed vibration and shock tests according to IEC 61496-1. This includes vibration (10 cycles) of 10-55 Hz at 0.35 mm single amplitude (0.70 mm peak-to-peak) and shock of 10 g for 16 milliseconds (6,000 cycles). Designed to comply with Type 2 per IEC 61496-1, -2; Type 2 per UL 61496-1/-2; Category 2 per EN 954-1
Wiring Diagrams
Emitter: WD008 (p. 793) Receiver with 2 Solid-State OSSDs, 2 FSDs and Power Monitoring: WD009 (p. 794) Power Monitoring of IM-T-9A Interface Module: WD010 (p. 794)
514
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 704
Euro QDDouble-Ended
See page 705
Euro QD Splitter
See page 707
Length
4.57 m 7.62 m 15.3 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
8-Pin
Length
0.31 m 0.91 m 2.44 m 4.57 m 7.62 m 15.2 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
8-Pin
Length
0m 0.3 m 2.50 m 4.60 m 7.60 m 7.60 m
8-Pin
Brackets
30 mmType 2
pg. 692
USCMB-..
pg. 692
USMB-1
pg. 692
USMB-6
pg. 692
USMB-8
Additional bracket information available. See page 632. NOTE: See page 501 for interfacing solutions.
Replacement Parts
Model
MGA-K-1 MGA-KS0-1 STP-14 USMB-1 USCMB-1 USCMB-2
Description
Replacement key for switch MGA-KS0-1 Panel-mount keyed normally open reset switch 30 mm test piece Standard end brackets with hardware to mount to MSA series stands Center bracket kit and standard end brackets with hardware to mount to MSA series stands (1 bracket, for 600 to 900 mm long sensors) Center bracket kit and standard end brackets with hardware to mount to MSA series stands (2 brackets, for 1050 to 1500 mm long sensors)
NOTE: See installation manual p/n 112852 for complete list of replacement parts and accessories.
STANDS
MIRRORS
LENS SHIELDS
INTERFACE
PAGE 736
PAGE 740
PAGE 746
PAGE 523
515
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
EZ-SCREEN
MACHINE SAFETY
ACCESSORIES
Type 4 Grids and Points

Suited to a variety of access and long-range perimeter guarding applications Uses 1-, 2-, 3- or 4-beams to protect personnel and machinery Operates in ranges from 0.8 to 20 m or 15 to 70 m, depending on model Displays operating status, configuration and error codes Includes blocked beam zone indicators Features user-configurable trip or latch outputs, and Scan Code 1 or 2 Can be combined with other devices, such as mirrors and Points, for a custom configuration Resists impact, twisting and abusive environments with a durable aluminum housing and metal endcaps Exceeds OSHA/ANSI Control Reliability requirements and is certified to cULus NIPF, and complies with Type 4(IEC 61496) and Category 4 (EN 954) Offers optional lens shields and enclosures for added durability Easy to hook up and flexible machine interface options
page 517
ONLINE
55.0 mm
Full View
52.0 mm
EZ-SCREEN Grid Systems
EZ-SCREEN Point Systems
EZ-SCREEN Grid
EZ-SCREEN Point
516
EZ-SCREEN Grid & Point Systems, 24V dc

Protected Height Beam Spacing Range
0.8 - 20 m 1066 mm
3-BEAM 533 mm
Connection
Housing Length (L)
Output
Emitter
SGE3-533Q8E
Models Receiver
Pair
SGP3-533Q88E
1251 mm 15 - 70 m SGXLE3-533Q8E
SGR3-533Q8E SGXLP3-533Q88E
0.8 - 20 m 900 mm
4-BEAM 300 mm
SGE4-300Q8E 1084 mm SGR4-300Q8E SGXLE4-300Q8E
SGP4-300Q88E
15 - 70 m
SGXLP4-300Q88E
0.8 - 20 m 800 mm
3-BEAM 400 mm
SGE3-400Q8E 984 mm SGR3-400Q8E 2 PNP OSSD (Trip/Latch selectable) 768 mm SGXLE3-400Q8E
SGP3-400Q88E
15 - 70 m 8-pin Euro QD 0.8 - 20 m
SGXLP3-400Q88E
ACCESSORIES
page 517
SGE2-584Q8E SGR2-584Q8E SGXLE2-584Q8E
SGP2-584Q88E
584 mm
2-BEAM 584 mm
15 - 70 m
SGXLP2-584Q88E
EZ-SCREEN
0.8 - 20 m 500 mm
2-BEAM 500 mm
SGE2-500Q8E 684 mm SGR2-500Q8E SGXLE2-500Q8E
SGP2-500Q88E
15 - 70 m
SGXLP2-500Q88E
0.8 - 20 m N/A
1-BEAM 1-BEAM
SPE1Q8E 149 mm SPR1Q8E SPXLE1Q8E
SPP1Q88E
15 - 70 m
SPXLP1Q88E
A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 517). For emitters and receivers with a wiring terminal chamber, remove the Q8E or Q88E from the model number (example, SGE4-300). For an emitter with a 5-pin Mini QD and TEST function, replace Q8E with Q5 on emitter model numbers (example, SGE4-300Q5) and Q88E with Q85 on pair model numbers (example, SGP4-300Q85). For emitters with a 3-pin Mini QD, replace Q8E with Q3 (example, SGE4-300Q3); and for receivers with an 8-pin Mini QD, replace Q8E with Q8 on model numbers (example, SGR4-300Q8); or for a pair replace Q88E with Q83 (example, SGP4-300Q83). A pair includes an emitter and receiver (example, SGP4-300Q88E). Emitters (example, SGE4-300Q8E) and receivers (example, SGR4-300Q8E) are also sold separately.
517
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
EZ-SCREEN Grid Kits

You can purchase a kit that contains an emitter and receiver of equal length and beam spacing; brackets; and optional interfacing solution and quick-disconnect cordsets. Detailed information about individual kit components is as follows.
MACHINE SAFETY
Emitter and Receivers Interfacing Options Cordsets Brackets
Page 517 523 522 522
To Order: 1. Choose model range, number of beams and beam spacing. 2. Choose the connection: Integral M12/Euro-Style QD or intergal Mini-Style QD 3. Choose an optional interfacing solution, such as an IM-T-9A or -11 interfacing model.
4. Choose one cordset for each sensor or two cordsets for a pair. M12/Euro QD models (example, SGK4-300Q88E) require mating 8-pin M12/Euro QD cordsets, such as: - QDE cordset with flying leads - DEE2R double-ended cordset - CSB series splitter cordset Mini QD models (example, SGK4-300Q83) require mating cordsets, such as: - QDS cordset with flying leads
ACCESSORIES
page 517
Kit Model Key

Model Style Kit No. of Beams Beam Spacing Connection Interfacing Options QD Cordset Length Options
S G
Model Style SG = Safety Grid SGXL = Safety Grid Long Range No. of Beams 2 = two beams 3 = three beams 4 = four beams Beam Spacing 300 mm 400 mm 500 mm 533 mm 584 mm
K
Kit K = Kit
3 0 0
Q 8 8E
R E 2 5
QD Cordset Length Examples RE15 = 4.6 m, 2 each RE25 = 7.6 m, 2 each R15E25 = 4.6 m (Receiver) & 7.6 m (Emitter) R25E15 = 7.6 m (Receiver) & 4.6 m (Emitter) DD1 = 0.3 DEE2R-81D, 2 each C1D15 = CSB-M1281M1281 (Receiver) DEE2R-815D (8-pin Emitter) C8D25 = CSB-M1288M1281 (Receiver) DEE2R-825D (8-pin Emitter) CU25D25 = CSB-UNT825M1281 (Receiver) DEE2R-825D (8-pin Emitter)
Receiver & Emitter QD Options Blank = Receiver and emitter with wiring terminal chamber Q85 = Receiver with integral 8-pin Mini-style QD Emitter with integral 5-pin Mini-style QD with Test Q83 = Receiver with integral 8-pin Mini-style QD Emitter with integral 3-pin Mini-style QD Q88E = Receiver and emitter with integral 8-pin M12/Euro QD
Interfacing Examples 1 = IM-T-9A Interface Module, 1 each (3 NO) 2 = IM-T-11A Interface Module, 1 each (2 NO/1 NC) 3 = 11-BG00-31-D-024 Contactors (10A), 2 each 4 = BF1801L-024 Contactors (18A), 2 each 5 = EZAC-R9-QE8 = AC Interface Box (3 NO), 1 each 6 = EZAC-R11-QE8 = AC Interface Box (2 NO/1 NC), 1 each
NOTE: See notes under model number table. Not all combinations are listed below. Contact Banner Engineering Corp. for additional information and/or verification of valid kit model numbers.
518
EZ-SCREEN Point Kits

You can purchase a kit that contains an emitter and receiver of equal length; brackets; and optional interfacing solution and quick-disconnect cordsets. Detailed information about individual kit components is as follows. Emitter and Receivers Interfacing Options Cordsets Brackets Page 517 523 522 522
To Order: 1. Choose model and range. 2. Choose the connection: Integral M12/Euro-Style QD or intergal Mini-Style QD 3. Choose an optional interfacing solution, such as an IM-T-9A or -11 interfacing model.
4. Choose one cordset for each sensor or two cordsets for a pair. M12/Euro QD models (example, SPK1-Q88E) require mating 8-pin M12/Euro QD cordsets, such as: - QDE cordset with flying leads - DEE2R double-ended cordset - CSB series splitter cordset Mini QD models (example, SPK1-Q83) require mating cordsets, such as: - QDS cordset with flying leads
ACCESSORIES
page 522
Kit Model Key

Model Style Kit No. of Beams Connector Interfacing Options QD Cordset Length Options
SP
Q88E
RE25
Model Style SP = Safety Point SPXL = Safety Point Long Range No. of Beams 1 = one beam
Kit K = Kit
Receiver & Emitter QD Options Blank = Receiver and emitter with wiring terminal chamber Q85 = Receiver with integral 8-pin Mini-style QD Emitter with integral 5-pin Mini-style QD with Test Q83 = Receiver with integral 8-pin Mini-style QD Emitter with integral 3-pin Mini-style QD Q88E = Receiver and emitter with integral 8-pin M12/Euro QD
NOTE: See notes under model table. Not all combinations are listed below. Contact Banner Engineering Corp. for additional information and/or verification of valid kit model numbers.
QD Cordset Length Examples RE15 = 4.6 m, 2 each RE25 = 7.6 m, 2 each R15E25 = 4.6 m (Receiver) & 7.6 m (Emitter) R25E15 = 7.6 m (Receiver) & 4.6 m (Emitter) DD1 = 0.3 DEE2R-81D, 2 each C1D15 = CSB-M1281M1281 (Receiver) DEE2R-815D (8-pin Emitter) C8D25 = CSB-M1288M1281 (Receiver) DEE2R-825D (8-pin Emitter) CU25D25 = CSB-UNT825M1281 (Receiver) DEE2R-825D (8-pin Emitter) Interfacing Examples 1 = IM-T-9A Interface Module, 1 each (3 NO) 2 = IM-T-11A Interface Module, 1 each (2 NO/NC) 3 = 11-BG00-31-D-024 Contactors (10A), 2 each 4 = BF1801L-024 Contactors (18A), 2 each 5 = EZAC-R9-QE8 = AC Interface Box (3 NO), 1 each 6 = EZAC-R11-QE8 = AC Interface Box (2 NO/1 NC), 1 each
519
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
EZ-SCREEN Grid & Point Specifications

Supply Voltage (V in) 24V dc 15%, 10% max. ripple Emitter: 150 mA max. Receiver: 500 mA max., exclusive of OSSD1 and OSSD2 loads (up to an additional 0.5A each) All inputs and outputs are protected from short circuits to +24V dc or dc common (except Emitter AUX power connections) 24 milliseconds or less from interruption of light grid beam to safety outputs going to OFF-state +24V dc signals from external device contacts can be monitored (single-channel, dual-channel or no monitoring) via EDM1 and EDM2 terminals in the receiver. Monitored devices must respond within 200 milliseconds of an output change. The Reset input must be high (10 to 30V dc at 30 mA) for 0.25 to 2 seconds and then low (less than 3V dc) to reset the receiver. Test mode is activated either by applying a low signal (less than 3V dc) to emitter TEST1 terminal for a minimum of 50 milliseconds, or by opening a switch connected between TEST1 and TEST2 terminals for a minimum of 50 milliseconds. Beam scanning stops to simulate a blocked condition. A high signal (10 to 30V dc, 35 mA inrush, 10 mA max.) at TEST1 terminal deactivates Test mode and allows the emitter to operate normally. TEST1 and TEST2 are factory jumpered on models with wiring chamber. Two diverse-redundant solid-state 24V dc, 0.5 A max. sourcing OSSD (Output Signal Switching Device) safety outputs. (Use optional interface modules for ac or larger dc loads.) Capable of the Banner Safety Handshake. ON-State voltage: Vin-1.5V dc OFF-State voltage: 1.2V dc max. Max. load resistance: 1000 Max. load capacitance: 0.1 F OSSD test pulse width: 250 microseconds OSSD test pulse period: 6 milliseconds Emitter: Scan code selection: 2-position switch (code 1 or 2). Factory default position is 1. Receiver: Scan code selection: 2-position switch (code 1 or 2). Factory default position is 1. Trip/latch output selection: redundant switches. Factory default position is L (latch) EDM/MPCE monitor selection: redundant switches select between 1- or 2-channel monitoring. Factory default position is 2. Emitter/Receiver Operating Range Beam Spacing Short-range models: 0.8 m to 20 m Long-range models: 15 m to 70 m Range decreases with use of mirrors and/or lens shields. Model SG...4-300: 300 mm Model SG...2-500: 500 mm Model SG...2-584: 584.2 mm 25 mm > 10,000 lux at 5 angle of incidence Totally immune to one Federal Signal Corp. Fireball model FB2PST strobe Infrared LEDs, 880 nm at peak emission Meets Type 4 requirements per IEC 61496-2 Short-range models: 2.5 @ 3 m Long-range models: 2.5 @ 15 m Model SG...3-400: 400 mm Model SG...3-533: 533.4 mm
MACHINE SAFETY
Supply Current Short Circuit Protection Response Time EDM Input Reset Input Remote Test Input (optional- available only on certain models) Safety Outputs
Controls and Adjustments
Beam Diameter Ambient Light Immunity Strobe Light Immunity Emitter Elements Effective Aperture Angle (EAA) Enclosure
Materials: Extruded aluminum housings with yellow polyester powder finish and well-sealed, rugged molded PBT end caps, acrylic lens cover Rating: NEMA 4, 13; IP65 Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 95% (non-condensing)
More on next page
Operating Conditions Shock and Vibration
EZ-SCREEN systems have passed vibration and shock tests according to IEC 61496-1/-2. This includes vibration (10 cycles) of 10-55 Hz at 0.35 mm single amplitude (0.70 mm peak-to-peak) and shock of 10 g for 16 milliseconds (6,000 cycles).
520
EZ-SCREEN Grid & Point Specifications

Status Indicators
(contd)
7-Segment Diagnostic Indicators, Both Emitter and Receiver Dash () = System is OK Error Codes = See product manuals (p/n 68410 or 68413) for code definitions and recommended action Scan code setting = Appears during power-up or after scan code is changed. (C1 or C2) (Temporary indication; normal display resumes within a few seconds.) Emitter: One bi-color (red/green) Status indicator Green steady = RUN mode Green single flashing = TEST mode Red single flashing = Lockout OFF = No power to sensor Receiver: Two System Status indicators, plus one bi-color (red/green) Beam Status indicator for each beam Yellow Reset Indicator ON steady = RUN mode Double flashing = Waiting for manual reset after power-up Single flashing = Waiting for manual latch reset OFF = No power to sensor or system is not ready for operation Bi-Color (Red/Green) Status Indicator Green steady = Outputs ON Red steady = RUN mode, outputs OFF Red single flashing = Lockout OFF = No power to sensor or system is not ready for operation Bi-Color (Red/Green) Beam Status Indicators Green steady = Clear beam, strong signal Green flickering = Clear beam, weak signal Red steady = Beam blocked OFF = No power to sensor or no scanning
Mounting Hardware Cables and Connections
Emitter and receiver each are supplied with a pair of swivel end mounting brackets. Mounting brackets are 8-gauge cold-rolled steel, black zinc finish. Cables are user-supplied. Wiring terminals accommodate one 22 to 16 ga. wire or two wires up to 18 ga.; Pg 13.5 wiring chamber access port capacity varies, depending on cable gland or strain relief fitting used. Supplied cable gland is for a cable diameter of 6 to 12 mm. Designed to comply with Type 4 per IEC 61496-1, -2; Type 4 per UL 61496-1/-2; Category 4 per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) Important Notice: European Community Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC EZ Screen grids and points comply with Machinery Directive 98/37/EC, but not with Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC. Therefore, the EZ Screen grids and points can only be installed as a replacement component within the European Union (EU). For more information, please see www.bannerengineering.com/144763 or call 1-888-373-6767. WD011, WD012, WD013, WD014, WD015, WD016, WD017, WD018, WD019 (pp. 795-800)
Design Standards Certifications
Wiring Diagrams
521
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 4)
EZ-SCREEN (TYPE 2)
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 709
Euro QD Splitter
See page 707
Euro QDDouble-Ended
See page 705
Mini QD
See page 714
MACHINE SAFETY
Length
4.57 m 7.62 m 15.3 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
8-Pin
Length
0m 0.30 m 2.50 m 4.60 m 7.60 m 7.60 m
8-Pin
Length
0.31 m 0.91 m 2.44 m 4.57 m 7.62 m 15.2 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
8-Pin
Length
4.75 m 7.62 m 15.2 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
3-Pin
QDS-315C QDS-325C QDS-350C QDS-375C QDS-3100C
5-Pin
QDS-515C QDS-525C QDS-550C
8-Pin
QDS-815C QDS-825C QDS-850C QDS-875C
Brackets
Grids & PointsType 4 PointsType 4
pg. 641
EZA-MBK-1*
pg. 643
EZA-MBK-3
pg. 644
EZA-MBK-9
pg. 642
EZA-MBK-2**
pg. 643
EZA-MBK-4
pg. 643
EZA-MBK-5
Additional bracket information available. See page 632. * Standard brackets included with emitter/receiver. ** One EZA-MBK-2 adapter bracket kit required per sensor when mounting to MSA series stands. NOTE: See page 523 for interfacing solutions.
Replacement Parts
Model
EZA-AP-1 EZA-CP-13 EZA-ECE-1 EZA-ECR-1 EZA-SW-1 EZA-TBE-1 EZA-TBR-1 MGA-K-1 MGA-KS0-1 STP-3
Description
Access port plug with o-ring Pg13.5 plug with o-ring Emitter wiring chamber end cap (with gasket, captive screws, 3 plugs with o-rings, terminal block) Receiver wiring chamber end cap (with gasket, captive screws, 3 plugs with o-rings, terminal block) Spanner wrench for Grid and Point Emitter terminal block Receiver terminal block Replacement key for switch MGA-KS0-1 Panel-mount keyed normally open reset switch Specified test piece, 45 mm dia.
Note: See installation manual p/n 112852 for complete list of replacement parts and accessories.
STANDS
MIRRORS
LENS SHIELDS
INTERFACE
ENCLOSURES
PAGE 736
PAGE 740
PAGE 746
PAGE 523
PAGE 742
522
EZ-SCREEN Interfacing Products

Description
Interface modules provide two or three normally open force-guided relay outputs rated at 6 A (-9A) or 7A (-11A) EZ-SCREEN monitors these interface modules when they are connected to the EZ-SCREEN External Device Monitoring (EDM) inputs Convenient plug-in terminal blocks on a 22.5 mm DIN-rail mountable housing are included
Models
IM-T-9A (3 NO)
Product Information
Page 529 IM-T-11A (2 NO/1 NC)
Interface Modules and Controllers
SC22-3-S...
One controller provides configurable monitoring of multiple safety devices 22 input terminals can monitor both contact-based and PNP solid-state input devices 3 pairs of independent solid-state safety outputs can be used with selectable one- or two-channel external device monitoring Ten configurable non-safety status outputs track inputs, outputs, lockout, I/O status and other functions All SC22-3 modules use 24V dc 10/100 Base TX Ethernet communication option using EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP protocols (SC22-3E models)
SC22-3-C... Page 533 SC22-3E-S...
SC22-3E-C...
Muting Modules
The Muting Module temporarily inhibits a safety light screen so materials can safely pass through the screen without stopping the machinery The module uses redundant microcontroller-based logic MMD Modules can be used as dual controllers when muting function is not used
MMD-TA-12B Page 550 MMD-TA-11B
Receiver AC Interface Boxes
EZAC-R9-QE8 EZAC-R11-QE8 EZAC-R15A-QE8-QS83
Emitter AC Interface Boxes
Versatile power supplies allow EZ-SCREEN systems to connect to AC power sources Models are available to accommodate receivers only, emitters only or both Receiver models include 8 amp safety relay output
EZAC-R8N-QE8-QS53 EZAC-R10N-QE8-QS53 EZAC-E-QE8 EZAC-E-QE5 EZAC-E-QE8-QS3 EZAC-E-QE5-QS5 Mechanically Linked Contactors 11-BG00-31-D-024 Page 755
Pairs of contactors create safety stop circuits with two normally open contacts in series EZ-SCREEN can monitor the circuit because of the contacts force-guided mechanically linked design Contactors add 10 or 18 amp current carrying capability to any safety system Auxiliary contacts add 3 or 4 normally open contacts Suppressors extend the life of an actuating device that uses a contactor. Modular design simplifies assembly and installation
BF1801L-024 Aux. Contacts 11-BGX10-40 11-G484-30 Suppressors 11-BGX77-048 11-G318-48 Page 756
NC = Normally closed, NO = Normally open
Contactors
523
LASER SCANNER
MACHINE SAFETY
524
AG4

Two-dimensional laser scanners effectively protect personnel, as well as stationary and mobile systems within a user designated area Persons or objects entering the protection field will be detected and a protective (safety) stop signal will be generated Eight protective and warning field pairs are individually defined using a PC Protective field can be set from 200 mm to 6.25 m with a resolution of 30 to 150 mm Available with 4 or 6.25 m maximum protective field range The warning field range can be set for up to 15 m with a resolution of 150 mm Scanner has a 0.36 lateral resolution and detects objects in a 190 working zone Two solid-state OSSD safety outputs (250 mA) and two solid-state auxiliary outputs (100 mA) The highly flexible protective and warning fields can be set to match the shape of the work area Exceeds OSHA/ANSI Control Reliability requirements, certified to cTUVus, and CE certified to Type 3, Cat 3 PLd, and SIL 2 Response time is 80 milliseconds (default), adjustable to 640 milliseconds Compact design, simple installation and easy-to-use software provide efficient integration into work areas Rugged, die-cast aluminum housing withstands the rigor of factory floors 5-LED display presents system status and diagnostics of devices without the need for a PC connection
ACCESSORIES
page 528
Configuration and diagnostic software
LASER SCANNER
195 mm
Graphically adjust all device parameters and the protective field contours to both local conditions and required safety distances.
135 mm 140 mm
ONLINE
Configuration parameters are permanently stored in the configuration plug, providing easier storage and device replacement without a PC.
525
LASER SCANNER
AG4 Safety Laser Scanner, 24V dc

Range Protective Fields Warning Fields Safety Output Aux. Outputs Scanning Angle Response Time Model*
MACHINE SAFETY
30 mm Resolution = 1.6 m 40 mm Resolution = 2.2 m 50 mm Resolution = 2.8 m 70 mm Resolution = 4.0 m 150 mm Resolution = 4.0 m 150 mm Resolution = 15 m 30 mm Resolution = 1.6 m 40 mm Resolution = 2.2 m 50 mm Resolution = 2.8 m 70 mm Resolution = 6.25 m 150 mm Resolution = 6.25 m
* Model includes scanner, plugs and CD with diagnostic and configuration software. Cordset ordered separately (see page 528).
AG4-4E
2 PNP OSSD
2 PNP
190
80 ms (Default) adjustable to 640 ms

AG4-6E
ACCESSORIES
page 528
AG4-TB1 Test Box

With the test box its possible to test the following Scanner functions without hooking it up to the machine interface: Switch over between the different field pairs Indication of the Safety OSSD outputs (when entering protective field) Indication of the Alarm outputs (when entering warning field) Can be used as a cloning device to load the same configuration into multiple scanners
Machine Interface-to-Test Box cordset included Power supply not included
AG4 Safety Laser Scanner Kits

You can purchase a kit that contains a laser scanner, optional interfacing solutions and cordsets.
Scanner Interfacing Options Cordsets
page 525 528 528
To Order: 1. Choose an optional interfacing solution, such as an UM-FA-9A or -11A universal input safety module. 2. Choose a DB15 machine interface cordset, such as AG4-CPD15... 3. Choose a PC communication cordset, such as AG4-PCD9...
See www.bannerengineering.com for complete documentation and a current listing of accessories.
Kit Model Key

Scanner Kit Range Interfacing Options Machine Interface Cordset Options PC Cordsets
AG4
4E
10
M 10
P 10
Kit K = Kit
Range 4E = 4 m 6E = 6 m
Interfacing Options Blank = None 10 = UM-FA-9A 11 = UM-FA-11A 12 = MMD-TA-11A 13 = MMD-TA-12A
Machine Interface Cordset Length Options M5 = 5 m M10 = 10 m M25 = 25 m M50 = 50 m
PC Cordsets (optional) P3 = 3 m P5 = 5 m P10 = 10 m
526
AG4 Laser Scanner Specifications

Supply Voltage (UB) 24V dc (+20% / -30%) Power supply in acc. with IEC 742 with safe supply isolation and compensation with voltage dips of up to 20 milliseconds in acc. with EN 61496-1. Over current protection: Via 1.6 A fuse, melting fuse in the cabinet Over-voltage protection: Over-voltage protection with safe limit stop Protective earth conductor: Connection not permitted 420 mA approx. (use 2.5 A power supply) 1.6A normal blow, medium time lag fuse (user supplied) Min. 80 milliseconds (2 scans) Max. 640 milliseconds (16 scans) 905 nm AG4-4E: 150 mm resolution: 200 mm to 4.0 m (radius) 70 mm resolution: 200 mm to 4.0 m (radius) 50 mm resolution: 200 mm to 2.8 m (radius) 40 mm resolution: 200 mm to 2.2 m (radius) 30 mm resolution: 200 mm to 1.6 m (radius) Sensing object reflectance: Minimum 1.8% Resolution: 150 mm (at 15 m) Sensing range (radius): 200 mm to 15 m Sensing object reflectance: Minimum 20% 0-50 m max. 190 PNP open-collector transistor 2 outputs: short circuit proofed Rated operating voltage: supply voltage (UB) -3.2 V Max. source current: 250 mA Residual voltage: 3.2 V or less Operation mode: No object in protection field: ON Object inside protection field: OFF Response Time: Min. 80 milliseconds (2 scans) to max. 640 milliseconds (16 scans) switching method PNP open-collector transistor Rated operating voltage: supply voltage (UB) -4 V Max. source current: 100 mA Residual voltage: 4 V or less Operation mode: Switching method of operation mode (set below) Scanner at normal operation: ON Abnormal operation: OFF No object inside Warning Field: ON Object inside Warning Field: OFF Response Time: Min. 80 milliseconds (2 scans) to max. 640 milliseconds (16 scans) switching method +24V opto-uncoupled, dynamically monitored Selection of 4 or 8 field pairs via 4 control lines, +24V opto-uncoupled, dynamically monitored, logically 1 = field pair activated High/logical 1: 16-30V Low/logical 0: less than 3V Class 1 (IEC 60825-1) 8 Field Pairs in combination of Protective Field and Warning Field can be switched over by external input. Field Pair number 8 is not user configurable. IP65 (per IEC 60529) Die-cast aluminum with a thermoplastic resin window 2.1 kg Temperature: 0 to 50C Five LEDs on front show Safety Sensor Status 10 to 150 Hz frequency, 5 G max. (50 m/s2 approx.) in X, Y and Z directions for twenty times each 15-pin plug: 50 m 9-pin plug: 10 m (RS-232C), 50 m (RS-422) Humidity: Max. 95% AG4-6E: 150 mm resolution: 200 mm to 6.25 m (radius) 70 mm resolution: 200 mm to 6.25 m (radius) 50 mm resolution: 200 mm to 2.8 m (radius) 40 mm resolution: 200 mm to 2.2 m (radius) 30 mm resolution: 200 mm to 1.6 m (radius) Sensing object reflectance: Minimum 1.8%
Supply Current Fuse (power supply) Response Time Wavelength Protection Field (Sensing Range)
Warning Field
Monitored Area Scanning Angle Output Signal Switching Devices (OSSD1, OSSD2)
LASER SCANNER
Alarm (Auxiliary) Outputs 1 & 2
Start-restart Field Pair Switchover Input Signal Definition Laser Protection Class Number of Field Pair Configurations Environmental Rating Housing Material Weight Operating Conditions Indicators Shock and Vibration Max Cordset Length
More on next page
527
LASER SCANNER
AG4 Laser Scanner Specifications (contd)

Design Standards Certifications IEC 61496-1/-3 (Type 3), ISO 13849-1 (Category 3, PLd), IEC 61508-1 to -7 (SIL2) and IEC 62061 SIL CL2 TUV Rheinland of North America, a Nationally Recognized Test Laboratory (NRTL) in the United States according to OSHA 29 CFR 1910.7, and accredited by the Standards Council of Canada to test and certify products to Canadian National Standards, has certified the AG4 Laser Scanner to all applicable U.S. and Canadian National Standards. The cTUVus mark is recognized throughout the United States and Canada by OSHA and the SCC. WD20, WD21, WD22 (pp. 800-801)
MACHINE SAFETY
Wiring Diagrams
AG4 Interfacing Products

Description Interface Modules and Controllers
Universal input safety modules monitors both contact-based and PNP solid-state input devices Convenient plug-in terminal blocks on a 22.5 mm DIN-rail mountable housing
Models
UM-FA-9A (3 NO)
Product Information
Page 558 UM-FA-11A (2 NO/1NC)
One controller provides configurable monitoring of multiple safety devices 22 input terminals can monitor both contact-based and PNP solid-state input devices 3 pairs of independent solid-state safety outputs can be used with selectable one- or two-channel external device monitoring Ten configurable non-safety status outputs track inputs, outputs, lockout, I/O status and other functions All SC22-3 modules use 24V dc 10/100 Base TX Ethernet communication option using EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP protocols (SC22-3E models)
SC22-3-S... SC22-3-C... Page 533 SC22-3E-S... SC22-3E-C...
Muting Modules
The Muting Module temporarily inhibits a safety laser scanner so materials can safely pass through the screen without stopping the machinery The module uses redundant microcontroller-based logic
MMD-TA-12B Page 550 MMD-TA-11B
NC = Normally closed, NO = Normally open
Cordsets
DB15 Machine Interface
Length 5.00 m 10.0 m 25.0 m 50.0 m
See page 718 Model AG4-CPD15-5 AG4-CPD15-10 AG4-CPD15-25 AG4-CPD15-50
Bracket
DB9 PC Communication*
Length 3.00 m 5.00 m 10.0 m
See page 718 Model AG4-PCD9-3 AG4-PCD9-5 AG4-PCD9-10
DB9 to USB
See page 718 Length Model 1.00 m AG4-PCD9USB-1
Not recommended for use with AG4-PCD9-10
Swivel
pg. 641 AG4-MBK1

* RS-232 Serial protocol
Test Box
Configuration & Test Box
Misc. Replacement Parts

Description
Replacement window Replacement configuration plug, straight Replacement PC plug, straight
Model
AG4-WIN1 AG4-CPD15 AG4-PCD9
Description
Cleaning set (150 ml fluid) Cleaning set (1000 ml fluid)
Model
AG4-CLN1 AG4-CLN2
AG4-TB1
528
SAFETY CONTROLLERS & MODULES

SC22-3/-3E E-Stop & Guard Universal Input Safety Mat
Muting
Safe Speed
Extension
Interface
SC22-3/-3E Safety Controller
page 533
page 537
Universal Input
page 545
22 input terminals for monitoring of both contact-based or solid-state outputs from Banner devices or any other manufacturer Three pairs of independent solid-state safety outputs Configurable auxiliary outputs for tracking inputs, outputs, lockout, I/O status and other functions Reduces the complexity of interfacing multiple safety functions and devices
Monitors contact failure or wiring fault Self-monitors to eliminate risk if module fails Installs easily
Monitors contact failure or wiring fault Used with one or two solid-state PNP or hand/relay contact safety or non-safety devices
SAFETY CONTROLLERS SAFETY MODULES
Safety Mat Monitoring
page 547
Muting
page 550
Safe Speed Monitoring
page 554
Monitors a single mat or a series of connected mats Used with any standard 4-wire safety mat or edge triggered by a short in a contact plate or strip
Suspends safeguarding during hazard-free times in the machines cycle Allows material to move into or from the process, without tripping the primary safeguard Monitors two or four hard-relay contact safety devices
Monitors two sensors with PNP outputs for rotation and linear movements Allows safety switches to release and safety gates to be opened when the speed drops below the dangerous level
Extension Relay
page 556
Interface Relay
Provides additional safety outputs for a primary safety device with relay outputs Offers two hookup options, depending on model: one channel, or one or two channel Models with stop category 1 (OFF Delay)
Increases the switching current capacity of low voltage primary safety devices to 6 amps Serves as a relay for primary safety devices with solid-state or hard contact outputs and external device monitoring
page 558
529
SAFETY CONTROLLERS Catalog Page Safety Controller
SAFETY MODULES Safety Category

2, 3 or 4 SC22-3E-
Model
SC22-3-

0&1
Input Device
Electromechanical & Solid Sate Magnetic & Electromechanical Electromechanical
Supply Voltage
24V dc
MACHINE SAFETY
533
E-Stop & Interlocked Guard Safety Modules
537
GM-FA-10J ES-FA-9AA ES-FA-11AA ES-UA-5A ES-VA-5A ES-TN-1H1 to ES-TN-1H12 ES-TN-14H5
2 or 4
24V ac/dc
537
2 or 4
24V ac/dc 115V ac & 12-24V dc 230V ac & 12-24V dc 24V dc
537
2 or 4
Electromechanical
537
2 or 4
0&1
Electromechanical
537 ES-TN-14H6
2 or 4
0&1
Electromechanical
24V dc
537
ES-FA-6G
Electromechanical
24V ac/dc
Muting Safety Mat UM Modules Modules Modules
UM-FA-9A 545 UM-FA-11A SM-GA-5A 547 SM-HA-5A MMD-TA-12B 550 MMD-TA-11B SSM-FM-11A10 554 SSM-FM-11A20 EM-T-7A EM-F-7G 556 EM-FD-7G2 EM-FD-7G3 EM-FD-7G4 IM-T-9A 558 IM-T-11A 2, 3 or 4 0 2, 3 or 4 1 0 3 0 2, 3 or 4 0 3 (with mat) 0 2, 3 or 4 0
Electromechanical & Solid Sate Safety Mat & Safety Edge (4-wire)
24V ac/dc
115V ac & 12-24V dc 230V ac & 12-24V dc
Electromechanical & Solid State
24V dc
Safe Interface Extension Modules Speed Modules Modules
Solid Sate
24V ac/dc
24V dc
Safety Output
24V ac/dc
Safety Output
24V dc
NC = Normally Closed Relay, NO = Normally Open Relay
530
Inputs
22 Safety & Non-Safety
Safety Outputs
6 PNP (3 pair)
Output Rating
0.75 amps ea. 0.5 amps ea.
Auxiliary Outputs
10 Discrete Status Outputs 10 Discrete Status Outputs, EtherNet/IP & Modbus TCP 1 NC 1 NC & 2 PNP 1 NC (immediate) & 1 NC (delayed)

10 ms
Delay
ON-delay: 5 min max OFF-delay: 5 min max
Housing Width
131 mm
1 NC & 1 NO (single or dual) 1 NC (single) or 2 NC (dual) 1 NC (single) or 2 NC (dual) 1 NC (single) or 2 NC (dual) 1 NC (single) or 2 NC (dual)
2 NO 3 NO 2 NO 4 NO 2 NO & 2 NO w/delay 4 NO & 4 NO w/delay 3 NO
6 amps 6 amps 7 amps 6 amps
35 ms
22.5 mm
25 ms
22.5 mm
Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules
25 ms
OFF-delay 0 - 200 sec., depending on model OFF-delay 0 - 20 sec. OFF-delay 0-200 sec.
45 mm
4 amps
50 ms
45 mm
4 amps
1 NC (immediate) & 1 NC (delayed)
50 ms
67.5 mm
1 NC (single)
6 amps
1 NC
35 ms
22.5 mm
SAFETY CONTROLLERS SAFETY MODULES
1 NC (single) or 2 NC (dual)
3 NO 6 amps 2 NO
25 ms 1 NC 1 NC & 2 PNP 1 PNP 1 NC 22.5 mm
1 (or multiple in series) 4-wire Safety Mat
4 NO
6 amps
50 ms
45 mm
2 NC Muteable (dual) & 2 NC SSI (dual)
2 PNP OSSD 2 NO
0.5 amps 6 amps
10 ms 20 ms 700 ms 67.5 mm
2 PNP
2 NO
4 amps
1 NC 350 ms
45 mm
4 NO
20 ms 35 ms 6 amps 30 ms
OFF-delay 0.5 sec. OFF-delay 1.0 sec. OFF-delay 2.0 sec. 22.5 mm
1 NC (single)
4 NO w/delay
3 NO 1 NC (dual) 2 NO 6 amps
20 ms 1 NC 22.5 mm
531
SAFETY CONTROLLERS
SAFETY MODULES
MACHINE SAFETY
Banner SC22-3 Safety Controller is Less Costly and Less Complex than Multiple Safety Modules or Safety PLCs.
The flexible, easy-to-configure safety module solution from Banner
Configurable monitoring of multiple safety devices including E-stop buttons, interlocking switches, safety light screens, two-hand controls, muting, safety mats and rope pull switches 3 pairs of independent solid-state safety outputs Configurable auxiliary outputs for tracking inputs, outputs, lockout, I/O status and other functions Reduces the complexity of interfacing multiple safety functions and devices Front panel control for configuration and real-time system status without a PC Configure offline using PC; replicate configuration to memory card, email or export as PDF or DXF files Meets Safety Integrity Level (SIL) 3 per IEC 62061 and IEC 61508, and Category 4 Performance Level (PL e) per ISO 13849-1
Safety
is easier than you think.
Intuitive free software for point-and-click configuration

Create or edit configurations in minutes: 1. Select the type of safety input device 2. Map functions and properties from a pull down list 3. Wiring and ladder logic diagrams autopopulate along with configuration summary View and track status using front panel display or PC Live Display Includes fault history with time/date stamp Use INFO button to link to software and manual for quick reference to devices and safety category 2, 3 or 4 hookup
FREE DEMO and PCI Software Download at
www.bannerengineering.com/SC22
1.888.373.6767
2008 Banner Engineering Corp., Minneapolis, MN
532
SC22-3/-3E
Safety Controller
Totally configurable and flexible safety controller that can easily replace multiple dedicated safety modules Controller monitors up to 22 inputs for proper operation Each input can be configured for Control Reliability for Category 2, 3 or 4 safety circuit performance per OSHA/ANSI or ISO 13849-1, or for a non-safety input Input terminals can monitor both contact-based or PNP solid-state outputs 3 pairs of solid-state safety outputs with ON-Delay, OFF-Delay and cancel OFF-Delay 10 configurable auxiliary status outputs track inputs, outputs, lockout, I/O status and other functions SC22-3E models provide diagnostic information using EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP and PCCC Configuration is extremely intuitive with the built-in front panel LCD display or using a PC Interface (download free at www.bannerengineering.com/sc22) Controller can be configured offline using a PC; replicate configuration to memory card, email or export as PDF or DXF files Controller is designed to meet stringent standards including Safety Integrity Level (SIL) 3 per IEC 61508, SIL CL 3 per IEC 62061 and Category 4 Performance Level (PL e) per EN ISO 13849-1 Intuitive free software for point-and-click configuration 22 input terminals for monitoring safety and non-safety devices
ACCESSORIES
page 536
SAFETY CONTROLLERS SC22-3/-3E PICO-GUARD SAFETY MODULES
1. Select the type of safety input device 2. Map functions and properties from a pull down list 3. Wiring and ladder logic diagrams autopopulate along with configuration summary View and track status using front panel display or PC Live Display Includes fault history with time/date stamp Use INFO button to link to software and manual for quick reference to devices and safety category 2, 3 or 4 hookup
Versatile input circuitry accommodates a wide range of inputs from Banner devices or any other manufacturer, including: E-stop Buttons Two-Hand Controls Safety Light Screens Rope Pulls Safety Mats and Edges Enabling Devices Muting Sensors Bypass Switches Interlocking Switches Laser Scanners Value monitoring
533
SAFETY CONTROLLERS
SAFETY MODULES
131 mm
MACHINE SAFETY
112 mm
ONLINE
64 mm
ACCESSORIES
SC22-3/-3E Safety Controller, 24V dc

Terminal Type
Screw Clamp Screw Clamp Screw Clamp Screw Clamp 6 PNP (3 pairs) 1.8 m 0.5 amps each output
page 536
Safety Outputs
USB Cable
1.8 m
Output Rating
0.75 amps each output
Aux. Outputs
10 status (I/O, mute, lockout, fault and reset) 10 status (I/O, mute, lockout, fault and reset) plus 32 virtual status
XM Card
XM Programming Tool
Yes
Communication Protocol
EtherNet/IP & Modbus TCP EtherNet/IP & Modbus TCP
Model
SC22-3-SU1 SC22-3-CU1 SC22-3-S SC22-3-C SC22-3E-SU1 SC22-3E-CU1 SC22-3E-S SC22-3E-C
Yes Yes
SC22-3/-3E Safety Controller Specifications

Power 24V dc, 20% SC22-3 models: 0.4 A (controller only), 5.9 A (all outputs ON @ full rated load) SC22-3E models: 0.4 A (controller only), 4.9 A (all outputs ON @ full rated load) The Controller should be connected only to a SELV (safety extra-low voltage, for circuits without earth ground) or a PELV (protected extra-low voltage, for circuits with earth ground) power supply Input ON threshold: > 15V dc (guaranteed on), 30V dc max. Input OFF threshold: < 5V dc (guaranteed off with any 1 fault), 3V dc min. Input ON current: 8 mA typical @ 24V dc, > 2 mA (guaranteed with 1 fault) 50 mA peak contact cleaning current @ 24V dc Sourcing current: 30 mA minimum continuous (3V dc max. drop) Input lead resistance: 300 max. (150 per lead) Input requirements for a 4-wire safety mat: Max. capacity between plates: 0.5 F Max. capacity between bottom plate and ground: 0.5 F Max. resistance between the 2 input terminals of one plate: 20 Rated output current: SC22-3 models: 0.75 A max. each output (1.0V dc max drop) SC22-3E models: 0.5 A max. each output (1.0V dc max drop) Output OFF threshold: 0.6V dc typical (1.2V dc max. guaranteed with 1 fault) Output leakage current: 50 A max. with open 0V Load: 0.1 F max., 1 H max., 10 max. per lead
Safety and Non-Safety Inputs (22 terminals)
Safety Outputs (6 terminals, 3 redundant outputs)
More on next page
534
SC22-3/-3E Safety Controller Specifications (contd)

Status Outputs (10 terminals) Rated output current: 0.5A @ 24V dc (individual), 1.0 A @ 24V dc (total of all outputs) O1 to O8 (General Purpose) Output OFF voltage: < 0.5V dc (no load), 22 K pull down to 0V O9 and O10 (General Purpose or Monitored Mute Lamp) Output OFF voltage: Internal 94 K pull up to 24V dc supply Output ON/OFF threshold: 15V dc +/4V dc @ 24V dc supply NOTE: For O9 and O10 (if configured as monitored mute lamp output only), if a short circuit or other fault condition causes the output to drop below this threshold while the output is ON, a lockout will occur. If an open circuit or other fault condition causes the output to rise above this threshold while the output is OFF, a lockout will occur. Network Interface (SC22-3E only) Ethernet 10/100 Base-T/TX, RJ45 modular connector Selectable auto negotiate or manual rate and duplex Auto MDI/MDIX (Auto cross) Protocols: EtherNet/IP (with PCCC), Modbus TCP Data: 32 configurable virtual status outputs; fault diagnostic codes and messages; access to fault log Response time (ON to OFF): 10 milliseconds max. (with standard 6 milliseconds debounce; this can increase if debounce time increases. Refer to the configuration summary for actual response time.) Recovery time (OFF to ON): 400 milliseconds max. (with manual reset option) Recovery time (OFF to ON): 400 milliseconds max. plus input debounce time (auto reset) Password is not required: Run mode (I/O status) Fault (I/O fault detection and remedial steps) Review configuration parameters (I/O properties and terminals) Password is required: Configuration mode (create/modify/confirm/download configurations)
Response and Recovery Times
Onboard LCD Information Display Password Requirements
Environmental Rating Operating Conditions Mechanical Stress
NEMA 1 (IEC IP20), for use inside NEMA 3 (IEC IP54) or better enclosure Temperature range: 0 to +55 C Shock: 15g for 11 milliseconds, half sine, 18 shocks total (per IEC 61131-2) Bump: 10g for 16 milliseconds, 6000 cycles total (per IEC 61496-1) Vibration: 3.5 mm occasional / 1.75 mm continuous @ 5Hz to 9Hz, 1.0g occasional and 0.5g continuous @ 9Hz to 150Hz: (per IEC 61131-2) and 0.35 mm single amplitude / 0.70 mm peak-to-peak @ 10 to 55Hz (per IEC 61496-1), all @ 10 sweep cycles per axis Meets or exceeds all EMC requirements in IEC 61131-2, IEC 61496-1 (Type 4), and IEC 62061 Annex E, Table E.1 (increased immunity levels) Screw terminals 2 Wire sizes: 16, 18, 20, 22 or 24 AWG (0.20 1.31 mm ) Tightening torque: 0.23 Nm (2 in. lbs) nominal Clamp terminals 2 Wire size: 16, 18, 20, 22, or 24 AWG (0.20 1.31 mm ) Wire strip length: 5.00 mm Tightening torque: 0.34 Nm (3.0 in. lbs) maximum Wire strip length: 9.00 mm
SAFETY CONTROLLERS SC22-3/-3E PICO-GUARD SAFETY MODULES
EMC Removable Terminals
Important: Clamp terminals are designed for 1 wire only. If more than 1 wire is connected to a terminal, a wire could loosen or become completely disconnected from the terminal, causing a short. Design Standards
SIL CL 3 per IEC 62061 Safety of Machinery Functional Safety of Safety-Related Electrical, Electronic and Programmable Electronic Control Systems SIL 3 per IEC 61508 Functional Safety of Electrical/Electronic/Programmable Electronic Safety-Related Systems Category 4 per ISO 13849-1 (1999) Category 4 Performance Level (PL) e per ISO 13849-1 (2006) Complies with Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC IEC 61131-2 Programmable Controllers, Part 2: Equipment Requirements and Tests UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment UL 1998 Software in Programmable Components ANSI NFPA 79 Electrical Standards for Industrial Machinery IEC 60204-1 Electrical Equipment of Machines: General Requirements ISO 13851 (EN574) Safety of Machinery Two-Hand Control Devices Functional Aspects and Design Principles ISO 13850 (EN418) Emergency Stop Devices
LISTED Auxiliary Device
Certifications
Wiring Diagrams
WD023, WD024, WD025, WD026 (pp. 802-804).
535
SAFETY CONTROLLERS
SAFETY MODULES
SC22-3/-3E Interface Modules

Description Supply Voltage Inputs (Safety Controller Outputs)
2 (SO1) 24V dc (Controller supplied) 4 (SO1 and SO2) 6 (SO1, SO2 and SO3)
Safety Outputs
3 NO Total of 6 (3 NO per output) Total of 9 (3 NO per output)
Output Rating
EDM Contacts
Model
SC-IM9A
MACHINE SAFETY
For use with 1-dual channel SC22-3 safety output For use with 2-dual channel SC22-3 safety outputs For use with 3-dual channel SC22-3 safety outputs
10 amps
1 NC pair per output
SC-IM9B SC-IM9C
NOTE: External device monitoring (EDM) is required to be wired separately to the NC contacts to comply with ISO 13849-1 categories and ANSI/OSHA control reliability.
Additional Interfacing Products

Description Interface Modules
Interface modules provide two or three normally open force-guided relay outputs rated at 6 A Convenient plug-in terminal blocks on a 22.5 mm DIN-rail mountable housing are included
Models
IM-T-9A (3 NO)
Product Information
Page 558 IM-T-11A (2 NO/1 NC)
Mechanically Linked Contactors
Contactors add 10 or 18 amp current carrying capability to any safety system Suppressors extend the life of an actuating device that uses a contactor Modular design simplifies assembly and installation
11-BG00-31-D-024 Page 756 BF1801L-024
NC = Normally closed, NO = Normally open NOTE: External device monitoring (EDM) is required to be wired separately to the NC contacts to comply with ISO 13849-1 categories and ANSI/OSHA control reliability.
Miscellaneous
Description
SC22-3 replacement controller (without terminals) SC22-3E replacement controller (without terminals), Ethernet compatible External memory card (XM card) Bulk pack of 5 XM Cards Screw terminal replacement set Clamp terminal replacement set USB A/B cable, 1.8 m XM card USB programming tool
Model
SC-SC22-3 SC-SC22-3E SC-XM1 SC-XM1-5 SC-TS1 SC-TC1 SC-USB1 SC-XMP
Cordsets
Ethernet Communication
See page 719 Length
2.13 m 7.62 m 15.2 m 22.9 m
Brackets
SC22-3
Shielded Crossover
STPX07 STPX25 STPX50 STPX75 pg. 641 DIN-35.. Additional bracket information available. See page 632.
Shielded
STP07 STP25 STP50 STP75
536

Safety Modules
Modules monitor external devices for proper operation, contact failure or wiring faults Module goes into lockout mode if fault is detected Available voltages include 24V ac/dc; 24V dc; 115V ac or 12-24V dc; or 230V ac or 12-24V dc Modules serve to monitor positive-opening E-stop and interlocking switches Non-safety outputs are available on most modules Modules are available with an adjustable output delay of 0-20 or 0-200 seconds Modules offer reset options: Automatic, manual and monitored manual (depending on model) Ratings are NEMA 1 and at least IEC IP20 Housings are rugged polycarbonate and mount to standard 35 mm DIN rail
ONLINE
84.0 mm 118.0 mm 118.2 mm 22.5 mm 82.0 mm
SAFETY CONTROLLERS SAFETY MODULES E-STOP & GUARD UNIVERSAL SAFETY MAT MUTING SAFE SPEED EXTENSION INTERFACE
22.5 mm
ES-FA-..AA & GM-FA-10J Models
ES-FA-6G Models
84.0 mm
84.0 mm
84.0 mm
118.0 mm 45.0 mm
118.0 mm 45.0 mm
118.0 mm 67.5 mm
ES-..A-5A Models
ES-TN-1H.. Models
ES-TN-14H.. Models
537
SAFETY CONTROLLERS
SAFETY MODULES
E-Stop & Guard Safety Modules MACHINE SAFETY

0
Supply Voltage
24V ac/dc
Inputs
1 NC & 1 NO (single or dual)
Safety Outputs
2 NO
Aux. Outputs
Output Rating
6 amps

35 ms
Delay
Model
GM-FA-10J
24V ac/dc
3 NO 2 NO
1 NC
6 amps 25 ms 7 amps
ES-FA-9AA ES-FA-11AA
115V ac & 12-24V dc 0 230V ac & 12-24V dc
ES-UA-5A 1 NC (single) or 2 NC (dual) 4 NO 1 NC & 2 PNP 6 amps 25 ms ES-VA-5A
0 - 20 sec. 0 - 200 sec. 0.25 sec. 0.5 sec. 1.0 sec. 1 NC (single) or 2 NC (dual) 2 NO (immediate) & 2 NO (delayed) 1 NC (immediate) & 1 NC (delayed) 2.0 sec. 4 amps 50 ms 4.0 sec. 6.0 sec. 8.0 sec. 10.0 sec. 15.0 sec. 20.0 sec.
ES-TN-1H5 ES-TN-1H6 ES-TN-1H1 ES-TN-1H2 ES-TN-1H3 ES-TN-1H4 ES-TN-1H7 ES-TN-1H8 ES-TN-1H9 ES-TN-1H10 ES-TN-1H11 ES-TN-1H12
0&1
24V dc
0&1
24V dc
4 NO immediate & 4 NO (delayed)
1 NC (immediate) & 1 NC (delayed)
0 - 20 sec. 4 amps 50 ms 0 - 200 sec.
ES-TN-14H5
ES-TN-14H6
24V ac/dc
1 NC (single)
3 NO
1 NC
6 amps
35 ms
ES-FA-6G
538
GM-FA-10J Guard Monitoring Module Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current 24V dc 15% @ 150 mA (SELV-rated supply according to EN IEC 60950, NEC Class 2) 24V ac 15% @ 150 mA, 50-60 Hz +/- 5% (NEC Class 2-rated transformer) Power consumption: approx. 3 VA / 3 W To comply with UL and CSA standards, the isolated secondary power supply circuit in the installation must incorporate a method to limit the overvoltage to 0.8 kV Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity Output relay contact voltage of 1V to 150V ac/dc: Category III Output relay contact voltage of 151V to 250V ac/dc: Category II (Category III, if appropriate overvoltage reduction is provided, as described in data sheet.) 2 Each normally open output channel is a series connection of contacts from two forced-guided (mechanically linked) relays, K1-K2 Contacts: AgNi, 5 m gold-plated Low Current Rating: The 5 m gold-plated contacts allow the switching of low current/low voltage. In these low-power applications, multiple contacts can also be switched in series (e.g., dry switching) To preserve the gold plating on the contacts, do not exceed the following max. values at any time: Min. voltage: 1V ac/dc Min. current: 5 mA ac/dc Min power: 5 mW (5 mVA) Max. voltage: 60V Max. current: 300 mA Max. power: 7 W (7 VA)
Supply Protection Circuitry Overvoltage Category
Pollution Degree Output Configuration
High Current Rating: If higher loads must be switched through one or more of the contacts, the minimum and maximum values of the contact(s) changes to: Minimum: Voltage: 15V ac/dc Current: 30 mA ac/dc Power: 0.45 W (0.45 VA) Minimum: Voltage: 15V ac/dc Current: 30 mA ac/dc Power: 0.45 W (0.45 VA) Maximum: 250V ac/24V dc, 6A resistive B300, R300 per UL508 Maximum: 250V ac/24V dc, 6A resistive IEC 60947-5-1: AC15: 230V ac. 3 A; DC-13: 24V dc, 2A
Mechanical life: 50,000,000 operations Electrical life (switching cycles of the output contacts, resistive load): 150,000 cycles @ 900 VA; 1,000,000 cycles @ 250 VA; 2,000,000 cycles @ 150 VA; 5,000,000 cycles @ 100 VA NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts. Output Response Time Input Requirements 35 milliseconds max. Each switch or sensor must have a normally closed contact and a normally open contact capable of switching 20 to 50 mA @ 15 to 30V dc Reset switch: 20 mA @ 12V dc, hard contact only Max. external resistance between terminals S11/S12, S11/S13, S21/S22 and S21/S23: 270 ohms each. 2-Channel operation: 3 seconds 1-Channel operation: infinite 4 green LEDs: Power: power is supplied to Safety Module Channel 1: inputs satisfied (guard closed) Channel 2: inputs satisfied (guard closed) Output: K1 and K2 energized, safety outputs closed Polycarbonate housing IEC IP20 Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3 (IP54), or better. 10 to 55 Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6 Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50 C (non-condensing)
More on next page
Simultaneity Monitoring Status Indicators
1 red LED: Fault
Construction Environmental Rating Mounting Vibration Resistance Operating Conditions Design Standards
: Cat. 4 PL e, per EN ISO 13849-1; SIL 3 per IEC 61508 and IEC 62061
539
SAFETY CONTROLLERS
SAFETY MODULES
GM-FA-10J Guard Monitoring Module Specifications

Certifications
(contd)
MACHINE SAFETY
Wiring Diagrams
1-Channel Coded Magnet Switches: WD027 (p. 805) 2-Channel Positive Opening Switches: WD028 (p. 805) 1-Channel (Multiple Guards): WD029 (p. 806) 2-Channel (Multiple Guards): WD030 (p. 806) Guarded Machine: WD031 (p. 807)
ES-FA-..AA Safety Module Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current 24V dc 10% (SELV-rated supply according to EN IEC 60950, NEC Class 2) 24V ac 10%, 50/60Hz (NEC Class 2-rated transformer) Power consumption: approx. 2 W/2 VA Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity Output relay contact voltage of 1V to 150V ac/dc: Category III Output relay contact voltage of 151V to 250V ac/dc: Category III, if appropriate overvoltage reduction is provided, as described in data sheet 2 ES-FA-9AA: 3 normally open (NO) output channels ES-FA-11AA: 2 normally open (NO) output channels and 1 normally closed (NC) auxiliary output Each normally open output channel is a series connection of contacts from two forced-guided (mechanically linked) relays, K1-K2. The normally closed Aux. output channel of the ES-FA-11AA is a parallel connection of contacts from two forced-guided relays, K1-K2. Contacts: AgNi, 5 m gold-plated Low Current Rating: The 5 m gold-plated contacts allow the switching of low current/low voltage. In these low-power applications, multiple contacts can also be switched in series (e.g., dry switching) To preserve the gold plating on the contacts, do not exceed the following max. values at any time: Minimum: Voltage: 1V ac/dc Current: 5 mA ac/dc Power: 5 mW (5 mVA) Maximum: Voltage: 60V Current: 300 mA Power: 7 W (7 VA)
High Current Rating: If higher loads must be switched through one or more of the contacts, the minimum and maximum values of the contact(s) change to: Maximum: Voltage: 250V ac/dc Current: ES-FA-9AA: 6A ES-FA-11AA: 7 A Power: 0.45 W (0.45 VA) Power: ES-FA-9AA: 200 W (1,500 VA) ES-FA-11AA: 200 W (1,750 VA) Mechanical life: > 20,000,000 operations Electrical life (switching cycles of the output contacts, resistive load): 150,000 cycles @ 1,500 VA; 1,000,000 cycles @ 450 VA; 2,000,000 cycles @ 250 VA; 5,000,000 cycles @ 125 VA NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts. Output Response Time Input Requirements 25 milliseconds typical Safety input switch: Dual-Channel (contacts) hookup 10 to 20 mA steady state @ 12V dc NOTE: Inputs are designed with a brief contact-cleaning current of 100 mA when initially closed. Single-Channel hookup 40 to 100 mA @ 24V ac/dc +/- 10%; 50/60 Hz Reset switch: 20 mA @ 12V dc, hard contact only Minimum OFF-State Recovery Time Status Indicators Construction Environmental Rating 250 milliseconds 3 green LEDs: Power ON Polycarbonate housing Rated NEMA 1; IP40, Terminals IP20 Minimum: Voltage: 15V ac/dc Current: 30 mA ac/dc
K1 energized
K2 energized
More on next page
540
ES-FA-..AA Safety Module Specifications (contd)

Mounting Vibration Resistance Operating Conditions Design Standards Certifications Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3 (IP54), or better. 10 to 55Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6 Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50 C (non-condensing) Cat. 4 PL e per EN ISO 13849-1; SIL 3 per IEC 61508 and IEC 62061
Wiring Diagrams
1-Channel: WD032 (p. 808)
ES-..A-5A Safety Module Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current AI-A2: 115V ac (model ES-UA-5A) or 230V ac (model ES-VA-5A) 15% , 50/60Hz BI-B2: 11V dc 27.6V dc Power consumption: approx. 4W/7VA The Safety Module should be connected only to a SELV (safety extra-low voltage, for circuits without earth ground) or a PELV (protected extra-low voltage, for circuits with earth ground) power supply. Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity Output relay contact voltage of 1V to 150V ac/dc: Category III Output relay contact voltage of 151V to 250V ac/dc: Category III, if appropriate overvoltage reduction is provided, as described in data sheet 2 4 normally open (NO) output channels; 1 normally closed (NC) and 2 solid-state auxiliary outputs Each normally open output channel is a series connection of contacts from two forced-guided (mechanically linked) relays, K1-K2. The normally closed Aux. output channel is a parallel connection of contacts from two forced-guided relays, K1-K2. Contacts: AgNi, 5 m gold-plated Low Current Rating: The 5 m gold-plated contacts allow the switching of low current/low voltage. In these low-power applications, multiple contacts can also be switched in series (e.g., dry switching) To preserve the gold plating on the contacts, do not exceed the following max. values at any time: Minimum: Voltage: 1V ac/dc Current: 5 mA ac/dc Power: 5 mW (5 mVA) Maximum: Voltage: 60V Current: 300 mA Power: 7 W (7 VA)
High Current Rating: If higher loads must be switched through one or more of the contacts, the minimum and maximum values of the contact(s) changes to: Minimum: Voltage: 15V ac/dc Current: 250 mA ac/dc Power: 5 W (5 VA) Minimum: Voltage: 15V ac/dc Current: 250 mA ac/dc Power: 5 W (5 VA) Maximum: NO Safety Contacts (13-14, 23-24, 33-34, 43-44): 250V ac/ 24V dc, 6A resistive B300, Q300 (UL508) NC Auxiliary Contact (51-52): 250V ac/ 24V dc, 5A resistive B300, Q300 (UL508) MaximumIEC60947-5-1 NO Safety Contact: AC-1: 250V ac, 6A; DC-1: 24V dc, 6A AC-15: 230V ac, 3A; DC-13: 24V dc, 4A NC Auxiliary Contact: AC-1: 250V ac, 5A; DC-1: 24V dc, 5A AC-15: 230V ac, 2A; DC-13: 24V dc, 4A
IND. CONT. EQ. 447Y
Mechanical life: > 20,000,000 operations Electrical life (switching cycles of the output contacts, resistive load): 150,000 cycles @ 1,500 VA; 1,000,000 cycles @ 450 VA; 2,000,000 cycles @ 250 VA; 5,000,000 cycles @ 125 VA NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts. Solid-State Monitor Outputs: - Two non-safety solid-state dc outputs - Output at Y32 monitors state of outputs conducts (output high) when both K1 and K2 are energized - Output at Y35 conducts (output high) when in normal operation (no lockout) - Output circuits require application of +12-24V dc 15% at terminal Y31; dc common at Y30 - Maximum switching current: 100 mA at 12-24V dc - Both outputs are protected against short circuits
More on next page
541
SAFETY CONTROLLERS
SAFETY MODULES
ES-..A-5A Safety Module Specifications

(contd)
35 milliseconds max. (25 milliseconds typical) E-stop switch must have normally closed contacts each capable of switching 20 to 50 mA @ 12 to 30V dc; and must be open 15 milliseconds for a valid stop command Maximum input resistance 250 ohms per channel @ 24V dc supply voltage Maximum input resistance 25 ohms per channel @ 12V dc supply voltage Reset switch must have one normally open contact capable of switching 20 to 50 mA @ 12 to 30V ac/dc 350 milliseconds 3 green LEDs: Power ON Channel 1 Channel 2 Polycarbonate housing Rated NEMA 1; IEC IP20 Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3 (IP54), or better. 10 to 60Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per UL 991 60 to 150 Hz @ 5 g max. Temperature: 0 to +50 C (surrounding air) Relative humidity: 90% @ +50 C (non-condensing) 1 red LED: Fault Condition
MACHINE SAFETY
Input Requirements
OFF-State Recovery Time Status Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Mounting Vibration Resistance Operating Conditions Design Standards Certifications
Cat. 4 PL e per EN ISO 13849-1; SIL 3 per IEC 61508 and IEC 62061
IND. CONT. EQ. 447Y
Wiring Diagrams
ES-TN-1H.. Safety Module Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 24V dc, 20% Power consumption: approx. 5 W Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity Outputs K1& K2: Two redundant (total of four) safety relay (forced-guided) contacts AgNi, gold flashed one auxiliary normally closed contact AgNi, gold flashed Outputs K3 &K4: Two redundant (total of four) delayed relay (forced-guided) contacts AgNi, gold flashed one auxiliary normally closed contact AgNi, gold flashed Contact ratings (all normally open and normally closed output contacts): Max. voltage: 250V ac or 250V dc Max. current: 4 A ac or dc Min. current: 30 mA @ 24V dc Max. power: 1000 VA, 200 W Mechanical life: 50,000,000 operations Electrical life: 100,000 at full resistive load NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts. Output Response Time K1 &K2: 50 milliseconds typical K3 &K4 (ES-TN-1H1): 0.25 second K3 &K4 (ES-TN-1H2): 0.5 second K3 &K4 (ES-TN-1H3): 1.0 second K3 &K4 (ES-TN-1H4): 2.0 seconds K3 & K4 (ES-TN-1H5): 0, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 15, 20 seconds K3 & K4 (ES-TN-1H6): 0, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50, 70, 100, 150, 200 seconds K3 &K4 (ES-TN-1H7): 4.0 seconds K3 &K4 (ES-TN-1H8): 6.0 seconds K3 &K4 (ES-TN-1H9): 8.0 seconds K3 &K4 (ES-TN-1H10): 10.0 seconds K3 &K4 (ES-TN-1H11): 15.0 seconds K3 &K4 (ES-TN-1H12): 20.0 seconds Delayed Output Timing Tolerance: Set time 100 milliseconds or 2%, whichever is greater
More on next page
542
ES-TN-1H.. Safety Module Specifications (contd)

Input Requirements Input switch must have a normally closed contact capable of switching 20 mA @ 24V dc Reset switch must have one normally open contact capable of switching 20 mA @ 24V dc NOTE: Inputs must be voltage-free, dry contacts 100 milliseconds; time from the E-stop contacts to close (Auto Reset) or the Reset button to open (Manual Reset) and the safety outputs to close 6 green LEDs: Power E-Stop Reset Polycarbonate housing Rated NEMA 1; IP40, Terminals IP20, max. terminal torque 0.8 Nm Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3 (IP54), or better. 10 to 55Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6 Temperature: 0 to +50 C (except ES-TN-1H1) (only -1H5 & -1H6) Wiring Diagrams 2-Channel: WD036 (p. 812) Relative humidity: 90% @ +50 C (non-condensing) Important Notice: European Community Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC ES-TN-1H5/ - 1H6 Safety Modules comply with Machinery Directive 98/37/EC, but not with Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC. Therefore, these modules can only be installed as a replacement component within the European Union (EU). For more information, please see www.bannerengineering.com/144763 or call 1-888-373-6767. Monitor Out (K1 &K2 ON/OFF) Timed-Out (K3 & K4 ON/OFF) 1 red LED: Fault
ON-Time Delay Status Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Mounting Vibration Resistance Operating Conditions Certifications

Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration 24V dc, 20% Power consumption: approx. 5 W Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity Outputs K1 & K2: four redundant (total of eight) safety relay (forced-guided) contacts AgNi, gold flashed one auxiliary normally closed contact AgNi, gold flashed Outputs K3 & K4: four redundant (total of eight) delayed relay (forced-guided) contacts AgNi, gold flashed one auxiliary normally closed contact AgNi, gold flashed Contact ratings (all normally open and normally closed output contacts): Max. voltage: 250V ac or dc Max. current: 4 A ac or dc Min. current: 30 mA @ 24V dc Max. power: 1000 VA, 200 W Mechanical life: 50,000,000 operations Electrical life: 100,000 at full resistive load NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts. Output Response Time K1 & K2: 50 milliseconds typical K3 & K4 (ES-TN-14H5): 0, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 15, 20 seconds K3 & K4 (ES-TN-14H6): 0, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50, 70, 100, 150, 200 seconds Delayed Output Timing Tolerance: Set time 100 milliseconds or 2%, whichever is greater Input switch must have a normally closed contact capable of switching 20 mA @ 24V dc Reset switch must have one normally open contact capable of switching 20 mA @ 24V dc NOTE: Inputs must be voltage-free, dry contacts 100 milliseconds; Time from the E-stop contacts to close (Auto Reset) or the Reset button to open (Manual Reset) and the safety outputs to close 6 green LEDs: Power E-Stop Reset Monitor Out (K1 &K2 ON/OFF) Timed-Out (K3 & K4 ON/OFF) 1 red LED: Fault
Input Requirements
ON-Time Delay Status Indicators
More on next page
543
SAFETY CONTROLLERS
SAFETY MODULES

Construction Environmental Rating Polycarbonate housing
(contd)
MACHINE SAFETY
Rated NEMA 1; IP40, Terminals IP20, max. terminal torque 0.8 Nm Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3 or IP54, or better. 10 to 55Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6 Temperature: 0 to +50 C 2-Channel: WD037 (p. 813) Relative humidity: 90% @ +50 C (non-condensing)
Mounting Vibration Resistance Operating Conditions Wiring Diagrams
ES-FA-6G Safety Module Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current 24V ac/dc, +/- 10%; 50/60Hz Power consumption: approx. 2 W/0.75 VA Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity Outputs (K1 & K2): three redundant (total of six) safety relay (forced-guided) contacts AgSnO2 one auxiliary non-safety monitor output (open when both K1 and K2 are energized; closed when either K1 or K2 are de-energized) Contact ratings: Max. voltage: 250V ac or 250V dc Max. current: 6 A ac or dc Min. current: 30 mA @ 10V dc Max. power: 1500 VA, 150 W Mechanical life: 10,000,000 operations Electrical life: 100,000 at full resistive load NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts. Output Response Time Input Requirements 35 milliseconds typical Input switch must have a normally closed contact capable of switching 40 to 100 mA @ 13 to 27V ac/dc Reset switch must have one normally open contact capable of switching 20 to 30 mA @ 13 to 27V ac/dc 3 green LEDs: Power ON K1 energized K2 energized Polycarbonate Rated NEMA 1; IP40, Terminals IP20 Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3 (IP54), or better. 10 to 55Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6 Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50 C (non-condensing) Important Notice: European Community Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC The ES-FA-6G Safety Module complies with Machinery Directive 98/37/EC, but not with Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC. Therefore, this Safety Module can only be installed as replacement component within the European Union (EU). For more information, please see www.bannerengineering.com/144763 or call 1-888-373-6767. 1-Channel: WD038 (p. 814)
Status Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Mounting Vibration Resistance Operating Conditions Certifications
Wiring Diagrams
544
Universal Input
Safety Modules
Modules monitor one or two solid-state PNP outputs or relay contact outputs from safety or non-safety devices, such as sensors, safety light screens, or one or two electromechanical contacts Category 2, 3 or 4 hookup of input devices is possible Module offers two reset options: Automatic and Monitored Manual Modules are an excellent choice for monitoring safety devices without external device monitoring (EDM) function Module goes into lockout mode if fault is detected Models are available with 3 normally open safety contacts, or 2 normally open safety and 1 normally closed auxiliary contact Output contacts are rated 6 or 7 amps, depending on model Housings are rugged polycarbonate and mount to standard 35 mm DIN rail Modules are rated NEMA 1 and IP20 Module can be configured to monitor single or dual channel input devices using DIP switches under removable terminals
83.9 mm
ONLINE
118.0 mm
22.5 mm
UM-FA-..A Models
Universal Safety Input Modules

0
Supply Voltage
24V ac/dc
Inputs
Safety Outputs
3 NO 2 NO
Aux. Output
1 NC
Output Rating
6 amps

25 ms
Model
UM-FA-9A UM-FA-11A
7 amps
545
SAFETY CONTROLLERS
SAFETY MODULES
Universal Safety Input Module Specifications

MACHINE SAFETY
24V dc 10% (SELV-rated supply according to EN IEC 60950, NEC Class 2) 24V ac 10% 50-60 Hz (NEC Class 2-rated transformer) Power consumption: approx. 2 VA / 3 W Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity Output relay contact voltage of 1V to 150V ac/dc: Category III Output relay contact voltage of 151V to 250V ac/dc: Category II (Category III if appropriate overvoltage reduction is provided, as described in data sheet.) 2 UM-FA-9A: 3 normally open (NO) output channels UM-FA-11A: 2 normally open (NO) output channels and 1 normally closed (NC) auxiliary output channel Each normally open output channel is a series connection of contacts from two forced-guided (mechanically linked) relays, K1-K2. The normally closed Aux. output channel of the UM-FA-11A is a parallel connection of contacts from two forced-guided relays, K1-K2. Contacts: AgNi, 5 m gold-plated Low Current Rating: The 5 m gold-plated contacts allow the switching of low current/low voltage. In these low-power applications, multiple contacts can also be switched in series (e.g., dry switching). To preserve the gold plating on the contacts, do not exceed the following max. values at any time: Min. voltage: 1V ac/dc Min. current: 5 mA ac/dc Min. power: 5 mW (5 mVA) Max. voltage: 60V Max. current: 300 mA Max. power: 7 W (7 VA)
High Current Rating: If higher loads must be switched through one or more of the contacts, the minimum and maximum values of the contact(s) changes to: Min. voltage: 15V ac/dc Max. voltage: 250V ac/dc Min. current: 30 mA ac/dc Max. current: UM-FA-9A: 6 A UM-FA-11A: 7 A Min. power: 0.45 W (0.45 VA) Max. power: UM-FA-9A: 200 W (1,500 VA) UM-FA-11A: 200 W (1,750 VA) Mechanical life: > 20,000,000 operations Electrical life (switching cycles of the output contacts, resistive load): 150,000 cycles @ 1,500 VA; 1,000,000 cycles @ 450 VA; 2,000,000 cycles @ 250 VA; 5,000,000 cycles @ 125 VA NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts. Output Response Time Input Requirements 25 milliseconds typical Safety input switch: 2-Channel (contacts) hookup: 10 to 20 mA steady state @ 12V dc NOTE: Inputs are designed with a brief contact-cleaning current of 100 mA when initially closed. Solid-state Dual Channel hookup: 5 to 20 mA steady state @ 18 to 28V dc sourcing (PNP), < 2 mA leakage current Single-Channel hookup: 40 to 100 mA @ 24V ac/dc 10%; 50/60 Hz Reset Switch: 20 mA @ 12V dc, hard contact only 250 milliseconds (When used with the AG4 Safety Laser Scanner; the Restart delay time after PF release must be configured 280 milliseconds or greater.) 3 green LEDs: Power ON K1 energized K2 energized Polycarbonate housing Rated NEMA 1; IEC IP40, Terminals IP20 Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3 (IP54), or better. 10 to 55 Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6 Temperature: 0 to +50 C Max. Relative Humidity: 90% @ +50C (non-condensing)
Minimum OFF-State Recovery Time Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Mounting Vibration Resistance Operating Conditions Design Standards Certification
Cat. 4 PL e per EN ISO 13849-1; SIL 3 per IEC 61508 and IEC 62061
Wiring Diagrams
WD039, WD040, WD041, WD042 (pp. 815-818)
546
Safety Mat
Monitoring Modules
Module monitors a single mat or a series of connected mats Module is for use with standard 4-wire safety mat or edge triggered by a short in a contact plate or strip Available voltages include 115V ac or 12-24V dc, and 230V ac or 12-24V dc Output contacts are rated 6 A Modules include non-safety auxiliary outputs Reset options are Automatic or Monitored Manual Housings are rugged polycarbonate and mount to standard 35 mm DIN rail Ratings are NEMA 1 and IP20 LED indicators show power on, output and fault
SAFETY CONTROLLERS SAFETY MODULES E-STOP & GUARD UNIVERSAL SAFETY MAT MUTING
ONLINE
84.0 mm
SAFE SPEED EXTENSION INTERFACE
118.0 mm
45.0 mm
SM-..A-5A Models
Safety Mat Monitoring Modules

Supply Voltage
115V ac & 12-24V dc 230V ac & 12-24V dc
Inputs
Safety Outputs
Aux. Outputs
Output Rating
Model
SM-GA-5A
1 (or multiple in series) 4-wire Safety Mat
4 NO
1 NC & 2 PNP
6 amps
50 ms SM-HA-5A
547
SAFETY CONTROLLERS
SAFETY MODULES
Safety Mat Monitoring Module Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current AI-A2: 115V ac (model SM-GA-SA) or 230V ac (model SM-HA-5A) 15% , 50/60Hz BI-B2: 11V dc 27.6V dc Power consumption: approx. 4W/7VA The Safety Module should be connected only to a SELV (safety extra-low voltage, for circuits without earth ground) or a PELV (protected extra-low voltage, for circuits with earth ground) power supply, according to EN IEC 60950, NEC Class 2 Supply Protection Circuitry Overvoltage Category Pollution Degree Output Configuration Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity Output relay contact voltage of 1V to 150V ac/dc: Category III Output relay contact voltage of 151V to 250V ac/dc: Category III, if appropriate overvoltage reduction is provided, as described in data sheet 2 4 normally open (NO) output channels; 1 normally closed (NC) and 2 solid-state auxiliary outputs Each normally open output channel is a series connection of contacts from two forced-guided (mechanically linked) relays, K1-K2. The normally closed Aux. output channel is a parallel connection of contacts from two forced-guided relays, K1-K2. Contacts: AgNi, 5 m gold-plated Low Current Rating: The 5 m gold-plated contacts allow the switching of low current/low voltage. In these low-power applications, multiple contacts can also be switched in series (e.g., dry switching). To preserve the gold plating on the contacts, the following max. values should not be exceeded at any time: Minimum: Voltage: 1V ac/dc Current: 5 mA ac/dc Power: 5 mW (5 mVA) Maximum: Voltage: 60V Current: 300 mA Power: 7 W (7 VA)
MACHINE SAFETY
High Current Rating: If higher loads must be switched through one or more of the contacts, the minimum and maximum values of the contact(s) change to: Minimum: Voltage: 15V ac/dc Current: 250 mA ac/dc Power: 5 W (5 VA) Minimum: Voltage: 15V ac/dc Current: 250 mA ac/dc Power: 5 W (5 VA) Maximum: NO Safety Contacts (13-14, 23-24, 33-34, 43-44): 250V ac/ 24V dc, 6A resistive B300, Q300 (UL508) NC Auxiliary Contact (51-52): 250V ac/ 24V dc, 5A resistive B300, Q300 (UL508) MaximumIEC60947-5-1 NO Safety Contact: AC-1: 250V ac, 6A; DC-1: 24V dc, 6A AC-15: 230V ac, 3A; DC-13: 24V dc, 4A NC Auxiliary Contact: AC-1: 250V ac, 5A; DC-1: 24V dc, 5A AC-15: 230V ac, 2A; DC-13: 24V dc, 4A
IND. CONT. EQ. 447Y
Mechanical life: >20,000,000 operations Electrical life: 150,000 cycles @ 1500 VA; 1,000,000 cycles @ 450 VA; 2,000,000 cycles @ 250 VA; 5,000,000 cycles @ 125 VA NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts. Solid-State Monitor Outputs: - Two non-safety solid-state dc outputs - Output at Y32 monitors state of outputs conducts (output high) when both K1 and K2 are energized - Output at Y35 conducts (output high) when in normal operation (no lockout) - Output circuits require application of +12-24V dc 15% at terminal Y31; dc common at Y30 - Maximum switching current: 100 mA at +12-24V dc - Both outputs are protected against short circuits Output Response Time Input Requirements 35 milliseconds max, 25 milliseconds typical Safety mat normally open contact must be capable of switching 20 to 100 mA @ 12 to 30V dc; and must be closed > 25 ms for a valid stop command 115/230V ac or 24V dc: Maximum input resistance 250 ohms per lead; maximum contact resistance: 150 ohms 12V dc Supply: Maximum input resistance 25 ohms; maximum contact resistance: 10 ohms Reset switch: must have one normally open contact capable of switching 20 to 50 mA @ 12 to 30V dc 350 ms max.
OFF-State Recovery Time
More on next page
548
Safety Mat Monitoring Module Specifications (contd)

Status Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Mounting Vibration Resistance Operating Conditions Design Standards Certifications 3 green LED indicators: Power ON, Channel 1 (high side), Channel 2 (low side) 1 red LED indicator: indicates a fault condition Polycarbonate housing Rated NEMA 1; IEC IP20 Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3 (IP54) or better. 10 to 60 Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per UL 991 60 to 150 Hz @ 5 g max. Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50 C (non-condensing) Cat. 4, PL e per EN ISO 13849-1; SIL 3 per IEC 61508 and IEC 62061
LISTED Emergency Stop Device 29YL
IND. CONT. EQ. 447Y
Wiring Diagrams
4-Wire Safety Mat: WD043 (p. 819)
549
SAFETY CONTROLLERS
SAFETY MODULES
Muting
MACHINE SAFETY
Modules and Dual Controllers

Suspends safeguarding during non-hazardous times in the machines cycle Allows material to move into or from the process, without tripping the muted safeguard Monitors hard-relay contact or PNP output safety devices Includes one non-safety auxiliary output Available in models for Type 4 (Category 4) applications Offers two reset options: Automatic and Monitored Manual Uses diverse redundancy and self-checking for control reliability Installs easily with DIN-rail mounting Connects to supplemental safeguarding devices or E-stops Can be used as a Dual Controller for safety devices, such as two Safety Light Screens, regardless of whether or not the muting function is used
86.0 mm
ONLINE
118.0 mm 67.5 mm
MMD-TA-11B & MMD-TA-12B Muting Modules (MMD-TA-12B shown)
Muting Modules
Safety Category Input Device Supply Voltage Inputs Safety Outputs
2 PNP OSSD
Aux. Outputs
1 PNP
Output Rating
0.5 amps

10 ms
Model
MMD-TA-12B
2, 3 or 4
Mechanical & Solid State
24V dc
2 NC Muteable (dual) & 2 NC SSI (dual)
2 NO
1 NC
6 amps
20 ms
MMD-TA-11B
550
MMD-TA-12B & MMD-TA-11B Muting Modules Specifications

System Power Requirements MMD-TA-11B: +24V dc 15% @ 300 mA max (SELV/PELV) MMD-TA-12B: +24V dc 15% @ 250 mA max (SELV/PELV) (not including draw of the MSSI power, AUX, ML, M1-M4 and OSSD connections) The external voltage supply must be capable of buffering brief mains interruptions of 20 milliseconds, as specified in IEC/EN 60204-1 III (IEC 60664-1) 2 All inputs and outputs are protected from short circuit to +24V dc or dc common MMD-TA-12B: (solid-state output) 20 milliseconds max. MMD-TA-11B: (relay output) 10 milliseconds max. MMD-TA-11B: 2 normally open contact output channels and 1 normally closed auxiliary contact output channel: Each normally open output channel is a series connection of contacts from two forced-guided (positive-guided) relays, K1-K2. The normally closed AUX contact (non-safety) 31-32 is a parallel connection of contacts from K1-K2. Contacts: AgNi, 5 m gold-plated Low Current Rating: Caution: The 5 m gold-plated contacts allow the switching of low current/low voltage. In these low-power applications, multiple contacts can also be switched in series (e.g., dry switching ). To preserve the gold plating on the contacts and also guarantee reliable switching, the following values should be kept within the min. and max. ranges shown below. Min. voltage: 1V ac/dc Min. current: 5 mA ac/dc Min. power: 5 mW (5 mVA) Max. voltage: 60V Max. current: 300 mA Max. power: 7 W (7 VA)
Overvoltage Category Pollution Degree Supply Protection Circuitry Response Time (MSSI and SSI) Safety Outputs
High Current Rating: If higher loads must be switched through one or more of the contacts, the minimum and maximum values of the contact(s) changes to: Min. voltage: 15V ac/dc Max. voltage: 120V ac/dc Min. current: 30 mA ac/dc Max. current: 6 A Min. power: 0.45 W (0.45 VA) Max. power: 160 W (720 VA) Mechanical life: 50,000,000 operations Electrical life: 120,000 operations (typical at 144 W/[1380 VA] switched power, resistive load) NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts MMD-TA-12B: Two diverse-redundant solid-state safety outputs: 24V dc, 0.5 A sourcing OSSD (output signal switching device) ON-State voltage: V in-1.5V dc OFF-State voltage: 1.2V dc max. ( 0-1 2V dc) Max. load capacitance: 0.1 F Max. load inductance: 10 H Leakage current: 0.50 mA max. Cable resistance: 10 max. OSSD test pulse width: < 100 microseconds OSSD test pulse period: > 100 milliseconds Switching current: 0-0.5 A
More on next page
551
SAFETY CONTROLLERS
SAFETY MODULES

Non-Safety Outputs
(contd)
MACHINE SAFETY
Model MMD-TA-11B: Aux. output 3132 is a parallel connection of two N.C. contacts from internal relays K1 and K2 Contact: AgNi, 5 m gold-plated Low Current Rating: Caution: The 5 m gold-plated contacts allow the switching of low current/low voltage. To preserve the gold plating on the contacts and also guarantee reliable switching, the following values should be kept within the min. and max. ranges shown below: Min. Voltage: 1V ac/dc Max. Voltage: 24V ac/dc Min. Current: 5 mA ac/dc Max. Current: 250 mA ac/dc Min. Power: 5 mW (5 mVA) Max. Power: 6 W (6 VA) High Current Rating: For higher loads, the min. and max. values of the contact(s) changes to: Min. Voltage: 15V ac/dc Max. Voltage: 120V ac/dc Min. Current: 30 mA ac/dc Max. Current: 6 A Min. Power: 0.45 W (0.45 VA) Max. Power: 160 W/720 VA Mechanical Life: 50,000,000 operations Electrical Life: >10 x 106 cycles Model MMD-TA-12B: Z4Z3 = Aux. 24V / 250 mA PNP output follows the two OSSD safety outputs
Status Indicators Diagnostic Code Display Muting Lamp Output
3 Status LEDs (Red, Green and Yellow): indicate waiting for Reset, Lockout, Override, and OSSD status Yellow and Green LEDs adjacent to individual inputs/interfaces indicate status (ON = active/closed) Diagnostic Display is a two-digit numeric display that indicates the cause of lockout conditions and the amount of time remaining for the backdoor timer A monitored or non-monitored (selectable) sinking output. If monitoring has been selected, the current draw must be 10 to 360 mA. Interconnect wire resistance < 30 . Max. switching voltage: 30V dc Max. switching current: 360 mA Min. switching current: 10 mA Saturation voltage: 1.5V dc @ 10 mA; 5V dc @ 360 mA All configured on two redundant banks of DIP switches: Manual/auto reset One-way/two-way muting Monitored/non-monitored mute lamp output One-channel/two-channel/no EDM Backdoor timer Mute on power-up enable The MSSI and the SSI can be interfaced with external safety devices that have either hard contact outputs or solid-state sourcing outputs When connecting the MSSI (S11-S12, S21-S22) or SSI (X5-X6, X7-X8) inputs to safety relay outputs or hard contacts, these contacts must be capable of switching 15 to 30 V dc at 10-50 mA Operating Range for MSSI and SSI Inputs OFF State: -3V to +5V, 0 to 2 mA ON State: 15-30V, 10-50 mA Muteable Safety Stop Interface (MSSI) This input consists of two channels (MSSI-A and MSSI-B), and can be muted when the requirements for a mute cycle have been met. When muted, the OSSDs remain ON, independent of the MSSI status. If not muted, when either or both channels open, the OSSD outputs will go OFF. Maximum external resistance per channel must not exceed 400 . Safety Stop Interface (SSI) This input consists of two channels (SSI-A and SSI-B), and is always active. When one or both channels open, the OSSD Outputs will go OFF. Maximum external resistance per channel must not exceed 400 .
Controls and Adjustments
Inputs
External Device Monitoring (EDM) Muting Device Inputs
Two pairs of terminals are provided to monitor the state of external devices controlled by the OSSD outputs. Each device must be capable of switching 15-30V dc at 10-50 mA. The muting devices work in pairs (M1 and M2, M3 and M4) and are required to be closed within 3 seconds of each other (simultaneity requirement/synchronous actuation) to initiate a mute (assuming all other conditions are met). Each muting device must be capable of switching 15-30V dc at 10-50 mA. The mute enable input must have +24V dc applied in order to start a mute; opening this input after mute has begun has no effect. The switching device must be capable of switching 15-30V dc at 10-50 mA.
More on next page
Mute Enable Input
552

Override Inputs
(contd)
The two-channel inputs must be closed within 3 seconds of each other (simultaneity/synchronous action requirement) and held closed during the 30-second Override. To initiate a subsequent Override, open both channels, wait 3 seconds, and then re-close both channels (within 3 seconds). The switching devices must be capable of switching 15-30V dc at 10-50 mA. Terminals must be closed for a minimum of 0.25 seconds and not more than 2.0 seconds in order to guarantee a reset. The switching device must be capable of switching 15-30V dc at 10-50 mA. Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3 (IP54), or better. 10 to 55 Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6 Polycarbonate housing Removable terminal blocks NEMA 1; IP20 Temperature range: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 95% (non-condensing)
Reset Input Mounting Vibration Resistance Construction Connections Environmental Rating Operating Conditions Design Standards Certifications
Designed to comply with Safety Category 4 per SIL 3 (IEC 61508); SIL CL3 (IEC 62061); Category 4, Performance Level (PL) e (ISO 13849-1)
LISTED AOPD 10GH
Wiring Diagrams
MMD-TA-12B: WD045, WD048, WD049 (pp. 820-824) MMD-TA-11B: WD047 (p. 822)
553
SAFETY CONTROLLERS
SAFETY MODULES
Safe Speed Monitoring

Safety Modules
MACHINE SAFETY

Monitors redundant devices, such as two sensors with PNP outputs, for
rotation and linear movements. Allows locked gates or guards to be opened when speed drops below the dangerous speed Provides two normally open safety contacts and one normally closed auxiliary contact, each rated at 4 amps Offers choice of two models with adjustable RPM ranges Rated NEMA 1 and at least IP20 Constructed of rugged polycarbonate with removable terminal blocks Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail
ONLINE
84.0 mm
118.0 mm 45.0 mm
SSM-FM-11A... Models
SSM Safe Speed Monitoring Modules

0
Supply Voltage
24V ac/dc
Inputs
2 PNP
Safety Outputs
2 NO
Aux. Outputs
1 NC
Ranges (Ipm)
5 - 40, 35 - 340, 300 - 2700, 1200 10500 10 - 80, 80 - 650, 600 - 5300, 2400 - 20000
Output Rating
4 amps
Model
SSM-FM-11A10 SSM-FM-11A20
554
SSM Safe Speed Monitoring Module Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current 24V ac/dc, 50-60 Hz, no polarity AC: 24V +10% / -15% DC: 24V 10%
Power consumption: approx. 4 VA/2.5 W Start-up Reset Time Hysteresis Input Requirements 1.5 second 6% typical PNP-Input sensors: 24V dc (terminals S1s and S2s) Input current min.: 3 mA Input current max.: 25 mA Min. pulse time: 1 millisecond ON; 1 millisecond OFF 30,000 SSM-FM-11A10: 540 ipm, 35340 ipm, 3002,700 ipm or 1,20010,500 ipm SSM-FM-11A20: 1080 ipm, 80650 ipm, 6005,300 ipm or 2,40020,000 ipm Standstill / Under-speed detection: (60 seconds/adjusted IPM value) + 2.5 seconds = tDS tDS = output ON-delay after detection of standstill Over-speed detection: SSM-FM-11A10: Range 510,500: tR = 700 milliseconds typical SSM-FM-11A20: Range 1020,000: tR = 350 milliseconds typical Output Configuration Outputs K1 & K2: two redundant (total of four) safety relay NO (forced-guided) contactsAgNi, gold flashed; one auxiliary NC contactAgNi, gold flashed Contact ratings (all NO and NC output contacts): 2 normally open (NO) output channels and 1 normally closed (NC) auxiliary output Current Rating: Thermal Current Ith: 4 A Switching Capacity to AC 15: 3 A / 230V ac for NO contacts (per IEC/EN 60947-5-1) 2 A / 230V ac for NC contact (per IEC/EN 60947-5-1) Min. voltage: 15V ac/dc Min. current: 30 mA ac/dc Min. power: 0.45 W (0.45 VA)
Max. IPM at Inputs S1s and S2s Adjustable Setting Ranges (Impulses per Minute) Output Response Time
SAFETY CONTROLLERS SAFETY MODULES E-STOP & GUARD
Max. voltage: 230V ac/dc Max. current: 4 A Max. power: 100 W (920 VA)
UNIVERSAL SAFETY MAT MUTING SAFE SPEED EXTENSION INTERFACE
Mechanical Life: 50,000,000 operations Electrical life (switching cycles of the output contacts, resistive load): 350,000 cycles @ 920 VA; 1,000,000 cycles @ 440 VA; 2,000,000 cycles @ 250 VA; 5,000,000 cycles @ 125 VA NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressor across load. Never install suppressor across output contacts. Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Mounting Vibration Resistance Operating Conditions Design Standards Certifications 3 green LED indicators: Power On, Channel 1 active, and Channel 2 active Polycarbonate housing Rated NEMA 1; IEC IP20 (IEC/EN 60529) Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3 (IEC IP54) or better. 10 to 55 Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6 Temperature: 0 to 50 C Max. Rel. Humidity: 90% @ +50 C (non-condensing) Cat. 3 PL e per DIN EN ISO 13849-1; SIL CL 3 per IEC 62061 Approvals are pending This module was evaluated by UL to UL508 Industrial Control Equipment, which is not a certification relating to the safety performance of the module Wiring Diagrams WD050 (p. 824)
555
SAFETY CONTROLLERS
SAFETY MODULES
Extension
MACHINE SAFETY
Relay Modules
Provides additional safety outputs for a primary safety device with relay outputs Offers four safety output channels Provides delayed or immediate outputs, depending on model Requires no adjustments If malfunctioning, signals primary safety device to react Responds in less than 35 milliseconds Mounts on DIN rail
ONLINE
82.0 mm 84.0 mm
118.2 mm
118.0 mm
22.5 mm
22.5 mm
EM-F..-7G Models
EM-T-7A Models
Extension Modules
Supply Voltage
24V dc 24V ac/dc
Inputs
1 NC (single) or 2 NC (dual) 1 NC (single)
Safety Outputs
4 NO 4 NO
Output Rating
Aux. Outputs

20 ms 35 ms
Delay
0.5 sec.
Model
EM-T-7A EM-F-7G EM-FD-7G2 EM-FD-7G3 EM-FD-7G4
6 amps 24V ac/dc 1 NC (single) 4 NO w/delay
30 ms
1.0 sec. 2.0 sec.
556
Extension Module Specifications

EM-T-7A model: A1-A2: 24V dc, +/-15%, 10% max. ripple EM-F/FD-7G.. models: A1-A2: 24V ac/dc, +/-10%, 10% max. ripple on dc Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity Four output channels: EM-T-7A: Each channel is a series connection of two forced-guided (positive-guided) relay contacts AgNi, gold flashed EM-F/FD-7G.. : Each channel is a series connection of two forced-guided (positive-guided) relay contacts AgSnO2 Contact ratings: Max. voltage: 250V ac/dc Max. current: 6 A ac/dc Min. current: 30 mA @ 24V dc Max. power: 1500 VA, 200 W Mechanical life: EM-T-7A model: 50,000,000 operations EM-F/FD-7G.. models: 10,000,000 operations Electrical life: 100,000 at full resistive load Feedback contact rating (Y1-Y2):EM-T-7A: 24V dc @ 0.5A EM-F/FD-7G..: 250V ac/dc @ 3A NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts. EM-T-7A: 20 milliseconds max. (if channel u-k fails, maximum response time is 200 milliseconds) EM-F-7G: 35 milliseconds typical EM-FD-7G..: Delay OFF: 0.5 seconds 30% for EM-FD-7G2, 1 seconds 30% for EM-FD-7G3, 2 seconds 30% for EM-FD-7G4, as measured from the time when the supply voltage to A1 is interrupted Delay ON: 30 milliseconds for all models EM-T-7A: Inputs from Primary Safety Device must each be capable of switching 30 to 250 mA @ 13 to 28V dc EM-F/FD-7G..: Input from Primary Safety Device must be capable of switching 40 to 100 mA @ 13 to 27V ac/dc 3 green LEDs: Power ON K1 energized K2 energized Polycarbonate housing Rated NEMA 1; IP20 Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Extension Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3 (IP54), or better. 10 to 55Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6 Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50 C (non-condensing)
Input Requirements Status Indicators
Construction Environmental Rating Mounting Vibration Resistance Operating Conditions Design standards Certifications Wiring Diagrams
Designed to comply with EN 292-1, ISO 12100-1, EN 292-2, ISO 12100-2, EN 954-1, EN 20604-1, EN 60335-1
EM-T-7A 1-Channel EDM: WD051 (p. 825) EM-F-7G: WD053 (p. 826)
EM-T-7A 2-Channel EDM: WD052 (p. 825) EM-FD-7G: WD054 (p. 826)
557
SAFETY CONTROLLERS
SAFETY MODULES
Interface
MACHINE SAFETY
Relay Modules
Increases the switching current capacity of low-voltage primary safety devices to 6 amps Serves as a relay for primary safety devices with OSSD solid-state or hard contact outputs and external device monitoring, such as the EZ-SCREEN Uses two green LEDs to indicate the output status of internal relays K1 and K2 Responds in 20 milliseconds maximum Mounts on DIN rail
ONLINE
84.0 mm
118.0 mm
22.5 mm
Interface Models
Interface Modules
Supply Voltage
24V dc
Inputs
2 NC (dual)
Safety Outputs
3 NO 2 NO
Aux. Outputs
1 NC
Output Rating
6 amps

20 ms
Models
IM-T-9A IM-T-11A
Interface Modules Specifications

Input Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Overvoltage Category 24V dc, +/-15% no polarity, 10% max. ripple; 50 mA per input channel Power consumption: approx. 2.4 W Protected against transient voltages Output relay contact voltage of 1V to 150V ac/dc: Category III Output relay contact voltage of 151V to 250V ac/dc: Category II (Category III, if appropriate overvoltage reduction is provided, as described in data sheet.)
More on next page
558
Interface Modules Specifications (contd)

Pollution Degree Output Configuration 2 IM-T-9A: 3 normally open output channels IM-T-11A: 2 normally open output channels and 1 normally closed auxiliary output channel Each normally open output channel is a series connection of contacts from two forced-guided (mechanically linked) relays, K1-K2. The normally closed contact 31-32 is a parallel connection of contacts from K1-K2. Contacts: AgNi, 5 m gold-plated Low Current Rating: The 5 m gold-plated contacts allow the switching of low current/low voltage. In these low-power applications, multiple contacts can also be switched in series (e.g., dry switching). To preserve the gold plating on the contacts, do not exceed the following max. values at any time: Min. voltage: 1V ac/dc Max. voltage: 60V Min. current: 5 mA ac/dc Max. current: 300 mA Min. power: 5 mW (5 mVA) Max. power: 7 W (7 VA) High Current Rating: If higher loads must be switched through one or more of the contacts, the minimum and maximum values of the contact(s) changes to: Min. voltage: 15V ac/dc Max. voltage: 250V ac/dc, 6A resistive Min. current: 30 mA ac/dc Max. power: 150 W (1,500 VA) Min. power: 0.45 W (0.45 VA) IEC 60947-5-1: AC-15: 230V ac, 3A: DC-13: 24V dc, 4 A Mechanical life: 20,000,000 operations Electrical life: 150,000 cycles @ 1500 VA; 1,000,000 cycles @ 450 VA; 2,000,000 cycles @ 250 VA; 5,000,000 VA @ 125 VA Feedback contact rating (Y1-Y2, Y3-Y4): Min. voltage: 1V ac/dc Min. current: 5 mA ac/dc Min. power: 5 mW (5 mVA) Max. voltage: 60V Max. current: 300 mA Max. power: 7 W (7 VA)
NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts. Output Response Time Status Indicators Construction Environmental Rating Mounting Vibration Resistance Operating Conditions Design Standards Application Notes Certifications Wiring Diagrams 2-Channel, 2 OSSDs, 2-Channel EDM: WD055 (p. 827) 2-Channel, 2 OSSDs, 1-Channel EDM: WD056 (p. 827) 2-Channel, 2 FSDs, 2-Channel EDM: WD057 (p. 828) 2-Channel, 2 OSSDs, 1-Channel EDM: WD057 (p. 828) 1-Channel, 1 Relay, 1 EDM: WD058 (p. 829) 20 milliseconds max. 2 green LED indicators: K1 energized Polycarbonate housing Rated NEMA 1; IEC IP20 Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Interface Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3 (IP54), or better. 10 to 55Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6 Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% @ 50 C (non-condensing) K2 energized
EN 60204-1, IEC 61810-1, EN 60255-1, EN 50205 There are no adjustments or user-serviceable parts.
559
DUO-TOUCH SG
STB BUTTONS
DUO-TOUCH RUN BARS
TWO-HAND CONTROL MODULES

MACHINE SAFETY
DUO-TOUCH SG Modules STB Buttons DUO-TOUCH SG Run Bars
DUO-TOUCH SG
page 562
Monitors STB buttons or other actuators Delivers highest level of safety for two-hand controls by meeting or exceeding OSHA/ANSI control reliability requirements Designed to meet Category 4 per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) and Type IIIC two-hand control per ISO 13351 (EN 574) Offers choice of operating voltages, functions and outputs
STB Self-Checking Buttons page 567

Delivers highest level of safety for two-hand controls Self-checks for internal problems Features ergonomic design to prevent repetitive motion stress
DUO-TOUCH SG Run Bars
page 570
Provides convenient ergonomic means for two-hand control actuation Simplifies installment Includes two STB self-checking touch buttons (to be interfaced with DUO-TOUCH SG modules or other Type IIIC two-hand control logic)
560
DUO-TOUCH SG Selection Chart

Type Supply Voltage Inputs Safety Outputs Auxiliary Outputs Output Rating Housing Width Model Catalog Page
24V ac/dc
2 STB*
2 NO
22.5 mm
AT-FM-10K
115V ac/ 24V dc
2 STB*
4 NO
1 NPN, 1 PNP & 1 NC
45 mm
AT-GM-13A
Fiber Optic Safety Systems Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches
IIIC (cat 4)
230V ac/ 24V dc
2 STB*
4 NO
1 NPN, 1 PNP & 1 NC
6 amps
45 mm
AT-HM-13A
562
115V ac/ 24V dc
2 STB* & Muting
2 NO
1 NPN, 1 PNP & 1 NC
67.5 mm
AT-GM-11KM
DUO-TOUCH SG STB BUTTONS DUO-TOUCH RUN BARS
230V ac/ 24V dc
2 STB* & Muting
2 NO
1 NPN, 1 PNP & 1 NC
67.5 mm
AT-HM-11KM
NC = Normally Closed, NO = Normally Open * May also use two mechanical push buttons, each with one normally open (NO) and one normally closed (NC) contact (Form C). See data sheets for details.
561
DUO-TOUCH SG
STB BUTTONS
DUO-TOUCH RUN BARS
DUO-TOUCH SG
MACHINE SAFETY
ACCESSORIES
Two-Hand Control Modules, STB Compatible

Modules work with Banner STB self-checking touch buttons or can be retrofitted with existing mechanical palm buttons to create a complete, ergonomic two-hand control system (see page STB on page 567) To ensure OSHA/ANSI Control Reliability, modules have a diverse-redundant microcontroller circuit and multiple redundant, force-guided (mechanically linked) output contacts Anti-tiedown logic requires that both touch buttons are activated within one-half second or less of each other Designed to meet Category 4 per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) and functional Type IIIC two-hand control per ISO 13851 (EN 574) Removable terminal blocks allow convenient wiring and exchanging of modules without rewiring Optional mute inputs allow release of actuating buttons during the non-hazardous portion of the machine cycle Modules easily interface with DUO-TOUCH Run Bars with STBs for an economical, convenient means for actuation
page 569
84 mm
84 mm
118 mm
84 mm 22.5 mm
118 mm 67.5 mm
AT-FM-10K Model
118 mm 45 mm
AT-GM-11KM & AT-HM-11KM Models (AT-GM-11KM shown)
ONLINE
AT-GM-13A & AT-HM-13A Models (AT-GM-13A shown)
STB Self-Checking Touch Buttons
Page 567
DUO-TOUCH SG Run Bar

Provides convenient economical means for two-hand control actuation Simplifies installment Includes two STB self-checking touch buttons
Page 570
Delivers highest level of safety for two-hand controls Self-checks for internal problems Features ergonomic design to prevent repetitive motion stress
562
DUO-TOUCH SG Two-Hand Control Modules

Supply Voltage
24V ac/dc 115V ac/24V dc 2 STB* 230V ac/24V dc 115V ac/24V dc 230V ac/24V dc 2 STB* & Muting 4 NO 6 amps
Inputs
2 STB*
Safety Outputs
2 NO
Output Rating
6 amps
Auxiliary Outputs
1 NPN, 1 PNP & 1 NC 1 NPN, 1 PNP & 1 NC
Muting
Terminals
Removable
Model
AT-FM-10K AT-GM-13A
Removable AT-HM-13A AT-GM-11KM
Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Fiber Optic Safety Systems Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches
2 NO
6 amps
Yes
Removable AT-HM-11KM
NC = Normally Closed, NO = Normally Open * May also use two mechanical push buttons, each with one normally open (NO) and one normally closed (NC) contact (Form C). See data sheets for details. NOTE: Kits are available which include one DUO-TOUCH SG Safety Module and two STB Touch Buttons. STB Touch Buttons are also available separately. See page 569.
DUO-TOUCH SG Kits Solid-State STB Touch Buttons
(Meets Category IIIC)
ACCESSORIES
Kit Includes 2 STB Touch Buttons & a DUO-TOUCH SG Safety Module

ATK-VP6 ATK-VP6Q ATK-VP6Q5 ATGMK-VP6 ATGMK-VP6Q ATGMK-VP6Q5 ATHMK-VP6 ATHMK-VP6Q ATHMK-VP6Q5 ATGMKM-VP6 ATGMKM-VP6Q ATGMKM-VP6Q5 ATHMKM-VP6 ATHMKM-VP6Q ATHMKM-VP6Q5
NC = Normally Closed, NO = Normally Open Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 569). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, ATK-VP6 W/30). Contact factory for DUO-TOUCH SG kits with e/m relay STB Buttons.
Kit Components DUO-TOUCH SG Safety Module Supply Voltage Safety Outputs
page 569
Auxiliary Outputs
STB Touch Buttons (see page 567) Connection

2m
Model
STBVP6 STBVP6Q STBVP6Q5 STBVP6 STBVP6Q STBVP6Q5 STBVP6 STBVP6Q STBVP6Q5 STBVP6 STBVP6Q STBVP6Q5 STBVP6 STBVP6Q STBVP6Q5
24V ac/dc AT-FM-10K
2 NO
115V ac/24V dc AT-GM-13A
4 NO
1 NPN, 1 PNP & 1 NC
230V ac/24V dc AT-HM-13A
4 NO
1 NPN, 1 PNP & 1 NC
115V ac/24V dc AT-GM-11KM
2 NO
1 NPN, 1 PNP & 1 NC
230V ac/24V dc AT-HM-11KM
2 NO
1 NPN, 1 PNP & 1 NC
4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD
563
DUO-TOUCH SG
STB BUTTONS
DUO-TOUCH RUN BARS
DUO-TOUCH SG AT-FM-10K Modules Specifications

MACHINE SAFETY
24V dc 15% @ 150 mA (use a SELV-rated supply according to EN IEC 60950, NEC Class 2) 24V ac 15% @ 150 mA, 50-60 Hz +/- 5% (use an NEC Class 2-rated transformer) To comply with UL and CSA standards, the installations isolated secondary power supply circuit must incorporate a method to limit the overvoltage to 0.8 kV. Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity Output relay contact voltage of 1V to 150V ac/dc: Category III Output relay contact voltage of 151V to 250V ac/dc: Category II (Category III, if appropriate overvoltage reduction is provided, as described in datasheet.) 2 Each normally open output channel is a series connection of contacts from two forced-guided (mechanically linked) relays, K1-K2. Contacts: AgNi, 5 m gold-plated Low Current Rating: The 5 m gold-plated contacts allow the switching of low current/low voltage. In these low-power applications, multiple contacts can also be switched in series (e.g., dry switching). To preserve the gold plating on the contacts, do not exceed the following max. values at any time Min. voltage: 1V ac/dc Min. current: 5 mA ac/dc Min. power: 5 mW (5 mVA) Max. voltage: 60V Max. current: 300 mA Max. power: 7 W (7 VA)
Pollution Degree Safety Outputs
High Current Rating: If higher loads must be switched through one or more of the contacts, the minimum and maximum values of the contact(s) changes to:
PRESS CONTROL 8N35
Minimum Voltage: 15V ac/dc Current: 30 mA ac/dc Power: 0.45 W (0.45 VA) Minimum Voltage: 15V ac/dc Current: 30 mA ac/dc Power: 0.45 W (0.45 VA)
Maximum 250V ac/dc / 24V dc, 6 A resistive B300, R300 per UL508 Maximum 250V ac/dc / 24V dc, 6 A resistive IEC 60947-5-1 AC15 230V ac, 3A; DC-13: 24V dc, 2A
Mechanical life: 20,000,000 operations Electrical life (switching cycles of the output contacts, resistive load): 150,000 cycles @ 900 VA; 1,000,000 cycles @ 250 VA; 2,000,000 cycles @ 150 VA; 5,000,000 cycles @ 100 VA NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts. Output Response Time Input Requirements Simultaneity Monitoring Period Status Indicators 35 milliseconds maximum Outputs from actuating devices must each be capable of switching 25 mA @ 24V dc (nominal). 500 milliseconds 4 green LEDs: Power ON Input 1 energized Input 2 energized Output Polycarbonate housing IEC IP20 Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3 (IP54), or better. 10 to 55 Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6 Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50 C (non-condensing) 1 red LED: Fault
Construction Environmental Rating Mounting Vibration Resistance Operating Conditions Design Standards Certifications
: Cat. 4 PL e, per EN ISO 13849-1; SIL 3 per IEC 61508 and IEC 62061; Type IIIC per ISO 13851 (EN574) (when used with STBs or hard contacts)
PRESS CONTROL 8N35
Wiring Diagrams
WD059 (p. 829)
564
DUO-TOUCH SG AT-..M-13A Modules Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Power Consumption Supply Protection Circuitry Safety Outputs (including Auxiliary NC output 51/52) AT-GM-13A: 115V ac, 15%; 50/60 Hz & 24V dc, 15%, 10% max. ripple AT-HM-13A: 230V ac, 15%; 50/60 Hz & 24V dc, 15%, 10% max. ripple Appox. 4 W/7 VA Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity Outputs (K1 and K2): four redundant (total of eight) forced-guided safety relay contacts Contact ratings: Min. voltage: 15V ac/dc Max. voltage: 250V ac or 250V dc Min. current: 30 mA Max. current: 6A ac or dc (resistive load) Min. power: 0.45 VA (0.45 W) Max. power: 1500 VA (200 W) Mechanical life: 50,000,000 operations Electrical life: 150,000 cycles (typically @ 1.5 kVA switching power) NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts. Auxiliary Supply Voltage (for Solid-State outputs) Auxiliary Solid-State Output Current Output Response Time Input Requirements Simultaneity Monitoring Period Z1/Z2 Courtesy Voltage External Device Monitoring (EDM) Status Indicators 24V dc @ 1A (between Y30 & Y33) 500 mA max., short circuit protected (Y32 or Y33) 35 milliseconds max. ON/OFF Outputs from actuating devices (1 NO and 1 NC) must each be capable of switching 20 mA @ 12V dc. 500 milliseconds 24V dc @ 150 mA (for STB button power) One pair of terminals (Y1 and Y2) are provided to monitor the state of external devices controlled by the safety outputs. Each device must be capable of switching 15 to 30V dc at 10-50 mA. 4 green LEDs: Power ON Input 1 energized Input 2 energized Output 1 red LED: Fault
Environmental Rating Mounting Vibration Resistance Operating Conditions Design Standards Certifications
Polycarbonate. Rated NEMA 1; IP20 Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3 (IP54), or better. 10 to 55 Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6 Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50 C (non-condensing) Designed to comply with Category 4 per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1); Type IIIC per ISO 13851 (EN 574) Important Notice: European Community Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC The DUO-TOUCH SG AT-..M-13A Two-Hand Control Modules comply with Machinery Directive 98/37/ EC, but not with Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC. Therefore, these modules can only be installed as a replacement component within the European Union (EU). For more information, please see www.bannerengineering.com/144763 or call 1-888-373-6767. AT-..M-13A models: WD054 (p. 826) AT-..M-13A to STB Buttons: WD056 (p. 827)
Wiring Diagrams
565
DUO-TOUCH SG
STB BUTTONS
DUO-TOUCH RUN BARS
DUO-TOUCH SG AT-..M-11KM with Muting Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current AT-GM-11KM: 115V ac, 15%; 50/60Hz & 24V dc, +/- 15%, 10% max. ripple AT-HM-11KM: 230V ac, 15%; 50/60Hz & 24V dc, +/- 15%, 10% max. ripple Approx. 4 W / 7 VA Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity Outputs (K1 and K2): two redundant (total of four) safety relay (forced-guided) contacts Contact ratings: Min voltage: 15V ac/dc Max. voltage: 250V ac or 250V dc Min. current: 30 mA Max. current: 6A ac or dc (resistive load) Min. power: 0.45 W (0.45 VA) Max. power: 1500 VA, 200 watts Mechanical life: 50,000,000 operations Electrical life: 150,000 cycles (typically @ 1.5 kVA switching power) NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts. Auxiliary Supply Voltage (for solid-state outputs) Auxiliary Solid-State Output Current Output Response Time Input Requirements Simultaneity Monitoring Period Z1/Z2 Courtesy Voltage External Device Monitoring (EDM) Muting Device Inputs (M1, M2) 24V dc @ 1A (applied between Y30 & Y31) 500 mA max., short circuit protected, Y32 is a PNP output, Y33 is an NPN output 35 milliseconds max. ON/OFF Outputs from actuating devices must each be capable of switching up to 20 mA @ 12V dc. 500 milliseconds 24V dc @ 150 mA (for STB button power, separate from Auxiliary output, unregulated) One pair of terminals (Y1 and Y2) are provided to monitor the state of external devices controlled by the safety outputs. Each device must be capable of switching 15 to 30V dc at 10-50 mA. The muting devices work as a pair (M1 and M2). The simultaneity requirement is that they be closed within 3 seconds of each other to initiate a mute condition or allow a mute cycle, assuming all other conditions are met. Each muting device must be capable of switching 15 to 30V dc at 10-50 mA. Mute Enable input must be closed in order to start a mute cycle. Opening this input after a mute cycle has begun has no effect. The switching device must be capable of switching 15 to 30V dc at 10-50 mA. This input consists of two concurrent channels (SSI-A and SSI-B) and is always active. Any time either or both channels open, the Safety Outputs will go OFF. When using the SSI, the external device must be capable of switching 15 to 30V dc at 10-50 mA. 6 green LED indicators Power ON Input 1 energized Input 2 energized SSI inputs closed Muting activated Output 1 red LED indicator Fault
MACHINE SAFETY
Power Consumption Supply Protection Circuitry Safety Outputs
Mute Enable Input (ME) Safety Stop Interface (SSI) Status Indicators
Environmental Rating Mounting Vibration Resistance Operating Conditions Design Standards Certifications
Polycarbonate. Rated NEMA 1; IP20 Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3 (IP54) or better. 10 to 55 Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6 Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50 C (non-condensing)
Designed to comply with Category 4 per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1); Type IIIC per ISO (EN 574) Important Notice: European Community Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC The Duo-Touch SG AT-..M-11KM modules comply with Machinery Directive 98/37/EC, but not with Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC. Therefore, these modules can only be installed as a replacement component within the European Union (EU). For more information, please see www.bannerengineering.com/144763 or call 1-888-373-6767. AT-..M-11KM: WD061 (p. 831) AT-..M-11KM to STB Buttons: WD062 (p. 831)
Wiring Diagrams
566
STB
Self-Checking Touch Buttons

Provides highest level of safety for two-hand control input devices, per independent certification tests Provides redundant microprocessor and optical path Responds to a finger blocking light rather than to pressure Features ergonomic design to prevent repetitive motion stress Includes yellow field cover to prevent unintended switching Immune to ambient light, EMI and RFI interference Available with e/m relays rated for 1 amp switch capacity or solid-state outputs rated for 150 mA Withstands exposure to a variety of chemicals, depending on model For safety applications, STB buttons must be used with DUO-TOUCH SG Two-Hand control modules, SC22-3.. Safety Controller or comparable control Type IIIC Two-Hand system
ACCESSORIES
59.9 mm 43.2 mm
page 569
DUO-TOUCH SG
ONLINE
96.1 mm 57.1 mm 51 mm 69 mm 30.0 mm
STB BUTTONS DUO-TOUCH RUN BARS
STB models with cover STB models
STB Self-Checking Buttons Solid-State Outputs, 10-30V dc

Connection
2m 4-Pin Mini QD 4-Pin Euro QD Polyetherimide
Upper Housing
Solid-State Outputs
2 Complementary PNP (1 ON, 1 OFF)
Models
STBVP6 STBVP6Q STBVP6Q5
STB Self-Checking Buttons e/m Relay Outputs, 20-30V ac/dc

Connection
NC = Normally Closed, NO = Normally Open Connection options: A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 569). For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, STBVP6 W/30).
Upper Housing
Polyetherimide
e/m Relay Outputs

2 Complementary SPST (1 NC, 1 NO)
Models
STBVR81 STBVR81Q STBVR81Q6
567
DUO-TOUCH SG
STB BUTTONS
DUO-TOUCH RUN BARS
STB Self-Checking Buttons Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current STBVP6 Models: 10 to 30V dc @ 75 mA, typical STBVR81 Models: 20 to 30V ac/dc or 20V to 30V ac (peak-to-peak value), (50/60 Hz 5%) @ 75 mA Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity STBVP6 Models: Complementary PNP (sourcing) open-collector transistors STBVR81 Models: Complementary electromechanical relay STBVP6 Models (solid-state outputs): Max. load: 150 mA ON-state saturation voltage: +V(supply) -1.5V OFF-state leakage current: less than 1 A STBVR81 Models (electromechanical relay): Max. switching voltage: 125V dc/150V ac Max. switching current: 1A @ 24V dc; 0.4A @ 125V ac (resistive loads) Max. resistive load power: 24 W dc; 50 VA ac Mechanical life of relay: 109 cycles Electrical life of relay: 1.5 x 105 cycles at 1 amp 24V resistive Output Protection Output Response Time Indicators All models protected against false pulse on power-up. Models with solid-state outputs have overload and short-circuit protection. 20 milliseconds ON/OFF 2 green LED indicators: Power: ON power applied OFF power off Output/fault: ON button is activated OFF button is deactivated Flashing internal fault or blocked button on power-up detected Totally encapsulated, non-metallic enclosure. Black Polyetherimide (PEI) upper housing; fiber-reinforced PBT polyester base. Electronics fully epoxy-encapsulated. Supplied with polypropylene (TP) field cover. Meets NEMA standards 1, 3, 4, 4X, 12 and 13; IP66 PVC-jacketed 2 m cables standard on integral-cable kits; QD fitting, depending on model. Accessory QD mating cordsets required for QD models. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 563. STBVP6: 4-wire (4-pin Mini-style QD, add suffix Q or 4-pin Euro-style QD, add suffix Q5) STBVR81: 5-wire (5-pin Mini-style QD, add suffix Q or 5-pin Euro-style QD, add suffix Q6) Integral 9 m cables are also available by adding suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number. Up to 100,000 lux (Used with an AT-FM-10K module or an SC22-3 Safety Controller) Analysis of measures for fault avoidance and fault control according to SIL3 (IEC 61508 and IEC 62061) and Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1) passes EMI/RFI test levels as specified in IEC61496 and IEC62061. Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50 C (non-condensing) Environmental considerations for models with Polyetherimide (PEI) upper housings: The Polyetherimide upper housing will become brittle with prolonged exposure to outdoor sunlight. Window glass effectively filters ultraviolet light and provides excellent protection from sunlight. Avoid contact with strong alkalis, hydrocarbons and fuels. Clean periodically using mild soap solution and a soft cloth. When the STBVP6 is used with Banners SC22-3 Safety Controller in a two-hand control system, the power supply to the STBVP6 must be of the same voltage that is used to power the Safety Controller and they must have a common supply ground.
MACHINE SAFETY
Ambient Light Immunity Applicable Agency Standards
Operating Conditions Application Notes
Two-Hand Control System Note Certifications
Hookup Diagrams
STB Solid State (PNP): DC03 (p. 758) STB e/m Relay: UN01 (p. 767)
568
STB Self-Checking Button Field Covers

Description
Black cover Green cover Red cover Yellow cover
Models
OTC-1-BK OTC-1-GN OTC-1-RD OTC-1-YW
Photoelectrics Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Special Purpose Sensors Measurement & Inspection Sensors Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Fiber Optic Safety Systems Safety Controllers & Modules
Field covers are designed to prevent inadvertent activation of buttons due to objects (loose clothing, debris, etc.) which might accidentally block their sensing beams. Field covers are constructed of rugged polypropylene and are highly resistant to abrasion and to damage by most chemicals. Standard model numbers are shipped with a yellow cover.
Cordsets
Euro QD to Flying Leads
See page 696
Mini QD to Flying Leads

See page 714
Length
Threaded 4-Pin
Straight Right-Angle MQDC-406RA MQDC-415RA MQDC-430RA MQDC-450RA
Threaded 5-Pin
Straight MQDC1-506 MQDC1-515 MQDC1-530 Right-Angle MQDC1-506RA MQDC1-515RA MQDC1-530RA
Length
Threaded 4-Pin Threaded 5-Pin

Straight Straight MBCC-506 MBCC-512 MBCC-530
1.83 m MQDC-406 4.57 m MQDC-415 9.17 m MQDC-430 15.2 m MQDC-450
1.83 m MBCC-406 3.66 m MBCC-412 9.14 m MBCC-430
Brackets
STB
pg. 710
SMB30A
pg. 653
SMB30MM
pg. 654
SMB30SC
pg. 661
SMBAMS30P
pg. 662
SMBAMS30RA
569
DUO-TOUCH SG
STB BUTTONS
DUO-TOUCH RUN BARS
Run Bar
MACHINE SAFETY
ACCESSORIES
DUO-TOUCH SG Run Bar with STBs

Minimizes risk of defeat and accidental machine actuation Provides a convenient and economical means for safeguarding when interfaced with DUO-TOUCH SG Two-Hand Control Modules or comparable control systems Offers ergonomic design for reduced hand, wrist and arm stress Provides two diverse-redundant microcontroller-based photoelectric STB Touch Buttons with continuous internal self-checking Features bright LED power, output and fault indicators on STBs Constructed of robust, 13-gauge cold-rolled steel A choice of IP20- or IP65-rated models Provides immunity to ambient light, EMI and RFI interference Offers models with an emergency stop button Offers optional telescoping stands and brackets Provides knockouts for wiring flexibility and installation of accessory EZ-LIGHT indicators Meets ANSI B11.19 and ISO 13851 (EN 574) standards when monitored by Type IIIC Two-Hand Control logic device (e.g., AT series Two-Hand Control modules, see page 562)
page 571
ONLINE
87 mm
474 mm 138.8 mm
DUO-TOUCH Run Bars with STB Self-Checking Touch Buttons

STB Touch Buttons Connection
Terminal Strip 8-pin Mini QD** IP20 Terminal Strip Terminal Strip 8-pin Mini QD** IP65 Terminal Strip
* DUO-TOUCH Run Bar kits available with two-hand control module. Contact factory for combinations. ** Order QDS-8..C cordsets separately, see page 571.
Model
Output
E-Stop Button
Not included Not included Model SSA-EBM-02L E-stop button (two NC safety contacts) Not included Not included Model SSA-EBM-02L E-stop button (two NC safety contacts)
Models*
STBVP6-RB1 STBVP6-RB1Q8 STBVP6-RB1E02 STBVP6-RB2 STBVP6-RB2Q8 STBVP6-RB2E02
STBVP6
Solid-State Complementary PNP
570
DUO-TOUCH Run Bars with STB Self-Checking Touch Buttons

Supply Voltage and Current Supply Protection Circuitry Output Configuration Output Rating 10 to 30V dc @ 75 mA (each button) Power consumption: approx. 1.8W @ 24V dc (with no output load), for each STB Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity Complementary PNP (sourcing) open-collector transistors Maximum load: 150 mA ON-state saturation voltage: +V(supply)-1.5V OFF-state leakage current: < 1 A Protected against false pulse on power-up; overload and short-circuit protection. 20 milliseconds ON/OFF 2 green LEDs: Power: ONpower applied Output/fault: ONbutton is activated OFFbutton is deactivated Flashing internal fault or blocked button on power-up detected STB Buttons: Totally encapsulated, non-metallic enclosure; black polyetherimide yoke housing; fiber-reinforced polyester base; electronics fully epoxy-encapsulated. E-Stop Button: Polyamide red button with metal base. Run Bar Housing: 13 ga. cold rolled steel with powder coat paint; polypropylene copolymer STB mount. STBVP6-RB1 Run Bar models meet IP20 STBVP6-RB2 Run Bar models meet IP65 Models STBVP6-RB1/RB2 and -RB1E02/RB2E02: Terminal strip connections inside run bar housing (STBs are pre-wired). E-stop button and EZ-LIGHT indicator (if used) are wired separately. Models STBVP6-RB1Q8/RB2Q8: 8-pin Mini-style quick-disconnect fitting. Accessory QD mating cordsets required for QD models. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 571. Up to 100,000 lux Immune to EMI and RFI noise sources, per IEC 60947-5-2 Temperature: 0 to +50 C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50 C (non-condensing)
Output Protection Circuitry Output Response Time STB Indicators
Construction
Ambient Light Immunity EMI/RFI Immunity Operating Conditions Certification
STB Buttons: Wiring Diagrams WD060, WD061 (p. 830-831)
Cordsets
Mini QD to Flying Leads
See page 716
Brackets
Run Bar
8-Pin
Stands
Telescoping
Length
4.51 m 7.62 m 15.2 m 22.9 m QDS-815C QDS-825C QDS-850C QDS-875C
pg. 691
STBA-RB1-MB1 STBA-RB2-MB1
pg. 691
STBA-RB1-MB2
pg. 691
STBA-RB1-MB3 STBA-RB2-MB3
Used with STBVP6-RB1 models
pg. 736
STBA-RB1-S1 STBA-RB2-S1
pg. 736
Used with STBVP6-RB1 models STBA-RB1-S2 STBA-RB2-S2 Used with STBVP6-RB2 models
Used with STBVP6-RB2 models STBA-RB2-MB2
Indicators
EZ-LIGHT
NOTE: DUO-TOUCH SG Run Bars are sold separately.
pg. 455
T30GRYB11P
pg. 456
K50LGRYB11P
571
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
INTERLOCKING SWITCHES
MACHINE SAFETY
Magnet Style Hinge Style Compact Plastic Compact Metal Locking Style
Magnet Style
page 575
Hinge Style
page 578
Compact Plastic
page 584
Magnet switches for non-contact applications Compact, 3-piece non-contact system Sealed to resist water and dirt Designed to resist intentional defeat
Load-bearing, lever and rotating hinge styles Adjustable range of operation One-piece switches
Designed to minimize tampering Five actuator types Actuator engagement from different locations
Compact Metal
page 590
Locking Style

page 593
Rigid and flexible in-line actuators Rotating actuator heads
Two options for locking mechanisms Two models for different voltages Rigid and flexible in-line actuators Rotating actuator heads
572
Model
SI-MAG1..
Catalog Page
Type
Package Style
Housing Material
Plastic
Actuator Contacts
Solenoid Contacts
Magnet
SI-MAG2..
575
Magnetic
2-Piece
Plastic
1 NO & 1 NC
SI-MAG3..
Plastic
SI-HG63..
579
Metal
2 NC & 1 NO
ACCESSORIES
SI-HG80..
580 Electromechanical Non-Locking 1-Piece
Metal
SPDT (Form C)
page 597
Hinge
SI-LS31H..
581
Plastic
1 NC & 1 NO, 2 NC
INTERLOCK SWITCHES MAGNET HINGE COMPACT PLASTIC COMPACT METAL LOCKING STYLE
SI-LS31R..
582
Plastic
1 NC & 1 NO, 2 NC
Compact Plastic
SI-LS83.. SI-LS100..
584 Electromechanical Non-Locking 2-Piece
Plastic
2 NC & 1 NO, 1 NC & 1 NO, 2 NC 1 NC, 1 NC & 1 NO, 2 NC, 2 NC & 1 NO 1 NO & 1 NC, 2 NC, 2 NC & 1 NO 1 NC & 1 NO, 2 NC, 2 NC & 1 NO, 3 NC
SI-QS75.. SI-QS90..
584
Plastic
Compact Metal
SI-LM40..
590
2-Piece
Metal
SI-LS42..
593 Electromechanical Locking 2-Piece
Plastic
Locking
1 NC & 1 NO, 1 NC
SI-QM100..
593
Metal
1 NC & 1 NO, 2 NC
1 NC & 1 NO
NC = Normally Closed, NO = Normally Open
573
X1
y erm an in
X1
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
98
46
YA
SI46 99 0
MA
G1
MM
Magnet-Style Interlocks: Direction of Approach for Sensor/Magnet Pairs

Model SI-MAG1 Model SI-MAG2
Coded Magnet
in 98
Model SI-MAG3
Coded Magnet
X1
MACHINE SAFETY
Sensing Face Sensor
Sensing Face
X1
y erm an G G G in 98
in n
SI99 0 46
99
SI46 99 0
G MA
46
99
1M
SI0
MA
46
YA
Coded Magnet
Correct
Movement is perpendicular to the sensing face.
X1
y de de erm an
Sensor
Correct
X1 X1
erm an y G erm an y
Correct
X1
de
98 46 9 99 3 2 0
98
98
D 4 C 6 9 M 92 a de
erm 4 6 a n 98 y 9
erm an
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
M 99 ad 1 e in
46
46
98
YA
99
Correct
Movement is parallel to the sensing face.
46
99
Correct
Correct
erm r an
99
98
98
erm an
erm an
erm an
erm an
30 46 V 99 D 2 C
erm 4 a n 69 y 89
M 99 ad 1 4 6 e in 99 G 0 erm an y
erm an
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
46
Correct
90 approach of sensor and magnet is approved only for model SI-MAG1MM90.
XI XI
YA SIMA G2 MM X1
y erm an G in n
46
99
Incorrect
Label to label approach of sensor and magnet is not possible.
YA
Magnet orientation relative to magnet sensor cable is incorrect.

X1
de an
46
SI-M
99
AG
46
99
Incorrect
98
SI-M
9 46 M 99 ad 1 30 eV inD G C
erm an
erm an
46
46
98
SI-
99
MA
SI-
MA
MMM G1 2 S MA AG SI-SI-M
2S
SI-M
30
erm M aan dye
SI-
MA
G1
G1
G1
MM
AG
M 2S AG S M 1 AG SI-M
M a
in
MM
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
YA
46
MM
XL
1S M
de
erm an
SI-M
AG
YA
YA XL
SI-M
AG
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
98
YA
X1
y in
XL
X1
y
46
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
M 2S
M 99 ad 1 e in
46
SI-M
M 2S
SI-M
SI-M
SI-M
46
AG
G4 e6rm 98 a9n y
46
46
98
SI-M
4 M 699 ad 1 e in 46 G 98 e 9 rm an 30 y V D
SI-
SI-M
AG
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
SI-M
erm an
MA
SI-
SI AG
M-M 2 S SI
erm an
AG
99 460 98
46
99
2S
30
3MM IS I-MAG 569 87
M 99 ad 1 e in 46 G 9 erm 92 an y
4 M 699 ad 1 e in 46 G 9 erm 92 an y
46
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
erm an
erm an
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
46
99
Incorrect
XI S IMA G 56 3 MM 98 7 S IYA G2 MM
46
SI-
98
MA
G1
30
MM
SI-M
AG
1S M
M a
de
in
SI-M
SI-M
erm an
46
SI-M
YA
SI-M
erm an
erm an
3MM IS I-MAG 569 87
46
98
30
S IIXI MA G 56 3 MM 98 7 S I-
XI
3MM IS I-MAG 569 87
3MM IS I-MAG 569 87
XI
X1
erm r an y
YA XL
erm an
M 99 ad 1 e in
46
SI-M
98
46
AG
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
SI-M
X1
erm an y G in
M 99 ad 1 e in
30
46
46
AG
2S
SI-
erm an
99
1S M
MA
SI-M
AG
SI-M
erm an
M G2
de
M 2S
XL M AG M 2S
y y
XL
in
XL AG
erm an
de
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
SI-M
46
98
AG
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
SI-M
erm an
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
2S
30
AG
SI-M
SI-M
erm an
XL
1S M
M 2S
AG
M a
NOTE: With SI-MAG1C Controller, approach speed for all magnet-style switches must be greater than 0.2 ms. With GM-FA-10J Controller, approach speed must be greater than 0.1 ms.
X1
XI
3MM IS I-MAG 569 87
XI
G 3MM 87
XI
46
98
YA
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7
SI-M
30
S II-
2M
XI
AG
G G MA S I-99 2
1S M
de
in
erm
an
46
574
30
S II-
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7

46 98
SI-M
AG
1S M
de
in
erm
an
2M
69
92
MA
X1
G MA S I-99 2
XI
46
98
46
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7
98
46
30
S II-
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7
YA
30
SI-M
YA
S II-
SI-M
AG
AG
1S M
de
in
XL 2S M
NC NO S N
XI
1S M
de
erm
2M
XI
XI
an
in
G MA S I-99 2 99
erm
an
46
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7
SI-M
AG
1S M
V
de
in
erm
Label to label approach of sensor and magnet is not possible.

XI
Incorrect
90 approach of sensor and magnet is not possible.
X1
an y
Detail of Interiors
Sensor
X1 X1
M 99 ad 1 e in
46
SI99 0
46
AG
S G2
AG
S G2
X1
SI-M
AG
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
erm an
98
98
46
MA
2S
2S
SI-M
SI-M
erm an
G1
SI-M
erm an
98
30
AG
30
46
SI MM
XL
SI-M
XL
erm an
-M
9
M a
30
AG
2S
SI-M
AG
AG
XL
de
de
1S M
V
in
YA
erm r an
in n
erm an
SI-M
erm an
99
46
46
46
99
AG -M SI2 S M AG
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
SI-
MA
SI-M
X1
G
SI-
MA
98
X1
M 99 ad 1 e in
X1
de
G2
30
MM
SI-M
AG
AG -M SI2 S M AG
G2
MM
SI-M
AG
erm an
46
SI-M
AG
1S M
V
XL
AG
1S M
in
XL 2S M
XL XL 2S M 2S M
XL
XI
erm an
30
AG
2M
M XL
YA
1S M
2M
M XL
YA
3MM IS I-MAG 569 87
de
2S
AG
Sensing Face
NO N
Coded Magnet
46
1S M
2S
in
98
YA
YA
YA
XL
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7
erm r an
de
30
XL
YA
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7
S II-
SI-M
2M
X1
AG
S I-
G MA S I-99 2
XI
2M
46
46
1S M
de
in
SI-
XI
erm
99
99
46
MA
XI
G G MA S I-99 2
G2
46
98
46
MM
SI-M
XI
30
46
YA
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7
S II-
3MM IS I-MAG 569 87
S I-
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7
AG
1S M
98
SI-M
in
de
30
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7
XI
S II-
erm
2M
S I-
XI
X1
y
AG
1S M
in
erm
an
M 99 ad 1 e in
30
30
98
46
M MM G11 S MAAG SI- -M SI

D V 30 9
AG
de
1S M
SI-M
G1
MA
G2
2S
G2 MA - 1S M
AG
erm an
30
SI-M
AG
MM L X
M AG 1 2S AG SI-M
MM
1S M AG XL
MM
AG
SI-M
in
erm an
M a
de
1S M
erm r an
de
SM
de
de
XL
M
erm r an
de
de
YA
in
in n
YA
a
XL
X1 YA
erm an
in
in n
XL 2S M
y
1S M
XL
XL
AG
2S
in
in
YA
YA
99 2 46 98
X1
y
X1
46
46
SI-
99
MA
X1
y
X1
SI-
MA
SI G
46
46
46
30
46
99
SI-M
M 2M
SI-
M A -M 2M
G1
SI-
X1
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7
X1
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7
XL
XI
30
30
1 AG
SI-M
MA
de
SM
1 AG
SM
YA
M G2
A SM Y
M
MA
M G2
S I-
S II-
3MM IS I-MAG 569 87
in
YA
de
de
YA
YA
XI
in
in n
XI
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7
M 2M
erm an
erm an
X1
y
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7
S II-
YA
X1
y
X1
y
S I-
2M
G MA S 2 S I-99 2
46
XI
XI
46
SI-
99
46
98
30
SI-
4 M 699 ad 1 e in
M 99 ad 1 e in
MA
G1
46
SI-M
AG
G MA
1M
SI-M
AG
M 99 ad 1 e in
MM
erm an
erm an
46
2S
46
YA
2S
46
SI-
SI-M
SI-M
99
46
98
30
SI
99
XL
y
XL
y
A -M
98
46
G1
MA
46
G1
MM
AG
AG
SI-M
M a
MM
30
30
SI-M
SI-
M 2S
M 2S
de
SI99
SI-M
46
AG
30
MA
G1
AG
1S M
SM G1
4 46 M 69998 ad 1 9 e in 30 G V erm D C an y Ma
M a
MA
MM A SI-M
de
in
erm an
G1
erm r an
de
99
YA
M a
46
in
MM
1S M
YA
YAAG M SISM G 1 XL
erm an
erm an
M SIXL
in
in n
SI-M
1S M AG S M SI-MAG 2
de
in
AG
X1
XL
46
erm an
2M
98
SI-M
46
30
30
99
AG
de
46
46
30
YA
X1
y
SI-M
46
1S M
V
in
98
98
46
M SI-
X1
y
SI-M
46
YA
AG
1S M
SI-M
erm r an
de
30
de
30
AG
AG
1S M
V
SI-M
1S M
V
AG
1S M
V
YA 2 MM
M a G
erm an
X1
y
M a
M a
AG
1S M M AG G2 M SI-M - MA SI
D C
in
erm r an
X1
y in
in
in n
YA
M 99 ad 1 e in
46
SI-M
M a
M a
M a
in n
YA 2M M
S IX1
MA G 56 3 MM 98 7
AG
XI
X1
y
erm 4 6 a n 99 y0
2S
SI-
G1 X M AL
MM
Sensing Face
46
99
MA
G1
YA
SI-
46
98
MM
98
98
46
G2 MA SI- 1 MM
46
MA
G2
30
V G
SI-M
30
30
1S M AG YA
D V
SI-M
AG
1S M
46
de
46
M a
M a
de
46
98
30
SI-M
erm an
erm an
30
30
AG
SI-M
SI-M
AG
M a
de
1S M
X1
Sensor
AG 1S M
de in n M a C C 9
erm an
X1 X1
M a
1S M
in
erm r an
de
46
98
SI-M
30
30
AG
SI-M
1S M
AG
1S M
de
M a
M a
de
in n
MM
YA YA
erm an
MM SI-M
AG
A Y1 S M
y C
SI-M
AG
2S
SI-M
AG
AG I-M S I-99 2
46
G MA S I-99 2
46
Magnet Style
Non-Contact Safety Interlock Switches

Sealed components resist water, dirt and are accommodating to misalignment Shifts in distance and alignment dont compromise sensing Coded magnets minimize the risk of intentional defeat Compact size makes it possible to conceal the switch Magnets with different polarizations add security Three housing styles are available for flat or 30 mm barrel mounting For safety applications, switch must be used with Gate Monitoring Module GM-FA-10J, SC22-3 Safety Controller or comparable control systems
ACCESSORIES
page 577
ONLINE
INTERLOCK SWITCHES MAGNET HINGE COMPACT PLASTIC COMPACT METAL
15.0 mm
LOCKING STYLE
35.0 mm 35.0 mm 30.0 mm
88.0 mm
13.0 mm 25.0 mm 43.0 mm 26.0 mm
13.0 mm
SI-MAG3SM and SI-MAG3MM Models
SI-MAG1SM.. and SI-MAG1MM.. Models
SI-MAG2SM and SI-MAG2MM Models
SI-MAG Magnet Style Safety Switches

Description
Sensor 1 NO & 1 NC 3m
Contacts
Sensor Cable
Switching Distance Min. ON Max. OFF

Models
SI-MAG1SM SI-MAG1SMCO SI-MAG1MM SI-MAG1MM90* SI-MAG1MMHF
More on next page
Coded Magnet
0-3 mm 0-8 mm
3-14 mm 8-16 mm
NC = Normally Closed Output, NO = Normally Open Output Connection options: For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 3 m model number (example, SI-MAG1SM W/30). * Difference is in direction of Approach. See page 574 for more information. Cable opposite NOTE: The sensor and its magnet must be mounted at a minimum distance of 15 mm from any magnetized or ferrous material (example, steel) for proper operation. SFA-IMB1 or SFA-IMB2 can be used as spacers (see page 648). Depending on the installation, multiple brackets may be required.
575
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
SI-MAG Magnet Style Safety Switches

Description
(contd)
Sensor Cable Switching Distance Min. ON Max. OFF
3m 0-4 mm 4-8 mm SI-MAG2MM
Contacts
1 NO & 1 NC
Models
SI-MAG2SM
MACHINE SAFETY
Sensor
Coded Magnet
Sensor
Coded Magnet
NC = Normally Closed Output, NO = Normally Open Output Connection options:
1 NO & 1 NC
3m 0-3 mm
SI-MAG3SM
3-7 mm
SI-MAG3MM
For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 3 m model number (example, SI-MAG2SM W/30).
ACCESSORIES
page 577
NOTE: The sensor and its magnet must be mounted at a minimum distance of 15 mm from any magnetized or ferrous material (example, steel) for proper operation. SFA-IMB1 or SFA-IMB2 can be used as spacers (see page 648). Depending on the installation, multiple brackets may be required.
SI-MAG Safety Switches Specifications

Switching Elements Repeat Switching Accuracy Construction Environmental Rating Switching Capacity Operating Temperature Connections Wiring Diagrams Three pole-stable reed switches 0.1 mm Epoxy-encapsulated circuit in polyamide housing NEMA 4X; IP67 30V dc max. @ 0.25 W -5 to +70 C Integral PVC-jacketed 3 m 4-wire cable. Cable O.D. is 5 mm. Wires are 24 AWG. (0.25 mm2) 1-Channel Coded Magnet Switches: WD033 (p. 805) 1-Channel (Multiple Guards): WD035 (p. 806)
NOTE: See page 574 for direction of approach information.
576
Monitoring Control Module (required for a complete system)

Description Models Product Information
The gate module monitors up to 20 Banner coded magnets for contact failure or wiring fault. Two-channel operation monitors redundant switches on a single guard; one-channel operation monitors single switches on two guards. Two redundant output switching channels connect to control-reliable power interrupt circuits and are rated for up to 250V ac at up to 6 A. The reset input can be used for external device monitoring (EDM). The gate monitoring module uses 24V ac/dc at less than 150 mA.
GM-FA-10J
Page 537
SC22-3-S... One controller provides configurable monitoring of multiple safety devices. 22 input terminals can monitor both contact-based and PNP solid-state input devices. SC22-3-C... 3 pairs of independent solid-state safety outputs can be used with selectable one- or two-channel external device monitoring. Ten configurable non-safety status outputs track inputs, outputs, lockout, I/O status and SC22-3E-S... other functions. All SC22-3 modules use 24V dc. 10/100 Base TX Ethernet communication option using EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP protocols (SC22-3E models). SC22-3E-C...
Page 533
577
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
HINGE STYLE SWITCHES

MACHINE SAFETY
Three types are availableload-bearing hinge, hinged lever and rotating hinge One-piece switch eliminates need for alignment, engagement and risk of breakage of a separate actuator Design meets positive opening requirements for safety interlocks (IEC 60947-5-1)
SI-HG63 Load Bearing
Page 579
SI-HG80 Load Bearing
Page 580
SI-LS31H Hinge Lever Style
Page 581
SI-LS31R Rotary Hinge-Style Page 582

Rotating actuator connects directly to door hinge Actuator head rotates in 90 increments Housing is constructed of glass reinforced thermoplastic with plated steel actuator All models are insulated devices (IEC 60947-5-1)
Hinge operates to a full 270 range of motion with safety switching point adjustable over full operating range. Setpoint is 1.5 adjustable after being set In-line and right-angle hinge models are available Hinge supports an axial and radial load of 1200 N Safety switching point is repositional Housing is constructed of corrosionresistant stainless steel
Hinge operates to a full 180 range of motion In-line and right-angle hinge models are available Hinge supports an axial load of 750 N and more than 1,000 N in radial direction Housing is constructed of corrosion-resistant zinc die-cast
Built-in hinge lever actuator attaches to doors or flaps which open 90 in one direction Actuator head rotates in 90 increments Housing is constructed of glass reinforced thermoplastic with plated steel actuator All models are insulated devices (IEC 60947-5-1)
578
SI-HG63 Hinge Style Switches

* Dimensions for SI-HG63FQDL are mirror image. 45 mm 127.5 mm 19.5 mm
ONLINE
147 mm 39.5 mm
82 mm
SI-HG63FQDRR
SI-HG63FQDR*
SI-HG63 Hinge Style Switches, 63 mm

Actuator Type Contact(s) Connection Models Contact Config. & Switch Diagram
In-line Integral load bearing
SI-HG63FQDR
2 NC & 1 NO
6-pin Micro QD
SI-HG63FQDL SD001 (Page 598)
Right-angle Integral load bearing
SI-HG63FQDRR
Blank hinge
Hinge 270 NC = Normally closed contact, NO = Normally open contact
SI-HG63A
Cordsets
Micro QD to Flying Leads
See page 713 Threaded 6-Pin Straight Right-Angle
MQEAC-606 MQEAC-615 MQEAC-630 MQEAC-606RA MQEAC-615RA MQEAC-630RA
Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
579
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
SI-HG80 Hinge Style Switches
MACHINE SAFETY
64.0 mm
80.0 mm 19.0 mm 97.0 mm 42.6 mm 72.0 mm
SI-HG80DQDR
ONLINE
SI-HG80DQD
SI-HG80 Hinge Style Switches, 80 mm

Actuator Type Contact(s) Connection Models Contact Config. & Switch Diagram
SI-HG80DQD SPDT (Form C)
4-pin Micro QD SD002 (Page 598)
Right-angle Integral load bearing
SI-HG80DQDR
Blank hinge
Hinge 180 SPDT = Single-Pole, Double-Throw Contacts
SI-HG80A
Cordsets
Micro QD to Flying Leads
See page 712 Threaded 4-Pin Straight Right-Angle
Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m
580
SI-LS31H Hinge Lever Style Switches

93.5 mm
95 mm 22 mm
ONLINE
30.5 mm
31.0 mm
SI-LS31H Hinge Lever Style Switches, 31 mm

Actuator Type Contact(s)
1 NC & 1 NO Vertical Hinged Lever 90
Models*
SI-LS31HGD
Contact Config. & Switch Diagram

SD003 (Page 598) SD004 (Page 598) SD005 (Page 598) SD006 (Page 598) SD007 (Page 599) SD008 (Page 599)
2 NC
SI-LS31HGE
1 NC & 1 NO Right-Hand Hinged Lever 180
SI-LS31HGRD
2 NC
SI-LS31HGRE
1 NC & 1 NO Left-Hand Hinged Lever 180

Hinge 90 One-Directional 180
SI-LS31HGLD
2 NC
SI-LS31HGLE
One-Directional 180
NC = Normally Closed Contact, NO = Normally Open Contact
* Contact factory for integral quick-disconnect (QD) and pigtail QD options.
579
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
SI-LS31R Rotary Hinge Style Switches
MACHINE SAFETY
84.0 mm 22 mm
ONLINE
30.5 mm
31.0 mm
SI-LS31R Rotary Hinge Style Switches, 31 mm

Actuator Type Contact(s)
1 NC & 1 NO 2 NC
Models*
SI-LS31RTD SI-LS31RTE

SD009 (Page 599) SD010 (Page 599)
Rotary Shaft
360 Rotary
* Contact factory for integral quick-disconnect (QD) and pigtail QD options.
SI-HG63 Hinge Style Switches Specifications

Contact Rating European Rating Minimum Switching Speed Switching Angle Mechanical Life Short Circuit Protection Force Exerted by Guard per Switch Wire Connections Operating Range Construction Environmental Rating Operating Conditions Weight Application Note Certifications 3 A @ 230V ac max., 1.0 A @ 24V dc max. 2.5 kV max. transient tolerance NEMA A300 P300 Utilization categories: AC15 and DC13 (IEC 90497-5-1) Ui = 250V ac, Ith = 5A 5 operations per minute NC contact: 3 1 million operations 4 amp Slow Blow, 8 amp Fast Blow. Recommended external fusing or overload protection. Axial and radial: 1200 N (264 lbf) max. 6-pin Micro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting. Cordsets are ordered separately. See page 573. 0 to 270 Hinge: X22CrNi 17 Switch: PBT NEMA 4; IP67 Temperature: 25 to +70 C 0.65 kg (1.43 lb) To avoid excessive radial stress in applications containing large doors, the hinge switch should be mounted either in pairs of two, or in conjunction with a blank hinge (see page 578). NO contact: 9 Tolerance for all angles: 1.5
Contact configuration and Switching Diagram
SD001 (p. 598)
582
SI-HG80 Hinge Style Switches Specifications

Contact Rating European Rating Minimum Switching Speed Mechanical Life Short Circuit Protection Force Exerted by Guard per Switch Operating Range Wire Connections Construction Environmental Rating Operating Conditions Weight Application Notes Certifications 3 A @ 250V ac max., 0.5 A @ 60V dc max. 2.5 kV max. transient tolerance NEMA A300 P300 Utilization categories: AC15 and DC13 (IEC 90497-5-1) Ui = 250V ac, Ith= 3A 20 operations per minute 1 million operations 6 amp Slow Blow, 10 amp Fast Blow. Recommended external fusing or overload protection. Axial: 750 N max. Radial: 1000 N max. 0 to 180 4-pin Micro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting. Cordsets are ordered separately. See page 712. Zinc Die-cast (GD-Zn) NEMA 4; IP67 Temperature: -25 to +70 C 0.40 kg To avoid excessive radial stress in applications containing large doors, the hinge switch should be mounted either in pairs of two, or in conjunction with a blank hinge (see page 578).
Contact Configuration and Switching Diagrams
SD002 (p. 598)

INTERLOCK SWITCHES MAGNET HINGE COMPACT PLASTIC COMPACT METAL
SI-LS31 Hinge Style Switches Specifications

Contact Rating European Rating 10A @ 24V ac, 10A @ 110V ac, 6A @ 230V ac, 6A @ 24V dc Utilization categories: AC15 and DC13 Ui= 500V ac Ith= 10A 2.5 kV max. transient tolerance
Ue V 24 110 230 40-60 Hz Ie/AC-15 A 10 10 6 Ie/DC-13 A 6 1 .4
LOCKING STYLE
NEMA A300 P300
Contact Material Maximum Switching Speed Mechanical Life Required Actuation Force Short Circuit Protection Wire Connections
Silver-nickel alloy 50 operations per minute 1 million operations SI-LS31R models: 10 N cm SI-LS31H models: 15 N cm
6 amp Slow Blow, 10 amp Fast Blow. Recommended external fusing or overload protection. Screw terminals with pressure plates accept the following wire sizes Stranded and solid: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) for one wire Stranded: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) for two wires M20 x 1.5 threaded entrance Adapter supplied to convert from M20 x 1.5 to " - 14 NPT threaded entrance
Cable Entry Construction Environmental Rating Operating Conditions Weight Certifications
Glass fiber-reinforced thermoplastic UL94-VO rating; plated steel actuator IP65 Temperature: -30 to +80 C 0.09 Kg
AUXILIARY DEVICE
SI-LS31R models: SD009 and SD010 (p. 599) SI-LS31H models: SD003, SD004, SD005, SD006, SD007 and SD008 (pp. 598-599)
579
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
Compact Plastic
MACHINE SAFETY
ACCESSORIES
Flat Pack and Limit Switch Styles

Mechanically coded actuators use two independent operating elements to minimize intentional tampering or defeat Rotating head requires no tools Four standard actuators are available, as well as an optional high-extraction-force adapter Housing is constructed of glass reinforced thermoplastic with plated steel actuator IP65 switch housing rating increases to IP67 with addition of a screw to the wiring chamber door Design meets positive opening requirements for safety interlocks (IEC 60947-5-1)
page 597
SI-LS83 and SI-LS100
Page 578
SI-QS75 and SI-QS90
Page 580
Low profile for confined areas Limit switch design (EN 50047) In-line or right-angle actuator Actuator engagement from four side or four top positions Insulated device on all models (IEC 60947-5-1)
Flat-pack design for limited space requirements Actuator engagement from front, back, or either of two top positions Insulated device on all models (IEC 60947-5-1)
SI-LS83 and SI-LS100 Plastic Style Switches
ONLINE
83.0 mm 100.0 mm 22 mm 22 mm
Replacement actuators for safety interlock switches (page 597)
27.0 mm
30.0 mm
30.5 mm
30.0 mm
SI-LS83 Models
SI-LS100 Models
(both models shown with right-angle rigid in-line actuator)
584
SI-LS100 Plastic Style Switches, 100 mm

Kits Actuator Type
SI-QS-SSA-2 Straight Rigid In-Line
Interlock
Kit Model*
Contact(s)
SI-LS100F
SI-LS100SF
SI-QS-SSA-3 Rigid In-Line
SI-LS100F
SI-LS100SRAF
2 NC & 1 NO
SD011 (Page 593)
SI-LS100F SI-QS-SSU Flexible In-Line
SI-LS100MRFF
ACCESSORIES
SI-LS83 Plastic Style Switches, 83 mm

Kits Actuator Type
SI-QS-SSA-2 Straight Rigid In-Line
page 597
Interlock
Kit Model*
Contact(s)

SI-LS83D
SI-LS83SD
SI-LS83D
SI-LS83SRAD
1 NC & 1 NO
SD012 (Page 593)
SI-LS83D SI-QS-SSU Flexible In-Line SI-QS-SSA-2 Straight Rigid In-Line
SI-LS83MRFD
SI-LS83E
SI-LS83SE
SI-LS83E
SI-LS83SRAE
2 NC
SD013 (Page 594)
SI-LS83E SI-QS-SSU Flexible In-Line

Multi-Directional * NC = Normally Closed Contact, NO = Normally Open Contact
SI-LS83MRFE
A kit contains an interlock and actuator. Individual interlocks (without actuator) are for replacement purposes only. Contact factory for integral quick-disconnect (QD) and pigtail QD options.
585
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
SI-QS75 and SI-QS90 Flat-Pack Style Switches
MACHINE SAFETY
ONLINE
90.0 mm 40.0 mm 40.0 mm
75.0 mm
33.0 mm
52.0 mm
33.0 mm
52.0 mm
SI-QS75 Models
ACCESSORIES
SI-QS90 Models
page 604
(both models shown with rigid in-line actuator)
SI-QS75 Flat-Pack Style Switches, 75 mm

Kits
Actuator Type
Interlock
Kit Model*
Contact
SI-QS75C
SI-QS75MC
SI-QS75C SI-QS-SSU Flexible In-Line SI-QS-SSA Rigid In-Line & SI-QS-100 High-force Accessory
SI-QS75MFC
1 NC
SD014 (Page 600)
SI-QS75C
SI-QS75MC-100 (High-Force)
Multi-Directional
NC = Normally Closed Contact,
NO = Normally Open Contact
* A kit contains an interlock and actuator. Individual interlocks (without actuator) are for replacement purposes only. Contact factory for integral quick-disconnect (QD) and pigtail QD options.
586
SI-QS90 Flat-Pack Style Switches, 90 mm

Kits Actuator Type Interlock Kit Model* Contact(s) Contact Config. & Switch Diagram
Vision
SI-QS90D
SI-QS90MD
SI-QS90D SI-QS-SSU Flexible In-Line SI-QS-SSA Rigid In-Line & SI-QS-100 High-force Accessory
SI-QS90MFD
1 NC & 1 NO
SD015 (Page 600)
SI-QS90D
SI-QS90MD-100 (High-Force)
ACCESSORIES
page 604
SI-QS90E
SI-QS90ME
INTERLOCK SWITCHES MAGNET HINGE
SI-QS90E SI-QS-SSU Flexible In-Line SI-QS-SSA Rigid In-Line & SI-QS-100 High-force Accessory
SI-QS90MFE
2 NC
SD016 (Page 600)
COMPACT PLASTIC COMPACT METAL LOCKING STYLE
SI-QS90E
SI-QS90ME-100 (High-Force)
SI-QS90F
SI-QS90MF
SI-QS90F SI-QS-SSU Flexible In-Line SI-QS-SSA Rigid In-Line & SI-QS-100 High-force Accessory
Multi-Directional * NC = Normally Closed Contact,
SI-QS90MFF
2 NC & 1 NO
SD017 (Page 600)
SI-QS90F
SI-QS90MF-100 (High-Force)
A kit contains an interlock and actuator. Individual interlocks (without actuator) are for replacement purposes only. Contact factory for integral quick-disconnect (QD) and pigtail QD options.
587
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
SI-LS83 and SI-LS100 Plastic Style Switches Specifications

Contact Rating
MACHINE SAFETY
10A @ 24V ac, 10A @ 110V ac, 6A @ 230V ac, 6A @ 24V dc 2.5 kV max. transient tolerance NEMA A300 P300 Utilization categories: AC15 and DC13 (IEC 60947-5-1) Switches with 1 & 2 contact pairs: Ui= 500V ac, Ith= 10A Switches with 3 contact pairs: Ui= 400V ac, Ith= 5A
European Rating
Contact Material Maximum Switching Speed Maximum Actuator Speed Mechanical Life Minimum Actuator Engagement Radius Actuation Extraction Force Short Circuit Protection Wire Connections Cable Entry Construction Environmental Rating Operating Conditions Weight Certifications
Silver-nickel alloy 30 operations per minute 1 m/second 1 million operations In-line actuators: 150 mm Flexible actuators: 50 mm in all directions 12 N 6 amp Slow Blow, 10 amp Fast Blow. Recommended external fusing or overload protection. Stranded and solid: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) for one wire Stranded: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) for two wires M20 x 1.5 for SI-LS100 and M16 x 1.5 for SI-LS83 threaded entrance. Adapter supplied to convert to "- 14 NPT threaded entrance. Glass fiber-reinforced thermoplastic UL94-VO rating IP65 Note: Addition of a No. 3 x " screw (max) to the wiring access door increases sealing to IP67; NEMA 4X Temperature: -30 to +80 C SI-LS83 models: 0.12 kg SI-LS100 models: 0.13 kg
AUXILIARY DEVICE
SI-LS100 models: SD011 (p. 599) SI-LS83 models: SD012 and SD013 (pp. 599-600)
588
SI-QS75 and SI-QS90 Flat-Pack Style Switches Specifications

Contact Rating 10A @ 24V ac, 10A @ 110V ac, 6A @ 230V ac, 6A @ 24V dc 2.5 kV max. transient tolerance NEMA A300 P300 Utilization categories: AC15 and DC13 (IEC 60947-5-1) Switches with 1 & 2 contact pairs: Ui= 500V ac, Ith= 10A Switches with 3 contact pairs: Ui= 400V ac, Ith= 5A
European Rating
Contact Material Maximum Switching Speed Maximum Actuator Speed Mechanical Life Minimum Actuator Engagement Radius Actuation Extraction Force Short Circuit Protection Wire Connections
Silver-nickel alloy 30 operations per minute 1 m/second 1 million operations In-line actuators: 150 mm Flexible actuators: 50 mm in all directions High-Force models: 100 N All others: 10 N
6 amp Slow Blow, 10 amp Fast Blow. Recommended external fusing or overload protection. Screw terminals with pressure plates accept the following wire sizes For switches with one or two contacts: Stranded and solid: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) for one wire Stranded: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) for two wires For switches with three contacts: Stranded and solid: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) for one wire Stranded: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) for two wires
Cable Entry Construction Environmental Rating Operating Conditions Weight Application Notes
M20 x 1.5 for SI-QS90 and M16 x 1.5 for SI-QS75 threaded entrance. Adapter supplied to convert to " - 14 NPT threaded entrance. Glass fiber-reinforced thermoplastic UL94-VO rating IP65 Note: Addition of a No. 3 x " screw (max) to the wiring access door increases sealing to IEC IP67; NEMA 4X Temperature: -30 to +80 C SI-QS75 models: 0.11 kg SI-QS90 models: 0.13 kg Models with one and two contacts have three cable entry locations (bottom and two sides); models with three contacts have two cable entry locations (two sides). All entry locations are sealed with knockouts. To remove knockouts, thread the supplied M16 x 1.5 or M20 x 1.5 to " - 14 NPT conduit adapter or optional M16 x 1.5 or M20 x 1.5 cable gland into one of the threaded entry locations. The knockout will break open just before the adapter or cable gland bottoms out.
AUXILIARY DEVICE
Certifications
SI-QS75 models: SD014 (p. 600) SI-QS90 models: SD015, SD016 and SD017 (p. 600)
589
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
Compact Metal
MACHINE SAFETY
ACCESSORIES
Limit Switch Style with In-Line Actuator

Rigid and flexible in-line actuators are available Actuator head rotates to four possible positions, in 90 increments Housing is constructed of die-cast aluminum with stainless steel actuator Design meets positive opening requirements for safety interlocks (IEC 60947-5-1) All models contain protective earth terminals (IEC 60947-1)
page 604
118.8 mm 112.5 mm 30.0 mm 30.0 mm
ONLINE
42.0 mm
40.0 mm
42.0 mm
40.0 mm
SI-LM40MKV Models (with flexible in-line actuator)
SI-LM40MKH Models (shown with rigid in-line actuator)
SI-LM40 Limit Switch Style, 40 mm

Kits Actuator Type Interlock Kit Model* Contact(s) Contact Config. & Switch Diagram
SI-QM-SSA Straight Rigid In-Line
SI-LM40KHD
SI-LM40MKHD
1 NO & 1 NC
SD018 (Page 600)
SI-LM40KHD SI-QM-SMFA Flexible In-Line
SI-LM40MKHFD
More on next page
Multi-Directional
590
SI-LM40 Limit Switch Style, 40 mm

Kits Actuator Type
(contd)
Kit Model* Contact(s) Contact Config. & Switch Diagram
Interlock
Vision
SI-LM40KHE
SI-LM40MKHE
Wireless Lighting & Indicators
2 NC
SD019 (Page 601)
SI-LM40KHE SI-QM-SMFA Flexible In-Line
SI-LM40MKHFE
ACCESSORIES
SI-LM40KHF
SI-LM40MKHF
page 604
2 NC & 1 NO
SD020 (Page 601)

SI-LM40KHF SI-QM-SMFA Flexible In-Line
SI-LM40MKHFF
SI-LM40KVD
SI-LM40MKVD
1 NO & 1 NC
SD021 (Page 601)
SI-QM-90A Flexible In-Line
SI-LM40KVE
SI-LM40MKVE
2 NC
SD022 (Page 601)
Multi-Directional
591
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
SI-LM40 Limit Style Switches Specifications

Contact Rating
MACHINE SAFETY
10A @ 24V ac, 10A @ 110V ac, 6A @ 230V ac, 6A @ 24V dc 2.5 kV max. transient tolerance NEMA A300 P300 Utilization categories: AC15 and DC13 Ui= 500V ac, Ith= 10A
European Rating
Contact Material Maximum Switching Speed Maximum Actuator Speed Mechanical Life Minimum Actuator Engagement Radius Actuation Extraction Force Short Circuit Protection Wire Connections
Silver-nickel alloy SI-LM40MKH models: 50 operations per minute SI-LM40MKV models: 10 operations per minute SI-LM40MKH models: 1.5 m/second SI-LM40MKV models: 0.5 m/second SI-LM40MKH models: 1 million operations SI-LM40MKV models: 25,000 operations Rigid actuator: 400 mm Flexible actuator: 150 mm SI-LM40MKH models: 10 N SI-LM40MKV models: 20 N 6 amp Slow Blow, 10 amp Fast Blow. Recommended external fusing or overload protection. Screw terminals with pressure plates accept the following wire sizes Stranded and solid: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) for one wire Stranded: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) for two wires M20 x 1.5 threaded entrance Adapter supplied to convert M20 x 1.5 to " - 14 NPT threaded entrance Aluminum alloy die cast IP65 Temperature: -30 to +80 C SI-LM40MKH models: 0.34 kg SI-LM40MKV models: 0.31 kg
AUXILIARY DEVICE
Cable Entry Construction Environmental Rating Operating Conditions Weight Certifications
SI-LM40MKH..D models: SD018 (p. 600) SI-LM40MKH..E models: SD019 (p. 601)
SI-LM40MKH..F models: SD020 (p. 601) SI-LM40MKV.. models: SD021 and SD022 (p. 601)
592
Locking Style
Spring or Solenoid Locking

Two locking mechanisms are available: spring lock with energized solenoid release and energized solenoid lock with spring release Rigid and flexible in-line actuators are available Actuator head can be rotated in 90 increments to eight possible actuator positions: four vertical and four horizontal Two models are available, based on voltage Design meets positive opening requirements for safety interlocks (IEC 60947-5-1) Insulated device on all models with plastic housing (IEC 60947-5-1) Protective earth terminals on all metal models (IEC 60947-1)
ACCESSORIES
SI-LS42 Locking Style Switches
page 604
30.0 mm 170.0 mm
ONLINE
SI-LS42 Models (shown with rigid in-line actuator)
45.0 mm
42.5 mm
SI-LS42 Safety Switches, 42 mm - Spring Lock and Solenoid Unlock

Kits Actuator Type
Interlock
SI-LS42DSG
Kit Model *
SI-LS42DMSG
Contact(s)
Solenoid Voltage
24V ac/dc
SI-LS42WSG
SI-LS42WMSG
Actuator Contacts: 1 NC & 1 NO Solenoid Monitor Contacts: 1 NC & 1 NO
110V ac/ 230V ac
SD023 (Page 601)
SI-LS42DSG
SI-LS42DMSGF
24V ac/dc
SI-QM-SMFA Flexible In-Line

Multi-Directional NC = Normally Closed Contact,
SI-LS42WSG
SI-LS42WMSGF
110V ac/ 230V ac
More on next page
593
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
SI-LS42 Safety Switches, 42 mm - Spring Lock and Solenoid Unlock (contd)

Kits Actuator Type Interlock
SI-LS42DSH
Kit Model *
SI-LS42DMSH
Contact(s)
Solenoid Voltage
24V ac/dc
MACHINE SAFETY
SI-LS42WSH
SI-LS42WMSH
Actuator Contacts: 2 NC Solenoid Monitor Contacts: 1 NC & 1 NO
110V ac/ 230V ac
SD024 (Page 601)
SI-LS42DSH
SI-LS42DMSHF
24V ac/dc
SI-LS42WSH
SI-LS42WMSHF
110V ac/ 230V ac
ACCESSORIES
SI-LS42DSI
SI-LS42DMSI Actuator Contacts: 2 NC & 1 NO Solenoid Monitor Contact: 1 NC
24V ac/dc
page 604
SI-LS42WSI
SI-LS42WMSI
110V ac/ 230V ac
SD025 (Page 602)
SI-LS42DSI
SI-LS42DMSIF
24V ac/dc
SI-LS42WSI
SI-LS42WMSIF
110V ac/ 230V ac
SI-LS42DSJ
SI-LS42DMSJ Actuator Contacts: 3 NC Solenoid Monitor Contact: 1 NC 24V ac/dc SD026 (Page 602)
SI-LS42DSJ SI-QM-SMFA Flexible In-Line

SI-LS42DMSJF
594
SI-LS42 Safety Switches, 42 mm - Solenoid Lock and Spring Unlock

Kits Actuator Type
Interlock
SI-LS42DMG
Kit Model *
SI-LS42DMMG
Contact(s)
Solenoid Voltage
24V ac/dc
SI-LS42WMG
SI-LS42WMMG
Actuator Contacts: 1 NC & 1 NO Solenoid Monitor Contacts: 1 NC & 1 NO
110V ac/ 230V ac
SD023 (Page 601)
SI-LS42DMG
SI-LS42DMMGF
24V ac/dc
SI-LS42WMG
SI-LS42WMMGF
110V ac/ 230V ac
SI-LS42DMH
SI-LS42DMMH Actuator Contacts: 2 NC Solenoid Monitor Contacts: 1 NC & 1 NO
24V ac/dc
SI-LS42WMH
SI-LS42WMMH
110V ac/ 230V ac
ACCESSORIES
page 604
SD024 (Page 601)
SI-LS42DMH
SI-LS42DMMHF
24V ac/dc
SI-LS42WMH
SI-LS42WMMHF
110V ac/ 230V ac
INTERLOCK SWITCHES MAGNET HINGE COMPACT PLASTIC
SI-LS42DMI
SI-LS42DMMI Actuator Contacts: 2 NC & 1 NO Solenoid Monitor Contact: 1 NC
24V ac/dc
COMPACT METAL LOCKING STYLE
SI-LS42WMI
SI-LS42WMMI
110V ac/ 230V ac
SD025 (Page 602)
SI-LS42DMI
SI-LS42DMMIF
24V ac/dc
SI-LS42WMI
SI-LS42WMMIF
110V ac/ 230V ac
SI-LS42DMJ
SI-LS42DMMJ Actuator Contacts: 3 NC Solenoid Monitor Contact: 1 NC 24V ac/dc SD026 (Page 602)
SI-LS42DMJ SI-QM-SMFA Flexible In-Line

SI-LS42DMMJF
595
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
SI-QM100 Locking Style Switches
MACHINE SAFETY
141.3 mm
ONLINE
60.0 mm
ACCESSORIES
page 604
90.0 mm
50.0 mm
SI-QM100 Models (shown with rigid in-line actuator)
SI-QM100 Safety Switches, 100 mm - Spring Lock and Solenoid Unlock

SI-QM100DSG
Kit Model*
SI-QM100DMSG
Contact(s)
Switching Contacts: 1 NC & 1 NO Solenoid Monitor Contacts: 1 NC & 1 NO
Solenoid Voltage
24V dc
SD027 (Page 602) 120V ac
SI-QM100ASG
SI-QM100AMSG
Switching Contacts: 2 NC SI-QM100DSH SI-QM100DMSH Solenoid Monitor Contacts: 1 NC & 1 NO 24V dc
SD028 (Page 602)
SI-QM100 Safety Switches, 100 mm - Solenoid Lock and Spring Unlock

SI-QM100DMG SI-QM-SSA Straight Rigid In-Line SI-QM100AMG SI-QM100AMMG
Kit Model*
SI-QM100DMMG
Contact(s)
Switching Contacts: 1 NC & 1 NO Solenoid Monitor Contacts: 1 NC & 1 NO
Solenoid Voltage
24V dc
SD027 (Page 602) 120V ac
Multi-Directional
596
Locking Style Switches Specifications

Contact Rating 4A @ 250V ac max. 2.5 kV max. transient tolerance NEMA A300 P300 Utilization categories: AC15 and DC13 (IEC 60947-5-1) Switches with 1 & 2 contact pairs: Ui= 250V ac SI-LS42 models: Ith= 2.5 A SI-QM100 models: Ith= 10 A Silver-nickel alloy SI-LS42 models: 1.1 VA / Inrush 12 VA (0.2 sec) SI-QM100 models: 5.2 W 1.5 m/second 1 million operations Rigid actuator: 400 mm Flexible actuator: 150 mm SI-LS42 models: 2000 N when locked SI-QM100 models: 1000 N when locked 6 amp Slow Blow, 10 amp Fast Blow. Recommended external fusing or overload protection. SI-LS42 models: 10 cage clamp elements 1.5 mm stranded max. / 16 AWG SI-QM100 models: Screw terminals with pressure plates accept the following wire sizes 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) max. solid; 14 AWG (2.5 mm2) max. stranded, 18 AWG (1 mm2) when using all 11 terminals Cable Entry Construction Environmental Rating Operating Conditions M20 x 1.5 threaded entrance Adapter supplied to convert M20 x 1.5 to " - 14 NPT threaded entrance SI-LS42 models: Glass fiber-reinforced polyamide thermoplastic housing; UL 94-V0 rating SI-QM100 models: Aluminum die cast IP67 Temperature: SI-LS42 models: -30 to +70 C SI-QM100 models: -30 to +60 C SI-LS42 models: 0.3 kg SI-QM100 models: 0.81 kg When rotating the actuator head, the actuator MUST BE FULLY ENGAGED. When using a model with solenoid locking, the lock mechanism will disengage upon solenoid power failure.
Ue V 24 110 230 40-60 Hz Ie/AC-15 A 4 4 4 Ie/DC-13 A 3 0.7 0.3
European Rating
Contact Material Solenoid Power Consumption Maximum Actuator Speed Mechanical Life Minimum Actuator Engagement Radius Actuation Extraction Force Short Circuit Protection Wire Connections
Weight Application Notes Certifications
SI-LS42 models: SD023, SD024, SD025 & SD026 (pp. 601-602) SI-QM100 models: SD027 and SD028 (p. 602)
597
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
Contact/Switching Diagrams
SD001 - SI-HG63 Series
Contact Configuration Switching Diagram
SD002 - SI-HG80 Series

Contact Configuration Guard Closed
33 34
Switching Diagram
MACHINE SAFETY
Guard Closed
33 21 11 34 22 12
rd/bu gn rd
rd/bk rd/ye rd/wh
rd/bu
6
21
rd/bk rd/ye
gn rd
22 12
10 Operating Angle Safety

Page 574
Operating Angle
Operating Angle
11
rd/wh
1
3
3 6
Guard Open
Non-Safety
33 21 11 34 22 12
Guard Open
Safety
10
34 22 12
rd/bk rd/ye rd/wh
rd/bu gn rd
rd/bk rd/ye rd/wh
Open Closed Transition
4 3
Page 573
SD003 - SI-LS31HGD Series

Contact Configuration Lever in Normal Position
0
SD004 - SI-LS31HGE Series

Switching Diagram Contact Configuration Lever in Normal Position
0
Switching Diagram
11-12 23-24
11 23
12 24
0 5 8 10
11-12 21-22
11 21 12 22
1-2 0 5 8
Safety Monitor
Lever Rotated
0 90 90
Lever Rotated
90
90 0 90
Safety Monitor Safety

0
90
11 23
12 24
Page 575
11 21
12 22
Page 575
SD005 - SI-LS31HGRD Series

Contact Configuration Lever in Normal Position Switching Diagram
SD006 - SI-LS31HGRE Series

11-12 23-24
11 23
12 24
0 5 8 10
11-12 21-22
11 21 12 22
0 5 8
Safety
Safety
0
180
180
180
Safety 180
Lever Rotated
Monitor
Lever Rotated
11 23
12 24
Page 575
11 21
12 22
Page 575
More on next page
598
SD007 - SI-LS31HGLD Series
SD008 - SI-LS31HGLE Series

11-12 23-24
11-12 21-22
Wireless
11 23
12 24
0 5 8 10
11 21
12 22
0 5 8
Safety
180
Monitor
Safety
Lever Rotated
Lever Rotated
180
180
Safety
180
11 23
12 24
11
12 22
Page 575
21
Page 575
SD009 - SI-LS31RTD Series

Contact Configuration Axle in Home Position 0
0/360
11-12 23-24 0 10 30 45 315 330 350 360 Safety Monitor
SD010 - SI-LS31RTE Series

Switching Diagram Contact Configuration Axle in Home Position 0
0/360
Switching Diagram
11-12 23-24
11 23
12 24
11 21
12 22
0 10 30 45
Axle Rotated 45
Axle Rotated 45
Safety Safety
330 350 360
>45
>45
11 23
12 24
11
Page 576
12 22
21
Page 576
SD011 - SI-LS100 Series

Contact Configuration Actuator Engaged Switching Diagram
SD012 - SI-LS83..D Series

Contact Configuration Actuator Engaged
15-16 25-26 33-34 11-12 23-24 Engaged 0 4 4.3 4.4 Disengaged Safety Monitor
Switching Diagram
15 25 33
16 26 34
Engaged
11
0 7.6 8.3 8.8
12 24
23
Actuator Removed
Disengaged Safety Safety Monitor
15 25 33
16 26 34
21.5 mm
Actuator Removed
21.5 mm
11 23
12 24
Page 579
Page 579
More on next page
599
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
SD013 - SI-LS83..E Series
SD014 - SI-QS75 Series

11-12 21-22
Switching Diagram
MACHINE SAFETY
Actuator Engaged
21
22
Engaged
0 4.2 4.5
11
12
11-12 Safety 11-12 21-22 Safety Safety 0
11
12
Engaged
0 6.2 7.2
Actuator Removed
Disengaged Safety Monitor
21.5 mm
Actuator Removed
Disengaged 21.5 mm
11 21
12 22
11
12
Page 579
Page 580
SD015 - SI-QS90MD Series

11-12 23-24
SD016 - SI-QS90ME Series

Switching Diagram Contact Configuration Actuator Engaged Switching Diagram
11 23
12 24
Engaged
0 2.4 3.2 3.4
11 21
12 22
Engaged
0 6.2 7.2
Actuator Removed
21.5 mm
Actuator Removed
Disengaged 21.5 mm
11 23
12 24
11 21
12 22
Open Closed Transition Page 580
Page 580
SD017 - SI-QS90MF Series

SD018 - SI-LM40MKHD Series

15-16 25-26
15 25 33
16 26 34
33-34
Engaged
0 3.0 3.5 5.0
11 23
12 24
Engaged
11-12 23-24 Safety Monitor
9 10 11
Actuator Removed
21.5 mm
Actuator Removed
Disengaged
40 mm
15 25 33
16 26 34
11 23
Page 580
12 24
More on next page
600
SD019 - SI-LM40MKHE Series
SD020 - SI-LM40MKHF Series

15-16 25-26
11 21
12 22
Engaged
11-12 21-22
0 11 14
15 25 33
16 26 34
33-34
Vision
Engaged
0 10.5 11 12
Actuator Removed
Disengaged Safety Safety 40 mm
Actuator Removed
41 mm
11 21
12 22
15 25 33
Page 584
16 26 34
* 1 mm of movement will open contact
Page 584
SD021 - SI-LM40MKVD Series

SD022 - SI-LM40MKVE Series

11-12 23-24
11 23
12 24
Engaged
0 1* 3 7
11 21
12 22
Engaged
0 3 7
Actuator Removed
11 23
12 24
11 21
12 22
SD023 - SI-LS42..MSG/MMG Series

Contact Configuration Actuator Engaged & Locked
Actuator Contacts Solenoid Monitor Contacts
SD024 - SI-LS42..MSH/MMH Series

Switching Diagram Contact Configuration Actuator Engaged & Locked
Switching Diagram
21-22 13-14
21 13
22 14
31 43 E1 +
32 44 E2
Engaged
0 7.0 8.0 9.0
11 21
12 22
31 43 E1 +
32 44 E2
11-12 21-22 Engaged 0 7.0 9.0 Disengaged Safety

Actuator Removed & Unlocked

Disengaged Monitor Safety
Solenoid Monitor Contacts
31 11 12 22 43 E1 +
32 44 E2
31 21 13 22 14 43 E1 +
32 44 E2
21
Safety
41 mm

Actuator Contacts
Safety Safety
38 mm
Actuator Removed
Disengaged 38 mm
11-12 21-22
41 mm
Page 587
More on next page
601
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
SD025 - SI-LS42..MSI/MMI Series
SD026 - SI-LS42..MSJ/MMJ Series

Switching Diagram
MACHINE SAFETY
Actuator Engaged & Locked

31-32 21-22
13-14
31 21 13
32 22 14 41 E1 + 42 E2
Engaged
0 7.0 8.0 9.0
11-12 21-22
31-32 0 7.0 9.0 Safety 41 mm

Page 587
11 21 31
12 22 32
41 E1 +
42 E2
Engaged

41 31 21 13 32 22 14 E1 +
42 E2
11 21
12 22 32
41 E1 +
42 E2
31
SD027 - SI-QM100..MSG/MMG Series

SD028 - SI-QM100..DMSH Series

Switching Diagram Contact Configuration Actuator Engaged & Locked
Switching Diagram
21 13
22 14
31 43
32 44
21-22 13-14
21-22 13-14
0 10 11 12
Safety Safety
41 mm

Actuator Contacts
Disengaged
Engaged
21 11
22 12
31 43
32 44
Engaged
0 (0) 10 (0.39) 11 (0.43) 12 (0.47)

Safety

Disengaged Monitor
Safety
21 13
22 14
31 43
32 44
21 11
22 12
31 43
32 44
Monitor
Actuator Contacts
41 mm
Actuator Contacts
Disengaged
41 (1.61) mm (in)
Page 590
602
Safety Interlock Switches Replacement Parts

Used In
SI-LM40MKH..D kits SI-LM40MKH..E kits SI-LM40MKH..F kits SI-LM40MKVD kit SI-LM40MKVE kit SI-LS42DMSG.. kits SI-LS42WMSG.. kits SI-LS42DMSH.. kits SI-LS42WMSH.. kits SI-LS42DMSI.. kits SI-LS42WMSI.. kits SI-LS42DMSJ.. kits SI-LS42DMMG.. kits SI-LS42WMMG.. kits SI-LS42DMMH.. kits SI-LS42WMMH.. kits SI-LS42DMMI.. kits SI-LS42WMMI.. kits SI-LS42DMMJ.. kits SI-LS100..F kits SI-LS83..D kits SI-LS83..E kits SI-QM100DMSG kit SI-QM100AMSG kit SI-QM100DMMG kit SI-QM100AMMG kit SI-QS75..C kits SI-QS90..D kits SI-QS90..E kits SI-QS90..F kits
* Kits with one safety interlock switch and an actuator are available (see pp. 578-590).
Description
Model*
SI-LM40KHD SI-LM40KHE SI-LM40KHF SI-LM40KVD SI-LM40KVE SI-LS42DSG SI-LS42WSG SI-LS42DSH SI-LS42WSH SI-LS42DSI SI-LS42WSI SI-LS42DSJ SI-LS42DMG SI-LS42WMG
Individual Interlock (without actuator)
SI-LS42DMH SI-LS42WMH SI-LS42DMI SI-LS42WMI SI-LS42DMJ SI-LS100F SI-LS83D SI-LS83E SI-QM100DSG SI-QM100ASG SI-QM100DMG SI-QM100AMG SI-QS75C SI-QS90D SI-QS90E SI-QS90F
603
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
Replacement Actuators Parts for Safety Interlock Switches

Description Used With Model
MACHINE SAFETY
Flexible in-line, trumpet-style, metal actuator used for doors or covers where alignment is difficult to maintain. Flexes in all directions. Minimum engagement radius for hinged closures is 150 mm.
SI-LM40MKV
SI-QM-90A
Rigid in-line metal actuator used for doors or covers. Slide-bolt design for use in heavy-duty applications where alignment is difficult to maintain.
SI-LM40MKH SI-LS42 SI-QM100
SI-QM-SB
Flexible in-line metal actuator used for doors or covers where alignment is difficult to maintain. Flexes in all directions. Minimum engagement radius for hinged closures is 150 mm.
SI-QM-SMFA
Rigid in-line metal actuator used for doors or covers with accurate alignment, such as sliding doors. Minimum engagement radius for hinged closures is 400 mm.
SI-QM-SSA
High-extraction-force adapter for particularly heavy or large doors. Adjustable from 50 to 100 Newtons (force). Used only for switches with in-line actuator SI-QS-SSA.
SI-QS75 SI-QS90
SI-QS-100
More on next page
604
Replacement Actuators Parts for Safety Interlock Switches (contd)

Description Used With Model
Rigid in-line metal (die-cast steel) actuator for doors or covers with a radius of 150 mm or greater.
SI-QS75 (high-force) SI-QS90 (high-force)
Wireless
SI-QS-SSA
Rigid in-line metal (stamped stainless steel) actuator used for doors or covers with accurate alignment, such as sliding doors. Minimum engagement radius for hinged closures is 150 mm.
SI-LS83 SI-LS100
SI-QS-SSA-2
Rigid in-line metal (stamped stainless steel) actuator used for doors or covers with accurate alignment, such as sliding doors. Right-angle mounting flange. Minimum engagement radius for hinged closures is 150 mm.
SI-LS83 SI-LS100
SI-QS-SSA-3
Rigid in-line metal (stamped stainless steel) actuator for doors or covers with a radius of 150 mm or greater.
SI-QS75 SI-QS90
SI-QS-SSA-4
Flexible in-line metal (die-cast steel) actuator for hinged doors with a radius of 50 mm or greater. Flexes in all directions. Minimum engagement radius for hinged closures is 150 mm.
SI-LS83 SI-LS100 SI-QS75 SI-QS90
SI-QS-SSU
Replacement terminal cover Tamper Proof Screw (One way)
SI-LS42 SI-LS42
SI-LS42-COVER
SI-LS42-SCREW OW
605
E-STOP BUTTONS
ROPE PULL SWITCHES
ENABLING DEVICES
MACHINE SAFETY
30 mm Mount E-Stop Buttons
EZ-mount E-Stops
Push-to-stop, twist-to-release or pull-to-release operation per IEC60947-5-5 Latching design complies with ISO 13850; direct (positive) opening operation per IEC 60947-5-1 Compliant with ANSI B11.19, ANSI NFPA79, and IEC/EN 60204-1 Emergency Stop requirements Safe Break Action ensures NC contacts will open if the contact block is damaged or separated from the actuator Rugged design; easy installation with no assembly or individual wiring required
4-, 5-, or 8-pin M12/Euro-style Quick Disconnect Models designed to interface with Safety BUS nodes/gateways Can be interfaced with CSS Series Hookup Cordsets Models with yellow and red indication of actuation (armed or depressed/latched button) and machine status (optional) Model with red LED indication of actuation (depressed/latched button)

1.888.373.6767
606
EMERGENCY STOP & STOP CONTROL DEVICES

E-Stop Push Buttons Rope Pull Switches Enabling Devices
E-STOP BUTTONS ROPE PULLS ENABLING DEVICES
E-Stop Buttons
page 608
Rope Pull Switches page 617 Enabling Devices

Models that comply with cable break/ slack detection with manual reset for Emergency Stop applications. Available spans range from 6 to 100 m. Trip and latch switch models are available. Minimum switch life is 1 million operations. Heavy-duty switch housings withstand harsh environments and outdoor use.
page 627
Mechanical palm buttons push to stop and twist to release Panel mount and IP65 enclosures Panel mount modular design makes assembly and installation easy. Kits simplify selection and ordering EZ-Mount Emergency Stop enclosures for machine mount applications
Handheld devices provide the threeposition functionally required for manual control of a machine. When continuously actuated it permits the machine to run but does not start the cycle. Optional momentary push-button switch models can provide hold-to-run, reset or jogging/inching functions.
607
E-STOP BUTTONS
ROPE PULL SWITCHES
ENABLING DEVICES
Flush Mount E-Stop Buttons

EZ-mount E-Stops
MACHINE SAFETY
ACCESSORIES
Push-to-stop, twist-to-release operation per IEC 60947-5-5 Latching design complies with ISO 13850; direct (positive) opening operation per IEC 60947-5-1 Compliant with ANSI B11.19, ANSI NFPA79, and IEC/EN 60204-1 Emergency Stop requirements Safe Break Action ensures NC contacts will open if the contact block is damaged or separated from the actuator Rugged design; easy installation with no assembly or individual wiring required Models available with lockable emergency stop push buttons 4-, 5-, or 8-pin M12/Euro-style Quick Disconnect Models designed to interface with Safety BUS nodes/gateways Can be interfaced with CSS Series Hookup Cordsets (See page 612)
page 612
111.9 mm 102.1 mm
ONLINE
80.3 mm 80.8 mm
80.3 mm 80.8 mm
Emergency Stop Push Button with Enclosure (Standard button version shown)
Emergency Stop Push Button with Enclosure (Lockable button version shown)
Flush-mount E-Stop Push-Button

Description
2NC E-Stop contacts 1NC/1NO E-Stop contacts 2NC E-Stop contacts, Safety BUS node compatible* 2NC E-Stop contacts, Safety BUS node compatible* 2NC/2NO E-Stop contacts 2NC/1NO E-Stop contacts, IlluminatedPush ON RED
* For pinout information see page 612.
Illuminated
Yes
Standard Models
SSA-EB1P-02ED1Q4 SSA-EB1P-11ED1Q4 SSA-EB1P-02ED1Q5A SSA-EB1P-02ED1Q5B SSA-EB1P-22ED1Q8 SSA-EB1L2P-12ED1Q8
Lockable Models
SSA-EB1MP-02ED1Q4 SSA-EB1MP-11ED1Q4 SSA-EB1MP-02ED1Q5A SSA-EB1MP-02ED1Q5B SSA-EB1MP-22ED1Q8 SSA-EB1PL2-12ED1Q8
608
E-Stop Push-Button Specifications

Housing / Button Mounting Operating Temperature Environmental rating Operating Humidity Insulation Resistance Impulse Withstand Voltage Pollution Degree Output Configuration Overvoltage Category Contact material / bounce* Electrical Life Mechanical Life Operating Force / Stroke / Freq Total Weight of Padlock and Hasp (SSA-EB1M..P-.. only) Polycarbonate / Polyamide #10 or M5 (M5 hardware included), Max. Tightening Torque: 0.56 Nm (5 inlbf) Non-illuminated: 25 to +60C (no freezing) Illuminated: 25 to +55C (no freezing) IP65 (IEC60529) 45% to 85% RH (no condensation) 100M minimum (500V DC megger) 2.5kV 3 See Installation and Maintenance II Gold plated silver / 20ms 100,000 operations minimum, 250,000 operations minimum at 24V AC/DC, 100mA 250,000 operations, 80N minimum / 4mm (minimum for direct opening action) 4.5mm maximum / 900 operations/hr 1500g (3.3 lb) maximum Since various form and sizes are available, ensure applicability of padlock and hasp before use. If total weight exceeds 1500g, the switch may malfunction or fail. Padlock size a 7 mm max b 19 mm min c 39 mm min. Recomended Hasp Manufacturer Shinwa Panduit
d
d 15 mm min
Dimension d is 6 mm or more when attaching a padllock from the side of a switch.

a b c
Type SHH0022 PSL-HD3 PSL-1A 420 241

Master Lock
Shock Resistance Vibration Resistance LED Voltage/Current Electrical Rating Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) Rated Current (Ith) Rated Operating Voltage (Ue) Rated Operating Current
Operating extremes: 150m/s2 (15G), Damage limits: 1000m/s2 (100G) Operating extremes: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2 Damage limits: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2 24V AC/DC 10%, 15mA @ 24V AC/DC SSA-EB1P..-..Q4 and SSA-EB1P..-..Q5.. : 3A @ 250V maximum SSA-EB1P..-..Q8: 2A @ 60VAC/75VDC maximum 250V 3A See Electrical Rating Safety Contact (NC) AC 50/60 Hz DC Monitor Contacts (NO) AC 50/60 Hz DC Resistive Load (AC-12) Inductive Load (AC-15) Resistive Load (DC-12) Inductive Load (DC-13) Resistive Load (AC-12) Inductive Load (AC-14) Resistive Load (DC-12) Inductive Load (DC-13) 30V 2A 1A 2A 1A 125V 3A 0.4A 0.22A 1.2A 0.6A 0.4A 0.22A 250V 3A 1.5A 0.2A 0.1A 0.6A 0.3A 0.2A 0.1A
Minimum applicable load: 5V AC/DC, 1mA (reference value). The rated operating currents are measured at resistive/inductive load types specified in IEC 60947-5-1. See Electrical Rating above for maximum voltage/current rating per model. Design Standards Certifications E-stop button: (pending) (pending) Compliant with EN/IEC 60497-1 / -5-1, ISO 13850, ANSI B11.19 , ANSI NFPA79, IEC 60204-1
609
E-STOP BUTTONS
ROPE PULL SWITCHES
ENABLING DEVICES
30 mm Mount E-Stop Buttons

EZ-mount E-Stops
MACHINE SAFETY
ACCESSORIES
Push-to-stop, twist-to-release or pull-to-release operation per IEC 60947-5-5 Latching design complies with ISO 13850; direct (positive) opening operation per IEC 60947-5-1 Compliant with ANSI B11.19, ANSI NFPA79, and IEC/EN 60204-1 Emergency Stop requirements Safe Break Action ensures NC contacts will open if the contact block is damaged or separated from the actuator Rugged design; easy installation with no assembly or individual wiring required 4-, 5-, or 8-pin M12/Euro-style Quick Disconnect Models designed to interface with Safety BUS nodes/gateways Can be interfaced with CSS Series Hookup Cordsets (See page page 612) Models with yellow and red indication of actuation (armed or depressed/ latched button) and machine status (optional) Model with red LED indication of actuation (depressed/latched button)
page 612
119.8 mm 80 mm
ONLINE
Illuminated models Non-Illuminated models
E-Stop Push-Button Components

Description
2NC/1NO E-Stop contacts 2NC/1NO E-Stop contacts 2NC E-Stop contacts 1NC/1NO E-Stop contacts 2NC E-Stop contacts, Safety BUS node compatible* 2NC E-Stop contacts, Safety BUS node compatible* 2NC/2NO E-Stop contacts
* For pinout information see page 612.
Illuminated
YELLOW/RED (Flashing/Solid) RED (Flashing/Solid)
Models
SSA-EB1PLYR-12ECQ8 SSA-EB1PLXR-12ECQ8 SSA-EB1P-02ECQ4 SSA-EB1P-11ECQ4 SSA-EB1P-02ECQ5A SSA-EB1P-02ECQ5B SSA-EB1P-22ECQ8
610

Housing / Button Mounting Polycarbonate / Polyamide Threaded base has M30 x 1.5 external threads.(M30 hardware included) Max. Tightening Torque: 0.56 Nm (5 inlbf) IP65 (IEC60529) 45% to 85% RH (no condensation) Insulation Resistance 100M minimum (500V DC megger) 2.5kV 3 II Gold plated silver / 20ms 100,000 operations minimum, 250,000 operations minimum at 24V AC/DC, 100mA 250,000 operations 80N minimum / 4mm (minimum for direct opening action) 4.5mm maximum / 900 operations/hr Operating extremes: 150m/s2 (15G), Damage limits: 1000m/s2 (100G) Operating extremes: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2 Damage limits: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2 SSA-EB1P-..ECQ4 and SSA-EB1P-..ECQ5.. : 3A @ 250V maximum SSA-EB1P-22ECQ8 : 2A @ 60VAC/75VDC maximum 250V 3A See Electrical Rating Safety Contact (NC) AC 50/60 Hz DC AC 50/60 Hz DC 12-30V DC (from supply pin 2) Resistive Load (AC-12) Resistive Load (AC-15) Resistive Load (DC-12) Resistive Load (DC-13) Resistive Load (AC-12) Resistive Load (AC-14) Resistive Load (DC-12) Resistive Load (DC-13) Resistive Load (DC-12) Resistive Load (DC-13) 30V 2A 1A 2A 1A 0.25A 0.25A 60VAC/75VDC (SSA-EB1PL.. ) 2A 2A 0.4A 0.22A
Environmental rating Operating Humidity Insulation Resistance Impulse Withstand Voltage Pollution Degree Overvoltage Category Contact material / bounce* Electrical Life Mechanical Life Operating Force / Stroke / Freq Shock Resistance Vibration Resistance Electrical Rating Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) Rated Current (Ith) Rated Operating Current
E-STOP BUTTONS
125V 3A 0.4A 0.22A 1.2A 0.6A 0.4A 022A
250V 3A 1.5A 0.2A 0.1A 0.6A 0.3A 0.2A 0.1A
ROPE PULLS ENABLING DEVICES
Monitor Contacts (NO) Auxiliary Output (NO)
Minimum applicable load: 5V AC/DC, 1mA (reference value). The rated operating currents are measured at resistive/inductive load types specified in IEC 60947-5-1. See Electrical Rating above for maximum voltage/current rating per model. The Auxiliary Output is only available on SSA-EB1PL..-12ECQ8 Design Standards Certifications E-stop button: (pending) (pending) Compliant with EN/IEC 60497-1 / -5-1, ISO 13850, ANSI B11.19 , ANSI NFPA79, IEC 60204-1
611
E-STOP BUTTONS
ROPE PULL SWITCHES
ENABLING DEVICES
MACHINE SAFETY
CSS Series Hookup Cordset Solution This interconnection solution allows for quick hookup of a series string of emergency stop buttons. Situation Button Armed Pin 3 open Button Pushed Pin 3 open Button Pushed Pin 3 = +24Vdc Button Armed Pin 3 = +24Vdc Indication* YELLOW (STEADY) RED (FLASH) RED (FLASH) RED (STEADY) Description Button is armed and machine is enabled to run or is running The button that is pushed (actuated) and the machine is in an Emergency Stop condition The button that is pushed (actuated). +24Vdc on Pin 3 has no effect on pushed button The machine is in an Emergency Stop or STOP condition, but the individual button has not been pushed
* Note: The Pin 3 gives the user the option to have the armed button(s) stay YELLOW (STEADY) or turn RED (STEADY) when a STOP condition exists. A pushed button (actuated) always flashes RED.
Cordsets
Euro QD
See page 696 Threaded 4-Pin Straight Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m MQDC-406 MQDC-415 MQDC-430 Additional cordset information available. See page 693.
Euro QDDouble-Ended
See page 705
Euro QD (Open-Shield)
See page 703 Threaded 8-Pin Straight
Length
0.31 m 0.91 m 2.44 m 4.57 m 7.62 m 15.2 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
5-Pin
8-Pin
Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m 15.2 m
Brackets
30 mm Mount
SSA-MBK-EEC1
SSA-MBK-EEC2
SSA-MBK-EEC3
612
E-Stop Button
Emergency Stop Push Buttons

Electromechanical palm buttons push to stop and twist to release. Modular design makes assembly and installation easy. Kits simplify selection and ordering. Latching design complies with ANSI NFPA 79, IEC 60204-1 and ISO 13850 (EN 418); direct positive opening operation per EN/IEC 60947-5-1 Options include station enclosures, contact elements and disc labels.
E-STOP BUTTONS
113 mm
ROPE PULLS ENABLING DEVICES
Metal (top) and Plastic (bottom) buttons

85 mm 72 mm
ONLINE
Emergency Stop Push Button with Enclosure (Plastic button version shown)
E-Stop Push-Button Components

Product Description
22.5 mm plastic button (mounting adapter included)
Models
8-LP2T-B6644*
22.5 mm metal button (8-LM2T-AU120 mounting adapter sold separately)
8-LM2T-B6644*
More on next page
* Twist to release, mechanical latching ISO 13850 (EN 418) compliant. Diameter 40 mm (without mounting adapter).
613
E-STOP BUTTONS
ROPE PULL SWITCHES
ENABLING DEVICES
E-Stop Push-Button Components (contd)

Product Description
Metal mounting adapter (for metal button)
Models
8-LM2T-AU120
MACHINE SAFETY
Normally closed (NC) positively driven contact element
8-LM2T-C01**
Normally open (NO) auxiliary contact element
8-LM2T-C10
One-button enclosurecontrol stations have wire entry through the top or bottom; IP65 rating
8-L2PP-1A5
60 mm diameter, non-adhesive plastic legend with Emergency Stop inscription
8-LM2T-AU115
** Direct (positive) opening operation per IEC/EN 60947-5-1. Additional E-Stop background labels are available (see p/n 121976).
E-Stop Push-Button Kits

E-Stop Button Contacts
2 NC
Legend
Enclosure
Models
SSA-EBM-02L
Metal
1 NC & 1 NO
Yes
No
SSA-EBM-11L
2 NC & 1 NO
SSA-EBM-12L
More on next page
NC= Normally closed contact,
NO= Normally open contact
614
E-Stop Push-Button Kits

E-Stop Button
(contd)
Contacts Legend Enclosure Models
2 NC
SSA-EBP- 02L
Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens
Plastic
1 NC & 1 NO
Yes
No
SSA-EBP-11L
2 NC & 1 NO
SSA-EBP-12L
2 NC
SSA-EBM-02E
Metal
1 NC & 1 NO
Yes
Yes
SSA-EBM-11E
2 NC & 1 NO
SSA-EBM-12E
2 NC
SSA-EBP-02E
Plastic
1 NC & 1 NO
Yes
Yes
SSA-EBP-11E
2 NC & 1 NO
SSA-EBP-12E
615
E-STOP BUTTONS
ROPE PULL SWITCHES
ENABLING DEVICES

Mechanical Life 300,000 operations 0.8 kg Plastic button: The adapter is fixed to the mounting surface by means of incorporated screws (Tmax = 0.6 Nm) Metal button: The adapter is fixed to the mounting surface by means of incorporated screws (Tmax = 0.8 Nm) Plastic parts: Polyamide and polycarbonate Metal parts: Aluminum and zinc alloy IP65; NEMA 4, 13 -25 to +60 C
MACHINE SAFETY
Operating Force Mounting Adapter Construction Environmental Rating Operating Temperature Certifications
Compliant with EN/IEC 60947-1; -5-1
Contact Specifications
European Rating Utilization categories: AC15 and DC13 Ui = 690V ac Ith = 10A UL designation = A 600 Q600 1,000,000 operations (1 or 2) 12 AWG (2.5 mm2) maximum wire size Polyamide and polycarbonate IP20 -25 to +60 C
Mechanical Life Connections Construction Environmental Rating Operating Temperature Certifications
Compliant with EN/IEC 60947-1; -5-1
616
Rope Pull Switches

Models that comply with cable break/slack detection with manual reset for Emergency Stop applications Available spans range from 6 to 100 m Trip and latch switch models are available Minimum switch life is 1-million operations Heavy-duty switch housings withstand harsh environments and outdoor use Switch activates if the rope is pulled, becomes loose or breaks Design meets positive opening requirements for rope pull switches (IEC 60947-5-1) RP-RM83 and RP-LS42 comply with ANSI NFPA 79, ANSI B11.19, IEC 60204-1, EN 13850 and EN ISO 60947-5-5 for Emergency Stop applications RP-QM72/QMT72, RP-LM40 and RP-QM90 comply with ANSI NFPA 79 and IEC 60204-1 for Stop Control applications
RP-RM83
page 618
RP-LS42
page 619
RP-QM72/QMT72
page 620
Cable break/slack detection with manual reset Manual reset (Latch) design Heavy-duty housing to withstand harsh environments and outdoor use; IP67 rated Rope span up to 75 meters E-stop button with manual reset Tension indicators Additional solid-state auxiliary output for remote tension monitoring Extra contacts for switch monitoring 90 mm wide at base Rugged metal housing with protective earth terminal (IEC 60947-1)
Cable break/slack detection with manual reset Manual reset (Latch) design Rope span up to 75 meters Model with E-stop button for manual reset Quick rope fixing and tensioning Tension indicator Extra contacts for switch monitoring 42 mm wide at base Insulated device (IEC 60947-5-1)
Manual reset (Latch) design Rope span up to 6, 12 or 20 meters Tension Indicator Models with additional contacts for monitoring or dual channel hookup 82 mm wide at base Rugged metal housing with protective earth terminal (IEC 60947-1) Cable break/slack detection (note: does not comply with manual reset requirement per EN IEC 60947-5-5 for Emergency Stop applications.)
RP-LM40
Manual reset (Latch) and Auto Reset (Trip) models Rope span up to 6 meters Tension Indicator Limit-switch style housing (EN 50041) 40 mm wide at base Rugged metal housing with protective earth terminal (IEC 60947-1) Cable break/slack detection (note: does not comply with manual reset requirement per EN IEC 60947-5-5 for Emergency Stop applications.)
page 621
RP-QM90
Manual reset (Latch) design Rope span up to 100 meters, with switch in center Manual reset Extra contacts for switch monitoring 90 mm wide at base Rugged metal housing with protective earth terminal (IEC 60947-1) Cable break/slack detection (note: does not comply with manual reset requirement per EN IEC 60947-5-5 for Emergency Stop applications.)
page 621
617
E-STOP BUTTONS
ROPE PULL SWITCHES
ENABLING DEVICES
RP-RM83 Series
MACHINE SAFETY
237.0 mm 185.0 mm
ONLINE
85.5 mm
85.5 mm
53.0 mm
ACCESSORIES
90.0 mm
53.0 mm
90.0 mm
page 622
RP-RM83F-75LT.. and RP-RM83F-38LT.. Models
RP-RM83F-75LR.. and RP-RM83F-38LR.. Models
Components for wire rope assembly kits (page 623)
RP-RM83 Series E-Stop and Stop Control Device

Safety Auxiliary Actuation Contacts* Contacts
rope is pulled
Action/ Contact State*

Safety open open open open Auxiliary closed closed closed closed
Aux. Status Output

Yes
Model Max. Rope Length 75 m

RP-RM83F-75LTE RP-RM83F-75LRE RP-RM83F-75LT RP-RM83F-75LR
Max. Rope Length 38 m

RP-RM83F-38LTE RP-RM83F-38LRE RP-RM83F-38LT RP-RM83F-38LR

SD01 & SD02 (p. 624)
Latch (Rope Pulled)

normal rope tension
normal rope tension
normal rope tension
2 NC in in
2 NO
Yes
rope breaks
SD03 & SD04 (p. 624)
rope is pulled
rope breaks
Run Position
Cable Pulled
Cable Break
* RP-RM83 rope pulls comply with IEC 60947-5-1 Positive Opening requirements. See data sheet or Contact Configuration and Switching Diagrams for more information/clarification.
618
RP-LS42 Series
ONLINE
Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules
294.0 mm
294.0 mm
244.0 mm 124.0 mm 124.0 mm
124.0 mm
ACCESSORIES
page 622
45.0 mm 42.0 mm
45.0 mm 42.0 mm
45.0 mm 42.0 mm
E-STOP BUTTONS ROPE PULLS RP-RM83 RP-LS42 RP-QM72/QMT72 RP-LM40 RP-QM90 ENABLING DEVICES
RP-LS42F-..L Model
RP-LS42F-..LF Model
RP-LS42F-..LE Model (with E-Stop Button)
RP-LS42 Series E-Stop and Stop Control Device

Actuation Max. Rope Length Safety Contacts*
normal rope tension
Auxiliary Contact
rope is pulled normal rope tension

Safety open open open open Safety open open open open Safety open open open open Auxiliary closed closed closed closed Auxiliary closed closed closed closed Auxiliary closed closed closed closed
Model
RP-LS42F-25L RP-LS42F-25LE RP-LS42F-25LF RP-LS42F-38L RP-LS42F-38LE RP-LS42F-38LF RP-LS42F-75L RP-LS42F-75LE RP-LS42F-75LF
25 m
2 NC in in
2 NO
rope breaks
SD07 (p. 625)
rope is pulled normal rope tension normal rope tension
Latch (Rope Pulled)
37.5 m
2 NC in in
2 NO
rope breaks
SD06 (p. 624)
75 m
normal rope tension rope is pulled
2 NC in
rope breaks
2 NO in
rope breaks
SD05 (p. 624)
Run Position
Cable Pulled
Cable Break
* RP-LS42 rope pulls comply with IEC 60947-5-1 Positive Opening requirements. See data sheet or Contact Configuration and Switching Diagrams for more information/clarification.
619
E-STOP BUTTONS
ROPE PULL SWITCHES
ENABLING DEVICES
RP-QM72/QMT72 Series
181.5 mm
MACHINE SAFETY
ONLINE
69.0 mm 82.0 mm
RP-QMT72 Models
142.0 mm
RP-QM72 Models
ACCESSORIES
page 622
RP-QM72/QMT72 Series Stop Control Device

Actuation Max. Rope Length
6m
Safety Contacts*
Auxiliary Contact

Safety open closed closed open
Model
RP-QM72D-6L

SD08 (p. 625) SD09 (p. 625) SD10 (p. 625)
12 m
2 NC in
rope breaks
RP-QM72D-12L
20 m Latch (Rope Pulled) 12 m Safety open open closed closed open
RP-QMT72D-20L
4 NC in
rope breaks
RP-QMT72F-12L
SD11 (p. 625)
closed closed open

Safety open closed
Auxiliary closed open RP-QMT72E-12L SD12 (p. 625)
12 m
normal rope tension rope is pulled
2 NC in
rope breaks
1 NO in
rope breaks
closed open
Cable Break NC = Normally Closed Contact
Run Position
Cable Pulled
* RP-QM72/QMT72 rope pulls comply with IEC 60947-5-1 Positive Opening requirements. See data sheet or Contact Configuration and Switching Diagrams for more information/clarification.
620
RP-LM40 Series
147.5 mm 60.0 mm
124.5 mm
ONLINE
60.0 mm
Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules
37.5 mm
40.0 mm
37.5 mm
40.0 mm
RP-LM40D-6L Model
RP-LM40D-6 Model
RP-LM40 Series Stop Control Device

Actuation
Trip 6m
normal rope tension
Max. Rope Length
Safety Contact*
normal rope tension
Auxiliary Contact
rope is pulled
Action/ Contact State* rope is pulled

rope breaks
Model
RP-LM40D-6 RP-LM40D-6L
NC = Normally Closed Contact

SD13 (p. 626) SD14 (p. 626)
ACCESSORIES
page 622
2 NC in
open closed rope breaks
closed open
Cable Break
Latch
Run Position
E-STOP BUTTONS ROPE PULLS RP-RM83 RP-LS42 RP-QM72/QMT72 RP-LM40 RP-QM90
Cable Pulled
* RP-LM40 rope pulls comply with IEC 60947-5-1 positive Opening requirements. See data sheet or Contact Configuration and Switching Diagrams for more information/clarification.
RP-QM90 Series
ENABLING DEVICES
137.0 mm
ONLINE
60.0 mm 90.0 mm 206.0 mm
RP-QM90 Series Stop Control Device

Actuation
Latch (Rope Pulled)
normal rope tension
Max. Rope Length

100 m (50 m each side)
rope is pulled
Safety Contacts*
2 NC normal rope tension in
rope breaks
Auxiliary Contacts
rope is pulled

Safety open open open open Auxiliary closed closed closed closed
rope breaks
Model
RP-QM90F-100L

SD15 (p. 626)
2 NO normal rope tension in
Run Position
Cable Pulled
Cable Break
* RP-QM90 rope pulls comply with IEC 60947-5-1 Positive Opening requirements. See data sheet or Contact Configuration and Switching Diagrams for more information/clarification.
621
E-STOP BUTTONS
ROPE PULL SWITCHES
ENABLING DEVICES
Rope Pull Switches Specifications

Contact Rating
MACHINE SAFETY
10A @ 24V ac, 10A @ 110V ac, 6A @ 230V ac, 6A @ 24V dc 2.5 kV max. transient tolerance NEMA A300 P300 Rated operational voltage: Ue= 10 to 30V dc Rated operational current: Ie= 50 mA Utilization category: DC13 Protected against reverse polarity and short circuit. Utilization categories: AC15 and DC13 Ui= 500V ac, Ith= 10A Rated Surge Capacity: 2.5 kV (RP-RM83 only)
RP-RM83 models (40-60 Hz) Ue Ie/AC-15 Ie/DC-13 V A A 120 6 0.55 240 3 0.27 Ue V 24 110 230 All others (40-60 Hz) Ie/AC-15 Ie/DC-13 A A 10 6 10 1 6 0.4
Monitoring Solid-State Output Rating
European Rating
Contact Material Maximum Switching Speed Recommended Rope Size
Silver-nickel alloy RP-RM83 models: 20 operations per minute All others: 50 operations per minute
40 mm models: 2 mm diameter steel rope 42 & 72 mm models: 3 mm diameter steel rope 83 mm models: 2-5 mm diameter steel rope (3 mm recommended) 90 mm models: 4 mm diameter steel rope RP-LM40D-6/6L and RP-QM72D-6L: 6 m RP-LS42F-75L/75LE/75LF: 75 m RP-LS42F-38L/38LE/38LF: 37.5 m RP-LS42F-25L/25LE/25LF: 25 m RP-QM72D-12L: 12 m RP-QMT72D-20L: 20 m RP-QMT72E-12L and RP-QMT72F-12L: 12 m RP-RM83F-75LTE/LT/LRE/LR: 75 m RP-RM83F-38LTE/LT/LR/LRE: 38 m RP-QM90F-100L: 100 mm; equal lengths up to 50 m on either side of switch 10 amp Slow Blow, 15 amp Fast Blow. Recommended external fusing or overload protection. RP-RM83: 100,000 operations All others: 1 million operations Screw terminals with pressure plates accept the following wire sizes Stranded and solid: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) for one wire Stranded: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) for two wires M20 x 1.5 threaded entrance Adapter supplied to convert M20 x 1.5 to " - 14 NPT threaded entrance RP-LS42F-..L/..LE/..LF: High-impact thermoplastic housing; zinc die-cast actuator All others: Aluminum alloy die cast RP-LS42F and RP-RM83F models: NEMA 4; IEC IP67 All other models: NEMA 4; IP65 RP-LS42F-..L/..LE/..LF: -25 to +70 C All other models: -30 to +80 C
Maximum Rope Pull Length
Short Circuit Protection Mechanical Life Wire Connections
Cable Entry Construction Environmental Rating Operating Temperature Weight
RP-LM40D-6: 0.22 Kg RP-LM40D-6L: 0.26 Kg RP-LS42F-..L: 0.48 Kg RP-LS42F-..LE and RP-LS42F-..LF: 0.65 Kg RP-QM72D-6L: 0.49 Kg RP-QM72D-12L: 0.52 Kg RP-QMT72D-20L, RP-QMT72E-12L and RP-QMT72F-12L: 0.64 Kg RP-QM90F-100L: 3.8 Kg RP-RM83F-75LT and RP-RM83F-75LTE: 1 Kg RP-RM83F-75LR and RP-RM83F-75LRE: 0.77 Kg RP-RM83F-38LT and RP83FLT8: 1 Kg RP-RM83F-38LR and RP-RM83F-38LRE: 0.77 Kg (RP-RM83 and RP-LS42 only)
Certifications Contact Configurations and Switching Diagrams

RP-LM40 models: SD13 & SD14 (p. 626) RP-LS42 models: SD05, SD06 & SD07 (pp. 624-625) RP-QM72/QMT72 models: SD07, SD08, SD09, SD10 & SD11 (p. 625) RP-RM83 models: SD01, SD02, SD03 & SD04 (p. 624) RP-QM90 models: SD15 (p. 626)
Wire Rope Assembly Kits (Tensioning Springs ordered separately)

Description
3 mm steel rope, eye bolts, clamps and thimbles 3 mm steel rope, eye bolts, pulleys, clamps and thimbles 3 mm steel rope, eye bolts, clamps, thimbles and turnbuckle 3 mm steel rope, eye bolts, pulleys, clamps, thimbles and turnbuckle
Rope Length 10 m
RPAK-CH2-10 RPAK-CHP2-10 RPAK-CH2-10-TA RPAK-CHP2-10-TA
Rope Length 20 m
Rope Length 40 m
Rope Length 50 m
Rope Length 80 m
Used With
RP-LS42 models RP-QM72/QMT72 Models RP-RM83 models
622
Components for Wire Rope Assembly

Models
RPA-C1-10 RPA-C1-20 RPA-C1-100 RPA-C2-10 RPA-C2-20 RPA-C2-40 RPA-C2-50 RPA-C2-80 RPA-C3-20 RPA-C3-100 RPA-T1-4
Package Quantity
10 m 20 m 100 m 10 m 20 m 40 m 50 m 80 m 20 m 100 m 4 pcs 4 pcs 4 pcs 4 pcs 4 pcs 4 pcs 1 pc 1 pc 1 pc 1 pc
Description
2 mm steel wire rope with 0.5 mm red PVC jacket (unterminated)
Used With
RP-LM40 models
Wire Ropes
3 mm steel wire rope with 0.5 mm red PVC jacket (unterminated)
RP-LS42 models RP-QM72/QMT72 models RP-RM83 models
4 mm steel wire rope with 0.5 mm red PVC jacket (unterminated) Thimble for 2 mm wire rope Thimble for 3 mm wire rope Thimble for 4 mm wire rope Clamp for 2 mm wire rope Clamp for 3 mm wire rope Clamp for 4 mm wire rope #4 Turnbuckle #5 Turnbuckle 1/4" - 20 Eye bolt (3 bolt shaft) 5/16" - 18 Eye bolt (3 bolt shaft) RPA-P1-1 Pulley for in-line use Tensioning Spring #1 Tensioning Spring #2 Tensioning Spring #3 Tensioning Spring #5 Tensioning spring assembly with built-in eye bolt, cable thimble, clamp, tensioning and overload protection RPA-DP1-1 Pulley for corner turns (90-180)
RP-QM90 models RP-LM40 models RP-LS42 models RP-QM72/QMT72 models RP-RM83 models RP-QM90 models RP-LM40 models RP-LS42 models RP-QM72/QMT72 models RP-RM83 models RP-QM90 models RP-LM40 models RP-LS42 models RP-QM72/QMT72 models RP-RM83 models RP-QM90 models RP-LM40 models RP-LS42 models RP-QM72/QMT72 models RP-RM83 models RP-QM90 models RP-LM40 models RP-LS42 models RP-QM72/QMT72 models RP-RM83 models RP-QM90 models RP-QM90 models RP-QM90 models RP-LS42 models (75 m) RP-RM83 models (75 m) RP-RM83 models (25 & 38 m) RP-LS42 models (75 m) RP-RM83 models (75 m) RP-RM83 models (25 & 38 m) RP-LS42 models (25 & 38 m) RP-LS42 models
Thimbles
RPA-T2-4 RPA-T3-4 RPA-CC1-4
Clamps
RPA-CC2-4 RPA-CC3-4
Turnbuckles
RPA-TA1-1
RPA-TA2-1
Eye Bolts
RPA-EB1-1
RPA-EB2-1
Pulleys
1 pc
RPA-P1-1 RPA-DP1-1 RPA-S1-1
1 pc 1 pc 1 pc 1 pc 1 pc 1 pc
Tensioning Springs
RPA-S2-1 RPA-S3-1 RPA-S5-1 RPA-S4-1 RPA-S6-1
Terminal Cover
SI-LS42-COVER SI-PL3T-R SI-PL3A-R SI-PL3T-G SI-PL3A-G
Replacement terminal cover 1 pc 1 pc 1 pc 1 pc Red with M20 x 1.5 (24V ac/dc) Red with M20 x 1.5 (120V ac) Green with M20 x 1.5 (24V ac/dc) Green with M20 x 1.5 (120V ac)
RP-LS42 RP-QM72/QMT72 RP-RM83 RP-QM90
Indicator Lamps
623
E-STOP BUTTONS
ROPE PULL SWITCHES
ENABLING DEVICES
SD01 - RP-RM83F-75LTE/LRE Series
SD02 - RP-RM83F-38LTE/LRE Series

Contact Configuration Run Position Switching Diagram
MACHINE SAFETY
Run Position
S1 S2 S1 23-24 11-12 Break (156N) Latch S2 23-24 11-12 Aux. 2-3 -6 -4.8 -4 -3 S1
S2 S1 23-24 11-12 Break (91N) Latch S2 23-24 11-12 Aux. 2-3 Aux. -6 -4.8 -4 -3
11 23
12 24
11 23
12 24
Tension Set Point 228N Latch S2 Pull (300N)
11 23
12 24
11 23
12 24
Tension Set Point 133N Latch S2 Pull (175N)
Cable Pull or Break

S1
Safety Monitor
Safety Monitor
Safety Monitor
Safety Monitor
Aux.
+3 +4 +4.8 +6 mm
Cable Pull or Break

S1
+3 +4 +4.8 +6 mm
11 23
12 24
11 23
12 24
Open Closed Page 606
11 23
12 24
11 23
12 24
SD03 - RP-RM83-75LT/LR Series

Contact Configuration Run Position
S1 S2 S1 S1 S2 S2 Aux. Aux. 23-24 11-12 23-24 11-12 23-24 11-12 23-24 2-3 11-12 2-3 Break (156N) Break (156N) -6 -4.8 -4 -3 -6 -4.8 -4 -3
SD04 - RP-RM83-38LT/LR Series

Switching Diagram Contact Configuration Run Position
S1 S2 S1 11-12 BreakBreak (91N) (91N) S1S2 S2 Aux. Aux. -6 -4.8 -4 -3 2-3 -6 -4.8 -4 -3 23-24 11-12 11-12 23-24 23-24 11-12 2-3 23-24
Switching Diagram
11 23
12 24
11 23
12 24
Latch Latch Tension Tension Set Point Set Point 228N228N Latch Latch
11 23
12 24
11 23
12 24
LatchLatch Tension Tension Set Point Point Set 133N 133N LatchLatch
Cable Pull or Break

S1 S2
Monitor Aux.
Safety Monitor Safety Safety Monitor Monitor Safety
Aux.
mm mm
Safety Monitor Safety Safety Monitor Monitor Safety Aux. Monitor
11 23
12 24
11 23
12 24
11 23
12 24
11 23
12 24
SD05 - RP-LS42F-75L Series

13-14 21-22 33-34 41-42

Switching Diagram Contact Configuration Run Position
13-14 21-22 33-34 41-42
Switching Diagram
Break (180N)
13 21 33 41 14 22 34 42
-5 -3.8 -3
13 21 33 41 14 22 34 42
Aux.
Pull (300N) Pull (300N)
+3 +3 +4 +4 +4.8 +4.8 +6 +6
Cable Pull or Break

S1 S2
Pull (175N) Pull (175N)
+3 +4 +4.8 +6
+3 +4 +4.8 +6
mm mm
Break (105N) Latch Tension Set Point 140N Latch Pull (175N)
13 21 33 14 22 34 42
-5 -3.8 -3
Latch Tension Set Point 240N Latch Pull (300N)
Cable Pulled or Cable Break
+3 +3.8 +5 mm
+3 +3.8 +5 mm
13 21 33 41
14 22 34 42
Page 607
41
Page 607
More on next page
624
13-14 21-22 33-34 41-42
SD08 - RP-QM72D-6L Series

Switching Diagram Cable Position Run Position
13-14 25-26
Switching Diagram
Break (60N)
13 21 33 41 14 22 34 42
-5 -3.8 -3
13 25
14 26
90N
Latch Tension Set Point 80N Latch Pull (100N)
Cable Pulled
+3 +3.8 +5 mm
13 25
14 26
120N Break Pull 25-26
6 mm
Cable Break
13 21 33 41
14 22 34 42
13
14 26
Page 607
25
Open Closed
Page 608
SD09 - RP-QM72D-12L Series

Cable Position Run Position
13-14 25-26
SD10 - RP-QMT72D-20L Series

13-14
Switching Diagram
13 25
14 26
150N
13 25
14 26
50N
1.5
Cable Pulled
5
13 25 14 26
Cable Pulled
11
13 14 26
240N Break Pull
7.5 mm
25
180N Break Pull 25-26 33-34 Pull Break
13 mm
Cable Break
Cable Break
13 25
14 26
Open Closed
13
14 26
Page 608
25
Open Closed
Page 608
SD11 - RP-QMT72F-12L Series

13-14 25-26 33-34 45-46
SD12 - RP-QMT72E-12L Series

13-14
Switching Diagram
13 25 33 45
14 26 34 46
80N
13 25 33
14 26 34
80N
Cable Pulled
Cable Pulled
6
13 25 33 45 14 26 34 46
6
13 14 26 34
Break
200N Break Pull Break Pull
8 mm
25 33
200N
8 mm
Cable Break
Cable Break
13 25 33 45
14 26 34 46
13
14 26 34
Open Closed
Page 608
25 33
Open Closed
Page 608
More on next page
625
E-STOP BUTTONS
ROPE PULL SWITCHES
ENABLING DEVICES
SD13 - RP-LM40D-6 Series
Cable Position Switching Diagram
SD14 - RP-LM40D-6L Series

13-14 25-26 13-14 25-26 Pull
Switching Diagram
MACHINE SAFETY
Run Position
13 25
14 26
50N
0 1.6
13 25
14 26
50N
0 1.2
Cable Pulled
Cable Pulled
13 25
14 26
3.6 4.4 70N Break Pull 5.0 mm
13 25
14 26
3.2 Latch 70N Break
Cable Break
Cable Break
4.8 mm
13 25
14 26
13
14 26
Page 609
25
Page 609
SD15 - RP-QM90F-100L Series

11 - 12 23 - 24 11 - 12 23 - 24
Switching Diagram
24
12
12
24
40 30
70N Lock
Lever Left Right
23
11
11
23
Cable Pulled or Break
30 40
24 12 12 24
Lock 70N
23
11
11
23
Open Closed
Page 609
626
ED1G
Enabling Devices
Handheld grip-style switch typically used for manual control of machine functions, including visual observations, minor adjustments, troubleshooting, calibration, etc Enabling Switch provides the three-position functionality (OFF-ON-OFF) required for manual control of a machine, including enabling and hold-to-run applications. Safety function is provided when the user squeezes or releases the handlegrip enabling switch Ergonomic design has a detented enable position (position 2) Terminal 1-2 and 3-4 contacts will not re-close when released from fully squeezed (position 3) Suited for use as an enabling device for robotic cells Optional momentary push-button switch (depending on model) can provide hold-to-run, reset or jogging/inching functions All models are Insulated device (IEC 60947-5-1) Design meets or exceeds: ANSI RIA R15.06 and ISO 10218 Robot safety standard, ANSI B11.19 Performance Criteria for Safeguards, and ANSI NFPA 79 (2007) and IEC 60204-1 (2000) Electrical Requirements for Industrial Machines
ACCESSORIES
page 628
46.0 mm
58.0 mm
46.0 mm
58.0 mm
260.0 mm
269.0 mm
ONLINE
ED1G-L21SM-1N Model
ED1G-L21SMB-1N Model
ED1G Series Enabling Devices, Stop Control Devices

Contact Configuration
2 NO & 1 NC Aux 1 NO & 1 NC Aux & 1 NO Momentary Push Button 2 NO & 2 NO Momentary Push Button
Additional Push-Button Switch
IP66
Model
ED1G-L21SM-1N

SD01 (p. 624)
Momentary Push Button
IP65
ED1G-L21SMB-1N
SD02 (p. 624)
Momentary Push Button
IP65
ED1G-L20MB-1N
SD03 (p. 624)
627
E-STOP BUTTONS
ROPE PULL SWITCHES
ENABLING DEVICES
ED1G Enabling Device Specifications

Supply Voltage and Current Impulse Withstand Voltage 250V ac/dc Three Position Switch: 2.5 kV Momentary pushbutton: 1.5 kV Rated Insulation Voltage (UI): 3-position switch 250V; momentary push button 125V Rated Thermal Current (Ith): 2.5 A* *40C operating temperature < 50 C: 2 A (4 contacts under load) *50C operating temperature 60 C: 1.5 A (3 contacts under load Rated Current (Ie) 3-Position Switch Terminals 1-2 and 3-4 (all models) Rated Voltage Ue AC DC Resistive load (AC-12) Inductive load (AC-15) Resistive load (DC-12) Inductive load (DC-13) 30V 1A 0.7 A 125V 1A 0.7 A 0.2 A 0.1 A 250V 0.5 A 0.5 A
MACHINE SAFETY
Output Contact Ratings
Rated Current (Ie) Monitor Switch Terminals 5-6 (models..-L21SM.. and..-L21SMB..) Rated Voltage Ue AC DC Resistive load (AC-12) Inductive load (AC-15) Resistive load (DC-12) Inductive load (DC-13) 30V 2A 1A 125V 2A 1A 0.4 A 0.22 A 250V 1A 0.5 A 0.2 A 0.1 A AC DC
Rated Current (Ie) Momentary Push Button Switch Terminals 7-8 (model ..-ED1G-L21SMB-1N..); 5-6 and 7-8 (model ED1G-L20MB-1N) Rated Voltage Ue Resistive load (AC-12) Inductive load (DC-15) Resistive load (AC-12) Inductive load (DC-13) 30V 1A 0.7 A 125V 0.5 A 0.3 A 0.2 A 0.1 A 250V
Contact Resistance Insulation Resistance Recommended Wire/Cable Size Short Circuit Protection Vibration Resistance Shock Resistance Mechanical Life Electrical Life Pollution Degree Terminal Pulling Strength Terminal Screw Torque Operating Conditions (indoor use only) Construction Design Standards Certifications Contact Configurations and Switching Diagrams
100 mohm max. Live to dead metal parts: 100 Mohm min. Wire: 0.14 to 1.5 mm (25 AWG to 16 AWG) 250V / 10A fast blow fuse (IEC 60127-1) Positive to negative live parts: 100 Mohm min. Cable: 7 to 13 mm M20 conduit Conditional short circuit current: 50 A (250V)
Operating extremes: 5 to 55 Hz, half amplitude 0.5 mm minimum Damage limits: 16.7 Hz, half amplitude 1.5 mm minimum Operating extremes:150 m/s (15 G) Damage limits: 1,000 m/s (100 G) Positions 1 & 2 only: 1,000,000 operations minimum Positions 1, 2 & 3: 100,000 operations minimum Operating frequency: 1,200 operations per hour maximum 100,000 minimum at rated load 3 20 N minimum 0.5 to 0.6 N Temperature: 10 to +60 C (no freezing) Storage Temperature: 40 to +80 C (no freezing) Humidity: 45 to 85% RH max. (no condensation)
Polyamide housing and cable gland, NBR/PVC polyblend rubber grip switch boot; model ED1G-L21SM-1N meets IP66; other models meet IP65 IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1, JIS C8201-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, GS-ET-22 Approvals are pending. SD01, SD02 and SD03 (p. 624) See wiring diagram WD067 (p. 834)
Brackets
ED1G
pg. 641 ED9Z-GH1 Additional bracket information available. See page 632.
628
SD01 - ED1G-L21SM-1N Series SD02 - ED1G-L21SMB-1N Series
Position 1
Terminal No.
Position 2
Position 3
Terminal No.
Position 1
12 56 34 Safety Monitor Safety Safety Monitor Safety Safety Monitor Safety
Position 2
Position 3
Vision Wireless Lighting & Indicators Safety Light Screens Safety Laser Scanners Safety Controllers & Modules Safety Two-Hand Control Modules Safety Interlock Switches
(Position 123)
Pressing
12 56 34
Safety Monitor Safety Safety Monitor Safety Safety Monitor Safety
(Position 123)
Pressing
(Position 2 1)
Releasing
12 56 34
(Position 2 1)
Releasing
12 56 34
(Position 3 1)
Releasing
12 56 34
(Position 3 1)
Releasing
12 56 34
contact ON (closed)
contact OFF (open)
contact ON (closed)
contact OFF (open)
SD03 - ED1G-L20MB-1N Series
Position 1
Terminal No.
(Position 1 2 3)
Position 2
Position 3
Pressing
12 34
Safety Safety
(Position 2 1)
Releasing
12 34
Safety Safety
(Position 3 1)
Releasing
12 34
Safety Safety
contact ON (closed)
contact OFF (open)
629
Web Only
The following standard products are still available from Banner. Please go online to bannerengineering.com for full descriptions and technical references.
MACHINE SAFETY
MULTI-SCREEN
ES-FL-2A Module
10- & 6-Input Modules
DUO-TOUCH Modules
MINI-SCREEN Safety Light Screens
PICO-GUARD Grids & Points
PICO-GUARD Interlock Switches
PICO-GUARD E-Stop
630
Accessories
Brackets page 632
A wide selection of bracket styles for easy installation and optimum performance Swivel brackets for greater range of motion and flexibility in mounting A choice of stainless steel, cold-rolled steel, black corrosion-resistant zinc or black ABS plastic brackets Custom brackets for unique applications
Accessories Brackets Cordsets Retroreflectors Miscellaneous
Quick-Disconnect (QD) Cordsets
page 693
Retroreflectors
page 724
Reference
A choice of cordset styles and length for each sensor or module M12/Euro-, M8/Pico-, Mini- and Microstyle QD connectors Straight or right-angle connectors, and a variety of lengths for installation flexibility Single or double-ended models and splitter cordsets for powering two devices with one cordset Cordsets for serial, Ethernet and video communication
A complete line of high-quality acrylic targets, high-temperature targets and adhesive-backed retroreflective tapes Numerous sizes, shapes and mounting options for most application requirements High-reflectivity models for increasing sensing ranges, with reflectivity factors up to 3x Temperature range ratings of -20 to 480 C
Miscellaneous
page 736
Stands & Mounting Systems ---------------------------------736 Mirrors -------------------------------------------------------------740 Enclosures --------------------------------------------------------742 Lens Shields -----------------------------------------------------746 Alignment Tools -------------------------------------------------749 Apertures & Replacement Lenses--------------------------750 Power Supplies & Interfacing Products -------------------753 Work Lights & Indicator Lights/Lamps ---------------------757
631
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
Banner Bracket Selection Chart

SENSORS WORLD-BEAM Q12 page 62 M12 page 66 T8 page 70 S12 page 73 VSM page 76 VS1 page 80 VS2 page 83 VS3 page 86
SMBQ12A page 681 SMBQ12T page 681
ACCESSORIES
SMB12FA.. page 649
SMB12MM page 649
SMBQS12PD page 683
SMB8MM page 659
SMB12FA.. page 649
SMB12MM page 649
SMBQS12PD page 683
N/A
SMBVS1S page 688
SMBVS1SC page 688
SMBVS1T page 688
SMBVS1TC page 688
SMBVSM4 page 689
SMBVS2RA page 689
SMBVS3S page 689 SMB18A page 650 SMB18UR page 652 SMB46A page 657 SMBQS18AF page 684
SMBVS3T page 689 SMB18AFA.. page 651 SMB3018SC page 652 SMB46L page 657 SMBQS18DIN page 684 SMBQ20L page 682 SMB18ATFA page 651 SMB30SK page 654 SMB46S page 657 SMBQS18RA page 684 SMBQ20LV page 682 SMB18FA.. page 651 SMB30SUS page 654 SMB46U page 658 SMBQS18Y page 684 SMBQ20U page 682 SMB18FM page 651 SMB312PD page 655 SMBAMS18P page 660 SMBQS18YL page 685 SMB18Q page 651 SMB312S page 655 SMBAMS18RA page 660 SMH241F page 691 SMB18SF page 652 SMB4050YL page 656 SMBQS18A page 683
WORLD-BEAM QS18 page 90
WORLD-BEAM Q20 page 105 WORLD-BEAM Q26 page 110
SMBQ20H page 682
SMBLSTDLQ26 page 670 SMB18A page 650
SMBLSTQ26 page 671 SMB18FA.. page 651 SMB312B page 655 SMBAMS18RA page 660 SMB18FA.. page 651 SMB312PD page 655 SMB18Q page 651 SMB312PD page 655 SMH241F page 691 SMB18FM page 651 SMB46A page 657 SMB18Q page 651 SMBAMS18P page 660 SMB18SF page 652 SMBAMS18RA page 660 SMB18UR page 652 SMB3018SC page 652
More on next page
SMB18SF page 652 SMB312S page 655
SMB18UR page 652 SMB46L page 657
SMB3018SC page 652 SMB46S page 657
SMB30SK page 654 SMB46U page 658
MINI-BEAM page 112
SMB30SUS page 654 SMBAMS18P page 660 SMB18A page 650 SMB30SK page 654
S18/M18 page 131
632

T18 page 138
SMB1815SF page 650 SMB18UR page 652 SMB18A page 650 SMBAMS18P page 630 SMB18A page 650 SMB312PD page 655 SMB30A page 653 SMB30FA.. page 653 SMBAMS30P page 661 SMB30MM page 653 SMBAMS30RA page 662 SMB30Q page 653 SMBAMSRAB page 665 SMB30RAVK page 654 SMBQS30L page 685 SMB30SC page 654 SMBQS30LT page 685 SMB46L page 657 SMBQS30Y page 685 SMB18A page 650 SMB3018SC page 652 SMB18AFA.. page 651 SMBAMS18RA page 660 SMB18FA.. page 651 SMB18AFA.. page 651 SMB30SK page 654 SMB18ATFA.. page 651 SMBT18Y page 687 SMB18Q page 651 SMB18SF page 652 SMB18UR page 652 SMB3018SC page 652 SMB30SK page 654 SMB18FA.. page 651 SMB312PD page 655 SMB18FA.. page 651 SMB18FM page 651 SMBAMS18P page 660 SMB18Q page 651 SMB18Q page 651 SMBAMS18RA page 660 SMB18UR page 652 SMB18SF page 652 SMBT18Y page 667 SMB312PD page 655
Accessories Brackets Cordsets Retroreflectors Miscellaneous Reference
TM18 page 144
Q25 page 148
WORLD-BEAM QS30 page 154
SMB46S page 657 SMBQS30YL page 686 SMB30A page 653 SMBAMS30RA page 662 SMB30A page 653 SMBAMS30RA page 662 SMB1815SF page 650 SMBAMS30P page 661 SMB30A page 653 SMBAMS30RA page 662 SMB46A page 657 SMB3018SC page 652 SMB46L page 657 SMB30A page 653 SMBAMS30P page 661 SMB30A page 653 SMBAMS30P page 661
S30 page 165
SMB30FA.. page 653
SMB30MM page 653
SMB30Q page 653
SMB30RAVK page 654
SMB30SC page 654
SMBAMS30P page 661
SM30/SMI30 page 170
SMB30FA.. page 653
SMB30MM page 653
SMB30Q page 653
SMB30RAVK page 654
SMB30SC page 654
SMBAMS30P page 661
T30 page 174
SMB30A page 653 SMBAMS30RA page 662 SMB30FA.. page 653
SMB30FA.. page 653
SMB30MM page 653
SMB30Q page 653
SMB30RAVK page 654
SMB30SC page 654
Q40 page 179
SMB30MM page 653
SMB30Q page 653
SMB30RAVK page 654
SMB30SC page 654
SMBAMS30P page 661
PICO-DOT page 183
SMB46L page 657 SMB30SK page 654 SMB46S page 657 SMB30FA.. page 653 SMBAMS30RA page 662 SMB30FA.. page 653 SMBAMS30RA page 662
SMB46S page 657 SMB30SUS page 654 SMB46U page 658 SMB30MM page 653
SMB46U page 658 SMB42F page 656 SMH241F page 691 SMB30Q page 653 SMB30RAVK page 654 SMB30SC page 654 SMB30UR page 655 SMB42L page 656 SMB42T page 656 SMB42U page 657
QM42/QMT42 page 187
Q45 page 190
OMNI-BEAM page 211
SMB30MM page 653
SMB30Q page 653
SMB30RAVK page 654
SMB30SC page 654
SMB30UR page 655

More on next page
633
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS

Q60 page 221
SMBAMSQ60IP page 664 SMBAMSQ60P page 664 SMBQ60 page 683
ACCESSORIES
DF-G1 page 229 D10 page 234 D12 page 243 R55F page 248 LX page 277 SLM page 280 SL10/SL30 page 283 R58E/R58A page 287 QC50/QCX50 page 291 QL50/QL56 page 294
DIN-35-.. page 641
SA-DIN-.. page 648
DIN-35-.. page 641
SMBR55F01 page 686
SMBR55FRA page 686
DIN-35-.. page 641
SMBR55F01 page 686
SMBR55FRA page 686
DIN-35-.. page 641
SMBR55F01 page 686
SMBR55FRA page 686
SMBLX page 672
SMBLXR page 672
N/A
SMBSL page 687
SMB55A page 658
SMB55F page 658
SMB55RA page 659
SMB55S page 659
SMBQC50 page 683
SMB55A page 658 SMB30A page 653 SMBAMS30RA page 661 SMBAMSLT3IP page 664
SMB55F page 658 SMB30FA.. page 653
SMB55RA page 659 SMB30MM page 653
SMB55S page 659 SMB30Q page 653 SMB30RAVK page 654 SMB30SC page 654 SMBAMS30P page 661
OTB/LTB/STB page 477
L-GAGE LT3 page 296 L-GAGE LT7 page 304 L-GAGE LH page 311 L-GAGE LG5/LG10 page 313
SMBAMSLT3P page 664
SMBLT31 page 671
SMBLT32 page 671
SMBLT3IP page 671
SMBLT7 page 672
SMBLT7F page 672
SMBLH1 page 670
SMBLH.. page 670
SMBLG page 670
SMBLGA page 670
More on next page
634

U-GAGE QT50U page 317
Accessories Brackets
SMB30A page 653 SMB18A page 650 SMB30SK page 654 SMB18A page 650
SMB30FA.. page 653 SMB18FA.. page 653 SMB312PD page 655 SMB18FA.. page 651 SMB30SUS page 654 SMBAMS18P page 660 SMB30A page 653
SMB30MM page 653 SMB18FM page 651 SMBAMS18P page 660 SMB18FM page 651 SMB312PD page 655 SMBAMS18RA page 660 SMB30FA.. page 653
SMB30RAVK page 654 SMB18Q page 651 SMBAMS18RA page 660 SMB18Q page 651 SMB312S page 655 SMBQS18A page 683 SMB30MM page 653
SMB30SC page 654 SMB18SF page 652
SMBAMS30P page 661 SMB18UR page 652
SMBAMS30RA page 662 SMB3018SC page 652
Cordsets Retroreflectors Miscellaneous Reference
U-GAGE S18U page 322
SMB18SF page 652 SMB46A page 657 SMBQS18RA page 684 SMB30RAVK page 654
SMB18UR page 652 SMB46L page 657 SMBQS18Y page 684 SMB30SC page 654
SMB3018SC page 652 SMB46S page 657 SMH241F page 691 SMBAMS30P page 661
WORLD-BEAM QS18U page 325
SMB30SK page 654 SMB46U page 658 SMB1815SF page 650 SMBAMS30RA page 662 SMBM25A page 673 SMB1815SF page 650 SMB30SK page 654 SMB30A page 653 SMBAMS30P page 661 SMB18A page 650
U-GAGE T30UX/T30U page 328
U-GAGE M25U page 336
SMBM25B page 673 SMB18A page 650 SMB312PD page 655 SMB30FA.. page 653 SMBAMS30RA page 662 SMB18FA.. page 650 SMB30MM page 653 SMBAMS18P page 660 EZA-MBK-12 page 642 SMB18Q page 651 SMB30Q page 653 SMBAMS18RA page 660 EZA-MBK-20 page 642 SMB18SF page 652 SMB30RAVK page 6654 SMBAMS30P page 661 SMBLBCZB page 669 SMB18UR page 652 SMB30SC page 6654 SMBAMS30RA page 662 SMB3018SC page 652 SMB30SK page 6654 SMB30A page 653 SMB30UR page 655 SMB18FA.. page 653 SMBAMS18P page 660 SMB30MM page 653 SMB18Q page 651 SMBAMS18RA page 660 SMB30Q page 653 SMB18SF page 652 SMBT18Y page 687 SMB30RAVK page 654 SMB30SC page 654 SMB30UR page 655 SMB18UR page 652 SMB3018SC page 652
U-GAGE T18U page 338
U-GAGE Q45U page 340
U-GAGE Q45UR page 344
SMB30FA.. page 653 SMB312PD page 655
A-GAGE EZ-ARRAY page 349 A-GAGE MINI-ARRAY page 352 R-GAGE QT50R page 362
EZA-MBK-11 page 642
DIN-35-.. page 641
MSMB-3 page 646
SMB30A page 653
SMB30FA.. page 653
SMB30MM page 653
SMB30SC page 654
SMBAMS30P page 661
SMBAMS30RA page 662
More on next page
635
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS

VISION iVu/iVu Plus page 3 PresencePLUS Pro page 37 PresencePLUS P4 page 3
SMBIVUB page 667 SMBIVURAL page 668 SMBIVURAR page 668 SMBIVUU page 668
ACCESSORIES
SMBPPDE page 675
SMBPPDH page 675
SMBPPLU page 676
SMBPPRA page 677
SMBPPROMRA page 677
SMBPPSU page 677
SMBPPU page 678
SMBP4RAB page 674
SMBP4RAS page 674
SMBP4SRAF page 675
WIRELESS Preformance Series page SureCross DX80 page SureCross DX99 page Multihop page Ethernet page SureCross DX70 page
SMBAMS80PL52 SMBAMS80PL52R SMBDX80DIN page 663 page 663 page 666 SMBAMS80PL52 SMBAMS80PL52R SMBDX80DIN page 663 page 663 page 666
LIGHTING & INDICATORS WLS28 Work Light Strips page 4 7 WLA Work Light Area page 4
SMBWLS28RA page 690 SMBWLS28SM page 690
SMBBSSM page 666 SMB30A page 653 SMBAMS30RA page 662 SMB30A page 653 SMB30FA page 653 SMB30SC page 654 SMBAMS30P page 661 SMBAMS30RA page 662 SMB30FA.. page 653 SMB30MM page 653 SMB30Q page 653 SMB30RAVK page 654 SMB30SC page 654 SMBAMS30P page 661
WL50 Work Light page 4 WL50S Work Light Spot page 424 Ring Lights page 4
SMBPMPRHI page 675 SMBABM page 659
SMBPPRHI page 677 SMBACM page 660 SMBAMS70A page 662 SMBAMS70AS page 6463 SMBASCM page 665 SMBP42ASM page 673 SMBP4ASM page 673
More on next page
Area Lights page 4
SMBVLA62X62S SMBVLA62X62RA page 687 page 687
636

Backlights Page 420 Linear Array page 421 On-Axis Lights page 422 Spot Lights page 423 Spot Light page 437 Tubular Fluorescent page 424 EZ-LIGHT TL50 page 428 EZ-LIGHT TL30F page 428 EZ-LIGHT CL50 page 432 Beacon Tower Lights TL50BL page 447 EZ-LIGHT T8L page 432
SMBABM page 659 SMBACM page 660 SMBBSSM page 666
Accessories Brackets Cordsets Retroreflectors
SMBLASRA page 668
SMBLAXRA page 669
SMBLAXU page 669
Miscellaneous Reference
SMBP4OAL100 page 674
SMBP4OAL50 page 674
SMBPPOAL100 page 676
SMBPPOAL50 page 676
SMBP42ASM page 673
SMBP4ASM page 673
SMBPPLK page 676
SMB30A page 653
SMB30FA.. page 653
SMB30SC page 654
SMBAMS30P page 661
SMBAMS30RA page 662
SMBWFTLR page 690
SMBWFTLS page 690
SMB30A page 653
SMB30FA53 page 640
SMB30MM page 653
SMB30R54K page 640
SMB30SC page 654
SMBAMS30P page 661
SMBAMS30RA page 662
SMBPVA1 page 678
SMBPVA11 page 678
SMBPVA2 page 678
SMBPVA6 page 679
SMBPVA7 page 680
SMBPVA9 page 680
SMB30A page 653
SMB30FA.. page 653
SMB30MM page 653
SMB30RAVK page 654
SMB30SC page 654
SMBAMS30P page 661
SMBAMS30RA page 662
SMB30A page 653
SMB30FA.. page 653
SMB30MM page 653
SMB30RAVK page 654
SMB30SC page 654
SMBAMS30P page 661
SMBAMS30RA page 662
SMB8MM page 653 SMB1815SF page 650 SMB312PD page 655 SMB1815SF page 650 SMB30SK page 654 SMB1815SF page 650 SMBAMS30P page 661 SMB22A page 652 SMB18A page 650 SMBAMS18P page 660 SMB18A page 650 SMB312PD page 655 SMB30A page 653 SMB18FA.. page 653 SMBAMS18RA page 660 SMB18FA.. page 651 SMBAMS18P page 660 SMB30FA.. page 653 SMB18Q page 651 SMBAMS18RA page 660 SMB30MM page 653 SMB18SF page 652 SMBT18Y page 687 SMB30Q page 653 SMBAMS30RLJ page 662 SMB30RAVK page 654 SMBAMS30RLS page 662 SMB30SC page 654 SMB18UR page 652 SMB3018SC page 652 SMB18Q page 651 SMB18SF page 651 SMB18UR page 652 SMB30SK page 654
EZ-LIGHT M18 page 432
EZ-LIGHT T18 page 432
EZ-LIGHT T30 page 432
SMBAMS30PL52R SMBAMS30PL52 SMBAMS30RA page 661 page 661 page 662 SMBAMS22P page 660 SMBAMS22RA page 661
EZ-LIGHT K30L page 432
More on next page
637
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS

EZ-LIGHT K50L page 432
SMB30A page 653 SMB30FA.. page 653 SMB30MM page 653 SMB30Q page 640 SMBAMS30RLJ page 662 SMB30SC page 654 SMB30RAVK page 654 SMBAMS30RLS page 662 SMBAMS30RA page 662 SMBAMS30P page 661 SMB30SC page 654 SMBAMS30P page 661 SMBAMS30PL52R SMBAMS30PL52 SMBAMS30RA page 661 page 661 page 662 SMB30A page 653 SMB30FA.. page 653 SMB30MM page 653
ACCESSORIES
EZ-LIGHT K50L Audible page 434 EZ-LIGHT K50L Sealed Audible page 434 K50FL page 454 EZ-LIGHT K50LD Daylight Visible page 439
SMB30A page 653
SMB30FA.. page 653
SMB30MM page 653
SMB30SC page 654
SMBAMS30RA page 662
SMBAMS30P page 661
N/A SMB30A page 653 SMB30FA.. page 653 SMB30MM page 653 SMB30Q page 653 SMBAMS30RLJ page 662 SMB30Q page 653 SMBAMS30RLJ page 662 SMB30RAVK page 654 SMB30SC page 654 SMBAMS30P page 661
SMBAMS30PL52R SMBAMS30PL52 SMBAMS30RA page 661 page 661 page 661 SMB30A page 653 SMB30FA.. page 653 SMB30MM page 653
SMBAMS30RLS SMBARP..30 page 662 page 665 SMB30RAVK page 654 SMB30SC page 654 SMBAMS30P page 661
K50BLD page 454
SMBAMS30PL52R SMBAMS30PL52 SMBAMS30RA page 661 page 661 page 662 SMBAMS80PL52 SMBAMS80PL52R SMBDX80DIN page 663 page 663 page 666
SMBAMS30RLS SMBARP..30 page 662 page 665
K80L page 432 K80L Audible page 432 EZ-LIGHT K80L Segmented page 438 K80 Call Light page 439 Traffic Light SP350 page 440 Traffic Light SP250 page 459 Traffic Light SP150 page 459
SMBAMS80PL52 SMBAMS80PL52R SMBDX80DIN page 663 page 663 page 666
N/A
N/A
SMBDX80DIN page 666 SA-K50A18 page 648 SMBAMS30P page 661 SMB22A page 652 SMB30A page 653 SMB30FA.. page 653 SMB30MM page 653 SMB30Q page 653 SMBAMS30RLJ page 662 SMB30RAVK page 654 SMBAMS30RLS page 662 SMB30SC page 654
K50 page 464
SMBAMS30PL52 SMBAMS30PL52R SMBAMS30RA page 661 page 661 page 662
K30 page 464
More on next page
638

K80 page 464
SMBAMS80PL52 SMBAMS80PL52R SMBDX80DIN page 663 page 663 page 666 SMBPVA1 page 678 SMBPVA9 page 680 SMBPVA1 page 678 SMBPVA7 page 680 SMB30A page 653 SMBPVA11 page 678 SMBPVD..A page 681 SMBPVA2 page 678 SMBPVA8 page 680 SMB30FA.. page 653 SMBPVA2 page 678 SMBPVD..AB page 681 SMBPVA.. page 679 SMBPVA9 page 680 SMB30MM page 653 SMB30Q page 653 SMBAMS30RLJ page 662 SMB30RAVK page 654 SMBAMS30RLS page 662 SMB30SC page 654 SMBAMS30P page 661 SMBPVA..A page 679 SMBPVA..AB page 679 SMBPVA..C page 679 SMBPVA6 page 679 SMBPVA..C page 679 SMBPVA6 page 679 SMBPVA7 page 680 SMBPVA8 page 680
PVD page 448
PVA page 450
VTB page 453
SMBAMS30PL52 SMBAMS30PL52R SMBAMS30RA page 661 page 661 page 648
MACHINE SAFETY EZ-SCREEN Standard 14 & 30 mm Resolution page 473 EZ-SCREEN Cascade 14 & 30 mm Resolution page 473 EZ-SCREEN LP Standard 14 & 25 mm Resolution page 481 EZ-SCREEN LP Cascade 14 & 25 m Resolution page 481 EZ-SCREEN Type 2 30 mm Resolution page 489 EZ-SCREEN Grid page 494 EZ-SCREEN Point page 494 AG4 page 503 SC22-3/-3E page 526 E-Stop & Guard Safety Modules page 531
EZA-MBK-11 page 642 EZA-MBK-12 page 642 EZA-MBK-20 page 642
EZA-MBK-11 page 642
EZA-MBK-12 page 642
EZA-MBK-21 page 643
LPA-MBK-11 page 642 LPA-MBK-11 page 642 LPA-MBK-22 page 646 USCMB-.. page 692
LPA-MBK-12 page 642 LPA-MBK-12 page 642 LPA-MBK-90 page 646 USMB-1 page 692
LPA-MBK-20 page 642 LPA-MBK-120 page 644 LPA-MBK-PXXX page 647 USMB-6 page 692
LPA-MBK-22 page 646 LPA-MBK-135 page 645
LPA-MBK-PXXX page 646 LPA-MBK-180 page 645 LPA-MBK-20 page 645 LPA-MBK-21 page 645
USMB-8 page 692
EZA-MBK-1 page 642
EZA-MBK-2 page 642
EZA-MBK-3 page 643
EZA-MBK-9 page 644
EZA-MBK-1 page 642
EZA-MBK-2 page 642
EZA-MBK-3 page 643
EZA-MBK-4 page 643
EZA-MBK-5 page 643
AG4-MBK1 page 641
DIN-35-.. page 641
DIN-35-.. page 641
More on next page
639
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS

Universal Input Modules page 539
DIN-35-.. page 628
ACCESSORIES
Safety Mat Modules page 541 Muting Modules page 544 SSM Safe Speed Modules page 548 Extension Relay Modules page 550 Interface Relay Modules page 552 DUO-TOUCH SG Safety Modules page 523 STB Self-Checking Touch Buttons page 459 DUO-TOUCH SG Run Bars page 564 Flush Mount E-Stops page 608 30 mm Mount E-Stops page 610 ED1G Enabling Devices page 615
DIN-35-.. page 628
DIN-35-.. page 628
DIN-35-.. page 628
DIN-35-.. page 628
DIN-35-.. page 628
DIN-35-.. page 628 SMB30A page 639 SMBAMS30RA page 648 STBA-RB1-MB1 page 677 STBA-RB1-MB2 page 677 STBA-RB1-MB3 page 677 SMB30FA.. page 640 SMB30MM page 640 SMB30Q page 640 SMB30RAVK page 640 SMB30SC page 641 SMBAMS30P page 648
N/A
SSA-MBK-EEC1 page 610
SSA-MBK-EEC2 SSA-MBK-EEC3 page 610 page 610
ED9Z-GH1 page 628
640
AG4-MBK1
A
DIN-35..
ED9Z-GH1
EZA-MBK-1
B C
155.4
35
60
D
53 L 7.6 192 81 86
29.2
Reference
74.2
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: Hole size: 9 x 20.4

A
All measurements in mm Model DIN-35-70 DIN-35-105 DIN-35-140 Length (L) 70 105 140
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: Hole size: A = 5.3

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A to B = 15.8, A to C = 31.5 Hole size: A , B , C = 15 x 7, D = 32
= 63
= 50
Metal swivel bracket for mounting and aligning
Hole center spacing: 35.1 Hole size: 25.4 x 5.3 Available in 70, 105 & 140 mm lengths
Right-angle bracket for mounting switch to upright surface Stainless steel
Two end-cap replacement brackets for one emitter/receiver 8-ga. cold-rolled steel with black corrosion-resistant zinc chromate finish M5 and M6 mounting hardware
Back Mount
Sensors
Side Mount
Flanges In
End Mount
Flanges Out
Used with AG4 Laser Scanner
Used with DF-G1 D10 D12 R55F PICO-GUARD SFA-RD Controllers & Modules
Used with ED1G Enabling Devices
Used with EZ-SCREEN Point & Grid PICO-GUARD Grid

More on next page
Used with MINI-ARRAY High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY SC22-3 Controllers GM Modules ES Modules SM Modules MMD Modules IM Modules EM Modules SSM Modules UM Modules Two-Hand Control Modules
641
BRACKETS
EZA-MBK-11
B
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
EZA-MBK-12
50 55.6
A
MISCELLANEOUS
EZA-MBK-20
A
EZA-MBK-2
88.9
50.0
B C
50
ACCESSORIES
55
C B
21.3 60 76.7
39.2
29.2
63.2
40
58.2
A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A to B = 20 Hole size: A , B = 15 x 7, C = 21.5
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 20, A to B = 36 Hole size: A = 7, B = 8.3
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A to B = 22 Hole size: A = 8.3,

A
All measurements in mm = 19.9, Hole center spacing: A = 44.4, B = 20, C = 40 Hole size: A = 10.2 x 4.8, B , C = 25 x 7, D = 21.5
= 63.9, = 4.8
Two end-cap replacement brackets for one emitter/receiver 8-ga. cold-rolled steel with black corrosion-resistant zinc chromate finish M5 and M6 mounting hardware
Two-piece center bracket for one emitter/receiver 8-ga. cold-rolled steel with black corrosion-resistant zinc chromate finish M5 and M6 mounting hardware
Bracket adapter (Qty 2) for attaching EZA-MBK-1 to any MSA series stand
Two-bracket kit for one sensor Adapter brackets for mounting to engineered/slotted aluminum framing such as 80/20 and Unistrut Order EZA-MBK-20U for bracket and M5 and M6 mounting hardware End Mount
End Mount
Flanges In Flanges Out
Center Mount
Flanges In
Bracket-to-Bracket
Flanges Out Flanges In
Flanges Out
Used with EZ-ARRAY EZ-SCREEN Standard 14 & 30 mm EZ-SCREEN Cascade 14 & 30 mm
Used with EZ-ARRAY EZ-SCREEN Standard 14 & 30 mm EZ-SCREEN Cascade 14 & 30 mm
Used with EZ-SCREEN Point & Grid PICO-GUARD Grid MSA Stands
Used with EZ-ARRAY EZ-SCREEN Standard 14 & 30 mm

More on next page
642
EZA-MBK-21
A
EZA-MBK-3
25
C
EZA-MBK-4
A
EZA-MBK-5
Accessories Brackets Cordsets Retroreflectors 58.7 Miscellaneous Reference
66.5
133.9 29
B D A
109.4
100 58.7
29 66.5
A
98.2
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 20, B = 20, A to B = 101.4 Hole size: A = 7, B = 30 x 7.2, C , D = 21.5
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: Hole size: A = 7

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: Hole size: 7

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: Hole size: 7

A
= 65
= 50.8
= 50.8
Mounting bracket system for L configuration of two cascaded EZ-SCREEN light screens 8-ga. cold-rolled steel with black corrosion-resistant zinc chromate finish M5 and M6 mounting hardware
Cascading Mount
Two-piece side-swivel bracket kit 180 range of motion 8-ga. cold-rolled steel with black corrosion-resistant zinc chromate finish
Top-mounting kit with SMB30SC swivel bracket and threaded adapter 45 rotation in any direction Black reinforced thermoplastic polyester
Bottom-mounting kit with SMB30SC swivel bracket and threaded adapter plate 45 rotation in any direction Black reinforced thermoplastic polyester
Side Mount
End Mount
End Mount
Used with EZ-SCREEN Cascade 14 & 30 mm
Used with EZ-SCREEN Point & Grid PICO-GUARD Grid
Used with EZ-SCREEN Point
Used with EZ-SCREEN Point

More on next page
643
BRACKETS
EZA-MBK-9
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
LPA-MBK-11
32
A
MISCELLANEOUS
LPA-MBK-120
LPA-MBK-12
60
A
32.5 52
B
40 32
C B A
29 32.5
ACCESSORIES
35.2
25 29 109.7
84 40.5
95.5
A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 30.8 Hole size: A = 21 x 7, B = 32
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 10 Hole size: A = 5.5 x 15.5
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 10 Hole size: A = 15.5 x 5.5 Hole center spacing: B to C = 50 Hole size: A = 5.8,
A
, ,
= 10,
= 15.5 x 5.5
Two-bracket kit with 30 mm range of motion for mounting sensor 8-ga. cold-rolled steel with black corrosion-resistant zinc chromate finish M5 and M6 mounting hardware
End-cap bracket kit 360 sensor rotation 14-ga. (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc plated; die-cast metal clamp Includes 2 brackets and hardware
Side-mount bracket kit +10/-30 sensor rotation 14-ga. (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc plated; die-cast zinc clamp Includes 1 bracket and hardware
Pair of angled L brackets for two cascaded emitter/receiver pairs Fixed 120 orientation +10/-30 sensor rotation 14-ga. (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc plated
End Mount
Flanges In Flanges Out Flanges In
End Mount
Flanges Out
Center Mount
Cascading Mount
Used with EZ-SCREEN Grid PICO-GUARD Grid
Used with EZ-SCREEN LP 14 & 25 mm

More on next page
644
LPA-MBK-135
LPA-MBK-180
LPA-MBK-20
A
LPA-MBK-21
Accessories Brackets Cordsets
29 32
A B C
32
29 32.5 175.6 32.5
29
Retroreflectors Miscellaneous
70 175.6
32.5 32
Reference
100.2 100.2
60
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: B to C = 50 Hole size: A = 5.8,

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 44.5, B = 20, C = 40 Hole size: A = 4.8 x 10.2, B , C = 7 x 26.8
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A , B = 10, A to B = 30 Hole size: A , B = 15.5 x 5.5
, ,
= 10,
= 15.5 x 5.5
Hole center spacing: A , B , C = 10, A to B = 73.3, A to C = 73.3 Hole size: A , B , C = 15.5 x 5.5
Pair of inline (straight) brackets for two cascaded emitter/receiver pairs Fixed 180 orientation +10/-30 sensor rotation 14-ga. (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc plated
Universal adapter bracket for mounting to engineered/slotted aluminum framing (example, 80/20, Bosch) Use with LPA-MBK-11, -12 or -13 12-ga. (2.66 mm) steel; black zinc plated Includes 1 bracket and hardware
Pivoting L bracket system for two cascaded emitters/receivers; uses clamps from side-mount bracket LPA-MBK-12 Adjustable 90 to 180 orientation +10/-30 sensor rotation 14-ga. (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc plated
Cascading Mount
Cascading Mount
Bracket-to-Bracket
Cascading Mount

More on next page
645
BRACKETS
LPA-MBK-22
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
LPA-MBK-90 LPA-MBK-PXXX
65 29 67.7
A
MISCELLANEOUS
MSMB-3
MSMMB* (included)
B
ACCESSORIES
41 34.5 32
C B A
E D
32.5
L 98.8
A
57.2
117.8
C D
24.6
A
53.5
All measurements in mm Hole size:

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A , B , C , D , E = 10, B to D to E = 50 Hole size: A = 5.8, B , C , D , E = 15.5 x 5.5
C
All measurements in mm = 30,
All measurements in mm
= 6.6
Hole center spacing: A = 44.5, Hole center spacing: A = 44.5 B = 40, D = 18 Hole size: A = 10.2 x 4.8, B = 30.5 Hole size: A = 4.8 x 10.2, B = 7 x 26.8, C = 7 x 25
End-cap bracket for mounting inside Unistrut metal framing Fits Unistrut P1000 size (1 5/8), with M6 or 1/4 channel nuts 14-ga. (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc, plated; die-cast zinc clamp Used with LPA-MBK-11 Includes 2 brackets and hardware (does not include Unistrut channel nuts)
Bracket-to-Bracket
L-shaped protective bracket for one emitter/receiver Sized to match emitter/receiver length; replace XXX in model number with emitter/receiver size (example, LPA-MBK-P270 for use with SLP..-270) +10/-30 sensor rotation 12-ga. (2.66 mm) steel, black zinc plated or painted
Center Mount
Two-bracket replacement kit for emitter/receiver 11-ga. cold-rolled steel with black corrosion-resistant zinc chromate finish
* Includes 1 bracket from model MSMMB (see page 634 for dimensions).
Cascading Mount
End Mount
Used with High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY MINI-ARRAY

More on next page
646
MSMB-MSM-45
MSMMB
RMB100
110
A C E
RMB50
68
A
B A
57.2
136.5
B
Miscellaneous
B
24.6
107
D
62
Reference
192.8 76.3
D E F G
53.5 34
26
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A to B = 50.8 Hole size: A = 7, B = 87.7 x 7
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 44.5 Hole size: A = 10.2 x 4.8, B = 13.2
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A , B , A to B = 92, C , D , C to D = 77, Hole size: A , B , C , E = 4.8, F = 4.5,
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A , B = 34, A to B = 52, E = 26 Hole size: A , B = 0.5, C = 6.3, D = 4.5, E = 13.8 X 4.5
G D G
= 56 = 0.5, = 21.5 x 4.5
Bracket for 45 mounting of mirror 11-ga. cold-rolled steel with black corrosion-resistant zinc chromate finish Bracket hardware included
Replacement (pair) for brackets that come with MSM mirrors 11-ga. cold-rolled steel with black corrosion-resistant zinc chromate finish Bracket hardware included
End Mount
Flanges In Flanges Out
Protective mounting bracket for Protective mounting bracket for retroreflective targets retroreflective targets 14-ga. 316 stainless steel 14-ga. 316 stainless steel Stainless steel M3 x 0.5 hardware included Stainless steel M3 x 0.5 hardware included
Round Targets
Round Targets
Bracket-to-Bracket
Used with MSM Mirror Used with MSM4A Mirror NOTE: For a kit containing a bracket and MSM4A mirror, order model number MSA-MBM-K45
Used with BRT-3 BRT-84 Square Targets
Used with BRT-50D BRT-50R Square Targets
Used with BRT-77X77C BRT-92X92C BRT-92X92CB
Used with BRT-2X2 BRT-51X51BM Rectangular Targets
Used with BRT-60X40AF BRT-60X40C BRT-60X40IP69K

More on next page
647
BRACKETS
RMB85
95
A
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
SA-DIN-BRACKET*
10.0 8.6
B
MISCELLANEOUS
SFA-IMB1
25
SA-K50A18
48
ACCESSORIES
92
35.1
B
44
A
88
46
30
D E
6.3
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A , B , A to B = 77, E = 46 Hole size: A , B = 0.5, C = 4.8, D = 4.5, E = 19 x 4.5
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 16, B = 25.4, C = 15.2 Hole size: A = 3.2, B = 3.3, C = 4.4
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: Hole size:

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A , B = 78, A to B = 10 Hole size: A = 4.5, B = 8 x 4.5
= 30.5,
= 20
Protective mounting bracket for Plastic bracket with mounting screws retroreflective targets 14-ga. 316 stainless steel Stainless steel M3 x 0.5 hardware included
* SA-DIN-BRACKET-10 (Kit of 10 brackets and mounting screws)
Protective mounting bracket for EZ-LIGHT K50 sensors 12-ga. cold-rolled steel
Retrofit bracket for replacing SI-MAG1 Magnetic Interlock switches with PICO-GUARD switches Black reinforced thermoplastic polyester Multiple brackets can be used as spacers for ferrous material standoff for SI-MAG..
Flat Mount
Round Targets
Side Mount
Base Mount
Used with BRT-3 Square Targets
Used with DF-G1 D10
Used with K50
Used with PICO-GUARD Switches
More on next page
Used with BRT-77X77C
648
SFA-IMB2
27
A
SMA-MBK-1
32
60
A B
SMB12FA..
SMB12MM
25.4
29.2 43 101.2 6.3
B A
68
A B
40.3
45.3

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 31.5, A to B = 15.8 Hole size: A , B = 15 X 7, C = 32
All measurements in mm Model

SMB12FA SMB12FAM10
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: Hole size: A = 4.6, C = 12.3

A B
= 22
Bolt Thread (A) 3/8 - 16 x 2 M10 - 1.5 x 50
to B = 26 = 12.8 x 4.6,
Hole size:
= 12.1
Retrofit bracket for replacing Two-bracket replacement kit for brackets SI-MAG2 Magnetic Interlock switches with that come with SSM Mirrors PICO-GUARD switches 8-ga. cold-rolled steel with black Black reinforced thermoplastic polyester corrosion-resistant zinc chromate finish Multiple brackets can be used as spacers Bracket hardware included for ferrous material standoff for SI-MAG..
Flat Mount
Flanges In
Swivel bracket with tilt and pan movement for precision adjustment Easy sensor mounting to extruded rail T-slots Metric and inch size bolts available 12 mm sensor mounting hole Barrel Mount
10 of lateral movement 12-ga. stainless steel Mounting holes for M4 (#6) hardware 12 mm sensor mounting hole
End Mount
Flanges Out
Barrel Mount
Used with PICO-GUARD Switches
Used with SSM Mirror
Used with M12 S12
Used with M12 S12 PICO-GUARD Switches PICO-GUARD Points
More on next page
649
BRACKETS
SMB1812SF
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
SMB1815SF
50.8
B
MISCELLANEOUS
SMB18AFA..
SMB18A
50.8
30
C
44 32
51
ACCESSORIES
43.2 43.2
41
B A
68.9
46
A
25.4
25.4
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 36.1 Hole size: A = 5, B = 12
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 36 Hole size: A = 5, B = 15

A B

SMB18AFA SMB18AFAM10
to B = 24.2 = 17 x 4.6,
Bolt Thread (A) 3/8 - 16 x 2 M10 - 1.5 x 50
Hole size:
= 18.1
Swivel bracket with 12 mm mounting hole Swivel with set screws for mounting Right-angle mounting bracket with a Black reinforced thermoplastic polyester sensors by the cable hub curved slot for versatile orientation Stainless steel mounting and swivel Black reinforced thermoplastic polyester 12-ga. stainless steel, 18 mm locking hardware included Stainless steel swivel locking hardware and sensor mounting hole hex wrench included Clearance for M4 (#8) hardware
Protective, swivel bracket with tilt and pan movement for precision adjustment Easy sensor mounting to extruded rail T-slots Metric and inch size bolts available Mounting hole for 18 mm sensors Barrel Mount
Barrel Mount
Base Mount
Barrel Mount
Used with PICO-GUARD Points
Used with T18 T18U T30 T30U EZ-LIGHT T18 EZ-LIGHT T30
Used with QS18 MINI-BEAM M18 S18 T18 TM18 S18U QS18U Q45UR M18C2 Q45UR S18C2 T18U EZ-LIGHT T18 EZ-LIGHT M18
Used with T18 TM18 QS18

More on next page
Base Mount
Used with Q25
650
SMB18ATFA..
50 51
SMB18FA..
SMB18FM
SMB18Q
66.4 115
B
30 41
30
C
25.9 68.9
B
B A
Reference
68.9
A A
11.1
46

SMB18ATFA SMB18ATFAM10

SMB18FA SMB18FAM10
All measurements in mm N/A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: Hole size: A = 4.6, C = 19

A B
Bolt Thread (A) 3/8 - 16 x 2 M10 - 1.5 x 50
Bolt Thread (A) 3/8 - 16 x 2 M10 - 1.5 x 50
to B = 24.2 = 17 x 4.6,
Hole size:
= 18.1
Hole size:
= 18.1 Two-piece thermoplastic through-mount bracket Mounting nut (M22 x 1.5) and outer flange (M22 x 1.5 external, M18 x 1 internal) Barrel Mount Right-angle flanged bracket 18 mm sensor mounting hole 12-ga. stainless steel
Protective, swivel bracket with tilt and pan movement for precision adjustment Easy sensor mounting to extruded rail T-slots Metric and inch size bolts available Mounting hole for 18 mm sensors Barrel Mount
Swivel bracket with tilt and pan movement for precision adjustment Easy sensor mounting to extruded rail T-slots Metric and inch size bolts available 18 mm sensor mounting hole Barrel Mount
Barrel Mount
Used with QS18 (AC/DC models) TM18
Used with QS18 MINI-BEAM S18/M18/T18 S18U TM18 QS18U Q45UR M18C2 Q45UR S18C2 T18U EZ-LIGHT M18 EZ-LIGHT T18
Used with QS18 M18 S18 T18 S18U QS18U
Used with QS18 MINI-BEAM S18 M18 T18 TM18 S18U QS18U Q45UR S18C2 Q45UR M18C2 T18U EZ-LIGHT T18 EZ-LIGHT M18
Bracket-to-Bracket
Base Mount
Used with SMBQS18A SMBQS18Y SMBQS18YL SMB4050YL Used with Q25

More on next page
Base Mount
Used with Q25 QS18 (AC/DC models)
651
BRACKETS
SMB18SF
CORDSETS
SMB18UR
RETROREFLECTORS
SMB22A
C
MISCELLANEOUS
SMB3018SC
66.6
B
31.8
50.8
ACCESSORIES
63.5 40.6 137.2

A B
42
58.3
B A
25.4
41.7
45.6
29
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: Hole size: A = 5.3,

A B
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 25.4, B = 46.7 Hole size: A , B = 6.9 x 32, C = 18.3

A B
= 36 = 18
to B = 26 = 4.6 x 16.9,
18 mm swivel bracket with M18 x 1 internal thread Black thermoplastic polyester Stainless steel swivel locking hardware included Barrel Mount
2-piece universal swivel bracket 300 series stainless steel Stainless steel swivel locking hardware included Mounting hole for 18 mm sensor Barrel Mount
Right-angle bracket with curved slot for versatile orientation 12-ga. stainless steel Mounting hole for 22 mm sensor
18 mm swivel side or barrel-mount bracket Black reinforced thermoplastic polyester Stainless steel swivel locking hardware included
Base Mount
Barrel Mount
Used with QS18 MINI-BEAM S18 M18 T18 S18U QS18U Q45UR S18C2 Q45UR M18C2 T18U EZ-LIGHT T18 EZ-LIGHT M18
Used with QS18* MINI-BEAM S18 M18 T18 TM18 S18U QS18U* Q45UR S18C2 Q45UR M18C2 T18U EZ-LIGHT T18 EZ-LIGHT M18
Used with K30L
Used with M18/S18/T18 S18U Q45UR S18C2 Q45UR M18C2 T18U EZ-LIGHT T18
Side Mount
Base Mount
Base Mount
Used with QS18 MINI-BEAM Q25 * Contact factory to verify compatibility with integral QD models. QM42/QMT42 QS18U
Used with Q25
Used with
Base Mount
Used with Q25
More on next page
652
SMB30A
45
C
SMB30FA..
SMB30MM
SMB30Q
83.2
69.9
57.2
45
C
61
Miscellaneous
B A
36.3 68.9
B A
57.2
B
61
B A
Reference
69
69
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A to B = 40 Hole size: A = 6.3, B = 27.1 x 6.3, C = 30.5

SMB30FA SMB30FAM10
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 51, A to B = 25.4 Hole size: A = 42.6 x 7, B = 6.4, C = 30.1

A B
Bolt Thread (A) 3/8 - 16 x 2 M10 - 1.5 x 50
to B = 40 = 27.1 x 6.3,
Hole size: Right-angle bracket with curved slot for versatile orientation Clearance for M6 (") hardware Mounting hole for 30 mm sensor 12-ga. stainless steel Barrel Mount
= 30.1 12-ga. stainless steel bracket with curved mounting slots for versatility and orientation Clearance for M6 (") hardware Mounting hole for 30 mm sensor Barrel Mount Right-angle flanged mounting bracket with curved slot for versatile orientation 12-ga. stainless steel Mounting hole for 30 mm sensor
Swivel bracket with tilt and pan movement for precision adjustment Mounting hole for 30 mm sensor Metric and inch size bolt available Easy sensor mounting to extruded rail T-slot Barrel Mount
Barrel Mount
Used with QS30 SM30/SMI30 S30 T30 T30U EZ-LIGHT T30 PICO-GUARD Point
Used with QS30 SM30/SMI30 S30 T30 T30U EZ-LIGHT T30
Used with QS30 S30 SM30/SMI30 EZ-LIGHT T30 T30 T30U PICO-GUARD Point
Used with QS30 SM30/SMI30 S30 T30 EZ-LIGHT T30
Base Mount
Base Mount
Base Mount
Base Mount
Used with Q40 Q45 OMNI-BEAM OTB/LTB VTB STB Q45U Q45UR QT50U QT50R K50 EZ-LIGHT K50L EZ-LIGHT TL50 EZ-LIGHT CL50 WL50 Work Lights
Used with Q40 Q45 Q45U Q45UR QT50U OMNI-BEAM OTB/LTB VTB STB K50 QT50R EZ-LIGHT K50L EZ-LIGHT TL50 EZ-LIGHT CL50 WL50 Work Lights
Used with Q40 Q45 OMNI-BEAM OTB/LTB VTB STB QT50U Q45U Q45UR QT50R K50 EZ-LIGHT K50L EZ-LIGHT TL50 EZ-LIGHT CL50 WL50 Work Lights
Used with Q40 Q45 OMNI-BEAM OTB/LTB VTB STB Q45U Q45UR K50 EZ-LIGHT K50L WL50 Work Lights
More on next page
653
BRACKETS
SMB30RAVK
CORDSETS
SMB30SC
RETROREFLECTORS
SMB30SK
MISCELLANEOUS
SMB30SUS
66.5
B
68 56.7
A
66.6
B
ACCESSORIES
45.7 58.7 68.7 90

B
58.3
29
78
29

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 50.8, B = 24.1 Hole size: A = 7, B = 7.6
= 30.5
V-clamp, right-angle bracket and fasteners for mounting sensors to pipe or extrusions Clamp accommodates 28 mm dia. tubing or 1" square extrusions 30 mm hole for mounting sensors Barrel Mount
Swivel bracket with 30 mm mounting Flat-mount swivel bracket with hole for sensor extended range of motion Black reinforced thermoplastic polyester Black reinforced thermoplastic Stainless steel mounting and swivel polyester and 316 stainless steel locking hardware included Stainless steel swivel locking hardware included Barrel Mount Barrel Mount
Side-mount swivel bracket with extended range of motion Black reinforced thermoplastic polyester Stainless steel swivel locking hardware included Side Mount
Used with QS30 SM30/SMI30 S30 T30 T30U EZ-LIGHT T30
Used with QS30 SM30/SMI30 S30 T30 T30U EZ-LIGHT T30 PICO-GUARD Point
Used with QS18 MINI-BEAM S18/M18/T18 T18U S18U QS18U Q45UR S18C2 Q45UR M18C2 EZ-LIGHT T18 EZ-LIGHT M18
Used with QS18 MINI-BEAM QM42/QMT42 QS18U
More on next page
Base Mount
Base Mount
Base Mount
Used with Q40 Q45 Q45U Q45UR QT50U OMNI-BEAM OTB/LTB VTB STB K50 EZ-LIGHT K50L EZ-LIGHT TL50 EZ-LIGHT CL50 WL50 Work Lights
Used with Q40 Q45 OMNI-BEAM OTB/LTB VTB STB QT50U Q45U Q45UR QT50R K50 EZ-LIGHT K50L EZ-LIGHT TL50 EZ-LIGHT CL50 WL50 Work Lights
Used with Q25 Side Mount
Used with QM42/QMT42
654
SMB30UR
SMB312B
SMB312PD
31.8
SMB312S
24.1 172 71 23.4
A B C
C B A
41
45.5
C A
Reference
A B C D
50.8 46 31.8 20.1
70
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A to B = 31.8, B to C = 19, A to C = 50.8, D = 50.8 Hole size: A , B , C = 6.9 x 32, D = 73 x 6.9 2-piece universal swivel bracket for limit-switch style sensors 300 series stainless steel Stainless steel swivel locking hardware included Side Mount
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: B to C = 17.7, A to Hole size: A = 6.9, C = 3.1 x 15.2
A C B
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A to B = 24.2 Hole size: A = 4.6, B = 17 x 4.6, C = 18.5
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 20.3, B to C = 5.1 Hole size: A = 4.3 x 7.5, B = 3, C = 3 x 15.3
to B = 17.3, = 35 = 4.3 x 10.5,
Right-angle Stainless steel base mounting bracket Includes mounting foot
Right-angle mounting bracket with a curved slot for versatile orientation 12-ga. stainless steel, 18 mm sensor mounting hole Clearance for M4 (#8) hardware
NOTE: Not for use with plastic fiber optic sensors
Stainless steel 2-axis side-mounting bracket
Base Mount
Barrel Mount
Side Mount
Used with Q45 OMNI-BEAM Q45U Q45UR
Used with MINI-BEAM
Used with QS18 MINI-BEAM S18 M18 T18 TM18 S18U QS18U Q45UR S18C2 Q45UR M18C2 T18U EZ-LIGHT T18 EZ-LIGHT M18
Used with QS18 MINI-BEAM QS18U

More on next page
Base Mount
Used with Q25
655
BRACKETS
SMB4050YL
16.4 50
CORDSETS
SMB42F
RETROREFLECTORS
SMB42L
MISCELLANEOUS
SMB42T
48.4
33
B B
ACCESSORIES
44
25.6
25.6
45.5
14.7
A
40 15 20.1 31.8
A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 10, B = 25.4 Hole size: A = 3.4, B = 2.5
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 10, B = 25.4 Hole size: A = 3.4, B = 2.5
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 20.3, B to C = 5.1 Hole size: A = 4.3 x 7.5, B = 3, C = 3 x 15.3
= 15.3
Heavy-duty die-cast bracket for industrial protection Replaceable window for use with some sensor models M18 vertical mounting option Nut and lock washer included Base Mount
13-ga. stainless steel Hardware included
Stainless steel 2-axis side-mounting bracket Nut strap included for replacing two M3 mounting nuts
Side Mount
Side Mount
Side Mount
Used with QS18 DC Models (except AF)

More on next page
656
SMB42U
SMB46A
SMB46L
16
SMB46S
B
38.9
B
64.5 45.6
A A B
65
65
27 61 43
43 54
A
15
54
A

A B
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: B = 30.5 Hole size: A = 6.6,

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 16 Hole size: A = 16.5 x 18.7, B = 34 x 10
= 30, B = 25.4 = 2.5
to
= 18.5,
= 7.1 x 20.3
2-piece 12-ga. stainless steel bracket assembly with precision sensor alignment adjustment 2 mm hex key included
Right-angle L bracket 14-ga. 316 stainless steel
Right-angle S bracket 14-ga. 316 stainless steel
Side Mount
Barrel Mount
Side Mount
Side Mount
Used with QS18 Lasers S18 Laser Emitter QS18U Side Mount
Used with QS18 MINI-BEAM QS30 PicoDot QM42/QMT42 QS18U
Used with QS18 MINI-BEAM QS30 PicoDot QM42 QS18U

More on next page
Used with PicoDot
657
BRACKETS
SMB46U
B
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
SMB50RFA.. SMB55A
MISCELLANEOUS
SMB55F
35.8
ACCESSORIES
89 82.6 65
A
68.7
B B
82.6
54
70
50
A
50.8
50.8
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 16 Hole size: A = 16.5 x 18.7, B = 34 x 13

SMB50RFA SMB50RFAM10
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 24.1, B = 27.9 Hole size: A = 12.7 x 11.4, B = 24.8 x 7.6
Bolt Thread (A) 3/8 - 16 x 2" M10 - 1.5 x 50
Hole size: Right-angle U bracket for sensor protection 14-ga. 316 stainless steel
= 5.4 15 offset bracket 12-ga. stainless steel Flat-mount bracket 12-ga. stainless steel
Swivel bracket with tilt and pan movement for precision adjustment Easy sensor mounting to extruded rail T-slots Metric and inch size bolt available 50 mm diameter plate for mounting a reflector Base Mount
Side Mount
Side Mount
Side Mount
Used with QS18 MINI-BEAM PicoDot QM42 QS18U
Used with BRT-35DM BRT-50D BRT-42D BRT-34T
Used with R58E/R58A QL56
More on next page
658
SMB55RA
SMB55S
SMB8MM
SMBABM
50.5 31.7
59.7
A A
86.4 24
Reference
50.8
27
44.5
14
40.6
B
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 30.5, B = 28 Hole size: A = 12.7 x 11.4, B = 5.2 x 8.9

A B
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 61, A to B = 30.5 Hole size: A , B = 9.1 x 2.3
to B = 14 = 8.3 x 3.5,
Right-angle bracket 12-ga. stainless steel
15 offset bracket 12-ga. stainless steel
Right-angle bracket 300 series stainless steel
Surface-mount bracket for mounting light from front Black corrosion-resistant zinc finish Hardware included
Side Mount
Side Mount
Barrel Mount
Flat Mount
Used with T8 IT23S (Glass Fiber) BT23S (Glass Fiber) EZ-LIGHT T8L
Used with Area Lights (80 x 80 mm) Backlights (70 x 70 mm)

More on next page
659
BRACKETS
SMBACM
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
SMBAMS18P SMBAMS18RA
MISCELLANEOUS
SMBAMS22P
45
92.4
C C A C
ACCESSORIES
40
B A
110
78
48 45
93
B B
10.1
45
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 30, A to B = 15 Hole size: A = 5 (M16), B = 5 (1/4 - 20)
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 26, A to B = 13 Hole size: A = 26.8 x 7, B = 6.5, C = 19
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 26, A to B = 13 Hole size: A = 26.8 x 7, B = 6.5, C = 22.5
Column-mount bracket Black corrosion-resistant zinc finish Hardware included
Flat SMBAMS series bracket with 18 mm Right-angle SMBAMS series bracket hole for mounting sensors with 18 mm hole for mounting sensors Articulation slots for 90+ rotation Articulation slots for 90+ rotation 12-ga. (2.6 mm) cold-rolled steel 12-ga. (2.6 mm) cold-rolled steel
Flat SMBAMS series bracket with 22 mm hole for mounting sensors Articulation slots for 90+ rotation 12-ga. (2.6 mm) cold-rolled steel
Back Mount
Barrel Mount
Barrel Mount
Base Mount
Used with Area Lights (80 x 80 mm) Backlights (70 x 70 mm)
Used with QS18 MINI-BEAM S18 M18 T18 TM18 S18U T18U Q45UR S18C2 Q45UR M18C2 QS18U EZ-LIGHT T18 EZ-LIGHT M18
Used with QS18 MINI-BEAM S18 M18 T18 TM18 S18U T18U QS18U Q45UR S18C2 Q45UR M18C2 EZ-LIGHT T18 EZ-LIGHT M18
Used with K30L
More on next page
NOTE: Shown with optional SMBPPK6 mounting kit (see page 724).
660
SMBAMS22RA
45
SMBAMS30P
SMBAMS30PL52
SMBAMS30PL52R
C C A C B
104
53
A B
93
145
B A A
104
Reference
48
45
52
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 26, A to B = 13 Hole size: A = 26.8 x 7, B = 6.5, C = 22.5
Right-angle SMBAMS series bracket with 22 mm hole for mounting sensors Articulation slots for 90+ rotation 12-ga. (2.6 mm) cold-rolled steel
Flat SMBAMS series bracket with 30 mm hole for mounting sensors Articulation slots for 90+ rotation 12-ga. (2.6 mm) cold-rolled steel
Flat SMBAMS series bracket with space for 70 x 40 mm label 30 mm hole for mounting sensors Articulation slots for 90+ rotation 12-ga. (2.6 mm) cold-rolled steel
Flat SMBAMS series bracket with space for 60 x 58 mm label 30 mm hole for mounting sensors Articulation slots for 90+ rotation 12-ga. (2.6 mm) cold-rolled steel
Base Mount
Barrel Mount
Barrel Mount
Barrel Mount
Used with K30L
Used with QS30 S30 SM30/SMI30 T30 T30U EZ-LIGHT T30 PICO-GUARD Point
Used with EZ-LIGHT T30
Used with EZ-LIGHT T30
Base Mount
Base Mount
Base Mount
Used with Q40 Q45 OMNI-BEAM OTB/LTB VTB STB QT50R QT50U Q45U Q45UR K50 EZ-LIGHT K50L EZ-LIGHT TL50 EZ-LIGHT CL50 WL50 Work Lights
Used with VTB K50 EZ-LIGHT K50L
Used with VTB K50 EZ-LIGHT K50L

More on next page
661
BRACKETS
SMBAMS30RA
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
SMBAMS30RLJ SMBAMS30RLS
MISCELLANEOUS
SMBAMS70A
48
45
ACCESSORIES
C C C A A
53
85
A
70
66
B
48
48
72
48
64 50
A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 26, A to B = 13 Hole size: A = 26.8 x 7, B = 6.5, C =7
Right-angle SMBAMS series bracket with 30 mm hole for mounting sensors Articulation slots for 90+ rotation 12-ga. (2.6 mm) cold-rolled steel
Right-angle SMBAMS series bracket with 70 x 40 mm space for label 30 mm hole for mounting sensor Articulation slots for 90+ rotation 12-ga. (2.6 mm) cold-rolled steel
Right-angle SMBAMS series bracket with 62 x 26 mm space for label 30 mm hole for mounting sensor Articulation slots for 90+ rotation 12-ga. (2.6 mm) cold-rolled steel
Right-angle zinc-plated cold-rolled steel Articulated slots for 90+ rotation Two 1/4-20 screws included
Barrel Mount
Barrel Mount
Barrel Mount
Back Mount
Used with QS30 S30 SM30/SMI30 T30 T30U EZ-LIGHT T30 PICO-GUARD Point
Used with EZ-LIGHT T30 Base Mount
Used with EZ-LIGHT T30L Base Mount
Used with Area Light (70 mm)
More on next page
Base Mount
Used with Used with Q40 Q45 OMNI-BEAM OTB/LTB VTB STB Q45U Q45UR QT50U QT50R K50 EZ-LIGHT K50L EZ-LIGHT TL50 EZ-LIGHT CL50 WL50 Work Lights VTB K50 EZ-LIGHT K50L EZ-LIGHT CL50
Used with VTB K50 EZ-LIGHT K50L EZ-LIGHT CL50
662
SMBAMS70AS
89
SMBAMS80PL52
81
SMBAMS80PL52R
135
C
SMBAMSBRA
45
96
198
B
48 133
A B
B A
Reference
A B
48
50
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 26, A to B = 13 Hole size: A = 26.8 x 7, B = 6.5, C =7
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 26, A to B = 13, C = 65 Hole size: A = 26.8 x 7, B = 6.5, C = 4.2
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 26, A to B = 13, C = 65 Hole size: A = 26.8 x 7, B = 6.5, C = 4.2
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 26, A to B = 13 Hole size: A = 26.8 x 7, B = 6.5
Right-angle, 12-ga. 316 stainless steel Articulated slots for 90+ rotation Four 1/4-20 stainless steel screws included
Flat SMBAMS series bracket with 65 x 80 mm space for label Articulation slots for 90+ rotation 12-ga. (2.6 mm) cold-rolled steel
Flat SMBAMS series bracket with 65 x 80 mm space for label Articulation slots for 90+ rotation 12-ga. (2.6 mm) cold-rolled steel
Right-angle base piece for SMBAMS series of versatile mounting hardware Four point hole pattern to integrate with articulation slots in SMBAMS series brackets 12-ga. (2.6 mm) cold-rolled steel Bracket-to-Bracket
Side Mount
Back Mount
Back Mount
Used with Sealed Area Light (70 mm)
Used with EZ-LIGHT K80L EZ-LIGHT K80 DX80 DX70 DX99 DX85
Used with EZ-LIGHT K80L EZ-LIGHT K80 DX80 DX70 DX99 DX85
Used with SMBAMSBRA* SMBAMS18P SMBAMS18RA SMBAMS22P SMBAMS22RA SMBAMS30P SMBAMS30PL52 SMBAMS30PL52R SMBAMS30RLJ SMBAMS30RLS SMBAMS30RA SMBAMS80PL52 SMBAMS80PL5R SMBAMSLT3IP SMBAMSLT3P SMBAMSQ60IP SMBAMSQ60P SMBAMSR85P
More on next page
* Multiple SMBAMSBRA base brackets can be integrated together to allow for additional points of articulation
663
BRACKETS
SMBAMSLT3IP
42.2 104
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
SMBAMSLT3P
87
MISCELLANEOUS
SMBAMSQ60P
60
SMBAMSQ60IP
31.9 92
ACCESSORIES
130
116
122 136
B B A A A B A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 26, B = 13 Hole size: A = 26.8 x 7, B = 6.5
Industrial protection SMBAMS series Flat SMBAMS series bracket for bracket for LT3 with replaceable window mounting LT3 Articulation slots for 90+ rotation Articulation slots for 90+ rotation 12-ga. 300 series stainless steel 12-ga. (2.6 mm) 300 series stainless steel Side Mount Side Mount
Industrial protection SMBAMS series bracket for Q60 with replaceable window Articulation slots for 90+ rotation 12-ga. (2.6 mm) 300 series stainless steel Side Mount
Flat SMBAMS series bracket for mounting Q60 Articulation slots for 90+ rotation 12-ga. 300 series stainless steel
Side Mount
Used with LT3
Used with LT3
Used with Q60
Used with Q60
More on next page
664
SMBAMSR85P
95
SMBAMSRAB
48
SMBARP..30
SMBASCM
A D C A B C E
Cordsets
91
A
235
89
139
119
E B B A D
Reference
12
70 73.1
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 26, B = 13, C = 77, E = 30 Hole size: A = 26.8 x 7, B = 6.5, C = 2.3, D = 3.2, E = 3.2
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A to B = 12 B to C = 11, A to C = 23, A to D = 55, E to E = 50.8 Hole size: A , B , C , D = 6.9 x 32, E = 6.9 x 89.4 10-ga. (3.4 mm) cold-rolled steel with zinc finish Retrofit WORLD-BEAM QS30 in place of MULTI-BEAM, MAXI-BEAM, Q45, OMNI-BEAM and VALU-BEAM sensors Barrel Mount
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 69.9 Hole size: A = 12.8
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 25.4, A to B = 12.7 Hole size: A = 5 (M16), B = 5 (1/4-20)
Flat SMBAMS series bracket for mounting reflectors Articulation slots for 90+ rotation 14-ga. 300 series stainless steel
Model SMBARPL30 SMBARPR30 SMBARPB30
Rope Pull Left Right Both
Column-mount bracket 316 stainless steel Stainless steel hardware included
Round Targets
Base Mount
Back Mount
Used with BRT-3 BRT-84 Square Targets
Used with QS30* * Requires a SMBAMS30RA bracket (sold separately)
Used with K50
Used with Sealed Area Light (70 mm) NOTE: Shown with optional SMBPPK6 mounting kit (see page 724).
More on next page
Used with BRT-77X77C BRT-51X51BM
665
BRACKETS
SMBBSSM
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
SMBDX80DIN SMBF
MISCELLANEOUS
SMBFP3
ACCESSORIES
35.2 21.6 89 180 89 15.2
28.6
B A
25.4 10.6
B A
12.7
10.8

A
N/A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 19.1 Hole size: A = 8 x 4.6, B = 8.3
= 167.8
Surface-mount bracket 316 stainless steel Stainless steel hardware included Set of two brackets
Black reinforced thermoplastic Bracket for mounting on 35 mm DIN rail
Right-angle bracket for glass fiber optic with 5/16"-24 threaded tip 18-ga. stainless steel
Right-angle bracket for glass fiber optic with 3 mm threaded tip 18-ga. stainless steel
Back Mount
Back Mount
Barrel Mount
Barrel Mount
Used with Backlights (75 x 150 mm) Backlights (150 x 150 mm) Backlights (150 x 225 mm) Backlights (150 x 300 mm) WLA Work Lights
Used with K80 EZ-LIGHT K80L EZ-LIGHT K80CLR EZ-LIGHT SP150 DX80 DX70 DX85 DX81 DX90 DX91
Used with Glass fiber with 5/16" - 24 threaded tip
Used with Plastic fiber with M3 tip

More on next page
666
SMBFP4
8.9 25.4 10.6
B A
SMBFP4N
SMBFP6
SMBIVUB
25.4
A
9.52
B A
56.75
Retroreflectors
A
15.2
10.6
33.1 12.7 25.4 12.7

B
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 12 Hole size: A = 4.8 x 5, B = 4.2
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 35, A to B = 18 Hole size: A , B = 4.4
Right-angle bracket for plastic fiber optic Low-profile right-angle bracket for plastic Right-angle bracket for plastic fiber with 4 mm threaded tip fiber optics with 4 mm threaded tip optics with 6 mm threaded tip 18-ga. stainless steel 18-ga. stainless steel 18-ga. stainless steel
Bottom mounting bracket Black anodized aluminum Hardware included
Barrel Mount
Barrel Mount
Barrel Mount
Bottom Mount
Used with iVu TG NOTE: Shown with optional SMBPPK6 mounting kit (see page 724).
More on next page
667
BRACKETS
SMBIVURAL
44
B
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
SMBIVURAR
44
B
MISCELLANEOUS
SMBLASRA
SMBIVUU
65 49 59.6
A B C
69
ACCESSORIES
49
A
58
A
78.1
78.1
54
D
57.3
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A to B = 22.5 Hole size: A = 6.6,

A
Hole center spacing: A = 36.4, B = 26 Hole center spacing: A = 36.4, B = 26 Hole center spacing: A = 26, C = 30, C to D = 42 Hole size: A = 4.4 x 6.4, B = 7 x 26, Hole size: A = 4.4 x 6.4, B = 7 x 26, C = 1/4-20 C = 1/4-20 Hole size: A = 6.5 x 3.6, B = 6.6, C , D = 5.4
= 45,
= 6.6 x 12.4
Right-angle bracket for mounting sensor Right-angle bracket for mounting from the left sensor from right 12-ga. stainless steel 12-ga. stainless steel Hardware included Hardware included
U-shaped swivel bracket kit 14-ga. stainless steel Hardware included
Right-angle metal bracket May be used individually or two used in combination 316 stainless steel bracket and hardware Set of two brackets Back Mount
Bottom Mount
Bottom Mount
Bottom Mount
Used with iVu iVu Plus
Used with Sealed Linear Array Lights (IP68)

More on next page
668
SMBLAXRA
D A B B C A
SMBLAXU
SMBLBCZB
147 27
SMBLG
C
65.5
A
Miscellaneous
72.8
D
65
E D
32.8 225 95 95
A B
Reference
58 28.6
B
All measurements in mm = 45, Hole center spacing: Hole size: A = 5.2

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 56, A to B = 20, C = 44.5, C to D = 14 Hole size: A = 19.1 x 14.2, B = 6.3, C = 19.3 x 15.3, D = 6.3
Hole center spacing: A = 26, B = 45, Hole center spacing: A = 25, C to D & B to C = 22.5, E = 4.5 C to D & B to C = 22.5 Hole size: A = 7 x 26, B , C , D = 6.6, Hole size: A = 7 x 26, B , C , E = 5.4
= 107
= 6.6
Right-angle metal bracket May be used individually or with SMBLAXU to provide swivel adjustment 316 stainless steel bracket and hardware Set of two brackets Side Mount
U-shaped metal bracket Used with SMBLAXRA to provide swivel adjustment 316 stainless steel bracket and hardware Set of two brackets Side Mount
U-shaped bracket for mounting LG series sensor mounting bracket EZ-ARRAY emitter/receiver 67 mm apart 304 stainless steel 8-ga. (4 mm) cold-rolled steel, black zinc plated
Side Mount
Side Mount
Used with Linear Array Lights (IP50)
Used with Linear Array Lights (IP50)
Used with EZ-ARRAY
Used with LG5 LG10

More on next page
669
BRACKETS
SMBLGA
CORDSETS
SMBLH1
9.5
RETROREFLECTORS
SMBLH..
MISCELLANEOUS
SMBLSTDLQ26
15.2 15.2
40
ACCESSORIES
125 72.8
D A
34.5
95
A
125 65 9.6
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 56, A to B = 20, C = 44.5, C to D = 14 Hole size: A = 19.1 x 14.2, B = 6.3, C = 19.3 x 15.3, D = 6.3

A

SMBLH30 SMBLH80 SMBLH150
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: Hole size: A = 3.5, C = 10.5 x 3.5
B B
= M4
Height (H) 208 358 608

A
Used with LH30 LH80 LH150
= 10 = 10.5 x 3.5,
LG series adjustable bracket assembly Precision adjustment screws 304 stainless steel
Main mounting bracket for LH sensor T-slot or bolt-on bracket for mounting one sensor Anodized Aluminum
Hole size:
= M4
Adjustable right-angle metal bracket 304 stainless steel
LH series adjustable bracket Brackets for thickness and displacement measurement Anodized Aluminum Side Mount Side Mount
Side Mount
Side Mount
Used with LG5 LG10
Used with LH
Used with LH
Used with Q26

More on next page
670
SMBLSTQ26
A B
SMBLT31
SMBLT32
SMBLT3IP
107.9
85.5
90 130.5
72
D A B
68 72
C
70
32
15.2
32
A A
76.8
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A , Hole size: A , D = 3.5,

B
All measurements in mm = 20 Hole center spacing: A to C = 47.5, = 3.5 B to B = 24.1 Hole size: A = 13.2 x 5, B = 4, C =5
D
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: Hole size: A = 5 x 12

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 82.5 Hole size: A = 6 x 20.5
, B ,
C C
= 80
Right-angle bracket 304 stainless steel
Full protection bracket 300 stainless steel Mounting hardware included
Protective bracket with replaceable window Stainless steel construction Includes replacement windows
Side Mount
Side Mount
Side Mount
Side Mount
Used with Q26
Used with LT3
Used with LT3
Used with LT3
More on next page
671
BRACKETS
SMBLT7
CORDSETS
SMBLT7F
RETROREFLECTORS
SMBLX
MISCELLANEOUS
SMBLXR
ACCESSORIES
140.5
10 12.7
25.5
51.3
B A
39.9 45 49.5 32
76.3
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: Hole size: A = 3.1, C = 5.2 x 28

A B

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A , B = 63.5, A to B = 10.2 Hole size: A , B = 5.2 x 11.6
to C = 31.8 = 5 x 9,
= 12.7
Right-angle bracket 300 stainless steel Fine-adjust accessory available (model SMBLT7F)
Fine-adjust accessory for bracket SMBLT7 End-cap brackets; set of 2 Mounting hardware included Zinc-plated cold-rolled steel SMBLT7 required (sold separately) Cold-rolled steel
Back-mount bracket for secure one-end mounting Zinc-plated cold-rolled steel
Side Mount
Bracket-to-Bracket
End Mount
Back Mount
Used with LT7
Used with LT7* * Shown mounted on SMBLT7 (sold separately)
Used with LX
Used with LX
More on next page
672
SMBM25A
16 64
SMBM25B
SMBP42ASM
SMBP4ASM*
A A
49.5
60.6 67.5 297.4 64 16 66
113.4
Reference

A

A
All measurements in mm N/A N/A
= 25.4
= 25.4
Top mount swivel bracket Stainless steel with rounded edges for cleanliness in demanding environments Non-metallic FDA compliant bushing for acoustically isolating M25U sensors M10 x 1.5 mount on opposite side of clamping nuts Barrel Mount
Bottom mount swivel bracket Stainless steel with rounded edges for cleanliness in demanding environments Non-metallic FDA compliant bushing for acoustically isolating M25U sensors M10 x 1.5 mount on same side as clamping nuts Barrel Mount
For mounting two lights to P4 sensor housing Black corrosion-resistant zinc finish Hardware included
For mounting light to P4 sensor housing Black corrosion-resistant zinc finish Hardware included
Light-to-Sensor
Light-to-Sensor
Used with M25U
Used with M25U
Used with Area Light (80 x 80 mm)* Area Light (62 x 62 mm) Spot Light * Requires one SMBACM bracket with each light (see page 646)
Used with Area Light (80 x 80 mm) Area Light (62 x 62 mm) Spot Light * Requires one SMBACM bracket with each light (see page 646)
More on next page
673
BRACKETS
SMBP4OAL100
A
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
SMBP4OAL50
A A
MISCELLANEOUS
SMBP4RAS
SMBP4RAB
ACCESSORIES
325 370 80.8

A
131.7
120.1 148 115.2* 99 65.2*
66.9 66.9 4.7

A

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 43.5 Hole size: A = 6.8 x 2.5
= 15
= 15
For mounting On-Axis light to P4 housing Centers lens on light opening Black zinc-plated steel Hardware included Light-to-Sensor
For mounting On-Axis light to P4 housing Centers lens on light opening Black zinc-plated steel Hardware included Light-to-Sensor
Heavy-duty, black corrosion-resistant zinc finish 8 of rotation on image-axis Hardware included
Right-angle swivel bracket 70 rotation on images x-axis and 20 on the y-axis Black corrosion-resistant zinc finish Hardware included Side Mount
Side Mount
Used with On-Axis (100 mm) * Dimensions include 100 mm light (sold separately)
Used with P4 (right-angle)
Used with P4 (right-angle)

More on next page
674
SMBP4SRAF
SMBPMPRHI
SMBPPDE
SMBPPDH
Cordsets
64.8 176.4
70
46.5
158.8
Retroreflectors Miscellaneous Reference
49.3
43
B C A
104.6 57.9 18.5

B
104.6
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: C = 36 Hole size: A = 7 x 26, C = 5.5

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 20.1, B = 44.8 Hole size: A = 3.5 x 9.9, B = 3.8 N/A
to
= 12.5,
= 8 (1/4-20),
Right-angle, stainless steel bracket Stainless steel hardware included
Black zinc plated steel For mounting light to Pro Mini Camera Black zinc plated finish Hardware included
DIN-rail edge mounting bracket to save linear track space Black ABS plastic Hardware included
DIN-rail flat mounting for easy viewing of LEDs Black ABS plastic Hardware included
Front Mount
Light-to-Sensor
Back Mount
Back Mount
Used with P4 (sealed)
Used with Ring Light (70 mm)
Used with PresencePLUS Pro Controller
Used with PresencePLUS Pro Controller
More on next page
675
BRACKETS
SMBPPLK
CORDSETS
SMBPPLU
RETROREFLECTORS
SMBPPOAL100
A
MISCELLANEOUS
SMBPPOAL50
A
43.5
ACCESSORIES
65 370 325
58.5 30.5
46 148 115.2* 99 65.2*
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 58.5, B = 30 Hole Size: A = 18.7 x 3.4, B = 14.3 x 4.4

A

A
= 15
= 15
2 inch pivoting assembly
Highly stable U-Shaped bracket Bright corrosion-resistant finish Hardware included
For mounting On-Axis light to Pro housing Centers lens on light opening Black zinc-plated steel Hardware included Light-to-Sensor
For mounting On-Axis light to Pro housing Centers lens on light opening Black zinc-plated steel Hardware included Light-to-Sensor
Base Mount
Side Mount
Used with Spot Lights
Used with PresencePLUS Pro Camera
More on next page
676
SMBPPRA
A
SMBPPRHI
SMBPPROMRA
B
SMBPPSU

A B C
B A D
45.2
B C
E A
57.7
43.5 65
91.5 57.7
18.5 77 48 42 52.3
30
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 58.5 Hole Size: A = 18.7 x 3.4, B = 44.5 x 4.4
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: B = 52.3 Hole size: A = 3.8,

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 26, B = 20, C to D = 20 Hole Size: A = 7 x 26, B = 3.6 x 5.6, C = 3.6 x 6.6, D = 6.8, E = 8 (1/4-20) Right-angle bracket 316 stainless steel Hardware included
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: B = 25 Hole size: A = 6.5, C = 6.5

A
= 44.5, = 3.6 x 6.4
to
= 31.8,
= 20.2 x 7,
Right-angle bracket with single-side mounting for difficult-to-access sites Bright corrosion-resistant finish Hardware included
Black anodized aluminum bracket For mounting light to Pro camera Hardware included
316 stainless steel 10 of rotation on images y-axis Hardware included
Side Mount
Light-to-Sensor
Side Mount
Side Mount
Used with Ring Light (70 mm)
Used with PresencePLUS Pro Mini Camera
Used with Sealed PresencePLUS Pro Camera
More on next page
677
BRACKETS
SMBPPU
CORDSETS
SMBPVA1
C
RETROREFLECTORS
SMBPVA11
MISCELLANEOUS
SMBPVA2
34
40
ACCESSORIES
34
B A
B A
34 40.6 56.9 66 30
48 20.1 22.9
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: Hole size: A = 16,

B B
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 10.2, B to B = 18, B to C = 10.2 Hole size: A = 10 x 4.8, B , C = 4.6 NA

A
= 25 = 3.3 x 25
= 18.8
U-Shaped swivel bracket for variable rotation Bright corrosion-resistant finish Hardware included
Right-angle bracket 303 stainless steel Replacement brackets for brackets included with sensors
Pair of two-piece swivel brackets for mounting sensor to 5/16" metal rack system Articulation slot for 90 rotation May be used with SMBPVA..C bracket Bracket Mount
Set of 4 molded brackets Snaps onto standard 28 mm diameter pipe 2 required per sensor
Side Mount
Back Mount
Back Mount
Used with PVA PVD EZ-LIGHT TL30F
Used with PVD EZ-LIGHT TL30F Bracket-to-Bracket
Used with PVA PVD EZ-LIGHT TL30F Bracket-to-Bracket
Used with SMBPVD..A SMBPVD..AB
Used with SMBPVA.. SMBPVA..A SMBPVA..AB SMBPVD..A SMBPVD..AB

More on next page
678
SMBPVA.., SMBPVA..A, SMBPVA..AB

35.6
SMBPVA..C
14.5
A
SMBPVA6
B B C
Retroreflectors
L1
E
32
L2 58.5 30
19.3
39
All measurements in mm DIP Switch Access Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Light Protected No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Length (L)
139.7
All measurements in mm Used With

PVA100
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A , B , A to B = 18 Hole size: A = 3.2
Models
SMBPVA5C SMBPVA10C
L1 188.7 317.2
L2 139.5 268.0
Models
SMBPVA5 SMBPVA5A SMBPVA5AB SMBPVA10 SMBPVA10A SMBPVA10AB SMBPVA13 SMBPVA13A SMBPVA13AB SMBPVA16 SMBPVA16A SMBPVA16AB
268.2
PVA225
Hole center spacing: A to C = 20, B to C = 18, D = 13, E = 32 Hole size: A = 7.3, B , C , D , E = 5.2 Back-mounted bracket for mounting to SMBPVA7 or SMBPVA8 brackets Cold-rolled steel with zinc finish Back Mount
Set of 4 molded brackets Brackets clamp onto 28 mm pipe Request data sheet p/n 64900 for more information
343.3
PVA300
Back Mount
418.2
PVA375
Pair of brackets protects sensor from impact; provides DIP-switch and/or indicator light exposure (depending on model) Heavy-duty cold-rolled steel-zinc finish May be used with SMBPVA..C for mounting to SMBPVA7 or SMBPVA8 brackets
Used with PVA PVD
Back Mount
Bracket-to-Bracket
Used with PVA (see chart) Bracket-to-Bracket
Used with SMBPVA7* SMBPVA8* SMBPVA... SMBPVA...A SMBPVA...AB SMBPVD...A SMBPVD...AB
Used with SMBPVA.. SMBPVA..A SMBPVA..AB SMBPVD..A SMBPVD..AB

More on next page
* Sensor must be mounted to a SMBPVA..C bracket.
Used with SMBPVA..2 SMBPVA..7* SMBPVA..8* SMBPVA..C bracket
* Protective bracket must be mounted to a SMBPVA..C bracket.
679
BRACKETS
SMBPVA7
30
CORDSETS
SMBPVA8
RETROREFLECTORS
SMBPVA9
MISCELLANEOUS
ACCESSORIES
33 50
A
40 42.5 32 16.8 40 35
N/A N/A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: Hole size: A = 5

A
= 18
One-piece bracket for mounting to 28 mm diamiter pipe Black-painted steel Requires SMBPVA..C for mounting at an angle 90 Bracket-to-Bracket
Heavy-duty 2-part bracket mounts to 28 mm diamiter pipe Cold-rolled steel with zinc finish Requires SMBPVA..C for mounting
Pair of 2-piece swivel brackets Mount directly to sensor or to PVD/PVA protective brackets Designed for mounting sensor to look down Back Mount
Bracket-to-Bracket
Used with PVA* PVD* SMBPVA5C SMBPVA10C * Sensor must be mounted to SMBPVA..C bracket. (sold separately)
Used with PVA* PVD* SMBPVA5C SMBPVA10C * Sensor must be mounted to SMBPVA..C bracket. (sold separately)
Used with SMBPVA... SMBPVA..A SMBPVA...AB SMBPVD...A SMBPVD...AB

More on next page
680
SMBPVD..A & SMBPVD..AB

35.6
SMBQ12A
SMBQ12T
34.2 L
A B A B
34.2
Reference
16.5
10.5
16.5
10.5
19.3
All measurements in mm DIP Switch Access Yes No Yes No Length (L)

140 269
All measurements in mm Used With

PVD100 PVD225
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A to B = 7.6 Hole size: A = 3.5 x 8.1, B = 3.2
Models
SMBPVD100A SMBPVD100AB SMBPVD225A SMBPVD225AB
Hole center spacing: A to B = 7.6 Hole size: A = 3.5 x 8.1, B = 3.2
Heavy-duty protection brackets; DIP-switch access Cold-rolled steel with zinc finish May be used with SMBPVA..C for mounting to SMBPVA7 or SMBPVA8 brackets
Adjustable right-angle bracket 20-ga. 300 series stainless steel
Right-angle bracket 20-ga. 300 series stainless steel
Back Mount
Side Mount
Side Mount
Used with PVD (see chart) Bracket-to-Bracket
Used with Q12
Used with Q12
More on next page
Used with SMBPVA9 SMBPVA2 SMBPVA..C SMBPVA7* SMBPVA8* * Protective bracket must be mounted to a SMBPVA..C bracket.
681
BRACKETS
SMBQ20H
CORDSETS
SMBQ20L
RETROREFLECTORS
SMBQ20LV
MISCELLANEOUS
SMBQ20U
30
ACCESSORIES
39 14.5
A B
31.2 16.2
A
55
38.5
29 13.7
36
A
23
34.3
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A to B = 20 Hole size: A = 2.8 x 9.3, B = 8.4 x 4.5
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A to B = 20 Hole size: A = 2.8 x 9.3, B = 8.4 x 4.5
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 12 Hole size: A = 3 x 9.4
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 26.5 Hole size: A = 3 x 12.6
Sensor horizontal flange mount 10 swivel Stainless steel
Right-angle bracket 5 tip, 5 swivel Stainless steel
Right-angle bracket 10 tip Stainless steel
Protective bracket 22.5 swivel Stainless steel
Side Mount
Side Mount
Side Mount
Side Mount
Used with Q20
Used with Q20
Used with Q20
Used with Q20
More on next page
682
SMBQ60
SMBQC50
SMBQS12PD
SMBQS18A
22
C B
19.4
24.9
71
A
27
B A
Reference
82
A B
62 54.6 27 31.2
A
64
20

A B
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A to B = 18, B to B = 36 Hole size: A = 4, B = 4 x 13.3
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: Hole size: A = 3.5, C = 13

A B

A
to B = 24.1 = 8.4 x 4.5
to B = 14 = 3.5 x 10.6,
= 15.3
Right-angle bracket 14-ga. 304 stainless steel
Multi-directional stainless steel right-angle bracket Variety of mounting options
Right-angle, nose-mount bracket 16-ga. 300 series stainless steel
Wrap-around protection bracket Die-cast bracket Base fits 18 mm threaded hole Metal hex nut, lock washer and grommet included Mounting holes specially designed for QS18AF sensors Side Mount
Side Mount
Side Mount
Barrel Mount
Used with Q60
Used with QC50 QCX50
Used with M12 S12
Used with QS18 (DC only) QS18U QS18AF

More on next page
683
BRACKETS
SMBQS18AF
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
SMBQS18DIN SMBQS18RA
MISCELLANEOUS
SMBQS18Y
19.5
11 46
ACCESSORIES
44
A B A B
40.4
50
40 33 15.2 15.2 25.4

A
31.8
N/A

A
= 15.3
Right-angle mounting bracket 14-ga. 304 stainless steel
Right-angle bracket assembly for mounting on 35 mm DIN rail 300 series stainless steel and glass filled nylon; zinc-plated screws
Right-angle mounting bracket 14-ga. 304 stainless steel
Die-cast bracket for 18 mm holes Includes metal hex nut and lock washer Allows 8 for cabled sensors
Side Mount
Side Mount
Side Mount
Side Mount
Used with QS18AF (Only)
Used with QS18
Used with QS18 (except QS18AF) QS18U
Used with QS18 (DC only) QS18U

More on next page
684
SMBQS18YL
16.4 41
SMBQS30L
SMBQS30LT
26.5
SMBQS30Y
35
64.4
B
91.4
A
55
74
B A A
Reference
44
A
24 44 24

A

A B

A B

A
= 15.3
to B = 35 = 4.25 x 16.3
to B = 35 = 4.25 x 16.3
= 15.3
Heavy-duty die-cast bracket for industrial protection Replaceable window M18 vertical mount-option Nut and lock washer included Side Mount
Right-angle bracket for cable sensor models Clearance for M4 (#8) hardware 12 tilt adjustment 14-ga. stainless steel Side Mount
Tall right-angle bracket for QD models 8 tilt adjustment 14-ga. stainless steel
Heavy-duty die-cast bracket M18 vertical mount option 8 tilt adjustment with cabled units Includes nuts and lock washer
Side Mount
Side Mount
Used with QS18AF (Class 2 Laser Only)
Used with QS30
Used with QS30 with integral QDs
Used with QS30 (DC only)
More on next page
685
BRACKETS
SMBQS30YL
27.5 50.5
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
SMBR55F01
10.7
MISCELLANEOUS
SMBR55FRA
SMBR55F02
30
A A
64
40
20
ACCESSORIES
74 65
72.9
C
44
34.8

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A , A to B , B to C = 25.3 Hole size: A , C = 5.6,

B

A
= 15.3
= 50.8,
= 20
= 11 x 5
Heavy-duty die-cast bracket designed for industrial protection Replaceable window M18 vertical mount option Includes nuts and lock washer Side Mount
Flat-mounting bracket Mounts to T-slotted or narrow flat surfaces Eliminates need for DIN rail 19-ga. stainless steel Molded PBT polyester Black reinforced thermoplastic polyester
Side-mounting bracket Eliminates need for DIN rail 19-ga. stainless steel
Back Mount
Back Mount
Side Mount
Used with QS30 (DC only)
Used with R55F DF-G1 D10 D12 PICO-GUARD SFA-RD
Used with PICO-GUARD SFA-RD
Used with R55F DF-G1 D10 D12 PICO-GUARD SFA-RD
More on next page
686
SMBSL
19
SMBT18Y
SMBVLA62X62RA
70.9
SMBVLA62X62S
A
41.3
25.4
37.4 63.5
63.5
Reference
51.9 19.3
C A
70.9 25.5 6.4
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 40, B , C = 21.6, B to C = 39.9 Hole size: A , B , C = 5.5

A
= 15.3
Right-angle bracket 304 stainless steel Hardware included
Die-cast bracket for 18 mm holes Includes metal hex nut For use with Euro-style QD connectors and cabled versions
For mounting a light at a right angle 14-ga. steel, black zinc-plated
Surface-mount bracket for mounting light from front In-line bracket 14-ga. steel, black zinc-plated
Side Mount
Barrel Mount
Back Mount
Back Mount
Used with SL10 SL30
Used with T18 TM18 T18U EZ-LIGHT T18
Used with Area Lights (62 x 62 mm)
Used with Area Lights (62 x 62 mm)
More on next page
687
BRACKETS
SMBVS1S
CORDSETS
SMBVS1SC
RETROREFLECTORS
SMBVS1T
MISCELLANEOUS
SMBVS1TC
22
12
11
ACCESSORIES
25
19.5
32
A
32
25
22
10

A

A
= 10.0
= 5.5
Short right-angle bracket 18-ga. stainless steel
Short right-angle bracket 18-ga. stainless steel
Tall right-angle bracket Stainless steel
Tall right-angle compact bracket 300 stainless steel
Side Mount
Side Mount
Side Mount
Side Mount
Used with VS1
Used with VS1
Used with VS1
Used with VS1
More on next page
688
SMBVS2RA
SMBVS3S
SMBVS3T
SMBVSM4
12.1
16 20
16 20.1
23.5
A
32
20
14 20 18
16.1
A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 80. Hole size: A = 3.2 x 6

A
=8
Right-angle bracket Stainless steel
Tall right-angle bracket 300 stainless steel
Mounting clamp for 4 mm barrel-style sensors Black impact-resistant plastic
Back Mount
Side Mount
Side Mount
Barrel Mount
Used with VS2
Used with VS3
Used with VS3
Used with VSM4
More on next page
689
BRACKETS
SMBWFTLS
30 78
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
SMBWFTLR
30 78 113
MISCELLANEOUS
SMBWLS28SM
30
C
SMBWLS28RA
30
ACCESSORIES
25
A B
30
150
A A
36
55

A

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: C = 8 Hole size: A = 15.25, C = 5
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: B = 24, Hole size: A = 15.25

C
= 27
= 27
= 10
In-line bracket Mounts around light Bright zinc-coated steel construction
Right-angle bracket Mounts around light Bright zinc-coated steel construction
Two replacement brackets for one light 14-ga. zinc-plated steel 45 rotation from center
Two replacement brackets for one light 14-ga. zinc-plated steel 30 rotation from center
Base Mount
Base Mount
End Mount
End Mount
Used with Tubular Fluorescent Lights
Used with Tubular Fluorescent Lights
Used with WLS28 Work Lights
Used with WLS28 Work Lights

More on next page
690
SMH241F
6
STBA-RB1-MB1
STBA-RB1-MB2
A B
STBA-RB1-MB3
100 12 72
126
30
135.4 12
158.7
Reference
144 18

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 106 Hole size: A = 9 x 15
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 20, A to B = 20 Hole size: A , B = 27 x 7

B
All measurements in mm = 40, NA
= 24
Nut strap replaces two M3 mounting nuts and washers 16-ga. stainless steel
Pair of wall-mount brackets; run bar hangs on vertical surface Slotted holes for vertical adjustment 12-ga. cold-rolled steel with black powdercoat paint
Wall Mount
Universal-mount bracket; allows run bar to mount to vertical stand or surface Slotted holes for adjustment 12-ga. cold-rolled steel with black powdercoat paint
Wall/Stand Mount
Swivel-mount bracket; mounts to telescoping stand Holes for radial adjustment, 0 to 30 in 10 increments 12-ga. cold-rolled steel with black powdercoat paint
Stand Mount
Side Mount
Used with QS18 MINI-BEAM QM42/QMT42 QS18U
Used with DUO-TOUCH Run Bar
Used with DUO-TOUCH Run Bar
Used with DUO-TOUCH Run Bar NOTE: Included with telescoping stands STBA-RB1-S1 and STBA-RB1-S2
More on next page
691
BRACKETS
USCMB-..
31.8
A B
CORDSETS
USMB-1
31.9
RETROREFLECTORS
USMB-6
69.9
B
MISCELLANEOUS
USMB-8
A B C C
B A
ACCESSORIES
111.3
27.2
8 41.9
D
32.8 42.4 37.6 40.3 28.4
31.8
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: B = 19.9, A to B = 10 Hole size: A = 12.2 x 7.1, B = 4.8
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A to B = 10 Hole size: A = 4.8, C = 15.2

A
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 52.1, A to B = 26, C = 30.6 Hole size: A , B = 25.4 x 7.1, C = 15.5 x 7, D = 15.2
All measurements in mm Hole center spacing: A = 22.7 Hole size: A = 15 x 3.5, B = 14.8
= 20, = 12.7 x 7,
Two-piece center mounting replacement kit for bracket that comes with emitter/receiver 13-ga. cold-rolled steel with black power coat paint Bracket hardware included
Center Bracket
Two-bracket replacement kit for brackets Two-bracket universal-mounting that come with emitter/receiver surface kit 13-ga. cold-rolled steel with black 13-ga. cold-rolled steel with black corrosion-resistant zinc chromate finish corrosion-resistant zinc chromate finish Bracket hardware included Bracket hardware included
Two-bracket kit for one emitter/receiver Mounting plate for 90 sensor direction Black anodized aluminum
End Mount
Flanges In Flanges Out Flanges In
End Mount
Flanges Out
End Mount
Used with EZ-SCREEN Type 2 NOTE: USCMB-1 fits emitters/receivers 600 to 900 mm long USCMB-2 fits emitters/receivers 1050 mm and longer
Used with EZ-SCREEN Type 2
692
3-Pin Threaded M8/Pico-Style Cordsets

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 24 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 125V ac/dc, 4.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
2.00 m 5.00 m
Model
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
35 Typ.
Pinout
Used With
Q12 T8 SB12 VSM VS1 VS2 VS3 SLM IP68 Sealed Ring Lights (nickel-plated) On-Axis Lights
Straight
7.00 m 9.00 m 10.0 m 2.00 m
4.40 mm
9.5 M8 x 1 28 Typ.
Female
4 3 1
Right-Angle
5.00 m 9.00 m
4.40 mm
M8 x 1 9.5
20 Typ.
1 = Brown 3 = Blue 4 = Black

Cable: PVC jacket and connector body, stainless steel coupling nut Conductors: 24 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 125V ac/dc, 4.0 A Temperature: -40 to +90 C Environmental Rating: IP67
3 Pin 3 Wire
Style
Length
4.00 m
Model
PKGV3M-4 PKGV3M-7 PKGV3M-10
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
35 Typ.
1 = Brown 3 = Blue 4 = Pinout Black
Used With
IP68 Sealed Ring Lights (stainless steel)
1
Female
4 3
9.5 M8 x 1
Straight
7.00 m 10.0 m
4.40 mm
3-Pin Threaded/Snap M8/Pico-Style CordsetsDouble Ended

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass (female) and nylon/nickel-plated brass (male) coupling nuts Conductors: 24 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 125V ac/dc, 4.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
Model
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
35 Typ.
Pinout 3 Pin 3 Wire

1 = Brown Female 3 = Blue 44 = Black 3 1
Used With
IP68 Sealed P4 (connect IP68 Sealed Ring Light to P4)
0.35 m
PKG3M-.35-PSG3M
M8 x 1 9.5
Straight 2.00 m PKG3M-2-PSG3M
4.40 mm
42 Typ.
4 1
Male
3
M8 x 1 8.5
3 Pin 3 Wire 1 = Brown 3 = Blue 4 = Black
693
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
3-Pin Threaded M8/Pico-Style Splitter CordsetFlat Junction

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass (female) and nylon/nickel-plated brass (male) coupling nuts Conductors: 24 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 125V ac/dc, 4.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67 Wiring: Parallel wired Y-cords
ACCESSORIES
Connections Model
CSB-M831M831
Branches
3-Pin Pico QD 2 x 0.20 m Female
Trunk
0.20 m Male
Cable Diameter
4.40 mm
4 3
34.7 Typ.
Pinout
Female
1
Used With
Connect P4 to two lights Spot Lights Area Lights Backlights
Dimensions (mm)
4.5 41.2 Typ. 10.0
Male
4 1 3
8.5 M8 x 1 35.0 43.0
9.5 M8 x 1
3-Pin M8/Pico-Style and 4-Pin M12/Euro-Style to Flying Leads Splitter CordsetFlat Junction
Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 24 AWG (3-pin) or 22 AWG (4-pin), gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 250V ac/300V dc, 4.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Connections Model
CSB-UNT213M831F1241
Branches
3-Pin Pico QD 0.3 m Male 4-pin Euro QD 0.3 m Female
Trunk
Flying Leads 4m
Cable Diameter
4.40 mm (branches) 5.50 mm (trunk)
1 4
Pinout
Female
2 3
Used With
P4 to High Intensity Area Lights (to strobe from P4)
Dimensions (mm)
4.5 18
44 Typ. M12 x 1
1=Brown 2=White 3=Blue 4=Black Male

4 1 3
4000 Typ.
14.5
35
43
42 Typ.
8.5 M8 x 1
1 = NC 3 = Blue 4 = Black
4-Pin Euro
4-Pin Snap-on M8/Pico-Style Cordsets

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nylon coupling nut Conductors: 26 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 125V ac/dc, 2.0 A Temperature: -40 to +90 C Environmental Rating: IP67
4-Pin 4-Wire 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black
Style
Length
Model
Cable Diameter
3.20 mm
Dimensions (mm)
32 Typ.
Pinout
QS18 Q20 D12 D10A S12
Used With
Straight
2.00 m
PKG4-2
Female
9.0
4 3
2 1
29 Typ.
Right-Angle
2.00 m
PKW4Z-2
3.20 mm
10.9
15 Typ.
1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black
694
4-Pin Snap-On M8/Pico-Style Cordsets with Shield

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nylon or PUR coupling nut Conductors: 26 AWG (shielded), gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 125V ac/dc, 2.0 A Temperature: -40 to +90 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
Model
Cable Diameter
4.40 mm
Dimensions (mm)
32 Typ.
Pinout
Used With
QS18U
Straight
2.00 m
PKG4S-2
9.0
Female
4 3 2 1
29 Typ.
Right-Angle
2.00 m
PKW4ZS-2
4.40 mm
10.9
15 Typ.

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 26 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 125V ac/dc, 2.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
2.00 m
Model
PKG4M-2 PKG4M-5 PKG4M-9 PKW4M-2 PKW4M-5 PKW4M-9
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
35 Typ.
Pinout
Q12 Q20
9.5
Used With
Straight
5.00 m 9.00 m 2.00 m
3.80 mm
Female
4 3 2 1
M8 x 1 28 Typ.
Right-Angle
5.00 m 9.00 m
4.30 mm
M8 x 1 9.5
20 Typ.
4-Pin Threaded M8/Pico-Style to USB Cordsets with ShieldDouble Ended

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut on Pico QD end Conductors: 28 AWG and 24 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 60V ac/75V dc, 2.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
0.15 m
Model
PSG-4M-4005-USB
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
USB Pinout 1 Red 2 White 3 Green 4 Black
Pinout
USB
1 2 3 4
Used With
iVu TG & BCR Remote Touch Screen models iVu Plus Remote Touch Screen models
0.30 m Straight Pico QD/ USB
PSG-4M-401-USB
1 = Red 3 = Green 2 = White 4 = Black 0.91 m PSG-4M-403-USB 4.80 mm

42 Typ.
2
Male
4
3.05 m
PSG-4M-410-USB
M8 X 1 8.5
1 3
4.88 m
PSG-4M-416-USB
1 = Red 3 = Black 2 = White 4 = Green
695
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
6-Pin Snap-On M8/Pico-Style Cordsets

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nylon or PUR coupling nut Conductors: 26 AWG (shielded), gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 125V ac/dc, 2.0 A Temperature: -40 to +90 C Environmental Rating: IP67
ACCESSORIES
Style
Length
2.00 m
Model
PKG6Z-2
Cable Diameter
4.70 mm
Dimensions (mm)
32 Typ.
Pinout
Female D10
4 5 6 1
Used With
Straight 9.00 m PKG6Z-9
9.0
3 2
29 Typ.
2.00 m Right-Angle 9.00 m
PKW6Z-2 4.70 mm PKW6Z-9

10.9 15 Typ.
1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray 6 = Pink
4-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style Cordsets

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 22 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 250V ac/dc, 4.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67/IP69K
Style
Length
1.83 m
Model
MQDC-406
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Used With
Q12 M12 QS18 Q20 OMNI-BEAM (QDH suffix) Q45 dc sensors (Q5 suffix) MINI-BEAM dc SM312 sensors S18, M18, T18, Q25, S30, T30, Q40 TM18/TM18 Expert QM42/QMT42 QL50/QL51 SLM R58A T18U T30UX TL50/TL30F K50 K80 PVA VTB STB with solid-state relay EZ-LIGHT WL50 WLS28
4.57 m Straight 9.14 m
MQDC-415 5.20 mm MQDC-430
44 Typ.
M12 x 1 14.5
Female 15.2 m MQDC-450

1 4 2 3
1.83 m
MQDC-406RA
32 Typ.

30 Typ.
4.57 m Right-Angle 9.14 m
MQDC-415RA 5.20 mm MQDC-430RA

M12 x 1 14.5
15.2 m
MQDC-450RA
4-Pin Euro 4-Pin 4-Wire 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black
696
4-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style Cordsets with Shield

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 22 AWG (shielded), gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 250V ac/dc, 4.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
1.83 m
Model
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
44 Typ.
Pinout
Used With
QS18U
Straight
4.57 m 9.14 m 1.83 m
5.20 mm
M12 x 1 14.5 32 Typ.
Female
1 4 2 3
Right-Angle
4.57 m 9.14 m
5.20 mm
M12 x 1 14.5
30 Typ.
4-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style Cordsets (for use with NAMUR sensors)

4-Pin Euro 4-Pin 4-Wire 1 = Brown 2 = White 3Pinout = Blue 4 = Black
Style
Length
1.83 m
Model
MQD9-406 MQD9-415 MQD9-430 MQD9-406RA MQD9-415RA MQD9-430RA
Cable Diameter
5.20 mm
Dimensions (mm)
44 Typ.
Used With
MINI-BEAM & Q45 NAMUR sensors
2
Straight
4.57 m 9.14 m 1.83 m
Female
M12 x 1 14.5 32 Typ.
Right-Angle
4.57 m 9.14 m
5.20 mm
M12 x 1 14.5
30 Typ.
1 = Brown 2 = Blue
5-Pin 5-Wire 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray
697
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
4-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style CordsetsDouble Ended

ACCESSORIES
Style
Length
0.31 m 0.91 m 1.83 m
Model
MQDEC-401SS MQDEC-403SS MQDEC-406SS MQDEC-412SS MQDEC-420SS MQDEC-430SS MQDEC-450SS MQDEC-403RS MQDEC-406RS
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
40 Typ.
Pinout
Used With
M12 QS18 Q20 OMNI-BEAM (QDH suffix) Q45 dc sensors (Q5 suffix) MINI-BEAM dc SM312 sensors S18, M18, T18, Q25, S30, T30, Q40 QM42/QMT42 SLM R58A T30UX T18U TL50 TL30F K50 K80 PVA VTB and STB EZ-LIGHT WL50 WLS28
Male Straight/ Female Straight
3.66 m 6.10 m 9.14 m 15.2 m 0.91 m 1.83 m
5.90 mm
M12 x 1 14.5 44 Typ.
Female
1 4
M12 x 1 14.5
2 3
Male
2 3 1 4
32 Typ.
30 Typ.
Male Right-Angle/ Female Straight
3.66 m 6.10 m 9.14 m 15.2 m
MQDEC-412RS 5.90 mm MQDEC-420RS MQDEC-430RS

44 Typ. M12 x 1 14.5 14.5 M12 x 1

MQDEC-450RS
4-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style Splitter CordsetsFlat Junction

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 22 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 250V ac/300V dc, 4.0A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67 Wiring: Parallel wired Y-cord
Connections Model
CSB-M1240M1240 CSB-M1240M1241 CSB-M1241M1241 CSB-M1248M1241 CSB-M12415M1241 CSB-M12425M1241 CSB-UNT425M1241 2 x 0.30 m
Branches (Female)
No branch
Trunk (Male)
No trunk No trunk 0.30 m 2.50 m 4.60 m 7.60 m 7.60 m Unterminated
Cable Diameter
Pinout
Used With
Sensors w/4-Pin Euro QD EZ-LIGHT DX80 (10 to 30V dc) DX85 WLS28
5.50 mm Female
1 4 2 3
Dimensions (mm)
4.5 40 Typ. 14.5 14.5 M12 x 1 35.0 43.0 M12 x 1 18.0 44 Typ.
Male
2 3
1 4
698
4-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style Splitter CordsetsRounded Junction

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 22 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 60V ac/75V dc, 2.0A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67 Wiring: Parallel wired Y-cord
Connections Model
CSRB-M1240M1241 CSRB-M1240M1242 CSRB-M1240M1243 CSRB-M1240M1244
Branches (Female)
0.31 m 0.61 m 0.91 m 1.22 m
Trunk (Male)
Cable Diameter
Pinout
Used With
Sensors w/4-Pin Euro QD EZ-LIGHT
Reference
No Trunk
5.50 mm Female
1 2 3
Dimensions (mm)
2X 5.5 16.7 2X M12 x 1 20.0 44 Typ.
Male
5.0
2 3
1 4
M12 x 1
4.0

Style
Length
0.50 m 1.83 m
Model
MQDC1-501.5
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Used With
MINI-BEAM Expert QS30 PicoDot Q45 Laser Retro R55F SL30 & SL30E SL10 & SL10E VTB (2-color) QL56 Q60 PVD STB K50 K80 DX80 DX81 DX85 EZ-LIGHT STB w/em relay High-Intensity Area Lights High-Intensity Ring Lights Sealed Backlights
44 Typ.
MQDC1-506 5.60 mm MQDC1-515 MQDC1-530

M12 x 1 14.5
Straight 4.57 m 9.14 m
Female
1 4 2 3 5
1.83 m
MQDC1-506RA
32 Typ.
1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray

30 Typ.
Right-Angle
4.57 m
MQDC1-515RA
5.60 mm
M12 x 1 14.5
9.14 m
MQDC1-530RA
699
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
5-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style CordsetsWashdown

Cable: Polypropylene jacket and connector body, stainless steel coupling nut Conductors: 22 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 250V ac/dc, 4.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP68
ACCESSORIES
Style
Length
Model
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Female M25U
2 3 5
Used With
1.83 m Straight 9.14 m
MQDCWD-506 4.50 mm MQDCWD-530
44 Typ. 15.0 M12 x 1
1 4

Style
Length
1.83 m
Model
MQDC20-506
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
42 Typ.
Pinout
Female
1 4 2 3 5
Used With
High Intensity Area Lights High Intensity Ring Lights Sealed Linear Array Lights Sealed Backlights NOTE: Except stainless steel models
Straight
4.57 m
MQDC20-515
6.00 mm
M12 x 1 15
9.14 m
MQDC20-530

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, 316 stainless steel coupling nut Conductors: 20 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 250V ac/dc, 4.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
1.83 m
Model
MQDC20SS-506
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
42 Typ.
Pinout
Female
1 4 2 3 5
Used With
Sealed High Intensity Area Lights (Stainless Steel) Sealed Linear Array Lights (Stainless Steel) Sealed Backlights
Straight
4.57 m
MQDC20SS-515
6.00 mm
M12 x 1 15
9.14 m
MQDC20SS-530
700

Style
Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m 15.2 m 1.83 m 4.57 m
Model
MQDEC2-506 MQDEC2-515 MQDEC2-530 MQDEC2-550 MQDEC2-506RA MQDEC2-515RA
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
44 Typ.
Pinout
Used With
R58E QT50U dc sensors S18U T30U M25U Q45U Q45UR LX QT50R
Straight
5.60 mm
M12 x 1 14.5 32 Typ.
1 4
Female
2 3 5
Right-Angle 9.14 m 15.2 m MQDEC2-530RA MQDEC2-550RA
5.60 mm
M12 x 1 14.5
30 Typ.
5-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style Cordsets with Green/Yellow Ground Wire

Style
Length
4.57 m 7.62 m
Model
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Female
2 3 5
Used With
EZ-SCREEN w/4-pin or 5-pin QD (14 & 30 mm Resolution)
44 Typ.
1 4
Straight
15.2 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
5.50 mm
M12 x 1 14.5
1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Green/Yellow

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 22 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 60V ac/75V dc, 2.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
0.31 m 0.91 m 2.44 m
Model
DEE2R-51D DEE2R-53D DEE2R-58D DEE2R-515D
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Female
Used With
MINI-BEAM Expert QS30 PicoDot Q45 Laser Retro R55F SL30 & SL30E SL10 & SL10E SLC1 Q60 PVD STB VTB (2-color) DX85 DX81 EZ-SCREEN w/4-pin or 5-pin QD (14 & 30 mm Resolution) AC Interface Boxes
44 Typ.
1 4
2 3 5
Female Straight/ Male Straight
4.57 m 7.62 m 15.2 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
M12 x 1 14.5
Male
2 3 1 4 5
5.60 mm DEE2R-525D DEE2R-550D DEE2R-575D DEE2R-5100D
40 Typ.
M12 x 1 14.5
701
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
5-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style to 4-Pin Threaded M12/Euro Style Combiner CordsetFlat Junction
ACCESSORIES
Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nuts Conductor: 22 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 250V ac/300V dc, 4.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67 Wiring: Combiner Y-cord
Model
CSF-M12F51M12M41
Connections Branches Trunk (Male) (Female)

4-pin Euro QD 2 x 0.31 m 5-pin Euro QD 0.31 m
Cable Diameter
5.50 mm
1 4
49.0 Typ.
Pinout
Female
2 3 5
Used With
3 or 4 Segmented EZ-LIGHT 3 or 4 function TL50 Tower Lights
Dimensions (mm)
4.5 44.0 Typ. 14.5 14.5 M12 x 1 35.0 43.0
Branch 1 to Port 1
C1 C2 0V C3/A C4/A 4 1 3 2 5 4 2 3 4 2 3 C1 C2 Common C3/A C4/A Common
18.0
Male
2 3
1 4
NOTE: Use to connect device to a 2-output I/O block
M12 x 1
Trunk 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray
Branch 1 1 = NC 2 = Brown 3 = Blue 4 = Black
Branch 2 1 = NC 2 = Gray 3 = Blue 4 = White
Trunk to device
Branch 2 to Port 2
5-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style Splitter CordsetRounded Junction

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductor: 22 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 60V ac/75V dc, 2.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67 Wiring: Parallel wired Y-cord
Model
CSRB-M1250M125.47M125.73
Connections Branches Trunk (Female) (Male)

Branch 1 0.14 m Branch 2 0.22 m No trunk
Cable Diameter
5.60 mm
1 4
Pinout
Female
2 3 5
Used With
EZ-LIGHTs w/5-Pin Euro QD DX80 (FlexPower)
Dimensions (mm)
44 Typ. 2X M12 x 1 20.0
Male
2X 5.5 16.7
3
5.0
1 4 5
M12 x 1
4.0
702

Style
Length
1.83 m
Model
MQDC-806
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
2 1 7 6
Pinout
Female LT3 LG5 LG10
Used With
44 Typ.
3 4 5
Straight
4.58 m
MQDC-815
5.60 mm
M12 x 1 14.5
9.14 m
MQDC-830
1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Green 4 = Yellow
5 = Gray 6 = Pink 7 = Blue 8 = Shield

Style
Length
1.83 m 4.58 m
Model
MAQDC-806
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
2 1 7 6
Pinout
Female
3 4 5 8
Used With
EZ-ARRAY Emitters/Receivers
44 Typ.
MAQDC-815 5.60 mm MAQDC-830 MAQDC-850

M12 x 1 14.5
5 = Gray 6 = Pink 7 = Blue 8 = Red

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 24 AWG (shielded), gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 60V ac/75V dc, 2.0 A Temperature: -40 to +80 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
1.83 m
Model
MQLH-806-F
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
2 1 7 6
Pinout
Female LH
3 4 5
Used With
44 Typ.
Straight
4.58 m
MQLH-815-F
6.00 mm
M12 x 1 14.5
9.14 m
MQLH-830-F
1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Shield 4 = Yellow
5 = Gray 6 = Green 7 = Blue 8 = Shield
703
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
8-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style Cordsets with Open-Shield

ACCESSORIES
Style
Length
1.83 m 4.57 m 9.14 m 15.2 m 1.83 m 4.57 m
Model
MQDC2S-806 MQDC2S-815 MQDC2S-830 MQDC2S-850 MQDC2S-806RA MQDC2S-815RA
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
44 Typ.
Pinout
Female
Used With
QC50 QCX50 EZ-LIGHT iVu TGIntegrated Touch Screen models
Straight
5.60 mm
M12 x 1 14.5 32 Typ.
2 1 7 6
3 4 5 8
Right-Angle 9.14 m 15.2 m MQDC2S-830RA MQDC2S-850RA
5.60 mm
M12 x 1 14.5
30 Typ.
1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Green 4 = Yellow 5 = Gray 6 = Pink 7 = Blue 8 = Red

Style
Length
4.57 m 7.62 m
Model*
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
2 1 7 6
Pinout
Female
Used With
EZ-SCREEN w/8-pin QD (14 & 30 mm Resolution) EZ-SCREEN LP w/8-pin QD (14 & 25 mm Resolution) EZ-SCREEN w/8-pin QD (Point & Grid) EZ-SCREEN Type 2
44 Typ.
3 4 5 8
Straight
15.3 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
6.00 mm
M12 x 1 14.5
1 = Brown 2 = Or/Bl 3 = Orange 4 = White
5 = Black 6 = Blue 7 = Gn/Ye 8 = Violet

Style
Length
4.57 m
Model*
QDE2R4-815D
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Male
Used With
EZ-SCREEN Receiver (Cascade) CSSI QD (14 & 30 mm) EZ-SCREEN LP Receiver (Cascade) CSSI QD and a DELPEF-810 (14 & 25 mm) NOTE: For connection of E-Stop or other hard/relay contacts.
40 Typ.
1 2 3 4
7 6 5 8
Straight
7.62 m
QDE2R4-825D
5.50 mm
M12 x 1 14.5
15.2 m
QDE2R4-850D
1 = Brown 2 = Not Used 3 = Not Used 4 = Black
5 = Blue 6 = Not Used 7 = Not Used 8 = White
Standard cordsets are yellow PVC with black overmold. For black PVC and overmold, add suffix B to model number (example, DEE2R-81DB)
704
8-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style Cordsets with ShieldDouble Ended

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 24 AWG (shielded), gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 60V ac/75V dc, 2.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
Model
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
40 Typ.
Pinout
LH
Used With
1.83 m
MQLH-806-MF
M12 x 1 14.5
Male Straight/ Female Straight
4.57 m
MQLH-815-MF
6.00 mm
Female
2 1 7 6 3 4 5 8
44 Typ.
9.14 m
MQLH-830-MF
M12 x 1 14.5
Male
1 2 3 4 7 6 5 8
14.5 40 mm max. M12 x 1
Male Straight/ Male Straight
0.30 m
MQLH-801-MM
6.00 mm
40 mm max. 14.5 M12 x 1

Style Length
0.31 m 0.91 m 2.44 m Female Straight/ Male Straight 4.57 m 7.62 m 15.2 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
Model*
8-pin/ 8-pin DEE2R-81D DEE2R-83D DEE2R-88D DEE2R-815D DEE2R-825D DEE2R-850D DEE2R-875D DEE2R-8100D 8-pin/ 4-pin** DEE8-41D DEE8-48D DEE8-415D DEE8-425D 8-pin/ 5-pin** DEE8-51D DEE8-58D DEE8-515D
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Used With
EZ-SCREEN w/8-pin QD (14 & 30 mm Resolution) EZ-SCREEN LP w/8-pin QD (14 & 25 mm Resolution) EZ-SCREEN w/8-pin QD (Point & Grid) EZ-SCREEN Type 2 (DEE2R only) AC Interface Boxes (DEE2R only)
44 Typ.
8-Pin Female to
M12 x 1 14.5
5-Pin Male 1 2 4 3 5
6.00 mm DEE8-525D
40 Typ.
M12 x 1 14.5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
* Standard cordsets are yellow PVC with black overmold. For black PVC and overmold, add suffix B to model number (example, DEE2R-81DB) ** For connection to safety BUS gateway/node, a smart self-monitored safety module, safety controller or safety PLC. DEE8-4..D do not have the pin 5 GND/chassis connection. GND/chassis connection should be made via the mounting hardware.
705
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
8-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style Splitter Cordsets with ShieldFlat Junction

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 24 AWG (shielded), gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 60V ac/75V dc, 2.0 A Temperature: -40 to +80 C Environmental Rating: IP67 Wiring: Parallel wired Y-cord
ACCESSORIES
Model
CSB-M1280M1280-LH CSB-M1281M1282-LH

No branches 0.60 m No trunk 0.30 m Dimensions (mm)
Cable Diameter
6.00 mm
2 1 7 6
Pinout
LH Female
3 4 5 8
Used With
4.5 40 Typ.
18.0
44 Typ.
Male
1
14.5
14.5 M12 x 1 35.0 43.0
2 3 4 8
7 6 5
M12 x 1
8-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style Splitter Cordsets with ShieldFlat Junction

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 24 AWG (shielded), gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 60V ac/75V dc, 2.0 A Temperature: -40 to +150 C Environmental Rating: IP67 Wiring: Parallel wired Y-cord
Model
CSB3-M1281M1282-LH

0.60 m 0.30 m Dimensions (mm)
Cable Diameter
6.00 mm
2 1 7 6
Pinout
Female
3 4 5 8
Used With
LH
2X 4.5
18.0
40 Typ.
Male
1 2 3 4
44 Typ. 54.0 43.0 14.5 M12 x 1
14.5 M12 x 1
7 6 5 8
706
8-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style Splitter CordsetsFlat Junction

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 22 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 60V ac/75V dc, 2.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP68 Wiring: Parallel wired Y-cord
Model
CSB-M1280M1280 CSB-M1281M1281 CSB-M1288M1281 CSB-M12815M1281 CSB-M12825M1281 CSB-UNT825M1281*

No branches No trunk 0.3 m 2.5 m 2 x 0.3 m 4.6 m 7.6 m 7.6 m Unterminated
Cable Diameter
Pinout
Used With
EZ-ARRAY EZ-LIGHT Indicator Lights EZ-SCREEN w/8-pin QD (14 & 30 mm Resolution) EZ-SCREEN LP w/8-pin QD (14 & 25 mm Resolution) EZ-SCREEN w/8-pin QD (Point & Grid) EZ-SCREEN Type 2 AC Interface Boxes
Reference
Female 6.00 mm
2 1 7 6 8 3 4 5
Male
1 2 3 4 8
14.5
Dimensions (mm)
4.5
7 6 5
18.0
44 Typ.
40 Typ.
14.5
M12 x 1
M12 x 1 35.0 43.0
1 = Brown 2 = Or/Bk 3 = Orange 4 = White
*Unterminated cordset is not compatible with the EZ-ARRAY
* Standard cordsets are yellow PVC with black overmold. For black PVC and overmold, add suffix B to model number (example, CSB-M1280M1280B).
8-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style to USB CordsetsDouble Ended

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut on Euro QD end Conductors: 28 AWG or 24 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage Rating: 60V ac/75V dc Temperature: -40 to +90 C
Style
Length
0.15 m 0.30 m 0.90 m 3.00 m 0.15 m 0.30 m 0.90 m 3.00 m
Model
MQDEC-8005-USB MQDEC-801-USB
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Used With
iVu TG & BCR Integrated Touch Screen models
Straight Euro QD/ USB
4.80 mm MQDEC-803-USB MQDEC-810-USB MQDEC-8005RA-USB MQDEC-801RA-USB 4.80 mm MQDEC-803RA-USB MQDEC-810RA-USB
44.5 Typ.
USB
M12 x 1 14.5
Male
14.5 M12 x 1
Right-Angle Euro QD/ USB
44 Typ.
707
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
8-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style to Molex CordsetsDouble Ended

Cable: Euro: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Molex: Nylon (polyamide)/PUR (polyurethane) Conductors: 24 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage Rating: 30V ac/dc 2.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67
ACCESSORIES
Style
Length
0.91 m 1.83 m
Model
IVURD-MX-803 IVURD-MX-806 IVURD-MX-815 IVURD-MX-830 IVURD-MX-850 IVURD-MX-803RA IVURD-MX-806RA IVURD-MX-815RA IVURD-MX-830RA
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
5.45
Pinout
Used With
iVu RD35 remote display
Straight Euro QD/ Molex
4.57 m 9.14 m 15.2 m 0.91 m 1.83 m
6.10 mm
40 Typ.
Molex
M12 x 1 M12 Pinout 14.5 1 Orange

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Brown White/Brown White/Blue Green Blue White/Orange 5.45 White/Green
2 8 3 4
Male
1 7 6 5
Right-Angle Euro QD/ Molex
4.57 m 9.14 m 15.2 m
6.10 mm
14.5 M12 x 1
1 = Orange 2 = Brown 3 = Wh/Bn 4 = Wh/Bl
5 = Green 6 = Blue 7 = Wh/Or 8 = Wh/Gn
44 Typ.
IVURD-MX-850RA
8-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style QD to RD Cordsets

Cable: Euro: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut RD: Nylon (polyamide)/PUR (polyurethane) RD connector Conductors: 22 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 60V ac/75V dc, 2.0 A Temperature: 0 to +55 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
0.31 m 0.91 m 2.44 m
Model*
DELPE-81D DELPE-83D DELPE-88D
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
RD
Used With
EZ-SCREEN LP w/RD (14 & 25 mm Resolution)
Male
RD/ Male Straight
4.57 m 7.62 m 15.2 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
DELPE-815D DELPE-825D DELPE-850D DELPE-875D DELPE-8100D
6.00 mm
40 Typ.
2 3 4 8
M12 x 1 14.5
7 6 5
NOTE: Requires QDE-8...D, DEE2R-8..D, CSB-M128... or other M12/Euro QD cordset
* Standard cordsets are yellow PVC with black overmold. For black PVC cable and overmold, add suffix B to model number (example, DELPE-81DB).
708
8-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style QD to RD Cordsets

Cable: Euro: PVC jacket, PVC connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut RD: Nylon (polyamide)/PUR (polyurethane) RD connector Conductors: 22 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 60V ac/75V dc, 2.0 A Temperature: 0 to +55 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
0.31 m
Model*
DELPEF-81D
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
RD
Used With
EZ-SCREEN LP (Cascade) w/RD (14 & 25 mm); requires QDE2R4-8D cordset or connection of E-stop or other hard/relay contact; for connection to DEE2R-8..D or to EZ-SCREEN LP w/8-pin QD
Reference
RD/ Female Straight
0.91 m
DELPEF-83D 6.00 mm
44 Typ.
Female
2 1 7 6 8
M12 x 1 14.5
3 4 5
2.44 m
DELPEF-88D
4.57 m
DELPEF-815D
RD to Flying Lead Cordsets

Cable: PVC jacket, nylon (polyamide)/PUR (polyurethane) RD connector Conductors: 22 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 60V ac/75V dc, 2.0 A Temperature: 0 to +55 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
4.57 m 7.62 m
8 wire
Model* 4 wire
RDLP6G-415D RDLP6G-425D RDLP6G-450D
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Used With
EZ-SCREEN LP w/RD (14 & 25 mm Resolution)
RDLP-815D RDLP-825D RDLP-850D RDLP-875D RDLP-8100D
RD 6.00 mm
RD
15.2 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
For connection of E-Stop or other hard/relay contacts. See EZ-SCREEN installation manual p/n 140044 for more information.
RD to RD Cordsets
Cable: PVC jacket, nylon (polyamide)/PUR (polyurethane) RD connector Conductors: 22 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 60V ac/75V dc, 2.0 A Temperature: 0 to +55 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
0.05 m 0.30 m 0.91 m 2.44 m
Model*
DELP-110E DELP-111E DELP-113E DELP-118E DELP-1115E DELP-1125E DELP-1150E DELP-1175E DELP-11100E
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Used With
EZ-SCREEN LP w/RD Cascading (14 & 25 mm Resolution)
RD 6.00 mm
RD/RD
4.57 m 7.62 m 15.2 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
* Standard cordsets are yellow PVC with black overmold. For black PVC cable and overmold, add suffix B to model number (example, DELP-110EB).
709
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
12-Pin M12/Euro-Style Cordsets with Open Shield

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 20 and 24 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage Rating: 250V ac/300V dc Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67
ACCESSORIES
Style
Length
1.83 m
Model
MQDC2S-1206
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
MQDC2S-12XX 1 White 2 Brown 3 Green 4 Yellow 5 Gray 6 42 Typ. Pink 7 Blue 8 Red 9 Orange 10 Lt Blue M12 x 1 11 Black 15 12 Violet 8 12 7 6 5 11 4
Pinout
Female
9 1 10 2 3
Used With
IP68 Sealed P4 iVu BCRIntegrated Touch Screen models iVu Plus (For CE compliance)
4.57 m
MQDC2S-1215
Straight
9.14 m
MQDC2S-1230
7.50 mm
15.2 m
MQDC2S-1250
22.9 m
MQDC2S-1275
1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Green 4 = Yellow 5 = Gray 6 = Pink
7 = Blue 8 = Red 9 = Orange 10 = Lt. Blue 11 = Black 12 = Violet
12-Pin M12/Euro-Style Cordsets

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 24, 20 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage Rating: 300V ac/dc, 2.0,7.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
1.83 m 4.57 m
Model
iVUC-1206 iVUC-1215 iVUC-1230 iVUC-1250 iVUC-1275 iVUC-1206RA iVUC-1215RA iVUC-1230RA iVUC-1250RA iVUC-1275RA
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Used With
iVu TGBCR Remote Touch Screen models iVu BCRIntegrated Touch Screen models iVu Plus
9 1 10 2
Straight
9.14 m 15.2 m 22.9 m 1.83 m 4.57 m
7.50 mm
MQDC2S-12XX 1 White 2 Brown 3 Green M12 x 1 4 Yellow 15 5 Gray 6 Pink 7 Blue 8 Red 9 Orange 10 Lt Blue 11 Black 12 Violet
32 Typ.
42 Typ.
Female
8 12 7 6 5 11 4
RightAngle
9.14 m 15.2 m 22.9 m
7.50 mm
M12 x 1 14.5
30 Typ.
7 = Blue 8 = Red 9 = Orange 10 = Lt. Blue 11 = Black 12 = Violet
710
12-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style QD to DB15 Cordsets

Style Length
1.83 m Straight (High Flex)/ DB15 3.96 m 7.01 m 9.75 m 1.83 m Right-Angle (High Flex)/ DB15 3.96 m 7.01 m 9.75 m
Model
PPC06SHF
Cable Diameter
44 Typ.
Dimensions (mm)
MQDC2S-12XX 1 White 2 Brown 3 Green 4 Yellow 5 Gray 6 Pink 7 Blue 8 Red 50.6 9 Orange 10 Lt Blue 11 Black 12 Violet 8 12 7 6 5 11
18
Female
Pinout
Female
9 1 10 2 3
Used With
Pro Mini Pro Sealed Pro
PPC13SHF 7.60 mm PPC23SHF PPC32SHF PPC06SRAHF PPC13SRAHF 7.60 mm PPC23SRAHF PPC32SRAHF

M12 x 1 14.5 30 Typ. M12 x 1 14.5
32 Typ.
32.3
1 = Blue 2 = Violet 3 = Green 4 = Red 5 = White 6 = Black
7 = Not Used 8 = Pink 9 = Gray 10 = Brown 11 = Yellow 12 = Drain Male
12-Pin M16 Cordsets

Cable: PVC jacket, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 22 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 60V ac/dc, 4.0 A Temperature: 40 to +80 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
3.05 m
Model
MQDC-1210ST
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Female
7 12 8 9 10 1 6 5 4 3 11
Used With
LT7
Straight
9.14 m
MQDC-1230ST
7.60 mm
59 max.
19 max. M16 x 0.75
24.4 m
MQDC-1280ST
7 = Red 8 = Black 9 = Violet 10 = Gy/Pk 11 = Rd/Bu 12 = Blue
12-Pin QD Cordsets
Style Length
1.83 m 7.01 m 9.75 m Straight 15.2 m 22.9 m 34.0 m P4C50 P4C75 P4C110
Model
P4C06 P4C23 P4C32
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Female
9 8 12 7 6 5 10 1 2 11
Used With
P4 PPSIM with terminal strip to P4
55
7.70 mm
9.5 14.7
3 4
1 = Yellow 2 = Gray 3 = Orange 4 = Pink 5 = Black 6 = Red
7 = White 8 = Lt. Blue 9 = Violet 10 = Green 11 = Blue 12 = Brown
Shield = Bare Metal
711
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
12-Pin QD to DB15 Cordsets

Style Length
2.00 m
Model
P4C06SIM
Cable Diameter
MQDC2S-12XX Dimensions (mm) 1 White 2 Brown 3 Green 4 Yellow 5 Gray 52 6 Pink 7 Blue 8 Red Key 9 Orange 1 Color 10 Lt Blue 11 Black 12 Violet
Pinout
Female
Used With
P4 to PPSIM
ACCESSORIES
55
Straight/ DB15
7.00 m
P4C23SIM
6.9 mm
9.5 14.7
26
Male
39.4
10.0 m
P4C32SIM
3-Pin Micro-Style Cordsets

Style
Length
1.83 m
Model
Cable Diameter
5.20 mm
Dimensions (mm)
42 Typ.
Pinout
Used With
MINI-BEAM ac SM2A312 sensors
Straight
4.57 m 9.14 m 1.83 m
1/2-20 UNF-28 14.5 32 Typ 28 Typ 1/2-20 UNF-28 14.5
Female
1 3 2
Right-Angle
4.57 m 9.14 m
5.20 mm
1 = Green 2 = Red/Black 3 = Red/White

Style
Length
1.83 m
Model
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
42 Typ.
Pinout
Used With
QS18 ac/dc sensors Q45 ac series (suffix Q1) S18, M18, T18, Q25, S30, T30 & Q40 ac sensors (suffix Q1) Q60
Straight
4.57 m 9.14 m 1.83 m
5.70 mm
1/2-20 UNF-28 14.5 32 Typ 28 Typ 1/2-20 UNF-28 14.5
Female
3 2 4 1
Right-Angle
5.00 m 9.14 m
5.70 mm
1 = Red/Black 2 = Red/White 3 = Red 4 = Green
712

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 22 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage Rating: 125V ac/150V dc Temperature: -40 to +80 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
1.83 m
Model
Cable Diameter
5.7 mm
Dimensions (mm)
42 Typ.
Pinout
Used With
SI-HG80 hinge-style switches
Straight
4.57 m 9.14 m 1.83 m
Female
M12 x 1 14.5
3 2
4 1
32 Typ
Right-Angle
4.57 m 9.14 m
5.70 mm
M12 x 1 14.5
28 Typ
5-Pin Micro-Style Cordsets with Shield

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 22 AWG with 22 AWG drain wire (shielded), gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 250V ac/dc, 4.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
1.83 m
Model
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
42 Typ.
Pinout
Used With
QT50U ac/dc sensors EZ-LIGHT ac indicators
4 5
Straight
4.57 m 9.14 m 1.83 m
6.10 mm
1/2-20 UNF-28 14.5 32 Typ 28 Typ 1/2-20 UNF-28 14.5
2 1
Female
3
Right-Angle
4.57 m 9.14 m
6.10 mm
1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Yellow 4 = Black 5 = Blue

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 22 AWG, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 125V ac, 4.0 A Temperature: -40 to +80 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
1.83 m
Model
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
42 Typ.
Pinout
Female
Used With
SI-HG63 hinge-style switches
Straight
4.57 m 9.14 m 1.83 m
5.60 mm
M12 x 1 14.5
2 1
3 4 6 5
32 Typ
Right-Angle
4.57 m 9.14 m
5.60 mm
M12 x 1 14.5
28 Typ
1 = Red/White 2 = Red 3 = Green 4 = Red/Yellow 5 = Red/Black Red/White Red 6 = Red/Blue Green

6-Pin 6-Wire 1= 2= 3= 4 = Red/Yellow 5 = Red/Black 6 = Red/Blue
713
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
3-Pin Mini-Style Cordsets

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nylon coupling nut Conductors: 18 AWG, PVC insulation, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 300V ac/dc, 9.0 A Temperature: -40 to +80 C Environmental Rating: IP67
ACCESSORIES
Style
Straight
Length
1.83 m 3.66 m 9.14 m 1.83 m
Model
MBCC-306 MBCC-312 MBCC-330 SMICC-306 SMICC-312 SMICC-330 SM30CC-306 SM30CC-312
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Female
4
Used With
Q45
52 Typ.
Straight
3.66 m 9.14 m
7.00 mm
7/8-16UN-2B 25.5
1 = Brown 3 = Blue 4 = Black 1 = Red/Black 3 = Red/White 4 = Green
SMI30 Intrinsically safe dc sensors
Straight
1.83 m 3.66 m
SM30 2-wire ac sensors

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 18 AWG, PVC insulation, gold-plated contacts Voltage Rating: 250V ac/300 dc Temperature: -40 to +80 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
4.75 m 7.62 m
Model
QDS-315C QDS-325C QDS-350C QDS-375C QDS-3100C
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Female
Used With
EZ-SCREEN Emitters w/3-pin QD (Point & Grid)
2
52 Typ
1 3
Straight
15.2 m 22.9 m 30.5 m
7.00 mm
7/8-16UNF
26
1 = Green/Ye 2 = Brown 3 = Blue

Style
Length
1.83 m
Model
MBCC-406
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
52 Typ.
Pinout
Female
2 1 4 3
Used With
Q45 dc sensors (suffix Q) OMNI-BEAM dc power blocks SM30 dc sensors OTB w/solid-state output STB with solid-state output
Straight
3.66 m
MBCC-412
7.00 mm
7/8-16UN-2B 25.5
9.14 m
MBCC-430
714

Style
Length
1.83 m
Model
MBCC-506
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Female
Used With
Q45 Laser Retro OMNI-BEAM ac power blocks OMNI-BEAM dc w/ e/m relay OTB & LTB w/SPDT relay Q45 5-wire ac STB with e/m relay
52 Typ.
5 4
1 2 3
Straight
3.66 m
MBCC-512
7.00 mm
7/8-16UN-2B 25.5
9.14 m
MBCC-530
1 = Black 2 = Blue 3 = Yellow 4 = Brown 5 = White
5-Pin Mini
5-Pin Mini-Style Cordsets with Shield

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nylon coupling nut Conductors: 22 AWG (shielded), PVC insulation, gold-plated contacts Voltage/Current Rating: 300V ac/dc, 9.0 A Temperature: -40 to +80 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
1.83 m
Model
MBCC2-506
Cable Diameter
5-Pin 5-Wire 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Yellow
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Female
Used With
QT50U Q45U Q45UR
52 Typ.
2 1
4 3 5
Straight
3.66 m
MBCC2-512
6.10 mm
7/8-16UN-2B 25.5
9.14 m
MBCC2-530
1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Yellow
5-Pin Mini
5-Pin Mini-Style Cordsets with Green/Yellow Grounding Wire

Style
Length
4.75 m
Model
QDS-515C
Cable Diameter
5-Pin 5-Wire 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Yellow
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Female
Used With
EZ-SCREEN Receivers w/5-pin QD & TEST (Point & Grid)
52 Typ
5 4
1 2 3
Straight
7.62 m
QDS-525C
7.00 mm
7/8-16UNF
26
15.2 m
QDS-550C
1 = Black 2 = Blue 3 = Gn/Ye 4 = Brown 5 = White
715
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
5-Pin Mini-Style Cordsets with Shield and Twisted Pair

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut Conductors: 20 AWG (shielded), PVC insulation, gold-plated contacts Voltage Rating: 250V ac/300V dc Temperature: -40 to +90 C Environmental Rating: IP67
ACCESSORIES
Style
Length
4.57 m 7.62 m 15.2 m
Model
QDC-515C QDC-525C QDC-550C MAQDC-575C MAQDC-5100C MAQDC-5125C MAQDC-5150C
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Female
5 1 2 3
Used With
MINI-ARRAY High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY
58
7/8-16UNF
Straight
22.9 m 30.5 m 38.1 m 45.7 m
7.00 mm
26
1 = Black 2 = Blue 3 = Drain 4 = Brown 5 = White

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nylon coupling nut Conductors: 20 AWG, PVC insulation, gold-plated contacts Voltage Rating: 250V ac/300V dc Temperature: -40 to +80 C Environmental Rating: IP67
5-Pin Mini 5-Pin 5-Wire 1 = Black 2 = Blue 3 = Drain 4 = Brown 5 = White
Style
Length
4.51 m 7.62 m
Model
QDS-815C
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Female
6
Used With
EZ-SCREEN Receivers w/8-pin QD (Point & Grid) DUO-TOUCH SG Run Bar
1 2 3
QDS-825C 6.90 mm QDS-850C QDS-875C
65 Typ.
5
28.7
4 8
1-16 UN-2B
BNC Coaxial Video Cordsets

Style Length
1.83 m Video Coaxial with BNC 4.57 m 9.14 m 14.6 m
Model
BNC06
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
16
Pinout
Male Pro P4
Used With
BNC15 BNC30 BNC48
6.00 mm
14.5 13.6
716
BNC to 4-Pin Threaded M8/Pico-Style Cordsets with Shield

Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut on QD end Conductors: 26 AWG Voltage/Current Rating: 125V ac/125V dc, 4.0 A Temperature: -40 to +105 C Environmental Rating: IP67
Style
Length
2.00 m
Model
PKG4M-2/CS
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
35 Typ.
Pinout
Female
4 3 2 1
Used With
IP68 Sealed P4
BNC/ Pico QD Straight
5.00 m
PKG4M-5/CS
4.40 mm
M8 x 1 9.5 17.5 Typ.
1 = Brown 3 = Blue 2 = Not Used 4 = Drain Male
9.00 m
PKG4M-9/CS
14.3
Communication Cordsets
Style Length
1.83 m 5-Pin M12/ Euro-Style, Straight 4.57 m 9.14 m 1.83 m 5-Pin M12/ Euro-Style, Right-Angle
Model
MQDMC-506 MQDMC-515 MQDMC-530 MQDMC-506RA
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
40 Typ.
Pinout
Used With
EZ-ARRAY to INTUSB485-1 USB Serial Adapter
5.60 mm
M12 x 1 14.5
2 3
Male
1 4 5
32 Typ.
4.57 m
MQDMC-515RA
5.60 mm
M12 x 1 14.5
30 Typ.
9.14 m
MQDMC-530RA
717
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
DB9 Communication Cordsets

Style Length
1.83 m Male DB9/ Female DB9 4.57 m 9.14 m 3.00 m Male DB9/ Female DB9 5.00 m 10.0 m
Model
DB9P06 DB9P15 DB9P30 AG4-PCD9-3 AG4-PCD9-5 AG4-PCD9-10
Cable Diameter
Female
47.5
Dimensions (mm)
Male
47.5
Pinout
Used With
Pro
ACCESSORIES
6.00 mm
16.4 31
18 31
Male
Female
55.5
Male
57 Typ.
Female
AG4
5.00 mm
16.2 31.5
44.5
Male
71.2
Male
38.9
30.8 Typ.
AG4 Serial-to USB Adapter
Male DB9/USB
1.00 m
AG4-PCD9USB-1
4.6 mm
50.7 Typ.
15.9 Typ.
USB
55.9
Female
55.5
Male
55.6
Female
Male DB9/ Female DB9
MINI-ARRAY High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY
2.00 m
MASC
5.00 mm
16.2 31.5 31.5 18
2 = Transmit (TX) 3 = Receive (RX) 5 = Ground (GRD)
DB15 Configuration/Machine Interface Cordsets

Style Length
5.00 m 10.0 m DB15 25.0 m 50.0 m AG4-CPD15-25 AG4-CPD15-50
Model
AG4-CPD15-5 AG4-CPD15-10
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Female
57 Typ.
Pinout
AG4 Female
Used With
8.50 mm
53.0
718
RJ45 Ethernet Cordsets

Style
Cat5e Shielded Cat5e Crossover Shielded Cat5e Shielded Cat5e Crossover Shielded Cat5e Shielded Cat5e Crossover Shielded Cat5e Shielded Cat5e Crossover Shielded 22.9 m STPX75
White-ish Washdown
Length
2.13 m
Model
STP07 STPX07 STP25
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Pinout
Used With
Pro P4 SC22-3E
7.62 m STPX25 6.80 mm STP50 15.2 m STPX50 STP75
40.5 14.3 11.6
Male
Plastic
Turck Turq
NAMUR
Silver
Black
Yellow
PC Cable
Brass
Gold
RJ45 Ethernet to 4-Pin Threaded M8/Pico-Style Cordsets

Style Length
2.00 m
Model
IVUC-E-406
Cable Diameter
Dimensions (mm)
Outlines Dk Gray Lt Gray Pattern for connector
Pinout
Male
Used With
iVu Plus
35.0
5.00 m
IVUC-E-415
M8 x 1 9.5
Cat5e Shielded
9.00 m
IVUC-E-430
6.00 mm
28.6 Typ.
Female
4 3 2 1
16.0 m
IVUC-E-450
14.5
23.0 m
IVUC-E-475
1 = Blue 2 = White/Blue 3 = White/Orange 4 = Orange
RJ45 Ethernet to 8-Pin Threaded M12/Euro-Style Cordsets

Style Length Model Cable Diameter Dimensions (mm) Pinout
Male 1.83 m STP-MAQDC-806
55.2 Typ.
Used With
IP68 Sealed P4
M12 x 1
Male
15
1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5
Cat5e Shielded
4.57 m
STP-MAQDC-815
7.90 mm
28.6 Typ.
9.14 m
STP-MAQDC-830
14.5
1 = Wh/Bl 2 = Wh/Br 3 = Brown 4 = Orange
5 = Wh/Gr 6 = Wh/Or 7 = Blue 8 = Green
719
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
QD End-Caps
Replace or convert EZ-SCREEN Grid and Point hard-wire terminal chamber end cap to QD model.
Style
Model
EZA-QDE-3 EZA-QDE-5 EZA-QDR-8
Dimensions
Used With
EZ-SCREEN Emitters w/Terminal Chamber (Point & Grid)
ACCESSORIES
3-pin Mini QD 5-pin Mini QD 8-pin Mini QD
Converts terminal chamber end cap to QD model
EZ-SCREEN Emitters w/Terminal Chamber & TEST (Point & Grid) EZ-SCREEN Receivers w/Terminal Chamber (Point & Grid)
Unterminated Bulk Cable

Cable: PVC jacket Conductors: 20 AWG, PVC insulation Voltage Rating: 250V ac/300V dc Temperature: -40 to +80 C
Length
7.6 m 15.2 m 30.4 m 76.2 m 7.6 m 15.2 m 30.4 m 76.2 m 7.6 m 15.2 m 30.4 m 76.2 m
Models
UTB-325C UTB-350C UTB-3100C UTB-3250C UTB-525C UTB-550C UTB-5100C UTB-5250C UTB-825C UTB-850C UTB-8100C UTB-8250C
Dimensions
Used With
EZ-SCREEN Emitters w/Terminal Chamber (Point & Grid) AC Interface Boxes
3-conductor (Brown, Blue, Green/Yellow)
5-conductor (Black, Blue, Brown, White, Green/Yellow)
EZ-SCREEN Emitters w/Terminal Chamber & TEST (Point & Grid) AC Interface Boxes
8-conductor (Brown, Orange/Black, Orange, White, Black, Blue, Violet, Green/Yellow)
EZ-SCREEN Receivers w/Terminal Chamber (Point & Grid) AC Interface Boxes DUO-TOUCH SG Run Bars
720
Cable Glands
Secures the cable end in the housing and seals the point of connection. Available for EZ-SCREEN Point and Grid, rope pulls and safety interlock switches.
Model
Size
For Cable Diameter

3.0 to 8.0 mm
Dimensions
34.2 21.8
Used With
EZ-SCREEN w/Terminal Chamber (Point & Grid)
SI-QS-CG13
PG13.5 Plastic
PG 13.5
34.0
19.0
SI-QS75 Safety Interlock Switches SI-LS83 Safety Interlock Switches
SI-QS-CGM16
M16 x 1.5 Plastic
3.0 to 8.0 mm
M16 x 1.5
37.0
25.0
SI-QS-CGM20
M20 x 1.5 Plastic
5.0 to 12.0 mm
M20 x 1.5
SI-QS90 Safety Interlock Switches SI-LS100 Safety Interlock Switches SI-LS31 Safety Interlock Switches SI-LS42 Safety Interlock Switches RP-LS42 Rope Pull Switches SI-LM40 Safety Interlock Switches SI-QM100 Safety Interlock Switches SI-LM40 Safety Interlock Switches RP-RM83 Rope Pull Switches RP-LM40 Rope Pull Switches RP-QM72/QMT72 Rope Pull Switches RP-QM90 Rope Pull Switch
37.0
25.0
SI-QM-CGM20
M20 x 1.5 Metal
5.0 to 12.0 mm
M20 x 1.5
Conduit Adapters
Connects conduit of different diameters. Available for EZ-SCREEN Point and Grid, rope pulls and safety interlock switches.
Model
Size
1/2" NPT to PG13.5 Metal
Thread Conversion
PG 13.5 to 1/2" NPT
Dimensions
23.5 1/2-14 NPT Internal Thread
Used With
24.0
SI-QM-13
PG13.5
19.3
M20 Internal Thread
SI-QM-13-M20
M20 to PG13.5 Metal
PG 13.5 to M20
PG13.5
25.0
1/2-14 NPT Internal Thread
24.0
SI-QS-M16
1/2" 14 NPT Plastic
M16 x 1.5 to 1/2" 14 NPT
SI-QS75 Safety Interlock Switches SI-LS83 Safety Interlock Switches
M16 x 1.5
25.0 mm
1/2"-14 NPT Internal Thread
24.0 mm
SI-QS-M20
1/2" 14 NPT Plastic
M20 x 1.5 to 1/2" 14 NPT
M20 x 1.5
SI-QS90 Safety Interlock Switches SI-LS100 Safety Interlock Switches SI-LS31 Safety Interlock Switches SI-LS42 Safety Interlock Switches RP-LS42 Rope Pull Switches SI-LM40 Safety Interlock Switches SI-QM100 Safety Interlock Switches SI-LM40 Safety Interlock Switches RP-RM83 Rope Pull Switches RP-LM40 Rope Pull Switches RP-QM72/QMT72 Rope Pull Switches RP-QM90 Rope Pull Switch
23.0
1/2-14 NPT Internal Thread
SI-QM-M20
1/2" 14 NPT Metal
M20 x 1.5 to 1/2" 14 NPT
M20 x 1.5 24.0 O-ring
721
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
Pico-Style Field-Wireable Connectors (M8)

Contacts: Gold-plated, rated 60V ac/dc max., 4.0 A max. Cable Diameter: 4.0 to 5.0 mm Temperature: -25 to +70 C Environmental Rating: NEMA 6P, IP67
ACCESSORIES
Style
3-Pin Male Straight
Model
Dimensions
43.5
Pinout
FIC-M8M3
M8 x 1
13
3-Pin Female Straight
43.5
FIC-M8F3
M8 x 1
13
3-Pin Male Right-Angle
FIC-M8M3A
25
M8 x 1
13
12 41.5
3-Pin Female Right-Angle
25
FIC-M8F3A
12 41.5 43.5
M8 x 1
13
4-Pin Male Straight
FIC-M8M4
M8 x 1
13
43.5
FIC-M8F4
M8 x 1
13
FIC-M8M4A
25
M8 x 1
13
12 41.5
25
FIC-M8F4A
12 41.5
M8 x 1
13
722
Euro-Style Field-Wireable Connectors (M12)

Contacts: Gold-plated; 4-pin models rated 250V ac/dc max., 4.0 A max.; 5-pin models rated 50V ac/dc max., 4.0 A max. Cable Diameter: 4.0 to 5.0 mm Temperature: -25 to +90 C Environmental Rating: NEMA 6P, IP67
Style
4-Pin Male Straight
Model
Dimensions
60 10
Pinout
FIC-M12M4
15.0 M12 x 1
20
60
10
FIC-M12F4
15 M12 x 1
20
41
M12 x 1
20
FIC-M12M4A
30.5
15.0 41
M12 x 1
20
FIC-M12F4A
30.5
15 60
5-Pin Male Straight
10
FIC-M12M5
15.0 M12 x 1
20
60
10
FIC-M12F5
15 M12 x 1
20
41
M12 x 1
20
FIC-M12M5A
30.5
15.0 41
M12 x 1
20
FIC-M12F5A
30.5
15
723
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
BRT-.6
Description: Round, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.0 Temperature: -20 to +60 C
BRT-1
ACCESSORIES
2.5 mm mm 2.5
2.5 2.5 mm mm
Clear Clear Acrylic Acrylic Lens Lens 18 mm mm 18 5.1 mm mm 5.1
20.3 20.3 mm mm
ClearClear Acrylic Acrylic Lens Lens 23 23 mm mm 5.1 5.1 mm mm
25 25 mm mm
BRT-25R
Description: Round, rivet-secured acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.0 Temperature: -20 to +60 C
BRT-1.5
5.5 mm 5.5 mm 2.8 mm 2.8 mm 13 mm 13 mm Clear Clear Acrylic Acrylic Lens Lens
Clear Clear Acrylic Acrylic Lens Lens 40 40 mm mm 7.6 7.6 mm mm 46 46 mm mm 2.5 2.5 mm mm
6.5 mm 6.5 mm 22mm mm
25.2 mm 25.2 mm
BRT-34
BRT-34T
Description: Round, acrylic target includes mounting tape Reflectivity Factor: 1.2 Temperature: -20 to +60 C
7.4 mm 7.4 mm
7.4 mm mm 7.4 1 mm 1 mm
Mounting Mounting Tape Tape
34.5 mm mm 34.5 34.5 mm 34.5 mm
More on next page
724
BRT-35DM
Description: Round, acrylic target with mounting stud Reflectivity Factor: 1.2 Temperature: -20 to +60 C Other: This target has micro-prism geometry.
BRT-41AHT
Description: Round, borosilicate (Pyrex type) glass target Reflectivity Factor: 1.0 Temperature: -20 to +200 C
9.29.2 mm mm
10 mm (2) 10 mm (2)
Reference
41 mm 41 mm
34.5 mm 34.5 mm
Clear Clear Acrylic Acrylic Lens Lens
128 mm GlassGlass 128 mm Lens 102 mm Lens 102 mm 72 mm 72 mm
M5M50.80.8 X X 8.48.4 mm mm
40 mm 40 mm 45 mm 45 mm
BRT-42
Description: Round, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.0 Max. Temperature: 65 C
BRT-42A
6.3 mm
6.8 6.8 mm mm
6.3 mm
60 mm 60 mm 50.0 mm 50.0 mm 42 mm 42 mm
41 mm
Clear Clear Acrylic Acrylic Lens Lens 3.5 3.5 mm mm
41 mm
3.5 3.5 mm (2) mm (2)
BRT-42D
Description: Round, acrylic target with mounting stud Reflectivity Factor: 1.0 Temperature: -20 to +60 C
BRT-2A
Description: Round, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.0 Max. Temperature: 65 C
7.2 mm 7.2 mm 2.8 mm 2.8 mm
7.6 mm7.6 mm
Clear Clear Acrylic Acrylic Lens Lens 42 mm 42 mm
Clear Clear AcrylicAcrylic Lens Lens M5 X 0.8 M5 X 0.8 5.8 mm5.8 mm Mounting Hole Hole Mounting
56 mm 56 mm
More on next page
725
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
BRT-50
BRT-50D
Description: Round, acrylic target with mounting stud Reflectivity Factor: 1.0 Temperature: -20 to +60 C Other: Optional brackets are available. See page 620.
ACCESSORIES
7.2 mm 2.8 mm
7.2 mm 2.8 mm
10.2 mm 10.2 mm 2.8 mm 2.8 mm
10 mm 10 mm
Clear Acrylic Lens 50.8 mm 50.8 mm
Clear Acrylic Lens

50.8 mm 50.8 mm
M5 XX 0.8 M5 0.8
BRT-50R
Description: Round, rivet-secured acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.0 Max. Temperature: -20 to +60 C Other: Optional brackets are available. See page 620.
BRT-3
Description: Round, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.0 Temperature: -20 to +60 C Other: Optional brackets are available. See page 620.
5.5 mm 2.8 mm 13 mm
9 mm 9 mm
Clear Acrylic Lens 2 mm 50.8 mm
84 84 mm mm
6.5 mm 4.8 4.8 mm mm Mounting Mounting Hole Hole
BRT-84
Description: Round, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.4 Max. Temperature: -20 to +60 C Other: Optional brackets are available. See page 620.
7.4 mm 7.4 mm
84 mm 84 mm
4.5 mm 4.5 mm Mounting Mounting Hole Hole
More on next page
726
BRT-11X11M
Description: Square, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.2 Temperature: -20 to +60 C Other: This target has micro-prism geometry.
BRT-11X11MD
Description: Square, acrylic target with mounting stud Reflectivity Factor: 1.2 Temperature: -20 to +60 C Other: This target has micro-prism geometry.
11 mm 11 mm 11 mm
11 mm 11 mm 11 mm
11 mm
11 mm
8.5 mm 8.5 mm
M3 3.7 mm 3.7 mm
M3
5.8 mm 5.8 mm
BRT-35X35B
Description: Square, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.3 Temperature: -20 to +60 C
BRT-35X35BM
Description: Square, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.2 Temperature: -20 to +60 C Other: This target has micro-prism geometry.
3535 mm mm
7.8 mm 7.8 mm
35 mm
8.4 mm
3434 mm mm 4242 mm mm
34 mm 42 mm
2525 mm mm
Clearance Clearance for M3 for M3
25 mm
Clearance for M3
BRT-2X2
Description: Square, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.0 Max. Temperature: 50 C Others: Optional brackets are available. See page 620.
BRT-2X2LVC
Description: Square, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.0 Max. Temperature: -20 to +60 C Others: Optional brackets are available. See page 620.
51 mm 51 mm
8.9 mm 8.9 mm
51 mm 51 mm
7.5 mm 7.5 mm
56 mm 56 mm
51 mm 51 mm
61 mm 61 mm
56 mm 56 mm
51 mm 51 mm
61 mm 61 mm
10 mm 10 mm
30 mm
30 mm
4.2 mm x 4.2 mm x Slot (2) Slot (2) 14.2 mm 14.2 mm
10 3.5 mm 3.5 mm mm 10 mm
30 mm
30 mm
4.2 mm x 4.2 mm x Slot (2) Slot (2) 14.2 mm 14.2 mm 3.5 mm 3.5 mm
More on next page
727
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
BRT-51X51BM
Description: Square, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.5 Max. Temperature: 50 C Other: This target has micro-prism geometry. Optional brackets are available on page 620. Replaces reflector BRT-36X40BM.
BRT-77X77C
Description: Square, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 2.0 Temperature: -20 to +60 C Other: Optional brackets are available. See page 620.
ACCESSORIES
84.5 mm
51 mm 6.2 mm
77 mm
9 mm
61 mm 51 mm
84.5 mm 77 mm
Clear Acrylic Lens
30 mm
4.5 mm
3.5 mm
BRT-84X84A
Description: Square, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 2.0 Temperature: -20 to +60 C
BRT-92X92C
Description: Square, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 3.0 Temperature: -20 to +60 C Other: Optional brackets are available. See page 620.
84 mm mm 84
9.0 mm mm 9.0
100 100 mm mm 92 mmmm 92 9 mmmm 9
70 mm mm 70 84 mm mm 84
100 100 mm mm 92 mmmm 92
White White Base Base
4.2 mm mm 3.5 mm mm 4.2 3.5 7.5 mm mm 7.5
3.5 mmmm 3.5
BRT-92X92CB
Description: Square, acrylic target with black mounting base Reflectivity Factor: 3.0 Max. Temperature: 50 C Other: Optional brackets are available. See page 620.
BRT-4HT
Description: Square, aluminum target Reflectivity Factor: 0.15 Max. Temperature: 480 C Other: This target is not recommended for polarized retroflective sensors.
100 mm 100 mm 92 mm 92 mm
9 mm
9 mm
100 mm 100 mm 92 mm 92 mm
Clear Acrylic Lens
Clear Acrylic Lens
100 mm Black Base Black Base
3.5 mm
3.5 mm
100 mm
0.5 mm Aluminum
More on next page
728
BRT-250
250 x 250 mm
BRT-540
540 x 540 mm
BRT-700
700 x 700 mm
Temperature: -20 to +50 C Other: Square reflector with rigid aluminum backing for use with LT7
729
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
BRT-23X14CM
Description: Rectangular, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.2 Temperature: -20 to +60 C Other: This target has micro-prism geometry.
BRT-30X20M
Description: Rectangular, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.2 Temperature: -20 to +60 C
ACCESSORIES
13.8 mm 9.7 mm
13.8 mm 9.7 mm
4.9 mm
4.9 mm
20 mm
19.0 mm
19.0 mm
23.0 mm
23.0 mm
30 mm
2 mm
2 mm
1.0 mm
1.0 mm
2.5 mm
BRT-30X20MT
Description: Rectangular, acrylic target includes mounting tape Reflectivity Factor: 1.2 Temperature: -20 to 60 C
BRT-32X20AM
Description: Rectangular, thin profile acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.2 Temperature: -20 to +60 C Other: This target has micro-prism geometry.
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
3.0 mm
3.0 mm
30 mm
Mounting Tape
32 mm 32 mm 26 mm 26 mm 20 mm 20 mm
3.5 mm 3.5 mm 2.5 mm
2.0 mm
2.0 mm
BRT-32X22A
Description: Rectangular, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.3 Max. Temperature: 65 C
BRT-35X20A BRT-35X20AB
Description: Rectangular, acrylic target* Reflectivity Factor: 1.4 Temperature: -20 to +60 C
23.5 mm 23.5 mm
25 mm 25 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm
8 mm 8 mm
3.5 mm 3.5 mm (2) (2)

55 mm 45 mm 55 mm 32 mm 32 mm 45 mm
48 mm 48 mm 40 mm 40 mm
55 mm 55 mm Clear Clear Acrylic Acrylic Lens Lens Mounting Mounting Base* Base*
7.5 mm 7.5 mm 4mm Deep 4mm Deep 4.5 Thru 4.5 Thru
3.5 mm 3.5 mm
* Mounting base available (model (model BRT-35X20A) (model (model BRT-35X20AB). * Mounting base available in whitein white BRT-35X20A) or blackor black BRT-35X20AB).
*Mounting base available in white (BRT-35X20A) or black (BRT-35X20AB).
More on next page
730
BRT-40X18A
BRT-40X19A
18 mm
8.0 mm
Reference
19.3 mm 19.3 mm
7.3 mm
7.3 mm
50.0 mm Clear Acrylic Lens 3.5 mm (2) 3.5 mm
60 mm
50.0 mm 50.0 mm
60.2 mm 60.2 mm
4.0 mm 4.0 mm
BRT-40X19AM
BRT-40X20AM
19.3 19.3 mm mm
3.2 mm mm 3.2 20.0 mm 3.5 mm
50.0 50.0 mm mm
60.2 60.2 mm mm
30.0 mm
37.0 mm 42.0 mm
3.0 mm 4.0mm mm 4.0
2.0 mm
BRT-40X23
BRT-40X23A
Description: Rectangular, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.4 Max. Temperature: -20 to +60 C
32.0 mm 32.0 mm 3.6 3.6 mm mm 1.9 1.9 mm mm Clear Acrylic Lens 23.5 mm 8.0 mm 39.1 mm 39.1 mm 40.0 mm 23.1 mm 23.1 mm 3.5 3.5 mm mm 8.2 8.2 mm mm 10.0 mm 10.0 mm
More on next page
731
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
BRT-40X23B
BRT-40X23ABC
ACCESSORIES
11.5 mm
23.5 mm mm 23.5 8.0 mm8.0 mm
23 mm
11.3 mm
16.6 mm 20 mm
40.0 mm mm 40.0 3.5 mm3.5 mm (2) (2) 12.1 mm mm 12.1 3.5 mm3.5 mm Clear Clear Acrylic Acrylic Lens Lens 3.5 mm3.5 mm
47.5 mm mm 47.5
40 mm
25.4 mm
33.6 mm
M3
11.5 mm
BRT-44X29A6
Description: Rectangular, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.1 Max. Temperature: 50 C Other: 6 mm facets; close to the face retroreflective sensing with bifurcated lens.
BRT-48X32
29 mm 9 mm
44 mm
Clear Acrylic Lens 32.5 mm

7.5 mm 4 mm Deep 4.5 Thru
48.0 mm
8.0 mm
BRT-48X32A
BRT-48X32B
32.5 mm
8.0 mm
32.532.5 mm mm
8.0 mmmm 8.0
48 mmmm 48 48.0 mm 56.0 mm Clear Acrylic Lens 3.5 mm (2) 3.5 mm 17.017.0 mm mm 65 mm Clear Clear Acrylic Acrylic Lens Lens 57 mmmm 57
4.5 mmmm 4.5
4 x 10xmmmm (2) 4 10 (2)
3.5 mmmm 3.5
More on next page
732
BRT-53X19A
BRT-60X40AF
Description: Rectangular, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.4 Max. Temperature: -20 to +60 C Other: Anti-fogging coating for use around steam. Optional brackets are available. See page 620.
19 mm mm 19
8.0 mm mm 8.0
40 mm 34 mm
40 mm 34 mm 7.5 mm 7.5 mm
Reference
63.0 mm mm 63.0 53.0 mm mm 53.0 ClearClear Acrylic Acrylic LensLens
72 mm mm 72
52 mm
52 mm
60 mm
60 mm
3.5 3.5(2) (2) mm mm
3.5 mm mm 3.5
M3
M3
3.5 mm 3.5 mm
BRT-60X40C
Description: Rectangular, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.4 Max. Temperature: -20 to +60 C Other: Optional brackets are available. See page 620.
BRT-60X40IP69K
Description: Rectangular, acrylic target (color is amber) Reflectivity Factor: 1.4 Max. Temperature: -20 to 140 C Other: Chemically resistant and IP69K washdown rated. Optional brackets are available. See page 620.
40.5 mm mm 40.5 34 mm 34 mm 7.2 mm7.2 mm
40 mm 34 mm
40 mm 34 mm 7.5 mm 7.5 mm
52.0 mm mm 52.0 Clear Clear AcrylicAcrylic Lens Lens 3.5 mm3.5 mm (2) (2) 3.5 mm3.5 mm
52 60 mm 60 mm mm
52 mm
60 mm
60 mm
M3
M3 3.5 mm 3.5 mm
BRT-62X10AM
Description: Rectangular, thin profile acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.2 Max. Temperature: -20 to +60 C Other: This target has micro-prism geometry.
BRT-80X50C
50 mm
50 mm 42 mm 7.2 mm 7.2 mm
10 mm
10 mm
3.5 mm
3.5 mm
42 mm
50 mm 56 mm
50 mm 56 mm 62 mm 62 mm
72.0 mm 72.0 mm Clear Acrylic Lens Clear Acrylic Lens
80 mm
80 mm
3.5 mm (2) 3.5 mm (2)
3.5 mm
3.5 mm
More on next page
733
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
BRT-80X50CM
Description: Rectangular, acrylic target Reflectivity Factor: 1.4 Temperature: -20 to +60 C Other: This target has micro-prism geometry.
BRT-100X18A
ACCESSORIES
50 mm 42 mm
50 mm 42 mm 7.2 mm 7.2 mm
18.5 mm
18.5 mm mm 6.5
6.5 mm
72.0 mm
72.0 mm Clear Acrylic Lens Clear Acrylic Lens
80 mm
110 mm
110 mm Clear Acrylic Lens
80 mm
120 mm Clear Acrylic Lens
120 mm
3.5 mm (2) 3.5 mm (2)
3.5 mm
3.5 mm
4 mm (2)
4 mm (2)
BRT-100X50
BRT-100X55A
5.0 mm (2)
101 mm
Clear Acrylic Lens
116 mm 132 mm
Clear Acrylic Lens
50.6 mm
8.0 mm
55.5 mm 9.0 mm
BRT-150X18A
18 mm 7.7 mm 3.5 mm
BRT-150X18T
Description: Rectangular, acrylic target includes mounting tape. Reflectivity Factor: 1.4 Temperature: -20 to 60 C
18 mm
18 mm
7.7 mm
7.7 mm
170 mm 160 mm
150 mm
150 mm
Mounting Tape
Mounting Tape
Clearance for M4
More on next page
734
BRT-L
BRT-180X40A
42 mm 42 mm

7.4 mm 7.4 mm
3.8 mm
3.8 mm 19 mm
165 mm 165mm
165 mm
Clear Acrylic ClearLens
19 mm
Acrylic Lens
Adhesive Backing
Adhesive Backing
182 mm
182 mm 150 mm
150 mm
Clearance Clearance for M5 for M5
735
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
Retroreflective Tape
NOTE: Sensing range and signal strength at any given sensor-to-target distance will vary due to target reflectivity and target area. A Reflectivity Factor is included for each target model to help predict sensor performance, relative to the excess gain curve plotted for target model BRT-3. Consider, also, target area when predicting performance. Changing to a high reflectivity reflector (like BRT-92X92C) may also extend sensor range and/or reduce the need for frequent reflector maintenance. A high reflectivity factor AND large surface area are needed for maximum range.
ACCESSORIES
Reflectivity Factor
0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.07 0.2 0.8 0.8
Maximum Temperature
60 C 60 C 60 C 60 C 60 C 60 C 60 C 175 C 85 C 60 C 60 C
Size
75 x 75 mm 100 x 100 mm 216 x 280 mm 457 x 914 mm 25 mm wide 50 mm wide 75 mm wide 25 mm wide 25 mm wide 50 x 50 mm 203 x 254 mm
Model
BRT-THG-3X3-10 BRT-THG-4X4-5 BRT-THG-8.5X11-2 BRT-THG-18X36 BRT-THG-1-100 BRT-THG-2-100 BRT-THG-3-100 BRT-THT-100 BRT-T-100CC BRT-TVHG-2X2* BRT-TVHG-8X10P 10 per pack 5 per pack 2 per pack Single sheet 2.5 m length 2.5 m length 2.5 m length 2.5 m length 2.5 m length 4 per pack 1 per pack
Unit
NOTE: Retroreflective material has a pressure-sensitive adhesive. For maximum adhesion, surfaces must be clean and dry before applying. For best results, use full size; target may be trimmed as necessary. These targets are not recommended for polarized retroreflective sensors. * These are sealed micro-prism style pieces and may not be cut. Suitable for use with Laser sensors, VS3 sensors and SME312LPC model sensors. Not suggested for close range (less than 102 mm) except with VS3 sensors.
MSA Stands
Supports emitter, receiver or corner mirror Available without stand base, for attaching to a surface Assembles easily Includes mounting hardware Provides mounting T-slots with center dimension of 20 mm
40.0 mm
40.0 mm
ONLINE
L
127.0 mm
MSA Series Stands

Used With**
EZ-SCREEN, PICO-GUARD Grids/Points, Mirrors, EZ-ARRAY, MINI-ARRAY and High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY
Stand Height (L)

616 mm 1073 mm
Useable Stand Length

483 mm 940 mm
Model*
MSA-S24-1 MSA-S42-1
More on next page
* Available without a base by adding suffix NB to model number (example, MSA-S24-1NB). ** Adapter brackets EZA-MBK-2 (2 each) are required for mounting EZ-SCREEN Grid and Point emitters/receivers or SSM Series mirrors (ordered separately).
736
MSA Series Stands (contd)

Used With**
EZ-SCREEN, PICO-GUARD Grids/Points, Mirrors, EZ-ARRAY, MINI-ARRAY and High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY
Accessories
Stand Height (L)

1682 mm 2140 mm 2673 mm
Useable Stand Length

1550 mm 2007 mm 2667 mm 940 mm 940 mm
Brackets
Model*
MSA-S66-1 MSA-S84-1 MSA-S105-1 SFPA-AG12-1 SFPA-AG30-1
SFP12 Safety Points SFP30 Safety Points
1067 mm 1067 mm
* Available without a base by adding suffix NB to model number (example, MSA-S24-1NB). ** Adapter brackets EZA-MBK-2 (2 each) are required for mounting EZ-SCREEN Grid and Point emitters/receivers or SSM Series mirrors (ordered separately).
Run Bar Telescoping Stands

Locates touch buttons 800 to 1232 mm above the floor surface Includes swivel-mount bracket to mount Run Bar (Run Bar not included, see page 570) Made of cold-rolled steel; black powdercoat finish
Adjustable 800 to 1232 mm
Adjustable 800 to 1232 mm
ONLINE
611 mm 145 mm 145 mm 611 mm
STBA...S1
STBA...S2
Telescoping Stands
Used with
STB-VP6-RB1 Floor-mounted telescoping stand Stationary base with 4 mounting holes in corners STB-VP6-RB2 STBA-RB2-S1
Description
Model
STBA-RB1-S1
STB-VP6-RB1 Free-standing, telescoping stand Movable H-shaped floor base with mounting holes 560 mm apart STB-VP6-RB2
STBA-RB1-S2
STBA-RB2-S2
737
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
Adjustable Mounting Systems

Provides flexible mounting and positioning of sensors and lights Includes 3" and 6" column mounting kits for mounting area lights and backlights Features Bogen Arm and clamp for use with P4 and Pro sensors Offers 2" mounting knuckle assembly for spot lights
ACCESSORIES
ONLINE
Adjustable Mounting Systems

Used With
SMBPPLK
SMBPPK6 SMBPPK3
SMBPPF1 & SMBPPFB
Description
3" Column, Base, and Knuckle Kit 6" Column, Base, and Knuckle Kit Mounting Bracket Knuckle SMBPPK3 SMBPPK6 SMBPPK
Model
Pro P4 Vision Lights
3" Column 6" Column Mounting Bracket Base 2" Mounting Knuckle Assembly Bogen Arm with Single Knob Bogen Arm Clamp
SMBPPKE3 SMBPPKE6 SMBPPKB SMBPPLK SMBPPF1 SMBPPFB
Elevated UseStand-off Pipe, Brackets and Adapters

Description
Thermoplastic Acetal adapter and cover (M30 to " NPSM/DN15 ) Thermoplastic Acetal adapter and cover (M30 to " NPSM/DN15 )
Length
150 mm
Model
SA-M30TE12 SA-M30E12 SOP-E12-150SS SOP-E12-300SS SOP-E12-150A SOP-E12-300A SA-E12M30
Used With
Connects TL50 to 1/2" NPSM/DN15 pipe Connects K50L & K80L to 1/2" NPSM/DN15 pipe
Stainless steel pipe (" NPSM/DN15) 300 mm 150 mm Anodized aluminum pipe (1/2" NPSM/D15) 300 mm Thermoplastic Acetal mounting base (" NPSM/DN15 to M30) K50L K80L TL50
Stainless steel bracket for wall or other flat surfaces
SMBE12USS
SOP-E12-150A SOP-E12-300A SOP-E12-150SS SOP-E12-300SS
738
Elevated UseEnclosure Mounts and Extensions

Description
Thermoplastic Acetal standoff with 30 mm mounting base for cabinet mounting or use with most 30 mm brackets
Accessories
Length
75 mm
Model
SA-M30M30-75
Used With
K50L
Brackets Cordsets Retroreflectors Miscellaneous Reference
Zinc coated, oversized right-angle legend plate for identification labels
SA-30RL55X93
SA-M30M30-75
Thermoplastic Acetal standoff with 22.5 mm mounting base for cabinet mounting
50 mm
SA-M22M22-50
K30L
Elevated UseHanging Bracket

Description Length Model Used With
Zinc coated bracket with strain relief for mounting one device
SA-30RL55X93C
K50 Push Button VTB
Zinc coated bracket for mounting two devices
SA-30DRL55X93C
Sensors and indicators with 30 mm base or barrel mount
739
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
MSM Corner Mirrors

Compact for light-duty applications Available in 12 lengths Decreases range by 8% Rated 85% efficiency
ONLINE
ACCESSORIES
L2
L1
72.9 mm
MSM Corner Mirrors (shown with standard brackets and MSAMB** adapter bracket mounted on MSA stand)
MSM Corner Mirrors

Reflective Area (Y)
Mounting Height (L1)*

Mirror Height (L2)

Model
MSM4A MSM8A MSM12A MSM16A MSM20A MSM24A MSM28A MSM32A MSM36A MSM40A MSM44A MSM48A
* The mounting brackets may be inverted from the positions shown (flanges pointing inward instead of outward, as shown). When this is done, dimension L1 decreases by 57 mm. ** MSAMB adapter bracket kit included with each MSA stand.
740
SSM Corner Mirrors

Robust for heavy-duty applications Extra wide for use with long-range optical safety systems Available in stainless steel for harsh applications Available in 20 lengths Rated 85% efficiency for SSM models and 50% on SSM-S models Decreases range by 8% for SSM models and 30% for SSM-S models
ONLINE
Y L1
L2
115.0 mm
SSM and SSM-S Corner Mirrors (shown with standard brackets and EZA-MBK-2** adapter bracket mounted on MSA stand)
SSM Glass Corner Mirrors

Model Reflective Area (Y)
100 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm 375 mm 475 mm 550 mm 675 mm 825 mm 875 mm 975 mm 1100 mm 1175 mm 1275 mm 1400 mm 1475 mm 1550 mm 1675 mm 1750 mm 1900 mm
Mounting Height (L1)*

Mirror Height (L2)

Glass
SSM-100 SSM-150 SSM-200 SSM-250 SSM-375 SSM-475 SSM-550 SSM-675 SSM-825 SSM-875 SSM-975 SSM-1100 SSM-1175 SSM-1275 SSM-1400 SSM-1475 SSM-1550 SSM-1675 SSM-1750 SSM-1900
Stainless Steel
SSM-100-S SSM-150-S SSM-200-S SSM-250-S SSM-375-S SSM-475-S SSM-550-S SSM-675-S SSM-825-S SSM-875-S SSM-975-S SSM-1100-S SSM-1175-S SSM-1275-S SSM-1400-S SSM-1475-S SSM-1550-S SSM-1675-S SSM-1750-S SSM-1900-S
* The mounting brackets may be inverted from the positions shown (flanges pointing inward instead of outward, as shown). When this is done, dimension L1 decreases by 58 mm. ** One EZA-MBK-2 adapter bracket kit required if used with a MSA stand. NOTE: The total range decreases by approximately 8% per mirror.
741
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
Tubular Enclosures
Available for EZ-ARRAY, MINI-ARRAY or EZ-SCREEN standard 14 & 30 mm Ideal for high-pressure washdown environments Made of clear FDA-grade polycarbonate tubing, with acetal end caps Includes stainless mounting brackets and hardware Rated NEMA 4X; IP67
ACCESSORIES
ONLINE
86.4 mm
EZA-TE Tubular Enclosures

Emitter/Receiver Model EZ-SCREEN EZ-ARRAY
SLS..-150 SLS..-300 SLS..-450 SLS..-600 SLS..-750 SLS..-900 SLS..-1050 SLS..-1200 SLS..-1350 SLS..-1500 SLS..-1650 SLS..-1800 EA5..-150 EA5..-300 EA5..-450 EA5..-600 EA5..-750 EA5..-900 EA5..-1050 EA5..-1200 EA5..-1500 EA5..-1800
Used With Emitter/Receiver Defined Area/Array Length

Enclosure Height (L)

Model
EZA-TE-150 EZA-TE-300 EZA-TE-450 EZA-TE-600 EZA-TE-750 EZA-TE-900 EZA-TE-1050 EZA-TE-1200 EZA-TE-1350 EZA-TE-1500 EZA-TE-1650 EZA-TE-1800
NOTE: Use of the enclosure affects the sensing range of the emitter/receiver used: when in pairs, range can be reduced by 50%.
MSA-TE Tubular Enclosures

Used With Emitter/Receiver Model
MINI-ARRAY High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY MINI-ARRAY High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY MINI-ARRAY High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY MINI-ARRAY High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY BMEL616A/BMRL616A BMEL632A/BMLR632A MAHE6A/MAHR6A BMEL1216A/BMRL1216A BMEL1232A/BMRL1232A MAHE13A/MAHR13A BMEL1816A/BMRL1816A BMEL1832A/BMRL1832A MAHE19A/MAHR19A BMEL2416A/BMRL2416A BMEL2432A/BMRL2432A MAHE26A/MAHR26A
Emitter/Receiver Array Length


439 mm
Model
MSA-TE-8
541 mm
MSA-TE-12
744 mm
MSA-TE-20
846 mm 947 mm
MSA-TE-24 MSA-TE-28
More on next page
742
MSA-TE Tubular Enclosures (contd)

MINI-ARRAY High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY MINI-ARRAY High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY MINI-ARRAY High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY MINI-ARRAY High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY BMEL3016A/BMRL3016A BMEL3032A/BMRL3032A MAHE32A/MAHR32A BMEL3616A/BMRL3616A BMEL3632A/BMRL3632A MAHE38A/MAHR38A BMEL4216A/BMRL4216A BMEL4232A/BMRL4232A MAHE45A/MAHR45A BMEL4816A/BMRL4816A BMEL4832A/BMRL4832A MAHE51A/MAHR51A
Emitter/Receiver Array Length

Cordsets

1049 mm
Model
MSA-TE-32
1151 mm
MSA-TE-36
1354 mm
MSA-TE-44
1455 mm
MSA-TE-48
EZA-S Protective Enclosures

Provide rugged protection for sensors and mirrors in high-traffic areas Available for mirrors and EZ-SCREEN Point and Grid Meets ANSI/RIA 15.06 and ISO 13855 standards for beam spacing Includes independently adjustable mirrors and bubble level to simplify alignment Rotates up to 20
145.0 mm
ONLINE
177.8 mm
EZA-S Protective Enclosure
EZA-S EZ-SCREEN Protective Enclosures

SG..4-300
Emitter/Receiver Protected Area

900 mm

1543 mm
No. of Openings
4
Application Standard
ANSI/RIA R15.06 ISO 13855 ANSI/RIA R15.06 ISO 13855
Models
EZA-S300 EZA-S300-M* EZA-S400 EZA-S400-M*
More on next page
SG..3-400
*
800 mm
1238 mm
Model numbers with suffix M include vertical mirrors for perimeter-guarding applications. Model numbers with suffix M45 include two 45-mounted mirrors for access-guarding applications. NOTE: The rear-surfaced glass mirrors are rated at 85% efficiency per mirror and reduce maximum range by 8% per mirror.
743
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
EZA-S EZ-SCREEN Protective Enclosures (contd)

Used With Emitter/Receiver Model Emitter/Receiver Protected Area
500 mm 1066 mm 1543 mm 3 ANSI/RIA R15.06

1035 mm
No. of Openings
2
Application Standard
ISO 13855
Models
EZA-S500 EZA-S500-M EZA-S500-M45 EZA-S533 EZA-S533-M EZA-S584
ACCESSORIES
SG..2-500 SP..1 SG..3-533
SG..2-584 SP..1
*
584 mm
1238.2 mm
ANSI/RIA R15.06
EZA-S584-M EZA-S584-M45
Model numbers with suffix M include vertical mirrors for perimeter-guarding applications. Model numbers with suffix M45 include two 45-mounted mirrors for access-guarding applications. NOTE: The rear-surfaced glass mirrors are rated at 85% efficiency per mirror and reduce maximum range by 8% per mirror.
Explosion-Proof Enclosures
Protects light screen in environments with flammable gases, liquids or dust Available for EZ-SCREEN 14 and 30 resolution models Complies with UL and CSA for use in specific hazardous atmospheres Includes mounting brackets and hardware Reduces range by approximately 25% per emitter/receiver pair
968 mm 1321 mm
ONLINE
117 mm
197 mm 114 mm
254 mm
Model ..-XPE-32 Explosion-Proof Enclosure
Model ..-XPE-43 Explosion-Proof Enclosure
Explosion-Proof Enclosures
Used With Model Family
EZ-SCREEN (14 and 30 mm Resolution) EZ-SCREEN (14 and 30 mm Resolution)
Emitter/Receiver Defined Area

450 to 600 mm 750 to 1050 mm
Model
SS-XPE-32 SS-XPE-43
NOTE: Use of enclosure affects the sensing range of emitter/receiver used: when used in pairs, range can be reduced by 25%.
744
Heated Enclosures
Available for MINI-ARRAY or High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY Protects emitter/receiver in outdoor environments Includes humidistat and resistance wires to keep window free of condensation, snow or ice Provides choice of stainless steel or aluminum housings

Reference
ONLINE
187 mm 204 mm
MINI-ARRAY and High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY Heated Enclosures

Material
Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Finish**
Painted Painted Painted Painted Painted Painted Non-painted Non-painted Non-painted
Array Length
133 to 1210 mm 1505 to 1514 mm 1810 to 1819 mm 133 to 1210 mm 1505 to 1514 mm 1810 to 1819 mm 133 to 1210 mm 1505 to 1514 mm 1810 to 1819 mm
Overall Enclosure/Height (L)

1.7 m 2.0 m 2.2 m 1.7 m 2.0 m 2.2 m 1.7 m 2.0 m 2.2 m
Clear Window Height

1.5 m 1.8 m 2.0 m 1.5 m 1.8 m 2.0 m 1.5 m 1.8 m 2.0 m
Model
BMHE4A/BMHL4G BMHE5A/BMHL5G BMHE6A/BMHL6G BMHE4SS/BMHL4GSS BMHE5SS/BMHL5GSS BMHE6SS/BMHL6GSS BMHE4SSN/BMHL4GSSN BMHE5SSN/BMHL5GSSN BMHE6SSN/BMHL6GSSN
* Enclosures require a power supply (see page 739). ** Standard color is Federal Safety Yellow (Federal Standard color# 23538). Contact Factory for other colors.
173 mm
PresencePLUS Enclosure Kits

Protects sensor, ring light or both Keeps dust and dirt off lens and light Prevents accidental bumps and scratches Discourages vandalism and tampering Helps maintain lens focus by enclosing the lens and sensor Available in models that protect camera and light during washdown Offers choice of models with glass or plastic viewport
ONLINE
140 mm 241 mm
PPE4 Models
55.4 mm 254 mm 207.5 mm
177.8 mm
61.7 mm
PresencePLUS Enclosure Kits
PPE Models
P4RE67 Models
115.3 mm
Description
Heavy-duty stainless-steel enclosure kitglass viewport; NEMA 6 rated Heavy-duty stainless-steel enclosure kitpolycarbonate viewport; NEMA 6 rated
Used With
P4 (right-angle) & Ring Light
Model
P4RE67-G P4RE67-P
More on next page
745
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
PresencePLUS Enclosure Kits (contd)

Description
Heavy-duty cold-rolled steel industrial protection kitglass viewport; NEMA 1 rated
Used With
Pro Camera & Lens PPE-G PPE-P
Model
PPE-G PPE-P PPE-RG PPE-RP SMBPPES
ACCESSORIES
Heavy-duty cold-rolled steel industrial protection kitpolycarbonate viewport; NEMA 1 rated Replacement viewportglass Replacement viewportpolycarbonate Straight Mounting bracket Right-angle mounting bracket Front mounting bracket Heavy-duty stainless-steel enclosure kitglass viewport; NEMA 4 rated Heavy-duty stainless-steel enclosure kitpolycarbonate viewport; NEMA 4 rated
PPE-P & PPE-G
SMBPPEA SMBPPEF
Pro Camera & Ring Light
PPE4-G PPE4-P
Lens Shields
Covers the lens of the emitter/receiver to prevent damage Available for the LX, EZ-ARRAY , MINI-ARRAY and EZ-SCREEN Installs easily Made of rugged polycarbonate ONLINE
EZ-SCREEN
MINI-ARRAY
EZ-SCREEN LP
EZ-ARRAY & EZ-SCREEN (14 & 30 mm Resolution) Lens Shields

Used With Installation*
Adhesive Snap-on Adhesive Snap-on Adhesive Snap-on Adhesive Snap-on Adhesive Snap-on Adhesive Snap-on Adhesive Snap-on
EZ-ARRAY
EA5..150 EA5..300 EA5..450 EA5..600 EA5..750 EA5..900
EZ-SCREEN
SLS..-150.. SLS..-300.. SLS..-450.. SLS..-600.. SLS..-750.. SLS..-900..
Defined Area/Array Length

150 mm 150 mm 300 mm 450 mm 600 mm 750 mm 900 mm
Lens Shield Length (L)

218 mm 196 mm 258 mm 236 mm 368 mm 346 mm 518 mm 496 mm 667 mm 645 mm 817 mm 795 mm 967 mm 945 mm
Model
EZS-150EA EZSS-150EA EZS-150 EZSS-150 EZS-300 EZSS-300 EZS-450 EZSS-450 EZS-600 EZSS-600 EZS-750 EZSS-750 EZS-900 EZSS-900
More on next page
NOTE: When shields are installed on both the emitter and receiver, maximum operating range is reduced by 20%. * Adhesive models are polycarbonate with neoprene gasket. Snap-on models are constructed of copolyester.
746
EZ-ARRAY & EZ-SCREEN (14 & 30 mm Resolution) Lens Shields (contd)

Used With Installation*
Adhesive Snap-on Adhesive Snap-on Adhesive Snap-on Adhesive Snap-on Adhesive Snap-on Adhesive Snap-on Snap-on Snap-on
EZ-ARRAY
EA5..1050 EA5..1200 EA5..1500 EA5..1800 EA5..2100 EA5..2400
EZ-SCREEN
SLS..-1050.. SLS..-1200.. SLS..-1350.. SLS-1650.. SLS..-1500.. SLS..-1800..
Defined Area/Array Length


1116 mm 1094 mm 1266 mm 1244 mm 1416 mm 1394 mm 1715 mm 1693 mm 1565 mm 1543 mm 1865 mm 1843 mm 2144 mm 2444 mm
Model
EZS-1050 EZSS-1050 EZS-1200 EZSS-1200 EZS-1350 EZSS-1350 EZS-1650 EZSS-1650 EZS-1500 EZSS-1500 EZS-1800 EZSS-1800 EZSS-2100 EZSS-2400
MINI-ARRAY Lens Shields

Used With Installation Emitter/Receiver Model
BMEL1216A/BMRL1216A BMEL1232A/BMRL1232A BMEL2416A/BMRL2416A Adhesive MINI-ARRAY BMEL2432A/BMRL2432A BMEL3616A/BMRL3616A BMEL3632A/BMRL3632A BMEL4816A/BMRL4816A BMEL4832A/BMRL4832A
Array Length
Lens Shield Length (L)*

341 mm 643 mm 948 mm 1253 mm
Model
MSS12 MSS24 MSS36 MSS48
NOTE: When shields are installed on both the emitter and receiver, maximum operating range is reduced by 20%. * Other lens shield lengths are available, contact factory at 1-888-373-6767.
EZ-SCREEN LP (14 & 25 mm Resolution) Lens Shields

Used With Installation* Emitter/Receiver Model
SLP..-270 SLP..-410 SLP..-550 Snap-on SLP..-690 SLP..-830 SLP..-970 SLP..-1110

270 mm 410 mm 550 mm 690 mm 830 mm 970 mm 1110 mm
Model
LPSS-270 LPSS-410 LPSS-550 LPSS-690 LPSS-830 LPSS-970 LPSS-1110
More on next page
747
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
EZ-SCREEN LP (14 & 25 mm Resolution) Lens Shields (contd)

Used With Installation* Emitter/Receiver Model
SLP..-1250 SLP..-1390 Snap-on SLP..-1530 SLP..-1670 SLP..-1810

1250 mm 1390 mm 1530 mm 1670 mm 1810 mm
Model
LPSS-1250 LPSS-1390 LPSS-1530 LPSS-1670 LPSS-1810
ACCESSORIES
EZ-SCREEN Grids and Points Lens ShieldsAdhesive Backed

Type
Point

149 mm 684 mm 768 mm
Emitter/Receiver Model
SP..1 SG..2-500 SG..2-584 SG..3-400 SG..3-533 SG..4-300
Emitter/Receiver Protected Height

500 mm 584 mm 800 mm 900 mm 1066 mm
Model
EZS-149 EZS-684 EZS-768 EZS-984 EZS-1251 EZS-1084
Grid
984 mm 1251 mm 1084 mm
Polycarbonate construction with neoprene gasket
EZ-SCREEN Type 2 Lens ShieldsAdhesive Backed

LS2..30-150 LS2..30-300 LS2..30-450 LS2..30-600 LS2..30-750 LS2..30-900 LS2..30-1050 LS2..30-1200 LS2..30-1350 LS2..30-1500
Polycarbonate construction with neoprene gasket.
Emitter/Receiver Defined Area


Model
LSS-150 LSS-300 LSS-450 LSS-600 LSS-750 LSS-900 LSS-1050 LSS-1200 LSS-1350 LSS-1500
LX Lens Shields
Used With Installation
Adhesive
Emitter/Receiver Model
LX3 models LX6 models LX12 models
Array Length
67 mm 143 mm 295 mm

98.3 mm 174.5 mm 326.9 mm
Model
LXS3 LXS6 LXS12
NOTE: When shields are installed on both the emitter and receiver, maximum operating range is reduced by 20%.
748
Laser Alignment Tools

Simplifies the alignment of any emitter/receiver pair Available for EZ-SCREEN, PICO-GUARD, LT7, and 18 and 30 mm barrel sensors Includes a built-in bubble level Uses one 9-volt battery, which is included (some models)
75 mm
Accessories
ONLINE
LASER LIGHT
LAT - 1
DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM. CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCT.
75 mm
Peak Power: 2.8mW, 640-660nm 33kHz 25% duty cycle COMPLIES WITH 21 CFR PART 1040.10 AND EN60825-1; 1994
AVOID EXPOSURE - LASER LIGHT EMITTED FROM THIS APERTURE
LAT-1 Laser Alignment Tool (shown without clip)

21 mm
REQUIRES ONE 9V BATTERY

REMOVE TWO PHILLIPS SCREWS FOR BATTERY ACCESS BELOW
Laser Alignment Tools

Used With
EZ-SCREEN Grid or Points and PICO-GUARD Grids EZ-SCREEN 14 & 30 mm Resolution EZ-SCREEN LP 14 & 25 mm Resolution EZ-SCREEN Type 2 EZ-SCREEN Grid or Points, PICO-GUARD Grids, EZ-SCREEN 14 & 30 mm Resolution, EZ-SCREEN LP 14 & 25 mm Resolution and EZ-SCREEN Type 2 PICO-GUARD SFP12 Safety Points PICO-GUARD SFP30 Safety Points 9V battery for 20 hours of continuous use
Supply Voltage
LAT-1 with Clip Kit

LAT-1-HD LAT-1-SS LAT-1-LP LAT-1-LS LAT-1 LAT-1-SFP12 LAT-1-SFP30
Clip w/Target*
EZA-LAT-1 EZA-LAT-2 LPA-LAT-1 LSA-LAT-1 SFA-LAT-12 SFA-LAT-30
9V battery for 20 hours of continuous use
Description
Used With
Supply Voltage
Model
Allows for long distance alignment greater than 50 m Clip-on attachment for sensor
LAT-2 shown with LT7
LT7
LAT-2
Enables easy sensor alignment at long distances Kit includes one SMB1812 bracket and M12 laser emitter (Class 2 visible red laser) Clip-on attachment for 18 mm threaded barrel sensors Enables easy sensor alignment at long distances Kit includes one SMB3012 bracket and M12 laser emitter (Class 2 visible red laser) Clip-on attachment for 30 mm threaded barrel sensors
* LAT-1 purchased separately.
18 mm threaded barrel sensors
10 to 30V dc
LAT1812
30 mm threaded barrel sensors
10 to 30V dc
LAT3012
749
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
BEAM-TRACKER Alignment Tool

The BEAM-TRACKER is a low-cost, wireless, battery-operated, and completely self-contained photoelectric diagnostic sensor. It is a quick and simple way to evaluate photoelectric system performance. It receives light from all modulated photoelectric emitters and transmits light to receivers to check the system operation. It has a built-in frequency emitter that will be detected by any Banner photoelectric receiver, as well as by those of most other photoelectric manufacturers. It is a valuable tool for locating the center of the beam when installing long-range opposed-mode photoelectric sensor pairs and for locating sources of severe EMI and RFI noise.
ACCESSORIES
Supply Voltage
Beam
Construction
Model
9V battery for 10 hours of continuous use
70 kHz infrared
Cycolac T case
BT-1
Apertures and Aperture Kits

Opposed-mode sensors may be fitted with apertures which narrow or shape the effective beam of the sensor to more closely match the size of profile of the object to be sensed. A common example is the use of line or slit type aperture when wire or thread is being sensed.
Aperture Description
Circular, 0.5 mm dia. Circular, 1.0 mm dia. Circular, 2.5 mm dia. Horizontal, slotted, 0.5 x 6.4 mm Horizontal, slotted, 1.0 x 6.4 mm Horizontal, slotted, 2.5 x 6.4 mm Vertical, slotted, 0.5 x 12.7 mm Vertical, slotted, 1.0 x 12.7 mm Vertical, slotted. 2.5 x 12.7 mm Kit with 2 of each aperture Circular, 0.5 mm dia. Circular, 1 mm dia. Circular, 2 mm dia. Vertical, slotted, 0.5 mm Vertical, slotted, 1 mm Vertical, slotted, 2 mm Kit with 2 of each aperture Circular, 0.5 mm dia. Circular, 1.0 mm dia. Circular, 2.5 mm dia. Horizontal, slotted, 0.5 x 6.4 mm Horizontal, slotted, 1.0 x 6.4 mm Horizontal, slotted, 2.5 x 6.4 mm Horizontal, slotted, 5.1 x 6.4 mm Vertical, slotted, 0.5 x 12.7 mm Vertical, slotted, 1.0 x 12.7 mm Vertical, slotted, 2.5 x 12.7 mm Vertical, slotted, 5.1 x 12.7 mm Kit with 2 of each aperture
Units
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 18 2 2 2 2 2 2 12 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 22
Model
APQS18-020 APQS18-040 APQS18-100 APQS18-020H APQS18-040H APQS18-100H APQS18-020V APQS18-040V APQS18-100V APQS18-DVHX2 APQ20-0.5 APQ20-1 APQ20-2 APQ20-0.5V APQ20-1V APQ20-2V APK-Q20 AP31-020 AP31-040 AP31-100 AP31-020H AP31-040H AP31-100H AP31-200H AP31-020V AP31-040V AP31-100V AP31-200V AP31-DVHX2
Product
Used With
QS18 Opposed-mode
Q20 Opposed-mode
MINI-BEAM Opposed-mode
More on next page
750
Apertures and Aperture Kits (contd)

Aperture Description
Kit includes 3 round apertures of: 0.5, 1.0 & 2.5 mm dia. Kit includes 3 rectangular apertures of: 0.5, 1.0 & 2.5 mm dia. Kit includes 3 round apertures of: 0.5, 1.0 & 2.5 mm dia. Kit includes 3 rectangular apertures of: 0.5, 1.0 & 2.5 mm dia.
Accessories
Units
3 3 3 3
Model
AP18SC* AP18SR* AP18SCN* AP18SRN*
Product
Used With
S18 & M18 S18 & M18 T18 & YM18
T18 & TM18
* Kits include Teflon FEP lens, o-ring and thread-on housing. Kit with glass lens to protect plastic sensor lens from chemical environments Circular, 0.5 mm dia. Circular, 1.0 mm dia. Circular, 1.5 mm dia. Circular, 2.0 mm dia. Horizontal, slotted, 0.5 mm dia. Horizontal, slotted, 1.0 mm dia. Vertical, slotted, 0.5 mm dia. Vertical, slotted, 1.0 mm dia. Protective jacket, 4 mm square Kit containing 2 of each aperture Circular, 2 openings, 0.5 & 1.0 mm dia. Circular, 2 openings, 1.5 and 2.0 mm dia. Horizontal (1) and vertical (1), slotted, 0.5 mm wide Horizontal (1) and vertical (1), slotted, 1.0 mm wide Circular, 1.0 mm dia. Circular, 2.5 mm dia. Circular, 5 mm dia. Horizontal, slotted, 1 x 12 mm Horizontal, slotted, 2.5 x 12 mm Horizontal, slotted, 5 x 12 mm Vertical, slotted, 1 x 17 mm Vertical, slotted, 2.5 x 17 mm Vertical, slotted, 5 x 17 mm Kit with 2 of each aperture
* Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont.
1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 18 2 2 2 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 18
APG18S APQ12-.5 APQ12-1 APQ12-1.5 APQ12-2 APQ12-.5H APQ12-1H APQ12-.5V APQ12-1V APQ12-4S APKQ12 APVS2-0204 APVS2-0608 APVS2-02R APVS2-04R APQS30-040 APQS30-100 APQS30-200 APQS30-040H APQS30-100H APQS30-200H APQS30-040V APQS30-100V APQS30-200V APQS30-DVHX2
S18, M18, T18 & TM18
Q12 Opposed-mode
VS2 Opposed-mode
QS30 Opposed-mode

Guide attaches to 18 mm threaded barrel of ultrasonic sensors to focus ultrasonic sensing beam.
Size
5.0 mm inside dia. 6.4 mm inside dia.
Style
Barrel Barrel
Model
UWG18-5.0 UWG18-6.4
Used With
QS18U S18U
751
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
Replacement Lens Assemblies

Lens assemblies are field-replaceable. In addition, some lenses may be used to convert from one sensing mode to another, or to change the sensing range of a particular sensor. The possible conversions are listed in the table below.
ACCESSORIES
Replacement Lens for

LVAG W and DBZ C, CV and CVG C2 and CV2 E and R EL and RL EPD F and FV FP (old style) FP LV and D LP RPD E, R, DL, DX and LV LL LLP LP D F and FV FP CV CV4 CV, CVB and CVG D F, FAC, FV, FVB, FVG, FX, EF and RF FP, FPB and FPG DX, LV, E and R LVAG and LVAGC R58E
Possible Sensing Mode or Range Changes

Change LV to LVAG Change D to DBZ and F to DBZ Change CV2 to CV Change CV to CV2 Extend range of E/R Change D to F and DBZ to F Change F to D, LVAG to LV and DBZ to D
Model
UC-300AG UC-300BZ UC-300C.7 UC-300C2 UC-300E UC-300EL UC-300EPD UC-300F UC-300FP UC-300FP2 UC-300L UC-300LP UC-300RPD UC-45L UC-45LL UC-45LLP UC-45LP
Used With
MINI-BEAM
N/A
UC-45D UC-45F UC-45FP UC-45C UC-45C4 OUC-C OUC-D
Q45
N/A
OUC-F OUC-FP OUC-L OUC-LAG
OMNI-BEAM
N/A
UC-R55
R58E
Portable Demo Box

The Portable Demo Box is used to power dc self-contained photoelectric sensors for testing purposes. It is battery-powered and features bicolor LEDs which indicate sensor output status and output type (NPN or PNP). It is designed for a 4-pin Euro-style connector, but cable adapters are available to convert to Pico-style or Mini-style connectors. A 4-pin wiring barrier is mounted on the top of the box to allow connection of cabled dc sensors.
Supply Voltage
Cable Type
Model
Cable Adapters
Euro-to-Pico p/n 39536
3 - 9V battery
4-pin Euro
DBQ5 Euro-to-Mini p/n 39537
752
Test Power Supply

Test power supply is a 1 amp power supply used to power P4 sensors and lighting for proving an application without integration into a control panel.
Input
Input
Trigger Option
24V dc NPN Sensor Continuous pulse Single pulse
Model
Used With
Miscellaneous
100-240V ac
North America (AC plug)
P4D1
P4 Vision Lighting
Reference
A-GAGE MINI-ARRAY Series Power Supplies for Heated Enclosures

Used With
Two BMHE4 Enclosures Two BMHE5 Enclosures Two BMHE6 Enclosures One BMHE4 Enclosure One BMHE5 Enclosure One BMHE6 Enclosure
Primary
105 to 130V ac 105 to 130V ac 105 to 130V ac 105 to 130V ac 105 to 130V ac 105 to 130V ac
Secondary
23V ac 27V ac 35V ac 23V ac 27V ac 35V ac
Models
BMHPS4 BMHPS5 BMHPS6 BMHPS14 BMHPS15 BMHPS16
Continuous Power Supplies

12 or 24V dc power supplies provide power to dc sensors, safety products and specialty lights.
Input
100-240V ac 50/60 Hz
Input Cord
Outputs
24V dc @ 4 A max.
Output Cable
Model
PSDINA-24-4 (DIN-rail mountable)
Used With
dc Sensors Vision Lights
115/230V ac, 50-60 Hz

* These products are not stocked and are non-returnable.
24V dc (22.5-28.5V dc adj.) @ 2.5 A (60 W)
PSDINA-24* (DIN-rail mountable)
Safety products requiring a SELV rating (EN 60950)
USB Serial Adapter

Description
USB to RS-485 serial adapter with integral communication cordset and USB cable for advanced configuration with a PC. USB to RS-485 serial adapter with integral communication cordset and USB cable for easy configuration of a single sensor or a network of sensors. USB to RS-485 serial adapter for advanced configuration with a PC. NOTE: Communication cordset ordered separately.
Power
USB Cable
Model
EZA-USB485-01
Used With
EZ-ARRAY
USB Cable
INTUSB485-LH
LH
USB Cable
INTUSB485-1
EZ-ARRAY
753
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
Power Supplies and Interface Modules
The power supplies provide a low-cost interface between ac power supply and dc-operated sensors. They can source up to 100 milliamps. All models are available with integral TEACH push button and remote TEACH function. The interface module is a passive module that allows additional status indicators to be located in the users control cabinet. It provides remote indication and TEACH capability.
ACCESSORIES
Description
Sensor Input
NPN
Input Supply
Sensor Supply
Models
PS24-1N
24V ac Power Supply e/m relay output, status lights, and TEACH button PNP 15V dc NPN 115V ac PNP PS115-1P PS115-1N PS24-1P
Passive Interface Module Status lights and TEACH button
10-30V dc
SIM-525T
Sensor Interface Modules

Low-cost modules provide a dc powered interface for sensors.
Input
Outputs
Current Sinking (NPN)
Connections
Two 13-pin Terminals One 13-pin Terminals One DB-15 Connector Two 13-pin Terminals
Model
PPSIM-NT PPSIM-NC
Used With
10-30V dc Current Sourcing (PNP)
PresencePLUS P4 PPSIM-PT PPSIM-PC
One 13-pin Terminals One DB-15 Connector
10-30V dc
Current Sinking (NPN)/ Current Sourcing (PNP)
Two 13-pin Terminals
IVUSIM
iVu
Light Interface Modules

Low-cost interface module allows strobe operation of Banner vision lighting with any vision sensor or system.
Input
Strobe Output
Model
Used With
24V dc
5V @ 10 mA max.
PPLIM
Vision lighting
Manually operated controllers for Andon, call-for-parts and machine status indication Toggle switch model can control up to 5 indicators simultaneously
Description
5 toggle switches
Switch Function
ON-OFF-FLASH
Supply Voltage
LC80T 30V dc
Model
Used With
EZ-LIGHT indicators with PNP input
12-position rotary switch
LC80R
754
AC Emitter/Receiver Interface Boxes

Provides AC power for up to three receivers or two cascaded emitter/receiver pairs, with external device monitoring (EDM) available. Supplies +24V dc power at 0.7 amps (16.8 W max. power) and accepts input voltages from 100-250V ac (50-60 Hz).
Safety Outputs
3 NO
EDM
Emitter/ Receiver AC Power Connection Connection

Hard-wired
Output and EDM Connections

Hard-wired
Model
EZAC-R9-QE8
Used with
EZ-SCREEN
Reference
2 NO & 1 NC 1 NO & 1 SPDT 1 NO & 1 NC

CORDSETS
Selectable 1- or 2-Channel or no EDM Hard-wired Hard-wired EZAC-R11-QE8
1-Channel
8-Pin M12/Euro QD
3-Pin Mini QD
8-Pin Mini QD
EZAC-R15A-QE8-QS83
3-Pin Mini QD Power Monitoring
5-Pin Mini QD
EZAC-R8N-QE8-QS53
PAGE 679
2 NO
3-Pin Mini QD
5-Pin Mini QD
EZAC-R10N-QE8-QS53
AC Emitter Interface Boxes

Provides AC power for up to four emitters, with external device monitoring (EDM) available. Supplies +24V dc power at 0.7 amps (16.8 W max. power) and accepts input voltages from 100-250V ac (50-60 Hz).
Emitter Connection
8-Pin M12/Euro QD
AC Power Connection
Hard-wired
Model
EZAC-E-QE8
Used with
EZ-SCREEN SLSE..-..Q8 (without Test input) EZ-SCREEN SLPE.. EZ-SCREEN SLSE..-..Q5 (with Test input) EZ-SCREEN SLSE..-..Q8 (without Test input) EZ-SCREEN SLPE.. EZ-SCREEN SLSE..-..Q5 (with Test input)
5-Pin M12/Euro QD
Hard-wired
EZAC-E-QE5
8-Pin M12/Euro QD
3-Pin Mini QD
EZAC-E-QE8-QS3
CORDSETS
5-Pin M12/Euro QD
PAGE 685
5-Pin Mini QD
EZAC-E-QE5-QS5
AC Interface Box Specifications

Important Notice: European Community Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC The EZ-Screen EZAC- Interface Boxes comply with Machinery Directive 98/37/EC, but not with Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC. Therefore, these Interface Boxes can only be installed as a replacement component within the European Union (EU). For more information, please see www.bannerengineering.com/144763 or call 1-888-373-6767.
755
BRACKETS
CORDSETS
RETROREFLECTORS
MISCELLANEOUS
Mechanically Linked Contactors*

Provides an additional 10 or 18 amp carrying capability to any safety system.
Coil Voltage
Contacts
Contact Rating
10 amps
Dimensions (h x w x l)
57 x 44 x 58 mm
Model
11-BG00-31-A12060
Used With
EZ-SCREEN PICO-GUARD SC22-3/-3E
ACCESSORIES
120V ac 3 NO & 1 NC
24V dc
10 amps (thermal)
57 x 44 x 58 mm
11-BG00-31-D-024
120V ac 3 NO & 1 NC
18 amps**
80 x 44 x 80 mm
BF1801A-12060
24V dc
18 amps** (inductive)
80 x 44 x 80 mm
BF1801L-024
NC = Normally Closed, NO = Normally Open, minimum switching current (power): 5 mA @ 17V dc (85 mw) * One Arc Suppressor is needed for each relay across the coil (see below). ** NC contact is rated at 10 amps
Auxiliary Contacts for Mechanically Linked Contactors

Adds contacts to mechanically linked contactors.
Contacts
4 NO
Positively Guided
No (Aux. only)
Model
11-BGX10-40
Used With
11-BG Series
3 NO
Yes
11-G484-30
BF Series
Suppressors for Mechanically Linked Contactors

Extends the life of the actuating devicesuch as a light screen or control modulethat uses a mechanically linked contactor.
Voltage
48V dc 125-240V ac 11-BGX77-048 11-BGX77-240
Model
Used With
11-BG00-31-D024 11-BG00-31-A12060
48V dc
11-G318-48
BF1801L-024
125-240V ac
BFX77-240
BF1801A-12060
756
Task Lights
Models
Work Light Strip Work Light Area Work Light Work Light Spot See page 416
EZ-LIGHT Indicators
Models
Tower Lights Multi-Color, General-Purpose Multi-Color, Multi-Function Sensor Emulators Indicators for Safety devices Call Light Segmented Displays Daylight Visible Traffic Lights
See page 441
Indicator Lamps
Indicates whether a switch is open or closed Available in red or green, 120V ac or 24V ac/dc
Supply Voltage
24V ac/dc
Lamp Color
Red
Thread
Models
SI-PL3T-R SI-PL3A-R
Used With
SI-QS90 Safety Interlock Switches SI-LS42 Safety Interlock Switches SI-QM100 Safety Interlock Switches RP-LS42 Rope Pull Switches RP-QM72/QMT72 Rope Pull Switches RP-RM83 Rope Pull Switches RP-QM90 Rope Pull Switch
120V ac M20 x 1.5 24V ac/dc Green 120V ac
SI-PL3T-G SI-PL3A-G
Muting Lamps
Indicates when muting is active for optical safety systems with a muting module. Uses a solid-state LEDs light, eliminating the need to replace bulbs.
Supply Voltage
Lamp Color
Red, Yellow, Green
Overall Height
142.6 mm
Models
TL50GYRQ TL50YQ
Used with
PICO-GUARD EZ-SCREEN Muting Modules
18-30V dc or 24V ac
Yellow 61.2 mm White
TL50WQ 18 mm M18RGR5PNQ
+24V dc
Red Green Yellow (Amber) Amber
SSA-ML-A 383 mm
24V ac/dc White (clear)
SSA-ML-W
757
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
DC Hookups
DC01 Current Sinking (NPN) Key
3 1 4 Load 3 10-30V dc 1 +
DC02
Emitter Key
REFERENCE
10-30V dc +
Current Sourcing (PNP)

1 3 4 Load
+ 10-30V dc
Not Used
3-Pin Pico
3-Pin Pico
4-Pin Pico
4-Pin Euro
4-Pin Mini
4 3 1
4 3 1
4 3
2 1 1 4
2 3
2 1
4 3
DC03
Complementary Current Sinking (NPN)

3 1 4 2 Load 10-30V dc +
DC04
Bipolar (NPN + PNP) Key
Key
4-Pin Euro
3Load3 Wire Pin 1 = Brown 4 = Black
3 Pin 3 Wire
1 3 2 4 Load Load
3 Sourcing (PNP) Complementary Current = Blue

1 3 4 2 Load Load + 10-30V dc
+ 10-30V dc 1 =Brown
4-Pin 4-Wire 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black
4-Pin Pico
4-Pin Euro
4-Pin Mini
4-Pin Pico
4-Pin Euro
4-Pin Mini
4 3
2 1
1 4
2 3
2 1
4 3
4 3
2 1
1 4
2 3
2 1
4 3
More on next page
758
DC Hookups
DC05 Complementary Current Sinking (NPN) Standard Hookup
3 1 4 2 Load Load 10-30V dc +
Accessories Reference
DC06
Complementary Current Sourcing (PNP) Standard Hookup

1 3 4 2 Load Load + 10-30V dc
Key
Key
Current Sinking (NPN) Plus Current Sinking Alarm

1 3 4 2 Load Alarm 10-30V dc +
Current Sourcing (PNP) Plus Current Sourcing Alarm

3 1 4 2 Load Alarm + 10-30V dc
4-Pin Pico
4-Pin Euro
4-Pin Pico
4-Pin Euro
4 3
2 1
1 4
2 3
4 3
2 1
1 4
2 3
DC07
1 3 4 2 Load

+ 10-30V dc
DC08 Key
1
Bipolar (NPN + PNP) Key

+ 10-30V dc** 4-Pin Euro Load Load Remote Teach
4-Pin Euro
Remote Programming (N.O.)
3 2 4 5*
4-Pin 4-Wire 1 = Brown 1= 2 = White 2 3 = Blue = 3 4 = Black =
4-Pin 4-Wire 1=

1 3 4 2 Load Remote Programming (N.O.) + 10-30V dc
Brown White Blue 4 = Black
Brown 2 = White 1 = Brown 3 = Blue 2 = White 3 = Blue4 = Black 5 4 = Black = Gray 6 = Pink
Not Used
*NOTE: For some QS30 models, gray wire is used for LO/DO Select. See data sheet. ** Bussable Power models are 12-30V dc
4-Pin Pico
4-Pin Euro
6-Pin Pico
4 5 6 1
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5
More on next page
4 3
2 1
1 4
2 3
3 2
1 4
759
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
DC Hookups
DC09 Current Sinking (NPN) with Bussable Power
+ 12-30V dc Connection From Main Unit Bus 4 5 Load Remote Teach
DC10 Key
6-Pin Pico or 5-Pin Euro 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray 6 = Pink (not used)
Emitter Frequency A
1 3 2 5 Beam Inhibit Frequency Select + 10-30V dc
Key
REFERENCE
Current Sourcing (PNP) with Bussable Power

+ 12-30V dc Connection From Main Unit Bus 4 5 Load Remote Teach
4 = Black 5 = Gray
1
Emitter Frequency B
3 2 5 Beam Inhibit Frequency Select + 10-30V dc
6-Pin Pico or 5-Pin Euro 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray 6 = Pink (not used)
Not Used
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5
1 4
DC11
1 3 2 4 5 Load Load
Receiver Frequency A
+ 10-30V dc 100 mA max. load
DC12 Key

3 1 2 4 Load Load Laser Control Off ( +- On
Key
10-30V dc + 150 mA Maximum each
Frequency Select
Receiver Frequency B
1 3 2 4 5 Load Load Frequency Select + 10-30V dc 100 mA max. load
Complementary Current Sourcing (PNP)

3 1 2 4 5 Load Load Laser Control Off ( +- On + 10-30V dc 150 mA Maximum each
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5
More on next page
1 4
1 4
760
(
DC Hookups
DC13 Bipolar (NPN + PNP) Key DC14 Current Sinking (NPN) Configuration
3 1 4 Load Alarm
Accessories Reference Hookups Wiring Diagrams Glossary International Reps
Key
10-30V dc +
1 3 2 4 5* Load Load Beam Inhibit
+ 10-30V dc
Connect to +V
1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray*/ Yellow
Current Sourcing (PNP) Configuration

3 1 4 2 Load Alarm + 10-30V dc
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5* 2 1
5-Pin Mini
4 3 5 1 4
4-Pin Euro
2 3
4-Pin Mini
1 4
2 1
4 3
DC15
3 1 2 4 5 6

12-24V dc + Load Load Teach Gate 1 2
DC16 Key
6-Pin 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray 6 = Pink
Current Sinking (NPN) & Analog Current

3 1 4 Load 4-20 mA Teach Gate 12-24V dc +
Key
5-Pin Mini 5-Pin 5-Wire 1= 1 = Brown Brown 2= 2 = White White 3 3 = Blue= Blue 4= 4 = Black Black 5 = Yellow Gray 5=
4-Pin Euro 4-Pin 4-Wire

6 5

1 3 2 4 5 6 Load Load Teach Gate + 12-24V dc 1 2
Current
1 = Brown 2 = White Sinking (NPN) 3 = Blue 3 4 = Black

1 4 2 5 6 Load
& Analog Voltage

15-24V dc +
6 = Pink
0-10V dc Teach Gate
6-Pin Pico
4 5 6 1
6-Pin Pico
4 5 6 1
More on next page
3 2
3 2
761
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
DC Hookups
DC17 Current Sourcing (PNP) & Analog Current
1 3 2 4 5 6 Load Teach Gate + 12-24V dc 4-20 mA
DC18
Current Sinking (NPN) & Health Mode Output

3 1 2 4 5 6 Load Health Teach Gate 12-24V dc + 1 2 6-Pin 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray 6 = Pink
Key
Key
REFERENCE
Current Sourcing (PNP) & Analog Voltage

1 3 2 4 5 6 Load Teach Gate + 15-24V dc 0-10V dc
Current Sourcing (PNP) & Health Mode Output

1 3 2 4 5 6 Load Health Teach Gate + 12-24V dc 1 2
1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 6-Pin = Gray 1 = Brown Pink 6=

2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray 6 = Pink
6-Pin Pico
4 5 6 1
6-Pin Pico
4 5 6 1
3 2
3 2
DC19
3 1 4 2 5
Current Sinking (NPN) Cable Hookup

10-30V dc + Load Alarm Remote Programming (N.O.)
DC20
SM30 DC Receivers (NPN) Light Operate

3 1 4 2 Load 10-30V dc +
Key
Key
Current Sourcing (PNP) Cable Hookup

1 3 4 2 5 Load Alarm Remote Programming (N.O.) + 10-30V dc
SM30 DC Receivers (NPN) Dark Operate

3 1 4 2 Load 10-30V dc +
4-Pin Mini
2 1
4 3
More on next page
762
DC Hookups
DC21 SM30 DC Receivers (PNP) Light Operate
3 1 4 2 Load + 10-30V dc
DC22
Laser Emitter Key
Key
SM30 DC Receivers (PNP) Dark Operate

3 1 4 2 Load + 10-30V dc
3 2 Beam Enable
+ 10-30V dc
Not Used
4-Pin Mini
4-Pin Pico
4-Pin Euro
2 1
4 3
4 3
2 1
1 4
2 3
DC23

3 1 4 2
Load Health
12-30V dc + 1 2
Key
Complementary Current Sourcing (PNP)

1 3 4 2
Load Health
+ 12-30V dc 1 2
4-Pin Pico
4-Pin Euro
4 3
2 1
1 4
2 3
763
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
AC Hookups
AC01 2-wire AC Key AC02 2-wire AC with Quick-Disconnect Cable Key
REFERENCE
1 24-240V ac 3 Load
2 3 24-240V ac Load
1 = Brown 3 = Blue
Not Used
NOTE: Wire a load in series before powering up sensor.
3-Pin Micro
1 3 2
AC03
Emitters Key
AC04
Emitters with Quick-Disconnect Cable Key
1 See Specifications 3
1 = Brown 3 = Blue
3 1
See Specifications
Not Used
3-Pin Mini
2 2 1 5
5-Pin Mini
4 3 3
3-Pin Micro
3-Pin Mini
1 3
1 2 3
1 2
More on next page
764
AC Hookups
AC05 3-wire AC Key AC06 3-wire AC with Quick-Disconnect Cable Key
1 3 4 Load See Specifications
1 2 See Specifications Load
3 4
Not Used
3-Pin Mini
4-Pin Micro
4 3 1
3 2
4 1
AC07
AC08
SPDT Electromechanical Relay Output Key
1 2 3 4 See Specifications
3 2 5 4
See Specifications
N.C. C N.O.
Not Used
4-Pin Micro
2 1 5
5-Pin Mini
4 3
More on next page
3 2
4 1
765
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
AC Hookups
AC09 OPBA2 or OPBB2 3-wire SPST Solid-State Power Block Key AC10 SM30 2-wire AC Receivers with Attached Cables Key
REFERENCE
1 2 3 4 5 Load Alarm V ac (see Specifications)
1 3 Load 24-240V ac
4*
1 = Brown 2 = Blue 4 = Green
* Connect green wire to earth ground whenever a * Connect green is powered by ac voltage. whenever a stainless stainless steel model wire to earth ground
steel models is powere by ac voltage.
5-Pin Mini
2 1 5 4 3
AC11
SM30 2-wire AC Receivers Key
2 3 1*
5-Pin Mini
24-240V ac Load 5-Wire 5-Pin 3-Pin 1 = Red/Black 3 = Red/White 4 = Green
* Connect green wire to earth ground whenever a stainless steel *model is powered by wire to earth ground whenever a stainless Connect green ac voltage.
3-Pin Mini
1 3 2
766
Universal AC/DC Hookups

UN01 SPDT Electromechanical Relay Output Key 5-Pin Euro 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray 5-Pin Mini 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Yellow* 5-Pin Mini
2 3 5
UN02
Emitters Key
1 3 2 5* 4 ** Supply Voltage (see Specifications) N.C. C N.O.
1 *Supply Voltage (see Specfications)
* NOTE: Connection of dc power is without regard to polarity.
Not Used
** NOTE: Connection of dc power is without regard to polarity.
5-Pin Euro
2 1
3-Pin Mini
4 3 3
4-Pin Mini
1 4
4 1
2 1
4 3
*5
UN03
Emitters with Attached Cable Key
UN04
5-Pin Mini
1
L1 (DC+) L2 (DC)
5-Pin 5-Wire 1 = 1 = Brown Brown 1 = Brown = Blue 3 3 = Blue 2 = White 4= 3 = Blue Black 4 = Black 5 = Yellow Connection No
Key
1 2 3 4
L1 (DC+) L2 (DC) No Connection
1 = =Red/Black 1 Red/Black 2 = =Red/White 2 Red/White 3 Red 3 ==Red 4 = Green 4 = Green
Key
No Connection
4-Pin Micro
3 2
4 1
More on next page
767
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS

UN05 P-MOSFET (Sourcing) ReceiverCabled Key UN06 P-MOSFET (Sourcing) ReceiverQuick-Disconnect
1 3 2 4 Load L2 (DC) No Connection L1 (DC+) Key
Key
REFERENCE
1 4 3 Load
L1 (DC+)
Key 1 = Brown 3 = Blue 4 = Black
L2 (DC)
N-MOSFET (Sinking) ReceiverCabled

1 4 3 Load L2 (DC)

Key 1 = Brown 3 = Blue 4 = Black
N-MOSFET (Sinking) ReceiverQuick-Disconnect

1 3 2 4 Load L2 (DC) No Connection L1 (DC+)

No Connection
Key
L1 (DC+)
4-Pin Micro
3 2
4 1
UN07
SPST Solid-State Relay Output Key
UN08
SPST Electromechanical Relay Output Key
1 3 2 4 24-250V ac or 12-250V dc* Isolated Solid-state SPST Switch
1 2 24-250V ac or 12-250V dc* N.O. C 3 A max. load
*NOTE: Connection of dc power is without regard to polarity.
3 4
*NOTE: Connection of dc power is without regard to polarity.
4-Pin Mini
4-Pin Micro
2 1
4 3
3 2
4 1
More on next page
768

UN09 Normally Open/Pump-In Key
1 3 2 5 4 Shield* See Specifications**
1
UN10
SM30 Emitters with Attached Cable Key
N.C./Pump Out C N.O./Pump In
10-30V dc or 24-240V ac
4*
1 = Brown 3 = Blue 4 = Green
It is recommended that the shield wire earth ground. ** It is recommended that the shield wire be connected to be connected to earth ground. ** hookup is without regard to regard ** DCDC hookup is without polarity. to polarity.
* Connect green wire to earth ground whenever a stainless steel * Connect green wire to model is powered by ac voltage. earth ground whenever a stainless
5-Pin Micro
5-Pin Mini
4 3 5
8A max. Load
3 2 1 5
4
4A max. Load
2 1
5-Pin Mini 5-Pin 5-Wire 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Yellow
769
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
Special Hookups
SP01 NAMUR Hookup Key SP02
1 3 2 4
LX Emitter
+ 10-30V dc No Connection No Connection Select Normal 5-30V dc Reduced 0-2V dc Shield*
Key
REFERENCE
Hazardous Area NAMUR Sensor
Non-hazardous Area
5
Associated Apparatus Power + Sensor Input Output + > 15V dc
* It is recommended that the shield wire be connected to earth ground or DC common.
1 2
1 = Brown 2 = Blue
LX Receiver
1 3 2 4 5 Load Load Select + 10-30V dc
Shield*
* It is recommended that the shield wire be connected to Reduced earth ground or 0-2V dc DC common.
Normal 5-30V dc
4-Pin Euro NAMUR

2
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5
1 4
SP03
SL10, SL30 and SLO30 Key

1 3 2 4
SP04
QC50/QCX50 Current Sinking (NPN) Key

2 + 10-30V dc Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Output Inhibit No connection No connection
+ 10-30V dc Load 5-Pin 5-Wire
7 3
Load 1 = Brown 2 = White 5 3 =See Below* Blue 4 = Black 5 Gray * For Dark Operate, connect gray=wire to + (brown).
4 5 8 1 6
For Light Operate, connect gray wire to _ (blue) or leave circuit open.
* For Dark Operate, connect gray wire to + (brown). For Light Operate, connect gray wire to (blue) or leave circuit open.
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5 2 1 7 6
8-Pin Euro
3 4 5 8
More on next page
1 4
770
Special Hookups
SP05 QC50/QCX50 Current Sourcing (PNP) Key
2 7 3 4 5 8 1 6 Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Output Inhibit No connection No connection + 10-30V dc
SP06
1 3 4
QL50 Current Sinking (NPN) Key

+ 10-30V dc Load Remote Programming
QL50 Current Sourcing (PNP)

1 3 4 2 Load Remote Programming + 10-30V dc
8-Pin Euro
2 1 7 6 3 4 5 8
4-Pin Euro
1 4
2 3
SP07
QL56 Bipolar (NPN + PNP) with Analog Output Key
1 3 4 2 5 Load Load
4-Pin Euro
+ 15 - 30V dc 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray
4-Pin 4-Wire 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black
0.75 - 5.5V dc
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5
1 4
771
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
Measurement and Inspection Hookups

MI01 LT3 Analog and Current Sinking (NPN) Discrete Outputs Key
2 7 1 3 5 6 4 8 + 4-20 mA or 0-10V Discrete Load Laser Control Teach Shield* + 5-24V dc ON + 5-24V dc + 12-24V dc
MI02
2 7
LT3 Analog and Current Sourcing (PNP) Discrete Outputs Key

+ 12-24V dc +
REFERENCE
1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Green 4 = Yellow 5 = Gray 6 = Pink 7 = Blue 8 = Shield
4-20 mA or 0-10V 3 8-Pin 7-Wire Euro Discrete 5 1 = White Load 2 = Brown 6 Laser 3 = Green Control 4 = Yellow 5 = Gray 4 Teach 6 = Red 7 = Blue 8 Shield* 8 = Shield
+ 5-24V dc ON + 5-24V dc
* It is recommended that the shield wire be connected to either earth ground or DC common.
8-Pin Euro
2 1 7 6 3 4 5 8 2 1 7 6
8-Pin Euro
3 4 5 8
MI03
LT3 with Two Discrete Outputs Current Sinking (NPN) Key

2 7 1 5 3 6 4 8 Load 1 Load 2 Output Select Laser Control Teach Shield* 0-1.8V dc + 5-24V dc ON + 5-24V dc + 12-24V dc
MI04
LT3 with Two Discrete Outputs Current Sourcing (PNP) Key

2 7 + 12-24V dc Load 1 Load 2 Output Select Laser Control Teach Shield* + 5-24V dc + 5-24V dc ON + 5-24V dc
1 5 8-Pin 7-Wire Euro 1 = White 3 2 = Brown 3 = Green 6 4 = Yellow 5 = Gray 4 6 = Red 7 = Blue 8 8 = Shield
8-Pin Euro
2 1 7 6 3 4 5 8 2 1 7 6
8-Pin Euro
3 4 5 8
More on next page
772

MI05 LT7 Current Sourcing (PNP) and Analog Outputs Key
7 12 2 11 4 5 6 1 3 10 8 9 Load Load 4-20 mA No Connection for Retro models Alarm Output 1 (Qs) Alarm Output 2 (Qp) RS422: Tx+ SSI: Data+ RS422: Rx+ SSI: Clock+ RS422: Tx- SSI: DataRS422: Rx- SSI: ClockNo Connection + 18-30V dc
MI06
LH Current Sourcing (PNP) and Analog Outputs Key

2 7 5 6 4 8 1 3 + 4-20 mA + 18-30V dc RS-485 GND RS-485 RX+/TX+ RS-485 RX-/TXShield
1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Green 4 = Yellow 5 = Gray 6 = Pink 7 = Red 8 = Black 9 = Purple 10 = Gray/Pink 11 = Red/Blue 12 = Blue
1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Shield 4 = Wiring Diagram Yellow 5 = 1Gray = White = Brown 6 = 2Green = Shield 7 = 3Blue = Yellow 8 = 4Shield
12-Pin M16
6 7 12 8 9 10 1 5 4 3 11 2
8-Pin Euro QD
2 1 7 6 3 4 5 8
MI07
LG5/LG10 Analog and Current Sinking (NPN) 12-Pin Euro Outputs Discrete Key
2 7 1 + 5 6 4 3 8 Discrete Load Alarm Load Remote Teach Laser Control Shield* + 12-30V dc 4-20 mA or 0-10V
MI08
LG5/LG10 Analog and Current Sourcing (PNP) Discrete Outputs Key

2 7 1 + 5 6 4 3 8 + 12-30V dc Discrete Load Alarm Load Remote Teach Laser Control Shield* 4-20 mA or 0-10V
+ 5-30V dc + 5-30V dc ON 0V dc OFF
+ 5-30V dc + 5-30V dc ON 0V dc OFF
* See data sheet for shield wire connection.
* See data sheet for shield wire connection.
8-Pin Euro
2 1 7 6 3 4 5 8 2 1 7 6
8-Pin Euro
3 4 5 8
More on next page
773
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS

MI09
1
QT50U with Discrete Outputs Current Sinking (NPN)

3 2 4 5* Load Load Remote 0-2V dc Teach Shield** + 10-30V dc
MI10 Key
1
QT50U with Analog Output Key

+ 10-30V dc 4-20 mA or 0-10V Remote Teach Shield** 0-2V dc
REFERENCE
** It is recommended that the shield wire be connected to either earth ground or DC common.
QT50U with Discrete Outputs Current Sourcing (PNP)

1 3 2 4 5* Load Load Remote 0-2V dc Teach Shield** + 10-30V dc
5-Pin Euro 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray 5-Pin Mini 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Yellow*
3 2 4 5*
5-Pin Euro 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray 5-Pin Mini 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Yellow* 5-Pin Mini
** It is recommended that the shield wire be connected to either earth ground or DC common.
is recommended that the shield wire connected to to * ** ItItis recommended that the shield wire bebe connectedeither earth earth or DC or DC common. either groundgroundcommon.
5-Pin Euro
5-Pin Mini
2 1 5 4 3 1 4
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5 2 1 5
1 4
2 3 5
4 3
MI11
Bipolar (NPN + PNP) with Shield Key

1 3 2 4 5 Load Load Remote 0-2V dc Teach Shield* + 10-30V dc 5-Pin Mini
MI12
S18U with Analog Output
Key
1 3 2 4 + 10-30V dc 4-20 mA or 0-10V 5-30V dc (fast response) Remote Teach Shield* * It is recommended that the shield wire be connected to either earth ground or DC common.
5-Pin Mini 5-Pin 5-Wire 1= 1 = Brown Brown 2= 2 = White White 3 3 = Blue= Blue 4= 4 = Black Black 5 = Yellow Gray 5=
5-Pin 5-Wire 1= 1 = Brown Brown 2 2 = White= White 3 3 = Blue = Blue 4 4 = Black= Black 5 = Yellow Gray 5=
0-2V dc (slow response) 0-2V dc
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5
More on next page
1 4
1 4
774

MI13
1 3 4 2 Load Remote Programming (N.O.) Shield* * It is recommended that the shield wire be connected to either earth ground or DC common. 1 3 4 2 Load Remote Programming (N.O.) Shield* * It is recommended that the shield wire be connected to either earth ground or DC common. + 12-30V dc
Current Sinking (NPN) with Shield

+ 12-30V dc
MI14
Analog Output with Shield Key

1 3 4 + 10-30V dc 4-20 mA or 0-10V Remote Teach Shield* 0-2V dc
Key
Current Sourcing (PNP) with Shield
1 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black
4-Pin Euro 1 = Brown 2 = White = 3 = Blue Brown 4 = Black
4-Pin Pico
4-Pin Euro
2 3
4-Pin Euro
4 3
2 1
1 4
1 4
2 3
MI15
T30U with Discrete Outputs Current Sinking (NPN)

3 1 2 4 5 Load Load Remote Teach Shield* 12-24V dc +
MI16
3 1 2
T30U with Analog & Discrete Outputs Current Sinking (NPN)

12-24V dc + 4-20 mA or 0-10V Discrete Load Remote Teach Shield* 100 mA Maximum
Key
Key
4-Pin Euro to either connected 4-Pin 4-Wire common. 1 = Brown 4 = Black
* It is recommended that the shield wire be earth ground or DC
4-Pin Euro 4-Pin 4-Wire 1 = Brown = 1 2 = White = 2 3 = Blue3 = 4 = Black
4 5
*It is recommended that the shield wire be connected to either earth ground or DC common.
T30U with Discrete Outputs Current Sourcing (PNP)

1 3 2 4 5 Load Load Remote Teach Shield* + 12-24V dc
Brown White Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray
2 = White T30U with Analog & Discrete Outputs 3 Blue Current Sourcing =(PNP)
3 1 2 4 5 Discrete Load Remote Teach Shield* 12-24V dc + 4-20 mA or 0-10V 100 mA Maximum
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5
More on next page
1 4
1 4
775
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS

MI17 M25U Receiver Key MI18
1 3 2 Load Load
Q45U & Q45UR with Discrete Outputs

+ 12-24V dc
REFERENCE
NOTE: Gray/Yellow wires on Q45U models used for enable.
Key 5-Pin Euro 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray 5-Pin Mini 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Yellow*
1 3 2 4 5 Load Load
+ 10-30V dc 5-Pin Euro Brown 1 1== Brown 2 = White 2 3== White Blue Black 3 4== Blue 5 = Gray
4 5*
Remote Programming Shield**
** It is recommended that the shield wire be connected to either earth ground or DC + 5-24V dc common.
High Speed (0-2V dc) Normal Speed (5-30V dc)
Q45U & Q45UR with Analog Outputs

1 3 2 4-20 mA 0-10V + 15-24V dc
4 = Black 5 = Gray
NOTE: Gray/Yellow wires on Q45U models used for enable.
4 5*
Remote Teach Shield**
** It is recommended that the shield wire be connected to either earth ground or DC + 5-24V dc common.
5-Pin Euro QD
2 3 5
5-Pin Euro
5-Pin Mini
2 1 5 4 3
1 4
1 4
2 3 5
MI19
3 1 4 2
T18U Current Sinking (NPN) NORMAL Resolution

12-30V dc + Load Load
MI20 Key
T18U Current Sourcing (PNP) NORMAL Resolution

1 3 4 2 Load Load + 12-30V dc
Key
5-Pin Mini 5-Pin 5-Wire 1= 1 = Brown Brown 2 = White= White 2 3 = Blue = Blue 3 4 = Black= Black 4 5 = Yellow
T18U Current Sinking (NPN) HIGH Resolution

1 3 4 2 Load Load 12-30V dc +
T18U Current Sourcing (PNP) HIGH Resolution

3 1 4 2 Load Load + 12-30V dc
4-Pin Euro
2 3 1 4
4-Pin Euro
2 3
More on next page
1 4
776

MI21 Emitter Key
1 3 + 12-30V dc Load 1 Load 2
MI22
R-GAGE
Hookups
Key
Wiring Diagrams Glossary International Reps
+ See Specifications
4 5
shield (QD cordset)
1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray* * Not used
Not Used
NOTE: It is recommended that the shield wire (QD cordsets only) be connected to earth ground or dc common. Shielded cordsets are recommended for all models.
4-Pin Euro
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5
1 4
2 3
1 4
MI23
EZ-ARRAY Sinking (NPN) with Analog Output

10-30V dc Power
MI24
EZ-ARRAY Sourcing (PNP) with Analog Output

10-30V dc Power
Receiver
Power Supply V+ Power Supply VSync 2 7 6
Emitter
Receiver
Power Supply V+ Power Supply V2 7 2 7 6
Emitter
Power Supply V+ Power Supply VSync
2 7 6
Power Supply V+ Power Supply VSync
5-Pin Euro with shield 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray (not used)
1 4 3 8 5 9
1 6 Sync= Brown
V Out 2 Out 1 Out 2 Teach Shield
4 3 8 5 9
4 3
V Out 2 Out 1
1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Green 4 = Yellow 5 = Gray 6 = Pink 7 = Blue 8 = Red 9 = Bare
Load Load 0-2V dc
8 5
Load Load 0-2V dc
Out 2 Teach Shield
Shield
8-Pin Euro
2 1 7 6 3 4 5 8
8-Pin Euro 5 = Gray 6 = Pink 7 = Blue 8 = Red

2 1 7 6 3 4 5 8
V Out 1
V Out 1
1 4 3 8 5 1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Green 4 = Yellow 5 = Gray 6 = Pink 7 = Blue 8 = Red 9 = Bare
Shield
5 = Gray 6 = Pink 7 = Blue 8 = Red
More on next page
777
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS

MI25 High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY Discrete (NPN) and Analog (0-10V) MAHCVN-1 MI26 High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY Discrete (NPN) and Analog (4-20 mA) MAHCIN-1
REFERENCE
POWER 1 2 F1
6 DRAIN (BARE)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
POWER 1 2 F1
6 DRAIN (BARE)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
BROWN
16-30V dc 1 A max
EMITTER and RECEIVER CABLES
+ 10-30V dc GATE SIGNAL Load
+ 10-30V dc ALIGN
BROWN
BLACK
BLACK
WHITE
DISCRETE OUTPUT#1 150 mA max
4-20 mA ANALOG OUTPUT#1 +16-30V
Load
DISCRETE OUTPUT#2 (ALARM) 150 mA max
16-30V dc 1 A max
WHITE
TX TX RS-485
+ 10-30V dc GATE SIGNAL Load
+ 10-30V dc ALIGN
TX TX RS-485
BLUE
BLUE
Load
DISCRETE OUTPUT#2 (ALARM) 150 mA max
+30V dc
+30V dc max
+30V dc
+30V dc max
High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY Discrete (PNP) and Analog (0-10V) MAHCVP-1

POWER 1 2 F1 BROWN BLUE 3 4 5 6 DRAIN (BARE) 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY Discrete (PNP) and Analog (4-20 mA) MAHCIP-1

POWER 1 2 F1 BROWN BLUE 3 4 5 6 DRAIN (BARE) 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
16-30V dc 1 A max
+ 10-30V dc GATE SIGNAL 4-20 mA ANALOG OUTPUT #1
+ 10-30V dc ALIGN
BLACK
BLACK
WHITE
16-30V dc 1 A max
WHITE
TX TX RS-485
+ 10-30V dc GATE SIGNAL 4-20 mA ANALOG OUTPUT #1
+ 10-30V dc ALIGN
TX TX RS-485
4-20 mA ANALOG OUTPUT #2 Load
DISCRETE OUTPUT#2 (ALARM) 150 mA max +16 30V dc
4-20 mA ANALOG OUTPUT #2 Load
DISCRETE OUTPUT#2 (ALARM) 150 mA max +16 30V dc
Load
Load
+16 30V dc
+16 30V dc
MI27
MINI-ARRAY Discrete Sinking (1-NPN) MAC-1
MI28
MINI-ARRAY Discrete Sinking (2-NPN) MACN-1
Power 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 DRAIN (BARE) 5 4 3 2 1 F1 BROWN BLACK WHITE V V+ 16-30V dc 1.2 A Max. BLUE
Power 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 DRAIN (BARE) 5 4 3 2 1 F1 BROWN BLUE VV+ 16-30V dc 1.2 A Max.
BLACK
WHITE
30V 150 mA Max. ALARM
+ RS485
+ 10-30V dc Gate
500 mA Max. Out 1
+ RS485
+ 10-30V dc Com Out 1 30V Gate 150 mA Max.
MINI-ARRAY Discrete Sourcing (2-PNP) MACP-1

V+ V+
+ RS485
+ 10-30V dc Com 30V Gate 150 mA Max. Out
BLACK
WHITE
More on next page
778

MI29 MINI-ARRAY Discrete Sinking (1-NPN) and Analog (0-10V) MACV-1 MI30
1
MINI-ARRAY with DeviceNet Sinking (NPN) MACNXDN-1

2 3 4 5 6
DRAIN WIRE
Hookups Wiring Diagrams
10
11
12
13
NC
14
NC
15
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Glossary International Reps
F1
BROWN BLUE
SHIELD
BLACK
Com 30V 150 mA Max. ALARM 0-10V 10 mA V out 2
BLACK
WHITE
+ Com 10-30V dc Gate
0-10V 10 mA Max. V out 1
V+ V16 - 30V dc 1.2A MAX
NPN OUTPUT 1 150mA max.
+ 10-30V dc GATE SIGNAL
ALARM 150mA max.
DEVICENET CONNECTIONS
MINI-ARRAY Discrete Sinking (1-NPN) and Analog (4-20 mA) MACI-1

1
Power 15 14 Com 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 DRAIN (BARE) 5
MINI-ARRAY with DeviceNet Sourcing (PNP) MACPXDN-1

2 3 4 5 6
DRAIN WIRE
10
11
12
13
NC
14
NC
15
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
BROWN
1 F1
F1
BLUE
SHIELD
BLACK
BROWN
BLACK
WHITE
BLUE
+ Com 10-30V dc Gate
4-20 mA I out 2
4-20 mA I out 1
VV+ 16-30V dc 1.2 A Max.
V+ V16 - 30V dc 1.2A max.
EMITTER and RECEIVER CABLES PNP OUTPUT 1 150mA max.
+ 10-30V dc GATE SIGNAL
DEVICENET CONNECTIONS ALARM 150mA max.
MI31
MINI-ARRAY Discrete Sinking (16-NPN) MAC16N-1 Key

Power 14 NC 13 NC 12 11 10 NC 9 8 7 6 DRAIN (BARE) 5 4 3 2 1 F1 VV+ 16-30V dc 1.2 A Max.
NC BLACK WHITE
+ 10-30V dc Gate
16 Solid-state Ouputs 15 through 30 150 mA Max each
MINI-ARRAY Discrete Sourcing (16-PNP) MAC16P-1
Power 14 NC 13 NC 12 11 10 NC 9 8 7 6 DRAIN (BARE) 5 4 3 2 1 F1 BROWN BLUE VV+ 16-30V dc 1.2 A Max.
NC BLACK WHITE
+ 10-30V dc Gate
16 Solid-state Ouputs 15 through 30
V+
Output 1 = Pin 16 Output 2 = Pin 17 Output 3 = Pin 18 Output 4 = Pin 19 Output 5 = Pin 20 Output 6 = Pin 21 Output 7 = Pin 22 Output 8 = Pin 23 Output 9 = Pin 24 Output 10 = Pin 25 Output 11 = Pin 26 Output 12 = Pin 27 Output 13 = Pin 28 Output 14 = Pin 29 Output 15 = Pin 30 Output 16 = Pin 15
150 mA Max each
BROWN
BLUE
BLACK
WHITE
WHITE
BLUE
RED
BLACK
WHITE
WHITE
BLUE
RED
779
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
Vision Hookups
NPN Outputs with NPN Inputs PNP Outputs with PNP Inputs
VS01
iVu Plus Sensors NPN Output with NPN Input Key
VS02
iVu Plus Sensors PNP Output with PNP Input Key

2 7 1 3 9 8 4 5 6 10 11 12 Load Load Load Load Load + 10-30V dc Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Ready Strobe OUT Remote TEACH IN Trigger IN RS-232 Transmit RS-232 Ground RS-232 Receive
REFERENCE
7 2 1 3 9 8 4 5 6 10 11 12 Load Load Load Load Load
10-30V dc + Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Ready Strobe OUT Remote TEACH IN Trigger IN RS-232 Transmit RS-232 Ground RS-232 Receive
1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Green Key 12-Pin 1 = White 4 = Yellow 2 = Brown 3 = Green 5 = GrayYellow 4= 5 6 = Pink= Gray 6 = Pink 7= 7 = Blue Blue 8 = Red 9 8 = Red==OrangeBlue 10 Light 11 = Black 9 = Orange 12 = Violet 10 = Light Blue 11 = Black 12 = Violet
1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Green Key 12-Pin 1 = White 4 = Yellow 2 = Brown 3 = Green 5 = GrayYellow 4= 5 6 = Pink= Gray 6 = Pink 7= 7 = Blue Blue 8 = Red 9 8 = Red==OrangeBlue 10 Light 11 = Black 9 = Orange 12 = Violet 10 = Light Blue 11 = Black 12 = Violet
Inputs can be either NPN or PNP.
12-Pin Euro
MQDC2S-12XX 1 White 2 Brown 3 Green 4 Yellow 5 Gray 6 Pink 7 Blue 8 Red 9 Orange 10 Lt Blue 11 Black 12 Violet 8 12 7 6 5 11 4 9 1 10 2 3 MQDC2S-12XX 1 White 2 Brown 3 Green 4 Yellow 5 Gray 6 Pink 7 Blue 8 Red 9 Orange 10 Lt Blue 11 Black 12 Violet 8 12 7 6 5 11 4
12-Pin Euro
9 1 10 2 3
iVu Sensors with Remote Touch Screen & iVu BCR with VS03 Integrated Touch Screen NPN Output with NPN Input Key
7 2 1 3 8 4 5 6 10 11 12 9 Not Used Load Load Load Load 10-30V dc + Output 1 Output 2 Ready Strobe OUT Remote TEACH IN Trigger IN RS-232 Transmit RS-232 Ground RS-232 Receive
NPN Outputs with NPN Inputs
iVu Sensors with Remote Touch Screen & iVu BCR with VS04 Integrated Touch Screen PNP Output with PNP Inputs Key
2 7 1 3 8 4 5 6 10 11 12 9 Not Used Load Load Load Load + 10-30V dc Output 1 Output 2 Ready Strobe OUT Remote TEACH IN Trigger IN RS-232 Transmit RS-232 Ground RS-232 Receive
PNP Outputs with PNP Inputs
1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Green 12-Pin Key 1 = White 4 = Yellow 2 = Brown 3 = Green 5 = Gray 4 = Yellow 5 = Gray 6 = Pink 6 = Pink 7 = Blue 7 = Blue 8 = Red 9 = Orange 8 = Red Blue 10 = Light 11 = Black 9 = Orange 12 = Violet 10 = Light Blue 11 = Black 12 = Violet
1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Green 12-Pin Key 1 = White 4 = Yellow 2 = Brown 3 = Green 5 = Gray 4 = Yellow 5 = Gray 6 = Pink 6 = Pink 7 = Blue 7 = Blue 8 = Red 9= 8 = RedOrangeBlue 10 = Light 11 = Black 9 = Orange 12 = Violet 10 = Light Blue 11 = Black 12 = Violet
12-Pin Euro
MQDC2S-12XX 1 White 2 Brown 3 Green 4 Yellow 5 Gray 6 Pink 7 Blue 8 Red 9 Orange 10 Lt Blue 11 Black 12 Violet 8 12 7 6 5 11 4 9 1 10 2 3 MQDC2S-12XX 1 White 2 Brown 3 Green 4 Yellow 5 Gray 6 Pink 7 Blue 8 Red 9 Orange 10 Lt Blue 11 Black 12 Violet 8 12 7 6 5 11 4
12-Pin Euro
9 1 10 2 3
More on next page
780
Vision Hookups
VS05
iVu TG with Integrated Touch Screen NPN Output with NPN Input Key
VS06
iVu TG with Integrated Touch Screen PNP Output with PNP Input Key
7 2 1 3 8 4 5 6 Load Load Load Load
10-30V dc + Output 1 Output 2 Ready Strobe OUT Remote TEACH IN Trigger IN
8-Pin Key 1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Green 4 = Yellow 5 = Gray 6 = Pink 7 = Blue 8 = Red
7 1 3 8 4 5 6 Load Load Load Load
+ 10-30V dc Output 1 Output 2 Ready Strobe OUT Remote TEACH IN Trigger IN
1 = WhiteWhite 1= 2 = Brown 2 = Brown 3 = Green 4= 3 = GreenYellow 5 = Gray 6 = Pink 4 = Yellow 7 = Blue 8 5 = Gray= Red 6 = Pink 7 = Blue 8 = Red
8-Pin Key
8-Pin Euro
2 1 7 6 3 4 5 8 2 1 7 6
8-Pin Euro
3 4 5 8
VS07
Pro NPN Outputs with NPN Inputs Key

2 1 9* 10* 11* 12* 13* 14* 4 6 3 15 16 17 18 19 20 Load Load Load Load Load Load Load 10-30V dc + I/O 1 I/O 2 I/O 3 I/O 4 I/O 5 I/O 6 Strobe OUT Remote TEACH IN Trigger IN Product Change IN Product Select 3 IN Product Select 2 IN Product Select 1 IN Product Select 0 IN Chassis Ground
VS08
Pro PNP Outputs with PNP Inputs

1 2 9* Load Load Load Load Load Load Load
+ 10-30V dc I/O 1 I/O 2 I/O 3 I/O 4 I/O 5 I/O 6 Strobe OUT Remote TEACH IN Trigger IN Product Change IN Product Select 3 IN Product Select 2 IN Product Select 1 IN Product Select 0 IN Chassis Ground
Inputs can be either NPN or PNP. * Can be independently configured as an output or input.
Inputs can be either NPN or PNP. * Can be independently configured as an output or input. ** Not used
1 = Brown 2 = Blue 3 = Green 4 = Red 5 = Yellow** 6 = Yellow 7 = Yellow** 8 = Yellow** 9 = White* 10 = White* 11 = White* 12 = White* 13 = White* 14 = White* 15 = Green 16 = Green 17 = Green 18 = Green 19 = Green 20 = Green
10* 11* 12* 13* 14* 4 6 3 15 16 17 18 19 20
Inputs can be either NPN or PNP. * Can be independently configured as an output or input. ** Not used
781
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
Vision Hookups
NPN Output with NPN Inputs PNP Outputs with PNP Inputs
VS09
P4 NPN Outputs with NPN Inputs Key
VS10
P4 PNP Outputs with PNP Inputs
REFERENCE
11 12 5* 6* 7* 8* 2 3 4 1 9 10 Shield Load Load Load Load
10-30V dc + I/O 1 I/O 2 I/O 3 I/O 4 Remote TEACH IN Product Change IN Trigger IN RS-232 Transmit RS-232 Receive RS-232 Ground Chassis Ground
1 = Yellow 2 = Gray 3 = Orange 4 = Pink 5 = Black* 6 = Red* 7 = White* 8 = Light Blue* 9 = Purple 10 = Green 11 = Blue 12 = Brown Shield = Bare Metal 12-Pin QD
9 8 12 7 6 5 10 1 2 11
12 11 5* 6* 7* 8* 2 3 4 1 9 10 Shield Load Load Load Load
+ 10-30V dc I/O 1 I/O 2 I/O 3 I/O 4 Remote TEACH IN Product Change IN Trigger IN RS-232 Transmit RS-232 Receive RS-232 Ground Chassis Ground
3 4
782
Lighting & Indicators Hookups

LI01 K50 and K80 Current Sinking (NPN) Hookup for Solid Job Light1 or 2 Color Key
1 3 4 2 Load Job Light Enable, Input Low <1.5V dc + 12-30V dc
1
LI02
K50 and K80 Current Sinking (NPN) for Solid Job Light3 Color Key
3 4 2 5 Load Job Light Enable, Input Low <1.5V dc Not Used + 12-30V dc
4-Pin Euro 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black
K50 and K80 Current Sourcing (PNP) Hookup for Solid Job Light 1 or 2 Color
1 3 4 2 Load Job Light Enable, Input High >7V dc + 12-30V dc

4-Pin Euro 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black
K50 and K80 Current Sourcing (PNP) for Solid Job Light3 Color
1 3 4 2 5 Load Job Light Enable, Input High >7V dc Not Used + 12-30V dc
4-Pin Euro
1 4 2 3 1 4
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5
LI03
3 1 4 2 5 Load
PVD with Switch-Selectable Output Current Sinking (NPN)

* See configuration information in data sheet for job light enable input requirements. For specialized applications requiring custom configuration options. See Job Light data sheet and contact your Enable Input* Banner representative for Datacom 4-Pin Euro more information.
12-30V dc +
LI04
1 3 4 2
PVA Current Sinking (NPN)

+ 12-30V dc Load
* See data sheet for Programming information or Job Light job light enable requirements.
Key
Key
PVD with Switch-Selectable Output 1 Brown Current Sourcing =(PNP)

1 3 4 2 5 Load
4-Pin 4-Wire 2 = White
* See configuration information 3in data sheet for job light = Blue 4enable input requirements. = Black For specialized applications requiring custom configuration options. See Job Light data sheet and contact your Enable Input* Banner representative for Datacom more information.
+ 12-30V dc
Enable*
PVA Current Sourcing (PNP)

1 3 4 2 Load + 12-30V dc
* See data sheet for Programming information or job light enable Job Light requirements.
Enable*
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5
4-Pin Euro
2 3
More on next page
1 4
1 4
783
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS

LI05 PVA Emitter Key LI06
1 3 4 Load Job Light Enable Input: 0V dc
VTB Current Sinking (NPN) for Solid Job Light1 Color Key
+ 12-30V dc
REFERENCE
1 3 2
+ 12-30V dc Job Light Enable*
VTB Current Sinking (NPN) for Flashing Job Light1 Color

3 1 4 2 Load Job Light Enable Input: 0V dc + 12-30V dc
* See data sheet for programming information or job light enable requirements.
Not Used
4-Pin Euro
2 3
4-Pin Euro
2 3
1 4
1 4
LI07
1 3 4 2
VTB Current Sourcing (PNP) for Solid Job Light1 Color Key
+ 12-30V dc Load
LI08
1 3 4 2 5
VTB Current Sinking (NPN) Job Light2 Color

+ 12-30V dc Load
Key
4-Pin Euro
Job Light 4-Pin 4-Wire Enable Input: +10-30V dc
4-Pin Euro Green Job Light Enable 0V dc 4-Pin Light Red Job4-WireEnable 0V dc
1 = Brown VTB Current Sourcing (PNP) 2 = White for Flashing Job Light1 Color
3 1 4 2 Load Job Light Enable Input: +10-30V dc
3 = Blue 4 = Black
+ 12-30V dc
1 = Brown VTB Current Sourcing (PNP) 2 = White Job Light2 Color

1 3 4 2 5 Load Green Job Light Enable +10-30V dc Red Job Light Enable +10-30V dc
3 = Blue
4 + = Black 12-30V dc
4-Pin Euro
2 3
5-Pin Euro QD
2 3 5
More on next page
1 4
1 4
784

LI09
Indicator Color
Tower Lights Sinking (NPN) Input1 to 3 Color

3 4 1 2 18-30V dc 21-27V ac
LI10
Indicator Color 3 4 1 2 5
Tower Lights Sinking (NPN) Input4 Color

KEY 1 = Brown
18-30V dc 21-27V ac
KEY 1 = Brown 2 = White
Key
Key
C1 C2
C1 C2/A C3/A
2 = White 3 = Blue
3 activate Pins 1 and 2 can = Blue the corresponding color or the audible function, depending 4 = Black on model.
C3 C4/A
Pin 5 can activate the 4 = Black corresponding color or the audible function, depending on model.5 = Gray
Tower Lights Sourcing (PNP) Input1 to 3 Color

Indicator Color 3 4 1 2 18-30V dc 21-27V ac
KEY 1 = Brown 2 = White
Tower Lights Sourcing (PNP) Input4 Color

Indicator Color 3 4 1 2 5 18-30V dc 21-27V ac
KEY 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue
C1 C2
C1 C2/A C3/A
Pins 1 and 2 can3activate the = Blue corresponding color or the audible function, depending 4 = Black on model.
C3 C4/A
Pin 5 can activate the 4 = Black corresponding color or the audible function, depending on model. 5 = Gray
4-Pin Euro
1 4 2 3 1 4
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5
LI11
Indicator Color 7 6 2 1 5 4 8 3
Tower Lights Sinking (NPN) Input5 Color

KEY 1 = White
18-30V dc 21-27V ac
LI12
General-Purpose DC & SP150/SP350 Traffic Light Sinking (NPN) Input Key
Key
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5/A
2 = Brown 3 = Green 4 = Yellow 5 = Gray
4-Pin Euro
6 = activate the Pin 4 canPink 4-Wire 4-Pin corresponding color or the 7 function, depending audible = Blue on model. Brown 1= 8 = Red
Tower LightsBlue 3= Sourcing (PNP) Input= 5 Color 4 Black

Indicator Color 7 6 2 1 5 4 8 3 18-30V dc 21-27V ac
2 = White
KEY
1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Green 4 = Yellow 5 = Gray 6 = activate the Pin 4 canPink corresponding color or the 7 audible = Blue function, depending on model. 8 = Red
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5/A
Note: See data sheet for SP150 field wireable hookup diagrams
General-Purpose DC & SP150/SP350 Traffic Light Sourcing (PNP) Input
Not used
Note: See data sheet for SP150 field wireable hookup diagrams
8-Pin Euro
2 1 7 6 3 4 5 8 1 4
4-Pin Euro
2 3
More on next page
785
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS

LI13 EZ-LIGHT General-Purpose AC Input Key LI14 EZ-LIGHT K50L & K80L Audible Sinking (NPN) Input Key
18-30V dc
REFERENCE
KEY
2 C1 C2 C3 4 1 5 3 V ac Neutral
A C3
1 = Brown
Inputs 85 to 130V ac
1 = Brown 2 = White 2 = White 3 = Yellow 4 = Black 3 = Yellow* 5 = Blue

4 = Black
EZ-LIGHT K50L & K80L Audible Sourcing (PNP) Input

18-30V dc
Not used
A C3
5 = Blue * = Not Used
5-Pin Micro
3 2 1 5 4 1 4
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5
LI15
EZ-LIGHT CL50 Audible Sinking (NPN) Input

Indicator Color 1 4 3 2 5 18-30V dc
LI16
EZ-LIGHT Multi-Function Sinking (NPN) Input 3 or 4 Color Key

10-30V dc*
KEY 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray
Key
C1 C2 C3 A
C3
Note: Hookup diagrams are for LED ON Steady. See data sheet for LED Function Information.
EZ-LIGHT CL50 Audible Sourcing (PNP) Input

Indicator Color 3 18-30V dc 4 1 2 5
KEY 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray
* K50L, K50FL and K80L models are 18 to 30V dc
EZ-LIGHT Multi-Function Sourcing (PNP) Input 3 or 4 Color
C1 C2 C3 A
C3
Note: Hookup diagrams are for LED ON Steady. See data sheet for LED Function Information.
* K50L, K50FL and K80L models are 18 to 30V dc
5-Pin Euro
1 4 2 3 5 1 4
5-Pin Euro
2 3 5
More on next page
786

LI17
Indicator Color 6 3 8 4 7 1 18-30V dc
EZ-LIGHT K50L & K80L Multi-Function Sinking (NPN) Input5 Color

KEY 1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Green 4 = Yellow
LI18
EZ-LIGHT Sensor Emulator Sinking (NPN) Input

NPN Sensor
Key
1 C1 C2 3 4 2
Key
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5
NOTE: Hookup diagrams are for 5 LED ON Steady. = Gray See data sheet for LED 6 Function Information. = Pink
7 = Blue
Controller
EZ-LIGHT K50L & K80L Multi-Function 8 = Red Sourcing (PNP) Input5 Color
Indicator Color 6 3 8 4 7 1 18-30V dc
KEY 1 = White 2 = Brown 3 = Green 4 = Yellow
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5
not used
1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue
EZ-LIGHT Sensor Emulator Sourcing (PNP) Input

PNP Sensor
4 = Black
C1 C2
1 4 2
NOTE: 5 = Gray diagrams are for Hookup LED ON Steady. See data sheet for LED 6 = Pink Function Information.
7 = Blue 8 = Red 8-Pin Euro
Controller
Not Used
not used
4-Pin Euro
3 4 5 1 4 2 3
2 1 7 6
LI19
EZ-LIGHT for EZ-SCREEN Key

Green
LI20
EZ-LIGHT K80L Segmented Sinking (NPN) Input

1 Color 1 4 3 2 5 1 = Brown 2 = White +
Key
Red
Standard EZ-SCREEN M12 connector/hookup Male M12 Female M12
EZ-LIGHT
Color 2 Color 3 Color 4
5 Male M12 Female M12
CSB-... Splitter Cable

Male M12 or unterminated (+24V dc) (EDM#2) (EDM#1) (OSSD#2) (OSSD#1) (0V dc) (GND) (RESET) NOTE: Use a model DEE2R-8..D Double-Ended Cordset to extend the length between the CSB Splitter and the EZ-LIGHT.
1 = Brown 2 = Or/Bk 3 = Orange 4 = White 5 = Black 6 = Blue 7 = Gn/Yw 8 = Violet
4-Pin Euro
Hookups for 4-segment models. Depending on 4-Pin 4-Wire the number of segments, pins 5, 3, 2 and 1 may not be used.
3 = Blue = Brown 14 =Black 25 =Gray = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray
1 = Brown EZ-LIGHT K80L Segmented 2 Input Sourcing (PNP) = White

3 Color 1 Color 2 Color 3 Color 4 4 1 2 5
3 = Blue 4 = Black
Pin #1 Pin #2 Pin #3 Pin #4 Pin #5 Pin #6 Pin #7 Pin #8
8-Pin Euro
2 1 7 6 3 4 5 8
Hookups for 4-segment models. Depending on the number of segments, pins 5, 3, 2 and 1 may not be used.
5-Pin Euro
1 4 2 3 5
More on next page
787
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS

LI21 EZ-LIGHT K50LD Daylight Visible NPN Hookup1 Color
Indicator Color 1 3 2 4
LI22 Key
EZ-LIGHT K50LD Daylight Visible Sinking (NPN) Input 3 Color Key

15-30V dc
KEY 1 = Brown 15-30V dc 2 = White Not used Not used 3 = Blue 4 = Black
REFERENCE
Green, Red, Yellow, White or Blue
EZ-LIGHT K50LD Daylight Visible PNP Hookup1 Color

Indicator Color 3 1 2 4
KEY 1 = Brown 15-30V dc 2 = White Not used Not used 3 = Blue 4 = Black
EZ-LIGHT K50LD Daylight Visible Sinking (PNP) Input 3 Color
Not Used
15-30V dc
Green, Red, Yellow, White or Blue
4-Pin Euro
1 4 2 3 1 4
4-Pin Euro
2 3
LI23
EZ-LIGHT K50LD Daylight Visible AC Input (Quick-Disconnect) 1 Color Key

2 3 1
4-Pin Euro
85 - 130V ac or 75 - 120V dc
LI24
EZ-LIGHT SP250 Traffic Lights Sinking (NPN) Input

1
+
15-30V dc
Key
Wiring Key: 1 = Green (not used) 2 = Red/Black 3 = Red/White Micro 1 = Green 2 = Red/Black 3 = Red/White
C2 C1
3 4 2
C2 C1
EZ-LIGHT K50LD Daylight Visible AC Input (Cabled) Brown 1 = 1 Color
4-Pin 4-Wire 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black
NOTE: Hookup diagrams are for quick-disconnect models. See data sheet for field-wireable hookup4-Pin 4-Wire information.
4-Pin Euro
EZ-LIGHT SP250 Traffic Lights Sourcing 1 (PNP) Input= Brown

3 1 4 2
3 1
85 - 130V ac or 75 - 120V dc
Wiring Key: 1 Not Used = Black 3 = White
Cabled 1 = Black 2 = White
2 = White 3 = Blue _ 15-30V 4 = Black dc

+
1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black X = Not Used
C2 C1
C2 C1
NOTE: Hookup diagrams are for quick-disconnect models. See data sheet for field-wireable hookup information.
3-Pin Micro
1 3 2
4-Pin Euro QD
1 4 2 3
More on next page
788

LI25 Work Lights Key
1 3 12 - 30V dc
Wiring Key: 1 = Brown 2 = White 1 = Brown 3 = Blue 3 = Blue 4 = Black
= Not Used
4-Pin Euro QD
1 4 2 3
789
HOOKUPS
WD001
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
EZ-SCREEN System (Type 4) Emitter 8-Pin Euro-Style (Standard Emitter) Emitter (standard)
8-pin male Euro-style
+24V dc Bn (#1) Gn/Ye (#7) Bu (#6) 0V dc
REFERENCE
Page 493
Bk (#5) Wh (#4) Vi (#8) Or (#3) Or/Bk (#2)
n.c.* n.c.* n.c.* n.c.* n.c.*
Models
EZ-SCREEN 14 & 30 mm models with 8-pin M12/Euro QD EZ-SCREEN Grid & Point models with 8-pin M12/Euro QD
*NOTE: Pins 2, 3, 4, 5, and 8 are not connected, or are paralleled to same color wire from the 8-pin receiver cable (see Section 3.7 and Figure 3-16).
Wiring diagrams are for information only. See appropriate manuals for all specific warnings, cautions and information for use.
Emitter 5-Pin Euro-StyleTEST) with Test) Emitter (with (Emitter
Models
EZ-SCREEN 14 & 30 mm models with 5-pin M12/Euro QD EZ-SCREEN Grid & Point models with 5-pin M12/Euro QD
Bn (Pin #1) Gn/Ye (#5) +24V dc 0V dc
Bu (#3) Bk (#4) Wh (#2) Jumper or open to test
See Euro-style connectors on page 682 for female mating cordset.
See Table 2.2 for further cable information
WD002
EZ-SCREEN LP System (Type 4) Emitter 8-Pin Euro-Style (Reset Hookup)
+24V dc 8-pin male Euro-style face view Bn (Pin #1) Gn/Ye (#7) Bu (#6) 0V dc
Page 493
Models
EZ-SCREEN LP 14 & 25 mm models with 8-pin M12/Euro QD
*NOTE: Pins 2, 3, 4 and 5 either are not connected (n.c), or are paralleled to same color wire from the 8-pin receiver cable.
Bk (#5) Wh (#4) Vi (#8) Or (#3) Or/Bk (#2)
n.c.* n.c.* Close to reset n.c.* n.c.*
Models
EZ-SCREEN LP 14 & 25 mm models with 8-pin M12/Euro QD
*NOTE: Pins 2, 3, 4 and 5 either are not connected, or are paralleled to same Emitter 8-Pin Euro-Style (Test Hookup) color wire from the 8-pin receiver cable. +24V dc 8-pin male Euro-style face view Bn (Pin #1) Gn/Ye (#7) Bu (#6) 0V dc
Bk (#5)
*NOTE: Pins 2, 3, 4 and 5 either are not connected (n.c), or are paralleled to same color wire from the 8-pin receiver cable.
n.c.* n.c.* Open to test n.c.* n.c.*
Wh (#4) Vi (#8) Or (#3) Or/Bk (#2)
More on next page
*NOTE: Pins 2, 3, 4 and 5 either are not connected, or are paralleled to same color wire from the 8-pin receiver cable.
790
WD003
EZ-SCREEN System (Type 4) Receiver with 2 Solid-State OSSDs, 2 FSDs and 2-Channel EDM
Accessories Reference Hookups Wiring Diagrams
+24V dc 8-pin male Euro-style

Page 493
0V dc
Bn (Pin #1) Gn/Ye (#7) Bu (#6) Bk (#5) Wh (#4) Vi (#8) Or (#3) Or/Bk (#2)
+24V dc Ground 0V dc OSSD1 OSSD2 Reset* EDM1 EDM2 Single-Channel Safety Stop Circuit Dual-Channel Safety Stop Circuit NOTE: Do not exceed OSSD maximum load capacitance specification.
Models
EZ-SCREEN 14 & 30 mm models with 8-pin M12/Euro QD EZ-SCREEN LP 14 & 25 mm models with 8-pin M12/Euro QD EZ-SCREEN Grid & Point models with 8-pin M12/Euro QD
FSD1 FSD2
* Trip (auto reset) not connected . See Euro-style connectors on page 682 for female mating cordset.
WD004
See Table 2.2 for further QDE-8..D cable information.
EZ-SCREEN System (Type 4)
Receiver with 2 Solid-State OSSDs and 2-Channel EDM of SC22-3

+24V dc Receiver 8-pin male Euro-style
Page 493
0V dc
Bn (Pin #1) Gn/Ye (#7) Bu (#6)
+24V dc Ground 0V dc OSSD1 OSSD2 Reset* EDM1 EDM2 Jumper S1 S2 S3
Models
NOTE: EZ-SCREEN receiver DIP switches are configured for Trip (T) output and 2-channel EDM (E2). If the Auxiliary output is to be used, configure the EZ-SCREEN receiver for 1-channel EDM (E1) and connect pin #3 (Or) to +24V dc.
Bk (#5) Wh (#4) Vi (#8) Or (#3) Or/Bk (#2)
SC22-3 Safety Controller A1 A1 A2 A2
*Trip (auto reset) Not connected
See Euro-style connections on page xxx for female mating cordsets.
* Trip (auto reset) not connected . See Euro-style connectors on page 682 for female mating cordset.
More on next page
791
HOOKUPS
WD005
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
EZ-SCREEN System (Type 4) 1-Channel EDM of IM-T-9A Interface Module

+24V dc 0V dc
REFERENCE
Receiver 8-pin male Euro-style face view
Bn (Pin #1) Gn/Ye (#7) Bu (#6)
Page 493
Models
IM-T-9A Terminal Locations
S1 S2 Y1 13 23 33 Y2
Bk (#5) Wh (#4) Vi (#8) Or (#3) Or/Bk (#2) Reset** Aux. out
+ S3
IM-T-9A***
S1 K2 S4 Y3 Y1 13 Machine Control 23 33 K1 S2 Y4 Y2 14 24 34 MPCE 1 MPCE 2 * *
IM-T-9A
Feedback (optional)
Y4 14 24 34 Y3 S3 S4
* Arc Suppressors. See manual for specific warnings. ** Trip (auto reset) not connected. See Euro-style connectors on page 685 for female mating cordset.
WD006
8-pin male Euro-style Bn (Pin #1) Gn/Ye (#7) Bu (#6) +24V dc 0V dc
Page 493
Models
S1 S2 Y1 13 23 33 Y2
Bk (#5) Wh (#4) Vi (#8) Or (#3) Or/Bk (#2) Reset **
IM-T-9A S3 K2 S4 Y3 Y1 13 Machine Control 23 33 K1 S2 Y4 Y2 14 24 34 MPCE 1 MPCE 2 * * S1
IM-T-9A
Y4 14 24 34 Y3 S3 S4
* Arc Suppressors. See manual for specific warnings. ** Trip (auto reset) not connected. See Euro-style connectors on page 685 for female mating cordset.
Feedback (optional)
More on next page
792
WD007
EZ-SCREEN System (Type 4) Hookup of E-Stop Button to the last Receiver in a Cascade
E-stop 1
E-stop 2
E-stop N
Page 493
bn 22 awg wh bu
EZ-SCREEN 14 & 30 mm model shown
Models
EZ-SCREEN 14 & 30 mm models EZ-SCREEN LP 14 & 25 mm models
bk
EZ-SCREEN LP 14 & 25 mm Models
EZ-SCREEN 14 & 30 mm Models QDE2R4-8..D Cable Pinout*
RDLP6G-4..D Cordset Pinout* BrownCh 1a WhiteCh 2a BlueCh 2b BlackCh 1b
* Other cordset options may also be used, see above for more information. * Standard M12/Euro-style cordsets (8-pin male QD) can also be used, although pin number/wire color must be verified. ** Standard M12/Euro-style cordsets (8-pin male QD) can also be used, *Standard M12/Euro-style cables (8-pin male QD) can also although pin number/wire color must be verified.
Pin #1 Pin #2 Combination DELPEF-8..D/QDE2R4-8..D Pin #3 Cordset Pinout** Pin #1 Brown (Ch 1a) Pin #5 Blue (chPin #4 2b) Pin #5 Pin #2 n.c. Pin #6 n.c. Pin #6 Pin #3 n.c. Pin #7 n.c. Pin #7 Pin #4 Black (Ch 1b) Pin #8 White (Ch 2a) Pin #8
Brown (Ch 1a) Black (Ch 1b) Blue (Ch 2b) QDE2R4-8..D Cordset Pinout* n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c.
Pin #1 Brown (Ch 1a) Pin #2 Black (Ch 1b) Pin #3 Blue (Ch 2b) Pin #4 n.c. Pin #5 n.c Pin #6 n.c. Pin #7 n.c. Pin #8 White (Ch 2a)
White (Ch 2a)
be used, although pin number/wire color must be verified.
WD008
EZ-SCREEN System (Type 2) Emitter
Page 507
Models
EZ-SCREEN Type 2 30 mm models
+24V dc Bn (#1) Gn/Ye (#7) Bu (#6) Bk (#5) Wh (#4) Vi (#8) Or (#3) Or/Bk (#2) n.c.* n.c.* n.c.* n.c.* n.c.* 0V dc
**NOTE: Pins 2, 3, 4, 5,4, 5 and 8 are not connected, or are paralleled NOTE: Pins 2, 3, and 8 are not connected, or are paralleled toto same color from the receiver receiver cable. same color wire wire from the cable
(see Section 3.2.4 and Figures 3-17 and 3-18).
More on next page
793
HOOKUPS
WD009
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
EZ-SCREEN System (Type 2) Receiver with 2 Solid-State OSSDs, 2 FSDs and Power Monitoring
REFERENCE
+24V dc Receiver 8-pin male Euro-style Bn (Pin #1) Gn/Ye (#7) +24V dc Ground 0V dc OSSD1 OSSD2
Manual Test Automatic or Reset Test (Latch or Lockout)
0V dc
Page 507
Models
Bu (#6) Bk (#5) Wh (#4)
FSD 1 FSD 2
Vi (#8)
Reset/Test
FSD Monitoring Circuit
Or (#3) Or/Bk (#2) NOTE: Pins 2 and 3 are not connected, or are paralleled to same color wire from the emitter cable and properly terminated
n.c. n.c. Single-Channel Safety Stop Circuit Dual-Channel Safety Stop Circuit NOTE: Do not exceed OSSD maximum load capacitance specification.
See Section 2.2 for further QDE-8..D cable information.
WD010
EZ-SCREEN System (Type 2) Power Monitoring of IM-T-9A Interface Module
8-pin male Euro-style Bn (Pin #1) Gn/Ye (#7) +24V dc Ground 0V dc OSSD 1 +24V dc 0V dc
Page 507
Bu (#6) Bk (#5)
Models
IM-T-9A
S3 Wh (#4) Vi (#8) OSSD 2 Reset/ Test N.C. K2 S4 Y3 Y1 n.c. 13 n.c. L1/+V dc 23 Machine Control 33 K1
S1 S2 Y4 Y2 14 MPCE Monitoring
NOTE: Pins 2 and 3 are not connected, or are paralleled to same color wire from the emitter cable and properly terminated.
S1 S2 Y1 13 23 33 Y2
Or (#3) Or/Bk (#2)
IM-T-9A
24 34
MPCE 1 MPCE 2 * *
Y4 14 24 34 Y3 S3 S4
* Arc Suppressors. See manual for specific warnings. See Euro-style connectors on page 685 for female mating cordset.
L2/-V dc
More on next page
794
WD011
EZ-SCREEN System (Type 4) Emitter Receiver with 2 Solid-State OSSDs, 2 FSDs and 2-Channel EDM

+24V dc 0V dc
Page 516
Models
EZ-SCREEN Grid & Point with terminal chamber hookup (Models with M12/Euro QD, see WD001)
+24V dc
0V dc
EZ-SCREEN
Receiver PE 1 dc Com 2
EZ-SCREEN
Emitter PE 1 dc Com 2 +24V dc 3 TEST2 4 TEST1 5 (Not Used) 6 +24V dc 7 dc Com 8 PE 9 Auxiliary power connections or Open to test
+24V dc 3 (Not Used) 4 RESET 5 EDM1 6 EDM2 1) TEST input must be 7 + jumpered if not used. + OSSD1 8 Typically a Normally Open switch held closed. OSSD2 9 See Section 3.7.4 for information on TEST Single-Channel input and hookup. Safety Stop Circuit Dual-Channel Safety Stop Circuit FSD 1 * Reset
FSD 2
NOTE: Do not exceed OSSD maximum load capacitance specification.
* Installation of tr and FSD2 is rec
* Arc Suppressors. See manual for specific warnings.
WD012
+24V dc 0V dc +24V dc
2-Channel EDM of IM-T-9A Interface Module

0V dc
EZ-SCREEN
Receiver PE 1 dc Com 2
EZ-SCREEN
Receiver PE 1 dc Com 2 +24V dc 3 (Not Used) 4 Reset RESET 5 EDM1 6 + + EDM2 7 OSSD1 8 OSSD2 9 Reset
Page 516
+24V dc 3 (Not Used) 4 RESET 5 EDM1 6 + + EDM2 7 OSSD1 8 OSSD2 9
Models
EZ-SCREEN Grid & Point with terminal chamber hookup (Models with M12/Euro QD, see WD003-WD006)
S4 S3
S1 S2 Y1 13 23 33 Y2
IM-T-9A
+ K2
K1
IM-T-9A
+ S1 S2 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 14 24 34 MPCE 2 * S4 S3 + K2
K1
S1 S2 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 14 24 34 MPCE 2 *
13
IM-T-9A
23
MPCE 1 *
13 23
MPCE 1 *
Machine Control
33
Machine Control
33
Feedback (optional)
Y4 14 24 34 Y3 S3 S4
* Arc See manual for specific warnings. 2) See Section 3.7.3 for
information on EDM input and hookup.
1) See Section 3.5 for more information on Reset input and Suppressors. hookup.
* Installation of transient suppressors across for information only. the coils of MPCE1 and MPCE2 is See appropriate recommended (see Warning).
manuals for all specific warnings, cautions and information for use.
Wiring diagrams are
Feedback (optional) 1) See Section 3.5 for more information on Reset input and Suppressors. hookup. information on EDM input and hookup.
* Arc 2) See Section 3.7.3 for See manual for specific warnings.
* Installation of transient suppressors across See appropriate the coils of MPCE1 and MPCE2 is warnings, manuals for all specific recommended (see Warning).
Wiring diagrams are for information only.
cautions and information for use.
More on next page
795
HOOKUPS
WD013
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
EZ-SCREEN AC Interface Box EZAC-R9-QE8 Hard-Wired with 3 NO and EDM
REFERENCE
P4 2-ch. 1-ch. 13 EDM X1 14 23 24 33 34 P2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 P3 3 4 5
Page 523
X2 X3 X4 P1
Models
EZAC-R9-QE8
1 P5 2 3
Connections (Hand Wired)
EZAC-R9-QE8
(Line) P5 (Neutral) P5 3 2 1
L 100 - 230V ac
1/2 NPT threads for outputs
(Gnd) P5
Machine Control MPCE1
K1 13 23
1/2 NPT threads for AC inputs 8-pin female Euro-style QD to emitter/receiver
K2 * 14 24 34 MPCE2 *
33
2-Channel EDM Hookup

X1 2-ch. 1-ch. (EDM1) X2 X3 (EDM2) X4
Monitoring Contacts MPCE1
MPCE2
X1 2-ch. 1-ch. (EDM1) X2 X3 (EDM2) X4
1-Channel EDM Hookup
Monitoring Contacts MPCE1 MPCE2
X1 2-ch. 1-ch. (EDM1) X2 X3 (EDM2) X4
No EDM
More on next page
796
WD014
EZ-SCREEN AC Interface Box
EZAC-R11-QE8 Hard-Wired with 2 NO, 1 NC and EDM
Page 523
Models
EZAC-R11-QE8
Connections (Hand Wired)
1/2 NPT threads for outputs
1/2 NPT threads for AC inputs
8-pin female Euro-style QD to emitter/receiver
More on next page
797
HOOKUPS
WD015
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
EZ-SCREEN System (Type 4) EZAC-R15A-QE8-Q583-Mini-Style QD with 1 NO, 1 SPDT and 1-Channel EDM
3-Pin Mini-Style Power Connector Male Face View
Green/Yellow wire Brown wire Blue wire
REFERENCE
EZAC-R15A-QE8-QS83
L 100 - 230V ac
(Neutral) P5
2 3 1
3 2 1
Bu Bn Gn/Ye
N L Machine Control
Pin
1 2 3
Page 523
Mating Cordset: QDS-3..C Color

Green/Yellow Brown Blue
Models
EZAC-R15A-QE8-QS83
(Line) P5 (Gnd) P5
Function
Gnd/PE Line Neutral
Gn/Ye MPCE1 * Bn Wh Vi N.O. N.O. (to load) N.C. Aux (see Warning) MPCE2 * Lamp
8-Pin Mini-Style Output Connector Male Face View

Green/Yellow Brown Orange/Black Orange Violet Blue Black White
Connections (8-Pin Mini)

13
8-pin male Mini-style for outputs
K1
K2 14 24 32
5 1 4 8 6 X1 3 2
Bk
N.O. (to load)
Mating Cordset: QDS-8..C Pin

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Color
Brown Orange/Black Orange White Black Blue Green/Yellow Violet
Function
N.O. +24V dc (EDM) EDM N.O. (to load) N.O. (to load) Common Gnd/PE N.C. Aux.
23 31
Bu Or Or/Bk
N.O. +24V dc (switched) EDM Monitoring Contacts MPCE1 MPCE2
3-pin male Mini-style for AC inputs
(EDM1) X2 X3 (EDM2) X4
Arc Suppressors. See manual for specific warnings.
WD016
EZ-SCREEN AC Interface Box EZAC-R8N-QE8-QS53 Mini-Style QD with 1 NO, 1 NC and Power Monitoring
EZAC-R8N-QE8-QS53
L 100 - 230V ac 3 2 1
N
Green/Yellow wire
(Neutral) P5
2 3 1
Page 523
Bu Bn Gn/Ye
N L
MPCE1 MPCE2
Brown wire
Blue wire
Models
EZAC-R8N-QE8-QS53
(Line) P5 (Gnd) P5
Mating Cordset: QDS-3..C
Monitoring Contacts
Pin
Color
Function
Gnd/PE Line Neutral
Machine Control
1 2 3
Gn/Ye MPCE1 * Bk N.O. (1a)

Pin
1

13
K1
K2 14 24
5 1

Black Blue Green/Yellow White Brown
Wh
N.O. (1b)
23

Black Blue Green/Yellow Brown White
Function
N.O. (1a) N.C. (2a) Gnd/PE N.C. (2b) N.O. (1b)
31
32
2 4
Bu Bn
N.C. (2b) N.C. (2a)
MPCE2 *
2 3 4 5
X1
3-pin male Mini-style for AC inputs 8-pin female Euro-style QD to emitter/receiver
(EDM1) X2 X3 (EDM2) X4
More on next page
798
WD017
EZ-SCREEN AC Interface Box EZAC-R10N-QE8-QS53 Mini-Style QD with 2 NO and Power Monitoring
EZAC-R10N-QE8-QS53
L 100 - 230V ac 3 2 1
(Neutral) P5
2 3 1
Bu Bn Gn/Ye
N L
MPCE1 MPCE2
Pin
1
Page 523

Models
EZAC-R10N-QE8-QS53
(Line) P5 (Gnd) P5
Function
Gnd/PE Line Neutral
Monitoring Contacts
Machine Control
Gn/Ye MPCE1 * Bk Bu N.O. (1a) N.O. (2b) MPCE2 *

Black White Brown Blue Green/Yellow

K1 13 23
K2 14 24
5 1 2
Wh
N.O. (1b)

1 2 3 4 5
Color
Function
31
32 4
Bn
N.O. (2a)
3-pin male Mini-style for AC inputs
X1 (EDM1) X2 X3 (EDM2) X4
WD018
EZ-SCREEN AC Interface Box EZAC-E-QE.. Hard-Wired Emitters with or without Test
Page 523
Models
EZAC-E-QE8 EZAC-E-QE5
EZAC-E-QE8 or EZAC-E-QE5
Connections 5-Pin Euro
(Line) L (Neutral) N (Gnd) TEST function available only for model EZAC-E-QE5
L 90-230V ac N TEST
TEST #1 TEST #2
5-pin 1/2 NPT threads Euro-style QD AC inputs to emitter
Terminal strip on box inside cover; see Figure 3
8-Pin Euro
8-pin 1/2 NPT threads AC inputs Euro-style QD to emitter
More on next page
799
HOOKUPS
WD019
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
EZ-SCREEN AC Interface Box EZAC-E-QE8-QS3 Mini-Style QD Emitter EZAC-E-QE5-QS5 Mini-Style QD Emitter with Test
REFERENCE
EZAC-E-QE8-QS3
EZAC-E-QE5-QS5
(Line) L (Neutral) N (Gnd) 2 3 1 Brown Blue Green/Yellow L 90-230V ac N (Line) L (Neutral) N (Gnd) TEST #1 TEST #2 4 2 3 1 5 Brown Blue Green/Yellow Black White L 90-230V ac N TEST
Page 523
Models
EZAC-E-QE8-QS3 EZAC-E-QE5-QS5
Connections
(3-Pin Mini)

Black Blue Green/Yellow White Brown

1 2 3 4 5
Mating Cordset: QDS-3..C

3-pin male Mini-style AC inputs 8-pin Euro-style QD to emitter
Color
Function
Pin
1 2 3
Color
Function
Gnd/PE Line Neutral
(5-Pin Mini)
5-pin male Mini-style AC inputs
5-pin Euro-style QD to emitter
WD020
AG4 Laser Scanner AG4 to FSD1 & FSD2
+24V dc 0V dc
AG4
0V dc Restart 2
(Reset)
Fuse 1.6A 1 Blue Violet Brown Orange Wht/Blk +
Page 525
+24V dc
3 4
Models
AG4
X1
FP1* Alarm 1 5 (Auxiliary 1) ** 6 FP2* 7 FP3* 8 FP4* 9 10 OSSD1 OSSD2 11 12 13 14 Alarm 2 15 (Auxiliary 2) **
Black White Shield
FSD 1
FSD 2
Warning: Monitoring FSDs FSDs must be monitored for proper operation. 1-channel EDM can only be used when the scanner is configured for manual reset. See manual for more information.
* Figure shows Field Pair #1 selected. See manual for further information on Field Pair Switchover ** See manual for further information on the non-safety Alarm/Auxiliary outputs.
Single-Channel Safety Stop Circuit Dual-Channel Safety Stop Circuit NOTE: Do not exceed OSSD maximum load capacitance specification.
Warning: Monitoring FSDs
800
FSDs must be monitored for proper operation. 1-channel EDM can only be used when the AG4-4E is configured for manual reset. See manual for more information.
More on next page
WD021
AG4 Laser Scanner AG4 to SC22-3
+24V dc 0V dc
Accessories Reference Hookups Wiring Diagrams Glossary

1 Blue Violet Brown Orange Fuse 1.6A +24V dc Yellow Red Gray 0V dc
AG4
0V dc Restart 2 (Reset) *** 3 +24V dc 4 FP1* Alarm 1 5 (Auxiliary 1) ** 6 FP2* 7 FP3* 8 FP4* 9 10 OSSD1 OSSD2 11 12 13 14 Alarm 2 15 Black White Shield S1 S2 S3
International Reps
Page 525
Models
AG4
X1
PLC/Switching Device to Select Required Field Pair
AG4
0V dc Restart 2
(Reset)
+24V dc 1 Blue
(Auxiliary 2) **
SC22-3 Safety Controller A1 A1 A2 A2
+24V dc FP1*
3 4
Brown Orange ***
Fuse 1.6 A
* See manual for further information on Field Pair Switchover ** See manual for further information on the non-safety Alarm/Auxiliary outputs. *** The Manual Reset function can be accomplished by the SC22-3 or other safety rated logic device. In this case the scanner is configured for automatic start/restart (Reset).
(Auxiliary 1) **
Alarm 1 5 FP2* FP3* 6 7 Yellow ***

A1
UM-FA-9A
A2
AG4
1 0V dc Restart 2
(Reset)
+24V dc Blue
X1
Wiring diagrams are Red *** for information only. 8 Gray *** 0V See appropriate dc FP4* 9 manuals for all specific warnings, cautions and information for use.
see datasheet
S21
10 11 12 13
S11
+24V dc FP1*
3 4
Brown Orange ***
Fuse 1.6 A
OSSD1 OSSD2
Black White Shield
S22 S12
S33 S34
WD022
X1
Alarm 1 5 (Auxiliary 1) ** 6 FP2* 7 FP3* 8 FP4* 9 10 OSSD1 OSSD2 11 12 13
Yellow
UM-FA-9A
*** *** ***
A1
14
Machine Control Circuits
S13
6A max. K1A K2A 6A max. K1B K2B 6A max. K1C K2C
S14
Red AG4 Laser Scanner Gray
A2 Alarm 2 15 (Auxiliary 2) ** see datasheet
S23
S24
AG4 to UM Modules
Black White Shield
AG4
0V dc
(Reset)
+24V dc 1 Blue
0V dc
S21 * See manaul for further information on Field Pair Switchover MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 ** See manual for further information S11 on the non-safety Alarm/Auxiliary Reset outputs S22 ***FP1 S12
S33
S34
Restart 2 +24V dc 3 4 Brown Orange *** Fuse 1.6 A
14
(Auxiliary 2) **
- FP4 See S33 PLC/Switching device hookup. S34 (No Connection) 6A max. PLC/Switching Device Hookup K1A K2A S13 S14 MSC1
UM Module Auto
Page 525
Models
AG4
X1
(Auxiliary 1) **
FP1* Alarm 1 5 FP2* FP3* FP4* 6 7 8 9 10
Yellow Red Gray
UM-FA-9A
Alarm 2 15
*** *** ***
S23
4 6A max. FP1* K1B K2B
Orange
S24
* See manaul for further information A1 A2 on Field Pair Switchover see datasheet ** See manual for further information S21 on the non-safety Alarm/Auxiliary outputs MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 ***FP1 - FP4 See PLC/Switching S11 device hookup. Reset
S22 S33 PLC/Switching Device Hookup S12 S34
6A 6 FP2* max. K1C K2C 7 S33 FP3* 8 FP4*
* +24V dc MSC2 PLC/Switching
Yellow
S34
Red Gray
MSC3
Device to * Select Required Field Pair

Note: 0V dc must be common with * AG4 the
MSC Monitor Contacts or Jumper for No Monitoring
S1
S3
*Arc suppressors (see WARNING)
(see WARNING) S3
UM-FA-..A Terminal Locations
OSSD1 OSSD2
11 12 13 14
Black White Shield
UM Module Auto Reset
(No Connection) +24V dc MSC1 (No Connection)

MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 S33
4 6A max. Orange FP1* K1A K2A

S13
S21 S33 S11 A1 13 23 33
S14
Alarm 2 15 (Auxiliary 2) ** * See manaul for further information on Field Pair Switchover
UM-FA..A
** See manual for further information on the non-safety Alarm/Auxiliary outputs ***FP1 - FP4 See PLC/Switching device hookup.
6 6A max. Yellow FP2* K1B K2B S23 7 Red S24 FP3* 8 6A max. Gray FP4* K1 K2C C
S33 S34
PLC/Switching Device to * Select Required Field Pair MSC2

Note: 0V dc must be common with * the AG4
S11
(see WARNING) S34
MSC3 * *Arc suppressors (see WARNING)
PLC/Switching Device Hookup

14 24 34 A2 S22 S34 S12
FP1* 4 Orange +24V dc 6 7 8 Yellow Red Gray
PLC/Switching Device to Select Required Field Pair
Note: 0V dc must be common with the AG4
UM Module Auto Reset
FP2* FP3* FP4*
S11
(No Connection)
MSC1 MSC2 MSC3
More on next page
S33
(see WARNING) S34
801
HOOKUPS
WD023
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
SC22-3 Safety Controller 1-Channel, 2-Channel and No EDM
REFERENCE
Safety Stop Circuit Single-Channel
Page 533
Input Terminals
Models
SC22-3 SC22-3E
SC22 SO1
1A 1B 2A
SO2
2B 3A
SO3
3B
Dual-Channel
Safety Stop Circuit Single-Channel
The figure shown is generic in nature and represents all three EDM options: Safety Output SO1 is shown with NO EDM configured (typically used with self-monitored devices). Safety Output SO2 is shown with Two-Channel EDM configured. Safety Output SO3 is shown with One-Channel EDM configured. Any particular Safety Controller configuration may use any combination of external device monitoring options, depending on the application. See product manual for information on external device monitoring and interfacing safety circuits.
FSD
1A 1B
FSD
3A 3B
+24V dc
FSD
2A 2B
Dual-Channel
+24V dc
More on next page
802
WD024
SC22-3 Safety Controller 1-Channel EDM to SC-IM9A
+24V dc
Page 533
International Reps
Models
SC22-3 SC22-3E
Machine Control
SC-IM9A Input Terminals

13 21 33 43 A1
SC22
SO1
1A 1B 2A
SO2
2B 3A
SO3
3B A2
14
22
34
44
A2
(To
SO
1A
The SC-IM9A interface module depicted in this figure is shown in one-channel EDM hookup. The SC-IM9B and SC-IM9C modules are connected in the same manner, using individual one-channel EDM circuits (terminals 21/22 on each pair of contacts). See product manual for information on external device monitoring and interfacing safety stop circuits.
13
21
33
43
A1
Supplied Terminal Block
14
22
34
44
A2
(To
SO
1B
3 wires
MPCE 1 MPCE 2
*
MPCE 3
+24V dc 0V dc
More on next page
803
HOOKUPS
WD025
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
SC22-3 Safety Controller 1-Channel EDM to IM-TA-9A
REFERENCE
Input Terminals
Page 533
Models
SC22-3 SC22-3E
SC22 SO1
1A 1B 2A
SO2
2B 3A
SO3
3B A2
0V dc
IM-T-9A S3 K2 S4 K1 S2 Y4 Y2 14
MPCE 1
S1
The IM-TA interface module depicted in this figure is shown in one-channel EDM hookup. The IM-T-11A module is connected in the same manner. Depending on the application, each safety output requires a separate and individually wired IM-T..A module. See product manual for information on external device monitoring and interfacing safety stop circuits.
+24V dc
Y3 Y1 13
23 Machine Control 33
24 34
*
MPCE 2
Feedback (optional)
* Installation of transient (arc) supressors across the coils of MPCE1 and MPCE2 is recommended (see Warning)
WD026
SC22-3 Safety Controller 2-Channel EDM to IM-TA-9A
Input Terminals
Page 533
Models
SC22-3 SC22-3E
SC22 SO1
1A 1B 2A
SO2
2B 3A
SO3
3B A2
0V dc
The IM-TA interface module depicted in this figure is shown in two-channel EDM hookup. The IM-T-11A module is connected in the same manner. Depending on the application, each safety output requires a separate and individually wired IM-T..A module. See product manual for information on external device monitoring and interfacing safety stop circuits.
Machine Control +24V dc
IM-T-9A S3 K2 S4 Y3 Y1 13 K1 S2 Y4 Y2 14
MPCE 1
S1
23 33
24 34
*
MPCE 2
Feedback (optional)
* Installation of transient (arc) supressors across the coils of MPCE1 and MPCE2 is recommended (see Warning)
More on next page
804
WD027
GM-FA-10J Guard Monitoring Safety Module GM-FA-10J 1-Channel Monitoring to Two 4-Wire Coded Magnetic Safety Switches

Mechanical stop Guard #1 open
International Reps
Page 537
Models
GM-FA-10J
S12 S11 S13
Blue Gray Black Brown
SI-MAG..SM
SI-MAG..MM
GM-FA-10J Terminal Locations

Guard #2 open Blue Gray Black Brown
GM-FA-10J
S12 S11 S13 A1 13 23 Y1
S23 S21 S22
Y2
14
24
A2
NOTE: If only one magnetic safety switch is used, select 1-channel input and jumper S23 and S21.
SI-MAG..SM Mechanical stop
SI-MAG..MM
S23 S21 S22
NOTE: If guards. magnetic safety switch is used, meet Configured for one-channel monitoring of either one or two only oneThis application is considered toselect or 1-channel input and jumper S23 to S21. exceed requirements for OSHA control reliability and Safety Category 3 and 4 per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1).
WD028
GM-FA-10J Guard Monitoring Safety Module GM-FA-10J 2-Channel Monitoring to Two Positive-Opening Safety Interlock Switches
Page 537
Models
GM-FA-10J
S12 S11 S13
Mechanical stop
Guard #1
S12 S11 S13 A1 13 23 Y1
S23 S21 S22
Mechanical stop
Guard open
GM-FA-10J
NOTE: Guard shown in closed position.
Y2
14
24
A2
S23 S21 S22
Configured for one-channel monitoring of either one or two guards. This application is considered to meet or exceed requirements for OSHA control reliability and Safety Category 3 and 4 per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1).
More on next page
805
HOOKUPS
WD029
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
GM-FA-10J Guard Monitoring Safety Module GM-FA-10J Alternate Wiring for 1-Channel Monitoring of Multiple Guards
Guard #1 Guard #2 SI-MAG..MM SI-MAG..SM Guard #n SI-MAG..MM SI-MAG..SM
REFERENCE
SI-MAG..MM SI-MAG..SM Mechanical stop Brown
Brown
Page 537
Models
GM-FA-10J
S12 S11 S13
NOTE: Switch/magnet pairs shown in closed position.

S23 S21 S22
S12 S11 S13 A1 13 23 Y1
Brown
Brown
Mechanical stop
GM-FA-10J
SI-MAG..SM SI-MAG..MM Guard #3
Y2 14 24 A2
SI-MAG..SM SI-MAG..MM Guard #4
SI-MAG..SM SI-MAG..MM Guard #n+1
Brown
Black
Black
Black
Gray
Gray
Gray
Blue
Blue
Blue
Brown
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
Gray
Blue
Blue
Blue
Black
S23 S21 S22
Configured for one-channel monitoring of multiple guards with single switches at each guard. Up to 10 Banner magnetic switches may be connected to each channel in this series/parallel method. If other than Banner magnetic switches are used, a total resistance of 270 ohms between S11/S13, S11/S12, S21/S22 and S21/S23 must not be exceeded. NOTE: Not a Category 4 application per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1).
WD030
GM-FA-10J Guard Monitoring Safety Module GM-FA-10J Alternate Wiring for 2-Channel Monitoring of Multiple Guards
Guard #1
Guard #2
Guard #3
Guard #4
Guard #n
Page 537
Models
GM-FA-10J
S12 S11 S13
NOTE: Guards shown in closed position.

S12 S11 S13 A1 13 23 Y1
S23 S21 S22
GM-FA-10J
Y2
14
24
A2
S23 S21 S22
Configured for two-channel monitoring of multiple guards with two safety switches mounted individually on each guard. The number of mechanical switches is limited by the max. resistance of 270 ohm between S11-S13, S11-S12, S21-S22 and S21-S23. The total resistance is calculated by adding the resistance of all guard switch contacts and the resistance of the cables that connect the switches and the switches to the module. NOTE: Not a Category 4 application per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1).
More on next page
806
WD031
GM-FA-10J Guard Monitoring Safety Module GM-FA-10J to Guarded Machine
L1/+V dc MACHINE CONTROL 24V ac/dc
Page 537
RESET
Models
GM-FA-10J
S12 S11 A1 13 23
S13 Y1
K1
For Automatic Reset, connect directly and configure DIP switches

Y2 14 24
K2
A2
S23 S21 S22

S12 S11 S13 A1 13 23 Y1
OV ac/dc MPCE2
GM-FA-10J
MPCE2 Monitoring Contacts or Jumper MPCE1

*
Y2 14 24 A2
MPCE1
L2/-V dc
S23 S21 S22
More on next page
* Arc Suppressor, see Warning
807
HOOKUPS
WD032
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
ES-FA-..AA E-Stop Safety Module ES-FA-..AA 1-Channel
REFERENCE
Auto Reset
+24V ac/dc
Page 537
Manual Reset
0V +24V ac/dc 0V
Models
ES-FA-9AA ES-FA-11A
E-Stop Switch
ES-FA-..AA
A1 A2
E-Stop Switch
ES-FA-..AA
A1 A2
ES-FA-..AA Terminal Locations

S11 S21 S33
Reset MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 MSC Monitor Contacts or Jumper

MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 S33 S11
S21 S33 S11 A1 13 23 33
S21 S33 S11 A1 13 31 23
S34
S34
(No Connection)
S22 S12
See Interfacing MSCs WARNING
S21 S22 S12
ES-FA-9AA
ES-FA-11AA
14
24
34 A2
14
32
24 A2
S22 S34 S12
S22 S34 S12
ES-FA-9AA Machine Connection

Machine Master Stop Control Elements L2
14 MSC1

14 MSC1
L1
13
K1A
6A max.
K2A
L1
13
K1A
7A max.
K2A
K1B 23
K2B 24 MSC2
7A max.
K1B 23
K2B 24 MSC2
K1C 33
K2C 34 MSC3 31
7A max.
K1C K2C
32
Feedback (optional)
6A max.
6A max.
More on next page
808
WD033
ES-FA-..AA E-Stop Safety Module ES-FA-..AA 2-Channel
Auto Reset
+24V ac/dc 0V
+24V ac/dc
Manual Reset
Glossary
0V
International Reps
Page 537
Models
ES-FA-9AA ES-FA-11A
A1
ES-FA-..AA
A2 A1
ES-FA-..AA
A2
E-Stop Switch
MSC1 MSC2 MSC3

S33 S11 S21 S34
Reset
MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 S33 S11 S34 S21
E-Stop Switch
ES-FA-..AA Terminal Locations
MSC Monitor Contacts or Jumper
(No Connection)
S22
S21 S33 S11 A1 13 23 33 S21 S33 S11 A1 13 31 23
S12
S22 S12
ES-FA-9AA
ES-FA-11AA

14 24 34 A2 14 32 24 A2

14 MSC1
S22 S34 S12
S22 S34 S12
L1
13
K1A
6A max.
K2A 14

MSC1
L1
13
K1A
7A max.
K2A
K1B 23
K2B 24 MSC2
7A max.
K1B 23
K2B 24 MSC2
K1C 33
K2C 34 MSC3 31
7A max.
K1C K2C
32
Feedback (optional)
Series Connection of Multiple E-Stop Switches
Hookup Using Contacts from Two Safety Switches

OPEN Safety Gate or Guard with end-of-travel stops and two individually mounted Safety Interlocking Switches
E-Stop
E-Stop
S11
S21
S22
S12
S11
S21
S22
S12
6A max.
6A max.
More on next page
809
HOOKUPS
WD034
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
ES-..A-.5 E-Stop Safety Module ES-..A-5A 1-Channel
REFERENCE
Auto Reset Auto Reset

AC Power shown AC Power shown
Page 537
115V ac or 230V ac ac 115V ac or 230V (depending on model) (depending on model) E-StopE-Stop SwitchSwitch +V +V
Manual Reset Manual Reset

DC Power shown DC Power shown dc
12-24V12-24V dc dc dc common common
Models
ES-UA-5A ES-VA-5A
A1
A1
ES-UA-5A ES-UA-5A A2
115V ac ac 115V
A2
B1
B1
ES-VA-5A ES-VA-5A B2
230V ac ac 230V
B2
AC or DC power power AC or DC connections shown shown connections are valid forvalid for either are either auto or manual manual reset. auto or reset.
E-StopE-Stop SwitchSwitch A1
B1
A1
ES-UA-5A ES-UA-5AA2
12-24V12-24V dc dc 12-24V12-24V dc dc
A2
B1
ES-VA-5A ES-VA-5AB2
B2
ES-..A-5A Terminal Locations
ES-UA-5A ES-UA-5A 12-24V dc/115V ac ac 12-24V dc/115V ES-VA-5A S11 S11 ES-VA-5A 12-24V dc/230V ac ac 12-24V dc/230V
S21 S21
ES-UA-5A ES-UA-5A 12-24V dc/115V ac ac 12-24V dc/115V ES-VA-5A S11 S11 ES-VA-5A 12-24V dc/230V ac ac 12-24V dc/230V
S21 S21
S31 S32 S33 A1 A2 B1 B2
S34 S32 S35 S11 S12 S21 S22
S22
S22 S31
MSC1 MSC1 MSC3 MSC3

S31
S22
S22 S31
MSC1 MSC1 MSC3 MSC3

S31
S12
ES-..A-5A
S34
MSC Monitor MSC Monitor S12 Contacts Contacts or Jumper for for or Jumper No Monitoring S32 S32 No Monitoring
S34
Reset SwitchSwitch Reset
S12
MSC4 MSC2 MSC2 MSC4
S34
S34
MSC Monitor MSC Monitor S12 Contacts Contacts or Jumper for for or Jumper No Monitoring S32 S32 No Monitoring MSC4 MSC2 MSC2 MSC4
S33
13 14 23 24 33 34 43 52 44
S33
S33
S33
Jumper Jumper
S32 S32 S32 S32
Y30 Y31 Y32
Y33 51
Jumper Jumper
S35 S35
L1
L1
13
6A max. max. 6A
K1A 13 K1A K2A K2A 14
Machine Machine MasterMaster Stop Stop Control Elements Control Elements L2

14 MSC1 MSC1
S35
S35
L2
L1
L1
13
6A max. max. 6A
K1A 13 K1A K2A K2A 14
Machine Machine MasterMaster Stop Stop Control Elements Control Elements L2

14 MSC1 MSC1
L2
6A max. max. 6A
K1B 23 23 K1B K2B
K2B
*
24
*
23
6A max. max. 6A
K1B 23 K1B K2B
K2B
*
24
24
MSC2 MSC2
24
MSC2 MSC2
Machine Machine Control Control Circuits Circuits

33
K1C 33
6A max. max. 6A
K1C K2C
K2C 34 34
Machine Machine Control Control Circuits Circuits

33
K1C 33
6A max. max. 6A
K1C K2C
K2C 34 34
MSC3 MSC3
MSC3 MSC3
K1D 43 43
6A max. max. 6A
K1D K2D
K2D 44 44
*
43
K1D 43
6A max. max. 6A
K1D K2D
K2D 44 44
MSC4 MSC4
MSC4 MSC4
Non-safety Non-safety Auxiliary Monitor 51 Auxiliary Monitor Contact Contact
K1E 51
6A 6A K1E max. max.

52 K2E K2E Y30
* * 52 Suppressors * Arc * Arc Suppressors

(see WARNING) (see WARNING)
Y30
Non-safety Non-safety Auxiliary Monitor 51 Auxiliary Monitor Contact Contact
K1E 51
6A 6A K1E max. max.

52 K2E K2E Y30
* * 52 Suppressors * Arc * Arc Suppressors

(see WARNING ) (see WARNING )
Y30
Y31
Y31
Y31
Y31
Non-safety Monitor Outputs Non-safety Monitor Outputs 100mA max. each Output 100mA max. each Output
Y32
Y32 Y35
Y35
Outputs PowerPower Supply Outputs Supply Energized Energized Fault Fault 12-24V12-24V dc dc +V +V dc common dc common +V +V
Outputs PowerPower Supply Outputs Supply Energized Energized Fault Fault 12-24V12-24V dc dc dc common dc common
Non-safety Monitor Outputs Non-safety Monitor Outputs 100mA max. each Output 100mA max. each Output
Y32 Y32 Y35 Y35
More on next page
810
WD035
ES-..A-.5 E-Stop Safety Module ES-..A-5A 2-Channel
Accessories Reference Hookups
Auto ResetAuto Reset Auto Reset

AC Power shown AC Power shown AC Power shown
+V
Page 537
Manual Reset Reset Manual Reset Manual

DC Power shown DC dc Power shown DC Powercommon shown +V dc
+V12-24V dc 12-24V dc common 12-24V dc dc common
Models
ES-UA-5A ES-VA-5A
A1 B1
115 ac or 230V ac 115 ac or 230V ac 115 ac (depending (depending on model) or 230V ac on model) (depending on model)
ES-UA-5A
115V ac
B1 A1
ES-UA-5A A2 ES-UA-5A 115V ac ES-VA-5A B2 ES-VA-5A 230V ac

230V ac 115V ac
B1B2
A1A2
A2
ES-VA-5A
230V ac
B2
AC or DC power AC or DC power connectionsAC or DCconnections shown shown power are valid for connections shown either either are valid for are valid auto or manual reset. auto or manual reset.for either auto or manual reset.
A1
ES-UA-5A
12-24V dc 12-24V dc
B1 A1
A1A2 ES-UA-5A A2 ES-UA-5A12-24V dc B1B2 ES-VA-5A B2 ES-VA-5A12-24V dc
A2
B1
ES-VA-5A
12-24V dc 12-24V dc
B2
E-Stop Switch E-Stop Switch ES-..A-5A E-Stop Switch Terminal Locations

S11 S11 S21 S21
S31 S32 S33 A1 A2 B1 B2 S34 S32 S35 S11 S12 S21 S22
E-Stop Switch E-Stop Switch E-Stop Switch

S11 S11 S11 S21 S21 S21 S22 S31 S22 S21 S11
S22
S12
ES-..A-5A
S34
MSC1 MSC3 MSC1 MSC3 MSC1 MSC3 S31 MSC Monitor MSC S31 Monitor MSC Contacts S12 Monitor Contacts S12 for No Contacts or Jumper or Jumper for No or Jumper Monitoring S32 for NoMonitoring S32 S34 Monitoring S32 MSC2 MSC4 MSC2 MSC4 S34 MSC2 MSC4
S22 S33 S33
Reset Switch
Reset Switch S12 Reset Switch

S34
MSC1 MSC3 MSC1 MSC3 MSC1 MSC3 S31 MSC Monitor MSC S31 Monitor MSC ContactsS12 Monitor Contacts S12 for No Contacts or Jumper or Jumper for No or Jumper Monitoring S32 for NoMonitoring S32 S34 Monitoring S32 MSC2 MSC4 MSC2 MSC4 S34 MSC2 MSC4
S22 S22 S31 S33
S33
13 14 23 24 33 34 43 52 44 Y30 Y31 Y32 Y33 51
S33
Jumper
S32
S32
S32
Jumper
Jumper
S32 S32
S33
Jumper L1 L1
S35
Jumper
K1A
Jumper 6A S35 max.

K2A 13
S32
L1
13
K1A 13 14
Machine Machine Master Stop Machine Master Stop S35 Master Stop Elements Control Elements Control 6A max. L2 Control Elements K2A 6A max.K1A L2
K2A MSC1 14 14 MSC1 MSC1
S35
S35
L2
L1
L1
L1
13
6A S35 max.
K1A 13 K2A
K1A 13 14
Machine Machine Master Stop Machine Master Stop Master Stop Elements Control Elements Control 6A max. L2 Control Elements K2A 6A max.K1A L2
K2A MSC1 14 14 MSC1 MSC1
L2
6A max.
K1B 23 23
K2B
K1B 23 24
6A max. * K2 6A max.K1B B
K2B
MSC2 24
*
24 MSC2
*
MSC2
6A max.
K1B 23 23
K2B
K1B 23 24
6A max. * K2 6A max.K1B B
K2B
MSC2 24
*
24 MSC2
*
MSC2
E-Stop
E-Stop
Machine Machine Control 6A max. 6A max. * K2 Control K1 Circuits K2 C C 6A max.K1C C Circuits K1 K2

33
C
33 34
*
34 MSC3
*
MSC3
33
MSC3 34
Machine Machine Control 6A max. 6A max. * K2 Control K1 Circuits K2 C C 6A max.K1C C Circuits K1 K2

33
C
33 34
*
34 MSC3
*
MSC3
33
MSC3 34
S11
S21
S22
S12
K1D 43
6A max.
K2D
K1D 43 44
6A max. * K2 6A max.K1D D
K2D
MSC4 44
*
44 MSC4
*
MSC4
K1D 43
6A max.
K2D
K1D 43 44
6A max. * K2 6A max.K1D D
K2D
MSC4 44
*
44 MSC4
*
MSC4
43
43

OPEN
K1E 6A max. K1E 6A max. * Non-safety Non-safety K1 6A max. * E 51 Auxiliary 52 Auxiliary Monitor Non-safety Monitor 51 52 * Arc Suppressors * * Arc Suppressors 51 52 Auxiliary Monitor Contact Contact (see WARNINGArc Suppressors (see WARNING) *) Contact (see WARNING) K2E Y31 Y30K2E Y31 K2E Y30 Y30
K1E 6A max. K1E 6A max. * Non-safety Non-safety K1 6A max. * E 51 Auxiliary 52 Auxiliary Monitor Non-safety Monitor 51 52 * Arc Suppressors * * Arc Suppressors 51 52 Auxiliary Monitor Contact Contact (see WARNINGArc Suppressors (see WARNING) *) Contact (see WARNING) K2E Y31 Y30K2E Y31 K2E Y30 Y30
Non-safety Monitor Outputs
Non-safety 100mA max. Monitor Outputs each Output
Non-safety Monitor Outputs
100mA max. Non-safety each Output Monitor Outputs
100mA max. Non-safety each Output Monitor Outputs
Non-safety 100mA max. Monitor Outputs each Output

Y32 Y35
Y31
Y31
100mA max. each Output
Safety Gate or Guard with end-of-travel stops and two individually mounted Safety Interlocking Switches
Y32
Outputs Energized
+V
+V
Power Supply Outputs Power Supply Fault Outputs Energized Power Supply Fault Energized Fault 12-24V dc 12-24V dc 12-24V dc dc common dc common +V dc common
Y35 Y32
Y32 Y35
Y35
Y32
Outputs Energized
+V
+V
Power Supply Outputs Power Supply Fault Outputs Energized Power Supply Fault Energized Fault 12-24V dc 12-24V dc 12-24V dc dc common dc common +V dc common
Y35 Y32
S11
S21
S22
S12
100mA max. each Output

Y35
More on next page
811
HOOKUPS
WD036
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
ES-TN-1H.. E-Stop Safety Module ES-TN-1H.. 2-Channel

+V dc common 24V dc
REFERENCE
A1
A2 X1
Page 537
Emergency Stop Switch Note: Jumper on S21-S22 for 1-channel E-Stop

S11
Models
ES-TN-1H1 ES-TN-1H2 ES-TN-1H3 ES-TN-1H4 ES-TN-1H5 ES-TN-1H6 ES-TN-1H7 ES-TN-1H8 ES-TN-1H9 ES-TN-1H10 ES-TN-1H11 ES-TN-1H12
Reset Switch
X2
Note: Jumper on X1-X2 for Auto-reset.
S21 X3 S22 X4 S12 Y1 X5
MSC1
MSC3 MSC2
MSC-Monitor Contacts Note: Jumper on X3-X4 and/or X5-X6 if no feedback contacts are monitored
Cancel Delay Input

Y2
X6
MSC4
MSC-Monitor Contacts
L1/+V dc
13
4A max.
K1A
K2A 14
Machine Master Stop Control Elements L2/-V dc

MSC1
Immediate
4A max.
TN-1H.. Terminal Locations
K1B 23
*
24 MSC2
K2B
Immediate
4A max.
K3A 37
*
38 MSC3
K4A
Delayed
A1 S11 S12 X1 X2 13 14 51 52 X3 X4 23 24
4A max.
*
48 MSC4
E-Stop
E-Stop
K3B 47
K4B
Delayed
ES-TN-1H..
K1C 51
37 38 61 62 47 48 Y1 Y2
*
52
S11 S21 S22 S12
X5 X6
S21 S22 A2
Non-safety Auxiliary Monitor Contacts
K2C
Immediate
K3C 61 K4C 62
Jumper between S21 and S22, if 1-channel E-Stop is selected.
Delayed

S11
S21
S22
S12
More on next page
812
WD037
ES-TN-14..E E-Stop Safety Module ES-TN-14H.. 2-Channel
+V 24V dc dc common

A2 X1 S11 X2 S21 X3 S22 X4 S12 MSC1
A1
Emergency Stop Switch

Page 537
ES-TN-14H5 ES-TN-14H6
International Reps
Models
ES-TN-14H5 ES-TN-14H6
Note: Jumper on S21-S22 for 1-channel E-Stop
Reset Switch
Note: Jumper on X1-X2 for Auto-reset.
MSC3 MSC2
ES-TN-14H.. Terminal Locations

Cancel Delay Input
X5
Y1 X6 Y2
4A max.
MSC4
Note: Jumper on X3-X4 and/or X5-X6 if no feedback contacts are monitored
L1/+V dc
13
A1 S11 S12 X1 X2 13 14 91 92 23 24 33 34 X3 X4 43 44
K1A
K2A 14
Machine Master Stop Control Elements L2/-V dc

MSC1
Immediate
4A max.
ES-TN-14H..

87 88 Y1 Y2
K1B 23
*
24 MSC2
K2B
Immediate
4A max.
57
58 67 68
77
78 01
02
K1C 33
K2C 34
*
X5 X6 GND
S21 S22 A2
Immediate
4A max.
K1D 43
K2D 44
E-Stop E-Stop
Immediate
4A max.
K3A 57
K4A 58 MSC3
Delayed
4A max.
*
68 MSC4
K3B 67
K4B
S11
S21
S22
S12
Delayed
4A max.
K3C 77
K4C 78
Jumper between S21 and S22, if 1-channel E-Stop is selected.
Delayed
4A max.
K3D 87
K4D 88

Delayed
K1E 91 Non-safety Auxiliary Monitor Contacts K2E 92
Immediate
K3E 01 K4E 02
Delayed
S11
S21
S22
S12
More on next page
813
HOOKUPS
WD038
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
ES-FA-6G E-Stop Safety Module ES-FA-6G 1-Channel
REFERENCE
+V
24V ac/dc
dc common
Page 537
Models
ES-FA-6G
E-Stop Switch
A1 A2
ES-FA-6G
Y1
Reset
Reset Switch (jumper for auto reset) and no monitoring
ES-FA-..6G Terminal Locations

Y2 MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 MSC Monitor Contacts
13 23 33 A1 Y1 Y2
Machine Master Stop Control Elements L1/+V dc

13
6A max.
ES-FA-6G
K1A
K2A 14 MSC1
L2/-V dc
6A max.
41 42 A2 14 24 34
K1B 23
K2B 24 MSC2

33
K1C
6A max.
K2C 34 MSC3
K1D
K2D 41 Non-safety Auxiliary Monitor Contact 6A Max. 42
E-Stop
E-Stop
+24V ac/dc
A1
More on next page
814
WD039
UM-A... Universal Safety Module UM-FA-..A Hard Contact, 2-Channel
Auto Reset
+24V ac/dc 0V
Manual Reset
+24V ac/dc
0V
Page 545
Models
UM-FA-9A UM-FA-11A
A1
UM-FA-..A
A2 A1
UM-FA-..A
A2
Reset MSC1 MSC2 MSC3

S33 S11
S21
DIP Switch S34 Configuration

1 2 ON
AutoMSC1 MSC2 MSC3 Reset S33

+24V ac/dc
S11
0V
S22

A1
S21
DIP Switch S34 (No Connection) Configuration

1 2 ON
UM-FA-..A
S22 S12
Devices with relay output A1 13 23 33 contacts
S21 S33 S11
S12
A2
Devices with positive-opening contacts
Devices with relay output contacts
Devices with positive-opening S11 contacts

S21
MSC1 MSC2 MSC3

S33
UM-FA..A

1 2 ON
S22
S12
14 24 34 A2 S22 S34 S12
Devices with positive-opening contacts
UM-FA-9A Machine Connection

14 MSC1

14 MSC1
L1
13
6A max.
K1A
K2A
L1
13
K1A
7A max.
K2A
6A max.
7A max.
K1B 23
K2B 24 MSC2
K1B 23
K2B 24 MSC2
6A max.
K1C 33
K2C 34 MSC3 31
7A max.
K1C K2C
32
Feedback (optional)
More on next page
815
HOOKUPS
WD040
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
UM-FA-..A Universal Safety Module UM-FA-..A Hard Contact, 1-Channel
REFERENCE
Auto Reset
+24V ac/dc +24V ac/dc 0V +24V ac/dc
Manual Reset
+24V ac/dc 0V
Page 545
Models
UM-FA-9A UM-FA-11A
Devices with positiveopening contacts

A1
UM-FA-..A
A2

A1
UM-FA-..A
A2

S11 S21 DIP Switch
1 2 ON
MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 S33 S11
S33
Configuration S34

1 2 ON
S21 S33 S11 A1 13 23 33
S22 S12
S21 S22 S12
UM-FA..A
14 24 34 A2 S22 S34 S12

14 MSC1

14 MSC1
L1
13
6A max.
K1A
K2A
L1
13
K1A
7A max.
K2A
6A max.
7A max.
K1B 23
K2B 24 MSC2
K1B 23
K2B 24 MSC2
6A max.
K1C 33
K2C 34 MSC3 31
7A max.
K1C K2C
32
Feedback (optional)
More on next page
816
WD041
UM-FA-..A Universal Safety Module UM-FA-..A Solid-State, 2-Channel
Auto Reset
+24V ac/dc +24V ac/dc 0V +24V ac/dc
Manual Reset
+24V ac/dc 0V
Page 545
Models
UM-FA-9A UM-FA-11A

A1
UM-FA-..A
A2

A1
UM-FA-..A
A2

S11 S33 MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 S33 S11
S21 DIP Switch

1 2 ON
Configuration S34

1 2 ON
S22 S12
S21 S22 S12
S21 S33 S11 A1 13 23 33
UM-FA..A
14 24 34 A2 S22 S34 S12

14 MSC1

14 MSC1
L1
13
6A max.
K1A
K2A
L1
13
K1A
7A max.
K2A
6A max.
7A max.
K1B 23
K2B 24 MSC2
K1B 23
K2B 24 MSC2
6A max.
K1C 33
K2C 34 MSC3 31
7A max.
K1C K2C
32
Feedback (optional)
More on next page
817
HOOKUPS
WD042
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
UM-FA-..A Universal Safety Module UM-FA-..A Solid-State, 1-Channel
REFERENCE
Auto Reset
+24V ac/dc 0V dc +24V ac/dc 0V
Manual Reset
0V dc
Page 545
0V
Models
UM-FA-9A UM-FA-11A
+ +24V dc
A1
UM-FA-..A
A2
+
MSC1 MSC2 MSC3
UM-FA-..A
+24V dc
A1 A2
MSC1 MSC2 MSC3

S33 S33
S11 S21

1 2 ON
Reset
S11 S21
DIP Switch Configuration S34 (No Connection)

1 2 ON
S22
S21 S33 S11 A1 13 23 33
S22 S12 S12
UM-FA..A
14 24 34 A2 S22 S34 S12

14 MSC1
L1
13
6A max.
K1A
K2A 14

MSC1
L1
13
K1A
7A max.
K2A
6A max.
7A max.
K1B 23
K2B 24 MSC2
K1B 23
K2B 24 MSC2
6A max.
K1C 33
K2C 34 MSC3 31
7A max.
K1C K2C
32
Feedback (optional)
More on next page
818
WD043
SM-..A-5A Safety Mat Monitoring Module SM-..A-5A to 4-Wire Safety Mat
+V
24V dc or 115V ac or 230V ac (depending on model)

A1 A2
dc common
Page 547
Models
SM-GA-5A SM-HA-5A
B1
B2
SM-GA-5A
S11
for 24/115V
Mat
S12
SM-HA-5A
for 24/230V
MSC1 MSC3
S31
SM-..A-5A Terminal Locations
S22
Reset Switch
S32 S21 S34
MSC Monitor Contacts or Jumper MSC2 MSC4
S31 S32 S33 A1 A2 B1 B2
S34 S32 S35 S11 S12 S21 S22
S33
S32
Jumper for Auto Reset

SM-..A-5A
Machine Master Stop Control Elements

6A max.
L1/+V dc
S35 K1A 13
K2A 14 MSC1
L2/-V dc
13 14
23 24
33
34 43 52
44
6A max.
Y30 Y31 Y32
Y33 51
K1B 23
K2B 24 MSC2

33
6A max.
K1C
K2C 34 MSC3
6A max.
K1D 43
K2D 44 MSC4
K1E
6A max. K2E
51 Non-safety Auxiliary Monitor Contact
52
S11
Mat #1
Mat #n
S12 S22
Y31 Non-safety Monitor Outputs Y32 Outputs Energized 24V dc 100 mA max. each Output Y35
Y30
S21
NOTE: The number of mats is limited by the total series resistance per input channel.
Power Supply Fault
+V
dc common
More on next page
819
HOOKUPS
WD044
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
MMD-TA-12B DIN-Rail Muting Module Solid-State Output, 2 FSDs and 2-Channel EDM
+24V dc 0V dc
REFERENCE
A1
MMD-TA-12B
A2
Page 550
Models
MMD-TA-12B
EDM1
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4
EDM2
MMD-TA-12B Terminal Locations
+
OSSD1 0V
Y5 Y6 FSD1
A1 X1 X2
Z21 M1 Z11
Z12 M2 Z22
S11 S12 S21 S22
X5 X6 X7
X8
X9 X10 X11 X12
Installation of transient (arc) suppressors across the coils of FSD1 and FSD2 is recommended (see Warning).
OSSD2
0V
Y7 Y8 FSD2
MMD-TA-12B
Single-Channel Safety Stop Circuit
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 X3 X4 Z23 Z24 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8
Z23 M3 Z13
Z14 M4 Z24
Z13 X14 A2
NOTE: Do not exceed OSSD maximum load capacitance specifications.
Dual-Channel Safety Stop Circuit
WD045
MMD-TA-11B DIN-Rail Muting Module Relay Outputs
2-Channel EDM
+24V dc 0V dc +24V dc
1-Channel EDM
0V dc
A1
MMD-TA-11B
A2
A1
MMD-TA-11B
A2
Page 550
Models
MMD-TA-11B
Y1 Y1
EDM1
Y2 Y3
EDM1
Y2 Y3

L1 Machine Control Circuits
13 23 31
EDM2
Y4
EDM2
Y4
K1A K1B
K2A K2B
14 24 32 MPCE2 MPCE1
L2
L1 Machine Control Circuits

13 23 31
K1A K1B
K2A K2B
14 24 32 MPCE2 MPCE1
L2
A1 X1 X2
Z21 M1 Z11
Z12 M2 Z22
S11 S12 S21 S22
X5 X6 X7
X8
X9 X10 X11 X12
K1C K2C
K1C K2C
MMD-TA-11B
Y1 Y2 Y3
Y4
X3 X4
31
32
13 14
23
24
Z23 M3 Z13
Z14 M4 Z24
Z13 X14 A2
Installation of transient (arc) suppressors across the coils of MPCE1 and MPCE2 is recommended (See Warning).
More on next page
820
WD046
MMD-TA-12B DIN-Rail Muting Module 2-Channel EDM with Interface Model
+24V dc
0V dc
A1
MMD-TA-12B
A2
Page 550
Models
MMD-TA-12B
Y1
EDM1
Y2
Y3
EDM2
Y4
+
OSSD1
A1 X1 X2 Z21 M1 Z11 Z12 M2 Z22 S11 S12 S21 S22 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10 X11 X12
Y5
0V
Y6
MMD-TA-12B
OSSD2
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 X3 X4 Z23 Z24 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8
0V
Y7 Y8
IM-T-9A S3 K2 S4 Y3 Y1 K1 S2 Y4 Y2 14 24 34
MPCE 1
S1
Z23 M3 Z13
Z14 M4 Z24
Z13 X14 A2
+24V dc
13 23 Machine Control 33
*
MPCE 2
Feedback (optional)
More on next page
821
HOOKUPS
WD047
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
MMD-TA-12B DIN-Rail Muting Module 1-Channel EDM with Interface Model

+24V dc 0V dc
REFERENCE
A1
MMD-TA-12B
A2
Page 550
Models
MMD-TA-12B
EDM1
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4
EDM2
+
OSSD1
A1 X1 X2 Z21 M1 Z11 Z12 M2 Z22
Y5
0V
Y6
S11 S12 S21 S22
X5 X6 X7
X8
X9 X10 X11 X12
MMD-TA-12B
OSSD2
0V
Y7 Y8
IM-T-9A S3 K2 K1 S2 Y4 Y2 14 24 34
MPCE 1
S1
Y1 Y2 Y3
Y4
X3 X4 Z23 Z24
Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8
S4 Y3 Y1 +24V dc 13 23 33
Z23 M3 Z13
Z14 M4 Z24
Z13 X14 A2
*
MPCE 2
Machine Control
Feedback (optional)
More on next page
822
WD048
SSM Safe Speed Monitor Module SSM-FM-11.. to Two PNP Sensors
24V ac/dc
Page 550
0V
International Reps
Models
SSM-FA-11A10 SSM-FA-11A20
A1
SSM-FM-11A10 or SSM-FM-11A20
A2
SSM-FA-11A.. Terminal Locations
Sensor 1 +24V PNP Signal Out 0V

S1+ S1s S1-
MPCE1 Y1 Y2
MPCE2
MPCE Monitor Contacts or Jumper See External Device Monitoring
A1
13
23
31
Y1 S1+ S1s S1-
SSM-FM-11A..
Sensor 2 +24V
S2+ S2s S2-
14
24
32
Y2
S2+ S2s S2- A2
PNP Signal Out 0V
4 A max. 13 K1A K2A 14
23
K1B
K2B
24
31
K1C
K2C
32
More on next page
823
HOOKUPS
WD049
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
EM-T-7A Extension Module EM-T-7A 1-Channel Control, 1-Channel EDM
REFERENCE
L1/+V dc
Machine Control Circuit

+24 V dc
Page 556
Models
EM-T-7A
EM-T-7A
13
A1 23
Y1 33
K 43 K1 K2
1-Channel Monitoring Contact Feedback Input (EDM)
Primary Safety Device

EM-T-7A Terminal Locations
14 U
24 Y2
34 A2
44
A1 Y1 K 13 23 33 43
0 V dc
MSC1
MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 MSC4
MSC Monitor Contacts Machine Master Stop Control Elements
MSC2
K1, K2 are safety contacts
EM-T-7A
MSC3
14 24 34 44 U Y2 A2
MSC4
L2/-V dc
WD050
EM-T-7A Extension Module EM-T-7A 2-Channel Control, 1-Channel EDM
L1/+V dc

+24 V dc 0 V dc 1-Channel Monitoring Contact Feedback Input (EDM) K1 K2 K1 K2
Page 556
Models
EM-T-7A
EM-T-7A
13
A1 23
Y1 33
K 43

EM-T-7A Terminal Locations
14 U
24 Y2
34 A2
44
A1 Y1 K 13 23 33 43
MSC1
MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 MSC4
MSC2
K1, K2 are safety contacts.
EM-T-7A
MSC3
*
14 24 34 44 U Y2 A2
MSC4
L2/-V dc
More on next page
824
WD051
EM-F-7G Extension Module EM-F-7G One-Channel Control, 1-Channel EDM

L1/+V dc
Page 556
Models
EM-F-7G
EM-F-7G
13
A1 23
Y1 33 43 K1 K2

EM-F-7G Terminal Locations
14
24 Y2
34 A2
44
13 23 33 A1 Y1 Y2
0 V dc
+24V ac/dc
MSC1
MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 MSC4
MSC2
K1, K2 are safety contacts
EM-F-7G
MSC3
43 44 A2 14 24 34
MSC4
L2/-V dc
WD052
EM-FD-7G.. Extension Module EM-FD-7G.. One-Channel Control, 1-Channel EDM
L1/+V dc
Machine Control Element
Page 556
Models
EM-FD-7G2 EM-FD-7G3 EM-FD-7G4
EM-FD-7G2 EM-FD-7G3 EM-FD-7G4
17
27 A1 Y1
37 Y2 K1 K2
47
48 28 38
A2

EM-FD-7G Terminal Locations
18
17 27 37 A1 Y1 Y2
MSC1
0 V dc
+24V ac/dc
MSC1 MSC2 MSC3
MSC4
EM-FD-7G..
Machine Master Stop Control Elements
MSC2
MSC Monitor Contacts K1, K2 are safety contacts NOTE: This hookup is general in nature. Your specific hookup may vary significantly, depending on the Primary Safety Device used and the machine control configuration.
L2/-V dc
MSC3
*
47 48 A2 18 28 38
MSC4
More on next page
825
HOOKUPS
WD053
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
IM-T-..A Interface Module IM-T-..A 2-Channel Primary Safety Device with 2 OSSDs and 2-Channel EDM
+24V dc 0V dc
REFERENCE
Primary Safety Device EDM1
Page 558
Models
IM-T-9A IM-T-11A
+ +
EDM2
Safety Output Safety Output
IM-T-9A
IM-T-..A Terminal Locations
S3 K2 S4 K1
S1 S2 Y1 Y2
MPCE2
S1 S2 Y1 13 23 33 Y2
S1 S2 Y1 13 31 23 Y2
Y3 Y4 13 14 24 K2 K1 34
MPCE1
IM-T-9A
IM-T-11A
MPCE 1 MPCE 2
23 Machine Control
Y4 14 24 34 Y3 S3 S4 Y4 14 32 24 Y3 S3 S4
33
Feedback (optional)
WD054
IM-T-..A Interface Module IM-T-..A 2-Channel Primary Safety Device with 2 OSSDs and 1-Channel EDM
+24V dc 0V dc
Primary Safety Device EDM

+ +
Page 558
Models
IM-T-9A IM-T-11A
Safety Output
Safety Output
IM-T-9A
S4
S3
K2 +
+ K1
S1 S2 Y1 Y2
S1 S2 Y1 13 23 33 Y2
S1 S2 Y1 13 31 23 Y2
Y3 Y4 13 14 24 K2 K1 34
MPCE2
MPCE1
IM-T-9A
IM-T-11A
MPCE 1 MPCE 2
Machine Control
Y4 14 24 34 Y3 S3 S4
23 33
Y4 14 32 24
Feedback (optional)
Y3 S3 S4
More on next page
826
WD055
IM-T-..A Interface Module 2-Channel PSD with 2 FSDs and 2-Channel EDM
+24V dc 0V dc
2-Channel PSD with 2 OSSDs and 1-Channel EDM
Primary Safety Device EDM1
Page 558
EDM2 Safety Output
Models
IM-T-9A IM-T-11A
Safety Output
IM-T-9A
S3 S1 K2 S4 K1 S2 Y1 Y2
S1 S2 Y1 13 23 33 Y2 S1 S2 Y1 13 31 23 Y2
MPCE2
Y3 Y4 13 14 24 K2 K1 34
MPCE1
MPCE 1 MPCE 2
IM-T-9A
IM-T-11A
Machine Control
23 33
Y4 14 24 34 Y3 S3 S4
Y4 14 32 24 Y3 S3 S4
Feedback (optional)
If arc suppressors are used, they MUST be installed across the coils of machine primary control elements (MPCE 1 and MPCE 2). See manual for specific warnings.
WD056
IM-T-..A Interface Module IM-T-..A 1-Channel Primary Safety Device with 1 Redundant-Relay and 1-Channel EDM
+24V dc 0V dc
Primary Safety Device EDM
Page 558
Models
IM-T-9A IM-T-11A
Safety Output
IM-T-9A
S3
+
K2 K1
S1 S2 Y1 Y2
S4
S1 S2 Y1 13 23 33 Y2
S1 S2 Y1 13 31 23 Y2
Y3 Y4 13 14 24 K2 K1 34
MPCE2
MPCE1
Machine Control
Y4 14 24 34 Y3 S3 S4 Y4 14 32 24
23 33
MPCE 2
IM-T-9A
IM-T-11A
MPCE 1
Feedback (optional)
Y3 S3 S4
* If arc suppressors are used, they MUST be installed across the coils of machine primary control elements (MPCE 1 and MPCE 2). See manual for specific warnings.
More on next page
827
HOOKUPS
WD057
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
DUO-TOUCH SG Two-Hand Control Modules STB Compatible AT-FM-10K to Two STB Touch Buttons with Contact Output
STB2 STB1
REFERENCE
+
Page 561
+ Blue Brown 24V ac/dc White Yellow Black A2 A1 AT-FM-10K S12 S11 S13 S22 S21 S23 K1 13 23 Y1 MPCE2 MPCE1 Y2 L2/V dc K2 14 24 * MPCE 1 MPCE 2 *
Models
AT-FM-10K
0V ac/dc
L1/+V dc
White Yellow Black
AT-FM-10K Terminal Locations
AT-FM-10K to Two STB Touch Buttons with PNP (Sourcing) Outputs

S12 S11 S13 A1 13 23 Y1
AT-FM-10K
Y2
14
24
A2
S23 S21 S22
AT-FM-10K to Two Mechanical Push Buttons with Contact Outputs

SW1 SW2
24V ac/dc
A2 A1 AT-FM-10K S12 S11 S13 Y1
0V ac/dc
MPCE2 MPCE1 Y2 L2/V dc K2 14 24 * MPCE 1 MPCE 2 *

L1/+V dc
S22 S21 S23 K1 Machine Control Circuit 13 23
* Arc Suppressor See Warning (1) See Warning about Interfacing Safety Outputs
More on next page
828
WD058
DUO-TOUCH SG Two-Hand Control Modules, STB Compatible
115V ac 230V ac A1 24V dc

Page 561
Wiring Diagrams
B1 Z1 Z2 S12 S11 S13 S22 S21 S23
AT-GM-13A AT-HM-13A
A2 B2 0V dc or for AC hookup
Models
AT-GM-13A AT-HM-13A
Y1 Y2
MPCE1 MPCE4
MPCE2 MPCE3
Connections Connections to to actuation devices see WD068. see Figures 4a, 4b and 4c
AT-..M-13A Terminal Locations
L1/+V dc
13 K1 Machine Control Circuit 23 33 43 51
K2 14 24 34 44 52
L2/-V dc
MPCE 1
* * *
MPCE 3 MPCE 4
MPCE 2
S12 S11 S13 A1 A2 B1 B2
S22 S21 S23 Z1 Z2 Y1 Y2
AT-..M-13A
Y30 Y31
13 14 23 24 33 34 43 52 44
+24V dc +0V dc
Y32 Y33
Y30 Y31 Y32
Y33 51
(1) See warning at left about * Arc Suppressors. See manual for specific warnings. interfacing safety outputs
WD059
* Arc Suppressor See Warning

115V ac 230V ac (Depending on model) A1 24V dc B1 Z1 Z2 Z3 + ML Mute Lamp AT-GM-11KM AT-HM-11KM A2 B2 0V dc for AC hookup
Page 561
S12 Connections to Connections to actuation devices actuation devices see WD068 see Figures 6a, 6b and 6c S11 S13 S22 S21 S23 M1 M11 M12
Models
AT-GM-11KM AT-HM-11KM
Z4 X1
X2
ME Mute Enable
Y1
MPCE1
MPCE2
AT-..M-10K Terminal Locations

L1/+V dc
M2
M21 M22 K1 13 K2
Y2 L2/-V dc * MPCE 1 MPCE 2 *
14 24
S12 S11 S13
S22 S21 S23
GND Z1
Z2
A1 A2 B1
B2
Z3 Z4
Y1
Y2 M11 M12 M21 M22
23 31
32 Feedback (optional)
AT-..M-11KM
SSI1 (2)
X3 X4 X5 X6
Y30 Y31 Y32 Y33
+24V dc +0V dc
SSI2
13 14 23 24 X3 X4 X5 X6 Y30 Y31 Y32 Y33
(2)
31 32 X1 X2
(2) Jumper SSI inputs if not used
More on next page
829
HOOKUPS
WD060
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
DUO-TOUCH SG Two-Hand Control Modules, STB Touch-Button with Contact Output 2-Channel EDM with Interface Model
REFERENCE
STB2
STB1
+ AT-GM-13A AT-HM-13A Z1 Z2 S12 S11 S13 S22 S21 S23

AT-GM-13A AT-HM-13A AT-GM-11KM AT-HM-11KM
Brown Blue White Yellow Black White Yellow Black
AT-..M-13A and AT-..M-11K to Two STB Touch Buttons with PNP (Sourcing) Outputs
STB2 Logic
STB1 Logic
+ AT-GM-13A AT-HM-13A Z1 Z2 S12 S11 S13 S22 S21 S23

Brown Blue White Black White Black
AT-..M-13A and AT-..M-11KM to Two Mechanical Push Buttons with Contact Outputs
SW2
SW1
AT-GM-13A AT-HM-13A Z1 Z2 S12 S11 S13 S22 S21 S23

More on next page
830
WD061
DUO-TOUCH Run Bar with STBs
Page 570
Models
STBVP6-RB1..
1 2 3 4 5 6 Terminal 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
STB 1 N.O. (Black)
STB +24V dc (Brown)
STB 0V dc (Blue)
STB 1 COM (Yellow, if used)
STB 2 N.O. (Black)
STB 1 N.C. (White)
STB 2 COM (Yellow, if used)
STB 2 N.C. (White)
NOTE: The STBVP6 hand control buttons are pre-wired to terminals 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 8. Terminals 2 and 7 are reserved for use of STBVR81 buttons. Connection of EZ-LIGHT indicator(s) and QD connectors not shown. (See data sheet for details)
WD062
EZ-LIGHT for Two-Hand Control
LED Function
Red ON Blue ON Green ON Yellow ON Red Flashing
Brown Wire
+V dc +V dc +V dc +V dc
Gray Wire
+V dc +V dc +V dc
Black Wire
+V dc +V dc
White Wire
+V dc
Typical Function
Stop and/or Not Ready Stopped, but Ready/Enabled Go Mute Condition Abnormal State
Any other hookup combination
Page 454
NOTES: Blue wire connected to 0V dc Supply Voltage and Current = 10 to 30V dc, 60 mA max.
Models
K50LGRYB11P T30GRYB11P
More on next page
831
HOOKUPS
WD063
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
CSS-M12F81M12M81M12F81: 8-pin M12 QD splitter cordset for use with SSA-EB1xL2x-12ED1Q8 with PUSH ON indication. Optional cordsets (see Banner catalog for complete selection): DEE2R-8xxD double-ended 8-pin M12 Flush Mount with and without Lock used in between splitters/buttons MQDC2S-8xx single-ended 8-pin female M12 used for machine interface SSA-EB1xx-12ED1Q8 E-Stop # 2 SSA-EB1xx-12ED1Q8 E-Stop # 1
LED
REFERENCE
LED
Page 607
Models
SSA-EB1PL2-12E01Q8 SSA-EB1ML2-12E01Q8
3 1 5 8 6 4 2 7 8-Pin M12 Female DEE2R-8xxD
8-Pin M12 Female BRANCH #2
3 1 5 8 6 4 2 7 8-Pin M12 Female TRUNK CSS-M12F81M12M81M12F81

8-Pin M12 Male BRANCH #1 8-Pin M12 Female/Flying Leads MQDC25-8xx
8-Pin M12 Male
4 6 2 7 8 5 1 3
4 6 2 7 8 5 1 3
4 6 2 7 8 5 1 3
4 = CH2a (Yel) 6 = CH1a (Pink) 2 = +24V LED (Brn) 7 = 0V LED (Blu) 8 = CH1b (Red) 5 = CH2b (Gray) 1 = NO AUX (Wht) 3 = NO AUX (Grn)
WD064
CSS-M12F81M12M81M12F81: 8-pin M12 QD splitter cordset for use with SSA-EB1PLxR-12ECQ8 with illumination. Optional cordsets (see Banner catalog for complete selection): DEE2R-8xxD double-ended 8-pin M12 used in between splitters/buttons 30 used for machine interface MQDC2S-8xx single-ended 8-pin female M12 mm E-Stop with Illumination SSA-EB1PLxR-12ECQ8 E-Stop # 2 C EZ-LIGHT Logic B A 0V C SSA-EB1PLxR-12ECQ8 E-Stop # 1 EZ-LIGHT Logic B A 0V
Page 609
Models
SSA-EB1PLYR-12ECQ8 SSA-EB1PLXA-12EC1Q8
3 1 5 8 6 4 2 8-Pin M12 Female DEE2R-8xxD 7 3 1 5 8 6 4 2 7 8-Pin M12 Female TRUNK CSS-M12F81M12M81M12F81
8-Pin M12 Female BRANCH #2 8-Pin M12 Male BRANCH #1 8-Pin M12 Female/Flying Leads MQDC25-8xx
8-Pin M12 Male
4 6 2 7 8 5 1 3
4 6 2 7 8 5 1 3
4 6 2 7 8 5 1 3
4 = CH2a (Yel) 6 = CH1a (Pink) 2 = +24V (Brn) 7 = 0V (Blu) 8 = CH1b (Red) 5 = CH2b (Gray) 1 = NO AUX (Wht) 3 = STOP Signal (Grn)
832
WD065
CSS-M12F81M12M81M12F81: 8-pin M12 QD splitter cordset for use with SSA-EB1P-22ECQ8. Optional cordsets (see Banner catalog for complete selection): DEE2R-8xxD double-ended 8-pin M12 used in between mm E-Stop 30 splitters/buttons MQDC2S-8xx single-ended 8-pin female M12 used for machine interface SSA-EB1P-22ECQ8 E-Stop # 2 SSA-EB1P-22ECQ8 E-Stop # 1
Page 609
Models
SSA-EB1P-22ECQ8
3 1 5 8 6 4 2 7 8-Pin M12 Female DEE2R-8xxD
3 1 5 8 6 4 2 7 8-Pin M12 Female TRUNK CSS-M12F81M12M81M12F81

8-Pin M12 Male BRANCH #1 8-Pin M12 Female/Flying Leads MQDC25-8xx
8-Pin M12 Male
4 6 2 7 8 5 1 3
4 6 2 7 8 5 1 3
4 6 2 7 8 5 1 3
4 = CH2a (Yel) 6 = CH1a (Pink) 2 = NO AUX2a (Brn) 7 = NO AUX2b (Blu) 8 = CH1b (Red) 5 = CH2b (Gray) 1 = NO AUX1a (Wht) 3 = NO AUX1b (Grn)
WD066
CSS-M12F41M12M41M12F41: 4-pin M12 QD splitter cordset for use with SSA-EB1P-02ECQ4 Optional cordsets (Banner catalog for complete selection): DEE2R-5xxD double-ended 5-pin M12 used in between splitters/buttons 30 mm E-Stop MQDC-4xx single-ended 4-pin female M12 used for machine interface SSA-EB1P-O2ECQ4 E-Stop # 2 SSA-EB1P-O2ECQ4 E-Stop # 1
Page 609
Models
SSA-EB1P-02ECQ4
3 1 5 4 2 8-Pin M12 Female DEE2R-5xxD

3 1
4 2
4-Pin M12 Female TRUNK CSS-M12F41M12M41M12F41

4-Pin M12 Male BRANCH #1 4-Pin M12 Female/Flying Leads MQDC-4xx
5-Pin M12 Male
2 4 5 1 3
2 4 1 3
2 4 1 3
2 = CH2a (White) 4 = CH1a (Black) 1 = CH1b (Brown) 3 = CH2b (Blue)
833
HOOKUPS
WD067
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
Enabling Device #1
Enabling Device #2 .. #n
+24Vdc
REFERENCE
ED1G-L21SMB-1N
1 3
ED1G-L21SM-1N
1 T 2 3
Bypass Mode (1) Select Switch To Machine Control Bypass Mode (3)
T 2
Page 627
Models
ED1G 7 8 1 3 5 6 4 2 1 3 5 6 4 2
A1 S11 S21 S22
Bypass Indicator
ES-FA-11AA
To/From Inch/Jog or Hold-to-Run Machine (3) Control Safe Speed Monitoring Module (Optional) (4) From Reduced Speed Machine Control (3)
A2
ES-FA-11AA/ ES-UA5A
S33 S34
Reset
(2)
S12 13 23 33
S21 S33 S11 A1 13 23 33
K1
K2
14 24 34
S31 S32 S33 A1 A2 B1 B2
S34 S32 S35 S11 S12 S21 S22
OPEN
ES-FA-9AA
To Reduced Speed Machine Control (3)
ES-..A-5A
14
24
34 A2
13 14
23 24
33
34 43 52
44
Y30 Y31 Y32

S22 S34 S12
Y33 51
ES-UA-5A
A1 S11 S21 S22 S12 S32 S31 A2 S34 S33
Reset
(5)
Monitoring Circuit
Machine Control Circuits Functions requiring bypass

13 23 33 43
K1
K2
14 24 34 44
M1 M2
MPCE 1 MPCE 2
M3
M4
Functions not requiring bypass
MPCE 3 MPCE 4
* Arc Suppressor (see warning)
834
English-Metric Conversion
Inch Fraction
1/64 1/32 3/64 1/16 5/64 3/32 7/64 1/8 9/64 5/32 11/64 3/16 13/64 7/32 15/64 1/4 17/64
Inch Decimal
.0039 .0079 .0118 .0156 .0157 .0197 .0236 .0276 .0312 .0315 .0354 .0394 .0469 .0625 .0781 .0787 .0938 .1094 .1181 .1250 .1406 .1562 .1575 .1719 .1875 .1968 .2031 .2188 .2344 .2362 .2500 .2656 .2756
Millimeter
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.397 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.794 0.8 0.9 1 1.191 1.588 1.984 2 2.381 2.778 3 3.175 3.572 3.969 4 4.366 4.762 5 5.159 5.556 5.953 6 6.350 6.747 7
Inch Fraction
9/32 19/64 5/16 21/64 11/32 23/64 3/8 25/64 13/32 27/64 7/16 29/64 15/32 31/64 1/2 33/64 17/32 35/64 9/16 37/64 19/32 39/64 5/8 41/64
Inch Decimal
.2812 .2969 .3125 .3150 .3281 .3438 .3543 .3594 .375 .3906 .3937 .4062 .4219 .4331 .4375 .4531 .4688 .4724 .4844 .500 .5118 .5156 .5312 .5469 .5512 .5625 .5781 .5905 .5938 .6094 .625 .6299 .6406
Millimeter
7.144 7.541 7.938 8 8.334 8.731 9 9.128 9.525 9.922 10 10.319 10.716 11 11.112 11.509 11.906 12 12.303 12.700 13 13.097 13.494 13.891 14 14.288 14.684 15 15.081 15.478 15.875 16 16.272
Inch Fraction
21/32 43/64 11/16 45/64 23/32 47/64 3/4 49/64 25/32 51/64 13/16 53/64 27/32 55/64 7/8 57/64 29/32 59/64 15/16 61/64 31/32 63/64 1
Inch Decimal
.6562 .6693 .6719 .6875 .7031 .7087 .7188 .7344 .7480 .750 .7656 .7812 .7874 .7969 .8125 .8268 .8281 .8438 .8594 .8661 .875 .8906 .9055 .9062 .9219 .9375 .9449 .9531 .9688 .9842 .9844 1.000
Millimeter
16.669 17 17.066 17.462 17.859 18 18.256 18.653 19 19.050 19.447 19.844 20 20.241 20.638 21 21.034 21.431 21.828 22 22.225 22.622 23 23.019 23.416 23.812 24 24.209 24.606 25 25.003 25.400
Hookups Wiring Diagrams Reference Charts Glossary International Reps
To convert millimeters to inches, multiply by 0.0394.
To convert inches to millimeters, multiply by 25.4.
835
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
Environmental Terms
Environment Typical Industries & Applications
All non-abusive applications from -20 to +55 C Metal processing Painting applications Paper manufacturing Outdoor applications Meat processing Food processing Chemical processing Outdoor applications
Recommendations
All sensor types; choice depends on range, excess gain and electrical and performance requirements.
REFERENCE
Normal Temperature
High Temperatures
Glass fiber optics: Use when above +100 C; max. to 480 C. Plastic fiber optics: Use polycarbonate fibers up to +125 C. Remote sensors: Use up to +100 C.
Low Temperatures
Glass fiber optics: Use below -40 C; min. to -140 C. Remote sensors: -40 C to +100 C.
Moisture
Food processing Car washes Pharmaceuticals Bottling plants Outdoor applications
Sensors with NEMA 6 ratings represent the best moisture seals and can resist occasional and prolonged (NEMA 6P) submersion. NEMA 4 and 6 ratings: Can withstand low-pressure washdown. NEMA tests do not take into account the elevated pressures and temperatures of solutions used to wash equipment in food processing applications. See NEMA and IP enclosure ratings chart online. Condensation can be eliminated by using unlensed fiber optics.
Corrosive Agents
Semiconductors Chemical Lumber Pulp/paper Amusement parks (UV light)
Solvents/Alkalis Stainless steel sensor housings. Glass fiber optic assemblies in stainless steel sheathing. Fiber optic assemblies without epoxy (available by special order). Bases Fiber optic assemblies with PVC jackets. Acids Thermoplastic polyester housings; see chart online. Teflon sheathing; protect the sensing tip from direct contact with concentrated acids. Polyethylene jacket of standard plastic fiber optic cables resists acids, but can degrade with prolonged contact.
Dirt, Dust, Fog
Lumber Ceramics ovens Paper Steel Mining
High Excess Gain Excess gain data should be carefully evaluated. Opposed-mode sensors with excess gain above 1000x. Lens Size Smaller lens concentrates the beam for greater penetrating ability. Larger lenses will yield greater range, but will disperse available sensing energy. Inductive Proximity Sensors For metal targets and short sensing ranges. Lightweight sensing components; smaller sensors. Anti-vibration mounts placed between the sensor and mounting bracket. Glass or plastic fiber optic assemblies can withstand more than 100 Gs of acceleration. Glass fibers cannot tolerate repeated flexing. Use plastic, hi-flex or coiled fibers. Remote sensors can withstand up to 15 Gs of acceleration. One-piece self-contained sensors with epoxy-encapsulated circuitry withstand up to 10 Gs of acceleration.
Vibration & Shock
Metal (stamping) Printing (presses) Packaging
Hazardous Areas
Chemicals/Gas/Oil/Refinery Grain elevators Airbag manufacturers
Special sensing equipment must be installed, using measures to avoid sources of ignition. See chart defining Hazardous Location Classifications online. NAMUR photoelectric sensors. Glass and plastic fiber optics. (Plastic fiber optics are preferred, as it is easier to seal around the fiber bundle at the barrier between the hazardous and safe environment).
836
Temperature Conversion
Celsius
-62 -57 -51 -46 -40 -34 -29 -23 -17.8 -17.2 -16.7 -16.1 -15.6 -15.0 -14.4 -13.9 -13.3 -12.8 -12.2 -11.7 -11.1 -10.6 -10.0 -9.4 -8.9 -8.3 -7.8 -7.2 -6.7 -6.1 -5.6 -5.0 -4.4 -3.9 -3.3 -2.8 -2.2 -1.7 -1.1 -0.6
Fahrenheit
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Celsius
0.0 0.6 1.1 1.7 2.2 2.8 3.3 3.9 4.4 5.0 5.6 6.1 6.7 7.2 7.8 8.3 8.9 9.4 10.0 10.6 11.1 11.7 12.2 12.8 13.3 13.9 14.4 15.0 15.6 16.1 16.7 17.2 17.8 18.3 18.9 19.4 20.0 20.6 21.1 21.7
Fahrenheit
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
Celsius
22.2 22.8 23.3 23.9 24.4 25.0 25.6 26.1 26.7 27.2 27.8 28.3 28.9 29.4 30.0 30.6 31.1 31.7 32.2 32.8 33.3 33.9 34.4 35.0 35.6 36.1 36.7 37.2 37.8 43 49 54 60 66 71 77 82 88 93 100
Fahrenheit
72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 212
Hookups Wiring Diagrams Reference Charts Glossary International Reps
Temperature Scale
F (Fahrenheit) C (Celsius or Centigrade)
Water Boiling Point

212 F
Water Freezing Point

32 F
Conversion Formula
F = ( C x 9/5) + 32
100 C
0 C
C = ( F - 32) x 5/9
NOTE: For temperatures not given in the table, use the conversion formula above.
837
HOOKUPS
2.4 GHz
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
Amplifier
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
Aspect Ratio
The width to height of an object. The ratio states the relationship of one side to the other. A computer monitor is 4:3, meaning 4 units wide by 3 units high.
One of the ISM bands in the radio spectrum that is recognized worldwide. Experiences more path loss than 900 MHz band.
2-wire sensor
A device that accepts a small signal and outputs a larger signal generally matching the characteristics of the input signal. Amplifiers are available to boost electrical and optical signals.
REFERENCE
A sensor designed to wire in series with its load, exactly like a limit switch. A 2-wire sensor remains powered when the load is off by a residual leakage current that flows through the load.
Analog
Pertaining to a class of devices or circuits in which the output varies as a continuous function of the input.
Asynchronous
Describes serial communication that does not use a receive and transmit synchronizing clock signal to transmit data.
902-928 MHz Band

One of the ISM bands in the radio spectrum recognized in North America, Australia, and Israel; characterized by lower throughput but better range and wall penetration.
Analog output
A sensor output that varies over a range of voltage (or current) and is proportional to some sensing parameter (as opposed to a digital output).
Attenuation
Lessening or loss of signal intensity during transmission.
AND logic
A logic function in which all of two or more defined input conditions must exist simultaneously before a load is energized (A and B and C = output).
Auto power-up
A safety light screen system feature that enables the system to be powered up into the RUN mode (or recover from a power interruption) without requiring a manual reset.
A
A/D converter
(Analog to Digital Converter) An electronic device that converts data from analog form to digital, or binary code for a computer.
Angle of acceptance
The included angle of the area of sensor response.
Awareness device
A barrier, signal, light or signage that warns individuals of an approaching, present, or the proximity of a hazard.
AC
(Alternating Current) A sinusoidal current rated at a giver frequency.
Angle of divergence/acceptance
See Effective Aperture Angle (EAA)
Angle of incidence
The angle at which light strikes a surface.
B
Background
The parts of a scene in and around the Feature of Interest (FOI) that are not of interest to the software.
Acceleration
The rate of change of velocity, with respect to time.
Angle of view
1) The angle formed between two lines drawn from the most widely separated points in the object plane to the center of the lens. 2) The angle between the axis of observation and perpendicular to the specimen surface.
Access guard
A type of perimeter guarding, typically used to guard doorways, cell entries or exits, walkways, and machine access points.
Background suppression
A photoelectric proximity sensing mode with response that is similar to a diffuse sensor, but with a defined range limit. Two background s fixed-field and adjustable-field.
Accuracy (1)
1. The degree to which a measured value is similar to an actual value. 2. The extent to which vision sensors can correctly measure and obtain a true value of a feature.
Antenna
An electronic component used to transmit and receive radio waves, in a narrow frequency range.
Backlight
Lighting option that provides even, low-intensity light. It is placed behind the target and aimed directly back towards the camera. The resulting silhouette can be inspected for proper size and shape.
Antirepeat
The function of the control system designed to limit the machine to a single stroke or cycle even if the tripping or actuating means is held operated.
Accuracy (2)
The difference between indicated value and actual value, at room temperature. In most cases, the accuracy of a measurement and inspection sensor is comprised of two main sources of error: the resolution and the linearity.
Band
A section of the RF spectrum.
Anti-tie down
A feature of a two-hand control where both hand controls must be released before the machine can restart.
Bandwidth
Width of radio frequency band. For analog signals, this is measured in Hertz. With digital signals, bandwidth describes the amount of data that can be transferred through a signal connection in a given time, measured in bits or bytes per second.
Acquisition
The manner in which outside information is brought into an analysis system; an image acquisition generally involves A/D conversion.
Aperture
1. The size of a lens opening. 2. A mechanical part attached to a lens used to restrict the size of a lens opening.
Adjustable guard
A guard that can be adjusted to accommodate various jobs or set-ups.
Bar code
A coding system designed to be read and decoded by optical scanners. One dimensional or linear bar codes are made up of black bars and white spaces, representing a string of numbers or letters. Twodimensional bar codes are read on two axes and typically contain more data in a smaller space.
Architecture
Overall design or structure of a system or network, including all hardware and software.
Adjustable-field mode
Adjustable-field sensors use two receivers and a comparator circuit to cancel sensing response whenever the intensity of the reflected light reaching the long-range receiver exceeds the intensity of the reflected light reaching the close-range receiver. As a result, any object lying beyond the sensors cutoff point can be reliably ignored.
Area guard
A safeguarding technique that provides a means of continually sensing or detecting an individual within an area adjacent to or associated with a hazard.
Baud Rate
Data rate in bits per second.
Area light
An area light provides even illumination in a concentrated area.
Beam angle
The cone of sonic energy emitted by an ultrasonic sensor that diverges with distance.
Alignment
Positioning of a sensor so that the maximum amount of the emitted energy reaches the receiver sensing element.
Area-scanning device
A safeguarding device that creates a sensing plane to detect the presence of an individual or object.
Beam Diameter
The portion of a beam that must be blocked to cause an individual photo receiver to change state. One of the factors in determining resolution of a safety light screen. Also known as effective beam diameter.
AM
Abbreviation for Amplitude Modulation. Type of modulations in which the data signal is attached to a carrier wave by varying the amplitude of the carrier wave.
ASCII
Acronym of American Standard Code for Information Interchange. Pronounced askee. An 8 bit coded character set used to represent alphanumeric, punctuation marks and certain special control characters.
Beam pattern
A two-dimensional graph of a sensors response. Beam patterns are helpful in predicting the performance of the sensor.
Ampere
(Amp) A unit of measurement of electric current.
ASIC
Acronym for Application Specific Integrated Circuit. A chip designed for a specific application rather than a general-purpose chip such as a microprocessor.
Beam Spacing
The distance from the center of one beam to the center of an adjacent beam, and one factor in determining resolution of a safety light screen. Also known as beam pitch.
838
Bend radius
The radius below which an optical fiber should not be bent. Usually bend radius is a function of tensile strength.
Carrier Wave
A high-frequency waveform that can be modulated in amplitude, phase or frequency to carry a signal from a transmitter to a radio receiver.
Common mode failure

The failure of multiple components or equipment resulting from the same root cause.
Accessories Reference Glossary International Reps
Bifurcated fiber
A fiber optic assembly that is branched to combine emitted light with received light in the same assembly.
Cascade
Series connection (or daisy-chaining) of multiple sensors.
Complementary Normally Closed

(CNC) An auxiliary (non-safety) output that is always in an opposite state to its associated normally open safety output, even in the event of a single failure.
BiModal output
An exclusive Banner output circuit design that offers either sinking (NPN) or sourcing (PNP) output, depending upon the polarity with which the two DC supply leads are connected.
Category 0 Stop (Functional)

An uncontrolled stop produced by immediately removing power to the machine actuators.
Complementary output
The dual output configuration of a sensing device, where one output is normally open and the other is normally closed.

A controlled stop achieved with power remaining to the machine actuators. Power is removed after the stop is achieved.
Binding
Locking a Node to a specific Gateway by teaching the Node the Gateways unique serial number. After a Node is bound, the Node only accepts data from the Gateway to which it is bound.
Complementary Protective Equipment

Devices used to assure or supplement the operation of a primary safeguard.

A controlled stop with power left available to the machine actuators.
Contact
One of the current-carrying parts of a relay, switch, or connector that open and close to complete associated electrical circuits.
Bipolar output
The dual output configuration of a DC sensing device, where one output switch is a sinking device (NPN) and the other output switch is a sourcing device (PNP). The solid-state equivalent of a DPST relay (for most loads).
CCD
Abbreviation for Charge Coupled Device. An analog device that captures light for conversion to electricity.
Contact configuration
Refers to the construction of a relay or a switch, in many configurations, for example, SPDT (Form C), with one normally open, one normally closed, and one common between the two.
Channel
A path for communications. A range of radio frequencies used by a transceiver during communication.
Blanking
An optional function that allows a light screen system to ignore objects located within the sensing field so as not to create an OFF-state of the safety outputs and cause a Trip or Latch condition.
Contamination
Dirt, dust, smoke, or fog in the sensing path; plus dirt, dust, fog, oil, grease, or soot build-up on the face of a sensor can all contribute to attenuation of the light energy available for sensing.
Character
A single letter, digit or punctuation mark requiring one byte storage.
Blind spot
The area close to a sensor lens, where light energy is returned to the emitter rather than the receiver, rendering the sensor effectively blind. This effect is most pronounced with some retroreflective sensors.
Circuit
1. An electronic path between two or more components capable of providing a number of channels. 2. Interconnection of conductors to carry an electrical current.
Continuous trigger
Functionality that allows a sensor to take pictures continuously without being triggered by an external device.
BLOB
A connected region in an image in which all pixels have the same gray-level value.
Cladding
The material surrounding the core of an optical fiber. The cladding has a lower refractive index (faster speed) to keep the light in the core.
Contrast
The ratio of the amount of light falling on the receiver in the light condition as compared to the dark condition. Optimizing contrast in any sensing situation will increase the reliability of the sensing system.
Blocked condition
A condition that occurs when an opaque object of sufficient size interrupts one or more light screen beams. When a blocked condition occurs, OSSD1 and OSSD2 outputs simultaneously turn off within the system response time.
CMOS
Acronym for Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor. A CMOS-based chip that records the intensities of light as variable charges similar to a CCD chip.
Control Relay (CR)

A relay that is used to perform logic functions in a machine control circuit.
Bright-field
Lighting of objects or surfaces at an angle close to perpendicular so that the light is reflected back into the optics directly.
Control reliability
A method of ensuring the performance integrity of a control system or device. Control circuits are designed and constructed so that a single failure or fault within the system does not prevent the normal stopping action from being applied to the machine when required, or does not create unintended machine action, but does prevent initiation of successive machine action until the failure is corrected.
C-mount
Threaded lens mount developed from 16 mm movie work; used extensively for closed-circuit television.
Broadband
A high-speed data transmission rate, where two or more signals may share the cable.
CNC
Abbreviation for Complementary Normally Closed
Burn-through
Describes the ability of high-powered modulated opposed mode sensors to see through paper, thin cardboard, opaque plastics, and materials of similar optical density.
Coating
A protective layer applied over the fiber cladding to protect it from the environment.
Controlled stop
The stopping of machine motion while retaining power to machine actuators during the stopping process.
Collimated source
A light source that emits light in parallel beams.
Convergent mode
A special variation of diffuse mode photoelectric proximity sensing which uses additional optics to create a small, intense, and well-defined image at a fixed distance from the front surface of the sensor lens.
Bus
A common pathway or circuit between multiple devices. One of the primary network configurations or topologies.
Collimation
The process by which a lens converts a divergent beam into a parallel beam of light.
Bus Network
A network architecture in which multiple devices are connected by a shared communication line.
Color marks
Also known as registration marks or index marks, color marks are used extensively in packaging applications for registering the cutoff of wrapping or bagging materials so that product names and other information always appear in the same location.
Core
The central region of an optical fiber through which light is transmitted. It has a higher refractive index (slower speed) than the surrounding cladding.
Cable assembly
Color sensitivity
The change in output when the color of a target changes.
Corner-cube prisms
A prism having three mutually perpendicular surfaces and a hypotenuse face. Used in retroreflectors.
An optical fiber cable that has connectors installed on one or both ends.
839
HOOKUPS
Coupler
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
Demod (Demodulation) Falling
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
Divergent mode
A variation of the diffuse photoelectric sensing mode in which the emitted beam and the receivers field of view are both very wide.
A device that combines two or more fiber optic signals into one, or divides one fiber optic signal into two or more.
A discrete input point must detect a specific number of inputs low before the input in considered to have changed state.
Coupling
Demod (Demodulation) Rising

A discrete input point must detect a specific number of inputs high before the input in considered to have changed state.
Diverse-redundancy
The practice of using components, circuitry or operation of different designs, architectures or functions to achieve redundancy and to reduce the possibility of common mode failures.
REFERENCE
1. Transfer of energy from one circuit to another. 2. Transfer of light energy using a fiber optic cable. This term does not imply that a coupler is used.
Critical angle
The maximum angle from the central axis of a fiber optic cable at which light can be confined within the core.
Depth of field
The distance, length or the size of the sensing surface or field from the outer edge toward the hazard. Also known as depth of detection.
DPDT
(Double-Pole Double-Throw) A relay with two sets of single-pole double-throw (Form C) contacts that are operated simultaneously by a single action.
Crosstalk (Optical)
Optical crosstalk occurs when a photoelectric receiver responds to light from an adjacent emitter.
Depth penetration factor

Compensation factor for distance an object can penetrate the sensing field of a Presence Sensing Safeguarding Device (PSSD) before the device reliably detects the intrusion and signals a stop. Often abbreviated as Dpf.
Dpf
See Depth Penetration Factor.
Current
The flow of electrons through a circuit. Measured in amperes.
DPST
(Double-Pole Single-Throw) A switch configuration that has four terminals. One pair is used to connect or disconnect to the other pair.
Current sinking output

The output of a DC device that switches ground (DC common) to a load. The load is connected between the output of the device and the positive side of the power supply. The switching components is usually an open collector NPN transistor, with its emitter tied to the negative side of the supply voltage.
Depth-of-field (1)
The range of distance within which a sensor has a response. Used to define the response pattern of proximity-mode sensors, especially ultrasonic and photoelectric convergent, fixed-field and adjustablefield sensors.
Dropping resistor
A precision resistor used to convert a 4 to 20 mA signal to a voltage signal.
Depth-of-field (2)
The in-focus range of an imaging system. Measured from the distance behind an object to the distance in front of the object with all objects appearing in focus.
DSSS
Abbreviation for Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum. A method for generating spread spectrum transmissions where the transmitted signal is sent at a much higher frequency than the original signal, spreading the energy over a much wider ban medium interference environments. The receiver is able to de-spread the transmission and filter the original message. DSSS is useful for sending large amounts of data in low to
Current sourcing output

The output of a DC device that switches positive DC to a load. The load is connected between the output of the device and the ground (DC common) side of the power supply. The switching component is usually an open collector PNP transistor, with its emitter tied to the positive side of the supply voltage.
Depth-of-focus
The range of lens to image plane distance having the image formed by the lens appearing in focus.
Cutoff distance/point
Definable point at which the a sensor will actuate or will cease to operate. All objects beyond the cutoff point are ignored by the sensor. Cutoff point can be influenced by the range of the sensor and by its other physical specifications.
Device Address
Unique identifier for each wireless device on a network.
Dual channel
Duplication or redundant system that minimizes the possibility of a failure to danger in the event of a single fault. This is because the second independent channel maintains the ability to arrest dangerous motion.
DeviceNet
The bus-type wiring scheme, specifically for automation sensors, that allows sensors and controllers to exchange data over a single cable.
Cyclic Reporting
The Gateway polls the Node at user-defined intervals.
Diffraction
E
Edge
A change in pixel values exceeding some threshold between two adjacent regions of relatively uniform values. Edges correspond to changes in brightness corresponding to a discontinuity in surface orientation, reflectance, or illumination.
D
Dark condition
One of two sensing conditions in a sensing application which is characterized by a lower level of received sensing energy, or in some case, no energy. See also Light Condition.
The bending of light rays as they pass around corners or through holes smaller than their own wavelengths.
Diffuse light
Soft lighting that is scattered from a variety of angles in order to eliminate shadows and view highly specular surfaces.
Effective Aperture Angle (EAA)

The maximum angle of deviation from the optical alignment of the emitter and the receiver within which the safety light screen continues in normal operation. Also known as Angle of Divergence/Acceptance, or Field-of-View.
Diffuse mode
A photoelectric proximity sensing mode in which light from the emitter strikes a surface of an object at some arbitrary angle and is diffused from the surface at all angles.
Dark Operate
(D/O) The initiation of a photoelectric sensors output (or of timing logic) when the receiver goes sufficiently dark. See also Light Operate.
Dark-field
Lighting of object or surfaces at very shallow or low angles so that the light does not enter the optics directly.
Diffuse Source
A light source that illuminates a target from many directions, eliminating shadows or glare.
Effective beam
The working part of a photoelectric beam. Not to be confused with the actual radiation pattern of the emitter, or with the field of view of the receiver.
Digital output
A sensor that exists in only one of two states: on or off. The outputs of most sensors and sensing systems is digital.
Electromechanical
Any device using electrical energy to produce mechanical movements.
DC (Direct Current)
A current that flows only in one direction through a circuit.
Deadband
The region where the sensor cannot make measurements.
Digitization
Sampling and conversion of image or signal into a digital code by scanning or using an analog to digital converter.
Electromechanical relay
Conventional switching relays consisting of hard contacts (metal-to-metal), switched to opened or closed position by applying voltage to an electromagnetic coil.
Defined area
The screen of light generated by a safety light screen system, defined by the height and the separation of the emitter and receiver. When the defined area is interrupted by an opaque object of a specified cross section, a Trip or Latch condition results.
DIN standard
(Deutsches Institut fur Normung) A collection of German industry standards.
Electro-Sensitive Protective Equipment (ESPE)

An assembly of devices and/or components working together for protective tripping or presence sensing purposes and comprising as a minimum: a sensing device, controlling/monitoring devices, and output signal switching devices. See IEC61496-1
Diode
A two-layer semiconductor that allows current to flow in only one direction.
840
Emergency Stop
A control function that is initiated by a single human action to arrest dangerous machine motion, or otherwise avert arising or reduce existing hazards to persons, damage to machinery or to work in progress. See ANSI/NPFA79, IEC60204-1, or ISO13850.
Fault exclusion
The ability to minimize or eliminate known possible failures or faults through design, selection of components, or implementation of additional measures.
in a system are analyzed to determine their results or effects on the system.
Focal length
The distance from a lens principal point to the corresponding focal point. Also referred to as the equivalent focal length and the effective focal length.
EMI
Abbreviation for Electromagnetic Interference. Electrical noise which may interfere with proper operation of sensors, programmable logic controllers, counters, data recorders, and other sensitive electronic equipment.
Fault tolerance
The ability of a system to function as it was designed even in the presence of faults or failures.
FOI
Abbreviation for Feature of Interest. The crucial visual information within the imaged scene that the customer is trying to detect for an inspection.
Feature
Used in vision applications to describe any characteristic descriptive of an image or a region in an image.
Forced-guided contacts
Relay contacts that are mechanically-linked, so that when the relay coil is energized or de-energized, all of the linked contacts move together. If one set of contacts in the relay becomes immobilized, no other contact of the same relay will be able to move. The function of forced-guided contacts is to enable the safety circuit to check the status of the relay. Forcedguided contacts are also known as mechanicallylinked contacts, positive-guided contacts, captive contacts, locked contacts, or safety relays.
Emissivity
A measurement of the thermal signature and characteristics of different materials and surfaces.
Ferrule
A ceramic, plastic or stainless steel part of a fiber optic termination that holds the end of the fiber and aligns it to the sensor for fiber mounting.
Emitter
1. The sensor containing the source of sensing energy in opposed-mode sensing. 2. The emitting device within any sensor (e.g. LED, laser diode, ultrasonic transducer, etc.). 3. The light-emitting component of a safety light screen system, consisting of a row of synchronized modulated LEDs. The emitter, together with the receiver (placed opposite), creates a screen of light called the defined area.
FHSS
Abbreviation for Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum. A method for generating spread spectrum transmissions where the signal is switched between different frequency channels in a pseudorandom sequence known by both the transmitter and the receiver pair. FHSS is useful for sending small, redundant packets of data in a high interference environment.
FOV
Abbreviation for Field of View. The area of object space imaged at the focal plane of a camera.
Ethernet
Access method for computer network (Local Area Networks) communications, defined by the IEEE as the 802.3 standard.
Frequency
The number of recurrences of a periodic phenomenon in a unit of time. Electrical frequency is measured in Hertz (Hz).
Fiber
A thin filament of glass or plastic consisting of a core (inner region) and a cladding (outer region) and a protective coating.
Exact blanking
A configuration allowing a light screen system to ignore stationary objects (such as brackets or fixtures) that interrupt a specific number of light beams.
Frequency response
The maximum frequencies an analog sensor can track. All analog sensors have an inherent response time that limits their ability to measure periodic motions at high frequencies.
Fiber optics
Transparent fibers of glass or plastic used for conducting and guiding light energy. Used in photoelectrics as light pipes to conduct sensing light into and out of a sensing area.
Excess gain
The measurement of the amount of light falling on the receiver of a sensing system over and above the minimum amount of light required to just operate the sensors amplifier.
Front lighting
An arrangement in which the object is illuminated and viewed from the same side.
Field of view (1)

The area of response of an optical sensor.
External device monitoring

A means by which a safeguarding device monitors the state of external devices that may be controlled by the safety device.
Field of view (2)

The area of object space imaged at the focal plane of a camera.
G
Gain
An increase in signal power, voltage, or current by an amplifier.
F
Fail to Safe
A design or event in which a failure or fault within a system causes the hazardous machine motion or process to achieve a safe state (Commonly confused with fail-safe).
Filters
A device placed over a light source or a sensor to select or reject specific frequencies of light.
Gain potentiometer
An electronic device used to set the gain or the switching threshold of a sensor. Also known as a sensitivity adjustment.
Final Switching Device (FSD)

Component of a safety-related control system that interrupts the circuit to the machine primary control element (MPCE) when the output signal switching device (OSSD) goes to the OFF-state.
Gate
A combinational logic circuit having one or more input channels.
Fail-safe
A description of a circuit or system that is guaranteed not to fail in the event of a malfunction so that the catastrophic loss of function is not possible.
Fixed blanking
A way to configure a light screen system to ignore stationary objects (such as brackets or fixtures) that are always present at a specific location within the defined area.
Gateway
A wireless network master communication device used to control and initiate commands to other devices in the system. Serves as a portal from one network to another and communicates between the wireless network and the central control process.
Failure
An event in which an item (e.g. component, circuit, or device) ceases to perform its required function.
Fixed-field mode
Fixed-field sensors use two receivers and a comparator circuit to cancel sensing response whenever the intensity of the reflected light reaching the long-range receiver exceeds the intensity of the reflected light reaching the close-range receiver.
Failure to danger
A failure which delays or prevents a safety system from arresting dangerous machine motion, thereby increasing risk to personnel.
General Duty Clause

Section 5(a)(1) of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (Public Law 91-596, 91st Congress, S.2193, 29Dec1970) places primary accountability on the employer for work place safety. 5(a)(1) Each employer shall furnish to each of his employees employment and a place of employment which are free from recognized hazards that are causing or are likely to cause death or serious physical harm to his employees. OSHA inspectors often use section 5(a)(1) of the General Duty Clause as the bases of citations resulting from on-site inspections.
False triggering
Refers to a change in a sensors output, when there should be no change.
FlexPower
The ability of a device to take multiple types of power including battery, line, or solar.
Fast response
Any response time that is faster than 1 millisecond.
FM
Abbreviation for Frequency modulation. A type of modulation in which the data signal is attached to the carrier wave by varying the frequency of the carrier wave.
Fault
The state of an item (e.g. component, circuit, device or machine) characterized by its inability to perform a required function. A fault is often the result of a failure of the item itself, but may exist without prior failure. See Failure.
FMEA
Abbreviation for Failure Mode and Effects Analysis, a testing procedure by which potential failure modes
841
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
Hop
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
General Requirements for All Machines

(29CFR1910.212) requires that one or more methods of machine guarding shall be provided to protect the operator and other employees from hazards, and the guarding device shall be in conformity with any appropriate standards.
Interlocked guard
A guard or barrier interfaced with a machine control system so as to restrict access to or prevent inadvertent access to the hazard.
1. The act of changing from one frequency to another. 2. The device to device transmission link, such as from the Master device to the Slave device.
Housing
Describes several aspects of a sensor: body style, housing material, and sealing capacity.
Internal lockout
A Lockout condition due to an internal safety system problem.
REFERENCE
GHz
Gigahertz. 1 GHz=1000 MHz.
Glass fibers
Glass fiber assemblies are constructed of a bundle of individual glass fibers, contained and protected by a sheath (typically a flexible armored cable).
Hysteresis
Intentional time lag added to a circuit to prevent false actuation or intermittent operation (chatter).
Intrinsic safety
A design technique applied to electrical equipment, such as sensors, switches, and wiring for hazardous locations. The technique involves limiting energy to a level below that required to ignite a specific hazardous atmosphere. Intrinsic safety design often eliminates the requirement for explosion-proof enclosures. (Also see NAMUR.)
Hz
(Hertz) The international unit of frequency, equal to one cycle per second. Named after the German physicist, Heinrich Rudolph Hertz.
Good Engineering Practice

Minimum guidelines that specify commonly-used and recognized design principles, well-tried and robust components, and safety practices to make the workplace free of industry recognized hazards and compliant to relevant standards.
I
I/O
(Input-Output) Provides communication channels to system and to manufacturing process.
Intrinsic safety barrier

A protective component designed to limit the voltage and current in an explosive area. The barrier functions outside of the explosive location to divert abnormal energy to ground.
Gray scale
Variations of values from white, through shades of gray, to black in a digitized image with black assigned the value of zero and white the value of one.
Image
Projection of an object or a scene onto an imager chip.
Inverting output
Analog photoelectric sensors provide a variable voltage or current output signal that is inversely related to and decreases with the strength of the light signal. Also known as negative slope.
Ground
A conducting path between an electric circuit or equipment and the earth, or some conducting body serving in place of the earth.
Image acquisition
The capture and generation of an image of an object or scene on the imager chip. Involves the use of illumination, optics, filters and the vision sensor.
IP rating
A rating system established by the IEC which defines the suitability of sensor and sensor system enclosures for various environments. Similar to NEMA ratings for enclosures.
Guard
A protective physical barrier that prevents an individual from accessing a hazardous area.
Image quality
The degree to which an image shows contrast.
Guarded machine
The machine whose point of operation or other hazardous area is guarded by the safety system.
Imager chip
The physical device that replaces film in a digital camera system. Two common types are CCD and CMOS. Also known as imager or image sensor.
ISM Band
Abbreviation for Industrial, Scientific, and Medical band. Part of the radio spectrum that does not require a license for use.
GUI
Acronym for Graphical User Interface, a graphicsbased interface through which a user may communicate with a computer.
Individual fiber
A fiber optic assembly having one control end and one sensing end. Usually used in pairs in the opposed sensing mode.
K
Key reset
A key-operated switch used to reset a safety system to the RUN mode following a Lockout condition or to reset a safety system from a Latch condition.
H
Half Wave
Antenna type whose overall span is one half the length of the wave that can be transmitted.
Inductive proximity sensor

Sensors with an oscillator and coil which radiate an electromagnetic field that induces eddy currents on the surface of metallic objects approaching the sensor face.
kHz
Abbreviation for kilohertz, 1000 hertz.
Hand control
A hand-operated mechanism or device used as an actuating control. Two normally open input switches are used as hand controls in a two-hand control system
Input
1. The signal (voltage or current) applied to a circuit to cause the output of that circuit to change state. 2. The terminals, jacks or receptacle provided for reception of the input signal.
L
L Configuration
In a safety light screen application, the installation of two emitter/receiver pairs to create a vertical and a horizontal sensing field. Gains advantages of both area guarding and point-of-operation guarding techniques to reduce the possibility of pass-through hazards.
Hard guard
Screens, bars, or other mechanical barriers affixed to the frame of the machine intended to prevent entry by personnel into the hazardous area(s) of a machine.
Input voltage
The power source required by an electric or electronic device (e.g. a self-contained sensor) in order for the device to operate properly.
Hazard
A potential source of harm.
Inspection
1. The process of examining a part to match the part to a known good reference. 2. A specific file or program run in the vision software to look at a specific part. Also known as a recipe.
LAN
(Local Area Network) A computer network dedicated to sharing data among several single-user computers.
Hazard point
The closest reachable point of the hazardous area.
Laser
(Light Amplification by the Stimulated Emission of Radiation) A device that creates a narrow, intense and coherent light. Many lasers deliver light in an almostperfectly parallel collimated beam that is very pure, approaching a single wavelength.
Hazardous area
An area that poses an immediate or impending physical hazard.
Integrity
The degree to which a circuit, system or device can be expected to perform unimpaired an anticipated function in the event of a fault. Integrity depends on several characteristics including fault tolerance, fault exclusion, risk reduction, reliable and well-tried components, well-tried safety principles, and other design considerations.
Hazardous situation
A circumstance in which a person is exposed to a hazard, or any specific activity done on or around the machine during its lifecycle that results in a potential source of harm. See B11.TR3 for further information.
Latch condition
The response of a safety or safeguarding device in which an OFF-state is maintained after the device has been actuated until the safeguard is cleared, re-closed, or re-armed and a manual reset is performed.
Hermetic seal
An air-tight seal.
Intensity
Degree of strength of electricity, light, heat or sound per unit area or volume.
Latched
Setting in which an output will stay on until the inspection result from subsequent inspection changes.
842
Latency
Maximum acceptable delay between transmission and reception.
Log-log scale
A graph with logarithmic x and y scales. A logarithmic scale reveals percentage changes. A change from 100 to 200, for example, is presented in the same way as a change from 1,000 to 2,000.
Modbus
An openly-published, communication protocol that is a means of connecting almost any industrial electronic device. Runs at layer 7 of the OSI model. Defines message structure for a client/server environment. Often used with TCP/IP over Ethernet and runs on RS-232 or RS-485.
Leakage current
An undesirable small value stray current which flows over or through an insulator.
Low-Angle Light
Low-angle lighting enhances the contrast of surface features.
LED
Abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode. A semiconductor that emits light when current flows through it.
Modulation
In photoelectrics, modulation of an emitter means to turn it on and off at a high frequency (typically several kilohertz). A modulated sensors receiver and amplifier are tuned to the frequency of modulation. Only the modulated light is amplified, and all other light which reaches the receiver is ignored.
M
Machine Primary Control Element (MPCE)
An electrically-powered element, external to the safety system, which directly controls the machines normal operating motion in such a way that the element is last (in time) to operate when machine motion is either initiated or arrested. (Examples include motor/motor contactors, magnetic clutch brake, or electrically operated valve.)
Legend
Any type of marking, sign, or inscription which identifies the device type, function or purpose.
Lens
The optical component of a sensor that collimates or focuses light rays onto a receiver optoelement (photoelectric sensing) or an imager chip (vision sensing).
Monitoring
The verification of system components to detect failures or faults of any part of the monitored system that could affect the performance of safety-related functions.
Machine response time

The time between the activation of a stopping device and the instant when the dangerous parts of the machine reach a safe state.
Light condition
One of two sensing conditions in a sensing application which is characterized by a higher level of received sensing energy. This term is generally used in photoelectric sensing. See Dark Condition.
Muting
The automatic suspension of the safeguarding function of a safety device during a non-hazardous portion of the machine cycle.
Machine secondary control element (MSCE)

An electrically-powered element, independent of the machine primary control element(s), capable of removing power from the machines actuator (prime mover) of the relevant hazardous parts and is typically controlled by the secondary switching device (SSD).
Light Operate
(L/O) The program mode for a photoelectric sensor in which the output energizes (or the timing logic begins) when the receiver becomes sufficiently light. See also Darl Operate.
N
NAMUR
Devices and sensors designed for use with certified switching amplifiers with intrinsically-safe circuits. NAMUR sensors are most commonly used in explosive environments.
Machine vision
Computerized image measurement, analysis, and interpretation used to improve production processes and quality.
Light screen
See Active Opto-electronic Protective Device.
Nanometer
Unit of length used to specify the wavelength of light energy. 1 nm = 0.000000001 meter.
Light source
Any device serving as a source of illumination.
Master Control Relay (MCR)

A relay that is used to provide electrical power to the machine control circuitry. Typically interfaced with the Master Start/Stop (ON/OFF) and Emergency Stop functions.
NC
Abbreviation for Normally Closed.
Lighting geometry
The physical relationship between the light source, the target object and the vision sensor.
Negative slope
Analog photoelectric sensors provide a variable voltage or current output signal that is inversely related to and decreases with the strength of the light signal. Also known as inverting output.
Lighting technique
The way a light source is physically positioned relative to the object it is illuminating.
Master Stop Control (MSC)

An electrically-powered device, external to the E-stop Safety Module, that provides a safety stop by immediately removing electrical power to the hazard and, if necessary, by applying braking to dangerous motion. This stopping action is accomplished by removing power to the actuator coil of either Master Stop Control Element.
Line of sight
An unobstructed radio path between a radios transmitter and receiver status.
NEMA
The National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) has established guidelines for specifying the degree of sealing offered by any particular electrical enclosure design.
Line voltage
The normal in-plant power line supply voltage which is usually 120 or 220/240 or 440V ac.
Master/Slave
Model for communication protocol between devices or processes, in which one device initiates commands (master) and other devices respond (slave). The Gateway is the Master device to the Nodes which are the Slave devices.
Network ID (NID)
A system-level parameter allowing multiple radio devices to operate as a complete wireless network. Enables multiple wireless networks to be co-located within range of each other.
Linearity
The maximum deviation above or below the ideal output of the sensor.
Load
A general term for a device (or a circuit) that draws power when switched by another device or circuit.
Mechanically-linked contact
See Forced-Guided Contact.
NO
Abbreviation for Normally Open.
Microsecond
One millionth of a second. 1 microsecond = 0.000001 second or 0.001 millisecond.
Node
A wireless network slave device used to provide sensing capability in a remote area or on the factory floor. This device aggregates and communicates data back to a gateway device for transmission back to a central control unit.
Lockout Condition
A safety system condition that is automatically attained in response to certain failure modes (an internal lockout). When a Lockout condition occurs, the safety systems safety outputs turn OFF, the failure must be corrected, and a manual reset is required to return the system to RUN mode.
Millisecond
One thousandth of a second. 1 millisecond = 0.001 second or 1000 microseconds.
Milliwatt (mW)
A unit of power equal to one thousandth (10-) of a watt.
Noise
(Electrical) Describes undesirable energy that may cause false response of sensing system logic or may be falsely recognized as a received signal by a sensor amplifier. Includes EMI and RFI.
Logic
Methods used to condition a sensor output signal by way of timing or counting, or to coordinate control of a process by comparing multiple sensor outputs.
Minimum Object Sensitivity (MOS)

The minimum-diameter object that a safety light screen system can reliably detect. Objects of this diameter or greater will be detected anywhere in the defined area. A smaller object can pass undetected through the light if it passes exactly midway between two adjacent light beams.
Non-inverting output
Analog photoelectric sensors provide a variable voltage or current output signal that is directly related to and increases with the strength of the light signal. Also known as positive slope.
Logic module
A sensing system accessory that interprets one or more input signals and modifies and/or combines those input signals for control of a process.
843
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
Optical short circuit
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
Normally Closed (NC)

Designation that states the contacts of a switch or relay are closed or connected when at rest. When activated, the contacts open or separate.
Photoelectric sensor
An electrical device that responds to a change in the intensity of light falling upon it.
Normally Open (NO)
REFERENCE
Designation that states the contacts of a switch or relay are normally open or not connected. When activated, the contacts close or become connected.
Deflection of one or more beams around an object in the defined area which may result in reduced detection capability of a light screen or in the worst case, of an object being allowed to pass through undetected. The result of locating a sensing field next to a highly reflective surface e.g. stainless steel, glossy paint.
Phototransistor
A phototransistor is a photojunction device in which current flow is directly proportional to the amount of incident light.
Oscillate
To swing back and forth between a minimum and maximum value. One complete oscillation is regarded as one cycle.
NPN output (Current sinking)

A transistor available as an output switch in DC sensors and logic modules. Usually configured with its collector open and its emitter connected to ground (DC common). In this configuration, a load is connected between the output (collector) and the positive of the DC supply. This output configuration is also called a sinking output.
Pixel
Acronym for picture element. The smallest unit on a display screen.
OSI Method
Open Systems Interconnection. A methodology used for communication and computer network protocol design, where the functions of the protocol are divided into seven layers.
PLC
Abbreviation for Programmable Logic Controller. A control device that employs the hardware architecture of a computer and relay ladder diagram language.
Null
Used in analog sensing and control to describe the minimum voltage (or current) in an analog output range. Analog sensors have an adjustment for setting the null value.
Output
1. The section of a sensor or control circuit that energizes and/or de-energizes the attached load (or input). 2. The useful energy delivered by a circuit or device.
PNP output (Current sourcing)

A transistor available as an output switch in DC sensors. Usually configured with its collector open and its emitter connected to the positive of the sensor supply voltage. In this configuration, a load is connected between the output (collector) and ground (DC common). This output configuration is also called a sourcing output.
O
OCR
Abbreviation for Optical Character Recognition. Recognition of each character in a string by a vision system.
Output delay
The time from when the inspection is triggered until the sensor output turns on.
Point of operation
The location of a machine where material or a workpiece is positioned and a machine function is performed upon it.
Output duration
The time from when an output turns on until it turns off. Also known as Pulsed Output.
OFF State
The state in which the output circuit is interrupted and does not permit the flow of current.
Output Signal Switching Device (OSSD)

Abbreviation for Output Signal Switching Device. The safety outputs of a safeguarding device that are used to initiate a stop signal by achieving an OFFstate. (Note: Includes, but is not limited to, solid-state outputs, relay contacts, or other electrical contacts.)
Point-of-operation guarding
Safeguards, such as hard guards or safety light screens, which are designed to protect personnel from hazardous machine motion associated with the machines point of operation.
OFF-delay
Timing logic in which the output energizes immediately when an input signal is received, and remains energized as long as the input signal is present.
Point-to-Point
Indicates a direct connection between two devices in a network.
Ohm
Unit of measurement for resistance and impedance.
P
Parallel
Connection of two or more parts of a circuit to the same pair of terminals, so that current divides between the parts.
Polarization
The alignment of the perpendicular electrical and magnetic fields that make up a light wave.
Omni
Omni-directional antenna. Antenna that radiates power equally in all directions and is equally receptive to signals from all directions.
Pass-through hazard
A situation that may exist when personnel pass through a safeguard (at which point the hazard stops or is removed), and then continue into the guarded area. At this point the safeguard may not be able to prevent an unexpected start or restart of the machine with personnel within the guarded area.
Polarized light
Light which has all component waves in the same direction of displacement. Natural light is made up of waves having a variety of displacements.
ON State
The state in which the output circuit is complete and permits the flow of current.
Polarizing filter
A filter that polarizes light passing through it.
On-axis light
On-axis lighting provides even, diffused illumination for flat, reflective surfaces.
Path Loss
Describes attenuation as a function of wavelength of the operating frequency and the distance between the transmitter and receiver.
Polycarbonate
Thermoplastics characterized by high-impact strength, light weight, and flexibility. Used as a shatter-resistant substitute for glass.
ON-delay
Timing logic in which timing begins at the leading edge of an input signal, but the output is energized only after the preset ON-delay has elapsed.
Peer/Peer
Model for communication protocol in which any device in the network can send and receive data, and initiate communication.
Positive Opening (Safety Switch)

Safety switch that employs a rigid mechanical link from the actuator to open Normally Closed contacts. The normal operation of the switch will force apart contacts, even those that are welded shut.
Opaque
A term used to describe a material that blocks the passage of light energy.
Operating voltage
Refers to the range of voltage in which the sensor or device can operate.
Perimeter guard
A safeguarding technique that provides a barrier or means of detection at the boundary of a hazard or hazardous area.
Positive slope
Analog photoelectric sensors provide a variable voltage or current output signal that is directly related to and increases with the strength of the light signal. Also known as non-inverting output.
Opposed mode
A photoelectric sensing mode in which the emitter and receiver are positioned opposite each other so that the light from the emitter shines directly at the receiver. An object is detected when it breaks the light beam that is established between the two.
Photocell
A resistive photosensitive device in which the resistance varies in inverse proportion to the amount of incident light.
Positive-guided contact
See Forced-guided contact.
Photodiode
A semiconductor diode in which the reverse current varies with illumination. Characterized by linearity of its output over several magnitudes of light intensity, very fast response time, and wide range of color response.
Potentiometer
A variable resistor, primarily used as a voltage divider. Potentiometers are used to set sensor sensitivity (as a threshold adjustment).
Optical crosstalk
An unwanted situation which occurs when a photoelectric receiver responds to light from an adjacent emitter.
Power monitoring
Monitoring function accomplished through a seriesparallel connection of contacts that provide feedback about the machines status. Power is supplied to the
844
module as long as both contactors work as they should.
Power-Up/Power-Interrupt Lockout
A Lockout condition of a safety light screen system that, if Auto Power-Up is OFF, occurs when the system is powered up (including power-ups after a loss of power).
3. The light-receiving component of a safety light screen system, consisting of a row of synchronized phototransistors. The receiver, together with the emitter (placed opposite), creates a screen of light called the defined area.
an object that a safety light screen will reliably detect. Calculated by adding the beam spacing dimension to effective beam diameter. Objects of this size or larger will be detected anywhere in the sensing field.
Reduced resolution
A configuration that allows a light screen system to intentionally ignore the interruption of consecutive light beams within the defined area. The effect is to ignore multiple objects with cross-sections less than a certain size, while increasing the size of an object that will be reliably detected anywhere within the defined area. Sometimes called Floating Blanking.
Response time
The time required for the output of a sensor or sensing system to respond to a change of the input signal (e.g. a sensing event). Also known as response speed.
Presence-sensing device
A device that creates a sensing area to detect the presence of an individual or object.
Retroreflective mode
A retroreflective photoelectric sensor contains both the emitter and receiver. A light beam is established between the sensor and a special retroreflective target. As in opposed sensing, an object is detected when it interrupts this beam.
Presence-Sensing Device Initiation (PSDI)

An application in which a presence-sensing device is used to start the cycle of a machine.
Redundancy
The duplication of components or circuitry providing the same function should a component or circuit fail.
Presence-Sensing Safeguarding Device (PSSD)

Abbreviation for Presence-Sensing Safeguarding Device. A presence-sensing device used as a safeguard.
Retroreflector
A reflector made out of highly reflective material is used in retroreflective sensing to return the emitted light directly back to the sensor.
Reflection
The return of light waves from surfaces on which they are incident.
Programmable I/O
A type of input/output that is not factory set and therefore can have its purpose changed. This I/O can be reprogrammed for general output, pass, fail, ready, error and general input.
Reflectivity
A measure of the efficiency of any material surface as a reflector of light, as compared to a Kodak white test card, which is arbitrarily rated at 90% reflectivity.
RF
Radio Frequency. Electromagnetic signals in the radio band.
RFI
Abbreviation for Radio Frequency Interference. Interference caused by electromagnetic radiation at radio frequencies to sensors or other sensitive electronic circuitry. RFI may generate false signals or random triggering of equipment or processes.
Protocol Layering
Division of protocol design into smaller of parts, each of which accomplish smaller tasks. Layering keeps each design simple.
Refraction
The bending of light rays as they pass through a transmission medium of one refractive index into a medium with a different refractive index.
Proximity
(Sensing) Direct sensing of an object by its presence in front of a sensor.
Region of Interest
The area inside defined boundaries that the user wants to analyze.
Ring Light
A ring light provides diffused illumination over a small area.
Proxing
In retroreflective sensing, proxing is used to describe undesirable reflection of the sensing beam directly back from an object that is supposed to break the beam.
Relay
An electromechanical device that opens or closes contacts in response to a small current or voltage change of an electric circuit. This device effects the operation of other devices in the same or another electric circuit.
Risk
The probability of the occurrence of harm and its severity.
Risk assessment
A procedure used in machine safety to identify, document and eliminate or reduce hazards in a particular machine or process.
Pulsed output
The time from when an output turns on until it turns off. Also known as Output Duration.
Reliability
The ability of a machines circuits and components to consistently perform its stated function within its specifications without failing.
ROI
Abbreviation for Region of Interest. The area inside defined boundaries that the user wants to analyze.
Q
Qualified Person
An individual who, by possession of a recognized degree or certificate of professional training, or by extensive knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully demonstrated the ability to solve problems relating to the subject matter and work.
Remote sensor
Remote sensor describes the part of a photoelectric component system that contains only the optical elements. The circuitry for system power, amplification, logic, and output switching are all located at a central location, typically a control cabinet.
RS-232
Industrial standard for serial transmission between computers and peripheral devices.
RSSI
Received Signal Strength Indication. The measurement of the strength of received signal strength in a wireless environment. See Site Survey.
Quarter Wave
Antenna type whose overall span is one quarter the length of the wave that can be transmitted.
Repeatability
A measure of the repeat accuracy of a sensor and/or timer and/or control mechanism. Usually expressed as a distance or time.
R
Radio
1. Transmission or reception of electromagnetic radiation in the radio frequency band, used to send information through a medium without the use of wires. 2. Equipment used to transmit and receive radio signals.
S
Safeguard
A guard (barrier) or safeguarding device used to protect personnel from hazards by preventing or restricting access, or by detecting the presence of an individual.
Repeater
A communication device that extends the transmission range of a data signal by amplifying or regenerating the signal. Used in long-distance transmission.
Reset
The use of a manually-operated switch to restore the safety outputs to the ON state from a Latch condition, or return to the RUN mode from a Lockout condition.
Safeguarding
Measures (including guards, safeguarding devices, awareness devices, safeguarding methods, or safe work procedures) used to protect personnel from hazards which cannot reasonably be eliminated, or from the risks which cannot be sufficiently reduced by inherently safe design measures.
Range
The specified maximum operating distance of a sensor or sensing system.
Resolution (1)
The degree of sharpness of a displayed or printed character or image. On screen, resolution is expressed as a matrix of dots.
Ratio
Relation in degree or number between two similar things.
Safeguarding device
A device that detects or prevents inadvertent access to a hazard (i.e. not a guard or a barrier). Also known as a Protective Device.
Receiver
1. The transducer element that responds to the sensing energy. 2. The name for the half of an opposed pair of photoelectric or ultrasonic sensors that receives the sensing energy from the emitter.
Resolution (2)
1. The smallest detectable change in position or size of an object. 2. The closest distance between two objects (points) in an image identifiable as two separate objects rather than one object. 3. The minimum size (diameter or cross section) of
845
HOOKUPS
Safety device
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
Self-checking circuitry
GLOSSARY
Skew angle
INTERNATIONAL REPS
A technique or means to reduce the risk of harm to personnel from a machine hazard which includes but is not limited to Safety Light Screens, Emergency Stop Buttons, Guards (barriers), Interlocking, Enabling Pendants, Two-hand Control, Restraints, or Lockout/ Tagout equipment.
A circuit with the capability to verify that all of its own critical safety circuit components, along with their redundant backups, are operating properly.
An alignment technique used in diffuse, retroreflective, and convergent-mode photoelectric sensing to increase the optical contrast ratio.
Self-contained
Describes a sensor that contains the sensing element, amplifier, power supply, and output switch in a single package.
Solenoid
A coil equipped with a movable iron core that will produce linear motion as a result of current passing through the coil (the iron core is pulled into the center of the coil). When current is removed, a spring returns the iron core to the original position.
REFERENCE
Safety distance
The calculated distance between a hazard and its associated safeguard.
Sensing mode
The method or way in which a sensor detects an object.
Safety edge
A safeguarding device consisting of a sensing edge and a control, used to detect individuals who comes into contact with the sensing edge.
Sensitivity control
An adjustment made to a sensors amplifier that determines the sensors ability to discriminate between different levels of received sensing energy (e.g. between two light levels reaching a photoelectric receiver).
Solid-state
Any element that can control current without moving parts, heated filaments, or vacuum gaps.
Safety interlock switch

A switch on a guard barrier used to detect if the guard is opened. Designed to prevent intentional defeat. Electromechanical safety interlock switches use positive opening contacts. Other forms of safety interlock switch include magnetic, RF tag, optical, or inductive.
Solid-state switch
A solid-state device where switching is accomplished by a solid-state element such as a transistor or SCR.
Sensor
A device that senses a change in a physical quantity, such as light intensity, and converts that change into a useful control signal.
Sourcing output
The output of a DC device that switches positive DC to a load. The load is connected between the output of the device and the ground (DC common) side of the power supply.
Safety light curtain

See safety light screen.
Separation distance
The calculated distance between a hazard and its associated safeguard. See Safety distance.
SPDT
Abbreviation for Single Pole Double Throw. Refers to a three terminal switch or a relay (electromechanical or solid-state) having one normally open (Form A) contact and one normally closed (Form B) contact that have an electrically common point (complementary switching). Also known as Form C.
Safety light screen

A safeguarding device comprising an LED array emitter and receiver element which creates a sensing field or plane. When an individual or object interrupts this sensing field, the light screen detects the interruption and initiates a stop command. Also known as Active Opto-electronic Protective Device -AOPD, Presence Sensing Safeguarding Device, safety light curtain, light devices and optical guards.
Serial port
A socket that receives a standard connector and protocol connecting external devices to a computers serial interface.
Series
The connection of components end to end in a circuit, that provide a single path for the current.
Specular
Describing a mirror-like finish that returns light energy at an equal and opposite angle from the angle of incident light.
Safety mat
A safeguarding device consisting of a sensing surface and a control. The sensing surface is capable of detecting the presence of individual(s) on its surface.
SET
An actuation or adjustment feature of some Banner sensors, which simplifies the process of setting the sensors operating sensitivity. With a single user input, the sensor automatically sets the operating sensitivity below the threshold.
Spread Spectrum
A technique in which the transmitter sends (or spreads) a signal over a wide range of frequencies. The receiver then concentrates the frequencies to recover the information.
Safety module
A device that performs a specific safety function(s) and consists of monitored, multiple, mechanicallylinked relays, or monitored solid-state safety outputs. Commonly confused with a single, discrete mechanically-linked safety relay. Also know as Safety Interface Module or Safety Relay Modules.
Set point
Condition initiated by the user to control a sensors output(s) during sensing events. This condition may use one or two parameters (depending on the sensing technology being used) within which is an acceptable range for sensing events to occur.
SPST
Abbreviation for Single Pole Single Throw. Refers to a switch or a relay contact (electromechanical or solidstate) with a single contact that is either normally open or normally closed.
Safety relay
An electromechanical relay with force-guided contacts which allow the monitoring of a safety devices circuit to check relay status. See also force-guided contacts.
Shape
An objects physical and optical characteristic, often refers to its spatial contours.
Standards
A specification, criterion or benchmark that is widely used, accepted or is sanctioned and codified by a standards agency. Safety standards are minimum requirements for product and machine design, manufacture, use and evaluation.
Safety stop
Removal of power to the Machine Primary Control Elements that allow for an orderly cessation of motion for safeguarding purposes. Also known as a Protective Stop.
Sheathing
An outer covering that protects optical fibers. Can be made of stainless steel flexible conduit, PVC, or some other type of flexible tubing.
Star Network
A network topology where all nodes are connected to a central node. This central node is responsible for gathering and distributing data among the other nodes.
Safety Stop Interface (SSI)

An interface which provides the means to integrate external devices to effect a stop command. It consists of two input channels (A&B), which are compatible with devices that have two Normally Open hard contacts or relay outputs.
Signal-to-Noise Ratio
The ratio of the maximum value of an output signal to the standard deviation amplitude of the noise on the signal.
Supplemental guarding/safeguarding
Additional means used to prevent or hinder personnel from accessing the guarded hazard by augmenting the primary means of safeguarding.
Simultaneity
Concurrent events, actions, or actuations occurring within a specific time frame. This time frame is 0.5 second in a Two-Hand Control or Two-Hand Trip applications per ANSI B11.19, ANSI/RIA R15.06 and ISO 13851 (Note: ISO 13851 defines this as synchronous actuation).
SCADA
Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition. Process control system that collects data from sensors or machines in remote areas and sends them to a central computer for control and management.
Surface reflectivity
A measure of the efficiency of any material surface as a reflector of light, as compared to a Kodak white test card which is arbitrarily rated at 90% reflectivity.
Secondary Switching Device (SSD)

An output which, in a lock-out condition, performs a back-up safety function by going to the OFF-state and initiating an appropriate machine control action.
Sinking output
The output of a DC device that switches ground (DC common) to a load. The load is connected between the output of the device and the positive side of the power supply.
Switch transistor type

The transistor, a solid-state device designed to switch DC current, can be either NPN or PNP. Some sensors offer Bipolar output, both NPN and PNP or BiModal output, either NPN or PNP.
Switchpoint
The signal level at which the sensors output turns on or off. Often used interchangeably with threshold.
846
T
Target
1. Any object being sensed 2. A retroreflective material that returns light back to a sensor
Trip initiate
The resetting, reclosing, or clearing of a safeguard causing the initiation of machine motion or operation. Trip Initiate is not allowed as a means to initiate a machine cycle per NFPA 79 and ISO 60204-1, and is commonly confused with PSDI.
Visible light
The wavelength range of 400-750 nm to which the human eye is sensitive.
Vision
Electronic imaging applied in manufacturing settings for the purpose of control, whether it is process control, machine tool control, robot control or quality control. Vision sensing is used to improve production processes and quality.
TCP/IP
Abbreviation for Transmission Control Protocol/ Internet Protocol. A protocol for communication between computers, used as a standard for transmitting data over networks and as the basis for standard Internet protocols.
TTL
Abbreviation for Transistor Transistor Logic. A digital circuit composed of bipolar transistors wired in a certain manner. Indicates a digital rather than an analog circuit.
Vision tools
A tool set included in vision software used to analyze an image and extract information for judgment criteria.
TDMA
Time Division Multiple Access. A wireless network communication architecture that provides a given slot of time for each device on the network. Provides guaranteed opportunity for each device to transmit to the gateway.
Two-hand control device

An actuating control that requires concurrent actuation of both of the operators hands to initiate and control machine motion during the hazardous portion of the machine cycle.
Voltage
The force, or pressure, of electricity that exists between two points and is capable of producing a flow of current when a closed circuit is connected between the two points.
Two-hand trip
An actuating control that requires concurrent actuation of both of the operators hands to initiate the machine cycle. Typically used on full revolution clutch or singlestroke machines.
TEACH
A feature on some Banner sensors which allows the sensor to learn the light and dark sensing conditions, based on user inputs. The sensor can then automatically adjust the sensitivity to place the operating threshold midway between threshold for the light and the dark condition.
W
Wave
A physical activity that rises and falls, or advances and retreats periodically as it travels through a medium.
Type 2 light screen

A set of design, construction and testing requirements for light screens described by IEC 61496. The types perform differently in the presence of faults and under influences from environmental conditions. Type 2 requirements are less stringent than those for Type 3 or Type 4
Thermopile
A thermometer for measuring heat radiation consisting of several thermocouple junctions.
Wave amplitude
The maximum change from zero of the characteristic of the wave.
Threshold
In photoelectric sensing, threshold is the point at which adequate received signal level overcomes sensor circuit hysteresis and causes the sensor output to change state. It is also the point at which the light and dark condition are differentiated.
Type 4 safety light screen

A set of design, construction and testing requirements for light screens described by IEC 61496. The types perform differently in the presence of faults and under influences from environmental conditions. Type 4 requirements are the most stringent.
Wave angle
The angle at which a wave is propagated from one point to another.
Wavelength
In a periodic wave, the distance between points of corresponding phase of two consecutive wave cycles.
Through-beam sensing
See opposed sensing mode.
U
UL
Abbreviation for Underwriters Laboratory, Inc., a testing agency for products sold in the United States. A device that has UL approval has been type-tested and approved by Underwriters Laboratory as meeting certain electrical and/or safety codes.
Wireless
Refers to radio wave transmission used to transfer data or signals between locations that have no physical connections.
Topology
The pattern of interconnection between devices in a communication network. Some examples include: Bus, Ring, or Star configurations.
Wireless Sensor Network

Network of low-power electronic devices combining sensing and processing ability. The devices communicate wirelessly to a gateway device, connecting remote areas to the central control process.
Transducer
A device that converts energy of one form into another form. The sensing element of a non-contact presence sensor that converts a change in incident sensing energy (e.g. light, sound, etc) into a proportional electrical quantity such as voltage or current.
Ultrasonic
Sound energy at frequencies just above the range of human hearing, starting at about 20 kHz. Banner ultrasonic sensors function at between 75 to 400 kHz, depending on model.
Working distance
The distance from the camera to the object under inspection.
Transistor
An active semiconductor device having three of more electrodes. The three main electrodes used are the emitter, base and collector.
Uncontrolled stop
The stopping of machine motion by removing power to the machine actuators, all brakes and/or other mechanical stopping devices being activated.
X
X-ray
Electromagnetic radiation with high frequency, short wavelengths between .01-10 nm, able to penetrate solid objects.
Translation
Movement in the X and/or Y direction from a known point.
Universal Safety Stop Interface (USSI)

Abbreviation for Universal Safety Stop Interface. An interface that provides a means to integrate external devices to effect a stop command. It consists of two input channels (A&B), which are compatible with Banner solid-state OSSD outputs with handshake verification (two-wire hookup), or with devices that have two normally open hard contacts or relay outputs (four-wire hookup).
Translucent
Term used to describe materials that have the property of reflecting a part and transmitting a part of incident radiation.
Y
Yagi
Antenna type that is directionally sensitive to signals received from the front and less sensitive to those received from the sides or rear.
Transparent
Permitting passage of electromagnetic radiation of specified frequencies, such as visible light or radio waves.
UV
Abbreviation for ultraviolet. Invisible short wavelength light energy that lies immediately beyond the violet end of the color spectrum between approximately 100 and 380 nm.
Z
Zoom
To electronically or optically enlarge or reduce the size of an image.
Trigger
A mechanism, usually a photoelectric sensor, that initiates the vision sensor to take action when a prespecified event occurs.
V
Vibration
An oscillating change in displacement, with respect to a fixed reference.
Trip condition
The response of a safety or safeguarding device in which an ON-state is achieved when the safeguard is cleared, re-closed, or re-armed, without operator intervention.
847
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
North America
UNITED STATES
More than 150 representatives and distributors covering all states. For a complete listing, go to bannerengineering.com and find your local Banner Representative by ZIP code search.
REFERENCE
E. B. Horsman & Son Ltd. 13055 80th Avenue Surrey, British Columbia V3W 3B1 Tel: 1-604-596-7111 Fax: 1-604-596-3139 http://www.ebhorsman.com Landel Controls Ltd. #250, 5701-17 Ave SE Calgary, Alberta T2A 0W3 Tel: 1-403-254-8900 Fax: 1-403-254-8903 email: email@landelcontrols.com http://www.landelcontrols.com
CANADA
Le Groupe Rotalec 900 McCaffrey Ville St-Laurent, Quebec H4T 2C7 Tel: 1-514-341-3685 Fax: 1-514-341-5205 email: atlantic@rotalec.com http://www.rotalec.com Le Groupe Rotalec Atlantic 122 Driscoll Cresent Moncton, New Brunswick E1E 3R8 Tel: 1-506-858-9884 Fax: 1-506-853-4185 email: atlantic@rotalec.com http://www.rotalec.com
Shelley Industrial Automation, Inc. 41 Coldwater Road Toronto, Ontario M3B 1Y8 Tel: 1-877-SHELLEY Fax: (416) 447-9313 email: info@shelley.com http://www.shelley.com
Latin America
Sensorpar Eletro Eletronica E Automacao Ltda Rua Leonardo da Vinci, 185 Guabirotuba CEP: 81510-390 - Curitiba - PR Tel: 55-41-3284-6660 Fax: 55-41-3284-6660 email: sensorpar@sensorpar.com.br http://www.sensorpar.com.br E-Service Rio Rua do Arroz, 90, lj. D Penha - RJ CEP: 21.011-056 Tel: 55-21-2584-9137 Fax: 55-21-2584-9137 email: comercial@e-Servicerio.com.br http://www.e-servicerio.com.br B2B Tecnologia Rua Gerino de Souza Filho, 1735, Galpo 1 Lauro de freitas, Bahia CEP: 42700-000 Tel: 55-71-3379-5733 email: comercial@b2btecnologia.com http://www.b2btecnologia.com.br TOP Automao Rua 9-A, Qd 46-A, Lt 28 N 717 St Aeroporto CEP: 74075-250 Goinia GO Tel: 55-62-3215-2582 Weber Automao e Controle Industrial Ltda Rua Bicas, 215 Bairro Sagrada Famlia Belo Horizonte Minas Gerais BR CEP:31030-160 Tel: 55-31-3461-4222 Fax: 55-31-3481-7925 email: vendas@webercom.com.br http://www.webercom.com.br Ztech Sensores Ltda. Rua Itagyba Santiago, 462 Vila Alexandria So Paulo, SP - CEP:04635-052 Tel: 55-11-5031-7777 Fax: 55-11-5031-7777 email: vendas@ztechsensores.com.br http://www.ztechsensores.com.br Seiman S.A. 1 Norte 1511 Via del Mar, Casa Matris Tel: 56-32-2699310 Fax: 56-32-2699318 email: ventas@seiman.cl http://www.seiman.cl Seiman S.A. Manuel Montt 099 Of. 204 - Providencia, Sucursal Santiago Tel: 56-2-2649656 Fax: 56-2-2649653 email: ventas@seiman.cl http://www.seiman.cl Veset Lincoyn #1262 Concepcin Tel: 56-(0)41-2739443 email: jcroa@veset.cl http://www.veset.cl
CORPORATE OFFICE:
Banner Engineering Latin America 9714 10th Ave. N. Plymouth, MN 55436 USA Tel: 763-544-3164 Fax: 763-417-7459 email: brasil@bannerengineering.com ventas@bannerengineering.com http://www.bannerengineering.com Banner Engineering de Mexico Edificio VAO Av. David Alfaro Siqueiros No.103 Piso 2 Col. Valle Oriente C.P.66269 San Pedro Garza Garcia, Nuevo Leon Mexico Phone: 52 81 8363-2714 Aumecon S.A. Acassusso 4768 1605 Munro Buenos Aires CP B1605BFP Tel: 54-11-4756-1251 Fax: 54-11-4762-6331 email: ventas@aumecon.com.ar http://www.aumecon.com.ar
Control Experto Oficina Principal Av America E-435 Edificio Jaque, Piso # 2 ofic #2 Cochabamba Tel: 591-441-7090 Fax: 591-412-3950 email: wayaviri@controlexperto.com http://www.controlexperto.com
BOLIVIA
ARGENTINA
Sensor do Brasil Rua Jordo Schiavetto, 436 Parque Ortolandia Hortolndia SP CEP:13184-080 Tel: 55-19-3897-9400 Fax: 55-19-3897-9426 email: sensor@sensordobrasil.com.br http://www.sensordobrasil.com.br Movimatic Rua Vigrio Albernaz, 226 Vila Mariana So Paulo - SP CEP 04134 020 Tel: 55-11-5062-5222 Fax: 55-11-5062-5222 email: movimatic@movimatic.com.br http://www.movimatic.com.br
BRAZIL
Control Experto Av. Pasos Kanki N 1665 email: topautomacao@topautomacao.com.br Edificio San Martn de Porres http://www.topautomacao.com.br Zona Miraflores La Paz Sensorville Tel: 591-(2)-222-2597 Fax: 222-6923 212-9247 Rua Evaristo da Veiga, 193 email: wayaviri@controlexperto.com Bairro Gloria http://www.controlexperto.com Joinville-SC- CEP:89216.215 Tel: 55-47-3422-5111 Control Experto Fax: 55-47-3433-5298 Condominio Colombo Oficina N#3 email: sensorville@sensorville.com.br 4 Anillo entre Av Paragua y Mutualista http://www.sensorville.com.br Santa Cruz Tel: 591-(3)364-4753 Spheric Componentes ticos Fax: 591-(3)364-4753 Rua Imperatriz Leopoldina, 355, Sala 03 email: wayaviri@controlexperto.com Novo Hamburgo RS CEP:93310-060 http://www.controlexperto.com Tel: 55-51-3594-8036 Fax: 55-51-3594-8036 email: spheric@spheric.com.br CHILE http://www.spheric.com.br Electromtica Ltda Techway Comrcio e Avda. Manuel Rodriguez 843 Representao Ltda Concepcin CP 406-1192 Rua Fernando Pessoa 22A, Bairro Japiim II Tel: 56-41-229-4000 Manaus, Amazonas CEP: 69076-790 Fax: 56-41-229-4001 Tel: 55-92-3613-6613 email: ventas@electromatica.cl Fax: 55-92-3613-2161 http://www.electromatica.cl email: marivaldo@techwaybr.com.br http://www.techwaybr.com.br
Dakora S.A.S Kra. 1A # 11-130 Of. 107 Centro Empresarial OfiChia P.H Chia Tel: 57-1-861.1888 Fax: 57-1-861.1888 x. 106 email: ventas@dakora.com.co www.dakora.com.co Coldecon Ltda Calle 7 Sur-N 51A-21 Interior 172 - Piso 3 Mall Providencia, Medelln Tel: (57)(4) 3615577 Fax: (57)(4) 3610189 email: coldecon@epm.net.co http://www.coldecon.com.co Hi-Tech Medelln Cra 75A nro 32A29 Tel: 57-4-2382328 Fax: 57-4-2389299 email: hi-tech@une.net.co Hi-Tech Pereira Cra 5 No. 16-27, Local 4 Pereira (Risaralda) Tel: 57-63-257-441 Fax: 57-63-352-455 email: hi-tech14@une.net.co Redes Elctricas S.A. Calle 18 A No. 25-60 Santa Fe de Bogot Tel: 57-1-364-7000 Fax: 57-1-220-4600 email: bogota@redeselectricas.com www.redeselectricas.com
COLOMBIA
848
Redes Elctricas S.A. Carrera 43A No. 14-109 Medelln Tel: 57-4-266-9791 Fax: 57-4-266-6787 email: medellin@redeselectricas.com http://www.redeselectricas.com Redes Elctricas S.A. Calle 23 Norte No. 3N-33 Ofic. 302 Cali. Tel: 572-6535268 Fax: 572-6674905 email: cali@redeselectricas.com http://www.redeselectricas.com Redes Elctricas S.A. Calle 59 No. 41-116 Ofic. 201 Barranquilla Tel: 575-3722121 email: barranquilla@redeselectricas.com http://www.redeselectricas.com
AEECSA - Automatizacin Especializada y Elementos de Control S.A. de C.V. Trpoli 221-5 Col. Portales C.P 03300 Delg. Benito Jurez Tel: 55-5605-1772, 55-5605-1794 email: aeecsa@prodigy.net lazaro@aeecsa.com.mx ABC Suministro Industrial S.A. DE C.V. Calle Del Molino No.393 Residencial La Hacienda Torreon, COAH. Tel: 871-763-7500, 01 email: gerencia@abcsuministro.com www.abcsuministro.com ATD - Alta Tecnologia Digital Bosques de Durango 85, Col. Jardines de Santa Monica C.P. 54050 Tlalnepantla, Edo. de Mexico Tel: 52-55-5240-8000 Fax: 52-55-53-98-7159 email: ventas@atdsensores.com.mx http://www.atdsensores.com.mx Automatic Controls del Noreste S.A. de C.V. Ing. Juan Hermilo Suarez Rodriguez Carretera 57 #3100 Colonia Estancias de Santa Ana Monclova Coahuila C.P. 25830 Tel: 52-866-639-2579 Fax: 52-866-639-2568 email: automatic@prodigy.net.mx Calvek S.A. de C.V. - San Luis Potosi Carretera 57, km 423, local 7 Col. Talleres San Luis Potosi, S.L.P. C.P. 78699 Tel: 52-444-127-5533 Fax: 52-444-128-6122 email: joel.castaneda@calvek.com / sarai.castillo@calvek.com http://www.calvek.com Calvek S.A. de C.V. - Queretaro Onix No. 155 Col. Satelite Queretaro, Qro. C.P. 76110 Tel: 52-442-298-0031 email: hector.velazquez@calvek.com / iris.salazar@calvek.com http://www.calvek.com/ Calvek S.A. de C.V. - Celeya Av. Franciso Juarez # 1605 PB Col. Del Parque Celaya, Gto. C.P. 38097 Tel: 52-461-615-4764 email: jaime.navarro@calvek.com / monica.ortega@calvek.com http://www.calvek.com/ Control Sensors, S.A. de C.V. Av. Tolteca # 2300-A Col. Tolteca Guadalupe, N.L. C.P. 67190 Tel: 818-030-73-07/09 email: control_sensors@prodigy.net.mx http://www.controlsensors.com.mx Goblin Control Industrial Victoria no. 104 loc. b-Bis Col. centro mexico d.F. c.P.06050 Tel: 52 (55) 5518-1788 Fax: 52 (55) 5510-1454 email: goblin@prodigy.net.mx http://www.goblincontrol.com IIPSA - Instrumentos Industriales del Pacifico, S.A. de C.V. Juan Carrasco # 212 Pte. Col. Centro Los Mochis- Sinaloa 81200 Tel: 668-816-0140 Fax: 668-816-0144 email: info@iipsa.com http://www.iipsa.com
INASA: Ingenieria y Abastecimiento, S.A. de C.V. Villagran 1423 Nte., Postal 526 Monterrey, NL 64440 Tel: 81-8375-2377 Fax: 81-8372-7175 email: inasa@inasa.com.mx Indicon Himalaya 808, Fracc Panoramico Chihuahua, CHIH 31107 Tel: 614-440-0120 Fax: 614-440-0130 email: ventas@indicon.com.mx http://www.indicon.com.mx Seguridad y Control Av. Federalismo Sur # 765, Col. Moderna Guadalajara, Jal. 44190 Tel: 33-3614-5554 Fax: 33-3614-1253 email: ventas@seguridadycontrol.com.mx http://www.seguridadycontrol.com.mx TESLA Internacional Encinos Ote. 13 Arcos del Alba Cuatitln Izcalli, Edo. de Mxico 54750 Tel: 55-5871-3468 Fax: 55-5871-5556 email: teslaintl@prodigy.net.mx SCA Puebla Jacarandas 48 Colonia Arboledas de Guadalupe Puebla C.P. 72260 Tel: 52-222-5147900 Fax: 52-222-5147984
Grupo CI Electric S.A. de C.V. Laguna de Trminos No.135 Col. Anahuac Del, Miguel Hidalgo C.P. 11320 Tel: 55-5250-4130 Fax: 55-5250-1475 e-mail: leonardo.michaus@gcielectric.com carolina.hernandez@gcielectric.com http://www.gcielectric.com
NPI Peru S.A.C. Francisco Almenara 290 Urb. Sta. Catalina, La Victoria Lima 13 Tel: (51-1) 265-6501 Fax: (51-1) 265-6381 email: npiperu@npiperu.pe http://www.npiperu.pe
PERU
Tecnologia Interactiva Recidencial Hacienda del Rey Casa 24C Cartago CP: 1461-7050 Tel: 506-2572-1102 Fax: 506-2573-5664 email: info@tecnologiainteractiva.com http://www.tecnologiainteractiva.com
COSTA RICA
PREMSCO Calle Jordan 704 Santurce, PR 00909 Tel: 1-787-268-4006 Fax: 1-787-268-4182 email: sales@premsco.com http://www.premsco.com
PUERTO RICO
Wech Autocontroles, S.A. Ave. Rmulo Betancourt 2158 Edificio WECH, Urb. Renacimiento Santo Domingo Tel: 809-531-0550 Fax: 809-531-9175 email: wech02@codetel.net.do http://www.wechautocontroles.com.do
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
email: israel.chavez@scaautomatizacion.com
http://www.scaautomatizacion.com SCA Mrida Calle 57 No 708 X 14 y 16 Fraccionamiento del Parque Mrida Yucatn C.P. 97160 Tel: 52-999-9247811
Fidemar Minas 1634-CP 11200 Montevideo Tel: 59-82-402-1717 Fax: 59-82-402-1719 email: info@fidemar.com.uy http://www.fidemar.com.uy
URUGUAY
Bracero & Bracero Ingenieros

Gonzalo Martin 676 y Ana Peredes de Alfaro
ECUADOR
email: fredy.escamilla@scaautomatizacion.com
Quito Tel: 593-2-264-1598 Fax: 593-2-265-8223 email: alexisbracero@bracero-ingenieros.com http://www.bracero-ingenieros.com.do Equipamiento Electro Industrial SA Km 7.5 Via Daule Parque Comercial California #2 Bloque J Guayaquil Tel: 593-42-100134/36/37 email: eeinsa@on.net.ec
http://www.scaautomatizacion.com
SCA Orizaba Sur 2 esquina poniente 9 No 14 Int. 4 Col. Centro Orizaba Veracruz Tel: 52-272-7250645
AmeTrade C.A. Av. Henry Ford, Zona Industrial Norte C.C. Paseo Las Industrias, 2da Etapa Nivel 1, Ofic. 1-118 Valencia Tel: 58-241-838-4250 Fax: 58-241-838-3143 email: valencia@ametrade.com http://www.ametrade.com AmeTrade C.A. Caracas Tel: 58-212-210-5461 email: caracas@ametrade.com http://www.ametrade.com AmeTrade C.A. Puerto Ordaz Tel: 58-286-713-5060 email: ptordaz@ametrade.com http://www.ametrade.com AmeTrade C.A. Maracaibo Tel: 58-261-200-5067 email: maracaibo@ametrade.com http://www.ametrade.com AmeTrade C.A. Barquisimeto Tel: 58-251-710-5068 email: barquisimeto@ametrade.com http://www.ametrade.com Cadeci C.A. C.C. Ara. Nave G, Local 80-A-18 Prolongacin Av. Michelena Valencia, Carabobo Tel: 58-241-838-4915 Fax: 58-241-832-2566 email: cadeci@cantv.net http://www.cadeci.org Rexelca Edif: Taburiente piso 1 ofic 1 Av Miranda Este # 93 Maracay, Aragua Tel: 58-414-345-6047 Fax: 58-243-232-1563 email: rexelca@cantv.net
VENEZUELA
email: lizeth.guzman@scaautomatizacion.com
Enersys Co. 5 Calle 35-01, Zona 11 Utatln II Guatemala City Tel: 502-2439-4622 Fax: 502-2434-6876 email: info@enersys-control.com
GUATEMALA
http://www.scaautomatizacion.com Electriciadad y Control Industrial de Saltillo, S.A. de C.V. Lago Texcoco 757 Col. La Salle Saltillo, Coahuila, C.P.25240 Tel: 52 (844) 416-3013 Fax: 52 (844) 415-3212 email: eci@ecidesaltillo.com
Banner Engineering de Mexico Monterrey Head Office: Edificio VAO Av. David Alfaro Siqueiros No.103 Col. Valle Oriente C.P.66269 San Pedro Garza Garcia, Nuevo Leon Tel: 52-81-8363-2714/ 800 BANNERE email: mexico@bannerengineering.com http://www.bannerengineering.com.mx Mexico City Office: Rio Po No. 43 oficina 245 Col Cuauhtemoc C.P 06500 Mexico, D.F. Tel: 52-55-5533-6241 email: mexico@bannerengineering.com http://www.bannerengineering.com.mx
MEXICO
EACSA Matriz Distrito Federal Simn Bolvar 826-3 Col. lamos C.P. 03400. Del. Benito Jurez Mxico, D.F. Tel: 52-55-5696-7033 55-5579-7837 email: ruben_angeles@eacsamexico.com.mx http://www.eacsamexico.com.mx EACSA Sucursal Toluca Blvd. Miguel Alemn Valdez 1663-5 Col. Reforma, C.P. 52120. Toluca. Edo. de Mxico Tel: 52-722-327-8036 722-327-8145 email: ventastoluca@eacsamexico.com.mx http://www.eacsamexico.com.mx
849
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
INTERNATIONAL REPS
Europe
Sensomat Ltd. VH V, App 11 Dr. Ivan Penakov Str. 15 BG-9300 Dobrich Tel: 359 58 603 023 Fax: 359 58 603 033 email: info@sensomat.info http://www.sensomat.info Turck s.r.o. Hradeck 1151 CZ-50003 Hradec Krlov 3 Tel: 420-495-518-766 Fax: 420-495-518-767 email: turck@turck.cz http://www.turck.cz
BULGARIA
REFERENCE
Turck Hungary Kft. Neumann Jnos u. 1 / E. 1117 Budapest Tel: 36-1-477-0740 or 36-1-313-8221 Fax: 36-1-477-0741 email: turck@turck.hu http://www.turck.hu K M Stl ehf. Bldsha 16 110 Reykjavik Tel: 354-56-78-939 Fax: 354-56-78-938 email: kalli@kmstal.is
HUNGARY
Danyko A.S. P.O. Box 48 N-4891 Grimstad Tel: 47-37 090 940 Fax: 47-37 090 941 email: danyko@hf.net http://www.hf.net
NORWAY
CZECH REPUBLIC
ICELAND
CORPORATE OFFICE:
Banner Engineering Europe Park Lane Cullinganlaan 2F Diegem B-1831 Tel: 32-2-456-07-80 Fax: 32-2-456-07-89 email: mail@bannereurope.com http://www.bannereurope.com Banner Engineering Turkey Barbaros Mah. UpHill Court Towers A Blok D:49 Bat Atasehir Istanbul Turkey Tel: 90 216 688 8282 Fax: 90 216 688 8181 email: turkey@bannerengineering.com.tr http://www.bannerengineering.com.tr
Hans Folsgaard AS Theilgaards Torv 1 DK - 4600 Koge Tel: 45-43-20-86-00 Fax: 45-43-96-88-55 email: hf@hf.net http://www.hf.net
DENMARK
Tektron Tramore House Tramore Road Cork Tel: 353 21-4313331 Fax: 353-21-4313371 email: sales@tektron.ie http://www.tektron.ie
IRELAND
Turck Sp. z o.o. ul. Wroclawska 115 45-836 Opole Tel: 48-77 443 48 00 Fax: 48-77 443 48 01 email: poland@turck.com http://www.turck.pl
POLAND
Turck GmbH GRAUMANNGASSE 7/A5-1 A-1150 WIEN Tel: 431-48-61587 Fax: 431-48-6158723 email: austria@turck.com http://www.turck.at
AUSTRIA
Osahing System Test Pirita tee 20 EE-10127 Tallinn Tel: 372-6-405-423 Fax: 372-6-405-422 email: systemtest@systemtest.ee
ESTONIA
Turck Banner s.r.l. Via San Domenico, 5 20010 Bareggio Milano Tel: 39 2 90 36 42 91 Fax: 39-2-90 36 48 38 email: info@turckbanner.it http://www.turckbanner.it
ITALY
Bresimar Automao Quinta do Simao- EN109 Esqueira Apartado 3080 Aveiro 3801-101 Tel: 351 234 303 320 x 25 Fax: 351-234-303-328/9 email: comercial@bresimar.pt http://www. bresimar.pt
PORTUGAL
FEK Company Industrial Automation Center Ponomarenko Street 35-A Office 302 220015 Minsk Tel: 375 17 2026800 Fax: 375 17 2102189 email: turck@fek.by http://www.turck.by
BELARUS
Sarlin Oy Ab Kaivokselantie 3-5, 01610 Vantaa PL 750, 00101 Helsinki Tel: 358 (0)10-550-4200 Fax: 358 (0)10-550-4201 email: sales.automation@sarlin.com http://www.sarlin.com
FINLAND
TURCK Automation Romania SRL Str. Siriului nr. 6-8 RO-014354 Bucharest Tel: 40-21-230 02 79 Fax: 40-21-231 40 87 email: romania@turck.com http://www.turck.ro
ROMANIA
Turck Rus OOO Altufyevskoe Shosse 1/7 Moscow 127106 Tel: 7-495-2342661 Fax: 7-495-2352665 email: russia@turck.com http://www.www.turck.ru
KAZAKHSTAN
Banner Engineering Europe Park Lane Cullinganlaan 2F Diegem B-1831 Tel: 32-2-456-07-80 Fax: 32-2-456-07-89 email: mail@bannereurope.com http://www.bannereurope.com Multiprox N.V. Lion dOrweg, 12 B-9300 Aalst Tel: 32-53-766 566 Fax: 32-53-783 977 email: mail@multiprox.be http://www.multiprox.be
BELGIUM
Turck Banner S.A.S. 3, Rue de Courtalin Magny - Le - Hongre 77703 Marne - La - Valle Cedex 4 Tel: 33-1-60-43-60-70 Fax: 33-1-60-43-10-18 email: info@turckbanner.fr http://www.turckbanner.fr
FRANCE
Hidroteka Chemijos g. 29E LT-51333 Kaunas Tel: 370-37 352195 Fax: 370-37-760500 email: hidroteka@hidroteka.lt http://www.hidroteka.lt
LITHUANIA
Turck Rus OOO Altufyevskoe Shosse 1/7 Moscow 127106 Tel: +7 4952342661 Fax: +7 4952342665 email: russia@turk.com http://www.turk.ru Turck Rus OOO 192012, Saint-Petersburg prospect Obuxovskoi oboroni dom 271 lit. , office 1007 Tel: +7-812-6333509 email: andrey.papsuev@turk.com
RUSSIA AND CIS
Hans Turck GmbH & Co KG Witzlebenstrasse 7 45472 Mlheim an der Ruhr Tel: 49-208-49-520 Fax: 49-208-49-52-264 email: more@turck.com http://www.turck.com
GERMANY
Sogel SA 1 7, Rue de lIndustrie 8399 Windhof Tel: 352-40-05-05-331 Fax: 352-40-05-05-305 email: sogel@sogel.lu
LUXEMBOURG
Marpex, s.r.o. portovcov 672 018 41 Dubnica nad Vhom Tel: 421 42 44269 86-87 Fax: 421 42 44400 10-11 email: marpex@marpex.sk http://www.marpex.sk
SLOVAKIA
2KAPPA Ltd. Stadiou 40 57009 Thessaloniki (Kalohori) Tel: +30 2310 775512 / 2310 700812 Fax: +30 2310 775514 email: 2kappa@pel.forthnet.gr http://www.2kappa.gr
GREECE
Turck B.V. Ruiterlaan 7 NL-8019 BN Zwolle Tel: 31-38-42-27-750 Fax: 31-38-42-27-451 email: info@turck.nl http://www.turck.nl
SPAIN NETHERLANDS/HOLLAND Elion, S.A.
Farell, 5 Vat. No. ESA08389587 E-08014 Barcelona Tel: 34-932-982-000 Fax: 34-934-311-800 email: elion@elion.es http://www.elion.es
850
Accessories
Turck Sweden EA Rosengrensgata 32 421 31 Vstra Frlunda Tel: 46 10 447 16 00 Fax: 46 10 447 16 20 email: sweden@turck.com http://www.turck.se
SWEDEN
Banner Engineering Turkey Barbaros Mah. UpHill Court Towers A Blok D:49 Bati Atasehir - Istanbul, Turkey Tel: 90 216 688 8282 Fax: 90 216 688 8181 email: turkey@bannereng.com.tr http://www.bannerengineering.com.tr Dacel Mhendislik Elektrik Elektronik, San. Ve Tic. Ltd. Perpa Elektrokent Is Merkezi A Blok Kat 2 No: 38 Okmeydani Istanbul Tel: 90 212 210 7646 Fax: 90 212 220 5045 email: info@dacel.com.tr http://www.dacel.com.tr
TURKEY
Gkhan Elektrik Malzemeleri San Tic Ltd Sti Perpa Elektrokent i Merkezi A Blok Kat 8 No: 694 34420 Okmeydani - Istanbul Tel: 90-212-221 32 36 Fax: 90-212-221 32 40 email: gokhan@gokhanelektrik.com.tr http://www.gokhanelektrik.com.tr
Reference Glossary International Reps
Bachofen AG Ackerstrasse 42 8610 Uster Tel: 41 44 944 11 11 Fax: 41 44 944 12 33 email: info@bachofen.ch http://www.bachofen.ch
SWITZERLAND
Turck Banner Ltd. Blenheim House Hurricane Way, Wickford Essex SS11 8YT Tel: 44-1268-578888 Fax: 44-1268-763648 email: info@turckbanner.co.uk http://www.turckbanner.co.uk
UNITED KINGDOM
Africa and Middle East

EGYPT
Electric Technology A.R.E. 5 Fawzy Moaaz Street Alexandria, Semouha Tel: 20-2-03-4248224 Fax: 20-2-03-4248522 http://www.electech.com.eg RET Automation Controls Pty. Ltd. P.O. Box 8378 Edenglen 1613 Tel: 27-11-453 24 68 Fax: 27-11-453 24 06 email: info@retautomation.com http://www.retautomation.com
REP. OF SOUTH AFRICA
Zivan LTD. 34 Batzri Street P.O.Box 49 28100 Kiriat Ata Tel: 972 4 8729 822 Fax: 972 4 8726 627 email: info@zivan.co.il http://www.zivan.co.il
ISRAEL
M.H. Sherbiny for Commerce P.O. Box 3082 Alkhobar 31952 Tel: 966-3-89-44-298 Fax: 966-3-86-47-278 email: sales@sherbinyforcommerce.com http://www.sherbinyforcommerce.com
SAUDI ARABIA
Kana Controls General Trading & Contracting Co. W.I.I. Plot 28-30, Street No. 31, Al-Rai Industrial Acre, P.O. Box 25593, Safat 13116 Tel: 965-24741373 Fax: 965-24751437 email: info@kanacontrols.com http://www.kanacontrols.com
KUWAIT
itec INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES Afrah Plaza Center, Blvd. Fouad Chehab, Sin El Fil, Beirut Tel: 961 1 491161 Fax: 961 1 491162 email: info@Iteclb.com http://www.iteclb.com
LEBANON
Asia, Australia and New Zealand

Adelaide Office Suite 1B, 267 Melbourne Street North Adelaide SA 5006 email: orders@micromaxsa.com.au Brisbane Office 2 / 35 Ethel Street Yeerongpilly QLD 4105 email: orders@micromaxsa.com.au Melbourne Office Unit 117, 87 Turner Street Port Melbourne VIC 3207 email: orders@micromaxsa.com.au Banner Engineering Shanghai Room 28 G/H/I 28th Flr. Cross Region Plaza No. 889, Lingling Road Shanghai 200030 Tel: 86-21-54894500 Fax: 86-21-54894511 email: sensors@bannerengineering.com.cn http://www.bannerengineering.com.cn Banner Engineering Beijing Rm 11C2, Tower 2, Xihuan Plaza No.1, Xiwai Street, Xicheng District Beijing 100044 Tel: 86-10-58301588/58301565 Fax: 86-10-58301566 email: sensors@bannerengineering.com.cn http://www.bannerengineering.com.cn Banner Engineering Chengdu Rm. D-1, 14th Flr., Chuanxin Mansion No.18, Sec.2, Renming South Rd. Chengdu 610016 Tel: 86-28-86200616 Fax: 86-28-86200618 email: sensors@bannerengineering.com.cn http://www.bannerengineering.com.cn
CHINA
Banner Engineering Guangzhou Room 2607/08 Huapu Plaza No. 9 Huaming Road Pearl River New City, Tianhe District Guangzhou 510623 Tel: 86-20-28865171 Fax: 86-20-28865175 email: sensors@bannerengineering.com.cn http://www.bannerengineering.com.cn Banner Engineering Nanjing Rm. B5, Flr. 6, Su Hua Commerce Bldg No.178 ZhongShan (N) Rd Nanjing 210009 Tel: 86-25-83362901 Fax: 86-25-83362901 email: sensors@bannerengineering.com.cn http://www.bannerengineering.com.cn Banner Engineering Tianjin Rm.15DE, Tower B, Pingan Building No.59, Machang Road Hexi District, Tianjin 300203 Tel: 86-22-58852651 Fax: 86-22-58852652 email: sensors@bannerengineering.com.cn http://www.bannerengineering.com.cn
Micromax Sensors and Automation Pty Ltd (Headquarters) Unit 2, 106-110 Beaconsfield Street Silverwater NSW 2128 Tel: 1300 362 626 (National), +61 287482800 (International) Fax: 1300 017 100 (National), +61296483245 (International) email: info@micromaxsa.com.au http://www.micromaxsa.com.au
AUSTRALIA
Perth Office Unit 4, 765 Marshall Road Malaga WA 6090 email: orders@micromaxsa.com.au Wollongong Office 5 Orangegrove Ave Unanderra NSW 2526 email: orders@micromaxsa.com.au
851
HOOKUPS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
REFERENCE CHARTS
GLOSSARY
KOREA
INTERNATIONAL REPS
SINGAPORE
Banner Engineering Shenzhen Rm. 15C, Building B, Fortune Plaza, No. 7060 ShenNan Road Shenzhen Tel: 86-755-83022293 Fax: 86-755-83022291 email: sensors@bannerengineering.com.cn http://www.bannerengineering.com.cn
Banner Engineering India West 601, Raheja Arcade Sector 11, CBD Belapur Navi Mumbai - 400 614 Tel: 91-(0)22-41235303 Fax: 91-(0)20-66405623 email: salesindia@bannerengineering.com http://www.bannerengineering.co.in
Banner Engineering Suzhou Building 49 Chuangtou District He Shun Road, North of Loufeng Suzhou Industry Park, Suzhou 215122 Tel: +86 512 6274 5997 Fax: +86 512 6274 5993 email: sensors@bannerengineering.com.cn http://www.bannerengineering.com.cn Banner Engineering Qingdao Room 10J Wang Jiao Building, No.73 Central Hong Kong Road Qingdao, 266071 Tel: 86-532-86128366 Fax: 86-532-86128369 email: sensors@bannerengineering.com.cn http://www.bannerengineering.com.cn Banner Engineering Shenyang Rm 1310, HuFuTianDi Building, No.1 TuanJie Rd No.7-1, Shenyang District Shenyang Tel: 86-024-22598290/8291 Fax: 86-024-22598290/8291-804 email: sensors@bannerengineering.com.cn http://www.bannerengineering.com.cn Banner Engineering Wuhan Room B1606, ZhongNan Intl City Building Wuluo Road No.442, Wuchang District Wuhan (430070) Tel: 86-027-87737951/2/3 Fax: 86-027-87737950 email: sensors@bannerengineering.com.cn http://www.bannerengineering.com.cn
Pt. Unitama Sentosa Gemilang Kompleks Permata Ancol Blok N, no. 32 Jl. R.E. Martadinata Jakarta Utara 14420 Tel: 62-21-645-1132 Fax: 62-21-645-1130 email: sales@unitama.co.id http://www.unitama.co.id
INDONESIA
Turck Korea Room No 412, RIT Center Gyeonggi Technopark 1271-11 Sai-dong, Sangnok-gu Ansan-city, Gyeonggi-Do Tel: 82 31 500 4555 Fax: 82 31 500 4558 email: sensor@sensor.co.kr http://www.sensor.co.kr K & S Korea Co., Ltd. 306 Office A-Dong, Chungan Circulation Complex 1258 Gurobon-Dong, Guro-Gu Seoul Tel: 82-22-619-0244 Fax: 82-22-619-0243 email: koyo@koyo.co.kr http://www.koyo.co.kr
REFERENCE
UST Technology Pte. Ltd. 998 Toa Payoh North #5 - 25 Singapore 318993 Tel: 65-6252-2272 Fax: 65-6253-8773 email: info@ust.com.sg http://www.ust.com.sg TURCK Singapore Pte. Ltd. 25 International Business Park #03-22/23 German Centre 609916 Tel: 65-6562-8716 Fax: 65-6562-8719 Powermatic Singapore Block 26 Sin Ming Lane #03-115 Midview City 573971 Tel: 65-6659-8638
Banner Engineering Japan Cent-Urban Building 305 3-23-15 Nishi-Nakajima Yodogawa-Ku, Osaka 532-0011 Tel: 81-6-6309-0411 Fax: 81-6-6309-0416 email: mail@bannerengineering.co.jp http://www.bannerengineering.co.jp Japan Machinery Company Nakajima Shoji Building 8F 8-5-6 Ginza Chuo-ku, Tokyo 104-0061 Tel: 81-3-3573-5421 Fax: 81-3-3574-9185 email: sales@japanmachinery.com http://www.japanmachinery.com Koyo Electronics Industries Co. 1-171 Tenjin-cho Kodaira, Tokyo 187-0004 Tel: 81-42-341-3114 Fax: 81-42-341-3118 email: sales@koyoele.co.jp http://www.koyoele.co.jp Morimura Brothers Inc. Morimura Building 1-3-1 Toranomon Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-8451 Tel: 81-3-3502-6449 Fax: 81-3-3593-3376 http://www.morimura.co.jp email: okai@morimura.co.jp Aiden Corporation Yushima Ohta Bld. 3F 29-3, 2-chome, Yushima Bunkyo-ku, Tokyo, 113-0034 Tel: 81-3-3813-8615 Fax: 81-3-3813-8698 email: easaoka@aiden-net.co.jp http://www.aiden-net.co.jp
JAPAN
UST Technology Pte. Ltd. 998 Toa Payoh North #5 - 25 Singapore 318993 Tel: 65-6252-2272 Fax: 65-6253-8773 email: info@ust.com.sg http://www.ust.com.sg
MALAYSIA
I.Q. Systems (PVT) Ltd. 35A 1/1, Sunethradevi Road Kohuwala, Nugegoda Tel: 0094-112-769-969 Fax: 0094-112-826-807 email: sales@iqsystems.lk or iqsystems@itmin.net
SRI LANKA
CSE-W. Arthur Fisher Ltd. 15 Polaris Place East Tamaki, 2013 Auckland Tel: 64-9-271 3810 Fax: 64-9 265 1362 email: sales@cse-waf.co.nz http://www.cse-waf.co.nz
NEW ZEALAND
Banner Engineering Taiwan 8F-2, No. 308 Section 1, Neihu Road Taipei 114 Tel: 886-2-8751-9966 Fax: 886-2-8751-2966 email: info@bannerengineering.com.tw http://www.bannerengineering.com.tw
TAIWAN
Banner Engineering Hong Kong Rm. 15C, Building B, Fortune Plaza No. 7060 ShenNan Rd, Shenzhen Tel: 86-755-83022293 Fax: 86-755-83022291 email: sensors@bannerengineering.com.cn http:/www.bannerengineering.com.cn
HONG KONG
Sunshine Corporation 5/12, Rimpa Plaza (Office Tower) M.A.Jinnah Road Karachi-74400 Tel: 92-21-32733289 Fax: 92-21-32734167 email: faisal@sunshine.com.pk http:// www.sunshine.com.pk/industrial.htm
PAKISTAN
Compomax Company Limited 16 Soi Ekamai 4, Sukhumvit 63 Rd. Prakanongnua, Vadhana Bangkok 10110 Tel: 66-2-1050-555 Fax: 66-2-1050-556 email: info@compomax.co.th http://www.compomax.co.th
THAILAND
Banner Engineering India Pvt. Ltd. Office No. 1001, 10th floor, Sai Capital, Opp. ICC Senapati Bapat Road Pune 411016 Tel: 91-(0)20-66405624 Fax: 91-(0)20-66405623 email: salesindia@bannerengineering.com http://www.bannerengineering.co.in Banner Engineering India South 3rd Floor, Ashika Chambers, 22 Chamiers Road Nandanam Chennai 18 Tamil Nadu Tel: 91-(0)9382105073 Fax: 91-(0)20-66405623 email: salesindia@bannerengineering.com http://www.bannerengineering.co.in Banner Engineering India - North Office No 411, 4th Floor, DLF Galleria Complex, DLF Enclave, Gurgoan, Haryana 122001 Tel: 0124-4074326 email: salesindia@bannerengineering.com http://www.bannerengineering.co.in
INDIA
UST Technology Pte. Ltd. 998 Toa Payoh North #5 - 25 Singapore 318993 Tel: 65-6252-2272 Fax: 65-6253-8773 email: info@ust.com.sg http://www.ust.com.sg
PHILIPPINES
Lap Nhan Join-Stock Company No 51, 715 Ta Quang Buu Street Ward 4, Dist. 8 Ho Chi Minh City Tel: (84) 8 38523624 Fax: (84) 8 8523643 email: info@lapnhanjs.com http://www.lapnhanjs.com
VIETNAM
852
Model Number
11-BG00-31-A12060 11-BG00-31-D-024 11-BGX10-40 11-BGX77-048 11-BGX77-240 11-G318-48 11-G484-30 45LM58 45LM58D 45LMD 8-L2PP-1A5 8-LM2T-AU115 8-LM2T-AU120 8-LM2T-B6644 8-LM2T-C01 8-LM2T-C10 8-LP2T-B6644 A AG4-4E AG4-6E AG4-CLN1 AG4-CLN2 AG4-CPD15 AG4-CPD15-10 AG4-CPD15-25 AG4-CPD15-5 AG4-CPD15-50 AG4-MBK1 AG4-PCD9 AG4-PCD9-10 AG4-PCD9-3 AG4-PCD9-5 AG4-PCD9USB-1 AG4-TB1 AG4-WIN1 AP18SC AP18SCN AP18SR AP18SRN AP31-020 AP31-020H AP31-020V AP31-040 AP31-040H AP31-040V AP31-100 AP31-100H AP31-100V AP31-200H AP31-200V AP31-DVHX2 APG18S APKQ12 APK-Q20 APQ12-.5 APQ12-.5H APQ12-.5V APQ12-1 APQ12-1.5 APQ12-1H APQ12-1V APQ12-2 APQ12-4S APQ20-0.5 APQ20-0.5V APQ20-1 APQ20-1V APQ20-2 APQ20-2V APQS18-020
Part #
69681 69682 69685 69683 69684 69689 69688 63420 63421 35497 69698 69697 69696 69691 69693 69695 69692 82137 12526 82155 82156 82151 82143 82144 82142 82145 82139 82152 82149 82147 82148 10717 82141 82138 32689 50934 32707 50935 27127 27130 27134 27128 27131 27135 27129 27132 27136 27133 27137 27138 42703 73734 78885 73735 73739 73741 73736 73737 73740 73742 73738 73743 78879 78882 78880 78883 78881 78884 67551
Page
756 756 756 756 756 756 756 203 203 203 614 614 614 613 614 614 613 526 526 528 528 528 528 528 528 528 528 528 528 528 528 528 528 528 751 751 751 751 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 751 751 750 751 751 751 751 751 751 751 751 751 750 750 750 750 750 750 750
Model Number
APQS18-020H APQS18-020V APQS18-040 APQS18-040H APQS18-040V APQS18-100 APQS18-100H APQS18-100V APQS18-DVHX2 APQS30-040 APQS30-040H APQS30-040V APQS30-100 APQS30-100H APQS30-100V APQS30-200 APQS30-200H APQS30-200V APQS30-DVHX2 APVS2-0204 APVS2-02R APVS2-04R APVS2-0608 AT-FM-10K AT-GM-11KM AT-GM-13A ATGMKM-VP6 ATGMKM-VP6Q ATGMKM-VP6Q5 ATGMK-VP6 ATGMK-VP6Q ATGMK-VP6Q5 AT-HM-11KM AT-HM-13A ATHMKM-VP6 ATHMKM-VP6Q ATHMKM-VP6Q5 ATHMK-VP6 ATHMK-VP6Q ATHMK-VP6Q5 ATK-VP6 ATK-VP6Q ATK-VP6Q5 B BA1.53SMETA BA1.53SMETAM600 BA1.53SMTA BA1.53SMTAM600 BA23S BA23SM600 BAM.752S BAM.752SM600 BAT16.6ST5MTA BAT23S BAT23SM600 BAT23SM900 BF1801A-12060 BF1801L-024 BF23P BFX77-240 BM.752S BM.752SM600 BM.753P BMEL1216A BMEL1232A BMEL1816A BMEL1832A BMEL2416A BMEL2432A BMEL3016A
Part #
67552 67553 67554 67555 67556 67557 67558 67559 67560 73694 73697 73700 73695 73698 73701 73696 73699 73702 73703 58931 58933 58934 58932 60698 2897 66089 71688 71689 71690 68275 68276 79611 2898 66090 71691 71692 71693 68277 68278 70396 64290 64291 64292 21085 23395 20879 21833 17210 23396 17220 22676 24971 17222 21021 20656 81162 81263 17233 81163 17248 21281 17250 38541 38529 39574 39575 38543 38531 39576
Page
750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 751 751 751 751 751 751 751 751 751 751 751 751 751 751 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 272 272 272 272 271 271 271 271 233 271 271 271 756 536 271 756 271 271 271 356 357 356 357 357 357 357
Model Number
BMEL3032A BMEL3616A BMEL3632A BMEL4216A BMEL4232A BMEL4816A BMEL4832A BMEL6016A BMEL6032A BMEL616A BMEL632A BMEL7216A BMEL7232A BMHE4A/BMHL4G BMHE4SS/BMHL4GSS BMHE4SSN/BMHL4GSSN BMHE5A/BMHL5G BMHE5SS/BMHL5GSS BMHE5SSN/BMHL5GSSN BMHE6A/BMHL6G BMHE6SS/BMHL6GSS BMHE6SSN/BMHL6GSSN BMHPS14 BMHPS15 BMHPS16 BMHPS4 BMHPS5 BMHPS6 BMP.753P BMRL1216A BMRL1232A BMRL1816A BMRL1832A BMRL2416A BMRL2432A BMRL3016A BMRL3032A BMRL3616A BMRL3632A BMRL4216A BMRL4232A BMRL4816A BMRL4832A BMRL6016A BMRL6032A BMRL616A BMRL632A BMRL7216A BMRL7232A BMT.442P BMT13SMVF BMT16.6S-HT BNC06 BNC15 BNC30 BNC48 BR2.53S BR2.53SM600 BR23S BR23SM600 BRT-.6 BRT-1 BRT-1.5 BRT-100X18A BRT-100X50 BRT-100X55A BRT-11X11M BRT-11X11MD BRT-150X18A BRT-150X18T
Part #
39577 38545 38533 39578 39579 38547 38535 38549 38537 39919 39921 38551 38539 38656 53868 53869 55031 53127 53867 55032 55033 55034 55971 55972 55973 42409 55284 54036 21101 38542 38530 39582 39583 38544 38532 39584 39585 38546 38534 39586 39587 38548 38536 38550 38538 39920 39922 38552 38540 21310 65967 64397 67458 67459 67460 77973 17379 21545 17261 21933 16161 16162 16163 44998 45000 45001 73685 73686 59854 73691
Page
357 357 357 357 357 357 357 357 357 356 357 357 357 745 745 745 745 745 745 745 745 745 753 753 753 753 753 753 271 356 357 356 357 357 357 357 357 357 357 357 357 357 357 357 357 356 357 357 357 271 272 267 716 716 716 716 271 271 271 271 724 724 724 734 734 734 727 727 734 734
Model Number
BRT-180X40A BRT-23X14CM BRT-250 BRT-25R BRT-2A BRT-2X2 BRT-3 BRT-30X20M BRT-30X20MT BRT-32X20AM BRT-32X22A BRT-34 BRT-34T BRT-35DM BRT-35X20A BRT-35X20AB BRT-35X35B BRT-35X35BM BRT-40X18A BRT-40X19A BRT-40X19AM BRT-40X20AM BRT-40X23 BRT-40X23A BRT-40X23ABC BRT-40X23B BRT-41AHT BRT-42 BRT-42A BRT-42D BRT-44X29A6 BRT-48X32 BRT-48X32A BRT-48X32B BRT-4HT BRT-50 BRT-50D BRT-50R BRT-51X51BM BRT-53X19A BRT-540 BRT-60X40AF BRT-60X40C BRT-60X40IP69K BRT-62X10AM BRT-700 BRT-77X77C BRT-80X50C BRT-80X50CM BRT-84 BRT-84X84A BRT-92X92C BRT-92X92CB BRT-L BRTR-CC20E BRT-THG-1-100 BRT-THG-18X36 BRT-THG-2-100 BRT-THG-3-100 BRT-THG-3X3-10 BRT-THG-4X4-5 BRT-THG-8.5X11-2 BRT-THT-100 BRT-TVHG-2X2 BRT-TVHG-8X10P BT-1 BT13.5ST5 BT23S BT23SM600 BT23SM900
Part #
73693 58981 73713 49809 15970 40071 16164 73687 73688 58982 73689 73683 73684 58980 49810 75147 72480 72483 44991 67492 67493 67494 44993 61108 69505 44992 45007 71203 45005 45006 69506 44994 44995 44999 18528 49812 49813 49814 71791 44996 73714 14879 44997 12974 58983 73715 49816 58978 73841 58979 73690 49808 71204 16167 11118 26619 26618 26620 26621 26069 26616 26617 27451 57260 69119 26809 24973 17276 17279 20196
Page
735 730 729 724 725 727 726 730 730 730 730 724 724 725 730 730 727 727 731 731 731 731 731 731 732 732 725 725 725 725 732 732 732 732 728 726 726 726 728 733 729 733 733 733 733 729 728 733 734 726 728 728 728 735 364 736 736 736 736 736 736 736 736 736 736 750 233 271 271 271
This catalog contains only a partial listing of Banner's product line. For more information call 1-888-373-6767 or visit bannerengineering.com.
853
Model Number
BTA23S BTA23SM600 BTA23SM900 BTETA1.53S BTETA1.53SM600 BWA-2O2-C
Part #
20008 20388 21435 21496 71986 77816 77817 81081 77818 81080 76908 77819 77481 77480 77479 11321 11320 11322 81325 11834 11835 11327 11326 11328 11329 11341 11340 81057 78544 78337 78338 77488 77486 77820 77821 77489 77822 77490 12477 79296 C 36865 36860 36605 36606 27030 10490 10473 10507 10489 10472 10506 10481 10464 10499 10480 10463 10498 10492 10475 10509 10491 10474 10508 10483 10467 10501 10482 10017 10500
Page
271 271 271 272 272 413 413 413 413 413 413 413 413 413 413 412 412 412 412 412 412 412 412 412 412 412 412 411 413 413 413 413 413 413 413 413 413 413 413 413 172 172 172 172 172 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445 445
Model Number
CSB3-M1281M1282-LH CSB-M1240M1240 CSB-M1240M1241 CSB-M12415M1241 CSB-M1241M1241 CSB-M12425M1241 CSB-M1248M1241 CSB-M1280M1280 CSB-M1280M1280-LH CSB-M12815M1281 CSB-M1281M1281 CSB-M1281M1282-LH CSB-M12825M1281 CSB-M1288M1281 CSB-M831M831 CSB-UNT213M831F1241 CSB-UNT425M1241 CSF-M12F51M12M41 CSRB-M1240M1241 CSRB-M1240M1242 CSRB-M1240M1243 CSRB-M1240M1244 D D10AFP D10AFPG D10AFPGQ D10AFPGY D10AFPGYQ D10AFPQ D10AFPY D10AFPYQ D10B2NFP D10B2PFP D10B5FP D10BFP D10BFPG D10BFPGQ D10BFPQ D10DNCFP D10DNCFPQ D10DNFP D10DNFPG D10DNFPGQ D10DNFPQ D10DPCFP D10DPCFPQ D10DPFP D10DPFPG D10DPFPGQ D10DPFPQ D10INFP D10INFPG D10INFPGQ D10INFPQ D10IPFP D10IPFPG D10IPFPGQ D10IPFPQ D10UNFP D10UNFPG D10UNFPGQ D10UNFPQ D10UPFP D10UPFPG D10UPFPGQ D10UPFPQ D12DAB6FP D12DAB6FPQ D12DAB6FV
Part #
14418 64206 75286 75275 75273 75276 75274 75375 13239 73254 73252 11697 73255 73253 77718 81843 75277 79657 83269 83270 83271 83272
Page
706 698 698 698 698 698 698 707 706 707 707 706 707 707 694 694 698 702 699 699 699 699 702 236 236 236 237 237 236 237 237 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 237 237 235 235 235 235 237 237 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 244 244 244
Model Number
D12DAB6FVQ D12E2N6FP D12E2N6FV D12E2P6FP D12E2P6FV D12EN6FP D12EN6FV D12EP6FP D12EP6FV D12SN6FP D12SN6FPH D12SN6FPHQ D12SN6FPQ D12SN6FPY D12SN6FPY1 D12SN6FPY1Q D12SN6FPYQ D12SN6FV D12SN6FVQ D12SN6FVY D12SN6FVY1 D12SN6FVY1Q D12SN6FVYQ D12SP6FP D12SP6FPH D12SP6FPHQ D12SP6FPQ D12SP6FPY D12SP6FPY1 D12SP6FPY1Q D12SP6FPYQ D12SP6FV D12SP6FVQ D12SP6FVY D12SP6FVY1 D12SP6FVY1Q D12SP6FVYQ DB9P06 DB9P15 DB9P30 DBQ5 DEE2R-5100D DEE2R-515D DEE2R-51D DEE2R-525D DEE2R-53D DEE2R-550D DEE2R-575D DEE2R-58D DEE2R-8100D DEE2R-815D DEE2R-81D DEE2R-825D DEE2R-83D DEE2R-850D DEE2R-875D DEE2R-88D DELP-110E DELP-110EB DELP-11100E DELP-11100EB DELP-1115E DELP-1115EB DELP-111E DELP-111EB DELP-1125E DELP-1125EB DELP-113E DELP-113EB DELP-1150E
Part #
39546 50838 50840 50839 50841 41959 41962 41965 41968 32820 34464 34973 33712 34869 35501 35503 35347 33710 33714 35400 35505 35507 35402 32821 34972 34974 33713 35348 35502 35504 35349 33711 33715 35401 35506 35508 35403 67455 67456 67457 39535 72339 72335 72333 72336 72334 72337 72338 72636 72211 72207 72205 72208 72206 72209 72210 72635 80802 82791 80810 82799 80806 82795 80803 82792 80807 82796 80804 82793 80808
Page
244 243 243 243 243 243 243 243 243 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 244 718 718 718 752 701 701 701 701 701 701 701 701 705 705 705 705 705 705 705 705 709 709 709 709 709 709 709 709 709 709 709 709 709
Model Number
DELP-1150EB DELP-1175E DELP-1175EB DELP-118E DELP-118EB DELPE-8100D DELPE-8100DB DELPE-815D DELPE-815DB DELPE-81D DELPE-81DB DELPE-825D DELPE-825DB DELPE-83D DELPE-83DB DELPE-850D DELPE-850DB DELPE-875D DELPE-875DB DELPE-88D DELPE-88DB DELPEF-815D DELPEF-81D DELPEF-83D DELPEF-88D DF-G1-KS-Q5 DF-G1-NS-2M DF-G1-NS-9M DF-G1-NS-Q3 DF-G1-NS-Q5 DF-G1-NS-Q7 DF-G1-PS-2M DF-G1-PS-9M DF-G1-PS-Q3 DF-G1-PS-Q5 DF-G1-PS-Q7 DIN-35-105 DIN-35-140 DIN-35-70 DX70K2M6ED1 DX70K2M6EM1 DX70K9M6ED1 DX70K9M6EM1 DX80DR2M-H DX80DR9M-H DX80G2M2S-P DX80G2M2S-P7 DX80G2M2S-P7C DX80G2M6S0P0M4M4 DX80G2M6S0P0M4M4C DX80G2M6S0P0V4V4 DX80G2M6S0P0V4V4C DX80G2M6S4P4M2M2 DX80G2M6S4P4M2M2C DX80G2M6S4P4V2V2 DX80G2M6S4P4V2V2C DX80G2M6S4P8 DX80G2M6S4P8C DX80G2M6S6N6 DX80G2M6S6N6C DX80G2M6S6P6 DX80G2M6S6P6C DX80G2M6S8P4 DX80G2M6S8P4C DX80G2M6S-P2 DX80G2M6S-P2C DX80G2M6S-P8 DX80G2M6S-P8C DX80G9M2S-P DX80G9M2S-P7
Part #
82797 80809 82798 80805 82794 80818 82807 80814 82803 80811 82800 80815 82804 80812 82801 80816 82805 80817 82806 80813 82802 12555 82816 12553 12554 19524 19350 19351 19352 19353 19354 19355 19356 19357 19358 19359 30470 26605 26604 18480 18478 18479 18477 11433 11431 82048 155646 18791 78861 83144 79962 83140 79457 83105 81686 83109 83045 83119 81395 83123 81550 83127 83071 83115 156008 18788 155614 18793 155631 155645
Page
709 709 709 709 709 708 708 708 708 708 708 708 708 708 708 708 708 708 708 708 708 709 709 709 709 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 641 641 641 410 410 410 410 406 406 394 394 394 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 394 394 394 394 394 394
REFERENCE
BWA-2O5-C BWA-2O6-A BWA-2O7-C BWA-2O8-A BWA-9O2-C BWA-9O5-B BWA-9O6-A BWA-9Y10-A BWA-9Y6-A BWA-EF1086 BWA-EF14128 BWA-EF866 BWA-HW-006 BWA-HW-016 BWA-HW-017 BWA-PA108 BWA-PA1412 BWA-PA86 BWA-PM12 BWA-PM6 BWA-PM8 BWA-SOLAR-001 BWC-1MRSFRSB02 BWC-1MRSFRSB1 BWC-1MRSFRSB2 BWC-1MRSFRSB4 BWC-1MRSMN05 BWC-1MRSMN2 BWC-4MNFN15 BWC-4MNFN3 BWC-4MNFN30 BWC-4MNFN6 BWC-LFNBMN-DC BWC-LMRSFRPB CI2B-1 CI2BK-1 CI2BK-2 CI3RC2 CIB-1 CL50GRXAN CL50GRXANQ CL50GRXANQP CL50GRXAP CL50GRXAPQ CL50GRXAPQP CL50GRXN CL50GRXNQ CL50GRXNQP CL50GRXP CL50GRXPQ CL50GRXPQP CL50GRYAN CL50GRYANQ CL50GRYANQP CL50GRYAP CL50GRYAPQ CL50GRYAPQP CL50GRYN CL50GRYNQ CL50GRYNQP CL50GRYP CL50GRYPQ CL50GRYPQP
CSRB-M1250M125.47M125.73 83265 72808 72810 72811 73124 73125 72809 73121 73122 78763 78762 78761 72613 72616 72617 72614 10379 10380 62379 64561 64562 62380 10381 10382 62382 64564 64565 62383 62385 64567 64568 62386 62388 64570 64571 62389 63992 64573 64574 63993 63995 64576 64577 63996 38382 39543 39545
854
Model Number
DX80G9M2S-P7C DX80G9M6S0P0M4M4 DX80G9M6S0P0M4M4C DX80G9M6S0P0V4V4 DX80G9M6S0P0V4V4C DX80G9M6S4P4M2M2 DX80G9M6S4P4M2M2C DX80G9M6S4P4V2V2 DX80G9M6S4P4V2V2C DX80G9M6S4P8 DX80G9M6S4P8C DX80G9M6S6N6 DX80G9M6S6N6C DX80G9M6S6P6 DX80G9M6S6P6C DX80G9M6S8P4 DX80G9M6S8P4C DX80G9M6S-P2 DX80G9M6S-P2C DX80G9M6S-P8 DX80G9M6S-P8C DX80N2X1S1S DX80N2X1S2A1 DX80N2X1S2N1M1 DX80N2X1S2N1V1 DX80N2X1S-P1E DX80N2X1S-P3E DX80N2X1W0P0ZR DX80N2X2S0P0R DX80N2X2S0P0RC DX80N2X2S2N2M2 DX80N2X2S2N2M2C DX80N2X2S2N2T DX80N2X2S2N2TC DX80N2X2S2N2V2 DX80N2X2S2N2V2C DX80N2X2S2S DX80N2X2S4A2 DX80N2X2S4A2C DX80N2X2S-P1 DX80N2X2S-P1C DX80N2X2S-P3 DX80N2X2S-P3C DX80N2X2S-P7 DX80N2X2S-P7C DX80N2X6S0P0M4M4 DX80N2X6S0P0M4M4C DX80N2X6S0P0V4V4 DX80N2X6S0P0V4V4C DX80N2X6S4P4M2M2 DX80N2X6S4P4M2M2C DX80N2X6S4P4V2V2 DX80N2X6S4P4V2V2C DX80N2X6S4P8 DX80N2X6S4P8C DX80N2X6S6N6 DX80N2X6S6N6C DX80N2X6S6P6 DX80N2X6S6P6C DX80N2X6S8P4 DX80N2X6S8P4C DX80N2X6S-P2 DX80N2X6S-P2C DX80N9X1S1S DX80N9X1S2A1 DX80N9X1S2N1M1 DX80N9X1S2N1V1 DX80N9X1S-P1E DX80N9X1S-P3E DX80N9X1S-P4E
Part #
18789 78551 83142 79396 83138 77950 83103 78555 83107 77605 83117 79395 83121 77607 83125 77606 83113 155632 18787 155613 18792 80970 80968 10887 call 18089 18091 10769 81304 83016 78370 83006 80702 83014 10129 10831 81614 81673 83008 156007 18796 155637 18800 155644 18807 78860 83004 79961 83002 78634 82989 81661 82991 78637 82996 83053 82998 81551 83000 78686 82993 156009 18798 80969 80967 10884 12489 161562 18090 18092
Page
394 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 394 394 394 394 401 400 399 399 394 394 402 401 401 398 398 401 401 398 398 401 400 400 394 394 394 394 395 395 400 400 400 400 398 398 398 398 399 399 399 399 399 399 399 399 394 394 401 400 399 399 394 394 394
Model Number
DX80N9X1W0P0ZR DX80N9X2S0P0R DX80N9X2S0P0RC DX80N9X2S2N2M2 DX80N9X2S2N2M2C DX80N9X2S2N2T DX80N9X2S2N2TC DX80N9X2S2N2V2 DX80N9X2S2N2V2C DX80N9X2S2S DX80N9X2S4A2 DX80N9X2S4A2C DX80N9X2S-P1 DX80N9X2S-P1C DX80N9X2S-P3 DX80N9X2S-P3C DX80N9X2S-P4 DX80N9X2S-P4C DX80N9X2S-P7 DX80N9X2S-P7C DX80N9X6S0P0M4M4 DX80N9X6S0P0M4M4C DX80N9X6S0P0V4V4 DX80N9X6S0P0V4V4C DX80N9X6S4P4M2M2 DX80N9X6S4P4M2M2C DX80N9X6S4P4V2V2 DX80N9X6S4P4V2V2C DX80N9X6S4P8 DX80N9X6S4P8C DX80N9X6S6N6 DX80N9X6S6N6C DX80N9X6S6P6 DX80N9X6S6P6C DX80N9X6S8P4 DX80N9X6S8P4C DX80N9X6S-P2 DX80N9X6S-P2C DX80P2A6S-P DX80P2T6S-P DX80P9A6S-P DX80P9T6S-P DX81 DX81H DX81P6 DX83A DX83T DX85M0P0M4M4 DX85M0P0M4M4C DX85M4P4M2M2 DX85M4P4M2M2C DX85M4P8 DX85M4P8C DX85M6P6 DX85M6P6C DX85M8P4 DX85M8P4C DX85M-P7 DX85M-P7C DX85M-P8 DX85M-P8C DX99N2X1S0N0R4X0D0 DX99N2X1S2N0B2X0D0 DX99N2X1S2N0M2X0D1 DX99N2X1S2N0M2X0D2 DX99N2X1S2N0T4X0D0 DX99N2X1S2N0V2X0D1 DX99N2X1S2N0V2X0D2 DX99N9X1S0N0R4X0D0 DX99N9X1S2N0B2X0D0
Part #
10073 77458 83015 77570 83005 77460 83013 83380 10828 79393 78553 83007 156006 18794 155636 18799 155638 18801 155643 18806 78552 83003 79392 83001 76998 82988 78554 82990 77603 82994 79391 82997 77602 82999 77604 82992 155633 18797 18379 18377 157697 18376 76972 82864 77674 10334 77569 79966 10205 77676 10201 79306 10204 77675 10202 79307 10203 155629 160799 155630 160800 14220 14224 14193 14189 14211 14201 14197 14214 14222
Page
402 401 401 398 398 401 401 398 398 401 400 400 394 394 394 394 395 395 395 395 400 400 400 400 398 398 398 398 399 399 399 399 399 399 399 399 394 394 393 393 393 393 411 411 411 393 393 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404
Model Number
DX99N9X1S2N0M2X0D1 DX99N9X1S2N0M2X0D2 DX99N9X1S2N0T4X0D0 DX99N9X1S2N0V2X0D1 DX99N9X1S2N0V2X0D2 DXER9 E EA5E1050Q EA5E1200Q EA5E1500Q EA5E150Q EA5E1800Q EA5E2100Q EA5E2400Q EA5E300Q EA5E450Q EA5E600Q EA5E750Q EA5E900Q EA5R1050NIXMODQ EA5R1050NUXMODQ EA5R1050PIXMODQ EA5R1050PUXMODQ EA5R1200NIXMODQ EA5R1200NUXMODQ EA5R1200PIXMODQ EA5R1200PUXMODQ EA5R1500NIXMODQ EA5R1500NUXMODQ EA5R1500PIXMODQ EA5R1500PUXMODQ EA5R150NIXMODQ EA5R150NUXMODQ EA5R150PIXMODQ EA5R150PUXMODQ EA5R1800NIXMODQ EA5R1800NUXMODQ EA5R1800PIXMODQ EA5R1800PUXMODQ EA5R2100NIXMODQ EA5R2100NUXMODQ EA5R2100PIXMODQ EA5R2100PUXMODQ EA5R2400NIXMODQ EA5R2400NUXMODQ EA5R2400PIXMODQ EA5R2400PUXMODQ EA5R300NIXMODQ EA5R300NUXMODQ EA5R300PIXMODQ EA5R300PUXMODQ EA5R450NIXMODQ EA5R450NUXMODQ EA5R450PIXMODQ EA5R450PUXMODQ EA5R600NIXMODQ EA5R600NUXMODQ EA5R600PIXMODQ EA5R600PUXMODQ EA5R750NIXMODQ EA5R750NUXMODQ EA5R750PIXMODQ EA5R750PUXMODQ EA5R900NIXMODQ EA5R900NUXMODQ EA5R900PIXMODQ EA5R900PUXMODQ ED1G-L20MB-1N ED1G-L21SM-1N ED1G-L21SMB-1N
Part #
14191 14187 14204 14199 14195 10066 75429 75430 75431 75423 75432 75433 75434 75424 75425 75426 75427 75428 75417 76202 77533 77544 75418 76203 77534 77545 75419 76204 77535 77546 75411 76196 77527 77537 75420 76205 77536 77547 75421 78937 78939 78941 75422 78938 78872 78942 75412 76197 77528 77538 75413 76198 77529 77540 75414 76199 77530 77541 75415 76200 77531 77542 75416 76201 77532 77543 12937 12934 12935
Page
404 404 404 404 404 408 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 627 627 627
Model Number
ED9Z-GH1 EM-F-7G EM-FD-7G2 EM-FD-7G3 EM-FD-7G4 EM-T-7A ES-FA-11AA ES-FA-6G ES-FA-9AA ES-TN-14H5 ES-TN-14H6 ES-TN-1H1 ES-TN-1H10 ES-TN-1H11 ES-TN-1H12 ES-TN-1H2 ES-TN-1H3 ES-TN-1H4 ES-TN-1H5 ES-TN-1H6 ES-TN-1H7 ES-TN-1H8 ES-TN-1H9 ES-UA-5A ES-VA-5A EZA-ADE-1 EZA-ADE-2 EZA-ADR-1 EZA-ADR-2 EZA-AP-1 EZAC-E-QE5 EZAC-E-QE5-QS5 EZAC-E-QE8 EZAC-E-QE8-QS3 EZA-CP-13 EZAC-R10N-QE8-QS53 EZAC-R11-QE8 EZAC-R15A-QE8-QS83 EZAC-R8N-QE8-QS53 EZAC-R9-QE8 EZA-ECE-1 EZA-ECR-1 EZA-LAT-1 EZA-LAT-2 EZA-MBK-1 EZA-MBK-11 EZA-MBK-12 EZA-MBK-2 EZA-MBK-20 EZA-MBK-20U EZA-MBK-21 EZA-MBK-3 EZA-MBK-4 EZA-MBK-5 EZA-MBK-9 EZA-QDE-3 EZA-QDE-5 EZA-QDR-8 EZA-RBK-1 EZA-RR-1 EZA-S300 EZA-S300-M EZA-S400 EZA-S400-M EZA-S500 EZA-S500-M EZA-S500-M45 EZA-S533 EZA-S533-M
Part #
13093 55750 55785 55723 55724 52402 2628 55579 60131 68423 68437 72667 61068 61069 61070 61062 61063 61064 57481 59648 61065 61066 61067 66091 66092 71447 72929 71448 72930 62859 74321 73466 74320 73465 62860 73302 73761 74115 73303 73300 62858 62857 66027 71446 60630 71470 71756 61947 72587 81369 73319 61980 61981 61982 66013 68475 68476 68474 74547 74548 70446 70447 70448 70449 70450 70451 70452 70453 70454
Page
641 556 556 556 556 556 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 500 500 500 500 522 755 755 755 755 522 755 755 755 755 755 522 522 749 749 641 642 642 642 642 642 643 643 643 643 644 720 720 720 510 510 743 743 743 743 744 744 744 744 744
855
Model Number
EZA-S584 EZA-S584-M EZA-S584-M45 EZA-SW-1 EZA-TBE-1 EZA-TBR-1
Part #
70455 70456 70457 62863 62861 62862 72796 72797 72798 72790 72799 72800 72801 72791 72792 72793 72794 72795 71449 83025 71458 61953 71459 61952 71460 61948 71452 71461 call 71462 71463 71453 71454 71455 61949 71456 61950 71457 61951 76073 76074 76075 76067 76076 79625 76077 76078 call 80538 76068 76069 76070 76071 76072 F 58912 58913 58914 58915 58910 58911 58916 58917 58903 58905 58907 58909 58902 58904 58906
Page
744 744 744 522 522 522 742 742 742 742 742 742 742 742 742 742 742 742 500 753 747 748 747 748 747 748 746 747 746 747 747 746 746 746 748 746 748 746 748 747 747 747 746 747 746 747 747 747 747 746 746 746 746 746 723 723 723 723 723 723 723 723 722 722 722 722 722 722 722
Model Number
FIC-M8M4A FLTB FLTG FLTI FLTMB FLTMG FLTMI FLTMR FLTR FLTUV G GM-FA-10J H HFFB12AC HFFB12DC HFFB812ACR HFFB8AC110 HFFB8AC230 HFFB8ACR HFFB8DC HFFW12AC HFFW12ACR HFFW12DC HFFW14DC HFFW15AC110 HFFW15AC230 HFFW15ACR HFFW24AC HFFW24ACR HFFW36AC HFFW36ACR HFFW48AC HFFW48ACR HFFW8AC110 HFFW8AC230 HFFW8ACR HFFW8DC I IA.31.7ST5ETA IA.82.5PT5 IA.83.3ST5ETA IA1.53SMETA IA1.53SMETAM600 IA1.53SMTA IA1.53SMTAM600 IA23S IA23SM600 IA23SM900 IAM.752S IAM.752SM600 IAT23S IAT23SM600 IAT23SM8M900 IB6RP IF23P IMP.753P IMT.442P IMT.753SMVF IMT.756.6S-HT IM-T-11A IM-T-9A INTUSB485-1 INTUSB485-LH IR2.53S IR2.53SM600 IR23S IR23SM600 IT23S IT23SM600 IT23SM900
Part #
58908 71894 71893 69530 83201 83202 83199 83200 69627 2987 60987 79453 79454 79455 79448 79449 79451 79450 71291 73994 71290 71292 71293 71294 74017 71295 73790 71296 74018 71297 74019 71288 71289 73827 71287 24979 24980 24976 20501 21550 21056 21568 17299 20035 21419 17304 20550 17307 17859 65963 11346 17316 21072 21249 65968 64398 61424 61425 77147 13262 17332 21352 17336 17844 17355 17356 20028
Page
722 388 388 388 377 377 377 377 388 388 577 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 233 233 233 274 274 274 274 273 273 273 273 273 273 273 273 411 273 273 273 274 267 558 558 753 753 273 273 273 273 273 273 273
Model Number
ITA23S ITA23SM600 ITA23SM900 ITETA1.53S ITETA1.53SM600 IVUBC IVURBNI06 IVURBNI08 IVURBNI12 IVURBNI16 IVURBNI25 IVURBNR04 IVURBNR06 IVURBNR08 IVURBNR12 IVURBNR16 IVURBNR25 IVURBNW04 IVURBNW06 IVURBNW08 IVURBNW12 IVURBNW16 IVURBNW25 IVURBNX04 IVURBNX06 IVURBNX08 IVURBNX12 IVURBNX16 IVURBNX25 IVURBPI04 IVURBPI06 IVURBPI08 IVURBPI12 IVURBPI16 IVURBPI25 IVURBPR04 IVURBPR06 IVURBPR08 IVURBPR12 IVURBPR16 IVURBPR25 IVURBPW04 IVURBPW06 IVURBPW08 IVURBPW12 IVURBPW16 IVURBPW25 IVURBPX04 IVURBPX06 IVURBPX08 IVURBPX12 IVURBPX16 IVURBPX25 IVURD-MX-803 IVURD-MX-803RA IVURD-MX-806 IVURD-MX-806RA IVURD-MX-815 IVURD-MX-815RA IVURD-MX-830 IVURD-MX-830RA IVURD-MX-850 IVURD-MX-850RA IVURD-MXK-803 IVURD-MXK-803RA IVURD-MXK-806 IVURD-MXK-806RA IVURD-MXK-815 IVURD-MXK-815RA IVURD-MXK-830
Part #
17967 21543 21513 21495 59266 10620 12227 12228 12229 12230 12231 12213 12214 12215 12216 12217 12218 12238 12239 12240 12241 12242 12243 12250 12251 12252 12253 12254 12255 12232 12233 12234 12235 12236 12237 12219 12220 12221 12222 12223 12224 12244 12245 12246 12247 12248 12249 12256 12258 12261 12262 12263 12264 11330 12899 11331 12900 11332 12904 11333 12905 11334 12906 12434 16613 12435 16614 12436 16615 12437
Page
273 273 273 274 274 377 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 708 708 708 708 708 708 708 708 708 708 374 374 374 374 374 374 374
Model Number
IVURD-MXK-830RA IVURD-MXK-850 IVURD-MXK-850RA IVURGNB04 IVURGNB06 IVURGNB08 IVURGNB12 IVURGNB16 IVURGNB25 IVURGNG04 IVURGNG06 IVURGNG08 IVURGNG12 IVURGNG16 IVURGNG25 IVURGNI04 IVURGNI06 IVURGNI08 IVURGNI12 IVURGNI16 IVURGNI25 IVURGNR04 IVURGNR06 IVURGNR08 IVURGNR12 IVURGNR16 IVURGNR25 IVURGNW04 IVURGNW06 IVURGNW08 IVURGNW12 IVURGNW16 IVURGNW25 IVURGNX04 IVURGNX06 IVURGNX08 IVURGNX12 IVURGNX16 IVURGNX25 IVURGPB04 IVURGPB06 IVURGPB08 IVURGPB12 IVURGPB16 IVURGPB25 IVURGPG04 IVURGPG06 IVURGPG08 IVURGPG12 IVURGPG16 IVURGPG25 IVURGPI04 IVURGPI06 IVURGPI08 IVURGPI12 IVURGPI16 IVURGPI25 IVURGPR04 IVURGPR06 IVURGPR08 IVURGPR12 IVURGPR16 IVURGPR25 IVURGPW04 IVURGPW06 IVURGPW08 IVURGPW12 IVURGPW16 IVURGPW25 IVURGPX04
Part #
16616 12438 16617 82185 82186 82187 82248 82249 82250 82257 82258 82259 82260 82261 82262 82342 82343 82344 82345 82346 82347 82173 82174 82175 82176 82177 82178 82354 82355 82356 82357 82358 82359 82459 82460 82461 82462 82463 82464 82251 82252 82253 82254 82255 82256 82336 82337 82338 82339 82340 82341 82348 82349 82350 82351 82352 82353 82179 82180 82181 82182 82183 82184 82360 82361 82362 82363 82364 82365 82467
Page
374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374
REFERENCE
856
EZA-TE-1050 EZA-TE-1200 EZA-TE-1350 EZA-TE-150 EZA-TE-1500 EZA-TE-1650 EZA-TE-1800 EZA-TE-300 EZA-TE-450 EZA-TE-600 EZA-TE-750 EZA-TE-900 EZA-TP-1 EZA-USB485-01 EZS-1050 EZS-1084 EZS-1200 EZS-1251 EZS-1350 EZS-149 EZS-150 EZS-1500 EZS-150EA EZS-1650 EZS-1800 EZS-300 EZS-450 EZS-600 EZS-684 EZS-750 EZS-768 EZS-900 EZS-984 EZSS-1050 EZSS-1200 EZSS-1350 EZSS-150 EZSS-1500 EZSS-150EA EZSS-1650 EZSS-1800 EZSS-2100 EZSS-2400 EZSS-300 EZSS-450 EZSS-600 EZSS-750 EZSS-900 FIC-M12F4 FIC-M12F4A FIC-M12F5 FIC-M12F5A FIC-M12M4 FIC-M12M4A FIC-M12M5 FIC-M12M5A FIC-M8F3 FIC-M8F3A FIC-M8F4 FIC-M8F4A FIC-M8M3 FIC-M8M3A FIC-M8M4
Model Number
IVURGPX06 IVURGPX08 IVURGPX12 IVURGPX16 IVURGPX25 IVUTBNI04 IVUTBNI06 IVUTBNI08 IVUTBNI12 IVUTBNI16 IVUTBNI25 IVUTBNR04 IVUTBNR06 IVUTBNR08 IVUTBNR12 IVUTBNR16 IVUTBNR25 IVUTBNW04 IVUTBNW06 IVUTBNW08 IVUTBNW12 IVUTBNW16 IVUTBNW25 IVUTBNX04 IVUTBNX06 IVUTBNX08 IVUTBNX12 IVUTBNX16 IVUTBNX25 IVUTBPI04 IVUTBPI06 IVUTBPI08 IVUTBPI12 IVUTBPI16 IVUTBPI25 IVUTBPR04 IVUTBPR06 IVUTBPR08 IVUTBPR12 IVUTBPR16 IVUTBPR25 IVUTBPW04 IVUTBPW06 IVUTBPW08 IVUTBPW12 IVUTBPW16 IVUTBPW25 IVUTBPX04 IVUTBPX06 IVUTBPX08 IVUTBPX12 IVUTBPX16 IVUTBPX25 IVUTGNB04 IVUTGNB06 IVUTGNB08 IVUTGNB12 IVUTGNB16 IVUTGNB25 IVUTGNG04 IVUTGNG06 IVUTGNG08 IVUTGNG12 IVUTGNG16 IVUTGNG25 IVUTGNI04 IVUTGNI06 IVUTGNI08 IVUTGNI12 IVUTGNI16
Part #
82468 82469 82470 82471 82472 84836 84837 84838 84839 84840 84841 84800 84801 84802 84803 84804 84805 84848 84849 84850 84851 84852 84853 84860 84861 84862 84863 84864 84865 84842 84843 84844 84845 84846 84847 84806 84807 84808 84809 84810 84811 84854 84855 84856 84857 84858 84859 84866 84867 84868 84869 84870 84871 10930 10931 81944 81945 81946 81947 10935 10936 81952 81953 81954 81955 10939 10940 81960 81961 81962
Page
374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374
Model Number
IVUTGNI25 IVUTGNR04 IVUTGNR06 IVUTGNR08 IVUTGNR12 IVUTGNR16 IVUTGNR25 IVUTGNW04 IVUTGNW06 IVUTGNW08 IVUTGNW12 IVUTGNW16 IVUTGNW25 IVUTGNX04 IVUTGNX06 IVUTGNX08 IVUTGNX12 IVUTGNX16 IVUTGNX25 IVUTGPB04 IVUTGPB06 IVUTGPB08 IVUTGPB12 IVUTGPB16 IVUTGPB25 IVUTGPG04 IVUTGPG06 IVUTGPG08 IVUTGPG12 IVUTGPG16 IVUTGPG25 IVUTGPI04 IVUTGPI06 IVUTGPI08 IVUTGPI12 IVUTGPI16 IVUTGPI25 IVUTGPR04 IVUTGPR06 IVUTGPR08 IVUTGPR12 IVUTGPR16 IVUTGPR25 IVUTGPW04 IVUTGPW06 IVUTGPW08 IVUTGPW12 IVUTGPW16 IVUTGPW25 IVUTGPX04 IVUTGPX06 IVUTGPX08 IVUTGPX12 IVUTGPX16 IVUTGPX25 IVU-USBFD2 IVUW IVUW-G K K30APPBGRC K30APPBGRCQ K30APPBGRCQP K30APPBGRE K30APPBGREQ K30APPBGREQP K30APPBGXD K30APPBGXDQ K30APPBGXDQP K30LGRXN K30LGRXNQ
Part #
81963 10926 10927 81935 81937 81938 81939 10943 10944 10350 10351 10352 10353 10947 10948 81968 81969 81970 81971 10932 10934 81948 81949 81950 81951 10937 10938 81956 81957 81958 81959 10941 10942 81964 81965 81966 81967 10928 10929 81940 81941 81942 81943 10945 10946 10354 10355 10356 10358 10949 10950 81972 81973 81974 81975 10308 10371 10646 17596 17594 17598 17602 17600 17603 17591 17416 17592 78791 78801
Page
374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 374 377 377 377 467 467 467 468 468 468 466 466 466 455 455
Model Number
K30LGRXNQP K30LGRXP K30LGRXPQ K30LGRXPQP K30LGRYN K30LGRYNQ K30LGRYNQP K30LGRYP K30LGRYPQ K30LGRYPQP K30LGXYN K30LGXYNQ K30LGXYNQP K30LGXYP K30LGXYPQ K30LGXYPQP K30LGYX7N K30LGYX7NQ K30LGYX7NQP K30LGYX7P K30LGYX7PQ K30LGYX7PQP K30LRGX8PQ8 K30LXRYN K30LXRYNQ K30LXRYNQP K30LXRYP K30LXRYPQ K30LXRYPQP K50ANFF100GRC K50ANFF100GRCQ K50ANFF100GRCQP K50ANFF100GRE K50ANFF100GREQ K50ANFF100GREQP K50ANFF100GXD K50ANFF100GXDQ K50ANFF100GXDQP K50ANFF50GRC K50ANFF50GRCQ K50ANFF50GRCQP K50ANFF50GRE K50ANFF50GREQ K50ANFF50GREQP K50ANFF50GXD K50ANFF50GXDQ K50ANFF50GXDQP K50ANLPGRC K50ANLPGRCQ K50ANLPGRCQP K50ANLPGRE K50ANLPGREQ K50ANLPGREQP K50ANLPGXD K50ANLPGXDQ K50ANLPGXDQP K50ANPBGRC K50ANPBGRCQ K50ANPBGRCQP K50ANPBGRE K50ANPBGREQ K50ANPBGREQP K50ANPBGXD K50ANPBGXDQ K50ANPBGXDQP K50APFF100GRC K50APFF100GRCQ K50APFF100GRCQP K50APFF100GRE K50APFF100GREQ
Part #
78792 78781 78800 78782 78932 78931 78933 78926 78925 78927 78793 78803 78794 78783 78802 78784 78798 78780 78789 78788 78799 78779 78790 78795 78805 78796 78785 78804 78786 76259 76260 76013 76270 76271 76272 76180 76248 76249 76253 76254 76255 76264 76265 76266 76242 76243 76244 76293 76294 76295 76299 76300 76301 76287 76288 76289 76337 76338 76339 76343 76344 76345 76331 76332 76333 76228 76229 76230 75805 76080
Page
455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 466 466 466 468 468 468 466 466 466 466 466 466 468 468 468 466 466 466 466 466 466 468 468 468 466 466 466 467 467 467 468 468 468 467 467 467 467 467 467 468 468
Model Number
K50APFF100GREQP K50APFF100GRYC3QPMA K50APFF100GXD K50APFF100GXDQ K50APFF100GXDQP K50APFF50GRC K50APFF50GRCQ K50APFF50GRCQP K50APFF50GRE K50APFF50GREQ K50APFF50GREQP K50APFF50GRYC3QPMA K50APFF50GXD K50APFF50GXDQ K50APFF50GXDQP K50APLPGRC K50APLPGRCQ K50APLPGRCQP K50APLPGRE K50APLPGREQ K50APLPGREQP K50APLPGXD K50APLPGXDQ K50APLPGXDQP K50APPBGRC K50APPBGRCQ K50APPBGRCQP K50APPBGRE K50APPBGREQ K50APPBGREQP K50APPBGRYC3QPMA K50APPBGXD K50APPBGXDQ K50APPBGXDQP K50BCLBA120 K50BCLBA120Q K50BCLGA120 K50BCLGA120Q K50BCLGRXP K50BCLGRXPQ K50BCLRA120 K50BCLRA120Q K50BCLS1XBXP K50BCLS1XBXPQ K50BCLS1XGXP K50BCLS1XGXPQ K50BCLS1XRXP K50BCLS1XRXPQ K50BCLS1XYXP K50BCLS1XYXPQ K50BCLXBXP K50BCLXBXPQ K50BCLXGXP K50BCLXGXPQ K50BCLXRXP K50BCLXRXPQ K50BCLXYXP K50BCLXYXPQ K50BCLYA120 K50BCLYA120Q K50BLBA120 K50BLBA120Q K50BLGA120 K50BLGA120Q K50BLGRXP K50BLGRXPQ K50BLR1XBXP K50BLR1XBXPQ K50BLR1XGXP K50BLR1XGXPQ
Part #
75376 78607 74720 75979 74907 76222 76223 76224 76234 76235 76236 79031 76215 76216 76191 76279 76280 76026 76283 76284 75439 76276 76277 76010 76311 76312 75138 76316 76317 75531 78984 76305 76306 76012 19464 19468 19461 19465 18347 18346 19462 19466 19795 19790 19791 19787 19792 19788 19793 19789 18343 18339 18340 18336 18341 18337 18342 18338 19463 19467 17556 17547 17552 17543 18345 18344 19786 19778 19781 19772
Page
468 468 466 466 466 466 466 466 468 468 468 468 466 466 466 466 466 466 468 468 468 466 466 466 467 467 467 468 468 468 468 467 467 467 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458
857
Model Number
K50BLR1XRXP K50BLR1XRXPQ K50BLR1XYXP K50BLR1XYXPQ K50BLRA120 K50BLRA120Q
Part #
19783 19774 19785 19776 17553 17544 17555 17546 17551 17542 17538 17537 17548 17539 17550 17541 17549 17540 17554 17545 79819 11658 83419 83420 83421 83416 83417 83418 83443 83444 83445 83440 83441 83442 83449 83450 83451 83446 83447 83448 83455 83456 83457 83452 83453 83454 83437 83438 83439 83434 83435 83436 83425 83426 83427 83422 83423 83424 83461 83462 83463 83458 83459 83460 83466 83431 83432 83433 83428 83429
Page
458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 457 457 457 457 439 411 456 456 456 456 456 456 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 456 456 456 456 456
Model Number
K50FLXRYPQP K50LDBA120Q K50LDGA120Q K50LDGRYN K50LDGRYNQ K50LDGRYNQP K50LDGRYP K50LDGRYPQ K50LDGRYPQP K50LDRA120Q K50LDWA120Q K50LDXBXP K50LDXBXPQ K50LDXBXPQP K50LDXGXP K50LDXGXPQ K50LDXGXPQP K50LDXRXP K50LDXRXPQ K50LDXRXPQP K50LDXWXP K50LDXWXPQ K50LDXWXPQP K50LDXYXP K50LDXYXPQ K50LDXYXPQP K50LDYA120Q K50LGRA1YN K50LGRA1YNQ K50LGRA1YNQP K50LGRA1YP K50LGRA1YPQ K50LGRA1YPQP K50LGRA2YN K50LGRA2YNQ K50LGRA2YNQP K50LGRA2YP K50LGRA2YPQ K50LGRA2YPQP K50LGRAL1YN K50LGRAL1YNQ K50LGRAL1YNQP K50LGRAL1YP K50LGRAL1YPQ K50LGRAL1YPQP K50LGRALSXP K50LGRALSXPQ K50LGRALSXPQP K50LGRALSYP K50LGRALSYPQ K50LGRALSYPQP K50LGRASXP K50LGRASXPQ K50LGRASXPQP K50LGRASYP K50LGRASYPQ K50LGRASYPQP K50LGRXN K50LGRXNQ K50LGRXNQP K50LGRXP K50LGRXPQ K50LGRXPQP K50LGRY2N K50LGRY2NQ K50LGRY2NQP K50LGRY2P K50LGRY2PQ K50LGRY2PQP K50LGRYA120
Part #
83430 14528 14524 79723 79724 79725 79720 79721 79722 14525 14527 79741 79742 79743 79732 79733 79734 79735 79736 79737 80423 80424 80425 79738 79739 79740 14526 78838 78839 78840 78807 78515 78808 78841 78842 78843 78809 78516 78810 79480 79481 79482 79477 79478 79479 19110 19111 19112 19117 19118 19119 19113 19114 19116 19121 19124 19126 76354 76355 76356 76350 76352 76353 76370 75668 75014 76369 75669 75011 77985
Page
456 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 455 455 455 455 455 455 456 456 456 456 456 456 455
Model Number
K50LGRYA120Q K50LGRYA120QP K50LGRYB11P K50LGRYB4N K50LGRYB4NQ K50LGRYB4NQP K50LGRYB4P K50LGRYB4PQ K50LGRYB4PQP K50LGRYBWN K50LGRYBWNQ8 K50LGRYBWNQP8 K50LGRYBWP K50LGRYBWPQ8 K50LGRYBWPQP8 K50LGRYN K50LGRYNQ K50LGRYNQP K50LGRYP K50LGRYPQ K50LGRYPQP K50LGXALSXP K50LGXALSXPQ K50LGXALSXPQP K50LGXASXP K50LGXASXPQ K50LGXASXPQP K50LGXYN K50LGXYNQ K50LGXYNQP K50LGXYP K50LGXYPQ K50LGXYPQP K50LGYX7N K50LGYX7NQ K50LGYX7NQP K50LGYX7P K50LGYX7PQ K50LGYX7PQP K50LRGX8PQ8 K50LXRYN K50LXRYNQ K50LXRYNQP K50LXRYP K50LXRYPQ K50LXRYPQP K50RNFF100GRC K50RNFF100GRCQ K50RNFF100GRCQP K50RNFF100GRE K50RNFF100GREQ K50RNFF100GREQP K50RNFF100GXD K50RNFF100GXDQ K50RNFF100GXDQP K50RNFF50GRC K50RNFF50GRCQ K50RNFF50GRCQP K50RNFF50GRE K50RNFF50GREQ K50RNFF50GREQP K50RNFF50GXD K50RNFF50GXDQ K50RNFF50GXDQP K50RNLPGRC K50RNLPGRCQ K50RNLPGRCQP K50RNLPGRE K50RNLPGREQ K50RNLPGREQP
Part #
77986 77987 77389 77275 77274 81113 80690 77312 81112 77313 77095 81108 77386 76959 81107 76349 75670 74975 76118 75671 74967 19101 19103 19104 19105 19106 19107 76360 76361 76362 76357 76358 76359 76372 75672 74983 76371 75673 74979 76000 76366 76367 76368 76363 76364 76365 76261 76262 76263 76273 76274 76275 76250 76251 76252 76256 76257 76258 76267 76268 76269 76245 76246 76247 76296 76297 76298 76302 76303 76304
Page
455 455 456 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 456 456 456 456 456 456 455 455 455 455 455 455 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 455 455 455 455 455 455 466 466 466 468 468 468 466 466 466 466 466 466 468 468 468 466 466 466 466 466 466 468 468 468
Model Number
K50RNLPGXD K50RNLPGXDQ K50RNLPGXDQP K50RNPBGRC K50RNPBGRCQ K50RNPBGRCQP K50RNPBGRE K50RNPBGREQ K50RNPBGREQP K50RNPBGXD K50RNPBGXDQ K50RNPBGXDQP K50RPFF100GRC K50RPFF100GRCQ K50RPFF100GRCQP K50RPFF100GRE K50RPFF100GREQ K50RPFF100GREQP K50RPFF100GXD K50RPFF100GXDQ K50RPFF100GXDQP K50RPFF50GRC K50RPFF50GRCQ K50RPFF50GRCQP K50RPFF50GRE K50RPFF50GREQ K50RPFF50GREQP K50RPFF50GXD K50RPFF50GXDQ K50RPFF50GXDQP K50RPLPGRC K50RPLPGRCQ K50RPLPGRCQP K50RPLPGRE K50RPLPGREQ K50RPLPGREQP K50RPLPGRYC3QPMA K50RPLPGXD K50RPLPGXDQ K50RPLPGXDQP K50RPPBGRC K50RPPBGRCQ K50RPPBGRCQP K50RPPBGRE K50RPPBGREQ K50RPPBGREQP K50RPPBGXD K50RPPBGXDQ K50RPPBGXDQP K80ANPBGRC K80ANPBGRCQ K80ANPBGRCQP K80ANPBGRE K80ANPBGREQ K80ANPBGREQP K80ANPBGXD K80ANPBGXDQ K80ANPBGXDQP K80APPBGRC K80APPBGRCQ K80APPBGRCQP K80APPBGRE K80APPBGREQ K80APPBGREQP K80APPBGRYC3QPMA K80APPBGXD K80APPBGXDQ K80APPBGXDQP K80CLR K80L1BXXX1P
Part #
76290 76291 76292 76340 76341 76342 76346 76347 76348 76334 76335 76336 76231 76232 76233 76240 76241 76007 76220 76221 76008 76225 76226 76227 76237 76238 76239 76217 76218 76219 75100 76281 76282 76285 76286 75377 79014 75984 76278 76009 76313 76314 76315 76328 76329 76330 76308 76309 76310 81187 81188 81189 81199 81200 81201 81175 81176 81177 81181 81182 81183 81193 81194 81195 79032 81169 81170 81171 13669 83314
Page
466 466 466 467 467 467 468 468 468 466 466 466 466 466 466 468 468 468 466 466 466 466 466 466 468 468 468 466 466 466 466 466 466 468 468 468 468 466 466 466 467 467 467 468 468 468 466 466 466 466 466 466 468 468 468 466 466 466 466 466 466 468 468 468 467 466 466 466 460 461
REFERENCE
858
K50BLWA120 K50BLWA120Q K50BLXBXP K50BLXBXPQ K50BLXGXP K50BLXGXPQ K50BLXRXP K50BLXRXPQ K50BLXWXP K50BLXWXPQ K50BLXYXP K50BLXYXPQ K50BLYA120 K50BLYA120Q K50DS K50FGYRPB1Q K50FLGRXN K50FLGRXNQ K50FLGRXNQP K50FLGRXP K50FLGRXPQ K50FLGRXPQP K50FLGRY2N K50FLGRY2NQ K50FLGRY2NQP K50FLGRY2P K50FLGRY2PQ K50FLGRY2PQP K50FLGRYB4N K50FLGRYB4NQ K50FLGRYB4NQP K50FLGRYB4P K50FLGRYB4PQ K50FLGRYB4PQP K50FLGRYBWN K50FLGRYBWNQ8 K50FLGRYBWNQP8 K50FLGRYBWP K50FLGRYBWPQ8 K50FLGRYBWPQP8 K50FLGRYN K50FLGRYNQ K50FLGRYNQP K50FLGRYP K50FLGRYPQ K50FLGRYPQP K50FLGXYN K50FLGXYNQ K50FLGXYNQP K50FLGXYP K50FLGXYPQ K50FLGXYPQP K50FLGYX7N K50FLGYX7NQ K50FLGYX7NQP K50FLGYX7P K50FLGYX7PQ K50FLGYX7PQP K50FLRGX8PQ8 K50FLXRYN K50FLXRYNQ K50FLXRYNQP K50FLXRYP K50FLXRYPQ
Model Number
K80L1BXXX1PQ K80L1BXXX1PQP K80L1GXXX1P K80L1GXXX1PQ K80L1GXXX1PQP K80L1RXXX1P K80L1RXXX1PQ K80L1RXXX1PQP K80L1WXXX1P K80L1WXXX1PQ K80L1WXXX1PQP K80L1YXXX1P K80L1YXXX1PQ K80L1YXXX1PQP K80L2HGRXX1N K80L2HGRXX1NQ K80L2HGRXX1NQP K80L2HGRXX1P K80L2HGRXX1PQ K80L2HGRXX1PQP K80L3THGRYX1N K80L3THGRYX1NQ K80L3THGRYX1NQP K80L3THGRYX1P K80L3THGRYX1PQ K80L3THGRYX1PQP K80L4GRYB1N K80L4GRYB1NQ K80L4GRYB1NQP K80L4GRYB1P K80L4GRYB1PQ K80L4GRYB1PQP K80LGRA1YN K80LGRA1YNQ K80LGRA1YNQP K80LGRA1YP K80LGRA1YPQ K80LGRA1YPQP K80LGRA2YN K80LGRA2YNQ K80LGRA2YNQP K80LGRA2YP K80LGRA2YPQ K80LGRA2YPQP K80LGRAL1YN K80LGRAL1YNQ K80LGRAL1YNQP K80LGRAL1YP K80LGRAL1YPQ K80LGRAL1YPQP K80LGRXN K80LGRXNQ K80LGRXNQP K80LGRXP K80LGRXPQ K80LGRXPQP K80LGRY2N K80LGRY2NQ K80LGRY2NQP K80LGRY2P K80LGRY2PQ K80LGRY2PQP K80LGRYA120 K80LGRYA120Q K80LGRYA120QP K80LGRYB4N K80LGRYB4NQ K80LGRYB4NQP K80LGRYB4P K80LGRYB4PQ
Part #
83315 83316 82320 80444 83313 82321 80443 83312 79826 79445 79827 83310 79763 83311 79831 79832 79833 79828 79829 79830 79837 79838 79839 79834 79835 79836 77885 77886 77887 77882 77883 77884 78844 78845 78846 78811 78517 78812 78847 78848 78849 78813 78096 78814 79486 79487 79488 79483 79484 79485 79491 79492 79493 79489 79465 79490 77627 77593 77626 76855 76847 76856 77988 77989 77990 77636 77633 77634 77631 77629
Page
461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460
Model Number
K80LGRYB4PQP K80LGRYBWN K80LGRYBWNQ8 K80LGRYBWNQP8 K80LGRYBWP K80LGRYBWPQ8 K80LGRYBWPQP8 K80LGRYN K80LGRYNQ K80LGRYNQP K80LGRYP K80LGRYPQ K80LGRYPQP K80LGXYN K80LGXYNQ K80LGXYNQP K80LGXYP K80LGXYPQ K80LGXYPQP K80LGYX7N K80LGYX7NQ K80LGYX7NQP K80LGYX7P K80LGYX7PQ K80LGYX7PQP K80LRGX8PQ8 K80LXRYN K80LXRYNQ K80LXRYNQP K80LXRYP K80LXRYPQ K80LXRYPQP K80RNPBGRC K80RNPBGRCQ K80RNPBGRCQP K80RNPBGRE K80RNPBGREQ K80RNPBGREQP K80RNPBGXD K80RNPBGXDQ K80RNPBGXDQP K80RPPBGRC K80RPPBGRCQ K80RPPBGRCQP K80RPPBGRE K80RPPBGREQ K80RPPBGREQP K80RPPBGXD K80RPPBGXDQ K80RPPBGXDQP L L08FP L10 L16F L16FAL L16FSS L2 L2RA L4C20 L4C6 L9 LAT-1 LAT1812 LAT-1-HD LAT-1-LP LAT-1-LS LAT-1-SFP12 LAT-1-SFP30 LAT-1-SS LAT-2
Part #
77630 77643 77641 77642 77639 77524 77638 77619 77591 77618 77616 77592 77615 79497 79498 79499 79494 79495 79496 call 77624 call call 77621 call 78085 79503 79504 79505 79500 79501 79502 81190 81191 81192 81202 81203 81204 81178 81179 81180 81184 81185 81186 81196 81197 81198 81172 81173 81174 33266 16278 16280 17576 17567 26343 26344 68629 41517 16277 52150 74262 71444 83816 73745 71847 72999 71445 74118
Page
460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 467 467 467 468 468 468 466 466 466 466 466 466 468 468 468 466 466 466 266 272 274 274 274 266 263 260 260 274 749 749 749 749 749 749 749 749 749
Model Number
LAT3012 LCF03LT LCF04 LCF05LCMP LCF08 LCF08LEMP LCF08LMP LCF08LTMP LCF1040LT LCF12 LCF12LEMP LCF12LMP LCF16 LCF16LCMP LCF16LEMP LCF16LMP LCF16LTMP LCF25LCMP LCF25LEMP LCF25LMP LCF25LR LCF25LTMP LCF25R LCF2X LCF35LCMP LCF35LEMP LCF35LMP LCF50L1R LCF50L2R LCF50LCMP LCF50LMP LCF50LTMP LCF50TELN LCF75LCMP LCF75LR LEDA70CDW LEDA70SCDW-P LEDA70SWDW-P LEDA70SW-G LEDA70SW-P LEDADW LEDADWS LEDAPFK LEDAPFK70 LEDAPFK70S LEDAPFKS LEDAW LEDAWS LEDBA62X62M LEDBA62X62W LEDBA70AD5-PQ LEDBA70AD5-XQ LEDBA70AG5-PQ LEDBA70AG5-XQ LEDBA70AP5-PQ LEDBA70AP5-XQ LEDBA70SSD5-PQ LEDBA70SSD5-XQ LEDBA70SSG5-PQ LEDBA70SSG5-XQ LEDBA70SSP5-PQ LEDBA70SSP5-XQ LEDBA70XD5-PM LEDBA70XD5-PQ LEDBA70XD5-XM LEDBA70XD5-XQ LEDBA80X80M LEDBA80X80W LEDBB150X150PW2-XQ LEDBB225X150PW2-XQ
Part #
75438 75307 68884 11381 57298 11387 74300 81530 74080 57299 11388 74299 56522 11382 11389 73672 81532 11383 11390 73673 68886 81533 68885 76769 11384 11391 74079 68887 68888 11385 73674 81534 75862 11386 70545 79371 79524 79527 79525 79526 73779 74366 71321 79682 79820 74110 73844 73845 73800 73805 79128 79133 79059 79055 79070 79062 79345 79332 79341 79328 79337 79324 78713 78706 78701 78695 72271 71888 82481 82486
Page
749 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 388 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 389 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 439 439 439 439 440 440 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 432 432 432 432 433 433 434 434
Model Number
LEDBB300X150PW2-XQ LEDBB75X150PW2-XQ LEDBIW LEDBIWL LEDBLA1160XD6-PHQ LEDBLA1160XD6-PLQ LEDBLA1160XD6-XQ LEDBLA1160XG6-PHQ LEDBLA1160XG6-PLQ LEDBLA1160XG6-XQ LEDBLA1160XG6-XQ LEDBLA1160XP6-PHQ LEDBLA1160XP6-PLQ LEDBLA1160XP6-XQ LEDBLA1160XP6-XQ LEDBLA145XD6-XQ LEDBLA145XG6-XQ LEDBLA145XP6-XQ LEDBLA290AD6-XQ LEDBLA290AD6-XQ LEDBLA290AG6-XQ LEDBLA290AG6-XQ LEDBLA290AP6-XQ LEDBLA290AP6-XQ LEDBLA290SSD6-XQ LEDBLA290SSD6-XQ LEDBLA290SSG6-XQ LEDBLA290SSG6-XQ LEDBLA290SSP6-XQ LEDBLA290SSP6-XQ LEDBLA290XD6-PHQ LEDBLA290XD6-PLQ LEDBLA290XD6-XQ LEDBLA290XD6-XQ LEDBLA290XG6-PHQ LEDBLA290XG6-PLQ LEDBLA290XG6-XQ LEDBLA290XG6-XQ LEDBLA290XP6-PHQ LEDBLA290XP6-PLQ LEDBLA290XP6-XQ LEDBLA290XP6-XQ LEDBLA435AD6-XQ LEDBLA435AG6-XQ LEDBLA435AP6-XQ LEDBLA435SSD6-XQ LEDBLA435SSG6-XQ LEDBLA435SSP6-XQ LEDBLA435XD6-PHQ LEDBLA435XD6-PLQ LEDBLA435XD6-XQ LEDBLA435XG6-PHQ LEDBLA435XG6-PLQ LEDBLA435XG6-XQ LEDBLA435XP6-PHQ LEDBLA435XP6-PLQ LEDBLA435XP6-XQ LEDBLA580AD6-XQ LEDBLA580AD6-XQ LEDBLA580AG6-XQ LEDBLA580AG6-XQ LEDBLA580AP6-XQ LEDBLA580AP6-XQ LEDBLA580SSD6-XQ LEDBLA580SSD6-XQ LEDBLA580SSG6-XQ LEDBLA580SSG6-XQ LEDBLA580SSP6-XQ LEDBLA580SSP6-XQ LEDBLA580XD6-PHQ
Part #
82642 82476 73847 73849 82700 82714 13547 82695 82710 81651 13544 82690 82705 81650 13542 13946 13945 13939 78001 13491 77663 13490 77656 13489 78900 13519 78481 13518 78480 13517 81803 82201 81449 13528 81802 82196 81448 13527 81801 82191 81447 13526 13508 13500 13492 13522 13521 13520 82231 82246 12835 82226 82241 12834 82221 82236 12831 78005 13516 77666 13515 77659 13514 78896 13525 78489 13524 78488 13523 81819
Page
434 434 440 440 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435
859
Model Number
LEDBLA580XD6-PLQ LEDBLA580XD6-XQ LEDBLA580XD6-XQ LEDBLA580XG6-PHQ LEDBLA580XG6-PLQ LEDBLA580XG6-XQ
Part #
82276 81465 13531 81818 82271 81464 13530 81817 82266 81463 13529 81855 82670 81637 13541 81854 82665 81635 13538 81853 82660 81634 13537 77465 77466 78972 78971 76152 73311 78734 78729 78724 78718 72261 71643 76793 76792 78056 78055 12404 18739 18624 19035 19029 18735 18620 79199 79204 73846 73848 73839 73801 73806 79126 79130 79061 79057 79065 79064 79343 79334 79339 79330 79335 79326 78714 78707 78702 78696 72270
Page
435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 436 436 436 436 430 430 430 430 430 430 430 430 431 431 431 431 430 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 440 440 439 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 432 432 432 432 433
Model Number
LEDGA80X80W LEDGB150X150PW2-XQ LEDGB225X150PW2-XQ LEDGB300X150PW2-XQ LEDGB75X150PW2-XQ LEDGLA1160XD6-PHQ LEDGLA1160XD6-PLQ LEDGLA1160XD6-XQ LEDGLA1160XD6-XQ LEDGLA1160XG6-PHQ LEDGLA1160XG6-PLQ LEDGLA1160XG6-XQ LEDGLA1160XG6-XQ LEDGLA1160XP6-PHQ LEDGLA1160XP6-PLQ LEDGLA1160XP6-XQ LEDGLA1160XP6-XQ LEDGLA145XD6-XQ LEDGLA145XG6-XQ LEDGLA145XP6-XQ LEDGLA290AD6-XQ LEDGLA290AD6-XQ LEDGLA290AG6-XQ LEDGLA290AG6-XQ LEDGLA290AP6-XQ LEDGLA290AP6-XQ LEDGLA290SSD6-XQ LEDGLA290SSD6-XQ LEDGLA290SSG6-XQ LEDGLA290SSG6-XQ LEDGLA290SSP6-XQ LEDGLA290SSP6-XQ LEDGLA290XD6-PHQ LEDGLA290XD6-PLQ LEDGLA290XD6-XQ LEDGLA290XD6-XQ LEDGLA290XG6-PHQ LEDGLA290XG6-PLQ LEDGLA290XG6-XQ LEDGLA290XG6-XQ LEDGLA290XP6-PHQ LEDGLA290XP6-PLQ LEDGLA290XP6-XQ LEDGLA290XP6-XQ LEDGLA435AD6-XQ LEDGLA435AG6-XQ LEDGLA435AP6-XQ LEDGLA435SSD6-XQ LEDGLA435SSG6-XQ LEDGLA435SSP6-XQ LEDGLA435XD6-PHQ LEDGLA435XD6-PLQ LEDGLA435XD6-PLQ LEDGLA435XD6-XQ LEDGLA435XG6-PHQ LEDGLA435XG6-PLQ LEDGLA435XG6-XQ LEDGLA435XP6-PHQ LEDGLA435XP6-PLQ LEDGLA435XP6-XQ LEDGLA580AD6-XQ LEDGLA580AD6-XQ LEDGLA580AG6-XQ LEDGLA580AG6-XQ LEDGLA580AP6-XQ LEDGLA580AP6-XQ LEDGLA580SSD6-XQ LEDGLA580SSD6-XQ LEDGLA580SSG6-XQ LEDGLA580SSG6-XQ
Part #
71887 82482 82487 82643 82477 82699 82713 81655 14989 82694 82709 81654 14987 82689 82704 81653 14986 17054 17053 17052 78002 15499 77664 15490 77657 15477 78899 15047 78483 15046 78482 15034 81806 82200 81452 14953 81805 82195 81451 14952 81804 82190 81450 14951 15527 15526 15524 15054 15052 15051 82230 82245 82245 12839 82225 82240 12837 82220 82235 12836 78006 15590 77667 15589 77660 15575 78903 15061 78491 15060
Page
433 434 434 434 434 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435
Model Number
LEDGLA580SSP6-XQ LEDGLA580SSP6-XQ LEDGLA580XD6-PHQ LEDGLA580XD6-PLQ LEDGLA580XD6-XQ LEDGLA580XD6-XQ LEDGLA580XG6-PHQ LEDGLA580XG6-PLQ LEDGLA580XG6-XQ LEDGLA580XG6-XQ LEDGLA580XP6-PHQ LEDGLA580XP6-PLQ LEDGLA580XP6-XQ LEDGLA580XP6-XQ LEDGLA870XD6-PHQ LEDGLA870XD6-PLQ LEDGLA870XD6-XQ LEDGLA870XD6-XQ LEDGLA870XG6-PHQ LEDGLA870XG6-PLQ LEDGLA870XG6-XQ LEDGLA870XG6-XQ LEDGLA870XP6-PHQ LEDGLA870XP6-PLQ LEDGLA870XP6-XQ LEDGLA870XP6-XQ LEDGO100M LEDGO100M-D LEDGO50M LEDGO50M-D LEDGR62X62M LEDGR62X62W LEDGR70XD4-PM LEDGR70XD4-PQ LEDGR70XD4-XM LEDGR70XD4-XQ LEDGR80X80M LEDGR80X80W LEDGR90S-G LEDGR90S-P LEDGR90SS-G LEDGR90SS-P LEDGRM62X62W LEDGS50L11 LEDGS50L11-XQ LEDGS50L20 LEDGS50L20-XQ LEDGS50L5 LEDGS50L5-XQ LEDGSM LEDGSW LEDIA62X62M LEDIA62X62W LEDIA70AD5-PQ LEDIA70AD5-XQ LEDIA70AG5-PQ LEDIA70AG5-XQ LEDIA70AP5-PQ LEDIA70AP5-XQ LEDIA70SSD5-PQ LEDIA70SSD5-XQ LEDIA70SSG5-PQ LEDIA70SSG5-XQ LEDIA70SSP5-PQ LEDIA70SSP5-XQ LEDIA70XD5-PM LEDIA70XD5-PQ LEDIA70XD5-XM LEDIA70XD5-XQ LEDIA80X80M
Part #
78490 15059 81822 82275 81468 14974 81821 82270 81467 14973 81820 82265 81466 14971 81858 82669 81640 14982 81857 82664 81639 14981 81856 82659 81638 14979 77467 77468 78969 78970 76153 73312 78735 78730 78725 78719 72262 71642 76798 76796 78060 78059 12405 18737 18622 19032 19027 18626 18618 79200 79205 73804 73809 79697 79692 79696 78977 79695 78975 79845 79844 79847 79843 79846 79842 78715 78708 78703 78697 72280
Page
435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 436 436 436 436 430 430 430 430 430 430 430 430 431 431 431 431 430 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 432 432 432 432 433
Model Number
LEDIA80X80W LEDIB150X150PW2-XQ LEDIB225X150PW2-XQ LEDIB300X150PW2-XQ LEDIB70X70M LEDIB70X70W LEDIB75X150PW2-XQ LEDIB85X220M LEDIB85X220W LEDII150-3M LEDII150-3W LEDILA1160XD6-PHQ LEDILA1160XD6-PLQ LEDILA1160XD6-XQ LEDILA1160XG6-PHQ LEDILA1160XG6-PLQ LEDILA1160XG6-XQ LEDILA1160XP6-PHQ LEDILA1160XP6-PLQ LEDILA1160XP6-XQ LEDILA145XD6-XQ LEDILA145XG6-XQ LEDILA145XP6-XQ LEDILA290AD6-XQ LEDILA290AG6-XQ LEDILA290AP6-XQ LEDILA290SSD6-XQ LEDILA290SSG6-XQ LEDILA290SSP6-XQ LEDILA290XD6-PHQ LEDILA290XD6-PLQ LEDILA290XD6-XQ LEDILA290XG6-PHQ LEDILA290XG6-PLQ LEDILA290XG6-XQ LEDILA290XP6-PHQ LEDILA290XP6-PLQ LEDILA290XP6-XQ LEDILA435AD6-XQ LEDILA435AG6-XQ LEDILA435AP6-XQ LEDILA435SSD6-XQ LEDILA435SSG6-XQ LEDILA435SSP6-XQ LEDILA435XD6-PHQ LEDILA435XD6-PLQ LEDILA435XD6-XQ LEDILA435XG6-PHQ LEDILA435XG6-PLQ LEDILA435XG6-XQ LEDILA435XP6-PHQ LEDILA435XP6-PLQ LEDILA435XP6-XQ LEDILA580AD6-XQ LEDILA580AG6-XQ LEDILA580AP6-XQ LEDILA580SSD6-XQ LEDILA580SSG6-XQ LEDILA580SSP6-XQ LEDILA580XD6-PHQ LEDILA580XD6-PLQ LEDILA580XD6-XQ LEDILA580XG6-PHQ LEDILA580XG6-PLQ LEDILA580XG6-XQ LEDILA580XP6-PHQ LEDILA580XP6-PLQ LEDILA580XP6-XQ LEDILA870XD6-PHQ LEDILA870XD6-PLQ
Part #
2902 82484 82489 82645 72266 71434 82479 73272 73273 76773 76771 82701 82715 81646 82696 82766 81645 82691 82706 81644 17051 17050 17049 79000 78999 78998 79079 79078 79077 81797 82202 81443 81796 82197 81442 81795 82192 81441 15523 15515 15508 15050 15049 15048 82232 82247 12827 82227 82242 12826 82222 82237 12825 79001 79002 78308 79082 79081 79080 81813 82277 81458 81811 82272 81457 81810 82267 81456 81849 82671
Page
433 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 436 436 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435
REFERENCE
860
LEDBLA580XG6-XQ LEDBLA580XP6-PHQ LEDBLA580XP6-PLQ LEDBLA580XP6-XQ LEDBLA580XP6-XQ LEDBLA870XD6-PHQ LEDBLA870XD6-PLQ LEDBLA870XD6-XQ LEDBLA870XD6-XQ LEDBLA870XG6-PHQ LEDBLA870XG6-PLQ LEDBLA870XG6-XQ LEDBLA870XG6-XQ LEDBLA870XP6-PHQ LEDBLA870XP6-PLQ LEDBLA870XP6-XQ LEDBLA870XP6-XQ LEDBO100M LEDBO100M-D LEDBO50M LEDBO50M-D LEDBR62X62M LEDBR62X62W LEDBR70XD5-PM LEDBR70XD5-PQ LEDBR70XD5-XM LEDBR70XD5-XQ LEDBR80X80M LEDBR80X80W LEDBR90S-G LEDBR90S-P LEDBR90SS-G LEDBR90SS-P LEDBRM62X62W LEDBS50L11 LEDBS50L11-XQ LEDBS50L20 LEDBS50L20-XQ LEDBS50L5 LEDBS50L5-XQ LEDBSM LEDBSW LEDBW LEDBWL LEDFLTK LEDGA62X62M LEDGA62X62W LEDGA70AD5-PQ LEDGA70AD5-XQ LEDGA70AG5-PQ LEDGA70AG5-XQ LEDGA70AP5-PQ LEDGA70AP5-XQ LEDGA70SSD5-PQ LEDGA70SSD5-XQ LEDGA70SSG5-PQ LEDGA70SSG5-XQ LEDGA70SSP5-PQ LEDGA70SSP5-XQ LEDGA70XD5-PM LEDGA70XD5-PQ LEDGA70XD5-XM LEDGA70XD5-XQ LEDGA80X80M
Model Number
LEDILA870XD6-XQ LEDILA870XD6-XQ LEDILA870XG6-PHQ LEDILA870XG6-PLQ LEDILA870XG6-XQ LEDILA870XP6-PHQ LEDILA870XP6-PLQ LEDILA870XP6-XQ LEDIO100M LEDIO100M-D LEDIO50M LEDIO50M-D LEDIR62X62M LEDIR62X62W LEDIR70XD4-PM LEDIR70XD4-PQ LEDIR70XD4-XM LEDIR70XD4-XQ LEDIR80X80M LEDIR80X80W LEDIR90S-G LEDIR90S-P LEDIR90SS-G LEDIR90SS-P LEDIRM62X62W LEDIS50L14 LEDIS50L14-XQ LEDIS50L5 LEDIS50L5-XQ LEDLA1160XCDW-P LEDLA1160XWDW-P LEDLA1160XW-G LEDLA1160XW-P LEDLA145XCDW-P LEDLA145XWDW-P LEDLA145XW-G LEDLA145XW-P LEDLA290SCDW-P LEDLA290SWDW-P LEDLA290SW-G LEDLA290SW-P LEDLA290XCDW-P LEDLA290XWDW-P LEDLA290XW-G LEDLA290XW-P LEDLA435SCDW-P LEDLA435SWDW-P LEDLA435SW-G LEDLA435SW-P LEDLA435XCDW-P LEDLA435XWDW-P LEDLA435XW-G LEDLA435XW-P LEDLA580SCDW-P LEDLA580SWDW-P LEDLA580SW-G LEDLA580SW-P LEDLA580XCDW-P LEDLA580XWDW-P LEDLA580XW-G LEDLA580XW-P LEDLA870XCDW-P LEDLA870XWDW-P LEDLA870XW-G LEDLA870XW-P LEDLAPFK290S LEDLAPFK580S LEDR70CDW LEDRA62X62M LEDRA62X62W
Part #
81631 14978 81848 82666 81630 81847 82661 81628 77461 77462 79052 79053 76150 73310 78736 78731 78726 78720 72264 2779 76790 76789 78054 78053 12406 20604 20602 20603 20601 81724 81728 81720 81716 17573 17574 17571 17570 77996 78767 77980 77978 81721 81725 81717 81713 17582 17584 17579 17580 81885 81888 81882 81879 77997 78766 77981 77979 81722 81726 81718 81714 81723 81727 81719 81715 79818 79817 79370 73803 73808
Page
435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 436 436 436 436 430 430 430 430 430 430 430 430 431 431 431 431 430 437 437 437 437 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 439 439 440 433 433
Model Number
LEDRA70AD5-PQ LEDRA70AD5-XQ LEDRA70AG5-PQ LEDRA70AG5-XQ LEDRA70AP5-PQ LEDRA70AP5-XQ LEDRA70SSD5-PQ LEDRA70SSD5-XQ LEDRA70SSG5-PQ LEDRA70SSG5-XQ LEDRA70SSP5-PQ LEDRA70SSP5-XQ LEDRA70XD5-PM LEDRA70XD5-PQ LEDRA70XD5-XM LEDRA70XD5-XQ LEDRA80X80M LEDRA80X80W LEDRB150X150PW2-XQ LEDRB225X150PW2-XQ LEDRB300X150PW2-XQ LEDRB70X70M LEDRB70X70W LEDRB75X150PW2-XQ LEDRB85X220M LEDRB85X220W LEDRCDW LEDRCDWS LEDRCW LEDRCWS LEDRDW LEDRDWS LEDRI150-3M LEDRI150-3W LEDRLA1160XD6-PHQ LEDRLA1160XD6-PLQ LEDRLA1160XD6-XQ LEDRLA1160XG6-PHQ LEDRLA1160XG6-PLQ LEDRLA1160XG6-XQ LEDRLA1160XP6-PHQ LEDRLA1160XP6-PLQ LEDRLA1160XP6-XQ LEDRLA145XD6-XQ LEDRLA145XG6-XQ LEDRLA145XP6-XQ LEDRLA290AD6-XQ LEDRLA290AG6-XQ LEDRLA290AP6-XQ LEDRLA290SSD6-XQ LEDRLA290SSG6-XQ LEDRLA290SSP6-XQ LEDRLA290XD6-PHQ LEDRLA290XD6-PLQ LEDRLA290XD6-XQ LEDRLA290XG6-PHQ LEDRLA290XG6-PLQ LEDRLA290XG6-XQ LEDRLA290XP6-PHQ LEDRLA290XP6-PLQ LEDRLA290XP6-XQ LEDRLA435AD6-XQ LEDRLA435AG6-XQ LEDRLA435AP6-XQ LEDRLA435SSD6-XQ LEDRLA435SSG6-XQ LEDRLA435SSP6-XQ LEDRLA435XD6-PHQ LEDRLA435XD6-PLQ LEDRLA435XD6-XQ
Part #
79129 79132 79058 79054 79067 78393 79344 79331 79340 79327 79336 78403 78711 78704 78698 78692 72268 69905 82480 82485 82490 72267 69904 82475 73271 73100 73766 73767 73768 73769 72096 73765 76032 75990 82697 82711 81643 82692 82707 81642 82687 82702 81641 17094 14481 14480 77999 77597 76062 78901 78477 78476 81794 82198 14460 81792 82193 14482 81791 82188 14459 14496 14495 14494 14510 14509 14508 82228 82243 12824
Page
433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 432 432 432 432 433 433 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 440 440 440 440 440 440 436 436 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435
Model Number
LEDRLA435XG6-PHQ LEDRLA435XG6-PLQ LEDRLA435XG6-XQ LEDRLA435XP6-PHQ LEDRLA435XP6-PLQ LEDRLA435XP6-XQ LEDRLA580AD6-XQ LEDRLA580AG6-XQ LEDRLA580AP6-XQ LEDRLA580SSD6-XQ LEDRLA580SSG6-XQ LEDRLA580SSP6-XQ LEDRLA580XD6-PHQ LEDRLA580XD6-PLQ LEDRLA580XD6-XQ LEDRLA580XG6-PHQ LEDRLA580XG6-PLQ LEDRLA580XG6-XQ LEDRLA580XP6-PHQ LEDRLA580XP6-PLQ LEDRLA580XP6-XQ LEDRLA870XD6-PHQ LEDRLA870XD6-PLQ LEDRLA870XD6-XQ LEDRLA870XG6-PHQ LEDRLA870XG6-PLQ LEDRLA870XG6-XQ LEDRLA870XP6-PHQ LEDRLA870XP6-PLQ LEDRLA870XP6-XQ LEDRO100M LEDRO100M-D LEDRO50M LEDRO50M-D LEDRPFK70 LEDRPFK90 LEDRR62X62M LEDRR62X62W LEDRR70XD4-PM LEDRR70XD4-PQ LEDRR70XD4-XM LEDRR70XD4-XQ LEDRR80X80M LEDRR80X80W LEDRR90S-G LEDRR90S-P LEDRR90SS-G LEDRR90SS-P LEDRRM62X62W LEDRRPFK LEDRRPFKS LEDRS50L11 LEDRS50L11-XQ LEDRS50L20 LEDRS50L20-XQ LEDRS50L5 LEDRS50L5-XQ LEDRSM LEDRSW LEDUV365A70AG5-PQ LEDUV365A70AG5-XQ LEDUV365LA1160XG6-PHQ LEDUV365LA1160XG6-PLQ LEDUV365LA1160XG6-XQ LEDUV365LA145XG6-XQ LEDUV365LA290AG6-XQ LEDUV365LA290SSG6-XQ LEDUV365LA290XG6-PHQ LEDUV365LA290XG6-PLQ LEDUV365LA290XG6-XQ
Part #
82223 82238 12823 82218 82233 12822 78003 77598 77037 78898 78485 78484 81809 82273 81455 81808 82268 81454 81807 82263 81453 81846 82667 81627 81845 82662 81626 81844 82657 81625 75527 75528 78978 78310 79683 76799 75370 73309 78732 78727 78722 78716 72263 70015 76791 75892 78052 78051 12402 56306 73416 18736 18621 19030 19022 18625 18617 79201 79206 19899 19896 20279 20275 19916 19908 19937 20392 20253 19846 19909
Page
435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 436 436 436 436 439 439 430 430 430 430 430 430 430 430 431 431 431 431 430 439 439 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 433 433 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435
Model Number
LEDUV365LA435AG6-XQ LEDUV365LA435SSG6-XQ LEDUV365LA435XG6-PHQ LEDUV365LA435XG6-PLQ LEDUV365LA435XG6-XQ LEDUV365LA580AG6-XQ LEDUV365LA580SSG6-XQ LEDUV365LA580XG6-PHQ LEDUV365LA580XG6-PLQ LEDUV365LA580XG6-XQ LEDUV365LA870XG6-PHQ LEDUV365LA870XG6-PLQ LEDUV365LA870XG6-XQ LEDUV395A70AD5-PQ LEDUV395A70AD5-XQ LEDUV395A70AG5-PQ LEDUV395A70AG5-XQ LEDUV395A70AP5-PQ LEDUV395A70AP5-XQ LEDUV395A70XD5-PM LEDUV395A70XD5-PQ LEDUV395A70XD5-XM LEDUV395A70XD5-XQ LEDUV395LA1160XD6-PHQ LEDUV395LA1160XD6-PLQ LEDUV395LA1160XD6-XQ LEDUV395LA1160XG6-PHQ LEDUV395LA1160XG6-PLQ LEDUV395LA1160XG6-XQ LEDUV395LA1160XP6-PHQ LEDUV395LA1160XP6-PLQ LEDUV395LA1160XP6-XQ LEDUV395LA145XD6-XQ LEDUV395LA145XG6-XQ LEDUV395LA145XP6-XQ LEDUV395LA290AD6-XQ LEDUV395LA290AG6-XQ LEDUV395LA290AP6-XQ LEDUV395LA290SSD6-XQ LEDUV395LA290SSG6-XQ LEDUV395LA290SSP6-XQ LEDUV395LA290XD6-PHQ LEDUV395LA290XD6-PLQ LEDUV395LA290XD6-XQ LEDUV395LA290XG6-PHQ LEDUV395LA290XG6-PLQ LEDUV395LA290XG6-XQ LEDUV395LA290XP6-PHQ LEDUV395LA290XP6-PLQ LEDUV395LA290XP6-XQ LEDUV395LA435AD6-XQ LEDUV395LA435AG6-XQ LEDUV395LA435AP6-XQ LEDUV395LA435SSD6-XQ LEDUV395LA435SSG6-XQ LEDUV395LA435SSP6-XQ LEDUV395LA435XD6-PHQ LEDUV395LA435XD6-PLQ LEDUV395LA435XD6-XQ LEDUV395LA435XG6-PHQ LEDUV395LA435XG6-PLQ LEDUV395LA435XG6-XQ LEDUV395LA435XP6-PHQ LEDUV395LA435XP6-PLQ LEDUV395LA435XP6-XQ LEDUV395LA580AD6-XQ LEDUV395LA580AG6-XQ LEDUV395LA580AP6-XQ LEDUV395LA580SSD6-XQ LEDUV395LA580SSG6-XQ
Part #
19938 20396 20258 20255 19910 19940 20400 20268 20266 19914 20272 20270 19915 19907 19903 19906 19902 19905 19901 19894 19891 19885 19883 20387 20384 19936 20371 20363 19934 20354 20352 19933 19919 19918 19917 19943 19942 19941 20404 20403 20401 20301 20300 19922 20296 20289 19921 20288 19850 19920 19948 19947 19946 20419 20408 20407 20312 20310 19926 20306 20304 19924 20303 20302 19923 19951 19950 19949 20428 20425
Page
435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435
861
Model Number
LEDUV395LA580SSP6-XQ LEDUV395LA580XD6-PHQ LEDUV395LA580XD6-PLQ LEDUV395LA580XD6-XQ LEDUV395LA580XG6-PHQ LEDUV395LA580XG6-PLQ
Part #
20422 20336 20333 19929 20332 20331 19928 20314 20313 19927 20351 20350 19932 20349 20347 19931 20345 20339 19930 19881 19879 19877 19874 25210 25210 25206 25206 25211 25211 25208 25208 25209 25209 25205 25205 73802 73807 79127 79131 79060 79056 79066 79063 79346 79333 79342 79329 79338 79325 78712 78705 78700 78693 72269 71886 82483 82488 82644 82478 82698 82712 81649 82693 82708 81648 82688 82703 81647 13936 13931
Page
435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 430 430 430 430 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 433 432 432 432 432 433 433 434 434 434 434 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435
Model Number
LEDWLA145XP6-XQ LEDWLA290AD6XQ LEDWLA290AG6-XQ LEDWLA290AP6-XQ LEDWLA290SSD6-XQ LEDWLA290SSG6-XQ LEDWLA290SSP6-XQ LEDWLA290XD6-PHQ LEDWLA290XD6-PLQ LEDWLA290XD6-XQ LEDWLA290XG6-PHQ LEDWLA290XG6-PLQ LEDWLA290XG6-XQ LEDWLA290XP6-PHQ LEDWLA290XP6-PLQ LEDWLA290XP6-XQ LEDWLA435AD6-XQ LEDWLA435AG6-XQ LEDWLA435AP6-XQ LEDWLA435SSD6-XQ LEDWLA435SSG6-XQ LEDWLA435SSP6-XQ LEDWLA435XD6-PHQ LEDWLA435XD6-PLQ LEDWLA435XD6-XQ LEDWLA435XG6-PHQ LEDWLA435XG6-PLQ LEDWLA435XG6-XQ LEDWLA435XP6-PHQ LEDWLA435XP6-PLQ LEDWLA435XP6-XQ LEDWLA580AD6-XQ LEDWLA580AG6-XQ LEDWLA580AP6-XQ LEDWLA580SSD6-XQ LEDWLA580SSG6-XQ LEDWLA580SSP6-XQ LEDWLA580XD6-PHQ LEDWLA580XD6-PLQ LEDWLA580XD6-XQ LEDWLA580XG6-PHQ LEDWLA580XG6-PLQ LEDWLA580XG6-XQ LEDWLA580XP6-PHQ LEDWLA580XP6-PLQ LEDWLA580XP6-XQ LEDWLA870XD6-PHQ LEDWLA870XD6-PLQ LEDWLA870XD6-XQ LEDWLA870XG6-PHQ LEDWLA870XG6-PLQ LEDWLA870XG6-XQ LEDWLA870XP6-PHQ LEDWLA870XP6-PLQ LEDWLA870XP6-XQ LEDWO100M LEDWO100M-D LEDWO50M LEDWO50M-D LEDWR62X62M LEDWR62X62W LEDWR70XD5-PM LEDWR70XD5-PQ LEDWR70XD5-XM LEDWR70XD5-XQ LEDWR80X80M LEDWR80X80W LEDWR90S-G LEDWR90S-P LEDWR90SS-G
Part #
13930 78000 77662 77655 78902 78479 81446 81800 82199 81446 81799 82194 81445 81798 82189 81444 13983 13982 13981 14010 14005 14004 82229 82244 12830 82224 82239 12829 82219 82234 12828 78004 77665 77658 78897 78487 78486 81816 82274 81462 81815 82269 81460 81814 82264 81459 81852 82668 81633 81851 82663 81632 81850 82658 81636 77463 77464 78974 78973 76154 73313 78733 78728 78723 78717 72260 71101 76795 76794 78058
Page
435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 435 436 436 436 436 430 430 430 430 430 430 430 430 431 431 431
Model Number
LEDWR90SS-P LEDWRM62X62W LEDWS50L11 LEDWS50L11-XQ LEDWS50L20 LEDWS50L20-XQ LEDWS50L5 LEDWS50L5-XQ LEDWSM LEDWSW LEK LEKS LG10A65NI LG10A65NIQ LG10A65NU LG10A65NUQ LG10A65PI LG10A65PIQ LG10A65PU LG10A65PUQ LG5A65NI LG5A65NIQ LG5A65NU LG5A65NUQ LG5A65PI LG5A65PIQ LG5A65PU LG5A65PUQ LG5B65NI LG5B65NIQ LG5B65NU LG5B65NUQ LG5B65PI LG5B65PIQ LG5B65PU LG5B65PUQ LH150IX485QP LH30IX485QP LH80IX485QP LMF04 LMF06 LMF08 LMF12 LMF16 LMF25 LPA-LAT-1 LPA-MBK-11 LPA-MBK-12 LPA-MBK-120 LPA-MBK-135 LPA-MBK-180 LPA-MBK-20 LPA-MBK-21 LPA-MBK-22 LPA-MBK-90 LPA-MBK-P1110 LPA-MBK-P1250 LPA-MBK-P1390 LPA-MBK-P1530 LPA-MBK-P1670 LPA-MBK-P1810 LPA-MBK-P270 LPA-MBK-P410 LPA-MBK-P550 LPA-MBK-P690 LPA-MBK-P830 LPA-MBK-P970 LPA-TP-1 LPSS-1110 LPSS-1250
Part #
78057 12403 18738 18623 19034 19028 18734 18619 79202 79207 69052 73290 54092 54093 57577 57578 54095 54096 57580 57581 54086 54087 57571 57572 54089 54090 57565 57566 55964 55968 57574 57575 55966 55969 57568 57569 11952 11950 11951 10853 10854 80943 80944 80945 80951 83817 82841 82842 82847 82848 82849 82853 82845 82844 82846 16090 16091 16092 16093 16094 16095 16084 16085 16086 16087 16088 16089 82840 18718 18719
Page
431 430 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 388 388 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 311 311 311 377 377 377 377 377 377 749 644 644 644 645 645 645 645 646 646 646 646 646 646 646 646 646 646 646 646 646 646 510 747 748
Model Number
LPSS-1390 LPSS-1530 LPSS-1670 LPSS-1810 LPSS-270 LPSS-410 LPSS-550 LPSS-690 LPSS-830 LPSS-970 LS2E30-1050Q8 LS2E30-1200Q8 LS2E30-1350Q8 LS2E30-1500Q8 LS2E30-150Q8 LS2E30-300Q8 LS2E30-450Q8 LS2E30-600Q8 LS2E30-750Q8 LS2E30-900Q8 LS2LK30-450Q88-1RE50 LS2LK30-450Q88-2RE15 LS2LK30-750Q88-1RE15 LS2LK30-750Q88-2RE15 LS2LK30-900Q88-1RE15 LS2LK30-900Q88-2RE15 LS2LP30-1050Q88 LS2LP30-1200Q88 LS2LP30-1350Q88 LS2LP30-1500Q88 LS2LP30-150Q88 LS2LP30-300Q88 LS2LP30-450Q88 LS2LP30-600Q88 LS2LP30-750Q88 LS2LP30-900Q88 LS2LR30-1050Q8 LS2LR30-1200Q8 LS2LR30-1350Q8 LS2LR30-1500Q8 LS2LR30-150Q8 LS2LR30-300Q8 LS2LR30-450Q8 LS2LR30-600Q8 LS2LR30-750Q8 LS2LR30-900Q8 LS2TK30-1200Q88-2RE25 LS2TK30-1500Q88-2RE25 LS2TK30-150Q88-1RE15 LS2TK30-150Q88-2RE25 LS2TK30-300Q88-1RE25 LS2TK30-300Q88-1RE50 LS2TK30-300Q88-2RE15 LS2TK30-300Q88-2RE25 LS2TK30-450Q88-1RE25 LS2TK30-450Q88-2RE25 LS2TK30-600Q88-1RE15 LS2TK30-600Q88-2RE25 LS2TK30-750Q88-1RE15 LS2TK30-750Q88-1RE50 LS2TK30-900Q88-1RE100 LS2TK30-900Q88-1RE15 LS2TK30-900Q88-1RE25 LS2TK30-900Q88-1RE50 LS2TK30-900Q88-2RE25 LS2TK30-900Q88-2RE75 LS2TP30-1050Q88 LS2TP30-1200Q88 LS2TP30-1350Q88 LS2TP30-1500Q88
Part #
18720 18721 18722 18723 18712 18713 18714 18714 18716 18717 73530 73531 73532 73533 73524 73525 73526 73527 73528 73529 79774 77288 81052 77944 80785 81586 73570 73571 73572 73573 73564 73565 73566 73567 73568 73569 73560 73561 73562 73563 73554 73555 73556 73557 73558 73559 77296 77305 79142 77295 78527 79604 80063 77297 80711 77294 77526 78529 81701 79605 79768 81702 80744 79606 77293 77279 73550 73551 73552 73553
Page
748 748 748 748 747 747 747 747 747 747 512 512 512 512 511 511 512 512 512 512 513 513 513 513 513 513 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 511 511 512 512 512 512 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 512 512 512 512
REFERENCE
862
LEDUV395LA580XG6-XQ LEDUV395LA580XP6-PHQ LEDUV395LA580XP6-PLQ LEDUV395LA580XP6-XQ LEDUV395LA870XD6-PHQ LEDUV395LA870XD6-PLQ LEDUV395LA870XD6-XQ LEDUV395LA870XG6-PHQ LEDUV395LA870XG6-PLQ LEDUV395LA870XG6-XQ LEDUV395LA870XP6-PHQ LEDUV395LA870XP6-PLQ LEDUV395LA870XP6-XQ LEDUV395R70XD5-PM LEDUV395R70XD5-PQ LEDUV395R70XD5-XM LEDUV395R70XD5-XQ LEDUV395S50L11 LEDUV395S50L11 LEDUV395S50L11-XQ LEDUV395S50L11-XQ LEDUV395S50L20 LEDUV395S50L20 LEDUV395S50L20-XQ LEDUV395S50L20-XQ LEDUV395S50L5 LEDUV395S50L5 LEDUV395S50L5-XQ LEDUV395S50L5-XQ LEDWA62X62M LEDWA62X62W LEDWA70AD5-PQ LEDWA70AD5-XQ LEDWA70AG5-PQ LEDWA70AG5-XQ LEDWA70AP5-PQ LEDWA70AP5-XQ LEDWA70SSD5-PQ LEDWA70SSD5-XQ LEDWA70SSG5-PQ LEDWA70SSG5-XQ LEDWA70SSP5-PQ LEDWA70SSP5-XQ LEDWA70XD5-PM LEDWA70XD5-PQ LEDWA70XD5-XM LEDWA70XD5-XQ LEDWA80X80M LEDWA80X80W LEDWB150X150PW2-XQ LEDWB225X150PW2-XQ LEDWB300X150PW2-XQ LEDWB75X150PW2-XQ LEDWLA1160XD6-PHQ LEDWLA1160XD6-PLQ LEDWLA1160XD6-XQ LEDWLA1160XG6-PHQ LEDWLA1160XG6-PLQ LEDWLA1160XG6-XQ LEDWLA1160XP6-PHQ LEDWLA1160XP6-PLQ LEDWLA1160XP6-XQ LEDWLA145XD6-XQ LEDWLA145XG6-XQ
Model Number
LS2TP30-150Q88 LS2TP30-300Q88 LS2TP30-450Q88 LS2TP30-600Q88 LS2TP30-750Q88 LS2TP30-900Q88 LS2TR30-1050Q8 LS2TR30-1200Q8 LS2TR30-1350Q8 LS2TR30-1500Q8 LS2TR30-150Q8 LS2TR30-300Q8 LS2TR30-450Q8 LS2TR30-600Q8 LS2TR30-750Q8 LS2TR30-900Q8 LSA-LAT-1 LSS-1050 LSS-1200 LSS-1350 LSS-150 LSS-1500 LSS-300 LSS-450 LSS-600 LSS-750 LSS-900 LT3BD LT3BDLV LT3BDLVQ LT3BDQ LT3NI LT3NILV LT3NILVQ LT3NIQ LT3NU LT3NULV LT3NULVQ LT3NUQ LT3PI LT3PILV LT3PILVQ LT3PIQ LT3PU LT3PULV LT3PULVQ LT3PUQ LT7PIDQ LT7PLVQ LTBA5 LTBA5L LTBA5LQD LTBA5QD LTBB5 LTBB5L LTBB5LQD LTBB5QD LX12E LX12EQ LX12ESR LX12ESRQ LX12R LX12RQ LX12RSR LX12RSRQ LX15E LX15EQ LX15R LX15RQ LX18E
Part #
73544 73545 73546 73547 73548 73549 73540 73541 73542 73543 73534 73535 73536 73537 73538 73539 73746 73754 73755 73756 73748 73757 73749 73750 73751 73752 73753 65517 67380 67381 65516 65511 67282 67283 65510 65505 67276 67277 65504 65514 67279 67280 65513 65508 67273 67274 65507 73439 73440 28455 34950 35010 28456 28457 34951 35118 28458 2682 2685 2683 2686 2688 2691 2689 2692 71795 71796 71810 71811 71797
Page
512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 511 511 512 512 512 512 749 748 748 748 748 748 748 748 748 748 748 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 309 309 479 479 479 479 479 479 479 479 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277
Model Number
LX18EQ LX18R LX18RQ LX21E LX21R LX24E LX24EQ LX24R LX24RQ LX3E LX3EQ LX3ESR LX3ESRQ LX3R LX3RQ LX3RSR LX3RSRQ LX6E LX6EQ LX6ESR LX6ESRQ LX6R LX6RQ LX6RSR LX6RSRQ LX9E LX9EQ LX9R LX9RQ LXS12 LXS3 LXS6 LZ3C8 M M12E M12EQ5 M12EQ8 M12FTH1Q M12FTH2Q M12ND M12NDQ5 M12NDQ8 M12NFF25 M12NFF25Q5 M12NFF25Q8 M12NFF50 M12NFF50Q5 M12NFF50Q8 M12NFF75 M12NFF75Q5 M12NFF75Q8 M12NLP M12NLPQ5 M12NLPQ8 M12NLV M12NLVQ5 M12NLVQ8 M12NR M12NRQ5 M12NRQ8 M12PD M12PDQ5 M12PDQ8 M12PFF25 M12PFF25Q5 M12PFF25Q8 M12PFF50 M12PFF50Q5 M12PFF50Q8 M12PFF75
Part #
71798 71812 71813 71799 71814 71801 71802 71816 71817 2658 2661 2659 2662 2664 2667 2665 2668 2670 2673 2671 2674 2676 2679 2677 2680 71794 71667 71809 71668 71353 71351 71352 68653 77202 78250 77203 79610 81050 77180 78237 77181 77192 78245 77193 77196 78247 77197 78230 78249 78231 77184 78239 77185 77188 78241 77189 77200 78243 77201 77178 78236 77179 77190 78244 77191 77194 78246 77195 78228
Page
277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 277 748 748 748 260 66 66 66 401 401 66 66 66 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 67 67 67 67 67 67 67
Model Number
M12PFF75Q5 M12PFF75Q8 M12PLP M12PLPQ5 M12PLPQ8 M12PLV M12PLVQ5 M12PLVQ8 M12PR M12PRQ5 M12PRQ8 M186E M186EQ M18C2.0 M18GRXN M18GRXNQ M18GRXNQP M18GRXP M18GRXPQ M18GRXPQP M18GRY2N M18GRY2NQ M18GRY2NQP M18GRY2P M18GRY2PQ M18GRY2PQP M18GRYN M18GRYNQ M18GRYNQP M18GRYP M18GRYPQ M18GRYPQP M18GXYN M18GXYNQ M18GXYNQP M18GXYP M18GXYPQ M18GXYPQP M18GYX7N M18GYX7NQ M18GYX7NQP M18GYX7P M18GYX7PQ M18GYX7PQP M18RGX8PQ8 M18SN6D M18SN6DL M18SN6DLQ M18SN6DQ M18SN6FF100 M18SN6FF100Q M18SN6FF25 M18SN6FF25Q M18SN6FF50 M18SN6FF50Q M18SN6L M18SN6LP M18SN6LPQ M18SN6LQ M18SN6R M18SN6RQ M18SP6D M18SP6DL M18SP6DLQ M18SP6DQ M18SP6FF100 M18SP6FF100Q M18SP6FF25 M18SP6FF25Q M18SP6FF50
Part #
78248 78229 77182 78238 77183 77186 78240 77187 77198 78242 77199 48346 48347 53022 76376 76377 call 76374 76375 77368 76387 74908 call 76386 74051 77368 76002 74040 call 76373 74039 10695 76380 76381 call 76378 76379 call 76389 75612 call 76388 75611 call 74027 48660 48664 48665 48661 48672 48673 58428 58432 48668 48669 48652 48656 48657 48653 48348 48349 48662 48666 48667 48663 48674 48675 58429 58433 48670
Page
67 67 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 132 132 344 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132
Model Number
M18SP6FF50Q M18SP6L M18SP6LP M18SP6LPQ M18SP6LQ M18SP6R M18SP6RQ M18XRYN M18XRYNQ M18XRYNQP M18XRYP M18XRYPQ M18XRYPQP M25UEQ8 M25URBQ8 MAC-1 MAC16N-1 MAC16P-1 MACI-1 MACN-1 MACNXDN-1 MACP-1 MACPXDN-1 MACV-1 MAHCIN-1 MAHCIP-1 MAHCVN-1 MAHCVP-1 MAHE13A MAHE19A MAHE26A MAHE32A MAHE38A MAHE45A MAHE51A MAHE58A MAHE64A MAHE6A MAHE70A MAHE77A MAHR13A MAHR19A MAHR26A MAHR32A MAHR38A MAHR45A MAHR51A MAHR58A MAHR64A MAHR6A MAHR70A MAHR77A MAQDC-5100C MAQDC-5125C MAQDC-5150C MAQDC-575C MAQDC-806 MAQDC-815 MAQDC-830 MAQDC-850 MASC MBCC2-506 MBCC2-512 MBCC2-530 MBCC-306 MBCC-312 MBCC-330 MBCC-406 MBCC-412 MBCC-430
Part #
48671 48654 48658 48659 48655 48350 48651 76384 76385 call 76382 76383 call 79745 79746 43296 57367 57368 46326 47999 59420 47820 59421 46327 61331 61332 61333 61334 62651 62652 62653 62654 62655 62656 62657 62658 62659 62650 62660 62661 62663 62664 62665 62666 62667 62668 62669 62670 62671 62662 62672 62673 52270 52271 52272 52269 72508 72509 72510 72511 55240 61393 61394 61395 45132 25236 33599 45134 25226 29951
Page
132 132 132 132 132 132 132 452 452 452 452 452 452 336 336 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 353 353 353 353 353 353 353 353 353 353 353 353 353 352 353 353 353 353 353 353 353 353 353 353 353 352 353 353 716 716 716 716 703 703 703 703 718 715 715 715 714 714 714 714 714 714
863
Model Number
MBCC-506 MBCC-512 MBCC-530 MGA-K-1 MGA-KSO-1 MI9E
Part #
32297 25496 29950 28513 30140 40141 40143 37713 37712 35235 35234 37714 34625 37715 34626 37717 37716 37294 34474 40144 40146 37718 35233 75090 75091 45138 47103 32952 32953 44651 44652 45135 47106 35617 35618 48496 38704 74174 74029 79661 71038 51127 51128 47812 47813 47814 47815 79869 79870 79871 79872 79874 79875 11420 11421 11422 11423 11424 70975 54616 70976 54617 70977 54618 81538 81690 45137 47105 26849 26847
Page
715 715 715 500 500 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 550 550 712 712 712 712 712 712 697 697 697 697 697 697 711 711 711 699 699 699 699 699 699 699 700 700 700 700 700 700 710 710 710 710 710 704 704 704 704 704 704 704 704 712 712 712 712
Model Number
MQDC-330 MQDC-330RA MQDC-406 MQDC-406RA MQDC-415 MQDC-415RA MQDC-430 MQDC-430RA MQDC-450 MQDC-450RA MQDC-806 MQDC-815 MQDC-830 MQDCWD-506 MQDCWD-530 MQDEC2-406 MQDEC2-406RA MQDEC2-415 MQDEC2-415RA MQDEC2-430 MQDEC2-430RA MQDEC2-506 MQDEC2-506RA MQDEC2-515 MQDEC2-515RA MQDEC2-530 MQDEC2-530RA MQDEC-403RS MQDEC-403SS MQDEC-406RS MQDEC-406SS MQDEC-412RS MQDEC-412SS MQDEC-420RS MQDEC-420SS MQDEC-430RS MQDEC-430SS MQDEC-450RS MQDEC-450SS MQDEC-8005RA-USB MQDEC-8005-USB MQDEC-801RA-USB MQDEC-801-USB MQDEC-803RA-USB MQDEC-803-USB MQDEC-810RA-USB MQDEC-810-USB MQDMC-506 MQDMC-506RA MQDMC-515 MQDMC-515RA MQDMC-530 MQDMC-530RA MQEAC-406 MQEAC-406RA MQEAC-415 MQEAC-415RA MQEAC-430 MQEAC-430RA MQEAC-606 MQEAC-606RA MQEAC-615 MQEAC-615RA MQEAC-630 MQEAC-630RA MQVR3S-506 MQVR3S-506RA MQVR3S-515 MQVR3S-515RA MQVR3S-530
Part #
34848 31148 45136 47104 26850 26848 27142 27080 33649 49213 57593 57594 57595 10184 10185 73661 73664 73662 73665 73663 73666 60810 60813 60811 60814 60812 60815 47456 47631 47457 47632 47458 47633 47459 47634 78626 72154 78628 76602 82278 81157 82279 81158 82280 81159 82281 81571 76642 76643 76644 76645 76646 76647 75291 75294 75292 75295 75293 75296 77319 77322 77320 77323 77321 77324 72671 72672 72673 72674 72713
Page
712 712 696 696 696 696 696 696 696 696 703 703 703 700 700 697 697 697 697 697 697 701 701 701 701 701 701 698 698 698 698 698 698 698 698 698 698 698 698 707 707 707 707 707 707 707 707 717 717 717 717 717 717 713 713 713 713 713 713 713 713 713 713 713 713 713 713 713 713 713
Model Number
MQVR3S-530RA MSA-MBM-K45 MSA-S105-1 MSA-S105-1NB MSA-S24-1 MSA-S24-1NB MSA-S42-1 MSA-S42-1NB MSA-S66-1 MSA-S66-1NB MSA-S84-1 MSA-S84-1NB MSA-TE-12 MSA-TE-20 MSA-TE-24 MSA-TE-32 MSA-TE-36 MSA-TE-44 MSA-TE-48 MSA-TE-8 MSM12A MSM16A MSM20A MSM24A MSM28A MSM32A MSM36A MSM40A MSM44A MSM48A MSM4A MSM8A MSMB-3 MSMB-MSM-45 MSMMB MSS12 MSS24 MSS36 MSS48 O OLM5 OLM8 OLM8M1 OPBA2 OPBA2QD OPBAE OPBAEQD OPBB2 OPBB2QD OPBBE OPBBEQD OPBT2 OPBT2QD OPBT2QDH OPBTE OPBTEQD OPBTEQDH OSBCV OSBCVB OSBCVG OSBD OSBDX OSBE OSBEF OSBF OSBFAC OSBFP OSBFPB OSBFPG OSBFV
Part #
72714 58857 79123 79124 43174 43177 43175 43178 43176 43179 52397 55650 70436 70438 70439 46906 70442 70444 70445 70435 43164 43165 43166 43167 43168 43169 43170 43171 43172 43173 43162 43163 46166 57117 43151 44310 44313 44316 44319 27098 27099 27257 27093 27094 27163 27164 27096 27097 27167 27168 27073 27095 27189 27165 27166 27190 27088 38209 53397 27086 27087 27089 27328 27083 27402 27085 50554 50553 27183
Page
713 647 737 737 736 736 736 736 737 737 737 737 742 742 742 743 743 743 743 742 740 740 740 740 740 740 740 740 740 740 740 740 646 647 647 747 747 747 747
Model Number
OSBFVB OSBFVG OSBFX OSBLV OSBLVAG OSBLVAGC OSBR OSBRF OTBA5 OTBA5L OTBA5LQD OTBA5QD OTBB5 OTBB5L OTBB5LQD OTBB5QD OTBVN6 OTBVN6L OTBVN6LQD OTBVN6QD OTBVP6 OTBVP6L OTBVP6LQD OTBVP6QD OTBVR81 OTBVR81L OTBVR81LQD OTBVR81QD OTC-1-BK OTC-1-GN OTC-1-RD OTC-1-YW OUC-C OUC-D OUC-F OUC-FP OUC-L OUC-LAG P P12-C1
Part #
50555 53400 27072 27081 27082 33795 27091 27327 27986 32167 32255 28149 27987 32254 32256 28150 28591 33706 35057 28585 28589 34110 34997 28590 33080 34040 34041 34078 30221 30979 30977 30978 27248 27249 27250 27251 27252 27253 51832 56058 12789 74774 74773 74772 74771 75335 79917 75334 79916 75626 79915 75625 79914 73491 75633 76095 73492 75634 73493 75635 64120 75318 76028 76877 79952 79955 79953 79950 79954
Page
213 213 213 212 212 212 212 213 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 569 569 569 569 752 752 752 752 752 752 258 258 258 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 711 712 711 711 712 711 712 711 711 382 382 382 382 382 382 382
REFERENCE
MI9EQ MIAD9CV MIAD9CV2 MIAD9CV2Q MIAD9CVQ MIAD9D MIAD9DQ MIAD9F MIAD9FQ MIAD9LV MIAD9LVAG MIAD9LVAGQ MIAD9LVQ MIAD9R MIAD9RQ MIAD9W MIAD9WQ MMD-TA-11B MMD-TA-12B MQAC-406 MQAC-406RA MQAC-415 MQAC-415RA MQAC-430 MQAC-430RA MQD9-406 MQD9-406RA MQD9-415 MQD9-415RA MQD9-430 MQD9-430RA MQDC-1210ST MQDC-1230ST MQDC-1280ST MQDC1-501.5 MQDC1-506 MQDC1-506RA MQDC1-515 MQDC1-515RA MQDC1-530 MQDC1-530RA MQDC20-506 MQDC20-515 MQDC20-530 MQDC20SS-506 MQDC20SS-515 MQDC20SS-530 MQDC2S-1206 MQDC2S-1215 MQDC2S-1230 MQDC2S-1250 MQDC2S-1275 MQDC2S-806 MQDC2S-806RA MQDC2S-815 MQDC2S-815RA MQDC2S-830 MQDC2S-830RA MQDC2S-850 MQDC2S-850RA MQDC-306 MQDC-306RA MQDC-315 MQDC-315RA
214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 213 213 213 212 212 212 213 213 213 213 213 213 213
P22-C1 P32-C6 P4A1.3I P4A1.3R P4AI P4AR P4BC1.3I P4BC1.3I-OC P4BC1.3R P4BC1.3R-OC P4BCI P4BCI-OC P4BCR P4BCR-OC P4C06 P4C06SIM P4C110 P4C23 P4C23SIM P4C32 P4C32SIM P4C50 P4C75 P4COI P4COI-BC P4COI-BCBD P4COI-BCBDOC P4COI-BCOC P4COI-BD P4COI-BDOC
864
Model Number
P4COI-OC P4COR P4COR-BC P4COR-BCBD P4COR-BCBDOC P4COR-BCOC P4COR-BD P4COR-BDOC P4COR-OC P4CORS P4CORS-BC P4CORS-BCBD P4CORS-BCBDOC P4CORS-BCOC P4CORS-BD P4CORS-BDOC P4CORS-OC P4D1 P4E1.3I P4E1.3R P4EI P4ER P4G1.3I P4G1.3R P4GI P4GR P4O1.3I P4O1.3I-BC P4O1.3I-BCBD P4O1.3I-BCBDOC P4O1.3I-BCOC P4O1.3I-BD P4O1.3I-BDOC P4O1.3I-OC P4O1.3R P4O1.3R-BC P4O1.3R-BCBD P4O1.3R-BCBDOC P4O1.3R-BCOC P4O1.3R-BD P4O1.3R-BDOC P4O1.3R-OC P4O1.3RS P4O1.3RS-BC P4O1.3RS-BCBD P4O1.3RS-BCBDOC P4O1.3RS-BCOC P4O1.3RS-BD P4O1.3RS-BDOC P4O1.3RS-OC P4OI P4OI-BC P4OI-BCBD P4OI-BCBDOC P4OI-BCOC P4OI-BD P4OI-BDOC P4OI-OC P4OR P4OR-BC P4OR-BCBD P4OR-BCBDOC P4OR-BCOC P4OR-BD P4OR-BDOC P4OR-OC P4ORS P4ORS-BC P4ORS-BCBD P4ORS-BCBDOC
Part #
79951 76027 76876 79945 79948 79946 79943 79947 79944 10434 10435 10439 10442 10440 10436 10441 10438 74582 74154 74153 73600 73599 73610 73609 73393 73392 75319 75399 79936 79941 79937 79934 79939 79935 75316 75398 79929 79932 79930 79927 79931 79928 10424 10425 10428 10433 10431 10426 10432 10427 75300 79918 79921 79924 79922 79919 79923 79920 75299 79906 79910 79913 79911 79907 79912 79908 10407 10408 10420 10423
Page
382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 753 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382
Model Number
P4ORS-BCOC P4ORS-BD P4ORS-BDOC P4ORS-OC P4RE67-G P4RE67-P P4SLC50-G P4SLC50-P PBAT43TMB5 PBAT43TMB5MTA PBAT46UHFMTA PBAT46UHFMTA PBCF21X46U PBCF46U PBCT21X46U PBCT23TMB5 PBCT23TMB5 PBCT23TMB5M4 PBCT23TMB5MTA PBCT26U PBCT26UM3 PBCT26UM4M2.5 PBCT26UM4M2.5 PBCT26UMFR PBCT46U PBCT46U PBE46UTMLLP PBE46UTMLLPHT1 PBE46UTMNL PBEFP26U PBF16U PBF26U PBF43TMB5 PBF46U PBF46UHF PBF46UM3MJ1.3 PBF46UM3MJ1.3 PBFM16U PBFM1X43T5 PBFM46U PBFM46UHF PBFMP16UMP.2 PBP16U PBP26U PBP46U PBP46UC PBP46UHF PBPF26U PBPF26UMB PBPMSB36U PBPS26U PBPS43TMB5 PBPS46U PBPS46UHF PBPS46UMT PBPS66U PBR1X326U PBRS1X326U PBRS26U PBT16U PBT26U PBT26UHF PBT26UM6M.1 PBT43TMB5 PBT46U PBT46UC PBT46UHF PBT46UHT1 PBT66U PBTA43TMB5
Part #
10421 10409 10422 10419 73657 73658 10192 10191 70866 10454 83276 83276 40414 42888 45071 70850 70850 71385 19717 45091 45090 56125 56125 16112 35214 35214 48056 51830 48055 28131 45073 28131 70798 26035 51786 56109 39981 39115 65902 39110 51850 61220 39992 26082 26084 26088 51788 39127 39116 38711 35042 70862 35040 51824 48005 48015 39987 39986 61216 42822 26080 61208 65942 70768 25967 26086 51784 42799 39982 70891
Page
382 382 382 382 745 745 388 388 258 231 256 231 256 256 256 231 231 258 231 256 256 256 231 231 256 231 259 259 259 255 254 254 258 254 257 254 254 254 257 254 257 255 255 255 255 257 257 255 255 255 255 258 255 257 255 256 257 257 259 254 254 257 259 231 254 257 257 259 255 258
Model Number
PBTP43TMB5 PBU430U PBU460U PD45VN6C100 PD45VN6C100Q PD45VN6C200 PD45VN6C200Q PD45VN6C300 PD45VN6C300Q PD45VN6C50 PD45VN6C50Q PD45VN6LLP PD45VN6LLPQ PD45VP6C100 PD45VP6C100Q PD45VP6C200 PD45VP6C200Q PD45VP6C300 PD45VP6C300Q PD45VP6C50 PD45VP6C50Q PD45VP6LLP PD45VP6LLPQ PDI46U-LLD PDIS16UM10 PDIS16UM5 PDIS46UM12 PDIS46UM12 PDISM46UM5MA PDIT26T5 PDIT4100U PFC-2-25 PFCVA-10X25-E PFCVA-10X25-S PFCVA-25X25-E PFCVA-25X25-S PFCVA-34X25-E PFCVA-34X25-S PFK20 PFK40 PFS44S6T PFS53S6T PFS69S6T PIA16U PIA26U PIA46UHFMB8X12 PIAT16U PIAT26U PIAT43TMB5 PIAT43TMB5MTA PIAT46U PIAT46UHF PIAT46UHFMTA PIAT46UHFMTA PIAT46UM.4X.4MT PIAT66U PIE46UT PIE66UTMNL PIES46UT PIF16U PIF26U PIF26UMLS PIF43TMB5 PIF46U PIF46UHF PIF66U PIF66UM.52M.19D PIFM1X46U PIFM46U PIFM46UHF
Part #
70858 26229 26749 46286 46287 47926 48322 71505 71506 64959 64960 57202 58619 46288 46289 48323 48324 71508 71509 64962 64963 58620 58622 61240 12786 12788 42880 42880 51829 65907 56075 2613 10386 10383 10387 10384 10388 10385 26227 26226 48029 48028 48027 26637 25905 12379 48022 28235 70864 73306 27336 56090 73279 73279 45077 42885 48040 48052 51758 42821 27367 39130 70796 26036 51785 39898 41542 38636 39113 56091
Page
259 268 268 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 259 265 265 265 232 265 266 266 268 267 267 267 267 267 267 268 268 268 268 268 260 260 263 260 260 266 233 260 263 263 263 260 260 264 264 264 261 261 261 266 261 263 261 266 263 261 264
Model Number
PIL46U PIP16U PIP26U PIP46U PIP46UC PIP46UHF PIPS26U PIPS43TMB5 PIPS46U PIPS46UHF PIPS66U PIPSB46U PIPSB46UHF PIPSM26U PIR1X166U PIRS1X166U PIRS1X166UM.4 PIRS1X166UMPM.75 PIRS1X166UMPMAL PIT16U PIT1X46U PIT26U PIT26UHF PIT26UMFR PIT43TMB5 PIT43TMB5 PIT46U PIT46UC PIT46UHF PIT46UHT1 PIT46UMFR PIT66U PITA43TMB5 PITP43TMB5 PIU230U PIU260U PIU430U PIU460U PIU630U PIU660U PKG3M-10 PKG3M-2 PKG3M-2-PSG3M PKG3M-35-PSG3M PKG3M-5 PKG3M-7 PKG3M-9 PKG4-2 PKG4M-2 PKG4M-2/CS PKG4M-5 PKG4M-5/CS PKG4M-9 PKG4M-9/CS PKG4S-2 PKG6Z-2 PKG6Z-9 PKGV3M-10 PKGV3M-4 PKGV3M-7 PKW3M-2 PKW3M-5 PKW3M-9 PKW4M-2 PKW4M-5 PKW4M-9 PKW4Z-2 PKW4ZS-2 PKW6Z-2 PKW6Z-9
Part #
34080 35044 26081 26083 26087 51787 35041 70860 35039 51789 48016 38625 56093 38237 39152 39155 65919 56068 48066 39983 39138 26079 61210 16115 70766 70766 26034 26085 51783 42804 16116 39899 70889 70856 26750 26231 26751 26230 39997 39998 76963 63977 79046 10183 12976 76572 63978 32438 2878 79986 74788 79987 2879 79988 73659 62985 62986 78753 78751 78752 63979 12978 63980 2880 12986 2881 34462 73660 62998 62999
Page
261 262 262 262 263 264 262 266 264 264 262 262 264 263 264 264 265 265 265 261 263 261 264 232 266 233 262 263 264 265 232 262 266 266 268 268 268 268 268 268 693 693 693 693 693 693 693 694 695 717 695 717 695 717 695 696 696 693 693 693 693 693 693 695 695 695 694 695 696 696
865
Model Number
PLI-A10 PLIS-1 PPC06SHF PPC06SRAHF PPC13SHF PPC13SRAHF
Part #
68639 71208 83031 83035 83032 83036 83033 83037 83034 83038 2803 2695 72012 71772 72090 72091 76428 78391 68366 83485 77050 77051 77039 77044 77052 77053 77048 77049 77045 77047 79248 79249 79242 79243 79250 79251 79246 79247 79244 79245 79252 79253 77054 77055 83484 77024 77025 79234 79235 79240 79241 77034 77035 83483 77062 77063 77020 77021 77064 77065 77028 77033 77026 77027 79254 79255 79232 79233 79256 79257
Page
257 262 711 711 711 711 711 711 711 711 746 746 746 746 746 746 754 388 388 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381
Model Number
PPROCAMSSI-G PPROCAMSSI-P PPROCAMSSR-G PPROCAMSSR-P PPROCAMSSW-G PPROCAMSSW-P PPROCAMSW-G PPROCAMSW-P PPROCTL PPROCTL1.3 PPROCTL1.3-BC PPROCTL1.3-BCBD PPROCTL1.3-BCBDOC PPROCTL1.3-BCOC PPROCTL1.3-BD PPROCTL1.3-BDOC PPROCTL1.3-OC PPROCTL-BC PPROCTL-BCBD PPROCTL-BCBDOC PPROCTL-BCOC PPROCTL-BD PPROCTL-BDOC PPROCTLC PPROCTLC-BC PPROCTLC-BCBD PPROCTLC-BCBDOC PPROCTLC-BCOC PPROCTLC-BD PPROCTLC-BDOC PPROCTLC-OC PPROCTL-OC PPROMCAM1.3Q PPROMCAMCQ PPROMCAMCQ PPSIM-NC PPSIM-NT PPSIM-PC PPSIM-PT PPSLC50-G PPSLC50-P PPSLC75-G PPSLC75-P PPSSLC50-G PPSSLC50-P PS115-1N PS115-1P PS24-1N PS24-1P PS24DX PS24W PSDINA-24 PSDINA-24-4 PSG-4M-4005-USB PSG-4M-401-USB PSG-4M-403-USB PSG-4M-410-USB PVA100N6 PVA100N6E PVA100N6EQ PVA100N6Q PVA100N6R PVA100N6RQ PVA100P6 PVA100P6E PVA100P6EQ PVA100P6Q PVA100P6R PVA100P6RQ PVA225N6
Part #
79238 79239 79236 79237 79258 79259 77066 77067 75315 77015 77258 80513 80516 80514 80511 80515 80512 76115 80501 80504 80502 80499 80503 76114 76874 80507 80510 80508 80505 80509 80506 80500 10568 10567 10567 75630 75629 75632 75631 76800 76801 81275 81276 78324 78325 74823 74824 74821 74822 11280 77422 54989 76809 11335 11336 11337 11338 52902 51925 51929 52904 51909 51921 52901 50784 51913 52903 50788 51917 52906
Page
381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 754 754 754 754 381 381 381 381 381 381 754 754 754 754 413 413 753 753 695 695 695 695 472 472 472 472 472 472 472 472 472 472 472 472 473
Model Number
PVA225N6E PVA225N6EQ PVA225N6Q PVA225N6R PVA225N6RQ PVA225P6 PVA225P6E PVA225P6EQ PVA225P6Q PVA225P6R PVA225P6RQ PVA300N6 PVA300N6E PVA300N6EQ PVA300N6Q PVA300N6R PVA300N6RQ PVA300P6 PVA300P6E PVA300P6EQ PVA300P6Q PVA300P6R PVA300P6RQ PVA375N6 PVA375N6E PVA375N6EQ PVA375N6Q PVA375N6R PVA375N6RQ PVA375P6 PVA375P6E PVA375P6EQ PVA375P6Q PVA375P6R PVA375P6RQ PVD100 PVD100Q PVD225 PVD225Q Q Q126E Q126ECR Q126EQ Q126EQ3 Q126EQ5 Q12AB6FF15 Q12AB6FF15CR Q12AB6FF15Q Q12AB6FF15Q5 Q12AB6FF30 Q12AB6FF30CR Q12AB6FF30Q Q12AB6FF50 Q12AB6FF50CR Q12AB6FF50Q Q12AB6LP Q12AB6LPQ Q12AB6LPQ5 Q12AB6LV Q12AB6LVQ Q12AB6LVQ5 Q12AB6R Q12AB6RCR Q12AB6RQ Q12AB6RQ5 Q12AN6FF15Q3 Q12AN6FF30Q3 Q12AN6FF50Q3 Q12AN6LPQ3 Q12AN6LVQ3
Part #
51926 51930 52908 51910 51922 52905 50785 51914 52907 50789 51918 52910 51927 51931 52912 51911 51923 52909 50786 51915 52911 50790 51919 52914 51928 51932 52916 51912 51924 52913 50787 51916 52915 50791 51920 70988 70989 70990 70991 72140 76488 72141 74192 74138 72104 76477 72105 74141 72110 76482 72111 72116 76484 72117 72128 72129 74145 72122 72123 74147 72134 76486 72135 74139 77099 75606 75605 77111 77107
Page
473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 470 470 470 470 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
Model Number
Q12AN6RQ3 Q12AP6FF15Q3 Q12AP6FF30Q3 Q12AP6FF50Q3 Q12AP6LPQ3 Q12AP6LVQ3 Q12AP6RQ3 Q12RB6FF15 Q12RB6FF15CR Q12RB6FF15Q Q12RB6FF15Q5 Q12RB6FF30 Q12RB6FF30CR Q12RB6FF30Q Q12RB6FF30Q5 Q12RB6FF50 Q12RB6FF50CR Q12RB6FF50Q Q12RB6FF50Q5 Q12RB6LP Q12RB6LPQ Q12RB6LPQ5 Q12RB6LV Q12RB6LVQ Q12RB6LVQ5 Q12RB6R Q12RB6RCR Q12RB6RQ Q12RB6RQ5 Q12RN6FF15Q3 Q12RN6FF30Q3 Q12RN6FF50Q3 Q12RN6LPQ3 Q12RN6LVQ3 Q12RN6RQ3 Q12RP6FF15Q3 Q12RP6FF30Q3 Q12RP6FF50Q3 Q12RP6LPQ3 Q12RP6LVQ3 Q12RP6RQ3 Q13C2.0 Q20E Q20EL Q20ELQ Q20ELQ5 Q20ELQ7 Q20EQ Q20EQ5 Q20EQ7 Q20ND Q20NDL Q20NDLQ Q20NDLQ5 Q20NDLQ7 Q20NDQ Q20NDQ5 Q20NDQ7 Q20NDXL Q20NDXLQ Q20NDXLQ5 Q20NDXLQ7 Q20NFF100 Q20NFF100Q Q20NFF100Q5 Q20NFF100Q7 Q20NFF50 Q20NFF50Q Q20NFF50Q5 Q20NFF50Q7
Part #
77097 77101 74956 76163 77113 77109 74930 72107 76481 72108 74142 72113 76483 72114 74143 72119 76485 72120 74144 72131 72132 74146 72125 72126 74148 72137 76487 72138 74140 77100 77103 77105 77112 77108 77098 77102 77104 77106 77114 77110 74193 59424 77781 78159 78226 78206 78160 78225 78205 77782 77759 77755 78208 78188 77756 78212 78192 77760 78153 78210 78190 78154 77775 78220 78200 77776 77771 78218 78198 77772
Page
63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 344 105 106 106 105 105 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106
REFERENCE
866
PPC23SHF PPC23SRAHF PPC32SHF PPC32SRAHF PPE4-G PPE4-P PPE-G PPE-P PPE-RG PPE-RP PPLIM PPM8 PPM9 PPROCAM1.3Q PPROCAM1.3SB-G PPROCAM1.3SB-P PPROCAM1.3SC-G PPROCAM1.3SC-P PPROCAM1.3SG-G PPROCAM1.3SG-P PPROCAM1.3SI-G PPROCAM1.3SI-P PPROCAM1.3SR-G PPROCAM1.3SR-P PPROCAM1.3SSB-G PPROCAM1.3SSB-P PPROCAM1.3SSC-G PPROCAM1.3SSC-P PPROCAM1.3SSG-G PPROCAM1.3SSG-P PPROCAM1.3SSI-G PPROCAM1.3SSI-P PPROCAM1.3SSR-G PPROCAM1.3SSR-P PPROCAM1.3SSW-G PPROCAM1.3SSW-P PPROCAM1.3SW-G PPROCAM1.3SW-P PPROCAMCQ PPROCAMCSC-G PPROCAMCSC-P PPROCAMCSSC-G PPROCAMCSSC-P PPROCAMCSSW-G PPROCAMCSSW-P PPROCAMCSW-G PPROCAMCSW-P PPROCAMQ PPROCAMSB-G PPROCAMSB-P PPROCAMSC-G PPROCAMSC-P PPROCAMSG-G PPROCAMSG-P PPROCAMSI-G PPROCAMSI-P PPROCAMSR-G PPROCAMSR-P PPROCAMSSB-G PPROCAMSSB-P PPROCAMSSC-G PPROCAMSSC-P PPROCAMSSG-G PPROCAMSSG-P
Model Number
Q20NLP Q20NLPQ Q20NLPQ5 Q20NLPQ7 Q20NLV Q20NLVQ Q20NLVQ5 Q20NLVQ7 Q20NR Q20NRL Q20NRLQ Q20NRLQ5 Q20NRLQ7 Q20NRQ Q20NRQ5 Q20NRQ7 Q20PD Q20PDL Q20PDLQ Q20PDLQ5 Q20PDLQ7 Q20PDQ Q20PDQ5 Q20PDQ7 Q20PDXL Q20PDXLQ Q20PDXLQ5 Q20PDXLQ7 Q20PFF100 Q20PFF100Q Q20PFF100Q5 Q20PFF100Q7 Q20PFF50 Q20PFF50Q Q20PFF50Q5 Q20PFF50Q7 Q20PLP Q20PLPQ Q20PLPQ5 Q20PLPQ7 Q20PLV Q20PLVQ Q20PLVQ5 Q20PLVQ7 Q20PR Q20PRL Q20PRLQ Q20PRLQ5 Q20PRLQ7 Q20PRQ Q20PRQ5 Q20PRQ7 Q253E Q253EQ1 Q256E Q256EQ Q25AW3FF100 Q25AW3FF100Q1 Q25AW3FF25 Q25AW3FF25Q1 Q25AW3FF50 Q25AW3FF50Q1 Q25AW3LP Q25AW3LPQ1 Q25AW3R Q25AW3RQ1 Q25RW3FF100 Q25RW3FF100Q1 Q25RW3FF25 Q25RW3FF25Q1
Part #
77763 78214 78194 77764 77767 78216 78196 77768 77779 78274 78283 78281 78275 78224 78204 77780 77757 77753 78207 78187 77754 78211 78191 77758 78151 78209 78189 78152 77773 78219 78199 77774 77769 78217 78197 77770 77761 78213 78193 77762 77765 78215 78195 77766 77777 78272 78282 78280 78273 78223 78203 77778 31966 31971 31926 31935 31918 31922 58402 58410 31916 31920 31964 31969 31967 31972 31919 31923 58403 58411
Page
106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 105 106 106 106 106 106 105 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 105 106 106 106 106 106 105 105 149 149 148 148 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149
Model Number
Q25RW3FF50 Q25RW3FF50Q1 Q25RW3LP Q25RW3LPQ1 Q25RW3R Q25RW3RQ1 Q25SN6FF100 Q25SN6FF100Q Q25SN6FF25 Q25SN6FF25Q Q25SN6FF50 Q25SN6FF50Q Q25SN6LP Q25SN6LPQ Q25SN6R Q25SN6RQ Q25SP6FF100 Q25SP6FF100Q Q25SP6FF25 Q25SP6FF25Q Q25SP6FF50 Q25SP6FF50Q Q25SP6LP Q25SP6LPQ Q25SP6R Q25SP6RQ Q26NXLPQ5 Q26NXLPQ7 Q26PXLPQ5 Q26PXLPQ7 Q403E Q403EQ1 Q406E Q406EQ Q40AW3FF200 Q40AW3FF200Q1 Q40AW3FF400 Q40AW3FF400Q1 Q40AW3FF600 Q40AW3FF600Q1 Q40AW3LP Q40AW3LPQ1 Q40AW3R Q40AW3RQ1 Q40RW3FF200 Q40RW3FF200Q1 Q40RW3FF400 Q40RW3FF400Q1 Q40RW3FF600 Q40RW3FF600Q1 Q40RW3LP Q40RW3LPQ1 Q40RW3R Q40RW3RQ1 Q40SN6FF200 Q40SN6FF200Q Q40SN6FF400 Q40SN6FF400Q Q40SN6FF600 Q40SN6FF600Q Q40SN6LP Q40SN6LPQ Q40SN6R Q40SN6RQ Q40SP6FF200 Q40SP6FF200Q Q40SP6FF400 Q40SP6FF400Q Q40SP6FF600 Q40SP6FF600Q
Part #
31917 31921 31965 31970 31968 31973 31931 31940 58400 58408 31929 31938 31924 31933 31927 31936 31932 31941 58401 58409 31930 31939 31925 31934 31928 31937 17132 17130 17131 17129 32376 33401 32375 33398 32365 33386 32368 33387 32371 34341 32362 33396 32374 33402 33382 33388 33383 33389 34563 34565 33384 33397 33385 33403 32363 33390 32366 33391 32369 34342 32360 33394 32372 33399 32364 33392 32367 33393 32370 34343
Page
149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 148 148 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 148 148 110 110 110 110 180 180 179 179 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 179 179 179 179 179 179 179 179 179 179 179 179 179 179 179 179
Model Number
Q40SP6LP Q40SP6LPQ Q40SP6R Q40SP6RQ Q452E Q452EQ Q452EQ1 Q453E Q453EQ Q456E Q456EQ Q456EQ5 Q459E Q459EQ Q45AD9CV Q45AD9CV4 Q45AD9CV4Q Q45AD9CVQ Q45AD9D Q45AD9DL Q45AD9DLQ Q45AD9DQ Q45AD9F Q45AD9FP Q45AD9FPQ Q45AD9FQ Q45AD9FV Q45AD9FVQ Q45AD9LP Q45AD9LPQ Q45AD9LV Q45AD9LVQ Q45AD9R Q45AD9RQ Q45BB6CV Q45BB6CV4 Q45BB6CV4Q Q45BB6CV4Q5 Q45BB6CVQ Q45BB6CVQ5 Q45BB6D Q45BB6DL Q45BB6DLQ Q45BB6DLQ5 Q45BB6DQ Q45BB6DQ5 Q45BB6DX Q45BB6DXQ Q45BB6DXQ5 Q45BB6F Q45BB6FP Q45BB6FPQ Q45BB6FPQ5 Q45BB6FQ Q45BB6FQ5 Q45BB6FV Q45BB6FVQ Q45BB6FVQ5 Q45BB6LL Q45BB6LLP Q45BB6LLPQ Q45BB6LLPQ6 Q45BB6LLQ Q45BB6LLQ6 Q45BB6LP Q45BB6LPQ Q45BB6LPQ5 Q45BB6LV Q45BB6LVQ Q45BB6LVQ5
Part #
32361 33395 32373 33400 35442 37003 40222 53994 54328 36563 36732 38659 37625 37635 37623 37624 37634 37633 37617 37618 37628 37627 37621 37622 37632 37631 58266 59014 37619 37629 37620 37630 37626 37636 36836 36837 37010 38662 37009 38661 36558 36559 36564 38664 36728 38663 42476 47137 47138 36560 36561 36730 38668 36729 38667 43545 42971 43546 37248 39551 39550 41033 39552 41032 36556 36726 38666 36557 36727 38665
Page
179 179 179 179 196 196 196 198 198 195 195 195 204 204 205 205 205 205 204 204 204 204 205 205 205 205 205 205 204 204 204 204 204 204 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 196 196 196 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195
Model Number
Q45BB6R Q45BB6RQ Q45BB6RQ5 Q45BW13CV Q45BW13CV4 Q45BW13CV4Q Q45BW13CVQ Q45BW13D Q45BW13DL Q45BW13DLQ Q45BW13DQ Q45BW13DX Q45BW13DXQ Q45BW13F Q45BW13FP Q45BW13FPQ Q45BW13FQ Q45BW13FV Q45BW13FVQ Q45BW13LP Q45BW13LPQ Q45BW13LV Q45BW13LVQ Q45BW13R Q45BW13RQ Q45BW22CV Q45BW22CV4 Q45BW22CV4Q Q45BW22CV4Q1 Q45BW22CVQ Q45BW22CVQ1 Q45BW22D Q45BW22DL Q45BW22DLQ Q45BW22DLQ1 Q45BW22DQ Q45BW22DQ1 Q45BW22DX Q45BW22DXQ Q45BW22DXQ1 Q45BW22F Q45BW22FP Q45BW22FPQ Q45BW22FPQ1 Q45BW22FQ Q45BW22FQ1 Q45BW22FV Q45BW22FVQ Q45BW22FVQ1 Q45BW22LP Q45BW22LPQ Q45BW22LPQ1 Q45BW22LV Q45BW22LVQ Q45BW22LVQ1 Q45BW22R Q45BW22RQ Q45BW22RQ1 Q45UBB63BC Q45UBB63BCQ Q45UBB63BCQ6 Q45UBB63DA Q45UBB63DAC Q45UBB63DACQ Q45UBB63DACQ6 Q45UBB63DAQ Q45UBB63DAQ6 Q45ULIU64ACR Q45ULIU64ACRQ Q45ULIU64ACRQ6
Part #
36562 36731 38660 53983 53984 54318 54317 53985 53986 54320 54319 53987 54321 53988 53989 54323 54322 53990 54324 53991 54325 53992 54326 53993 54327 36845 36846 37019 40220 37018 40219 36838 36839 37012 40214 37011 40213 47140 47141 47142 36843 36844 37017 40216 37016 40215 53814 53815 53816 36840 37013 40218 36841 37014 40217 36842 37015 40221 46360 46362 46363 44128 44132 44133 44134 44129 44130 47551 47553 47554
Page
195 195 195 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 199 199 199 199 199 199 198 198 198 198 198 198 197 197 197 197 197 197 196 196 196 196 196 196 197 197 197 197 197 197 197 197 197 197 197 197 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 341 341 341 340 340 340 340 340 340 341 341 341
867
Model Number
Q45ULIU64BCR Q45ULIU64BCRQ Q45ULIU64BCRQ6 Q45UR3BA63C Q45UR3BA63CK Q45UR3BA63CKQ
Part #
47555 47557 47558 52134 53742 59425 59428 53010 53011 63060 53741 59427 59430 53740 59426 59429 53012 53745 59431 59434 53013 53014 63677 53744 59433 59436 53743 59432 59435 35446 35447 37008 37007 35438 35439 36025 37000 44550 47139 35444 35445 37006 37005 43543 43544 35440 37001 35441 37002 35443 37004 53972 53973 54307 54306 53974 53975 54309 54308 53976 54310 53977 53978 54312 54311 53979 54313 53980 54314 53981
Page
341 341 341 344 344 344 344 344 344 345 344 344 344 344 344 344 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 197 197 197 197 196 196 196 197 197 197 197 197 197 197 197 197 196 196 196 196 196 196 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 199 199 199 199 199 199 198 198 198
Model Number
Q45VR3LVQ Q45VR3R Q45VR3RQ Q60BB6AF2000 Q60BB6AF2000Q Q60BB6AFV1000 Q60BB6AFV1000Q Q60BB6LAF1400 Q60BB6LAF1400Q Q60BB6LAF2000 Q60BB6LAF2000Q Q60VR3AF2000 Q60VR3AF2000Q1 Q60VR3AFV1000 Q60VR3AFV1000Q1 Q60VR3LAF1400 Q60VR3LAF1400Q1 Q60VR3LAF2000 Q60VR3LAF2000Q1 QC50A3N6XDWQ QC50A3P6XDWQ QCX50A3N6XDWQ QCX50A3P6XDWQ QDC-515C QDC-525C QDC-550C QDE2R4-815D QDE2R4-825D QDE2R4-850D QDE-5100D QDE-515D QDE-525D QDE-550D QDE-575D QDE-8100D QDE-815D QDE-825D QDE-850D QDE-875D QDS-3100C QDS-315C QDS-325C QDS-350C QDS-375C QDS-515C QDS-525C QDS-550C QDS-815C QDS-825C QDS-850C QDS-875C QL50AN6XD20BQ QL50AP6XD20BQ QL56M6XD15BQ QL56M6XD30BQ QL56M6XD40BQ QM426E QM426EQ QM42VN6AFV150 QM42VN6AFV150Q QM42VN6D QM42VN6DQ QM42VN6FP QM42VN6FPQ QM42VN6LP QM42VN6LPQ QM42VN6R QM42VN6RQ QM42VP6AFV150 QM42VP6AFV150Q
Part #
54315 53982 54316 63000 63001 70092 70093 71633 71742 71634 71743 63004 63005 70094 70095 71635 71744 71636 71745 70902 70826 72061 72060 37442 37443 37498 73257 73258 81690 71465 70880 70881 70882 71464 71467 70883 70884 70885 71466 68428 68425 68426 68427 71162 68430 68431 68432 67212 67213 67214 71126 70937 70936 81326 81327 81328 44331 44334 48694 48696 44338 44340 45785 45786 44902 44904 44337 44339 48695 48697
Page
198 198 198 221 221 221 221 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 291 291 291 291 716 716 716 704 704 704 701 701 701 701 701 704 704 704 704 704 714 714 714 714 714 715 715 715 716 716 716 716 294 294 296 296 296 187 187 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 187 187 188 188
Model Number
QM42VP6D QM42VP6DQ QM42VP6FP QM42VP6FPQ QM42VP6LP QM42VP6LPQ QM42VP6R QM42VP6RQ QMT42VN6AFV400 QMT42VN6AFV400Q QMT42VN6DX QMT42VN6DXQ QMT42VN6FF1000 QMT42VN6FF1000Q QMT42VN6FF1500 QMT42VN6FF1500Q QMT42VN6FF2000 QMT42VN6FF2000Q QMT42VN6FF500 QMT42VN6FF500Q QMT42VN6FF750 QMT42VN6FF750Q QMT42VP6AFV400 QMT42VP6AFV400Q QMT42VP6DX QMT42VP6DXQ QMT42VP6FF1000 QMT42VP6FF1000Q QMT42VP6FF1500 QMT42VP6FF1500Q QMT42VP6FF2000 QMT42VP6FF2000Q QMT42VP6FF500 QMT42VP6FF500Q QMT42VP6FF750 QMT42VP6FF750Q QS186E QS186EB QS186EBQ QS186EBQ5 QS186EBQ7 QS186EBQ8 QS186EQ QS186EQ5 QS186EQ7 QS186EQ8 QS186LE QS186LE10 QS186LE10Q5 QS186LE10Q8 QS186LE11 QS186LE11Q5 QS186LE11Q8 QS186LE12 QS186LE12Q5 QS186LE12Q8 QS186LE14 QS186LE14Q5 QS186LE14Q8 QS186LE2 QS186LE210 QS186LE210Q5 QS186LE210Q8 QS186LE211 QS186LE211Q5 QS186LE211Q8 QS186LE212 QS186LE212Q5 QS186LE212Q8 QS186LE214
Part #
44333 44336 45783 45784 44901 44903 44332 44335 46855 46857 56894 56895 49231 49232 57543 57544 49235 49236 49227 49228 57541 57542 46856 46858 56896 56897 49233 49234 57545 57546 49237 49238 49229 49230 57540 57371 61618 61675 61676 64589 66426 66448 61619 64582 66425 66447 70252 70254 71330 70255 2756 71331 2757 2758 71332 2759 2788 71362 2789 75951 75763 75958 75960 75762 75963 75965 71366 74318 74317 75969
Page
188 188 188 188 188 188 187 187 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91
Model Number
QS186LE214Q5 QS186LE214Q8 QS186LE2Q5 QS186LE2Q8 QS186LEQ5 QS186LEQ8 QS18AB6AF300 QS18AB6AF300Q QS18AB6AF300Q5 QS18AB6AF40 QS18AB6AF40Q QS18AB6AF40Q5 QS18AB6AFF200 QS18AB6AFF200Q QS18AB6AFF200Q5 QS18AB6AFF40 QS18AB6AFF40Q QS18AB6AFF40Q5 QS18ANWDL QS18ANWDLC1 QS18ANWDLQ2 QS18ANWDXL QS18ANWDXLC1 QS18ANWDXLQ2 QS18ANWLP QS18ANWLPC1 QS18ANWLPQ2 QS18ANWLV QS18ANWLVC1 QS18ANWLVQ2 QS18ANWR QS18ANWRC1 QS18ANWRQ2 QS18APWDL QS18APWDLC1 QS18APWDLQ2 QS18APWDXL QS18APWDXLC1 QS18APWDXLQ2 QS18APWLP QS18APWLPC1 QS18APWLPQ2 QS18APWLV QS18APWLVC1 QS18APWLVQ2 QS18APWR QS18APWRC1 QS18APWRQ2 QS18EN6CV15 QS18EN6CV15Q QS18EN6CV15Q5 QS18EN6CV15Q7 QS18EN6CV15Q8 QS18EN6CV45 QS18EN6CV45Q QS18EN6CV45Q5 QS18EN6CV45Q7 QS18EN6CV45Q8 QS18EN6D QS18EN6DB QS18EN6DBQ QS18EN6DBQ5 QS18EN6DBQ7 QS18EN6DBQ8 QS18EN6DQ QS18EN6DQ5 QS18EN6DQ7 QS18EN6DQ8 QS18EN6DV QS18EN6DVQ
Part #
75972 74732 75954 74733 71324 70253 11455 11459 11461 12163 12171 12173 11476 11478 11479 12188 12190 12191 79587 81332 79570 79802 81333 79804 79588 81334 79571 79589 81335 79572 79590 81336 79573 79591 81337 79574 79805 81338 79807 79592 81339 79575 79593 81340 79576 79594 81341 79577 68850 68852 68854 72004 71992 68743 68749 68755 72000 71988 69205 68745 68751 68757 72002 71990 69206 69207 72006 71994 75218 75220
Page
91 91 91 91 91 91 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95
REFERENCE
868
Q45UR3BA63CKS Q45UR3BA63CQ Q45UR3BA63CQ6 Q45UR3BA63CQ6-63060 Q45UR3BA63CQ6K Q45UR3BA63CQ6KQ Q45UR3BA63CQ6KS Q45UR3BA63CQK Q45UR3BA63CQKQ Q45UR3BA63CQKS Q45UR3LIU64C Q45UR3LIU64CK Q45UR3LIU64CKQ Q45UR3LIU64CKS Q45UR3LIU64CQ Q45UR3LIU64CQ6 Q45UR3LIU64CQ6-63677 Q45UR3LIU64CQ6K Q45UR3LIU64CQ6KQ Q45UR3LIU64CQ6KS Q45UR3LIU64CQK Q45UR3LIU64CQKQ Q45UR3LIU64CQKS Q45VR2CV Q45VR2CV4 Q45VR2CV4Q Q45VR2CVQ Q45VR2D Q45VR2DL Q45VR2DLQ Q45VR2DQ Q45VR2DX Q45VR2DXQ Q45VR2F Q45VR2FP Q45VR2FPQ Q45VR2FQ Q45VR2FV Q45VR2FVQ Q45VR2LP Q45VR2LPQ Q45VR2LV Q45VR2LVQ Q45VR2R Q45VR2RQ Q45VR3CV Q45VR3CV4 Q45VR3CV4Q Q45VR3CVQ Q45VR3D Q45VR3DL Q45VR3DLQ Q45VR3DQ Q45VR3DX Q45VR3DXQ Q45VR3F Q45VR3FP Q45VR3FPQ Q45VR3FQ Q45VR3FV Q45VR3FVQ Q45VR3LP Q45VR3LPQ Q45VR3LV
Model Number
QS18EN6DVQ5 QS18EN6DVQ7 QS18EN6DVQ8 QS18EN6FP QS18EN6FPQ QS18EN6FPQ5 QS18EN6FPQ7 QS18EN6FPQ8 QS18EN6LP QS18EN6LPQ QS18EN6LPQ5 QS18EN6LPQ7 QS18EN6LPQ8 QS18EN6W QS18EN6WQ QS18EN6WQ5 QS18EN6WQ7 QS18EN6WQ8 QS18EP6CV15 QS18EP6CV15Q QS18EP6CV15Q5 QS18EP6CV15Q7 QS18EP6CV15Q8 QS18EP6CV45 QS18EP6CV45Q QS18EP6CV45Q5 QS18EP6CV45Q7 QS18EP6CV45Q8 QS18EP6D QS18EP6DB QS18EP6DBQ QS18EP6DBQ5 QS18EP6DBQ7 QS18EP6DBQ8 QS18EP6DQ QS18EP6DQ5 QS18EP6DQ7 QS18EP6DQ8 QS18EP6DV QS18EP6DVQ QS18EP6DVQ5 QS18EP6DVQ7 QS18EP6DVQ8 QS18EP6FP QS18EP6FPQ QS18EP6FPQ5 QS18EP6FPQ7 QS18EP6FPQ8 QS18EP6LP QS18EP6LPQ QS18EP6LPQ5 QS18EP6LPQ7 QS18EP6LPQ8 QS18EP6W QS18EP6WQ QS18EP6WQ5 QS18EP6WQ7 QS18EP6WQ8 QS18RNWDL QS18RNWDLC1 QS18RNWDLQ2 QS18RNWDXL QS18RNWDXLC1 QS18RNWDXLQ2 QS18RNWLP QS18RNWLPC1 QS18RNWLPQ2 QS18RNWLV QS18RNWLVC1 QS18RNWLVQ2
Part #
75221 75222 75223 75722 75724 75725 75726 75727 68741 68747 68753 71998 70810 69213 69214 69215 72008 71996 68851 68853 68855 72005 71993 68744 68750 68756 72001 71989 69209 68746 68752 68758 72003 71991 69210 69211 72007 71995 75224 75226 72493 75227 75228 75728 75730 75731 75732 75733 68742 68748 68754 71999 71987 69217 69218 69219 72009 71997 79595 81342 79578 79808 81343 79810 79596 81344 79579 79597 81345 79580
Page
95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97
Model Number
QS18RNWR QS18RNWRC1 QS18RNWRQ2 QS18RPWDL QS18RPWDLC1 QS18RPWDLQ2 QS18RPWDXL QS18RPWDXLC1 QS18RPWDXLQ2 QS18RPWLP QS18RPWLPC1 QS18RPWLPQ2 QS18RPWLVC1 QS18RPWLVQ2 QS18RPWR QS18RPWRC1 QS18RPWRQ2 QS18UNA QS18UNAE QS18UNAEQ QS18UNAEQ5 QS18UNAEQ7 QS18UNAEQ8 QS18UNAQ QS18UNAQ5 QS18UNAQ7 QS18UNAQ8 QS18UPA QS18UPAE QS18UPAEQ QS18UPAEQ5 QS18UPAEQ7 QS18UPAEQ8 QS18UPAQ QS18UPAQ5 QS18UPAQ7 QS18UPAQ8 QS18VN6AF100 QS18VN6AF100Q QS18VN6AF100Q5 QS18VN6AF300 QS18VN6AF300Q QS18VN6AF300Q5 QS18VN6AF40 QS18VN6AF40Q QS18VN6AF40Q5 QS18VN6AFF200 QS18VN6AFF200Q QS18VN6AFF200Q5 QS18VN6AFF40 QS18VN6AFF40Q QS18VN6AFF40Q5 QS18VN6CV15 QS18VN6CV15Q QS18VN6CV15Q5 QS18VN6CV15Q7 QS18VN6CV15Q8 QS18VN6CV45 QS18VN6CV45Q QS18VN6CV45Q5 QS18VN6CV45Q7 QS18VN6CV45Q8 QS18VN6D QS18VN6DB QS18VN6DBQ QS18VN6DBQ5 QS18VN6DBQ7 QS18VN6DBQ8 QS18VN6DQ QS18VN6DQ5
Part #
79598 81346 79581 79599 81347 79582 79811 81348 79813 79600 81349 79583 81350 79584 79602 81351 79585 73150 73160 73164 73163 73162 73161 73154 73153 73152 73151 73155 73165 73169 73168 73167 73166 73159 73158 73157 73156 65500 65501 67643 11442 11449 10658 12135 12137 12138 11462 11466 11469 12174 12181 12182 61639 61640 64587 66433 66455 61645 61646 64588 66435 66457 61651 61663 61664 64594 66443 66465 61652 64092
Page
97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92
Model Number
QS18VN6DQ7 QS18VN6DQ8 QS18VN6F QS18VN6FF100 QS18VN6FF100Q QS18VN6FF100Q5 QS18VN6FF100Q7 QS18VN6FF100Q8 QS18VN6FF50 QS18VN6FF50Q QS18VN6FF50Q5 QS18VN6FF50Q7 QS18VN6FF50Q8 QS18VN6FP QS18VN6FPQ QS18VN6FPQ5 QS18VN6FPQ7 QS18VN6FPQ8 QS18VN6FQ QS18VN6FQ5 QS18VN6FQ7 QS18VN6FQ8 QS18VN6LAF QS18VN6LAF250 QS18VN6LAF250Q QS18VN6LAF250Q5 QS18VN6LAFQ QS18VN6LAFQ5 QS18VN6LD QS18VN6LDQ QS18VN6LDQ5 QS18VN6LDQ7 QS18VN6LDQ8 QS18VN6LLP QS18VN6LLPQ QS18VN6LLPQ5 QS18VN6LLPQ7 QS18VN6LLPQ8 QS18VN6LP QS18VN6LPQ QS18VN6LPQ5 QS18VN6LPQ7 QS18VN6LPQ8 QS18VN6LV QS18VN6LVQ QS18VN6LVQ5 QS18VN6LVQ7 QS18VN6LVQ8 QS18VN6R QS18VN6RB QS18VN6RBQ QS18VN6RBQ5 QS18VN6RBQ7 QS18VN6RBQ8 QS18VN6RQ QS18VN6RQ5 QS18VN6RQ7 QS18VN6RQ8 QS18VN6W QS18VN6WQ QS18VN6WQ5 QS18VN6WQ7 QS18VN6WQ8 QS18VP6AF100 QS18VP6AF100Q QS18VP6AF100Q5 QS18VP6AF300 QS18VP6AF300Q QS18VP6AF300Q5 QS18VP6AF40
Part #
66437 66459 2793 71639 71881 71880 71879 71878 71637 71754 71753 71752 71638 66222 66223 69868 66445 66467 2794 81026 call 71782 73184 75734 75736 75737 73186 73187 73034 73036 73037 73038 73039 73235 73237 73238 73239 73240 61627 61628 63177 66429 66451 61633 61634 64585 66431 66453 61621 61669 61670 64590 66439 66461 61622 64583 66427 66449 61657 61658 64592 66441 66463 65502 65503 68326 11394 11451 10659 12139
Page
92 92 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92
Model Number
QS18VP6AF40Q QS18VP6AF40Q5 QS18VP6AFF200 QS18VP6AFF200Q QS18VP6AFF200Q5 QS18VP6AFF40 QS18VP6AFF40Q QS18VP6AFF40Q5 QS18VP6CV15 QS18VP6CV15Q QS18VP6CV15Q7 QS18VP6CV15Q8 QS18VP6CV45 QS18VP6CV45Q QS18VP6CV45Q5 QS18VP6CV45Q7 QS18VP6CV45Q8 QS18VP6D QS18VP6DB QS18VP6DBQ QS18VP6DBQ5 QS18VP6DBQ7 QS18VP6DBQ8 QS18VP6DQ QS18VP6DQ5 QS18VP6DQ7 QS18VP6DQ8 QS18VP6F QS18VP6FF100 QS18VP6FF100Q QS18VP6FF100Q5 QS18VP6FF100Q7 QS18VP6FF100Q8 QS18VP6FF50 QS18VP6FF50Q QS18VP6FF50Q5 QS18VP6FF50Q7 QS18VP6FF50Q8 QS18VP6FP QS18VP6FPQ QS18VP6FPQ5 QS18VP6FPQ7 QS18VP6FPQ8 QS18VP6FQ QS18VP6FQ5 QS18VP6FQ7 QS18VP6FQ8 QS18VP6LAF QS18VP6LAF250 QS18VP6LAF250Q QS18VP6LAF250Q5 QS18VP6LAFQ QS18VP6LAFQ5 QS18VP6LD QS18VP6LDQ QS18VP6LDQ5 QS18VP6LDQ7 QS18VP6LDQ8 QS18VP6LLP QS18VP6LLPQ QS18VP6LLPQ5 QS18VP6LLPQ7 QS18VP6LLPQ8 QS18VP6LP QS18VP6LPQ QS18VP6LPQ5 QS18VP6LPQ7 QS18VP6LPQ8 QS18VP6LV QS18VP6LVQ
Part #
12141 12142 11470 11473 11474 12183 12185 12186 61642 61643 66434 66456 61648 61649 64483 66436 66458 61654 61666 61667 64595 66444 66466 61655 63189 66438 66460 2796 71641 71885 71884 71883 71882 71640 71877 71876 71875 71755 66224 66225 69869 66446 66468 2797 71963 call 71778 73188 75739 75741 75742 73190 73191 73040 73042 73043 73044 73045 73241 73243 73244 73245 73246 61630 61631 63188 66430 66452 61636 61637
Page
92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91
869
Model Number
QS18VP6LVQ5 QS18VP6LVQ7 QS18VP6LVQ8 QS18VP6R QS18VP6RB QS18VP6RBQ
Part #
64586 66432 66454 61624 61672 61673 64591 66440 66462 61625 64584 66428 66450 61660 61661 64593 66442 66464 79603 81352 79586 72971 11977 11980 11984 11987 79167 79169 71560 79173 79175 71562 83301 call 72604 73095 73081 76090 76092 10133 81102 73082 71559 79164 79166 71561 83298 81059 72546 73086 73088 73089 73091 73092 70230 2785 2786 70231 2993 71377 71378 2994 72544 73084 72605 73094 73078 73079 79170 79172
Page
91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 92 92 92 92 92 97 97 97 160 156 156 156 156 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 158 158 158 158 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 156 156 156 156 156 156 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155
Model Number
QS30RRX QS30RRXH20 QS30RRXH20Q5 QS30RRXQ QS30RRXSH2O QS30RRXSH2OQ5 QS30VR3FF200 QS30VR3FF400 QS30VR3FF600 QS30VR3LP QS30VR3R QS30WEQ QS30WRQ QT50RAF-CN QT50RAF-CN-R QT50RAF-EU QT50RAF-EU-R QT50RAFQ-CN QT50RAFQ-CN-R QT50RAFQ-EU QT50RAFQ-EU-R QT50RAFQ-UK QT50RAFQ-UK-R QT50RAFQ-US QT50RAFQ-US-R QT50RAF-UK QT50RAF-UK-R QT50RAF-US QT50RAF-US-R QT50RCK QT50UDB QT50UDB-CRFV QT50UDBQ QT50UDBQ6 QT50UDBQ6-CRFV QT50UDBQ-CRFV QT50ULB QT50ULB-CRFV QT50ULBQ QT50ULBQ6 QT50ULBQ6-75390 QT50ULBQ6-CRFV QT50ULBQ-CRFV QT50UVR3F QT50UVR3F-CRFV QT50UVR3FQ QT50UVR3FQ1 QT50UVR3FQ1-CRFV QT50UVR3FQ-CRFV QT50UVR3W QT50UVR3W-CRFV QT50UVR3WQ QT50UVR3WQ1 QT50UVR3WQ1-CRFV QT50UVR3WQ-CRFV R R55F R55FP R55FPB R55FPBQ R55FPG R55FPGQ R55FPQ R55FPW R55FPWQ R55FQ R55FV R55FVB R55FVBQ R55FVG
Part #
71740 79176 79178 71741 83304 83306 72547 73074 73076 72545 73069 10710 10711 79750 13136 79025 13138 79749 12771 79022 12773 79023 12774 79021 12770 79027 13139 79026 13136 79975 2722 75572 2723 2724 77351 76784 2726 74833 2727 2728 75390 74835 74834 72182 76461 72183 72258 74550 75285 72477 75521 72476 72475 74178 81251 66379 58018 58024 58026 58021 58023 58020 58027 58029 64634 58006 58012 58014 58009
Page
155 155 155 155 155 155 161 161 161 160 160 411 411 362 363 362 363 362 363 362 363 362 363 362 363 362 363 362 363 364 318 318 318 318 318 318 318 318 318 318 411 318 318 318 318 318 318 318 318 318 318 318 318 318 318 248 249 249 249 249 249 249 249 249 248 248 249 249 249
Model Number
R55FVGQ R55FVQ R55FVW R55FVWQ R58ACG1 R58ACG1D R58ACG1DQ R58ACG1Q R58ACG2 R58ACG2D R58ACG2DQ R58ACG2Q R58ACR1 R58ACR1D R58ACR1DQ R58ACR1Q R58ACR2 R58ACR2D R58ACR2DQ R58ACR2Q R58BNCRGB1 R58BNCRGB1Q R58BNCRGB2 R58BNCRGB2Q R58BPCRGB1 R58BPCRGB1Q R58BPCRGB2 R58BPCRGB2Q R58ECRGB1 R58ECRGB1Q R58ECRGB2 R58ECRGB2Q RD35 RDLP-8100D RDLP-8100DB RDLP-815D RDLP-815DB RDLP-825D RDLP-825DB RDLP-850D RDLP-850DB RDLP-875D RDLP-875DB RDLP6G-415D RDLP6G-425D RDLP6G-450D RMB100 RMB50 RMB85 RPA-C1-10 RPA-C1-100 RPA-C1-20 RPA-C2-10 RPA-C2-20 RPA-C2-40 RPA-C2-50 RPA-C2-80 RPA-C3-100 RPA-C3-20 RPA-CC1-4 RPA-CC2-4 RPA-CC3-4 RPA-DP1-1 RPA-EB1-1 RPA-EB2-1 RPAK-CH2-10 RPAK-CH2-10-TA RPAK-CH2-20 RPAK-CH2-20-TA RPAK-CH2-40
Part #
58011 58008 58015 58017 10217 10233 10236 10219 10221 10238 10240 10223 10225 10242 10244 10227 10229 10246 10248 10231 15650 15652 16009 16012 15646 15648 15654 15656 74999 75040 75041 75044 82646 80796 82785 80792 82781 80793 82782 80794 82783 80795 82784 84426 84427 84428 49840 49838 49839 62074 69779 62075 62076 62077 84452 46694 46695 62079 62078 62068 62069 62070 83388 62080 65039 84432 84434 84436 84438 84440
Page
249 248 249 249 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 288 288 288 288 288 288 288 288 288 288 288 288 374 709 709 709 709 709 709 709 709 709 709 709 709 709 647 647 648 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 622 622 622 622 622
Model Number
RPAK-CH2-40-TA RPAK-CH2-50 RPAK-CH2-50-TA RPAK-CH2-80 RPAK-CH2-80-TA RPAK-CHP2-10 RPAK-CHP2-10-TA RPAK-CHP2-20 RPAK-CHP2-20-TA RPAK-CHP2-40 RPAK-CHP2-40-TA RPAK-CHP2-50 RPAK-CHP2-50-TA RPAK-CHP2-80 RPAK-CHP2-80-TA RPA-P1-1 RPA-S1-1 RPA-S2-1 RPA-S3-1 RPA-S4-1 RPA-S5-1 RPA-S6-1 RPA-T1-4 RPA-T2-4 RPA-T3-4 RPA-TA1-1 RPA-TA2-1 RP-LM40D-6 RP-LM40D-6L RP-LS42F-25L RP-LS42F-25LE RP-LS42F-25LF RP-LS42F-38L RP-LS42F-38LE RP-LS42F-38LF RP-LS42F-75L RP-LS42F-75LE RP-LS42F-75LF RP-QM72D-12L RP-QM72D-6L RP-QM90F-100L RP-QMT72D-20L RP-QMT72E-12L RP-QMT72F-12L RP-RM83F-38LR RP-RM83F-38LRE RP-RM83F-38LT RP-RM83F-38LTE RP-RM83F-75LR RP-RM83F-75LRE RP-RM83F-75LT RP-RM83F-75LTE S S126E S126EQP S12SN6R S12SN6RQP S12SP6R S12SP6RQP S183E S183EQ1 S186E S186EQ S18AW3D S18AW3DL S18AW3DLQ1 S18AW3DQ1 S18AW3FF100 S18AW3FF100Q1 S18AW3FF25
Part #
84442 84444 84446 84448 84450 84433 84435 84437 84439 84441 84443 84445 84447 84449 84451 62081 62073 62089 46693 46994 83386 83387 62065 62066 62067 62071 62072 62057 62058 14330 14332 14334 14319 14321 14328 67707 67708 47899 62060 62059 62064 62061 62062 62063 82129 82127 82128 82126 81877 81875 81876 81874 35409 42493 35410 42495 35411 42497 29823 33687 29409 29507 29821 31302 35147 35146 30328 33691 58416
Page
622 622 622 622 622 622 622 622 622 622 622 622 622 622 622 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 621 621 619 619 619 619 619 619 619 619 619 620 620 621 620 620 620 618 618 618 618 618 618 618 618 73 73 73 73 73 73 134 134 131 131 134 134 134 134 134 134 134
REFERENCE
870
QS18VP6RBQ5 QS18VP6RBQ7 QS18VP6RBQ8 QS18VP6RQ QS18VP6RQ5 QS18VP6RQ7 QS18VP6RQ8 QS18VP6W QS18VP6WQ QS18VP6WQ5 QS18VP6WQ7 QS18VP6WQ8 QS18WE QS18WEC1 QS18WEQ2 QS303E QS30AF600 QS30AF600Q QS30AFF400 QS30AFF400Q QS30ARH2OQ5 QS30ARH2OQ5 QS30ARX QS30ARXH2OQ5 QS30ARXH2OQ5 QS30ARXQ QS30ARXSH2O QS30ARXSH2OQ5 QS30D QS30DQ QS30E QS30EDV QS30EDVQ QS30ELVC QS30ELVCQ QS30EQ QS30EX QS30EXH2OQ5 QS30EXH2OQ5 QS30EXQ QS30EXSH2O QS30EXSH2OQ5 QS30FF200 QS30FF200Q QS30FF400 QS30FF400Q QS30FF600 QS30FF600Q QS30LD QS30LDL QS30LDLQ QS30LDQ QS30LLP QS30LLPC QS30LLPCQ QS30LLPQ QS30LP QS30LPQ QS30LV QS30LVQ QS30R QS30RQ QS30RRH20 QS30RRH20Q5
Model Number
S18AW3FF25Q1 S18AW3FF50 S18AW3FF50Q1 S18AW3L S18AW3LP S18AW3LPQ1 S18AW3LQ1 S18AW3R S18AW3RQ1 S18C2.0 S18RW3D S18RW3DL S18RW3DLQ1 S18RW3DQ S18RW3DQ1 S18RW3FF100 S18RW3FF100Q1 S18RW3FF25 S18RW3FF25Q1 S18RW3FF50 S18RW3FF50Q1 S18RW3L S18RW3LP S18RW3LPQ1 S18RW3LQ1 S18RW3R S18RW3RQ1 S18SN6D S18SN6DL S18SN6DLQ S18SN6DQ S18SN6FF100 S18SN6FF100Q S18SN6FF25 S18SN6FF25Q S18SN6FF50 S18SN6FF50Q S18SN6L S18SN6LP S18SN6LPQ S18SN6LQ S18SN6R S18SN6RQ S18SP6D S18SP6DL S18SP6DLQ S18SP6DQ S18SP6FF100 S18SP6FF100Q S18SP6FF25 S18SP6FF25Q S18SP6FF50 S18SP6FF50Q S18SP6L S18SP6LP S18SP6LPQ S18SP6LQ S18SP6R S18SP6RQ S18UBA S18UBAQ S18UBAR S18UBARQ S18UIA S18UIAQ S18UIAR S18UIARQ S18UUA S18UUAQ S18UUAR
Part #
58063 30327 33690 29819 32727 33451 35148 29824 33688 56827 29822 34525 35150 29829 35149 30330 33693 58417 58422 30329 33692 29820 33448 33452 35151 29825 33689 29407 31173 31174 29505 29086 30866 56607 37298 28940 30867 28556 32725 33449 29511 29408 29506 29410 31175 31176 29508 30326 30884 58415 50561 30325 30883 29411 32726 33450 29509 29412 29510 2711 2712 2714 2715 2702 2703 2708 2709 2699 2700 2705
Page
134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 344 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 131 131 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 131 131 322 322 322 322 322 322 322 322 322 322 322
Model Number
S18UUARQ S303E S303EQ1 S306E S306EQ S30AW3FF200 S30AW3FF200Q1 S30AW3FF400 S30AW3FF400Q1 S30AW3FF600 S30AW3FF600Q1 S30AW3LP S30AW3LPQ1 S30AW3R S30AW3RQ1 S30RW3FF200 S30RW3FF200Q1 S30RW3FF400 S30RW3FF400Q1 S30RW3FF600 S30RW3FF600Q1 S30RW3LP S30RW3LPQ1 S30RW3R S30RW3RQ1 S30SN6FF200 S30SN6FF200Q S30SN6FF400 S30SN6FF400Q S30SN6FF600 S30SN6FF600Q S30SN6LP S30SN6LPQ S30SN6R S30SN6RQ S30SP6FF200 S30SP6FF200Q S30SP6FF400 S30SP6FF400Q S30SP6FF600 S30SP6FF600Q S30SP6LP S30SP6LPQ S30SP6R S30SP6RQ SA-30DRL55X93C SA-30RL55X93 SA-30RL55X93C SA-E12M30 SA-K50A18 SA-M22M22-50 SA-M30E12 SA-M30M30-75 SA-M30TE12 SB12ANR SB12ANRQ3 SB12APR SB12APRQ3 SB12E1 SB12E1Q3 SB12RNR SB12RNRQ3 SB12RPR SB12RPRQ3 SB12TANR SB12TANRQ3 SB12TAPR SB12TAPRQ3 SB12TE1 SB12TE1Q3
Part #
2706 32342 33379 32341 33376 32331 33364 32334 33365 32337 34344 32328 33374 32340 33380 33360 33366 33361 33367 34566 34568 33362 33375 33363 33381 32329 33368 32332 33369 32335 34345 32326 33372 32338 33377 32330 33370 32333 33371 32336 34346 32327 33373 32339 33378 11848 78029 78030 78414 78756 79712 77387 77852 10137 81986 81987 81990 81991 81994 81995 81988 81989 81992 81993 11148 11149 11158 11159 11138 11139
Page
322 167 167 165 165 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 166 166 166 166 166 166 165 165 165 165 166 166 166 166 166 166 165 165 165 165 739 739 739 738 648 739 738 739 738 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 74 74 74 74 74 74
Model Number
SB12TRNR SB12TRNRQ3 SB12TRPR SB12TRPRQ3 SC22-3-C SC22-3-CU1 SC22-3E-C SC22-3E-CU1 SC22-3E-S SC22-3E-SU1 SC22-3-S SC22-3-SU1 SC-IM9A SC-IM9B SC-IM9C SC-SC22-3 SC-SC22-3E SC-TC1 SC-TS1 SC-USB1 SC-XM1 SC-XM1-5 SC-XMP SFA-IMB1 SFA-IMB2 SFA-LAT-12 SFA-LAT-30 SFPA-AG12-1 SFPA-AG30-1 SGE2-500 SGE2-500Q3 SGE2-500Q5 SGE2-500Q8E SGE2-584 SGE2-584Q3 SGE2-584Q8E SGE3-400 SGE3-400Q3 SGE3-400Q5 SGE3-400Q8E SGE3-533 SGE3-533Q3 SGE3-533Q5 SGE3-533Q8E SGE4-300 SGE4-300Q3 SGE4-300Q5 SGE4-300Q8E SGK2-500-Q83-1RE25 SGK2-584Q88E-1RE25 SGK3-400Q88E-1RE15 SGK3-533Q83-1RE25 SGK3-533Q85-1RE15 SGK3-533Q88E-1RE15 SGK3-533Q88E-1RE25 SGK4-300Q88E-1RE15 SGP2-500 SGP2-500Q83 SGP2-500Q85 SGP2-500Q88E SGP2-584 SGP2-584Q83 SGP2-584Q88E SGP3-400 SGP3-400Q83 SGP3-400Q85 SGP3-400Q88E SGP3-533 SGP3-533Q83 SGP3-533Q85
Part #
11150 11154 11161 11162 77913 77915 83368 83370 83367 83369 77259 77914 77814 77815 77823 79715 83371 77813 77812 77724 76177 10975 77708 2641 2642 73000 73001 73229 73230 61867 72543 75507 75683 61870 69733 75752 61873 46777 46922 76656 61876 71397 2653 75816 61879 70600 41378 75831 77473 78565 79767 77869 78021 76982 78453 78351 61869 74561 75508 75680 61872 75118 75751 61875 74871 75509 76655 61878 73182 74355
Page
74 74 74 74 534 534 534 534 534 534 534 534 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 648 649 749 749 737 737 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 518 518 518 518 518 518 518 518 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517
Model Number
SGP3-533Q88E SGP4-300 SGP4-300Q83 SGP4-300Q88E SGR2-500 SGR2-500Q8 SGR2-500Q8E SGR2-584 SGR2-584Q8 SGR2-584Q8E SGR3-400 SGR3-400Q8 SGR3-400Q8E SGR3-533 SGR3-533Q8 SGR3-533Q8E SGR4-300 SGR4-300Q8 SGR4-300Q8E SGXLE2-500 SGXLE2-500Q3 SGXLE2-500Q5 SGXLE2-500Q8E SGXLE2-584 SGXLE2-584Q3 SGXLE2-584Q5 SGXLE2-584Q8E SGXLE3-400 SGXLE3-400Q3 SGXLE3-400Q5 SGXLE3-400Q8E SGXLE3-533 SGXLE3-533Q3 SGXLE3-533Q5 SGXLE3-533Q8E SGXLE4-300 SGXLE4-300Q3 SGXLE4-300Q5 SGXLE4-300Q8E SGXLK3-400Q83-1RE25 SGXLK4-300Q83-1RE25 SGXLK4-300Q88-1RE50 SGXLP2-500 SGXLP2-500Q83 SGXLP2-500Q88E SGXLP2-584 SGXLP2-584Q83 SGXLP3-400 SGXLP3-400Q83 SGXLP3-400Q88E SGXLP3-533 SGXLP3-533Q83 SGXLP3-533Q88E SGXLP4-300 SGXLP4-300Q83 SGXLP4-300Q88E SI-HG63A SI-HG63FQDL SI-HG63FQDR SI-HG63FQDRR SI-HG80A SI-HG80DQD SI-HG80DQDR SI-LM40KHD SI-LM40KHE SI-LM40KHF SI-LM40KVD SI-LM40KVE SI-LM40MKHD SI-LM40MKHE
Part #
75814 61881 74114 75813 61868 72569 75684 61871 2745 75753 61874 46920 76657 61877 2654 75815 61880 70602 75786 62749 74284 75142 79544 62751 71095 75125 76439 62753 2939 75141 77849 62755 71095 75125 76439 62757 2746 74069 75785 79192 80695 4508 62750 76060 79543 62752 75441 62754 79188 77848 62756 78468 76438 62758 75655 75784 76924 76922 76921 78451 46733 46731 46732 49474 49475 49476 49478 49479 46724 56978
Page
517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 518 518 518 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 579 579 579 579 580 580 580 590 591 591 591 591 590 590
871
Model Number
SI-LM40MKHF SI-LM40MKHFD SI-LM40MKHFE SI-LM40MKHFF SI-LM40MKVD SI-LM40MKVE
Part #
67691 55754 56979 67692 46725 62810 49480 58744 58740 58741 46718 56982 46720 56984 46719 56983 46721 56985 46995 47873 47877 47881 47884 60082 60086 60090 60094 61412 61416 62779 47900 60080 60084 60088 60092 61410 61414 62778 71273 47871 47875 47879 47883 74929 17001 17003 17005 17012 17013 17014 17015 17016 17017 17006 17007 17008 17009 17010 17011 17000 17002 17004 49481 49482 58749 58754 58745 58750 58746 58751
Page
591 590 591 591 591 591 603 603 603 603 581 581 581 581 581 581 582 582 604 603 603 603 603 603 603 603 603 603 603 603 603 593 593 603 603 603 603 603 594 593 594 594 594 605 603 603 603 603 603 603 603 603 603 593 593 594 594 594 594 593 594 594 585 585 585 585 585 585 585 585
Model Number
SIM-525T SI-MAG1MM SI-MAG1MM90 SI-MAG1MMHF SI-MAG1SM SI-MAG1SMCO SI-MAG2MM SI-MAG2SM SI-MAG3MM SI-MAG3SM SI-PL3A-G SI-PL3A-R SI-PL3T-G SI-PL3T-R SI-QM100AMG SI-QM100AMMG SI-QM100AMSG SI-QM100ASG SI-QM100DMG SI-QM100DMMG SI-QM100DMSG SI-QM100DMSH SI-QM100DSG SI-QM100DSH SI-QM-13 SI-QM-13-M20 SI-QM-90A SI-QM-CGM20 SI-QM-M20 SI-QM-SB SI-QM-SMFA SI-QM-SSA SI-QS-100 SI-QS75C SI-QS75MC SI-QS75MC-100 SI-QS75MFC SI-QS90D SI-QS90E SI-QS90F SI-QS90MD SI-QS90MD-100 SI-QS90ME SI-QS90ME-100 SI-QS90MF SI-QS90MF-100 SI-QS90MFD SI-QS90MFE SI-QS90MFF SI-QS-CG13 SI-QS-CGM16 SI-QS-CGM20 SI-QS-M16 SI-QS-M20 SI-QS-SSA SI-QS-SSA-2 SI-QS-SSA-3 SI-QS-SSA-4 SI-QS-SSU SL10VB6V SL10VB6VQ SL10VB6VY SL10VB6VYQ SL30VB6V SL30VB6VQ SL30VB6VY SL30VB6VYQ SLE10B6V SLE10B6VQ SLE10B6VY
Part #
74754 46990 56992 56991 46989 56993 46992 46991 56987 56986 66802 66803 66804 66805 49464 46716 46713 49461 49463 46715 46712 77733 49460 77751 48559 66579 48556 65148 65147 47895 48562 48555 48561 49472 46700 82169 56975 49466 49468 49470 46703 82170 46706 82171 46709 82172 56972 56973 56974 48564 65144 65146 62088 65145 48551 58855 58856 47896 46996 58323 58324 60367 60368 56565 56567 56566 56568 60380 60381 60382
Page
754 575 575 575 575 575 576 576 576 576 757 757 757 757 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 721 721 604 721 721 604 604 604 604 586 586 586 586 587 587 587 587 587 587 587 587 587 587 587 587 721 721 721 721 721 604 604 604 604 604 283 283 283 283 283 283 283 283 284 284 284
Model Number
SLE10B6VYQ SLE30B6V SLE30B6VQ SLE30B6VY SLE30B6VYQ SLM10B6 SLM10B6N SLM10B6QPMA SLM10B6QPMAN SLM10N6Q SLM10N6QN SLM10P6Q SLM10P6QN SLM120B6 SLM120B6N SLM120B6QPMA SLM120B6QPMAN SLM120N6Q SLM120N6QN SLM120P6Q SLM120P6QN SLM180B6 SLM180B6N SLM180B6QPMA SLM180B6QPMAN SLM180N6Q SLM180N6QN SLM180P6Q SLM180P6QN SLM20B6 SLM20B6N SLM20B6QPMA SLM20B6QPMAN SLM20N6Q SLM20N6QN SLM20P6Q SLM20P6QN SLM220B6 SLM220B6N SLM220B6QPMA SLM220B6QPMAN SLM220N6Q SLM220N6QN SLM220P6Q SLM220P6QN SLM30B6 SLM30B6N SLM30B6QPMA SLM30B6QPMAN SLM30N6Q SLM30N6QN SLM30P6Q SLM30P6QN SLM50B6 SLM50B6N SLM50B6QPMA SLM50B6QPMAN SLM50N6Q SLM50N6QN SLM50P6Q SLM50P6QN SLM80B6 SLM80B6N SLM80B6QPMA SLM80B6QPMAN SLM80N6Q SLM80N6QN SLM80P6Q SLM80P6QN SLO30VB6
Part #
60383 55474 55476 55475 55477 74965 75461 75026 75474 74968 75450 74966 75449 74985 75465 75034 75478 74988 75458 74986 75457 79218 79273 79223 79277 79216 79271 79215 79270 79217 79272 79221 79276 79214 79269 79213 79268 74989 75466 75036 75479 75012 75460 74990 75459 74969 75462 75028 75475 74976 75452 74974 75451 74977 75463 75030 75476 74980 75454 74978 75453 74981 75464 75032 75477 74984 75456 74982 75455 59768
Page
284 284 284 284 284 280 280 280 280 280 280 280 280 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 280 280 280 280 280 280 280 280 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 284
Model Number
SLO30VB6Q SLO30VB6Y SLO30VB6YQ SLPCE14-1110 SLPCE14-1110P8 SLPCE14-1250 SLPCE14-1250P8 SLPCE14-1390 SLPCE14-1390P8 SLPCE14-1530 SLPCE14-1530P8 SLPCE14-1670 SLPCE14-1670P8 SLPCE14-1810 SLPCE14-1810P8 SLPCE14-410 SLPCE14-410P8 SLPCE14-550 SLPCE14-550P8 SLPCE14-690 SLPCE14-690P8 SLPCE14-830 SLPCE14-830P8 SLPCE14-970 SLPCE14-970P8 SLPCE25-1110 SLPCE25-1110P8 SLPCE25-1250 SLPCE25-1250P8 SLPCE25-1390 SLPCE25-1390P8 SLPCE25-1530 SLPCE25-1530P8 SLPCE25-1670 SLPCE25-1670P8 SLPCE25-1810 SLPCE25-1810P8 SLPCE25-410 SLPCE25-410P8 SLPCE25-550 SLPCE25-550P8 SLPCE25-690 SLPCE25-690P8 SLPCE25-830 SLPCE25-830P8 SLPCE25-970 SLPCE25-970P8 SLPCP14-1110 SLPCP14-1110P88 SLPCP14-1250 SLPCP14-1250P88 SLPCP14-1390 SLPCP14-1390P88 SLPCP14-1530 SLPCP14-1530P88 SLPCP14-1670 SLPCP14-1670P88 SLPCP14-1810 SLPCP14-1810P88 SLPCP14-410 SLPCP14-410P88 SLPCP14-550 SLPCP14-550P88 SLPCP14-690 SLPCP14-690P88 SLPCP14-830 SLPCP14-830P88 SLPCP14-970 SLPCP14-970P88 SLPCP25-1110
Part #
59769 59771 59772 83685 83593 83686 83594 83687 83595 83688 83596 83689 83597 83690 83598 83680 83588 83681 83589 83682 83590 83683 83591 83684 83592 83707 83615 83708 83616 83709 83617 83710 83618 83711 83619 83712 83620 83702 83610 83703 83611 83704 83612 83705 83613 83706 83614 83799 83753 83800 83754 83801 83755 83802 83756 83803 83757 83804 83758 83794 83748 83795 83749 83796 83750 83797 83751 83798 83752 83810
Page
284 284 284 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 504 504 504 504 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 503 503 503 503 504 504 504 504 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503
REFERENCE
872
SI-LS100F SI-LS100MRFF SI-LS100SF SI-LS100SRAF SI-LS31HGD SI-LS31HGE SI-LS31HGLD SI-LS31HGLE SI-LS31HGRD SI-LS31HGRE SI-LS31RTD SI-LS31RTE SI-LS42-COVER SI-LS42DMG SI-LS42DMH SI-LS42DMI SI-LS42DMJ SI-LS42DMMG SI-LS42DMMGF SI-LS42DMMH SI-LS42DMMHF SI-LS42DMMI SI-LS42DMMIF SI-LS42DMMJ SI-LS42DMMJF SI-LS42DMSG SI-LS42DMSGF SI-LS42DMSH SI-LS42DMSHF SI-LS42DMSI SI-LS42DMSIF SI-LS42DMSJ SI-LS42DMSJF SI-LS42DSG SI-LS42DSH SI-LS42DSI SI-LS42DSJ SI-LS42-SCREW OW SI-LS42WMG SI-LS42WMH SI-LS42WMI SI-LS42WMMG SI-LS42WMMGF SI-LS42WMMH SI-LS42WMMHF SI-LS42WMMI SI-LS42WMMIF SI-LS42WMSG SI-LS42WMSGF SI-LS42WMSH SI-LS42WMSHF SI-LS42WMSI SI-LS42WMSIF SI-LS42WSG SI-LS42WSH SI-LS42WSI SI-LS83D SI-LS83E SI-LS83MRFD SI-LS83MRFE SI-LS83SD SI-LS83SE SI-LS83SRAD SI-LS83SRAE
Model Number
SLPCP25-1110P88 SLPCP25-1250 SLPCP25-1250P88 SLPCP25-1390 SLPCP25-1390P88 SLPCP25-1530 SLPCP25-1530P88 SLPCP25-1670 SLPCP25-1670P88 SLPCP25-1810 SLPCP25-1810P88 SLPCP25-410 SLPCP25-410P88 SLPCP25-550 SLPCP25-550P88 SLPCP25-690 SLPCP25-690P88 SLPCP25-830 SLPCP25-830P88 SLPCP25-970 SLPCP25-970P88 SLPCR14-1110 SLPCR14-1110P8 SLPCR14-1250 SLPCR14-1250P8 SLPCR14-1390 SLPCR14-1390P8 SLPCR14-1530 SLPCR14-1530P8 SLPCR14-1670 SLPCR14-1670P8 SLPCR14-1810 SLPCR14-1810P8 SLPCR14-410 SLPCR14-410P8 SLPCR14-550 SLPCR14-550P8 SLPCR14-690 SLPCR14-690P8 SLPCR14-830 SLPCR14-830P8 SLPCR14-970 SLPCR14-970P8 SLPCR25-1110 SLPCR25-1110P8 SLPCR25-1250 SLPCR25-1250P8 SLPCR25-1390 SLPCR25-1390P8 SLPCR25-1530 SLPCR25-1530P8 SLPCR25-1670 SLPCR25-1670P8 SLPCR25-1810 SLPCR25-1810P8 SLPCR25-410 SLPCR25-410P8 SLPCR25-550 SLPCR25-550P8 SLPCR25-690 SLPCR25-690P8 SLPCR25-830 SLPCR25-830P8 SLPCR25-970 SLPCR25-970P8 SLPE14-1110 SLPE14-1110P8 SLPE14-1250 SLPE14-1250P8 SLPE14-1390
Part #
83764 83811 83765 83812 83766 83813 83767 83814 83768 83815 83769 83805 83759 83806 83760 83807 83761 83808 83762 83809 83763 83696 83604 83697 83605 83698 83606 83699 83607 83700 83608 83701 83609 83691 83599 83692 83600 83693 83601 83694 83602 83695 83603 83718 83626 83719 83627 83720 83628 83721 83629 83722 83630 83723 83631 83713 83621 83714 83622 83715 83623 83716 83624 83717 83625 83638 83546 83639 83547 83640
Page
504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 504 504 504 504 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 505 505 502 502 502
Model Number
SLPE14-1390P8 SLPE14-1530 SLPE14-1530P8 SLPE14-1670 SLPE14-1670P8 SLPE14-1810 SLPE14-1810P8 SLPE14-1810P8 SLPE14-270 SLPE14-270P8 SLPE14-410 SLPE14-410P8 SLPE14-550 SLPE14-550P8 SLPE14-690 SLPE14-690P8 SLPE14-830 SLPE14-830P8 SLPE14-970 SLPE14-970P8 SLPE25-1110 SLPE25-1110P8 SLPE25-1250 SLPE25-1250P8 SLPE25-1390 SLPE25-1390P8 SLPE25-1530 SLPE25-1530P8 SLPE25-1670 SLPE25-1670P8 SLPE25-1810 SLPE25-1810P8 SLPE25-270 SLPE25-270P8 SLPE25-410 SLPE25-410P8 SLPE25-550 SLPE25-550P8 SLPE25-690 SLPE25-690P8 SLPE25-830 SLPE25-830P8 SLPE25-970 SLPE25-970P8 SLPK14-1110P88-RE25 SLPK14-1250P88-RE25 SLPK14-270P88-1RE15 SLPK14-270P88-2RE25 SLPK14-550NP88-2RE15 SLPK14-550NP88-RE15 SLPK14-550P88-2RE15 SLPK14-690NP88-2RE15 SLPK14-690NP88-RE15 SLPK14-690P88-1R25E50A SLPK14-830NP88-2RE15 SLPK14-830P88-1RE25 SLPK14-830P88-RE25 SLPK14-970P88-1RE15 SLPK14-970P88-RE25 SLPK25-270P88-1RE15 SLPK25-410R88-12RE50 SLPK25-410R88-1RE15 SLPK25-410R88-1RE25 SLPK25-550NP88-1RE15 SLPK25-550P88-1R15E25 SLPK25-690NP88-1RE15 SLPK25-690P88-1RE25 SLPK25-690R88-1RE50 SLPK25-830P88-1RE25 SLPK25-830P88-RE25
Part #
83548 83641 83549 83642 83550 83643 83551 83551 83632 83540 83633 83541 83634 83542 83635 83543 83636 83544 83637 83545 83662 83570 83663 83571 83664 83572 83665 83573 83666 83574 83667 83575 83656 83564 83657 83565 83658 83566 83659 83567 83660 83568 83661 83569 11842 12129 42342 12530 12134 10215 12128 12132 10216 10978 12133 10919 11655 42356 12130 42343 10849 11519 42344 12118 12999 12119 42355 10850 10920 10642
Page
502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 506 506 506 506 506 506 506 506 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 503 503 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507
Model Number
SLPK25-970P88-1RE25 SLPMP14-1110 SLPMP14-1110P128 SLPMP14-1250 SLPMP14-1250P128 SLPMP14-1390 SLPMP14-1390P128 SLPMP14-1530 SLPMP14-1530P128 SLPMP14-1670 SLPMP14-1810P128 SLPMP14-410 SLPMP14-410P128 SLPMP14-550 SLPMP14-550P128 SLPMP14-690 SLPMP14-690P128 SLPMP14-830 SLPMP14-830P128 SLPMP14-970 SLPMP14-970P128 SLPMP25-1110 SLPMP25-1110P128 SLPMP25-1250 SLPMP25-1250P128 SLPMP25-1390 SLPMP25-1390P128 SLPMP25-1530 SLPMP25-1530P128 SLPMP25-1670P128 SLPMP25-1810P128 SLPMP25-410 SLPMP25-410P128 SLPMP25-550 SLPMP25-550P128 SLPMP25-690 SLPMP25-690P128 SLPMP25-830 SLPMP25-830P128 SLPMP25-970 SLPMP25-970P128 SLPMR14-1110 SLPMR14-1110P12 SLPMR14-1250 SLPMR14-1250P12 SLPMR14-1390 SLPMR14-1390P12 SLPMR14-1530 SLPMR14-1530P12 SLPMR14-1670 SLPMR14-1670P12 SLPMR14-1810 SLPMR14-1810P12 SLPMR14-410 SLPMR14-410P12 SLPMR14-550 SLPMR14-550P12 SLPMR14-690 SLPMR14-690P12 SLPMR14-830 SLPMR14-830P12 SLPMR14-970 SLPMR14-970P12 SLPMR25-1110 SLPMR25-1110P12 SLPMR25-1250 SLPMR25-1250P12 SLPMR25-1390 SLPMR25-1390P12 SLPMR25-1530
Part #
11347 84491 84480 84492 84481 84493 84482 84494 84483 84495 84485 84486 84475 84487 84476 84488 84477 84489 84478 84490 84479 84535 84524 84536 84525 84537 84526 84538 84527 84528 84529 84530 84519 84531 84520 84532 84521 84533 84522 84534 84523 84469 84458 84470 84459 84471 84460 84472 84461 84473 84462 84474 84463 84464 84453 84465 84454 84466 84455 84467 84456 84468 84457 84513 84502 84514 84503 84515 84504 84516
Page
507 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505
Model Number
SLPMR25-1530P12 SLPMR25-1670 SLPMR25-1670P12 SLPMR25-1810 SLPMR25-1810 SLPMR25-410 SLPMR25-410P12 SLPMR25-550 SLPMR25-550P12 SLPMR25-690 SLPMR25-830 SLPMR25-830P12 SLPMR25-970 SLPMR25-970P12 SLPP14-1110 SLPP14-1110P88 SLPP14-1250 SLPP14-1250P88 SLPP14-1390 SLPP14-1390P88 SLPP14-1530 SLPP14-1530P88 SLPP14-1670 SLPP14-1670P88 SLPP14-1810 SLPP14-1810P88 SLPP14-270 SLPP14-270P88 SLPP14-410 SLPP14-410P88 SLPP14-550 SLPP14-550P88 SLPP14-690 SLPP14-690P88 SLPP14-830 SLPP14-830P88 SLPP14-970 SLPP14-970P88 SLPP25-1110 SLPP25-1110P88 SLPP25-1250 SLPP25-1250P88 SLPP25-1390 SLPP25-1390P88 SLPP25-1530 SLPP25-1530P88 SLPP25-1670 SLPP25-1670P88 SLPP25-1810 SLPP25-1810P88 SLPP25-270 SLPP25-270P88 SLPP25-410 SLPP25-410P88 SLPP25-550 SLPP25-550P88 SLPP25-690 SLPP25-690P88 SLPP25-830 SLPP25-830P88 SLPP25-970 SLPP25-970P88 SLPR14-1110 SLPR14-1110P8 SLPR14-1250 SLPR14-1250P8 SLPR14-1390 SLPR14-1390P8 SLPR14-1530 SLPR14-1530P8
Part #
84505 84517 84506 84518 84518 84508 84497 84509 84498 84510 84511 84500 84512 84501 83776 83730 83777 83731 83778 83732 83779 83733 83780 83734 83781 83735 83770 83724 83771 83725 83772 83726 83773 83727 83774 83728 83775 83729 83788 83742 83789 83743 83790 83744 83791 83745 83792 83746 83793 83747 83782 83736 83783 83737 83784 83738 83785 83739 83786 83740 83787 83741 83650 83558 83651 83559 83652 83560 83653 83561
Page
505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 503 503 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502
873
Model Number
SLPR14-1670 SLPR14-1670P8 SLPR14-1810 SLPR14-1810P8 SLPR14-270 SLPR14-270P8
Part #
83654 83562 83655 83563 83644 83552 83645 83553 83646 83554 83647 83555 83648 83556 83649 83557 83674 83582 83675 83583 83676 83584 83677 83585 83678 83586 83679 83587 83668 83576 83669 83577 83670 83578 83671 83579 83672 83580 83673 83581 73909 72404 73910 72405 73911 73375 73912 73376 73913 73377 73914 73378 73904 72399 73905 72400 73906 72401 73907 72402 73908 72403 73920 72411 73921 72412 73922 72413 73923 72414
Page
502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 503 503 495 495 495 495 495 495 496 496 496 496 496 496 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496
Model Number
SLSCE30-1650P8 SLSCE30-1650Q8 SLSCE30-1800P8 SLSCE30-1800Q8 SLSCE30-1950P8 SLSCE30-1950Q8 SLSCE30-2100P8 SLSCE30-2100Q8 SLSCE30-2250P8 SLSCE30-2250Q8 SLSCE30-2400P8 SLSCE30-2400Q8 SLSCE30-300P8 SLSCE30-300Q8 SLSCE30-450P8 SLSCE30-450Q8 SLSCE30-600P8 SLSCE30-600Q8 SLSCE30-750P8 SLSCE30-750Q8 SLSCE30-900P8 SLSCE30-900Q8 SLSCK14-1350Q88-2RE15 SLSCK14-450Q88-1RE15 SLSCK14-900Q88-RE15 SLSCK14-900Q88-RE25 SLSCK30-1050Q88-1RE15 SLSCK30-1050Q88-1RE25 SLSCK30-1200Q88-1RE15 SLSCK30-1500Q88-RE25 SLSCK30-1800Q88-RE25 SLSCK30-300Q88-1RE25 SLSCK30-450Q88-1RE15 SLSCK30-450Q88-1RE25 SLSCK30-600P88-1RE15 SLSCK30-750Q88-1RE15 SLSCK30-900Q88-1RE25 SLSCP14-1050P88 SLSCP14-1050Q88 SLSCP14-1200P88 SLSCP14-1200Q88 SLSCP14-1350P88 SLSCP14-1350Q88 SLSCP14-1500P88 SLSCP14-1500Q88 SLSCP14-1650P88 SLSCP14-1650Q88 SLSCP14-1800P88 SLSCP14-1800Q88 SLSCP14-300P88 SLSCP14-300Q88 SLSCP14-450P88 SLSCP14-450Q88 SLSCP14-600P88 SLSCP14-600Q88 SLSCP14-750P88 SLSCP14-750Q88 SLSCP14-900P88 SLSCP14-900Q88 SLSCP30-1050P88 SLSCP30-1050Q88 SLSCP30-1200P88 SLSCP30-1200Q88 SLSCP30-1350P88 SLSCP30-1350Q88 SLSCP30-1500P88 SLSCP30-1500Q88 SLSCP30-1650P88 SLSCP30-1650Q88 SLSCP30-1800P88
Part #
73924 72415 73925 72416 83818 83819 83820 78996 81821 81822 81823 81824 73915 72406 73916 72407 73917 72408 73918 72409 73919 72410 79787 79891 79417 77998 78135 77370 79050 79319 79320 79310 77367 77369 78042 77929 77119 73977 72441 73978 72442 73979 73383 73980 73384 73981 73385 73982 73386 73972 72436 73973 72437 73974 72438 73975 72439 73976 72440 73988 72449 73989 72450 73990 72451 73991 72452 73992 72453 73993
Page
496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 495 495 495 495 495 495 496 496 496 496 496 496 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496
Model Number
SLSCP30-1800Q88 SLSCP30-1950P88 SLSCP30-1950Q88 SLSCP30-2100P88 SLSCP30-2100Q88 SLSCP30-2250P88 SLSCP30-2250Q88 SLSCP30-2400P88 SLSCP30-2400Q88 SLSCP30-300P88 SLSCP30-300Q88 SLSCP30-450P88 SLSCP30-450Q88 SLSCP30-600P88 SLSCP30-600Q88 SLSCP30-750P88 SLSCP30-750Q88 SLSCP30-900P88 SLSCP30-900Q88 SLSCR14-1050P8 SLSCR14-1050Q8 SLSCR14-1200P8 SLSCR14-1200Q8 SLSCR14-1350P8 SLSCR14-1350Q8 SLSCR14-1500P8 SLSCR14-1500Q8 SLSCR14-1650P8 SLSCR14-1650Q8 SLSCR14-1800P8 SLSCR14-1800Q8 SLSCR14-300P8 SLSCR14-300Q8 SLSCR14-450P8 SLSCR14-450Q8 SLSCR14-600P8 SLSCR14-600Q8 SLSCR14-750P8 SLSCR14-750Q8 SLSCR14-900P8 SLSCR14-900Q8 SLSCR30-1050P8 SLSCR30-1050Q8 SLSCR30-1200P8 SLSCR30-1200Q8 SLSCR30-1350P8 SLSCR30-1350Q8 SLSCR30-1500P8 SLSCR30-1500Q8 SLSCR30-1650P8 SLSCR30-1650Q8 SLSCR30-1800P8 SLSCR30-1800Q8 SLSCR30-1950P8 SLSCR30-1950Q8 SLSCR30-2100P8 SLSCR30-2100Q8 SLSCR30-2250P8 SLSCR30-2250Q8 SLSCR30-2400P8 SLSCR30-2400Q8 SLSCR30-300P8 SLSCR30-300Q8 SLSCR30-450P8 SLSCR30-450Q8 SLSCR30-600P8 SLSCR30-600Q8 SLSCR30-750P8 SLSCR30-750Q8 SLSCR30-900P8
Part #
72454 83825 83826 83827 78994 83828 80762 83829 80763 73983 72444 73984 72445 73985 72446 73986 72447 73987 72448 73931 72422 73932 72423 73933 73379 73934 73380 73935 73381 73936 73382 73926 72417 73927 72418 73928 72419 73929 72420 73930 72421 73942 72429 73943 72430 73944 72431 73945 72432 73946 72433 73947 72434 83830 83831 83832 78997 83833 83834 83835 83836 73937 72424 73938 72425 73939 72426 73940 72427 73941
Page
496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 495 495 495 495 495 495 496 496 496 496 496 496 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496
Model Number
SLSCR30-900Q8 SLSE14-1050P8 SLSE14-1050Q5 SLSE14-1050Q8 SLSE14-1200P8 SLSE14-1200Q5 SLSE14-1200Q8 SLSE14-1350P8 SLSE14-1350Q5 SLSE14-1350Q8 SLSE14-1500P8 SLSE14-1500Q5 SLSE14-1500Q8 SLSE14-150P8 SLSE14-150Q5 SLSE14-150Q8 SLSE14-1650P8 SLSE14-1650Q5 SLSE14-1650Q8 SLSE14-1800P8 SLSE14-1800Q5 SLSE14-1800Q8 SLSE14-300P8 SLSE14-300Q5 SLSE14-300Q8 SLSE14-450P8 SLSE14-450Q5 SLSE14-450Q8 SLSE14-600P8 SLSE14-600Q5 SLSE14-600Q8 SLSE14-750P8 SLSE14-750Q5 SLSE14-750Q8 SLSE14-900P8 SLSE14-900Q5 SLSE14-900Q8 SLSE30-1050P8 SLSE30-1050Q5 SLSE30-1050Q8 SLSE30-1200P8 SLSE30-1200Q5 SLSE30-1200Q8 SLSE30-1350P8 SLSE30-1350Q5 SLSE30-1350Q8 SLSE30-1500P8 SLSE30-1500Q5 SLSE30-1500Q8 SLSE30-150P8 SLSE30-150Q5 SLSE30-150Q8 SLSE30-1650P8 SLSE30-1650Q5 SLSE30-1650Q8 SLSE30-1800P5 SLSE30-1800P8 SLSE30-1800Q8 SLSE30-1950P8 SLSE30-1950Q5 SLSE30-1950Q8 SLSE30-2100P8 SLSE30-2100Q5 SLSE30-2100Q8 SLSE30-2250P8 SLSE30-2250Q5 SLSE30-2250Q8 SLSE30-2400P8 SLSE30-2400Q5 SLSE30-2400Q8
Part #
72428 73862 71218 72365 73863 71219 72366 73864 73355 73359 73865 73356 73360 73856 71212 72359 73866 73357 73361 73867 73358 73362 73857 71213 72360 73858 71214 72361 73859 71215 72362 73860 71216 72363 73861 71217 72364 73874 71242 72373 73875 71243 72374 73876 71244 72375 73877 71245 72376 73868 71236 72367 73878 71246 72377 71247 73879 72378 83837 83838 82067 83839 83840 82068 83841 83842 79018 83843 83844 82069
Page
496 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 494 494 494 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495
REFERENCE
874
SLPR14-410 SLPR14-410P8 SLPR14-550 SLPR14-550P8 SLPR14-690 SLPR14-690P8 SLPR14-830 SLPR14-830P8 SLPR14-970 SLPR14-970P8 SLPR25-1110 SLPR25-1110P8 SLPR25-1250 SLPR25-1250P8 SLPR25-1390 SLPR25-1390P8 SLPR25-1530 SLPR25-1530P8 SLPR25-1670 SLPR25-1670P8 SLPR25-1810 SLPR25-1810P8 SLPR25-270 SLPR25-270P8 SLPR25-410 SLPR25-410P8 SLPR25-550 SLPR25-550P8 SLPR25-690 SLPR25-690P8 SLPR25-830 SLPR25-830P8 SLPR25-970 SLPR25-970P8 SLSCE14-1050P8 SLSCE14-1050Q8 SLSCE14-1200P8 SLSCE14-1200Q8 SLSCE14-1350P8 SLSCE14-1350Q8 SLSCE14-1500P8 SLSCE14-1500Q8 SLSCE14-1650P8 SLSCE14-1650Q8 SLSCE14-1800P8 SLSCE14-1800Q8 SLSCE14-300P8 SLSCE14-300Q8 SLSCE14-450P8 SLSCE14-450Q8 SLSCE14-600P8 SLSCE14-600Q8 SLSCE14-750P8 SLSCE14-750Q8 SLSCE14-900P8 SLSCE14-900Q8 SLSCE30-1050P8 SLSCE30-1050Q8 SLSCE30-1200P8 SLSCE30-1200Q8 SLSCE30-1350P8 SLSCE30-1350Q8 SLSCE30-1500P8 SLSCE30-1500Q8
Model Number
SLSE30-300P8 SLSE30-300Q5 SLSE30-300Q8 SLSE30-450P8 SLSE30-450Q5 SLSE30-450Q8 SLSE30-600P8 SLSE30-600Q5 SLSE30-600Q8 SLSE30-750P8 SLSE30-750Q5 SLSE30-750Q8 SLSE30-900P8 SLSE30-900Q5 SLSE30-900Q8 SLSK14-1200Q88-2RE25 SLSK14-1200Q88-RE25 SLSK14-1350Q88-2RE15 SLSK14-1350Q88-2RE15 SLSK14-1350Q88-2RE25 SLSK14-1350Q88-2RE25 SLSK14-1500Q88-1RE15 SLSK14-1500Q88-1RE15 SLSK14-150P88-2RE15 SLSK14-150P88-2RE15 SLSK14-1800Q85-2R15E25 SLSK14-1800Q85-2R15E25 SLSK14-300NQ88-2RE15 SLSK14-300NQ88-2RE15 SLSK14-300Q85-1R15E25 SLSK14-300Q85-1R15E25 SLSK14-300Q88-2RE15 SLSK14-300Q88-2RE15 SLSK14-300Q88-3RE15 SLSK14-300Q88-3RE15 SLSK14-300Q88-3RE25 SLSK14-300Q88-3RE25 SLSK14-300Q88-RE25 SLSK14-300Q88-RE25 SLSK14-450NQ88-1RE25 SLSK14-450NQ88-1RE25 SLSK14-450Q88-1RE15 SLSK14-450Q88-1RE15 SLSK14-450Q88-2RE25 SLSK14-450Q88-2RE25 SLSK14-450Q88-5RE25 SLSK14-450Q88-5RE25 SLSK14-600Q85-2R15E25 SLSK14-600Q85-2R15E25 SLSK14-600Q88-2RE25 SLSK14-600Q88-2RE25 SLSK14-600Q88-5RE25 SLSK14-600Q88-5RE25 SLSK14-600Q88-6RE25 SLSK14-600Q88-6RE25 SLSK14-600Q88-RE15 SLSK14-600Q88-RE15 SLSK14-750Q88-1RE15 SLSK14-750Q88-1RE15 SLSK14-750Q88-1RE25 SLSK14-750Q88-1RE25 SLSK14-750Q88-RE15 SLSK14-750Q88-RE15 SLSK14-900Q88-2RE15 SLSK14-900Q88-2RE15 SLSK14-900Q88-RE25 SLSK14-900Q88-RE25 SLSK30-1050P88-2RE25 SLSK30-1050P88-2RE25 SLSK30-1050Q85-1RE25
Part #
73869 71237 72368 73870 71238 72369 73871 71239 72370 73872 71240 72371 73873 71241 72372 78475 81507 78046 78046 78019 78019 78853 78853 78339 78339 81440 81440 78122 78122 78452 78452 78458 78458 79884 79884 79885 79885 81531 81531 77409 77409 73477 73477 78412 78412 79185 79185 81431 81431 79510 79510 79654 79654 78850 78850 78089 78089 73478 73478 77329 77329 78737 78737 78869 78869 77399 77399 77582 77582 81258
Page
494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497
Model Number
SLSK30-1050Q85-1RE25 SLSK30-1050Q88-2RE25 SLSK30-1050Q88-2RE25 SLSK30-1050Q88-RE15 SLSK30-1050Q88-RE15 SLSK30-1200P88-2RE25 SLSK30-1200P88-2RE25 SLSK30-1200Q85-RE25 SLSK30-1200Q85-RE25 SLSK30-1200Q88-1R25E15 SLSK30-1200Q88-1R25E15 SLSK30-1200Q88-2R25E15 SLSK30-1200Q88-2R25E15 SLSK30-1200Q88-2RE25 SLSK30-1200Q88-2RE25 SLSK30-1350Q85-RE25 SLSK30-1350Q85-RE25 SLSK30-1350Q88-1RE15 SLSK30-1350Q88-1RE15 SLSK30-1350Q88-2RE25 SLSK30-1350Q88-2RE25 SLSK30-1350Q88-5RE15 SLSK30-1350Q88-5RE15 SLSK30-1350Q88-RE25 SLSK30-1350Q88-RE25 SLSK30-1500Q85-RE25 SLSK30-1500Q85-RE25 SLSK30-1500Q88-1RE15 SLSK30-1500Q88-1RE15 SLSK30-1500Q88-2RE25 SLSK30-1500Q88-2RE25 SLSK30-150Q88-1RE15 SLSK30-150Q88-1RE15 SLSK30-150Q88-1RE25 SLSK30-150Q88-1RE25 SLSK30-150Q88-2RE15 SLSK30-150Q88-2RE15 SLSK30-1650Q85-2RE25 SLSK30-1650Q85-2RE25 SLSK30-1650Q85-RE25 SLSK30-1650Q85-RE25 SLSK30-1650Q88-1RE15 SLSK30-1650Q88-1RE15 SLSK30-1650Q88-RE15 SLSK30-1650Q88-RE15 SLSK30-1800Q88-1RE15 SLSK30-1800Q88-1RE15 SLSK30-1800Q88-2RE15 SLSK30-1800Q88-2RE15 SLSK30-300Q88-1R15E25 SLSK30-300Q88-1R15E25 SLSK30-300Q88-1RE25 SLSK30-300Q88-1RE25 SLSK30-300Q88-6RE15 SLSK30-300Q88-6RE15 SLSK30-300Q88-RE15 SLSK30-300Q88-RE15 SLSK30-450NQ88-1RE25 SLSK30-450NQ88-1RE25 SLSK30-450Q88-1RE25 SLSK30-450Q88-1RE25 SLSK30-600AQ88-1RE15 SLSK30-600AQ88-1RE15 SLSK30-600Q85-RE25 SLSK30-600Q85-RE25 SLSK30-600Q88-1R15E50 SLSK30-600Q88-1R15E50 SLSK30-600Q88-1R25E15 SLSK30-600Q88-1R25E15 SLSK30-600Q88-1RE75
Part #
81258 77677 77677 78837 78837 78575 78575 72252 72252 79427 79427 81097 81097 78438 78438 72253 72253 81229 81229 77332 77332 78571 78571 77911 77911 72254 72254 78550 78550 78439 78439 77304 77304 75691 75691 79157 79157 81526 81526 72255 72255 78556 78556 81280 81280 78031 78031 78127 78127 78699 78699 77282 77282 79754 79754 77707 77707 77691 77691 80665 80665 79377 79377 72250 72250 79899 79899 78987 78987 78528
Page
497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497
Model Number
SLSK30-600Q88-1RE75 SLSK30-600Q88-4R25E15 SLSK30-600Q88-4R25E15 SLSK30-600Q88-4RE25 SLSK30-600Q88-4RE25 SLSK30-750P88-2RE15 SLSK30-750P88-2RE15 SLSK30-750Q88-1RE15 SLSK30-750Q88-1RE15 SLSK30-750Q88-1RE50 SLSK30-750Q88-1RE50 SLSK30-750Q88-RE15 SLSK30-750Q88-RE15 SLSK30-900P88-2RE15 SLSK30-900P88-2RE15 SLSK30-900Q85-RE25 SLSK30-900Q85-RE25 SLSK30-900Q88-1RE15 SLSK30-900Q88-1RE15 SLSK30-900Q88-5RE15 SLSK30-900Q88-5RE15 SLSK30-900Q88-RE15 SLSK30-900Q88-RE15 SLSP14-1050P88 SLSP14-1050Q85 SLSP14-1050Q88 SLSP14-1200P88 SLSP14-1200Q85 SLSP14-1200Q88 SLSP14-1350P88 SLSP14-1350Q85 SLSP14-1350Q88 SLSP14-1500P88 SLSP14-1500Q85 SLSP14-1500Q88 SLSP14-150P88 SLSP14-150Q85 SLSP14-150Q88 SLSP14-1650P88 SLSP14-1650Q85 SLSP14-1650Q88 SLSP14-1800P88 SLSP14-1800Q85 SLSP14-1800Q88 SLSP14-300P88 SLSP14-300Q85 SLSP14-300Q88 SLSP14-450P88 SLSP14-450Q85 SLSP14-450Q88 SLSP14-600P88 SLSP14-600Q85 SLSP14-600Q88 SLSP14-750P88 SLSP14-750Q85 SLSP14-750Q88 SLSP14-900P88 SLSP14-900Q85 SLSP14-900Q88 SLSP30-1050P88 SLSP30-1050Q85 SLSP30-1050Q88 SLSP30-1200P88 SLSP30-1200Q85 SLSP30-1200Q88 SLSP30-1350P88 SLSP30-1350Q85 SLSP30-1350Q88 SLSP30-1500P88 SLSP30-1500Q85
Part #
78528 77371 77371 77225 77225 79007 79007 73505 73505 77333 77333 78922 78922 78539 78539 72251 72251 78549 78549 79658 79658 81147 81147 73954 71234 72385 73955 71235 72386 73956 73367 73371 73957 73368 73372 73948 71228 72379 73958 73369 73373 73959 73370 73374 73949 71229 72380 73950 71230 72381 73951 71231 72382 73952 71232 72383 73953 71233 72384 73966 71266 72393 73967 71267 72394 73968 71268 72395 73969 71269
Page
497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495
Model Number
SLSP30-1500Q88 SLSP30-150P88 SLSP30-150Q85 SLSP30-150Q88 SLSP30-1650P88 SLSP30-1650Q85 SLSP30-1650Q88 SLSP30-1800P88 SLSP30-1800Q85 SLSP30-1800Q88 SLSP30-1950P88 SLSP30-1950Q85 SLSP30-1950Q88 SLSP30-2100P88 SLSP30-2100Q85 SLSP30-2100Q88 SLSP30-2250P88 SLSP30-2250Q85 SLSP30-2250Q88 SLSP30-2400P88 SLSP30-2400Q85 SLSP30-2400Q88 SLSP30-300P88 SLSP30-300Q85 SLSP30-300Q88 SLSP30-450P88 SLSP30-450Q85 SLSP30-450Q88 SLSP30-600P88 SLSP30-600Q85 SLSP30-600Q88 SLSP30-750P88 SLSP30-750Q85 SLSP30-750Q88 SLSP30-900P88 SLSP30-900Q85 SLSP30-900Q88 SLSR14-1050P8 SLSR14-1050Q8 SLSR14-1200P8 SLSR14-1200Q8 SLSR14-1350P8 SLSR14-1350Q8 SLSR14-1500P8 SLSR14-1500Q8 SLSR14-150P8 SLSR14-150Q8 SLSR14-1650P8 SLSR14-1650Q8 SLSR14-1800P8 SLSR14-1800Q8 SLSR14-300P8 SLSR14-300Q8 SLSR14-450P8 SLSR14-450Q8 SLSR14-600P8 SLSR14-600Q8 SLSR14-750P8 SLSR14-750Q8 SLSR14-900P8 SLSR14-900Q8 SLSR30-1050P8 SLSR30-1050Q8 SLSR30-1200P8 SLSR30-1200Q8 SLSR30-1350P8 SLSR30-1350Q8 SLSR30-1500P8 SLSR30-1500Q8 SLSR30-150P8
Part #
72396 73960 71260 72387 73970 71270 72397 73971 71271 72398 83845 83846 82074 83847 83848 82075 83849 83850 82076 83851 83852 82077 73961 71261 72388 73962 71262 72389 73963 71263 72390 73964 71264 72391 73965 71265 72392 73886 71226 73887 71227 73888 73363 73889 73364 73880 71220 73890 73365 73891 73366 73881 71221 73882 71222 73883 71223 73884 71224 73885 71225 73898 71254 73899 71255 73900 71256 73901 71257 73892
Page
495 494 494 494 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 494
875
Model Number
SLSR30-150Q8 SLSR30-1650P8 SLSR30-1650Q8 SLSR30-1800P8 SLSR30-1800Q8 SLSR30-1950P8
Part #
71248 73902 71258 73903 71259 83853 82070 83854 82071 83855 82072 83856 82073 73893 71249 73894 71250 73895 71251 73896 71252 73897 71253 27297 27384 33190 27299 27386 36122 27300 27387 32092 27298 27385 35911 27293 27380 28463 27295 27382 32127 27296 27383 35913 27294 27381 34367 30645 34065 27628 33730 25992 26185 26911 27057 27332 26840 25965 26473 27429 26841 25966 26057 26844 26843 26863 35549 49773 49775 25964
Page
494 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 494 495 495 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 171 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116
Model Number
SM2A312LVAG SM2A312LVAGQD SM2A312LVQD SM2A312W SM2A312WQD SM2A31R SM2A31RL SM2A31RLQD SM2A31RPD SM2A31RPDQD SM2A31RQD SM30CC-306 SM30CC-312 SM30PRL SM30PRLB SM30PRLC SM30PRLQD SM30PRLQDB SM30PRLQDC SM30SRL SM30SRLB SM30SRLC SM30SRLQD SM30SRLQDB SM30SRLQDC SM312C SM312C2 SM312C2MHS SM312C2MHSQD SM312C2QD SM312CMHS SM312CQD SM312CV SM312CV2 SM312CV2B SM312CV2BQD SM312CV2G SM312CV2GQD SM312CV2QD SM312CVB SM312CVBQD SM312CVG SM312CVGQD SM312CVMHS SM312CVMHSQD SM312CVQD SM312D SM312DBZ SM312DBZMHS SM312DBZMHSQD SM312DBZQD SM312DMHS SM312DQD SM312DQD-78419 SM312F SM312FMHS SM312FMHSQD SM312FP SM312FPB SM312FPBQD SM312FPG SM312FPGQD SM312FPMHS SM312FPMHSQD SM312FPQD SM312FQD SM312FV SM312FVB SM312FVBQD SM312FVG
Part #
26055 26865 26845 26265 26893 26060 26061 26991 26566 26968 26846 45133 27388 27291 27378 28295 27292 27379 33220 27289 27376 28568 27290 27377 27563 28302 27337 29319 35973 27444 35722 29184 25621 26159 50386 51253 50384 50986 26903 47271 47277 50966 50985 26357 27571 26832 25619 26372 35715 35717 26914 26909 26834 78419 25620 26106 27000 25916 47273 47279 50968 50988 26071 27033 26837 26836 25649 47272 47278 50969
Page
116 116 116 116 116 115 115 115 115 115 115 714 714 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 411 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114
Model Number
SM312FVGQD SM312FVMHS SM312FVMHSQD SM312FVQD SM312LP SM312LPMHS SM312LPMHSQD SM312LPQD SM312LPQD-78447 SM312LV SM312LVAG SM312LVAGMHS SM312LVAGMHSQD SM312LVAGQD SM312LVMHS SM312LVMHSQD SM312LVQD SM312W SM312WMHS SM312WMHSQD SM312WQD SM31E SM31EL SM31ELMHSQD SM31ELQD SM31EMHS SM31EMHSQD SM31EPD SM31EPDMHSQD SM31EPDQD SM31EQD SM31R SM31RL SM31RLMHSQD SM31RLQD SM31RMHS SM31RMHSQD SM31RPD SM31RPDMHS SM31RPDMHSQD SM31RPDQD SM31RQD SMA30PEL SMA30PELB SMA30PELC SMA30PELQD SMA30PELQDB SMA30PELQDC SMA30SEL SMA30SELB SMA30SELC SMA30SELQD SMA30SELQDB SMA30SELQDC SMA31E SMA31EL SMA31ELQD SMA31EPD SMA31EPDQD SMA31EQD SMA-MBK-1 SMB12FA SMB12FAM10 SMB12MM SMB1812 SMB1812SF SMB1815SF SMB18A SMB18AFA SMB18AFAM10
Part #
50987 26586 27143 26990 49769 50396 50398 49771 78447 25618 25776 28905 34921 26913 26200 28279 26838 26264 27079 35719 26892 25623 25724 30236 26952 26411 29268 26537 35710 26891 26835 25622 25725 30232 26951 26412 29269 26536 27333 35709 26890 26839 27287 27374 28294 27288 27375 32093 27285 27372 28464 27286 27373 27562 26058 26059 26992 26567 26969 26842 61933 81021 11221 27635 74261 52520 53279 33200 12556 12558
Page
114 114 114 114 113 113 113 113 411 113 113 113 113 113 114 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 115 115 115 115 115 115 636 649 649 649 749 650 650 650 650 650
Model Number
SMB18FA SMB18FAM10 SMB18FM SMB18Q SMB18SF SMB18UR SMB22A SMB3012 SMB3018SC SMB30A SMB30FA SMB30FAM10 SMB30MM SMB30Q SMB30RAVK SMB30SC SMB30SK SMB30SUS SMB30UR SMB312B SMB312PD SMB312S SMB4050YL SMB42F SMB42L SMB42T SMB42U SMB46A SMB46L SMB46S SMB46U SMB50RFA SMB50RFAM10 SMB55A SMB55F SMB55RA SMB55S SMB8MM SMBABM SMBACM SMBAMS18P SMBAMS18RA SMBAMS22P SMBAMS22RA SMBAMS30P SMBAMS30PL52 SMBAMS30PL52R SMBAMS30RA SMBAMS30RLJ SMBAMS30RLS SMBAMS70A SMBAMS70AS SMBAMS80PL52 SMBAMS80PL52R SMBAMSBRA SMBAMSLT3IP SMBAMSLT3P SMBAMSQ60IP SMBAMSQ60P SMBAMSR85P SMBAMSRAB SMBARPB30 SMBARPL30 SMBARPR30 SMBASCM SMBBSSM SMBDX80DIN SMBE12USS SMBF SMBFP3
Part #
74004 11184 79421 32721 52519 52517 79414 74895 53952 32723 74005 11185 27162 32722 75993 52521 52523 52522 52516 25519 26651 25518 81401 48344 48343 54137 48345 52518 48747 48748 48746 75886 11217 53259 53260 53261 53265 67363 63041 63040 73134 73136 10778 11222 73135 77906 77905 73137 77144 77145 12126 12127 10083 10074 73138 73442 73132 73441 73133 74752 79530 12063 12061 12062 79689 12465 77161 78303 53258 53264
Page
651 651 651 651 652 652 652 749 652 653 653 653 653 653 654 654 654 654 655 655 655 655 656 656 656 656 657 657 657 657 658 658 658 658 658 659 659 659 659 660 660 660 660 661 661 661 661 662 662 662 662 663 663 663 663 664 664 664 664 665 665 665 665 665 665 666 666 738 666 666
REFERENCE
876
SLSR30-1950Q8 SLSR30-2100P8 SLSR30-2100Q8 SLSR30-2250P8 SLSR30-2250Q8 SLSR30-2400P8 SLSR30-2400Q8 SLSR30-300P8 SLSR30-300Q8 SLSR30-450P8 SLSR30-450Q8 SLSR30-600P8 SLSR30-600Q8 SLSR30-750P8 SLSR30-750Q8 SLSR30-900P8 SLSR30-900Q8 SM2A30PRL SM2A30PRLB SM2A30PRLC SM2A30PRLNC SM2A30PRLNCB SM2A30PRLNCC SM2A30PRLNCQD SM2A30PRLNCQDB SM2A30PRLNCQDC SM2A30PRLQD SM2A30PRLQDB SM2A30PRLQDC SM2A30SRL SM2A30SRLB SM2A30SRLC SM2A30SRLNC SM2A30SRLNCB SM2A30SRLNCC SM2A30SRLNCQD SM2A30SRLNCQDB SM2A30SRLNCQDC SM2A30SRLQD SM2A30SRLQDB SM2A30SRLQDC SM2A312C SM2A312C2 SM2A312C2QD SM2A312CQD SM2A312CV SM2A312CV2 SM2A312CV2QD SM2A312CVG SM2A312CVGQD SM2A312CVQD SM2A312D SM2A312DBZ SM2A312DBZQD SM2A312DQD SM2A312F SM2A312FP SM2A312FPQD SM2A312FQD SM2A312FV SM2A312FVQD SM2A312LP SM2A312LPQD SM2A312LV
Model Number
SMBFP4 SMBFP4N SMBFP6 SMBIVUB SMBIVURAL SMBIVURAR SMBIVUU SMBKS SMBLASRA SMBLAXRA SMBLAXU SMBLBCZB SMBLG SMBLGA SMBLH1 SMBLH150 SMBLH30 SMBLH80 SMBLT31 SMBLT32 SMBLT3IP SMBLT7 SMBLT7F SMBLX SMBLXR SMBM25A SMBM25B SMBP42ASM SMBP4ASM SMBP4OAL100 SMBP4OAL50 SMBP4RAB SMBP4RAS SMBP4SRAF SMBPMPRHI SMBPPDE SMBPPDH SMBPPEA SMBPPEF SMBPPES SMBPPF1 SMBPPFB SMBPPK SMBPPK3 SMBPPK6 SMBPPKB SMBPPKE3 SMBPPKE6 SMBPPLK SMBPPLU SMBPPOAL100 SMBPPOAL50 SMBPPRA SMBPPRHI SMBPPROMRA SMBPPSU SMBPPU SMBPVA1 SMBPVA10 SMBPVA10A SMBPVA10AB SMBPVA10C SMBPVA11 SMBPVA13 SMBPVA13A SMBPVA13AB SMBPVA16 SMBPVA16A SMBPVA16AB SMBPVA2
Part #
53263 53257 53262 82548 82546 82547 82549 82684 77851 81666 81667 81364 55815 55906 12716 12721 12719 12720 68505 69236 70973 73711 73712 2915 2914 81589 10370 75111 75109 79118 79442 75570 75289 10194 82681 2767 66813 72019 72089 72088 56245 56265 71041 71383 71384 71042 71043 71097 74901 70549 79443 79444 69381 79112 10803 76808 69380 56884 56809 62447 70806 71345 71790 56810 62448 70807 56811 62499 70808 54451
Page
667 667 667 667 668 668 668 374 668 669 669 669 669 670 670 670 670 670 671 671 671 672 672 672 672 673 673 673 673 674 674 674 674 675 675 675 675 746 746 746 738 738 738 738 660 738 738 738 676 676 676 676 677 677 677 677 678 679 679 679 679 679 678 679 679 679 679 679 678 678
Model Number
SMBPVA5 SMBPVA5A SMBPVA5AB SMBPVA5C SMBPVA6 SMBPVA7 SMBPVA8 SMBPVA9 SMBPVD100A SMBPVD100AB SMBPVD225A SMBPVD225AB SMBQ12A SMBQ12T SMBQ20H SMBQ20L SMBQ20LV SMBQ20U SMBQ60 SMBQC50 SMBQS12PD SMBQS18A SMBQS18AF SMBQS18DIN SMBQS18RA SMBQS18Y SMBQS18YL SMBQS30L SMBQS30LT SMBQS30Y SMBQS30YL SMBR55F01 SMBR55F02 SMBR55FRA SMBSL SMBT18Y SMBVLA62X62RA SMBVLA62X62S SMBVS1S SMBVS1SC SMBVS1T SMBVS1TC SMBVS2RA SMBVS3S SMBVS3T SMBVSM4 SMBWFTLR SMBWFTLS SMBWLS28RA SME312CV SME312CV2 SME312CV2QD SME312CVB SME312CVBQD SME312CVG SME312CVGQD SME312CVQD SME312CVW SME312CVWQD SME312D SME312DQD SME312DV SME312DVQD SME312F SME312FP SME312FPB SME312FPBQD SME312FPG SME312FPGQD SME312FPQD
Part #
56500 62446 70805 71344 64897 71342 71343 71348 71338 71339 71340 71341 74341 73722 79041 79040 79042 79043 67592 71679 59606 69721 67467 77599 73812 68865 77835 2809 2810 2811 72741 67104 2903 58809 58335 69554 74264 74263 55554 56797 55496 56795 58603 62618 62617 13398 71746 71747 15764 53701 53704 53705 53725 53726 53722 53723 53702 55526 55527 53707 53708 64083 60335 53713 53731 54622 54623 54628 54629 53732
Page
679 679 679 679 679 680 680 680 681 681 681 681 681 681 682 682 682 682 683 683 683 683 684 684 684 684 685 685 685 685 686 686 686 686 687 687 687 687 688 688 688 688 689 689 689 689 690 690 690 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 119 119 119
Model Number
SME312FPW SME312FPWQD SME312FQD SME312FV SME312FVB SME312FVBQD SME312FVG SME312FVGQD SME312FVQD SME312FVW SME312FVWQD SME312LP SME312LPC SME312LPCQD SME312LPQD SME312LV SME312LVQD SME312W SME312WQD SM-GA-5A SMH241F SM-HA-5A SMI306EBQ SMI306ECQ SMI306EQ SMI306EYCQ SMI306EYQ SMI30AN6RBQ SMI30AN6RCQ SMI30AN6RQ SMI30AN6RYCQ SMI30AN6RYQ SMI30RN6RBQ SMI30RN6RCQ SMI30RN6RQ SMI30RN6RYCQ SMI30RN6RYQ SMICC-306 SMICC-312 SMICC-330 SOP-E12-150A SOP-E12-150SS SOP-E12-300A SOP-E12-300SS SP150GA120 SP150GP SP150GPQ SP150GRYN SP150GRYNQ SP150GRYP SP150GRYPQ SP150RA120 SP150RP SP150RPQ SP250GRA120 SP250GRN SP250GRNQ SP250GRP SP250GRPQ SP350GYRN SP350GYRNQ SP350GYRP SP350GYRPQ SPE1 SPE1Q3 SPE1Q5 SPE1Q8E SPK1Q83-2RE15 SPK1Q88E-1RE25 SPP1
Part #
55520 55521 53714 53728 54594 54595 54625 54626 53729 55523 55524 53716 53710 53711 53717 55459 56638 53719 53720 66093 53266 66094 35269 35270 35268 35278 35277 35272 35273 35271 35280 35279 35275 35276 35274 35282 35281 48728 36356 36357 10443 78081 10444 78082 81519 11686 11696 11692 11710 11691 11708 81520 11687 11697 13141 13144 13145 11693 11712 13180 13146 13143 13142 61864 70147 71983 75812 78353 77372 61866
Page
119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 547 691 547 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 714 714 714 738 738 738 738 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 517 517 517 517 517 517 517
Model Number
SPP1Q83 SPP1Q88E SPR1 SPR1Q8 SPR1Q8E SPXLE1 SPXLE1Q3 SPXLE1Q5 SPXLE1Q8E SPXLP1 SPXLP1Q85 SPXLP1Q88E SSA-EB1ML2P-12ED1Q8 SSA-EB1MP-02ED1Q4 SSA-EB1MP-02ED1Q5A SSA-EB1MP-02ED1Q5B SSA-EB1MP-11ED1Q4 SSA-EB1MP-22ED1Q8 SSA-EB1P-02ECQ4 SSA-EB1P-02ECQ5A SSA-EB1P-02ECQ5B SSA-EB1P-02ED1Q4 SSA-EB1P-02ED1Q5A SSA-EB1P-02ED1Q5B SSA-EB1P-11ECQ4 SSA-EB1P-11ED1Q4 SSA-EB1P-22ECQ8 SSA-EB1P-22ED1Q8 SSA-EB1PLXR-12ECQ8 SSA-EB1PLYR-12ECQ8 SSA-EBM-02E SSA-EBM-02L SSA-EBM-11E SSA-EBM-11L SSA-EBM-12E SSA-EBM-12L SSA-EBP-02E SSA-EBP-02L SSA-EBP-11E SSA-EBP-11L SSA-EBP-12E SSA-EBP-12L SSA-ML-A SSA-ML-W SSM-100 SSM-100-S SSM-1100 SSM-1100-S SSM-1175 SSM-1175-S SSM-1275 SSM-1275-S SSM-1400 SSM-1400-S SSM-1475 SSM-1475-S SSM-150 SSM-150-S SSM-1550 SSM-1550-S SSM-1675 SSM-1675-S SSM-1750 SSM-1750-S SSM-1900 SSM-1900-S SSM-200 SSM-200-S SSM-250 SSM-250-S
Part #
74925 76208 61865 70148 75811 62747 71094 74371 77326 62748 74367 77325 25077 25072 25074 25075 25073 25076 25298 25300 25301 25067 25069 25070 25299 25068 25302 25071 25305 25304 69705 69699 69706 69700 69707 69701 69708 69702 69709 69703 69710 69704 70494 62095 61890 63470 71616 71623 61899 63479 61900 63480 71617 71624 61901 63481 61891 63471 71618 71625 61902 63482 71620 71626 61903 63483 71450 71451 61892 63472
Page
517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 607 607 607 607 607 607 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 615 614 615 614 615 614 615 615 615 615 615 615 757 757 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741
877
Model Number
SSM-375 SSM-375-S SSM-475 SSM-475-S SSM-550 SSM-550-S
Part #
61893 63473 61894 63474 61895 63475 61896 63476 61897 63477 71615 71622 61898 63478 10179 10180 71932 71933 77858 77859 77860 77861 77862 10980 83345 83346 83347 83348 64179 64180 64181 77805 77806 78265 83343 83344 83538 64190 64191 64192 69985 71929 71930 71931 82850 82851 82852 69986 43958 77974 77976 79990 79991 79992 69987 69988 77971 75320 10602 10603 T 32477 33423 32468 33420 38269 38509 34922 34923 32475
Page
741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 741 554 554 744 744 691 691 691 737 737 571 571 571 737 737 481 481 481 570 570 570 570 570 570 567 567 567 719 510 515 500 510 510 510 719 522 719 719 719 719 719 719 719 719 719 377 377 140 140 138 138 338 338 140 140 140
Model Number
T18AW3FF100Q1 T18AW3FF25 T18AW3FF25Q1 T18AW3FF50 T18AW3FF50Q1 T18AW3L T18AW3LP T18AW3LPQ1 T18AW3LQ1 T18AW3R T18AW3RQ1 T18GRXN T18GRXNQ T18GRXNQP T18GRXP T18GRXPQ T18GRXPQP T18GRYN T18GRYNQ T18GRYNQP T18GRYP T18GRYPQ T18GRYPQP T18GXYN T18GXYNQ T18GXYNQP T18GXYP T18GXYPQ T18GXYPQP T18GYX7N T18GYX7NQ T18GYX7NQP T18GYX7P T18GYX7PQ T18GYX7PQP T18RGX8PQ8 T18RW3D T18RW3DQ1 T18RW3FF100 T18RW3FF100Q1 T18RW3FF25 T18RW3FF25Q1 T18RW3FF50 T18RW3FF50Q1 T18RW3L T18RW3LP T18RW3LPQ1 T18RW3LQ1 T18RW3R T18RW3RQ1 T18SN6D T18SN6DQ T18SN6FF100 T18SN6FF100Q T18SN6FF25 T18SN6FF25Q T18SN6FF50 T18SN6FF50Q T18SN6L T18SN6LP T18SN6LPQ T18SN6LQ T18SN6R T18SN6RQ T18SP6D T18SP6DQ T18SP6FF100 T18SP6FF100Q T18SP6FF25 T18SP6FF25Q
Part #
33410 58386 58393 32474 33408 34926 32476 33418 34927 32478 33424 76393 76394 call 76391 76392 call 76390 74042 call 75099 74041 call 76397 76398 call 76395 76396 call 76404 75614 call 76403 75613 call 75976 34924 34925 33405 33411 58387 58394 33404 33409 34928 33406 33419 34929 33407 33425 33814 34630 32466 33413 58110 58392 32465 33412 34655 32467 33416 34739 32469 33421 34629 34631 32471 33415 56559 41618
Page
140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 452 452 452 452 452 452 452 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 138 138 138 138 138 138 139 139 139 139 139 139
Model Number
T18SP6FF50 T18SP6FF50Q T18SP6L T18SP6LP T18SP6LPQ T18SP6LQ T18SP6R T18SP6RQ T18VN6UR T18VN6URQ T18VP6UR T18VP6URQ T18XRYN T18XRYNQ T18XRYNQP T18XRYP T18XRYPQ T18XRYPQP T303E T303EQ1 T306E T306EQ T30AW3FF200 T30AW3FF200Q1 T30AW3FF400 T30AW3FF400Q1 T30AW3FF600 T30AW3FF600Q1 T30AW3LP T30AW3LPQ1 T30AW3R T30AW3RQ1 T30GRXN T30GRXNQ T30GRXNQP T30GRXP T30GRXPQ T30GRXPQP T30GRY2N T30GRY2NQ T30GRY2NQP T30GRY2P T30GRY2PQ T30GRY2PQP T30GRYB11P T30GRYN T30GRYNQ T30GRYNQP T30GRYP T30GRYPQ T30GRYPQP T30GXYN T30GXYNQ T30GXYNQP T30GXYP T30GXYPQ T30GXYPQP T30GYX7N T30GYX7NQ T30GYX7NQP T30GYX7P T30GYX7PQ T30GYX7PQP T30RGX8PQ8 T30RW3FF200 T30RW3FF200Q1 T30RW3FF400 T30RW3FF400Q1 T30RW3FF600 T30RW3FF600Q1
Part #
32470 33414 34683 32472 33417 34740 32473 33422 38512 38513 38510 38511 76401 76402 call 76399 76400 call 32494 33445 32483 33442 32490 33430 32491 33431 32492 34347 32493 33440 32495 33446 76407 76408 call 76405 76406 call 76417 74909 81482 74078 74052 81471 78149 74622 73843 call 74230 74024 call 76411 76412 call 76409 76410 call 76419 75616 call 76418 75615 call 75114 33426 33432 33427 33433 34569 34571
Page
139 139 138 138 134 138 138 138 338 338 338 338 451 451 451 451 451 451 175 175 174 174 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 454 454 454 454 454 454 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 175 175 175 175 175 175
Model Number
T30RW3LP T30RW3LPQ1 T30RW3R T30RW3RQ1 T30SN6FF200 T30SN6FF200Q T30SN6FF400 T30SN6FF400Q T30SN6FF600 T30SN6FF600Q T30SN6LP T30SN6LPQ T30SN6R T30SN6RQ T30SP6FF200 T30SP6FF200Q T30SP6FF400 T30SP6FF400Q T30SP6FF600 T30SP6FF600Q T30SP6LP T30SP6LPQ T30SP6R T30SP6RQ T30UDNA T30UDNAQ T30UDNB T30UDNBQ T30UDPA T30UDPAQ T30UDPB T30UDPBQ T30UHNA T30UHNAQ T30UHNB T30UHNBQ T30UHPA T30UHPAQ T30UHPB T30UHPBQ T30UINA T30UINAQ T30UINB T30UINB-CRFV T30UINBQ T30UINBQ-CRFV T30UIPA T30UIPAQ T30UIPB T30UIPB-CRFV T30UIPBQ T30UIPBQ-CRFV T30UUNA T30UUNAQ T30UUNB T30UUNB-CRFV T30UUNBQ T30UUNBQ-CRFV T30UUPA T30UUPAQ T30UUPB T30UUPB-CRFV T30UUPBQ T30UUPBQ-CRFV T30UXDA T30UXDAQ8 T30UXDAQPMA T30UXDB T30UXDBQ8
Part #
33428 33441 33429 33447 32479 33434 32480 33435 32481 34348 32482 33438 32484 33443 32485 33436 32486 33437 32487 34349 32488 33439 32489 33444 55547 55548 56885 56886 55544 55545 55550 55551 56891 56892 58806 58807 56888 56889 58803 58804 55977 55978 55983 74838 55984 74839 55974 55975 55980 74840 55981 74841 55989 55990 55995 74842 55996 74843 55986 55987 55992 74844 55993 74845 79993 79995 79997 79998 80058
Page
175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 174 174 174 174 175 175 175 175 175 175 174 174 174 174 329 329 330 330 329 329 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 329 329 329 329 329
REFERENCE
878
SSM-675 SSM-675-S SSM-825 SSM-825-S SSM-875 SSM-875-S SSM-975 SSM-975-S SSM-FM-11A10 SSM-FM-11A20 SS-XPE-32 SS-XPE-43 STBA-RB1-MB1 STBA-RB1-MB2 STBA-RB1-MB3 STBA-RB1-S1 STBA-RB1-S2 STBA-RB2-MB1 STBA-RB2-MB2 STBA-RB2-MB3 STBA-RB2-S1 STBA-RB2-S2 STBVP6 STBVP6Q STBVP6Q5 STBVP6-RB1 STBVP6-RB1E02 STBVP6-RB1Q8 STBVP6-RB2 STBVP6-RB2E02 STBVP6-RB2Q8 STBVR81 STBVR81Q STBVR81Q6 STP07 STP-13 STP-14 STP-15 STP-16 STP-17 STP-18 STP25 STP-3 STP50 STP75 STP-MAQDC-806 STP-MAQDC-815 STP-MAQDC-830 STPX07 STPX25 STPX50 STPX75 STYLUS-1 STYLUS-10 T183E T183EQ1 T186E T186EQ T186UE T186UEQ T18AW3D T18AW3DQ1 T18AW3FF100
Model Number
T30UXDBQPMA T30UXDC T30UXDCQ8 T30UXDCQPMA T30UXIA T30UXIAQ8 T30UXIAQPMA T30UXIB T30UXIBQ8 T30UXIBQPMA T30UXIC T30UXICQ8 T30UXICQPMA T30UXUA T30UXUAQ8 T30UXUAQPMA T30UXUB T30UXUBQ8 T30UXUBQPMA T30UXUC T30UXUCQ8 T30UXUCQPMA T30XRYN T30XRYNQ T30XRYNQP T30XRYP T30XRYPQ T30XRYPQP T86EV T86EVQ T8AN6D100 T8AN6D100Q T8AN6D50 T8AN6D50Q T8AN6R T8AN6RQ T8AP6D100 T8AP6D100Q T8AP6D50 T8AP6D50Q T8AP6R T8AP6RQ T8LGRXN T8LGRXNQP T8LGRXP T8LGRXPQP T8LGXYN T8LGXYNQP T8LGXYP T8LGXYPQP T8LGYX7N T8LGYX7NQP T8LGYX7P T8LGYX7PQP T8LXRYN T8LXRYNQP T8LXRYP T8LXRYPQP T8RN6D100 T8RN6D100Q T8RN6D50 T8RN6D50Q T8RN6R T8RN6RQ T8RP6D100 T8RP6D100Q T8RP6D50 T8RP6D50Q T8RP6R T8RP6RQ
Part #
80062 80458 80460 80462 80479 80481 80483 80484 80486 80488 80489 80491 80493 80463 80465 80467 80468 80471 80473 80474 80476 80478 76415 76416 call 76413 76414 call 66671 66672 68684 68685 66655 66656 66663 66664 68688 68689 66659 66660 66667 66668 76722 76421 76721 76420 76725 76423 76724 76422 76741 76427 76740 76426 76727 76425 76726 76424 68686 68687 66657 66658 66665 66666 68690 68691 66661 66662 66669 66670
Page
329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 455 455 455 455 455 455 70 70 71 71 71 71 70 70 71 71 71 71 70 70 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 71 71 71 70 70 70 71 71 71 71 70 70
Model Number
TGR TGR3/8MPFMQ TL30FGYR TL30FGYRQ TL30FGYRQP TL30FWBGYR TL30FWBGYRQ TL30FWBGYRQP TL50BGYR TL50BGYRA TL50BGYRACQ TL50BGYRAQ TL50BGYRAQP TL50BGYRCQ TL50BGYRQ TL50BGYRQP TL50BLBGYR TL50BLBGYRA TL50BLBGYRAC TL50BLBGYRACQ TL50BLBGYRACQP TL50BLBGYRALS TL50BLBGYRALSC TL50BLBGYRALSCQ TL50BLBGYRALSCQP TL50BLBGYRALSQ TL50BLBGYRALSQP TL50BLBGYRAQ TL50BLBGYRAQP TL50BLBGYRC TL50BLBGYRCQ TL50BLBGYRCQP TL50BLBGYRQ TL50BLBGYRQP TL50BLGR TL50BLGRA TL50BLGRAC TL50BLGRACQ TL50BLGRACQP TL50BLGRALS TL50BLGRALSC TL50BLGRALSCQ TL50BLGRALSCQP TL50BLGRALSQ TL50BLGRALSQP TL50BLGRAQ TL50BLGRAQP TL50BLGRC TL50BLGRCQ TL50BLGRCQP TL50BLGRQ TL50BLGRQP TL50BLGYR TL50BLGYRA TL50BLGYRAC TL50BLGYRACQ TL50BLGYRACQP TL50BLGYRALS TL50BLGYRALSC TL50BLGYRALSCQ TL50BLGYRALSCQP TL50BLGYRALSQ TL50BLGYRALSQP TL50BLGYRAQ TL50BLGYRAQP TL50BLGYRC TL50BLGYRCQ TL50BLGYRCQP TL50BLGYRQ TL50BLGYRQP
Part #
20077 23268 10951 10952 call 10957 10958 call 83223 83224 15121 83216 83233 15121 83215 83232 19284 19269 19228 19223 19233 19254 19212 19205 19217 19250 19259 19264 19274 19241 19237 19245 19280 19292 19282 19266 19226 19221 19230 19252 19209 19201 19214 19247 19256 19261 19272 19239 19235 19243 19277 19286 19283 19268 19227 19222 19231 19253 19210 19203 19215 19248 19257 19262 19273 19240 19236 19244 19278 19288
Page
274 259 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447
Model Number
TL50BLR TL50BLRA TL50BLRAC TL50BLRACQ TL50BLRACQP TL50BLRALS TL50BLRALSC TL50BLRALSCQ TL50BLRALSCQP TL50BLRALSQ TL50BLRALSQP TL50BLRAQ TL50BLRAQP TL50BLRC TL50BLRCQ TL50BLRCQP TL50BLRQ TL50BLRQP TL50GR TL50GRA TL50GRACQ TL50GRAQ TL50GRAQP TL50GRCQ TL50GRQ TL50GRQP TL50GYR TL50GYRA TL50GYRACQ TL50GYRAQ TL50GYRAQP TL50GYRCQ TL50GYRQ TL50GYRQP TL50HBGYRACQ TL50HBGYRAQ TL50HBGYRCQ TL50HBGYRQ TL50HGRACQ TL50HGRAQ TL50HGRCQ TL50HGRQ TL50HGYRACQ TL50HGYRAQ TL50HGYRCQ TL50HGYRQ TL50HRACQ TL50HRAQ TL50HRCQ TL50HRQ TL50R TL50RA TL50RACQ TL50RAQ TL50RAQP TL50RCQ TL50RQ TL50RQP TL50WBGYR TL50WBGYRQ TL50WBGYRQP TL50WQ TL50YQ TM186E Emitter TM186EQ8 Emitter TM18AN6FF100 TM18AN6FF100Q8 TM18AN6FF25 TM18AN6FF25Q8 TM18AN6FF50
Part #
19281 19265 19224 19219 19229 19251 19206 19200 19213 19246 19255 19260 19271 19238 19234 19242 19275 19285 83219 83220 15116 83213 83229 15114 83212 83228 83221 83222 15118 83214 83231 15117 81861 83230 15071 14590 15070 14589 15068 14585 15064 14584 14993 14588 14992 14586 15063 14583 15062 14582 83217 83218 15113 83211 83227 15112 83210 83226 83225 82774 83234 10173 10067 42006 42054 42032 42033 42028 42029 42030
Page
447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 757 757 144 144 145 145 145 145 145
Model Number
TM18AN6FF50Q8 TM18AN6LP TM18AN6LPQ8 TM18AN6R TM18AN6RQ8 TM18AP6FF100 TM18AP6FF100Q8 TM18AP6FF25 TM18AP6FF25Q8 TM18AP6FF50 TM18AP6FF50Q8 TM18AP6LP TM18AP6LPQ8 TM18AP6R TM18AP6RQ8 TM18RN6LP TM18RN6LPQ8 TM18RN6R TM18RN6RQ8 TM18RP6LP TM18RP6LPQ8 TM18RP6R TM18RP6RQ8 TM18VN6FF100 TM18VN6FF100Q8 TM18VN6FF25 TM18VN6FF25Q8 TM18VN6FF50 TM18VN6FF50Q8 TM18VN6LP TM18VN6LPQ8 TM18VN6R TM18VN6RQ8 TM18VP6FF100 TM18VP6FF100Q8 TM18VP6FF25 TM18VP6FF25Q8 TM18VP6FF50 TM18VP6FF50Q8 TM18VP6LP TM18VP6LPQ8 TM18VP6R TM18VP6RQ8 U UC-300AG UC-300BZ UC-300C.7 UC-300C2 UC-300E UC-300EL UC-300EPD UC-300F UC-300FP UC-300FP2 UC-300L UC-300LP UC-300RPD UC-45C UC-45C4 UC-45D UC-45F UC-45FP UC-45L UC-45LL UC-45LLP UC-45LP UC-R55 UM-FA-11A UM-FA-9A UPFA-1-100
Part #
42031 42018 42019 42024 42025 42016 42017 42012 42013 42014 42015 42000 42001 42008 42009 42020 42021 42026 42027 42002 42003 42010 42011 42049 42050 42045 42046 42047 42048 42022 42023 42043 42044 42041 42042 42037 42038 42039 42040 42004 42005 42035 42036 26092 26471 26029 26160 26470 26099 27504 26028 26271 59726 26027 52273 27503 46137 46139 46131 46133 46135 44705 44673 46141 46126 55009 81228 81227 65888
Page
145 145 145 144 144 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 144 144 145 145 144 144 145 145 144 144 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 144 144 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 144 144 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 752 545 545 268
879
Model Number
UPFA-2-100 USCMB-1 USCMB-2 USMB-1 USMB-6 USMB-8
Part #
65889 51651 54976 50000 57140 75115 69275 69276 69273 69274 69279 69280 69277 69278 69287 69288 69285 69286 77342 76952 V 24852 54744 63082 55297 63089 56492 63083 56496 63090 55295 63086 55299 63093 56494 59177 56498 59178 55294 63084 55298 63091 56493 63085 56497 63092 55296 63087 55300 63094 56495 63088 56499 63095 57250 69449 55401 59161 61744 63074 61748 63078 55402 63097 61745 63075 61749 63079 55404 61596
Page
268 692 692 692 692 692 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 751 751 266 81 81 81 81 80 80 80 80 81 81 81 81 80 80 80 80 81 81 81 81 80 80 80 80 81 81 81 81 80 80 80 80 83 83 83 83 84 84 84 84 83 83 84 84 84 84 83 83
Model Number
VS2RN5CV15 VS2RN5CV15Q VS2RN5CV30 VS2RN5CV30Q VS2RN5R VS2RN5RQ VS2RP5CV15 VS2RP5CV15Q VS2RP5CV30 VS2RP5CV30Q VS2RP5R VS2RP5RQ VS3AN5XLP VS3AN5XLPQ VS3AN5XLV VS3AN5XLVQ VS3AP5XLP VS3AP5XLPQ VS3AP5XLV VS3AP5XLVQ VS3RN5XLP VS3RN5XLPQ VS3RN5XLV VS3RN5XLVQ VS3RP5XLP VS3RP5XLPQ VS3RP5XLV VS3RP5XLVQ VSM46E VSM46EQ7 VSM4AN6CV10 VSM4AN6CV10Q7 VSM4AN6CV20 VSM4AN6CV20Q7 VSM4AN6CV50 VSM4AN6CV50Q7 VSM4AP6CV10 VSM4AP6CV10Q7 VSM4AP6CV20 VSM4AP6CV20Q7 VSM4AP6CV50 VSM4AP6CV50Q7 VSM4RN6R VSM4RN6RQ7 VSM4RP6R VSM4RP6RQ7 VSM56E VSM56EQ7 VSM5AN6CV10 VSM5AN6CV10Q7 VSM5AN6CV20 VSM5AN6CV20Q7 VSM5AN6CV50 VSM5AN6CV50Q7 VSM5AP6CV10 VSM5AP6CV10Q7 VSM5AP6CV20 VSM5AP6CV20Q7 VSM5AP6CV50 VSM5AP6CV50Q7 VSM5RN6R VSM5RN6RQ7 VSM5RP6R VSM5RP6RQ7 VSMQAN6CV20 VSMQAN6CV50 VSMQAN6CV90 VSMQAP6CV20 VSMQAP6CV50 VSMQAP6CV90
Part #
61746 63076 61750 63080 55403 63098 61747 63077 61751 63081 55405 59175 62619 62620 63711 63712 62623 62624 63715 63716 62621 62622 63713 63714 62625 62626 63717 63718 13286 13291 13334 13335 13343 13356 13276 13277 13340 13341 13357 13367 13279 13280 13281 13290 13296 13297 13317 13324 13369 13373 13376 13377 13300 13303 13374 13375 13378 13379 13305 13306 13308 13319 13330 13333 13382 13384 13388 13383 13385 13397
Page
84 84 84 84 83 83 84 84 84 84 84 83 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 76 76 76 76 77 77 77 77 77 77
Model Number
VTBN6 VTBN6GR VTBN6GRL VTBN6GRLQ VTBN6GRQ VTBN6L VTBN6LQ VTBN6Q VTBN6R VTBN6RL VTBN6RLQ VTBN6RQ VTBNB VTBNBL VTBNBLQ VTBNBQ VTBP6 VTBP6B VTBP6BL VTBP6BLQ VTBP6BQ VTBP6GR VTBP6GRL VTBP6GRLQ VTBP6GRQ VTBP6L VTBP6LQ VTBP6Q VTBP6R VTBP6RL VTBP6RLQ VTBP6RQ VURBNI04 W WL50F WL50FPB WL50FPBQ WL50FPBQP WL50FQ WL50FQP WL50SGL11Q WL50SGL20Q WL50SGL5Q WL50SRL11Q WL50SRL20Q WL50SRL5Q WL50SWL11Q WL50SWL20Q WL50SWL5Q WLAW105X180 WLAW105X180Q WLAW190X180 WLAW190X180Q WLAW275X180 WLAW275X180Q WLAW360X180 WLAW360X180Q WLS28CW1130X WLS28CW1130XQ WLS28CW145X WLS28CW145XQ WLS28CW285X WLS28CW285XQ WLS28CW430X WLS28CW430XQ WLS28CW570X WLS28CW570XQ WLS28CW710X WLS28CW710XQ WLS28CW850X
Part #
67498 75939 75262 75263 75940 67501 67502 67499 70982 71407 71408 71369 71870 71904 71905 71871 67504 71873 71907 71908 71874 75936 75027 75029 75937 67507 67508 67505 71371 71410 71411 67994 12226 10984 11625 11626 11627 10985 10989 18752 19037 18742 18751 19036 18740 18753 19042 18743 17610 17605 17611 17607 17614 17608 17615 17609 14816 14836 14771 14820 14772 14825 14777 14826 14790 14827 14792 14831 14804
Page
475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 374 422 422 422 422 422 422 424 424 424 424 424 424 424 424 424 420 420 420 420 420 420 420 420 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418
Model Number
WLS28CW850XQ WLS28CW990X WLS28CW990XQ WLS28XW1130X WLS28XW1130XQ WLS28XW145X WLS28XW145XQ WLS28XW285X WLS28XW285XQ WLS28XW430X WLS28XW430XQ WLS28XW570X WLS28XW570XQ WLS28XW710X WLS28XW710XQ WLS28XW850X WLS28XW850XQ WLS28XW990X WLS28XW990XQ
Part #
14833 14810 14835 14745 14770 14729 14747 14730 14749 14735 14750 14739 14754 14740 14755 14741 14759 14743 14769
Page
418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418 418
REFERENCE
880
UTB-3100C UTB-3250C UTB-325C UTB-350C UTB-5100C UTB-5250C UTB-525C UTB-550C UTB-8100C UTB-8250C UTB-825C UTB-850C UWG18-5.0 UWG18-6.4 VFT-M8MVS VS1AN5C10 VS1AN5C10Q VS1AN5C20 VS1AN5C20Q VS1AN5CV10 VS1AN5CV10Q VS1AN5CV20 VS1AN5CV20Q VS1AP5C10 VS1AP5C10Q VS1AP5C20 VS1AP5C20Q VS1AP5CV10 VS1AP5CV10Q VS1AP5CV20 VS1AP5CV20Q VS1RN5C10 VS1RN5C10Q VS1RN5C20 VS1RN5C20Q VS1RN5CV10 VS1RN5CV10Q VS1RN5CV20 VS1RN5CV20Q VS1RP5C10 VS1RP5C10Q VS1RP5C20 VS1RP5C20Q VS1RP5CV10 VS1RP5CV10Q VS1RP5CV20 VS1RP5CV20Q VS25E VS25EQ VS25EV VS25EVQ VS2AN5CV15 VS2AN5CV15Q VS2AN5CV30 VS2AN5CV30Q VS2AN5R VS2AN5RQ VS2AP5CV15 VS2AP5CV15Q VS2AP5CV30 VS2AP5CV30Q VS2AP5R VS2AP5RQ

Senzori

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Deskripsi Asli:

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Senzori

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Sensors

Lighting & Indicators

Strong past, bright future

What's New Selection Guide Legacy Products Applications

page 5 page 10 page 365 & 630 page 42

Plastic Fibers Glass Fibers

Slot & Label

Registration Mark & Color

Optical Touch Buttons

Measurement & Inspection Sensors

Fiber Optic Sensors

More information online at bannerengineering.com

Lighting & Indicators

Tower Lights page 367

PresencePlus Vision Sensors

VTB ...............................................475 OTB/LTB .......................................477 STB ...............................................481

More on next page

More information online at bannerengineering.com

Controllers & Modules

Two-Hand Control Modules

page 753 page 757

Emergency Stop & Stop Control

More information online at bannerengineering.com

DF-G1 Dual Fiber Amplifer

R58B Color Sensors

More information online at bannerengineering.com

DX80 MultiHop with I/O

More information online at bannerengineering.com

WLS28 Push-Button and Sealed Work Light Strip

WLA Work Light Area with Lenses

More information online at bannerengineering.com

K50BL Beacon Light

K30 Push Button

More information online at bannerengineering.com

EZ-mount E-Stops 30 mm Mount E-Stop Buttons

More information online at bannerengineering.com

Series Catalog Page Description

Maximum Sensing Range

Opposed: 2 m Retro Non-Polar: 1.5 m Retro Polarized: 1 m Fixed-Field: 50 mm

Opposed: 2 m Diffuse: 100 mm

23 x 8 x 12 mm Thermoplastic elastomer IP67

19 x 16 x 16 mm ABS IP67; NEMA 6

-20 to +55 C 10 to 30V dc Bipolar NPN/PNP, PNP, NPN

-20 to +60 C 10 to 30V dc Solid-state

-20 to +55 C 10 to 30V dc Solid-state

Output Response Time

Opposed: 1.3 ms ON/900 s OFF All others: 700 s ON/OFF

Opposed: 625 s ON/375 s OFF All others: 500 s ON/OFF

More information online at bannerengineering.com

Opposed: 250 mm Convergent: 90 mm

VSM4: 4 x 36.8 mm VSM5: 5 x 36.8 mm VSMQ: 40 x 5 mm Stainless steel IP67

26 x 8 x 12 mm ABS IP54; NEMA 3

25 x 12 x 4 mm ABS IP67; NEMA 6

26 x 9 x 16 mm ABS IP67; NEMA 6

0 to +55 C 10 to 30V dc Solid-state

-20 to +55 C 10 to 30V dc Solid-state

-20 to +55 C 10 to 30V dc Solid-state

-20 to +55 C 10 to 30V dc Solid-state

Opposed: 1 ms ON/0.5 ms OFF Convergent: 1 ms ON/OFF

More information online at bannerengineering.com

Series Catalog Page Description

Maximum Sensing Range